Nokia 2 unveiled in India with 4100mAh battery, Snapdragon 212 SoC

The Nokia 2 has made its debut in India, targeting the entry-level smartphone first-time user market. Curiously, HMD Global has not yet revealed how much the device will cost in India.
Instead, it has announced that the Nokia 2 will be priced at 99 Euros (roughly Rs. 7,460). The phone has very basic specs, with the highlight being the inclusion of a 4,100mAh battery. The company claims that this powerful phone can last up to 2 days of use on a single charge.
Nokia has also focused on saving fuel in other areas of the phone, from the low-power Snapdragon 212 processor to the energy-efficient 5-inch LTPS LCD HD display. The screen also has a high 1:1300 contrast ratio and Gorilla Glass 3 for protection against minor drops.
As before, one of the biggest draws of the Nokia 2 is its stock Android interface. Currently, its core system runs Nougat, but it is promised to be updated to Oreo in the future. Not many budget phones offer such a guarantee, so this is an inherent advantage for anyone who likes the latest software.
Here’s a quick look at the Nokia 2 specs:
Display: 5-inch, 720 x 1280 pixelsOS: Android 7.1.1 Nougat (upgradable to Oreo) CPU: 1.3GHz quad-core Snapdragon 212 Camera: 8MP rear, 5MP front Storage: 8GB, expandable up to 128GB RAM: 1GB Nokia 2 smartphone battery:4100mAhDimensions: 143.5 x 71.3 x 9.30mmConnectivity: 4G, dual SIM, Wi-Fi, Bluetooth 4.1, microUSB 2.0, A-GPS, GLONASS

The Nokia 2 will go on sale sometime in mid-November. We’ll let you know once HMD Global reveals the price of this smartphone in India.

3.85V 4000mAh Nokia HE338 Long Life Battery ReplacementNokia 2,Nokia HE338 Li-ion battery is a new brand and it is compatible with 100% original and replacement battery. Wholesale and retail of Nokia HE338 battery is of high quality and low price!

All kinds of Nokia Cell Phone  batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Nokia Cell Phone  Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buyNokia Cell Phone  battery

Motorola LEX 700 Mission Critical Handheld

Motorola’s LEX 700 Barcode Scanners Battery mission-critical handheld, not yet available for civilian use (wait until the end of the Mayan calendar or your nearest martial law city), provides first responders with military-grade situational awareness and command and control.
With the LEX 700, police, EMS and firefighters benefit from a shared operational view of incidents with high-quality streaming video, hardware-accelerated 3D graphics and a high-resolution 4-inch touchscreen. Personnel can “see” where other assets are in the field using up-to-the-minute GPS location information and develop immediate courses of action via a live whiteboard to coordinate responses. With access to en-route intelligence, backup units can enhance the videos and photos shared by first responders with a history of similar incidents and specific information about the incident environment.
For police, this means understanding the threat level in a specific area or previous similar crimes. For firefighters, it could be intelligence about hazardous/toxic/explosive materials that put lives at risk. The LEX 700 also seamlessly connects with Motorola radios, leaving you guessing whether it’s a soccer mom comparing prices or an undercover cop staking out your nearest donut shop.

All kinds of Motorola Other batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Motorola Other Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Motorola Other battery
3.7V 1880mAh/7.0WH Motorola 82-1541562-01 Long Life Battery Replacement

Motorola LEX700,Motorola 82-1541562-01 Li-ion battery is a new brand and it is compatible with 100% original and replacement battery. Wholesale and retail of Motorola 82-1541562-01 battery is of high quality and low price!

iPhone 15’s A17 Bionic Chip Could Offer 35 Percent Improvement In Battery Life

That’s 2023, which means that sometime in September this year, Apple will release the iPhone 15 series to the world. The Pro models in the series are expected to be equipped with at least the A17 Bionic chip, which is expected to improve theiPhone 15 batteryefficiency of the iPhone 15 by 35%.


That’s because Apple is expected to adopt TSMC’s 3nm process technology for this next-generation SoC. Bloomberg quoted TSMC chairman Andy Lau as saying that this process will reduce power consumption by 35% over its predecessor while providing better performance.
Apple will undoubtedly become TSMC’s largest customer for 3nm process chips. It apparently plans to use the process to manufacture not only the A17 Bionic, but also the M2 Pro and M2 Max chips for MacBooks.


This suggests that the 2023 iPhone 15 series will indeed focus on  iPhone 15 battery life, bringing a significant improvement in an area that hasn’t had much to complain about. However, other details about these upcoming phones are still scarce.
This year’s iPhone 14 has undergone some major changes, including abandoning the Mini version in favor of the Plus version. This means that 6.1 inches and 6.7 inches are the standard display sizes for non-Pro and Pro iPhones.
While the non-Pro models still use the Apple A15 Bionic chip, only the Pro versions are equipped with the new A16 Bionic processor. They also have a new Dynamic Island cutout screen, as well as a brand new 48MP main camera sensor.


It remains to be seen what strategy Apple will adopt in the iPhone 15 series.

All kinds of Apple Cell Phone  batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Apple Cell Phone  Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buyApple Cell Phone  battery

All brands laptop battery in here, We sell cheap and high quality laptop batteries , Tablets battery, mobile phone battery, you choos

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>Apple iPhone 14 Plus Long Life Battery Replacement

Samsung launches Galaxy M54 5G with 108MP camera and 6,000mAh battery

Samsung has launched a new smartphone in the Middle East called the Galaxy M54 5G, which boasts high-end specs like a 108MP camera and a 6000mAh Samsung Galaxy M54 battery.The mid-range phone appears to be available in just one silver color, but in two different storage variants.
The Samsung Galaxy M54 5G shares many specs with the Galaxy A54 5G that was launched in India a few days ago. Like the aforementioned device, it comes with a 32MP selfie camera and 25W fast charging support.


Both phones even feature the same 5nm Exynos 1380 chipset, which has an octa-core setup that includes four Cortex-A78 cores clocked at 2.4GHz and four Cortex-A55 cores clocked at 2.0GHz. The Galaxy M54 5G comes with 8GB of RAM, but it does offer 128GB and 256GB storage options. The rear 108MP camera comes with OIS and is accompanied by an 8MP ultra-wide-angle unit and a 2MP macro camera. The device also features a 6.7-inch Super AMOLED Plus panel with FHD+ resolution and a 120Hz refresh rate.


Although the Samsung Galaxy M54 has been listed on the company’s official website, its price and release information are still unknown. The recently launched Galaxy A53 5G seems to be positioned similarly with a price tag of 38,999 rupees (about $474)Galaxy A53 Smartphone Battery
However, the main camera of this phone is 50MP instead of 108MP. It also comes with a 5000mAh battery, so it won’t be able to meet the daily needs of users.
As we said, the price and availability details of the Samsung Galaxy M54 5G are still a mystery. But it does look like a device that is only for the Middle East.

All kinds of Samsung Cell Phone  batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Samsung Cell Phone  Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Samsung Cell Phone  battery.

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>3.85V 4.4V 5830mAh 22.45WH Samsung EB-BM207ABY Long Life Battery Replacement

Samsung Galaxy S21 battery life — the results are in

Galaxy S21 Ultra batterylife is great, but there’s a catch: Samsung has equipped its latest Galaxy S21 phones with big batteries and more efficient 5nm processors. Based on our testing, you’ll see mixed results depending on which model you buy.
The 6.8-inch Galaxy S21 Ultra performed well, lasting nearly 11.5 hours on a single charge in our battery test, making our list of the best phone batterylife. Both the 6.7-inch Galaxy S21 Plus and 6.2-inch Galaxy S21 didn’t fare so well, running out of juice before 10 hours. That’s about average for smartphones.
Best phones: Samsung’s new devices rankedHow the Galaxy S21 Ultra differs from the Galaxy S20 Ultra We test   Galaxy S20 Ultra batteries by taking out a fully charged phone and setting its display brightness to 150 nits. We then let the phone surf the web over a cellular connection until it ran out of juice and timed the results. Let’s take a closer look at how the Galaxy S21, Galaxy S21 Plus, and Galaxy S21 Ultra performed in our tests
Even if the battery capacity hasn’t changed, you’ll see some improvements, as the Snapdragon 888 chipset powering the new phones should be more efficient than last year’s chipset.
We definitely saw this with the Galaxy S21 Ultra, which lasted 11 hours and 25 minutes in our Galaxy S21 Ultra battery test.galaxy s21 battery life There’s one caveat about the S21 Ultra’s results — we got it by turning off the phone’s adaptive display, which means the display’s refresh rate was at 60Hz. One of the big features of the S21 series is the adaptive display, which adjusts the refresh rate based on the task you’re performing.

All kinds of Samsung Cell Phone  batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Samsung Cell Phone  Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Samsung Cell Phone  battery.”

Infinix GT 20 Pro review: More than just a phone

The design of the phone is sleek and elegant, and it really stands out, with the glass gleaming in the light and the smooth aluminum frame making it look like a piece of art rather than just a phone.
The display took my breath away. Every color was so vivid and every detail so clear. Whether watching a movie, playing a game, or just browsing photos, the 120Hz refresh rate made everything look vivid, smooth, and engaging. The screen is like a window to another world.
There are volume and power buttons on the side and a USB Type-C port at the bottom. There is also an IR blaster, which is a nice feature for the price.
The Infinix Mobile team has done a great job on this phone. For example, the Infinix GT 20 Pro uses a flat display, as it has advantages during gaming, and offers a 6.78-inch viewing area with Full HD+ (1,080 x 2,436 pixels) resolution; a newer 144Hz refresh rate, and a peak brightness of 1,300 nits.
Infinix GT 20 Pro
I was also impressed with the display, which uses 2,304Hz PWM [pulse width modulation, a technology used to control the brightness of a phone’s display] dimming to reduce eye fatigue at low brightness.
Overall, the viewing experience was crisp and punchy thanks to the AMOLED panel.
PerformanceIn terms of performance, the Infinix GT 20 Pro exceeded all my expectations. Powered by the MediaTek Dimensity 8200 Ultimate 4nm 5G processor, it comes with up to 24GB [expanded] RAM and 256GB ROM, and it easily handled all the tasks I threw at it.
Whether I was multitasking between apps or indulging in a gaming marathon, the phone never lagged or stuttered.
It felt like a reliable companion that could keep up with me no matter how demanding it was.
CameraBut it was the camera that really won me over. Similar to its predecessor, the highlight of the Infinix GT 20 Pro is the 108MP camera with support for ​​OIS (Optical Image Stabilization).
Infinix GT 20 Pro
There are two more sensors on the back for macro and portrait shots. The front panel has a 32MP camera housed in a tiny punch-hole cutout.
Ultra-wide-angle lens, macro lens, depth sensor – each one brings a new dimension to my photography. Every photo tells a story, every snapshot is a memory that lives on in time. The 32MP front camera ensures that my selfies are always flawless and show my best side.
Infinix GT 20 Pro Photos By default, the Infinix GT 20 Pro prioritizes balanced colors and white balance. As a result, photos may look slightly brighter while maintaining minimal contrast and shadows, which is all for the best. This may resonate with some users who want to up their social media game, but one must be careful while using the feature.
More on CamerasThe main camera is also used for portraits, and the results are decent. The Infinix GT 20 Pro does a good job with bokeh effects and edge detection.
However, for human subjects, the phone tends to beautify skin tones even with the feature turned off. As a result, the output may not look natural, though some users may appreciate the flawless effect on the skin.
The Infinix GT 20 Pro offers 4K recording at 60fps [frames per second], which is a huge step up in this area. Even at 4K, OIS again performs well with good stabilization.
The front camera supports 2K recording, which is rare in smartphones in this price range.
I was also impressed by the 32MP front camera’s still and video performance. This smartphone tends to smooth out the details on your face, though it is able to detect nearly accurate skin tones.
Battery and Charging SpeedBattery life is another highlight of the Infinix GT 20 Pro. The 5000mAh Infinix GT 20 Pro batterymeans that even on the busiest days, I didn’t have to worry about running out of power.
The Infinix GT 20 Pro comes with a 5,000mAh battery and supports 45W charging. While charging speeds are decent,
while some of the competition has started offering at least 67W charging, theInfinix GT 20 Pro battery
backup does not disappoint. Yes, with 45W fast charging, those brief moments when I did need to plug in passed in the blink of an eye.
I felt incredibly relieved knowing that my phone would be ready for whatever I needed it to do.
Not only does this phone have impressive specs, but it also has a great combination of design and performance that makes it a heart-thumping choice. The in-display fingerprint sensor made me feel secure while still connecting effortlessly.
The stereo speakers made my music and videos an immersive experience, filling my space with rich, full sound. Every feature seemed tailor-made to enhance my daily life in a meaningful way.
Infinix GT 20 Pro
Why you should buy the Infinix GT 20 ProThis is a well-rounded smartphone that offers great value for money.
Its combination of a vivid display, powerful performance, a versatile camera system, and long battery life makes it an attractive option in the mid-range segment.The Dimensity 8200 Ultimate and cutting-edge RAM technology delivers fast performance.Whether you are a tech enthusiast or a casual user, the Infinix GT 20 Pro is a compelling choice that excels in multiple aspects.Reverse ViewSince human pursuits are endless, one might consider the following two reasons not to buy:
The phone does not have an ultra-wide-angle camera, which is available in popular phones in its category.The 45W charging speed is average compared to its competitors.However, here is my verdictThe Infinix GT 20 Pro is a testament to how a smartphone should be – a perfect blend of beauty, power, and innovation.
The device not only meets expectations (of gamers, etc.), but also creates an emotional connection that makes every interaction feel special. This is more than just a phone; it connects users to a deeply cherished part of their lives.

All kinds of Infinix Cell Phone batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Infinix Cell Phone Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Infinix Cell Phone Battery
>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>3.85V 5000mAh Infinix BL-49HT Long Life Battery Replacement

Lenovo IdeaPad Flex 5i Chromebook Plus review: This Chromebook Plus is an unbeatable value

While the Flex 5i Chromebook Plus’ screen quality and performance aren’t the strongest, it does most of what it can do on a lower budget. The Lenovo IdeaPad Flex 5i has become a top Chromebook choice, offering a versatile 2-in-1 form factor with solid usability and a decent screen that strikes the best balance of price and performance. It never wowed like the Acer Chromebook Spin 713 and 714 or Google’s later Pixelbook Go. However, it’s always been much more affordable, which is important in the value-conscious world of Chromebooks.
At first glance, the latest version doesn’t look drastically different from its predecessors, but it’s one of two Lenovo Chromebooks to receive Google’s new Chromebook Plus moniker. That immediately tells you you’re getting a premium device with strong core specs, but the IdeaPad Flex 5i Chromebook Plus goes a step further to make it an enticing option for small businesses.
Lenovo IdeaPad Flex 5i Chromebook Plus: DesignLike the Acer Chromebook Spin 714 and Asus Chromebook Vibe CX34 Flip, the IdeaPad Flex 5i Chromebook Plus is a 2-in-1 convertible laptop with a 14-inch screen and a 16:10 aspect ratio, giving you more vertical real estate at the expense of some horizontal real estate. Don’t get too excited about the aluminum lid — it’s the only part of the case that’s actually made of metal rather than plastic with a metal finish — but the construction feels good and solid, with barely any flex in the base and lid.
In fact, the Flex in the name refers to the flexibility of the design. This lets you use this Chromebook not only in standard clamshell laptop mode, but also fold the lid back to the base of the keyboard as a sort of oversized tablet, or use the lid as a support for the screen in tent mode, perfect for impromptu presentations or just viewing rather than working on it. Lenovo IdeaPad Flex 5i Chromebook Plus: DisplayThe screen is arguably one area where the cheaper IdeaPad Slim 3i Chromebook pulls ahead. Most of us would have liked the Flex 5i Chromebook Plus to have a higher 1920 x 1200 resolution and a more square aspect ratio; it makes the screen look a little larger and sharper than it actually is. However, the Slim 3i’s screen is brighter, hitting nearly 330 nits, while the Flex 5i only hits just under 300 nits. More importantly, it’s slightly more colorful. The Flex 5i covers 57.7% of the sRGB color gamut, while the Slim 3i can cover 61%. These results are fairly average, and contrast and color accuracy are similarly less than ideal. But in real-world use, whether streaming videos from YouTube and Netflix or spending a full day running productivity apps, the screen looks good. Text is sharp, contrast is decent, and image quality is good. As long as you’re not involved in color-critical design work or anything like that, It’s perfectly usable. Word processing? Spreadsheets? Business collaboration apps and email? You’re fine.
Lenovo IdeaPad Flex 5i Chromebook Plus: Performance But the differences aren’t as big as you might think. The Flex 5i scored 1809 on the Geekbench single-core benchmark and 5020 on the multi-core benchmark, behind the Acer’s 1882 and 6568 and the Asus’s 1815 and 6292, but the two were very close on the Basemark 3.0 Web Application benchmark, with scores of 1237.88, 1244.59 for the Acer, and 1360.24 for the Asus. The differences were more pronounced on the 3DMark Wild Life benchmark, at 7041, 8826, and 7889, but that’s not a big deal for Chrome OS. In real-world, everyday use, the Flex 5i Chromebook Plus was responsive and quick, even if you had a dozen Chrome tabs open or were running Android apps. It’s not a speed champion, but it’s fast enough.
As for battery life, the Flex 5i Chromebook Plus lasted nearly 10 hours on our video-playback rundown test; that’s more than three hours less than the Spin 713 and nearly an hour less than the Chromebook Vibe CX34 Flip, but still a good result. Unless you crank the screen brightness to maximum, you can get through a workday without charging, which is more than enough for most users.
Lenovo IdeaPad Flex 5i Chromebook Plus: Is it worth it?
The IdeaPad Flex 5i Chromebook Plus falls short of the standard set by its Asus and Acer competitors in some areas. The screen isn’t bright enough, the colors aren’t vibrant enough, the overall feel isn’t premium enough, and the performance and battery life aren’t quite matched. Lenovo sells a slightly more expensive version with a Core i5 1235U and a larger 512GB SSD, but that doesn’t change the design, materials, Lenovo IdeaPad Flex 5i Chromebook Plus battery life, or screen.
But the key here is pricing. The Core i3 version tested has an RRP of £499, but can often be found for £399 or less. An equivalent version of the Asus Chromebook Spin 714 costs £699, and while we’ve seen it on sale for £100 less, that’s still a sizeable price difference. £200 off each laptop is worth considering when you’re on a tight budget. It also makes the Lenovo excellent value for money. You can still get an excellent, business-friendly Chromebook for this price.

All kinds of Lenovo Laptop batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Lenovo Laptop Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Lenovo Laptop battery.

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>11.25V 3223mAh Lenovo L18C3PF6 Long Life Battery Replacement

Samsung Galaxy On5 review: There are better cheap phones

While it looks like the On5 is a good value for the money, the slower performance, very limited storage, and poor Galaxy On5  smartphone batteryThe life of the Galaxy On5 makes it not worth buying. Every cheap phone has some form of compromise. And for the $129 Galaxy On5 (which you can get unlocked or for as low as $29 at MetroPCS), there are so many compromises that it’s not worth spending so little on a phone running Android 6.0 Marshmallow. Design: Retro Basic The Galaxy On5 looks and feels like a retro phone, complete with a physical home button below the display, a plastic back, and a microUSB port for charging.


The bezels around the screen are also pretty thick, though that’s to be expected in this price range.
It’s nice to see a user-replaceable Galaxy On5 battery on a phone in 2018. You just slide your fingertip under the cutout on the back left side and pop off the cover.
The On5 only has 8GB of storage, 4.1GB of which is taken up by the system before you even take the phone out of the box.From there you can swap out the  Galaxy On5 battery , as well as access the SIM card slot and microSD card slot, both of which sit above the battery compartment. 
Another plus: The On5 has a slightly gritty texture on the back, which keeps the phone from slipping out of your hands. There’s a headphone jack next to the microUSB on the bottom edge of the phone.
Storage: 8GB isn’t enoughI ran into trouble early in my Galaxy On5 experience. After downloading a few benchmarking apps to test the device, the On5 wouldn’t download Rules of Survival, one of the most popular games on the Google Play Store. Only after deleting the benchmarks was I was able to play the game on the device, but even then it wouldn’t fully download all the latest updates to allow me to start playing.
More: The cheapest unlocked smartphones
The reason? The On5 has only 8GB of storage, and the system took up 4.1GB before I even took it out of the box. I scaled back and instead downloaded the smaller, more casual Sausage Run (155 MB).


The number one reason not to buy the Samsung On5, besides the lack of storage, is its slow performance.The good news is that the On5 supports microSD cards up to 128GB, and you can buy one for $41. Or you can get a 64GB card for $19.99. But for a little more money, you can get a better all-around phone, like the Moto G5 Plus ($184 for Prime members) or the Honor 7X ($199 for 32GB), which both have 64GB of built-in storage.
Display: Colorful but not sharpThe On5’s 5-inch display has a lower resolution of 1,280 by 720 pixels, while other phones get full HD screens for just a little more money. While watching the Black Panther trailer, Angela Bassett’s white dress with yellow trim looked smudgy on the screen, and Chadwick Boseman’s costume was hard to see and completely submerged in shadow.


At least the panel is fairly colorful, with 106.9 percent color gamut coverage. Brightness wasn’t very high, though, at just 357 nits. The ZTE Blade Z Max, available for $119 through MetroPCS, has a brighter 510-nit screen and a 1,920-by-1,080 resolution.
Performance: Severe lagThe No. 1 reason not to buy the Samsung On5, besides the lack of storage, is its slow performance.
After restarting the phone, I tried to launch the camera, and the app took six seconds to fully load. Incredibly, I closed the app and launched it again. This time it took 2.5 seconds, which is an improvement, but still terrible.
The On5 has lags all over the place. I noticed noticeable lags when launching the keyboard to enter a URL, as well as when closing the app.
Powered by a 1.3-GHz Exynos 3475 processor and 1.5GB of RAM, the On5 performed well on the Geekbench 4 benchmark, which measures overall performance. The Samsung phone scored 1,237, less than half as well as the ZTE Blade Z Max and its Snapdragon 435 processor and 2GB of RAM.
CameraThe phone has a 5-megapixel camera on the back with an LED flash and a 2-megapixel camera on the front, so you shouldn’t expect much from the On5 in terms of imaging prowess.Galaxy On5 BatteryLifeBattery life isn’t great on the Galaxy On5. In the Tom’s Guide Battery Test, which involves continuous web surfing over LTE, the phone lasted just 7 hours and 51 minutes. That’s nearly 2 hours less than the smartphone average and well behind the ZTE Blade Z Max (11:23) and the Moto G5 Plus (11:43). Neither of those phones is expensive, so Smartphone battery life isn’t an area where you need to compromise for budget-conscious shoppers.
ConclusionDon’t be tempted by the Galaxy On5’s low price. MetroPCS sells much better budget phones, like the ZTE Blade Z Max, which has a sharper, larger display, a nicer metal design, more powerful performance, and longer  Galaxy phone battery  life than the Galaxy phones. Plus, it runs newer Android 7.1, while the On5 runs older Android 6.0.1 Marshmallow, and comes with 32GB of storage.


If you go the unlocked route, take a close look at the Moto G5 Plus, which offers many of the same benefits as the Blade Z Max and works on all major carriers. It doesn’t seem fair to compare the old Galaxy On5 to these newer phones, but Samsung still sells it. It should probably stop selling it now.
3.8V/4.35V 2400mAh/9.12WH Samsung EB-BG570ABE Long Life Battery Replacement
Samsung EB-BG570ABE Li-ion battery is a new brand and it is compatible with 100% original and replacement battery. Wholesale and retail of Samsung EB-BG570ABE battery is of high quality and low price!

All kinds of Samsung Cell Phone batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Samsung Cell Phone Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Samsung Cell Phone battery.”

Dyson V11 review: This is the cordless vacuum cleaner you’ve been paying attention to

Is a Dyson vacuum cleaner worth buying? One editor puts the V11 Torque Drive cordless vacuum cleaner to the test. Now, before, vacuuming was a chore that I absolutely dreaded. I mean, who enjoys lugging a heavy machine to each room, plugging it into a different outlet every five minutes, and then sticking their hands in a dirty filter? I certainly don’t. Especially now that I know how often I should be vacuuming!
So when I got the chance to try out the Dyson V11 Torque Drive cordless vacuum cleaner, I was very intrigued. This modern cleaning tool looks more like a spaceship than a vacuum cleaner, and it has a ton of impressive features. The only downside? A price tag of over $500.
We put this vacuum cleaner to the test so you can decide once and for all if a Dyson vacuum cleaner is worth buying?
What is the Dyson V11 vacuum cleaner? The V11 is billed as “Dyson’s smartest, most powerful cordless vacuum cleaner yet.” It has a runtime of up to an hour and is suitable for a variety of floor types. The V11 can be used as a standard upright vacuum or as a handheld vacuum for hard-to-reach corners.
Plus, we can almost guarantee that this is the smartest vacuum you’ve ever used. The LCD screen displays battery level, remaining run time, filter cleaning reminders, and blockages. The built-in dynamic load sensor system automatically adjusts to floor type, so there’s no more fiddling with pedals and buttons as you move between a carpeted hallway and a hardwood-floored bedroom.
As an added bonus, the V11 is a completely cordless vacuum. And it has the powerful suction that Dyson is famous for.
Unboxing the Dyson V11When the Dyson V11 arrived, I was impressed by how much it managed to pack into a relatively small package. Upon opening it, I found the vacuum, the connecting shaft, a few attachments, a dock, a charger, and the Torque Drive head.
At first, all of these parts looked intimidating. But with the help of the instruction manual, I had the vacuum completely assembled in just a few minutes.
The next step was to charge the machine. Since I live in an apartment (drilling holes in the wall is a definite no-no), I opted to plug the vacuum directly into a wall charger. But the vacuum does come with a mounting plate if you prefer.
How the Dyson V11 WorksFirst, select the power mode you want: Eco, Auto, or Boost. Eco is for longer cleaning projects and ensures you get the most out of your battery. Auto mode is a medium setting that helps your vacuum automatically adjust the power as it moves between floors. Boost is an aggressive cleaning mode that sucks up the toughest dust and dirt. To switch power modes, simply press a button on the vacuum’s LCD screen. (Yes, it’s that fancy).
Once you’ve selected a power mode, hold down the trigger to start the vacuum. This design definitely takes a little getting used to. At first, I thought I was doing something wrong because the vacuum shut off when I released the trigger. But in hindsight, this feature helps extend the battery life of the vacuum because it only consumes power when cleaning. (Unlike a standard vacuum, which will run until you turn it off).
How We Tested ItHardwood and Tile FloorsDyson V11 Kitchen Floors First, I vacuumed the hardwood floors in my apartment on Eco mode. I was impressed (and a little horrified) by the amount of dust and hair that the Dyson vacuum picked up. I consider myself a fairly clean person, but this machine is much more powerful than my previous vacuums. Plus, since I didn’t have to worry about plugging it in, I was able to move the vacuum to hard-to-reach areas that I couldn’t reach before, like under radiators. This is just one of those places I haven’t vacuumed, but should have.
During my time cleaning our tiny one-bedroom space, I had to empty the cleaning bin twice. Oops! But luckily, the process was pretty simple. I removed the machine from its shaft, pulled the open bin over to the trash can, and then put the bin back in place.Dyson V11 ReviewI’ve been using the Dyson V11 Torque Drive cordless vacuum for over four years now, and I still love it. During that time, I’ve moved from a small studio apartment to a larger two-bedroom to a full house, and the Dyson V11 has kept every space clean and free of dust, dirt, and other debris.
Its suction is just as powerful as when I first turned it on. The only signs of wear are some scuff marks on the Torque Drive head. I’ve also noticed that the battery runtime has decreased compared to when it was brand new.
Over the past few months, I’ve used the V11 to suck up fibers and sand from old carpet on my stairs. I also demoed the bar in my basement, and the Dyson did a great job cleaning up sawdust. It’s truly the most powerful vacuum I’ve ever used.
One (slight) downside to this vacuum is that it doesn’t have a wet option. Even a small amount of water can damage the LCD screen and other smart components, so I was extra careful when vacuuming my kitchen floor. By the way, here are more things you should never try to vacuum.
ProsNo cords, you can use the vacuum anywhereEasy to use and chargeSucks up lots of dirt, dust, and debrisThree cleaning modes for any taskMultiple cleaning attachments for cleaning furniture, stairs, and other tricky placesLow-profile head lets you easily clean under beds and couchesBattery lasts for a few short cleanings, or one long cleanTrusted Dyson brand2-year warrantyConsSome may find it hard to hold down the triggerCan be difficult to push on carpetsNot suitable for wet spaces (like kitchens and bathrooms)At over $700, this vacuum is an investmentFAQsHow do I clean the Dyson V11 filter?Cleaning is easy! Simply twist the purple part of the vacuum head to remove the filter. Rinse under cold water, then let it dry completely before reinserting it into the vacuum.
How do I empty the Dyson V11?To empty the Dyson V11, remove the shaft and all attachments, then place the vacuum head over a trash can. Press the red lever to release debris. Sometimes you may need to reach into the canister to access the debris that has accumulated near the top of the canister. (This happens to me a lot because I have long hair.)
How to use a Dyson vacuum cleaner How long is the Dyson vacuum cleaner batterylife of a Dyson vacuum cleaner?

The Dyson V11 has a 2-year warranty. But if you take good care of it, your machine can last for years. My vacuum cleaner is 2 years old, but theDyson V11 vacuum cleaner battery is still performing well.

25.2V 6000mAh Dyson 970425-01 Long Life Battery Replacement
6000mAh 25.2V for Dyson V11 SV15,Dyson 970425-01 Li-ion battery is a new brand and it is compatible with 100% original and replacement battery. Wholesale and retail of Dyson 970425-01 battery is of high quality and low price!

All kinds of Dyson Other batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Dyson Other Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Dyson Other battery.

Huawei MateBook 13 (2020) review: A low score

It’s a compact laptop with surprisingly powerful features, but we’re not fans of its connectivity. If this laptop were a boxer, it would be short, skinny, and sturdy. It has a lot of power, but that only becomes apparent when you throw it into a fight. This laptop’s power comes from Intel’s 10th-generation Core i7-10510U processor, and thanks to discrete Nvidia graphics, a fast M.2 SSD, and 16GB of RAM, it has all the right components.


Considering the MateBook’s slim frame, this is pretty good for the line. While most 13-inch laptops are over 300mm wide, this is just 286mm. It’s also only 14.9mm thick.
Huawei still found room for one of the best cooling systems we’ve ever seen in an ultraportable, which helps make it one of the fastest laptops we’ve tested with a Core i7-10510U. Just compare it to Huawei’s own MateBook X Pro, a pricier and supposedly more powerful laptop, which the MateBook 13 easily outperformed by 25 percent with an overall benchmark score of 104. The MateBook 13 also lasted several minutes at turbo clock speeds between 4GHz and 4.8GHz to add power. The downside is fan noise, but that only came up during particularly difficult tasks, not general use of the Huawei MateBook laptop.Huawei MateBook 13 Laptop Battery
Battery life is good, if not exceptional; in our tests, a score of 8 hours and 15 minutes is enough to get you through a workday, but you won’t be able to last much longer without a quick recharge.


However, Huawei makes full use of the GeForce MX250 graphics card, which is slightly better than the integrated graphics from Intel and AMD. For example, Metro: Last Light averaged 44.9fps at 1080p, while Dirt: Versus averaged 89.6fps.

That extra performance means you can play many games at the 2,160-by-1,440 screen resolution.
Mental math experts will note that this equates to a Surface Pro-style 3:2 aspect ratio, rather than the 16:9 of most screens. The extra pixels also mean a higher density than a Full HD (1,920-by-1,080) panel, making it easier to see two windows side by side on the screen. It’s also a touchscreen, and color accuracy is good enough even for web designers, with 90.4% sRGB gamut coverage and an average Delta E of 0.94; but not for print designers, as it has 62.9% Adobe RGB coverage. Despite a relatively low contrast ratio of 990:1, don’t despair if you’re looking for an after-get off work entertainment system. It handles dark, moody scenes well, and a pair of decent speakers means you don’t need to plug in headphones. The drums lose something in translation, and you wouldn’t want to listen to heavy metal with it, but the same is true of most laptop speakers.
The only two physical connectors here, aside from a 3.5mm combo jack, are USB-C, one on each side. Huawei bundles an adapter with HDMI, USB, and VGA connectors, but that doesn’t make up for the annoyance that the left USB-C port only supports charging and data transfer, while the right port is for data transfer only. If you want to connect a monitor, you’ll need to dig out that adapter.
We were also disappointed to see 802.11ac wireless instead of Wi-Fi 6, and the only good news for owners of recent Huawei and Honor phones is: With Huawei Share, you can tap your phone to a sticker below the keyboard and quickly share files between the phone and the laptop.


An unfortunate side effect is the Huawei Share sticker itself, which ruins the minimalist lines of this laptop. You can peel it off, but Share will no longer work. There’s a huge trackpad on the left side, paired with a backlit keyboard with large keys. It’s not our favorite way to type, with little feedback, but at least it’s quiet.
Huawei built a fingerprint reader into the power button, but note that the webcam squeezed into the top bezel doesn’t support Windows Hello. It takes terrible photos, but its videos are passable for Zoom.


Should you buy the Huawei MateBook 13? Its speed is indeed excellent, and aside from the Huawei Share tab, it looks great. That said, if you’re spending this much money, you should demand a better keyboard and USB-C ports that actually work like the others. It’s a good laptop, but it lacks a killer punch.
11.46V 3665mAh Huawei HB4593J6ECW-31 Long Life Battery ReplacementHuawei MateBook 13 2020 WRT-W29 WRT-W19,Huawei HB4593J6ECW-31 Li-ion battery is a new brand and it is compatible with 100% original and replacement battery. Wholesale and retail of Huawei HB4593J6ECW-31 battery is of high quality and low price!

All kinds of Huawei Laptop batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Huawei Laptop Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Huawei Laptop battery.

Golf Buddy Voice 2 Review

Golf Buddy has the most complete line of distance measuring devices in the industry. I love that they have been subscription free since day one. In fact, I have a GPS watch from a competing company sitting in a drawer somewhere because I don’t want to renew an online account (and I’m not interested in annual fees).
I recently bought a Golf Buddy Voice 2 and decided to try it out at the beautiful La Costa Resort in Carlsbad. The device is very light and compact and can be clipped to almost anything, even the brim of a hat. For me, it feels right on my waistband, just above my right leg, without getting in the way of my swing or getting out of my pocket.
The sturdy clip slides perfectly over my waistband and I know it won’t come loose all day. (In fact, I forgot to take it off after a round and didn’t realize I had it on until I got home and it told me it was “searching for satellites.”)
I heard the same message when I turned on the device at the start of a round because I forgot to turn on the Golf Buddy Voice 2 before starting a round, so I was delayed by a hole before I started gaining yardages. No big deal—I’ll just remember to turn the device on during warm-up next time I play.
Once I started getting yardages by voice, I was not happy having to look at the screen. I just touched the big button, got my yardage from a friendly female voice, and it was good to go. My playing partner was fascinated by the process and helped me verify the accuracy of the Golf Buddy system. (It’s accurate to within a yard.)
As I became more confident with the Golf Buddy Voice, I started pressing the button a second time to get the yardages forward and backward. I found this to be very useful. At this point, you might be thinking “what do I need this for when my yardage watch/device/phone app does all that?”
Really, it comes down to personal preference. But I found the Golf Buddy Voice 2 to be unobtrusive and fun to use on the course. I realized the benefits of having something strapped to me when my friend couldn’t find his rangefinder on the 15th hole. He drove back to the 14th tee, knowing where he left it, but still couldn’t find it. After resigning myself to looking in the lost and found (rangefinders are rarely returned), a maintenance guy drove up to us and returned it.
He picked it up on the 14th tee before my friend realized he had lost it. Through the course of two holes, my Golf Buddy Voice happily told me yardages, front, center, and back. I’ll give all the credit to technology, but I shot par and made quite a few birdies. As a fairly regular laser user, getting “front, center, and back” yardages was a nice change of pace, and I think I chose the right club more often as a result.
The Golf Buddy Voice 2 has several other features, including “marking” a point and then calculating your distance to another point, such as from the tee to the landing area on the fairway. If you play a lot, this can be very useful. For me, it was probably more in-depth than I needed, but in the time I used it, I found it easy to use.
The company maps courses, with thousands pre-loaded on this little device. If you’re tired of losing your lasers, want to simplify your game, and have fun in the process, I highly recommend the Golf Buddy Voice 2. The company also offers nearly every other type of distance-finding device, from GPS watches (with a nice women’s model) to traditional lasers.

3.7V/4.2V 280mAh/1.04Wh Golf K372731 Long Life Battery Replacement
 Golf Buddy Voice, Voice+, VS4, Voice 2 GPS Range Finder,Golf K372731 Li-ion battery is a new brand and it is compatible with 100% original and replacement battery. Wholesale and retail of Golf K372731 battery is of high quality and low price

All kinds of Golf Other batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Golf Other Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Golf Other battery

All brands laptop battery in here, We sell cheap and high quality laptop batteries , Tablets battery, mobile phone battery, you choose

Logitech K800 Keyboard Review

With its many advanced features, this wireless keyboard is sure to make just about anyone happy with their latest purchase. The only caveat is that to really like this keyboard, you need to get used to its unique key layout. Not everyone wants an old-school wired keyboard, and not everyone wants a gaming keyboard. For this growing group of consumers who want something different, but not too different, Logitech created their illuminated keyboard, which offers a host of features in an ultra-thin style that is neither too conservative nor too radical. Now, the company has followed up with a wireless version. Does the Logitech K800 live up to the hype? Read on for my full review.
Keyboard Layout and DesignThe K800 is undoubtedly a sexy-looking keyboard with its combination of white, black, and transparent color scheme. This is quite unexpected, as I’m not usually a fan of multi-colored keyboards, preferring a monochromatic look. The reason I do this is that most manufacturers don’t know how to properly implant a multi-colored design; the end result looks like a cross between a clown keyboard and a Jackson Pollock painting.
Fortunately, this keyboard manages to do just that, and in fact, if it weren’t for the Logitech logo near the super-small wrist rest on the front, I would have sworn it was designed by Apple. It really has that look. The K800 is essentially the same size as the illuminated keyboard it’s based on, but it feels larger and smaller than its size suggests. On the positive side, Logitech has managed to cram a ton of features into this keyboard without overdoing it like other keyboards I’ve reviewed.
The feel of the keys is even better, second to none, to put it mildly. The simplest way I can describe it is that it’s as if each key is “pre-worn” in that there are no sharp edges. They feel a lot like a used bar of soap, with rounded corners and a small indentation in the center of each key to gently guide your finger into place. Sadly, while the keys themselves are great, the mechanism for actually pressing them is also unique. Pressing the keys on the K800 does have a unique feel that some might describe as “soft,” and even if you’re more skilled than that, it takes a while to get used to the unique feel. I prefer to think of them as soft rather than soft, but I can see the other side of the coin.
Interestingly, for many keyboards, the great feel is the highlight; however, Logitech didn’t stop there and threw in three very nifty features. The least impressive of these is the adjustable backlighting. Backlighting, even adjustable backlighting, is certainly not new and has appeared on numerous keyboards over the years, but as far as I know, this is the first wireless keyboard to have this feature. I’m sure what makes the K800 keyboard special is that it’s one of the few keyboards smart enough to know when you’re using the keyboard and when you’re not…it turns the backlight off. This wouldn’t be so important if it weren’t for the fact that this keyboard is wireless (it was accurate to just over 28 feet in testing) and therefore uses  K800 keyboard batteries.
During testing, I found that on the medium intensity setting at 25%, the Logitech K800 Keyboard battery still showed as full even after a week of heavy use, although this is on the low end for an illuminated keyboard. Being able to accurately predict when you need to plug the K800 in is another little design tweak I like. This keyboard has an integrated 3-barKeyboard Batterymeter so you know when you need to charge it so you don’t run out of juice. It’s also worth noting that Logitech opted for a standard 2000mAh AALogitech K800 Keyboard battery. I hate integrated batteries because even the best ones will die before other Logitech Keyboard batteries; so being able to swap in a new battery (by removing a screw and plastic cover) is really impressive. It’s a shame that Logitech has once again opted for a mediocre 2000mAh Logitech Keyboard battery. I really hope they stop doing this and switch to a 3000mAh or betterLogitech K800 Keyboard battery because the Higher density means longer battery life.on a single charge.

3.7V 1500mAh Logitech 802085 Long Life Battery Replacement
Logitech 802085 Li-ion battery is a new brand and it is compatible with 100% original and replacement battery. Wholesale and retail of Logitech 802085 battery is of high quality and low price!

All kinds of Logitech Other batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Logitech Other Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buyLogitech Other battery.

Handhelds and PDAs: CipherLab RS30 Series

CipherLab RS30 Series A modern Android smartphone for the enterprise market, but more rugged and powerful.
CipherLab launched the RS30 Series enterprise smartphones in June 2015 as a more rugged alternative to consumer smartphones for enterprise and commercial customers. Headquartered in Taipei, Taiwan, with offices in China, Germany, and the United States, CipherLab has been specializing in the design, manufacture, and marketing of automatic identification and data capture/collection products and systems since 1988.
Unlike CipherLab’s other handhelds, which use Windows Mobile or the company’s proprietary CipherLab OS, the RS30 Series is based on Android 4.4. Development support includes the CipherLab API for Android as well as the application software AppLock, Programmable Key, Kalipso App Builder, SOTI MobiControl, Zello, and MAPS.ME. The overall idea is to provide all the simplicity and familiarity of a standard modern smartphone, but in an industrial-strength version.
The RS30 Series handhelds measure 3.1 x 6.1 x 0.7 inches and weigh just over 9 ounces. That’s roughly the size of an Apple iPhone 6 Plus, but with a thicker, sturdier package due to the heavier build of the device and the extra scanning options.
As far as technical specs go, the RS30 series is powered by an unspecified 1.3GHz quad-core ARM Cortex processor. RAM is 1GB, and there’s 8GB of flash memory. If more storage is needed, the RS30 series comes with a micro SD slot that supports SDHC (up to 32GB cards).
The display measures 4.7 inches diagonally and has a resolution of 540 x 960 pixels. It’s an IPS LCD, which means perfect viewing angles from all angles. The 510-nit display is very bright, and while not “retina” grade, it’s very sharp. It’s protected by Gorilla Glass 3, and like nearly all Android devices, it has capacitive multi-touch. It has three standard Android buttons and two scanner keys for the optional linear imager, laser scanner, or 1D/2D imager.
For wired communications, the RS30 series offers USB 2.0 OTG. On the wireless side, it has 802.11b/g/n WiFi and Class 2 Bluetooth 4.0. It has integrated GPS, and the device also supports A-GPS for use with mobile broadband. For scanning, CipherLab offers a linear imager, laser scanner, or 1D/2D imager. It also has HF RFID and NFC.
RS30 devices come standard with a replaceable and rechargeable 3.7-volt, 2,500 mAh lithium-ion battery, and the CipherLab RS30 battery lasts at least 10 hours between charges.
Like all CipherLab handhelds, the RS30 series devices are far more rugged than any consumer smartphone. The RS30 can withstand multiple drops from 4 feet onto concrete and is sealed to an IP54 specification, where the “5” means dustproof and the “4” means protected from water splashes from all directions, but both allow for limited intrusion. The operating temperature range is -4 to 140 degrees Fahrenheit. CipherLab also quotes a “tumble spec” that says the device can withstand 150 half-meter tumbles. Cipherlab also lists the specs for the device in a protective case, but potential customers are probably most interested in what the bare device can withstand.
CipherLab offers an optional charging cradle, USB snap-on cable, and protective case.
What does all this make up the RS30 series? Essentially a modern, decently sized Android smartphone that’s much more rugged than a consumer-grade phone and can be used for more demanding scanning and data collection jobs. It’s certainly an interesting proposition for the enterprise (and many other) markets.

3.7V 2500mAh Cipherlab BA-0092A5 Long Life Battery Replacement
Cipherlab BA-0092A5 Li-ion battery is a new brand and it is compatible with 100% original and replacement battery. Wholesale and retail of Cipherlab BA-0092A5 battery is of high quality and low price!

All kinds of Cipherlab Other batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Cipherlab Other Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buyCipherlab Other battery

Hands-on review: Harman Kardon Onyx Studio 5

The world of mobile speakers is changing fast, and Harman Kardon has what I can only describe as a comprehensive range of speakers to suit all tastes and requirements. From poolside barbecues to church services, these mobile sound stations have got you covered. If you read my previous review of the Allure Portable, I can assure you that the Onyx is different, but equipped with the same great sound.
Stylistically, the Onyx Studio is clearly designed to be carried around. With an almost padded exterior and a handy built-in carrying handle, it’s very different from other speakers. I’ve used cylindrical speakers, but this one reminds me more of a bowling ball. While the oval in shape, the base is flat to ensure it sits steadily wherever you choose to place it.
The interface can best be described as “subdued,” with a tiny LED that lets you know the status through its blinking colours and rates. The control panel consists of equally subdued buttons in the shape of Bluetooth, Power, Plus, Minus, and Play symbols. If you’re a bit shortsighted, you’ll need to search to find them. Bluetooth Speakers Battery HarmanWalk up from the Harman Kardon badge on the front, and if you’ve reached the handle, you’ve gone too far!
According to the specs, a five-hour charge provides up to eight hours of playback time. Those who want to produce even more sound will be happy to know that you can pair two speakers together. While not true stereo, the sound quality is certainly enhanced if my experience is using just one speaker is anything to go by.
My speaker has been sitting comfortably on my desk for the past few days, not taking up much space, which is just as well because my workspace would give Marie Kondo nightmares. The Onyx Studio 5 comes in three colors, blue, gray, or black, so choose carefully if you want a feng shui effect. The black model fits my decor well, but more importantly, it rocks my world.
I spend way too much time on YouTube looking for new music experiences, and the latest discoveries are Reina del Cid, Josh Turner, and Allison Young. Go check them out, you won’t be disappointed. Allison has a beautiful voice and the acoustic accompaniment brings a tear to these old eyes. Josh has worked with them many times, and they’ve covered some great songs, from The Eagles to Clapton, Jim Croce to The Beatles, and my beloved Buffalo Springfield.
Their cover of Croce’s “Operator” was a perfect blend of acoustic and electronic music, and the Onyx Studio 5 produces a beautiful tone that allows you to hear the harmonies and individual instruments with equal clarity. Listening to these youngsters allowed me to hear a variety of styles, from bluegrass to rock, country to heavy metal, all equally well. Be sure to listen to Reina del Cid’s “Bernadette.” She doesn’t just cover, she makes her own music. Google it and you’ll see why I’m in love with their sound.
My only complaint is with thebattery for Harman Kardon Onyx Studio 5  The sound is really blown away when I connected it to my laptop. There’s no doubt that the volume is enough to please those who don’t care about eardrums, but I want to keep my hearing for a while longer.
Aesthetically, the Onyx Studio 5 won’t please everyone, but the sound will. Wouldn’t it be great if you could mix and match when pairing? I guess there’s a reason this can’t be done at the moment, but for those who have a good reason to spend two bucks, go for it. You can put one in the living room and the other in the living room. They’re sure to complement the decor and, better yet, enhance your auditory enjoyment.
3.635V 3285mah Harman ID997 Long Life Battery Replacement

 Harman Kardon Onyx Studio 5 Studio 6 HKOS6GRYSG HKOS6BLKSG,Harman ID997 Li-ion battery is a new brand and it is compatible with 100% original and replacement battery. Wholesale and retail of Harman ID997 battery is of high quality and low price!

All kinds of Harman Other batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Harman Other Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Harman Other battery.

Crosscall Core-T4 Tablet Review: A Ruggedised Mobile Entertainment

I’ve been using the Crosscall Core-T4 for a few weeks now. That’s when I realized this impressive tablet was more than just a professional’s outdoor mobile office, it was a mobile entertainment center.


It stands out from competitors like the CAT S32 and Samsung Xatch Pro tablets.
Since I’m not in the farming, construction or mining industries, my review of the Crosscall Core-T4 tablet is limited to what it can do for me as a tech hacker and entertainment junkie.


Yes, we know the Crosscall Core-T4 is touted as a rugged tablet.
During the review process, I mainly used the Crosscall Core-T4 to play music and watch movies and series.


For example, yesterday I used my tablet to stream music through the Spotify music app and YouTube. The battery lasts for five hours.
When I pulled out my rugged Crosscall Core-T4 tablet at my local Woolworths store, other shoppers looked at my “brick-like” tablet with curiosity.
A shopper asked me why I carry a Garmin GPS device with me.
I used my curiosity to boast about the capabilities of the Crosscall Core-T4 tablet.

“The Crosscall Core-T4 series is extremely versatile and represents a truly modern productivity tool, perfectly suited to active everyday life,” I say proudly.
The Core-T4 features an 8-inch screen, Qualcomm 450 processor, 3/32 GB of RAM, and can be held with one hand in portrait or landscape mode.


After my experience at Woolworths, I can only agree with Cyril Vidal, founder and president of Crosscall, who says tablets like the Core-T4 are designed to meet the needs of users, adapt to their lifestyles and be built to last. What environment it is exposed to.


Vidal assures: “Putting the user at the center of product design and committing to a product’s durability is where true innovation lies.” Core-T4 is a brand that truly caters to the needs of every user.


Crosscall is a French brand specializing in outdoor mobility technology, increasingly recognized in the professional and consumer markets for the durability of its products.
Today, Crosscall is targeting an increasingly broad group of customers who want a different type of phone that lasts longer and is suitable for a variety of daily activities.
Some impressed Woolworths shoppers have taken to the brand like a duck to water.
They want to know when and where they can buy a Core-T4 tablet.
I told them that Core-T4 tablets were already available through Vodacom and MTN, among other sources.
For more sales outlets, please click here. The tablet is priced at R9,499 and comes with an industry-first 3-year warranty.
The Core-T4 has proven among a small group of shoppers that its fans aren’t necessarily professionals.


It’s also safe and durable enough for children.
My son loves downloading and playing games on his tablet, such as MineCraft, Groovepad, and Touchdown Master.


It features WIFI and 4G+ connectivity, allowing users to be responsive wherever they are without having to worry about the Crosscall Core-T4 tablet battery running out.
The Crosscall Core-T4’s battery lasted all day during my testing, and I also found that the tablet’s 7,000 mAh battery was more than enough to easily survive a day of continuous email, YouTube, or web browsing.
In the end, the Core-T4 is an excellent tablet that can satisfy the needs of the most demanding everyday users.
Important notesX-POWER power banks extend battery life with X-LINKTM accessories.The Core-T4 has a 7000 mAh battery, which is enough to easily last a day of continuous email, YouTube, or web browsing.To meet the most demanding professional needs, Core-T4 features 4G+, which is 2x faster than 4G.Its large 8-inch screen offers reading comfort and ergonomics, especially when you need to connect or access data in difficult places.4B9A5517 36 copies zoomIts dual SIM card drawer and micro SD slot mean you can stay connected at work. andCore-T4 is the first tablet on the market to receive Google AER (Android Enterprise Recommended)

certificationThe Core-T4 has a 13Mpix camera and is waterproof, meaning you can even take photos underwater!Wet touch and glove touch functions popular in professional outdoor environments are equivalently useful in everyday life, when it rains, when your hands are wet or when you wear gloves.Thanks to its 2 programmable buttons, the professional can assign a push-to-talk application to use his smartphone as a walkie-talkie.

All brands laptop battery in here, We sell cheap and high quality laptop batteries , Tablets battery, mobile phone battery, you choose

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>Crosscall LIN385700 Long Life Battery Replacement

Harman Kardon Esquire 2 Review

The Harman Kardon Esquire 2 ($199.95) is a portable Bluetooth speaker that’s meant to be on a desk, especially for a business executive. With its four-microphone system, the Esquire 2 is just as good for conference calls as it is for use in closed-door office settings (or hotel rooms). As is typical of Harman Kardon designs, the speaker looks simple, sophisticated, and luxurious, and it’s pretty powerful for such a slim, portable system. Is the price a little high? Maybe. But what the Esquire 2 lacks in deep bass response, it makes up for in great design and features that, for many buyers, will be enough to justify the price.
DesignThe Esquire 2 has a similar rectangular surface shape to the Esquire Mini ($74.99 at Amazon), but at 3.6 x 5.1 x 1.3 inches (height-to-width ratio) and weighing 1.3 pounds, it’s much larger than the Esquire 2. Available in black, gold, or silver, the Esquire 2 features a slightly convex speaker grille surface on the front with the Harman Kardon logo printed in the center. The kickstand pops out of a panel on the back, allowing it to sit on a desk like a horizontal picture frame. The top panel houses buttons for power, Bluetooth, answer/end call, and mic mute, as well as a volume control that works in conjunction with your mobile device’s master volume levels. The right panel has a micro USB port (a micro USB-to-USB charging cable is included), a 3.5mm aux input for wired listening (no audio cable is included), and a USB port for charging your mobile device using the speaker’s battery. The left panel has four pinhole microphones that use Harman Kardon’s VoiceLogic technology picks up audio from a 360-degree range while eliminating ambient background noise. It makes for clearer calls than most Bluetooth speakers, which is important for business professionals. Harman Kardon estimates theHarman Kardon  speaker’s batterylife to be about eight hours, but that varies depending on your volume levels. For such a portable (and expensive) speaker, it’s a shame that the Esquire 2 doesn’t come with more accessories, like a carrying bag or the aforementioned 3.5mm audio cable for the aux input. PerformanceOn tracks with intense bass content, like The Knife’s “Silent Shout,” the Esquire 2 delivers a pretty nice deep bass. At top volumes, it can distort, but it avoids distortion mostly by avoiding the deepest frequencies altogether. At moderate volumes, the speaker gets pretty loud for its size, but the bass response lives more in the lows and low-mids—there’s not a lot of powerful sub-bass, which isn’t surprising given the speaker’s size, but a minor bummer given its price. When listening to Bill Callahan’s “Drover,” a song with less bass, the Esquire 2 was much more attuned to it, projecting a full-bodied, rich sound. Callahan’s baritone vocals are filled with plenty of low-mid richness, but there’s plenty of crackle and edge in the highs to keep his voice clear and at the forefront of the mix. The drums on this track don’t get much bass boosting, which isn’t to say they sound weak—they just sound full and natural, rather than the thunderous sound they can get when the bass is over-boosted.
In Jay-Z and Kanye West’s “No Church in the Wild,” the kick drum loop is delivered with great presence in the high-mids, giving the percussive instrument a nice sharp edge that allows it to slice through the forefront of the mix. The sub-bass synth hits that underscore the beat are noticeably dialed down a bit here—we hear more of their piercing highs than their tremendous depth. The crackle of the vinyl record loop, which is usually low enough in the mix to go unnoticed, is more pronounced here, meaning the   Harman Kardon Esquire 2 battery is doing some serious sculpting in the high-mids and highs.
Orchestral tracks, like the opening scene from John Adams’ “The Gospel According to the Other Mary,” sound lively and beautiful through the Esquire 2. The strings, brass, and vocals in the upper register command attention with their crisp, bright presence, but the instrumentation in the lower register gets a wonderful richness that’s often surprising on speakers of this size. What the Esquire 2 lacks in bass power, it makes up for with rich lows and low-mids. 
3.7V 3200mAh Harman GSP805070 Long Life Battery Replacement
Harman Kardon Esquire 2,Harman GSP805070 Li-ion battery is a new brand and it is compatible with 100% original and replacement battery. Wholesale and retail of Harman GSP805070 battery is of high quality and low price

All kinds of Harman Other batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Harman Other Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buyHarman Other battery

Samsung Galaxy Tab S7 FE review

Not too long ago, Samsung was the only real Android competitor to Apple in the tablet space.
But that’s starting to change, and the iPad and Galaxy Tab are far from the only tablets worth considering. So what about the more affordable Tab S7 FE? Here’s our full review.
Is the Samsung Galaxy Tab S7 FE still worth buying?
The Tab S7 FE launched in 2021, but it remained the latest model in Samsung’s mid-range tablet range until the end of 2023.
That’s when the Tab S9 FE arrived, which brought several key upgrades and started at a more affordable $499/£449. A new Tab S9 FE+ model was also released. It’s even harder to recommend the S7 FE given the upgrades in the new model. Even at launch, it was held back slightly by choppy performance, a 60Hz LCD display, and Android software that wasn’t optimized for tablets.
Since then, only the software has improved through updates. The high-end build, excellent battery life, and powerful S Pen stylus are all built to last, but the Tab S7 FE is only worth considering if you can find a deep discount. Samsung’s high-end tablets are usually impressive in terms of design, and this one is no exception. The Tab S7 FE combines the usual glass front with an aluminum back, making it easier to hold and more resistant to fingerprint smudges than glass-backed devices. This minimalist aesthetic is something I really like, and it gives the illusion that the device is much more expensive.
The S Pen stylus that comes in the box is a passive version, meaning it doesn’t need to be charged for basic use. It can still be attached under the rear camera or to the side of the device, but the weak magnets mean it’s not worth it. If you plan to use the S Pen regularly, I recommend buying a case with storage for the stylus. Samsung’s high-end tablets are usually impressive in terms of design, and this one is no exception. The Tab S7 FE combines the usual glass front with an aluminum back, making it easier to hold and more resistant to fingerprint smudges than glass-backed devices. This minimalist aesthetic is something I really like, and it gives the illusion that the device is much more expensive.
However, you’ll spend more time staring at the 12.4-inch screen, which is surrounded by slim bezels and has an 84.6% screen-to-body ratio – the same as the Tab S7+. Even when using the device with two hands, it can feel bulky at times, especially when the S7 FE weighs a hefty 608 grams.
Samsung Galaxy Tab S7 FE review Another area where things have been cut back is audio, with a pair of stereo speakers instead of the four found on the flagship tablet. As a result, music loses some bass and clarity, but speech is largely unaffected. Audio remains one of the S7 FE’s strengths, helping to deliver a more immersive experience.
The speaker grilles are located at the top and bottom of the device and aren’t obstructed when in landscape mode. The only other notable feature here is a USB-C port for charging. As with Samsung’s other high-end tablets, there’s no 3.5mm headphone jack.
You’ll find a connector on the side of the device for plugging the S7 FE into a keyboard cover, but I didn’t have one on hand for this review. The regular volume rocker and power button are on the other side, though long-pressing the latter still triggers Bixby by default, which is annoying. This can be changed in Settings to show power options, but it still feels unnecessary.
The 5G model I tested also has a SIM card tray, which doubles as a microSD card tray on the cheaper Wi-Fi-only model Galaxy Tab S7 Battery
It’s less of a blow to go with an LCD screen, but means you miss out on the deeper blacks and better contrast of an OLED screen.
Despite these two shortcomings, the display is still far from a weak point. It offers impressive detail and vibrant colors for an immersive viewing experience. Watching YouTube or Netflix is ​​​​a real highlight, even on videos in 1080p.
Its maximum brightness also hit 411nits in testing, making it possible to use in direct sunlight. Unless you’re comparing it directly to Samsung’s flagship tablet, you’ll probably be happy with what the S7 FE has to offer.
3.86V 8000mAh Samsung EB-BT875ABY Long Life Battery Replacement8000mAh 3.86V for Samsung Galaxy Tab S7,Samsung EB-BT875ABY Li-ion battery is a new brand and it is compatible with 100% original and replacement battery. Wholesale and retail of Samsung EB-BT875ABY battery is of high quality and low price!

“All kinds of Samsung Tablets batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Samsung Tablets Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buySamsung Tablets battery.

Alcatel Pixi 4 Plus Power comes with a 5000 mAh battery and should be cheap

Alcatel recently announced a brand new smartphone that belongs to the company’s Pixi series of devices. The new phone is called the Alcatel Pixi 4 Plus Power, and what makes it stand out is that it comes with a whopping 5,000 mAh Alcatel  Pixi 4 Plus Power battery.
According to Alcatel, the Pixi 4 Plus Power’s 5,000 mAh Pixi 4 Plus Power battery The device will keep running for up to 2.7 days on a single charge (presumably under normal usage conditions), and is enough to support up to 14 hours of video streaming. The  Pixi 4 Plus Power battery It has some kind of fast charging technology and can act as a power bank, so you can charge other devices via microUSB. In addition to the impressive Alcatel  Smartphone Battery,the Alcatel Pixi 4 Plus Power offers some modest features, including a 5.5-inch display (720 x 1280 pixels), 1 GB of RAM, and 8 GB of expandable storage. It lacks LTE connectivity, but supports dual SIM cards. The new phone runs Android 6.0 Marshmallow and may use a MediaTek processor (not yet confirmed). 
Alcatel didn’t say when, where, or how much the Pixi 4 Plus Power will be available, but we’re pretty sure it won’t be expensive at all. We’ll let you know when (and if) the phone becomes available in the US.

“All kinds of Alcatel Cell Phone batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Alcatel Cell Phone Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Alcatel Cell Phone battery.”

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>3.85V 4.4V 4000mAh 15.40WH Alcatel TLP038DA Long Life Battery Replacement

Chuwi CoreBook XPro review: A solid laptop with great keyboard for $600

Let’s take a look at a brand you may not be familiar with. We were impressed with the Chuwi CoreBook XPro, and it could be a good choice for your next laptop, as long as you understand its position in the market. Chuwi is a Shenzhen-based manufacturer that started out making MP3 and MP4 playback products in 2004. Today, they make laptops, small PCs, and Android tablets. Recently, the company contacted me to review their CoreBook XPro laptop, so I took it for a test drive. A quick note: the company has a video showing off its production facilities. The marketing copy is a bit crude, but the visual tour of their facilities is fascinating.
The machine I received was equipped with a Coffee Lake Intel i5-8259U, which runs at 2.3GHz and can go up to 3.8Ghz. It has a 15.6-inch IPS display with an Intel Iris Plus Graphics 655 GPU, 8GB of RAM, and 512GB of storage, which sits on an NVMe flash module.
The machine ships with Windows 10 Home pre-installed. Since I’m using Windows 11 here, I immediately upgraded it to Windows 11 Home. The upgrade took a few hours, but went smoothly.
I found the build quality to be solid enough. The casing is wrapped in aluminum alloy, but there are quite a few plastic parts and accessories. If you’re careful with it (like you would with a laptop), it should hold up well. If you toss it around like the gorilla in the old luggage commercial, your mileage will definitely vary.
The 15.6-inch IPS screen is a highlight of the XPro. The bezels are only 6mm thick, allowing the display to fill nearly all of the available space. With a 16:9 aspect ratio, the display is great for movies and videos. The display resolution is only 1920×1080 (1080p), but the display quality is excellent. Coupled with the surprisingly clear and powerful dual speakers, movie playback is a treat. The screen is also quite pleasant for traditional office work. It’s clear and easy to read, and I used it for hours at a time without any eye fatigue.Chuwi CoreBook XPro BatteryLife and KeyboardThe battery life is OK. With the screen brightness turned down a bit, I was able to get through a two-hour movie, but just barely. Honestly, if you want to watch a movie, you’re better off plugging in. The charger for this machine is nice and small, so it’s not a hardship to carry the power brick when traveling. The battery is not removable or replaceable.
When doing normal productive work, such as when writing this article, I found that I could get about four hours of use out of the Chuwi CoreBook XPro battery alone. My work pattern is that I tend to combine some video with web and writing.

11.55V 4000mAh Chuwi 505979-3S1P-1 Long Life Battery Replacement

4000mAh 11.55V for Chuwi CoreBook X Pro,Chuwi 505979-3S1P-1 Li-ion battery is a new brand and it is compatible with 100% original and replacement battery. Wholesale and retail of Chuwi 505979-3S1P-1 battery is of high quality and low price!
All kinds of Chuwi Laptop batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Chuwi Laptop Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buyChuwi Laptop battery.

Dell XPS 11 and XPS 12 preview

Dell’s new line looks pretty good based on what I’ve seen so far. While the PC maker also announced several traditional PCs, I wanted to highlight the hybrid designs that I think take full advantage of Windows 8.x’s unique design: the new XPS 11 and the updated XPS 12. Dell XPS 11This new Dell Ultrabook will be available “later this year.” It has a 360-degree screen hinge so it can be used in a variety of positions, similar to the Lenovo IdeaPad Yoga. But what makes the XPS 11 different is the screen: It has a resolution of up to 2560 x 1440 (Quad HD), and it’s an 11-inch display. This tells me that the XPS 11 needs Windows 8.1, as this version will add some relief (on the desk) to very high DPI displays. The XPS 11 is less than 15mm thick and weighs less than 2.5 pounds. And it looks great. The Dell XPS 11 ($1,399 list) is the company’s latest convertible tablet/laptop, and it’s one of the lightest and thinnest full-featured devices in its class. The laptop features a nice-looking carbon fiber on both sides, and a higher-than-1080p screen resolution. However, the XPS 11 (Dell) sits firmly in the middle of the pack thanks to a membrane keyboard (rather than a traditional mechanical one) and middling Dell XPS 11 battery performance.
Design and FeaturesThe XPS 11 is a very compact convertible laptop. It measures 8 x 12 x 0.59 inches (H x W x D) and weighs just 2.44 pounds, so it’s certainly lighter than carrying around both a tablet and a laptop. While Apple has made its mark on aluminum construction with the Apple MacBook Air 11-inch (Mid 2013) (Amazon), Dell is looking to do the same with carbon fiber. The top and bottom of the XPS 11 are wrapped in carbon fiber for added strength and weight. The effect is quite attractive, as you can see the weave of the carbon fiber (it’s not covered like the Lenovo X1 Carbon Touch ($1,281.75 at Lenovo)). The system’s 11.6-inch touchscreen is covered by Corning Gorilla Glass NBT glass.
Dell XPS 12
As an upgrade to the existing machine, the next-generation Dell XPS 12 will retain its predecessor’s weird-looking but practical “twist frame” screen design, which lets you flip the screen and use the device as a thick tablet. The next-generation XPS 12 will feature new Intel Core “Haswell” processors and offer significantly better performance (1.6 times) and
Dell XPS 12 batterylife (Dell claims up to 8 hours and 43 minutes).
Dell says the XPS 12 convertible laptop will be available in the coming weeks.
I’ve been disappointed with Dell for a while, but these designs look pretty solid, especially the XPS 11, and I feel like it could point the way to a new normal for high-DPI displays in the Windows world.

7.4V 55WH Dell C4K9V Long Life Battery Replacement
55WH 7.4V for DELL XPS 12 -L221x 9Q33 13 9333,Dell C4K9V Li-ion battery is a new brand and it is compatible with 100% original and replacement battery. Wholesale and retail of Dell C4K9V battery is of high quality and low price!

All kinds of Dell Laptop batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Dell Laptop Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buyDell Laptop Battery

HP Victus 16 Laptop Review: A 1080p gaming powerhouse with few compromises

A win for HP. The HP Victus 16 is one of the few budget laptops on the market that comes with an Intel Core i5-13500HX processor.The HP Victus 16-r0076TX offers an interesting mix of midrange hardware, including an Intel Core i5-13500HX Raptor Lake-HX processor and an Nvidia GeForce RTX 4050 (Ada Lovelace) graphics card. Connectivity: Could use more I/OFor a gaming laptop, the I/O on the HP Victus 16 is surprisingly light. On the right side, there’s a USB-C port, two USB-A ports (all three rated for 5 Gbps), and an HDMI 2.1 port on one end. There’s a barrel pin connector for the charger next to it. The USB and HDMI ports are a little too close for comfort, especially near the HDMI port.
Performance: Raptor Lake and Ada Lovelace shineThe HP Victus 16 is available in a few configurations. We used the base model, which comes with an Intel Core i5-13500HX and an Nvidia GeForce RTX 4050 laptop GPU. GeForce RTX 4060 and RTX 4070 are available if you want.
Those seeking a more powerful CPU can opt for the Core i7-13700HX version, which can only be paired with a GeForce RTX 4070. Users seeking additional memory can also choose a version with 32GB of RAM and 1TB of storage.
System Performance
While the HP Victus 16 performs well as a daily driver, it lags behind the competition in PCMark 10, scoring only 6,125 points.
Its CrossMark score of 1,701 puts it ahead of the Lenovo LOQ 15 and Acer Nitro 16.
The situation is much the same in AIDA64, where the Raptor Lake-HX processors consistently lag behind their AMD counterparts. GPU PerformanceAt first glance, the Nvidia GeForce RTX 4050 doesn’t look like the most powerful GPU on the market. It has 6 GB of GDDR6 VRAM on a 96-bit bus, 2,560 CUDA cores, and TGP values ​​​​​​between 35 and 115 watts.
A little digging in the Nvidia Control Panel shows that its maximum TGP is capped at around 100 watts, which is respectable. Interestingly, the GeForce RTX 4050 here can “borrow” up to 20 watts of power from the CPU. Gaming PerformanceThe GeForce RTX 4050 excels at gaming, even with just 6 GB of VRAM. It can run every game we throw at it at 1080p 60 FPS with all settings turned up high.
The stellar performance of Cyberpunk 2077 can be explained by Nvidia’s extensive optimizations for the game. Esports titles like DOTA 2 run well on the laptop.
The architectural improvements brought by Ada Lovelace make the RTX 4050 a decent 1080p gaming machine. However, we don’t recommend enabling ray tracing without DLSS as it’s very VRAM-hungry. Emissions: A bit too loud and hot when runningSystem noise

The CPU and GPU each have a dedicated cooling fanWhile HP did everything it could to cool the Victus 16, it had a hard time keeping the hardware in check. The first thing you’ll notice is how noisy the laptop gets under the lightest load, which gets progressively louder when gaming.

Our testing determined the maximum noise output to be 55 dB(A). While it’s well below the threshold of what can be considered loud, it’s not something that will blend into the background without a pair of headphones. HP Victus 16 Laptop Battery Battery LifeThe HP Victus 16 comes with a respectable 83 Wh HP Victus 16 Laptop battery. A 99 Wh battery capacity would have been ideal, but those are reserved for the top SKU only.
In our Wi-Fi web surfing test with the brightness set to 150 nits, the  HP Laptop Batterylasted about 8 hours and 51 minutes. With the brightness cranked to maximum, the battery life dropped to 8 hours and 10 minutes.
Interestingly, the laptop fared even worse in the Big Buck Bunny FHD H.264 test with the brightness set to 150 nits and all radios (Wi-Fi, Bluetooth) turned off. It lasted only 7 hours and 39 minutes. Ideally, that number would have been higher. With its powerful processor and 165 Hz screen, the HP Victus 16 is an ideal 1080p gaming machine for esports enthusiasts on a budget, but only if you can tolerate its noise and heat.

15.4V 70.07Wh Hp WK04XL Long Life Battery Replacement

70.07Wh 15.4V for HP Victus 16-D0001UR 16-D0023DX HSTNN-IB9V M39179-005,Hp WK04XL Li-ion battery is a new brand and it is compatible with 100% original and replacement battery. Wholesale and retail of Hp WK04XL battery is of high quality and low price!

All kinds of Hp Laptop batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Hp Laptop Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Hp Laptop battery.

My Logitech Mouse M187 Has Serious Battery Life Problems

A while ago, I suggested you buy the Logitech Wireless Keyboard K230 and the Logitech Wireless Mini Mouse M187, one of the best solutions for cheap wireless keyboards and mice. Now that a year has passed, it seems that I want to reconsider what I said.
Why is the Logitech M187 mouse not working?Considering many user reports,   Logitech M187 battery life issues are not the only problem with this wireless mouse. While other problems may be triggered by system failures, this problem always seems to be frustrating.
More than a year ago, I was looking for a cheap keyboard and mouse for my new Windows 8.1 laptop.
I am talking about the Logitech Wireless Mini Mouse M187 that you see in the screenshot above. After almost a year without any problems, I am now starting to see problems related to its  Logitech Wireless Mini Mouse M187 battery Logitech Wireless Mini Mouse M187 battery life.
About 1-2 months ago, I noticed that my cursor froze, or the mouse did not respond at all. So in order to make it work, I had to turn it off for a few minutes and then turn it back on.
If this also did not work, then I had to take out the Logitech M187 mouse battery, put it back, and wait a few more minutes.
How long does the battery of a wireless mouse last?As advertised and tested, theLogitech  mouse batterycan last up to 6 months. In comparison, other local brands have an average lifespan of 3 months if you don’t use the mouse for more than 4-5 hours.
How to replace the Logitech M187 mouse battery for a Logitech wireless mouse?Find the battery compartment cover.Press the button on the bottom of the mouse to pop the coverOpen and replace the Logitech M187 mouse battery.Alkaline batteries are recommended to extend the battery life.Logitach Wireless Mini Mouse M187 Battery Life Issue
But this solution is not clear because it happened again in a short time, so I wonder if there is something wrong with this device.
After I replaced the battery with a new one, the problem went away. But do I really need to replace the Logitech M187 mouse battery every 2 months when Logitech claims that its battery life should be longer?
If you are also affected by these problems, please leave your comments below. Because I would really like to hear from others because I firmly believe that I am not the only one affected by these problems. Thank you!

All kinds of Logitech Other batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Logitech Other Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Logitech Other battery

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>3.7V 240mAh Logitech 533-000229 Long Life Battery Replacement

Ecovacs Deebot Ozmo T8 AIVI robot vacuum cleaner review: A handy home helper

The Deebot Ozmo T8 AIVI is one of the latest robot vacuum cleaners from Ecovacs. But its functions are not limited to vacuuming, it can also mop and serve as a mobile sentinel in your home.
There is not much to say about its design. It is black, round and looks like any other robot vacuum cleaner. It has two rotating brushes in the front and the back is where the optional mopping module can be installed and removed. It is worth mentioning that it is less than 10 cm high, so see if it can fit under most furniture.
Like many home appliances nowadays, it has AI intelligence – AIVI stands for Artificial Intelligence and Visual Interpretation. This is the main technology that helps the Deebot Ozmo T8 avoid obstacles.
The Deebot Ozmo T8 relies heavily on its camera to find and avoid obstacles.
AIVI uses a combination of built-in cameras and lidar sensors. With the help of the camera and sensors, the Deebot Ozmo T8 is able to create an extremely accurate map of its surroundings (see the map of my home in the screenshot further down the page). It also has sensors underneath so it won’t fall onto split levels or stairs.
Understandably, some users will be concerned about privacy, and Ecovacs offers a sticky camera lens cover that can be used to cover privacy. The Deebot Ozmo T8 still works and uses its lidar sensor to navigate, but it will be slower and less accurate in locating and identifying obstacles.
It actually does a pretty good job of avoiding obstacles. It should be able to identify common household items like shoes, slippers, rugs, and cables, and it does most of the time, but sometimes it still ran over and clashed with some of my cables. And it did have problems identifying my children’s shoes and toys.
Two rotating sweepers push debris into the vacuum cleaner.
But importantly, it rarely gets stuck. I have programmed it to clean the room every night, and after more than a month, it has only gotten stuck a few times. Mainly because my little girl left things on the floor that shouldn’t have been there. It got tangled in her water bottle strap and the chin strap of her hat. Apparently, the strap is the Deebot Ozmo T8’s biggest enemy.
The suction power is pretty good. It’s not too noisy at normal suction levels either. If it detects a hard-to-clean surface like carpet, it automatically increases suction. My biggest problem at home is food crumbs left behind by snacking toddlers as well as hair and bunny poop (yes, I have two bunnies), and I’m happy to say that the Deebot Ozmo T8 handles it all without a hitch.
Even though it can only mop with water and not cleaning solution, the mopping function is pretty good. It doesn’t quite give you that squeaky clean feeling you get from mopping with a mop, but it’s good enough as a stopgap until you have the fortitude or time to do it yourself. It’s worth noting, however, that the water tank isn’t very large, so those in larger homes may need to refill it to cover the entire house. It was just enough for me, but that’s probably because I had the water flow set to “high.” Also, I must warn you that it can get pretty loud when mopping, so if you’re a light sleeper, you might only want to use it when you’re not home or in the middle of the night.
How long it takes to clean will obviously depend on the size of your home. I can tell you about the cleaning times, in my 5-room HDB flat, I found it usually took 30 to 50 minutes to clean the living room, kitchen, and corridor outside the room.
Ecovacs Deebot Ozmo T8 BatteryLife is never an issue as the Deebot Ozmo T8 has a 5,200mAhEcovacs Deebot Ozmo T8 AIVI battery that is claimed to last up to 200 minutes. Like any respectable robot vacuum cleaner, the Deebot Ozmo T8 returns to its base to charge when it’s done cleaning or when the battery is running low.
The dustbin is easily accessible by simply lifting the top panel.
Emptying the robot’s dustbin is also fairly easy. Simply lift the top cover and the dustbin pops out easily. It’s a little fiddly to open it as the filter cover doesn’t pop out completely but swings out on a hinge, but other than that, the whole process is simple. Ecovacs plans to come with a self-emptying base, which could make the Deebot Ozmo T8 even more independent and convenient to use.
The two spinning brushes and bottom rollers are also easily removable, so any tangled hair or fur can be easily removed. Ecovacs also thoughtfully provides a set of extra brushes, an extra filter, and even a cleaning tool to keep the robot spotless.
Like any smart home appliance today, the Deebot Ozmo T8 also comes with an app. The app isn’t the most intuitive to use, and I suspect most people will have a hard time finding certain features or modifying certain settings. Still, if you have the patience to learn its quirks, you can do a lot with the app. After it successfully maps your home, you can set up virtual boundaries so that it avoids certain areas. If you live in a multi-story or split-level home, the Deebot Ozmo T8 can create and save multiple maps. You can also set cleaning schedules, which is useful if you only want to start a cleaning routine when you’re out for a jog, for example.
The app also allows you to access the Deebot Ozmo T8’s video streaming feature. With it, users can control the robot and look around their home using its built-in camera. It even has a two-way microphone feature so you can communicate with anyone you see. Ecovacs markets this as a convenient way to communicate with your pet. Well, my rabbit isn’t the most responsive, so I can’t confirm if it actually works. Also, due to the height of the robot, the field of view is limited. I guess it’s equivalent to the field of view seen by a crawling baby. Still, it’s handy if you need to quickly look around the house.
With a list price of S$799, the Ecovacs Deebot Ozmo T8 AIVI is one of the more expensive options currently on the market. There are cheaper options out there, but since I haven’t tried them, I can’t comment on their efficacy. However, I can attest to the effectiveness of the Deebot Ozmo T8. It works just as well as advertised, and has quickly become one of the most important appliances in my home. Because of this, I now only vacuum and mop on the weekends. On weekends, unless there’s a major incident, I can only rely on it to keep my floors clean, and it does a pretty good job. And, mind you, I’m very picky about floor cleaning. If you judge devices by how much they make your life easier (or more bearable), then for me, this device is as good as an air conditioner and a washing machine. If you’re tired of vacuuming and mopping every day and wish someone else could do it for you, this device might be your “alternative”

All kinds of Ecovacs Other batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Ecovacs Other Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buyEcovacs Other battery

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>14.4V 5200mAh Ecovacs S10-LI-144-5200 Long Life Battery Replacement

Ecovacs Deebot X1 Omni review: The best robot mop we’ve ever seen

If you want a full-featured floor cleaning robot, and don’t mind paying for it, the Ecovacs Deebot X1 Omni is waiting for you to buy at Amazon warehouses. It’s the most feature-rich robot vacuum and mop we’ve reviewed to date, with an incredible amount of tools and features.
If you were to order an Ecovacs Deebot X1 Omni, the first thing you’d notice is how big the box is. That’s mainly because of its base station, which is the largest I’ve seen to date. While basicEcovacs Deebot X1 Omni Battery
Charging stations can be small, brick-sized objects that you place against a wall for the robot to rest on, this one is absolutely massive.
That’s because it’s versatile. We’ve seen a lot of models lately that combine charging stations with built-in vacuums, emptying the contents of the robot’s collection bin into a secondary bag inside the base station. These bags have a much larger capacity than the robot’s collection bin, saving you the hassle of emptying the bin after every cleaning. Of course, the Deebot X1 Omni’s charging station does this, too.
However, most of the space in the base station is taken up by two four-liter water tanks. They are used to fill the robot with fresh water; to clean the attachments after mopping, and to collect dirty water at the end of mopping. Because it will be exposed to water, the base is equipped with plastic foot plates that the robot can roll onto to charge. This protects your floors from spills and residual moisture from the mop attachments.
All this adds up to a base station that measures 448 x 430 x 578 mm (WDH), which will not blend into the background in even the largest of houses. This is further exacerbated by the fact that you need to place it against a wall with plenty of space around it so that the robot can easily find its way home.
Speaking of the robot, its dimensions are more traditional: a hockey puck shape, measuring 362 x 362 x 104 mm (aspect ratio). It uses LiDAR to scan and navigate its surroundings, so there’s a turret on top that accounts for part of its height, and a series of other sensors and cameras on the front to help it find its way around furniture. Interestingly, you can also use these cameras to see through the robot’s eyes, take it on patrol when you’re not home, and even use it to talk to people and pets in your home while you’re away. Inside the device is a powerful 5,000Pa vacuum, with a roller built into the suction port of the base. It uses brushes and rubber flaps to agitate the carpet, and in our tests it did a good job of avoiding hair tangles. There are two spinning sweeping brushes on each side to catch debris in corners and throw it into the path of the vacuum cleaner.
Underneath the top plate that magnetically attaches to the robot, there’s a 400ml collection bin, though this is unlikely to fill up before the base station empties it with its own 21kPa vacuum.
The Deebot X1 Omni takes a different approach. Instead of one static pad, it uses two, which rotate in opposite directions at speeds of up to 180rpm to thoroughly scrub your floors. Like the robot’s lid, the pads attach magnetically to the base, so they can be easily clipped on or off when you want to mop your floorsEcovacs Deebot X1 Omni review: What’s it like to use?Initial setup is simple: You have to connect the robot to your Wi-Fi network (it only works at 2.4GHz) using the accompanying mobile app, but that’s about as complicated as it gets. You’ll also need to fill the four-liter clean water tank with tap water, which you do by lifting it off the top of the base station and filling it in the sink.
Once the map is set up, you can fire up the robot and start cleaning. The app automatically breaks down the map into rooms and names them, but you can divide, merge, and rename zones as needed. It’s also simple to set no-go zones and boundaries to keep the robot away from potential trouble spots.
16More controls are accessible through the control panel, which lets you control the vacuum’s power and water flow. You can also control the intensity of the cleaning (whether it does multiple cleans and how intense the mopping action is), and set up routines, which can be assigned to perform automated cleaning tasks.
Notably, the robot can store up to three maps at once, which means it doesn’t have to create a new map every time you move it to a different floor in your home. I moved it upstairs, set it down, started a new clean, and it automatically detected that it was a new location and created a new map. When I put the robot back downstairs, the map switched back seamlessly. Switching to mopping mode was simple. Just attach the mop, fill the water tank with tap water, and the device will automatically switch modes, and it will also automatically refill water from the base station if it runs out of water during cleaning.
The voice control system that Ecovacs designed for the X1 Omni doesn’t work particularly well; for some reason, it just didn’t want to listen to me. However, since the robot can also be controlled through Google Assistant and Alexa, this hardly matters. You need to own a compatible Echo or Nest speaker, though. Ecovacs Deebot X1 Omni review: Does it find its way well?

The navigation capabilities of the Ecovacs Deebot X1 Omni are excellent. Mapping is excellent, as we’ve come to expect from a LiDAR-based system, which helps the robot plot sensible routes between rooms. You can choose to clean the entire map, select individual rooms in the order you prefer, or draw a rectangle to clean a smaller area. Whichever you choose, the robot will circle the perimeter of the area and then move back and forth in a perpendicular line until it has cleaned the entire space. These are all standard features. The X1 Omni’s strength is its ability to navigate around obstacles. In addition to LiDAR navigation, the robot has a set of cameras and sensors on the front. Using these, it can detect and avoid dropped objects and gently and gracefully navigate around furniture legs.

The X1 Omni’s handling of furniture is impressive. When it approaches chair and table legs, it may gently push them, but then it will carefully circle around them and generally not touch them. I haven’t seen a robot that respects furniture so much since the AEG RX9.2.
Another neat thing about the X1 Omni is that it’s good at detecting different surfaces. In vacuuming mode, the suction power increases as it moves from hard floors to carpets. If you attach a mop pad, it will completely avoid carpets and floor mats, mopping only near the edges and not on the carpet surface.
This is really great. Most mopping robots I’ve seen require you to manually add no-mop zones. You can still do that here, but you can also safely let the robot do its thing without getting your carpets or doormats wet.
Ecovacs Deebot X1 Omni review: How well does it clean?One gripe I had with the Ecovacs Deebot X1 Omni’s navigation was its ability to follow the edge of my kitchen’s baseboards (which sit beneath the cabinets). It was able to navigate around other walls and wall-like obstacles perfectly, sticking close to them as it followed them. However, in my kitchen, it kept bouncing off the baseboards, so I had to manually clean the edges afterwards.
16 In all other cleaning tasks, however, the robot performed well. I put it through my regular robot vacuuming tests, having it measure spills of rice and flour on carpets and hard floors. I weighed the collection bin before and after the robot finished cleaning to assess how well it cleaned up the mess. The robot doesn’t have a specific spot cleaning tool, so I drew an area around each spill on the app and had the Deebot go find it.
It did best with rice, picking up 94% and 98% of spills on hard floors and carpets, respectively. It did better on carpets because the rice agitated by the robot’s edge-sweeping brushes doesn’t fly as far and is therefore less likely to be catapulted out of reach.
Flour is a more challenging test for robot vacuums, and the Deebot lagged slightly behind in this one. On hard floors, it did OK, with the robot picking up 78% of spills. However, it left a lot of stains on low-pile carpets, picking up just 42%.
To be fair, our spill tests are usually performed by less intelligent robots that need to be manually positioned over spills. This helps them pick up large amounts of messes before rolling over them with their wheels and sweeping them up with their sweepers. However, its overall collection rate of 78% was just slightly below average. All is forgiven when mopping, though. This robot is definitely the best mopping robot we’ve reviewed to date, and the spinning motion of the X1 Omni’s two spinning cloths adds unparalleled cleaning power.
I cultivated a small patch of dirt in my kitchen and used it to test robot mops – spilled sugary drinks had formed a stubborn layer of grime over time – but nothing worked.
However, the Deebot X1 Omni finally managed to solve the problem. The Deebot’s first scrubbing stroke clearly removed some of the dirt, and the second wiped it off completely.
Ecovacs Deebot X1 Omni review: should I buy it?
There’s a lot to like about the Ecovacs Deebot X1 Omni. There are few issues with performance, and the app is excellent. Its object detection also puts it on par with the Roomba j7.
Add in the best-in-class mopping capabilities, and you’ve got a winner. This robot can really significantly reduce the amount of times you need to vacuum and mop in your home compared to any other robot I’ve tested so far.
However, it’s not without its faults. The base station is so large that you can’t ignore its presence in your home, and the price of £1,499 will put a big dent in your bank account.
Fortunately, there are plenty of other options for those on a budget. The Roomba j7 is the obvious choice for anyone who doesn’t want to clean their floors every time they vacuum. It steers around obstacles just as well as the Deebot X1 Omni, but is cheaper at just £700 with a self-emptying base station.

All kinds of Ecovacs Other batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Ecovacs Other Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Ecovacs Other battery

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>14.4V 5200mAh Ecovacs S10-LI-144-5200 Long Life Battery Replacement

Arlo Pro 2 camera review

Sure, the Arlo Pro 2 has 1080p HD video, infrared night vision, and two-way audio, but is it worth the price? The Arlo Pro 2 is a high-quality outdoor camera that features 1080p HD video, infrared night vision, and two-way audio. We also like that it comes with a siren, which does a great job of scaring off potential intruders. Outdoor video security is just as important, if not more important, than indoor video security. Wouldn’t you like to catch snoopers sneaking out the door before an intrusion occurs? Or wouldn’t you like to know who’s at your door before you open it?
In this review, I’ll answer some questions and provide details about the Arlo Pro 2, one of Arlo’s battery-powered, weatherproof outdoor cameras. It’s one of the few affordable wireless cameras I’ve found that can run completely wirelessly, and to help you decide if it’s the right choice for you, I took the liberty of testing it in my own home. My standards are high, so hopefully the Arlo Pro 2 won’t disappoint. My Arlo Pro 2 review begins now! Although the Arlo Pro 2 is no longer available, there are still a lot of things to learn from our experience with it, especially if you’re planning to buy a new camera from Arlo.
I’m happy to say that the Arlo Pro 2 setup is very simple and straightforward.
I downloaded the app on my iPhone X (it’s also available for Android, by the way). I plugged the hub into the internet using an Ethernet cable, pressed all the sync buttons, and waited for each device to connect.
I’d say the setup took me about 15 minutes, from downloading, syncing, and getting used to the app, which isn’t bad. I must warn you, though: make sure you have a strong Wi-Fi signal before setting up this camera. I can’t tell you how frustrating it is to set up a device like this when the network is spotty. These things require the four arcs on the Wi-Fi icon that we all love.
In short, make sure your router is ready to provide a great installation experience. Essential FeaturesGreat! Now that we’ve got everything assembled, it’s time to test these cameras – essential features, of course.
At Security.org, we’ve seen a lot of cameras. We’ve figured out what makes a camera a strong competitor in the market and a satisfying product to have in your home. We looked for cameras with high-quality video, audio, night vision, smart platform integrations, AI, convenience, and value.
Does the Arlo Pro 2 hold up in the test? Let’s find out! I really liked the Arlo Pro 2’s crisp video, and I know that’s because this baby camera records in 1080p HD resolution. These days, 1080p is the industry standard, so this camera is on par with the competition. I always look at night vision quality when I evaluate cameras because it’s important for us to know if a camera is good at recording things in the dark. Most of the things we fear most—robberies, burglaries, vandalism—happen when we’re asleep or in places where we simply can’t see. To feel safe, we need to have quality night vision.
Now, the Arlo Pro 2 does have a night mode that I like, which uses infrared lighting instead of white light. Some cameras use white light, and while white light can take good pictures, I find the harsh light very distracting and easy for an intruder to spot. Infrared lighting is more discreet and just as effective in some situations. The two-way audio feature on the Arlo 2 is excellent.
The reason I love two-way audio so much is because it enhances your ability to communicate with the people in your life. Let’s say you’re in the kitchen and want to talk to your kid in the bedroom, you can just tap on the app and speak through your phone. That’s awesome, right?Once you click on settings, you can turn off the camera for privacy or change the video settings. In the menu, there are options like “Best Video,” “Optimize,” and “Best Battery Life” to choose from. I think Arlo made these options a smart choice since these cameras are wireless. If you don’t want to frequently charge the camera’sArlo Pro 2 battery you can make the battery last longer.
Finally, the Library button takes you to all motion- and sound-activated recorded events so you can see exactly what’s going on in your home. If you tap on the “Mode” tab, it takes you to the central settings where you can enable or disable the system, schedule alerts, and turn on geo-fencing. Hidden features?I love the wireless capabilities of the Arlo Pro 2 because it means there are no extra wires around the house for my cats to play with or chew on. But it turns out that I miss out on features like uninterrupted continuous recording, the ability to designate motion/activity zones, and 3-second replay when my camera isn’t plugged in.
Non-stop continuous recording is self-explanatory – you can choose to have the camera start indefinitely when the camera is plugged into a power source. Motion/activity zones allow you to specify important parts of the area to record, such as windows or cribs. This will allow for more specific notifications.
After exploring everything, I think the Arlo app is pretty comprehensive. It’s pretty simple, but I can see how people can easily get lost in the dashboard – it’s quite hard on the eyes. But once you get the hang of it, I think the app is pretty good.
At Security.org, we look for cameras with two storage options for a number of reasons. We like the cloud option so that we don’t have to worry about running out of space on our SD cards and hard drives. On the other hand, we like the local storage option as a backup in case something goes wrong with the server. Since some people are reluctant to store information on a private cloud, having both local and cloud storage options is a necessity.
Thankfully, the Arlo Pro 2 has both options. I can connect my hub directly to the hard drive and download the memory from there, or I can also access past recordings through my app. Arlo offers seven days of free cloud storage, which is pretty Generous. I’ve seen many companies only offer 24 hours of free storage.

7.2V 2440mAh Arlo A-1 Long Life Battery Replacement
2440mAh 7.2V for Arlo Pro 2,Arlo A-1 Li-ion battery is a new brand and it is Compatible with 100% original and replacement battery. Wholesale and retail of Arlo A-1 battery is of high quality and low price!

All kinds of Arlo Other batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk.Arlo Other Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Arlo Other battery

Yuneec Mantis Q drone review: Voice control isn’t enough

The Mantis Q is a nimble, maneuverable drone, but its 4K video is shaky and its voice control is gimmicky. I’ve been yelling at my gadgets for years, but only recently have them started to listen to me. Technology like Amazon Alexa means you can now control your gadgets with your voice, and drones like the $449 Yuneec Mantis Q are getting in on the game. Unfortunately, voice control feels like a gimmick that doesn’t add much to the experience.


DesignThe Mantis Q is a sleek, futuristic-looking drone that measures about 6.2 x 3.7 x 2.2 inches with arms that fold into the body when not in use. When you want to fly, you unfold the arms and lock them into place.
The remote is slightly smaller than the drone and comes with a nifty foldable smartphone holder. Our iPhone XS slid into the holder easily during testing. There are also two foldable Wi-Fi antennas on the back of the controller, as well as a USB Type-C and USB Type-A port for connecting a smartphone to the controller. A USB Type-A to USB Type-C cable is included for connecting Android phones. iPhones must use the included Apple Lightning to USB cable.


Flight PerformanceThe Mantis Q is an easy drone to fly. Simply unfold it, turn on the remote, connect it to your phone, and press the takeoff button. The drone then takes off and hovers about 5 feet above the ground. In standard flight mode, the Mantis Q is very stable, which is great for beginners. Sport mode makes the drone faster and more maneuverable. Yuneec claims the Mantis Q can reach a top speed of 44.7 mph, but we measured a slightly slower (but still very fast) 33 mph.


In standard flight mode, the Mantis Q is very stable—great for beginners.
The Mantis Q offers a variety of flight modes, including Journey (fly out and back); POI (fly around a point of interest); and Visual Follow (follow a selected object using the camera), either by moving the drone to keep a fixed distance from the target or by keeping the drone stationary and moving the camera. Visual Follow mode works well as long as the target is unique enough to track.
For example, it tracked me without a problem, but had trouble following a dark-colored dog in a meadow. Since the Mantis Q lacks collision detection and the forward-looking camera that drones like the Mavic Air use to avoid objects, it will run right into trees if the subject it’s tracking happens to be hiding behind cover.
Voice ControlThe Mantis Q’s voice control feature is interesting, but feels a little half-baked. The idea is interesting. When you use the app and enable voice control, you can tell the drone to take off by saying “Mantis Q, take off.” To avoid accidents, you have to confirm by saying “yes” when the drone asks. When the drone is flying, you can say “take a selfie” to take a selfie. This is nice, but the remote app sometimes fails to detect voice commands — especially when the drone itself is flying nearby. And you can’t control the drone’s position or attitude with voice. So voice control feels more like a gimmick than a useful feature.


Sometimes, voice commands can’t be detected, especially when the Mantis Q itself is flying nearby.The same is true of the smile feature, which tries to detect when you’re smiling to take a photo. It does work, but I found that you have to smile a big smile to trigger the feature, which makes you look a lot like the Joker. This might be useful if you were Batman, but it doesn’t work for us non-crime fighters.
Photo and Video QualityThe Mantis Q has a 4K camera, but when electronic image stabilization is enabled, the camera resolution drops to a maximum of 1,920 x 1,080 pixels (1080p). You get video at 60 frames per second, though.
The Mantis Q’s electronic image stabilization is also not as effective as the stabilized gimbals used by drones like the Mavic Air 2. Those drones shoot higher-resolution videos that are sharper and smoother. We also found that the Mantis Q’s stabilized video has an annoying habit of jumping around.
When the drone is tilted to move quickly left or right, the stabilized video remains level for a while, then suddenly shifts to a tilted view in a rather confusing way as the gimbal turns to reflect the drone’s direction. In contrast, drones like the Mavic Air and Mavic Pro physically tilt the camera to adjust for the drone’s movement.


The Mantis Q has a 4K camera, but the camera resolution drops to a maximum of 1080p when you enable electronic image stabilization.Photos and videos are stored on a MicroSD card, which is located in a slot on the left side of the Mantis Q body. A 16GB card comes with the drone.Yuneec Drone Battery LifeYuneec claims that the 3,000 mAh Yuneec Mantis Q drone battery that clips onto the back of the Mantis Q body will last for 33 minutes, and that estimate isn’t far off. We flew for about 25 minutes before the low battery alarm started to sound, and we continued to fly for a few minutes before the app warned us that the drone would automatically return to its starting point soon. The Mantis Q comes with one  Yuneec Mantis Q battery, but the included charger can hold three Yuneec Mantis Q drone battery batteries, which are charged in sequence. Spare batteries cost about $60.
ConclusionThe Yuneec Mantis Q feels like a missed opportunity. It’s a nice, easy to fly, and fast drone that shoots pretty good 1080p video. That might have been enough a few years ago, but competing drones like the Mavic Air shoot steadier, more attractive 4K video for just $200 more. The Mantis Q’s voice control feature is nice, but not very useful. As a result, it’s hard to recommend the Mantis Q over similarly priced drones with better features.

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>> 14.8V 6400mAh Yuneec CS-YEC480RX Long Life Battery Replacement

All kinds of Yuneec Other batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Yuneec Other Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Yuneec Other battery.

Sony ULT Field 7 review: A great-sounding, rugged party speaker

Sony’s Bluetooth speaker lineup is pretty extensive. There’s the wheeled speaker SRS-XV900, which delivers thunderous omnidirectional sound. Spatial audio enthusiasts can opt for the lavish SRS-RA5000, which delivers room-scale 3D sound with 360 Reality Audio. Budget-conscious buyers can even opt for the SRS-XB100, a fantastic compact speaker that has great bass for its size and is one of the best cheap Bluetooth speakers.
With so many great options, Sony leaned in to launch another speaker line under the recently announced ULT Power Sound series. Three new speaker models were introduced: the entry-level ULT Field 1, the chunky midrange ULT Field 7, and the flagship ULT Field 10. There’s also a pair of ULT Wear headphones in the series. All products are designed to emphasize bass levels with a ULT button that boosts audio output.Sony ULT Field 7 Bluetooth Speakers BatteryLife (Rated): 30 hoursConnectivity: Bluetooth 5.2 with SBC, AAC, and LDACDurability: IP67-ratedLike some of Sony’s best headphones, the ULT Field 7 showcases top-notch craftsmanship. The cylindrical design is wrapped in hard plastic and a sturdy mesh weave for a look that’s both beautiful and durable. The IP67 certification means the speaker can withstand dust and high water pressure. The passive radiators are recessed on each side. Details like the buttons and Sony logo are well revealed. Most impressive is the rear compartment, which is flush when closed and hides a ton of features (more on that later).
You can use the handle to take the speaker anywhere you want. However, the speaker is large and heavy (14 pounds), so it’s not exactly a breeze to carry around.
Sony ULT FIELD 7 Review: Controls and Connectivity Useful quick controls and inputs on the speakerGuitar and mic supportEasy wireless connectivityLet’s start with the top module, which houses six buttons: Power On/Off, Bluetooth, Play/Pause, Volume -, Volume +, and ULT. Most of the buttons are embossed and easy to spot, while the ULT button is round and enables Sony’s two bass-boosting modes. They all have a solid tactile feel and respond instantly to single/multi-press gestures.
There’s a compartment on the back with buttons for toggling the LED and Sony   ULT Field 7   bluetooth speakersbattery-saving modes, as well as karaoke features like Echo and Key Control for adjusting the tone. The guitar button indicates whether you’re using a guitar or a mic when the speaker is plugged in. There’s also a 3.5mm headphone jack, AC connector, gain knob, guitar quarter-inch mic/guitar input, and a USB-A port for connecting the speaker to any desktop setup or charging a portable device. The buttons and ports work well.
Here I tested the ULT Field 7 speaker, and on first impression it looks like a big portable speaker that’s just as expensive. Powerful sound and interesting features, plus a huge, nearly indestructible case, are features that help mask the high MSRP. Scroll down to read my full review to see if the Sony ULT Field 7 is worth the investment. Loud, room-filling soundULT modes hit or missSound field optimization worksThe bass is Sony’s forte, and there’s enough bass to satisfy most listening environments. The X-Balanced speaker unit combines with a passive radiator and two tweeters to produce a loud, spacious sound that doesn’t compromise on frequency range, at least not when the special modes are disabled. One of the biggest selling points of the series is the ULT button, which enables different sound modes: ULT1 for a deep low-pass range and ULT 2 for an emphasis on sound pressure. These effects are positive for some tracks and detrimental for others. I liked the tight sound of the bass drum and snare drum on Torii Wolf’s “Everlasting Peace,” but was disappointed by the overly loud resonance that muted the frequencies on Tame Impala’s “New Person, Same Old Mistakes.”
Audio performance was best when Soundstage Optimization was turned on in the companion app. This automatically scans your environment for ambient noise and adjusts the sound on the fly, and it worked surprisingly well. I placed the speaker on my balcony, where there’s all sorts of incidental noise (eg, air conditioning units, landscaping, fountain splashing), and this feature improved clarity.
LDAC enables smooth playback on the best music streaming services. I’d really like to see 360 ​​​​​​Reality Audio here, especially when used with optimized Tidal tracks.
In settings, you’ll find lighting, power, and sound modes. Lighting has 10 selectable lighting sequences. Power options offer a variety of choices for extending  Sony  bluetooth speakers  battery life. Two ULT modes can be toggled in the Sound Effects field, along with custom EQ and Soundstage Optimization. When streaming, you can choose to prioritize sound quality or connectivity. DJs can create mixes using the isolator and flanger settings, though neither setting adds much to the listening experience.
The home page has a  Sony   ULT Field 7   bluetooth speakers battery level indicator, a volume slider, and shortcuts to popular streaming platforms. You can access your personal music catalog in My Library. Audio input and USB let you control playback on plugged-in devices. Finally, you can group other ULT Field 7 speakers together for true stereo sound, or connect up to 100 compatible speakers to sync music (and lighting) via Party Connect.
Sony’s Fiestable app works with the speakers to add sound effects, adjust lighting and karaoke modes, and mirror the sound system’s lighting effects on your phone’s display. It will appeal mainly to DJs and party hosts who want to liven up the party atmosphere
Sony ULT FIELD 7 Review: Sony ULT Field 7 Bluetooth Speakers Battery LifeSony ULT Field 7 by the pool with reviewer Alex Bracetti
One of the longest-lasting Bluetooth speakers on the marketOnboard features can seriously eat into the Sony ULT Field 7 Bluetooth Speakers Battery lifeUSB port can be used to charge portable devicesSony rates the Sony  ULT Field 7  bluetooth speakers battery life at 30 hours. This means the ULT Field 7 outlasts other bass-heavy behemoths, such as the JBL PartyBox Stage 320 (18 hours) and the UE Hyperboom (24 hours), while offering the same playtime as some smaller speakers, such as the Tribit Stormbox Flow. One caveat, though: Volume must be kept at around 25%, with both the LED and ULT mode disabled. Enabling the latter may reduce battery life to around 7 hours.
After testing, this speaker lasts about 15 hours, taking into account the special features and volume. That’s enough for two weekend parties (4-5 hours per day) and charging a smartphone. There are two power saving modes –Sony Bluetooth Speakers Battery Care, which suppresses the charge to 90%, and Stamina, which optimizes settings to suppress power consumption – each of which can provide 2 hours of additional use. The auto-standby function puts the speaker into sleep mode after 15 minutes of inactivity. You can get 3 hours of playback time with a 10-minute charge.
Sony ULT FIELD 7 Review: ConclusionYou can get loud, wide sound from any reasonably priced Bluetooth speaker, especially one with the Sony logo. Why should you consider the ULT Field 7? Versatility.
The powerful sound quality and deep bass will definitely attract brand lovers. The design is heavy, but very rugged, providing a high level of protection during pool parties and outdoor gatherings. However, it’s the party features and portable charging capabilities that turn the speaker into an enjoyable and maintainable ecosystem, and make the ULT Field 7 a great portable speaker, even if it’s expensive.

All kinds of Sony Other batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Sony Other Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Sony Other battery

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>7.4V 2700mAh Sony ST-06 Long Life Battery Replacement

HP Pro x2 612 is a business-class 2-in-1 tablet

HP is adding a new 2-in-1 system to its line of business laptops and tablets. The HP Pro x2 612 is a 12.5-inch Windows tablet that features an Intel Haswell processor… and also comes with a keyboard dock that lets you use the system as a laptop. The HP Pro x2 612 comes with an Intel Core i3 or Core i5 processor, a 12.5-inch HD or Full HD display, a Wacom digitizer and stylus, and a slot that lets you store the stylus in the display. The 2-in-1 also has separate batteries for the tablet and notebook portions, giving you up to 14 hours of total HP Pro X2 612 battery life if you opt for the Power Keyboard.
HP will actually offer a few different keyboard models. The Power Keyboard features backlit keys and a spill-resistant surface, and comes with a VGA port, Ethernet jack, and DisplayPort, as well as 2 USB 3.0 ports and an enterprise docking station connector. There’s also a full-size SD card reader in the Power Keyboard.
There’s also a travel keyboard, complete with a USB 3.0 port, an audio jack, and backlit keys… but no backup HP Pro X2 612 battery. The travel keyboard doubles as a cover for the tablet, and comes with a kickstand. Other features that make it a business machine include a smart card reader, TPM, and optional fingerprint reader, and support for 3G or 4G LTE capabilities.
The tablet comes with a USB 3.0 port and a microSD card reader, as well as a microSIM card reader for models with cellular capabilities. The tablet has HD cameras on both the front and back. Battery life is rated at up to eight hours using the tablet alone.
HP will be shipping the tablet with Windows 8.1, but business customers who prefer Windows 7 will have that option as well. HP chose the 12.5-inch screen size for the same reason Microsoft chose the Surface Pro 3 tablet — it’s large enough to be used as a laptop replacement, whether or not the keyboard dock is selected. The difference is that the HP tablet has a widescreen display, rather than the 3:2 aspect ratio of the Surface Pro 3. Unlike the Surface Pro 3, HP says this tablet is built for mobile business professionals who work with a lot of data. They need a product that provides laptop-like functionality on the go, with more ports, security options and a more traditional keyboard than the Surface Pro 3 — not to mention a place to store the digital pen when it’s not in use.
7.4V 29Wh Hp KK04XL Long Life Battery Replacement
29Wh 7.4V for HP Pro x2 612 G1 Tablet 753703-005,Hp KK04XL Li-ion battery is a new brand and it is compatible with 100% original and replacement battery. Wholesale and retail of Hp KK04XL battery is of high quality and low price!

All kinds of Hp Tablets batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Hp Tablets Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Hp Tablets Battery

Unveiling the Clevo NH70: Your Ultimate Gaming Companion

Clevo NH70 Are you ready to take your gaming experience to the next level? Look no further for the best gaming laptop, the Clevo NH70. More than a decade of innovation and expertise have made Clevo a masterpiece with the NH70. Let’s take a closer look at what makes this gaming laptop a game-changer for gamers and professionals. Here’s a quick rundown of the Clevo NH70’s features: Sophisticated Beauty: The Clevo NH70 features an eye-catching, sophisticated design. Its black brushed metal finish exudes a professional vibe, perfect for gaming and professional use.
Slim Profile: Despite the powerful features inside, the NH70 maintains a slim profile, measuring just 0.78 inches at its thickest point. This sleek design ensures portability without compromising on performance.
Durable Construction: The NH70 features an aluminum chassis that is built to last. The sturdy construction not only enhances its beauty but also ensures it can withstand the rigors of everyday use.
Display BrightnessImmersive Visuals: Immerse yourself in a stunning visual world with the Clevo NH70’s 17.3-inch Full HD IPS display. With a resolution of 1920 x 1080 pixels, every detail on the screen comes to life.
Smooth Gaming: Gaming enthusiasts will love this monitor’s 144Hz refresh rate, which enables smooth gaming. Say goodbye to motion blur and enjoy a seamless gaming experience.
Vivid Colors: The NH70’s display covers 72% of the NTSC color gamut, ensuring that colors are accurate and vibrant. Whether you’re editing photos or playing your favorite game against enemies, you’ll see stunning visuals on the screen.
Powerful Performance
Intel Core i7-9750H CPU: The Clevo NH70 is equipped with a powerful Intel Core i7-9750H CPU. With a base clock speed of 2.6 GHz and a maximum turbo speed of 4.5 GHz, this processor can easily handle multitasking and demanding applications.
Smooth Gaming: The NH70 is equipped with an NVIDIA GeForce GTX 1660 Ti graphics card and 6GB VRAM for a smooth gaming experience. Enjoy graphics-intensive games without worrying about lags or stuttering.​​Ample Memory: The NH70 is equipped with 16GB DDR4 RAM to ensure excellent performance even in the most demanding tasks. Whether you are playing games, streaming or multitasking, you will get seamless transitions and responsive performance.
Room for Expansion: Need more storage? The NH70 has an open M.2 slot that allows you to easily expand the storage capacity. Whether it’s games, media files or work documents, there is no need to worry about running out of space.
Keyboard and Touchpad MasteryBrilliant Backlighting: The NH70’s backlit keyboard adds brilliance to your gaming sessions. Enjoy precise keystrokes and customizable lighting options for a gaming experience that suits your preferences.
Comfortable Typing: The keyboard’s tactile feedback ensures comfortable typing even during long gaming sessions. Say goodbye to hand fatigue and enjoy uninterrupted gaming.
Sensitive Touchpad: Navigate with precision using the NH70’s large, responsive touchpad. With support for Windows Precision Drivers, you can enjoy accurate tracking and multi-finger gestures for increased productivity.
Rich Connectivity
Versatile Ports: The Clevo NH70 offers a variety of connectivity options to suit your needs. Easily connect all your peripherals with three USB 3.1 Gen 1 Type-A ports, a USB 3.1 Gen 2 Type-C connector, HDMI, mini DisplayPort, Ethernet, and headphone/microphone jacks.
Wireless Convenience: Stay connected wherever you are with the NH70’s 802.11ac Wi-Fi module and Bluetooth 5.0 capabilities. Seamlessly stream content, join online battles, and connect to your favorite devices without missing a beat.Clevo NH70 Battery Life
Sufficient battery life: The Clevo NH70 comes with a 4-cell 46 Wh Clevo NH70 battery that provides sufficient Clevo NH70 battery life for gaming on the go. While it may not last as long as an ultrabook, it has more than enough power for intense gaming sessions.
Optimize performance: Keep the NH70 plugged in for optimal performance, especially during long gaming sessions. WhileClevo NH70 batterylife may not be its strong point, the performance it offers is more than makes up for this minor shortcoming.
A win-win for gamers on a budget. 1 Is the Clevo NH70 suitable for professional use?
Of course! With a stylish design, powerful performance, and diverse connectivity options, the NH70 is a great choice for professionals

All kinds of Clevo Laptop batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Clevo Laptop Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Clevo Laptop battery

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>11.4V 3175mAh Clevo NL40BAT-3 Long Life Battery Replacement

Vivobook S 15 is Asus’ first Copilot+ laptop powered by Qualcomm Snapdragon X Elite processor

Asus has announced laptops powered by Snapdragon X-series processors. This news follows Qualcomm’s announcement earlier today (click here to learn more).
The Vivobook S 15 (model S5507) is also the company’s first Copilot+ PC laptop, marking the first time a Vivobook doesn’t use an Intel chip. However, despite the transition to Snapdragon X Elite, the Vivobook S 15 retains the same impressive OLED display as its predecessor.

The 15.6-inch screen supports resolutions up to 2880 x 1620, a 120Hz refresh rate, and a peak HDR brightness of 600 nits. In terms of internal configuration, the Vivobook S 15 provides users with two Snapdragon X series processors to choose from: 12-core Snapdragon X Elite or 10-core X Plus. This notebook also supports up to 32GB of onboard memory and 1TB (PCIe 4.) SSD storage. Additionally, it supports Wi-Fi 7, ensuring users get the best wireless speeds.


However, one of the most attractive features of the Vivobook S 15 is Asus’ own proprietary StoryCube. Asus says StoryCube is “the smartest, most convenient and powerful way to manage all your digital assets, using artificial intelligence to assist in sorting, editing, managing and exporting captured raw files.” With the help of Snapdragon X processor NPU, with its powerful features, users can expect accelerated performance in a variety of AI-powered applications, including Windows Studio Effects and Cocreator — but we won’t make any judgments until we get our hands on a Snapdragon X-powered laptop.
11.6V 6072mAh Asus C31N2105 Long Life Battery Replacement
,Asus C31N2105 Li-ion battery is a new brand and it is compatible with 100% original and replacement battery. Wholesale and retail of Asus C31N2105 battery is of high quality and low price!

All kinds of Asus Laptop batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Asus Laptop Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Asus Laptop battery

Review: Alienware m15x Gaming Laptop

This is the most expensive laptop we’ve seen to date. David Hollingworth considers whether you’re getting what you pay for Design-wise, Alienware’s high-end gaming gear can often be either liked or disliked based on looks alone. The company’s design philosophy is so unique that people either love it or hate it; which is why we were quite surprised when this rather understated laptop came through for our testing.
In fact, its simplicity could almost be called retro, and if it weren’t for the alien-head logo in the middle of the flap, you might think of it as an ancient desktop replacement from the past. Flip the lid back, though, and you’ll find Alienware’s designers are still hard at work. Apart from


A standard laptop keyboard and panel might not be much to look at except for the non-standard font on the keys, but open up the m15x and it’s a completely different story. Keyboard letters, outlines, and various other bells and whistles light up from within. There’s even a slim strip of lighting along the entire edge of the screen bevel and touchpad!
This may seem a bit too flashy, but if you’ve ever been in a dark room staring at your keyboard trying to find the B key to bandage yourself in a game, only to hit the G key instead, this is pretty cool. Even better, you can completely indulge in adjusting each piece to one of ten or so colors, from icy blue to dangerous red.

There are more than enough ports scattered around the left and right sides of the phone, and thankfully there are no ports on the back. Of particular note are the USB 2.0 ports and HDMI outputs on either side of the keyboard for high-resolution output on a large screen.


Speaking of bigger screens, the other thing that was obvious from the get-go is that the 15.4-inch screen on the m15x is, well, just a 15-inch screen. Many “gaming grade” laptops opt for 17-inch models – so they’re heavy and take away from portability a bit. The 15-inch screen is still very useful and requires less effort. It’s an interesting choice, and we think it’s a smart one in the long run.


But all the smart choices in the world are for naught if your well-thought-out gaming laptop can’t keep up with the pixel requirements. With an 8800 GTX, you can expect good performance – and you won’t be disappointed! When we realized someone had secretly turned on the m15x’s “stealth” setting (and thus reduced performance to save battery life) and left our machines running at maximum speed, both 3DMark06 and Crysis returned pretty impressive scores.


The former scored a respectable 9312 3DMarks, easily beating the Dell M1730 for the top spot, and ran Crysis at 1280 x 1024 resolution with all settings cranked up quite a bit – averaging 12fps was no mean feat. Turn those resource-intensive settings down a bit and you’ll get a smoother gaming experience, but frankly, it’s smooth enough even at high settings.
Our only option – and a common choice for high-end systems – is 4GB of RAM. The m15x isn’t running a 64-bit OS, so with the 512MB of onboard video taking up Vista’s allocation limit, you’re just wasting all that RAM. 2GB is a more realistic number and brings the price down a bit.


That said, while you’re paying a lot for the m15x, you’re at least getting some great performance, great peripherals (like a Blu-ray drive), and some unique lighting and flash.

11.1V 5200mAh Dell F681T Long Life Battery Replacement
5200mAh 11.1V for Dell Alienware M15X R1 D15X P08G D951T,Dell F681T Li-ion battery is a new brand and it is compatible with 100% original and replacement battery. Wholesale and retail of Dell F681T battery is of high quality and low price!


All kinds of Dell Laptop batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Dell Laptop Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Dell Laptop battery

Xiaomi Mi Max 2 review: Affordable smartphone with big screen and longest battery life

Xiaomi launched the Mi Max phablet in 2016, and a year later, the Mi Max 2 came out. The massive, tablet-like 6.44-inch screen remains unchanged. Instead, the company improved the design, added more features and upgraded the hardware.

We think Xiaomi has made a smart move by keeping the screen size of the Mi Max 2 the same. The 6.44-inch screen is big enough to make it stand out and increase productivity. But not enough to make it feel like a tablet. And, thanks to the narrower bezels, it still fits in most pockets. The improved design features curved edges for a more comfortable hold. Although the Max 2 has a larger  Xiaomi Mi Max 2  battery   than its predecessor, it hasn’t gained much in size or weight – it’s just 7.6mm thick and weighs 211g (the Mi Max weighs 203g and is 7.5mm thick). 6.44-inch IPS (1920 x 1080 pixels), Qualcomm Snapdragon 625, 4GB RAM, 64GB Storage, Hybrid Dual SIM, Expandable Storage, 12MP rear camera, 5MP front camera, 4G, VoLTE, dual-band WiFi ac, Bluetooth 4.2, GPS, IR Port, USB Type-C, Fingerprint Scanner, And.. India only launched the black variant, which is a good move – it’s one of our favorite Xiaomi phones right now and in demand The portion is huge.


However, keep in mind that this phone isn’t for everyone. The large size makes it cumbersome to hold in the hand for long periods of time. The benefits of a large screen are obvious. While it’s still Full HD resolution, the screen is bright and clear. Watching videos, browsing the web, playing games and reading books is an absolute pleasure. The ultra-thin bezels almost blend into the black body – perfect for watching videos. You can adjust color, contrast, text size, and reading mode. The disadvantage is that it cannot be operated with one hand. This is one of the first smartphones from Xiaomi to ship with MiUI 8 based on the latest Android 7.1.1. You get Xiaomi’s usual feature set, including Second Space, Dual Apps, One-Handed Mode, Security Apps with Cleaner, Data Usage, Block List, Virus Scan, Call Log, and Permission Manager. Special mention goes to the handy Quick Ball virtual button – you can customize it as a shortcut as well as your preferred gesture, which makes navigating and using your phone even easier with a larger screen. Split-screen The functionality isn’t available yet, but the company says it will be rolling out via a software update soon.
Hardware includes an efficient Snapdragon 625, 4GB RAM, and 64GB storage. The specs, while not flagship-level, are great for a variety of uses, as well as gaming. We did notice that there was almost 1GB of RAM available at all times – which kept everything running smoothly. We didn’t notice any lag when running more than 15 apps in the background. Packed with a massive 5,300mAh  Xiaomi  smartphone   battery , it’s one of the first phones to get close to 3 days of Xiaomi Mi Max 2 battery life in our experience. Even with heavy usage (4G and VoLTE, hotspot activated, screen brightness at 70%), the Mi Max 2 lasted for over a day and a half. Additionally, the phone supports Quick Charge 3.0 and comes with a QC 3.0 charger in the box.  
On the back is a 12MP camera with an aperture of f2.2, which can capture some great photos in daylight. Even indoors, images show good detail and natural colors. In low light, however, noise is noticeable and detail is missing. Keep in mind that this is a large phone and there’s no OIS, so you’ll have to keep your hand steady to take clear photos. The front-facing camera takes good photos in daylight, but indoors and in low light, detail is blurry and noise is noticeable, even on the phone’s screen. Other features that impressed us on the Mi Max 2 include a fast and accurate fingerprint scanner, stereo speakers (one of the loudest we’ve ever seen on a smartphone), and a great remote control app with an IR blaster.


With the launch of Mi Max 2, the company has made a series of improvements and upgrades while keeping the price competitive. If you need an affordable, large screen,Xiaomi Mi Max 2 smartphone with long Xiaomi Mi Max 2 smartphone battery life (say goodbye to bulky power banks), then Xiaomi Mi Max 2 is the best choice for you. The Mi Max 2’s closest competitor is the Samsung Galaxy A9 Pro (Rs 22,900) – it has a 6-inch Super Amoled display (Full HD), Snapdragon 652, 4GB RAM and a 5,000mAh Samsung Galaxy A9 Pro battery   

3.85V 5000mAh Xiaomi BN50 Long Life Battery Replacement
Xiaomi BN50 Li-ion battery is a new brand and it is compatible with 100% original and replacement battery. Wholesale and retail of Xiaomi BN50 battery is of high quality and low price!

All kinds of Xiaomi Cell Phone  batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Xiaomi Cell Phone  Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buyXiaomi Cell Phone  battery.

Toshiba Satellite L55t-A5290 review

Toshiba is looking to position itself as a laptop with the Toshiba Satellite L55t. This 15.6-inch laptop features powerful processing power, a vivid touchscreen, and an incredibly comfortable keyboard. However, it doesn’t come with Intel’s latest Haswell processor and comes with a slightly mediocre 4-cell  Toshiba Satellite L55t-A5290 laptop battery . With Staples on sale for $713 (after discounts), should you stop by and pick up an L55t?
design
The Satellite L55t looks like the previous generation of Toshiba’s Satellite series laptops: The L55t’s lid and base are made of silver-gray plastic instead of the Satellite P55t’s elegant brushed aluminum design, and the keyboard comes with a glossy black plastic stand. A subtle horizontal stripe pattern breaks up the monotony of the lid and base, and a silver Toshiba logo is printed on the lower right corner of the lid.
More: The 20 sexiest laptops ever made
The L55t measures 14.9 x 9.6 x 1.13 inches, weighs 5.4 pounds, and feels thicker than the competition. The $679 Satellite P55t is slightly thicker than the L55t, 1.2 inches, but weighs just 5.2 pounds thanks to Toshiba’s new Skyline design. The $699 Acer Aspire M5 measures 15 x 10.08 x 0.68~0.9 inches, weighs just 5 pounds, and feels very thin in comparison. Click to enlarge The latest 1080p The Wolverine trailer looks rich and vivid on the Toshiba Satellite L55t’s 15.6-inch, 1366 x 768 TruBrite display. Exploding orange flowers stand out against the snow-covered Japanese dojo, and we can make out details like the decoration on the Assassin Samurai’s armor.
Vocal Music
The living room of our apartment filled with a roaring baritone choir as we listened to Jeremy Soule’s majestic score for Skyrim. Thanks to the laptop’s DTS Sound software, the audio was virtually distortion-free even when we turned the volume up to 100%, and allowed us to fine-tune the settings for bass, voice, and treble. For quick adjustments, DTS Sound also offers surround, maximum volume and bass boost options. We don’t recommend disabling DTS sound: the audio sounds distant and harsh.
Keyboard and Touchpad Click to Enlarge The Satellite L55t’s island-style keyboard is a pleasure to use thanks to its generous travel and textured keys. The keyboard has almost no flex, and Toshiba was thoughtful enough to leave enough space between the keyboard and the number pad so we didn’t accidentally hit the wrong key when trying to use the Backspace, Enter, or right Shift keys. On the Ten Thumbs typing test, we hit a typing speed of 68 words per minute, which was slightly above our average.
Unlike mainstream laptops like the Toshiba Satellite P55t and Acer Aspire M5, which use Intel’s latest Haswell chipset, the Toshiba Satellite L55t comes with an older Ivy Bridge processor. Still, its 1.8 GHz Core i5-3337U CPU and 8GB of RAM deliver smooth performance, even under heavy use. For example,  in the OpenOffice spreadsheet test, the Satellite L55t matched 20,000 names and addresses in 5 minutes and 50 seconds. That’s about average for the class, but slightly slower than the Satellite P55t (5 minutes, 14 seconds) and the Aspire M5 (5 minutes, 15 seconds).Aspire M5 Battery Life
Toshiba Satellite L55t battery  life
Click to enlarge Power-hungry power users will wish the Toshiba had equipped the Satellite L55t with Intel’s power-saving Haswell chipset instead of the older Ivy Bridge CPU. In the Toshiba Satellite L55t laptop battery test (continuous Internet access via Wi-Fi), the Satellite L55t’s 4-cell lithium-ion battery lasted 4 hours and 43 minutes. That’s well below the mainstream average (6:11) and the Toshiba Satellite P55t (5:32). The Acer Aspire M5’s 4-cell 3560mAh lithium-polymer Toshiba Satellite L55t battery lasts up to 8 minutes and 55 seconds.Click to Enlarge Like the P55t, the Satellite L55t comes preloaded with a number of Toshiba-branded apps. These include Toshiba App Place and Toshiba Book Place, where you can download (you guessed it) apps and books; Toshiba Start, which acts as a pseudo-Start menu and news aggregator; and Toshiba Central, which offers user guides and support pages the link to.
Third-party apps include Evernote Touch, StumbleUpon, Netflix, Electronic Arts’ Origin, and one-year subscriptions to Norton AntiVirus and PC Checkup. Microsoft-branded applications include trial versions of Skype, SkyDrive, and Microsoft Office 2013.
The Toshiba Satellite L55t-A5290 comes with a one-year parts and labor warranty. Find out how Toshiba fares in our Best and Worst Brands report and Tech Support Showdown.
Configuration
In addition to the configuration we reviewed (1.8 GHz Intel Core i5-3337U CPU, 8GB RAM, 750GB 5,400-rpm HDD), Toshiba offers several other configurations of the L50 series on its website. Prices for these configurations range from $429 for the Satellite L50D-ABT2N22 (1.7 GHz AMD quad-core A8-5545M accelerated processor, 4GB RAM, 320GB 5,400-rpm HDD) to $799 for the L50-AST2NX3 (2.4 GHz Intel Core i7-4700MQ) USD CPU, 12GB RAM, 1TB 5,400-rpm hard drive).
In summarySoftware and warranty Click to enlarge The 15.6-inch Toshiba Satellite L55t-A5290 ($713 at Staples) has a touchscreen, loud audio, and a great keyboard and trackpad. The laptop’s design looks a bit dated, though, and it must use a third-generation Intel CPU. The $699 Acer Aspire M5 is a better deal, as it offers an aluminum lid and panel, Intel’s new Haswell architecture, and nearly twice the battery life of the Toshiba Satellite L55t.
The Toshiba Satellite P55T is also better than the L55t in terms of cost performance. This $679 15-inch laptop from Best Buy has a newer Haswell chip, 45 minutes more battery life, and a sleeker body. Overall, the Satellite L55t is a great, affordable touchscreen laptop, and there are plenty of better options out there.

14.4V 2838mAh Toshiba PA5107U-1BRS Long Life Battery Replacement
Toshiba PA5107U-1BRS Li-ion battery is a new brand and it is compatible with 100% original and replacement battery. Wholesale and retail of Toshiba PA5107U-1BRS battery is of high quality and low price!

All kinds of Toshiba Laptop batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Toshiba Laptop Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buyToshiba Laptop battery

Chuwi MiniBook X is the world’s first punch-hole screen laptop

We’ve seen notched displays on laptops like the Apple MacBook Pro, but a hole-punch display on a laptop is unheard of. Chinese manufacturer Chuwi has launched its first hole-punch display laptop in China and it comes with an impressive spec sheet. Let’s see.
The Chuwi MiniBook It also comes with The company claims that the MiniBook X is the world’s first punch-hole screen laptop. It sports a small 10.5-inch punch-hole display with a 2K retina resolution. It has the front camera cut-out at the top left-hand side. Thanks to the punch-hole camera, it has narrow bezels. That said, it also has a chiclet-style keyboard with thinner side bezels. It features a 5MP HD camera at the front for video chats and meetings.
The Chuwi MiniBook X has a convertible notebook design. It has Yoga mode meaning that it can be tilted and flipped 360 degrees, depending on the usage. The company showcases that it can be used in tablet mode, tent mode, viewing mode, and notebook mode.

At the helm, it is powered by the 11th generation Intel N5100 processor that comes with Intel’s UHD GPU. It is paired with 12GB of LPDDR4X RAM and 512GB of SSD storage.
The laptop comes with support for 45W fast charge technology and boots on the latest Windows 11 OS. It has a USB Type-C port and an audio jack on the sides. The laptop weighs 899 grams and is 11mm in thickness.Stylus support as an additional accessory.


7.6V 3800mAh Chuwi 505592-2S1P Long Life Battery Replacement
Chuwi 505592-2S1P Li-ion battery is a new brand and it is compatible with 100% original and replacement battery. Wholesale and retail of Chuwi 505592-2S1P battery is of high quality and low price!

All kinds of Chuwi Laptop batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Chuwi Laptop Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Chuwi Laptop battery.

CUBOT X19 smartphone features review – everything you need to know

This smartphone is definitely better than other devices in every parameter, but you need to know the detailed features of this product to know more. We have an extensive review of the CUBOT X19 here that will help you learn everything you need to know about this great device:
Display and design:CUBOT X19 smartphoneCUBOT X19 is a perfect combination of metal and plastic materials, so it looks very beautiful. Available in black and gradient colors. The smartphone comes with a 5.93-inch IPS LCD capacitive display. The device boasts of a unique screen resolution of 2160 x 1080 pixels. It has a screen-to-body ratio of 78.6 and comes with 2.5D curved glass. The corners of this smartphone are perfectly rounded, giving it a very elegant look. The IPS display delivers clear images with natural colors. The brightness of the device is fantastic and you won’t have any issues viewing the display whether indoors or outdoors. CUBOT X19’s extraordinary display supports approximately ten touches at a time, responding quickly to even the slightest click.
CUBOT X19 measures 155.06 x 74.67 x 9.55 mm and weighs 175 grams. Most users find it large and bulky, but it’s very convenient to carry with one hand. At the top of the screen, you’ll find a camera, notification indicator, and proximity sensor. The device has a fingerprint sensor but no notch on the top. The back of the CUBOT X19 is made of plastic, which makes it susceptible to scratches and fingerprints. On the right side of the device, you’ll find the power button and volume rocker. While on the left side, you will find a slot for a memory card and a SIM card. The 3.5mm audio jack is located on the top of the device, while the microphone, speaker, and charging port are at the bottom.
Hardware and performance:CUBOT X19 Smartphone -CUBOT X19 is powered by MediaTek Helio P23 MT6763T chipset and Android OS v8.1 Oreo operating system. It has around 4GB of RAM, which means users won’t face any issues while multitasking. This smartphone has 64GB of ROM which is enough to store your images, songs, videos or any other form of media files. CUBOT X19 can run your everyday applications smoothly and is powerful enough to run highly graphical gaming applications.
camera:CUBOT X19 smartphoneThe main camera of CUBOT X19 is 16MP and the secondary camera is 2MP. The camera is good enough to take sharp photos with consistent color and sharpness. If you want to get the best results from your camera, you need to pay attention to your lighting. Because the image quality of this device is severely affected by poor lighting conditions.
CUBOT X19 Smartphone Battery :CUBOT X19 smartphoneCUBOT X19 is equipped with a 4000 mAh non-removable CUBOT X19 smartphone battery and does not have wireless charging function. However, the smartphone’s optimized system ensures that users get more than 5 hours of runtime while watching videos at full brightness levels. The CUBOT X19 takes about 90 minutes to charge to 100%, which is on par with other similar devices. 
Other features:CUBOT X19 smartphoneCUBOT X19 comes with Bluetooth V4.2 connectivity and mono speaker for guaranteed sound quality. It also has regular functions such as electronic compass, gravity sensor, distance sensor, gyroscope, light sensor, flashlight, touch focus, etc. Bottom line:CUBOT X19 smartphoneCUBOT X19 has several products to convince customers to buy this feature-rich device. If you are willing to have a great gaming experience, this is the device for you. While professional photographers would rate its image quality as sub-par, you can definitely get good results if you use it for casual photography. Overall, this is a fun masterpiece and well worth the $170 price tag.

Cheap Cubot X19 Li-ion Battery, X19 Replacement Battery for CUBOT X19 Smartphone
Cubot X19 Li-ion battery is a new brand and it is compatible with 100% original and replacement battery. Wholesale and retail of Cubot X19 battery is of high quality and low price!

All kinds of Cubot Cell Phone  batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk.Cubot Cell Phone  Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Cubot Cell Phone  battery

ASUS ZenBook Flip 14 UM462 review (Ryzen 7-3700U, RX Vega 10 graphics, 512GB SSD)

The Indian laptop market has a wide range of models and with OEMs rapidly expanding their product lineups, users have a lot of options to choose from. Likewise, Asus has been expanding its laptop lineup-up in India with newer ZenBook, VivoBook models, and recently we reviewed the premium ZenBook Pro Duo with the dual-screen, gaming-centric ROG Zephyrus G, as well as the latest 10th-gen Intel Core-based VivoBook S532 processor. While these are 15.6-inch laptops, there are some users who prefer a smaller form factor, and the company’s ZenBook Flip 14 is aimed at those users. We’ve been using the 14-inch ZenBook Flip 2-in-1 for a while now, and in this review, let’s see if the 14-inch convertible is worth the money. The Asus ZenBook Flip 14 has a stylish design with enough physical ports. The left side of the laptop has a USB 3.1 Type-A Gen 1 port, USB 3.1 Type-C port, HDMI port, and DC jack. The right side houses the USB 2.0 Type-A port, audio jack, and card reader. Since it’s a convertible laptop, the power button is on the right side rather than next to the keyboard.
In terms of construction, it has a metal chassis and as usual, it also comes with ErgoLift hinges. But this time around, I don’t like the ErgoLift hinge because it’s a bit stiff and the transition between laptop and tablet mode isn’t smooth. Unlike other VivoBook models in this price range, ASUS has great display on this monitor. That being said, there’s no ScreenPad 2.0 in this model, which we’d like to see as it’s a great addition and also makes multitasking easier. Additionally, this is a touchscreen laptop, and the touchscreen is responsive and works as expected. The stylus also works well and responds well. However, it’s worth noting that palm rejection isn’t all that great.

ZenBook Flip 14 is powered by an AMD Ryzen R7-3700U processor paired with 8GB DDR4 RAM and a 512GB PCIe x2 SSD. Graphics duties are handled by the integrated AMD Radeon RX Vega 10 GPU, a third-generation Ryzen processor that can be overclocked up to 4 GHz.
ZenBook Flip 14 batterylife
The Flip 14 is powered by a 42Wh 3-cell lithium-ion battery, and Asus promises up to 9 hours of battery life on a single charge. But the convertible lasted just over 4 hours in our testing, and we noticed the battery draining quickly during video playback, which was odd. Additionally, it takes 2 hours and 45 minutes to fully charge the ZenBook Flip 14 using the included 65W power adapter. Overall, since it is a convertible,ZenBook Flip 14 battery life could have been better.
Here’s a breakdown of charging times measured at different intervals:
So, should you buy the ZenBook Flip 14? The performance of the Ryzen 7-3500U is very good and consistent, and Asus has done a great job with the display this time around. In my opinion, the ZenBook Flip 14 is great as a standalone laptop, but not so great as a convertible. There’s room for improvement in the convertible department, and if you can get past the shortcomings mentioned below, the ZenBook Flip 14 is an affordable compact laptop.

11.52V 3653mAh Asus B31N1822 Long Life Battery Replacement
3653mAh 11.52V for Asus ZenBook Flip 14 Q406D UX462DA UM462DA,Asus B31N1822 Li-ion battery is a new brand and it is compatible with 100% original and replacement battery. Wholesale and retail of Asus B31N1822 battery is of high quality and low price!

All kinds of Asus Laptop batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Asus Laptop Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Asus Laptop battery.” 

Honor’s Magic 6 Pro features a second-gen silicon carbon battery, but won’t be sold in Canada

Honor hopes to solve the problems associated with lithium-ion batteries with cells containing silicon.


According to Android Police, the company changed the anode of the lithium-ion battery in the Magic 6 Pro, adding silicon to the usual graphite.
The publication noted that while silicon helps increase energy density, the material itself is not suitable for mobile phones because it expands by as much as 300 percent. This prompted Honor to create a silicon-carbon anode that still uses graphite.
This helps theMagic 6 Pro batteryperform its full function within a certain temperature range.
According to the publication, the company introduced this type of Magic 5 Pro batteryfor the first time in the Magic 5 Pro, but it is only available in China. Models sold in other parts of the world come with original lithium-ion batteries.
The Magic 6 Pro changes that. The device uses a second-generation  Magic 6 Pro battery that includes an E1 control chip. This helps with cold weather, and as Android Police points out, it can accurately estimate the phone’s charge level compared to other devices. The publication notes that the device has a 5,600mAhHonor  The phone’s charge level compared to other devices. The publication notes that the device has a 5,600mAh  Honor  phone’s  batterywith 80W wired charging, so the device won’t heat up “excessively” when charging to 100% battery power. Charging takes just 40 minutes from 0%.


The Magic 6 Pro is powered by the Snapdragon 8 Gen 3 processor, runs Android 14/MagicOS 8, and measures 162.5 x 75.8 x 8.9 mm.
Currently, the device is available in China. While the publication states that the manufacturer will debut the phone globally at MWC 2024 on February 25, it may not officially come to Canada. Honor only sells its phones in certain regions, and Canada is not one of them. However, Canadians can access the device through a third party.
Huawei created Honor as a sub-brand in 2013 but sold the business to Shenzhen Zhixin New Information Technology Co. in November 2020.
According to a press release from Huawei, the sale was prompted by “tremendous pressure” caused by “the unavailability of technical elements required for our mobile phone business.”

All kinds of Honor Laptop batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Honor Laptop Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Honor Laptop battery

Samsung Galaxy A70 review: A mid-range phone with a flagship-grade battery

The company recently launched three mid-range smartphones: Galaxy A70, A50, and A20. To my surprise, these mid-range devices are no slouch and worth considering if you’re looking for a mid-range phone. The Galaxy A70, in particular, is cheaper but packed with premium features that some flagship devices don’t even have.
There’s a standard USB-C port on the bottom along with downward-facing speaker and headphone jacks. There’s a SIM card tray on the left and volume rockers and power button on the right. Notably, the phone doesn’t have a dedicated Bixby button. Bixby is Samsung’s digital voice assistant that works similarly to Siri and Google Assistant. A70 users can use the “Hello Bixby” keyword to summon the voice-controlled assistant. It’s not a bad implementation, but many Samsung smartphones come with a controversial button that allows users to easily activate it.
Unfortunately, the phone only has a downward-facing speaker, as the audio sometimes sounded muffled when holding the device in landscape orientation.
Additionally, the device comes with a vertical triple camera setup at the rear, which is accompanied by a dual-LED flash. It features an “Infinity-U” display on the front, Samsung’s display branding that features a U-shaped camera cutout (commonly known as a waterdrop notch). It looks similar to the one found in the Huawei P30 Lite. Instead of a physical fingerprint scanner, the A70 comes with an in-display sensor. Unfortunately, the scanner is slow, especially compared to the ultrasonic fingerprint sensor included in the Galaxy S10. Additionally, optical fingerprint sensors are not as secure as ultrasonic fingerprint sensors. To speed up the login process, you can use your phone’s face scanning technology. Unfortunately, it lacks depth-sensing technology, which means pictures can fool it.
The Samsung Galaxy A70 has one of the largest smartphone displays in Canada, featuring a 6.7-inch Super AMOLED screen with a resolution of 2,400 x 1,080 pixels. Additionally, the display has a density of 393 pixels per inch and an aspect ratio of 20:9.
The A70 has a bigger screen than any other mid-range smartphone on the market. However, that’s an easy feat considering the only competitor in terms of size right now is the OnePlus 7 Pro.While the A70 lacks a Snapdragon 800-series chipset, it does come with a Snapdragon 675 processor.

As a mid-range processor, there’s no task the A70 can’t handle.
The 4,500mAh battery is a champ The battery performance of the Galaxy A70 phone is excellent. On average, the 4,500mAh  Galaxy A70 phone battery lasted nearly two days and died around 6pm the next day. I easily got up to six hours of screen time with this phone. This includes watching videos on YouTube, browsing the web, and browsing Instagram. At no time does the phone feel too hot. However, the Samsung Galaxy A70 falls short in the camera department.
The phone comes with 32-megapixel, 8-megapixel, and 5-megapixel cameras, but all lack optical image stabilization. The photos I took with my phone ended up being overexposed and saturated, causing the plant images to appear unnaturally green and artificial. The sunlight makes the image look too bright, and you can see the blue in the sky; it still looks too bright. If the sky is bright and overcast, the picture will appear too bright, almost ruining the scene.
The mid-range phone’s 4,500mAh Galaxy A70 phone’s battery is larger than the ones found in the Pixel 3a XL, Moto Z4, and Huawei P30 Lite. In our review of the Huawei P30 Lite, we said the Galaxy A70 phone’s battery easily “lasted all day.” The Moto Z4 battery reportedly lasts a day, and the same goes for thePixel 3a phone battery.

Overall, the Galaxy A70 is a phone with a powerful Galaxy A70 phone battery 

All kinds of Samsung Cell Phone batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Samsung Cell Phone Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Samsung Cell Phone battery.

All brands laptop battery in here, We sell cheap and high quality laptop batteries, Tablets battery, mobile phone battery, for you to choose.

I tried out the Surface Pro X, Microsoft’s new thin and light laptop with great battery life, a new processor and a lot of potential

Microsoft announced a slew of new devices at its Surface event on Wednesday, and one of the most interesting is the new Surface Pro X.The Surface Pro X obviously takes the basic design of the company’s iconic Surface Pro line – but adds a special chip that delivers longerSurface Pro  battery life than most other laptops while running the full Windows 10 operating system.The chip is made by Qualcomm, a mobile chipmaker that often supplies chips for high-end Android devices. It is a customized product based on ARM architecture.All things considered, the Surface Pro X should be able to provide excellent performance for most people without compromising Surface Pro X batterylife. But I emphasize “should” because we haven’t fully tested the Surface Pro X yet. Microsoft has announced a slew of interesting devices this week—more brand-new devices than updates to existing ones. 
Some of the interesting stuff includes the Surface Duo, an actual Microsoft phone running Android on two screens, and a larger tablet version called the Surface Neo that runs a new operating system called Windows 10 X system. 
But those things won’t be available until a year from now, so let’s focus on what you can buy this November: the Surface Pro X.
In many ways, the new device is similar to the Surface Pro, but with a sleeker look. But the wheel inside the Surface Pro X is a very special chip that Microsoft is using for the first time, and it allows the Surface Pro X to last longer than most other laptops.

Microsoft has announced a slew of interesting devices this week—more brand-new devices than updates to existing ones. 
Some of the interesting stuff includes the Surface Duo, an actual Microsoft phone running Android on two screens, and a larger tablet version called the Surface Neo that runs a new operating system called Windows 10 X system. 
But those things won’t be available until a year from now, so let’s focus on what you can buy this November: the Surface Pro X.
In many ways, the new device is similar to the Surface Pro, but with a sleeker look. But the wheel inside the Surface Pro X is a very special chip that Microsoft is using for the first time, and it allows the Surface Pro X to last longer than most other laptops.

The Surface Pro X looks like a sleeker version of Microsoft’s Surface Pro laptop/tablet hybrid, thanks to slimmer bezels, a slimmer design, and a larger screen. In almost every way, the Surface Pro X looks more attractive than Microsoft’s iconic Surface Pro laptop/tablet hybrid line. 
The Surface Pro X is thinner at 7.3mm, compared to the Surface Pro’s 8.5mm.It weighs nearly the same, at 1.7 pounds (not including Microsoft’s optional Type Cover).Its overall dimensions are roughly the same as the Surface Pro 7, but the Surface Pro X has a 13-inch screen compared to the 12.3-inch screen of its more traditional model. It has a sleeker design and narrower bezels. Beyond that, Surface Pro X inherits many features from the popular Surface Pro, including its kickstand design and detachable keyboard.
One less impressive thing is that it weighs similarly to the Surface Pro 7. That’s not necessarily a bad thing – not that it’s particularly heavy – but I think it would be lighter.
The Surface Pro X’s detachable keyboard and trackpad should look familiar to anyone who’s tried a Surface Pro before. Except for one thing…

The detachable keyboard section now has a slot where you can charge the Surface Pen stylus.On the Surface Pro line, the Surface Pen magnetically attaches to the side of the screen, which is fine if you’re sitting at a desk. But when you pick up your phone and put the Surface Pro away, the Surface Pen is likely to fall off and get mixed up with the pile of “stuff” at the bottom of your bag.  


The Surface Pen for Surface Pro Even better, the Surface Pen charges while docked.
The Surface Pro X uses a special chip that gives it impressive  Surface Pro X battery life, especially for a device running a full operating system and desktop apps.
This is a chip made by mobile chipmaker Qualcomm and is based on the so-called ARM architecture. In English, this means the Surface Pro X can easily do what most people do on a laptop, while delivering long   Surface Pro X battery life. This is the first time a Microsoft laptop has used an ARM-based chip rather than an Intel processor.
Microsoft claims 13 hours of battery life for the Surface Pro X during “typical device use,” which is two and a half hours more than the Surface Pro 7 batteryand three hours more than Apple claims for the 13-inch iPad Pro. Keep in mind that Surface Pro X runs a full version of the Windows 10 operating system. This is a full-featured laptop capable of running any Windows software. 


Granted, at first glance, 13 hours seems a bit short—some industry observers expect ARM chips to last closer to 20 hours. But that expectation comes from ARM chips designed for mobile devices like smartphones and tablets. The custom ARM chip Qualcomm made for the Surface Pro X, called the Microsoft SQ1, consumes more power to deliver computer-like performance rather than smartphone-like performance. Therefore, this means that theSurface Pro X batterylife is shorter than that of mobile devices.

All kinds of Microsoft Laptop batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Microsoft Laptop Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buyMicrosoft Laptop battery

Gateway M320 laptop review

Gateway revamps its aging thin-and-light laptop design with the new M320. Gone are the square touchpad, square mouse buttons, and wasted wrist rest space. Their absence results in a case that is thinner and lighter, with some thoughtful touches like a convenient 4-in-1 card reader for flash memory cards and a coated rubber wrist rest that helps keep your hands in place while typing. layer. Although there are several configurations to choose from, the M320 we tested included a number of nice components, such as a speedy 1.7GHz Pentium M processor; a large 80GB hard drive; and a versatile DVD+/-RW drive. Despite being powered by a low-end Intel 855GME graphics chip, the system achieved respectable scores on CNET Labs’ mobile benchmarks, beating out most thin-and-light rivals while keeping pace with the powerful IBM ThinkPad T42. Unfortunately, in our lab’s battery drain test of the IBM ThinkPad T42, things weren’t so positive – the M320 came in last, with TheGateway M320 battery life is just 150 minutes of usage. Given the disappointing battery score, we have a hard time justifying the M320’s $1,800 price (as of September 2004); for the dollar, the slightly more expensive ThinkPad T42 offers far more value. Weighing just 5.5 pounds and measuring 12.9 inches wide, 10.5 inches deep, and 1 inch tall, the Gateway M320 is one of the smallest thin-and-light laptops and is 0.2 pounds lighter than the smaller IBM ThinkPad T42. Still, the M320’s full-size design elements make it feel large. Its bright 14.1-inch screen is bright enough for long workdays, but the native resolution of 1,024×768 doesn’t allow for extremely detailed graphics. The system’s keyboard, touchpad, and mouse buttons are also larger. Like the HP Pavilion zt3000, the right side of the M320’s The touchpad is enclosed for easy scrolling. We wish the M320 included the on/off button for the zt3000’s touchpad, as our thumbs were kept brushing against the touchpad while typing, resulting in unnecessary cursor hide-and-seek games.
The M320 has integrated 802.11b/g wireless, which you can activate using the keyboard’s function keys; a row of helpful blue LED status lights below the touchpad will show you when Wi-Fi is on, when AC power is plugged in, and Other system statistics. We like the rubberized coating of the wrist rest, which provides a secure feel while typing. The integrated DVD+/-RW drive is a fairly rare feature in such a lightweight system.
While we like the M320’s overall build, we’re unhappy with its graphics chip: the Intel 855GME, which borrows a whopping 64MB of video RAM from main memory. The chip didn’t hurt the system in CNET Labs’ mobile performance benchmarks, but we know it will struggle when faced with demanding graphics tasks. We wish Gateway offered a better chip option, like the 128MB ATI Mobility Radeon 9700.
Since it’s intended for both home and business use, you can buy the M320 with Windows XP Home or XP Professional. Gateway bundles enough software to get you started; it includes the Microsoft Works mini office suite, Ahead Software’s Nero Burning ROM for CD and DVD burning, and CyberLink’s PowerDVD for DVD viewing. You can also purchase dozens of optional games on Gateway’s website.
Mobile app performanceWe tested the Gateway M320XL, the most powerful configuration of the M320, equipped with a 1.7GHz Pentium M. Its performance is about 12 percent faster than most other laptops we’ve tested with the same processor; however, the M320XL’s performance is virtually identical to that of two newer systems, the IBM ThinkPad T42 and WinBook W360. That said, all three systems are solid, with the Gateway M320XL getting the job done for office, productivity, and content creation applications.
The Gateway M320XL laptop battery life is disappointing. Despite its 49WHr (watt-hour) battery capacity, it only lasted 2.5 hours in our power consumption test. The WinBook W360 has a similar 49WHr battery that lasts nearly 3.5 hours, and the IBM ThinkPad T42 has a 48WHrIBM ThinkPad T42 battery that runs strong for 4 hours. Two and a half hours isn’t bad, but we expected more from the Gateway M320XL Batterylife analysis was written by Eric Franklin, assistant lab manager at CNET Labs.

All kinds of Gateway Laptop batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Gateway Laptop Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Gateway Laptop battery.

Best Android phones of 2024: Our favorite iPhone alternatives

If you have more specific requirements for a smartphone, it’s worth checking out our guides to the best camera phones, best gaming phones, and best mid-range phones, which offer more personalized recommendations. If you’re wondering how the best Android phones compare to Apple’s iPhones, then check out our roundup of the best phones.Google Pixel 8 ProBest CameraIf you’re shopping for an Android phone and want the best camera experience, the Pixel 8 Pro is our top pick right now. It’s not better than the Samsung Galaxy S24 Ultra in every way, but it does cost £250/$300 less and includes a lot of neat software features that our reviewers actually used.
Like any Pixel phone, the 8 Pro is primarily centered around two things: Google software and the camera. The cameras are very similar to what we saw on the Pixel 7 Pro, but newer technology brings improved performance to all three rear lenses. There are also software tweaks, including a bunch of updated modes – including a clever best shot option that replaces funny/awkward faces with more smiling alternatives – that you’ll actually want to use.
Photos taken with your phone look great in almost any situation. They’re richer and more immersive than those on the Galaxy S24 series, and perform better in darker situations, even though the S24 Ultra offers a much higher megapixel count. The zoom might not be on par with Samsung’s Ultra, but if you keep it at around 5x, it’s great.
Powering this phone is Google’s Tensor G3 chipset, and although like its predecessors, it’s not the fastest – many phones on this list post better benchmark scores – with a focus on artificial intelligence. Many of the software additions here are made better with this chip, including speech transcription, and everything works very well.
Samsung has started to win back some users’ interest with Galaxy AI on the S24 series, but the Pixel 8 Pro still has more to offer than the S24. However, it remains to be seen whether things will be the same a year from now.
Other aspects of the phone are impressive, too. The screen is on par with high-end products from Apple and Samsung, but Google Pixel 8 Probatterylife on the Pixel 8 Pro is starting to lag behind the competition. The Pixel 8 Pro also benefits from Google Upgrade’s long-term support, with up to seven OS upgrades all the way to Android 21.
Samsung Galaxy S24 UltraIf you’re looking for the best big-screen experience, look no further than Samsung’s high-end Galaxy S24 Ultra. If you want a truly high-end, luxury experience and are willing to pay for the privilege, this is the option for you.
The S23 Ultra may not look that different from 2023’s S23 Ultra, but there are subtle key differences that can radical change the experience. These include a chassis switch from aluminum to titanium, narrower bezels for a true full-screen look, and of course a move from curved to flat displays – a change that will especially benefit S Pen users, allowing you to take full advantage of the 6.82-inch Dynamic AMOLED 2X screen.
The screen is one of the main reasons to choose the Ultra, with its WQHD+ resolution, dynamic 120Hz refresh rate, and support for HDR10+ and Dolby Vision, delivering a stunning viewing experience whether you’re browsing TikTok or watching Netflix Watch the latest Hollywood blockbusters on


It’s more than just a big phone, though; the S24 Ultra stands out when it comes to its cameras, especially its zoom capabilities. Samsung retains that title with the Samsung S24 Ultra despite a noticeable periscope downgrade from 10x to 5x, but the addition of a higher-resolution sensor and OIS means performance is pretty much the same at the 10x level, while Compared with the previous generation of mobile phones, the performance has been greatly improved by 5-10 times.


It features a 200MP main camera that delivers vivid, detailed and balanced images regardless of light levels, and also supports a dedicated astrophotography mode. The rear camera system also features a 12MP ultra-wide angle and a 10MP 3x telephoto, making it a versatile system.


However, the S24 Ultra stands out in another area: Galaxy AI. While it’s not as feature-rich as the Pixel 8 Pro, elements like rewriting text, transcribing and translating audio recordings, and limited photo editing capabilities hint that Google’s time as a top -tier AI phone may be running out.
This is thanks to the Galaxy’s Snapdragon 8 Gen 3, a customized version of the 2024 chipset that delivers top-tier performance and the ability to handle generative AI tasks on the device without an internet connection.
Add in the all-day battery life of the 5,000mAh Samsung S24 Ultra battery, the seven-year operating system upgrade to Android 21, and the stable software of OneUI 6.1, and you have an enticing (if not expensive and bulky) smartphone .Honor Magic 6 ProBest Honor Magic 6 Pro Battery LifeIf you’re in the market for a phone with long-lasting battery life, the Honor Magic 6 Pro is an excellent choice. Not only does this top-of-the-range device compete with the Galaxy S24 Ultra in terms of screen and camera technology, but it also has a large 5,600mAh silicon-ion Galaxy S24 Ultra battery from the Honor Magic 6 Pro, which provides longer life and superior performance in cold climates.
The Magic 6 Pro’s 6.8-inch curved AMOLED display is a wonder, with curved edges, a silky 120Hz refresh rate, and plenty of eye protection options to ensure an enjoyable viewing experience, whether you’re wat

ching Netflix or scrolling through TikTok. HDR peak brightness is 5000 nits.
Its camera system is equally impressive, with a 50MP main camera offering exceptional dynamic range thanks to a custom HDR sensor and variable f/1.4-f/2.0 aperture. Boasting the highest resolution and largest sensor in its class, the 180MP periscope lens delivers extraordinary zoom capabilities with minimal loss of detail even at high magnifications.


The 5,600mAhHonor Magic 6 Pro Battery of the Honor Magic 6 Pro is a standout feature, being made from more environmentally friendly silicon ions instead of traditional lithium ions, which enhances performance at low temperatures. It has more capacity than most competitors, ensuring all-day use and nearly two days of  Honor Magic 6 Pro battery life before needing to be recharged.
Combined with a Snapdragon 8 Gen 3 processor, 80W fast charging, iPhone-like facial recognition technology, and an eye-catching design, the Magic 6 Pro is an all-around powerhouse

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>3.82V 3500mAh Huawei HB386689ECW Long Life Battery Replacement

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>3.88V 5000mAh Samsung EB-BA245ABY Long Life Battery Replacement.
All brands laptop battery in here, We sell cheap and high quality laptop batteries, Tablets battery, mobile phone battery, for you to choose.

Dell Latitude E7440 review – Performance, heat, noise and battery life review

Dell Latitude E7440: PerformanceThe Core i7 chip inside this machine is a low-power part, so its specs are a mix of high-end numbers with inevitable compromises. Regular speeds of 2.1GHz are decent, with Turbo Boost peaking at 3.3GHz, but the part only has two hyper-threaded cores—the full-power mobile Core i7 has four cores.


The chip has an Intel HD Graphics 4400 core and is paired with a generous 8GB of RAM. It’s not the most powerful integrated chip in the Haswell Core i7 segment, but it’s on par with chips offered by Dell’s competitors. The Latitude’s PCMark 7 score of 4,705 is a good score between the Sony and Lenovo systems, and more than adequate for work—from browsing the web and running a word processor to working with demanding databases and even high-definition photos. In GeekBench, the Dell scored 5,941, an excellent result that trailed only machines with full-fat mobile Core i7 CPUs. During our testing, the vast majority of apps got up and running quickly and smoothly. Only the most difficult office applications will prove inadequate for this machine. Powering the Dell’s performance is a 256GB LiteOn SSD. The sequential read and write results of this hard drive are 477MB/s and 396MB/s respectively. Although it is not top-notch among SSDs are several times faster than any mechanical hard drive. This means software load times are fast, and it also means the system boots up in just 14 seconds – an impressive result that will help you get to work faster.
The HD Graphics 4400 chipset scored 35,720 on 3DMark’s Ice Storm benchmark. That’s about 2,000 points higher than Lenovo and more than double Sony’s score. It’s not powerful enough to play modern games at anything but the most modest settings: On Bioshock Infinite’s very low-quality test, we dropped it to 1,024 x 768, but still only managed 16fps.
Dell Latitude E7440 16
Dell Latitude E7440: Heat and noiseWhen it comes to thermal performance, the Latitude E7440 has few issues. We didn’t notice the Dell’s fans when performing day-to-day tasks like web browsing and word processing, and while the internal spinner cranks up a notch when running more intensive applications, it never gets above a low hum, and not too distracting. Its sonic performance is similar to the Sony machine and almost as impressive as the Lenovo machine.


We didn’t experience any heat issues, either—any warm air the Latitude generates blasts out of a small vent on the left edge. There’s a small grille on the base, and the bottom panel does get a little warm, but it’s far from Uncomfortable. The keyboard and trackpad stay cool, too.


Dell Latitude E7440 17Dell Latitude E7440: Battery lifeThe Latitude comes with a removable 47WhDell Latitude battery, but there is no option to install a larger battery on this machine. At least a spare 47Wh can be purchasedDell Latitude E7440 laptop battery for £107. If that’s a bit too much, the 34Wh battery costs £90.
In our PowerMark test, the Dell lasted 6 hours and 4 minutes. That’s a reasonable score, better than Lenovo’s, but still not as good as the Sony VAIO Pro 13’s 6 hours and 30 minutes, or theMacBook Air’s batterylife.
We plugged the laptop back in and measured thelaptop batterylevel after 30 minutes of charging. The Dell charged 31% during this period, not far behind the Sony but far from the Lenovo, which has a fast-charging system that charges to 77% in just 30 minutes.

7.4V(Not compatible 11.1V) 45WH Dell F38HT Long Life Battery Replacement

Dell Latitude E7440 Ultrabook 7000,Dell F38HT Li-ion battery is a new brand and it is compatible with 100% original and replacement battery. Wholesale and retail of Dell F38HT battery is of high quality and low price

Sony Xperia XZ1 Compact review: Display, battery life, connectivity

The Xperia XZ1 Compact packs a 4.6-inch IPS LCD. Its 720p resolution stretched across this screen results in a pixel density of 319ppi – perfectly sharp by our books.
Despite sounding seemingly low in resolution, this panel comes with a slew of Sony’s proprietary screen tech, including TRILUMINOS, X-Reality, and Dynamic Contrast Enhancement. The only thing which is perhaps missing from the list is HDR support, which the Xperia XZ1 does have.We did our screen measurements and found some minor differences between the displays on some of the units. The brightness of a few of our Compacts could go as high up as 600 nits, while on others – as high as 640 nits. The hike in the brightness also bleeds more light into the blacks, so that you don’t gain anything in terms of contrast on the brighter screens. The difference could be well due to the fact that the screens come from different suppliers, but it’s not a huge margin anyway.
Speaking of contrast, it’s quite solid, but it’s not that exciting.Sunlight legibility, on the other hand, is great – in fact we measured a contrast of 3.729 in our standardized test, which is among the best achievements by an LCD panel.A host of Sony’s proprietary display technologies make sure that the stuff on the screen looks good. Triluminous is Sony’s trademark for what is commonly known as a Quantum dot display, a variation of LCD panels that deliver a wider color gamut. It generates colors in a different way than vanilla LCDs.


On the software side, Sony does offer three different color gamut and contrast options. You can choose between Standard mode with moderately vivid colors, Professional sRGB option for more accurate colors, or go all in with Super-vivid mode. You can get a side -by-side comparison to help you make your choice too.
You also get a White balance option in the menu, where you can adjust the colors via RGB sliders but you need to have a calibration tool as you likely won’t be able to improve anything going by eye alone.


The default mode is Standard, and here the XZ1 Compact screen produced an average deltaE of 3.9, with a maximum deviation of 8.5 in the whites, which is not bad to begin with. Excluding the bluish whites, the rest of the hues are pretty accurate , but you may get the feel of washed out colors. The Super-Vivid mode could help if that’s the case.
Oddly, opting for the sRGB mode didn’t change that much regarding colors, in fact it made the red and yellow hues even less accurate, while everything else remained quite the same.Finally, Sony additionally offers the X-reality for Mobile engine, which only works on videos and makes them perceivably sharper by improving clarity on the fly as the video plays back on the phone. This feature, however, you can toggle either On or Off.
 Sony Xperia XZ1 BatterylifeThe Sony Xperia XZ1 Compact is powered by the same 2,700 mAh that keeps the lights on in the Xperia XZ1. While the battery capacity was unexpectedly low for a flagship, the XZ1 and its Snapdragon 835 chip turned out quite well. There is also the matter of Oreo software optimizations, which seem to help the battery performance in standby.
The Xperia XZ1 Compact scored an excellent 108-hour Endurance rating in our set of proprietary tests. It bested all other Sony smartphones we have tested so far, and this is one of the best ratings in our all-time chart! The XZ1 Compact pushed great browser and video playback scores, and its small endurance display surely helped there. The call test and standby turned out equally great, too.The XZ1 Compact supports QuickCharge 3.0 but does not ship with a QC-compatible charger on all markets. Our unit came with a bog standard 5V/1.5A plug, which restored only 28% of the empty battery after a 30-min charging session.
Just like the previous Sony Xperia Zs, Qnovo adaptive charging and  Sony Xperia Zs BatteryCare are available in addition to Quick Charge 3.0.
The Qnovo Adaptive Charging tech built inside recent Sony Xperia phones allows the smartphone to monitor the cell’s electrochemical processes in real time and adjust charging parameters dynamically to minimize cell damage and extend the battery unit’s lifespan.Qnovo claims that the Sony Xperia XZ1  batteryshould last hundreds of charge cycles more than a conventionally charged battery. This potentially means a year or so of extra longevity, as the battery performance deteriorates more slowly and should be able to hold more charge when it gets older.


Then there is Sony Smartphone BatteryCare. Say you charge your phone overnight, and you regularly plug it in at midnight and unplug it at 8 in the morning. In time, the phone will recognize the pattern, charge the battery to 90% and then stop charging . And then at, say, 7:30 in the morning, it will pick up where it left off and top it all up to 100% at a slower pace, so the  Sony Xperia XZ1  battery doesn’t stay at full charge for prolonged time periods. This should further extend the battery’s lifespan.On the software side of things, you get a pair of  Sony Xperia battery saving modes. One is the  regular STAMINA mode, which caps performance and disables a few non-vital background tasks. Then there is Ultra STAMINA mode for when you are far away from a wall socket. It disables Wi-Fi and data entirely and pretty much leaves you with the bare essentials of your phone.


ConnectivityThe Sony Xperia XZ1 Compact is pretty decked-out in the connectivity department. Some variants come with two Nano-SIM slots, for extra flexibility. Sadly, Sony’s solution, in this case, is a hybrid one, so it’s either the microSD card or the second line.
Cat.16 LTE is capable of download speeds of up to 1Gbit/s, provided your carrier can step up to the challenge. Wi-Fi also has most goodies on board – dual-band, a/c. The same goes for the fast USB 3.1, Type-C data interface and the shiny new Bluetooth 5.0 radio, with support for aptX HD and LE.
Of course, there is satellite positioning as well, which should work great everywhere in the world, thanks to A-GPS, GLONASS and BDS support.


3.85V 2700mAh Sony LIP1645ERPC Long Life Battery Replacement
2700mAh 3.85V for Sony Xperia XZ1 G8342 G8343,Sony LIP1645ERPC Li-ion battery is a new brand and it is compatible with 100% original and replacement battery. Wholesale and retail of Sony 

All kinds of Sony Cell Phone batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Sony Cell Phone Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Sony Cell Phone battery

Samsung Galaxy Book 12 review: A great 2-in-1 with a price to match

While you wait for a premium 2-in-1 Windows 10 hybrid, a whole bunch of options appear right away. Samsung hopes the 12-inch Galaxy Book will catch your eye in a growing market, promising the latest digital S Pen technology and more processing power than you might expect from such a thin tablet. The question is, does the Galaxy Book perform well enough to warrant its $1,129.99 price tag?
Samsung Galaxy Book 12 review: A great 2-in-1 with a price to match
advantageWell constructed, understated and stylishSuper AMOLED screen is awesomeThe S Pen is great for digital artistsCore i5 performanceshortcomingThe LTE option only comes with 4GB RAMVery expensiveExhibition stand design can be frustratingWhile you wait for a premium 2-in-1 Windows 10 hybrid, a whole bunch of options appear right away. Samsung hopes the 12-inch Galaxy Book will catch your eye in a growing market, promising the latest digital S Pen technology and more processing power than you might expect from such a thin tablet. The question is, does the Galaxy Book perform well enough to warrant its $1,129.99 price tag?
It really feels like this part. Unlike the glass-bodied, Android-based Galaxy Tab S3 we reviewed in March, Samsung opted for brushed metal for the Galaxy Book. It’s a clean, minimalist design, and quite light. It weighs 754 grams with the keyboard attached, slightly less than the Surface Pro 4. Although Samsung’s battery is slightly larger at 39.04W.
Inside is a seventh-generation Intel Core i5-7200U 3.1GHz dual-core, paired with 8GB of memory and a 256GB SSD. The microSD card slot can accommodate cards up to 256GB for expansion. You get WiFi a/b/g/n /ac 2X2, Bluetooth 4.1, and GPS/GLONASS by default; Samsung also offers an LTE configuration with a Cat6 300 Mbps modem. Oddly, you can’t have more than 4GB of RAM if you want LTE.The 13-megapixel autofocus camera is on the back, while the 5-megapixel fixed-focus camera is above the display. Ports include two USB 3.1 Type-C; unfortunately, Samsung doesn’t plan to include a USB Type-A adapter in the box with your traditional peripherals. What you get is a wireless digitizer using Wacom digitizer technologySamsung Galaxy Book 12 BatteryPen and keyboard coverThe cover itself attempts to strike a balance between usability and convenience, although it’s not entirely successful. The keys have plenty of travel and are easy to type on, while the trackpad (although smaller than those on some Windows laptops) is responsive. Unfortunately, the stand design is fiddly: You can adjust the Galaxy Book’s screen angle by folding the back panel one of four ways, but it relies on magnetic strips to attach to the back of the tablet.
I found that the Galaxy Book had a tendency to slide backwards if you got too enthusiastic about clicking on the screen, or trying to balance the entire assembly on your legs. I prefer the stand design used by Microsoft, or HP’s Specter x2 series. They also have the benefit of allowing you to stand the tablet on its own even if it is detached from the keyboard.

As for the battery, Samsung suggests the 12-inch Galaxy Book can run for up to 11 hours on a full charge. As always, it depends on what you actually use it for. Under heavy load processing videos, I managed to drain thetablet’s battery life in 2.5 hoursSamsung Galaxy Book 12 Battery. For more typical use, including a mix of browsing and document editing, though, I saw about six hours. If you watch the video you will get more.
The other side of the Galaxy Book trick is Samsung Flow. If you’re a Galaxy smartphone owner, you can pair the two via Bluetooth and unlock the tablet using your phone’s fingerprint scanner. I connected my Galaxy S8 and was able to remotely reply to text messages, check contacts, view caller ID, and wirelessly copy photos and videos between the two devices. If your mobile phone plan also supports tethering, you can also turn on this feature remotely from your Galaxy Book.

7.7V 39Wh Samsung AA-PBMN2HO Long Life Battery Replacement
39Wh 7.7V for Samsung Galaxy Book 12 SM-W720 SM-W727V,Samsung AA-PBMN2HO Li-ion battery is a new brand and it is compatible with 100% original and replacement battery. Wholesale and retail of Samsung AA-PBMN2HO battery is of high quality and low price!

All kinds of Samsung Laptop batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Samsung Laptop Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Samsung Laptop battery.

All kinds of Samsung Tablets batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Samsung Tablets Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Samsung Tablets battery

Logitech G502 HERO high-performance wired gaming mouse

As a gamer, your choice of weapon can often mean the difference between victory and defeat. Today we bring you a powerful product that will enhance your gaming experience – Logitech G502 HERO High Performance Wired Gaming Mouse
The G502 HERO mouse from renowned technology brand Logitech pushes the boundaries of gaming technology with exceptional precision, high-speed gaming tracking and customization capabilities. What sets it apart is the HERO 25K sensor, which offers unparalleled 1:1 tracking and a DPI range between 100 and 25,600. This eliminates the need for smoothing, filtering or acceleration, ensuring the gaming experience is as raw and authentic as possible. One of the G502 HERO’s breakthrough features is its 11 programmable buttons and onboard memory. You can now assign custom commands to buttons and save up to five ready-to-use profiles directly on the mouse. So whether you switch systems or games, setup is just a click away.


Another great thing about this gadget is its adjustable weight system. The mouse comes with up to 5 removable 3.6g weights that can be arranged inside the mouse however you like. This provides personalized weight and balance adjustments for those who prefer a heavier or lighter mouse The Logitech G502 HERO also allows you to visually immerse yourself in the gaming world. It comes with programmable RGB lighting and Lightsync technology, allowing you to customize lighting with nearly 16.8 million colors to match your team or your mood. theme Game colors can also be synced with other Logitech G gear for a unified and immersive gaming setup.


Additionally, the build quality of the metal spring tensioning system and pivot hinges mounted on the left and right gaming mouse buttons is impressive. This feature provides a crisp, clean click feel and fast click feedback. All these great features come in a sleek yet sturdy design that meets Logitech’s signature quality standards.
So take your gaming experience to the next level with the Logitech G502 HERO high-performance wired gaming mouse.

3.7V 240mAh Logitech 533-000229 Long Life Battery Replacement
240mAh 3.7V for Logitech G502 HERO,Logitech 533-000229 Li-ion battery is a new brand and it is compatible with 100% original and replacement battery. Wholesale and retail of Logitech 533-000229 battery is of high quality and low price!

All kinds of Logitech Other batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Logitech Other Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buyLogitech Other battery.

DJI Mini 4 Pro is a 48MP 4K photography drone that weighs less than 249 grams and is easier to fly

DJI Innovations (DJI) has launched the DJI Mini 4 Pro, which is called the “ultimate mini camera drone” by the famous drone manufacturer. Combining advanced omnidirectional obstacle sensing and DJI O4 video transmission technology, the Mini 4 Pro is designed to be the perfect companion for adventurers and outdoor enthusiasts. “Mini 4 Pro offers the perfect combination of professional-grade features while maintaining its signature lightweight design, providing unparalleled freedom and adaptability,” said Ferdinand Wolf, DJI Creative Director. “This drone is the ultimate all -around drone designed to enhance your creative toolkit.”


48-megapixel image sensor delivers RAW photos and 4K/60p HDR videoAt the heart of the Mini 4 Pro is a 48-megapixel 1/1.3-inch CMOS image sensor and a new image processing platform. Like many cinema-oriented camera systems, the Mini 4 Pro includes dual native ISO. Paired with the nearly 50 -megapixel sensor is a 24mm equivalent f/1.7 lens with an 82.1° field of view. The sensor itself is unchanged from the DJI Mini 3 Pro. In addition to 48-megapixel still photos, the new drone can shoot 4K/60p HDR video and record slow-motion 4K footage at up to 100 frames per second. Video recording also benefits from enhanced noise reduction algorithms in night shooting mode. The drone also includes true vertical shooting, a special mode optimized for social media and smartphone video.
The drone also captures 10-bit D-Log M video, which DJI promises ensures “natural colors” and “lifelike” brightness. HDR video mode combined with SmartPhoto technology for still images. In addition to RAW image shooting, SmartPhoto mode takes advantage of HDR imaging, scene recognition, and more to capture photos that look good straight out of the camera.


Mini 4 Pro weighs less than 250 grams and does not require US registrationLike its predecessor, the Mini 4 Pro weighs just 249 grams (8.8 ounces). In addition to being easy to carry, the lightweight design of the drone also ensures that it can fly legally in many countries and regions. For example, the weight of 249 grams is crucial because drones under 250 grams do not need to be registered with the US Federal Aviation Administration (FAA).
Improve obstacle avoidance abilityWorry-free flying is an important goal of the DJI Mini 4 Pro drone. This new compact drone comes with enhanced safety features, including powerful omnidirectional obstacle sensing, an improvement over its predecessor’s three-way sensing. The latest drones use multiple wide-angle and downward vision sensors to detect obstacles coming from all directions. It also includes Advanced Pilot Assistance System (APAS), which enables automatic braking and obstacle avoidance.
DJI Mini 4 ProAs for flight time, the Mini 4 Pro can fly for up to 34 minutes without additional accessories. Smart DJI Mini 4 Pro Battery Plus can extend this even further, extending flight time to approximately 45 minutes, which is longer than using the same

The DJI Mini 4 Pro battery is two minutes faster than its predecessor. By the way, this optional battery is not sold in Europe.
DJI Mini 4 Pro 1080/60p video transmission is smootherWhile flying, pilots can enjoy smooth 1080/60p video transmission up to 20 kilometers (12.4 miles) thanks to DJI’s O4 video transmission technology. Compared to the O3 transmission in DJI Mini 3 Pro, O4 delivers double the frame rate, ensuring smoother video performance . Pilots can also use Waypoint Flight for automated routing functionality. The drone’s advanced return-to-home system ensures that it returns safely to the pilot. Showing the power of creativity in the skyThese advanced safety features also complement the drone’s creative shooting modes. Spotlight, Point of Interest, and ActiveTrack 360° shooting modes allow users to maneuver around obstacles and record smoother videos with more stable tracking. Omnidirectional sensing ensures that the drone tracks the selected subject without hitting any obstacles.
The drone also features MasterShots, QuickShots, and Hyperlapse modes to record videos of different angles and dynamic movements. Mini 4 Pro also has a panorama mode, which can shoot 180° panorama or even spherical panorama.

DJI Mini 4 ProFrom the sky to the internetDJI designed its latest compact drone with ease of use and speed in mind. The drone’s fast transfer feature ensures photos and videos quickly arrive on the pilot’s smartphone and are ready to share. DJI’s LightCut feature leverages artificial intelligence (AI) to create edited videos with just one tap. LightCut includes sound matching and a host of aviation templates that promise to make creating high-quality videos incredibly easy.
DJI Mini 4 Pro Other FeaturesIn addition to its numerous safety features, the drone comes with DJI Care Refresh, the company’s comprehensive protection plan that covers accidental damage, including collisions and water damage. It’s similar to AppleCare+ in that it covers damage not covered by typical 

All kinds of Dji Other batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Dji Other Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Dji Other battery.”

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>DJI Mavic Pro Drone Long Life Battery Replacement

The Best Mini Drones of 2024

If you’re looking for easy control in a pocket-sized package, start your flying adventure with a mini drone. Mini drones typically fall below the 250-gram limit set by the FAA for drone registration. The best ones also don’t compromise on quality, boasting impressive cameras, long transmission range, and security features.

Best Overall Mini Drone: DJI Mini 2 SEAs long as you don’t have the absolute best image quality a DJI mini drone has to offer, the DJI Mini 2 SE is a great choice. It offers an excellent balance between quality and value, and beats non-DJI mini drones of the same cost in terms of performance thanks to its superior camera and features.
The lens is a 24mm full-frame equivalent wide-angle lens with an aperture of f/2.8, and the camera delivers images and videos that will satisfy most needs for a drone in this price range.
In addition to weighing less than 250 grams, it folds down to pocket-sized dimensions. It’s also an excellent mini drone for beginners, with excellent automatic flight paths, level 5 wind resistance, and return-to-home capabilities.DJI Mini 2SEBest overall performance
DJI makes the best pocket drones. While the DJI Mini 2 SE doesn’t quite match the image quality offered by the more premium DJI, it does offer an excellent balance between affordability and quality. 2.7K video and 12MP stills are plenty for most people , while it also exceeds the FAA’s weight threshold, folds to pocket size, and has the excellent battery life of a DJI Mini 2 SE drone.Best Budget Mini Drone: FIMI X8 Mini V2If you’re looking for a more affordable mini drone than a DJI model, or the lack of 4K video capabilities on the Mini 2 SE doesn’t suit your needs, consider the FIMI X8 Mini V2 Drone  Batteryf You can shoot bright and smooth 4K video at up to 30fps, and you can also capture decent 12MP stills.


The three-axis gimbal stabilizes the video effect well, and the drone has level 5 (38kph) wind resistance. And if the wind is too strong, the return-to-home function is also accurate. Video transmission range is up to 9km, but there’s no obstacle avoidance system, so it’s best to fly in open spaces until you feel more confident driving.Fimi X8 Mini V2best budgetAn alternative to the DJI Mini 2 SE is FIMI’s X8 mini V2. Its biggest selling point at this price is its 4K video function. You can capture satisfyingly detailed videos and high-quality still photos without spending a lot of money. In addition, the three-axis gimbal and five levels of wind resistance make it a good choice for video recording in light wind conditions.

Best Mini Drone for Beginners: Ryze Tech TelloThe compact Ryze Tech Tello is a collaboration between Ryze and DJI. It weighs just 80 grams including battery and folds down to pocket size. It’s great for travel, and its low price and ease of flying make it ideal for kids and newbies.


You can develop your flying skills without worrying about damaging expensive equipment, and you can practice your photography and videography skills. You’re unlikely to display the photo on a magazine cover, but the image quality is acceptable for a drone in this price range. You’ll get the best images in well-lit conditions and when utilizing EIS to compensate for the gimbal’s shortcomings. Ryze Tech TelloThe best mini drones for beginnersThe Ryze Tech Tello is ideal for beginners in drone flying. It’s a great option for practicing flips, tricks, and navigation, and it’s affordable enough to reduce injury-related anxiety. This camera won’t deliver award-winning images, but it will help you practice your photo and video shooting skills.

All brands laptop battery in here, We sell cheap and high quality laptop batteries , Tablets battery, mobile phone battery, you choose

>>>>>>>>>>>>7.7V 2200mAh Fimi DC05A7 Long Life Battery Replacement

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>3.8V 1100mAh Tello GB1-1100mah-3.8V Long Life Battery Replacement
>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>7.7V 2250mAh Dji BWX161-2250-7.7 Long Life Battery Replacement

Asus Vivobook Go 15 OLED Review

At around £500, the Asus Vivobook Go 15 OLED is a simple device on paper. The Asus Vivobook Go 15 OLED’s long battery life and stunning screen offset its relatively low workflow performance expectations, delivering decent portable entertainment value for the right person or family. ASUS Vivobook Go 15 OLED has longASUS Vivobook Go 15 OLED batterylife With around 8 hours of runtime on a 90-minute charge under office workloads, this laptop can last a long time.introduce
OLED technology has developed by leaps and bounds in recent years. What was once a very expensive item in a laptop is now much more common – and the price doesn’t automatically go up that much. The Asus Vivobook Go 15 OLED is the latest device to benefit from this, offering a compelling value proposition for the right light user.
High-end Vivobook laptops still flaunt OLED panels as a premium upgrade, while ASUS’s slim and minimalist Vivobook Go series is starting to feature gorgeous mirror screen technology as standard. Squeezing a brightly colored display into a £500 machine is a quick and easy way to boost the limited appeal of a budget laptop.
All the ports you need are on both sides of the device, with barrel chargers, full-size HDMI, USB-A 3.2 Gen 1, USB-C 3.2 Gen 1, and a headphone jack hidden into the right side, leaving a speed A slower 2.0 USB-A port protrudes on the left side, used for charging the best wireless mice and more. It does stick out and looks a little out of place, but it’s no closer to the ground than a multiport array on the other hand. Both are kept from touching your desk by large orange rubber feet, which also happens to be the only splash of color you’ll see on the entire chassis. The lid is also a bit prone to fingerprints when exposed to bright light, so you may want to have a cloth handy if you take it to a cafe.
The keyboard itself is full-sized, but squeezed together a bit on the 15-inch model to accommodate everything. The downside to this is that it may take some time to adjust to placing your hands more on the left side, but the adjustment period is to be expected when replacing the keyboard. This may take a little longer than expected.
Despite being all-plastic, we’re happy to report that the Asus Vivobook Go 15 OLED does come in a very slim and recyclable packaging.

The cardboard thin sleeve showcases the company’s sustainability efforts and even includes a QR code to dress up the unboxing experience with some cute AR magic. As far as we can tell, the handle is still plastic, but pull it off and it’s easily thrown into the recycling bin. In the sub-£500 range, it’s great to see the Asus Vivobook Go 15 OLED sporting a large 15.6in OLED display. OLED naturally avoids most of these issues and offers superior color representation, replacing traditional LED or LCD panels where color accuracy can vary widely even on much more expensive machines.A colorful viewing experience. It takes away the hassle of researching to find the best panels for the price. The Asus Vivobook Go 15’s overall performance isn’t enough for studio-grade video and photo editing, where accurate color reproduction is key, but you ‘ll at least be able to view your content in the best possible way. Whether it’s for professional photography, your next Netflix binge, or your kid’s prescribed 50th viewing of Disney’s latest animated blockbuster, it’ll look great compared to your aging TV. As long as you don’t push it to the absolute edge, the Asus Vivobook Go 15 can still get you through most of the day comfortably.


Taking about 8 hours of the PCMark Office stress test (simulating a busy day with spreadsheets, word processing, and video calls), you’ll only start to deviate from that number if you turn up the brightness, take a few too many YouTube interruptions , or maybe decide to fire up Solitare And forgot to turn it off after lunch. Even so, you can still get through most of the day without having to reach for a portable 65w charger.
These days, it’s nice to see the budget Asus Vivobook Go 15 OLED laptop achieve Ultrabook-level battery life, but it’s still disappointing to see a reliance on barrel connectors to power it.


The Asus Vivobook Go 15 only takes about two hours to fully charge while in use, it’s not the fastest device to get back to a full charge, but at least it doesn’t run out of juice in the same amount of time. If you do need a few more hours of gaming, ASUS Vivobook Go 15 battery  saving settings and dimming the screen can push you past the 8-hour baseline. You just have to sacrifice some usability. Those larger spreadsheets may have to wait until tomorrow .

All kinds of Asus Laptop batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk . Asus Laptop Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Asus Laptop battery

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>Asus VivoBook S300 S400C S400E Series Long Life Battery Replacement

Infinix Note 11 with 50MP camera, 5000mAh battery goes on sale in India for the first time

Infinix launched the Infinix Note 11 and Infinix Note 11s smartphones in India earlier this month. The company has launched these smartphones in other markets. Infinix launched the Infinix Note 11 and Infinix Note 11s smartphones in India earlier this month. Infinix Note 11 smartphones in other markets. The Infinix Note 11s models with 6GB RAM and 8GB RAM were launched in India earlier this week with an initial price of Rs 12,999 and Rs 14,999 respectively. The smartphone can be purchased through Flipkart. Now, the Infinix Note 11 is on sale at an introductory price of Rs 11,999.Infinix Note 11 specifications
 Infinix Note  smartphones Battery

Infinix Note 11 features a 6.7-inch FHD+ AMOLED display with a waterdrop notch. The display features a 20:9 aspect ratio and a 180Hz touch sampling rate. Under the hood, the smartphone is powered by MediaTek Helio G88 chipset paired with 4GB LPDDR4x RAM and 64GB eMCP storage.In terms of cameras, the device comes with a triple-camera setup on the back that includes a 50MP primary lens, a 2MP depth sensor, and an AI lens. For selfies and video calling, it has a 16MP camera on the front. security, the smartphone features side-mounted fingerprint scanner. The device is powered by a 5,000mAhInfinix Note 11 smartphone batterywith support for 33W fast charging. It runs on XOS 10 based on Android 11 out of the box. The smartphone is available in Graphite Black, Sky Snow, and Glacier Green color options.

Infinix Note 11S specificationsInfinix Note 11S features a 6.95-inch FHD+ LCD display with a center-punch hole. The display has a refresh rate of 120Hz. Under the hood, the smartphone is powered by MediaTek Helio G96 chipset paired with LPDDR4x RAM and UFS 2.2 storage. The company is offering the device in two RAM and storage configurations – 6GB RAM + 64GB internal storage and 8GB RAM + 128GB internal storage. The rest of the specifications of the smartphone are the same as the Infinix Note 11.

3.87V 5000mAh Infinix BL-49KX Long Life Battery Replacement

Infinix BL-49KX Li-ion battery is a new brand and it is compatible with 100% original and replacement battery. Wholesale and retail of Infinix BL-49KX battery is of high quality and low price!

“All kinds of Infinix Cell Phone  batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Infinix Cell Phone  Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buyInfinix Cell Phone  battery

LG Watch Urbane 2nd Edition Android Wear smartwatch with LTE announced

LG heeft LG Watch Urbane 2nd Edition aangekondigd, de nieuwste Android Wear-smartwatch van het bedrijf met essentiële behuizing. De nieuwe Android Wear-smartwatch is LTE-ondersteuning wisselen tussen Android en iOS. meer.

Het heeft een roestvrijstalen 316L-behuizing met haarlijnen en een duurzame hypoallergene TPSiV-elastomeerband, zodat hij tot 30 minuten onder water open kan staan ​​​​​met een maximale diepte van 1 meter.

LG Kijk Urbane 2e editie

LG heeft LG Watch Urbane 2nd Edition aangekondigd, de nieuwste Android Wear-smartwatch van het bedrijf met roestvrijstalen behuizing, waardoor de eerste Android Wear-smartwatch LTE ondersteunt.

LG Kijk Urbane 2e editie

Hoewel Het DEZELFDE SNAPDRAGON 400-PROCESSOR EN 4 GB OPSLAGRUIMTE HEEFT, training tips en monitoring van het stressniveau en meer.

Het heeft een roestvrijstalen 316L-behuizing met haarlijnen en een duurzame hypoallergene TPSiV-elastomeerband, zodat hij tot 30 minuten onder water open kan staan ​​​​​met een maximale diepte van 1 meter.

Specifications van LG Watch Urbane 2e editie

1,38-inch (480 x 480 pixels) P-OLED-scherm met 348 PPI, Gorilla Glass 3-bescherming

1,2 GHz Qualcomm Snapdragon 400-processor

768MB LPDDR3-RAM, 4GB eMMC

Android Wear OS (compatibel met smartphones met Android 4.3 en iOS)

Afmetting: 44,5 x 14,2 mm

Stof-en waterbestendig (IP67)

Bluetooth 4.1, Wi-Fi, LTE, 3G

Sensoren: 9-assen (gyro/versnellingsmeter/kompas), barometer, PPG (hartslagsensor), GPS

570mAh- LG Watch Urbane 2nd Edition  batterij

De LG Watch Urbane 2nd Edition wordt geleverd in de kleuren Space Black, Opal Blue, Luxe White en Signature Brown en zal eerst te koop zijn in de Verenigde Staten en Korea, gevolgd door andere markten in Europa, GOS, Azië en het Midden-Oosten .

3.85V 570MAH/2.2Wh Lg BL-S6 Long Life Battery Replacement
570MAH/2.2Wh 3.85V for LG Watch Urbane 2nd Edition LTE Watch,Lg BL-S6 Li-ion battery is a new brand and it is compatible with 100% original and replacement battery. Wholesale and retail of Lg BL-S6 battery is of high quality and low price!


All kinds of Lg Other batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Lg Other Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Lg Other battery.”

Dynabook Portégé X40L-K review: A full-featured ultralight business laptop

The Dynabook Portégé X40L-K is a lightweight business laptop that looks great and performs well, but it does have some shortcomings, such as its webcam. The Dynabook Portége X40L-K is a high-end business laptop that doesn’t try to do anything too fancy, instead focusing on perfecting the basics. In that sense, it did its job. This is an ultralight laptop that offers almost everything you need to have a good experience. I really like this laptop. It has a beautiful display, the keyboard is excellent, and it looks good while still being discreet and professional. Even the speakers are very loud, perfect for media consumption or phone calls. Dynabook provided the Portégé X40L-K for this review. However, the company has no input into its content and does not provide any form of compensation for its production. Design: Super light and looks great

The Dynabook Portégé X40L-K comes in a dark blue that’s subdued but unique enough to stand outIt uses a magnesium chassis, which is very light and easy to carryBusiness laptops have always looked a bit boring, and based on my past experience, the Dynabook doesn’t do much to change that perception. Thankfully, with this model, things are a little different. The Dynabook Portégé X40L-K comes in “Tech Blue Metallic,” which means it’s dark blue. It’s bright enough that you won’t really get confused and think it’s black, but it’s dark enough that it’s still perfect for an office environment without any weird looks. Display and sound: The screen is clear enough and the speakers are loudDynabook Portégé X40L-K features a WUXGA display that’s clear enough without using too much powerFour-speaker system can pack a punch for media consumptionDynabook has been surprisingly conservative when it comes to laptop displays. Even today some of its laptops start with resolutions of 1366 x 768 and you won’t find anything sharper than Full HD, or in this case WUXGA which is essentially the same as Full HD but with less width and height The ratio is 16:10. That’s totally fine, though, and Dynabook seems to be really focused on delivering a solid experience without overly fancy specs, which is totally respectable.
Keyboard and Touchpad: Very comfortable to type onThe keyboard on the Dynabook Portégé X40L-K feels great to type onIt has a big touchpad, but the surface is a little grippyOne of my favorite things about the Dynabook Portégé X40L-K is the keyboard. I’ve used some good laptop keyboards, and the recent Lenovo ThinkBook 13s is one of my favorites, but I think I might actually prefer this one. The travel of the keys is nice and comfortable, and they don’t feel jarring when they bottom out. It feels like it requires more power than other laptops, but I actually prefer that. Typing on this keyboard feels great, it’s definitely one of the best keyboards I’ve ever used. The power button is an odd exception, by the way – it feels soft and a bit hard to press, and I can’t remember the last time I saw anything like it. Performance: What we expect from the Intel P-SeriesThis model has an Intel Core i7-1270P processor and 16GB of RAM, so it performs very wellIntel P-series processors continue to impact Dynabook Portégé X40L-K batterylife
As you might expect from a top-tier business laptop, the performance of this machine is quite impressive. It is powered by an Intel Core i7-1270P processor, which means it has a TDP of 28W, has 12 cores and 16 threads, and the P core can boost up to 4.8GHz.
This should give you plenty of performance for a variety of work-related tasks, and having 16GB of RAM to back it up also helps, but it’s worth noting that the RAM is soldered to the motherboard, so you can’t upgrade it. I never really wished for faster performance from this machine. You can see how it compares to similar machines below. As for  Dynabook laptop batterylife, it’s not great, but it could be worse. Overall, I lasted between 4 hours and 21 minutes with the screen on, giving it about 6 hours and 6 minutes. One time I only got about 3 hours and 38 minutes, but that was a deviation and I never got that low again.  Dynabook Portégé X40L-K battery  life hovers around 5 hours in most cases, and often a bit longer. That’s not surprising, but it’s much better than laptops like the Lenovo ThinkBook 13s or Acer Swift 3, which have Quad HD displays. Here, the use of a Full HD panel works in the Dynabook’s favor, and you might actually consider taking this laptop with you to get some work done on the go. If it’s a full day’s work you’ll still need to plug it in, but for me the bar was set pretty low and this is still good in comparison. Should you buy the Dynabook Portégé X40L-K?
I was really surprised by a lot of what Dynabook did with the Portégé X40L-K. It’s a very nice looking laptop that’s also very light and easy to carry, it has a tall display that’s great for productivity work, and it has one of the best keyboards I’ve ever used. It even has a very loud speaker system, which I didn’t expect to be the focal point of a business laptop. Performance is solid, too, and the  Dynabook Portégé X40L-K battery   llife, while not great, is more tolerable than other machines I’ve reviewed.

15.4V 4220mAh Dynabook Dynabook X40L K Long Life Battery Replacement
Dynabook Dynabook X40L K Li-ion battery is a new brand and it is compatible with 100% original and replacement battery. Wholesale and retail of Dynabook Dynabook X40L K battery is of high quality and low price!

All kinds of Dynabook Laptop batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Dynabook Laptop Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Dynabook Laptop battery

Lenovo ThinkPad Helix 2 with Intel Core M now available

Back at IFA 2014, Lenovo launched the ThinkPad Helix 2 Ultrabook as a replacement for its original ThinkPad Helix model, which fIt isatures an 11.6-inch HD 1080p IPS display and takes advantage of 3rd generation Intel Core processors (up to i7) .
Lenovo promised at the time that the convertible would be available in time for the holidays, and the company has kept its word, offering the 2-in-1 starting this week.

Interestingly, Lenovo skipped an internal upgrade step on the Helix 2. The new tablet/laptop hybrid won’t take advantage of the Haswell platform, instead relying on Intel’s new Broadwell-based Core M chips.
The Helix 2 is basically a tablet with a docking keyboard, allowing customers to use the device as a laptop. The entry-level variant features an 11.6-inch display with a resolution of 1920 x 1080 pixels and is powered by an Intel Core M 5Y10 processor coupled with 4GB RAM, 128GB internal storage.
This model also comes with 802.11ac Wi-Fi, Bluetooth 4.0, and an active digitizer and a digital pen of Wacom variety.
The hybrid keyboard is a magnetic accessory that connects to the display via small pins on the bottom (so there’s no Bluetooth activity involved).
Lenovo also offers more advanced variantsFor more demanding customers who want their convertible to be a little faster, Lenovo has a fancier version waiting for you, with a Core M 5Y70 processor, 8GB of RAM and 256GB of internal storage.
The Lenovo ThinkPad Helix 2 is one of the first machines to feature Intel’s new Core M platform, which consumes slightly more power than Atom processors but delivers better CPU and graphics performance.
The specs list also includes a microSD card slot, USB 3.0 port, micro HDMI output, and stereo speakers. Open the keyboard and you get a USB 2.0 port, two more speakers, and an extra battery.Lenovo ThinkPad Helix 2 laptop batterylife is also positively impacted, so in tablet mode the Helix 2 can last up to 8 hours, while in laptop mode users should be able to squeeze out up to 12 hours of runtime

7.4V 4750mAh Lenovo 00HW004 Long Life Battery Replacement

Lenovo 00HW004 Li-ion battery is a new brand and it is compatible with 100% original and replacement battery. Wholesale and retail of Lenovo 00HW004 battery is of high quality and low price!
All kinds of Lenovo Laptop batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Lenovo Laptop Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buyLenovo Laptop battery.

Hisense U30, King Kong 5/Pro officially released

On April 3, Hisense Mobile held a new product launch conference in Emeishan, officially launching the Hisense U30 full-screen smartphone and the monster-level battery King Kong 5/5 Pro. The King Kong 5 is priced at 1,399 yuan ($208), the King Kong 5 Pro is priced at 1,899 yuan ($283), and the star-shaped full-screen U30 is priced at 2,799 yuan ($417). Hisense U30 is the company’s first phone with a punch-hole screen. As early as January this year at the CES show, Hisense launched this mobile phone, which unsurprisingly received widespread attention. There are three colors to choose from: Platinum Blind Black, Delft Blue, and Knicks Black. The company added leather elements to the back, complemented by large expanses of calfskin imported from Argentina. The material has a high-quality natural calfskin lychee texture, with a fine and delicate surface, high strength and good wear resistance.
In addition, Hisense U30 uses a 6.3-inch screen design with an aspect ratio of 19.5:9 and a screen-to-body ratio of 91.66%. There is a 20MP AI beauty camera on the front and a 48MP camera on the back. The latter supports four-in-one 1.6μm high-pixel and high-sensitivity mode. This phone is equipped with a Snapdragon 675 mid-range chip, paired with an 8+128GB storage combination and a 4500mAH Hisense U30 mobile phone battery. The latter uses its own smart power-saving technology. According to the official introduction, U30 provides up to 36.6 hours of talk time, 15.5 hours of video playback time, 97.8 hours of music playback time, etc. At the same time, Hisense U30 supports QC4.0+ fast charging technology, which can charge 80% of the Hisense U30 battery in 60 minutes. In other aspects, the U30 is also equipped with NFC, dual Bluetooth, micro-groove earpiece design, and COF screen packaging technology. As for the Hisense King Kong 5/5 Pro smartphones, both use water drop screen designs. Among them, Hisense King Kong 5 uses a 6.22-inch water drop screen (1520*720) with a screen-to-body ratio of 88.82%. It is equipped with a 5500mAh Hisense King Kong 5 battery, supports OTG reverse charging, and supports independently developed intelligent backlight adjustment technology. Smartphone batterylife has been further improved compared to the previous generation.

In terms of configuration, Hisense King Kong 5 is equipped with Snapdragon 439 processor, 4+64GB storage, rear 13MP+2MP dual camera, front 8MP camera, and supports face unlocking. Hisense King Kong 5 Pro is equipped with a 6.5-inch water drop screen, a rear fingerprint recognition module, a 4500mAh+3500mAh dual Hisense King Kong 5 Pro batterydesign, and self-developed dual-battery array technology.

All kinds of Hisense Cell Phone  batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Hisense Cell Phone  Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Hisense Cell Phone  battery.

Xiaomi Robot Vacuum Cleaner 1C: European version and the best price

Let’s start with the feature that makes this robot vacuum really smart: the new navigation system. Xiaomi Mi Robot Vacuum 1C has one of the fastest navigation systems, capable of collecting up to 30 reference points per second. The system will then use this data to generate maps that are more accurate and faster than ever before.In addition, thanks to the professional OV-Vision sensor, the simulated neural network algorithm is able to recalculate the route 50 times per second.Simply put, this vacuum cleaner is one of the smartest on the market. It can map space faster and more efficiently than previous generations.Xiaomi sweeping robot 1C

They also provide the navigation system with two gyroscopes, an optical multi-position sensor and 15 other different high-precision sensors.This allows for more precise positioning of the vacuum cleaner and obstacles in the room, thus avoiding unexpected incidents.Mijia sweeping robot 1C uses a quad-core Cortex processor A7 clocked at 1.8GHz and is equipped with a dual-core Mali-400 graphics chip.The algorithm that achieves perfect navigation is called VSLAM extension. This is an upgrade from the previous navigation algorithm known as SLAM.

Excellent performance parameters and long service lifePowerful Japanese NIDEC motor provides inherent cleaning performance. Its suction power is as high as 2500Pa, which can easily deal with all kinds of dirt, dirt and can also vacuum the dirt at the joints of the floor.The dirt container has a capacity of 600 ml and the purified exhaust gas is equipped with a washable filter.Xiaomi Mi Robot Vacuum Cleaner 1C can also mop the floor. The water container has a capacity of 200 ml, and the electronically controlled intelligent system is responsible for evenly adding water.The device has dimensions of 353 x 350 x 81.5 mm, making it possible to climb furniture with a clear height of more than 8.2 cm. The vacuum cleaner can overcome obstacles up to 2 cm in height.
Xiaomi sweeping robot 1CThe battery capacity is 2400mAh, which is enough to clean an area of ​​120 square meters per charge. Wireless WiFi is not supported.Using the Mi Home app, it is possible to pair the vacuum cleaner with your smartphone and control or monitor its operation remotely.Xiaomi sweeping robot 1CAs we mentioned in the introduction, one of the main advantages of the Xiaomi Mi Robot Vacuum Cleaner 1C is its price. This is the cheapest sweeping robot ever launched by the Xiaomi Mijia brand.Although we expect the price to increase once it becomes available in global markets, it could still be one of the cheapest robot vacuums from the brand. Mijia. It will be a very ideal device due to its performance and features.Mijia sweeping robot 1C Mijia sweeping robot 1CThey also provide the navigation system with two gyroscopes, an optical multi-position sensor and 15 other different high-precision sensors.This allows for more precise positioning of the vacuum cleaner and obstacles in the room, thus avoiding unexpected incidents.

Mijia sweeping robot 1C uses a quad-core Cortex processor A7 clocked at 1.8GHz and is equipped with a dual-core Mali-400 graphics chip.The algorithm that achieves perfect navigation is called VSLAM extension. This is an upgrade from the previous navigation algorithm known as SLAM.Excellent performance parameters and long service lifePowerful Japanese NIDEC motor provides inherent cleaning performance. Its suction power is as high as 2500Pa, which can easily deal with all kinds of dirt, dirt and can also vacuum the dirt at the joints of the floor.The dirt container has a capacity of 600 ml and the purified exhaust gas is equipped with a washable filter. Xiaomi Mi Robot Vacuum Cleaner 1C can also mop the floor. The water container has a capacity of 200 ml, and the electronically controlled intelligent system is responsible for even adding water.
The device has dimensions of 353 x 350 x 81.5 mm, making it possible to climb furniture with a clear height of more than 8.2 cm. The vacuum cleaner can overcome obstacles up to 2 cm in height.Xiaomi sweeping robot 1CXiaomi Robot Vacuum Cleaner Roborock 1C batterycapacity of 2400mAh, which is enough to clean an area of ​​​​120 square meters on a single charge. Wireless WiFi is not supported.Using the Mi Home app, it is possible to pair the vacuum cleaner with your smartphone and control or monitor its operation remotely.

14.4V 2.6Ah Xiaomi P1904-4S1P-MM Long Life Battery Replacement2.6Ah 14.4V for Xiaomi Robot Vacuum Cleaner Roborock 1C,Xiaomi P1904-4S1P-MM Li-ion battery is a new brand and it is compatible with 100% original and replacement battery. Wholesale and retail of Xiaomi P1904-4S1P-MM battery is of high quality and low price!

All kinds of Xiaomi Other batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Xiaomi Other Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buyXiaomi Other battery.

Microsoft Surface Pro 9 gets a huge 30% discount on Amazon

Have you been eyeing the Surface Pro 9 but waiting for the right moment to snag a deal? Well, it seems like the stars have aligned for Windows enthusiasts because Amazon is currently offering a sweet discount on this gem of a tablet. With a whopping 30 % off, the Surface Pro 9, specifically the version with an Intel Core i5 processor, 8GB RAM, and 256GB storage, is $772 on Amazon. That’s a 30% saving right there!
Why should I get Microsoft Surface Pro 9?This deal isn’t just about the numbers, though. The Surface Pro 9 shines with its built-in kickstand and a 13-inch PixelSense display, boasting refresh rates between 60-120Hz. Its performance is pretty solid, especially for those of us who lean heavily into the Windows ecosystem. Sure, it’s not the cheapest tablet even with the discount, but considering its usual price tag hovers around $1,100, it’s a steal.
Now, if you’re wondering whether this deal is exclusive, it kind of is. While other retailers like Walmart and Best Buy are also in the race, they haven’t matched Amazon’s generosity.
But let’s talk specs for a second. The Surface Pro 9 isn’t just any tablet. It’s a premium device through and through, with a lightweight design that’s easy to carry around. The kickstand is great for hands-free use, and the display is nothing short of gorgeous. Under the hood, the 12th Gen Intel Core i5 processor ensures that your work tasks run smoothly, although it’s worth noting that it might not hold the crown in the power department compared to, say, the latest iPad Pro models .
Video chats and work meetings are a breeze thanks to the tablet’s respectable camera, and with up to 15 hours ofMicrosoft Surface Pro 9 batterylife, it’s quite the workhorse. For those willing to invest a bit more, there’s an option to bundle the tablet with a compatible keyboard and pen, essentially transforming it into a desktop experience.
In conclusion, while the Surface Pro 9 might not be the undisputed champion of tablets, it certainly holds its ground among its Windows-powered peers.
Do you already own a Microsoft Surface Pro 9? Tell us about your experience in the comments below.

All kinds of Microsoft Tablets batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Microsoft Tablets Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Microsoft Tablets battery.
>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>7.6V 5547mAh/42.2WH Microsoft G3HTA009H Long Life Battery Replacement

Samsung Galaxy Z Fold 6 FE: Foldable smartphone for less than 1,000 euros?

Plans to launch third foldable product this yearHowever, recent news shows that Samsung does not plan to launch a cheaper version, but plans to launch a super model of Galaxy Z Fold 6. We can confirm that the device, codenamed “Q6a,” is actually in development and may make its official debut in Q4. Korean website Sisajournal now claims to have new information about the entry-level model. The industry magazine also listed Samsung’s specific target price for the first time.


Entry-level model from €900Therefore, the Samsung Galaxy Z Fold 6 FE should not cost more than $800. If you add the country’s VAT, it should be around 900 euros. This means Samsung’s Fold Fan Edition is €1,000 cheaper than the MSRP of the Galaxy Z Fold 5 ( test). Of course, such a big price difference wouldn’t be possible without major compromises in the smartphone hardware. The report claims that there will be cost savings on the chipset, Galaxy Z Fold 6 FE battery and display. When it comes to cameras, we don’t want to compromise on anything.


Competition from Samsung is fierceSamsung has faced increasing pressure from Chinese competition in the foldable space over the past two years, and will certainly be looking for ways to make the Z series more affordable for a wide range of customers. However, we think a €900 Galaxy Z Fold model is unlikely to appear in 2024. The Z series, especially the Z Fold, represents high quality, but it also comes at a higher price.

All kinds of Samsung Cell Phone  batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Samsung Cell Phone  Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Samsung Cell Phone battery.

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>
3.88V 2060mAh Samsung EB-BF936ABY Long Life Battery Replacement

The best robot vacuum deals for May 2024

If you’re new to the world of robot vacuums, these devices are much better than the oversized hockey pucks that used to bounce around the floor like a ’90s screen saver.

These devices now have onboard mapping technology that utilizes LiDAR and video input to accurately identify obstacles and plot routes, and you really don’t need to worry too much about battery life or suction power, as all of these devices have pretty decent Pa ratings and back to Their docks can charge autonomously. Your decision mainly involves whether you want an automatic emptying bin, a mop attachment, or integration with a specific app or smart home service. There’s also the question of how much you want to spend. Robot vacuums can be expensive, so let us start the new year by saving you some money.Shark AV2501S artificial intelligence sweeping robot with self-empty base,

The Shark AV2501S robot vacuums cleans in a precision grid (or “matrix”), ensuring no spots are missed like single-row robots. 360-degree LiDAR vision creates an accurate map of your home and detects and avoids objects, so you don’ t have to spend time cleaning up before the robot cleans it. The bagless, self-cleaning base holds dirt and debris for up to 30 days, and HEPA filtration captures 99.97% of allergens.
Roborock Q7 Max+ self-cleaning robot vacuumOffering vacuuming and mopping capabilities, as well as a self-emptying feature, the Roborock Q7 Max is an all-rounder that keeps your hands free until you need to empty the base. The Q7 Max+ combines 4,200Pa suction with 11 ounces of consistent mopping pressure and 30 water flow levels to tackle any mess on any surface. Coupled with precise mapping, it won’t miss an inch of your home as it navigates efficiently and accurately with lidar.

Ecovacs Deebot X2 Omni Robot Vacuum and MopThe Ecovacs Deebot X2 Omni is a 2-in-1 vacuum cleaner and mop that includes a complete self-maintenance cleaning system. The included base has two tanks for dirty and clean water, a dust bag and a dryer for mops, meaning the Deebot X2 Omni will clean your home and return to the base to clean all of its components, for Be ready for your next cleaning without having to do it yourself, at least for a while. With 8,000Pa of powerful suction (previously 5,000Pa) and a new D-shaped body for better cleaning of corners and edges, it won PCMag’s Editors’ Choice Award as the “Best Vacuum and Mop 2-in-1″ One Robot” with impressive performance over its predecessor, the X1.

iHome AutoVac Juno Robot Vacuum CleanerWith 2000pa suction power and a run time of up to 100 minutes, the iHome AutoVac Juno cleans your floors line by line and returns to the charger when the job is complete. Smart features like drop sensors and smart app connectivity mean you don’t have to lift a finger before emptying your robot vacuum.

All kinds of Ecovacs Other batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Ecovacs Other Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Ecovacs Other battery.

All kinds of Shark Other batteriesand chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Shark Other Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Shark Other battery

>>>>>>>>>>>>>ECOVACS Robot Vacuum Cleaner 4INR19/66 Long Life Battery Replacement
>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>25.2V 2450mAh Shark XSBT700EU Long Life Battery Replacement

Can I replace the battery in the HP Spectre x360

The HP Specter x360 2022 models are fantastic premium options, but they still give you the option to replace the HP Specter x360 battery if you need to.HP recently launched the refreshed Specter x360 family for 2022, and with it come new specs, a new design, and other improvements on what was already one of HP’s best laptops. While it’s a very new product right now, at some point, the battery will start showing signs of wear, and you might want to replace it. After all, there’s no reason to throw a whole laptop away if it still performs well aside from battery life. As such, you might be wondering if you can replace the battery inside the HP Specter x360, and the good news is, you can.Both models of the HP Specter x360 allow you to replace the battery relatively easily, so long as you have the parts to do it. If you’ve worked with the previous generation of the Specter x360 16, the process will be familiar already, but the Specter x360 13.5 has a new design that changes things a bit compared to the Specter x360 14 that came before. Either way, you can read on to learn all the steps to get it done.What you’ll needIf you’re planning to replace the 

HP Specter x360 laptop batteryinside your laptop, there are a few things worth knowing before getting started. First, make sure the laptop is turned off and unplugged from AC power so there’s no power running inside. You might also want to have an anti- static wrist strap to prevent static discharges while you’re working on the laptop. It’s a good idea to back up your data before starting, too, just in case something goes wrong.In order to open the laptop, you’ll also need Philips and Torx screwdrivers, as well as a prying tool. Grabbing an iFixit Pro Tech Toolkit is the best way to get all the tools you need to work on your electronics. You’ll also need to have the battery you want to use to replace your existing one, of course.Replacing the battery in the HP Specter x360 13.5If you’re planning to replace the battery in the HP Specter x360, it’s worth noting that it comes with a 66Wh battery, and the spare part number is L97357-005, if you want to look for a replacement online. Here’s what you need to do to replace it.Lay the laptop upside down with the hinge facing away from you.Remove the four Philips screws holding the bottom cover down. Keep in mind that the screws at the top and bottom are different sizes and you’ll need to put them back in the correct place.Use a plastic prying tool to separate the bottom cover from the rest of the computer, starting near the hinge and moving along the edges. Once it’s released, lift it from the top and pull it away.The battery takes up most of the area of ​​the laptop’s internals, so you can’t miss it. Unplug the battery connector from the motherboard (it’s near the top-right corner of the battery

itself).Remove the six Philips screws holding the battery in place, then remove the battery from the laptop.Illustration showing how to remove thebattery HP Specter x360 13.5Insert the new battery in its place, then tighten the six screws again. Connect the new battery to the motherboard using the ribbon cable.Place the bottom cover back on the laptop, carefully snapping it back into place. Then, tighten the two longer Philips screws at the top, and the two shorter ones at the bottom.

All kinds of Hp Laptop batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Hp Laptop Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Hp Laptop battery.

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>15.4V 3744mAh Hp RR04XL Long Life Battery Replacement

2024 iPad Pro battery life is jaw-dropping: Apple’s claims are far from optimal

Apple claims that new 2024 iPad Air and iPad Pro models have up to 10 hours of battery runtime, whether you’re surfing the web over Wi-Fi or enjoying video playback. So when we put the TikTok performance tests on the two 13-inch models we owned (iPad Pro and iPad Air), we didn’t expect the tablets to last beyond a typical work or school day.2024 iPad Pro and iPad Air battery life resultsWe were curious about how long the iPad Air’s battery would last on a charge, so we played a TikTok video on a continuous loop at 50 percent brightness until the tablet died. To my surprise, the 13-inch iPad Air with the M2 chip lasted 3 hours longer than expected, with the 13-inch iPad Air clocking in at an impressive 13 hours and 10 minutes of battery life. Now, if you think that’s praiseworthy, just wait and see what we get with the new 13-inch iPad Pro , which skips a generation and sports an M4 chip.


As mentioned, Apple claims we’ll only be able to spend a maximum of 10 hours with this bad boy. It turns out that the 13-inch iPad Pro batterylife of 16 hours and 24 minutes.


Keep in mind that our Apple iPad battery drain tests don’t take into account any idle time, which is typical of normal usage, so the iPad Pro and iPad Air will likely last longer on a charge for most users. long. So if you want a long-lasting iPad that actually delivers all-day ipad battery life , then the iPad Pro will definitely satisfy your wall socket needs.

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>3.81V 7540mAh Apple A2224 Long Life Battery Replacement


>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>> Apple iPad Air 3 Long Life Battery Replacement

Samsung Galaxy Tab S6 review: The top Android tablet

There aren’t a lot of manufacturers making high-end Android tablets anymore. That’s understandable. Not only has the market shrunk considerably over the past few years, but customers also tend to hold on to tablets for far longer than smartphones. Samsung remains an outlier. It launches a high-end tablet annually and the Galaxy Tab S6 is its latest offering. Is it really the top Android tablet of 2019?
It will inevitably be compared to the Galaxy Tab S5e. Samsung launched the mid-range tablet earlier this year and we found it to be an incredible value proposition. Does the Galaxy Tab S6 offer enough over and above that tablet for the average customer to justify the price premium? This will be one of the questions that we will answer in this review.Your heart will skip a beat when you hold the Galaxy Tab S6 for the first time, particularly if you’re coming up from the earlier models. Samsung really refined its tablet design with the Galaxy Tab S5e. It’s the thinnest and lightest tablet that the company has ever made. The Galaxy Tab S6 retains those attributes in its full metal build, which measures 244.5 x 159.5 × 5.7mm and weighs 420g.

The front is dominated by the 10.5-inch display which slots in a body that’s actually more compact than the Galaxy Tab S4. That’s because the bezels have been significantly trimmed. The Galaxy Tab S6 is Samsung’s first tablet to feature an in-display fingerprint sensor .
The back panel instantly makes the Galaxy Tab S6 stand out from every other tablet in Samsung’s lineup. There are two key design elements that make it so. There’s the (vertically positioned) dual camera system, the first on a Samsung tablet. There’s also the groove where the S Pen attaches magnetically and charges. It’s not flush with the back panel so the tablet won’t lie completely flat on a desk when the S Pen is attached. Other than these attributes, the Galaxy Tab S6’s design isn’t all that different from the Galaxy Tab S5e, and that’s not something you’ll hold against it.
I do like this for the S Pen. It’s always present at the back so it can be detached swiftly and used right away. The magnet that holds it in place doesn’t feel too strong, though, so just be mindful of not accidentally detaching the stylus when switching between orientations. It won’t fall off even if you shake the tablet vigorously but if it catches against something as you’re sliding it into your backpack, it may detach. Samsung would have had to compromise battery life if it decided to put the S Pen inside the body itself as it does on the Galaxy Note series. That may also not allow the tablet to be as thin as it is.
I really love how premium the Galaxy Tab S6 feels in the hand and its shocking thinness takes a lot of credit for that. But while no points are being docked for this implementation of the S Pen, I do wish that Samsung uses stronger magnets next time around.
Since the Galaxy Tab S5e didn’t have one, it’s not surprising that the Galaxy Tab S6 doesn’t have a 3.5mm headphone jack, either. What might sting a little is the fact that Samsung isn’t shipping a USB-C to 3.5mm dongle in the box like it does with the other tablet.Galaxy Tab S6 battery

You get the same 7,040mAh Samsung Galaxy Tab S6   battery with the Galaxy Tab S6 as the Galaxy Tab S5e. Samsung claims that it can last for up to 14 hours but we all know that these estimates aren’t really representative of real world usage. The improved internals like the 7nm chipset and UFS 3.0 storage will draw less power than what you get in the Tab S5e so the new tablet should last a bit longer.
I was able to get just over ten hours quite easily with a mix of YouTube, Netflix and light gaming. Expect the Samsung Galaxy Tab S6  battery life to hit that figure for you as well if you’re not doing excessively intensive tasks. It’s more than capable of getting you through the day and then some so you won’t have much to complain about.ANDROID 15 ONE UI 6.1 ONE UI 7.0 GALAXY AI GALAXY RING GALAXY S24 ULTRA GALAXY Z FLIP 6 GALAXY Z FOLD 6Samsung Galaxy Tab S6 review: The top Android tablet of 2019tab s6 review 11
Galaxy Tab S6 battery

You get the same 7,040mAh battery with the Galaxy Tab S6 as the Galaxy Tab S5e. Samsung claims that it can last for up to 14 hours but we all know that these estimates aren’t really representative of real world usage. The improved internals like the 7nm chipset and UFS 3.0 storage will draw less power than what you get in the Tab S5e so the new tablet should last a bit longer.
I was able to get just over ten hours quite easily with a mix of YouTube, Netflix and light gaming. Expect the battery life to hit that figure for you as well if you’re not doing excessively intensive tasks. It’s more than capable of getting you through the day and then some so you won’t have much to complain about.
I do believe that Samsung has missed an opportunity to further add value to this tablet by not providing 25W fast charging. It retains the same 15W fast charging as the Galaxy Tab S5e. That would have significantly improved charging times and given customers a bit more bang for their buck, especially seeing how 25W charging benefits the Galaxy Note 10+.

Starting at $650, the Galaxy Tab S6 is only really for those who want to get some serious work done on their tablets. It will be overkill if you buy it for the tasks mentioned above. There’s no better option if you require the ability to quickly take digital notes or need top-notch performance to run custom apps to manage your business. There is no other Android tablet on the market right now that can provide the level of performance that the Galaxy Tab S6 does.
We have discussed this tablet’s value proposition at length among ourselves and do feel that Samsung has missed the opportunity to provide customers with more value for money. We would have to see IP67 certification on the Galaxy Tab S6. It’s common on smartphones and wearables now , so why not tablets? It would then be able to withstand more demanding work environments as well. Samsung should have also considered adding a ToF sensor to the rear camera setup. That would have also opened up new professional use cases. Perhaps we may get some of this with the next iteration of Samsung’s flagship tablet, but that’s just wishful thinking at this stage.

All kinds ofSamsung Tablets batteriesand chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Samsung Tablets Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Samsung Tablets battery.”

Sony’s new Xperia 10 VI budget phone is old-school, in both good and bad ways

Sony’s Xperia 10 range of mid-range phones aren’t amazing devices, but they usually bring a couple of unique features to the table. Now, the company has announced the Xperia 10 VI.The new mid-range phone follows in the footsteps of Its predecessor when it comes to the overall design. Expect a light weight (164 grams), a 6.1-inch 21:9 OLED display with Gorilla Glass Victus, and an IP68 rating.


The Xperia 10 VI also picks up a few other welcome features from the older phone, namely a 5,000mAh battery, dual front-facing speakers, a 3.5mm port, and microSD card support. Other basic features include a lower mid-range Snapdragon 6 Gen 1 chipset (still an upgrade over the aging Snapdragon 695), 8GB of RAM, and 128GB of internal storage.What sacrifices does the Xperia 10 VI make?

Sony’s phone still lags behind rival devices in some areas, though. There’s no wireless charging support here, although this is a common and understandable omission in this segment. But the most egregious cutback is the lack of a high refresh rate screen, topping out at 60Hz. That’s particularly disappointing when even sub-$300 phones offer 120Hz or 90Hz OLED screens.
Expect a downgraded rear camera system on paper too, as the 8MP 2x telephoto camera on last year’s phone is dropped. Sony Xperia 10 VI Smartphone Battery Sony is using the 48MP main camera for 2x cropped zoom instead. That decision makes some sense as this is a low-resolution 2x shooter , after all. But a higher resolution 2x or 3x telephoto camera would’ve been great. That 48MP rear sensor is joined by an 8MP ultrawide lens (15mm), while an 8MP selfie camera is available on the front There’s also a redesigned camera app aboard this time, although without a pro mode.
Sony is promising three major OS updates and four years of security patches. That’s not quite as good as Samsung’s mid-range wares, but it’s still a major improvement over the Xperia 10 V’s disappointing 2+3 update policy.
Fancy the Xperia 10 VI? Then you’ll need to pay £349 (~$439) in the UK and €399 (~$432) in Europe when it eventually launches in mid-June, with pre-orders from May 15. This price puts it in the same territory as the likes of the Samsung Galaxy A35 5G.

All kinds of Sony Cell Phone batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Sony Cell Phone Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Sony Cell Phone battery
>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>3.85V 2870mAh Sony SNYSQ68 Long Life Battery Replacement

Philips Xenium E6808 – a classic large-screen Internet phone

Despite the complete dominance of smartphones, push-button phones are in no rush to exit the market entirely produce. Philips is one of the few major brands that continues to classic phones. The new Philips Xenium E6808 stands out with its elegant design, large screen and support for internet connectivity, which is not always the case with such devices.


From the looks of it, the Philips Xenium E6808 represents the golden age of touch-tone phones – the mid-2000s. This is a candy bar phone with a relatively thin and light body and a simple and rigorous design. The body is made of black plastic. The device features large, flat buttons separated only by thin grooves. The rear panel houses the camera and large speaker grille. The display uses a 2.8-inch TFT matrix with a resolution of 320×240 pixels. The screen is very large for such a device and, importantly, very bright. The screen of Philips Xenium E6808 allows you to surf the Internet very comfortably, and for this reason the new product comes pre-installed with the Opera Mini browser (the name is so nostalgic). To connect to the internet, there is a Wi-Fi module and support for 4G LTE. Let us immediately note that mobile phones can become access points, distributing the Internet to other devices. Supports the installation of up to two SIM cards in nano- SIM format.


Another important and extremely useful feature of the Xenium E6808 is its long  PhilipsXenium E6808 battery life, which is a hallmark of all Xeniums. The manufacturer claims up to 12 hours of talk time and 638 hours of standby time. This is all thanks to the factory optimization of the device’s operation and the large 1700 mAh Philips Xenium E6808 phone battery . The battery of the Philips Xenium E6808 mobile phone is removable, just like a classic mobile phone. The device also charges easily via a universal USB Type-C connector, so finding the right cable and charging it anywhere won’t be difficult. Below the screen we see a fully functional numeric keypad with two segmented navigation keys, separate buttons for answering and rejecting calls, and the classic five-way joystick. The buttons are large , as are the numbers and icons, making this phone suitable for people with low vision.  


There’s a 2-megapixel camera on the back panel, which is pretty impressive for a feature phone. There’s a bright LED flashlight underneath the camera. We also note support for microSD memory cards up to 128 GB, which will provide space for many photos and allow you to store a variety of files and music. Speaking of music, the phone has a standard 3.5mm headphone jack, a built-in MP3 player, and FM radio support. Otherwise, the Philips Xenium E6808 is functionally a traditional phone: it has a calculator, an alarm clock, and a large phone book.

All kinds of Philips Cell Phone batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Philips Cell Phone Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buyPhilips Cell Phone battery.


>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>> 3.8V 1700mAh Philips AB1700FWM Long Life Battery Replacement

Best TicWatch smartwatches 2024

When you’re trying to find the best smartwatch for your needs, there are a few factors you need to consider. You’ll find many wearable devices running on Wear OS, including the Mobvoi TicWatch smartwatch. Whether you prefer rugged or stylish, simple or sturdy, there’s no shortage of options.


Our favorite from this brand is the TicWatch Pro 5 . It’s pricey, but for most users, it’s money well spent. You get tons of smart features, battery life that lasts for days, and gorgeous dual displays. If you’re still unsure, we’ve rounded up some of the best TicWatch smartwatches for you to choose from.
Best entry level


The TicWatch GTH isn’t designed to impress, but it’s a pretty good deal for the price. It’s hard to believe it’s priced at just under $25.
When I reviewed the TicWatch Pro 5, I found that it really does it all. With a wealth of features, incredible battery life, and tons of fitness tracking features, it’s one of the best Android smartwatches out there, which is why it’s still my everyday watch.1. TickTock Watch Pro 5The first thing you’re likely to notice, though, is the unique bright display. TicWatch Pro 5 uses layered display technology to help further extend battery life. Daily mode, for example, allows you to use all of the watch’s features, but you ‘ll need to charge it every night. There’s also an extended mode, which allows you to use basic functions and only need to charge it every few days or so. When it comes to functionality and tracking, there’s a lot to unpack. First, you’ll love the voice-activated Google Assistant, Google Pay mobile payments, built-in GPS, heart rate monitoring, activity/sleep tracking, smartphone notifications, and more. While the design is

slimmer and lighter than the previous Pro model, it still sports a 50mm casing. This may be too big for some wrists, so that’s something to consider. The price tag doesn’t fall into the value category, but if you can swing it, this is one of the best TockTickTock Watch Pro 5 smartwatches Batteries
2. Tick Tock Watch E3

Best Value Based on the price, I’m on the fence about how much the Ticwatch E3 could cost. However, when I reviewed this watch, I quickly realized that it is a great wearable device. This is especially true if you’re a shopper on a budget and don’t want to spend a fortune on a smartwatch.
First, you get the older Snapdragon Wear 4100 chipset, but it still delivers impressive performance. The lightweight design looks familiar, as it broadly follows what we’ve seen on previous TicWatch E models. You get a 1.3-inch HD display with large bezels around the watch face. This model is compatible with 20mm interchangeable straps and is IP68 water-resistant for pool swimming.
There are also a variety of health/fitness features available on the TicWatch E3. You’ll have built-in GPS, activity/sleep tracking, heart rate monitoring, blood oxygen tracking, and more. There’s also a built-in microphone and speaker for Google Assistant and NFC for Google Pay. In addition to the clunky bezels that you either love or hate, you also have to accept medium battery life. A single charge typically lasts two days, but you can opt for basic mode. This will limit certain features to help extend Tick ​​Tock Watch E3 battery life when necessary.
3.Ticwatch Pro 3 Ultra


You won’t find a better smartwatch for your outdoor lifestyle than the TicWatch Pro 3 Ultra. No matter where you go, the Pro 3 Ultra can accompany you. Over the course of my review of this watch, I took it on camping trips, cut down trees on my property, and did various workouts, and it held up. When you combine this level of durability with unlimited tracking features, including active sports modes, swim monitoring and swim pattern detection, built-in GPS, heart rate sensor, and sleep tracking, the Pro 3 Ultra can do more than just many. Don’t do it.


Active Sport mode lets you keep going at your own pace without slowing down to disturb your watch. It is powered by TicMotion, Mobvoi’s proprietary suite of artificial intelligence algorithms. It actively detects your movement, tracks your swimming activity, and provides your fitness history without you having to press or perform any action. The dual-layer display will ensure you always have important information clearly visible and extends Ticwatch Pro 3 Ultra battery life to 30 days in basic mode. Just start taking action and it will follow. All of these are great, but the best TicWatch ultimately depends on your needsTicwatch Pro 3 Ultra

All kinds of Ticwatch Other batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Ticwatch Other Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Ticwatch Other battery.”

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>Ticwatch Pro 4G Smartwatch Long Life Battery Replacement

Mijia vacuum cleaner K10 Pro experience: How to improve the product experience without stacking materials?

For me, who got the Mijia vacuum cleaner K10 Pro this time, I was finally freed from housework. I used mechanical tools to replace traditional manual cleaning tools, which allowed me to experience the transition from the “handicraft industry era” to the “machine industry era” A sense of efficiency and refreshment. Mijia vacuum cleaner K10 Pro
The appearance is unremarkable, but there are small surprisesThis vacuum cleaner is a new member of the Mijia family. Even without looking at the picture, I can imagine that it must have a white shell design, which is simple and attractive. I have to say that Mijia products really implement the concept of “white goods” to the end.
The unpacking process is omitted because the process of taking apart each accessory one by one is too tiring. The person who is more tiring than me is the packaging designer. The vacuum cleaner body, battery, charger and 5 types of suction heads must be placed tightly into this 1-meter-long corrugated box. There should not be any extra space to prevent the contents from being damaged due to bumps during transportation. In my case It seems that this job is as complicated as designing a building. But what bothers me more is that it is even more difficult to restore it to its original state after unpacking it, so these brush heads must have a “home”, which is a storage bracket.
This storage bracket can hold up to three brush heads, and can also be connected to the power supply to charge the K10 Pro through the built-in contacts. However, it needs to be fixed with expansion screws. I will not go through this big project and place the K10 Pro against the wall. Pretty stable. There are a total of 5 suction head accessories in the package, namely: rotary suction and wiping integrated floor brush, electric anti-winding floor brush, electric mite removal brush, flat-mouth brush suction head and long-mouth crevice suction head.
After some experience, I personally use the suction floor brush most often. The reason is very simple. It can handle a wide range of scenes and floors. It can be used on wooden floors, ceramic tiles, self-leveling, as long as the surface is flat.
Finally, there is this floor brush. Before the advent of suction and scrubbing technology, this was the main brush head of all vacuum cleaners. Its suction diameter was larger than that of the suction and scrubbing brush. In other words, it was more efficient. For users with carpets at home, using The frequency of reaching it is bound to not be low.

In fact, there is a small thought inside this ordinary floor brush.
The brush part is embedded with a blade set, which is electronically controlled to periodically cut off the hair wrapped around the rolling brush, similar to the principle of an electric shaver. The cut hair will be sucked in as the brush rolls around. There is no need to manually pull out the long hairs wrapped around the brush one by one. Once the machine is turned on, it will cut off the troublesome threads.

There are also two suction heads, which I won’t go into details. Firstly, they are common designs. Secondly, they are more like special products for special scenarios. Compared with the three suction heads mentioned above, they are slightly less universal. Lesser.
However, without the main body of the vacuum cleaner, all the suction heads in front are just decorations. The main body is about the same size as an impact drill, but lighter. At the end is an LCD screen. The green outer circle displays the remaining battery power, and the inner circle displays the current working mode.

The two buttons below, the left button controls the suction power and water output, and the right button switches the working mode.

Further down, there is a mechanical switch. You can dump garbage with one click. Press it and the entire dust cup and the motor part behind it will tilt up. When the front cover is opened, the dust will fall down. After cleaning is completed, lower the entire structure. Just press it to close it tightly, and your hands will not be contaminated with dust throughout the process. I personally think this solution will be better than 80% of vacuum cleaners on the market, and I recommend other manufacturers to follow suit.

If I have to mention a shortcoming, it is that the dump switch is not very convenient. It is basically impossible to operate it with one hand. You can only hold the vacuum cleaner with one hand and click the switch with the other hand.
By the way, although this dust cup adopts a one-click dumping design, the transparent part can be taken out and cleaned separately. Just wipe the motor part behind it after use, and never enter the water.
When I picked up the vacuum cleaner, I found that the overall center of gravity was above my wrist, so it was effortless to push it. After installing the extension rod and brush head, the center of gravity was downwards. When cleaning, I just pushed it along with the flow, and when it encountered the corners,
The battery of the Mijia vacuum cleaner K10 Pro is removable. If it runs out of power, replace it with a spare battery and pull the trigger. This process gives me the feeling of “I am not doing housework but going to the battlefield.” It’s a little regrettable that only one Mijia vacuum cleaner K10 Pro battery is included.
If the house is too big and the Mijia vacuum cleaner K10 Pro battery life of one battery is not enough, it is necessary to buy two more batteries when placing the order.
70 points of design, 90 points of experienceThis vacuum cleaner has the suffix “Pro”, but the aerodynamic power remains the same as the previous generation, both 150AW, and the vacuum suction power is up to 22,000Pa.
Although the aerodynamic performance of the two generations remains unchanged, it does not mean that the experience is the same.
The difference is reflected in the brush head accessories. The functions of each suction head are briefly described above. Next, let’s talk about their performance during the actual experience.
The first is the integrated suction and wiping floor brush. The water tank on the top has a capacity of 400ml, but it looks very thin. The height of the entire floor brush is within 10 centimeters. This height determines the minimum passing height of the K10 Pro. It was measured under the bed and under the cabinet. Can be reached in for cleaning.
The water inlet is on the side and is usually sealed with a rubber plug. Add water and fill it up, and this kind of floor brush with integrated suction and mopping does not emit water very quickly (otherwise it will leak), so before mopping the floor, you must wet the bottom two mops to keep it moist while mopping.

In the integrated suction and wiping mode, I will slow down the walking speed. Firstly, when the mop is rotating, it is difficult to move straight forward, so I need to manually fine-tune the forward direction; secondly, slow down the speed and scrub back and forth to get cleaner.
Faced with the mixed stains of tomato sauce and soy sauce, I turned off the vacuum mode and cleaned it with a gentle push. Then I turned on the vacuum mode and cleaned the living room, which was nearly 40m². After the completion, nearly 30% of the stains were removed. power. If it is only operated in mopping mode, it should be able to complete the cleaning work of an area of 150m². If there is a backup battery, it will not panic at all when facing a large apartment.

After wiping, remove the mop, scrub it, wring it out, and reattach it. Although your hands will still be dirty, the entire cleaning process is much less labor-intensive than traditional mops.
Whether the mop is dry or not can be seen by looking at the mop. It only takes a few minutes to go from as white as cotton to a black charcoal color. Watching the small stains on the floor disappear after repeated scrubbing, I am still satisfied with the effect.
The appearance of the anti-tangle floor brush is the same as that of the previous generation, except that the magnetic water tank is cut off.

▲The brush is removable and washable
After replacing this suction head, the suction power can be switched from three modes: automatic/powerful/long-lasting. The automatic mode, as the name suggests, will adjust the suction power according to the dust flux inhaled by infrared induction. During the actual measurement, two suction strengths were found. Perhaps In an environment with more dust, stronger suction will occur.

▲The sandblasting coating of the extension rod is not scratch-resistant
In the persistent mode, the suction power is smaller. If you have a daily cleaning habit and the floor is not too dirty, you can use this mode for cleaning.
Although the endurance mode is “weak” and the noise is low, using the K10 Pro to vacuum the living room in the morning will not disturb family members resting in the bedroom. At this time, the battery life is about 50 minutes.
If you encounter a dirty floor with large areas of dirt, you can quickly clean it by switching to the powerful mode. Of course, theMijia vacuum cleaner K10 Pro batteries  will also drain quickly, and it can be drained in 10 minutes. In this mode, the volume near the end motor air outlet can reach 80 decibels, but the whistling is small, which is loud but not harsh.

In general, the Mijia vacuum cleaner K10 Pro did not follow the path of stacking materials, but worked hard on the experience. On the basis of ensuring the original cleaning level, it added functions such as electric floor wiping, anti-hair entanglement, and removable  Mijia vacuum cleaner K10 Pro batteries. , which optimizes the experience of dumping garbage. It does not dirty hands during light cleaning and is fast and effective during heavy cleaning. It has strong competitiveness in the market within 2,000 yuan.


“Be lazy” or “Be comprehensive”Many people who are accustomed to using the “broom + mop” cleaning combination are faced with the dilemma of choosing when they enter the consumption upgrade. In the end, they should choose a sweeping robot in one step to implement “laziness” to the end or choose a “semi-automatic” vacuum cleaner , firmly grasp the autonomy of housework in your own hands?
I have used both forms of products, and my conclusion is: neither vacuum cleaner nor sweeping robot can replace the other.


Although the sweeping robot has the advantage of being fully automatic, it saves time and effort. It roams around the room, so you can do other things without worry. However, its suction power is not as good as that of a vacuum cleaner, and it is difficult to hit wherever you point it. This is undeniable. By replacing the suction head, the vacuum cleaner can move freely on the floor, mattress, car and other spaces. One machine can be used for multiple purposes, which is its biggest advantage.
So if you happen to have strong financial resources, of course it is recommended that you want both. If you have to choose

All kinds of Xiaomi Other batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Xiaomi Other Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Xiaomi Other battery.


>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>14.4V 2600mAh Xiaomi H18650CH-4S1P Long Life Battery Replacement

Lenovo Yoga 6 Gen 7 Review: A major improvement in almost every way

The Lenovo Yoga 6 Gen 7 addresses nearly every complaint we had about the previous model, and it’s now an excellent budget laptop. Late last year, I reviewed the Lenovo Yoga 6, one of the company’s most budget-focused convertibles, and I admit I liked it. It’s powered by a fast AMD processor, its fabric-covered cover looks and feels great, and it has all the basic features. It’s not without its problems, but when I got the chance to review its successor, I was glad to do so. I did have some issues with the previous-generation model of the Yoga 6 – the lack of an HDMI port, a terrible webcam, and a few other shortcomings made it hard to really fall in love with it. But this year, it feels like Lenovo listened to every one of my pain points and solved them. The Lenovo Yoga 6 now feels like the perfect entry-level convertible. Lenovo didn’t upgrade the processor, but everything else about this new model is better if you want an affordable convertible laptop

The lid of the Lenovo Yoga 6 is covered in fabric, giving it a unique look and feelThe edges of the base are now fully curved for a more modern look and a more comfortable holdThis time, there are enough ports for all your peripheralsThe design was one of my favorite things about the Lenovo Yoga 6 when I reviewed it last year, but the company continues to improve it. Just like the previous model, the laptop’s lid is covered in dark blue fabric, which makes the Yoga 6 stand out among the crowd of metal laptops. But now, Lenovo has also modernized the design, in line with the Yoga 9i , which we also reviewed (and loved).
One thing I complained about with the previous Lenovo Yoga 6 was the lack of ports, and some weird restrictions surrounding them. For example, there is no HDMI port and I had to buy a docking station to use an external monitor additionally., one of the USB-C ports don’t support charging, so I’ll have to keep that in mind if I want to plug in a peripheral that uses USB-C. This time, Lenovo has solved all these problems.

The new Yoga 6 uses Lenovo’s traditional-style round key keyboardLenovo made the trackpad larger so it’s more comfortable. Battery life is surprisingly short compared to the previous generation.
Surprisingly, the battery life of this model of Lenovo Yoga 6 Gen 7 laptop is not that great, Hoff. I was expecting  Lenovo Yoga 6 Gen 7 laptop battery life to be comparable to the model I reviewed last year due to the similar processor, but that wasn’t the case . This laptop always lasted more than five hours, but always less than six hours. The longest I got was 5 hours and 46 minutes, and the shortest was almost exactly 5 hours. Brightness is usually around 60%, focusing on web browsing and writing , usually with around 5 to 10 tabs open. There’s also some light photo editing involved. If you need a machine to get a lot of work done away from an electrical outlet, it’s hard to wholeheartedly recommend this machine.Should you buy the Lenovo Yoga 6 Gen 7?All in all, the Lenovo Yoga 6 has nearly all the essentials of a great convertible in this price range, and is easier to recommend than its predecessor. With all the Lenovo has made this year improvements, the Yoga 6 Gen 7 is a great laptop with almost nothing to dislike. The biggest thing to note is the Yoga 6 Gen 7 battery life, which might not be good enough if you like to stay away from outlets and actively use your laptop all day long. However, if your usage is light , that shouldn’t be a big deal.

All kinds of Lenovo Laptop batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Lenovo Laptop Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Lenovo Laptop battery

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>15.52V 3815mAh Lenovo L21C4PE2 Long Life Battery Replacement

Microsoft Surface Laptop Go 3 review: A delicious treat reheated (again)

The Surface Laptop Go is back for a third generation, and despite its lack of innovation, it’s still the best among 12-inch laptops. I’ve reviewed Surface products before, but never the Laptop Go series. The Surface Laptop Go 3 was the first product to arrive in my hands, but I instantly recognized it as a Surface product. This goes well beyond the Microsoft logo on the lid. Surface products share the same DNA, and the Laptop Go 3 is no exception, even though it’s considered a budget device. It’s a compact clamshell laptop with a high-end design, flexible performance, and a great keyboard for students and young professionals who want a laptop that looks a lot more expensive than it lists for. When we reviewed the Surface Laptop Go 2 , it was clear that Microsoft had done the bare minimum to update the original device. New Sage colors have been added, and it’s received a Security Core designation, which improves security, but other than that, it’s mostly a performance improvement. The Laptop Go 3 has even fewer changes. It comes in the same four colors, has the same size and weight, and the display remains the same. However, since the 4GB RAM model has been phased out, it does have faster RAM, faster CPU, better battery life, and fewer configuration options.


The Surface Laptop Go 3 is aimed at students and young professionals who want a nice device that measures around 12 inches, but lacks changes compared to the previous generation and there are more laptops with better specs in this price range. Might make it a hard sell .Design and featuresNo substantive changes despite rivals boosting budget lineupsSurface Laptop Go 3 cover


The original Surface Laptop Go launched in 2020,  Microsoft Laptop Battery and apart from the color options, the design hasn’t changed much over the years. The Laptop Go 3 has the same physical dimensions as the Laptop Go 2, but for those of you with a pedantic streak, the newer model is 0.01 pounds heavier. At 2.49 pounds (1.13 kilograms), it’s firmly in the realm of mobile computing. Microsoft uses aluminum for the lid and keyboard bezel (the parts you’ll most commonly see), and a mixture of plastic resin and fiberglass for the base.
I reviewed the Ice Blue finish, which is one of the more subdued colors along with Platinum; Sage and Sandstone are also suitable for those who want to stand out. The Laptop Go 3’s combination of aluminum and polycarbonate creates a pleasing two-tone color combination , and features a soft-touch base that hides fingerprints and smudges. Microsoft has covered the screws on the bottom panel with rubber feet, which must be removed to access the laptop’s internals, including the upgradeable M.2 2230 SSD.

The webcam located above the display is also unchanged. It’s still 720p, and the image quality, balance, and exposure are pretty good. This camera originally cost $599 and looked great, but at over $800 new it feels even more out of place. Lenovo Yoga 6 is another great line of budget laptops that even comes with a 1080p webcam on models starting at around $550. The Surface Laptop Go 3’s display is no different from the Laptop Go 2, which in turn is no different from the original Laptop Go It sports a 12.4-inch display with a resolution of 1536×1024, an aspect ratio of 3:2, and a pixels per inch (ppi) density of 148. That means it still has the lowest pixel density since 2012’s Surface RT, beating even the Surface Go 3 we reviewed, which had a 10.5-inch display with a ppi of 220. I tested the Surface Laptop Go 3’s color reproduction using a SpyderX Pro colorimeter and obtained 99% sRGB, 74% AdobeRGB, and 74% DCI-P3 color reproduction It’s no surprise, we saw the same results with the Laptop Go 2 Editor-in-Chief Rich Woods noted in his Surface Laptop Go 2 review that “its display is the worst in the current Surface lineup,” which is true for the Laptop Go 3 The same is true for. I’d rather lose the touch functionality – it’s something I wouldn’t use very often, especially on a laptop that only opens to about 135 degrees, and the resolution or refresh rate could be increased to make it’s easier on the eyes.


Performance andSurface Laptop Go  3 batterySmall improvement, but not enough to warrant an upgrade Microsoft likes to use previous-generation processors in its latest devices, and the Laptop Go 3, which comes with a 12th-generation Intel Core i5-1235U chip, is no exception. Microsoft says the chip is adequate for the use cases it plans to cover, including Clipchamp, Microsoft Designer and Office suite productivity.
This laptop does always feel responsive (whether on AC power or not), no doubt helped by the new default 8GB LPDDR5 RAM and changes across processor generations. The chip is still an upgrade compared to the 11th-gen CPU in the Laptop Go 2, and Microsoft assures me that the thermal design has been tweaked to better handle the new processors.
I first ran a full-system stress test for about 15 minutes to see how well the compact system handled power and heat. The CPU climbed to 84 degrees Celsius, then dropped to 63 degrees Celsius and stayed there for the remainder of the test. At its peak, CPU power consumption was 25W, then back to 12W, with a peak clock speed of 2.99GHz and a steady 1.29GHz. The Surface Go Laptop 3 is a gorgeous device. Despite its smaller size, this laptop offers a top-notch typing experience. It’s easy to carry and stands out no matter when you put it down, and it’s flexible enough to handle productivity work with ease while charging to last most workdays.


However, the budget angle was ruined when Microsoft chose to drop the 4GB/128GB configuration (which no one should buy in 2023 anyway). Now you start at $800 and climb to $1,000 if you want 16GB of RAM, which puts the Laptop Go 3 , like many third-party laptop manufacturers, into deeper trouble. Although the price is now often lower at third-party retailers about five months after its launch, it still struggles compared to other budget laptops. If you’re not interested in the 12.4 -inch size, you can easily find 13- and 14-inch laptops with better displays, higher performance, longer battery life, and competing features for about the same price. You might not notice the details that come with the Surface, but for many people, that won’t matter when faced with the other perks.

All kinds of Microsoft Laptop batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Microsoft Laptop Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Microsoft Laptop battery

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>7.58V 5235mAh Microsoft 916TA135H Long Life Battery Replacement

Galaxy Buds FE are about to take the lead

Samsung’s Galaxy Buds FE already offer good value for a pair of truly wireless earbuds, but this deal makes them incredibly cheap.
The Galaxy Buds FE are available on mobile network EE for just £49. The product will cost £99 when it arrives, so you can pick up these super-sounding products for less than half the price. You can choose from black and white versions , with delivery time of 1-3 days. Galaxy Buds FE are half-price, allowing you to enjoy ANC cheaply


The Samsung Galaxy Buds FE are currently less than half the price of the EE. You can get them for £49; RRP £99. While we like this direct deal, EE has a great way to pay for the product if you’re a current EE Mobile subscriber. You can add them to your mobile bill for just £5 today and £4 per month for the next 11 months. If you’re a little nervous but could really use a pair of truly wireless headphones, you should consider them.
Galaxy Buds FE will be available in late 2023 alongside the Galaxy S23 FE (Fan Edition). They used to come free with the phone, but now that the initial wave of pre-orders has died down, EE is selling them at a lower price .


We reviewed the Galaxy Buds FE in December. Our reviewers found them to be comfortable, with effective noise cancellation and powerful bass performance. It’s impossible to get decent ANC performance for under £100, so this is a good option too. There’s also an advantage to pairing with a Samsung phone, as they can stream audio through a custom Samsung Scalable Codec (SSC) for higher quality audio.
They’re certainly lower quality than the mainline Galaxy Buds, and there are some trade-offs in bass performance, water resistance, and occasional connectivity issues.
Our reviewers suggest that you should buy it if you want ANC without the hefty price tag. “If you want an affordable pair of headphones with active noise cancellation and don’t mind sacrificing some balance for bass, these headphones are a great choice,” he said.

All kinds of Samsung Other batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Samsung Other Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Samsung Other battery
>>>>>>>>>>>>>  Samsung Galaxy Buds  Headphones Battery 
>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>Galaxy Buds FE  Headphones Battery 

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>3.85V 472mAh Samsung EB-BR190ABY Long Life Battery Replacement

Apple iPad 10th Generation vs. iPad 9th Generation: Which Tablet Should You Buy?

We compare the specs and reviews of the iPad 10 (2022) to its predecessor, the iPad 9 (2021), so you can decide which entry-level iPad is right for you. Pricing and availabilityiPad 10, Apple’s most affordable iPad option, currently has an RRP of £349/$349.
Apple has quietly taken the iPad 9 off the shelves, but at the time of writing it’s still available at some retailers for around £299/$299. designThe iPad 10th generation is larger than the iPad 9, measuring 10.9 inches compared to 10.2 inches. While negligible, it’s worth considering if you know you’ll be traveling with your iPad.
Both iPads feature 12MP front-facing cameras with Apple’s Center Stage, which uses machine learning to automatically pan the camera to keep you and others in the center of the frame. However, the iPad 9’s front-facing camera is portrait-oriented, while the iPad 10’s front-facing camera is landscape-oriented, which is effectively the same as the new iPad Air and iPad Pro.
It’s a bit outdated now, especially with iPads, the iPad 9 has a Lightning connector, but the iPad 10 has a USB-C connector. If you have an iPhone 14 Pro Max or an older model, this might not necessarily be an issue, but if you’ve switched to USB-C, it can feel like a step backwards.
Speaking of dated, the iPad 10 has much narrower bezels and no home button, which makes the iPad 9 look pretty dated in comparison since it has larger bezels and a home button.
The iPad 10 comes in much brighter colors than the iPad 9, with options in blue, yellow, pink, or a more subdued silver. The iPad 9 is only available in silver or space gray. ScreenBoth iPads also feature Apple’s trademarked Retina displays, but the iPad 10 screen is Liquid Retina. This means the iPad 10’s display uses LCD technology, which has a higher pixel density.


That said, while the iPad 10 does have a higher screen resolution than the iPad 9, with the iPad Pro moving to OLED, it’s definitely not the best screen on the iPad. But for a budget option, it’s perfectly acceptable. PerformanceUnlike newer and higher-end iPads, both the iPad 10 and iPad 9 run Apple’s A chip rather than the desktop-grade M chip. The iPad 10 runs on the A14 Bionic chip also used in the iPhone 12 series, and the iPad 9 runs on the A13 Bionic chip used in the iPhone 11 series.


However, neither chip is Apple’s newest product, as the Apple A17 Pro is now built into the iPhone 15 Pro. While we found the iPad 9 to be “a solid performer,” with the 2019 chip “still very snappy and more than adequate, ” we found the iPad 10 to “check all the boxes in terms of performance,” with “a noticeable upgrade if you’re coming from” iPad 9 or iPad 8. “
The iPad 9 also falls short on connectivity, as there’s no Wi-Fi 6, and if you do want a cellular model, you’ll only get 4G since there’s no 5G support.iPhone iPad batteryAside from a more convenient USB-C port on the iPad 10 and a Lightning port on the iPad 9, iPad 9 batteryand charge life are unchanged between the two iPads, with Apple claiming 10 hours of battery life for virtually both models.


In our testing, we found that the iPad 10 had more than 50 percent  iPad 10 battery left after a typical day, while the iPad 9 needed to be recharged “several times a week.” AccessoriesiPad 10 is compatible with more iPad accessories, including the original Apple Pencil, USB-C, and Magic Keyboard Folio.
At the same time, iPad 9 does support the first-generation Apple Pencil, but it is not compatible with the Magic Keyboard, but supports the Smart Keyboard.
judgmentWhile the iPad 10 isn’t entirely perfect, there are still some noticeable improvements over its predecessor, especially in terms of design and performance. We’d like to see further improvements to the screen, but it’s still good enough for watching videos or gaming , and the ipad 10 batterylife is still great.
If you’re on a tight budget, the iPad 9 still offers great value and shouldn’t be overlooked, but if you have more cash to spend, the iPad 10 will be worth it.

All kinds of Apple Tablets batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Apple Tablets Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buyApple Tablets battery

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>> >>>>>>>>>>>>>>>3.77V 7812mAh Apple A2042 Long Life Battery Replacement

Acer Chromebook Tab 10 Review

The Acer Chromebook Tab 10 is great for education and light gaming, but it suffers from poor Acer Chromebook Tab 10 batterylife and performance. Let me introduce you to the world’s first Chrome OS tablet: the Acer Chromebook Tab 10. Priced at $329, this tablet offers exclusive educational apps, graphics performance good enough to run top Android games, and a stylus, all wrapped into a sleek design. However, it also has some glaring weaknesses, including a less-than-stellar processor, shorter battery life than the Acer Chromebook Tab 10, a disappointing pair of cameras, and quiet speakers. But overall, the Chromebook Tab 10 is a great Chrome tablet for classroom use. It’s even featured on our Best Tablets for Kids page.
Design: Fashion


As a tablet designed specifically for students, the Chromebook Tab 10 looks very stylish. The back of the tablet looks like a cobalt blue river, with its diagonal plastic ridges rippling across the chassis until they meet the pristine silver Chrome logo.
The left side houses the power button, Chromebook Tab battery indicator, volume rocker, microSD card slot, and stylus dock, while the bottom has three more speaker panels and a USB Type-C charging port.

More: Laptops with the best display brightness
The Acer tablet’s brightness is 382 nits, which is below the category average of 416 nits. While the Tab 4 10 Plus also fell short of the average (400 nits), the iPad beat it with 489 nits (489 nits).
Tablet and stylus
The Chromebook Tab 10 picked up my fingers accurately as I navigated Chrome OS. However, I found the auto-rotate feature frustrating, as the tablet would often flip the display with the slightest movement of tilting it to a specific side. This forces me to lock the rotation. The stylus, on the other hand, is simple and easy to use. When I took it off the base, a prompt appeared asking if I wanted to take a screenshot, create a note, use the stylus as a laser pointer , or even use it as a magnifying glass.
These speakers are barely loud enough to fill a small office with Imagine Dragons’ “friction,” so I’m not sure how they’ll perform in a classroom. The balance between treble and bass is decent, as I heard the bass beat during the opening, but the sound still lacks depth. Dan Reynolds starts the song with a deep voice and then switches to talking louder during the chorus, but I couldn’t tell the difference on the Chromebook Tab 10’s speakers.

While education is great, kids may also want to use the Chromebook Tab 10 to play games, and they do. While PlayerUnknown’s Battlegrounds doesn’t look great, the Chromebook Tab 10’s graphics performance was smooth enough to get me four kills, the best result of any PUBG game I’ve ever played.More: The best Chromebooks available now
The benefit of using a Chrome OS tablet in school is that students can access exclusive apps like Adobe Spark, Lego Education, and Google Expeditions AR (the latter coming soon).
Acer Chromebook Tab 10 battery life
After continuous surfing over Wi-Fi at 150 nits brightness,The Acer Chromebook Tab 10’s battery life was just 6 hours and 49 minutes, dropping it to third place compared to the tablet average of 9 minutes and 43 seconds. The Chromebook Tab 10 barely lasted a school day, putting it at a severe disadvantage compared to the iPad (10:07) and the Tab 4 10 Plus (13:06).


cameraThe 2-megapixel front-facing camera did a good job of capturing the blue and lint-sized white patterns on my shirt. However, the image looks unnaturally mottled and grainy, as if I’ve turned the sharpness tab all the way up. The camera does a good job of controlling contrast, though, as the ceiling lights didn’t blow out and my face was bright enough that you could see my pores. The 5-MP rear camera also manages color well, as my incredibly nerdy Goku statue looked bold thanks to the character’s bright orange gi and blue sash. This image is naturally sharper, but the camera still suffers from the same sharpness issues as the front-facing camera, so the image becomes very spotty.
Acer’s Chromebook Tab 10 is beautiful and offers many exclusive educational apps. The stylus works great and the tablet is powerful enough to play a few rounds of PUBG after the kids get off work.
However, disappointingly,The Acer Chromebook Tab 10 batterylife lasts only a day at school, and its performance is slower than the competition. The Tab 10 also has a poor camera and speakers, all packed into a tablet that costs the same as an iPad.

All kinds of Acer Tablets batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Acer Tablets Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Acer Tablets battery.”

Acer Chromebook Spin 714 review: A sub-$700 laptop with great battery life

Chromebooks aren’t my favorite, but I really like this Acer Chromebook Spin 714 spinning on a record player? Because this laptop is singing my song. Its price isn’t outrageous (I’m looking at the $1,000 HP Dragonfly Pro Chromebook ), its  Acer Chromebook Spin 714 batterylife exceeds a Chromebook’s typical 10 hours of runtime, and it has a flexible convertible design that might make It occupies a place among the best 2-inch laptops. -1 laptop.
If you are a casual user and addicted to apps like Docs, Sheets, Slides, etc. from the Google ecosystem, then the Chromebook Spin 714 is the ideal choice for you. However, like all laptops (no machine is perfect), this Chrome OS system has its shortcomings, so allow me to break down the pros and cons of Acer’s newly updated Chromebook. It comes with a new 13th generation Intel Core i5-1335U CPU, Intel Iris Xe graphics, 8GB RAM, 256GB NVMe SSD and a 14 -inch 1920 x 1200 pixel touch display.
The Chromebook Spin 714 is the most attractive Chromebook I’ve ever tested – this bad boy looks good! From the glossy gold Acer logo embossed on the center left of the lid to the gold accents on the hinges, this Chromebook comes in a dark gray finish that looks luxurious despite costing less than $700. (I love gold tones, so Acer spoke my language with this color theme.)
Open the lid and you’ll find an island-style keyboard with white characters and symbols that contrast perfectly with the dark, dark gray tones of the deck. (How about alliteration?) Below the space bar is a small touchpad with light gray trim . Looking at the 14-inch display, the chin and top bezel are both thick; the former sports a silver Acer logo, while the latter sports a 1440p webcam (more on that later).
As the name suggests, the Chromebook Spin 714 can transform into a number of different positions, including tent mode and tablet mode, thanks to its sturdy 360-degree hinge.
Overall, I think the Chromebook Spin 714’s chassis is resistant to fingerprints and grease. You can eat as much Cheetos, fried chicken, and other junk food as you want while using this Acer laptop – and no one will see evidence of your questionable eating habits .
However, one thing that surprised me about the Chromebook Spin 714 is that it’s not as light as I expected. No, it’s not heavy, but it’s not a lightweight system either. I can’t complain too much, though—Chrome OS competitors are even heavier than this 14-inch laptop.
Weighing 3.2 pounds and measuring 12.3 x 8.8 x 0.71 inches, the Acer Chromebook Spin 714 is negligibly thick but lighter than the HP Dragonfly Pro Chromebook (12.4 x 8.7 x 0.7 inches, 3.3 pounds). In this review, I’ll be comparing the Chromebook Spin 714 to the Dragonfly Pro Chromebook. Even though the Dragonfly Pro Chromebook is $300 more expensive than its Acer rival, I suspect it will struggle to keep up with the Chromebook Spin 714 in some categories.
Weighing 3.2 pounds and measuring 12.3 x 8.8 x 0.71 inches, the Acer Chromebook Spin 714 is negligibly thick but lighter than the HP Dragonfly Pro Chromebook (12.4 x 8.7 x 0.7 inches, 3.3 pounds). In this review, I’ll be comparing the Chromebook Spin 714 to the Dragonfly Pro Chromebook. Even though the Dragonfly Pro Chromebook is $300 more expensive than its Acer rival, I suspect it will struggle to keep up with the Chromebook Spin 714 in some categories.

In the 10FastFingers.com test, I hit around 90 words per minute, which is in line with my average of 87-90 WPM. Of course, the keyboard on this sub-$700 Chromebook isn’t made from premium materials—that’s evident by the plasticky feel of the keys. Still, the Spin 714 has a solid, durable build compared to other budget Chromebooks and laptops I’ve tested. I tried twisting the keys to test their turdiness, but little changed – they were as stiff as a king’s guard.
The 4.3 x 2.6-inch touchpad that sits below the space bar is a little small, but come on, you don’t need an entire football field to navigate your mouse, right? If it were smaller, I might throw a tantrum, but like Goldilocks in her tireless search for porridge at the right temperature, the size is just right for Chromebook gestures like three-finger tab switching, two-finger scrolling, and pinch-to-zoom on Rusi The smooth touchpad is responsive. Acer CHROMEBOOK SPIN 714 AudioThe Chromebook Spin 714 features a top-firing speaker that’s as long as the keyboard. I opened the Hot Hits USA playlist on the Spotify app. The first song released on the DTS-tuned speakers is “Die for You (Remix)” by The The Weeknd and Ariana Grande.
I immediately noticed that the speakers were too quiet. When I tried to increase the volume, I was disappointed to find that it was already set to maximum. While the speakers perfectly captured The Weeknd’s sultry vocals and Ariana’s powerful belting, the driving beat sounded a little too tinny for my tastes. Still, I can’t expect too much from a $700 Chromebook, right? Speakers do the job. *shrug* Acer CHROMEBOOK SPIN 714 PerformanceThe Chromebook Spin 714 comes with an Intel Core i5-1335U CPU and 8GB of RAM, which should be enough if your workload is light (this laptop is aimed at casual users, anyway). I tested my workflow on the Spin 714, which typically consists of 30 Google Chrome tabs, several of which play YouTube videos simultaneously.

I started a new document on Google Docs and started typing. Fortunately, I didn’t experience any lag or slowdowns. Now, this is where it gets interesting. In the Geekbench 6 overall performance test, the Chromebook Spin 714 achieved a multi-core score of 6,335. Although the HP Dragonfly Pro Chromebook is $300 more expensive, it performs significantly worse, with a score of 4,263, which doesn’t even beat the average Chromebook score of 5,299. The average Chromebook lasts on a single charge is 9 hours and 56 minutes, but our review of the Chromebook Spin 714 based on the Laptop Mag battery test, which includes a continuous network test

The battery life of the Acer Chromebook Spin 714 was tested three times and the average   Acer Chromebook Spin 714 battery life was 12 hours and 43 minutes. Surf over WiFi at 150 nits of brightness. In other words, this Acer Chromebook Battery life is nearly three hours longer than a typical Chrome OS machine. The HP Chromebook Pro Chromebook, on the other hand, continued to disappoint with a runtime of just 9 hours and 17 minutes. Total! Acer CHROMEBOOK SPIN 714 CoolingThe Chromebook Spin 714 maintained moderate temperatures during our heat tests, which included running 1080p video for 15 minutes.
The center of the keyboard (75.4 degrees Fahrenheit), the touchpad (80.8 degrees), and the bottom (83.3 degrees) all stayed cool and below our 95-degree comfort threshold.
ACER CHROMEBOOK SPIN 714 Software and WarrantyIt dawned on me that one of the things I love about Chrome OS is that I don’t have to go through the hassle of installing Chrome through Microsoft Edge, which isn’t shy about asking you how much better it is than its Google counterpart Uh-huh – of course! Plus, after entering my email and password, I can instantly access my personalized Google Account via the bottom taskbar.
The Acer Chromebook Spin 714 is the best Chromebook tested by Mag this year. it has extra longThe Acer Chromebook Spin 714 battery life (over 12 hours), performance that beats the competition, and an attractive 2-in-1 design—all for under $700. Hell, the HP Dragonfly Pro Chromebook costs a whopping $1,000 and can’t even compete with the Chromebook Spin 714

All kinds of Acer Laptop batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Acer Laptop Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Acer Laptop battery.

. >>>>>>>>>>>>>>>111.4V 4200mAh Acer AP18K4K Long Life Battery Replacement

Sony Xperia Z2 Tablet Review – Battery life, Camera and Verdict Review

Sony Xperia Z2 Tablet: CameraYou might not care about the camera on the back of a 10-inch tablet, but if you do, you’ll be happy to hear that the camera on the Xperia Z2 tablet has decent specs. There is an 8-megapixel rear camera and a 2.2-megapixel front camera for video calling. The Sony Xperia Z1 was first shown off with a number of camera apps appearing for the first time. One of the most interesting aspects of these apps is not their functionality, but how they are accessed.


Just touch a button in the camera app and a transparent overlay pops up on the screen. Four apps will be available initially: Social Live, Info eye, Timeshift Burst, and AR Effect. Social Live lets you live stream video or post images directly to Facebook without leaving the camera app. You can see your friends’ comments and replies to them all using the transparent overlay feature and voice commands – smart stuff.
Info Eye is a camera recognition app that can scan a bottle of wine, a book or even a landmark and display information about it over the internet. There are many apps that can do these things individually, but it’s useful to wrap the whole package into one app.  Have you ever missed taking a hilarious photo of your partner getting hit in the face with a football? That never happens again with Sony’s Timeshift Burst. Essentially, it buffers 30 photos in a row, so when you press the camera button, you take 30 photos in the seconds before you press the button, one at that time, and another 30 after you press the button.
AR Effect is an augmented reality app for kids that adds effects to scenes – our favorite has a mini T-Rex chasing a cat. Sony Xperia Z2 Tablet: Battery LifeThe 6,000mAh battery on the Z2 tablet is significantly smaller than the one in devices like the Galaxy Note 10.1, 33% smaller in fact.


Fortunately, the lower screen resolution means it doesn’t translate into a 33% loss in battery life compared to the competition. The Tablet Z got a respectable 8 and a half hours of mixed use.
Usage includes three and a half hours of 720p onboard video, three hours of Wi-Fi web browsing, an hour of 3D gaming, and an hour of mixed-use photography and video calling.
However, you’ll need to turn on Endurance Mode to prevent your Xperia Z2 tablet’s battery from draining too quickly when the screen is off. Without it, the drainage would be worryingly steep. In our standard test, the Xperia Z2 Tablet lost 8% of the Sony Xperia Z2 Tablet Battery’s power during 30 minutes of streaming 720p video, and even with Sony’s fast charging technology, it lost 8% of its battery power in 30 minutes of charging. Only 12% of the battery can be restored. Should I buy the Sony Xperia Z2 tablet?The Xperia Z2 Tablet is a great tablet that is very thin and light and is uniquely water and dust resistant. But the truth is, the Z2 tablet hasn’t improved as much as its peers in the year or so since the Xperia Tablet Z launched .
The iPad Air still offers a great design and experience, as does the Galaxy Note 10.1, which also adds a great digital stylus at a similar price. If you’re not absolutely crazy about 10in tablets, the Kindle Fire HDX 8.9 is one of the best media tablets you can buy at £329. Even the Nexus 10 is still worth considering, despite its age and being clunky by comparison.
Of course, anyone who owns the original won’t need to consider upgrading. If you want or need waterproofing, then you’ll obviously need to buy this tablet, but if not, we recommend giving it a try first.
judgmentIt’s a capable and attractive tablet, but we’d happily trade its thinness for a better screen and more powerful speakers.

3.8V/4.35V 6000mAh/22.8Wh Sony LI2206ERPC Long Life Battery Replacement
Sony LI2206ERPC Li-ion battery is a new brand and it is compatible with 100% original and replacement battery. Wholesale and retail of Sony LI2206ERPC battery is of high quality and low price!

All kinds of Sony Tablets batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Sony Tablets Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Sony Tablets battery

Lenovo IdeaPad 720s review – a solid all-round thin-and-light laptop

Bottom line: Lenovo has done a great job with the IdeaPad 720s. If you need a laptop that is rugged, has few compromises, has good day-to-day performance, and can handle gaming better than most thin and light laptops, then this is one of the best options for you as you read this article.


What you should know from the get-go is that this laptop is a thin and light option based on Intel Core U hardware and entry-level Nvidia dedicated graphics. This allows it to handle day-to-day tasks smoothly, as well as most games at Full HD resolution with medium to high detail, but it’s definitely not as fast as some of the more powerful laptops in this price range.


Design and first lookThis laptop is well built and feels great in the hand, this color version is smudge-free and should last a long time. It also looks good in a simple, unobtrusive way. There are some branding touches incorporated into the case, including a Lenovo logo on the hood and subtle Lenovo, JBL, and IdeaPad logos inside. There’s also no lighting or flashy elements, aside from the status LED on the left and the slightly annoying power key (which is part of the actual keyboard and is always on) .The IdeaPad 720s is a clamshell laptop. Its screen is held in place by a rather stubborn hinge that requires both hands to open, but otherwise holds up well and allows it to tilt back 180 degrees. This is an important aspect for those of us who don’t regularly use our laptops at our desks.IdeaPad 720s laptop battery lifeUnfortunately, battery life is below average. In our Wi-Fi testing, the IdeaPad ran out ofIdeaPad battery in just 3.5 hours. Other AMD laptops in our test group lasted at least another 90 minutes

Lenovo Ideapad 720s-13IKB V720-14 Long Life Battery Replacement.
Lenovo Lenovo Ideapad 720s 13IKB V720 14 Li-ion battery is a new brand and it is compatible with 100% original and replacement battery. Wholesale and retail of

Lenovo Lenovo Ideapad 720s 13IKB V720 14 battery is of high quality and low price!
All kinds of Lenovo Laptop batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Lenovo Laptop Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Lenovo Laptop battery.

Lenovo IdeaPad Flex 14 review: An affordable 2-in-1 laptop worth having

One thing Lenovo does very well is make laptops. They’re usually light, thin, stylish, and powerful, depending on the model you buy. The Lenovo IdeaPad Flex 14 2-in-1 offers some pretty decent specs while also being able to switch to tablet mode when you want to use it in a simpler mode.


SpecificationThe Lenovo IdeaPad Flex 14 2-in-1 laptop has the following features and specs (available in multiple models): DesignLenovo’s laptops have become more stylish and attractive over the years, and design has become their strong point. The same goes for the Lenovo IdeaPad Flex 14 2-in-1. It’s stylish, slim, lightweight and easy on the eyes.


As for the sides of the 2-in-1, there are two USB 3.1 ports, an SD card reader, and the power button on the right side. The left side has a power adapter port for charging the laptop, an HDMI port for connecting another monitor or TV, a USB Type-C port, and a 3.5mm headphone jack. The bottom is pretty typical for a laptop. It has 4 rubber pieces so the PC is not flush with the surface and the vents are right behind
exhibitThe screen size is 14 inches, which is perfect for whatever you use your laptop for. The resolution is 1920 x 1080 (Full HD), which is perfect for a screen of this size. Viewing angles are good, text is clear, and colors are as close to natural as possible. However, the brightness must be adjusted to higher levels to see the screen more clearly without seeing yourself in the reflection.


The Lenovo IdeaPad Flex 14 comes with an FHD display.Not everyone will have this problem depending on what you’re doing, but I rarely turn the screen brightness to max unless I need to.
One thing to note is that touch screens are fingerprint magnets. I find myself cleaning the screen more often than necessary, but that’s what happens when you use a touch screen a lot, and it’s inherent to most touchscreen monitors.
softwareWindows 10 Home comes pre-installed on the Lenovo IdeaPad Flex 14, which includes some light bloatware and Lenovo apps. There are a lot of games installed by default (thanks Microsoft!) and you can always uninstall them if you don’t want to use them.sound qualityThe Flex 6 14 features 2x 2-watt Dobly Audio speakers, which are pointed downwards to hit the surface the laptop is sitting on. They sound good, but are on the quiet end of the spectrum. At night I set the volume to 10 and couldn’t hear the sound as clearly as I would with a 2017 Surface Pro. Sure, it has front-facing speakers, but since the laptop is on a flat surface and the sound is pushed downwards and outwards, it still sounds a little too quiet for me. There was no noticeable muffled or distorted sound when using the Flex 14.
cameraThe IdeaPad Flex 14 uses a 720p webcam and even has a webcam shutter for privacy. The photo results are pretty good for a standard webcam on a laptop. Nothing to write home about, but good enough for casual video chats. IdeaPad Flex 14 laptop battery lifeFlex 14 specs suggest the battery will last up to 8 hours on a single charge. During this review, I got about 5 and a half hours of use on a single charge a day. This includes website content writing, video and photo editing, gaming and streaming.

Battery life on this laptop is already pretty good, charging up to 80% in about an hour using the included fast charger. It’s not USB Type-C for charging, but regular proprietary charging will do the job just fine.

At the end of the day, the Lenovo IdeaPad Flex 14 2-in-1 is a great laptop and worth buying. You can’t ignore the affordable starting price of $359.99 and the specs it comes with. Sure, there are some drawbacks you can overlook, like slow startup times or too quiet sound quality, but everything else makes up for them. I would recommend this laptop to anyone looking for a laptop on a budget that doesn’t require much power.

14.4V 32wh Lenovo L12L4A01 Long Life Battery Replacement

32wh 14.4V for Lenovo IdeaPad Flex 14 14M 15M 15 Series,Lenovo L12L4A01 Li-ion battery is a new brand and it is compatible with 100% original and replacement battery. Wholesale and retail of Lenovo L12L4A01 battery is of high quality and low price!

All kinds of Lenovo Laptop batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Lenovo Laptop Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Lenovo Laptop battery

HP ZBook x2 G4 review: The perfect laptop for a cluster of creatives

HP’s detachable workstation blends the best-in-class Wacom feel with HP DreamColor precision, and it hits some people’s bullseye. If I had to describe the HP ZBook x2 G4 in one sentence, it would be “It’s like the Microsoft Surface Pro and its competitors, but much better.
HP ZBook x2 G4DreamColor comes with profiles for sRGB/BT.709, DCI-P3, DICOM and native, but the display only covers about 90% of P3 and is calibrated for DCI-P3 Theater, not the D65 P3 display standard. additionally, According to HP, entering a calibration target that is outside the panel’s color gamut does not currently work, but it is working on software to resolve the issue.


smooth strokesAnother noteworthy aspect of the x2 is Wacom EMR support, as well as a Wacom/HP custom-designed HP pen with 4,096 levels of pressure. One of the great advantages of the EMR is that the stylus draws power from the screen rather than from a AAAHP Zbook x2 G4 BatteryThis isn’t particularly novel. Samsung, for example, uses this technology. But HP’s display is chemically etched, which serves two: It adds a bit of friction to the screen for a more natural, precise stroke feel, and it greatly reduces glare. It’s an oasis of visual sanity in a sea of ​​glossy tablet screens. Remember, anti-glare does not mean anti-reflective. When I work at Starbucks, I have the tablet on my lap, and the light above makes it almost as difficult to use as a typical mirror display.HP ZBook x2, a detachable laptop designed for the creative class


Models with an eighth-generation i7-8650U CPU start at $2,900 and come with at least 16GB of RAM and a 512GB or 1TB SSD. You can also customize it from scratch, but the $2,900 model configuration looks pretty good to me unless someone else foots the bill. For video editing, you’ll likely want to add storage with the 1TB Z Turbo Drive SSD, which will add about $420 to the cost.


It’s worth spending the extra money for seventh-generation processors, not least because they’ll likely offer betterHP Zbook x2 G4 Batterylife on the HP ZBook x2 – and it needs it. I suspect the Quadro GPU consumes a lot of power, and it’s rare for a workstation to fall back to integrated graphics to extend battery life, which was nearly five hours on the test. That’s actually not bad for a tablet with discrete graphics and a 4K display, but it’s a small consolation when flying cross-country.

All kinds of Hp Laptop batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Hp Laptop Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buyHp Laptop battery.

ASUS Zenfone 10 Review: Best Battery Life ever on a Smartphone

Don’t let the Zenfone 10’s small size fool you, Asus has packed the Asus Zenfone10 with enough Asus Zenfone 10  smartphone battery to make it a solid two-day phone.
In the Zenfone 10, Asus has retained much of what made the Zenfone 9 such a popular phone among those who wanted a smaller phone. But some changes were made, such as the back. Now there’s a new material that should be less likely to stain . So is upgrading enough? Let’s find out in the full review.


Asus Zenfone 10 review: HardwareNo matter what product it is, ASUS creates high-quality products. Whether it’s a laptop, desktop, smartphone, monitor or other device, they are all very well made. Such is the case with the Zenfone 10. It has a metal casing with a textured back, which is quite different from other smartphones on the market.
The hardware of this Asus smartphone feels very premium and nothing less than what I’ve come to expect from Asus. Even back in the days of making Transformer tablets, ASUS has always produced high-quality products in terms of hardware and build. I hope they never lose that. Really only Asus and Motorola share this design and manufacturing feature.


Asus Zenfone 10 review: PerformanceIn the Zenfone 10, Asus has equipped it with a Qualcomm Snapdragon 8 Gen 2 processor paired with 16GB of RAM and 512GB of storage. It starts with 8GB RAM and 256GB storage. So we have higher end models here. Performance-wise, there are no complaints. As mentioned in the disclaimer above, we’ve been using this phone for a full month now and the phone never really got hot or slow. The only time it got hot was during extended gaming sessions, when I used it in 90 degree heat for quite some time. In these situations, expect the phone to get warm. But it didn’t get so hot that I couldn’t hold the phone, and it didn’t slow down at all. So it’s great to see that.
With 16GB of RAM, apps do stay in memory for quite some time. As with many other Android smartphones, they tend to be very aggressive in closing apps in the background to help extend Asus phone batterylife. Thankfully, Asus didn’t do that . My application has been kept in memory for hours, even days. When I return them, they open like normal without redrawing. So it’s definitely good news that the Asus Zenfone 10’s performance is basically what you’d expect from its hardware. That’s no surprise, even though this is a small and compact phone, Asus has done a great job with cooling with the Snapdragon 8 Gen 2. Even an improvement over last year’s Zenfone 9, the Zenfone 9 performed really well.Asus Zenfone 10 review: Asus Zenfone 10 phone battery life

Ever since Qualcomm switched to TSMC for the Snapdragon 8 chipsets last year along with the Snapdragon 8+ Gen 1, battery life has been pretty incredible. This is the case with smartphones powered by Snapdragon 8+ Gen 1 and 8 Gen 2. The Asus Zenfone 10 continues this trend.


This is certainly a two-day phone. If you’re really not a power user, it might last longer. Standby is pretty incredible too. I set the phone aside for a few days to use the Razr+, then switched between the two phones for a few weeks while doing both reviews. After four days, thebattery of the Asus Zenfone 10 phonedropped by only 30%. That may sound like a lot, but it means that on standby, it lasts about 10 days. Overnight, it loses about 1-2%. This is almost unheard of.

All kinds of Asus Cell Phone  batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Asus Cell Phone  Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Asus Cell Phone  battery.
>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>ASUS Zenfone 3 Laser 5.5″ 32 GB Smartphone -ZX551KL Long Life Battery Replacement

Best accessories for the Lenovo Yoga 6

Lenovo’s new Yoga 6 for 2023 is a great convertible for the budget, but if you want to get the most out of it, these accessories will help. If you read our Lenovo Yoga 6 review last year, you’ll know we’re big fans of this laptop for its tall display, unique design, 1080p webcam, and more, all at a bargain price.

This is one of the best convertible laptops and one of the best laptops in general if you want something relatively affordable. Lenovo is making the Yoga 6 even better with the 2023 update, promising more performance, which is where this machine really needs an upgrade. But even a great laptop can be made even better with a few accessories, and that’s what we’re here to help with. If you’ve just bought or are planning to buy a Lenovo Yoga 6, we’ve rounded up a variety of peripherals that might interest you. Whether it’s a docking station, external monitor, headphones, or anything else, there are some great options here for everyone.The best accessories for Lenovo Yoga 6 (2023): The bottom lineWe’ve got a huge collection of accessories for Lenovo Yoga 6 here, you’re sure to find something you like or need. Of course, we’re not suggesting you need all of these, or even one in each category, but this will give you a lot of options if you don’t know where to start. If you only want to buy a few, one of these cases might be a good place to start, like the official Lenovo Yoga case . After all, laptops are designed for travel, but you want to make sure your laptop is safe while you’re out and about.


Something else that might come in handy is a mouse, like the Logitech MX Master 3S above, which is easily one of the best mice on the market. It’s difficult to achieve the same efficiency using a touchpad instead of a proper mouse, so it’s a common upgrade. Headphones or earbuds are also essential if you want to be entertained while traveling so you don’t have to blast movies or music to everyone around you.
As for the Lenovo Yoga 6 itself, you can purchase the latest model using the link below. As we mentioned above, it’s very similar to the 2022 version, but it comes with an upgraded processor, which in my opinion is what it needs. For the price, it’s already a great laptop in almost every way. If you want something more premium, check out the best Lenovo laptops you can buy today. In addition to things like the box and (possibly) charger, all these accessories should also work with them.

15.52V 3815mAh Lenovo L21C4PE2 Long Life Battery Replacement
Lenovo L21C4PE2 Li-ion battery is a new brand and it is compatible with 100% original and replacement battery. Wholesale and retail of Lenovo L21C4PE2 battery is of high quality and low price!

All kinds of Lenovo Laptop batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Lenovo Laptop Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buyLenovo Laptop battery.

Lenovo YOGA Pro 14s comes with 120Hz 3K display, Ryzen 7 7840HS processor launched in China

Lenovo recently launched a number of laptops at CES 2024, including the Yoga Pro series equipped with Intel Core Ultra CPU. The brand has launched the AMD Ryzen-powered YOGA Pro 14s 2024 laptop in the Chinese market, with a lightweight and slim body Lenovo YOGA Pro 14s 2024 specifications:Lenovo YOGA Pro 14s 2024 is equipped with AMD Ryzen 7 7840HS processor, 8 cores and 16 threads, with a peak frequency of 5.1GHz. The laptop comes with a 14.5-inch 120 Hz display and a 3K panel and is called “PureSight Pro” . The monitor offers hardware-level calibration for P3 and sRGB color gamuts and has an aspect ratio of 16:10. The Lenovo YOGA Pro 14s laptop will come with 16GB or 32GB LPDDRX5 RAM paired with a 1 TB PCIe 4.0 SSD. In terms of features, the laptop offers Dolby Vision support, Dolby Atmos speaker setup, performance-focused cooling system, and impressiveLenovo YOGA Pro 14s laptop batterylife of up to 12 hours. The device also features a 1080p FHD IR webcam for remote working needs and supports 100W PD fast charging. Connectivity options are diverse, including HDMI 2.1, USB 3.2, and USB4 ports. The laptop weights between 1.2kg and 1.5kg and is 15mm to 17mm thick.

Online shopping for lenovo Laptop batteries is security. Get 30% off buy lenovo Laptop battery.All lenovo model batteries are brand new,1 year Warranty, Secure Online Ordering Guaranteed!

15.52V 4446mAh Lenovo L21D4PE0 Long Life Battery Replacement

Lenovo L21D4PE0 Li-ion battery is a new brand and it is compatible with 100% original and replacement battery. Wholesale and retail of Lenovo L21D4PE0 battery is of high quality and low price!

ASUS VivoBook 14X OLED K3405 laptop review

Core i5-13500H says hello! The new ASUS VivoBook 14X OLED K3405 brings several notable improvements, including an Intel Core i5-13500H and a 2.8K OLED display. The VivoBook 14X OLED aspires to be a capable multimedia laptop, and it achieves that goal to a great extent. However, some of Asus’s choices, like using the now-aging 35W Nvidia RTX 3050, raised eyebrows. ASUS has launched several upgraded versions of VivoBooks this year. While the new VivoBook 15X offers Intel Raptor Lake-P and AMD Ryzen 7030U Barcelo-R options, the VivoBook Pro 16X goes all the way up to the Core i9-13980HX. We now turn our focus to the VivoBook 14X with Raptor Lake-H45 CPU.
The VivoBook 14X gives us our first look at the performance of the Intel Core i5-13500H versus the Nvidia GeForce RTX 3050 laptop GPU. OLED has now more or less become the mainstay of VivoBooks, save for a few low-end SKUs. In this case, the VivoBook 14X has a 14-inch 2.8K OLED display with a 90 Hz refresh rate. Chassis: lightweight and practical
The integrated 720p webcam on the VivoBook 14X suffers from poor clarity and noticeable color shifts. X-Rite ColorChecker Passport testing shows a maximum Delta E of 22.45 for Purple Blue.
While the webcam may be enough for the occasional video call, Asus would be wise to equip the laptop with a 1080p module to improve quality. Input devices: Decent keyboard and touchpadkeyboardThe VivoBook 14X features what Asus calls its ErgoSense keyboard, which offers 1.4mm of key travel. Typing on this keyboard is a comfortable experience thanks to the dished keycaps and well-spaced keys.
The top row contains the F1-F12 keys and special keys whose primary functions can be configured using the MyAsus app. The arrow keys can feel a little cramped, but that’s typical for a laptop of this form factor. Three-level backlight provides good readability in dark environments.
The entire surface acts as the left mouse button, and clicks are responsive and relatively quiet. System performanceThe VivoBook 14X trailed the MSI Stealth 14 in PCMark 10 and CrossMark tests, but not by much. In typical daily use, overall system performance was smooth and responsive.ASUS VivoBook 14X K3405lifeThe VivoBook 14X batterydoesn’t offer super long life, but it should last the better part of a standard workday before needing to be recharged.
Battery life was impressive at nearly 10.5 hours while looping 1080p H.264 video at 150 nits brightness. However, the laptop’s gaming life is much shorter at just over an hour.
The included power adapter replenishes thelaptop’s battery from 0 to 60 percent in about 50 minutes.
Conclusion: A versatile multimedia laptop with plenty of room for improvement
ASUS VivoBook 14X K3405 brings the performance and efficiency benefits of the Intel Core i5-13500H into a stylish and lightweight chassis.
The laptop offers decent connectivity, but the Wi-Fi 6E performance needs further improvement. Thunderbolt 4 is also missing.
Asus used a 2.8K 90 Hz Samsung OLED panel in the VivoBook 14X, showing off excellent color characteristics for budding editors. The panel suffers from PWM at lower brightness levels, but uses DC dimming to compensate to some extent for flicker at higher illuminances.
The Asus VivoBook 14X isn’t a great performer and could certainly benefit from a GPU and cooling upgrade, but it’s a capable multimedia laptop that’s also capable of some light gaming.

All kinds of Asus Laptop batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Asus Laptop Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buyAsus Laptop battery.

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>11.61V 5260mAh Asus C31N2019 Long Life Battery Replacement

Meizu 21 Pro will be its swan song

Meizu is exiting the smartphone space, with the brand revealing it will release one more phone as its swan song as it transitions to artificial intelligence. Called Meizu 21, the brand teased the phone on its social media and revealed that it will come with a 6.79 -inch display. Judging from the teaser images, the Meizu 21 Pro appears to be less boxy than the 20 Pro, with the side of the phone pointing towards a curved AMOLED panel. If the renders are accurate, we’re looking at a phone with almost no bezels, and it appears to be even thinner than the already slim bezels on the 20 Pro.


Meizu hasn’t revealed details about the 21 Pro, but its CEO claims it has advanced AI concepts that can beat those on the Xiaomi Mi 14 Ultra and Huawei Pocket 2. Since we are talking about AI, we assume that the 21 Pro will most likely use the Snapdragon 8 Gen 3.
Meizu 20 ProMeizu will reveal more details about the 21 Pro and the future of its phones on February 29 in China. While we are waiting, Meizu CEO also revealed that FlymeOS will be reorganized and that Meizu will develop AI terminals for LLM such as OpenAI in the future .

All kinds of Meizu Cell Phone batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Meizu Cell Phone Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buyMeizu Cell Phone battery
>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>Cell Phone Batteries Meizu 20 Pro
>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>3.8V 2400mAh Meizu B030 Long Life Battery Replacement

Alcatel Idol 4S review: Not quite the deal it hopes to be

Haven’t considered buying an Alcatel phone before? Made of metal, glass, and Moxie, the unlocked Idol 4S will do whatever it takes to change your mind. It has a large screen and great sound quality; a 16-megapixel camera and an 8-megapixel camera with front-facing flash; a convenient key to launch apps quickly; a fingerprint scanner; and a screen layout that works no matter which way you pick up the phone. will position

themselves as “upward”. With a competitive price and an impressive set of specs, the Idol 4S is competing aggressively against the excellent OnePlus 3, a CNET Editors’ Choice phone. It’s a very good mid-range phone, but Alcatel’s ambitions of making it a budget phone like last year’s Idol 3, the deal-maker of the century, fell short. The price jumps to $400 (converted to £385, AU$470), but Alcatel throws in a free screen protector and VR headset in the box. The thing is, screen protectors reduce visibility, and we’d rather save some money on a phone than be forced into a VR platform we didn’t choose. In other words, this is the “value” we don’t want.
You can buy the unlocked Idol 4S directly from the Alcatel website. It runs on the GSM network – in the US, that means you have to buy a SIM card from AT&T, T-Mobile, Cricket Wireless or MetroPCS.


Using Idol 4SBuild and Design: Anyone picking up the Idol 4S for the first time will have the same reaction: “Oh! This is awesome.” The glass and metal body reminds us of the feel of the iPhone 4/4S. But lost a lot of weight.
Boom Key: You can program it to open an app, such as the camera, as a shortcut. We like this in theory, but in practice we keep accidentally taking unintentional photos. Either it takes some skill, or we just do it.
Boom Key has another trick up its sleeve. When you’re on a call, press the button to enable noise-canceling mode, which improves voice quality. And get this: it works. But why isn’t this feature always on? Aside from a slight vibration, there’s no other indication on the screen that noise-canceling mode is enabled. This resulted in us pressing the Boom key repeatedly, unsure if we wanted to turn the mode on or off.
Camera: Overall, photos look bright, colorful, and have excellent contrast. In good light, autofocus is fast and accurate. We noticed that the phone experienced lag both in HDR mode and when processing photos in low-light conditions. Low-light photos sometimes look soft, like someone smeared Vaseline on the lens.


Impressively, the Alcatel Idol 4S can shoot 4K video at 30 frames per second (fps). For a phone, the video looks good. Personally, we’d probably still just shoot 1080p video because of the smaller file sizes.


The 8-megapixel front-facing camera’s flash is useful, but sometimes harsh. Generally speaking, we like this as an option. There are also increasingly popular beauty modes that enhance (paint) skin imperfections. Unlike other beauty modes we’ve seen, this one has a slider that lets you dial in exactly as much or as little beauty application as you want. Here are some photos we took with the Idol 4S. Fingerprint scanner: The fingerprint reader, located under the camera lens on the back, is small and sometimes inaccurate. It helps register multiple fingers so you can drag them along the back until one of them is occupied. There’s NFC functionality, so you can also use Android Pay for mobile payments.
Reversible layout design: Technically, any phone has an “up” and “down” orientation. If you turn the Idol 4S upside down, an optional reversible OS mode flips the screen, allowing you to use the phone instantly. We noticed, though, that if you have the fingerprint reader turned on, the “up” direction is important – as you can only unlock the phone from a single direction.
JBL Headphones and Built-in JBL Speakers: For a phone, the audio is especially loud and rich with the built-in speakers. This is a great extra feature if you play videos and music for other people. The sound quality of the headphones is also good. These aren’t the best in-ear headphones you can buy for your phone, but they’re definitely better than most free headphones that come in phone packages.
Screen and Alcatel  Smartphone Battery: The 5.5-inch 2,560×1,440-pixel screen is sharp and bright; perfect for watching videos and photos. But theAlcatel Idol 4S Smartphone Battery life is okay. In our looped video test, the Idol 4S lasted 10 hours and 32 minutes.
Bonus Features: The screen protector is an ultra-thin piece of tempered glass; however, it collects finger smudges better than an episode of CSI: Crime Scene Investigation. The soft plastic Incipio case that came with our review unit makes the fingerprint reader easier to hit. Alcatel’s own-brand VR headset comes with a few experiences to get you started; though we certainly don’t recommend buying this phone just for VR.
With the Idol 4S, it feels like Alcatel is trying to give you everything it thinks you want. But when you compare it with other phones like the OnePlus 3, the Idol 4S cannot beat that device in terms of performance and overall experience. It’s hard to pinpoint why, but the OnePlus 3 performs better as a phone. For many people, this is more important than any number of included accessories.

3.8V 3000mAh Alcatel TLP030F1 Long Life Battery Replacement
3000mAh 3.8V for Alcatel Idol 4S,Alcatel TLP030F1 Li-ion battery is a new brand and it is compatible with 100% original and replacement battery. Wholesale and retail of Alcatel TLP030F1 battery is of high quality and low price!

All kinds of Alcatel Cell Phone  batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Alcatel Cell Phone  Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Alcatel Cell Phone  battery

Jumper EZBook X1 Convertible 2-in-1 laptop review

The Jumper EZBook X1 is a great laptop, but the Teclast F5 is a better option at a lower price, with a 128GB SSD, twice the RAM, and support for an active stylus. However, the 2-in-1 convertible’s looks work wonders Convertible laptops are now mainstream, and touchscreen functionality is not only popular, but a desirable feature on spec lists. Windows 8 started this trend, but Windows 10 makes multi-touch a useful thing rather than a gimmick (like 3D). Jumper is the latest Chinese manufacturer to try out something made popular by Lenovo and its near-legendary Yoga series. The EZBook X1 sent to us has a specific selling point; it’s one of the very few convertibles with a sub-12-inch screen diagonal, making it the true successor to the once mighty netbook dynasty.


When you look at the Jumper EZBook X1, it’s hard not to think of the 2014 Lenovo IdeaPad Yoga 2 11 . Both feature a 2-hinge design and an 11.6-inch touchscreen. Measuring 27.50 x 18.80 x 1.40 cm and weighing just over 1 kg , it’s more portable than an A4 writing notepad.


In some ways, the EZBook X1 is better than the design it inspired. It features an all-metal chassis with some plastic parts, making it feel much more premium than the Yoga 2 11. There are plenty of ports on the right side of the device (USB Type C connector, micro USB, micro HDMI), a microSD card slot, two side-firing speakers, and two microphones. The left side of the EZBook X1 houses the power button, audio port, and volume rocker. Some may be disappointed by the lack of full-size connectors, but it’s a necessary evil if you want to connect other peripherals. You’ll need to bring an adapter (preferably one that can power the device when connected) or bring a cable.
The screen is surrounded by 9mm-thick frames on three sides, with a thicker bezel at the bottom housing the Windows home button and webcam, similar to our Editors’ Choice Dell XPS 13. There’s a flap underneath the laptop that hides access to the M2 .2280 slot occupied by the 64GB Foresee SSD drive. Aside from the Intel Gemini Lake CPU used to power the Jumper X1, another notable hardware feature of this laptop is its use of a curious eMMC storage (64GB) paired with a 64GB removable solid- state drive. Even more surprising is that the OS runs on slower eMMC storage rather than the faster SSD, although this can be modified if you know how.


Note that the Jumper EZBook X1 comes with a micro USB Type-C 24W (2A, 12V) power supply unit that can be used to charge some newer smartphones. Alternatively, you’ll be able to charge your laptop (or trickle charge) using almost any Type-C connector/charger. We tried plugging the Type-C cable into a USB port on another laptop and it worked. The EZBook X1 is a very likeable convertible laptop. The keyboard is surprisingly pleasant considering how small this product actually is The keys are smaller than expected, but they offer good even if the key travel is a bit too shallow for our liking. The only other issue we encountered bounce was the size of the Enter key: we would have preferred a smaller right Shift key Considering its price, we weren’t expecting miracles from the 11.6-inch FHD IPS model’s screen. It’s covered with a non-oleophobic glass panel, which adds glare, affects display contrast, and makes it difficult to use in bright sunlight, especially since it’s a fingerprint magnet even with the brightness slider pushed to the max.
The EZBook X1 lasted a disappointing 2 hours and 50 minutes when playing a YouTube video using Windows’ optimal performance settings, maximum brightness, and most importantly preventing the system from shutting down, dimming, or turning off the display. Somehow, Jumper managed to squeeze a 26.6Whr Jumper EZBook X1 laptop batteryinto a very tight space.

7.6V 3500mAh Jumper NV-2778130-2S Long Life Battery Replacement
Jumper NV-2778130-2S Li-ion battery is a new brand and it is compatible with 100% original and replacement battery. Wholesale and retail of Jumper NV-2778130-2S battery is of high quality and low price!

All kinds of Jumper Laptop batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Jumper Laptop Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Jumper Laptop battery.

Xiaomi Redmi 6 Pro is the most affordable iPhone X clone yet

In addition to Xiaomi Mi Pad 4, Xiaomi also launched its new entry-level product Redmi 6 Pro today. The phone features a 5.84-inch 19:9 aspect ratio notch display with Full HD+ 2,280×1,080 pixels resolution and 84% NTSC color gamut It is powered by an octa-core Snapdragon 625 processor and comes with either 3GB or 4GB of RAM. The phone is powered by a 4,000mAh Xiaomi Redmi 6 Pro batteryand comes with a 3.5mm headphone port.
This phone is the first in Xiaomi’s Redmi series to feature a notch, and its similarities to the iPhone X don’t end there. There is a dual-camera setup on the back, pairing a 12-megapixel f/2.2 primary lens with a 5-megapixel secondary lens. There is a 5-megapixel camera on the front with AI face unlock feature.
Chinese smartphone maker Xiaomi has confirmed that the company will launch the Redmi 6 Pro and Mi Pad 4 at an event in China on June 25. The Redmi 6 Pro is expected to feature a notch, which would make it the first Redmi phone to feature a notch. Move up a notch.
The Mi Pad 4 will be the successor to the popular tablet Mi Pad 3 launched in China last April. The Redmi 6 Pro was originally expected to launch in China alongside the Redmi 6 and Redmi 6A, but the company decided to launch it alongside the Mi Pad 4. Previously, Xiaomi has launched Mi 8, Mi 8 SE and Mi 8 Explorer Edition with notch, and the trailer of Redmi 6 Pro hinted at notch.
While we know the full specs of the Redmi 6 Pro via a TENAA listing, all we know about the Mi Pad 4 is that it will feature a single rear camera. The Redmi 6 Pro teaser reveals that the device will feature a 19:9 notch display, similar to what was revealed in the TENAA listing.
Redmi 6 Pro specifications

The Xiaomi Redmi 6 Pro has a similar back design to the Redmi Note 5 Pro, but on the front, it has a notch at the bottom and a larger chin. It is expected to launch in four color options: black, blue, gold, grey, pink, red, rose gold, silver and white.
TECHRADAR’S LATEST VIDEOIf you watch the trailer, you will find that the players on the scene hinted at these three words – AI, 625 and 4000, suggesting that the device will be equipped with Snapdragon 625 SoC, 4000mAh battery and have AI functions.
The Xiaomi Redmi 6 Pro will run Android 8.1 Oreo with MIUI 9 and may get the MIUI 10 update soon after launch. It will feature a 5.84-inch Full HD+ 2.5D curved glass display with a resolution of 2280 x 1080 pixels.
In terms of performance, it is expected to be equipped with an eight-core Qualcomm Snapdragon 625 SoC paired with an Adreno 506 GPU. In terms of memory, the machine is available in three configurations: 2GB RAM + 16GB memory, 3GB RAM + 32GB memory, and 4GB RAM + 64GB memory. The internal storage is further expandable up to 256GB via microSD card.

Xiaomi Redmi 6 Pro Long Life Battery Replacement

Xiaomi Xiaomi Redmi 6 Pro Li-ion battery is a new brand and it is compatible with 100% original and replacement battery. Wholesale and retail of Xiaomi Xiaomi Redmi 6 Pro battery is of high quality and low price!

All kinds of Xiaomi Cell Phone  batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Xiaomi Cell Phone  Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Xiaomi Cell Phone  battery.

ALLDOCUBE GT Book Review: An Affordable Laptop for Everyday Use

Today we’re taking a closer look at its latest affordable laptop, the GT Book. This new laptop is a powerful office companion, whether at home or traveling, even with just the Intel Celeron N5100 processor.

The ALLDOCUBE series has long been the go -to choice for those who want a full-featured laptop at a budget price point. Popular choice among people. The GT Book continues the same philosophy. Like most laptops priced under $400, the GT Book is powered by an Intel Celeron processor. Celeron N5100 processor inside is the latest quad-core SoC in Intel’s Jasper Lake series, mainly used in budget laptops. The four Tremont CPU cores have clock speeds between 1.1 and 2.8GHz (single-core burst) and do not offer Hyper-Threading. Intel claims that single-core single-thread performance can be improved by an average of 30%.
ALLDOCUBE GT Book Review: BenchmarkingAn important feature of a budget laptop is efficiency. In this regard, the GT Book’s performance in different benchmark tests met our expectations. The laptop provides 4 power modes to meet different working scenarios. Users can switch between power saving, better battery, better performance and maximum performance according to their needs.


Let’s take a look at the Celeron N5100 processor first. The single burning test is more about showing the stability of the CPU performance. After a 30-minute Stress FPU test in the AIDA64 benchmark, the N5100 can run up to 2.2GHz on all cores in the first 15 minutes without obvious throttling; power consumption remains around 6W, and the core temperature remains below 80°C. Judging from the stress test results, the performance output stability of the N5100 is quite good, and the heat dissipation effect under high load is also relatively good. Due to the passive cooling design, operating noise is almost unnoticeable.
In terms of memory, the 12GB LPDDR4X-2933MHz dual-channel memory is fully sufficient for daily office use. In actual experience, its capacity is sufficient and multi-tasking performance has been improved. In the AIDA64 Cache & Memory Benchmark, the tested memory read speed was 16906MB/s; the write speed was 29435MB/s; the copy speed was 27159MB/s; and the latency was 70.1 ns.
In terms of performance, PCMARK 10 has a total score of 2561 points, including 6100 points for necessities, 3768 points for productivity, and 1984 points for digital content creation. Judging from the sub-scores, GT Book performs well for office use, but in terms of digital creation, compared to basic and office use, the efficiency is not so high. If you want to play heavy gaming on your laptop, the GT Book is not a good choice. However, we still ran the CSGO fps benchmark on the GT Book at 720p resolution. The average running frame rate is around 43fps.
ALLDOCUBE GT Book Review: ALLDOCUBE GT Book Laptop BatteryLifeAs for the battery, thanks to the N5100 processor, its battery life is much better than we expected. It is equipped with a 5000mAh battery with 36W PD charging efficiency. After efficient endurance testing of daily tasks, GT Book can support up to 5 hours of continuous use in better battery mode.


From portability to ease of use, ALLDOCUBE GT Book still brings good efficiency and good stability, bringing consumers an attractive choice for business, office and basic entertainment within the budget price range. Not to mention, the slim metal body and good build quality make it stand out from other products in the sub-$400 price range. That said, the GT Book could be a solid choice for consumers looking for a basic laptop in 2021.

All brands laptop battery in here, We sell cheap and high quality laptop batteries , Tablets battery, mobile phone battery, you choose

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>7.6V 5000mAh Alldocube UTL-4761123-2S Long Life Battery Replacement

Pentax K10D Digital SLR Review

A few years ago Pentax may have been the UK’s leading supplier of advanced amateur and semi-professional cameras, but over the following years their position has declined. Pretty much the last legacy brand to go digital with the awfully named *istD, they then did minor upgrades with Ls and Ss suffixes. But recently, everything has changed and K is back! First there was the K100D with the new Anti-Shake (AS) device and now the K10D with AS and a host of new features is aimed not only at advanced amateurs but also semi-professionals.


Historically, all cameras worth their salt have had PASM, which stands for Program, Aperture Priority, Shutter Priority, and Manual. Pentax has gone a step further with this camera, which I call PASIM because they added a very reasonable ISO priority setting. Pentax calls it sensitivity priority, but we usually know it as changing the ISO setting. In fact, there are two versions of sensitivity mode, one that chooses shutter and aperture for you, and another called Shutter and Aperture mode that allows you to choose shutter and aperture while optimizing the ISO for you.
The next big advancement was the image processing engine. Called PRIME (Pentax Real IMaging Engine), it collects data from sensors in 22-bit format and then A/D converts it to 12-bit RAW or 8-bit JPEG for storage. Pentax claims better graduation results with this system. DDR memory is used to keep image processing and data transfer as fast as possible.
AS and dust removal are interrelated, as the sensor features a nanotechnology-based fluorine seal to prevent dust settling, an adhesive strip to collect particles, and a combined vibration function to remove stubborn particles such as pollen. AS is said to allow the lens to improve independently by up to four stops when held handheld. (PEF) RAW and the Adobe Universal RAW format DNG RAW. JPEGs can be shot in three sizes (10, 6 and 2 megapixels) and in three qualities (three stars, two stars or one star). The camera also supports SDHC compatible cards, offering higher capacities.


The menu system will be familiar to anyone upgrading from an early Pentax DSLR, and is simple to navigate for those new to the system. The secondary menu, accessed by pressing the Fn button on the right side of the rear screen below the daisy wheel, common displays changes such as shooting mode, white balance, flash and ISO settings. White balance is adjustable between automatic, six presets, manual and Kelvin scale. Shutter options include single shot, continuous shot, 12-second timer, 2-second timer, IR remote, and IR remote with 3-second delay. ISO can be set from 100 to 1600 in 1/3 or 1/3 stop increments, and the flash has five different modes and compensation from –2 to +1 stop, also in 1/3 or 1/3 stop increments. quantity.
A switch on the side of the K-AF2 lens mount allows single, continuous or manual focus selection, and the AF area can be set to automatic, selectable or center point via a knurled ring around a rocker-type daisy wheel. Select the metering mode via the auxiliary ring below the mode dial. Built with a stainless steel chassis, the K10D has a total of 72 individual seals mounted on its fiber-reinforced polycarbonate (FRP) body, making it dust and rain-resistant with a durable finish. It also feels well-made, without any pretense of light weight or small size. It’s not that the camera is too big or too heavy, it’s just right. Whether you have large hands or the more delicate version, it’s comfortable to hold, with plenty of space between the grip and lens mount for the clumsiest of fingers.
The shutter release is located at the top of the handle, and two adjustment wheels drop easily onto your thumb and forefinger. To the right of the top of the camera is an LCD screen that displays all shooting parameters as well as an estimate of the number of frames available on the SD memory card. On the left side of the prism housing, the main mode dial has a secondary lower ring that controls the metering mode. The prism housing itself contains a pop-up flash unit with a guide number of 11 , which is convenient but not overly functional, as well as a hot shoe. The controls on the rear of the camera are well laid out and bear a strong kinship with its younger siblings, but with a few extra features added to bolster its credentials. These include a ribbed ring around the rocker for selecting focus modes, a handy addition that has been removed from the menu. The K10D has a Pentax  K10D Camera Battery  grip that can be purchased as an extra, but it’s worth mentioning here. It’s one of the most comfortable grips out there, and it’s built just as well as the camera, with a similar seal. However, it does have one quirk. The handle only holds one battery, the original camera battery remains inside the camera. This does mean that to charge the first battery, the handle needs to be removed. On the plus side, the extra space in the handle can be used to accommodate a spare card holder. 


Flash optionsA pop-up flash is a handy piece of gear on any camera, especially for fill-light work rather than lighting the entire scene, and in this case it’s well thought out. The Function (Fn) button in the lower right corner of the home screen displays the usual secondary menu, one of the four options being flash settings. You can choose from Flash On, Flash On + Red Eye, Slow Sync, Slow Sync + Red Eye, and Rear Curtain Sync. With the screen on, you can use the rear thumbwheel to adjust flash compensation in ½ or 1/3 stop increments from –2 to +1 stop. The whole thing is very intuitive.
performanceWith a choice of two RAW, RAW + JPEG, or nine sizes/quality JPEG recording formats, the choice is almost confusing when it comes to storing your images. While three sizes and three qualities of JPEG are now common, Pentax unusually gives you the option to record RAW files in its own PEF format or Adobe’s universal DNG format. The included software Pentax Photo Lab supports both file types and is pretty good for free software.
Autofocus speed appears to be limited only by the lens, and since the camera is designed to operate with an upcoming sonic motor lens that Pentax is developing, it will be interesting to see how fast the system is.


At default settings, the camera produces files in JPEG format that are pleasantly colored and not oversaturated, and settings can be configured via the menus to achieve any desired amount of correction in image hue, saturation, contrast, or sharpness.digital noiseISO settings range from 100-1600, and the camera has a noise reduction setting that works at all speeds. While it does make some subtle differences at high ISO, this can be done much better with a dedicated software package. Regardless, files shot at speeds up to ISO800 are very useful, and the ability to select sensitivity speeds in half- or third-stop increments gives a lot of leeway. Metering is via 16-zone multi-segment, center-weighted or spot metering, selected via the secondary dial below the mode dial. It proved to be quite accurate, selecting the correct exposure for all scenes attempted.The 2.5-inch rear LCD screen proved bright and visible at fairly wide angles, and the 210,000-pixel display was more than adequate for the job. When viewing pictures, you can use the rear thumbwheel to zoom in, making the operation simple and fast .


The dedicated lithium-ion Pentax K10D Camera Battery proved to be very long-lasting, recharging within an hour at three-quarters of a charge, after a day of shooting with a lot of menu clutter. Stuff, some onboard flash for photos and a dedicated Pentax flash, and a lot of image removal to achieve this.

All kinds of Pentax Other batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Pentax Other Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buyPentax Other battery

Razer Orochi V2 Wireless Mouse Review: The Little Goblin

If you like a small, lightweight mouse and want to ditch all the cables, the Razer Orochi V2 is hard to resist, especially with its premium build. But players with larger hands should think twice. Finding the best gaming mouse for your needs and budget sometimes comes with trade-offs. If you’re willing to trade a mouse cable for battery, size for mobility, and RGB for simplicity, the Razer Orochi V2 is the latest Razer offering with an oddly enticing name.


Like the Orochi before it, the Razer Orochi V2 ($70 MSRP as of this writing) is a wireless gaming mouse (2.4 GHz adapter or Bluetooth) built for travel, and it shows in its small size . It is also lightweight, making it not only portable but also effortless to play while playing the most competitive FPS games.


The Orochi V2 is ambidextrous, but its slim side buttons are clearly meant for right-handers. There’s also a tiny indentation on the left side for added comfort for the right thumb, but it’s so subtle that lefties who can’t place their thumbs there won’t really miss much. Beyond these caveats, the Orochi V2 has a symmetrical small shape.

So while there’s no reason to think the Orochi V2 is more durable than Razer’s other gaming mice, it does have a less slippery finish, a better feel, and higher-quality materials than some of its siblings. But it’s still not completely sweatproof. In the heat of battle, my hand would still feel a little damp, even though it wasn’t warm at all.
Razer sees the Orochi V2 as a travel companion, and it’s lightweight enough to carry around. You can use AA or AAA   Orochi  Orochi V2 batteries (not both at the same time). The mouse weighs approximately 2.50 ounces when using AA  mouse batteries  and 2.29 ounces when using AAA batteries. In terms of heavier weight, it’s still significantly lighter than the G305 Lightspeed (3.49 ounces) , Katar Pro (3.39 ounces), and Rival 3 Wireless (3.39 ounces with AAA battery). Razer designed the Orochi V2 to be “weight – centered,” which helps the mouse feel more solid, rather than like a nearly empty piece of plastic you can toss around.


There’s a small gap near the bottom of the mouse that you can insert your fingernail into and pry off the top of the mouse, revealing the two Razer Orochi V2 mouse battery slots and dongle storage. However, the removable plastic on the mouse makes me nervous because it breaks easily. In the case of Orochi V2, there is a bug gap between the left and right click areas, and a gap below where the CPI button is.
When separated from the rest of the mouse, the top cover also has plasticity in the left and right-click areas. The loud clicking sound you hear when pushing the top back is never relaxing either. The good news is that this detachable chassis doesn’t t make the mouse feel bulky or click-heavy like other mice with detachable chassis, such as the Asus ROG Chakram.


At the same time, the rubber rollers provide reliable tactile movement and have rows of bumps on top, which are common. I’m concerned that these bumps will degrade over time and with heavy use, and that the quiet, rattling sound of the wheels starting up will make the Orochi V2 feel less premium. But gaming mouse scroll wheels are louder, and scroll wheels feel more hollow and disappointing (the DeathAdder V2 Mini’s scroll wheel happens to feel smoother and quieter).
Gaming performance of the Razer Orochi V2I find that one of the biggest advantages of a mouse on the battlefield is its construction. I use AA batteries for gaming, which makes the Orochi V2 weigh about 2.50 ounces. The DeathAdder V2 Mini weighs 2.24 ounces, but in a side-by- side comparison, casting and flicking were nearly equally easy regardless of grip type. My average-sized hands had no problem handling the Orochi V2’s smaller stature, and people with slightly larger hands than mine enjoyed gaming on the Orochi V2.
The Orochi V2 is moving by 100% PTFE feet that make up a significant area of ​​​​​​the mouse’s small underside. Especially when held with the fingertips, it’s almost like a large ice cube. However, with my favorite gamepad (the Claw Controller) , I find that my fingers have a higher downward slope than the left and right click buttons. I can still click, but it’s not as comfortable as I thought it would be. Also, my pinky finger often drags on the mouse pad, which also happens with palm grips. Having a larger mouse will help alleviate these issues. It provides about 400 hours of use, while the Corsair Katar Pro only provides 135 hours of use on one AA  Razer Orochi V2 battery.  


>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>RAZER Gaming Mouse Battery FT803437PA LP083442A RZ30-00120300-0000 Long Life Battery Replacement

Google Pixel 7 Pro review: Head-to-head with iPhone 14 Pro

It has flashier features than the regular Pixel 7, should you pay extra for the Pro version? Given that the Pixel 7 Pro has greedily grabbed all the major upgrades, it’s no surprise that Google wants you to buy this phone in 2022.

However, with the market for high-end phones already saturated, especially with Apple’s new iPhone 14 (£849), has Google made enough changes to make the Pixel 7 Pro stand out?


Launched alongside the Pixel Watch (£339) during Google’s annual reveal event, the Pixel 7 Pro packs a number of exclusive features, including a larger (6.7in) screen with higher resolution (QHD+), an extra rear camera (48MP telephoto) and larger (5,000mAh)Google Pixel 7 Pro battery.The headline news this year is the launch of Google’s second-generation Tensor G2 chipset, the successor to the first Google-made CPU in last year’s Pixel 6 Pro (£627). It promises some improvements in performance and efficiency thanks to an increase in maximum clock speed, and if it builds on the success of last year’s version, the G2 should be able to compete with the best in the industry.

The Pixel 7 Pro and its smaller sibling are the first smartphones to ship with Android 13 pre-installed, with Google promising five years of security updates. It’s also IP68 water-resistant and protected by a Gorilla Glass Victus layer on the front and back. Google Pixel 7 Pro review: Price and competition

How does this price compare to the competition? The iPhone 14 Pro proved to be the sweet spot, with prices starting at £1,099, making it £250 more expensive than the Pixel. The regular iPhone 14 costs the same £849 as last year’s iPhone 13, but this phone is completely different, with a smaller 60Hz screen, a smaller iPhone 14 Pro battery, only two cameras and the same chipset as last year’s iPhone 13 .
Size-wise, the Pixel 7 Pro is a bit of a brick, especially compared to the regular Pixel 7. The screen is bigger and the battery is bigger, but it’s quite heavy at 212 grams, which is a lot more on your hands. As a result, it’s a bit bulky to use with one hand, so if you plan on doing a lot of walking and texting, I would recommend a protective case. If you do drop it, the Pixel 7 Pro has some level of impact protection thanks to the multi-layered Gorilla Glass Victus sandwiched between the front and rear. It also has an IP68 rating, which means it can be submerged in water to a depth of 1.5m for up to 30 minutes.Google Pixel 7 Pro review: Display

As expected, the Pixel 7 Pro has a larger screen, with a 6.7-inch OLED display. The panel also has a higher resolution than the regular Pixel 7 — QHD+ (3,120 x 1,440) compared to FHD+ — and a smoother refresh rate at 120Hz One thing to note is that the resolution can be changed in your phone’s settings menu. Switches to FHD+ by default, which may be a  Pixel 7 Pro battery-saving measure on the Pixel 7 Pro. More predictably, this is another great screen in terms of color performance Google Pixel 7 Pro review: Performance and Google Pixel 7 Pro battery life


As I mentioned above, Google’s second-generation Tensor chipset, the G2, first appeared in the Pixel 7 Pro. Google has increased the clock speed of the eight-core CPU to 2.85GHz (from 2.8GHz last year), and the on- chip AI and machine learning algorithms are said to be faster, too. The phone is available with 128GB or 256GB of internal storage, and whichever model you choose, you’ll get 12GB of RAM – the regular Pixel 7 only gets 8GB.

All brands laptop battery in here, We sell cheap and high quality laptop batteries , Tablets battery, mobile phone battery, you choose

Oppo Find X5 Pro review: A bit of a beauty

With Snapdragon 8 Gen 1, triple Hasselblad cameras, and 80W fast charging, Oppo Find X5 Pro is a stunning Samsung Galaxy S22 rival The phone of 2022 so far is the Samsung Galaxy S22 UltraSmartphone BatteryWhile the Oppo Find X5 Pro doesn’t come with A stylus, it’s just as special.
Review: What you need to knowMy title really says it all. The Find X5 Pro is a stunning phone and there really is no other phone that can compare to it in terms of aesthetics. I’ll go into more detail as we get deeper into this review, but the good news is that the Find X5 Pro is just as exciting in other ways.

There’s also a larger 5,000mAhOppo Find X5 phone battery that now supports lightning-fast 80W charging. The front features a 6.7-inch QHD+ AMOLED display with a variable refresh rate of 120Hz, and there are three Hasselblad cameras on the back of the phone : 50MP (f/1.7) main sensor, 13MP (f/2.4) 2x zoom, and 50MP (f/2.2) 110 Super wide angle.
Oppo Find X5 Pro review: Design and key featuresLike the 2021 Find X3 Pro, this year’s model is an especially capable flagship. The feature-packed Find X5 Pro (Oppo skipped the Find X4) also happens to be a phone that draws admiring glances when you pull it out of your pocket during your pocket daily commute.
Oppo Find X5 Pro review: DisplayThe phone has a 6.7-inch AMOLED screen with QHD+ resolution and a maximum refresh rate of 120Hz. The monitor supports 10-bit color, HDR10+ playback, and has a 1,000Hz touch sampling rate. And, like the S22 Ultra, the minimum refresh rate is dropped to 1Hz, which should help extend  Oppo Find X5 Pro battery life when performing simple tasks like reading ebooks. As for the actual quality of the screen, everything is above board. There are four color modes to choose from, and I found the Natural setting to be the most color accurate, with 94% sRGB gamut coverage, 96% total volume, and an average Delta E of 1. On the other hand, gaming performance has been greatly improved. Unfortunately, our usual GFXBenchManhattan 3 screen test tops out at 60fps , and since you can’t force a 120Hz refresh rate on every app, there doesn’t seem to be a huge improvement here at first glance.

Oppo Find X5 Pro review: Camera
The Oppo Find X5 Pro’s camera took up a large portion of the phone’s launch event, and for good reason. This year the phone comes with three cameras on the rear, including a primary 50MP (f/1.7) sensor, a 50MP (f/ 2.2) 110-degree ultra-wide angle, and a 13MP (f/2.4) 2x telephoto zoom.
The front of the phone houses a 32MP (f/2.4) selfie camera housed in a punch-hole notch in the upper left corner of the display. It uses a new “intelligent FoV” system that switches between 80 and 90 degrees depending on how many people are in the frame, and it works pretty well. Oppo Find X5 Pro review: ConclusionThe Oppo Find X5 Pro is kind of beautiful. Just like its predecessor, it’s a stunning piece of hardware with high-end components and a greatOppo Find X5  phone battery life.

All kinds of Oppo Cell Phone  batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Oppo Cell Phone  Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Oppo Cell Phone  battery.


All brands laptop battery in here, We sell cheap and high quality laptop batteries , Tablets battery, mobile phone battery, you choose

Huawei MateBook 14s review: Huawei’s best compact laptop

Huawei’s laptop lineup hasn’t changed much over the past few years, at least not physically. Sure, the processors have been updated, but if you place the 2019, 2020, and 2021 models of the MateBook 14, MateBook X Pro, or MateBook D15 side by side, you’ll find it hard to tell which is which.


However, the MateBook 14s is a new product rather than an update of an existing model, with fewer Huawei features and new screen specs. Huawei MateBook 14s review: What you need to know
 Huawei MateBook 14s review: Design and build qualityI’ve often criticized Huawei for its lack of risk-taking in design. Over the past four years, each subsequent model in its laptop line has looked very similar to the one before it. Its bloody refusal to abandon to the ridiculous placement of the webcam beneath the fake function keys is another stick with which I repeatedly beat it. Thankfully, the winds of change are blowing in Huawei’s design department, because while the MateBook 14s bears a strong family resemblance to the MateBook X Pro and MateBook, etc. Huawei MateBook 14s review: Keyboard, touchpad, and webcamLike the chassis, the keyboard deck is very solid, with barely any flex even when you poke the center. It has precise, clean 1.5mm action and two-level backlighting, although it’s a little dark even at the brighter setting.

The touchpad, on the other hand, is large and generally flawless, with satisfying clicks. While the extra key between F6 and F7 hides the pop-up webcam found in other Huawei laptops, here it launches Microsoft’s voice recognition software, which I found more useful. I found myself dictating text more often than usual thanks to this handy feature, and the laptop’s four noise-canceling microphones did an excellent job of picking up what I was saying, no matter how much background noise there was.
Speaking of webcams, the MateBook 14s’ 720p camera is pretty poor in terms of video quality, but it at least supports Windows Hello IR recognition, and if that’s not your bag for biometrics, there’s also a fingerprint scanner built into the power button.
Huawei MateBook 14s review: Performance and Huawei MateBook 14s battery lifeInside the Huawei MateBook 14s, you’ll find the Tiger Lake Core i7-11370H processor, which we’ve already seen in the Asus TUF Dash 15 and Acer Predator Triton 300SE. It’s a quad-core component with a maximum clock frequency of 4.8 GHz, which strikes a good balance between power consumption and efficiency.


Expert Reviews’ internal media benchmark score of 178 puts it on par with leaders like the Apple MacBook Pro with M1 and the Lenovo Yoga Slim 7 with AMD Ryzen 7. In Geekbench 5 testing, the MateBook comes in a close second. It also performed reasonably well on ourLenovo Yoga Slim 7batterydrain test, lasting 11 hours and 8 minutes. That’s shorter than the Lenovo’s 15 hours and 40 minutes, but better than the Razer Book 13’s. In our performance tests, the MateBook 14s was put into performance mode, which increases the processor TDP to a maximum of 45W and makes the fans more powerful.

Huawei MateBook 14s battery test, it was put into Balanced mode, but with the screen refresh rate set to 90Hz instead of the less power-hungry 60Hz. You can switch between refresh rates simply by pressing Fn+R.

11.55V 5195mAah Huawei HB5781P1EEW-31A Long Life Battery Replacement
Huawei HB5781P1EEW-31A Li-ion battery is a new brand and it is compatible with 100% original and replacement battery. Wholesale and retail of Huawei HB5781P1EEW-31A battery is of high quality and low price!

All brands laptop battery in here, We sell cheap and high quality laptop batteries , Tablets battery, mobile phone battery, you choose.

Avita Pura 14 review: The cheapest Ryzen 5 laptop on the market

Avita’s latest offering, the Avita Pura 14, is its cheapest model yet. Still, it manages to pack in some impressive internals. Will it be the best budget laptop of 2020? Avita Pura 14 review: What you need to knowThe Avita Pura 14 is a modest budget Full HD laptop from lifestyle brand Avita (a subsidiary of Hong Kong tech giant Nexstgo), positioned as an all-day work machine for students and professionals. It’s powered by an AMD Ryzen 5 3500U processor, has 8GB of RAM, 256GB of storage, and runs Windows 10 Home.


Avita has released additional configurations of the Pura 14 in some international markets, with up to 8GB of RAM and a choice of Ryzen 3 or Intel processors, but so far there’s been no sign of these coming to the UK. Avita Pura 14 review: Price and competitionAt just £330, the Avita Pura 14 is the most competitively priced Ryzen 5 laptop we’ve seen to date. You can buy it from a variety of UK online retailers, including JD Williams and Jacamo. The Bmax X14 is one of the Avita Pura 14’s closest competitors – at least in terms of price. At the time of our review, its £399 price tag was excellent value for money. However, the performance of its Intel Celeron N4100 CPU is meager compared to the cheaper Ryzen 5-powered Pura 14.


At £549, the Honor MagicBook 14 Laptop Batteryremains our favorite budget 14in laptop. It also runs an AMD Ryzen 5 3500U processor, but comes with 8GB of RAM, twice as much as the Pura 14. It’s a better machine in every way, from CPU performance and battery life to display quality and overall build quality. The extra expense is well worth it. Avita Pura 14 review: Design, keyboard and touchpadUnpacking the Avita Pura 14, the cheapness of its build is immediately apparent. The gray plastic chassis has a tacky, rough surface, and the entire machine makes a squeaking sound every time it’s picked up, opened, or closed. The wrist rest area is particularly fragile and can be pressed down until you hear a click. Avita Pura 14 review: display and audioAvita’s pricier Liber 14 has a decent IPS display, so I had high hopes for the Pura’s 1,920 x 1,080 14-inch IPS panel. But sadly, its screen is the dimmest and dimmest of any laptop I’ve tested, with a maximum brightness of just 194cd/m².Color performance is similarly poor; the panel covers 59.4% of the sRGB color gamut, with shocking accuracy across the palette—greens and reds are off, while deep blues are completely off. Avata Pura 14 review: Performance and Avita Pura 14 laptop batterylifeNormally I wouldn’t expect much from CPU performance in a £330 laptop. However, the Avita Pura 14 surprised me thanks to its AMD Ryzen 5 3500U processor. In our 4K media benchmark, the Pura 14 achieved an overall score of 80 points. That’s respectable, and not far off the speeds recorded by the pricier Huawei MateBook D 15 and Honor MagicBook 14 laptops. In standard day-to-day use, the Pura 14 felt reasonably snappy, but pushing it harder revealed its limitations: Once I got past 20 tabs in Chrome, the machine started to feel sluggish. Avita Pura 14 Review: VerdictThe Avata Pura 14 does far more than any £330 laptop should. But make no mistake: Ryzen 5 CPUs don’t leave much room for anything else in the budget. The build quality is weak, the display isn’t great, the Avita Pura 14 laptop’s battery life is mediocre, and its SSD speeds are anything but cutting-edge. If you can spend an extra £200, Honor’s MagicBook 14 is a product like no other.

All kinds of Avita Laptop batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Avita Laptop Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buyAvita Laptop battery

The best cheap tablets of 2024: Great value options tested and ranked

Below you’ll find a comprehensive roundup of all the best budget tablets under £350/$400. The list includes a range of options to choose from. Some people go for price, while others focus on other elements such as a great display, longtablet battery life or powerful processing power, and we’ve highlighted the highlights of each element as much as possible to make your buying decision easier.

Honor Tablet X9The Honor Tablet X9 features a large 11.5-inch display and a 2000 x 1200 resolution, which is enough to compete with most of the budget competition, but the addition of a 120Hz refresh rate makes it really stand out. The super-smooth refresh rate helps the tablet feel responsive, with smooth animations and better response times when playing games on the tablet. Despite being powered by a middling Snapdragon 685 chipset and 4GB of RAM, the Honor X9 can still handle everyday tasks such as browsing the web, split- screen multitasking, and even gaming at a moderate graphics level. Add to that the long Honor X9  tablet battery life, a landscape-mounted selfie camera for video chats, and surprisingly good speakers, and it becomes an easy recommendation for any budget tablet buyer. 

Apple iPad 9Best Value iPad
The iPad 9 is our cheapest Apple tablet recommendation for budget buyers. Although it didn’t impress us as much as the lighter and more powerful iPad Air 2022 when we reviewed it, it’s still the best value option if you’re 100% committed to an Apple device. While the screen doesn’t have a variable refresh rate and the bezels around it are undoubtedly thick, you’d be hard-pressed to find a better option at this price, especially if you’re an Apple fan. The 10.2-inch Retina display is the sharpest on this list, and with solid black levels and high maximum brightness, it’s perfect for watching Netflix on the go. The tablet is also solidly built and comes with a variety of case options, some of which come with keyboards, meaning it’s a good choice for older kids who need a device for schoolwork and entertainment. The A13 Bionic chip in the iPad 9 means that, according to our exhaustive testing, you won’t run into any performance issues unless you’re doing high-end video editing or vector graphics. The only downside is that, despite being cheap by Apple standards, the iPad 9 is still the most expensive option on this list, which is why we can’t recommend it for young children.

Lenovo Tab M10 PlusBest Cheap Entertainment Tablet
The Lenovo Tab M10 Plus is a budget tablet that has a premium look and feel, with an aluminum unibody body and a stone-grained strip on one side of the back that further elevates its design status. It’s really a good-looking tablet, measuring just 7.5mm thick and with rounded edges that are comfortable to hold in the palm of your hand. The 10.61-inch 2000 x 1200 display has a 16:10 aspect ratio, which keeps black bars to a minimum when watching video content such as Netflix and Amazon Prime Video, and when paired with the Dolby Atmos-enabled speakers, the viewing experience is quite enjoyable. Brightness of 400nits isn’t enough for HDR playback, but it’s more than adequate for outdoor use. It’s a shame the MediaTek MT6769V chipset isn’t more powerful, with our reviewer noting that unpredictable stuttering occasionally plagued the tablet, and it’s also not powerful enough to run demanding 3D games. It does have a compatible stylus accessory, which makes it a tempting option for note-taking students, although it’ll cost you an extra £45.Lenovo Tab M10 battery

Amazon Fire Max 11The Amazon Fire Max 11 is the latest in a series of Amazon Fire-branded tablets from the retail giant, though this one looks and feels different. With a more mature design that’s a bit reminiscent of Apple’s iPad Air, complete with rounded edges and a slightly raised single-camera bump on the back, the tablet feels a lot more premium than its price tag would suggest. The 11-inch 2000 x 1200 IPS LCD display may not have the OLED technology of more premium tablets, but it does have a fully laminated screen. That might not sound like much, but it means there’s no air gap between the front glass and the LCD panel, like there is on Apple’s cheaper iPads, eliminating that cheap, hollow feeling when you tap and swipe on the display.

According to Amazon, the large display is designed for productivity, and it even sells a dedicated stylus and keyboard case accessory for the tablet separately, further separating it from the rest of the budget Fire range. Despite Amazon’s best efforts to position it as a productivity workhorse, the lack of pro-level apps on Amazon’s limited Fire OS and Appstore hinders it from achieving its goals. Even the built-in word processing app doesn’t properly adapt to the tablet’s display. It’s a real shame, too, because the chipset inside easily beats almost everything else in our chart, and by a wide margin. Still, it does mean it’s great for gaming and general everyday use, as long as your favorite apps and games are available on the Fire OS platform. The Amazon Fire Max 11 also has great  Amazon Fire Max 11  tablet battery life, with long standby time that can last for more than a week when not in use, but with only a 9W charging brick in the box, charging can be slow.


3.85V 4.4V 4850mAh/18.7WH Lenovo L18D1P32D Long Life Battery Replacement

4850mAh/18.7WH 3.85V 4.4V for Lenovo Tab M10 TB-X605,Lenovo L18D1P32D Li-ion battery is a new brand and it is compatible with 100% original and replacement battery. Wholesale and retail of Lenovo L18D1P32D battery is of high quality and low price!

Review: HP Elite x3 — A Windows 10 Mobile powerhouse

The Windows Phone market hasn’t seen any interesting Windows Phone devices for many years. Last year, Microsoft launched its new flagships – the Lumia 950 and Lumia 950 XL, but these devices didn’t have many impressive features compared to some of the other offerings in the market. We are indeed talking about the Elite x3 from HP, a powerful device that offers (almost) everything you could possibly need on a modern smartphone and more. The x3 has the usual matte black plastic on the back. You can also see the HP logo near the bottom of the device, which looks pretty gorgeous. From the front, the HP Elite x3 does look pretty good thanks to the front-facing speakers at the bottom. The speaker grille at the bottom gives the Elite x3 an interesting look that makes the device look even better. If HP had just gone with the usual speakers at the back, the device wouldn’t have looked that good. Smartphone displays today are pretty similar to each other, with most devices sporting the usual AMOLED displays, and what you see on the displays of most new smartphones isn’t all that surprising. Likewise, the HP Elite x3 comes with a massive 5.96-inch display. It sports a WQHD AMOLED display, which is something you’d typically find on a high-end smartphone. The Elite x3’s 5.96-inch display produces bright colors, and the display’s viewing angles are also very good. In short, Windows 10 Mobile looks gorgeous on the Elite x3 — that is, when you’re not in the sun.


Performance-wise, most high-end Windows Phone devices don’t disappoint. The same is true for the Elite x3. . Sure, the Elite x3 can struggle in certain situations, but that’s something you’ll see on most smartphones. It’s worth noting that the out-of-the-box performance of the device may not be very impressive, but once you download all the available updates, everything should feel much faster. The HP Elite x3 is already very fast, and if Microsoft focuses on improving the performance of Windows 10 Mobile, the device should be even faster. Video recording on the Elite x3’s rear camera is actually pretty good for the most part. The audio quality of the videos is good, and the video quality is good enough. However, the autofocus issue remains disappointing, and the camera can take 5-10 seconds to finally focus, which is really annoying. This is obviously something HP can fix with a firmware update, so hopefully it’ll be addressed in the near future.


On the other hand, the front camera of the Elite x3 isn’t very impressive, but it’s not bad. The 8MP sensor can take some decent selfies – that is, in good lighting conditions. The front camera of the Elite x3 can also record high-quality videos and excellent audio, which is very important for business customers. Battery life is also very important for smartphones these days. Most smartphones don’t have great battery life these days, and that’s because most companies are focused on making smartphones thinner (I’m looking at you, Apple). On the other hand, HP has equipped the Elite x3 with a massive 4150mAh battery, which is larger than what you usually see on most high-end devices. For example, the Galaxy Note 7 smartphone batteryhas a 3500mAh battery, theiPhone 6s Plus smartphone battery has a 2750mAh battery, and the Lumia 950 XL smartphone batteryhas a 3340mAh battery. Thanks to the Elite x3 smartphone battery, you can expect to get about 1.5 days of smartphone battery life with moderate use. Daily tasks like replying to emails, browsing the web, browsing Twitter, etc. should easily get you 1 and a half days of use out of the device. Of course, when you push the limits and use the device frequently, the device’s smartphone

battery may struggle to last 24 hours. In case you’re wondering, the phone’s Continuum also reduces significantly smartphone batterylife. As I mentioned earlier, the Continuum’s Desk Dock can charge the Elite x3 while you’re using it, which is very useful because Continuum consumes a lot of the HP Elite x3 smartphone battery. HP also includes the usual features like fast charging and wireless charging, both of which work well on the Elite x3, just like most other smartphones. Overall, I have no complaints about the HP Elite x3 smartphone battery life: it can easily last a day, fast charging is nice, and using the Desk Dock to charge the device while using Continuum is also very neat. The good thing about the Elite x3 earphones is that they are not the ordinary earphones that you’ll find on most smartphones.


The earphones on the Elite x3 do sound great, and the design is stylish as well. The earphones on the device come with a fabric braided headphone cable to prevent tangling. The earphones obviously don’t include any “premium” features like noise cancellation, but they’re still very good and much better than the crappy earphones you get with most smartphones. For businesses, the Elite x3 is a great buy for Continuum,  HP Elite x3 smartphone battery life, security, and a large display
For consumers, the story is less rosy. HP Elite x3 performs poorly in some important areas, such as camera quality, outdoor screen quality, speaker quality, app availability, and importantly, value for money, especially when the comparable Lumia 950 XL offers such a great price. Consumers generally don’t need Continuum, don’t have access to HP Workspace at all, and will be put off by the high prices of HP accessories and should probably steer clear.

All brands laptop battery in here, We sell cheap and high quality laptop batteries , Tablets battery, mobile phone battery, you choose

Asus Vivobook Pro 16X OLED review: Almost a Studiobook

A laptop with impressive specs and a gorgeous OLED screen, the Asus Vivobook Pro 16X is a laptop that can be used almost anywhere. Its CPU and GPU are the most powerful currently on the market, and whether it’s gaming, image editing, content creation or any other work that involves heavy number crunching, this laptop will rise to the challenge. The Asus Vivobook Pro 16X OLED is the second laptop I’ve reviewed recently that has a sticker on its lid declaring it the “best Asus OLED laptop for creators” , the other being the ProArt Studiobook OLED.

The Vivobook has similar specs to the ProArt, but lacks the physical knob on the trackpad, and is a few hundred pounds cheaper. Laptops this big are usually bought as desktop replacement machines and don’t see much lap time, so in order to make them the best laptops for graphic design possible, things like long Asus Vivobook Pro 16X OLED laptop battery life and cool running are ignored in favor of sheer processing power and graphics performance, which are the Vivobook’s two big strengths. The main highlight on the outside of the laptop’s shell is the screen, a 3.2K HDR OLED with a maximum refresh rate of 120Hz. It’s not a touchscreen, but it has everything you’d expect from an OLED panel in 2023 – bright, sharp, colorful, its color accuracy is Pantone-validated, and it can display 100% of the DCI-P3 color gamut. It also has a 16:10 aspect ratio, which is slightly taller than the more common 16:9 widescreens and better suited to working with multiple documents and windows. There’s a trackpad, offset to the left, decently sized, and marked by the presence (or rather absence) of the Asus dial we saw on the Studiobook Pro. Here, a circle punctuates one corner of the trackpad, inviting you to twirl your fingertips here, mimicking the turning of a dial. The island-style keyboard comes with a soft backlight, full-size keys, and 1.4mm of travel. It feels very good to type on, with a soft feel under your fingers .

The number pad is small and squeezed into the side, while at the top of the screen, the webcam is joined by a privacy shutter, with a sliding switch to cover it. Connectivity on the Vivobook is very good, with a pair of Thunderbolt 4 ports for connecting to a monitor or charging the laptop, plus a full-size HDMI 2.1 socket, USB-A and a combo headphone socket on one side, and an SD card reader, USB 3.2 Type-A port, Ethernet and a dedicated charging connection (which it prefers you use) on the other. Wi-Fi is type 6E, which allows for the latest wireless transmission technology, and there’s a Bluetooth 5.3 radio, which should work well for wireless keyboards and headphones. Performance For the components inside the Vivobook 16X OLED, you’d expect a decent level of performance, and we weren’t disappointed. You’ll get great performance in Photoshop, Lightroom, Blender and Baldur’s Gate 3 from this laptop.

The CPU is a 24-core chip from Intel’s Raptor Lake architecture – the latest at the time of writing. It has a maximum turbo speed of 5.6GHz, which wouldn’t be out of place in a desktop workstation. However, we note that its multi-core Geekbench score is higher than that of the Asus ProArt Studiobook, which is a laptop from the same manufacturer that uses the same components and should therefore provide roughly similar scores. We can only speculate what the difference is – perhaps a change in the cooling system, or that the ProArt needs to return to the Creative Bloq benchmarker for another test.
The Asus Vivobook Pro 16X OLED laptop battery life is just what you’d expect from a laptop with this level of computing power. Only the MacBook really stands out in this regard, with its more energy-efficient silicon architecture under its aluminum shell. Our Asus Vivobook  batterylife result of only about five and a half hours, using a test that keeps the screen permanently on and runs an office workload including video calls and spreadsheets, is about what you’d expect from a 2023 creative workstation laptop – the Vivobook It’s portable, but you won’t want to use it for long periods away from a wall socket, especially if you’re hammering the chip harder than in our test.
It gets hot underneath, too.

The heat is isolated in two specific places – the center of the back below the vents, and the center right of the base, which provides some clues as to where the CPU and GPU are located inside. This is a computer that’s best left on a desk, and the weight highlights that. Should I buy the Asus Vivobook Pro 16X OLED? . The Asus Vivobook Pro 16X OLED is packed with a ton of quality components, but it’s up against a lot of high- end machines (some of which are from Asus itself) that will compete with it in terms of processing power. That said, there’s really nothing wrong with the Vivobook – its OLED screen looks beautiful, it doesn’t run too hot, and there are plenty of ports to connect it to other devices and use it as a desktop replacement. It’s versatile, and while it may lack a specific focus, it’s a good choice if you just want to have one laptop at a time. It’s a bit overkill for web browsing and basic office tasks, but you’ll appreciate the investment when you fire up creative applications.

11.55V 96Wh Asus C32N2022 Long Life Battery Replacement
Asus C32N2022 Li-ion battery is a new brand and it is compatible with 100% original and replacement battery. Wholesale and retail of Asus C32N2022 battery is of high quality and low price!

All kinds of Asus Laptop batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Asus Laptop Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Asus Laptop battery.

Asus VivoBook S451LA review: A touchscreen for less, but compromises, too

The Asus VivoBook S451LA is a relatively affordable machine that comes with a touchscreen, but not much else. Some machines try to have the best of both worlds, forgoing the keyboard dock or going to great lengths for our comfort.

Others, like the $700 Asus VivoBook S451, graft a touchscreen onto a regular laptop chassis and that’s it. While that’s a relatively affordable price, it doesn’t justify the compromises you’ll have to make to make this machine worth your money. Note that, like many Asus laptops , our exact version of the VivoBook S451 may be out of stock at online retailers, and you may find slightly different components and different prices depending on when and where you buy it.

Our review unit came with a 1.6GHz Intel Core i5 processor, 6GB of RAM, and a 500GB hard drive. The low native screen resolution of 1,366 x 768 pixels puts it firmly in the budget range. PC Geekbox Let’s take a step back and look at it: It’s already beautiful, right? It’s a deceptive design, and the brushed metal lid makes it look like a more expensive device. And its height — just 0.97 inches thick — makes it look very portable, the kind of slim device you can throw in your bag. But at 4.8 pounds, the VivoBook S451LA is pretty heavy. This laptop has a 14-inch touchscreen, which looks cool. But when you open it up, you’ll find that it only has 1,366 x 768 pixels of screen real estate, and it’s not very good: Viewing angles are very limited, and colors are inverted and appear washed out with just the slightest change of angle.

I found myself constantly adjusting the hinge, searching for that mythical perfect angle that would allow me to sit comfortably while still seeing clearly — which becomes a problem if you like to move around. It is, however, a touchscreen. It’s responsive and handles gestures confidently, but its hinge isn’t very sturdy, and it would wobble rather annoyingly when I clicked through menus. I’m used to glass or matte touchpads , so the overly glossy touchpad on this VivoBook was a little too slippery for my taste.

Gestures were problematic, and the touchpad was sometimes inaccurate. This problem is exacerbated by the extra finesse required to emulate Windows 8’s touch gestures: Swipe inward from the right edge of the touchpad and you’ll bring up the Charms menu; swipe inward from the left to quickly switch between running apps, and swipe down from the top of the touchpad brings up Windows 8’s context-sensitive menu bar. The speakers can sound a little hollow, despite Asus’s SonicMaster branding and a few equalizer presets. Ports and connections Connectivity, performance, and the Asus VivoBook S451LA battery

The VivoBook’s Core i5-4200U processor falls into the famous “good enough” category. While it lagged behind the competition in every one of CNET’s performance tests, I didn’t have too many troubles with it in day-to-day use. It’s still very fast, with apps loading in reasonable times and running at a steady pace throughout. Booting the machine takes about 12 seconds, which feels a little long, but isn’t exactly a deal breaker — that’s more a credit to the OS than the hardware, as an SSD would certainly improve things. Unfortunately, you can’t do much better: The S451LA can be configured with up to a Core i7-4500U, but there’s no SSD option.

The fastest storage option is a 750GB 7,200rpm hard drive, while the largest is a 1TB 5,400rpm drive. You’ll also find eye-watering prices on the model we tested, though Amazon currently sells it for $669.69 (as of the date of this post). The VivoBook on Intel’s integrated graphics, which means any kind of high-end or midrange gaming is out of the question. Fortunately, there are plenty of games in the Windows 8 store and on the web that run smoothly on this hardware. As for battery life, Asus estimates that the VivoBook will last about five hours on a single charge. We saw 6 hours and 13 minutes on our video playback rundown test. While that’s in line with the performance you can expect at this price point, it’s still not that great if you plan on using it all day.

This Asus VivoBook’s display, keyboard, and touchpad are basically phonebooks, and it’s (relatively) heavy, but it’ll get you around the Internet, play HD movies (though not at full HD resolution), and help you get work done — thanks to a fairly responsive touch screen — for just $700. You’d be hard-pressed to find a true gem at that price. But if you’re willing to spend a little more, you can do better. The larger, nearly identical 15.6-inch Asus VivoBook V551LB weighs a pound and costs about a hundred bucks more, but offers twice the storage, more RAM, a faster CPU, and a discrete Nvidia GPU. You’ll run into many of the same shortcomings, but at least you can get some gaming done, and some photo editing, too.

7.5V 4900mAh/38WH Asus C21N1335 Long Life Battery Replacement
Asus C21N1335 Li-ion battery is a new brand and it is compatible with 100% original and replacement battery. Wholesale and retail of Asus C21N1335 battery is of high quality and low price!

All kinds of Asus Laptop batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Asus Laptop Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buyAsus Laptop battery.”

Review: Nabi DreamTab HD 8 kids’ tablet

Take an iPad or Kindle Fire away from a child and they’ll quickly get bored. If they’re clamoring for their own device, it can be tricky to find a kids’ tablet that performs on par with the adult tablets they’re used to. A good choice is the Nabi Dreamtab HD8 from Fuhu. This kids’ tablet is equipped with a Tegra quad-core processor and is packed with kid-themed content.

One cool feature of this tablet is the inclusion of Near Field Communication (NFC ) technology, which not only allows the tablet to exchange information when it touches other devices, but also works with the Morpho Pods (yes, another Skylanders clone) collectible toy line. Kids can make physical dragon figures and bring them to life by tapping them on the Dreamtab’s surface. Where this tablet falls short, though,

is in terms of Tablets Batteries life. On a full charge, we only averaged about 4 hours and 10 minutes of use each time we streamed videos, played games, browsed the web, and listened to the radio, and that was with the display brightness set to maximum. We can see this being a big drawback when you’re strapping it on a long car ride. The DreamTab HD 8 has some of the best parental controls we’ve seen. The password-protected Parent Mode (also known as Mom Mode) is accessible at any time via the menu button. Once in, you can record a video greeting for your child to watch when you turn on the tablet, add apps from the App Zone or Google Play Store, and purchase Wing Learning modules. Time Control makes it easy to track how much time each child spends on the tablet and how many minutes or hours they spend on each app. Parents can set time limits for individual apps or groups of apps, designate exercise times, have the DreamTab wake or go to sleep (with a short Dreamwork animated movie to soften the blow) and reduce the total time their child spends using it.

The Nabi DreamTabHD 8 Fuhu Tablets batteryis a full -featured, well-designed, high-end device that almost feels like an “adult” tablet. It has excellent parental controls and engaging, child-friendly, creative apps that are a cut above what I’ve seen on competing children’s tablets. This isn’ ta scaled-down copycat of an adult tablet — as is common in the children’s tablet market — which is refreshing. The DreamTab 8 gives full control over their child’s online social life, restrict parental access to any app, setting screen time limits , and providing a completely safe browsing experience—you can hand the tablet to your child and leave the room without having to worry about online stalkers and suspicious websites. Plus, it features themed content, a neat educational learning kit, and an engaging system for rewarding kids for studying for classes or doing chores


At $199.99, the Nabi DreamTab HD 8 is a bit more expensive than your average kids’ tablet (competitors InnoTab Max and LeapPad Ultra Xdi cost between $110 and $130). But considering you’re getting a full-featured Android tablet for that price, the DreamTab is surprisingly good value for money. The Navi DreamTab HD 8 is available now and is recommended for children ages 6 and up.

3.7V/4.2V 4500mAh 16.65Wh Fuhu SP5067112 Long Life Battery Replacement
Fuhu SP5067112 Li-ion battery is a new brand and it is compatible with 100% original and replacement battery. Wholesale and retail of Fuhu SP5067112 battery is of high quality and low price!

All kinds of Fuhu Tablets batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Fuhu Tablets Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buyFuhu Tablets battery

The Blu Energy X Plus 2 is a $100 phone with a huge 4,900mAh battery

Although the rest of the phone is fairly standard, the Blu Energy X Plus’s large 4,000mAh Blu Energy X Plus battery is impressive. Some 15 months on, Blu has now announced its successor, the Energy X Plus 2.

First up, the features, the Energy X Plus 2 features a large 4,900mAh Energy X Plus 2 battery , which Blu claims will last up to three days of BLU Smartphone Battery.ife, with at least 30 days of standby time. The company didn’t reveal how it came up with these numbers, but the phone does support 5V/2A fast charging, so you won’t have to wait long for a full charge. Elsewhere, the Energy X Plus 2 is a bit less impressive, with a 5MP selfie camera with LED flash above the 5.5-inch, 1,280 x 720 resolution display. On the back, you’ll find an 8MP sensor with its own flash memory module. Under the hood, the phone is powered by a 1.3GHz quad-core MediaTek MT6580 chipset and 1GB of RAM, with only 8GB of native storage available to potential buyers. There is a MicroSD card slot that can increase the limited storage up to 64GB, so storage fans beware. Unfortunately, the Energy X Plus 2’s highest connectivity is HSPA+ , so for those who need LTE, it doesn’t have it. Finally, the phone runs Blu’s custom skin on Android 6.0

Marshmallow, and it’s not known if it will be updated to Nougat. Overall, the Energy X Plus 2 appears to be directly competing with the LG X Power, as both phones come with large batteries and mid-range specs. Unlike the latter’s unlocked price of $220, the former is available unlocked for $100. The Energy X Plus 2 is currently out of stock on Amazon , but the phone is still available in black, gold, and rose gold.

All kinds of Blu Cell Phone  batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Blu Cell Phone  Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Blu Cell Phone  battery.”

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>3.8V 4000mah Blu C816105400L Long Life Battery Replacement

Coolpad Cool 20 Pro is official with Dimensity 900, 120 Hz display

Coolpad has launched a new phone called Cool 20 Pro for the Chinese market. It is powered by the Dimensity 900 chipset and features a 120Hz LCD. The 6.58-inch display has Full HD+ resolution and supports up to 120Hz refresh rate. Coolpad decided to equip the Cool 20 Pro with an 8MP waterdrop notch selfie camera.


The Cool 20 Pro is equipped with a 50MP main camera on the back, paired with an 8MP ultra-wide-angle and 2MP macro shooter.


The Coolpad Cool 20 Pro batterycapacity is 4,500mAh and supports 33W charging through the USB-C port. There’s also a 3.5mm audio jack on the bottom along with the speaker. The Cool 20 Pro supports Dirac stereo, with a dedicated second speaker on top. The operating system is Android 11, wrapped in Coolpad’s own Cool OS 2.0 interface. The phone comes in two variants – 6/128 GB or 8/128 GB.
Coolpad lists the Cool 20 Pro in four colors – gold, white, blue and black. The phone starts at 1,799 yuan (approximately $280) and is available at major online retailers such as JD.com.


3.87V 4500mAh Coolpad CPLD-240 Long Life Battery Replacement
4500mAh 3.87V for Coolpad Cool 20 Pro,Coolpad CPLD-240 Li-ion battery is a new brand and it is compatible with 100% original and replacement battery. Wholesale and retail of Coolpad CPLD-240 battery is of high quality and low price!

All kinds of Coolpad Cell Phone  batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Coolpad Cell Phone  Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Coolpad Cell Phone  battery.”

MSI GS40 Phantom 6QE gaming laptop review

Heat, Noise, and MSI GS40 Phantom 6QE Battery LifeThe GS40 Phantom is average in terms of heat and noise output. We’re still talking about a laptop here, so engineers are limited in what they can do to improve cooling performance in a limited space, but the GS40 isn’t the best gaming laptop I’ve seen in this segment.
There are two small fans inside the GS40, connected to a small radiator and heat pipe, to cool the 45W CPU and 75W GPU respectively. Although there are two fans and heatsinks, the two halves of the cooling solution are actually connected by a single heat pipe. There’s only one vent on the CPU side, with air coming out directly from the back, while the GPU side sees air coming out of the back and right side. In both cases, the air intake is only on the bottom, so blocking the bottom of the laptop is not a good idea.
The combined heat load of 120W allows the GS40 to achieve warm but not unreasonable surface temperatures. During sustained gaming sessions, the keyboard temperature did not exceed 41°C, dropping to around 37°C near the left gaming keys, which is about what I would consider the limit of comfortable gaming.
The cooling performance on the bottom of the laptop is not very good. The CPU and GPU have two different hotspots that can easily exceed 60°C during load, and you definitely don’t want to touch either of these if you’re gaming on your lap. Fortunately, this heat is well dissipated through the rest of the case and the cooling solution, so most temperatures on the bottom are at or below 45°C.
Thermal and noise performance are good when idle, with the laptop typically turning off its fans to passively cool the CPU and GPU. With the 45W CPU passively cooled, temperatures are around 36°C or lower across much of the laptop body, but there are a few hot spots and the fans kick in once you try slightly more intensive workloads.
The dual-fan cooler’s noise distribution during load is similar to that of a jet engine, like most gaming laptops with small fans for cooling. In the case of the G40, however, the fans aren’t that loud or annoying, and you can easily hear them through the gaming audio from your laptop speakers. Don’t get me wrong – the cooling solution is certainly noisy, and the laptop’s speakers aren’t particularly powerful – but it doesn’t have the harsh high-pitched whine of competing laptops, which helps reduce the cooler’s annoyance factor.

Inside the MSI GS40 Phantom 6QE is a 61.25 Wh non-removable lithium-ion battery, coincidentally the same as the one in the Gigabyte P34W v5
TheMSI GS40 Phantom 6QE batteryhas the same size. For a laptop of this size,The MSI GS40 Phantom 6QE battery isn’t particularly large, which doesn’t bode well for battery life.

All kinds of Msi Laptop batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Msi Laptop Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Msi Laptop battery.

Garmin Forerunner 225 review: A great running watch with accurate heart-rate tracking

Garmin’s first watch with a wrist-based heart rate monitor also has all the features a runner needs. The Garmin Forerunner 225 has been replaced by the Forerunner 235. There is an influx of specialized fitness equipment including GPS and heart rate sensors. People might think of Microsoft Band and Fitbit Surge.


So far, Garmin hasn’t ventured into the wrist-worn heart rate space—the company’s previous watches required a separate chest strap to track heart rate. The $300 (£240, AU$389) Garmin Forerunner 225 changes that completely. This watch is Garmin’s first to feature a wrist-based heart rate sensor, but that’s not all.


This is a running watch. It has built-in GPS for pace and distance tracking, as well as all-day activity tracking. I had been hesitant to adopt these wrist-based heart rate sensors, thinking they lacked accuracy, but the Forerunner 225 helped change my mind. It’s also one of my favorite running watches from a design perspective, second only to Garmin’s ultra-thin Vivoactive smartwatch.


The Forerunner 225 adds a lot of new features to a great running watch. This is a running watch I would personally buy. Perfect? ​​​​No, but this best meets my needs.
what it can doThe Forerunner 225 is an all-day activity tracker, running watch with GPS, and heart rate monitor, all in one device. GPS is used to accurately measure pace and distance while running outdoors. With the optical heart rate sensor on the back of the watch, you can track your minute-by-minute heart rate during exercise and when you want to start measuring during the day. The advantage of optical wrist-based heart rate monitoring is that you can skip wearing a chest strap monitor. The downside in many cases is that wrist-based monitoring ends up being less accurate. The optical heart rate measurement on this Garmin is much better than most.
This Garmin watch also features an accelerometer for tracking activity throughout the day. It measures steps, distance walked and calories burned. It can also automatically measure your night’s sleep, but it doesn’t provide details about your sleep cycles or how long it takes you to fall asleep
The accelerometer can also handle indoor distance tracking when GPS is unavailable. It works, but is not as accurate as using GPS. When compared to treadmill distance measurements, I found that indoor running distance varied by about 0.05 to 0.10 miles.
The Forerunner 225 also features an inactivity alarm to remind you to get up and move around after a long period of inactivity, as well as a vibrating alarm. The Forerunner is also a great everyday watch. The only thing it’s missing are smartphone notifications, like those on the Fitbit Surge or Apple Watch.


designIn the past, I have felt that most GPS running watches were not comfortable enough to be worn all day long. They are often an eyesore. Even though the Forerunner 225 is big and bulky, it’s still beautiful from a certain angle – at least on a man’s wrist, since the watch is 48mm in diameter. By comparison, the largest Apple Watch model is just 42mm. It’s about the same size and thickness as a Casio G-Shock. It’s also only available in a single color: black with red accents.
Heart rate monitor: consistently accurate during exerciseGarmin has partnered with Mio to provide an optical heart rate sensor for the Forerunner 225. It uses similar technology to that found in the Fitbit Surge and Apple Watch. A flashing green LED light is used to illuminate the capillaries, allowing a sensor on the back of the watch to measure the blood flowing through it. A little over 20 minutes using the Forerunner 225 and Polar H7 Bluetooth Chest Strap. I then compared the data recorded on both devices. Using the chest strap as a benchmark for acceptance, I found the Forerunner 225 to be incredibly accurate.


Garmin Forerunner 225 watch batteryGarmin says the Forerunner 225 can last up to 10 hours with a GPS signal and the optical heart rate sensor turned on. Garmin claims the watch will last up to four weeks if you only use it as an activity tracker.
I saw  Garmin Forerunner 225 watch battery  life of about a week and a half, which included five runs between 30 and 40 minutes. Your battery life will vary depending on how often you use your GPS.
225 Using a proprietary dock to charge and sync data with a computer has become the norm in the wearable industry.
Android and iOS supportThe Forerunner 225 includes Bluetooth for syncing data with Android and iOS devices, but it doesn’t do this automatically. To save Garmin Forerunne Smart Watch Batterylife, the phone and watch do not maintain a constant Bluetooth connection. This means that when you want to sync data, you have to press the red button on the watch and wait for it to connect. The sync process isn’t necessarily slow, but I miss the convenience of automatic uploads in the Garmin Vivoactive.

All kinds of Garmin Other batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Garmin Other Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Garmin Other battery.

DJI Mini 4K: Marketing material released ahead of the new 4K drone’s launch, detailing specs and launch price

DJI has confirmed it will release a new compact drone next week. Now, a well-known leaker has provided marketing materials for the DJI Mini 4K, which reveal most of the key specs of the device. The same leaker also revealed the launch price of the Mini 2 SE successor. DJI will unveil a new compact drone early next week, and we’ve covered the full details separately. As usual, the likes of @Quadro_News have been ahead of DJI, leaking all sorts of information about the Mini 4K , including its price. Judging from the images below, the Mini 4K is essentially an upgraded version of the Mini 2 SE, with an upgraded camera sensor.


Specifically, the Mini 4K is said to include a 1/2.3-inch CMOS sensor that can capture footage up to 4K and 30 FPS. Additionally, DJI will complement the new sensor with a 3-axis gimbal as well as electronic image stabilization (EIS ). However, DJI will keep certain technologies for the more expensive Mini 4 Pro ($959 at Amazon), such as true vertical shooting and its DJI O4 transmission hardware. Instead, the Mini 4K will feature the smaller DJI O2, which has a peak transmission range of 10km and image quality of 720p/30 FPS.


Additionally, the Mini 4K’s flight time is only comparable to that of the Mini 2 SE, with a flight time of 31 minutes, as shown below. The Mini 4K is said to retail for $348 and comes with an RC-N1C remote control and smart flight battery. So while the Mini 4K may be significantly cheaper than the Mini 4 Pro, it’s likely to cost about $70 more than the Mini 2 SE ($279 on Amazon). DJI will release the Mini 4K at 13:00 UTC on April 29 

All kinds of Dji Other batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Dji Other Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buyDji Other battery.

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>> DJI Mini 4KDrone Battery

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>7.2V 2400mAh Dji MB2-2400mah-7.2V Long Life Battery Replacement

Jumper EZBook X1 convertible 2-in-1 laptop review

The Jumper EZBook X1 is a great laptop, but the Teclast F5 is a better option at a lower price, with a 128GB SSD, twice the RAM, and support for an active stylus . However, the 2-in-1 convertible is stunning to look at. Convertible laptops are now mainstream, and touchscreen functionality is not only popular, but a desirable feature on spec lists. Windows 8 started this trend, but Windows 10 makes multitouch a useful thing rather than a gimmick (like 3D).


Jumper is the latest Chinese manufacturer to try out the style, made popular by Lenovo and its near-legendary Yoga series. The EZBook X1 sent to us has a specific selling point; it’s one of the very few convertibles with a screen smaller than 12 inches diagonally, making it the true successor to the once mighty netbook dynasty. In some ways, the EZBook X1 is better than the design it inspired. It features an all-metal chassis with some plastic parts, making it feel more premium than the Yoga 2 11. The right side of the device houses a host of ports (USB Type C connector, micro USB, micro HDMI), a microSD card slot, two side-firing speakers, and two microphones. Aside from the Intel Gemini Lake CPU powering the Jumper X1, the laptop’s other notable hardware feature is the odd combination of eMMC storage (64GB) with a 64GB removable solid-state drive. Even more surprising is that the OS runs on slower eMMC storage rather than the faster SSD, although this is tinkerable if you know how.


Note that the Jumper EZBook X1 comes with a micro USB Type-C 24W (2A, 12V) power supply unit that can be used to charge some newer smartphones. Alternatively, you can charge your laptop (or trickle charge) using almost any Type- C connector/charger. We tried plugging the Type-C cable into a USB port on another laptop and it worked. The EZBook X1 is a very likeable convertible laptop. The keyboard is surprisingly pleasant considering how small this product actually is. The keys are smaller than expected, but they offer good bounce even if the key travel is a bit too shallow for our liking. The only other issue we encountered was the size of the Enter key: we would have preferred a smaller right Shift key. Considering its price , we weren’t expecting miracles from the 11.6-inch FHD IPS model’s screen. It’s covered in a non-oleophobic glass panel, which glare increases, affects display contrast, and makes it difficult to use in bright sunlight, especially since it’s a fingerprint magnet even with the brightness slider pushed to the max.
When playing a YouTube video using Windows’ optimal performance settings, maximum brightness, and most importantly preventing the system from shutting down, dimming, or turning off the display, the EZBook X1 lasted a disappointing 2 hours and 50 minutes. Somehow, Jumper managed to squeeze the 26.6Whr Jumper EZBook X1 laptop batteryinto a very small space. Not many convertible laptops offer this set of features in this price range. The Lenovo IdeaPad 110S has an even worse hardware setup, with the only standout being the 1-year subscription to Microsoft Office 365.
If you can live with Google’s Chrome OS, Dell’s Inspiron Chromebook 11 2-in-1 convertible laptop is an attractive alternative at $299.99, and more importantly, it’s a rugged device. It can withstand some serious abuse and is equipped with proper full-size ports.


HP is one of the major computer brands that offers more attractive models, and as long as the operating system isn’t an issue, we prefer the $389 HP Chromebook 11 G6 EE. While it has a slower Celeron CPU, it comes with twice the RAM (8GB) and a full array of ports, as well as two years of 100GB Google Drive storage.
The best alternative to the Jumper EZBook X1 remains the Teclast F5. It’s much cheaper at $300 and comes with a 128GB SSD, eliminating the problem of having two separate storage components. It also has twice the memory (8GB) and even a stylus.
Business needsAside from the usual caveats associated with buying products from mainland China (as well as the usual support headaches), the Teclast F5 is actually a better choice thanks to the extra memory, support for an active stylus, Unified storage structure and cheaper price tag.


Given that the EZBook X1 shares the same hardware spec sheet, the EZBook X1 doesn’t have much going for it (it’s not inherently a bad product). This form factor is attractive for those looking for a cheaper alternative to the Microsoft Surface Go tablet with keyboard cover.


7.6V 3500mAh Jumper NV-2778130-2S Long Life Battery Replacement
Jumper NV-2778130-2S Li-ion battery is a new brand and it is compatible with 100% original and replacement battery. Wholesale and retail of Jumper NV-2778130-2S battery is of high quality and low price!

All kinds of Jumper Laptop batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Jumper Laptop Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Jumper Laptop battery.

Xiaomi Robot Vacuum X20+ test: what is this vacuum cleaner worth for less than 400 euros?

Xiaomi has launched a new sweeping robot, the Mi Robot Vacuum X20+, an entry-level device priced at less than 400 euros. Great value for money? Find out in our test! While many manufacturers are vying to occupy a place in the high- end sweeping robot market, Xiaomi does not seem to want to give up its favorite field.

For its latest model, Xiaomi hasn’t changed its Formula 1 iota, instead offering a round robot vacuum cleaner with a LiDAR sensor housing on top. The device and base are designed entirely in white plastic, the brand’s favorite color for all its home devices The brand’s designers opted for a matte plastic base that’s less sensitive to dust, while the robot vacuum features a shiny plastic lid. The base is not too bulky and its rounded edges allow it to blend into the habitat. In the base we find the 2.5 liter dust bag, which can be thrown away and replaced when full after a few weeks of use, as well as two clean water and water tanks. dirty, with a capacity of 4 L, is used to fill the robot vacuum before starting the cleaning cycle. The robot vacuum also includes a 350ml dust bin, which is enough to clean a medium-sized home in one go. The robot vacuum cleaner itself couldn’t be more classic. There are two buttons on the device for quick start and return to the dock. Underneath the device you can see the main nylon bristle brush, as well as a single main brush. The entry-level device does not require a squeegee, although it is more effective at dust and encrusted waste. Xiaomi also does not provide any after-sales accessories in the packaging.
The Xiaomi Mi Robot Vacuum X20+ finally has two round microfiber mops that can be installed on the device before first startup. Wish: A normal engine that gets the job doneXiaomi sweeping robot X20+ is equipped with a 6000Pa motor, which can complete vacuuming tasks. That’s much less powerful than many current models, but it’s enough for common tasks and 2,000 Pa more powerful than the previous Xiaomi Mi Robot Vacuum X10+. Xiaomi Mi Robot Vacuum Cleaner X20+ also has four power levels (silent, standard, powerful and turbo), which can be changed according to needs.
For dust collection or regular cleaning, the Xiaomi Mi Robot Vacuum X20+ has a perfectly sized motor that can collect dust, food particles and even animal hair. In our tests, the robot vacuum performed with ease in the toughest situations. It’s just that the brushes on the sides appear a little loose and the device has a harder time in the corners to collect 100% of the dust that accumulates there.


On the mat, the results were far less convincing. Nylon bristle brushes are not effective at removing dirt embedded in carpet fibers. When larger trash is picked up, a quick look will reveal that there is still a lot of debris or trash.


The two higher-powered modes offer slightly better results, especially with the vacuum picking up animal hair more easily, but nothing beyond that. Finally, regarding dust collection at the charging station, this is automatic by default. The device will measure the dirt level and distance traveled in the tank and adjust the drain line based on these factors. If you use your robot vacuum every day, you may only initiate cleaning once or twice a week. The Xiaomi Mi Robot Vacuum X20+ is a robot vacuum that is more suitable for daily or regular cleaning, rather than very messy floors. Its engine quickly showed its limitations as it produced large amounts of waste and had incomplete dirt recovery. Additionally, we found it to be particularly noisy, even at moderate power.
Floor cleaning: an accessory feature of this vacuum cleanerLike all robot vacuum cleaners released in recent months, Xiaomi offers a floor cleaning system with two electric microfiber mops and automatic filling of the water tank by the station. The manufacturer currently does not offer detergent solutions to increase the efficiency of its systems. Therefore, you must be content with replacing it with clean water. The smartphone app offers three levels of water spray. As is often the case with these devices, we immediately selected the highest level, maxim iffusion to test its effectiveness on moderately soiled floors. Xiaomi sweeping robot. When a carpet is detected, the mop automatically lifts up.


Navigation: Xiaomi sweeping robot X20+ moves easily in various environmentsThe navigation system of Xiaomi Mi Robot Vacuum Cleaner X20+ is quite simple, but it has proven its capabilities. Therefore, the robot vacuum cleaner has a laser sensor on the device for mapping and a second laser sensor on the front for detecting moving objects. A fast mapping cycle (no more than 10 minutes in our case) allows the robot to obtain a floor map before the first cleaning cycle.
Xiaomi robot vacuum cleaner X20 batterylife: convincing for an entry-level deviceThe Xiaomi Mi Robot Vacuum X20+ is powered by a 5,200 mAh battery that, according to the brand, has a maximum battery life of 140 minutes. We are more cautious in our communication than the manufacturer.


We estimate the device’s autonomous runtime to be two hours instead of one minute, with suction and floor cleaning activated simultaneously in standard mode. Normally, if the  Xiaomi Mi Robot Vacuum X20  battery is depleted, the device can charge itself on the way, but with Its good navigation system, theXiaomi Mi Robot Vacuum X20+should be autonomous enough for most houses and apartments.

All kinds of Xiaomi Other batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Xiaomi Other Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Xiaomi Other battery.

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>> 14.4V 2.6Ah Xiaomi P1904-4S1P-MM Long Life Battery Replacement

TECH REVIEW: The Crosscall Core-X4 is a phone built to last

Technical Review: Crosscall Core-X4 is a durable Crosscall Core-X4 phone. This seems to be the first rule that French company Crosscall, which specializes in outdoor mobility technology, follows when building its devices.


The dual-SIM Crosscall Core-X4 is part of the manufacturer’s latest offering in the water- and dust-resistant device category, which also includes the Core-M4, Core-M4 Go and Core T4 tablets.


The Core-X4’s 5.45-inch Corning Gorilla Glass 3 screen supports wet touch and glove touch. The device comes with a three-year warranty, weighs 234 grams, has removable X-blocks for maximum grip (especially if you have slippery fingers, like me) and can be mounted on all six sides Fall from 2m.
Crosscall hasn’t given up on the magnetic X-Link technology on the back of the device, which uses a docking station for wireless charging and hassle-free data transfer.
One of the features I found impressive is the power button, which also doubles as one of the fastest fingerprint scanners I’ve ever used on a mobile device.
It supports up to five fingerprints, giving users the option to unlock the device without entering a PIN or password. For easy access to your favorite apps, Core-X4 features two buttons on each side, allowing users to program shortcuts, ensuring the apps you need most are only a push of a button away. The Core-X4 comes pre-installed with Google apps including Maps, Play Store, Play Movies, Drive, Duo, Photos, YouTube and YouTube Music.
Sensors are also pre-i

nstalled, including compass, GPS, Bluetooth and Wi-Fi.
The Core-X4’s 3850 lithium-ion battery can last up to 19 hours and 45 minutes of talk time; or 11 hours at 100% screen brightness with data, GPS, and maps enabled; or 665 hours in standby mode.
It’s been a while since I’ve seen a lanyard on a phone, and it’s included in the Core-X4 bag to better protect your device.
The highlight of the Core-X4 is its 48MP rear camera powered by Fusion4 sensor technology, an algorithm that converts and optimizes pixels based on light levels to deliver crisp image quality in both bright and dark environments. The front camera is 8MP.
Its Achilles’ heel is its storage form. Considering its price tag, camera output (can be changed to 12MP) and pre-installed apps, Crosscall could do with the device’s 32GB of flash storage and 3GB of RAM, although that’s expandable with a micro SD card of up to 512GB, which is just enough for general use.
Additionally, while most devices recently released are leaning towards Android 10, the Core-X4 uses Android 9.
Crosscall founder and president Cyril Vidal said this is because Android 9 “is the version available when development begins.”


“Android 9 remains a very secure and up-to-date environment,” he added.
Despite this assurance, Vidal said Crosscall “cares deeply about the safety and sustainability of its products (as their Crosscall Core-X4 phones have long Crosscall Core-X4 phones battery life), and that an upgrade to Android 10 is in progress.” Overall , Crosscall is more than just a smartphone; It’s designed for a certain type of user – those who spend a lot of time outdoors for work or leisure activities.
If you’re such a user, the Core-X4’s resilience to harsh outdoor environments and its quick-access features will definitely come in handy.

All kinds of Crosscall Cell Phone  batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Crosscall Cell Phone  Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Crosscall Cell Phone  battery
>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>3.8V 3000mAh Crosscall LPN385375 Long Life Battery Replacement

Wireless tech could replace Bluetooth at short distances and boost battery life 5-fold

This breakthrough wireless technology can extend the life of your smartphone or wearable device’s Radio Communication batteryup to five times on a single charge. Scientists have created a new wireless technology that could one day rival mainstream wireless communications technology Bluetooth. This new technology requires very little power and can extend the life of your device up to five times on a single charge.
Currently, the major wireless technologies embedded in devices such as smartphones, wearables, and smart home devices, including Wi-Fi, 5G, and Bluetooth, rely on classic radio configurations. They transmit data through electromagnetic waves generated by modulation of electromagnetic fields.


But alternative technologies rely on electric field modulation. Signal transmission equipment replaces the power amplifiers used in produce traditional wireless technology with voltage amplifiers that generate short-range electric fields. These voltage amplifiers also weak electromagnetic fields, but the receivers (untuned electrodes rather than tuned (Conventional radio systems produce electric fields alongside electromagnetic fields, but they decay very quickly and are not used to transmit information.)
The receiving device consumes power only when the receiving electrodes charge or discharge (a process called capacitive coupling), rather than continuously transmitting energy through the air as in classic radio configurations. As a result, the new technology, called Potential Sensing Communication (EPSComm) , consumes a fraction of the power of Bluetooth.


“This new technology means wearable and mobile devices will be able to run longer after being charged by the Radio Communication Battery. More fundamentally, it will be possible to use smaller batteries due to the energy savings brought about by this new communication technology and enabling further miniaturization of devices, which opens up new possibilities for tiny wearables such as ear-worn headphones (smart earbuds), smart rings, or even electronics integrated into clothing,” the University of Sussex said. Wearable technology professor Daniel Roggen told LiveScience in an email .

All brands laptop battery in here, We sell cheap and high quality laptop batteries , Tablets battery, mobile phone battery, you choose.

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>7.4V 3800mAh Baofeng BF-R6 Long Life Battery Replacement

ASUS Transformer Book T100 review battery life

Inside the T100 is a non-removable 31 Wh ASUS Transformer Book T100 battery that Asus claims will last for 11 hours, which puts the x86-based T100’s estimated lifespan on par with ARM tablets. Intel has been focusing on energy efficiency for some time now , with low-power SoCs like Bay Trail at the forefront of Intel’s war on ARM chips for its latest tablets.


During my time using the Transformer Book, the ASUS Transformer Book T100 battery tended to last for several days as long as I occasionally browsed the web, used social media, and occasionally watched some YouTube videos. When I actually sat down and used the device for extended periods of time, editing articles using apps like Microsoft Word, and downloading apps and games, the internal battery lasted about 8 to 10 hours, which was definitely a nice experience. Apparently, the Bay Trail SoC will start to consume more power when playing games or performing other resource-intensive tasks. When I played games downloaded through Steam or the Windows Store, the T100 lasted up to about 6 hours; all things considered, that’s a decent effort.
I noticed that it took a surprisingly long time to charge the T100 from empty to full using the included charger or the most powerful USB charger I have in my office. When I first received the device, it was completely out of battery and took over four hours to fully charge. Keep this in mind during your regular usage patterns as it’s definitely worth charging overnight so it’s ready for use during the day.


In our ASUS Transformer Book T100 batteryrundown test, where we looped a 720p video in airplane mode at 75% brightness until the tablet drained, the ASUS Transformer Book T100 lasted more than nine hours, which is a worthwhile Complimentary result. Comparing it to some of the other tablets we’ve seen recently, Intel’s Bay Trail chip appears to be holding its own against 10-inch ARM-based devices like the iPad Air.


Who is it for?Asus is definitely not trying to push out fancy specs, a high-resolution display, or new innovative features with the Transformer Book T100. Instead, it’s positioned as an entry-level tablet that runs full Windows 8.1, can access desktop and traditional apps, and can be converted into a small laptop with the included keyboard dock. This combination is particularly attractive to students and other consumers on a budget who are looking for something more versatile than an Android tablet or iPad but don’t have the cash to buy a higher-end convertible.


 Additionally, the keyboard base is a useful accessory, and while it doesn’t include a second battery , it does provide a good typing experience considering its size. The display’s resolution is by far the T100’s biggest weakness, as it fails to impress. Other tablets in this price range offer 1080p. As a media consumption device, the T100 is a solid choice , although the app selection in the Windows Store leaves a lot to be desired compared to iOS or Android. I’m also not a big fan of the all-glossy look, which is clearly designed for function rather than beauty. 


If you can live with the budget trade-offs of the T100, it will undoubtedly suit some people well. But if you’re looking for a well-rounded 10-inch touch device in the $400-$500 range, it might be worth exploring ARM-based options.

3.8V 30Wh Asus C12N1419 Long Life Battery Replacement
30Wh 3.8V for ASUS Transformer Book T100 CHI Series,Asus C12N1419 Li-ion battery is a new brand and it is compatible with 100% original and replacement battery. Wholesale and retail of Asus C12N1419 battery is of high quality and low price!

All kinds of Asus Laptop batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Asus Laptop Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Asus Laptop battery.

Samsung Galaxy Tab S9 Ultra review: The best iPad Pro alternative

Samsung launched an extra-large tablet, the Galaxy Tab S8 Ultra. This 14.6-inch power monster exceeds the dimensions of even the most compact computers. With its hybrid design built around a keyboard and S Pen (Samsung’s stylus), it’s a bold proposition that aims to compete with the PC market and, most importantly, be a legitimate rival to Apple’s iPad Pro. A year later, inspired by the runaway success of the powerful Tab S8, the Korean manufacturer is once again placing the  Galaxy Tab S9 Ultra Tablet Battery  at the top of its tablet lineup. Note that unlike its predecessor, the Galaxy Tab S9 Ultra doesn’t offer 8 GB of RAM. The same is true for 128 GB storage, but it has been shelved. In fact, the starting price is higher: €1,349. If we push all the sliders to the bottom we get 1749 euros for 16 GB of RAM and 1 TB of storage.   


For this price, you only get the tablet, S Pen, and USB-C cable. Power supply and housing sold as options. If you can turn your Tab S9 Ultra into a PC with a keyboard and touchpad, the cost increases by €399.90 !
Galaxy Tab S8 Ultra design improvementsIf theGalaxy Tab S9 Ultra  Tablet Batterylooks like an updated version of the Galaxy Tab S8 Ultra, its curves are noticeable. Its design is very close to the old version and we could even play seven different games. But this is not a defect as the processing and production lines for these tablets are complete.
With a 14.6-inch screen and a weight of only 734 grams, it’s really worth it. It has a well-balanced weight and is comfortable to use even in portrait mode. The Tab S9 Ultra has a brushed aluminum body that’s thinner than many smartphones , although it’s only 5.6mm thick!


If there’s one criticism to be made, it’s the placement of this stylus. Its magnetic charging port is located on the back. Without the case, it would be difficult to put it down without worrying about it rolling around and coming loose. From the appearance point of view, there are two differences between the Galaxy Tab S9 Ultra and the Galaxy Tab S8 Ultra:


The Tab S9 Ultra is now IP68 certified. Water- and dust-proof for unrestricted use in the bathroom or poolside.Its photo module has been redesigned. The S8 Ultra combines the flash and S-Pen charging port, while the S9 Ultra separates all these elements for a cooler, more elegant look.Security is ensured by a fingerprint sensor under the panel. We can tie facial recognition to that. The latter can be fickle and require you to keep your head right on the screen.
Can the Galaxy Tab S9 Ultra replace your PC?For the price of a good computer, the Galaxy Tab S9 Ultra could replace one of those, thanks to the Galaxy Book Cover Keyboard, a case that integrates the keyboard and touchpad.


Apple already offers this kind of use for the iPad Pro, which is attracting more and more professionals, especially as a checkout tool like ready-to-wear brand Sézanne. Therefore, an Android version makes sense. We spent two weeks playing with the Galaxy Tab S9 Ultra as our only machine, putting away both Mac and PC.
For work, Google Workspace provides us with all the necessary software as well as forms and files. To edit photos, Lightroom on mobile is the best option. The addition of the S-Pen (also IP68) and its thinner tip than the Apple Pencil is a real advantage for precision work in this area.


Samsung made this clear with its Dex. The interface is activated in settings and turns the tablet into a PC or Mac-like system. Furthermore, two modes coexist: a new one similar to macOS and a classic mode with a Windows-style menu bar . When Samsung Dex was launched, applications no longer opened in multitasking mode, but instead opened in Windows, just like on classic computers. Users can move them to any location on the Desktop.
In use, the Galaxy Tab S9 Ultra comes with an add-on keyboard that can conveniently replace a PC for those without too specific application needs. We get compactness, and the tablet’s hybrid format makes it perfect for detaching the tablet from the keyboard base to watch a movie or series on its beautiful Oled screen.


The only complaint is that using the tablet + keyboard combo without a stand is complicated. We’re currently testing it with the machine on our lap, and it’s getting shaky results, a fault of the Galaxy Book Cover’s keyboard soft hinge. Also, if you rest your wrists on the keyboard, the keyboard flexes and the touchpad clicks… The Most Powerful Android TabletsGalaxy Tab S9 Ultra is powered by Snapdragon 8 Gen 2. While we wait for the first smartphones powered by Snapdragon 8 Gen 3, such as the Mi 14 and OnePlus 12, this 2023 processor is still the most powerful one on the market. If that’s not enough, Qualcomm is also offering Samsung a “for Galaxy” version, developed specifically for the brand’s high-end devices. So, this Galaxy Tab S9 Ultra is very well equipped in that regard. To support it we find 12 or 16 GB of RAM.

All kinds of Samsung Tablets batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Samsung Tablets Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buySamsung Tablets battery.

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>> iPad Pro Tablet Battery

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>3.8V 4800mAh Samsung T4800U Long Life Battery Replacement

HP EliteBook Folio 9470m Ultrabook Review: Ultrabooks in Enterpris

Introducing HP EliteBook Folio 9470m
Something interesting happened last year when many of us weren’t really paying attention: Intel’s nascent “ultrabook” specs and definitions expanded quietly, and in the process redefined what a laptop was. Intel has created a brand with its own circular approach and changed the way laptops are made (with the ULV Ivy Brid). If you haven’t noticed yet, thin and light has become popular. This is great for the consumer space, where some of the enterprise Gear isn’t as important, but in the enterprise, there are some features that go beyond basic mil-spec testing: users want real docking stations and longer battery life, and IT departments want user serviceability. . Finding some way to include these features can be complicated when you’re trying to develop a thin chassis, and HP seems to think they’ve found the balance with the EliteBook Folio 9470m.

If you haven’t noticed yet, thinness is in. This is great for the consumer world, where some enterprise-grade gear isn’t as important, but in the enterprise, some features are in greater demand. It goes beyond basic mil- spec testing: users want a true docking station and longer  HPEliteBook Folio 9470mbattery life on the HPEliteBook Folio 9470m. IT departments need user serviceability. When you’re trying to develop a thin chassis, finding some way to include these features can complicate things. HP seems to think they’ve found the balance with the EliteBook Folio 9470m. Despite the larger overall chassis, HP has chosen to stick with the ULV Ivy Bridge and Intel Core i5-3427U. The 3427U is similar to the newer 3337U, but with 100MHz more turbo clock and 50MHz more GPU frequency. This enterprise-class laptop provides a very interesting contrast to Dell’s own XPS 13, recently reviewed here; Dell’s XPS laptop was essentially designed to bridge the gap between consumer and enterprise laptops.
The Folio 9470m comes with two user-accessible DIMM ports, but HP only installed a paltry 4GB of DDR3-1600 on one of them, as is typical of traditional enterprise taxation. Thankfully, there’s a 180GB Intel SSD standard, as well as room to add an mSATA SSD later. A WWAN slot is also included, the battery is removable, and HP continues to offer a smart card reader.


Of course, that’s what it is, HP only has a 1366×768 TN panel display in the base model of the 9470m, and I don’t have to tell you that it’s pretty bad even by crappy laptop display standards. It’s hard to believe that I could have a resolution of 1280×720 on my 4-inch smartphone in 2013, but somehow HP can’t do it any better than a stock laptop configuration. Thankfully the 9470m can be ordered with a 1600×900 panel, but that’s still a far cry from the 1080p IPS technology found in many consumer laptops.

14.8V 3400mAh Hp BT04XL Long Life Battery Replacement

3400mAh 14.8V for HP EliteBook Folio 9470 9470m Ultrabook,Hp BT04XL Li-ion battery is a new brand and it is compatible with 100% original and replacement battery. Wholesale and retail of Hp BT04XL battery is of high quality and low price!

All kinds of Hp Laptop batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Hp Laptop Batterywith wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Hp Laptop battery.”

Asus Zenfone 11 Ultra review: Big and powerful, but lacks bite

While many are waiting for a new compact smartphone, ASUS is launching the Zenfone 11 Ultra. A high-end model with pretty good value for money, but with a more imposing design than the Zenfone 10. How much is this new XXL iteration worth? This test gives the answers. While we anxiously await the successor to the excellent Zenfone 10, which was launched seven months ago (July 2023) and is still on sale, ASUS has rewarded us with the new Zenfone 11 Ultra in XXL format. Although the brand compares the two smartphones, does the latest model actually position itself as a successor or complement a variant of the potentially smaller Zenfone 11?


Asus doesn’t have a clear answer to this question yet, although we’ll share our thoughts on the subject with you at the end of our testing. Zenfone 11 Ultra intends to differentiate itself from Zenfone 10 on four points: design, camera, autonomy and artificial intelligence capabilities. uninspired designIt’s hard not to see the slightly more refined design of the ROG Phone 8 Pro among the Asus Zenfone 11 Ultra. Aside from the ASUS ROG logo and bright LED lights, what we’re looking at is a near-perfect replica of its gaming cousin .
That’s not wrong, though, and we praise the ROG Phone 8 Pro’s “simple and clean” design. However, the Zenfone 11 Ultra has less personality, especially the sand-colored version we tested. In fact, the way the black camera block seems to be placed is unsightly, not to mention its location, which makes the phone wobble when laid flat. As you can guess from the dimensions above, we’re dealing with a very large smartphone, with a 6.78-inch screen, a far cry from the compactness of the Zenfone 10. Asus is clearly using this as an advantage by emphasizing display comfort. The Zenfone 11 Ultra has thinner screen bezels and a better screen-to-size ratio compared to its sibling. The surface finish on the back is somewhere between matte and glossy and won’t attract fingerprints.
We welcome the presence of a 3.5mm mini-jack connector, the rounded edges ensure a good grip, and the overall build quality is hardly the envy of its competitors. All parts are protected by Gorilla Glass Victus 2, which is durable and waterproof ( IP 68). On the other hand, we wish a little more work had been done on the design of the smartphone.
Having said that, the Asus Zenfone 11 Ultra still boasts a bit of originality, with its USB-C port being off-center and off to one side. The idea is definitely to make it easy to hold while charging the device while gaming.


a very bright big screenIf the phone’s design leaves us a bit unsatisfied, it’s great to go over the basics of the ROG Phone 8 Pro screen. We found a flexible E6 OLED screen with a diagonal of 6.78 inches, Full HD+ clarity, and we measured an average brightness of 1788 cd/m2, which is over 1000 cd/m2 higher than the Zenfone 10!
The Asus Zenfone 11 Ultra screen’s minimum brightness drops to 5.9 cd/m2 or even 3.2 cd/m2 if eye protection mode and “darker” mode are activated in quick settings. Great for protecting your eyes at night. Like any high-end Android smartphone in 2024, the Zenfone 11 Ultra is powered by a Qualcomm Snapdragon 8 Gen 3 chip. Paired with 12 or 16 GB LPDDR5X RAM and 256 or 512 GB UFS 4.0 storage. It’s enough to ensure top-notch performance, on the same level as the ROG Phone 8 Pro, which, remember, is a “gaming”-oriented smartphone. Therefore, the Zenfone 11 is an excellent gaming device and we submitted Genshin Impact to it, which runs at 60 fps with high-level graphics. While the Asus smartphone’s thermal range is slightly above the average of the “high-end” smartphones we 01Lab have tested over the past 18 months, it doesn’t overheat when pushed to its limits. The Zenfone 11 had the second-highest stability score in our comparison of the day, behind only the iPhone 15 Pro Max.
Battery life is long, but charging is a bit slowZenFone 11 Ultra The Zenfone 11 runs Android 14 and has Asus’ very minimalist interface. The manufacturer is also giving users a choice of two interfaces (which essentially changes the control panel): “Optimized for ASUS” or a “native Android version,” the latter of which is close to the interface found on Pixel smartphones. Unfortunately, Asus only promises 2 years of Android updates (minimum) and 4 years of security. If we consider that some competitors now offer 7 years of updates, as is the case with Samsung, Google and Apple, then this is nothing in 2024. The ASUS  ZenFone 11 Ultra smartphones battery is 5,500 mAh (yes, like the ROG Phone 8 Pro). That’s enough to give it 23 hours and 28 minutes of smartphones battery  life, according to 01Lab’s measurements, or a day and a half to two days of actual use That’s better than most of the competition, except for the Honor Magic 6 Pro and iPhone 15 Pro Max, which still set the standard in this segment. 

All kinds of Asus Cell Phone  batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Asus Cell Phone  Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buyAsus Cell Phone  battery


>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>3.8V/4.35V 3230mAh/12WH Asus C11P1325 Long Life Battery Replacement

Google Pixel 5 vs Pixel 8: Should you upgrade?

The Pixel 8 series arrives in late 2023, bringing with it an improved SoC, new camera sensors, and more. For those still holding out for the three-year-old Pixel 5, is it time to upgrade? We’ll take a closer look at how the Google Pixel 5 compares to the Pixel 8. The Pixel 5 is powered by a modest Snapdragon 765G SoC, paired with 8GB of LPDDR4X RAM and a single storage size of 128GB. Its display is also much smaller than modern Pixels at just 6 inches.


While Google is still sticking with a more modest CPU compared to some of its competitors, the Tensor G3 is a huge upgrade over the 765G. Just don’t expect it to be as fast as the current-generation Qualcomm Snapdragon 8 Gen 2. This new Tensor chip has the latest ARM CPU, an upgraded GPU, a new imaging DSP, a new ISP, and a next-generation TPU. In layman’s terms, all of this new silicon gives it some of the most impressive image processing, machine learning , and AI capabilities in the world. While the Pixel 8 still only has 8GB of RAM, it now uses LPDDR5X RAM. It also has a 256GB storage option, as well as a base 128GB model. The Pixel 8’s display has also been improved. Not only is it larger at 6.2 inches, bu

t it also has a variable refresh rate of 60-120Hz and a peak brightness of 2,000 nits.
The rest of the core differences come down to the Pixel 5 batterysize, charging speed, and camera. We’ll talk more about this later, but first, let’s talk about software. The Pixel 5 shipped with Android 11, and now the update cycle is coming to an end. Android 14 is the last OS upgrade that the Pixel 5 will receive, and even security updates are expected to end with this update. Not only does the Pixel 8 run Android 14 out of the box, but Google has also announced an impressive update policy that includes seven years of OS updates, security patches, and feature drops.
Google Pixel 5 vs Pixel 8: Size comparison The Pixel 5 and Pixel 8 are nothing alike. On the front, you’ll find that the Pixel 5 has a circular camera cutout in the top left corner, while the Pixel 8’s notch is in the center. The differences are more dramatic on the back.
The Pixel 5 has a fingerprint scanner in the center of the back, and a square camera bump in the top left corner. It’s not an ugly design, but it’s fairly uninteresting. This is in stark contrast to the Pixel 8, which continues the new design language first introduced with the Pixel 6. The all-glass back is divided into two parts, with a metal camera bar at the top. Inside the camera bar, you’ll find a pill-shaped camera cutout, with the flash located to the right.


Google Pixel 5 Gray Back 3
The Pixel 5 is also the smaller of the two, measuring 144.7 x 70 and 8mm thick. The Pixel 8 is slightly larger, measuring 150.5 x 70.8 and 8.9mm thick. Despite its size, it’s actually larger much smaller than its predecessor, the Pixel 7. In our Pixel 8 hands-on coverage, we felt the Pixel 8 hit the sweet spot because it was neither too big nor too small.
Google Pixel 5 vs Pixel 8: CameraGoogle Pixel 5 fingerprint scannerThe Google Pixel series has always been known for its excellent cameras. The Pixel 5 uses the same 12MP main sensor that Google has used since the original Pixel, but it also comes with a 16MP wide sensor and .6x zoom. The hardware wasn’t the best at the time, but Google’s camera software and algorithms allowed it to reasonably keep up with other 2020 flagships. A look at the Pixel 5 vs Pixel 8: Pixel 8 batterylife and chargingGoogle Pixel 5 one year laterThe Pixel 5 has a relatively small 4,080mAh battery, but don’t let that fool you. Thanks to its less demanding chipset, the phone can easily last a full day. Unfortunately, charging is relatively slow, as it only supports 18W wired charging and 12W wireless charging.
The Pixel 8 has a larger 4,575mAh Pixel 8 battery. You might think that means it can even make it through a second day with moderate use. While we haven’t tested it yet, the battery size isn’t much different from the Pixel 7. Judging from the Pixel 8’s predecessor, we should expect a full day of use, but no more than that.
The good news is that charging has improved over the past three years. The Pixel 8 has 27W wired charging and up to 18W wireless charging.

All kinds of Google Cell Phone  batteriesand chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Google Cell Phone  Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Google Cell Phone  battery.

3.89V 4485mAh Google GS35E Long Life Battery Replacement

4485mAh 3.89V for Google Pixel 8,Google GS35E Li-ion battery is a new brand and it is compatible with 100% original and replacement battery. Wholesale and retail of Google GS35E battery is of high quality and low price!

The best over-ear headphones you can buy: Expert tested

I tested the best over-ear headphones from brands like Bose, Sony, Apple, and more to help you find the best headphones for your sound quality, comfort, and battery life preferences. If you’re looking for a new pair of headphones, you might be tempted to buy the most popular ones. But popularity doesn’t equal functionality, and despite great reviews, these headphones may not fit your preferences.
Bose QuietComfort UltraBest Over-Ear Headphones Overall The Bose QC Ultra headphones are perfect for those who work at a desk or have a long commute. Their ANC does a great job of blocking out office chatter and the low hum of a plane, train, or car. Comfortable all-day wear and versatile enough for casual mobile gaming, watching videos, taking calls, and listening to music, the QC Ultra are the best on-ear headphones for those who like to carry a pair of headphones with them everywhere. Reddit users seem to agree with me, with one user calling the QC Ultra very well-rounded.
Sony WH-1000XM5Best Over-Ear Headphones for Software Lovers The WH-1000XM5 headphones offer all the premium headphone features you could think of. If you like highly personalized headphones, these are the headphones for you. If you want a pair of headphones that are full of features and perform well, look no further than the XM5.
Despite the impressive and extensive internal audio components, the XM5 over-ear headphones are still lightweight and comfortable for long-term wear. While Sony’s headphones aren’t my top pick for sound quality or noise cancellation, Sony delivers on all fronts. ZDNET’s Matt Miller tested the XM5 headphones and called them “basically perfect” for their simple design, effective ANC, and all-day comfort.
Sony’s XM5 over-ear headphones also come with a useful companion app that’s filled with personalization features and future-proof software features. The XM5 headphones are incredibly popular, and for good reason. Amazon customers rave about the XM5’s battery life, comfort, ANC, and warm sound.
Sony WH-1000XM5 Tech Specs: Weight: 8.8 oz (249.5 g) | Sony WH-1000XM5 Headphones Battery Life: 30 hours | Bluetooth: Yes (Bluetooth 5.2) | Multipoint: Yes
If you’re looking for a new pair of headphones, you might be tempted to buy one of the most popular ones. But popularity doesn’t equal functionality, and despite good reviews, these headphones may not be to your liking

.Best Over-Ear Headphones of 2024Bose QuietComfort UltraBest Over-Ear Headphones OverallThe Bose QC Ultra headphones are perfect for those who sit at a desk for long periods of time or who commute to get off work. Their ANC does a great job of blocking out office chatter and the low hum of a plane, train, or car Comfortable all-day for casual mobile gaming, watching videos, taking calls, and listening to music, the QC Ultra are the best over-ear headphones for those who like to carry a pair of headphones with them. Reddit users seem to agree with me, as one user called the QC Ultra very well-rounded.
Bose’s latest version incorporates quietness into QuietComfort, as the QC Ultra headphones take the spot for the best noise cancellation on this list. There’s no hiss or buzzing, and only loud conversations at close range will get through the Ultra’s ANC. The noise cancellation performance of the QC Ultra is a major highlight, as it’s more effective than any other headphone from Bose and slightly better than the noise cancellation from Apple and Sony.
Going a step further, the QuietComfort Ultra headphones are the best you’ll get from Bose. The sound quality is clear, balanced, and detailed. Of course, the sound quality is not as good as audiophile-centric consumer headphones like the Sennheiser Momentum 4. However, the Bose QuietComfort Ultra sound is definitely fuller than the XM5 headphones and clearer than the AirPods Max.
Bose QuietComfort Ultra Tech Specs: Weight: 8.96 oz (254 g) |Bose QuietComfort Ultra Headphones BatteryLife: 24 hours
The WH-1000XM5 headphones offer every premium headphone feature you can think of. If you like highly personalized headphones, these are the headphones for you. If you want a full-featured pair of headphones that perform well, the XM5 is the one for you .
Despite the impressive and extensive internal audio components of the XM5 over-ear headphones, they are still light and comfortable for long-term wear. While Sony’s headphones would not be my first choice for sound quality or noise cancellation, the Sony’s sound quality is excellent across the board. ZDNET’s Matt Miller tested the XM5 headphones and called them “basically perfect” due to their simple design, effective ANC, and all-day comfort.

3.8V 1200mAh Sony 723741 Long Life Battery Replacement

1200mAh 3.8V for Sony WH-1000XM5,Sony 723741 Li-ion battery is a new brand and it is compatible with 100% original and replacement battery. Wholesale and retail of Sony 723741 battery is of high quality and low price!

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>Bose Jabra Bluetoot Headset Long Life Battery Replacement

Medical Ventilators Recalled due to Defective Battery

Two ventilators manufactured by Drager Medical have a faulty Drager Medical battery ,prompting the US Food and Drug Administration to issue a Class I recall. This is the most severe type of recall, indicating that these defective ventilators are likely to cause serious adverse health consequences or death.

The device does not accurately indicate when theDrager Replacement Medical Batteryis depleted, so the ventilator may run out of power and unexpectedly shut down, even if the indicator light shows that the battery is charged. If this happens, the patient may not receive necessary oxygen, which could result in injury or even death.


The batteries are particularly important because these ventilators may be used away from a power source during patient transport. When the “low battery” and “depleted battery” alarms sound, the device does not indicate how much time is left before the ventilator runs out of power. Dräger says that in the event of a power outage, the   Drager Medical battery backup power supply should last for 30 minutes until the ventilator is connected to the main power source. The batteries are part of the PS500 power supply unit and are used in both ventilators to provide continuous respiratory support to the patient. The Evita V500 ventilator is for adults and children, including premature infants. The Babylog VN500 ventilator supports premature infants. All batches are included in the recall of 2,081 devices distributed between June 1, 2011 and June 30, 2015.


Dräger Medical plans to replace all faulty    Drager  Medical battery . In the meantime, the company advises customers not to rely on the Dräger Medica battery status indicator. If the power failure alarm sounds, the user should perform manual ventilation and immediately connect the ventilator to the main power source. The recalled ventilators should not be used to transport patients. If transport with the device is unavoidable, medical staff should take additional precautions, including charging the device first and letting it run without a patient to determine the  Drager Medical battery capacity.

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>7.4V 3700mAh Draeger JM105 Long Life Battery Replacement

Huawei Watch Fit 3 leaks: Borrowing a page from Apple’s playbook?

Last week, the Chinese tech giant Huawei introduced its latest flagship phone, the Pura 70 series, putting a spotlight on photography. But there is more around the corner with the upcoming Watch Fit 3, and a recent leak has given us a sneak peek at its design.
Renowned leaker with a solid track record, Roland Quandt (via 9to5Mac), has revealed images of the upcoming   Huawei Watch Fit 3 Batteryfrom Huawei on X.The Watch Fit 3 sticks to the design language of its predecessor, the Watch Fit 2, featuring a rectangular shape. However, the new model adds an extra button – a rotating crown. It also has somewhat slimmer bezels and rounded corners and comes with a band that connects without traditional lugs.
Huawei’s upcoming smartwatch is expected to be available in four different colors: silver, gold, black, and pink. And as usual, Huawei will likely give you a choice between silicone and leather straps.

Smartwatch designs vary a lot between brands, especially in the world of Wear OS. But Huawei’s next smartwatch seems to be getting even closer to Apple’s design than before. Sure, rectangular smartwatches tend to look alike, but with the new button, it’s starting to feel even more like an Apple Watch.
However, Huawei’s Watch Fit line prioritizes fitness tracking over smartwatch functions. It runs a lightweight version of HarmonyOS, supporting some apps along with fitness and sleep tracking features. It also handles notifications and calls from your phone.

All kinds of Huawei Other batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Huawei Other Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Huawei Other battery.

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>3.82V 420mAh Huawei HB512627ECW Long Life Battery Replacement

New Galaxy Z Fold 6 leak suggests possible storage and color options

In a few months, we anticipate the launch of the new Samsung Galaxy Z Fold 6 and Galaxy Z Flip 6 Battery. Samsung typically unveils its next-generation foldable phones at a Galaxy Unpacked event during the summer. While it’s still uncertain how much will change from the Galaxy Z Fold 5 and Galaxy Z Flip 5 to their upcoming successors, leaks and rumors give us a good idea of ​​​​what to expect.


So, renowned display analyst Ross Young, known for being pretty spot-on with leaks, shared information about the color options and storage setups for Samsung’s upcoming foldables.Samsung might not change the storage options for the Galaxy Z Fold 6, offering it in 256GB , 512GB, and 1TB variants, just like the Galaxy Z Fold 5. Similarly, the Galaxy Z Flip 6 could stick to the same storage sizes as its predecessor, coming in 256GB and 512GB options.


Young also mentioned that the Galaxy Z Fold 6 will be available in five colors this year. As we’ve heard before, there are three main ones:However, Dark Blue is now referred to as Navy, and Silver is now called Silver Shadow. Although these name changes are typically just for marketing, they can still clue us in on how the new color options for the Galaxy Z Fold 6 might differ from previous generations.The new less common colors or the low-volume ones are simply Crafted Black and White. similarly, for the clamshell foldable, the low-volume colors include again Crafted Black and White, but also Peach, as revealed by Young in another leak regarding the Galaxy Z Flip 6 colors.
The low-volume colors will probably be part of Samsung.com’s exclusive colors, which the company often offers. Additionally, we might see a few more vibrant colors available exclusively on the website, as the Korean tech giant usually offers around three or four colors that tend to be a bit more eye-catching than just black and white.
As we edge closer to the rumored release of Samsung’s next foldables, anticipated in July this year, we can expect more leaks and rumors to surface. Keep an eye out for updates!

All kinds of Samsung Cell Phone batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Samsung Cell Phone Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Samsung Cell Phone battery

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>3.88V 2345mAh Samsung EB-BF917ABY Long Life Battery Replacement

Alcatel 7 goes official with dual camera, big battery, and affordable price tag

There’s always room for another affordable device with understated specs in the smartphone space. One such fairly affordable Android device is the new Alcatel 7, which has just been announced as a MetroPCS exclusive. It’s priced at $179.99, $129 with the purchase of new service or an eligible upgrade, and finally, you can even get it for free if you roll in credit on an unlimited data plan. But what does the Alcatel 7 offer? First, the company deserves credit for resisting the silly idea of ​​​​​​adding a notch to the display for no reason. While the phone looks a bit less classy than some of its contemporary affordable competitors, the 18:9, 6-inch FHD+ display has fairly tolerable bezels and makes up for a nice symmetrical look that’s rare these days. However, the glossy 2.5D glass on the back is a strong nod to today’s design trends. The Alcatel 7 is powered by a 2.5GHz MediaTek MT6763T processor, aided by 2GB of RAM, 32GB of storage, and a microSD card slot. 4,000mAh Alcatel 7  battery on the back will definitely keep the phone going for quite a while. Thankfully, the phone also features an unspecified fast charging solution, giving you 6 hours of use after 22 minutes of charging. In terms of security, the Alcatel 7 relies on a traditional fingerprint scanner and the recently popular face unlock. In terms of cameras, we have a 12MP main rear camera and a 2MP unit, most likely to infer depth information for portrait photos. On the front, an 8MP camera with flash will take
care

All kinds of Alcatel Cell Phone  batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Alcatel Cell Phone  Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Alcatel Cell Phone  battery.

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>Alcatel Pixi 4 8050D Long Life Battery Replacement of your selfies.

AI and short dramas are impacting one after another. How should the film industry respond?

On the morning of the 21st, the Beijing International Film Festival Industry Forum: Building and Breaking Under the Changing Situation of the Film Industry was held at the Langyuan Station punctual theater. Photo by Beijing Daily reporter Gan Nan
  What impact will artificial intelligence have on the film and television industry? What do you think of the new short drama format that has exploded recently? Yesterday, the 14th Beijing International Film Festival Industry Forum was held. Focusing on “establishment and destruction under China’s industrial changes”, domestic and foreign guests spoke freely and sparked many sparks of thinking.
  The film industry needs to try to “embrace” AI


  At the beginning of this year, the birth of the Sora model aroused heated discussions throughout the industry, leading the film into a new era to a certain extent. Talking about the changes AI will bring to the film industry, Wang Changtian, chairman of Beijing Enlight Media Co., Ltd., believes that overall, AI will become a major tool available to the industry. “First of all, AI can improve the efficiency of film production, especially animated films; second, it may reduce costs, which will be a huge boost for the film industry with a high loss rate; third, as a technology, AI “It can improve the quality of film production and avoid the emergence of low-quality products.” But he also said that AI makes good creativity and unique aesthetics more and more difficult, and produces a large amount of homogeneous content, which also makes good content more difficult. stand out.
  ”Movies are produced by technology, not by art.” Director Huang Jianxin traced the history of movies from a single shot to multiple sets of shots, from silent to sound, as well as the several changes brought to movies by visual effects, IMAX and other technologies , believes that technology is the support and driving force of movies. He bluntly said that AI is a “good thing” and “it will only benefit us to establish a good relationship with it, so we must embrace AI.”


  Actor Chen Chong was deeply moved by the recent news about AI “resurrecting” the dead, and her views are quite philosophical. In her view, if AI can generate a person’s appearance and behavior when he was young, will this corrode human memory of the past and cause people to “lose” themselves? In addition, she feels that the biggest danger of AI is that it trains humans no less than humans train AI. Will this lead to human thinking getting closer to AI? “It’s not that AI has replaced me, but that I’m becoming more and more like AI.”


  Improving movie viewing experience to cope with the impact of short dramas
  Talking about the new short drama format that has emerged recently, the forum guests all held an open and inclusive attitude. They believed that the existence of short dramas has made the industry richer and more diverse in terms of content, channels, etc., and the overall view was relatively positive and optimistic.
  ”There will always be popular products, but no product can be popular forever.” Wang Changtian said with a smile that short plays are the hottest trend at the moment because they are easier to produce and the business model is smoother. He encourages young people to make short plays. But he also stated that Enlight Media’s current positioning is purely to make movies, and they want to challenge “the most difficult content to make.”


  Cameron Bailey, CEO of the Toronto International Film Festival, said that there is a difference in consumer experience between short plays and movies. Film creators hope that their works can provide audiences with a collective viewing experience, while short plays are usually for users alone. Consumption. Therefore, the two products are significantly different in technology, creative ideas, and business models. Chen Chong believes that there should be no “chain of contempt” between audio-visual products, it’s just that the media are different.


  Under the impact of short videos represented by short dramas, how should traditional movies respond? IMAX China CEO Meng Danqing proposed that theaters should try various innovations to improve the audience experience. “We have recently tried showing sports games and concerts in theaters, and the results have been very good. For the audience, a theater has delicious popcorn, comfortable seats, appropriate air conditioning, and a large and clear screen… In addition to pure content, these “Detailed experience is so important and will affect the entire industry,” he said, hoping that his words would be heard by theater bosses and taken seriously. (Beijing Daily reporter Yuan Yuner)

“Shop Laptop Batteries ,Laptop AC Adapters, Notebook Batteries and Notebook Chargers from HP, Lenovo, DELL, Panasonic Asus and more! Batteryforpc.co.uk offers the best prices, shipping & top-rated customer service! Order today

Toshiba Portege X20W-D Series: 2-in-1, well-designed, compact

Slim and lightweight, the Portege X20W is a rugged, easily convertible laptop that brings flexibility to your work. After withdrawing from the shrinking consumer PC market in 2016, Toshiba focused all its efforts on manufacturing commercial PCs. If the company’s premium Portege X20W-D is any indication of the company’s direction, that singular focus could pay off. This ultra-portable 2-in-1 costs $999, AU$2,145 or £1,399 in the UK and is available in a variety of pre-built configurations. Or, at least in the US, you can set it up yourself and build a laptop like our review system for $2,099. However, a better option is the similarly configured Signature Edition, available from Microsoft for $1,500.


However, no matter which processor, memory, or storage you use, the basic features and components are the same, making it a great tablet/laptop hybrid even with a few extra features. Although it’s aimed at business users, students may also want to consider it, as it’s slim, weighs 2.4 pounds (1.1 kg), and comes with a Wacom TruPen active stylus. The screen isn’t removable from the keyboard like the Dell Latitude 12 5000 Series 2-in-1 or Microsoft Surface Pro, but it folds away like the Lenovo X1 Yoga. This 2-in-1 style might be a little awkward to use in tablet mode, but that’s not the case thanks to the lightweight and not-too-large 12.5-inch 1,920×1,080 pixel display.
The screen is made from Gorilla Glass for durability and has an anti-glare coating that actually works, and coupled with the 350 nits of brightness, you won’t have much trouble viewing this screen outdoors. Of course, you can operate the touchscreen with your fingers, but Toshiba includes his TruPen stylus with 2,048 levels of pressure sensitivity. Developed in partnership with Wacom, the industry leader says this pen has little to no lag, and while it may still be too much for professional artists, it’s perfect for sketching and doodling during brainstorming sessions, or for presentations. is. It’s fast enough for things like adding annotations. . margin. The biggest drawback is that there is no place to put your pen.


I like the screen and pen, but I don’t really like the keyboard. There’s not a lot of travel due to the shallow body, but the keys are just as soft and everything feels small and cramped.
The touchpad is also small, but at least it’s responsive and has excellent palm rejection. Additionally, there is a fingerprint reader embedded in the top left corner for logging in via Windows Hello. (If you want to log in using facial recognition, Toshiba also includes an infrared camera on top of the display next to the 720p webcam.) Do more with less.Like all very compact and thin laptops, the Portege X20W-D has a limited selection of ports. There are actually only two: standard USB 3.0 and USB 3.1 Type-C with Thunderbolt 3. There’s a headphone/mic combo jack, but no direct video output, Ethernet, or SD card slot. Another issue is that the laptop charges via the Type-C port. This means you have to choose between using power or using the ports for other purposes.


Fortunately, Toshiba offers an HDMI to Type-C adapter with an additional Type-C port, so at least you have the option to use both video output and power out of the box. But if you want to go beyond that and use it on your desk in the office, for example, you’ll need to invest in some sort of docking station. Toshiba Portage X20W-D Laptop Battery
Of course, its thinness limits what can be packed inside, so you won’t find a high-performance quad-core processor or discrete graphics card here. But what Toshiba has come up with is very effective. Even with 24 Chrome tabs open and music playing in the background, it was easy to keep going. Even under load, the system is relatively quiet. When I do something demanding, the fan speeds up, but quickly returns to idle. Intel HD Graphics 620 integrated graphics are sufficient for casual gaming, Full HD video playback, and light photo editing.Toshiba Portege X20W Laptop BatteryAs for longevity, Toshiba rates it at up to 13 hours, but it lasted just over 10 hours in our video streaming test. In my anecdotal testing, it lasted about 8 hours with mixed use, music playing constantly, and display brightness set to 50%. If you keep using it and increase the brightness, you could potentially save an hour or two. Basically, you can get most of your day done before heading to the pro shop.


keep moving keep movingThere are many 2-in-1 computers on the market, and most of them have the same internal structure. To compete, Toshiba not only created an affordable model, but also offered the Portege, which offers this feature. safety. Toshiba remains strong when it comes to business laptops, offering rugged 2-in-1s suitable for long flights, conference room presentations, and coffee shop brainstorming.

All kinds of Toshiba Laptop batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Toshiba Laptop Batterywith wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Toshiba Laptop battery

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>7.7V 4680mAh Toshiba PA5325U-1BRS Long Life Battery Replacement




Alcatel OneTouch Pop 4 lineup leaks ahead of MWC – meet the Pop 4S, Pop 4 Plus, and Pop 4

TCL, owner of the Alcatel OneTouch brand, will launch its new Pop 4 series of smartphones at MWC later this month. The prices of all these leaked Pop 4 devices should be very low. The Alcatel OneTouch Pop 4S is the flagship smartphone of the Pop 4 series and comes with a 5.5-inch 1080p IPS display and Helio X10 chipset.

The X10 SoC has been around for a while now and is proving to be a favorite in the mid-range segment. The specific chip in the Pop 4S will offer an octa-core Cortex-A53 processor (4x 1.8GHz and 4x 1.0GHz), a Mali-T860 GPU, and 2GB of RAM. Rest of the specs include 16/32GB expandable storage, 13MP main camera with phase detection and dual-LED flash, and 5/8MP selfie snapper. Finally, the 4S supports LTE (Cat.4/Cat.6), has a 2,960 mAhAlcatel One Touch Pop  4S battery and runs Android 6.0 Marshmallow. The Alcatel OneTouch Pop 4 Plus also sports a 5.5-inch IPS display, but at a lower 720p resolution. It is powered by the Snapdragon 210 chip with quad-core 1.1GHz Cortex-A7, Adreno 304 GPU and 1.5GB RAM. 


The Pop 4 Plus will offer 16GB of expandable storage, LTE Cat.4 connectivity, an 8 or 13MP main camera with LED flash, a 5 or 8MP selfie camera, and a 2,500 mAh Alcatel One Touch Pop 4 Plus battery . Android Marshmallow also handles operations .


Finally, the Alcatel OneTouch Pop 4 is an entry-level offering with a 5-inch 720p display and the same Snapdragon 210 chipset as the Pop 4 Plus. The Pop 4 will be available with 1GB or 1.5GB of RAM, depending on the market Also, depending on the market, there is the main camera – 8 or 13 MP, and the selfie snapper – 5 or 8 MP.


Fixed specs for all models include LTE Cat.4 connectivity, 2,500 mAh Alcatel OneTouch Pop 4 battery, and Android 6.0 Marshmallow operating system.
All three robots will debut at MWC in Barcelona later this month. If they do show up on the MWC floor, we’ll give you some footage and first-hand impressions.

All kinds of Alcatel Cell Phone  batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Alcatel Cell Phone  Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Alcatel Cell Phone  battery

HONOR X7b Review Philippines: New Budget Battery Champ?

HONOR X7b Philippines Review: The New Budget Battery Champion? Following the X9b and X8b, it’s only natural that HONOR completes its lineup in the Philippines with the X7b. As the most affordable model in the brand’s X series, the main selling point of the X7b is its large-capacity HONOR X7b battery. Aside from the display and camera upgrades, is the X7b a good budget choice? HONOR X7b Philippines Review: Design
From a distance, you might mistake the X7b for the HONOR 90, given its dual-circle design with 3 cameras built in. Even the hue of the Emerald Green colorway of our review unit reminded us of the HONOR 90 — the only difference being that the X7b is positioned as a budget offering.


Unlike the previousHONOR X7  Battery model, the X7b finally sports a punch-hole display, giving it a more modern look. Other than these changes, the X7b is roughly the same size as the older X7 model. As for the button and port layout, you still get a side -mounted fingerprint scanner. A headphone jack and USB-C port are new to the X7b, which is a feature we welcome on any budget phone. HONOR X7b Philippines Review: Display and Speakers


One of the biggest upgrades on the X7b is the display: aside from being bigger, you don’t get Full HD+ resolution, a punch hole, and a higher brightness range. The chin may be thick, but we’re a little more forgiving of the X7b since it’s a budget phone. The only nitpick we might have with the X7b’s display is that it only has Widevine L3, so you can only watch Netflix videos in HD resolution. Aside from the display, the X7b also gets an upgrade in the audio department with a stereo speaker setup. The sound is decent for a budget phone, and the audio fidelity is well preserved even when we cranked the volume to max.
HONOR X7b Philippines Review: CameraWhile the X7b’s cameras are average, the 108-megapixel main camera is an exception. It’s the same ISOCELL HM6 sensor found on the X9b and X8b, so the image quality is noticeably better than the 50-megapixel camera used by its predecessor.


We took a few photos with the X7b, and they looked detailed for a budget phone in well-lit conditions. Low-light shots aren’t the best, but as long as you have a steady hand, you can take usable photos. When it comes to video, the X7b is limited to Full HD recording at 30FPS. It may not be the best phone for video, but the performance of the ISOCELL HM6 makes it suitable for situations where you need to shoot video – and you only have the X7b at your side.


HONOR X7b Philippines Review: Internals and Battery LifeHONOR realized that they made a mistake with the outdated Helio G37 processor on the X7a, so the X7b goes back to the Snapdragon 680. The X7b comes with 8GB of RAM and 256GB of storage, which is on par with what most budget phones offer these days.
We’re familiar with the Snapdragon 680, which is generally an entry-level chip that focuses on  HONOR X7b battery   life. Gaming with the X7b isn’t recommended due to the Snapdragon 680’s GPU, but you can push it to run games like Genshin Impact and Honkai: Star Rail at the lowest graphics settings.
Like other X-series phones, the X7b ships with MagicOS 7.2 based on Android 13. We don’t know when it will be updated to Android 14 – currently, the Magic6 Pro is the only HONOR device to ship with MagicOS 8.0 based on Android 14.


In PCMark’s X7b 6000mAhHONOR X7b battery benchmark, we clocked 18 hours and 44 minutes of battery life, which is an impressive number. This roughly translates to about 2 days of battery life. The X7b also charges faster than its predecessor at 35w, which means you can get a full charge in less than 2 hours.


HONOR X7b review Philippines: summary and conclusionThe HONOR X7b is a big improvement over the previous X7 model, thanks to a higher-resolution main camera and an updated display with a modern punch hole and Full HD+ resolution. While the processor isn’t an upgrade, the X7b shines with its excellentHONOR X7b batterylife, making it one of the longest-lasting budget phones in the Philippines in 2024.  

All kinds of Huawei Cell Phone batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Huawei Cell Phone Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Huawei Cell Phone battery

Meitu T9 with four cameras will be launched on June 27

While many smartphone makers are busy of designing smartphones with new and innovative features, Meitu continues its way in a single direction. As you should know, the manufacturer is known for its selfie-centric smartphones made for females. Of course, selfies are taken not only by girls, but the Meitu-line handsets look differently and they are made for ladies. The latest model from the company’s T-line will arrive on June 27. Today, the manufacturer officially announced the Meitu T9 will make a debut at the Summer Palace on the mentioned date. As for now, the 4+64GB model is available for pre-order at 3399 yuan ($531), while the 6+128GB variant costs 4199 yuan ($657).In terms of configuration, the Meitu T9 is packed with a 6.01-inch FHD+ screen, a Qualcomm Snapdragon 660 super mid-range chip, 4/6GB RAM, and 64/128GB of storage space. It runs on a custom MEIOS4.3 operating system based on Android 8.1

And though it is capable of providing quite powerful performance due to the SND660 SoC, its biggest selling point is the photographing capabilities. The Meitu T9 is equipped with a 12MP dual-camera using the SONY IMX363 sensor with a 1.4μm large photosensitive element and af /1.8 large aperture.

They provide an SLR-like blur effect. Apart from this, front shooter uses the same IMX363 sensor paired with a 5MP lens. Both cameras on the front and back support OIS and full-pixel PDAF focus.The Meitu T9 has added Pyramid Multi-dimensional image processing technology to fine-tune skin defects, retain skin details to a maximum extent, and achieve beauty without skinning. At the same time, it also supports multi-dimensional personalization of facial features. In addition, the phone has also joined the Google point identification technology, combined with MTlab big data golden ratio algorithm, to intelligently adjust the body proportions and to achieve better portrait beautification.


3.85V 3100mAh Meitu MB1718 Long Life Battery Replacement
3100mAh 3.85V for Meitu T9 T9S,Meitu MB1718 Li-ion battery is a new brand and it is compatible with 100% original and replacement battery. Wholesale and retail of Meitu MB1718 battery is of high quality and low price!

All kinds of Meitu Cell Phone  batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Meitu Cell Phone  Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Meitu Cell Phone  battery.

Lenovo Smart Tab M8 HD Unboxing Review: Smart Home Management Tab

Lenovo Smart Tab M8 HD Review Verdict
While budget tablets are often seen as work-from-home and study-from-home devices, the Lenovo Smart Tab M8 HD takes it a step further and becomes a good companion device for controlling smart home devices. While it has a mediocre camera, average internals, and is still stuck on Android Pie, the Smart Tab M8 is still a great cheap productivity tool and device for managing your smart home. The Lenovo’s Smart Tab M8 HD is priced at Php 8,490 in the Philippines and is available at Lenovo Mobile’s official Lazada store. In addition to most people choosing to work from home or study from home during the pandemic, more and more people are starting to build their own smart home ecosystems. Starting with smart speakers and smart bulbs , connected homes make daily tasks convenient because you can use devices to manage them although.

Lenovo’s Smart Tab M8 HD hopes to complement these smart homes with an easy-to-use hub to control these devices, its limited performance makes it struggle with other tasks. Lenovo Smart Tab M8 HD back view Design and build of the Lenovo Smart Tab M8 HDAlthough it is a budget tablet, the Lenovo Sm You’ll need to stick to the lowest possible graphics settings to play them — as long as you don’t mind slow loading times and occasional frame drops. As a productivity device, the Smart Tab M8 does a decent job switching between less demanding apps like Netflix, Spotify, GMail, and Chrome — provided you limit multitasking to three apps.

The Smart Tab M8 makes up for its modest internals with near-stock Android software. Aside from a few Lenovo tablet-specific features, the Smart Tab M8 comes with little bloatware pre-installed, so you can make the most of its 2GB RAM and 32GB internal storage — the latter of which is expandable via MicroSD. While I appreciate the near- stock Android UI, I do hope Lenovo rolls out an Android 10 update for the Smart Tab M8 rather sooner than later. Lenovo Smart Tab M8 HD Charging Dock


The Smart Tab M8 does a few tricks when you charge it via the Smart Charging Dock. Doing so enables Google’s Ambient Mode, which turns the Smart Tab M8 into a device controller for smart home devices. Additionally, Ambient Mode allows you to display the time (like an Always-On Display) and gives you an overview of your day. Another strong point of the Smart Tab M8 is battery life. Although its 5000mAh battery needs to power the 8-inch display, we got just under 12 hours of battery life through our YouTube video loop test. This means at least a day of moderate use, which should be good if you plan to use the Smart Tab M8 as a productivity companion. Lenovo Smart Tab M8 HD size comparison
The Smart Tab M8 does not support fast charging, so it takes about 4 hours to fully charge the 5000mAh The Smart Tab M8 battery. The lack of fast charging should not be a big problem, especially since the smart charging station transforms the Smart Tab M8 into a smart home controller. Lenovo Smart Tab M8 HD Apps


Lenovo Smart Tab M8 HD Review Summary and ConclusionThe main audience for the Lenovo Smart Tab M8 HD is not those who are looking for a tablet that can be used for heavy workloads. Instead, it is a basic tablet that is more of a companion to smart home devices and a decent movie watching device The Smart Tab M8 has modest internals, and despite its limitations, it should be fine for those who are looking for a convenient connected home controllerart Tab M8 HD has a sturdy unibody aluminum construction with plastic antenna tabs on the top and bottom. The back panel has an anodized finish, which makes the Smart Tab M8 feel premium. Display and speakers of the


Lenovo Smart Tab M8 HDThe tablet features an 8-inch IPS display with a 16:10 aspect ratio and a resolution of 1280×800, which is equivalent to HD resolution for smartphones. Colors on the Lenovo Smart Tab M8 HD panel are quite good for watching videos, and the brightness is just right for indoor use – the panel will struggle when used in direct sunlight. Lenovo Smart Tab M8 HD speakers

As for speakers, the Smart Tab M8 has stereo speakers, but they are average at best: the bass is relatively weak, while the mids and highs are decent, which is expected for a budget tablet. Don’t expect too much from the camera , as the overall image quality is not particularly good. The selfie snapper takes mediocre pictures (not to mention it’s not suitable for face unlock), and the same goes for the rear camera. If you really need to use the Smart Tab M8 to take quick photos and videos, it’s best to use it in good light. Lenovo Smart Tab M8 HD Performance Lenovo Smart Tab M8 HD Performance andLenovo Smart Tab M8 HD Battery  LifeFor a budget tablet, the Lenovo Smart Tab M8 HD comes with modest internals: a Helio A22 quad-core processor, 2GB of LPDDR3 RAM, and 32GB of eMMC storage. Here’s a quick rundown of its benchmarks:
Due to its internals, the Smart Tab M8 isn’t meant for gaming. While you can play games like Marvel Future Fight or Asphalt 9, you’ll

All kinds of Lenovo Tablets batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk.Lenovo Tablets Batterywith wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Lenovo Tablets battery

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>3.85V/4.4V 4850mAh/18.7WH Lenovo L18D1P32 Long Life Battery Replacement

DOOGEE’s retro T6 PRO is the latest MT6753 (large battery) phone

Doogee is like a brand that’s been around forever… and never really went away (thanks to so many new launches!). The latest phone from the Chinese company happens to be the Doogee T6 Pro, another budget phone. It’s powered by the MediaTek MT6753 octa-core processor that’s become the “face” of all mid-range phones from export brands like Doogee.


That being said, there’s one thing that’s a little different from the many MT6753 phones out there – the Doogee T6 Pro battery. The Doogee T6 Pro is equipped with a pretty hefty 6250mAh battery that should last you at least a few days on a single charge .
Okay, let’s stop beating around the bush. Let’s discuss the full specs of this phone: the Doogee T6 Pro has a 5.5-inch 1280 x 720p display, the mentioned MediaTek MT6753 processor, 32GB of internal storage, 3GB of RAM, a 13MP rear camera, a 5MP front camera, a 6250mAhDoogee T6 Probattery(with 9V/2A charging support), and finally, Android 6.0 Marshmallow. Doogee claims that the 9V/2A charger that comes in the box complies with the Quick Charge 2.0 standard. Regardless, the charger’s rating does imply fast charging – however, how well it actually works remains to be seen.

The Doogee T6 Pro is available for pre-order at $149.99, which doesn’t seem too low of a price for a phone of its specs. More news to come in the coming weeks
3.8V/4.35V 6250mah Doogee T6Pro Long Life Battery Replacement
6250mah 3.8V/4.35V for Homtom HT6 & DOOGEE T6 T6 Pro,Doogee T6Pro Li-ion battery is a new brand and it is compatible with 100% original and replacement battery. Wholesale and retail of Doogee T6Pro battery is of high quality and low price!
All kinds of Doogee Cell Phone  batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Doogee Cell Phone  Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Doogee Cell Phone  battery.

The Sennheiser Momentum True Wireless 2 are 53% off at Amazon

Listen to your favorite musical (or take a work call) with Sennheiser’s trusted sound quality at a deeply discounted price. Sennheiser Momentum True Wireless 2 earbuds are on sale for just $141.56. That’s a savings of over $150.
Still walking around listening to the White Lotus soundtrack on repeat? We don’t judge. These days, we’re all used to wearing earbuds for music we’re too embarrassed to play too loud, for work calls, or for endless podcasts. If you need a new pair of earbuds, these Sennheiser earbuds offer great sound quality at an affordable price.
Regularly priced at $299.95, the Sennheiser Momentum True Wireless 2 earbuds are on sale for 53% off on Amazon. They’re available in black and white, but to get them for $141.56, you’re better off going for the white color. This is the lowest price we’ve ever seen on Amazon.


The Sennheiser Momentum True Wireless 2 earphones operate over Bluetooth for a wireless experience. With a built-in equalizer, you can customize your listening experience through the Smart Control app. They also feature active noise cancellation for when you don’t want to hear the sounds around you. The Sennheiser Momentum True Wireless 2 batterylife is rated at seven hours, but with the charging case, that can be extended to 28 hours. Sennheiser mentions that a full charge takes an hour and a half. The Sennheiser Momentum True Wireless 2 earphones are splashproof with an IPX4 rating, which means you can safely wear these earphones in the rain or while working out (or working out in the rain) without damaging them. The Smart Pause feature automatically stops the audio and resumes it when you put the earphones back on.


The Sennheiser Momentum True Wireless 2 earphones come in the box with the earphones themselves, the charging case, a USB-C charging cable, and a set of silicone earbud tips in sizes from extra small to large.

All kinds of Sennheiser Other batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Sennheiser Other Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Sennheiser Other battery

All brands laptop battery in here, We sell cheap and high quality laptop batteries , Tablets battery, mobile phone battery, you choose.

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>3.7V 620mAh Sennheiser AHB622540 Long Life Battery Replacement

​Plantronics launches wireless headphones with all-day battery life

Plantronics has unveiled the BackBeat Sense wireless over-ear headphones, which offer 18 hours of listening time.
In addition to the long battery life of the Plantronics BackBeat Sense wireless over-ear headphones battery, the headphones also have an auto play/pause function, so the music pauses when you take them off and resumes when you put them on. Even better, Plantronics says the headphones have passive noise blocking, which creates a seal around your ears to block out outside sounds. Plantronics also says the headphones have a Bluetooth range of 100 meters and can connect to two devices at the same time and switch between them easily. headphones also benefit from the added functionality of the Find My Headphones app, which can be downloaded to your smartphone or tablet and plays sound through the headphones, making it easier for you to find them. The Backtrack app will record the last known location of the headphones if they are more than 10 meters away from your smartphone.
We tried the headphones and they worked very well. The headphones are very simple and straightforward to connect to your smartphone or tablet, are lightweight, and are comfortable to wear. The auto play/pause feature works well, and the controls on the earphones are very responsive for skipping tracks, adjusting the volume, or playing and pausing music. We also liked the fact that you can answer calls on your smartphone using the call answer button on the right ear. While they’re great for listening while you’re sitting or walking, they’ll move if you work out, so they’re definitely not for those who want to wear their earphones to the gym. We’ll be putting the Plantronics BackBeat Sense through a more rigorous test soon, so check back for the full results.

All kinds of Plantronics Other batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk.Plantronics Other Batterywith wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Plantronics Other battery

All brands laptop battery in here, We sell cheap and high quality laptop batteries , Tablets battery, mobile phone battery, you choose.

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>3.7V/4.2V 24WH Plantronics PR-423350 Long Life Battery Replacement

Samsung recalls Galaxy Note 7 smartphone over exploding batteries

Samsung recalls Galaxy Note 7 smartphone due to exploding batteries Samsung has recalled its latest smartphone, the Galaxy Note 7, due to a faulty

Galaxy Note 7 smartphone batteryin the Galaxy Note 7 smartphone causing some phones to explode.
The Samsung Galaxy Note was originally due to go on sale in the UK last week, having been announced in August. But after multiple photos of burnt phones (caused by an explosion while charging) emerged online, Samsung has now postponed its launch date. ” 35 such incidents have been reported globally and we are currently conducting a thorough check with our suppliers to identify batteries that may be affected in the market,” Samsung said in a statement.


More: Whirlpool Tumble Dryers – Fire Hazard
“However, as customer safety is Samsung’s absolute priority, we have stopped selling the Galaxy Note 7.”
The company said it will voluntarily replace existing Galaxy Note 7 smartphones with the new version in the coming week, but the company did not reveal when the new version would be available in the UK.


The 5.7-inch smartphone has some cool features, including an iris scanner that lets you hold the smartphone up to your eye and take a photo of your iris. From that point on, when you want to unlock your smartphone, hold it up to your eye and if the camera can match the eye picture in its memory to the eye picture in front of it, the phone will be unlocked. Update: Samsung has reportedly “paused” Galaxy Note 7 production after at least five replacement devices were burnt, meaning others could still be at risk of catching fire or exploding. Samsung told the BBC it was “adjusting production schedules to ensure quality and safety issues”. Airlines in Europe, the US and Australia are banning passengers from taking phones in checked luggage and charging devices during flights.

3.85V 3500mAh Samsung EB-BN935ABA Long Life Battery Replacement

3500mAh 3.85V for Samsung Galaxy Note 7 N935, Samsung EB-BN935ABA Li-ion Battery is a new brand, it is compatible with 100% original and replacement batteries. Samsung EB-BN935ABA Battery Wholesale and Retail with high quality and low price!

All kinds of Samsung Cell Phone  batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Samsung Cell Phone  Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Samsung Cell Phone  battery.”



Major changes to Windows PC keyboard layout, Microsoft promotes new “Copilot” key

Microsoft hopes that 2024 will be the “Year of the AI ​​​​PC” and will make major changes to the keyboards of laptops and desktops, adding a new Copilot key to kick off the year.


PC manufacturers and accessory manufacturers working with Microsoft will next equip new laptops and desktops with a new Copilot key, which can quickly use AI-driven Copilot by pressing the key, and provide a chatbot similar to ChatGPT, which can communicate and interact in a conversational manner, and even perform more operations within the Windows system, which is a major change in the layout of Windows PC keyboards in nearly 30 years.
The new Copilot key will replace the menu key (or application key) that was introduced to PC keyboards with the Windows key decades ago. Its location is mostly next to the Alt key on the right, and the specific location may vary depending on PC manufacturers and markets.


“Nearly 30 years ago, we introduced the Windows key on PC keyboards to enable people around the world to interact with Windows,” said Yusuf Mehdi, chief marketing officer of Microsoft Consumer Group. “We see this as another step in the Windows journey. At this transformative moment, Copilot will be the entry point into the world of AI PCs.
If some countries and regions have not yet enabled Windows Copilot, the Copilot key will instead activate the Windows search function. The existing Windows key can open the Start menu, or form shortcuts with other keys for different functions. As for the Copilot key, it is currently only used as a launch key for the Copilot function, and it is not clear whether Microsoft will pair this key with other keys.


The US Consumer Electronics Show (CES 2024) will open on January 10, and PC manufacturers working with Microsoft will showcase new machines on site. By then, many new Windows 11 machines will be able to see the Copilot key, which will meet the consumer public as early as later this month. Microsoft even announced that the upcoming new Surface machine will also have a Copilot key.
Microsoft has been working hard to integrate Copilot into everything in 2023, and this new Copilot key can be said to be the first step in a larger-scale AI transformation of Windows in 2024.

Shop Laptop Batteries ,Laptop AC Adapters, Notebook Batteries and Notebook Chargers from HP, Lenovo, DELL, Panasonic Asus and more! Batteryforpc.co.uk offers the best prices, shipping & top-rated customer service! Order today!”

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>11.36V 62.2Wh/5473mah Microsoft G3HTA040H Long Life Battery Replacement

Parrot Zik 3.0 review: Swanky, feature-packed Bluetooth headphone gets upgraded

Parrot has made some small but significant upgrades to its Zik 3 earphones, making them one of the best choices for those looking for wireless earphones with active noise cancellation.


Parrot’s Zik 3 Bluetooth earphones look a lot like the Zik 2, but they’ve improved on them in some major ways. This new model also features active noise cancellation, and is probably the most high-tech, feature-rich earphones you can buy for $400 (£300, AU$599). The Parrot Zik 3 Bluetooth earphones are sleek and beautiful, with excellent build quality and a wealth of features, including wireless audio streaming, effective noise cancellation, and touch-sensitive controls on the right earphone. Additionally, Bluetooth sound quality is very good, the Parrot Zik 3 Bluetooth earphones have replaceable batteries, and the earphones can be wirelessly charged using an optional Qi accessory.
The Parrot Zik 3 battery life of the Parrot Zik 3 earphones is improved over previous models, but it’s still not great; and despite the high price, they only come with a basic cloth carrying case.Bottom Line

Parrot has made some small but significant upgrades to its Zik 3 earphones, making them one of the best wireless earphones with active noise cancellation. The biggest changes on the outside are the new colors and textures, including “alligator skin” and “overstitching” effects Additionally, the headband has been lengthened to provide better comfort for those with larger heads.

While the headset isn’t as comfortable as Bose’s SoundLink Around-Ear Wireless Headphone II, it’s still a comfortable headset and, at 9.5 ounces or 270 grams, is lighter than the original Zik. In terms of functionality, the touch-sensitive controls in the right earcup remain — I like them, but some don’t — as does the removable and replaceable battery, which gives the Parrot Zik 3 headphones around seven hours of  Parrot Zik 3 headphones battery life with noise cancellation turned on and wireless features turned on. While that’s a slight improvement over theParrot Zik 2’s batterylife, it’s still not great, but it does improve if you listen at more moderate volumes or with noise cancellation turned off. It’s also worth noting that you can buy a second battery as a backup for the Parrot Zik 3 headphones. The earphones now have a wireless charging option (they can be charged), but you have to buy a compatible Qi charging accessory to use it (Samsung Galaxy and other Android smartphones use the Qi standard for wireless charging, so there are plenty of Qi charging pads on the market). Other features include noise cancellation that intelligently adapts to your environment, and a new “Hi-Fi quality” wired USB listening mode for those who think Bluetooth audio streaming isn’t good enough. That’s not all.


Companion app The earphones pair with a companion app that lets you adjust the sound and the amount of noise cancellation, as well as check the remaining battery power. The app is available for iOS and Android, and can be ported to certain smartwatches (it’s actually one of the more useful apps I’ve used on the Apple Watch).Strong performance

Once I got everything working, I was impressed by the performance of the Zik 3. It’s one of the best-sounding Bluetooth earphones on the market, with rich detail, strong bass, and good noise cancellation. It also works well as a headset for making calls, and the great thing is that you can adjust the noise cancellation setting for incoming calls to strike a balance between eliminating external noise and hearing your own voice inside the earphones (the setting is called “Street Mode”)iPhone 6S and Samsung Galaxy S6. The $500 Sennheiser is the best sounding headphone in this group. It has a richer, more detailed, and more natural sound. For example, on Daft Punk’s “Doin’ it Right,” you can feel more stereo separation and can distinguish each instrument. While the Zik sounded deep and clean, it wasn’t as dynamic as the Sennheiser, and the bass didn’t have as much energy as the Sennheiser. Overall, the Zik 3 sounded sweeter, but also more processed.


The BeoPlay H8 is an on-ear headphone with similar sound quality to the Zik 3, so it’s hard to say who is the winner. The Beats Studio Wireless has a slightly warmer sound, but the noise cancellation is not as strong as the Zik 3 .
Of course, sound is subjective, and everyone hears a little differently and has different tastes—both in music and voices. To complicate matters, the Zik 3’s customization options make it suitable for listening to a variety of music genres. As I said, I prefer a fixed sound profile, but I know others enjoy being able to tweak the Zik 3’s sound through the app and download equalization settings from different artists. Strong sound, great price

Parrot made some small but noteworthy improvements to the Zik 3, and while it doesn’t look all that different from the Zik 2, it’s a much better headphone and worth considering if you’re looking for a pair of wireless Bluetooth headphones with noise cancellation That being said, the Zik 2 is also worth a closer look, and its price has dropped to $250. At that price, any minor shortcomings the headphones may have easier to tolerate.

3.7V/4.2V 830mAh Parrot Zik2.0 Long Life Battery Replacement
830mAh 3.7V/4.2V for Parrot Zik 2.0,Parrot Zik 3,Parrot Zik2.0 Li-ion battery is a new brand and it is compatible with 100% original and replacement battery. Wholesale and retail of Parrot Zik2.0 battery is of High quality and low price!

All kinds of Parrot Other batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Parrot Other Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buyParrot Other battery

Archos launches 45c Platinum and 50c Platinum Android smartphones

French company Archos has just announced two new devices to join its Platinum smartphone range, and both devices are already available for purchase. These devices are the Archos 45c Platinum and the Archos 50c Platinum. According to the official press release, they come with “state” -of-the-art components, including MediaTek quad-core processors and IPS screens.”


Most of the specs and features of the 45c Platinum and 50c Platinum are the same, as follows:
Processor: 1.3 GHz MediaTek MT6582 quad-core with Mali 400MP2

graphicsMemory/Storage: 512 MB RAM; 4 GB internal storage and microSD support up to 64 GBDisplay: 4.5-inch IPS, 854X480 pixels (45c Platinum) or 5-inch IPS, 960X540 pixels (50c Platinum)Camera: 2 MP front camera, 5 MP (45c Platinum) or 8 MP (50c Platinum) rear camera, both with autofocus and LED flashConnectivity: 3G/2G dual SIM, WiFi (with WiFi Direct), Bluetooth, GPS (with A-GPS), micro USB 2.0Operating system: Android 4.4.2 KitKatWeight/Dimensions: 45c platinum is 0.30 lbs and 5.2X2.6X0.35 inches; 50c platinum is 0.35 lbs and 5.7X2.8X0.32 inches
Archos launches 45c Platinum mobile phone battery : 45c Platinum is 1700 mAh, Archos launches 50c Platinum mobile phone battery is 1900 mAh, both are removableEach phone comes with three back covers – Jet Black, Spicy Pink and Metallic Blue. The 45c Platinum smartphone is priced at $99, while the larger 50c Platinum smartphone is priced at $119.

All kinds of Archos Cell Phone batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co .uk. Archos Cell Phone Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Archos Cell Phone battery.


>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>Archos 55b Platinum (AC55BPL) Long Life Battery Replacement

BQ Aquaris X/X Pro get official LineageOS 15.1

Both the BQ Aquaris X and BQ Aquaris X Pro have been out for quite a while and now they have official LineageOS 15.1 available.Both the BQ Aquaris X and BQ Aquaris X Pro have been out for quite a while but the company has been working to keep it as up to date as they can.

While many would have hoped for an update to Android 9 Pie, BQ did push out an update to Android 8.1 Oreo to both the Aquaris X and the X Pro back in May of this year. So , while these two smartphones have had an official build of Android 8.1 for a while, fans of custom ROMs may be happy to hear that they are both supported by LineageOS now.LinegaeOS support for both the X and X Pro is currently brand new as neither have had an official build for them released until now. Not only that, but the ROMs for these two smartphones are very fresh with build dates of September 5th, 2018. If you own either of these two devices and have had a chance to flash LineageOS 15.1 on them, then definitely be sure to let us know what you think about their first release.


Aquaris X / Aquaris X Pro Long Life Battery Replacement
3000mAh/11.55Wh 3.85V/4.4V for Aquaris X / Aquaris X Pro,Aquaris products_list.php Li-ion battery is a new brand and it is compatible with 100% original and replacement battery. Wholesale and retail of Aquaris products_list.php battery is of high quality and low price

All kinds of Aquaris Cell Phone  batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Aquaris Cell Phone  Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Aquaris Cell Phone  battery.

All brands laptop battery in here, We sell cheap and high quality laptop batteries , Tablets battery, mobile phone battery, you choose.

Amoi A900W specifications, Amoi fashion

Amoi, like Gionee, was once viewed as a rather bland Chinese phone manufacturer, but recent developments like the Amoi A900W hope to change this “conformist” image.
Gionee is targeting the mid-to-high-end market with the Elife E7 E7 Mini, but Amoi is going the entry-level phone route with the newly announced Amoi A900W (also known as the A900T for TD-SCDMA users).


Gone is the bland black look of Amoi’s previous phones, replaced by bright pink and other color options. Amoi A900W measures 152 x 76 x 9.2mm, has a 5.5-inch 1280 x 720 display, 1.3Ghz MT6582 processor, 1GB RAM, 8GB internal storage, 2-megapixel front camera, 8-megapixel back-illuminated Sony rear camera and 2500mAh battery. The new Amoi A900 has two modes to choose from, namely A900W for WCDMA users and A900T for TD-SCDMA users. Both models support dual- SIM dual standby and GSM. The domestic price is 1,399 yuan.


Amoi A900W A900T Long Life Battery Replacement2500mAh 3.7V for Amoi A900W A900T,Amoi Amoi A900W A900T Li-ion battery is a new brand and it is compatible with 100% original and replacement battery. Wholesale and retail of Amoi Amoi A900W A900T battery is of high quality and low price!


All kinds of Amoi Cell Phone batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Amoi Cell Phone Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Amoi Cell Phone battery.” 

Huawei Honor Note 8 rivals Samsung Galaxy Note 7 with a huge 6.6-inch display

Huawei is making a phone bigger than the rumored Note 7
The Huawei Honor 8 arrives just in time for the long-rumored Samsung Galaxy Note 7 launch tomorrow, with the Chinese phone maker offering a cheaper option for phablet buyers.


Honor, which is technically Huawei’s sister company, showed off its Note 8 specs today, and they’re big, with a 6.6-inch 2K resolution screen and a 4500mAh battery. Both are much larger than the rumored 5.7-inch display and nearly 4,000 mAhbattery of the Samsung Galaxy Note 7.


The device also comes with a powerful octa-core Kirin 955 processor paired with 4GB of RAM – the latter of which is rumored to be similar to the Note 7’s rumored Snapdragon 820 cores. Of course, the Note 7 in the UK and pretty much every country outside of the US and China is likely to feature Samsung’s faster Exynos processor. It’s not the price that’s bigger – Huawei says the Honor Note 8 will start at 2,299 yen (about $346, £262, AU$457 for the 32GB model) and go up to 2,599 yen (about $421, AU$457) for the 128GB version. £319, AU$557).


Pay attention to feesThese prices are particularly impressive considering that Samsung’s predecessor phablet, the Galaxy Note 5, launched last year and cost around $700 (around £530, AU$926) for a 32GB version, almost double the price of the similarly priced Honor Note 8 . Storage.
Also worth considering is the 5.5-inch iPhone 6S Plus, which costs $749, £619, AU$1,129 for the lowest 16GB model, which has half the memory and a weaker battery. The latest iPhone only has 2GB of RAM, though you have to consider that its operating system (now as of iOS 10 beta) uses less RAM.
The Honor Note 8 is currently only available in China, but Huawei will hold a special launch event in San Francisco on August 16. This may finally be the Honor Note 8’s debut in front of American audiences. Similar incidents in the UK and Australian markets have not yet confirmed.


3.82V/4.4V 4500MAH/17.19WH Huawei HB3872A5ECW Long Life Battery Replacement
4500MAH/17.19WH 3.82V/4.4V for Huawei Honor Note8 EDI-AL10,Huawei HB3872A5ECW Li-ion battery is a new brand and it is compatible with 100% original and replacement battery. Wholesale and retail of Huawei HB3872A5ECW battery is of high quality and low price!

All kinds of Samsung Cell Phone  batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Samsung Cell Phone  Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Samsung Cell Phone  battery.

All brands laptop battery in here, We sell cheap and high quality laptop batteries , Tablets battery, mobile phone battery, you choose

Amazon Fire HD 8 Kids vs. Fire 7 Kids: Which tablet for your kid?

Amazon does a great job of constantly updating its line of Fire tablets and kids’ tablets, and when looking at the Fire HD 8 Kids vs. 7 Kids, these updates are very welcome. These tablets offer a relatively low-cost tablet option that kids will love and parents can feel confident giving them. The parental controls on Fire Kids tablets are the best of all technology, and the children’s content is well-curated enough for kids of all ages. On paper, though, there’s only a 1-inch difference between the Fire HD 8 Kids and 7 Kids, so which one should you choose?


Amazon Fire HD 8 Kids vs. Fire 7 Kids: Size isn’t the only difference The Fire HD 8 Kids sits in the middle of Amazon’s Fire kids’ tablet lineup, but its features top the list. While it doesn’t have the same screen size or resolution as the Amazon Fire HD 10 Kids Pro behemoth, the smaller tablet does have the same raw features. While the 7-inch model doesn’t have as impressive specs, it still has the same great parental controls and children’s content as Its more expensive counterpart.

Another part of the Fire HD 8 Kids’ improved entertainment experience compared to the smaller 7-inch option is the speakers. On the larger tablet, you get dual speakers with Dolby Atmos support. This means it will be easier to listen to content played on your tablet. Don’t worry, parents; there’s also a headphone jack.


When we look under the surface, the increased RAM and built-in storage of the 8-inch model means a faster processor that can handle programs for your kids without any issues. The tablet will provide a smoother experience, which is crucial so your child doesn’t get frustrated because they did something wrong. The increased internal specs also mean the tablet will be able to meet your child’s needs as they grow. This allows them to continue using the tablet longer, saving money. I have a 7-year -old and used the Fire HD 8 Kids two years ago, and while it still performs well in most situations, its lower specs are starting to show some age in the speed category. He’s now using an Amazon Fire HD 8 Kids Pro, which matches the standard model in every way except for having a more mature interface and a different casing. You can check out our Amazon Fire Kids tablet guide to see the differences between the regular and Pro models. While the Fire 7 Kids doesn’t have the best specs, it still has some of the best software — which is shared with all Amazon Kids tablets and performed well in our review. With extensive parental controls, you can control what content your children can access, when and for how long.

Amazon’s Kids+ is where your kids can access more than 20,000 books, movies, TV shows, apps, and games curated just for kids, free for the first year. Parental controls allow you to set the age range of content your children can see from this library.

In addition to great software, Amazon also helps secure the hardware. Each kids tablet comes with a fun, colorful foam rubber case and stand to make it easier to hold the tablet and keep it safe. However, if the tablet gets damaged, it comes with a two-year “worry-free” warranty that will see Amazon replace the device for free if something goes wrong.


Amazon Fire HD 8 Kids vs. Fire 7 Kids: Which One Should You Buy?
Each tablet comes packed with enough great content that your kids will probably love any one of them, making them two of the best Android tablets for kids. My son is excited to have a tablet of his own. That being said, if you can afford the extra cost of the Fire HD 8 Kids, it’s worth it. Judging from the improved display, better internal hardware, not to 5 hours more Amazon Fire HD 8 battery life mention than the 7-inch model, the larger tablet is the way to go .

Since it has improved hardware over its smaller sibling, the 8-inch option will be a more durable device than the 8-inch version.e Fire 7 Kids. However, if you are looking for a tablet that you can start your child off with, and the price is a primary consideration, the 7-inch version will still get the job done. Since each tablet offers the same excellent software experience, the content and parental controls are still there.

All kinds of Amazon Tablets batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Amazon Tablets Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Amazon Tablets battery

3.7V 2980mAh Amazon SR043KL Long Life Battery Replacement
2980mAh 3.7V for Amazon Fire 7 (7th Generation) SR043KL 2017 With Alexa,Amazon SR043KL Li-ion battery is a new brand and it is compatible with 100% original and replacement battery. Wholesale and retail of Amazon SR043KL battery is of high quality and low price!

The Honor Magic V2 battery life test is ready

We have tested the Honor Magic V2 and the battery life cycle is complete. This foldable flagship product uses the new silicon carbonHonorMagic V2 battery with a capacity of 5000mAh. weighing in at 231 grams.


This is the power supply aspect. Next we look at the power aspect consumption. The phone is powered by a Snapdragon 8 Gen 2 – a mid-2023 design, which is probably where it’s most obvious additionally, there are a pair of LTPO OLED displays – a 6.43-inch (1,060 x 2,376 pixels) cover display and a 7.92-inch (2,156 x 2,344 pixels) folding display.


Let’s focus on the large folding display, since that’s where most of the action takes place. The Magic V2 beats its foldable rivals in terms of capacity, but the efficiency leaves a lot to be desired. Gaming is one area where this phone stands out, but even there it’s only on par with the Galaxy Z Fold.


In other categories too, the V2 loses out by a sizable margin. As a result, the Magic V2’s active use score was less than encouraging, falling between an hour and an hour and a half less than its main rivals. Moving to the cover display , of course, the talk time is the same as when we tested it with the screen off. Web and video scores increased by 36% and 37% respectively, and game time increased by 19%.


In this case, the Magic V2 sits between the Galaxy Z Fold5 and the OnePlus Open, which is a win considering it has the largest external screen of the three so far. Still, the active use score of 13:29 is still a bit behind traditional candy bar phones. In Europe, the Honor Magic V2 is available in a single configuration: 16/512GB for €2,000/£1,700. There is also the Honor Magic V2 RSR in partnership with Porsche Design. Our offices have one ready ahead of the official launch in Europe at Mobile World Congress (MWC) later this month. This one has the same Honor Magic V2 battery and other key components are the same, so we expect the same  Honor  Smartphone Battery life on the RSR. 

All brands laptop battery in here, We sell cheap and high quality laptop batteries , Tablets battery, mobile phone battery, you choose.”

>>>>>>>>>> >>>>>>>>>>>>>>>​Galaxy Z Fold5  Smartphone Battery
>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>3.82V 2900mAh Huawei HB465375EBC Long Life Battery Replacement

Super smart HUAWEI Watch 4 lands in the Philippines

Following the launch of the mid-range Watch GT 4, Huawei has finally released its high-end wearable device Watch 4 in the Philippines.

The mainline Watch series has always been the most sophisticated smartwatch the brand has ever offered in the country (until the Watch Ultimate) and offers users the most advanced features you can find in any wearable device. Starting on the outside, the Watch 4 has a slimmer design and a mirror-finish stainless steel case. Watch 4 features a 1.5-inch, 466 x 466 resolution, LTPO always-on display that’s brighter and clearer than ever. The biggest change here is the addition of eSIM functionality to the watch, a first for the series. nation. The Huawei Watch 4 will be able to use a separate eSIM, or if you’re a Globe user, you can take advantage of the eSIM already in it,

which will allow you to use many of the watch’s advanced features, such as music streaming and making calls without having to carry your phone with you. Watch 4 will also soon be able to make payments using GCash (if it has an eSIM built in) without the need for your phone, making it the first wearable in the country to support the feature. Beyond that, it does everything you’d expect from a great smartwatch: it has a variety of health monitoring features, including the ability to read your heart rate, ECG, SpO2, body temperature sensor, Pressure monitor and breath checker. There are so many sensors in this thing that Huawei claims it can create a microphysics report for the user in just 60 seconds.


When it comes to activities and workouts, the Watch 4 is still packed full – there are over 100 exercise modes to choose from, and it’s smart enough to tell you what a certain workout will do to your body. Current health status.

The Watch 4 retains the range’s impressiveHuawei Watch 4 Batterylife, with Huawei promising up to 14 hours in Ultra Long Life mode and up to eight days with typical use. HUAWEI Watch 4 price ChinaHuawei Watch 4 is priced at 22,999 pesos in the Philippines, and customers will receive a free Huawei Sound Joy speaker worth 6,999 pesos with every purchase, while supplies last.

All kinds of Huawei Other batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Huawei Other Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Huawei Other battery.

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>3.87V 292mAh Huawei HB522025EFW Long Life Battery Replacement

Canon PowerShot G7 X Review

Surprisingly, Sony has remained unchallenged in this segment for over two years, during which time it has successfully launched two more generations of the RX100. The Sony RX100 III features an electronic viewfinder and a more consistently bright (albeit shorter) zoom, helping it further outshine its rivals. With the arrival of the Canon PowerShot G7 X, this largely unchallenged supremacy comes to an end.


Like the RX100 III, the G7 X offers a 1-inch 20MP BSI sensor matched to an F1.8-2.8 zoom (from 24mm equivalent focal length). The two cameras are also similar in size and offer broadly similar feature sets. This is great for photographers, because it means Sony finally has some proper competition. Canon is one of the only manufacturers to have consistently offered dedicated enthusiast-level compact cameras in its lineup, and the arrival of the G7 X means it now offers four: the S120 , G16, G7 Each offers a different balance between size, price, and functionality. The G7 X’s styling and dimensions make it look like an S-Series, but the level of direct control justifies its G-Series moniker.


The camera’s combination of a touchscreen, a dedicated exposure compensation dial, and a click control dial around the lens provide a high degree of direct control for such a small camera, and Canon’s iterative, evolutionary approach to camera interfaces, as well as spending a little time playing with the camera, suggests it should work just fine.
At the same time, judging from the details of the sensor, it uses Sony’s IMX183CQJ sensor, so it is completely comparable to the latest RX100 series in terms of image quality. This alone is enough to make it a great addition to the market. G7 X is just as small as the Sony but offers more in terms of direct control.

lensGiven that image quality depends on light capture, the best way to get the most out of a large sensor is to pair it with a bright lens. One of the factors that helped the RX100 III win the gold medal was the inclusion of an F1. 8-2.8 zoom feature, which means the camera can retain more of the big sensor advantage as you zoom in (rather than killing it with F4.9) over the first two RX100s maximum aperture at telephoto). However, this increase in speed comes at the expense of lens range, with Sony limiting the zoom range to 24-70mm equivalent to keep the camera small.


So it’s interesting that Canon has packed a 24-100mm equivalent lens into the G7 X, while also offering a maximum aperture range of F1.8-2.8. And, to paraphrase some nasty internet verbiage: We looked at the G7 Wide aperture combined. Zoom range while reducing camera size. Note in the image above that the G7 X’s maximum aperture stays bright much longer than the RX100 III’s. They may offer the same range on paper, but at any point between 24-50mm equivalent focal lengths, the Canon’s lens can maintain a wider aperture than the Sony’s, and at 30mm equivalent focal lengths, the difference amounts to 2/ 3EV and above.


The image above should make it clear that the G7 consistently X is one of the most bright compact cameras on the market once sensor size is taken into account, which should allow for excellent control over depth of field (including the focal length for shooting). classic portraiture) and low-light performance. Considering that both cameras are likely to use the same (excellent) sensor, if the Canon’s lens is good enough, it’s reasonable to expect that the Canon’s image quality will be quite competitive.


Only Panasonic’s DMC-LX100 offers more light-capturing power, and it’s a larger camera with a tighter zoom range (although we also think this is very attractive, depending on your specific needs and taste).
Specification comparisonSize, sensor, lens specs and price make the Sony RX100 series the G7 X’s most obvious competitors, but we think the G1 X II should also have cause for concern.

The big G offers a slightly longer zoom and the ability to add an electronic viewfinder , but the G7 X is much smaller, slightly cheaper, and rivals it in terms of direct controls. In its bid for the RX100 crown, the G7 X risks eclipsing Canon’s existing champion. To be clear, it’s not all plain sailing for the G7 X. Video shooting with the Sony RX100 III is excellent, and there’s nothing in the G7 X’s specs or in Canon’s recent compact camera history to suggest it can match the Sony in this regard. The addictive clickless control dial on the Sony is certainly useful when video footage. Canon PowerShot G7 X longevity is also pretty bad.

The G7 X also doesn’t have the option to include a viewfinder, whereas the RX100 III has a built-in viewfinder. This may be a deciding factor for some shooting photographers, but the Canon is brighter, has a longer lens and has better external control range


Might be a compelling counter-argument. The Canon PowerShot G7 XCamera Battery also has poor longevity. The G7 X also doesn’t have the option to include a viewfinder, whereas the RX100 III has a built-in viewfinder. For some photographers, this may be a deciding factor. But the Canon’s brighter, longer lenses and better external control range may be a compelling counterargument.

All kinds of Canon Other batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Canon Other Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Canon Other battery.”


Cheap Canon NB-13L Li-ion Battery, NB-13L Replacement Battery for Canon PowerShot G7

1250mAh/4.5WH 3.6V for Canon PowerShot G7 X,Canon NB-13L Li-ion battery is a new brand and it is compatible with 100% original and replacement battery. Wholesale and retail of Canon NB-13L battery is of high quality and low price!

The DJI Avata 2 FPV Drone is Better, Lighter, and More Affordable

It’s been two years since DJI released its first FPV drone, and the Avata 2 is officially on the market with multiple upgrades and a lower price, which is rare for any new technology product.


The main highlight of the Avata 2 is its new 12-megapixel, 1/1.3-inch sensor with wider dynamic range and better low-light performance. The lens used gives you a 155-degree POV, while the sensor can shoot HDR video at 4K60 and slow-motion footage at 2.7K 120FPS. DJI also managed to increase the flight time of the Avata 2 to 23 minutes, which is 5 minutes longer than the original. Original Avata and supports USB-PD fast charging. The gimbal has five more tilts for better FPV picture options, and the maximum video transmission distance is 13 kilometers (3 kilometers more than the OG Avata).


As for the drone itself, the Avata 2 is 18 grams lighter, with a frame that’s 16mm shorter and 32mm wider, making it more stable. Accompanying the Avata 2 are the new Goggles 3, which allow you to see what the drone sees while it’s flying. It can send real-time information from the drone to the accompanying DJI Fly app and transmit it to another device up to 5 meters away. Goggles 3 comes with aDJI Avata 2 batteryrated for one hour of use, along with GPS and two 1080F, 700nit micro OLED displays. There’s no official local pricing for the DJI Avata 2 yet, but US pricing starts at $999 (approximately 57,000 pesos). The bundle includes DJI Avata 2, DJI Goggles 3, and DJI RC Motion 3.

Adding two extra batteries, a two-way charging hub, and a crossbody bag costs an additional $200 (~Php 12,000), while the FPV remote is $199 (~Php 12k).

All kinds of Dji Other batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Dji Other Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Dji Other battery.

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>14.76V 2420mAh Dji Avata Long Life Battery Replacement

Samsung Galaxy Tab A9+, Galaxy Tab 9 launched in India: price, specs, availability

The Galaxy Tab A9+ and Galaxy Tab A9 are Samsung’s latest budget laptops.The new tablet is available on Amazon.

However, Samsung has yet to make an official statement. Samsung has quietly launched two new tablets in India. The Galaxy Tab A9+ and Galaxy Tab A9 have been officially launched and are currently available for purchase from Amazon. These are Samsung’s budget tablets that come in Wi-Fi and 5G versions. The launch comes soon after Samsung launched the Galaxy Tab S9 FE series in India.
Samsung Galaxy Tab A9+, Tab A9 price in India, sales detailsSamsung Galaxy Tab A9 Wi-Fi Edition starts at Rs 12,999 with 4GB RAM and 64GB storage.The 5G variant with the same RAM and storage configuration is priced at Rs 15,999.The Galaxy Tab A9+ with Wi-Fi and 8GB RAM + 128GB storage is priced at Rs 20,999.Pricing details for the 5G model haven’t been announced yet, as the tablet isn’t available yet. The Wi-Fi and 5G models are available in 4GB + 64GB variants, but none of these are available. Samsung Galaxy Tab A9+, Tab A9 specifications, features

Display: Galaxy Tab A9+ features an 11-inch WQXGA LCD display with a 90Hz refresh rate. The Galaxy Tab A9 features a smaller 8.7-inch LCD WQXGA display with a 60Hz refresh rate.Processor: The Galaxy Tab A9+ runs on a Snapdragon 695 processor. The Galaxy Tab A9 is powered by the MediaTek Helio G99 chipset.

RAM and storage: Galaxy Tab A9+ comes in 4GB + 64GB and 8GB + 128GB variants. The Galaxy Tab A9 comes in a single configuration of 4GB + 64GB.Camera: There is an 8-megapixel rear camera on both tablets. For selfies, the Galaxy Tab A9+ has a 5MP front camera, while the Galaxy Tab A9 has a 2MP shooter.


Samsung Galaxy Tab A9 battery: Both tablets come with a 5,100mAh battery.Software: On the software front, both tablets run Android 13 with One UI 5.1.1 on top.

All kinds of Samsung Tablets batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Samsung Tablets Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buySamsung Tablets battery

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>3.8V 4.35V 7300mAh/27.74WH Samsung EB-BT585ABE Long Life Battery Replacement

Redmi Pad Pro 5G in the works, will launch in India and other Global markets

Xiaomi recently held a launch event in China and launched the Redmi Turbo 3 smartphone and Redmi Pad Pro. The new tablet comes with many impressive features such as a large high-resolution display, a large Redmi Pad Pro battery, and a Snapdragon 7s Gen 2 chipset.


Xiaomi has not included cellular connectivity in the Redmi Pad Pro despite the chipset having 5G capabilities. However, Android Headlines now reports that the brand plans to launch the Redmi Pad Pro 5G model soon. The Redmi Pad Pro 5G is reportedly codenamed “Ruan” and is essentially the same as the non-5G tablet. Variants other than cellular support. The report mentioned that Redmi Pad Pro 5G will be launched in three models: 24074RPD2G, 24074RPD2I, and 24074RPD2C. These models are expected to be launched in China first, along with devices like Xiaomi MIX FOLD 4 and Redmi K70 Ultra.


The report also mentioned that the 5G tablet will also enter global markets, including India, under the POCO brand. Previous reports mentioned that Redmi Pad Pro will be called POCO Pad in the global market. The last information revealed mentioned that the Redmi Pad Pro 5G will also support E-SIM, which means that users do not need to insert a physical SIM card into the device to make calls or use data. Read on to know more about the Redmi Pad Pro specifications.
Redmi Pad Pro specifications:Redmi Pad Pro is equipped with a 12.1-inch LCD display with 2.5K resolution, 120Hz variable refresh rate, 600 nits peak brightness, and is certified by TUV Rheinland. It supports Dolby Vision content and is compatible with magnetically attached stylus pens. The tablet includes an 8MP rear camera with LED flash and an 8MP front camera.

The tablet has four speakers and dual microphones that support Dolby Atmos. Under the hood, it is powered by Snapdragon 7s Gen 2 processor paired with up to 8GB of RAM and 256GB of storage. It comes with a 10,000mAhRedmi Pad Pro battery that supports 33W fast charging. It runs Android 14 based on HyperOS and offers connectivity options like WiFi-6, Bluetooth 5.2, and a 3.5mm headphone jack.

All kinds of Xiaomi Tablets batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Xiaomi Tablets Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Xiaomi Tablets battery

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>Xiaomi Pad 2 Mipad 2 7.9 Inch + Tools Long Life Battery Replacement

ZTE Axon 60 Ultra dual satellite connectivity, Snapdragon 8 Gen 2 SoC launched: Specs

ZTE Axon 60 Ultra has been launched in China as the latest smartphone in the Axon series. The new ZTE phone comes with dual satellite connectivity, allowing users to receive calls and send text messages via China’s Tiantong satellite system. The ZTE Axon 60 Ultra features a 1.5K OLED display with a 120Hz refresh rate and is powered by the Snapdragon 8 Gen 2 SoC. ZTE Axon 60 Ultra is equipped with a 6000mAh battery and supports 80W fast charging.
The price, model and availability details of the ZTE Axon 60 Ultra are currently unknown.


ZTE Axon 60 Ultra SpecificationsZTE Axon 60 Ultra is equipped with a 6.78-inch OLED display with a resolution of 1.5K, a refresh rate of 120Hz, and supports 2,160Hz PWM dimming. The display has a punch-hole cutout at the top center to accommodate selfie takers. The phone is powered by the octa-core Snapdragon 8 Gen 2 SoC paired with LPDDR5X RAM and UFS 4.0 storage.


Nubia Flip 5G may be in development, reportedly listed in IMEI databaseAs mentioned earlier, the ZTE Axon 60 Ultra comes with dual satellite connectivity. Even without an Internet connection, users can make real-time voice calls and send two-way text messages via China’s Tiantong satellite system. It also has a dual system architecture.
In terms of optics, the ZTE Axon 60 Ultra comes with a triple rear camera setup that includes a 50-megapixel primary sensor with OIS support, a 50-megapixel secondary sensor, and a macro shooter. For selfies and video chats, there is a 32-megapixel sensor on the front. Connectivity options on the phone include 5G, Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, and USB Type-C port.


ZTE has equipped the Axon 60 Ultra with a 6000mAh ZTE Axon 60 Ultra batterythat supports 80W wired charging. It also has an IP68 water and dust resistance rating. Is the Samsung Galaxy Z Flip 5 the best foldable phone you can buy in India right now ? We discussed the company’s new clamshell foldable phone on the latest episode of Orbital’s Gadgets 360 podcast.

All kinds of Zte Cell Phone  batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Zte Cell Phone  Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Zte Cell Phone  battery

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>ZTE axon 10 Pro Long Life Battery Replacement

The Best All-in-One Printers

Most people don’t really need an all-in-one printer—a good scanning app and a cheap, print-only laser can handle the occasional job. But if you have a school-age child or have a job that requires a lot of copying and scanning, an all-in-one might make sense.
The HP OfficeJet Pro 9015e is your best choice because it’s easy to set up and cheap to run, works with a variety of devices, produces beautiful prints and scans, and comes with a long two-year warranty for added peace of mind The HP OfficeJet Pro 9015e remains one of the easiest printers to set up. With its high-capacity ink cartridges, it can quickly print crisp text documents and glossy photos at an affordable price of 2.4 cents per page in black and 8.8 cents per page in color.


This inkjet printer doesn’t sacrifice performance when scanning documents and looks great in any office thanks to its clean, compact design. The HP Color LaserJet Pro MFP M283fdw features an easy-to-use smartphone-style touch interface and 21st-century mobile apps that make daily use of this printer less frustrating than other models we’ve tried.
It produces crisp black text, vibrant full-color graphics, and photos that are good enough for school reports. Our inkjet printers produce slightly better photos. But this laser printer won’t clog if you don’t use it regularly.


It’s also fast, printing about 22 pages per minute, and thanks to a handy bypass slot, it can print on envelopes, labels, and other odd-sized media. If you don’t have a printer, Brother MFC-J4335DW is your best choice. High productivity requirements require a cheap multifunction printer with affordable supply costs.
It comes with a year’s worth of ink right out of the box, and upgrading to Brother’s high-yield ink cartridges lets you print for 1 cent per page in monochrome and 4.7 cents in color, making this model the best it can be. Running costs are significantly lower than our printers. Other options.


In our tests, the printer reliably produced crisp text in font sizes as small as 3 points and crisp, lifelike glossy images. But its slower scanning speeds and easily smeared copy-paper photo prints can be troublesome when you’re meeting a deadline and need to make clean copies.
Like most Brother printers, the MFC-J4335DW is clunky to set up, as it comes with an unintuitive website-based installer that’s difficult to navigate. The old-school design of its tiny display and navigation made installation slightly more stressful buttons, with the printer taking up to 25 minutes to get up and running, compared to 10 minutes for our main inkjet printer. Upgrade to a business-oriented printer If your job requires printing and scanning all day long, a color laser all-in-one printer like the Brother MFC-L3780CDW is your best choice. It prints and scans faster, clearer and more reliably than inkjet alternatives.


It includes powerful management and security settings designed for situations where sensitive data may be involved, such as faxing legal documents or emailing a scanned driver’s license over Wi-Fi.


Toner costs almost as much as a new laser printer, but it can easily last twice as long as inkjet cartridges, which absorb ink and dry out between uses. While most home offices won’t need this upgrade, if you run a business with modest printing and paper-handling needs, or you’re annoyed by inkjet all-in-one glitches, the MFC-L3780CDW would be your best choice.

All brands laptop battery in here, We sell cheap and high quality laptop batteries , Tablets battery, mobile phone battery, you choose

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>7.4V 1130mAh Brother PA-BT-008 Long Life Battery Replacement

Jumper EZbook X3 Air laptop review: An affordable alternative with a premium finish

The Jumper EZbook X3 Air is a well-built budget laptop for those who want to look the part. Jumper isn’t a particularly big brand, but the company is starting to show up more and more in my DMs with people curious about their devices Overall, the company produces technology that at least looks high-end and is made with budget concerns in mind. The Jumper EZbook X3 Air laptop is no different, with a design that looks like it came off the assembly line at Dell or Apple, and it’s also much cheaper.
Of course, the compromise is performance, but if you’re a student or looking to buy an entry-level experience for your kids’ homework, the Jumper EZbook X3 Air may be your best choice.


The best thing about the Jumper EZbook X3 Air is its surprisingly high-quality build and finish, especially considering its low price. The chamfered edges with a metallic finish really give it a touch of premium style, and the chiclet keys have good key travel and a precision touchpad that makes browsing and word processing a pleasure. The EZbook X3 Air has a 1080p HD IPS display that has decent color reproduction and clarity, but lacks brightness to the point where it might not be usable outdoors. Most of the time, though , you’ll probably be using it in office or school scenarios, which makes the brightness a bit moot. For indoor use, it’s perfectly adequate, with decent viewing angles. Just keep it away from windows, though, as the panel isn’t designed to prevent glare.


Despite being an incredible 0.4 inches thick, the Jumper still manages to squeeze in one USB 3.0 and one USB 2.0 port on each side, and uses mechanical connectors that expand to accommodate larger ports when in use. In addition to the power port, we have a USB-C port, a mini-HD port, an SD card reader and a 3.5mm audio jack. If you’re the kind of person who needs a device that can connect to almost any device within your budget, the EZbook X3 Air has you covered.
Speaking of audio, the EZbook X3 Air has downward-firing speakers that produce surprisingly impressive sound, often better than what I’ve heard in more expensive laptops, and are DTS certified.


How is the performance? The Jumper EZbook X3 Air is a laptop designed for a specific consumer, and its components are designed for a specific consumer. The EZbook X3 Air uses Intel’s Gemini Lake Celeron processor, which has both advantages and disadvantages.
In fact, I was really impressed with the performance of the EZbook X3 Air. It handles media apps like Netflix with ease, and most websites run fine on Microsoft Edge or Google Chrome. Office tools like Word, Powerpoint, etc. are not difficult. However, if you try to upgrade to a tool like Adobe Photoshop or even a later version of Premiere Pro, you may find that you’ve reached your limit. A laptop can do it.Jumper EZbook X3 Air laptop batteryperformance is generally in line with listed expectations, with average daily blogging usage lasting around 4-5 hours on a single charge. For most people, this may not be enough to get through a full day’s work, but using Windows 10’s power saving features can extend the battery life to about 6-7 hours.
Should you buy the Jumper EZbook X3 Air? For the vast majority of people, the Jumper EZbook X3 Air is actually a surprisingly capable machine for web browsing, Office, webmail, and more. The experience offers some compromises when it comes to more intensive tasks , but it’s a real option for college students looking to save money, or for anyone looking for an entry-level laptop experience for their kids.y great option.
The Jumper EZbook X3 Air might not win any best Windows laptop awards, and you won’t be editing 4K video footage on the Jumper EZbook X3 Air or playing next-gen AAA games with ray tracing. I suspect you knew that already, though. This is more akin to a netbook experience, and in that, the EZbook X3 Air excels. However, the HDD failed after just a few months of use, which is a grim reminder of what can happen if you buy cheap hardware. This is probably best avoided.

7.7V 4250mAh Jumper X310 Long Life Battery Replacement
4250mAh 7.7V for Jumper EZbook X3 Air,Jumper X310 Li-ion battery is a new brand and it is compatible with 100% original and replacement battery. Wholesale and retail of Jumper X310 battery is of high quality and low price!


All kinds of Jumper Laptop batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Jumper Laptop Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buyJumper Laptop battery

Motorola’s 2024 Edge flagships could launch globally next week

We’re guessing the Edge 50 Ultra, Edge 50 Pro, and Edge 50 Fusion will be coming to the U.S. that day.Motorola recently launched the Edge 50 Pro, which straddles the line between the mid-range and premium phone segments. However, the company has just revealed that it will launch another product next week.


The latest deal in top tech The maker has confirmed it will launch the device on April 16, with teaser images showing leather textures and the tagline “Smart meets Art”. The company also used a hashtag indicating that this would be an Edge series launch. We speculate that one of the devices could be the leaked Edge 50 Ultra, which will be available in China as the X50 Ultra. Last month, Motorola teased the device, which it calls an “artificial intelligence phone,” on Weibo. The trailer also shows off what could be a leather back. Recently, Motorola said that the X50 Ultra will be powered by the Snapdragon 8s Gen 3 chipset, which matches leaks from the Edge 50 Ultra.


Motorola also launched the Edge 50 Pro in India earlier this month, so we’re guessing the phone could make its way to the US, Europe, and other markets as part of an upcoming launch. The Edge 50 Pro comes with a Pantone-certified camera and display, a mid-range Snapdragon 7 Gen 3 chip, and a 4,500mAh Edge 50 Pro battery with 125W wired/50W wireless charging.


Finally, veteran leaker Evan Blass has released a leaked Edge 50 Fusion teaser video. The clip shows off a phone with a dual rear camera system, but other details are scant. So it looks like we might have three Edge 50 devices on April 16th
.
All kinds of Motorola Cell Phone  batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Motorola Cell Phone  Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Motorola Cell Phone  battery.

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>3.87V 5000mAh Motorola NT50 Long Life Battery Replacement

Razer Blade 14 (2024) review: 240Hz gaming with an RTX 4070 and excellent battery life, it’s ideal for work and play

Another powerful gaming laptop from Razer in a compact form factor. There’s no denying that gaming laptops are expensive, which is why many are turning their attention to smaller 14-inch configurations that still offer great performance but in a more portable form factor. Such is the case with the latest Razer Blade 14 (2024) gaming laptop, which is the smallest option in the Razer Blade series.
Such is the case with the Razer Blade 14 (2024) – a mid- to high-end gaming laptop. It starts at $2,199.99, which might be a hard sell since there are certainly other cheaper options out there. Still, I specifically wanted to review the $2,699.99 configuration, which has the same AMD Ryzen 9 CPU as the more affordable configuration, but a slightly more powerful NVIDIA GeForce RTX 4070 L GPU and 32GB of RAM. While it’s pricey, you can’t fault the design, performance, or software that comes with the Razer Blade 14 (2024).

Like most Razer laptops, the latest Blade 14 model sports a sleek design, with the casing color available in black or mercury (silver), but the overall design is largely the same as the 2023 model. Every aspect of the laptop looks elegant and sophisticated, and the lid opens and closes very smoothly. Speaking of which, the Razer logo glows green on the lid, giving the device an edgy gaming vibe.

Considering this is Razer’s most affordable Blade laptop, I’m impressed with the selection of available ports. With a USB-C 4.0 port and a USB-A 3.2 port on each side, I can connect the devices and accessories I want to use on the more convenient side. There’s also an HDMI 2.1 port on the right side for connecting a more powerful gaming monitor.
One big thing missing, though, is an Ethernet port. In this case, I had to rely on Razer’s external hub when I wanted a better internet connection than Wi-Fi (see our Razer USB-C Dock review).


Razer Synapse is intuitive to use, making it easy to change specific settings.The RGB backlighting on the keys looks really nice and can be customized in Razer Synapse to get exactly what you want.You can even set up key bindings and macros in this program for more convenient game control.


Design Rating: 5/5 Razer Synapse installed on the Razer Blade 14 (2024) is a useful program that can be used to adjust various system settings or check out other products that Razer has to offer. For example, I can change performance mode, make audio adjustments, change display settings like refresh rate, etc. The Macro tab even makes it very easy to set up keystroke combinations. Overall, the software is well organized in a minimalist manner, making it easy to navigate.
The longest runtime I got with the Razer Blade 14 (2024) was about 10 hours idle.When running more intensive games in Turbo mode, the laptop will most likely only be able to run for about two hours or less.Razer Blade 14 Gaming Laptop BatteryRating: 5/5To test the battery life of the Razer Blade 14 (2024), I spent a few hours with the gaming laptop while doing everything from writing an article to playing graphics-intensive games in various power modes and different RGB or display brightness settings. various operations.
Razer says the Blade 14 (2024)’s battery will last up to 10 hours, and my testing proved that to be true. The battery did last for 10 hours and 1 minute when idle in silent mode with the RGB lighting off and brightness turned to minimum. But when I ran the PCMark Modern Office test, which runs common tasks like web surfing, video calls, and software usage in Balanced mode, the Razer Blade 14’s battery lasted about 6 hours and 33 minutes, which is longer than many gaming laptops. The battery life is longer. In the end, when running intensive gaming at 50% brightness in Turbo mode, the laptop only lasted about 1 hour and 51 minutes, which is to be expected.
Overall, these results are above average for gaming laptops, suggesting that the Razer Blade 14 (2024) can be used for everyday work or school use as well as gaming. Of course, if you are looking for a cheap gaming device, you should consider one of the best gaming handhelds. The most notable is the Steam Deck, which starts at $349 and runs a Linux-based operating system that provides easy access to your Steam library. Aside from the Steam Deck, the most popular Windows gaming handheld is the ROG Ally, which starts at $599.99 but is basically a complete gaming laptop with a controller. If you want, you can even connect any of these devices to a docking station and use a keyboard and mouse to play games on the monitor.

All kinds of Razer Laptop batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Razer Laptop Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buyRazer Laptop battery.

11.1V 6400mAh Razer Betty Long Life Battery Replacement6400mAh 11.1V for Razer Blade RZ09-01302E22 RZ09-0102 RZ09-01161 RZ09-01301E41, Razer Betty lithium-ion battery is new brand and compatible with 100% original and replacement batteries. Razer Betty batteries wholesale and retail, high quality and low price!

Samsung Galaxy Tab S8 slashed by 40%

Samsung tablet sales continue, with the Galaxy Tab S8 hitting an all-time low today at just $418.56.If Samsung continues to offer record-breaking deals on its tablets, we’ll be keeping an eye on them.


Samsung Galaxy Tab S8 now for $418.56 ($281 off)
This is an amazing deal, as the Android tablet retailed for $700 earlier this month. The deal is only available in Graphite color, although we doubt many bargain hunters will care about that detail. The Galaxy Tab S8 has now been replaced by the Galaxy Tab S9, but there’s still a lot to like about it. The TFT LCD display offers a 120Hz refresh rate and the Qualcomm Snapdragon 8 Gen 1 chipset delivers fast and efficient

performance. The base model comes with 128GB of storage, but a popular microSD slot lets you expand that to 1TB. The dual-camera setup on the back is pretty good for a tablet, capable of recording 4K video, and there’s a selfie camera that also supports 4K. Connectivity features include Wi-Fi 6e, Bluetooth 5.2, and full GPS support, and the Galaxy Tab S8 tablet’s 8,000mAh Galaxy Tab S8 tablet’s battery supports 45W fast charging.

All kinds of Samsung Tablets batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Samsung Tablets Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Samsung Tablets battery

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>3.86V 8000mAh Samsung EB-BT875ABY Long Life Battery Replacement

Microsoft Surface Pro 8 (13″ 120Hz screen, Thunderbolt 4) – vs Surface Pro 7

While the Microsoft Surface Pro 7  batteryremainsone of the best Windows tablets on the market,it’s been in dire need of an overhaul over the years, as we concluded in our review of the series . Thankfully, Microsoft has been working on updates behind the scenes , and this late 2021 Surface Pro 8 addresses most of our complaints about the previous generation, finally bringing the Surface Pro line back into the current era.
In short, the Microsoft Surface Pro 8 now offers a slightly larger 13-inch display with a 120Hz panel, an updated pen that can be housed in an updated keyboard case, more powerful hardware specs and a redesigned internals a cooling module, and, finally , a USB-C Thunderbolt 4 connection.

The premium build and overall feel of the Pro 8 haven’t changed, but the design this time around brings the Pro closer to the Surface Pro X series. It still has roughly the same specs as the Pro 7, but is slightly thicker and weights 0.89kg compared to the Pro 7’s 0.79kg.
Before we move on to discuss this newly updated Surface Pro model, here is a more detailed spec sheet of the two.


Microsoft Surface Pro 8 spec sheet Compared to the Pro 7, visually, Microsoft has unified the overall design language of the Pro and Pro The front is a 13-inch touch screen with smaller bezels and an updated Hello camera on top. The Pro does come with some air grilles on the sides, which are necessary for the cooling module to cope with the newer hardware inside, which are missing on the Qualcomm-based Pro X variant (which hasn’t received any updates yet).


The pen Microsoft offers with the Surface Pro 8 (if you buy it with the keyboard case) is also similar to the pen that previously came with the Pro X, with a flattering shape and the ability to store and charge magnetically in a dedicated slot. In the keyboard case. While it might not look that way at first, the keyboard has also been updated over previous Pros, with its internal frame now made of carbon fiber, which makes it feel stiffer and reduces flex when resting on your arm – resting or Strike the key hard without adding to its overall thickness or weight. The interior frame is still wrapped in this felt material, which is available in several different colors.
Microsoft Surface Pro 8 (13-inch 120Hz screen, Thunderbolt 4) – vs. Surface Pro 7Microsoft Surface Pro8 Thumb


While the Microsoft Surface Pro 7 remains one of the best Windows tablets on the market, it’s been in dire need of an overhaul over the years, as we concluded in our review of the series . Thankfully, Microsoft has been working on updates behind the scenes , and this late 2021 Surface Pro 8 addresses most of our complaints about the previous generation, finally bringing the Surface Pro line back into the current era.
In short, the Microsoft Surface Pro 8 now offers a slightly larger 13-inch display with a 120Hz panel, an updated pen that can be housed in an updated keyboard case, more powerful hardware specs and a redesigned internals a cooling module, and, finally , a USB-C Thunderbolt 4 connection.
The premium build and overall feel of the Pro 8 haven’t changed, but the design this time around brings the Pro closer to the Surface Pro X series. It still has roughly the same specs as the Pro 7, but is slightly thicker and weights 0.89kg compared to the Pro 7’s 0.79kg.

Unlike the Pro This helps create a smoother feel when interacting with the screen at 120 Hz, and then drops the refresh rate to 60 Hz on static content to save Surface Pro 8 battery power.


The pen Microsoft offers with the Surface Pro 8 (if you buy it with the keyboard case) is also similar to the pen that previously came with the Pro X, with a flattering shape and the ability to store and charge magnetically in a dedicated slot. In the keyboard case. While it might not look that way at first, the keyboard has also been updated over previous Pros, with its internal frame now made of carbon fiber, which makes it feel stiffer and reduces flex when resting on your arm – resting or Strike the key hard without adding to its overall thickness or weight. The interior frame is still wrapped in this felt material, which is available in several different colors


All in all, this Surface Pro 8 is a significant update from the previous generation, now with a larger display, updated pen, faster hardware, a largerSurface Pro 8 battery, and USB-C Thunderbolt 4 connectivity. It’s also a bit more expensive , and it’s no longer fanless.

The fanless Surface Pro 7 can only support high Turbo speeds for a very limited time, but should now do better with an updated thermal design. I just hope Microsoft can properly balance the profiles on the Surface Pro 8 and make sure the fans stay quiet in day-to-day use and don’t become extremely noisy under heavy loads.
We’ll keep you posted, and in the meantime, I’d like to hear your thoughts on this tablet. Is this the Surface Pro you’ve been waiting for, or is it just not enough by today’s standards of premium 2-in -1s?

All kinds of Microsoft Laptop batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Microsoft Laptop Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Microsoft Laptop battery

Moto G04s with 50MP camera, 5000mAh battery launched globally: price, specifications

Moto G04s has been announced as the brand’s new budget offering for global markets. This follows the launch of the Moto G04 earlier this year. The phone comes with a 6.6-inch HD+ display, 50MP primary camera, Android 14 operating system out-of -the-box, and Unisoc T606 chipset. Moto G04s features a side-mounted fingerprint sensor for security and IP52 protection. See full pricing and spec details.
Motorcycle G04s priceThe Moto G04s price starts at €119 (approximately Rs. 10,800). The phone is available in Sunrise Orange, Cancon Black, Sea Green and Satin Green color options. The Motorola phone is launching in Europe and Latin America, and will be available in more markets soon. Moto G04 specificationsThe Moto G04s features a 6.6-inch HD+ display with 1612 x 720 pixels resolution, 20:9 aspect ratio, 90Hz refresh rate, up to 537 nits brightness, and Panda Glass protection. The phone will be powered by Unisoc T606 SoC and paired with Mali G57 MP1 GPU for graphics processing. The chipset is coupled with 4GB/8GB LPDDR4X RAM and 64GB UFS 2.2 storage, expandable up to 1TB via microSD card.


Camera-wise, there is a 50MP primary camera with f/1.8 aperture, PDAF, and LED flash. There is a 5MP shooter on the front for selfies and video chats. Moto G04s runs on Android 14 operating system and comes with My UX custom skin out of the box.
Also Read The phone comes with Dolby Atmos, side-mounted fingerprint sensor for security, and has an IP52 waterproof design rating. Connectivity options include 4G LTE, Wi-Fi 802.11 ac, Bluetooth 5.0, GPS, and USB Type-C port.Moto G04s mobile phone battery capacity of Moto G04s mobile phone is 5000mAh and supports 15W fast charging.

All kinds of Motorola Cell Phone  batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Motorola Cell Phone  Batterywith wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Motorola Cell Phone  battery.

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>3.87V 6000mAh Motorola MC50 Long Life Battery Replacement

The ASUS Chromebook CM30 Detachable: Your Versatile Work and Play Companion

The G73 is a 17.3-inch laptop case powered by a 75Wh Asus G73 laptop battery; we know what that means, right? You don’t get a full day’s worth of computing, or even half a day (unless you work six hours a day). We also know that Sandy Bridge is more energy efficient than Clarksfield, so we should see some improvements over the G73JW. This is exactly what we got. Idle Asus laptop battery life increased by 17% to 3.75 hours, which was the smallest increase. Internet battery life is 27% longer, but just shy of the three-hour mark, while H.264 decoding time is 39% longer, at over 2.5 hours. While these are pretty impressive increases over the previous generation, let’s not overlook the benefits that switchable graphics can bring. In our Asus G73 laptop battery life test, a regular i7-2820QM laptop running the HD 3000 IGP lasted about twice as long and had a slightly smaller battery.


We can actually estimate the GTX 460M’s idle power requirements based on these results, and let me tell you, it’s not great. Based on the 71Wh Asus laptop battery and test various results, the Compal SNB laptop we tested had an average power consumption of 9.04 W when idle, an average power consumption of 10.24W during online testing, and an average power consumption of 16.38W during H.264 playback. By comparison, the G73SW averaged 20.64W idle power, 26.95W internet power, and 28.66W H. 264 decoding. This means that the GTX 460M requires about 10W when idle with very low clocks (50MHz core, 270MHz RAM), and about 15W when showing Flash ads in a web browser. The difference in H.264 encoding between HD 3000 and GTX 460M comes back to Arrived ~10W. Unfortunately, these high-powered GPUs aren’t very battery-life friendly, with the GPU alone consuming as much power as the rest of the laptop combined. That’s where NVIDIA Optimus technology comes in: Double the battery life of your Asus G73 laptop battery, the ability to use Intel’s QuickSync technology, and discrete graphics performance when you need it.


The plugged-in power numbers are all higher because the GPU isn’t in “limp mode” and we’re also running the LCD at maximum brightness. At idle, we measured 27W at the outlet using the Kill-A-Watt device; considering the power adapter’s inefficiency, that number matches up well with our calculations above. When we put 100% load on the CPU only (using Cinebench 11.5 SMP), the power consumption was a whopping 87W. various Across 3DMark tests, we saw a maximum “typical gaming” load of 114W, while Furmark managed to push the load on the slightly GPU, and we measured loads as high as 125W. Also interesting is that we were unable to get higher power consumption by running Furmark with the CPU loading utility. The CPU load was apparently enough to slow down Furmark performance, so our “worst case” CPU+GPU load was actually down to 118W. Again, given the inefficiency of the power adapter, there’s still plenty of room on the 150W power brick (unlike the 300W power brick in the Clevo X7200 with an SLI system), so you can even play games while charging the laptop battery
We’ve received requests from some readers for some additional battery life metrics. Charging time for the G73SW (with system powered on) is 168 minutes; charging may be slightly faster if the system is off, but with a 150W power brick there should be plenty of extra juice in the charging circuitry. If you wish to run the LCD at maximum brightness instead of 100 nits (or cd/m2, if you prefer), idle Asus laptop  batteries  life drops to 195 minutes. Therefore, an additional 55 nits of brightness requires approximately 2.5W of additional power. We also did an Internet test with Pandora open and streaming music in a separate browser tab; battery life dropped to 140 minutes. Finally, how about gaming on battery? With the GPU set to maximum performance , we looped through 3DMark06 for 67 minutes, but there was still a problem.


Even with our best efforts to achieve maximum gaming performance on battery power, the GPU was still throttled – and the CPU seemed a bit sluggish, too. We ran the full Futuremark test suite on battery power using the high-performance power profile. The graph below shows the performance percentage relative to the same test run with power outage (so a score of 100 means no change in performance). The best result is in PCMark, where battery performance is still 80% of plugged-in performance. Turning to the graphics tests, 3DMark05 managed to maintain almost 40% AC performance, with the 03/05/Vantage Entry having AC performance in the 30-32% range, and the Vantage Performance preset being less than a quarter faster. To put it in perspective, the gaming performance you’re seeing is actually worse than what you’d get with a mid-range GT 425M GPU.
The problem seems to be from the Asus G73 laptop battery delivering enough power to the GPU to achieve higher clock speeds, as mid-range GPUs don’t force performance on battery power (at least in my experience). Then again, the Asus G73 laptop’s battery life wasn’t significantly better when playing games on a mid-range GPU – I measured 104 minutes using a GT 425M, an 84Wh battery, an i3-380M CPU and a 14-inch chassis. In other words, althoughit’s possible to have a gaming laptop that gets good battery life (ie by shutting off the GPU), unless something changes in a big way we’re not going to get great gaming performance while on  laptops batterypower. So fire up your smartphone and play some Angry Birds instead 🙂


Asus G73 serie Long Life Battery Replacement

Asus Asus G73 serie Li-ion battery is a new brand and it is compatible with 100% original and replacement battery. Wholesale and retail of Asus Asus G73 serie battery is of high quality and low price!

Vivo V30 vs Vivo V30 Pro: Which One is The Right Pick?

Vivo V30 vs V30 Pro: Specs at a glanceFirst, let’s take a closer look at the specs of both phones to understand what they’re all about. As shown in the table below, both phones have similar screens, battery sizes, and 80W charging speeds. Both have an IP54 water and dust resistance rating, and the device dimensions are the same.
The Vivo 30 comes in a “Maalach Green” color variant, while the V30 Pro is limited to black and blue options. The main differences are camera, processor, RAM and storage speed. The Pro version has the advantage here, but that doesn’t t mean the Vivo V30 is a slouch. Vivo V30 series: Price differencesPrice is crucial when deciding which phone in the range you prefer. If your budget is fixed and cannot exceed Rs 35,000, then the Vivo V30 is the obvious choice as it starts at Rs 33,999.


But if you have a flexible budget and are considering spending above Rs 40,000, then the Vivo V30 Pro might be more attractive. The table below lists all prices for your consideration. Note that the price may be lower if you plan to trade in your old one or get some cashback or bank discount. Vivo V30 vs V30 Pro: let’s talk about the cameras
We’ll start with this aspect as this is the USP of both phones. That’s it for the rear camera setup of both phones. As noted in our review, Aura Light is great for taking brighter photos and can provide good white balance in photos, especially when shooting in areas with poor light sources. This is a fun tool for those who like to experiment with their photos, which you won’t find on other devices.
If you look purely at specs, the V30 Pro’s camera is definitely better, while the V30 may not be that good. Yes, considering a dedicated portrait camera, you might be wondering how the V30 fares in this regard. However, as we saw in Our testing, both have pretty solid cameras and deliver on the Portrait promise well.
Of course, the Vivo V30 Pro has an advantage when it comes to cameras, as it comes with Zeiss optics and it also comes with Zeiss filters. Like the X-Series, the V-Series was designed in conjunction with ZEISS. Vivo offers three profiles for the Pro version: Vivid, Textured, and Natural (Zeiss). Our testing showed that “images clicked using the main camera are clear and detailed” on the Pro version. As we saw in our testing, both phones hold their own in low-light situations. Don’t worry about grainy images when shooting at night. Yes, the 50MP selfie camera is one of the best in its price range. It retains the natural skin tone and texture, which is how I like it. As we pointed out in our review, the V30 Pro also allows for more natural-looking skin in selfies.
Frankly, if you’re deciding based on the camera alone and your budget only allows you to buy the V30, then you don’t have to worry about the camera compromise you’re making. The Vivo V30 has one of the best cameras in this price segment; these portraits are an extra wow factor. Of course, if your budget is flexible, the V30 Pro is an easy choice because of the extra Zeiss features it offers on the camera. Again, this is something you won’t find at this price point.Vivo V30 vs V30 Pro: Performance

Vivo V30 is powered by Qualcomm Snapdragon 7 Gen 3 and Adreno 720 GPU. It comes with LPDDR4X RAM in 8GB or 12GB RAM options, and 128GB or 256GB UFS 2.2 storage.


The processor of the V30 Pro is the same as last year, which is the MediaTek Dimensity 8200 SoC. It comes in 8GB or 12GB RAM options and 256GB or 512GB storage. Vivo uses LPDDR5X RAM and faster UFS 3.1 storage on the Pro version. Regarding overall benchmarks, the table below shows how these two phones compare to other market options. Both phones are solid daily drivers, and multitasking wasn’t an issue in our testing. The V30 Pro performs well in games like BGMI and can handle Ultra HDR graphics and ultra-high frame rates. Likewise, the V30 can handle games like Genshin Impact without overheating.
There’s no denying that the challenge for both phones is competition, with the likes of the OnePlus 12R and iQoo Neo 9 Pro far ahead of the likes of the Vivo V30 Pro in benchmark tests. If you need more performance, the Vivo V30 series may not be enough. Specific gaming equipment. However, this is not a key prerequisite for these devices. The appeal here is the camera, design and overall package. Still, both phones should keep users happy with day-to-day performance and regular gaming. Vivo V30 vs V30 Pro: What are the similarities?

Both phones have the same design. They are super thin, only 7.45mm thick, with the same camera module on the back and a curved AMOLED display on the front. However, Vivo has limited the color changing option to the V30 version only, so the Pro version only has two color options to choose from.

Both come with 5000 mAhVivo V30 batteryandVivo V30 Pro batterywith 80W fast charging, and the company includes a charger in the box. In our tests, the phone easily went from 1% to 100% in less than an hour (50 minutes given that this is a 5000 mAh battery, it will easily last an entire workday for most users.The Vivo V30 series runs Vivo’s FunTouch OS and Android 14. The company promises Android updates for three years. Vivo occasionally suffers from some bloatware, which is annoying. V-Store does push random notifications, but I recommend turning them off as soon as possible .
However, it’s nice to see a smaller number of pre-installed apps on the Vivo V30 phone. Both phones have an IP54 rating, which provides some protection against accidental spills, but don’t submerge these phones in water. Vivo V30 vs V30 Pro : Which is the right choice?


Vivo promises great portrait results on the V30 series, and to be fair, both phones deliver on that. Usually, non-Pro versions don’t always perform that well, but that’s not the case here. Even though the V30 Pro has Zeiss optics , both phones’ cameras are worth the hype.
If you don’t want to spend more than Rs 35,000, the V30 is a safe bet in terms of camera and general performance. However, it also faces a strong competitor in the Realme 12 Pro+, which is slightly cheaper and has a decent camera But there’s no doubt the V30 has the edge when it comes to cameras.
Considering the overall positioning, the V30 Pro camera phone is worth considering for those willing to pay the extra cost. However, for those who want more performance, the OnePlus 12R or iQoo Neo 9 Pro may be more attractive options.

All kinds ofVivo Cell Phone  batteriesand chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Vivo Cell Phone  Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Vivo Cell Phone  battery

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>3.87V 4.45V 4040mAh/15.63WH Vivo B-H1 Long Life Battery Replacement

Vivo T3x Chipset, Battery, and Audio Specifications Revealed Ahead of Official Launch

The Vivo T3x smartphone will succeed the T2x in the series, which is priced at Rs 12,999.We obtained this exclusive information from industry sources. Vivo is gearing up to expand its T-series lineup with the new T3x smartphone. An industry source revealed some key details about the device’s chipset, battery, and audio capabilities to MySmartPrice. Here’s everything you need to know. Vivo T3x key specifications revealedAccording to our reliable sources, the upcoming Vivo T3x will get power from the Snapdragon 6 Gen 1 chipset. Additionally, the device has appeared on the Bluetooth SIG certification website with model number V2338. But it did not reveal any specifications of the smartphone.


Additionally, the Vivo T3x will be Vivo’s first ultra-thin smartphone to feature a large 6,000mAhVivo T3x smartphone battery that can last for two days on a single charge. It will also feature dual stereo speakers with enhance audior support that will increase the volume by 300%. Vivo T3x India launch, price and other Snapdragon 6 Gen 1 powered devicesThe company has not revealed any other details about the Vivo T3x launch. However, according to recent reports, it is said to arrive in the third week of April, between April 19 and 22. We can expect some trailers to be released next week.
The Vivo T3x will succeed the Vivo T2x that was launched last year and is priced at Rs 12,999. We can’t reveal much about the pricing of the T3x, but we can tell you about other Snapdragon 6 Gen 1-powered smartphones, namely the Realme 12 Pro 5G and the HONOR X9b.


The Realme 12 Pro 5G starts at Rs 24,999 and the HONOR X9b is priced at Rs a thousand more. The two phones have different USPs, with the Realme 12 Pro centered around a solid camera system, while the HONOR X9b focuses on durability and display. We expect the Vivo T3x to enter the same price range.
Take a quick look at the processing power of the HONOR X9b and Realme 12 Pro with our benchmark charts.

All kinds of Vivo Cell Phone  batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Vivo Cell Phone  Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Vivo Cell Phone  battery

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>3.89V 5000mAh Vivo B-S6 Long Life Battery Replacement

Alleged Google Pixel 8a battery capacity revealed via UL Demko Certification

The UL Demko certification reveals that the Pixel phone has model number GH2MB.The phone in question is likely a Pixel 8a.

The UL Demko listing confirms that the phone will come with a 4,942mAh ratedGoogle  Pixel 8a phone battery .Google may be working on a series of new phones, including the recently leaked Pixel Fold 2, the Pixel 9 series, and finally the most anticipated Pixel 8a.

The latter will be launched as the successor of Pixel 7a and belongs to the mid-range market. Now, the folks at MySmartPrice have spotted a new Pixel phone in Demko certification, which reveals the Pixel phone’s battery capacity. The phone in question is likely a Pixel 8a.
Suspected Pixel 8a battery exposedMySmartPrice has discovered that the UL Demko certification reveals that the upcoming Pixel phone will have a model number of GH2MB. The listing confirms that the Pixel 8a will come with a 4,942mAh battery rated Pixel 8a battery. The product is priced at 5,000mAh.By comparison, the Pixel 7a has a 4,385mAh Google  Pixel 7a battery. This means our battery capacity will increase significantly. 
Considering the significant increase in battery capacity, the Pixel phone spotted on UL Demko is likely to be the Pixel 9 Pro or Pixel Fold 2.Google usually reserves 5,000mAh units for high-end models like the Pixel 8 Pro. Google Pixel 8a specs (estimated)

Display: Pixel 8a may feature a 6.1-inch FHD+ AMOLED display with a punch-hole.Processor: Pixel phones can be powered by an in-house Tensor G3 SoC with Mali-G715 GPU and Titan G2 security chip.

Memory: 8GB RAM is likely, and there may be 128GB/256GB storage options.Software: Android 14 and Pixel UI.Dimensions: 152.1 x 72.6 x 8.9 mmBattery: Likely a 5,000mAh Pixel 8a batterywith 27W fast charging support.The rest of the phone’s specs are currently under wraps, but we should learn more details in the coming days.

All kinds of Google Cell Phone  batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Google Cell Phone  Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Google Cell Phone  battery.

2024 Acer Swift Go 14, Swift Go 16, Swift X 14 updates, with Intel Meteor Lake

Acer is updating its popular Swift Go and Swift X portable laptop series for 2024 , and below we’ll discuss the specs, key features, and updates for these generations.
The 2024 Acer Swift Go comes in Swift Go 14 (SFG14-73) and Swift Go 16 (SFG16-72) size variants with 14-inch and 16-inch displays respectively. Both feature 16:10 OLED panels. Both are now built on the Intel Core Ultra Meteor Lake platform with Intel Arc graphics. Slim and portable design with no major compromises and a competitive price.

The 2024 Swift X 14 (SFX14-72G) is a more powerful 14-inch laptop in a portable package with a 14.5-inch 120Hz 2.8K OLED display. This time around, the hardware is upgraded to a Core Ultra processor with up to 32 GB of LPPDR5x memory and up to an RTX 4070 dedicated graphics card, which comes with Studio drivers by default. Not sure if the cooling and power settings have been updated over the previous generation, while the GPU specs have also been improved.
Let’s take a closer look at these models.
2024 Acer Swift Go 14 (SFG14-73), Swift Go 16 (SFG16-72) These laptops are part of Acer’s mainstream line of portables, whether in 14-inch or 16-inch space.

Typing on these laptops is excellent, though, with black keys and crisp feedback, plus a larger touchpad updated for 2024 – 125 x 77mm, compared to 104 x 64mm on the 2023 Swift Go model. Internally, both models feature the Intel Evo design built on the Intel Meteor Lake hardware platform, with Intel Core Ultra processors and Arc graphics. By all accounts, this is a powerful, versatile piece of hardware that offers a significant upgrade in GPU capabilities compared to past Intel-based implementations.

However, even if the Acer Swift  Go battery capacity inside these Acer Swift Go models is slightly smaller than that of some competing products, the battery life of the Acer Swift Go models should be good. But Meteor Lake is very efficient, so I’m not worried about  Acerlaptops batterylife. Oh , and both products come with a USB-C charger, which is still pretty rare in the budget price class.
Long story short, the Acer Swift Go 14 and Swift Go 16 have been popular series in their price range, and I expect the same for the 2024 updates. With Meteor Lake, these benefits from significant performance improvements and increased efficiency. Just make sure you ‘re happy with the peculiarities of the OLED display and the rather weak audio.


2024 Acer Swift X 14 (SFX14-72G) The Acer Swift The 2024 generation is built on the same Meteor Lake hardware discussed earlier, but allows for higher sustained power settings. Additionally, it comes with a dGPU and a more advanced cooling module to deal with all these issues.

Swift X14 2024 2 Putting that aside, the 2024 Swift X 14 is pretty much the same laptop as the 2023 model, and you can find tons of details and reviews online. It’s a much-appreciated range, especially since it’s priced more competitively than rivals like the Asus Zenbook 14X or the Lenovo Slim Pro 9i in some markets like the US. I expect the 2024 models to retain their price advantage, especially if Acer recycles the chassis this year and just updates the hardware.
I also expect theSwift X14  batteryin the 2024 Swift X 14 to run a little more efficiently than the 2023 model, which was one of the main complaints about the model. Meteor Lake helps this, and the 76 Wh laptop batteryis quite large for a 14 -inch laptop.
Putting that aside, the Swift X 14 is a fairly portable 14-inch laptop that weighs around 1.5kg, uses a fairly generic Acer design, and has so-so build quality, standard features and ergonomics. Like most other Swift models, it also offers good IO and fairly mediocre speakers.
It does, however, offer a 14.5-inch OLED 120Hz display, which is one of the best displays on a 14-inch device. It’s non-touch, which means image quality is clear, but like most other OLED laptops, flickering issues occur at low brightness. Not sure if Acer offers an IPS display option as well, but they might and you might want to consider an OLED display option.

All kinds of Acer Laptop batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Acer Laptop Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Acer Laptop battery

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>15.2V/17.2V 3090mAh/46WH Acer AC17B8K Long Life Battery Replacement

Best ultrabook and portable lightweight laptop in 2024

The Best Ultrabooks of 2024 The Best Premium Thin and Light UltrabooksThis section covers our recommendations for quality thin and light ultrabooks with the latest hardware specs and modern features.


Dell XPS 13, XPS 14 – still the quintessential compact laptop?
The XPS 13 has been my ultraportable laptop of choice for years, and the most recent variant improvements on the original model in many ways.
At some point in the past, Dell split the XPS 13 series into two different products: the regular XPS 13 and the XPS 13 Plus. We reviewed the regular Dell XPS 13 and the Dell XPS 13 Plus.

The current XPS 13’s internal design is also more sophisticated than the average 13-inch Ultrabook, with more advanced cooling solutions and competent Intel Meteor Lake Core Ultra H hardware running at fairly high power settings for this class. This won’t matter for day- to-day use, but it will certainly make a difference for serious multitasking, sustained workloads, and even some gaming since the Arc iGPU is built in and is more capable than previous generations of Xe iGPUs.
The XPS 14 is even more advanced, able to accommodate the optional dGPU and everything else, although it’s still a low-power RTX 4050, so not a very powerful offering. Additionally, the XPS 14 is significantly heavier than the XPS 13 and heavier than most other high-end 14-inch Ultrabooks, which may turn some people off.

These Dell XPS models won’t have nearly as long  Dell XPS models batterylife either, especially the XPS 13, which only comes with a 55 Wh  Dell  XPS 13 battery, which is smaller than the batteries in other devices today. So if  Dell  XPS 14 battery battery life is important to you, there are alternatives that can outlast the XPS, such as bigger Dell Laptop batteries and/or AMD hardware. At least Intel hardware is efficient in this generation too. Lenovo ThinkPadX1 Carbon, X1 Nano – business ultrabooksThe X1 Carbon remains Lenovo’s flagship high-end ThinkPad ultrabook, sitting alongside the ultra-compact but less powerful ThinkPad X1 Nano.

But at the same time, the X1 Carbon is more expensive than the XPS 13 in most regions, and only comes in a single color (the classic black ThinkPad design). Additionally, while the latest XPS 13 and X1 Carbon models are both built on the same Intel Core Ultra H hardware platform, as noted in our review , the XPS 13 trends to outperform the X1 Carbon under sustained demanding loads. Still, both are perfect computers for everyday use and multitasking, so for this kind of use you can’ t go wrong with either one of them. It’s portable thanks to its weight of less than 1 kg (2.21 lbs), more compact 13-inch 16:10 display, and minimalist USB-C IO. But other than that, this is still a ThinkPad in most respects.
So if you need a highly portable premium Ultrabook for light use and daily multitasking, the ThinkPad X1 Nano is one of the better options, but if you can live with a slightly larger chassis, you can go for it The X1 Carbon and XPS 13 are still more powerful and versatile ultrabooks.

ASUS ROG Flow X13 – Gaming UltrabookAfter years of sitting at the top of the segment, the Razer Blade Stealth 13 has been dethroned by the Asus ROG Flow X13 as the most powerful and gaming-friendly Ultrabook out there, largely thanks to more advanced AMD and Nvidia platform Flow, also because of the balance of the Flow X13 series in its niche.


Somehow, Asus has managed to fit a Ryzen 9 HS processor and RTX (up to 4070 on the latest models) into a compact 13-inch chassis without sacrificing build quality, input, ergonomics, cooling, orASUS ROG Flow X13  batterylife. Beyond that, the Flow X13 is a convertible with a 360-degree 16:10 165Hz touchscreen and is cheaper than the top Stealth laptops of this generation. Follow this link for the latest configurations and pricing in your region, and check out our review of the latest Flow X13 model here.
The Flow X13 is also unique in that it is the first Asus laptop to be compatible with the ROG XG Mobile GPU case, which includes the higher-power RTX 4080 and 4090 Nvidia mobile graphics chips and connects via a proprietary connector to the laptop. Combined , the two offers the same kind of GPU performance and gaming experience you can get from the most powerful gaming laptops of this generation, if you’re interested and willing to pay around $3,000 for both.


What surprises me more, though, is the fact that the ROG Flow X13 is a standalone ultraportable laptop that at under 3 pounds offers unparalleled versatility, whether for daily casual use or sustained workloads and gaming , Ryzen 9 cannot match the currently available Intel platforms. I must also add that the Flow X13 isn’t the only powerful 13/14-inch ultraportable laptop currently on the market, and we’ll discuss a few other such options in our dedicated section on performance/gaming ultrabooks further down, including Asus ROG Flow Z13, Asus Zephyrus G14 and Razer Blade 14. This year, the Acer Swift Buy the most balanced multi-purpose ultrabook in euros.The Swift This year, the Acer Swift Laptops cost around 1000-1200 USD/EUR.
The Swift Acer redesigned the internals and used a slightly thicker chassis to accommodate the cooling modules required for this type of hardware in a 14-inch case, while the design lines, inputs, IO, and screen options are borrowed from the Swift 3 14- inch model.

That may change once the Asus VivoBook Pro 14X becomes available, with its superior thermal design and better OLED 90Hz screen, but for now, the Swift X is my recommendation in this segment. I’d still leave the Lenovo IdeaPad/Yoga Slim 7 here , both 2020 models with Ryzen U and FHD 16:9 displays, which should be pretty affordable right now if you can still find them in stock, especially the Lenovo Slim 7i Pro X ( Reviewed here). This one features a full-power Intel H processor and RTX 3050 dGPU, as well as an updated 16:10 high-resolution screen with a 120Hz refresh rate.

You may want to consider specific features and features that may not be available in our recommendations above, such as certain screen formats and panel types, certain design choices, longer Laptop battery life, or a more affordable price tag in your region, as the Dell XPS and Lenovo ThinkPads tend to become very expensive in certain countries, which makes other brands more competitive there.


ASUS Zenbook Series – Review – Ultra-compact 13-inch and 14-inch ultrabooks, available in a variety of screen sizes and formats; mostly quality build and very good input, full-size IO; mid-range hardware from the latest Intel and AMD platforms Achieve well 60+WhAsus Zenbook battery;

ASUS ExpertBook B9 Series – Review – 14-inch business laptops under 1kg with modern specs, IPS screen, big battery and no-compromise IO and business features

All brands laptop battery in here, We sell cheap and high quality laptop batteries , Tablets battery, mobile phone battery, you choose

Asus ChromeBook C425 reviewed – what to expect, vs. ChromeBook Flip C434

This article collects impressions and overall feedback about the Asus ChromeBook C425 from reviewers and regular buyers.
Design and build qualityThe C425 is a compact, lightweight 14-inch ChromeBook. It’s about 17mm thick, weighs 2.8 pounds, and is fairly small, as evidenced by the narrow bezels surrounding the screen.


The laptop looks good, with a silver theme that hides smudges and fingerprints well. Unlike the C434, however, this isn’t an all-metal computer: the top is aluminum, like the Flip C434, but the main chassis and bottom are plastic , which feels pretty cheap in comparison. Asus has been using the same materials they’ve done with a lot of their products in the Windows space in the past, but this year it’s switching to a metal inner deck on the newer mid-range VivoBook Personally, I don’t mind the plastic bottom. In fact, plastic bottoms have their advantages, as plastic is lighter and less conductive of heat than metal. However, the plastic main deck might be enough of a reason to pay extra for the C434. I mean, the plastic on the C425 isn’t as bad as what we’re used to seeing on entry-level laptops, but it’s still plastic and doesn’t feel as nice or solid as metal.


You should also know that the ChromeBook C425 is a clamshell laptop, so it comes with a matte non-touch screen and lacks the ability to fully convert to tablet mode. However, the hinge is quite strong, smooth, and allows the display to lie flat to 180 degrees, which is something I’m looking for in a thin and light notebook. It’s worth adding that Asus mentions a touchscreen option on its page, but the currently available variant only comes with a matte display. Beyond that we should also touch on the IO, which is pretty standard for a 2019 ChromeBook: 2x USB-C port with video and charging, 1 USB-A slot, a microSD card reader, a headphone jack and a headphone jack. You’ll still need suitable cables to send video to your TV (via wire), but other than that, there’s nothing to complain about here.


ScreenThe ChromeBook C425 has a 14-inch display with narrow plastic bezels on either side. The configuration available in stores has a matte non-touch variant, and a touchscreen option is also mentioned on the Asus website and may be available at some point.

That said, this is about the same screen as found on other entry-level laptops and ChromeBooks, so indoor use in dimly lit environments is still fine. Still, this panel is the biggest offender of the C425 in my opinion, and probably the main reason you might want to consider the C434. Performance and daily useThere is no doubt that this ChromeBook C425 offers great specs for its price. The best value configuration includes a Core m3-8100Y processor, 8 GB RAM, and 64 GB eMMC storage, and a higher-end device with a Core m5 processor and more storage may also be available.
Asus has also packed this laptop with a 48WhTheASUS ChromeBook C425 laptop battery, even with the screen brightness adjusted to 80-90% to compensate for darkness, lasts about 8-10 hours on a charge. The laptop charges via USB-C and comes with a compact charger in the box. However, this charger uses a two-piece cable design rather than having the plug integrated into the brick like the C434.


Price, availability and competitionAt the time of writing, the Asus Chromebook C425TA is almost exclusively available in a single variant, the one analyzed here, with a Core m3 processor, 8 GB of RAM, 64 GB of storage, and a matte screen. However, this may change in the future, so you should follow this link later for updated configurations and pricing. Asus initially priced this version at $499, but quickly dropped it to $399 a few days later and has kept that price for the past few weeks.

All kinds of Asus Laptop batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Asus Laptop Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buyAsus Laptop battery

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>11.55V 48Wh Asus C31N1824 Long Life Battery Replacement

Huawei P10 and P10 Plus: Performance & Battery Life Report

Huawei is clearly focused on improving the performance of its flagship phones. The P9 and its Kirin 955 SoC performed well in our tests, being smooth and fast during day-to-day use. For the P10 and P10 Plus, Huawei tweaked the underlying hardware and software to make them perform better over longer periods of time.
Huawei’s EMUI software includes several features to make the system feel more responsive. The /data partition uses the F2FS file system to improve storage performance, and Huawei’s new “machine learning algorithm” prioritizes system resources (CPU, memory, and storage) to improve the response speed and performance of foreground applications. Huawei also uses compression to increase the amount of data held in working memory.


The new phone is powered by HiSilicon’s Kirin 960 SoC, which comes in a big.LITTLE arrangement consisting of four ARM Cortex-A73 CPUs and four Cortex-A53 CPUs. When we looked at the Kirin 960 earlier this year, we found that its A73 core had higher integer IPC than the Kirin 950/955’s A72 core, but floating point IPC was generally down. Kirin 960 also features improvements to the memory subsystem. Although our low-level testing results were mixed, the Kirin 960 used in the Huawei Mate 9 performed well when running common workloads like web browsing and photo editing.


In addition to the new CPU, the Kirin 960 also includes a significantly upgraded GPU. The Mali-G71MP8 has twice the core count of the Mali-T880MP4 GPU in the Kirin 950/955. It’s also based on ARM’s new Bifrost architecture, which features several improvements over the previous Midgard architecture to help improve shader core utilization. Like other OEMs, Huawei is currently working on sourcing some other internal components, particularly NAND and RAM – which can impact overall system performance. Samsung, SK Hynix and Toshiba said they are struggling to produce enough flash memory in the face of increased demand, especially for higher-density modules, and problems boosting 3D NAND production. This shortage also applies to DRAM, which began in 2016 and will likely continue through the remainder of 2017.
Huawei confirmed it was sourcing memory components from multiple suppliers due to supply shortages and rising component costs and said it had never committed to any specific type of NAND.

In fact, P10 users claim that some devices use eMMC instead of UFS NAND, as well as LPDDR3 and LPDDR4 RAM. In fact, among smartphone OEMs, especially large OEMs such as Apple, Huawei, LG, and Samsung, multi-sourcing for many different components including NAND, RAM, display panels, modem/RF, and camera sensors It’s actually quite common. Apple even sources SoCs from different foundries. However, problems can arise if the OEM does not hold its suppliers to the same standards and allows for huge differences in performance between parts from different suppliers, which unfortunately happens all too often. Based on Huawei’s official statement, we have no way of knowing who its suppliers are, what components they are or are not using (LPDDR3/LPDDR4, eMMC/UFS), or how many phones are using potentially slower components. It simply says that component selections are randomly chosen based on current availability, and consumers have no way of knowing what they’re buying until they open the box.


In this report, we’ll identify the components used in our P10 and P10 Plus review devices, then run them through a series of tests to assess day-to-day performance and battery life. Huawei was able to extend the battery life of the Huawei  Mate 9  Cell Phone Batteryover the previous generation, so it will be interesting to see if the same is true for the P10.

All kinds of Huawei Cell Phone  batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Huawei Cell Phone  Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Huawei Cell Phone  battery

Cell Phone Battery for Huawei P10 Plus P10Plus Honor 8XHuawei HB386589ECW lithium-ion battery is a new brand and compatible with 100% original and replacement batteries. Wholesale and retail Huawei HB386589ECW battery, high quality and low price!

Replacement Battery for HuaWei P10 VTR-AL00Huawei HB386280ECW lithium-ion battery is a new brand and compatible with 100% original and replacement batteries. Wholesale and retail Huawei HB386280ECW battery, high quality and low price!

Ulefone Armor 22 Rugged Phone review

Lightweight Rugged Phones for Outdoor Workers For those following the rugged smartphone evolution, we’re currently facing a fork in the road, with manufacturers creating two subcategories of these devices.
On one side are bulky phones with big Ulefone Armor 22  phones  batteries , and on the other side are more elegant options like the Ulefone Armor 22, which offer a more practical experience but don’t have as long a battery life as a Tesla.
Available in black and black with some green highlights, the Armor 22 ticks all the boxes for a classic rugged phone case, with thick metal sides with isometric embossing and bevels. The layout is de facto with a power button and a rocker on the right side , as well as custom buttons. The buttons and SIM card slot are on the left side, making this phone an easy transition for most users. However, it’s one of the few phones to feature a 3.5mm audio jack, and the SIM tray can accommodate two Nano SIM cards and a MicroSD card, eliminating the need to choose between them.
Overall, the Armor 22 has an elegant design and is a practical phone that’ll stand up to those who often work in the rain or desert dust. And, for such a well-crafted and well-thought-out specification, the asking price is low. The Armor 22 comes in two colors and two memory size options: 128GB and 256GB. The cost of both varies greatly depending on where you buy it, with AliExpress being the cheapest option and longest delivery time.
The good points about this phone are long, but we note that the screen is big and bright, there’s an audio jack and an IR blaster on the top of the phone, and the SIM card tray can accommodate dual Nano SIM cards and a MicroSD card without having to force out one of them. . At just 324 grams, this is easily one of the lightest rugged phones we’ve ever covered, a quarter of the weight of some designs.
The only aspect of the Ulefone Armor 22 rugged phone that we wish we had better was the number of rubber plugs on the various ports, designed to make the Armor 22 waterproof.
In our experience, these rubber plugs are less effective at keeping out water and dust after repeated use, and eventually, wear and tear will cause their protection to fail. One advantage of this is that in this design, the plug that protects the USB- C port and that you’re most likely to pull out to charge every day is screwed in place, suggesting it’s replaceable. ns Because of the Ulefone Armor 22 battery size which we will discuss later, this begs the question of why Ulefone doesn’t use the G99.
Ulefone Armor 22 rugged mobile phone
The maximum amount of RAM the G96 can support is 10GB, but the Armor 22 only comes with 8GB, and the version of Android 13 it uses doesn’t support the trick of mapping certain storage as RAM.
Even without this feature, 8GB of RAM is more than enough for most purposes, and the user experience isn’t significantly affected by the choice of G96 chip or memory configuration.
This makes the Armor 22 powerful enough for general use and some light gaming, but not nearly as powerful as any Dimensity or Snapdragon SoC. The 6600mAh Ulefone   Smartphone battery  capacity may seem large by normal phone standards, but for a rugged phone, it’s just a small Ulefone Armor 22 battery , although larger than the likes of the Lenovo ThinPhone or Kyocera DuraForce Pro 3.
As we’ve seen before, it’s possible to underutilize the large battery or to underutilize the smaller Ulefone Armor 22 battery, and luckily, the Armor 22 does the latter.
Quoted standby time is 360 hours (15 days) and talk time is 27 hours, but those don’t really tell you how much power the phone consumes during normal use.However, it lasted just under 14 hours on the PCMark Ulefone Armor 22 battery test. Looking at its competitors and battery capacity, the G96 is not as energy efficient as the G99. With the same battery, the G99 would probably give the phone at least another hour or two of use. Another aspect of the Ulefone Armor 22 battery is that it has 33W fast charging, which allows it to charge from a completely drained state very quickly.
Considering how quickly theUlefone Armor 22’s batteryrecharges, it’s disappointing that Ulefone doesn’t offer a wireless charging option.


3.85V 6600mAh Ulefone 3115 Long Life Battery Replacement

6600mAh 3.85V for Ulefone Armor 22,Ulefone 3115 Li-ion battery is a new brand and it is compatible with 100% original and replacement battery. Wholesale and retail of Ulefone 3115 battery is of high quality and low price!

CUBOT H3 review: Big battery, lowest price…

Cubot is one of the many Chinese smartphone OEMs that has managed to launch some very interesting devices over the past few years that boast impressiveCubot H3 smartphone battery  life and generally decent performance. The Cubot H3 is one of their latest products and perhaps the most balanced device in their portfolio (only) if you are on a “tight” budget.
It’s one of the smallest (and cheapest) Cubot phones you’ll find, and it’s certainly one that’s ready to try its luck at the lower end of the market. Don’t think it doesn’t have much to show for it, though : Our little friend packs a massive 6000mAh Cubot H3 battery inside, delivering impressive standby/talk time results you’re sure to love, while keeping the price low ($129, 99 ), daily performance is good, no issues or surprises. Let’s take a closer look at what this little “powerhouse” can do, shall we? CUBOT H3 Review – Technical Specs

Cubot H3 is a smartphone that strives for hardware balance, as its main feature is Cubot H3 smartphone battery size rather than performance. That’s why it comes with a 64-bit MediaTek MT6737 processor with 4 cores and a speed of 1.3GHz. It comes with a very old Mali-T720 MP2 GPU, 3GB RAM and 32GB internal storage, expandable via micro SD card up to 128 GB. This hardware configuration, beyond 3GB RAM, is still limited, and while it allows users to move a large number of daily applications completely smoothly , it may suffer in some heavy-duty applications such as games and other applications that require more processing. Encountering some power issues.There is a 5-inch screen on the front.
The resolution is 720P, which may sound disappointing to some; it did to me too, especially since its viewing angles could be better. The screen supports multi-touch with up to 5 fingers, so you won’t have any issues typing or playing some typical games. d The device runs Android 7.0 Nougat, which is pretty much stock, with Cubot just adding a few features of its own (mostly gestures), and a few extra pre-installed apps like its own file manager and a way to lock programs to Fingerprint sensor for enhanced security applications.
The device runs Android 7.0 Nougat, which is pretty much stock, with Cubot only adding a few features of its own (mainly gestures), and a few extra pre-installed apps like its own file manager and a way to lock programs to your fingerprint Sensor application for extra safety.

Oh, and let’s not forget that there’s a fingerprint scanner on the back of the device just below the dual cameras, which offers pretty fast fingerprint recognition with a success rate of nearly 90%. You can use it to lock apps, unlock your phone, and it can “read” fingerprints in 360 degrees. Connection/call performance

This is one of the most important (and decisive) factors for me when I test a phone. How good it sounds, what type of signal reception it has and how well its speakers work. By my standards, the Cubot H3 performed pretty well in this test. Call quality is satisfactory, but nothing to brag about. I can make and receive calls to people using this device without any issues and the sound quality and volume are both great. I thought the speakers were “rough” and there was a lot of “noise” when playing ringtones, I guess, but nothing wrong with them. I thought it might disappoint me. I have to say that the microphone is very solid and the overall connection over data and Wi-Fi networks is consistent. I I didn’t experience any 3G/4G or Wi-Fi issues during my testing and all web pages/social networks were easily accessible via WiFi, but the signal strength dropped easily when I was a little further away from the router.

Cubot H3 battery consumptionThis is where this phone really shines! The main selling point of the Cubot H3 is the Cubot H3 battery life, and for good reason. It comes with 6000 mAh capacity and works perfectly with Android 7.0 operating system to provide excellent standby and talk time that will surely please you. If used correctly, the H3 Plus can last over 2 days away from a charger and offers around 13 hours of SOT (screen on time). I “pushed” the device to its limits:

I played a few games, browsed the Internet, sent a lot of messages, YouTube, made phone calls, but by the end of the first day it dropped from 100% to 71%, confirmed at this point. This is a good “energy” phone. But be aware that the H3 takes about 4-5 hours to charge, so I recommend charging while you sleep as it does not support fast charging. OS – Nougat, but without the Oreo-like branding, you’ll feel right at home with this model. Cubot H3 runs on Android 7.1 Nougat and features pure Android performance, all of Google’s typical apps, and no extra third-party apps, widgets, or anything else that might hinder its performance. Note, however, that Cubot has not informed us so far whether the device is scheduled to get Android 8 Oreo.

Judging from my experience with other Cubot models with Android updates, I wouldn’t hold out hope that something similar would unfortunately happen. I hope I’m wrong, but I am. Just in case you haven’t read this 10 times by now, the Cubot H3’s most memorable feature is undoubtedly the size and duration of its Cubot H3 battery: a non-removable lithium-ion 6000mAh unit that far outlasts the manufacturer’s previous Other models offer an impressive standby time of 30 to 45 hours, depending on usage, and can last up to 461 hours in standby mode.
Keep in mind that it’s heavy (due to its huge 6000 mAh Cubot H3 battery, which brings the weight to 210 grams), but on the other hand, it’s easy to use with one hand, and it offers 3GB of RAM for typical multitasking, And having a small display with great brightness!
If the  Cubot phone batteryperformance of the Cubot phone is not that important to you, then look at other phones on the market, there are other phones out there that are faster, better and of course weigh less than 210g.

All kinds of Cubot Cell Phone  batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Cubot Cell Phone  Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Cubot Cell Phone  battery.

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>Cubot H2 Long Life Battery Replacement

OPPO Reno 10 5G price in India revealed, pre-orders begin on Flipkart

The OPPO Reno 10 series was launched in India earlier this month. The series includes three models: Reno 10, Reno 10 Pro and Reno 10 Pro+. These are the successors to the Reno 9 series, which never made it to India. Now, the price and sales details of the original Reno 10 5G in India have been officially exposed. For the uninitiated, OPPO only announced the cost and sales details of the Reno 10 Pro and Reno 10 Pro+ on stage, and did not reveal the pricing details of the Reno 10. The phone is powered by MediaTek Dimensity 7050 SoC and a 5,000mAhOPPO Reno 10 battery.
OPPO Reno 10 5G price in India The OPPO Reno 10 5G is priced at Rs 32,999 for the single 8GB + 256GB model.The phone will be available for pre-order from July 20 at 12:30 pm IST and will start shipping from July 27.The company is offering an instant discount of Rs 3,000, exchange bonus of Rs 4,000, no-cost EMI and three months of YouTube Premium on HDFC, SBI, AXIS and ICICI Bank cards. OPPO Reno 10 specifications

Display: OPPO Reno 10 features a 6.7-inch FHD+ AMOLED with curved edges, 120Hz refresh rate, selfie punch-hole, and up to 240Hz touch sampling rate.Processor: Powering the phone is the MediaTek Dimensity 7050 SoC.RAM and Storage: The phone comes with 8GB RAM and 256GB storage. Supports up to 8GB RAM expansion.

Software: The smartphone runs Android 13-based ColorOS custom skin out of the box.Camera: OPPO Reno 10 has three rear cameras, including a 64MP main camera, a 32MP telephoto lens, and an 8MP ultra-wide-angle lens. There is a 32MP front camera for selfies.OPPO Reno 10 battery: Equipped with a large 5000mAh OPPO battery, supporting 67W SUPERVOOC fast charging.

Connectivity: 5G, 4G LTE, Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, GPS, and USB Type-C port for charging. Oppo Reno 10 Pro features a 6.7-inch FHD+ display with a resolution of 1080×2412 pixels. The display offers a 120Hz refresh rate and a peak brightness of up to 950 nits. The display is protected by a layer of AGC DT-Star2 glass on top.Oppo Reno 10 Pro is powered by an octa-core Qualcomm Snapdragon 778G processor paired with 12GB of RAM and 256GB of internal storage. The mid-range smartphone runs on Android 13 operating system with ColorOS 13 on top.

Oppo Reno 10 Pro comes with triple rear cameras, including 50MP primary camera (f/1.8 aperture), 8MP IMX355 ultra-wide-angle camera (f/2.2 aperture), 32MP IMX709 2X telephoto camera (f/2.0 aperture). The front is home to the 32MP selfie camera.Oppo Reno 10 Pro is equipped with a 4,600 mAhOPPO Reno 10 battery that supports 80W fast charging.

All kinds of Oppo Cell Phone  batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Oppo Cell Phone  Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Oppo Cell Phone  battery

HiSense U30 announced in China; packs SD675 SoC and 4,500mAh battery

Hisense, a brand with a strong presence in consumer electronics and best known for its televisions, also has a number of impressive smartphones. Recently, the company released three smartphones: Hisense U30, King Kong 5, and King Kong 5 Pro.
Among the three phones, the highlight of the Hisense U30 smartphone is that it comes with a 4,500mAh Hisense U30 smartphone battery capacity, which allows for longer standby time compared to other devices on the market. Design-wise, the smartphone has minimal bezels. exhibit. The company uses COF packaging technology and says the phone has a screen-to-body ratio of 91.66%.
According to the TENAA listing, the smartphone features a 6.3-inch Full HD+ display and is powered by Qualcomm Snapdragon 675 chipset. When the phone was first released, it became the first device in the world to feature this processor.
In the camera department, the smartphone comes with an AI-powered dual rear camera consisting of a 48-megapixel primary sensor and a 5-megapixel secondary camera sensor. On the front, there is a 20-megapixel snapper housed within the notch for selfies and video calls.

The phone is powered by a 4,500mAh smartphone Hisense U30 batterythat supports Qualcomm Quick Charge 4 fast charging technology and is said to be able to charge 80% of the Hisense   smartphone batteryin about an hour. The smartphone is expected to be priced around 2,700 yuan (about $402) and will be available in China, Russia, and Europe soon.

3.85V 4500mAh Hisense LPN385440B Long Life Battery Replacement
Hisense LPN385440B lithium-ion battery is new brand and compatible with 100% original and replacement batteries. Wholesale and retail Hisense LPN385440B battery, high quality and low price!

MSI Vector GP68 HX Overview: Great Power At The Cost of Great Battery

The MSI Vector GP68 HX 13VE feels like a typical gaming laptop in many ways. It has some of the best features in PC gaming, is powerful, has a good display, and runs most AAA games at crisp resolutions and smooth frame rates.
That being said, it also suffers from many of the shortcomings of many gaming laptops, with the MSI Vector GP68 HX 13VE suffering from extremely short MSI Vector GP68 HX 13VE laptop batterylife and a clunky design that, despite being a laptop, lacks portability. It’s up to you whether the pros outweigh the cons, but there’s still great value in what’s being offered. Many gaming laptops have flashy designs with lots of RGB lighting, but the Vector GP68 HX MSI has tried hard to tone it down. This is especially evident in the all-black design, which retains the sharp angular shape of the top and back and showcases a cool ventilation system. The black color also complements these designs and gives this laptop a more stealthy look. For such a powerful laptop, it’s a fairly large and heavy machine with almost desktop-level performance components inside. The machine weighs approximately 2.67 kg and has the following dimensions: 357 x 284.05 x 22.20 x 28.55 mm., additionally this means there’s plenty of room for ports.
Like most gaming laptops, there are ports on the left and right sides, as well as on the back. For me, the Vector GP68 HX has the widest range of I/O ports to accommodate any type of peripherals, accessories, or monitor output , giving us the most flexibility in using the laptop. Other cables include Gb LAN (up to 2.5G), 802.11 Axis Wi-Fi 6E and Bluetooth v5.3

Display and Sound The MSI Vector GP86 is not a laptop focused on HD visuals. Alternatively, it puts speed first, with a resolution of just 16 inches at FHD+ (1920 x 1200), 165Hz, IPS level, and a 16:9 aspect ratio .
The refresh rate of up to 165Hz makes the display effect very good. I experienced incredibly fast response times in FPS games. When playing an open-world action game, everything on the screen seemed very vivid, and my movements were instantly and accurately reflected on the screen.

Gaming Performance The standout feature of the MSI Vector GP86 HX is its performance. It offers crazy CPU and GPU specs, including a 13th Gen Intel Core i7 13700HX 2.10 GHz, RTX 4050 graphics card, 32GB of physical DDR4-3200 RAM, and 2TB of storage.
These are the most powerful latest generation chips and may seem overkill for gaming at 1080p resolution, but that’s what we want, absolute performance. This laptop excels in providing gamers with high fidelity MSI Vector GP68 HX Battery and Cooling MSI Vector GP68 HX includes a 4 -cell 90 Whr battery and a 330W adapter. But as with many gaming laptops, there are always issues.
Laptops consume a lot of power, which makes productivity even worse. With the screen brightness extremely low and set to battery-optimized settings on the MSI Vector GP68 HX, I could barely get through 4 hours of continuous work. Playing games on MSI Vector GP68 HX battery is even worse. It only lasted about an hour before I had to recharge. Without intensive labor, I bet it can achieve 6-7 hours of  MSI Laptops battery life. So, whenever you use it to play games, you always need to plug it into the charger.
That being said, despite how powerful the laptop is, it never gets hot. Not even warm. No matter which cooling system the MSI Vector GP68 HX uses, it will work. I did some research and found that MSI added dedicated cooling for the CPU and GPU, with two fans and six heat pipes. Both the CPU and GPU are equipped with heat pipes, which can comprehensively improve heat dissipation capabilities, especially to unleash our gaming performance! With MSI Cooler Boost 5, we can play games at maximum output for longer periods of time.

Additional Gaming Features The exclusive MSI Center helps you control and customize your MSI laptop the way you want. In Performance Analysis, you will get CPU, Discrete GPU, RAM and disk usage and analyze the performance status. In Hardware Diagnostics, you can check the status of your hardware and find problems you may be experiencing.
The “Smart Auto” function detects the current scene through AI calculations and automatically adjusts the system to different modes to provide the most suitable experience. For example, “Intelligent Auto” will actively sense when the game is started and automatically switch to extreme performance mode to enhance system performance for a better gaming experience.

Conclusion The MSI Vector GP86 XH gives gamers a lot what they want in terms of gaming performance, a great keyboard, a fast and stable 165hz display, and a cool cooling solution. Of course, it’s not perfect. The MSI Vector GP86 XH suffers from short   MSI Vector GP86 XH battery ife and a noisy fan, which are common problems with high-end gaming laptops.

All kinds of Msi Laptop batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Msi Laptop Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Msi Laptop battery.

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>15.2V 65Wh Msi BTY-M57 Long Life Battery Replacement

Amazon’s latest Fire HD 10 is a cheap tablet that nails the basics

Amazon’s Fire HD 10 can get the job done, no problem. Amazon’s Fire tablets are known for being great value for money. Amazon has been known to cut corners in its line of Fire tablets in an effort to undercut its competitors. While the Amazon Fire HD 10 can’t compete with the best-performing tablets from the likes of Apple or Samsung, that’s not Amazon’s goal. This is one of their highest-spec tablets, with a 10.1-inch screen and a very affordable price.
Fire HD 10 delivers a tablet experience packed with Amazon apps and services designed for use by the whole family. Amazon keeps things clean and simple, focusing on delivering the basics in the most efficient way. If you’re looking for a cheap new tablet, the Amazon Fire HD 10 (2023) is a great place to start. It’s one of their highest-spec tablets, with a 10.1-inch screen, and it’s also very affordable. I’ve been testing the Fire HD 10The Amazon Fire HD 10 (2023) is now available globally for $140, which includes 32GB of storage and lock screen ads. You can also buy 64GB of storage for $195. If you don’t want to purchase any advertising, please add $15 to the price.

To keep costs down, Amazon stuck to the essentials and ditched any unnecessary extras, like a fingerprint sensor. Fire HD 10 uses Fire OS operating system, has a 10.1-inch FHD screen, and is equipped with MediaTek MT8186 processor and 3GB RAM. Please view the table below for a complete list of specifications. Boring design isn’t always a bad thingSimple and strong

The best word to describe the design of the Amazon Fire HD 10 is simple. You can only buy it in black, which has a plastic back and thick bezels around the screen. While this sounds far from the modern glass designs you’ll find elsewhere , I like it because it still looks smart, the black color scheme isn’t off-putting, and you could easily use one if you wanted The box makes it jazzy.
There’s no denying that Amazon chose function over form when designing the Fire HD 10.

I found the Amazon Fire HD 10 to be very comfortable to hold. I can walk and watch the show while doing something else with the other hand. Part of this depends on its weight. At 15.29 ounces, it’s one of the lightest tablets out there , and it’s also lighter than its predecessor.

I primarily use the Amazon Fire HD 10 to stream TV shows from services like Netflix and Amazon Prime. Overall, the IPS LCD screen presented video content well—I could see the scene clearly, although it fell short of the top-notch contrast and brightness you might see on an OLED display. The Amazon Fire HD 10 is powered by a MediaTek MT8186 processor, paired with 3GB of RAM and a choice of 32GB or 64GB of built-in storage – Amazon claims this latest 2023 device is 25% faster than Its predecessor. Overall, the Fire HD 10 does a great job loading apps and you can browse the system smoothly. While it’s undeniably faster than the 2021 model, I still wouldn’t say it’s particularly quick. It certainly won’t handle heavy workloads or heavy mobile gaming, so don’t expect to use it for anything too demanding. Let’s be honest, you can’t expect amazing speeds from a sub-$200 tablet, and this is just a basic tablet for basic tasks. Amazon Fire HD 10 has long Amazon Fire battery life, slow chargingWould it hurt to add true fast charging?

In my experience, the Amazon Fire HD 10 battery life is great. If I don’t spend too much time using it, it lasts for a few days. And when I played HD videos continuously, it lasted about 8 hours in total. It’s not bad, but it’s not stellar either.
A full charge takes about 4 hours, which feels like a long time. At one point I tried to give it a quick refuel before leaving home, but I didn’t get very far before it ran out again.


There are many advantages and some disadvantagesAnother way Amazon is improving the 2023 10-inch label is by bumping up its camera from 2MP to 5MP. I still don’t necessarily use it for photos because the results are very grainy. For video calls, though, the new camera is a big improvement. Dual speakers provide the sound, and I was impressed with how good they sounded. I can easily hear the shows and movies I play. The audio quality doesn’t come close to that of individual speakers. However, that’s not surprising considering the price of this tablet.

All kinds of Amazon Tablets batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk.Amazon Tablets Batterywith wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Amazon Tablets battery

Gateway 14.1-inch Ultra Slim Notebook review: Legen-dairy budget laptop returns

Equipped with the 11th generation Intel processor, this Niu brand thin and light notebook is a good deal. Why do cows have hooves instead of feet? They are lactose.
When the new 14-inch Gateway GWTN141-10 laptop arrived on my doorstep, this joke popped into my head (a total dad joke if ever there was one). For anyone familiar with the PC and electronics brand of the 1990s and early 2000s, the name is inseparable from its cow-print packaging and Holstein mascot. That’s basically what Gateway is now – a familiar brand for selling affordable laptops and tablets.


The Gateway brand is licensed to Acer America, which acquired Gateway in 2007. These laptops are not made by Acer, but by another manufacturer (listed as a GPU company). They are exclusive to Walmart. So, if you’re asking “Do they still make Gateway laptops?” the answer is “sort of.” You won’t find the direct technical support you’d get from Gateway more than a decade ago, nor can you get much more than a basic warranty. (By the way, both products are available at Walmart for cheap.) Still, you can get a great general-purpose thin-and-light laptop for just $499, if that cow helps give you Inject some confidence into your purchase, then please do it.
All about the specificationsLate last year, the Gateway brand was reinvigorated with a line of laptops sold exclusively through Walmart. These models were recently updated with 11th generation Intel processors. For this 14-inch model, the processor changes from a Core i5-1035G1 to an i5-1135G7. I didn’t test the 10th gen model, but we’ve tested a number of other 10th gen laptops, and the new 11th gen chips are faster, and the Gateway GWTN141-10 laptop has betterGateway GWTN141-10 laptop battery life.
The Gateway GWTN141-10Gateway also comes with 16GB of RAM and a 512GB SSD, and combined with its Intel CPU, you get on-paper specs for a $500 laptop. However, when it comes to the actual performance of the SSD and memory, you don’t get the best performance with a Core i5 processor. If you compare the performance of this gateway to a similarly configured laptop that costs more, it might be slightly worse. Then again, this gateway handles the basics well and performs well overall. Also, the battery lasted just a few minutes in our streaming video test, less than 10 hours, which is in line with Gateway’s claims.


One area where laptop manufacturers save money is in the display. Out of the box, the 14.1-inch 1,920×1,080 resolution screen has slightly cooler colors. I was able to balance it out with calibration, but overall the colors were okay and the panel was a little dull. Indoors everything is fine, but it’s hard to see reflections past the glossy coating. If you frequently work outdoors or under bright office lights, you may find yourself adjusting the angle of your screen frequently. Viewing at an angle is great. Like the display, the rest of the laptop is completely fine. For example, the keyboard is comfortable enough, has decent key travel, and feels soft but not mushy. There’s a small Shift key on the right side (a replacement for the full-size arrow keys), which took me some getting used to. The keyboard is also not backlit, although the large, bright white key legends are easier to see in dim lighting.


The touchpad is a weak point, though. It’s a Windows precision touchpad, so you can use multi-touch gestures. However, the cursor is always slightly off where I want it to stop. I eventually compensated for this by braking early, but it was frustrating when I tried to edit a document or click a link. My advice: buy a cheap mobile mouse when you need more accuracy.


The touchpad also has a built-in fingerprint reader, which requires precise finger placement. It can also be frustrating to use and you’re better off skipping it and logging in with a PIN. What I really appreciate is that the Gateway doesn’t skimp on ports, so those who want to use it for remote learning or working can easily connect a monitor, keyboard, mouse, printer, and external storage without the need for a hub or docking station. There’s also a microSD card slot and 3.5mm headphone jack. The built-in stereo speakers are fine for occasional use, but you probably won’t want to use them all day.
If you need a wired internet connection, one thing missing is an Ethernet port. You can always buy a cheap USB-A or USB-C adapter, or use a gateway’s 802.11ac wireless (Wi-Fi 5). The included laptop charger uses a barrel connector, but it can also be charged via a USB-C port. This means that if you can’t find an outlet, you can connect a power bank to charge on the go.
Are Gateway laptops any good?Like any other laptop brand, not all Gateway laptops are created equal. In the current lineup, the Gateway GWTN141-10 is a great value. It doesn’t have a backlit keyboard, the display isn’t the brightest, and the touchpad isn’t the most accurate. But once you drop below $500, these things become commonplace. the wisdom you geth this Gateway is a speedy Intel processor, a decent 14-inch full-HD display, a comfortable keyboard and a strong port assortment to hook up all your peripherals. Also, if you are concerned about service or support, Walmart offers a year of online support from HelloTech for $49 and Allstate two- or three-year protection plans for $54 or $79, respectively. 
All kinds of Gateway Laptop batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk.Gateway Laptop Batterywith wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Gateway Laptop battery.

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>11.1V 4400mAh Gateway S62066L Long Life Battery Replacement

vivo Kicks off Android 14 Developer Preview Program for vivo X90 Pro and iQOO 11

Global technology company vivo today announced the release of the Android 14 developer preview program for vivo X90 Pro and iQOO 11 in select markets. Vivo is one of the first companies to make Android 14 available for eligible devices, and it invites developers to leverage the platform to test and fine-tune their apps for the latest Android experience.
A new level of stability, safety and efficiency

Android 14th generation brings a new and improved Android experience in terms of smooth operation, privacy and security, and overall efficiency.
One of the key upgrades is unrivaled responsiveness driven by optimized resource scheduling. Additionally, inspired by the world of movies, vivo has introduced a motion blur algorithm that provides additional visual smoothness to the way apps open and close on the home screen, enhancing the overall experience.


Security remains a top priority with this release, introducing additional safeguards for users’ digital lives. Android 14 restricts apps from sending implicit intents to internal app components in various ways, helping to prevent malicious apps from intercepting them. Additionally, any dynamically loaded code must be read-only to avoid issues such as code adjustments. Finally, this Android release introduces a minimum installable target API level of 23, eliminating potential vulnerabilities and improving privacy and security.
The new system version also adapts to user usage habits, providing customized application operations and richer information previews. Interactions such as volume control are more intuitive, and device management is simpler. These enhancements are rounded out by an optimized output switcher that allows for seamless switching of playback in multi-device scenarios, and expanded support for a variety of third-party application protocols.
Join hands to provide vivo consumers with the latest Android experience
Vivo is committed to continuously improving the user experience, and the Android 14 developer program for vivo X90 and iQOO 11 marks an important milestone. Invite developers to visit


This version will be available in the following markets:
vivo X90 Pro: Thailand, Taiwan Province of China, Hong Kong Special Administrative Region, and Malaysia.iQOO 11: Indonesia, Thailand, Malaysia.About vivo
Vivo is a technology company that drives value by design and builds excellent products with smart devices and smart services as its core. The company aims to build bridges between humans and the digital world. Through unique creativity, vivo provides users with increasingly convenient mobile digital life. Following the company’s core values such as duty*, user orientation, design-driven value, continuous learning, and team spirit, vivo implements a sustainable development strategy with the vision of developing into a healthier and more sustainable world-class enterprise.
While gathering and cultivating the best local talents to achieve excellence, vivo is supported by a network of R&D centers in Shenzhen, Dongguan, Nanjing, Beijing, Hangzhou, Shanghai, Xi’an and other cities, focusing on the development of national R&D centers. -The most advanced consumer technology, including 5G, artificial intelligence, industrial design, imaging systems and other emerging technologies. vivo has also established an intelligent manufacturing network (including the intelligent manufacturing network authorized by vivo), with an annual production capacity of nearly 200 million smartphones. Up to now, vivo’s sales network has spread to more than 60 countries and regions, and is loved by more than 500 million users around the world.
*”Duty” is a word that describes the attitude of doing the right thing and doing the right thing – this is the ideal description of vivo’s mission of creating value for society.

All kinds of Vivo Cell Phone  batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Vivo Cell Phone  Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Vivo Cell Phone  battery

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>iQOO 11 Smartphone Battery
>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>VIVO X90 Pro Smartphone Battery

Review: The vivo V30 may be all that you need to capture photos and work like a pro

You know a smartphone is good when it does what each gadget actually does: enhance your functionality while avoiding any hassles. That’s what the latest additions to vivo’s flagship V series (V30 and V30 Pro) attempt to achieve by upgrading features and specs in the way you work, play and create.


Fortunately, the team was able to conduct a hands-on review of the vivo V30 Pro and got some interesting results. Check out some of the features reviewers thought stood out:


The vivo V30 Pro comes in a fairly large box, partly because of the size of the phone, but also because you get a clear silicone bumper case for the device, as well as a thick protective case, for free. -Insulated USB charging cable , and a bulky charging brick (again, for a reason). The phone still comes with its own ejection pin, allowing you to insert two SIM cards (dual SIM, for a win). But sadly, it no longer comes with USB- C headphones, nor does it come with an adapter for 3.5mm headphones/headphones.
  quirerdotnet on Facebook One reviewer was able to hold the device comfortably with one hand, but that might be a struggle for anyone with smaller fingers – in order to get the best view from any angle It’s a small price to pay for a wide screen that can display impressive graphics – a 6.78-inch display so you can go to town and binge-watch.
via GIPHY
The vivo V30 Pro is also “business in the front, party in the back” – it’s rare that we see a device designed in a way that makes it stand out from other products currently on the market. While black and green bring a classic look , blue—especially white—brings an artsy vibe to the unit. We got the white version of vivo V30 Pro, which has a pure petal-like pattern on the back, which adds to its “interestingness”.


  Quigerdotnet on Facebook The perfect picture camera with tons of featuresContinuing the iconic concept of the V series of “Portrait Master” smartphones, vivo has partnered with global imaging leader Zeiss to power the V30 series of cameras to provide high-quality photography and videography. The V30 Pro is all certified to Zeiss optical standards, and its triple main camera setup (including a True Color main camera, an autofocus ultra-wide-angle camera, and a professional portrait camera) really delivers stunningly clear and vivid photos with a resolution of 50MP.
The main camera of the V30 Pro is equipped with vivo Camera Bionic Spectrum (VCS) technology, which improves the amount of light and color accuracy, ensuring image clarity even when taking pictures at night or in low-light environments. Very convenient for people staying at night.
Meanwhile, its ultra-wide-angle camera makes the V30 Pro the perfect phone for group selfies, thanks to its 119° field of view, which lets you easily fit up to 30 faces into a single photo (trust us, there’s a use for that ) A group selfie of this level). With a 50mm focal length, its professional portrait camera delivers realistic, vivid details in every portrait, even when using 2x zoom.


But what makes the V30 Pro’s camera system truly lead the photography scene is its newly upgraded Aura Light Portrait 3.0 technology, which makes any photo look like it was taken under professional lighting settings. With this breakthrough feature, V30 Pro can set softer lighting, tailor brightness based on the real-time distance of close-ups, and adjust color harmony between subject and landscape in each photo.

It’s safe to say that the vivo V30 Pro packs a lot of firepower: it’s capable of simplifying your tasks thanks to the efficient MediaTek Dimensity 8200 chipset that runs the V30 Pro system. With its premium Arm Mali-G610 graphics processing unit, its powerful 3.1 GHz core enables higher processing speeds without compromising smooth visual experience and energy efficiency.


Speaking of energy efficiency, V30 Pro comes with a powerful 5000 mAhvivo V30 Pro batterythat maintains optimal health and performance for up to four years. Its fast 80W FlashCharge feature can also fully charge the device.It becomes a smartphone in just 48 minutes, made possible of course by the charging brick that comes with the phone.
To help extend its long-lasting seamless performance, the V30 Pro also features an extra-large smart cooling system made from efficient heat-dissipation materials and a built-in temperature sensor to prevent your phone from overheating while performing heavy tasks or while you’ reworking. Use it in extreme weather conditions, which can be really helpful when you think about it.
Perfect performance at a fair price pointAs a mid-range smartphone, reviewers believe that the V30 smartphone is priced just right, with the V30 Pro (12+512GB) version priced at 34,999 pesos, the V30 (12+512GB) version priced at 27,999 pesos, and the V30 priced at 24,999 pesos. (12+256GB) version. If you’re looking for a great camera phone that offers both efficient performance and long vivo V30 Pro smartphonebattery life with the vivo V30 Pro, the V30 series definitely offers excellent bang for the buck at their respective price points.

All kinds of Vivo Cell Phone  batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Vivo Cell Phone  Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Vivo Cell Phone  battery

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>7.78V 2435mAh Vivo B-X1 Long Life Battery Replacement

This Arlo battery camera delivers 2K video at $91 off on Amazon’s Spring Sale

The Arlo Pro 5S 2K captures outdoor sports almost instantly, but brand-exclusive features make it harder to recommend to everyone. This deal might make you rethink that. How is this going?Arlo’s flagship Pro 5S camera is $91 off, making it just $159 on Amazon , its lowest price ever.
Why ZDNET recommends this dealThe Arlo Pro 5S 2K is a completely wireless security camera that can be placed indoors or outdoors for surveillance. It’s stylish, compact, and reliable—all the qualities you’d expect from a new Arlo camera. But something left me unsatisfied, although I’m not sure whether it was Arlo or me.Arlo Pro 5SArlo Pro 5S has a built-inArlo Pro 5S 2Kcamera battery and is easy to install.Maria Diaz/ZDNETHow is this going?Arlo’s flagship Pro 5S camera is $91 off, making it just $159 on Amazon , its lowest price ever.
Why ZDNET recommends this dealThe Arlo Pro 5S 2K is a completely wireless security camera that can be placed indoors or outdoors for surveillance. It’s stylish, compact, and reliable—all the qualities you’d expect from a new Arlo camera. But something left me unsatisfied, although I’m not sure whether it was Arlo or me.
Plus: 75+ of Amazon’s Best Deals You Can Shop During the Big Spring Sale
Arlo Pro 5SZDNET recommendedArlo Pro 5S 2KArlo Pro 5S has everything Arlo customers want: 2K resolution HDR video, color night vision, and seamless integration with Arlo home security systems.


I love a good security system; it’s one of the few things I don’t forget to turn on every night, and, as someone diagnosed with OCD, it helps me sleep at night. I have an Eufy security system in my home because it doesn’t require any subscription or monthly fees, although the startup costs aren’t cheap.


Plus: Are your smart home devices safe? Some will soon come with this security seal of approval Arlo cameras are more expensive than the Eufy Security cameras I have at home, and they still require a subscription after purchase. I can complain endlessly about why I don’t like security camera subscriptions, but I will say this: If I buy a camera,

I want to have these images. You don’t have to buy a photography camera to pay the manufacturer for every photo or video you take. The Arlo Pro 5S 2K camera is not a standalone product. While it’s sold and available as a single device, it works best when connected to other Arlo Home Security devices. Users can purchase a separate Arlo Ultra SmartHub to enhance their security system and enable local storage. SmartHub can record to a micro SD card sold separately.


Once set up, users can only access camera recordings if they are on the same network as the SmartHub because the system runs locally. This has given some users a much-needed sense of privacy while causing headaches for others.
Arlo consumers can bypass this setting and use port forwarding or VPN to remotely access video recordings saved in SmartHub.


Plus: The Best Outdoor Security Cameras to Protect Your Home
Arlo offers different types of Arlo Secure subscriptions that enable up to 30 days of cloud storage, smart interactive and animated notifications, alarm audio detection, smart activity zones, anti-theft replacement, critical alarms, 24/7 emergency response, and some artificial intelligence driving characteristics. Arlo Secure subscription prices range from $4.99 per month (single camera) to $25 per month (unlimited cameras), plus 24/7 professional monitoring service, video verification, home security monitoring for check-in and location alerts, and Collision detection and response via the Arlo Safe App.


Plus: This great smart home controller makes managing multiple devices easier than ever
Monthly fee aside, I found the Arlo Pro 5S 2K to be very reliable and responsive—motion alerts go off instantly; my phone notifies me as soon as there is movement on the Arlo side of the yard.
Arlo battery life is excellent. Arlo Pro 5S comes with a removable, rechargeable Arlo Pro 5S Camera  batterythat lasts up to eight months on a single charge. I’ve only been testing the Pro 5S for a few months, but theArlo Pro 5S battery is still going strong with no low-battery alert. The image captured by the camera is not very good. I’m not sure what’s wrong with my camera or if my backyard isn’t pretty enough, but I’m still waiting for high-quality images from the Arlo Pro 5S. Instead, I encountered overexposed tussocks of grass in my feed that overshadowed much of the rest of the image and made it difficult to identify people as they walked through the area.
Plus: The best affordable home security cameras
I will admit that my backyard gets a lot of sunlight, and overexposure is the only issue I have with the Arlo Pro 5S. Through this experience, I determined that the Pro 5S would be better suited for monitoring the front or side of my home.
ZDNET buying adviceIs the Arlo Pro 5S 2K worth buying? My opinion isthe perfect camera for someone with an existing Arlo subscription or setup or someone interested in it — as long as they don’t mind the monthly fees. It’s an exceptional camera, that’s for sure, but it’s one that doesn’t live up to its full potential without a subscription or as part of a bigger Arlo setup.

All kinds of Arlo Other batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Arlo Other Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Arlo Other battery.

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>3.85V/4.45V 8000mAh 30.8Wh Arlo A-5b Long Life Battery Replacement

The Forerunner 165 series is the budget training watch Garmin needed

Compared to slightly the more advanced Forerunner 265, the trade-off is worth it.If you’re training for a race, few multi-sport watch brands do it like Garmin. But there are two things I don’t like about them.

They are expensive, and the platform can be intimidating to newbies. Have you seen its online store? For newbies, it can be hard to parse which of Garmin’s dozens of watches will let you master the basics without breaking your wallet. no longer. After spending the past few weeks shopping for the $299.99 Forerunner 165 Music, I’m convinced that this (or the $249.99 standard version) is the best choice for a Garmin watch.
Three hundred smackeros doesn’t seem like a good deal until you look at Garmin’s flagship watch. These prices can range from $700 to over $1,000. Even mid-range watches, like the excellent Forerunner 265 series, retail for $450. I

love the Forerunner 265 series. The only thing I don’t like is the price. That’s what makes this particular watch so appealing. It’s almost a clone of the smaller 265S, but $150 to $200 cheaper. The only thing you’re really missing is a dual -frequency GPS and EKG for atrial fibrillation detection. \honestly. Put together, it’s hard to tell the difference between my 165 Music and my 265S. The buttons on the 265S are prettier. Thankfully, my unit comes in a different color. Otherwise I don’t think I would be able to tell at a glance.
As for performance, in 95% of my daily use, I didn’t notice any difference. Even without dual-frequency GPS, you can still get accurate outdoor activity tracking. I tested the 165 Music with both my phone and an Apple Watch Ultra 2, both of which have dual-frequency GPS. Both mapped and reported distances are within a tenth of a mile. If I were running in a challenging environment, like Manhattan’s Financial District, I might see more of a difference.

That said, I ‘ve done a lot of running with multisport watches with and without dual-frequency GPS. While dual-frequency GPS is more accurate, it mainly benefits those who train in GPS blind spots. If wasn’t for you, you probably wouldn’t t t notice. Heart rate data is also on par with my Ultra 2 and Polar H10 chest straps. Since I’m not at high risk for AFib, I never miss the EKG feature. (Even if I were, the EKG-driven AFib feature isn’t a diagnostic tool and would still require you to see a doctor.) Unless the condition runs in your family or you know you’re at risk, an EKG isn’t available to everyone feature required, especially since high/low heart rate notifications are still available.
For activity profiles and fitness tracking metrics, you get the basics of a training watch. Garmin is generous with its definition of basic.

Are you going to go skiing or boxing? Won’t. More niche activities like triathlon, golf, mountain biking or team sports require a more expensive Forerunner or Garmin. But what if you usually stick to going to the gym, biking, running, swimming, hiking, playing tennis (or pickleball!), and the occasional yoga or Pilates class? you’re good . Of course, you’ll get more for your money – but this will give most people everything they need. On top of those few things, you get everything that makes a Garmin a Garmin: long battery life, durability, and tons of training data. Even with the more power-hungry OLED display, the 165 Music lasted nearly a week on a charge with the always-on display enabled, and nearly 10 days with it turned off.

The 165 Music survived my cat’s bites and is more than capable of dunking in the pool. You still have access to features like Garmin Coach, adaptive training plans, nap detection, sleep tracking, and body battery and morning reports. Fortunately, the redesigned Garmin Connect app organizes a lot of the information and makes it easier to navigate. Normally, I’d be giving a TED talk discussing why Garmin’s cluttered product line needs fewer watches. That said, the Forerunner 165 stands out because its price, feature set, and product design are all very consistent. Garmin has been lacking a good training watch in the sub-$300 category, with most of its options being the likes of the Venu Sq 2 or Vivomove Trend — which are either aimed at casual users or people looking for a more stylish vibe. This is a true training watch, both in terms of design and functionality.


The only downside to the 165 series is that it clutters an already crowded Forerunner lineup. God knows Garmin has the Forerunner 55, 255, 265, 745, 955, 965, and a few other models that I missed. There are even other watch lines , such as the Instinct, that are very similar to the Forerunners. But amid all the clutter, the Forerunner 165 and 165 Music are my entry-level Garmin training watches of choice. This is great for newbies to the platform, as well as intermediate and advanced athletes who aren’t interested in the bells and whistles.

All kinds of Garmin Other batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Garmin Other Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Garmin Other battery


   >>>>>>>>>>>Garmin Forerunner 225 235 630 735XT Watch Long Life Battery Replacement

Movado Launches Three New Smartwatches

On the eve of the holiday shopping season, two Swiss watch companies are venturing into smartwatches. One of them is TAG Heuer, which has launched a Connected Watch developed in partnership with Intel Corporation and Google and powered by Android Wear technology (which we covered here ). Another company is Movado, which has three smartwatches: two in its Swiss-made line and one in its Bold line of cheaper, non-Swiss casual watches.

Movado is partnering with Fullpower Technologies to produce the Movado Swiss watch and HP to produce the Bold smartwatch. These Swiss-made watches are called Movado Motion and are powered by Fullpower’s MotionX-365 platform. (This is the same platform used by brands Frédérique Constant and Alpina, both of which launched smartwatches last year.) There are two versions: the Museum Sport for men and the Bellina for women. They offer a variety of fitness-related features, including step tracking, sleep monitoring, sleep cycle alerts, and reminders when it’s time to get out of the chair and move around. The watches are compatible with phones and tablets running iOS 8 or higher and Android 4.4.3 or higher. The watch has a battery life of two years.

The men’s model (pictured above) is 44mm in diameter and features a black dial with Movado’s signature dot at 12 o’clock and a subdial at 6 o’clock that displays the date and provides fitness tracking information. The watch comes with a stainless steel case and black PVD bezel, and is paired with a perforated black rubber strap ($995) or a stainless steel bracelet ($1,195), or a full PVD bracelet model ($1,495).

The Bellina (pictured above) is 39 mm in diameter and comes with an all-steel case with a plain steel bezel ($1,495) or a diamond-set bezel ($2,495), or a two-tone case and bracelet ($1,695). All versions feature mother-of-pearl and silver-toned dials with diamond markers at 3 and 9 o’clock.

The Movado Bold Motion Watch ($695, under) is also compatible with iOS and Android phones and tablets (iOS 8 and above and Android 4.4 and above). The watch is unisex and has a diameter of 43.5 mm. It features Bluetooth connectivity and reminds the wearer of upcoming appointments, emails, text messages, phone calls and social media updates via vibration or visible alerts. The watch can also track steps. The case is made of black ion-plated steel and the strap is black silicone. The Museum Sport, Bellina and Bold smartwatches are available for purchase on Movado.com.

Movado and TAG join the ranks of Swiss smartwatch makers that include Frédérique Constant, Alpina, Breiling, Gucci and Mondaine. (Bulgari has announced that it is developing a smartwatch, but it has not launched it yet.)

Online shopping for movado Other batteries is security. Get 30% off buy movado Other battery.All movado model batteries are brand new,1 year Warranty, Secure Online Ordering Guaranteed

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>> 3.8V 300mAh Movado APP00302 Long Life Battery Replacement

Samsung Galaxy M55 5G With Snapdragon 7 Gen 1 SoC Launched Alongside Galaxy M15 5G: Price, Specifications

The Samsung Galaxy M55 5G was launched in Brazil on Thursday (March 28). The new Galaxy M series phones run Android 14 based on One UI 6.1 and feature AMOLED displays. The phone was launched alongside the Galaxy M15 5G. The Galaxy M15 5G is powered by the MediaTek Dimensity 6100+ SoC, while the Galaxy M55 5G is powered by the Snapdragon 7 Gen 1 SoC. The former is powered by a 6,000mAh Galaxy M55 battery, while the latter is powered by a 5,000mAh Galaxy M55 battery. Both phones feature 50-megapixel triple rear cameras. The Galaxy M15 5G appears to be a rebranded version of the Galaxy F15 5G that was launched in India earlier this month.
Samsung Galaxy M55 5G, Galaxy M15 5G priceSamsung Galaxy M15 5G starts at R$ 1,499 (approximately Rs. 25,000) for the 4GB RAM + 128GB storage variant. It is available in three colors: dark blue, gray and light blue.


Meanwhile, the Galaxy M55 5G 8GB RAM + 256GB storage model is priced at R$ 3,199 (approximately Rs. 53,000). It comes in dark blue and green colors. The Galaxy M55 5G is expected to become official in other markets soon. Meanwhile, the Galaxy M15 5G has been listed on the Samsung India website without pricing details.
Samsung Galaxy M55 5G specificationsThe dual-SIM (Nano) Samsung Galaxy M55 5G runs Android 14-based One UI 6.1. It features a 6.7-inch Full HD+ (1,080×2,408 pixels) Super AMOLED display with a refresh rate of up to 120Hz. There is a punch-hole cutout in the center of the display to accommodate the selfie shooter. It runs on Snapdragon 7 Gen 1 SoC paired with 8GB RAM and 256GB storage. Onboard storage is expandable up to 1TB.


Samsung has equipped triple rear cameras on the Galaxy M55 5G, including a 50-megapixel main camera, an 8-megapixel ultra-wide-angle camera, and a 2-megapixel macro camera. There is a 50-megapixel selfie camera on the front It also comes with Samsung’s Knox Vault feature for security. The Galaxy M55 5G is powered by a 5,000mAh Galaxy M55 5G battery with support for 45W fast charging. The dimensions are 163.9×76.5×7.8mm and the weight is 180 grams. Samsung Galaxy M15 5G specsThe Samsung Galaxy M15 5G runs One UI 6.1 based on Android 14 and features a 6.5-inch full-HD+ (1,080×2,340 pixels) Super AMOLED display with a 90Hz refresh rate. There is a waterdrop notch in the center of the display. It runs on an octa-core MediaTek Dimensity 6100+ chipset and comes with 4GB of RAM as standard.
In terms of optics, the Galaxy M15 5G features a triple rear camera setup that includes a 50-megapixel primary camera, a 5-megapixel secondary sensor, and a 2-megapixel shooter. There is a 13-megapixel selfie camera on the front. It comes with 128GB of onboard storage, expandable up to 1TB. These include Knox Vault. Samsung has equipped the Galaxy M15 5G with a 6,000mAh Galaxy M55 battery that supports 45W fast charging. The phone measures 160.1×76.8×8.4mm and weighs 217 grams. The new Galaxy M series phones are confirmed to receive five years of security updates and up to four years of operating system upgrades. Is the Samsung Galaxy Z Flip 5 the best foldable phone you can buy in India right now?

All kinds of Samsung Cell Phone  batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Samsung Cell Phone  Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Samsung Cell Phone  battery.

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>Samsung Galaxy Z Flip5 Battery
>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>3.88V 4700mAh Samsung EB-BS916ABY Long Life Battery Replacement

Tecno Pova 6 Pro 5G With Updated Arc Lighting, 6,000mAh Battery Launched in India: Price, Specifications

Tecno Pova 6 Pro 5G was launched in India on Friday, March 29. It was first unveiled at Mobile World Congress (MWC) 2024 in February this year. The phone is powered by the 6nm MediaTek Dimensity 6080 SoC and features a 108-megapixel triple rear camera unit. The company claims that it is the first smartphone in India to feature a 6,000mAhTecno Pova 6 Pro 5G batterywith support for 70W wired fast charging. It comes in two RAM variants and will be available in the country early next month .
Tecno Pova 6 Pro 5G India price, availabilityTecno Pova 6 Pro 5G price in India starts at Rs. The 8GB + 256GB variant is priced at Rs 19,999, while the 12GB + 256GB option is priced at Rs. 21,999. Customers can enjoy instant bank discount of Rs. All banks are offering $2,000 as part of the sales offer. Hence, this phone can be purchased at an effective price of Rs. 17,999 for the 8GB and 12GB variants at Rs 19,999 respectively. The company has also assured free Tecno S2 speakers worth Rs. The phone can be purchased for $4,999. The Tecno Pova 6 Pro 5G will be available for purchase in the country via Amazon and offline retail stores starting April 4 at 12 noon IST. The phone is available in two color options – Comet Green and Meteoric Grey. Tecno Pova 6 Pro 5G Specifications, Features

The Tecno Pova 6 Pro 5G features a 6.78-inch Full HD+ AMOLED display with a 120Hz refresh rate and a peak brightness of 1,300 nits. It’s powered by a 6nm MediaTek Dimensity 6080 SoC, paired with up to 12GB of RAM, which is actually expandable to an additional 12GB. Notably, the 8GB RAM option is expandable up to another 8GB. The phone comes with HiOS 14 based on Android 14 pre-installed.
In terms of optics, the Tecno Pova 6 Pro 5G’s triple rear camera unit includes a 108-megapixel primary sensor (with up to 3x in-sensor zoom), a 2-megapixel portrait shooter, and an unspecified AI-powered lens and a dual -LED flash unit. The front camera, on the other hand, features a 32-megapixel sensor and is accompanied by a dual-tone LED flash unit. Tecno has also equipped the Pova 6 Pro 5G with Dynamic Ports 2.0 feature. The feature displays notifications and other alerts such as charging and call details around a punch-hole cutout on the display. The phone also comes with an updated Arc connector located around the rear camera unit, which now has over 200 LEDs and offers over 100 customization features. Users can customize this feature to light up in different modes to sync with different notifications or calls. The phone also comes with dual speakers that support Dolby Atmos.

All kinds of Tecno Cell Phone  batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Tecno Cell Phone  Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Tecno Cell Phone  battery.

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>3.85V 4000mAh Tecno BL-38BT Long Life Battery Replacement

Samsung Galaxy S24 fails to crack DxOMark top 100 battery leaderboard with shorter runtimes than Galaxy S23 and Apple iPhone 15

The Samsung Galaxy S24 is one of the most compact flagship phones on the market. However, the small display also comes with a smallerGalaxy S24 battery,which according to DxOMark’s detailed analysis, has shorter runtime than the Galaxy S23. has faster wireless charging than its predecessor. The Galaxy S24 Ultra ($1,149.99 at Amazon) not only performed well in our tests, but also in DxOMark’s tests. Unfortunately, the same cannot be said for battery life on the smaller Galaxy S24. According to DxOMark , the Galaxy S24’s runtimes don’t even come close to those of its predecessor.


scored, the Galaxy S24 107 points, ranking just 123rd on the DxOMark Galaxy S24 battery rankings. As a result, the Galaxy S24 lags behind its predecessor and the Apple iPhone 15, even though the latter has a much smaller battery. To that end , Apple installed a 3,349 mAhiPhone 15 battery in the cheapest iPhone 15 model, which is 16 percent smaller than the Galaxy S24’s 4,000 mAh Galaxy S24 battery. In short, the Galaxy S24 has poor runtime when used outdoors and listening to music or for voice calls Presumably, this is because of the phone’s modem, the Snapdragon X75 on the Snapdragon 8 Gen 3 for Galaxy devices. Ultimately, this matches our testing of the Exynos 2400 variant, which lasted 14.7 hours in our Wi-Fi test, compared to 15.3 hours for the Snapdragon 8 Gen 2 with the Galaxy S23.


Unfortunately, Samsung’s “Quick Charge” feature still isn’t that fast. With 25W of peak charging power, the Galaxy S24’s 4,000 mAh battery takes over 90 minutes to fully charge. Furthermore, DxOMark notes that it takes 49 minutes for the phone to reach 80%   Galaxy S24 battery from 0%. Instead, the Galaxy S24 has faster wireless charging than its predecessor, although this has not been officially confirmed. Still, the Galaxy S24 only needed half an hour to reach 80% when charging wirelessly, although it took 73 minutes in DxOMark’s testing.


All brands laptop battery in here, We sell cheap and high quality laptop batteries , Tablets battery, mobile phone battery, you choose

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>Samsung Galaxy S22+ S22 Plus Long Life Battery Replacement

Samsung brings back ‘Since last charge’ battery care feature

Samsung has restored the “Since last charge” Samsung smartphone battery maintenance feature in its latest device maintenance update. The company has largely followed the shift of other smartphone brands.


Smartphone batterymanagement has always been a struggle, and Samsung has made battery management unnecessarily cumbersome when it removed the “Since last charge” option. However, presumably after a backlash from Samsung Galaxy smartphone users, the company appears to have backtracked. Samsung One UI 6.1 may contain important Samsung smartphone battery charge statusSamsung started rolling out the latest One UI 6.0 operating system update to its Galaxy-branded Android smartphones last year. The update includes several new features exclusive to Samsung.


However, for reasons the South Korean tech giant is best known for, a key feature is suddenly missing. The “Since Last Charge” feature is located within the “Battery” tab of the Settings app.
As the name suggests, the “Since last charge” option tracks Samsung Galaxy smartphone battery level over a defined interval. Additionally, the feature also shows users the “screen on time” since the last charge. Although not many users pay close attention to the Samsung smartphone batteries of their smartphones, the missing features are very useful. It tracks the device’s charging cycle and visually indicates usage patterns.


Samsung has replaced the “Since Last Charge” feature with its watered-down version that measures  Samsung battery life on Samsung smartphones over the past 24 hours, whether charged or not. Needless to say, this is not ideal How to restore the “Since last charged ” feature in your Samsung Galaxy smartphone?It’s not just Samsung that’s opting out of much-needed features. Other big brands, including Google, Xiaomi, and others, have removed the “since last charge” indicator. By the way, most brands have relaunched the feature in its original form, and now Samsung has followed suit.
According to the tweet, Samsung has brought back the “Since last charge” option. Samsung has reportedly included the feature in an update to its Device Care app. Samsung has yet to release a stable version of the Device Care app (labeled v13.8.6 .11) through official update channels.


This update is available from third-party sources. However, users of Samsung Galaxy smartphones running One UI 6.0 are better off not installing the software as it requires sideloading APK files. Although Samsung has not officially confirmed the update or feature, the latest version of the Device Care app should appear in the Galaxy Store, presumably in the upcoming One UI 6.1 update.

All kinds of Samsung Cell Phone batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Samsung Cell Phone Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Samsung Cell Phone battery

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>3.88V 5000mAh Samsung EB-BA245ABY Long Life Battery Replacement

Rights Infringement by AI: Intellectual Property Laws Essential to Respect Human Effort, Creativity

If generative artificial intelligence is allowed to generate profits by learning — without permission — literary works and designs that people made efforts to produce, then everyone will lose their motivation to create, and culture will only fall into ruin.
The government should implement legal measures to protect intellectual property from  A.I. 


The Cabinet Office’s expert panel on intellectual property rights in the  AI ​​era, chaired by Toshiya Watanabe, a vice president of the University of Tokyo, has released a draft outline of an interim report. The government intends to reflect the interim report, which will be compiled soon, in its plan to promote measures on intellectual property.
The draft outline states that AI learning of intellectual property does not fall under the protection of the Trademark Law or the Design Law, which require the protection of product names and designs. The draft therefore does not call for restrictions on such AI training.


The rationale appears to be that no profits are generated for  AI developers in the AI ​​training stage — but learning by AI involves the process of turning works into usable data, and the content of the data is directly related to the products created as a result.
The thinking by the expert panel that there is no need to protect intellectual property in the AI ​​training stage is too one-sided.
For example, the Design Law, which protects automobile and other designs, prohibits the imitation of designs for a certain period of time in order to ensure economic benefits for the designs’ creators.
Usually, if another person or party imitates a design, it is a single case of infringement of the creator’s rights. However, if AI learns the design, the rights infringement is far more serious as there can be multiple cases of   AI users utilizing the imitated design without being aware of the infringement.


The government revised the Copyright Law in 2018 to allow AI to learn about art, news articles and other copyrighted works without restrictions.


Last year, the Japan Newspaper Publishers and Editors Association issued a statement saying that   AI  developers and service providers have gotten a free ride on costly and labor-intensive news content. Regarding this matter, the draft outline states that the efforts people put into their creative work is not subject to copyright law protection.
However, intellectual works cannot be created without human effort. In 2005, the Intellectual Property High Court ordered a company that had used Yomiuri Shimbun headlines without permission for its online news distribution service to pay compensation. The court ruled that the headlines were the result of great effort and expense and that they therefore deserve legal protection.


Basically, expert panels of the Cabinet Office are tasked with synthesizing overall views about measures. If the panel on intellectual property believes   AI  training somehow falls outside the protection of the current laws, it would make sense to propose a new legal system to protect intellectual property from AI.
It is said that in Western countries that have increasingly introduced AI laws and regulations, Japan is cynically called a paradise for machine learning. Isn’t the Japanese government ashamed of this?

Shop Laptop Batteries ,Laptop AC Adapters, Notebook Batteries and Notebook Chargers from HP, Lenovo, DELL, Panasonic Asus and more! Batteryforpc.co.uk offers the best prices, shipping & top-rated customer service! Order today!

The Xperia 10 V is a super cheap smartphone right now. The 5000mAh large-capacity battery weighs only 159 grams, ultra-light and cost-effective

Sony Smartphone “Xperia 10V Battery This is an Olympic silver medal
The previous model topped our Xperia 10 V battery rankings, and I expect the Xperia 10 V to do the same. The phone comes with the same 60Hz screen and the same Snapdragon 695 processor. The Xperia 10 V won the browsing contest with an impressive time of over 28 hours. That’s 7 hours more than the previous version.
However, the Sony smartphone lost about an hour in  Sony smartphone battery life in both the video streaming test and the 3D gaming test. What gives?
After analyzing these variables, I concluded that it mainly depends on the stereo speaker setup (the sound is also 20% better) and the increase in screen brightness. The results are very impressive, don’t get me wrong; it’s just that the Xperia 10 IV was able to defend the Xperia 10 IV batterytitle, winning 2 of the 3 categories in this particular battle.Sony Xperia 10V SummarySony Xperia 10 V review: The long-distance runner


The Xperia 10 V is a great budget phone. It improves on an already great formula, adding stereo speakers, a brighter display, a slightly better main camera, and keeping the same amazing features in a very compact and lightweight packageXperia 10V battery life. However, there are some omissions worth pointing out. 60 Hz display refresh rates are a thing of the past, even on budget phones. The side-mounted fingerprint reader could use some R&D work, and the price tag pushes the price up a bit. The Snapdragon 695 is quite old now, and the lack of 4K video recording and streaming capabilities is another drawback of the Xperia 10 V.

But overall, if you like the Xperia’s aesthetics and 21:9 screen, don’t care about the refresh rate, and you need “Mo Farah” rather than “Usain Bolt,” this phone is a solid choice.


     *Disclaimer: You may notice that your review score on PhoneArena has changed! As of September 20th we will be using a new scoring system. Click here to learn more about the new PhoneArena smartphone review rating system. The list price is 79,920 yen, but as of March 1, the price has been revised to 31,824 yen.
The Xperia 10 V is a unique model, with the big 5000mAh Xperia 10 V battery, a slim 159g, and decent speakers, but it has a fatal flaw: the SoC is a Snapdragon 695. The price is about 80,000 yen, which is too high. However, at a price of 9,840 yen, it is a super cheap and cost-effective smartphone. Don’t miss this opportunity.

All kinds of Sony Cell Phone  batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Sony Cell Phone  Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Sony Cell Phone  battery

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>Sony Xperia 10 Long Life Battery Replacement

[Exclusive] Google Pixel 9 design revealed through 5K renders; will launch alongside Pixel 9 Pro, Pixel 9 Pro XL

A new 5K render gives us a look closer at the regular Google Pixel 9.In addition to the Pixel 9 and Pixel 9 Pro, Google will also launch the Pixel 9 Pro XL.The Google Pixel 9 will offer a flat frame and a rear camera bump housing two sensors. In January, 91mobiles and MySmartPrice published renders of the Pixel 9 and Pixel 9 Pro respectively, courtesy of noted tipster Steve Hemmerstoffer aka OnLeaks. Steve has now told us that these devices are actually the Pixel 9 Pro and Pixel 9 Pro XL. Yes, Google is launching an “XL” version this year, bringing it back for the first time since the Pixel 5 series. With that in mind, we’re now bringing you an exclusive first look at the original Pixel 9.
Google Pixel 9 design detailsThere are four 5K renders and a 360-degree video of the Pixel 9, giving us a better look at the upcoming Google flagship.

The design is similar to the Pixel 9 Pro, with a compact body and a thicker rear camera module. But the Pixel 9 has a dual-camera setup instead of the triple-camera system found on the Pro model.The Pixel 9 will have a rounded corner design, a flat display, and a centered punch-hole selfie camera. The power button and volume rocker sit on the right side of the flat frame. The smartphone will feature a 6.03-inch display, which is slightly smaller than the Pixel 9 Pro’s 6.1-inch display.OnLeaks tells us that in terms of dimensions, the Pixel 9 measures around 152.8 x 71.9 x 8.5mm, plus a 12mm rear camera bump.

The Pixel 9 here comes in black, similar to the Pixel 9 Pro XL. Google is likely to launch the Pixel 9 in other color options. It looks like Google is preparing to make design changes to the Pixel 9 series to make it look similar to the iPhone 15 and even the Galaxy S24 series.


While we already have a good idea of ​​​​what the Pixel 9 will look like, not much has been revealed about the device just yet. Previous rumors suggested an “Adaptive Touch” feature that would adjust touchscreen sensitivity based on specific factors such as environment , activity , or screen protectors. The Pixel 9 series is also expected to feature Qi2 charging technology. This is an standard upgraded that increases wireless charging speeds to 15W and features magnetic alignment. The Pixel 9 series is also likely to be powered by the unannounced Tensor G4 chipset. More details about the Pixel 9 phones are expected to be revealed soon.

All kinds of Google Cell Phone batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Google Cell Phone Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Google Cell Phone battery

  >>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>3.85V/4.4V 3700mAh/14.24WH Google G020J-B Long Life Battery Replacement

Vivo X Fold 3 Pro teardown reveals carbon fiber hinge, dual stack motherboard and split battery

The Vivo X Fold 3 Pro has taken the foldable phone segment by storm , not just because of its features but also because of its ultra-thin profile. But how did Vivo achieve this engineering feat? Thankfully, the folks over at WekiHome took the phone apart themselves and revealed its inner secrets in a recent teardown video.
The motherboard features a dual-stack layout to accommodate the triple-camera setupAfter removing the SIM card slot, heating it and prying it open with tools, the back cover of the phone came off. Although thin, it is made from reinforced fiber composite material, durability ensuring without adding unnecessary bulk.

Peeling off this layer reveals the other side of the phone, which is mainly a large piece of copper foil. It acts as a thermal conductor, keeping the display panel cool even during heavy use. Underneath it, we find the second-generation Qualcomm ultrasonic fingerprint scanner for secure unlocking. The motherboard journey continues with this motherboard, a marvel of compact design. It uses a dual-stack layout to neatly house the triple-camera system. But that’s not all! This clever design also integrates a unique plastic cover that not only protects the camera but also serves as a functional hub for the flash cable, microphone, ambient light sensor, and laser focus module. The teardown even provides close-ups of these camera components, along with sample photos to pique our curiosity about their image quality.


Next, let’s take a closer look at the power source of the phone—the motherboard. Here, the Snapdragon 8 Gen 3 chip takes center stage, backed by Samsung’s LPDDR5X RAM and UFS 4.0 storage performance. Vivo’s own V3 imaging chip was also unveiled. But keeping all that processing power from overheating is an important task entrusted to the copper vapor chambers located beneath the motherboard. We also took a closer look at the speaker, microphone, and vibration motor. Also on display is a dual-cell 5,700mAh silicon anode Vivo X Fold 3 Pro battery , cleverly split into two 2,850mAh Vivo X Fold 3 Pro cells for optimal space utilization. Finally, the teardown ends with the highlight being revealed – the lightweight carbon fiber hinge. The hinge weighs an impressive 15 grams and is an important factor in the phone’s ultra-thin design.

All kinds of Vivo Cell Phone batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Vivo Cell Phone Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Vivo Cell Phone battery


>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>3.87V 4500mAh Vivo B-M8 Long Life Battery Replacement


Redmi 13C Review: Smartphone Bargain for Less Than $125?

With the Redmi 13C, Xiaomi offers one of the most affordable smartphones to the masses. At first glance, entry-level smartphones look like expensive high-end smartphones. However, do the luxurious camera elements and back design mask its shortcomings, or is the low-priced Xiaomi actually suitable for everyday use? It’s time for us to take a closer look at the Redmi 13C in our next pit review! Redmi 13C brief description

Performance is also adequate for mobile gaming if graphics settings are turned off. Beyond that, however, the camera performance, battery charging time and build quality of the Redmi 13C leave a lot to be desired. Design and displayRedmi 13C is equipped with a 6.73-inch waterdrop notch LCD display. The review unit we received was pitch black, with stylish camera elements on the back based on the design of more expensive Xiaomi smartphones. The materials used are mostly plastic. Unfortunately, you will have to live without IP certification. At first glance, the Redmi 13C doesn’t look like an entry-level smartphone.


  But there is also no information in the technical specifications about waterproof coatings or other waterproofing measures. Performance and softwareThe Redmi 13C is powered by the MediaTek Helio G85 SoC, which is familiar among entry-level SoCs. Coupled with the choice of 4, 6 or 8GB RAM, the operating system brings a satisfactory working speed. MIUI 14 based on Android 13 comes pre -installed.Something you won’t see on many smartphones in 2024: the Redmi 13C doesn’t support 5G.
cameraXiaomi Redmi 13C comes with two cameras on the back. These include a 50 MP main camera and a 2 MP macro camera. Anyone who regularly reads nextpit reviews of affordable smartphones will know our distaste for such setups: essentially, you have a camera that can only change focus via digital zoom. This “camera behemoth” (😉) takes selfies with 8 MP.


Video functionality doesn’t live up to expectations.Let me put it simply: if you are looking for a smartphone with good camera performance, then you should avoid the Redmi 13C. The camera setup on the back looked promising at first glance but turned out to be a 50 MP single camera setup. Although these have been reduced to 12 MP due to pixel binning, no real advantage is seen.
The camera fails to live up to its visual expectations. This makes the Redmi 13C a rather dull snapshot camera, even though it’s best suited for capturing the most basic memories. However, you shouldn’t expect clear, low-noise pictures to hang on your wall. The same goes for the selfie camera, which has no autofocus and produces rather weak images at 8 MP. Of course, you can also record videos with the Redmi 13C, but the maximum resolution here is Full HD. Again, this is fine for capturing memories, but I wouldn’t shoot movies with this cheap smartphone. Again, given the price, that’s totally fine, even though there are better camera phones out there that cost more.Redmi batteryand chargingRedmi 13C is equipped with a 5000mAh battery,

ensuring long Redmi 13 Cbattery life. The manufacturer also promises “18W fast charging” in the technical specifications, creating a wonderful contradiction in the process! Charging is slow for daily use and does not come with a charger when purchased.
advantage:5,000 mAhRedmi 13C smartphone battery, long battery life.Charging via USB-C (the predecessor still used microUSB!).shortcoming:Does not include charger (but avoids e-waste).The 18W fast charging power is not very strong.No wireless charging.Redmi 13C has a large Redmi 13C battery with a capacity of 5000mAh. This is fairly typical in this price range, and it again ensures good battery life on the Redmi 13C. Even with intensive usage, the Redmi 13C can last a day and if you pay a little attention to your smartphone usage, you can easily last one and a half to two days. We confirmed this in our PC Mark benchmark, where the phone lasted 13.5 hours under continuous load. Xiaomi Redmi 13C charges entirely via cable. The integration of USB-C ports is (practically) long overdue. Its predecessor, the Redmi 12C, still comes with outdated microUSB. Thanks to USB C, though, not much has changed in terms of fast charging. The Redmi 13C only has 18 W of power, and unfortunately, the corresponding charger isn’t included with your purchase. When using a fast enough charger, the charging time is as follows
Redmi 13C Charging Time Xiaomi Redmi 13C does not offer wireless charging. However, we didn’t expect that at this price point.
final verdictThe Redmi 13C is one of Xiaomi’s most affordable smartphones and offers fairly few updates. While the smartphone now comes with a sleek new design and USB-C, the manufacturer has left pretty much everything else unchanged.
The standard version doesn’t even support the new 5G mobile communication standard. The three “cameras” on the back turn out to be just a functional camera, with minimal performance enough to meet the current Android setup.smartphone Battery life is impressive in reviews, and “fast charging” is a farce at a very slow 18W. In 2024, nearly two hours of charging time is no longer acceptable, nor are many other features of this smartphone.


Therefore, we recommend spending a little more to avoid looking for a new smartphone within a year. However, if you really need to save money and think the Redmi 13C is fashionable, then this cheap phone can still meet your daily needs.

All kinds of Xiaomi Cell Phone  batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Xiaomi Cell Phone  Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Xiaomi Cell Phone  battery

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>3.85V 4.4V 3890mAh/15.0WH Xiaomi BM4D Long Life Battery Replacement

iPad 10 is an Excellent Tablet Buy at Record Low Price of $349

If you’re looking for an affordable Apple tablet, you’re in luck, because the iPad 10, or regular 10th generation model, is down to its best price on Amazon. While it’s not part of the retailer’s spring sale, it’s still a $100 savings over the iPad 10, meaning you can pick it up for $349. This price is the same as what we saw earlier this month and last year on Black Friday. Keep in mind that this deal is available on the base Wi-Fi- only iPad 10 in silver and pink colorways with 64 GB of storage. If you want to upgrade the storage to 256 GB, that variant is also on sale for $499 starting at $599. Why the Apple iPad 10 (2022) is the best budget tablet we can recommend


The Apple iPad 10 ( review ) doesn’t have the flagship-level specs of the pricier iPad Air or iPad Pro ( review ), but it’s a well-recommended versatile tablet for casual users or your kids, especially because It becomes cheaper. comes with an Apple A14 SoC, which offers solid processor performance and graphics capabilities considering its cost. It has a stunning 10.9-inch IPS screen with a resolution of 2360 x 1640 pixels, tuned for Pro-level precision. Additionally, the tablet supports both the first-generation Apple Pencil and newer USB-C versions for drawing.

iPad 10 also gets a major design upgrade, making it more modern and sleeker. Apple has shrunk the bezels and relocated the selfie camera to landscape orientation. The front-facing shooter also features a new 12 MP wide sensor that supports iPadOS’ auto-framing center stage. It can shoot Full HD videos, while the rear 12 MP camera can record videos at up to 4K resolution. Although the iPad 10 is thin and light, it is Equipped with a large 7606 mAh Apple iPad 10 battery. In real life, that means a few days of use with a decent setup that includes browsing, document editing, and light gaming. Another advancement is that it comes with a USB-C port, adding to the flexibility of charging .
Do you think the iPad 10 is your tablet of choice for casual use? Which color are you planning to buy? Please tell us your answers in the comments. Likewise, let us know if you’d like to see more Apple deals too.

All kinds of Apple Tablets batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Apple Tablets Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Apple Tablets battery.

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>Apple iPad Pro 11inch 1st Gen 2018 Long Life Battery Replacement

Apple’s M2 MacBook Air at $300 Less Continues to Outsell the M3

If you’re not completely smitten with the new M3 MacBook Air, the previous M2 MacBook Air is still a great machine. Even so, it’s still more popular than the new MacBook, especially since it’s already discounted. At B&H, the 13-inch and 15-inch models are on sale for $899 and $999, respectively, which are their lowest prices ever. Ultimately, though, this saves you $100 on each model, as both sizes have been dropped to $999 With the M3 version released, the price dropped to $1,099. Considering the smaller 13-inch M3 now starts at $1,099, that’s still a pretty hefty discount. Additionally, the sale also offers all four colorways of the MacBook Air. Why the M2 MacBook Air is still a better deal than the M3

The M2 Apple MacBook Air ( review ) is relatively identical to the M3 MacBook Air model ( review ), with the main difference being the chip. While the new chipset offers a slight boost in processor and graphics performance, the difference isn’t huge compared to the M2. So, for those looking to save money, the M2 MacBook might be a better choice. Chips aside, the M2 MacBook Air has the same sleek and modern build as the M3. It has a notch display, and we like the high-resolution panel because it’s clear and bright for both outdoor and indoor use. The full-size keyboard and glass trackpad are other great features of the MacBook Air.


You also get the same limited set of ports, including a pair of USB-C Thunderbolt 4 and a 3.5mm audio jack. However, there is a proprietary MagSafe charging feature that adds versatility and protection when charging your laptop. Finally, the M2 MacBook Air’s batterylife is comparable to its M3 counterpart. Do you also think the M2 MacBook Air is a better investment than the M3 MBA? Please tell us your opinion in the comments. The best smartphones under $1,000

All kinds of Apple Laptop batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Apple Laptop Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Apple Laptop battery

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>11.26V 95WH Apple A1494 Long Life Battery Replacement

Poco M6 5G can be bought for under Rs 9000 but only if you are an Airtel subscriber

Poco and Bharti Airtel have once again come together to launch Poco M6 5G, the cheapest 5G smartphone in the market. Starting March 10, 2024, the phone can be purchased for just Rs 8,799 via Airtel Prepaid connection. Airtel Prepaid customers who purchased this phone will also get a one-time 50 GB mobile data bonus from Airtel. If you are not an Airtel customer but want to avail this offer, you can get Airtel door-to-door SIM card and activate it immediately to avail this offer.

The phone is available in three storage versions: the 4GB RAM and 128GB storage version is officially priced at Rs 9,499, the 6GB + 128GB version is officially priced at Rs 10,499, and the 8GB + 256GB version is officially priced at Rs 12,499. available in two colors: blue and black.

POCO M6 5G is equipped with MediaTek Dimensity 6100+ chip for smooth performance. It has a large 6.74-inch display with a fast 90Hz refresh rate and strong Corning Gorilla Glass protection, making watching videos and playing games more enjoyable. The machine achieved an impressive 428K+ score in the AnTuTu benchmark, demonstrating its powerful performance. It comes with up to 16GB of RAM (8GB LPDDR4X + 8GB Turbo RAM) and up to 256GB of storage. POCO M6 5G also features a 50MP AI dual-camera system for capturing detailed and clear photos and is backed by a solid 5000mAhPOCO M6 5G battery with 18W fast charging support.


The partnership between POCO and Airtel is a major step towards providing high-quality and affordable smartphones to Indian consumers. The POCO M6 5G variant comes with 4GB RAM and 128GB storage and will be available on Flipkart at a unique price of Rs 8,799. With its impressive features, competitive pricing and the added benefit of Airtel services, the POCO M6 smartphone is expected to make a lasting impact in the market.

Talking about the collaboration with Airtel, Himanshu Tandon, Country Head, POCO India said, “We are delighted to once again collaborate with Airtel on our most affordable 5G phone, POCO M6 5G. Following the success of our previous collaboration on POCO C51, we believe that This partnership will help us bring the best of POCO’s technology to more customers across the country, especially the youth. As India embraces a rapid 5G revolution, our commitment to affordability aligns with India’s commitment to accessibility and advanced In line with the growing demand for mobile solutions. The ever-evolving digital landscape.”

All kinds of Xiaomi Cell Phone  batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Xiaomi Cell Phone  Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Xiaomi Cell Phone  battery

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>Xiaomi mix3 Long Life Battery Replacement

Review: OnePlus 12R is a value-driven smartphone

Priced starting at Rs 39,999, the OnePlus 12R features the powerful processor of last year’s flagship and the massive OnePlus 12R phone battery of the OnePlus 12R phone, but there are some trade-offs. Price: Starting from Rs 39,999The first OnePlus smartphone revolutionized the market by offering top specs at a cost far lower than its competitors. While the OnePlus 12R may not have the latest processor, it boldly challenges the conventional wisdom that anything that isn’t a flagship device compromises on quality. Priced starting at Rs 39,999, the OnePlus 12R has a powerful processor from last year’s flagship and a massiveOnePlus 12R battery, but it does come with some drawbacks.


design
OnePlus has always shown its prowess in making beautiful smartphones, and the OnePlus 12 continues that trend. The OnePlus 12R maintains a similar design language, adhering to the brand’s heritage. Made from a seamless mix of aluminum and glass, the device features elegant curved edges on the back and a prominent circular camera module that bulges towards the upper left.
exhibit


OnePlus has added a striking 6.78-inch AMOLED display to the OnePlus 12R. Boasting curved edges and a resolution of 2780 x 1264 pixels, the display not only enchants with its clarity but also supports a smooth 120Hz refresh rate, HDR 10+ and Dolby Vision. Even in challenging sunlight conditions, the screen’s brightness and vibrancy remain impressive. In addition, the under-screen fingerprint sensor enhances the user experience, making unlocking the phone both fast and secure, adding to the overall convenience and reliability of the device. The screen’s color reproduction is good, and I enjoyed streaming content, online shopping, and even editing images captured with the phone’s camera.

Depending on personal preference, display settings can be selected. In addition to vivid and natural, there are professional modes, which include movie mode and brilliant mode. While Cinema mode uses the monitor’s P3 mode for color reproduction, I found Brilliant mode worked best, using the widest color gamut for a bright color display. In this mode, I can choose the screen color temperature according to my preference.
cameraWhile the OnePlus 12R has flagship quality overall, the camera department reflects a more modest and entry-level style. The triple-camera setup, which includes a 50MP wide-angle lens, an 8MP ultra-wide-angle lens, and a 2MP macro lens, lacks the Hasselblad enhancements found in the OnePlus 12. While the main camera performs well in good lighting conditions, capturing images with commendable detail and color retention, its performance in low-light scenes isn’t as strong. Night mode is very useful in this situation, although there may be some visible noise.


Even brighter, the 16MP front camera does a great job of capturing vibrant, Instagram-worthy selfies, providing a more satisfying experience than the rear camera setup.Not only does it excel in gaming, but in all aspects of day-to-day performance. Browsing the web is a smooth and responsive experience. The device handles multitasking with ease, allowing seamless switching between apps without experiencing any noticeable slowdown. Whether streaming content, managing productivity apps or engaging on social media, the device’s powerful performance ensures a smooth and efficient user experience.
8GB or 16GB RAM options cater to different user needs, ensuring the device can handle demanding tasks and remain responsive even in intensive multitasking scenarios. Ample storage space (whether 128GB or 256GB) further improves overall efficiency, allowing users to store a large number of applications , files and media without compromising speed. My review device was one with 256GB of storage and 16GB of RAM. Of the total storage space, 31.5GB is consumed by the system and pre-installed apps. OnePlus 12R phone battery


While the OnePlus 12R offers a sleek and lightweight feel, it doesn’t sacrifice battery capacity, with a generous 5,500mAh OnePlus 12R battery. Charging this big battery is a quick process thanks to OnePlus’ 100W SUPERVOOC charger, which can effectively charge the device from 0 to 100 percent in about 30 minutes. This noteworthy feature comes in especially handy when I forget to plug in my phone to charge; it always reaches 100% when I’m at the office getting ready for the day.
Addressing concerns about theOnePlus 12R’s batterylife, the OnePlus 12R impressively lasted a full day of moderate use, with about 25% remaining by the end of the day. The combination of the high-capacity OnePlus 12R battery and fast charging ensures that users can use the device throughout the day without the inconvenience of frequent charging.
judgment


The OnePlus 12R offers an attractive option for users looking for a flagship-level experience at a more affordable price. It stands out in terms of overall performance thanks to its powerful Snapdragon 8 Gen 2 SoC, impressive gaming performance, and sleek design. While the camera setup may lack some of the high-end features found in its class, the main camera performs well in well-lit conditions, capturing detailed and vibrant images. Despite some minor shortcomings, such as camera limitations in low-light scenarios, the OnePlus 12R is a well-balanced and value-driven smartphone

All kinds of Oneplus Cell Phone  batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Oneplus Cell Phone  Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Oneplus Cell Phone  battery

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>OnePlus 10R Long Life Battery Replacement

Honor MagicBook laptop with 10 hour battery life, Honor Magic Earbuds launched globally

Honor MagicBook 14 and Honor MagicBook 15 are Honor’s first PC products launched globally. Here’s everything you need to know about them. Honor seems to be on track, with the company launching a slew of devices at a virtual launch event in Barcelona. Honor made some big announcements at the event, including the launch of the 9X Pro, the first smartphone to feature Huawei Mobile Services (HMS), as well as the Honor View 30, which the company claims features a cinematic-grade camera. While these two products are Definitely star products, Honor also released the MagicBook series of laptops and Magic Earbuds globally.
suggest, Honor MagicBook 14 and Honor MagicBook 15 are Honor’s first PC products launched globally. The two products, available in Space Gray and Mystic Silver, are considered alternatives to Apple’s popular MacBooks.
Honor said that MagicBook 14 adopts a thin and light design, which is suitable for busy young people. This oneThe Honor MagicBook 14 laptop batterylife of the Honor MagicBook 14 laptop is impressive, with the company claiming up to 10 hours on a single charge.
Honor MagicBook is equipped with a Type-C charger with 65W fast charging capability. The laptop’s display features a FullView panel, allowing for a higher screen-to-body ratio. Internally, the laptop is powered by AMD’s Ryzen 5 3500U CPU, paired with a Radeon Vega 8 GPU and 8GB of DDR4 dual-channel RAM. Honor claims it’s powerful enough to enable ultra-fast performance and enhanced graphics capabilities, as well as smart interconnection between Honor smartphones and laptops. Honor also claims that it builds its laptops with privacy concerns in mind, with the MagicBook series featuring popular laptops. The upward-facing webcam is cleverly hidden beneath the camera button on the keyboard.
There’s also a fingerprint power button for instant access directly from boot to desktop, providing a more secure and easier login experience.
Currently, the company has not revealed any information about the launch of this laptop in India. However, Honor MagicBook 14/15 (256GB) is expected to be launched in the UK, Germany, France, Czech Republic and other markets by the end of March, and is expected to land in the Indian market soon.

All kinds of Huawei Laptop batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk.Huawei Laptop Batterywith wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Huawei Laptop battery.

15.28V 3665mAh Huawei HB4692Z9ECW-41 Long Life Battery Replacement
3665mAh 15.28V for Huawei MateBook D 14,Huawei HB4692Z9ECW-41 Li-ion battery is a new brand and it is compatible with 100% original and replacement battery. Wholesale and retail of Huawei HB4692Z9ECW-41 battery is of high quality and low price!

Lenovo ThinkPad X12 Detachable Gen 2 with Intel Meteor Lake coming in April

The Lenovo ThinkPad X12 Detachable Gen 2 is a 2-in-1 Windows tablet with a detachable keyboard, Lenovo TrackPoint system with touchpad and pointing stick, and a built-in kickstand for the tablet and an optional pressure-sensitive kickstand when not in use A pen that magnetically attaches to the side of your tablet.


Powered by Intel Core Ultra “Meteor Lake” processors with Intel vPro technology, the tablet is largely aimed at enterprise customers looking for laptop performance in a compact design that can be used as a tablet. Designed tablet. While Lenovo hasn’t listed available processors options, it appears that this model will come with a Meteor Lake-U chip rather than a higher-performance H-series processor, as it comes with an Intel Graphics-branded integrated GPU.

The tablet comes with Corning-powered Gorilla Glass protected 3 :2 aspect ratio display, 5MP front camera (with optional support for IR camera for facial recognition) and 8MP rear camera.
It supports up to 32GB of dual-channel LPDDR5x memory (soldered to the motherboard) and up to 1TB of PCIe Gen 4×4 NVMe solid-state storage (not soldered to the motherboard). Cellular modem support is also optionally available.
The Lenovo Thinkpad X12 Detachable Gen 2 will be available in April starting at $1,399.

 All kinds of Lenovo Laptop batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Lenovo Laptop Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Lenovo Laptop battery

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>11.1V 5600mah Lenovo 0A36290 Long Life Battery Replacement

ASUS Zenbook Duo (2024) review: The first dual-screen laptop worth buying

You get a ton of extra useful features for not a lot of money or bulk. Almost every major PC manufacturer has dabbled with the idea of ​​dual-screen laptops at some point. Back in 2011, Acer released the Iconia 6120, which featured not one but two 14-inch displays. Then at CES 2017, Razer showed off Project Valerie, which increased the panel count to three, and then a year later demoed something less extravagant in Project Linda. Fast forward to 2020, and Dell is dazzling us with its Concept Duet. Even Apple tried its hand at this category with its older MacBook Pros with Touch Bars, but reversed course and abandoned them entirely a few years ago.


Lenovo, on the other hand, has an entire line of devices dating back to the original Yoga Book, culminating most recently in the Yoga Book 9i, which comes very close to turning the promise of a dual-screen laptop into a truly compelling option. But now, after several generations of its own devices, Asus has packed it all into the Zenbook Duo. It’s a super sleek machine with two screens that’s only slightly larger than a similarly sized clamshell phone. There’s also a detachable keyboard and a built-in stand for maximum adaptability. The Zenbook Duo starts at $1,500, which isn’t a lot of money for a product with a ton of extra useful features. So while it’s been quite a journey, Asus has finally launched a dual-screen laptop, proving once and for all that two screens are indeed better than one.


ASUS Zenbook DuoDesignOne of the most impressive things about the Zenbook Duo is that it doesn’t look like some kind of Frankenstein. This is just a regular 14-inch laptop. Even when turned on, the physical keyboard and touchpad still look normal, not to mention the healthy selection of external ports (two Thunderbolt 4, one USB 3.2 Type-A, and a full-size HDMI 2.1 jack). A small part of me hopes Asus can find room for some kind of SD card reader, but I understand if There isn’t room.

Monitors and softwareThe heart of the Duo is a pair of 14-inch displays that are an absolute delight. The matching OLED panel not only delivers powerful brightness (approximately 500 nits), but also delivers rich and accurate colors (100% DCI-P3). But the real magic lies in using both panels at the same time.
In a small space, the Zenbook Duo functions like a traditional clamshell laptop.
Moving apps from one monitor to another is as easy as dragging and dropping or using the convenient menu that appears at the top of the monitor. In addition, there is a floating button in the lower left corner for ASUS’s ScreenXpert software, which provides Shortcuts for adjusting brightness (individually or in pairs), disabling specific panels, or bringing up handy widgets like Control Panel, handwriting recognition tools, news, and weather. If the goal is to get as much value as possible out of the Duo’s two monitors, I think Asus’ software does a pretty good job.Zenbook Duo batterylifeYou might think a system with two screens would be power-hungry, but the Zenbook Duo performs better than expected. In our video running test, with just one screen turned on, it lasted 13 hours and 12 minutes, which is almost on par ( and actually a tad longer than the Zenbook 14 OLED (12:43)). With both screens on, the duo’s time only dropped to 10 minutes and 17 seconds, which is still enough to get through an entire workday.


wrap upWhat’s most impressive about the Zenbook Duo is that it offers two screens without adding a ton of extra bulk or cost.
Photography: Sam Rutherford/EngadgetWell, the Zenbook Duo delivers on the promise of a dual-screen laptop. But a question I often get is, who is such a device actually intended for?

The most obvious application is for people traveling with portable monitors. But more broadly, this thing is aimed at people who appreciate multiple monitors and want a system that can recreate that experience in a more travel-friendly way, and that’s exactly what the Zenbook Duo does with aplomb. But the best part is that it doesn’t make major sacrifices to do so, since it can work like any other clamshell device when space is tight (like on a plane) thanks to its detachable keyboard.

All kinds of Asus Laptop batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Asus Laptop Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buyAsus Laptop battery.

VIVO launches Y03: an affordable smartphone powered by HELIO G85 SoC

VIVO launches affordable Y03 smartphone in Indonesia The device features a 6.56-inch 720×1612 LCD touchscreen with 90 Hz refresh rate ensuring a smooth visual experience. Photography enthusiasts will appreciate its 13 MP primary rear camera, supplemented by a QVGA trim camera, and a 5 MP front-facing selfie snapper. The device is powered by a sturdy 5,000 mAh VIVO Y03 battery and supports 15W wired charging for long-term use without the need for frequent charging. The Y03 runs Android 14 with Funtouch OS 14, prioritizing user experience and additional functionality, it is IP54 certified for dust and splash resistance, enhancing its durability and reliability. The device is available in two different colors: Space Black and Sapphire Green to suit different aesthetic preferences.


In addition, in terms of pricing, Y03 is also very affordable in the Indonesian market. The 4/64GB model is priced at IDR 1,299,000 (equivalent to $83 or €76), while the 128GB model is priced at IDR 1,499,000 (approximately $96 or €88). This competitive pricing strategy makes the Y03 an attractive option for budget-conscious consumers looking for a reliable and feature-rich smartphone experience.


Overall, Vivo’s Y03 exemplifies the brand’s commitment to delivering mobile devices that are easy to use and of high quality. Providing a compelling combination of performance, affordability and functionality to users in Indonesia and beyond.

All kinds of Vivo Cell Phone  batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Vivo Cell Phone  Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Vivo Cell Phone  battery

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>Vivo Y33 Long Life Battery Replacement

Acer Chromebook R13 review: A Chromebook 2-in-1 with killer battery life

The Acer Chromebook R13 is a little more expensive than other Chromebooks, but that’s because it’s a 2-in-1 hybrid with the long-lasting Acer Chromebook R13 laptop battery. It’s a convertible laptop with a touchscreen and a 360-degree hinge that can be used as a tablet. It also has commendably long-lasting Acer laptop battery life, a stylish aluminum lid, and plenty of ports for connecting peripherals.


Depending on your needs, you may be able to find more affordable alternatives. However, the Acer Chromebook is something of a diamond in the rough when it comes to 2-in-1 Chromebooks with long  Chromebooks battery l ife. If you want to spend more, Samsung’s Chromebook Pro has a higher-resolution hybrid touchscreen with an included stylus, and runs Google Play Android apps. 


Affordable 2-in-1 Chromebook that lasts all dayAboutAcer Chromebook Laptop BatteryLifeOne big reason to buy the Acer Chromebook R13: battery life.
In our battery tests, the 13-inch Chromebook averaged 13 hours of battery life, which is well above the average battery life we’ve seen on Chromebooks. A “good” 13-inch Chromebook battery life for a Chromebook is about 8 to 10 hours, so Acer’s 13-hour average is pretty good if you need something that lasts that long. For most people, 8 to 10 hours will provide a full day’s worth of power. If you need something more powerful than that, the Acer Chromebook R13 is the only Chromebook we’ve tested that’s more durable than the others.
Multifunctional designThe Acer Chromebook 13 has a sleek and stylish aluminum lid that gives it an elegant feel. It’s not as thin and light as the HP Chromebook 13, but it definitely doesn’t look like a budget laptop. On the left side of the laptop, you’ll find plenty of ports to suit your connectivity needs, while a headphone jack, power button, and volume rocker are on the right side.
Full-size USB 3.0 portUSB Type-C (Thunderbolt 3 not supported)HDMI portMicroSD card slotIts keyboard feels spacious and the touchpad is responsive, but the keys aren’t backlit. I prefer the backlit key option, especially since I’m a writer who sometimes has to type in dimly lit environments, but it’s understandable that it won’t be a big deal for others.


The speakers are located on the left and right edges of the front of the computer and are very weak. Their maximum volume can fill a quiet room, so I recommend bringing a pair of headphones.
Physical screenThe Acer Chromebook R13’s screen is very clear, with impressively wide viewing angles; you can clearly see what’s on the screen no matter what angle your title is from.


13.3 inch IPSmulti-touch screen1,920×1,080 pixel resolutionThe 360-degree hinge allows you to flip the screen so you can use it as a tablet, even though it’s quite thick and heavy. I don’t really use it as a tablet because it’s too heavy and uncomfortable to hold. However, I often fold it up like a tent while watching videos. The hinge is strong enough to keep the tablet in place without wobbling.
The only area where the Acer Chromebook 13 falls short is in performance. It’s by no means a sluggish lag monster, but compared to other high-end Chromebooks (more on that later), it lags behind other devices in benchmarks.
2.1GHz quad-core MediaTek M8173C CPU4GB memory32GB or 64GB eMMC flash memoryPowerVR GX6250 GPU Despite the lower benchmarks, I had no complaints about the Acer’s performance during use. When multitasking, I could have about 10 tabs open and multiple video streams playing, and there was no lag when switching between tabs. Increasing the number of tabs to 20 will cause your computer to slow down, but this is to be expected. If you need a laptop to occasionally surf the web, play music and movies, read email, or check Facebook, a cheaper Chromebook will do the trick.


Another high-end ChromebookHigh-end Chromebook? Is this a contradiction? No.
There’s been a wave of Chromebooks recently launched, like the Acer Chromebook 13 , that feature sleek designs, crisp screens, and fast processors. Well, it’s sleek, sharp, and fast compared to previous Chromebook models. While the specs of Windows 10 laptops may disappoint, they perform very well on Chrome OS. I don’t expect Chromebooks to have a touchscreen on the keyboard like the MacBook Pro does, but the improvement in quality is a notable and welcome advancement.
The problem is that they’re more expensive than the $200 Chromebooks we usually see. Most noteworthy is the comparison able 2-in-1 Asus Chromebook Flip C3202, Samsung Chromebook Pro and the HP Chromebook 13. For around $100 more, they have slimmer and studier designs than the Acer and faster performance, but their batteries don’t last as long.Better than your basic ChromebookThe Acer Chromebook R13 is a good option for those who want something more than a basic Chromebook. Its versatile design and long-lasting  Acer Chromebook R13 battery make it a good deal for the price, but if you don’t need everything it has to offer, there are plenty of alternatives.


If you like the Acer Chromebook R13 and wish it was cheaper, you can opt for the $300 (converts to about £240 or AU$395) Acer Chromebook 11, a smaller, older model with similar design, or the deceivingly lux $280 (converts to (about £225 or AU$370) Acer Chromebook 14, an affordable Chromebook with a high-end design.

All kinds of Acer Laptop batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Acer Laptop Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Acer Laptop battery

11.55V 4670mAh/53.9Wh Acer AP15O5L Long Life Battery Replacement
4670mAh/53.9Wh 11.55V for Acer Aspire S 13 S13 S5-371 S5-371T Series Swift 5,Acer AP15O5L Li-ion battery is a new brand and it is compatible with 100% original and replacement battery. Wholesale and retail of Acer AP15O5L battery is of high quality and low price!

Microsoft reveals Surface Laptop 5 with all-day battery life and 50% more power

During Microsoft’s fall event, the company showed off a number of different devices, including the Surface Laptop 5, Surface Pro 9, and Surface Studio 2+. During Microsoft’s fall event, the company showed off a number of different devices, including the Surface Laptop 5, Surface Pro 9, and Surface Studio 2+.


The Surface Laptop 5 is the follow-up to the Surface Laptop 4, which Microsoft claims is 50% more powerful than the previous device. and up to 17 hoursSurface Laptop 5 batterylife to get you through the day.


In addition to the classic Surface Laptop design, the new device has been upgraded to include Thunderbolt 4 and use the Intel Evo platform with Intel’s 12th generation processors. This means you can multitask faster and get better performance no matter what you’re doing. 13.5 -inch PixelSense display with 2256 x 1504 resolution (201 PPI) and 10-point multi-touch support15-inch PixelSense display with 2496 x 1664 resolution (201 PPI) and 10-point multi-touch+Intel 12th Generation Core i5-1235U or i7-1255U processor and Intel Iris Xe graphicsUp to 32GB LPDDR5x RAM and up to 1TB SSD

Options for the Surface Laptop 5 include a 13.5-inch (touchscreen) or a 15-inch PixelSense display (3:2 aspect ratio) with Dolby Vision IQ. The addition of Dolby Vision technology means better image quality, delivering vibrant colors and sharp contrast regardless of lighting conditions.
Microsoft is fully supportive of Dolby this time around, and its speaker systems include Dolby Atmos 3D spatial processing for more immersive sound.
The new Surface Laptop 5 is available in a variety of colors, including white gold with Alcantara, sage, matte black, and sandstone. However, the 15-inch model is only available in platinum and matte black. Learn more about it here.

All kinds of Microsoft Tablets batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Microsoft Tablets Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Microsoft Tablets battery
>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>11.38V 4410mAh Microsoft DYNC01 Long Life Battery Replacement

Nokia G50 initial review: Big battery on a budget

Latest G series phones feature 5000mAh Nokia phones G series batteries and 5G Since its relaunch as an HMD Global brand,Nokia has been keen on the affordable phone market, releasing several affordable Android phones every year in an effort to cover almost everything under £300 price range. In 2021, it changed its strategy slightly and proposed three ranges. G series, C series and X series, the former is the low-end, affordable and large Nokia G battery series.

That’s where the new G50 comes in. It’s a A relatively affordable 5G phone with a decent battery and a big screen.
Our quick actionOn first impression, there’s nothing particularly exciting about the Nokia G50. It tries to deliver the important stuff in a non-fussy way, and seems to do that. You get a big Nokia G50 battery big screen, and you’re future- proofed thanks to 5G support and the Android One software updater. 
When you compare it with some of the lesser-known and less readily available phones from Chinese brands like Realme, Redmi, and Poco, it doesn’t seem that competitive. But the advantage is that you’re more likely to find the G50 on phone store shelves.
Still, all some people want is a big phone that lasts a long time on a full charge and helps them stay connected, shop, and use social media. As 5G becomes more widespread, it makes sense to get a cheap phone on board the 5G train and get up to speed, ready for the future.

Nokia G50 Original In the affordable smartphone segment, it has become a trend to build rather bulky devices. A big part of that is the desire to deliver market-leading Nokia G50 battery life and a large screen. Hence the big phone. The Nokia G50 weighs 220 grams, which is quite a heavy device for a phone. Again, mostly depends on the Nokia G50 battery. Otherwise, the phone has a fairly typical Nokia look . This means that the camera on the back is housed in a circular housing that protrudes from the back panel of the phone.


The panel itself comes in our Ocean Blue color with a gradient finish, darker on the sides and lighter in the middle. You can certainly see where this color gets its name from, too, with it having a slightly greenish tint and a matte/matte texture instead of gloss. This should mean it doesn’t attract fingerprints as easily as some glossy devices.
It’s pretty standard stuff as far as buttons and fixtures go. There’s a volume rocker switch on the right side above the power/lock button. The power button is recessed into the frame, and it also has a built-in physical fingerprint sensor.
On the other side, you’ll find a Google Assistant button. Press it once and Google Assistant pops up on the screen. The bottom edge houses the usual Type-C port, speaker hole, and microphone.

There’s also a 3.5mm headphone port on the top edge for those who still use wired headphones/headphones. You can tell from the front that this is to keep up with the trend for larger screens and narrow bezels, but being an affordable device means those bezels are still relatively thick. The chin or bottom bezel is much thicker than the frames on the sides, while the selfie camera is housed in a V-shaped notch cut into the top display.
Overall, it feels like a fairly bulky, solid plastic device. Pretty much exactly what you’d expect from a low-end Android phone.


Nokia G50 is equipped with a 5000mAh largeNokia G50 battery, making it one of the largest Nokia batteries currently available. With low-resolution screens and low-power processorsessor, which should mean it lasts a long time. In fact, Nokia promises up to two days of  Nokia G50 batterylife on the G50.
Nokia’s latest phones also support 5G. This isn’t very common among UK phones under £200. This should mean fast downloads and fast data connections within coverage.


While data downloads may be fast, we don’t expect the phone itself to mesmerize the world with its speed. The Snapdragon 480 it sports is one of the lower-end processors designed primarily to not be a hindrance, not to be super fast. That’s good enough for those who want a phone that only helps them with the basics.

All kinds of Nokia Cell Phone  batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Nokia Cell Phone  Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Nokia Cell Phone  battery

This is why 1-day battery life doesn’t matter for Apple Watch

Over the years, the Apple Watch has expanded in functionality but not in battery life, yet it remains the most popular smartwatch in the world. Why? When Tim Cook took the stage in 2014 to unveil the original Apple Watch, it was a device that was more about making a fashion statement. Cook could have shown it at a fashion week show, worn it on his wrist and he would have blended in. Turning off the three rings is one thing, but that’s certainly not the case with the overall health features we’ve seen on the latest models. The original Apple Watch device was one of the most luxurious smartwatches on the market when it launched, and there was little competition at that end of the market, with companies like Tag Heuer only now announcing the launch of its Connected watch. one year later.


What the new S9 SiP means for Apple Watch
The Apple Watch Ultra model can achieve over 24 hours of  Apple Watch  Ultra battery   life, as can Samsung’s Galaxy smartwatches and Garmin’s Fenix ​​series, among others, so it’s possible, it just won’t be available with the Apple Watch Series 9. Like I said, this doesn’t seem to matter to most people, myself included.”Apple Watch Series 9 launches in September 2023 and brings the new S9 SiP (system-in-package). This chip is based on the iPhone 14’s A16 Bionic chip architecture and is the biggest upgrade to the Apple Watch chipset since Series 6.


I’m going to throw a few extra numbers at you – not because I really enjoy being geeky, but because the Apple Watch seems to defy   Apple Watch battery  life expectations, which is key to this argument. The S9 SiP is said to offer a 30% GPU boost compared to the Series 8, which is crucial for animations and effects. Meanwhile, the quad-core Neural Engine is twice as fast as the Series 8, twice offering the cache and twice the speed for ML (machine learning) tasks Elsewhere (and this is important), heart rate measurement uses 10% less power and overall energy efficiency is reduced by 25%. Now, that latter point is key, because in theory, cutting power consumption by a quarter means the Watch Series 9 could gain an additional 4 hours of Watch Series 9 batterylife, since 25% of 18 hours is 4.5 hours. So why not?


Every Microwatt Counts “Of course, everyone wants to have longer  Apple Watch battery  life on their Apple Watch,” Jue saidWhile adding hours “is a great feature for a lot of our customers,” he said, if you add a great experience to the feature, that translates into a better overall experience. I’m told that even small Apple Watch battery savings add up and can be used to power new features, which is the point here. This is something Apple has been doing with the Watch and other products for years. Rather than adding hours of battery life to the Watch, it instead chooses to give you more power, more functionality, and more power. iPhone 15 Pro battery life hasn’t improved either. Instead, it offers dynamic islands, more camera features, action buttons, and more, and the same applies to Apple Watch. Is this a decision that

everyone will agree with? Not too possible. But it’s this decision that makes smartwatches more than just a fashion accessory, but a device with much more functionality. From EKG/ECG on your wrist to fall detection, car crash detection, great fitness tracking and smartwatch basics.

All kinds of Apple Other batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Apple Other Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Apple Other battery

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>Apple Watch Series 7 45MM Long Life Battery Replacement

Crosscall’s feature phone that’s built to last

Crosscall Core-S4 is a ‘smart feature phone’ that supports WhatsApp and Facebook while remaining rugged, Crosscall Core-S4 Battery efficient. BRYAN TURNER TRY While the typical user lives in the smartphone age, there are still many who prefer the T9 keyboard experience to a traditional feature phone. The Crosscall Core-S4 is a KaiOS “smart feature phone” that’s similar to a feature phone but includes apps like WhatsApp, Facebook and Google Maps.


Figuring out the market for this device may seem tricky. However, there are many environments where landline equipment is still used. The Core-S4 can be used as a drop-in replacement and offers much more than just taking and making calls.
Business users can easily migrate their landlines to the Core-S4 using traditional DECT (Digital Enhanced Cordless Telecommunications), a cordless phone standard. It has built-in features for forwarding calls, setting up conference calls, and filtering certain callers. With up to 100dB speakers, even in a noisy environment with several people sitting around the phone, they can still hear each other.


What’s great about this phone is its durability. As we’ve seen with device deployments at many companies, some users tend to be less careful about the devices they’re issued. Core-S4 is MIL-STD 810H compliant, which means it can be dropped from 2 meters without cracking and can withstand temperatures up to 71°C. This makes it a convenient device for those working in heat-intensive industries such as metalworking. It can also be used at -32C, making it ideal for refrigerated environments It has an IP68 rating, which means it’s waterproof to 1.5m for 30 minutes and dustproof.


Not only does it look sturdy, but the internal construction allows the device to last for days. It comes with 4G and Wi-Fi connectivity and is capable of using VoLTE (Voice over LTE/4G) and VoWi-Fi (Voice over Wi- Fi). These techniques become very useful when entering areas with limited connectivity. If users can find a hotspot, they can still make and receive calls over Wi-Fi.
With LTE, it can make data calls through WhatsApp just like any other smartphone. The second SIM card slot also allows users to make calls from one SIM card and connect to affordable data providers using the other SIM card. When taking the device abroad, you can keep the “home” SIM card and use VoWi-Fi, while the other slot can be used for a local SIM card.
The T9 keyboard has a comfortable touch and makes dialing numbers and sending text messages easy. The keyboard is a piece of silicone, so there is no dust between the keys. For longer messages, the center Google Assistant button can transcribe speech to text for faster text entry. Another option, of course, is voice annotation when using apps like WhatsApp.
There’s 4GB of built-in storage and a 2MP rear camera with flash on board. It also has the option to expand the storage up to 64GB via microSD card. The rear camera performs well in brighter conditions, but it’s not a photographer’s device. 2.4-inch screen is bright enough for use in outdoor conditions and is coated with Corning Gorilla Glass 3, making it shatterproof. There’s a metal ring on the back for holding X-Link accessories like magnetic chargers.


We tested the device’s typical usage by replying to some WhatsApp, using the FM radio, and making the occasional phone call. The device lasts for 5 days and then needs to be charged via the micro USB port.Send messages quickly – this is not suitable via the T9 keyboard. Google Assistant can type messages via voice, but that’s not always ideal.


– Use specific apps like Spotify, Instagram or Telegram.
– Store tons of photos and videos. Smartphones like the Crosscall Core-M5 are better suited for this application.
Overall, the Crosscall Core-S4 is a powerful smart feature phone that offers a variety of features andCrosscall Core-S4 phone battery life, making it a great choice for those who need two sets of features in a solid design. Good middle ground. With a recommended price of R2499, it is one of the most affordable phones in the Crosscall range.

All kinds of Crosscall Cell Phone  batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk.Crosscall Cell Phone  Batterywith wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Crosscall Cell Phone  battery.

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>3.85V 2220mAh Crosscall LPN385222 Long Life Battery Replacement

CipherLab 9700 Series RF Gun Scanner Is Named The Best Industrial Mobile Computer Of 2014 By EMS Barcode Solutions

The CipherLab 9700 Series RF Gun Scanners are among the most rugged industrial mobile computers on the market.


PLANO, TX (PRWEB) CipherLab, a leading innovator in automatic identification and data capture (AIDC) for the retail, warehousing and distribution markets, today announced that its 9700 Series RF Gun Scanner has been named a 2014 Best of the Best by EMS Industrial mobile computer barcoding solutions.
The recently launched CipherLab 9700 Series RF Gun Scanners are one of the most rugged industrial mobile computers on the market and are the best alternative solution to traditional RF gun scanners.

CipherLab’s 9700 RF Gun Scanner is a device with a variety of scanning tools. Versatility includes laser, 2D imager, extended range laser and near/far 2D imager. Extended long-range laser extends barcode reading range to an astonishing 45 feet/9.1 m on 100 million tags. additionally, built-in near/far scanning technology provides superior scanning versatility when reading at both long and short distances. It has the flexibility to read 1D and 2D barcodes from as close as 15cm/6 inches for 10M barcodes to over 50ft/15m for 10M barcodes. The 9700 series RF gun scanners have all the features required for production in warehousing and manufacturing verticals. Its data reading capabilities are designed to perform well in four-wall environments.


“The 9700 Industrial Mobile Computer Series is the first choice for inventory control, data collection and scanning purposes in all warehouses, distribution centers and manufacturing environments,” said Eric Shutter, business manager, EMS Barcode Solutions. “With all of its features and capabilities , the 9700 Series It is an extremely cost-effective solution that costs 20% less than most leading competitive models.”
For more details and specifications about CipherLab mobile computers and barcode scanners or request a demo


About EMS Barcode SolutionsEMS Barcoding Solutions offers a wide range of products to meet your business needs. From hardware and media such as barcode scanners, wireless barcode scanners, barcode printers and powerful mobile computers, all the way to standalone or fully integrated software systems, we don’t stop there. We believe that our real work begins after you choose the right solution for your business. With our dedicated team of service professionals, we work hand-in-hand with your company on implementation, data import, training, configuration and more. Our goal is to ensure that you realize your return on investment as quickly and efficiently as possible and have a reliable business partner for years to come.
About CipherLabAs a global leader in automatic identification and data collection systems, CipherLab’s divisions are currently helping many of the world’s largest companies operate more efficiently. CipherLab’s US headquarters is in Plano, Texas, but it also has offices in Taiwan, Germany and China. Since its Founded in 1988, CipherLab engineers have worked with industry partners to deliver high-quality products that meet customer needs.

All kinds of Cipherlab Other batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Cipherlab Other Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Cipherlab Other battery.

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>Cipherlab CP60 CP60G Long Life Battery Replacement

Acer Iconia Tab M10 launched with 10.1-inch display, Kompanio 500, 6,000mAh battery

Acer has officially launched its latest tablet, the Acer Iconia Tab M10, in Europe. It is a mid-range tablet with a large IPS display, MediaTek chip, up to 128 GB of storage and a large Acer tablet Acer Iconia Tab M10 battery.Let’s take a closer look at the important specs, features, and price of the Iconia Tab M10.


Acer Iconia Tab M10 Specifications and Features The Acer Iconia Tab M10 has a screen size of 10.1 inches, a large screen ideal for multimedia consumption and content creation. The IPS LCD panel has a resolution of 1920 x 1200 pixels and a refresh rate of 60Hz. Iconia Tab M10 runs on Android 12 operating system. MediaTek Kompanio 500 chipset powers the device. It comes with 4 GB LPDDR4 RAM and 64 GB / 128 GB

storage. There is a microSD card slot onboard for additional storage. It comes with a 6,000mAh Acer tablet Acer Iconia Tab M10 battery, but its charging capabilities were not revealed. The Iconia Tab M10 has a 5-megapixel camera on the front. It has a 13-megapixel camera on the back without flash. The tablet integrates sensors such as accelerometer , ambient light sensor and gyroscope sensor for intuitive and interactive use. Additionally, the Tab M10 comes with built-in dual speakers for an enhanced audio experience. The tablet is 8.6mm thick and weighs 460 grams.
Acer Iconia Tab M10 price and availabilityThe Acer Iconia Tab M10 is priced very competitively at $149. It only comes in gold color option. There’s no word yet on which other markets will receive the tablet.

All kinds of Acer Tablets batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Acer Tablets Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Acer Tablets battery

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>Acer Iconia Tab A1-850 B1-810 B1-820 W1-810 Long Life Battery Replacement

Xiaomi Mi 14 Ultra: Leica camera flagship starts at 1,499 euros

The super smartphone features a 6.73-inch AMOLED display on the front with a resolution of 3,200 x 1,440 pixels. Since the monitor is an LTPO panel, the refresh rate adaptively adapts to the image content. The refresh rate varies between 1 and 120 Hz.
According to Xiaomi, the peak brightness of the Pro HDR display reaches 3,000 nits, even surpassing some competitors such as Samsung Galaxy S24 Ultra (test). The all-around LCD display is protected by Xiaomi’s own shielding glass.
Latest processor, big .Q84685Xiaomi 14 Ultra battery and fast chargingThe intrinsic values ​​​​of the Xiaomi Mi 14 Ultra Commemorative Edition should also be convincing. It uses the current Qualcomm Snapdragon 8 Gen 3, which is a 4nm processor with eight cores. It has access to 16 GB LPDDRX5 RAM and 512 GB UFS 4.0 storage.
There’s also a 5,000mAh .Q84685Xiaomi 14 Ultrabattery that can be charged with up to 90W of wire. Additionally, the battery can be charged using up to 80W wireless charging. Thanks to reverse wireless charging, the smartphone can be used to charge other Qi-enabled devices such as smartphones or headphones.


1-inch variable aperture main cameraHowever, the absolute highlight of the Xiaomi Mi 14 Ultra is the back of the phone. This is where the circular camera module is located, its size dominating the back. The main camera is a 1-inch 50 MP Sony LYT-900 sensor with multi-step variable aperture (f/1.63 to f/4.0). This function can be flexibly adjusted according to different lighting conditions to improve photo quality in different lighting scenarios. This allows for detailed photos to be taken even in dimly lit environments.a
The second lens is a 75mm Leica floating telephoto lens, which uses a 50-pixel Sony IMX858 sensor and supports 10cm macro photography. The 120mm periscope camera, which also uses the IMX858 sensor, is also exciting. The periscope camera offers 5x optical zoom and can also achieve 100x digital zoom. The quad-camera setup is complemented by a 50-megapixel ultra-wide-angle camera that covers a 122-degree field of view so it can capture a wide range of scenes. On the front, there is a 32-megapixel front-facing camera housed inside a central punch-hole.


8K video recording, movie modeAccording to Xiaomi, all four cameras are capable of 8K recording at up to 30 frames per second. The 4-microphone array can also be used for audio recording to create differentiated recordings. Xiaomi Mi 14 Extreme Commemorative Edition also supports professional video editing functions and provides special video modes, such as movie mode, which can achieve recording with movie-level effects. Photography kits for photography and video enthusiasts

Photography kit sold separately, designed for photography and video enthusiasts. The carrying case with handle includes, among other things, useful tools such as a two-stage shutter release and zoom control. There’s also a button for video recording and an adjustable wheel for individual adjustments. The kit also contains an external 1500 mAh battery so it can also be used as a .Q84685Xiaomi 14 Ultra batterypack.

All kinds of Xiaomi Cell Phone  batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Xiaomi Cell Phone  Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Xiaomi Cell Phone  battery.

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>Xiaomi 11 Long Life Battery Replacement

Review: Lenovo Ideapad 330S, a practical and powerful notebook

Review of Lenovo’s new notebook Ideapad 330S, with simple design and powerful performance. Owning a high-quality notebook is equivalent to having a versatile device that can be carried around.


Lenovo gave away a Lenovo Ideapad 330S ao showmetech for testing and after a few weeks of use, I now bring you a complete review of the device, focusing on its main qualities and some elements that can be improved to ensure a better user experience.
Organize and designSimplicity best defines the design of the Ideapad 330S. The unit used in this analysis is the color variant Metallic Blue. The Lenovo logo is strategically placed on the left side of the device, giving it as clean a look as possible.


Ideapad 330sWith a minimalist touch, the Lenovo logo is hidden in the laptop’s design.
The laptop’s finish is a nice mix of polished aluminum (on the display lid) and plastic (on the body). When you start using the device, you’ll notice that the build quality is very good, although there’s an odd feeling when pressing into the empty space next to the trackpad. The bottom of the device is well balanced, so there’s no problem with one side of the laptop feeling heavier than the other. Additionally, the small rubber on the base of the Ideapad 330S keeps it secure when placed on a desk.
As we have already mentioned, the laptop comes with a 15.6-inch screen with a resolution of 1920 × 1080 pixels. While most laptop manufacturers skimp on screen quality, that’s certainly not the case with the Ideapad 330S, and its screen ends up being another of its highlights. The screen rotates in Full HD de 1920 × 1080 resolution, maintaining its quality no matter what you choose to do with it. It has a matte finish which also ensures the screen doesn’t reflect light sources behind you and reduces glare .In terms of brightness, the Ideapad 330S’s peak brightness is below average, so much so that even watching videos indoors requires turning the brightness to maximum.


There’s no need to get too excited about color accuracy, considering the screen only covers about 50% of the sRGB color space. Even so, the color gamut is more than adequate for the average consumer and is good for gaming and movies.
Keyboard and touchpadThe keyboard is a very good aspect of the 330S. It was a little hard to get used to the soft and low-profile keys at first, but after a few days it became very comfortable to type on. Another keyboard feature I spent some time learning were the directional arrow keys, which are squeezed a bit to fit the rectangular outline of the keyboard.


Ideapad 330sOne strange feature of the keyboard is that by holding down the “Fn” key, the main functions of the “F1” to “F12” keys can be accessed, that is, by pressing the function keys directly, the user can change the sound settings, connect to WiFi, brightness wait. This change is useful when using your laptop display in full screen or playing games.


Ideapad 330s Despite this, the touchpad responds smoothly to mouse movements and gestures, ensuring optimal user response and sensitivity.
One of the biggest highlights of this laptop is its cutout, which allows the device’s screen to rotate up to 180 degrees. There are very few moments where this feature proves useful, but I believe there are situations in the demo where this extra twist could be quite important. In terms of connectivity, the Ideadap 330S supports Wi-Fi AC e Bluetooth 4.1. additionally, the device comes with two speakers. 2W, responsible for audio output, and a sub-3-cell lithium polymer Lenovo Ideapad 330S laptop battery .
During testing, audio quality was satisfactory, butperformance and hardwareThe Lenovo Ideapad 330S is a solid and durable machine. It has a new CPU Intel Core i5-8250U 8th generation, 8 GB RAM DDR4, a GPU AMD Radeon 535 com 2 GB GDDR5 memory. Additionally, it comes with 1TB HDD 5,400 RPM.
After several weeks of using the laptop as my primary work and leisure machine, I can safely say that it handles nearly every program I use and games I play with relative ease and performs well.


First, we’re talking about using multiple programs open at the same time: 25 to 30 Google Chrome open, Telegram, Microsoft Word, and a heavy-duty Microsoft Visual Studio to test the speed of interpreting and compiling programs.
However, it’s clear that the lack of an SSD does hurt the overall user experience, as there are some minor “stutters” that occur at different times of use.
Putting aside the slower startup speed of Windows 10 (which comes pre-installed on the machine), copying or transferring large amounts of files is also a very slow experience. These are all problems that SSDs can easily solve.


gameIf you are an experienced gamer, the Ideapad 330S may not be the best choice for you. Even though the laptop comes with one of AMD’s best graphics cards and 2 GB of discrete memory, the machine’s performance in current games falls short of expectations.
In our tests, we used recent games that require a lot of machine power to run properly for the user. First, we tested The Witcher 3: Wild Hunt.The adventures of Geralt the Witcher are mediocre. On high settings, the game stayed around 20-25 FPS most of the time. Even with the lower frame rate, there aren’t too many glitches or crashes when playing the game.


Compared with other notebooks with the same CPU, the IdeaPad 330S’s gaming performance is much worse. However, if the device user is a student or office worker, the performance of the laptop will be enough for your needs.IdeaPad 330S battery lifeIn our laptop tests, the Ideapad 330S battery lasted about 3 hours and 30 minutes using the PCMark 8 Home Battery Life analysis program. The short runtime can be attributed to the presence of the AMD GPU, as it consumes more power than the Intel integrated graphics chip.


If you can get past these shortcomings (and an SSD isn’t that necessary), the Lenovo IdeaPad 330S will be a good choice for those looking for a general-purpose portable device that can handle their most digital needs. return on investment. From approx. R$ 3.199,00

All kinds of Lenovo Laptop batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Lenovo Laptop Batterywith wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Lenovo Laptop battery

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>Lenovo ThinkPad X1 Series Long Life Battery Replacement

HP launches Mini 100e netbook for students

HP has introduced a new model to its Mini series of netbooks with the launch of the HP Mini 100e Education Edition netbook. This is the first product targeted at students in kindergarten through sixth grade.


The netbook features a sturdy plastic chassis with steel pins, a spill-resistant keyboard (mylar beneath the keys), and an LED light on the back of the lid so teachers can see when there’s network activity. This mini laptop also comes with a carrying handle and an integrated modem, making it suitable for use in developing or remote areas where broadband may not be available. The handle is not user-removable because HP wants as few removable parts as possible to prevent children from messing with the netbook. Therefore, RAM and hard drive are also not easily accessible.

The back panel is customizable, allowing schools or governments to customize their netbook order. Customers can also add patterns or colors to the keyboard or other case elements.
The HP Mini 100e will come with Microsoft Office 2010 Starter and Microsoft Math.
In terms of configuration, the netbook is equipped with a 10.1-inch, 1024 x 600 pixel display, 1.66GHz Intel Atom N455 processor, GMA 3150 graphics card, 160GB hard drive, and 1GB DDR3 memory. It will work with Windows XP Home, Windows 7 Starter, or SUSE Linux 11. 802.11b/g WiFi is standard, along with 2 USB ports, a VGA output, and microphone and headphone jacks.

In terms of configuration, the netbook is equipped with a 10.1-inch, 1024 x 600 pixel display, 1.66GHz Intel Atom N455 processor, GMA 3150 graphics card, 160GB hard drive, and 1GB DDR3 memory. It will work with Windows XP Home, Windows 7 Starter, or SUSE Linux 11. 802.11b/g WiFi is standard, along with 2 USB ports, a VGA output, and microphone and headphone jacks.

There is a VGA webcam, and the laptop comes with a choice of a 3-cell, 4.5-hour  HP laptop battery or a 6-cell, 8.5-hourHP Mini 100e laptop battery , which is also flush with the base of the device . HP Mini 110e (with HP Mini 100e Laptop Battery weighs 3.19 pounds. It has a 92% full-size keyboard. The netbook measures 10.9″ x 9.9″ x 1.6″ HP plans to launch the HP Mini 110e, with a starting price of less than $300 for a model running Windows 7 Starter Edition. It is expected to be available worldwide in the first week of July.


While the HP Mini 110e is very similar to the Intel Classmate PC reference design, this laptop was actually designed in-house by HP. It includes many similar features, but that’s to be expected when you’re trying to develop a semi-rugged machine for educational purposes. HP also points out that the sub-$300 price is significantly lower than the $399 starting price of most Classmate PC systems.
virtually, a pre-release version of this netbook was on display at the Novell booth at Computex earlier this month. At the time, I thought it was a Classmate PC, but upon closer inspection, it became clear that its design was similar but not identical to a computer based on Intel’s reference design.

All kinds of Hp Laptop batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk.Hp Laptop Batterywith wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Hp Laptop battery.”

Fujitsu-backed FDK claims nickel zinc batteries ready for use in UPSes

Might be good for data centers, but unlikely to find application in electric vehicles anytime soon. Japanese battery maker FDK believes major improvements to its nickel-zinc batteries have proven they are durable enough for their use as uninterruptible power supplies (UPS).


The batteries, which debuted in March, have undergone long-term testing and are said to have proven they retain 70% of their capacity after 800 charge-discharge cycles, twice the standard lifespan of lead-acid batteries, FDK said.
The batteries were also put through a test in which they were placed in an outdoor cabinet at temperatures that fluctuated between 0°C in winter and 50°C in summer. FDK said the test cells continued to operate safely while maintaining their initial capacity.


In addition to having a longer life cycle and withstanding larger temperature fluctuations, the Fujitsu-backed company says nickel-zinc batteries are lighter and have a lower environmental impact than the lead-acid batteries traditionally used in UPSs. However, we’re told they charge similarly. The battery maker is so confident in the product that it has pledged to upgrade facilities, expand sample shipments to customers and consider mass production.


Like other nickel-zinc batteries, FDK’s ZR-4/3FAUP is essentially a hydride battery with the negative electrode material replaced with a zinc compound, a change that creates a different chemistry than nickel-zinc batteries. These types of batteries combine a nickel- metal hydride positive electrode with a zinc negative electrode found in alkaline batteries. In the past, poor cycle life hindered the use of nickel-zinc batteries. Zinc tends to migrate and cause nasty dendrite growth, which is inconvenient because it creates a short circuit. But recent developments in energy storage technology—such as the use of additives in the anode and electrolyte, as well as improvements in separator design—have made this less of an issue in modern nickel-zinc batteries.
The advantage of nickel-zinc batteries is power density and their mass is twice that of lead-acid batteries. This means they can provide the fast charging needed for equipment such as UPSs in data centers and other situations where the need for fast charging outweighs considerations for equipment longevity.


“Nickel-zinc batteries are one of the most promising batteries for stationary applications. They use a water-based electrolyte (alkaline batteries) and are more cost-effective compared to lithium-ion batteries and certainly much better than lead-acid batteries in terms of energy density .” Dr. Richard Yazami, the inventor of the graphite anode, told The Register.
Nickel-zinc batteries may find a niche market, especially in backup and energy storage systems. However, their use in electric vehicles remains uncertain,” Yazami added.
The energy density of nickel-zinc batteries is not close to that of lithium-ion batteries, which means they are unlikely to become the battery of choice for electric vehicles anytime soon.


While FDK said batteries could replace power supplies, the company didn’t mention use in servers, but more resilient options are rarely popular

Shop Laptop Batteries ,Laptop AC Adapters, Notebook Batteries and Notebook Chargers from HP, Lenovo, DELL, Panasonic Asus and more! Batteryforpc.co.uk offers the best prices, shipping & top-rated customer service! Order today

The Honor X9b 5G packs a powerhouse battery for every challenge

Smartphones are one of the most widely used devices in the world – for everything from streaming to navigating new places and even working remotely. Many people rely heavily on their devices, but often these smartphones don’t offer smartphone batteriesthat can provide all-day performance without recharging.


But Honor X9b 5G, as the latest device in the global vendor’s X series, meets the basic needs of every smart device user – long-lasting battery life for optimal performance. Honor X9b 5G is equipped with a large and lightweight 5800 mAhHonor X9b smartphone batterythat can support up to three days of use on a single charge, providing a worry-free experience in any situation.
With Honor X9b 5G, you no longer need to worry about carrying a charger with you in your daily work, and you no longer have to worry about power outages affecting your plans. The Honor X9b 5G battery is also ultra-durable, retaining 80% of its original capacity even after 1,000 uses. charging cycle, making it the top product in the Honor smartphone batterymarket. The smart device has made impressive strides in battery life and durability of Honor smartphones, earning DXOMARK’s Gold Label recognition.
The use of social media has become a normal part of everyday life – whether it’s to stay connected with friends and family, stay up to date with the latest news and trends, or just relax by scrolling through content creator videos. With Honor X9b 5G, users are guaranteed up to 22 hours of uninterrupted social exploration.


As smartphone chipsets and RAM improve over time, so does the availability of immersive games with vivid graphics and fast-moving action. Although modern games put a greater load on smartphone batteries, Honor is committed to providing users with an uninterrupted entertainment experience on their smartphones Honor X9b 5G can deliver up to 12 hours of intense gaming without charging.
With Honor X9b 5G, users can also enjoy up to 19 hours of uninterrupted video content on a single charge.


In addition, Honor understands that the modern smartphone is also a powerful and flexible work tool and a source of entertainment, improving work efficiency whether in the office or on the go.
In addition to the high-capacity Honor X9b 5G battery, the Honor X9b 5G also comes with the Honor Document Suite, which provides applications for creating and editing text documents, presentations, and spreadsheets. It also supports multiple input methods, including keyboard, stylus , and voice dictation. Otherwise, you can still enjoy your favorite apps using Google Mobile Services (GMS).
Cutting edge processing performance


Honor X9b 5G also features the powerful Qualcomm® Snapdragon® 6 Gen 1 mobile platform[1]. The platform includes Qualcomm® Kryo™ CPU delivering and Adreno™ GPU, significant speed improvements compared to earlier versions (40%[2] and 35% [3] respectively). With the help of an impressive 12GB of RAM, the Honor X9b 5G can handle even the most resource-intensive tasks with ease.
Design and usability


Powering everyday life, the HONOR X9b 5G is available from MTN, Vodacom, Telkom and Cell C for R12,999.00. It comes in two colors[4] – Sunrise Orange and Midnight Black.

All kinds of Huawei Cell Phone  batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Huawei Cell Phone  Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Huawei Cell Phone  battery.

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>Huawei Honor 50 Pro Long Life Battery Replacement

Blackview BL8800 Pro review: Thermal imaging and great battery, but nothing more

While the BL8800 Pro is rugged enough to withstand drops from gravel or water, it has mediocre specs and comes with a ton of junk software pre-installed. Everyone needs a phone that won’t break even if dropped.

The rugged phone segment has grown over the past few years, combining mid-range specs with heavy-duty protection and attractive pricing. Throw them, throw them, let them swim, jump on them. These Android-based devices still work, and many even manage to bundle in crazy features, from modular components to secondary displays.
So, what is so special about Blackview BL8800 Pro as a 5G rugged smartphone? Well, it has thermal imaging. Is this enough?


Blackview BL8800 Pro specs and pricingThe Blackview BL8800 Pro has an MSRP of a whopping $600 (though you can pre-order it for just over $300 using the code above) and features a 6.58-inch IPS display with a resolution of 2048×1080 pixels.
Although there is no SD card slot, the device has 128GB of storage and 8GB of RAM. The processor is MediaTek Dimensity 700 octa-core, with 2×2.2GHz Cortex-A76 core and 6×2.0GHz Cortex-A55 core.


This is a 5G phone that supports all common frequency bands, and this is a dual-SIM phone. One 5G card and one 4G card can be used at the same time, but two 5G cards cannot be used at the same time.

The Blackview BL8800 Pro supports GPS, Glonass, Beidou and Galileo navigation satellites and has OTG, NFC and FM radio.
In terms of imaging system, the BL8800 Pro rear camera is 50MP+5MP+2MP, equipped with a FLIR Lepton thermal imaging sensor, and the front camera is 16MP. The camera records video at 2K resolution (2550 x 1440 pixels) at up to 30 frames per second.


The large 8380mAh battery supports 33W fast charging and is claimed to achieve 100% charging in just 90 minutes. It also supports reverse charging.
BL8800 Pro Key FeaturesThe main reasons why you should buy this Blackview phone are the thermal imaging and the rugged chassis. But what else does it offer?
Described as a “rugged lifestyle game changer”, the 5G phone boasts a 50MP camera, fast charging and protection against damage. IP68/IP69K ratings and MIL-STD-810H testing mean you can rely on the Blackview BL8800 Pro to survive most incidents.
On the downside, it uses Doke 3.0, an Android 11-based operating system that brings with it some unnecessary and unwanted pre-installed games and apps.


Glove mode means the phone can be used with gloves on, which is useful in cold weather. However, touch screens don’t respond well when wet, so be sure to keep them wiped clean during wet weather or other harsh conditions.
Blackview BL8800 ProThere’s also an anchor point for a wrist strap or even a lanyard for added phone security.


Finally, the BL8800 Pro comes with a pre-applied screen protector. While our test unit had some small bubbles under the protector, it’s better than taking the time to apply the protector yourself.
Blackview BL8800 Pro performance and benchmarksAs is customary when reviewing a phone or computer, I ran the benchmark software on the Blackview BL8800 Pro using PCMark.


The device has an average score of 8261 and a Work 3.0 performance score of 8195. At the time of writing, the PCMark app doesn’t have enough data to compare the devices’ scores, but browsing the app shows that the Realme GT Neo 2T is the current top-scoring phone with a score of 17,732, followed by the Meizu 18 Pro with a score of 17,268.


Closer to the Blackview BL8800 Pro are theOnePlus 6T   phone batterywith 8275, theXiaomi Redmi Note 10 5G  phone battery  with 8240, and the Blackview BL5000 with 8265.  
Blackview BL8800 Pro BenchmarksMeanwhile, the 8380mAh Blackview BL8800 Pro mobile phone battery  lasted 28 hours and 15 minutes in the Work 3.0 mobile phone battery test. Solid build aside, this is a mid-range phone with mid-range benchmarks. It scored well on Blackview Phone battery life , web browsing, and data processing, but fell short on other performance benchmarks. Blackview BL8800 Pro should be easier to set up If you’re familiar with Android, then you know what to expect when you first boot it up. unfortunate people Blackview BL8800 Pro Camera and Thermal ImagingIt’s a rugged phone with crazy superpowers. The Blackview BL8800 Pro comes with a thermal vision camera.


Yes, I’m talking about thermal vision—thermal imaging, to be precise. Thermal imaging, perhaps the killer app for mobile phones, is particularly impressive.
However, it is important to note what thermal imaging is and what it is not.
Thermal imaging is: capturing infrared radiation through a FLIR lens.Thermal imaging is not a way to see through walls.Accessed through the pre-installed FLIR Tools app, thermal imaging features multiple views such as traditional rainbow effects, night vision effects, and more. Each view also provides a thermometer and thus hot and cold keys. You can add key points for specific measurements, or define an area over which readings are averaged.

All kinds of Blackview Cell Phone  batteriesand chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Blackview Cell Phone  Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Blackview Cell Phone  battery

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>3.85V 4480mAh Blackview Li416587JLY Long Life Battery Replacement

Ulefone Armor 22 to launch later this month with 120 Hz display and large battery for initial US$149.99

Ulefone has now confirmed the launch date and pricing of its next smartphone. The Ulefone Armor 22 will be available next week for as low as $149.99, but will have a final MSRP of $299.99.Ulefone has confirmed plans to launch the Armor 22, another rugged smartphone shortly after the Armor 23 Ultra. While the company has already launched the phone, it has not revealed launch details until now. For reference, Ulefone has equipped the Armor 22 with a MediaTek Helio G96 chipset, 8 GB RAM, and 128 GB or 256 GB expandable storage.


For this purpose, Ulefone comes with three card slots, one for MicroSD card expansion and two Nano SIM cards. Additionally, the Armor 22 features a 6.58-inch display with 1080p resolution and 120 Hz refresh rate. Additionally, the Ulefone is powered by a 6,000 mAhUlefone Armor 22 smartphone battery that supports 33W wired charging but lacks any wireless charging capabilities. According to the company, the Armor 22 also has a 64 MP main camera based on Sony IMX686, as well as a night vision camera that uses the same sensor. 


Additionally, the Armor 22 is IP68 and IP69K certified for dust and water resistance. Likewise, the phone is said to be MIL-STD-810G compliant. Please note that the latter has not been independently verified. According to Ulefone, the Armor 22 will be available via AliExpress on September 18th with a suggested retail price of $299.99. Alternatively, the company will sell the device for $319.99 with 256 GB of storage. However, both storage versions will launch in September at 07:00 UTC with a 50% discount , bringing the price down to $149.99 and $159.99 respectively.

All kinds of Ulefone Cell Phone  batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Ulefone Cell Phone  Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Ulefone Cell Phone  battery

3.85V 6600mAh Ulefone 3115 Long Life Battery Replacement6600mAh 3.85V for Ulefone Armor 22,Ulefone 3115 Li-ion battery is a new brand and it is compatible with 100% original and replacement battery. Wholesale and retail of Ulefone 3115 battery is of high quality and low price!

Ulefone Power Armor X11: New rugged smartphone arrives with Android 13, sub-6-inch display and large battery for US$150

Ulefone is now selling the Power Armor X11, a rugged smartphone with a 5.45-inch IPS display. The Power Armor X11 also comes with features like Android 13, 8,150 mAh  Ulefone Power Armor X11 smartphone battery, and 4 GB RAM. Ulefone has launched the Power Armor X11, a cheaper alternative to the Power Armor X11 Pro. Therefore, the former has a reduced feature set compared to the latter, but retains the IP68 and IP69K certifications. The Power Armor X11 also meets MIL-STD-810H standards, although this is not independently verified like the IP rating. Still, the smartphone should protect against dust and water better than traditional smartphones.


Additionally, Ulefone designed the Power Armor X11 to withstand drops on hard surfaces. According to the company, the smartphone is powered by an 8,150 mAh Ulefone Power Armor X11 smartphone battery , MediaTek Helio A22 chipset, 4 GB RAM, and a 5.45-inch display For reference, the IPS display runs at 720p, 60 Hz, and can be used with gloves. For some reason, the Ulefone only packs 32 GB of storage, which can be expanded using up to a 256 GB MicroSD card. 


Additionally, the Ulefone includes a 16 MP rear camera (Samsung S5K2P7), an unspecified depth sensor, and a 5 MP front camera (GalaxyCore GC5035). additionally, the phone, which weighs 330 grams and measures 158.2 x 76.7 x 19.3 mm, ships with Android 13; however, there are no guarantees of major Android updates in the future. The Power Armor X11 can be ordered for $149.99 and comes in only one memory configuration and color option. Please visit the Ulefone website for more details.

All kinds of Ulefone Cell Phone  batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Ulefone Cell Phone  Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Ulefone Cell Phone  battery

3.85V 8150mAh Ulefone 3105 Long Life Battery Replacement

Ulefone 3105 lithium-ion battery is a new brand and 100% compatible with original and replacement batteries. Wholesale and retail of Ulefone 3105 batteries, high quality and low price!

Asus Vivobook Pro 16X OLED review: A creator laptop with gaming power

Today’s Best Price: Asus Vivobook Pro 16X OLED While the 2022 Asus Vivobook Pro 16X OLED showcases a gorgeous OLED display and only scratches the surface on performance, the 2023 Asus Vivobook Pro 16X OLED, by comparison goes, all out Go ahead and take into account both display and performance.
Of course, while that makes it more powerful — so powerful, in fact, that it rivals some of the best gaming laptops of 2023 — there’s a trade-off: Asus Vivobook Pro 16X OLED batteryLife Time is medium. That’s not to say it’s not a great laptop for creators. In fact, its rich connectivity and programmable DialPad trackpad are just two of the features that make it one of the best choices for creative professionals in 2023. Read on to find out more… ASUS Vivobook Pro 16X OLED : Specs


The recently launched Asus Vivobook Pro 16X OLED model comes with Intel’s 13th generation i9-13980HX CPU or i9-13900H CPU. Configurations support a variety of mobile GeForce RTX GPUs, up to the RTX 4070. A 3.2K resolution NanoEdge OLED display with 120Hz refresh rate delivers visuals.
Looking at the price, the entry model with Intel Core i9-13900H and RTX 4050 GPU is priced at $1,499.99 on Amazon. The price jumps from there to $1,942.99 for the model with a Core i9-13980HX CPU and GeForce RTX 4070 GPU.


ASUS Vivobook Pro 16X OLED: Design and ManufacturingThe design of the 2023 Vivobook Pro 16X OLED is an improvement over the 2022 model’s design, which was more focused on practicality than elegance or style. That means my black review unit came with a familiar industrial-looking chassis and gray keys. But if that’s not your style, there’s also a silver model available.


Like its predecessor, though, I was immediately drawn to the highlight of this laptop—the gorgeous 16-inch OLED display. This year, the display once again sports a pleasing 16:10 aspect ratio. The screen-to-body ratio is slightly larger at 88 percent, up from the 86 percent we saw last year, so you get slightly larger visuals.
ASUS Vivobook Pro 16X OLED: keyboard and trackpadGray tones and orange highlights dominate the look of the 16X OLED ErgoSense keyboard, with some keys clearly painted for easier positioning. While my work doesn’t necessarily require color coding, I do appreciate the look of it.

For ease of use, Asus designed the keyboard to be more like a full-size desktop keyboard than that of other laptops; it includes a full-size numeric keypad on the far right, an Fn key with shortcuts, and left and right Shift keys Overall, it’s a good choice and ensures I have plenty of command material in programs like Adobe Photoshop and Adobe Premiere Pro.big. There is also 0.75 inches of space between them. The keys also feature a 0.2mm recess in the center. The long pitch means I rarely miss, and the bass allows me to type for long periods of time without feeling sore, tingling fingertips .
ASUS Zenbook Pro 16X OLED


ASUS Vivobook Pro 16X OLED: Connectivity and audioThe 16X OLED is ready to become my go-to workstation, with at least two Thunderbolt 4 ports as well as two USB-A 3.2 Gen 1 ports and an HDMI 2.1 port to accommodate my major peripherals. This setup allowed me to plug in USB adapters for a wireless mouse, two external monitors, and headphones, and still free up a Thunderbolt 4 port for fast file transfers with data transfer speeds of up to 40GB/s.
The microSD card reader in last year’s model has been thoughtfully swapped out for a full-size SD card UHS-II reader with transfer speeds up to 312MB/s. This makes more sense to me since most of the devices I want to transfer data to (such as my DLSR cameras and camcorders) use this format of memory cards. It can be said that this feature saves me a lot of time. Asus Vivobook Pro 16X OLED: Asus Vivobook Pro 16X OLED battery life

To test the Asus Laptop battery, I set up a 4K video on repeat in the Windows TV and Movie apps. I also switched the Wi-Fi to airplane mode and plugged in a cheap pair of headphones to control the noise. Then I sat down and calculated how long it took for theAsus Laptop batteryto drain. The 16X OLED lasted less than six hours before switching to standby mode. ASUS Vivobook Pro 16X OLED: Should you buy it?

11.55V 96Wh Asus C32N2022 Long Life Battery Replacement
96Wh 11.55V for ASUS VivoBook Pro 16X OLED N7600PC UM535QE, ASUS C32N2022 Li-ion battery is new brand and compatible with 100% original and replacement batteries. Wholesale and retail ASUS C32N2022 batteries, high quality and low price!

Best smartphones for older people to buy in 2024

We’ve shortlisted the best smartphones for seniors from trusted brands like Samsung, Apple, Nokia, and Motorola.
For many of us, mobile phones have become a fundamental part of our daily lives. In addition to helping us stay connected with family and friends, smartphones can help us do a lot of things, from giving directions in unfamiliar places to keeping us up to date on the weather and even monitoring our daily exercise.


Motorcycle G50Best Budget 5G Pick The Motorola Moto G50 is an affordable smartphone with good basic features. None of these features are groundbreaking, but it guarantees reliability and ease of use.


The phone has a 6.5-inch screen, which is big enough for video calls or watching TV, and comes with a basic clear silicone case. This is also another smartphone with a battery that can easily last a full day (or a little bit) Our reviewers found that their Motorcycle G50 smartphones often had 40% of Motorcycle G50 battery life left at the end of the day.
Samsung Galaxy A32 5GIf you already own a Samsung device like the Samsung Galaxy Watch 3 or the Samsung Galaxy Tab S7 Plus, you might want to consider a Samsung Galaxy phone. It should make it easier for you to get the hang of it since you’re already used to the software Samsung uses and there’s often overlap in layout or design features.


The Samsung Galaxy A32 5G comes from the brand’s more affordable A series and features a 6.5-inch LCD screen that can shoot 4K video and a large 5,000mAh Samsung Galaxy A32 battery.
Check out the best Samsung deals this month, and if you’re in the market for a new TV, here are the best QLED TV deals.
Emporia Smart 5


The Emporia Smart 5 is the perfect phone for anyone looking for a minimalist experience. The streamlined interface emphasizes the most important applications and core features, making it ideal for older users.
The Smart 5 is packed with features that make it easier for older users to use their smartphones. First, it’s one of the rare modern smartphones to come with a coveted headphone jack, perfect for listening to music, podcasts, and audiobooks. Its IP54 rating also gives you extra protection from dust and water splashes – although it still shouldn’t be submerged in water – and the 25+ hour battery is perfect for those days when you forget your charger.


The lack of a fingerprint sensor does hold the phone back, but it does come with facial recognition to unlock the phone. Overall, if you’re looking for affordable (but not cheap) simplicity, the Emporia Smart 5 has you covered.Xiaomi Redmi Note 10 Pro
When it comes to the Redmi Note 10 Pro, there are three main talking points: a large OLED screen, a quad-camera setup, and a Redmi Note 10 Pro batterythat can easily last two days. All this is still available for the surprisingly affordable price of £ 199.50.
The 6.67-inch display makes it a great device for watching videos or making video calls, but it does mean the smartphone is a bit big. It’s not for everyone, but there’s no doubt that the Xiaomi Redmi Note 10 Pro is a great budget smartphone .


Xiaomi Poco M3 Pro 5GPoco may not be as prominent in the UK market as the likes of Google, Nokia and Samsung, but the M3 Pro 5G has some nice features.


First of all, this is another smartphone with decent battery life. The phone easily lasted all day and still had 50%  Xiaomi Poco M3 Pro 5G batteryleft the next morning. If you want your phone to not freeze during the day, the Xiaomi Poco M3 Pro is a good choice.
Secondly, the big 6.5-inch Full HD display is a winner. The Poco M3 Pro also comes with a ‘Reading Mode’ that adjusts the colors to warmer tones while reducing blue light. This is a great choice when you need soft light.
Doro 8050


Doro specializes in making phones for seniors who may have additional accessibility needs.
In addition to a “Response” button that alerts designated “Responders” when pressed, the phone also has built-in screen protection so it can withstand a few knocks and drops.
When not in use, the Doro 8050 lasts up to 330 hours (or 13 days). This makes it a good choice as an emergency device, or if you know it won’t have much use beyond the occasional phone call or out and about .
The Doro 8050’s screen is a bit small at 5.5 inches, and its camera specs are different than most others on this list, but it’s hearing aid compatible and the interface is one of the simplest.


All brands laptop battery in here, We sell cheap and high quality laptop batteries , Tablets battery, mobile phone battery, you choose

Xiaomi Poco M3 Pro smartphones battery
5000mAh 3.87V for Xiaomi Poco M3 Pro 5G, Xiaomi BN5A Li-ion battery is new brand, 100% compatible with original battery and replacement battery. Wholesale and retail Xiaomi BN5A batteries, high quality and low price!

Doro PhoneEasy 520X Review – P2 Calling, camera and battery life Review

Doro PhoneEasy 520X – Contacts and CallsA basic address book can store up to 300 different contact cards. Each entry can contain a name as well as home, office and mobile phone numbers.


There is also an option in the phone’s menu to enter ICE (In Case of Emergency) information. This includes medical details that may be useful assistance to first responders, such as blood type, allergies and medications. There’s also a handy emergency button on the back of the phone. If you hold it down, the phone will start dialing a list of up to five numbers until someone answers. It will also send emergency text messages to these numbers if no one is immediately available to answer the call. In terms of call quality, we have no complaints. The Doro Phone Easy 520X’s earpiece is louder than most other phones, but despite this, it doesn’t distort when set to

maximum volume. So it would be a good choice for those who have hearing difficulties
The quality of the microphone is very good, the voice is very clean, and overall the reception is very good. So, overall, this phone is a great phone for general calling tasks.
Doro PhoneEasy 520X – CameraThe phone’s camera features a low-end 3.0MP

sensor. The lens is fixed focus only, but the camera has an LED flash. The quality of the photos it takes is passable, but focus isn’t very sharp and colors are often a little too saturated. Doro PhoneEasy 520X – Apps and MultimediaThe 520X is a very basic phone, so there’s no way to install additional apps. However, it does have some handy built-in features, including a calculator, an alarm clock, a simple organizer that lets you set reminders for upcoming events, and an FM tuner with pretty good reception.Doro PhoneEasy 520X phone batterylife and connectivityAs you’d expect, the 520X has basic connectivity features. It supports 2G and 3G networks as well as Bluetooth. However, there’s no Wi-Fi, 4G or NFC support, although they’re not really relevant on a simple phone like this .
Doro claims 10 hours of talk time and over 14 days of standby time, which is about the same amount of time we got with this phone. Of course, that’s much longer than today’s smartphones.
Doro PhoneEasy 520X – ConclusionThe Doro PhoneEasy 520X isn’t feature-rich, but it’s well designed with the target market of older users in mind thanks to its easy-to-use menu system and large keypad. We also like a few extra features like the ICE contact screen and the help button on the back. If you’re looking for a basic and easy-to-use phone for an elderly relative, this is a great choice.

All kinds of Doro Cell Phone batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk.Doro Cell Phone Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Doro Cell Phone battery

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>Doro 8035 Long Life Battery Replacement

Spec Sheet: Sony, Lenovo, and Archos’ budget smartphone battle

There are a lot of products launched every week – we won’t highlight them all, but they all make it into The Verge database. In this weekly series of spec sheets, we survey the latest product entries to keep track of the latest technology.


Sony just launched an exciting new Xperia smartphone last week, but that doesn’t seem to be enough. This week, it’s back with two new devices, the Xperia E1 and Xperia T2 Ultra, two stylish smartphones aimed at emerging markets. But Sony isn’t ‘t ‘t the only manufacturer to launch low-cost phones recently. Both Lenovo and Archos have launched a range of devices that are sold around the world at very low prices. We’re taking a look at this latest group of phones to see which manufacturer offers the best in each size. LTE has become a decisive factor in low-cost mobile phonesSony and Lenovo have both released larger phones with 6-inch displays – the Sony Xperia T2 Ultra and the Lenovo S930. The devices are fairly comparable on paper, both sporting 1GB of RAM, 720p displays, and quad-core processors running at 1.4 and 1.3GHz respectively. These processors put them a little further apart than the numbers suggest, though. Sony uses Snapdragon 400 series processors, an older line but known for good performance, while Lenovo uses processors from MediaTek, which are usually only found in lower- end phones.


There’s another big difference between the two phones because of those processors: the Xperia T2 Ultra supports LTE, while the S930 only supports 3G. Most importantly, this gives Sony’s phone a clear advantage here – although since Sony hasn’t revealed exact pricing yet, it’s hard to say how clear-cut any decision between the two will be. However, Sony’s phone is likely to be more expensive. Sony suggests pricing the T2 Ultra at mid-range rather than low-end, with the Lenovo S930 priced at a more affordable $319.
While Sony skipped the 5-inch size in this week’s announcement, Lenovo and Archos have both addressed the issue recently. Unfortunately for Lenovo, it fell into the same trap. The Archos 50 Helium uses the same Qualcomm processor as the Sony Xperia T2 Ultra, so it’s capable of LTE and costs just $249.99. That puts Lenovo’s 5-inch A859 in the same spot as Sony’s big phone: comparable specs, a slightly lower price, but a far cry from the lack of LTE.


The final pair of devices is Archos’ 4.5-inch 45 Helium versus Sony’s 4-inch Xperia E1. Unfortunately, Sony doesn’t pack the small phone with the same power as other devices released this week, leaving the Xperia E1 with an as- yet-unspecified 1.2GHz processor and no LTE support. It also has half the memory of the 45 Helium, although their nearly identical screen resolutions give Sony’s phone a slight edge in pixel density. Otherwise, the 45 Helium may have more to offer. It includes LTE and will cost $199.99, with Sony once again planning to price its phone in the midrange.


Even if these phones aren’t the pinnacle of the field, they’re far from made up of years of duds. Clearly, as the cost of LTE continues to drop, low-cost phones are becoming more attractive, and this year, the technology may find its way into even more phones.
Manufacturers seem to have paused their efforts to release new products after CES, but we’ve still added a few new and old products to our database this week: If you’d like to find out more about any of the products mentioned above, all our information can be found via Find them in the database box below the article. For more information on phones, e-readers, and just about everything else, you can check out the full Verge database here.

All brands laptop battery in here, We sell cheap and high quality laptop batteries , Tablets battery, mobile phone battery, you choose

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>Sony Xperia T2 Ultra  Smartphone Battery

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>Lenovo S930  Smartphone Battery

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>Smartphone Battery for Archos 

Review Amoi N828 Smartphone

Amoi N828 is the manufacturer’s attempt to compete with established smartphone makers. The successor to Amoi’s N821, now available with a 4.5-inch display and a quad-core processor, is designed to give its competitors a lesson in fear. See if this works in our tests. We only recently tested the Amoi N821. Now we have its successor in our hands. Like its predecessor, the N828 has a unique rounded appearance and rubberized back. However, the internal functionality has been improved in many ways: instead of two , there are four working cores in the chassis, and the Amoi N821’s 2 GB of flash memory has been doubled.  Amoi N821’s Battery capacity, display format and resolution remain unchanged. It also still supports dual-SIM cards and comes with a low price of €180 (~$234).
Samsung Galaxy S Duos is a mid-range smartphone that also comes with dual-SIM functionality. Sony’s Xperia E Dual is a dual-SIM capable smartphone that costs about the same as the Amoi N828 but has a much smaller screen. The Jiayu G3 and Huawei Ascend W1 are also from China and come in the same price range. The Samsung Galaxy Express and Google Nexus 4 are mid-range and high-end in terms of performance and connectivity. software


Amoi N828 is powered by the latest version of Google Android operating system: 4.2.2 Jelly Bean. There are very few changes compared to the previous version. It now offers quick access to frequently used functions in a drop-down menu at the top of the screen, and it also has some new features like “Turn on and off by schedule.” Overall, though, not much has changed. At least the user interface is in English, so you don’t have to dig through Chinese menus first to finally get to the language settings.
There are just a few extra apps installed: one of them is in Chinese, which won’t make much sense to Western users. Apart from that, it also has a laptop app and equalizer as well as sound improvements for speakers and headphones.


Communications and Global Positioning SystemQuad-band GSM and dual-band UMTS are common among mid-range smartphones. The Amoi N828 is both. The manufacturer has also installed WLAN 802.11 b/g/n and Bluetooth 3.0. The WLAN module was only average in the range test: at a distance of 10 meters (~33 feet) and through 3 walls, only 3/4 of the received power was still available. If you add a fourth wall, it only receives half the power.


A GPS module is also installed. Although the satellite signal it received wasn’t as clear as other devices, it was still able to pinpoint its location precisely: the difference was just slightly less than four meters (about 13 feet). Measurements up to several meters long are possible even in enclosed spaces.

phone functionAmoi will not change the Google-integrated phone app. This is not necessary as the way it works is very intuitive and reliable. Only one mistake was made; even in German settings, if you want to add a number to a contact, the message appears in English. Amoi N828 battery lifeEven though the Amoi N828 is equipped with a 7.6-watt-hour  Amoi Cell Phone battery, its battery life was actually only middling in real-world WLAN testing: 5 hours and 26 hours, almost twice as long as the Sony Xperia E. A powerful battery can only reach its potential when charged. Loaded up and fully achieved a good run time of 4:05 hours.


What particularly caught our attention during testing was that the Amoi N828 requires very little energy when on standby: it can therefore last up to a week when not in use. But in practice, the Amoi N828’s Amoi N828  battery drained faster. We rated its Amoi Mobile Batteries runtime as “Very Good” due to its long standby time and good runtime under load.

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>Amoi A820W A862W Long Life Battery Replacement

Best Bose speakers: Top picks to experience immersive bass

The best Bose speakers are trusted by famous brands. (Pixabay)Nevertheless, Bose speakers have long been synonymous with premium sound quality and innovative technology. Known for its meticulous engineering and attention to detail, Bose has carved a niche in the audio industry, delivering immersive audio experiences for music lovers and audiophiles. If you’re looking for crystal clear sound reproduction, you can’t go anywhere but Bose. Bose speakers deliver a balanced soundstage that captures every nuance of your music.


Now that we’ve given you enough reasons to buy, if you want to really invest in a Bose speaker but don’t know which one to choose, read our list of the 10 best Bose speakers.
Also Read: Best Speakers with Microphones: Explore 10 Best Options in 20241. Bose Soundlink Micro Bluetooth Speaker
You won’t be able to forget the Bose Sound Link Micro Bluetooth speaker because its sound is excellent for its size. Its unique technology delivers deep bass and powerful, clean sound. With its small size, durable silicone shell, and ripstop straps, the SoundLink Micro Bluetooth Speaker is the best Bose speaker for any type of event. Whether attached to the handlebars or backpack, it produces clear, bass-heavy sound. It is impermeable from the inside out.
This tiny Bluetooth speaker uses purpose-built transducers and passive radiators to produce clear, balanced music and deep bass. It provides a rich listening experience. The speaker comes with a rechargeable lithium-ion Bose SoundLink Micro Bluetooth Speakers Battery , and the Bluetooth Speakers Battery has six hours of battery life. It stays tight at all times thanks to the tear-resistant straps. Place it on your handlebars or bag for worry-free entertainment. The SoundLink Micro’s compact size and powerful output translate into clear, loud sound. 
Bose Soundlink Micro Bluetooth Speaker Specifications
Model: Soundlink Micro


Bose Soundlink Micro Bluetooth Speakers Battery Battery  Life: 6 hours
Output power: 5W
Weight: 340g
2. Bose Wi-Fi, Wireless, Bluetooth Portable Home Speaker
The Bose Portable Home Speaker is a wireless home speaker that is a Bluetooth speaker with voice-activated technology. You can take this lightweight speaker with you when you leave the house and move it from room to room. Plus, no matter where you listen or what you’re listening to, you’ll hear it all with stunning 360-degree Bose sound.


Portable Home Speakers Elegant Bose sound equipment with powerful delivers bass crystal clear music in all directions simultaneously. Portable home speakers can be used as smart speakers anywhere there is Wi-Fi. Use a portable smart speaker to stream music from popular services like Spotify, Amazon Music, and Pandora from anywhere over Wi-Fi. AirPlay 2 allows Apple users to stream audio from their devices.
Bose Wi-Fi, Wireless, Bluetooth Portable Home Speaker Specs
Model: Bose smart speaker
Bluetooth Speakers Battery  life: 12 hours
Power: 10W
Weight: 1.06kg
3.Bose SoundLink Flex Maximizes sound quality with its PositionIQ technology.
Bose SoundLink Flex specifications
Model: SoundLink Flex
SoundLink Flex battery life: 12 hours
Output power: 5W
Weight: 793 grams


This small, portable Bluetooth speaker is called the Bose SoundLink Revolve II. The Bose SoundLink Revolve (Series II) features a rubber top and smooth plastic construction for an elegant look. Due to its neutral sound profile, the Revolve II is the best Bose speaker for listening to a variety of audio files. Thanks to its 360-degree shape, it also has excellent directivity, creating a wide and spacious soundstage. Its unique design includes an omnidirectional acoustic reflector, two passive radiators and a vertically stacked downward-facing transducer to emit sound evenly in all directions.
In addition to buttons, you can use Siri or Google Assistant to perform basic commands via voice commands, such as “Play [song] by [artist] on Spotify.” To eliminate the need for constant charging, Bose also offers an alternative charging dock for the speaker, allowing you to choose the placement on your shelf.
Bose SoundLink Revolve specifications
Model: SoundLink Revolve (Series II)
Bose SoundLink Revolve battery  life: 10 hours
The Bose SoundLink Flex is another one of the best Bose speakers, built and designed for its intended outdoor use case. The Bose SoundLink Flex produces “room-filling sound”; it’s clear and accurate. Smooth frequency range integration and plenty of Bose power allow for noticeable volume changes or shifts in sonic emphasis. Bose says the SoundLink Flex can run for up to 12 hours when the battery is fully charged. A USB-C to USB-A charging cable is included in the package; however, the power adapter is not included.


SoundLink Flex is fully dustproof and waterproof, and has been widely tested to achieve an IP67 rating. Its resilient casing can withstand almost any accident, and its powder-coat finish resists rust, corrosion, and UV rays. It also won’t flake or peel. SoundLink Flex instantly adapts to its

Online shopping for bose Other batteries is security. Get 30% off buy bose Other battery.All bose model batteries are brand new,1 year Warranty, Secure Online Ordering Guaranteed!

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>7.2V 2200Mah /15.84Wh Bose 071473 Long Life Battery Replacement



Scientists develop a revolutionary edible battery that could soon power children’s toys — here’s what it’s made of

Scientists have developed a revolutionary edible battery that could soon power children’s toys – it’s made from food and provides energy for us humans, but soon it may also be powering our electronic devices.


Researchers at the Italian Institute of Technology have developed the world’s first rechargeable battery made from food, making it completely edible. This unique property makes it possible for use in internal gastrointestinal diagnostic instruments, food quality monitoring, and edible soft robots.


“Potential future uses include edible circuits and sensors that can monitor health conditions, as well as powering sensors that monitor food storage conditions,” said Mario Caironi, coordinator of the Printed and Molecular Electronics Laboratory and principal investigator at the IIT Center in Milan, according to a press release.
Influenced by the biochemical reactions that occur in all living things, the scientists used riboflavin (vitamin B2) as the anode and the plant flavonoid quercetin as the cathode. The former is found in almonds, dairy products and meat, while the latter is found in capers, citrus fruits and green leafy vegetables.


The team also used activated carbon and water-based electrolytes to increase conductivity, nori (a roasted seaweed) as a separator to prevent short circuits, and food-grade gold foil as beeswax-covered electrodes.
The entire device operates at 0.65 volts and can produce 48 microamps for 12 minutes, meaning it’s safe for human ingestion but still provides enough energy for low-power LEDs.


“Given the safety level of these children’s toy batteries, they can be used in children’s toys where the risk of ingestion is high,” Chironi said. 
The rechargeability of the battery adds to its potential advantages and environmental friendliness, with the research paper thereby stating that this feature “allows the battery to be reused where the application permits (eg, food monitoring), significantly reducing waste.”
Additionally, the team believes they can make edible batteries small enough to fit inside a pill. Cheroni noted that they are “already developing devices with greater capacity and reduced overall size.”


“This type of edible battery is also very interesting for the energy storage community,” adds study co-author Ivan Ilic. “With demand for batteries for children’s toys soaring, making them safer without using toxic materials Batteries are our challenge.”
“While our edible batteries cannot power electric vehicles, they demonstrate that batteries can be made from safer materials than current lithium-ion batteries. We believe they will inspire other scientists to create safer batteries for a truly sustainable future,” he continued. 


Join our free newsletter for weekly updates on the coolest innovations that improve our lives and save the planet.

Shop Laptop Batteries ,Laptop AC Adapters, Notebook Batteries and Notebook Chargers from HP, Lenovo, DELL, Panasonic Asus and more! Batteryforpc.co.uk offers the best prices, shipping & top-rated customer service! Order today

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>Weili K989 K969 Mini-Q Mosquito Car Long Life Battery Replacement

Asus ROG Zephyrus G14 hands-on

We still don’t know how much the G14 will cost when it launches in Q1. The laptop will be available in multiple configurations, with up to an AMD Ryzen R9 8945 HS processor, up to 32GB of RAM, and 2TB of SSD storage. In addition to the integrated AMD Radeon 780M graphics card, the G14 is available in a variety of configurations, from an Nvidia GeForce RTX 4060 GPU with 6GB VRAM to an RTX 4090 GPU with 16GB VRAM.


One thing that all G14 configurations have in common is a 14-inch display. The OLED panel features 3K (2880 x 1800) resolution, 120Hz refresh rate, and is ASUS Nebula certifiedG14 series slimming down for the New Year. It’s 20% thinner than its predecessor, and Asus has managed to shave off some thickness on the 2024 model, which is an impressive 25% thinner. The Zephyrus G14 measures 12.2 x 8.7 x 0.64 ~ 0.62 inches and weighs just 3.3 pounds, making it lighter than the Razer Blade 14 (4.1 pounds, 12.2 x 8.9 x 0.7 inches) and only slightly heavier than the Asus ROG Flow X13 (2.9 pounds). pounds, 11.8 x 8.4 x 0.74 inches) The Zephyrus G14 has six ports on its slim body, including a USB 4.0 port on the left side, USB 3.2 Gen2 Type-A, an HDMI 2.1 port, and an audio jack. On the right is USB 3.2 Gen2 Type-C and a proprietary charging port.

Since I’m reviewing a pre-production model, we weren’t able to benchmark color reproduction and accuracy. But what I’ve seen looks good to me. The laptop comes pre-installed with Dolby Vision, so those who want to tweak the color temperature a bit can. While “Bright” works for most people, I like my tints to almost burn my eyeballs, so for me, this is just the “Vivid” preset. Like its big brother, the Asus ROG Zephyrus G16, Asus has given the G14 six top-mounted speakers (two tweeters, four speakers), and despite having 1.7mm of key travel, I found the keys to be a bit mushy at the time of writing. Review the shape. Still, I managed to beat my usual 70 words per minute mark at 75 WPM on the 10fastfingers test. The trackpad also experienced a growth spurt, increasing in size by 3.3%, which gave me plenty of room to maneuver. The bottom edge deploys with a nice springy click , and Windows 11 multi-touch gestures allow for near-instant results. When available, the ROG Zephyrus G14 will run Nvidia’s current 4000-series chips, starting with the RTX 4050 GPU all the way up to the RTX 4090 GPU. While we don ‘t have pricing at the moment, it’s a safe bet that anything over the 4070 will cost you over $2,000. My pre-production device has a 4060 GPU and 8GB VRAM. This means I had no issues playing Cyberpunk at high settings and native resolution Street Fighter 6 and Baldur’s Gate also ran smoothly. But since this isn’t a final product, I can’t do any real benchmarking. You’ll have to keep an eye out for the full review.

The Zephyrus G14 is coming soon, powered by the AMD Ryzen R9 8945 HS processor, one of AMD’s new Ryzen 9 CPUs. The 8945 HS CPU is a member of AMD’s Hawk Point family of chips and features 8 Zen 4 cores. The HS in the chip’s nomenclature indicates that it’s one of the more powerful chips in the latest series. It will have some minor improvements compared to the previous generation AMD Ryzen R9 7940HS CPU. The Zephyrus G14 comes with a 73WHr Zephyrus G14  battery and I was keen to put its performance through the Laptop Mag Asus  Laptop Battery Test (150 consecutive times over Wi-Fi). nits brightness) and our gaming test (PCMark 10 script) to see how long it lasts. It has some big shoes to fill, as the original G14 was our most durable gaming laptop ever, and the Asus ROG Zephyrus G14 has over 12 hours of  Asus ROG Zephyrus G14 battery life.


bottom lineThe Asus ROG Zephyrus G14 has a long history with the folks at Laptop Mag and has wowed us with its impressive performance and durability. It did take a dip last year, but it looks like the 2024 G14 version is poised to make a strong comeback. It’s slimmer than the previous model and features an all-new design. It is one of the first ROG-branded laptops to feature an OLED panel.


While this laptop is absolutely aesthetically stunning, it promises to be the king of mid-range laptops thanks to its AMD Ryzen 9 processor and Nvidia RTX 4000 series graphics cards. While I’m curious about how this laptop will handle AI performance, I’ m still interested in seeing how this laptop performs in our benchmarks, especially if we get a configuration with an RTX 4070 GPU.

15.4V 76Wh Asus C41N1908 Long Life Battery Replacement
ASUS C41N1908 lithium-ion battery is new brand and compatible with 100% original and replacement batteries. Wholesale and retail ASUS C41N1908 battery, high quality and low price!

What Would It Take to Double a Cell Phone’s Battery Life?

The power of mobile devices could be doubled, but researchers are first focusing on improving larger smartphone batteries. How is it possible that a phone can do so many things—summon a car, order groceries, make video calls, count footsteps—and still drain its battery so quickly? The constant charging required seems outdated for such a smart device. Why hasn’t anyone made a better phone battery?


“To have a smartphone battery that lasts a week or more, you need to look for batteries with higher energy density – that’s the basic thing you’re looking for,” said Venkat Srini, a materials scientist in charge of energy storage and research Venkat Srinivasan said. Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory’s Distributed Resources Division. Batteries are very complex objects, so it is difficult to achieve any kind of continuous improvement. “Energy density refers to the amount of energy stored within a smartphone battery. To extend the charging time of a phone or laptop battery to a week, researchers will need to double the battery’s energy density in the next few years. Recent improvements in phone batteries have allowed Energy density is increasing by about 5% to 6% per year, which means a smartphone or laptop can be used for several more hours.


How can you double your phone’s battery life?The power of mobile devices could be doubled, but researchers are first focusing on improving larger batteries.

How is it possible that a phone can do so much—summon a car, order groceries, make video calls, count footsteps—yet drain its battery so quickly? The constant charging required seems outdated for such a smart device. Why hasn’t anyone made a better phone battery?


“To have a smartphone battery that lasts a week or more, you need to look for batteries with higher energy density – that’s the basic thing you’re looking for,” said Venkat Srini, a materials scientist in charge of energy storage and research Venkat Srinivasan said. Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory’s Distributed Resources Division.
“Smartphone batteries are very complex objects, so it’s difficult to get any kind of continuous improvement.”Energy density refers to the amount of energy stored within a battery. To extend the charging time of a cell phone orlaptop batteryto a week, researchers will need to double the battery’s energy density in the next few years. Recent improvements to smartphone batteries have increased energy density by about 5% to 6% per year, meaning a smartphone or laptop can be used for several more hours.

Shop Laptop Batteries ,Laptop AC Adapters, Notebook Batteries and Notebook Chargers from HP, Lenovo, DELL, Panasonic Asus and more! Batteryforpc.co.uk offers the best prices, shipping & top-rated customer service! Order today

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>3.86V 4323mAh Apple A2830 Long Life Battery Replacement

Oukitel WP33 Pro has a 22,000 mAh battery and a huge speaker on the back

The new Oukitel WP33 Pro proudly defies thinness. and lightweight smartphones. It has an absolutely insane 22,000 mAh Oukitel WP33 Pro smartphone battery, which it claims is the largest phone battery ever. The phone weighs 577.5 grams and is 27.2mm thick. Now, here’s a device you’ll never forget you have in your pocket! That is, if you have reinforced pockets, because we’re not sure regular pockets can handle something like this without bursting at the seams.


The Oukitel WP33 Pro is also quite wide at 84mm, making it likely impossible for anyone (including NBA players) to hold and operate it with one hand. At least the height is within normal limits at 175.4mm. It is powered by MediaTek Dimensity 6100 + chipset paired with 8GB LPDDR4x RAM and 256GB UFS 2.2 storage. The screen is a 6.6-inch 1,080×2,408 IPS panel with a 60 Hz refresh rate and 450 nits brightness. It has Gorilla Glass 5 on top.


The main camera on the rear features a 64 MP Sony IMX686 1/1.73″ sensor with f/1.89 aperture and LED flash. You also get a 20 MP night vision camera with a Sony IMX350 1/1.78″ sensor with f/2.2 aperture Sensor and infrared fill light. Finally, there’s the 2 MP macro camera made by BYD (best known for electric cars, but appears to have branches as well). Selfies are taken care of by a 32 MP camera using Sony IMX616 sensor. The main function on the back has nothing to do with the camera, though. This is an absolutely insane 5W speaker that measures 36mm in diameter and has a maximum loudness of 136dB.


According to Oukitel’s own measurements, the iPhone 15’s speakers top out at 98dB, the sirens are around 109dB, outdoor speakers typically hit 116dB, and jet engines produce 120dB, and the WP33 Pro’s speakers are even better than that. It also features “8D immersive stereo surround” sound, because 3, 4, 5, 6 or even 7 are definitely not enough. The WP33 Pro supports 33W wired charging (taking 5 hours from 0 to 100%), as well as 18W reverse wired charging to charge other devices via its massive Oukitel smartphone battery. The phone is IP68 dust and water resistant, IP69K certified to withstand high-pressure water jets, and MIL-STD-810H certified to withstand a 1.5 m drop. The fingerprint sensor is located on the side. It runs Android 13, and you most likely won’t expect any updates.

All kinds of Oukitel Cell Phone  batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Oukitel Cell Phone  Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Oukitel Cell Phone  battery.

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>Oukitel WP22 Long Life Battery Replacement

Eurocom P7 Pro (Clevo P770ZM) Notebook Review

The 17.3-inch Eurocom P7 Pro is based on the latest 15.6-inch Clevo P750ZM design we introduced in the Eurocom P5 Pro Extreme.  As mentioned in our previous review, these systems are designed to handle LGA1150 socket desktop processors with overclocking potential. The end result is a performance level that’s higher than even the best gaming laptops currently available from Alienware, Asus, or MSI. Let’s see how far we can push this top-tier Eurocom console.

Clevo is moving away from the bulky, boxy and boring look of past models in favor of something more modern, but not too outlandish to the point of sacrificing any accessibility. Barebone manufacturers are still using heavy-duty ABS matte plastic to provide a more professional and sturdy quality compared to the aluminum solutions that other gaming laptops might use. The outer cover and palm rest are lightly rubberized to provide a more premium feel rather than just hard plastic. However, this does attract fingerprints and grease more easily. The bottom edge tapers very noticeably, making the laptop look thinner than it actually is As a result, its front edge is only 16mm thick, while its rear edge is 38mm thick.
The build quality is very good considering the size of the device. The base is sturdy and doesn’t twist or cause major warping when pressure is applied to the center of the keyboard. The hinge can reach a maximum angle of 135 degrees, so the display won’t wobble when typing. Applying pressure to the center of the cover will still cause some slight warping, as will twisting the display from side to side, but it’s mostly minor enough to not be a cause for concern. The bezels are slightly smaller, but feel thicker than the Eurocom X7’s thin plastic bezels.


Compared to other popular 17.3-inch gaming laptops, the Eurocom is thinner and smaller than the MSI GT72 and the particularly thick Asus ROG G751. Some laptops are indeed thinner, such as the Alienware 17 R2, but this Eurocom comes with a more demanding CPU and cooling system than the models listed here. In fact, the P7 Pro weights about the same as the GT72 (3.85kg vs 3.82kg), despite the obvious size difference between them. communicationWLAN comes standard with Intel 7265 supporting 802.11ac, Bluetooth 4.0, and dual-band (2×2) connectivity up to 867 Mbps. Qualcomm Killer 1525 options are also available for more gaming-centric features and optimizations. We had no issues with our Intel M .2 module when connected to our home network.

AccessoriesEurocom comes right out of the box with a quick start manual and a driver and utility CD. Also included are extra screws and some thermal paste. Carrying cases, VGA adapters and other cables are available directly from the dealer.

touchpadThe slightly redesigned touchpad (10.75 x 6.25 cm) is very sturdy, has no cursor issues and glides smoothly. Synaptics V7.5 lets users customize

Compared to competing models, the P7 Pro’s brightness and contrast are just as good. The Alienware 17 R2’s display is slightly better overall in terms of color accuracy and grayscale, and requires no calibration.  Alienware 17 R2 battery  lifePairing a 65 W CPU with a 100 W GTX 980M without Optimus will naturally result in excessive battery life. Under optimal conditions, we were able to squeeze out a little over 2.5 hours of idle time in battery saver mode at lowest brightness. Runtime will be reduced when using Wi-Fi or playing games, but only by an hour or so at most.


The removable 82 Wh  lithium-ion battery  pack has a slightly smaller capacity than competing 17.3-inch gaming models. For example, the Alienware 17 R2 has nearly 20% more Alienware 17 R2 battery power. The benefits of owning an Optimus are clear from the comparison chart below. We can easily say that the Eurocom P7 Pro is the best 17.3-inch gaming laptop in terms of raw performance and features. You won’t find a laptop anywhere else that has a standard LGA1150 slot, an MXM 3.0b slot , and PCIe x4 expansion all in one package. Its respectable CPU overclocking potential, excellent Boost performance, and customizable fan controls are just gravy on the otherwise solid Clevo platform. Tinkerers and hobbyists don’t need to look elsewhere for end-user customization and extensibility. 


Meanwhile, the new Core i7-5775C far outperforms the current mobile champion, the i7-4980HQ, in multi-core benchmarks, and its extensive overclocking headroom puts it very close to the more power-hungry Core i7-4790K.


There’s room for improvement, such as adding dedicated macro keys, additional legacy ports, and higher-capacity battery options. The 1080p display is great, but not as impressive as the rest of the notebook. TheEurocom P7 Pro’s short battery life and loud fan noise while gaming are also obvious drawbacks of this type of system. Even so, these are minor quibbles in what is an excellent, stable, and expensive gaming system. 
We can easily say that the Eurocom P7 Pro is the best 17.3-inch gaming laptop in terms of raw performance and features.

All kinds of Clevo Laptop batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Clevo Laptop Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Clevo Laptop battery.

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>11.4V 6780mAh Clevo PD50BAT-6-80 Long Life Battery Replacement

Fujitsu Laptop Catches Fire Due to Bad Battery, Company Launches Recall

Lenovo recently initiated a laptop recall in the US and Canada over concerns that could cause some models of laptops to overheat and eventually catch fire, and now Fujitsu is doing the same because there appears to be an issue with laptop batteries on some laptops, and workstation .


One such laptop included in the recall has caught fire, according to the US Consumer Product Safety Commission (US CPSC), but no other details were provided beyond the fact that the incident occurred in Canada. The most likely possibility is that the laptop battery overheated and caused the device to catch fire, but this is pure speculation at this time.


The culprit of the problem isn’t the devices themselves, but the Panasonic lithium-ion battery packs they use. The US Consumer Product Safety Commission said about 5,800 units are affected in the United States and 606 in Canada.


Stop using laptopAccording to their recall announcement, ” Lithium-ion battery  packs may overheat, posing burn and fire hazards to consumers.” Fujitsu has agreed to replace the   Fujitsu laptop batteries  with new ones.


Affected models include the Fujitsu Celest H720 and various LifeBook models – you can see the full list in the table at the end of the article. The recalled batteries are product numbers CP556150-03, CP579060-01 and CP629458-03. You can determine if your device is included by checking the white label on the battery of your  Fujitsu LifeBook  battery and comparing the numbers to those in the table below. Intend.


“Consumers should immediately stop using the recalled   laptop  battery  pack, turn off power to the laptop, remove the battery, and follow the instructions for a free replacement battery pack. Consumers should only use the laptop by plugging it into AC power until they receive a replacement  Fujitsu   laptop battery pack,” The US Consumer Product Safety Commission said.

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>11.1V 48Wh Fujitsu FPB0278 Long Life Battery Replacement

DOOV V1’s specs leaked,another rotating camera phone from China

Two months after its release, new details of Nick Mobile, a collaboration between famous Chinese video website Tudou and DOOV Mobile, have finally emerged.
Recently, a new mobile phone from DOOV Battery obtained a network access license from the Ministry of Information Industry’s website. Its model number is DOOV V1. The phone comes with a rotating camera and is exactly the same design as the upcoming DOOV Ni Ke phone that was leaked some time ago, confirming that the DOOV V1 and DOOV Ni Ke are identical.


You can see that the camera design in the MIIT photo of the V1 is very similar to that of the Nickelodeon phone. Typically, the face of the phone is aligned with the camera (the V1 is 8.5mm thick). The camera can rotate 180 degrees to facilitate users to take selfies. Only Tudou phones in China can have such a design. According to the Ministry of Industry and Information Technology website, it only has 13mp, but as a phone dedicated to shooting videos and photos, it should have a better resolution. Will this be a special edition? It also features dual-color LED lights.


As for other specifications, DOOV V1 has a 1.5GHz quad processor (probably MTK MT6732), 2G RAM, 16G ROM, 5-inch high-definition screen, and supports TD-LTE, TD-SCDMA and GSM.

All kinds of Doov Cell Phone batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Doov Cell Phone Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Doov Cell Phone battery

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>Cheap Doov Doov V5 V8 Li-ion Battery, Doov V5 V8 Replacement Battery for Doov V5 V8

Coolpad Note 6 review: Good battery life but that can’t save it

Most smartphone manufacturers in India focus on the budget segment. This is where the sales are in the sub-Rs 10,000 price point segment. This is why Xiaomi, Motorola, Nokia, Honor, etc. are paying attention. Coolpad has also paid great attention to this area in the past. But it fell silent after a while last year. Perhaps it is reworking its India strategy. Now in mid-2018, the company is making another foray into the mainstream smartphone market with the launch of the Coolpad Note 6 The phone was launched last month with a starting price of Rs 8,999.

The price is for the 32GB variant and the 64GB variant will cost an additional Rs 1,000 and comes with a price tag of Rs 9,999. The Coolpad Note 6 is the successor to last year’s Coolpad Note 5, which focused on design and a good display. We reviewed the Coolpad Note 5 and found it to be one of the best-looking smartphones in its price segment. Unfortunately, that’s not the case with the Coolpad Note 6. I ‘ve been using the phone for a week, and I can say that I don’t find any wow factor in the Note 6’s design. Instead, it’s a phone you can really like. Well, it’s called boring.

Coolpad Note 6 designLook away. It’s a boring phone, even with most other phones in this price range. As mentioned, the Note 6 has a basic design. From the front, the Note 6 looks just like the older Samsung Galaxy J series models. From the back , the Note 6 looks different, yet ordinary. It has a camera on the rear and an LED flash in the far left corner. This is an all-plastic phone, but just to add some style to the device, Coolpad cut the plastic in odd patterns around the camera module. This looks weird to me, although it’s a matter of taste. If the camera performs well, this is rarely a problem.

On the front, the Coolpad Note 6 comes with a fingerprint sensor, located just below the display. Almost all phones in this price range have fingerprint sensors, and most are capable of recognizing finger touches very well. Unfortunately, that’s not the case with the Coolpad Note 6. The fingerprint sensor in this phone misread it for me multiple times and most of the time I had to enter my passcode to unlock the phone.

Coolpad Note 6 screenThe Coolpad Note 6’s design is boring. How about the monitor? Good enough? Answer: Not too bad. There’s nothing outstanding about the Coolpad Note 6’s display. There are other similarly priced phones on the market that have much better, colorful displays than the Coolpad Note 6.
The smartphone features a 5.5-inch Full HD display with a resolution of 1920 x 1080 pixels. On top of the display, the Coolpad Note 6 includes a layer of Corning Gorilla Glass 3, which is meant to protect the phone from scratches and other external damage. Coolpad should have put extra effort into the display, considering how important it is to a phone. Overall user experience.

The phone’s screen is dull. But there’s a bigger problem. I found that the display wasn’t bright enough. It’s very difficult to use your phone in bright sunlight. Even with the brightness level at maximum, I could barely see the screen. Pixel main camera and 5-megapixel secondary sensor capable of taking 120-degree wide-angle selfies. This is a handy feature for group clicking selfies. There’s also an additional fill light feature that helps you take better photos in low-light situations. While These features sound great, the actual performance doesn’t live up to the talk. In my experience, almost all selfies taken with the Coolpad Note 6 appear grainy and lack detail. This is done using two selfie cameras – the main camera and the wide -angle camera. Even in good lighting, the selfie camera is disappointing.
Coolpad Note 6 performanceThe smartphone is powered by a 1.4GHz octa-core Qualcomm Snapdragon 435 chipset and is paired with 4GB of RAM. Coolpad Note 6 comes in two models – one with 32GB internal storage and the other with 64GB storage. Overall, the Coolpad Note 6 is capable of handling day-to-day tasks, but can experience lag in certain situations. For example, it’s a bit difficult when you switch between open apps. Moving from one application to another takes a lot of time. Your phone can also slow down when too many apps are running in the background. Apps like Facebook, Instagram, WhatsApp etc. scroll very slowly. This clearly shows that Coolpad needs to work on the Note 6’s software optimization.


Overall, the Coolpad Note 6 struggles to handle multitasking. But surprisingly, the phone handles gaming well enough, although although you don’t have too many apps running in the background. The smartphone performed well while running games like Subway Surfers, Temple Run 2 , and even handled GPU-intensive games like Asphalt 8: Asphalt quite well.

The Note 6’s software is disappointing. The smartphone runs Android 7.1 Nougat and is customized with Journey UI. Android Nougat has been around for almost two years. The Coolpad Note 6 also comes with an outdated security patch (December 2017). Alas, when will Android phone companies realize that security is important? There’s no word yet on whether the Coolpad Note 6 will be upgraded to Oreo, let alone this year’s flagship version of Android, Android P. Android in the Note 6 has been heavily customized by Coolpad using Journey UI. The phone comes pre-installed with apps like UC Browser, Facebook, UC News, Prime Video, Amazon, Ola cab and more.


Coolpad Note 6 batterylifeThe battery is the best part of the Coolpad Note 6. When it launched the phone last month, Coolpad promised that the Note 6 would offer at least a full day of  Coolpad Note battery  life. After using this phone for a week, I can say that Coolpad delivers on its promises. Coolpad Note 6 comes with a large 4070mAh  Coolpad Note 6 battery  which the company claims can provide 350 hours of standby time. For me, the phone lasted close to 12 to 14 hours with rigorous usage, which is pretty good for a phone in this price range. If used properly, you will easily find that this phone has a battery life of 18 to 19 hours. Overall, I can say that the Coolpad Note 6 is an ideal choice for those who want a portable Android phone with long battery life.


Should you buy it?Before answering this question, please note this: the Coolpad Note 6 is an offline exclusive. The smartphone is currently available in over 300 retail stores in the country. So you can actually buy it, unlike most Xiaomi and Redmi phones which are rarely in stock .

All kinds of Coolpad Cell Phone batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Coolpad Cell Phone Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Coolpad Cell Phone battery.

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>3.8V 4.35V 3000mAh/11.4WH Coolpad CPLD-366 Long Life Battery Replacement

Phonak Launches Lithium-ion Rechargeable Battery Hearing Aids

Phonak, a global provider of hearing aids and wireless communications solutions, is launching its next-generation hearing aid product platform, Belong, which integrates lithium-ion charging capabilities into hearing aids

Phonak hearing aid battery technology. The new Aude?o B receiver-in-canal (RIC) product and lithium-ion rechargeable hearing aid Aude?

oBR, based on Palio 3 technology and designed to simplify consumers’ lives, will be available in the US market in August 2016, followed by Later in Europe in September. YouTube video highlights features of the new Audeño BR. The Belong platform launches alongside the new Audeño B RIC product less than 24 months after the launch of the Phonak Venture platform. New products include AutoSense OS: a system designed to further enhance hearing performance. The new Belong platform includes the Audeño BR, reportedly the first hearing aid with a built-in lithium-ion rechargeable battery that provides 24-hour* hearing. Phonak says the Aude ?o BR is the fastest-charging and longest-lasting rechargeable hearing aid ever.

“Consumers are becoming increasingly active and require hearing solutions that automatically keep up with their lifestyles,” said the organization’s Martin Grieder, vice president of Phonak. “Audeño B demonstrates our clear commitment to pioneering innovative, life-changing hearing solutions in the market. This breakthrough technology provides consumers with the first lithium-ion rechargeable hearing aid that delivers 24 hours of hearing aid in just 3 hours of charge. Hours of hearing aid time Hours of listening time*.”


In its new product announcement, Phonak cited new research from Marke Trak, which shows that rechargeablePhonak batteries and rechargeable hearing aids top the list of features hearing aid users seek most. Phonak reports that it used this insight to create Audeño BR after years of research, development and intensive testing. Today, lithium-ion batteries are the fastest growing and most promising battery technology, providing 40% more power than traditional rechargeable Phonak hearing aid batteries.
Phonak rechargeable hearing aids also come with smart charging options, making them ideal for people who are constantly on the move. The 30-minute fast-charging option gives you 6 hours of immediate use. Additionally, lithium-ion batteries are designed to last the entire life of a hearing aid, even after years of repeated recharging. In addition, the battery box is sealed, eliminating the tedious work of regularly replacing batteries. The new technology is also environmentally friendly, with users typically using around 100 batteries and hearing aids each year. The power pack easily connects to the Phonak charging case and can fully charge 2 hearing aids 7 times, making it ideal for short trips without a power source. In addition, Phonak also offers compact mini chargers, providing users with full flexibility.


“Less than two years after the successful launch of the Venture product platform, Phonak once again demonstrates its strong commitment to pioneering innovative, life-changing hearing solutions,” said Lukas Braunschweiler, CEO of Sonova. “The fastest charging ever, The longest lasting rechargeable hearing aid will transform our industry in terms of ease of use. This is further evidence of our commitment to empowering consumers to live a life without limitations. I believe this groundbreaking new product will further advance our industry development.” Support Sonova’s long-term , sustainable growth.

3.7V 450mAh 1.67Wh Phonak AE482539P Long Life Battery Replacement
450mAh 1.67Wh 3.7V for Phonak ComPilot AE482539P,Phonak AE482539P Li-ion battery is a new brand and it is compatible with 100% original and replacement battery. Wholesale and retail of Phonak AE482539P battery is of high quality and low price!

Samsung Galaxy Book S review (Qualcomm 8cx): Super battery life, subpar app access

With Qualcomm hardware, Samsung delivers superior Samsung laptop battery life and 4G connectivity.  But ARM architecture means application limitations, so be careful. When it comes to portable laptops, Samsung’s Galaxy Book S definitely has the right idea. This slim clamshell laptop weighs less than a kilogram and can accommodate SIM cards for use. Mobile 4G connectivity, thanks to the Qualcomm Snapdragon 8cx platform, delivers ultra-long Galaxy Book S battery life What’s the point, without an Intel processor? not here. You may have heard of Qualcomm in Android phones before, and that’s pretty good too, but in laptops, things are a little different. This is an ARM-based platform, which means you can’t run full Windows (but Windows 10 S), so not all apps will be available.  


The question of how this will affect you is more controversial than it sounds. We like using the Galaxy Book S as a portable typewriter—in some ways it feels like a Chromebook on Windows, many of which are now being pushed into pricier markets. , if you want a laptop that costs nearly a fortune to be able to do more heavy lifting with a variety of applications, such as full Photoshop, then it might not be for you.
Our quick actionOn one hand, the Samsung Galaxy Book S is great: it’s lightweight, looks great, and lasts a long time. If you’re a busy person who wants 4G/LTE and doesn’t need access to complex apps, this is a dream – we’d have it over a similarly priced Chromebook.

For the right person, the Galaxy Book S could be a good choice. We’re just not sure how many of them exist. If that’s the case, then there are plenty of other options on the market at this price point, and a little research might lead you to buy something else (see below) – even if the  Galaxy Book S battery  life won’t be as good.

The small form factor means there aren’t many ports, but it’s very much in step with current trends. Its two USB-C ports – neither of which supports Thunderbolt – are open for peripheral use, or as charging ports. In a product this thin, we wouldn’t expect a full-size USB port – although Microsoft is still managing it in the Surface – but in today’s cloud-centric world (cutting the future), that’s no longer an issue.


There’s also a headphone jack, so you can plug in those over-ear headphones if you’re not connected via Bluetooth. Signing in is easy thanks to the fingerprint sensor on the power button. It’s fast and a bit like the Touch ID implementation on the MacBook Pro, which utilizes Windows Hello – however, this isn’t Windows Hello Face, as the 720p camera onboard here isn’t compatible with the required facial recognition.

The display itself is a TFT LCD, which might come as a bit of a surprise considering Samsung’s push for AMOLED panels in phones like the S20. The latter technology means it’s organically emissive, meaning individual pixels can emit light – better for deeper blacks and energy -saving potential, depending on what’s being displayed. As LCD panels go, though, this one has a lot to brag about: it’s bright, colorful, has decent viewing angles, and has adequate resolution (Full HD, not 2K or 4K). Our only issue was with the reflective quality of the surface, which isn’t unusual for laptops but might be the case if you’re outdoors. You are required to maintain higher brightness. And, let’s face it, this is a laptop designed for the outdoors: that’s what the 4G SIM slot is for.
Keyboard and trackpadFingerprint sensor (located in the power key)The keyboard in the Galaxy Book S reminds us of the add-on keyboards found on Microsoft Surface products. It’s down to aesthetics: from the look and feel, to the overall stiffness and lack of flexibility, it’s a well-implemented board. Software and Galaxy Book S batteryQualcomm Snapdragon 8cx processor, 8GB RAM256GB storage, microSD expandableMobile: 4G LTE (SIM slot)Wireless network: 802.11 a/b/g/n/ac42Wh  Galaxy Book S batterySo far, great. There’s a lot to like in terms of performance, too, depending on what you want to get from this laptop. See, this isn’t the first time we’ve seen Qualcomm hardware in a laptop – we got a taste of it back in 2019 with the Lenovo Yoga C630 WOS.

As we said when we talked about that machine, if you just want to use your Samsung to write documents, stream videos, and browse the web, it does a great job. In fact, it performs very well thanks to its  Galaxy Book S battery  life.
Because the Galaxy Book S lasts a long time. We played a Full HD video from YouTube at three-quarters brightness and half the sound – and even after five hours the battery was only at 40%.


All in all, you can watch around 13 hours of video on this laptop without any worries. Talk about an ideal travel companion when you want to tackle some kit.
Even under more common conditions, the  laptop battery  life here is well above your average, lasting well over a dozen hours — and that includes some non-Wi-Fi 4G LTE streaming (provided for this work With the EE SIM card, it slides easily into the slot on the underside of the device).
If you want a durable machine suitable for both desktop and mobile use, this Samsung is your dream. However, consider it only if you need to perform basic operations (word processing, Office 365, browsing, video, etc.) as Qualcomm hardware usually means compatibility issues with full-featured apps.

All kinds of Samsung Laptop batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Samsung Laptop Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Samsung Laptop battery

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>7.6V 4600mAh Samsung AA-PLVN2AW Long Life Battery Replacement

Amazon Fire HD 6 Review – Battery Life, Camera and Verdict Review

Amazon Fire HD 6 – Tablet Battery LifeThe  Fire HD 6 has a 3400mAh battery , a fact that Amazon itself doesn’t advertise. It’s a decent size, but a bit disappointing considering the tablet’s thickness and weight. For example, the 6-inch Huawei Ascend Mate 7 has a 4100mAh  Huawei Ascend Mate 7 battery , but is only 7.9mm thick and weighs 185g – thinner and lighter than the Fire HD 6 (of course, it costs four times as much). times).
iFixit’s teardown of the Fire HD 6 reveals that the  Amazon Fire HD 6 battery  itself weighs 60 grams, suggesting it might be a bit of a lo-fi device. Still, this seems like a bit of an odd place to cut corners.
In our looped video test, playing a 720p MP4 file at medium brightness, the Fire HD 6 lasted 10 hours and 25 minutes. This is a pretty good result.
However, as you’d expect from a system architecture that uses two power cores and two efficiency cores, games drain the  tablet’s battery  much faster. Based on our experience playing Real Racing 3, you’ll get around 3.5 to 4 hours of 3D gameplay .
Amazon says the tablet will last about eight hours, which is obviously a pretty conservative estimate given the results of our video testing.Amazon tablet battery life is very good. This feature isn’t found in many tablets under £100. 
Amazon Fire HD 6: CameraAmazon has always been friendly to the masses, adding cameras to both the front and back of the Fire HD 6. However, there is little benefit to either.
The rear camera is a very basic 2-megapixel model, while the front camera is a simple VGA camera. In a cheeky software move, the Fire HD 6 tries to trick you into believing it has an autofocus lens – it uses a touch-focused reticle. However, it’s really just a fixed-focus camera, and clicking to focus really just changes the exposure settings. It’s sneaky. We’re glad it exists, though, as it gives you great control over the metering of your shots and makes you feel like you have some control.
Image quality is generally poor. Detail levels are poor, photos are very grainy, and the Fire HD 6 simply can’t handle strong light sources, or even too much reflected light at all. The photo shows a lot of purple fringing and a lot of shine. If you have a phone released in the past few years, it probably has a better camera than this one.
There is an HDR mode, but it’s very slow and the results aren’t great.
The front-facing camera has a very low resolution, but the software at least makes good use of it. It uses facial recognition and is very good at making images appear bright when dealing with indoor lighting. Is there anything else to consider?

The Fire HD 6 is missing some features. In our opinion, the two most important features are mobile internet and GPS. This is a Wi-Fi-only tablet, and we don’t think Amazon will add a 3G/4G version to the books. That’s no surprise when this is clearly a budget tablet designed for buyers on a budget, but there’s something worth noting.
Even more disappointing for enthusiasts is the lack of GPS. You can’t use the Fire HD 6 as a live mapping tool, which is a shame because it’s semi-portable and would make a great vacation guide. Should I buy the Amazon Fire HD 6?The Amazon Fire HD 6 is a no-frills little tablet that’s easily the best tablet we’ve reviewed in its price range. The screen quality and  Amazon Fire HD 6 battery life of the Amazon Fire HD 6 tablet are both good: two elements that are often lacking in ultra-budget tablets.
As with any Fire OS tablet, you’ll want to make sure you’re willing to abide by its limitations. We think the price makes it worth the effort, but if not, consider something like the Asus ME176CX , which is now available for under £100, or the larger Tesco Hudl 2 .
For now, though, the Fire HD 6 offers something very unusual with its 6-inch bezels. In fact, it’s pretty good. We’d love it if this thing wasn’t so heavy and thick and could take advantage of the smaller footprint .
judgmentThe Amazon Fire HD 6 would be better if it were thinner and lighter, but otherwise offers a good tablet experience for not a lot of money. It’s perfect for buyers on a budget.

All kinds of Amazon Tablets batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk.Amazon Tablets Batterywith wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Amazon Tablets batter

Affordable BLU Vivo XL4 goes official with huge notched display, massive battery

BLU Products got a bit of a head start when it decided to allow Amazon to list the Vivo XL4 on its online store without actually offering it for purchase. As we told you last month, the BLU Vivo XL4 is a new smartphone that attempts to offer some premium features at a more affordable price. First, anyone interested can purchase the BLU Vivo XL4 from Amazon for just $150. In fact, if you buy it now, it’s going to be a lot cheaper because BLU is running a sale on the Vivo XL4, so the lucky customer who’s first in line can get it for just $100, while supplies last.

Apart from its affordability, the main selling point of the BLU Vivo XL4 phone is the massive 6.2-inch HD+ display, which, as the title suggests, has a class to it. Additionally, the phone comes with a large 4,000 mAh BLU Vivo XL4 batteryand a pretty decent octa-core processor, coupled with 3GB of RAM and 32GB of expandable storage. Another plus point of BLU’s latest affordable smartphone is the dual-camera setup, if I may say so, which includes a 13-megapixel primary camera and a secondary 2-megapixel secondary camera for capturing depth of field.

Not to mention it also supports dual SIM cards and a fingerprint sensor. The main drawback is that it only works on GSM networks, so you’ll have to use it with carriers like AT&T and T-Mobile, since Sprint and Verizon are not.
All kinds of Blu Cell Phone batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Blu Cell Phone Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Blu Cell Phone battery.


>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>BLU VIVO X6 V0570WW Long Life Battery Replacement

Amazon GIF sale: Top deals on 6000mAh battery phones under Rs 15,000

Looking for a smartphone with a 6000mAh smartphone battery that can last more than a day?  You can find some great deals on Amazon right now. The Amazon Great Indian Festival is underway and it includes grand offers on a range of products. If you’re in the market for a new smartphone, especially one with a long-lasting 6000mAh smartphone battery, there are plenty of options. A large-capacity smartphone battery like 6000mAh allows the phone to last longer than a smartphone with a smartphone battery below 5000mAh. While the 6000mAh smartphone battery makes the phone heavier, the inconvenience is worth it as you can usually get more than a day of use on a single charge. Here are some products with 6000mAh batteries available for under Rs 15,000 during Amazon’s Great Indian Festival sale.The best 6000mAh battery smartphone deals on AmazonReal Narz0 50A
Realme Narzo 50A is one of the best smartphones in the Rs 15,000 category. The phone’s 6000mAh battery also supports fast charging. The phone features a 6.5-inch display with HD+ resolution. Realme Narzo 50A is powered by octa-core MediaTek Helio G85 processor. It comes with 4GB RAM and up to 256GB internal storage. The back of the phone consists of a combination of 50MP primary camera, 2MP secondary camera, and 2MP tertiary camera. Realme Narzo 50A is currently priced at Rs 9,999 as compared to the launch price of Rs 13,999.

The Amazon Great Indian Festival is ongoing and it includes grand sales on a range of products. If you’re in the market for a new smartphone, especially one with a long-lasting 6000mAh battery, there are plenty of options. A large-capacity battery like 6000mAh allows the phone to last longer than smartphones with batteries below 5000mAh. Although 6000mAhThe Realme Narzo 50A battery makes the phone heavier, but the inconvenience is worth it as it usually lasts for more than a day on a single charge. Here are some products with 6000mAh batteries available for under Rs 15,000 during Amazon’s Great Indian Festival sale.

Samsung Galaxy M13Samsung Galaxy M13 also comes with a 6000mAh Galaxy M13 batterythat can last for more than a day of use. The smartphone features a 6.6-inch display with Full-HD+ resolution and a pixel density of 401 PPI. On the back of the phone, you get 50MP, 5MP and 2MP cameras, while for selfies, there’s an 8MP camera. It runs One UI Core 4 based on Android 12. Samsung Galaxy M13 comes with 4GB RAM and 64GB internal storage with microSD card support. The phone is currently priced at Rs 9,199 as compared to the price tag of Rs 14,999Special Power POVA Neo 5G
Tecno’s POVA Neo 5G is one of the best-looking phones in its price range. In addition to having a fast-charging 6000mAh POVA Neo 5G battery, the phone also features a 6.8-inch display with a 120Hz refresh rate and a 240Hz touch sampling rate. Powering the Tecno POVA Neo 5G is an octa-core MediaTek Dimensity 810 processor. The phone comes with 4GB RAM and 128GB internal storage. The Tecno POVA Neo 5G is currently priced at Rs 12,999 instead of the price tag of Rs 17,999.

All brands laptop battery in here, We sell cheap and high quality laptop batteries , Tablets battery, mobile phone battery, you choose.

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>OPPO Relme X2 Pro RMX1931 Long Life Battery Replacement

Laptop battery life estimates are rarely accurate – here’s how battery life estimates vary between brands

26 hours of laptop battery life?  Show me the receipt! “Uh-huh, of course!” we say sarcastically when laptop brands brag about their products’ “amazing” battery life. Forgive us here at Laptop Magazine for being skeptical—if you ‘ve been testing a bunch of laptops with minimal battery life, you’d be cynical, too.
Many laptops we’ve reviewed claim to have astronomical battery life. Unfortunately, most of the time our lab tests show these laptops running for a fraction of their advertised runtimes. For example, Lenovo claims the ThinkPad P72 has up to 18 hours of Lenovo ThinkPad P72 battery life . But our real-world testing found that the laptop failed after just 4 hours. Shh! 

Top 2 laptop brands with advertised laptop battery life that matches our real-world testing

The only product that didn’t live up to the tech giant’s claims for MacBook Air battery life was the MacBook Air (2019) – in our testing, the device died after 8 hours and 51 minutes, while Apple claims it Can last for 12 hours Still, this small flaw doesn’t hide the fact that Apple’s battery life ads are the closest to our results — the Cupertino-based company ranked No. 1 in terms of how long its laptops lasted one. Can survive without life support. 


On average, there was only a 48-minute difference between Apple’s advertised  A pple’s laptops  battery   life and the battery life we ​​​​​​​​​​actually tested. Let’s also give a round of applause to those   Apple’s laptops that surprised us by exceeding our lab’s claimed battery life. Three Apple products — the 13-inch MacBook Pro (2019) and the 2018 and 2019 15-inch MacBook Pro — exceeded their advertised battery life of 10 hours.
The Dell XPS 13 2-in-1 also got 7 minutes more    Dell XPS 13 2-in-1battery  life than its claim (10 hours, 50 minutes) in our real-world battery life test.
As for Microsoft, the best way to describe my analysis of this Microsoft laptop brand’s battery life ads is “almost never enough.” Many Microsoft laptops come close to the 2.5-hour window, but not close enough.  
For example, Microsoft claims its Surface Pro 7 can last 10.5 hours, but our lab results found the device only lasted 7 hours and 52 minutes. The product ran 8 minutes behind our allowed 2.5-hour window, so we had to flag it as not matching our actual battery test results. All six laptops we reviewed had several close calls similar to this one.
Microsoft came in second, but was definitely nowhere near Apple’s 48-minute average. The average difference between Microsoft and our lab results was 194 minutes, or 3 hours and 14 minutes.
Only one laptop logs in s Our Microsoft Surface Laptop 3 battery test used the 15-inch Microsoft Surface Laptop 3 for Business (Intel-equipped). The device claims to be able to stay powered for up to 11.5 hours, which is within our 2.5 -hour range, as our Microsoft Surface Laptop battery life result was 9 hours and 32 minutes. 
suggest, Apple and Microsoft don’t use the MobileMark 2014 metric; both companies use their own internal testing benchmarks to estimate  Laptop battery  runtime. For HP, only two of the nine reviewed laptops matched our battery life test results: the HP Chromebook 14 ( advertised battery life of 10 hours and 15 minutes, test time of 9 hours and 18 minutes ) and HP 14 DF0023CL (advertised battery life of 14 minutes, tested at 6 hours and 12 minutes).
The remaining products are all labeled as such, but one has a battery life claim so weird we have to point it out. HP offers a ridiculous 22.5 hours of estimated HP Specter x360 battery  life for the 13-inch HP Specter x360, and our real -world test results showed the laptop lasting 12 hours and 7 minutes. This is still very, very good; it’s nowhere near what’s advertised.


As for Lenovo, only 6 of the 18 laptops we reviewed (33%) fell within the 2.5-hour window we allowed to match our actual test results, while the other 12 were flagged. ThinkPad P72 takes the throne of longest battery life among Lenovo ThinkPad P72. It was advertised as having 18 hours of battery life, but it died after only 4 hours and 19 minutes!


Sure, you’ll initially attract a wave of buyers with exaggerated battery life claims, but that frenzy will gradually wane as disappointing feedback about laptops’ poor tlaptops’ battery life clouds the offending brand’s reputation. 

4k laptops have terrible battery life – these 3K laptops last all day

Is the extra resolution worth sacrificing up to 12 hours of laptop battery life? 4K laptops offer incredibly sharp resolutions and often have bright and vivid displays, but this comes at the expense of longer battery life, which is where 3K laptops come in.
No one is looking for 3K laptops, they are the forgotten children of the laptop monitor world but people are missing out. These high-resolution displays still offer incredibly sharp images and high pixels per inch; Apple’s top-tier MacBook Pro models and many other premium laptops opt for this resolution, and once you read any of Apple’s 4K or 3K laptop reviewsMacBook Pro battery battery  life section, you’ll see why.


Every laptop on this list boasts over 10 hours of laptop battery life, with the top option clocking in at a staggering 18 hours and 56 minutes. That’s about 9.5 hours longer than the longest-lasting 4K laptop we’ve tested, the HP Envy 16 (9:21), which itself is an exception, beating its nearest 4K competitor by about 2 hours.
If you’re looking for a laptop with a sharp display but are willing to give up 4K numbers, consider these 3K laptops and enjoy an extra 3-12 hours of laptops battery life. 
1.MacBook Pro 16 2023 (3024 x 1964)


MacBook Pro 16 3K The undisputed champion of  MacBook Pro 16 laptop battery life is the MacBook Pro 16 2023, which lasted an incredible 18 hours and 56 minutes in our testing. To put things into perspective, the current average battery life for the high-end laptops in our tests, including many Full HD (1920 x 1080) laptops, is 10 hours and 2 minutes. If your MacBook Pro 16 can’t get you through a workday, you need to reexamine your work/life balance.  


Needless to say, the excellent 3K mini-LED display and  MacBook Pro 16 battery  life are just part of the reason the MacBook Pro 16 earns a 4.5 out of 5 star rating and Editors’ Choice award. The MacBook Pro 16’s performance is equally otherworldly, scoring (15,044) more than double the average (6,977) on our synthetic Geekbench 5.4 test, and handily beating out the Dell XPS 17 (13,714) or the Asus ZenBook Pro 16X OLED (11,974 ) and other competitors. Our real-world Handbrake video transcoding test was a decisive victory, converting 4K video to 1080p in 3 minutes and 59 seconds. That’s more than double the average speed (8:48) and shaves a few minutes off the times of the Pro 16X (5:51) and XPS 17 (6:40).


Throw in a great six-speaker setup, spatial audio, a responsive keyboard, a huge trackpad, a solid array of ports, and passable gaming performance for the first time in a Mac in years, and you’ve got the best of 3K laptops Starting at $2,499, it’s not cheap, but it’s well worth it2.MacBook Pro 14 2023 (3024 x 1964)
Don’t worry Windows fans, this is the last MacBook, but you can’t deny the small miracle Apple has achieved with theMacBook Pro 14 battery life on these 3K laptops. Even the 14-inch MacBook Pro topped the 14-hour mark in our MacBook Pro battery test while delivering a sharper image thanks to the same resolution on a smaller display.  


I won’t waste any more of your time on this issue, because you can map everything I said above about the MacBook Pro 16 to the smaller 14-inch chassis, except for   MacBook Pro 16 battery life. The MacBook Pro 14 starts at $1,999 , which saves you 1.3 pounds (4.8 pounds vs 3.5 pounds) and saves you $500.  


3. Dell Inspiron 16 Plus (3072 x 1920)
The Dell Inspiron 16 Plus gives you a 16-inch 16:10 3K display and a discrete RTX 30 Series GPU, while still beating the high-end laptop average with a 10 hours and 30 minutes in our Dell Inspiron 16 Plus battery test Battery life It’s also priced hundreds of dollars less than the MacBook rivals above, with a well-specced model running around $1,600. 


The performance of the Intel Core i7-12700H CPU impressed our reviewer, who put the laptop to the test during CES 2023. Juggling dozens of Google Chrome tabs with YouTube videos, newsletters, and Google Docs open while also exporting hundreds of photos just doesn’t t compare to the Inspiron 16 Plus. It can even handle video production tasks, completing our Handbrake video transcoding test in 5 minutes and 49 seconds.
While it’s not a gaming laptop, it can handle some casual 1080p gaming well, delivering 52 frames per second in our Borderlands 2 test and 52 frames per second in Grand Theft Auto V. Speed ​​​​of 58 frames per second. When you’re ready to switch back to productivity mode, the great island-style keyboard wins. The large 3.1 x 4.5-inch touchpad won’t slow you down, letting you navigate the 3K display with ease.

All brands laptop battery in here, We sell cheap and high quality laptop batteries , Tablets battery, mobile phone battery, you choose

Changing the notebook battery on the Dell XPS 13 (9343/9350/9360)

Everyone knows this: Your own laptop does its job well, but over time, your laptop’s battery life shortens. Sometimes it’s time to replace your Dell XPS 9360 battery. This is the case with our Dell XPS 9360, and since it’s such a popular model , we’ve created a battery replacement guide for you.

Dell batteries are now causing problems with all-in-one PCs. According to Dell Power Manager diagnostics, the capacity is only about 60% of the actual maximum capacity. Specifically, that leaves 39 watt hours of the actual 60 watt hours. So we bought a replacement Dell laptop battery from Green Cell for around €50. Original Dell batteries cost at least € 110. Below we will show you how the exchange works. 


To replace the  Dell XPS 13 9343 and 9350 battery , you will need a Torx screwdriver (T5), a Phillips screwdriver (#0), a spatula, and a guitar pick. We’ve got all the necessary tools ready in the iFixit toolkit. Start by flipping the XPS 13 over and removing the eight external Torx screws. Also fold in the tab with the XPS logo and remove the Phillips screws there. You can then remove the case back with a guitar pick. Alternatively, you can use another flat object, as long as it’s not a sharp metal object that could scratch your case. 


Please note that if you replace your Dell  laptop battery , you will lose any warranty claim. You are responsible for any damage that occurs during or after repairs. Allround-PC assumes no responsibility for any damage or loss of data. 


Step by step instructionsRemove the eight Torx screws and one Phillips screw locatedRemove the three Phillips screws marked M2x2 and one screw marked M1.6×4. Use a spatula to carefully loosen the three cables on the side of the Remove laptop batteryInsert new battery, tighten and reassemble. New batteries should first be discharged to about five percent and then fully charged.

This needs to be repeated at least three times. In our case, we noticed a significant increase in the  laptop’s battery  life after the replacement All in all, it was very easy to change, although we later had to reattach the speaker cable (to the right of the battery) because the speaker cable had come loose when the glued cable came loose. It’s definitely worth buying a new  Dell laptop battery.

Schenker XMG Core 14 (Clevo NV40MB) laptop review: baby gamer

There are tons of 15-inch and 17-inch gaming laptops out there. However, if you want something particularly compact in the 13- to 14-inch range, the options are very limited. This is where Schenker comes in with the XMG Core 14. Core 14 can be customized to suit individual needs and budget at bestware.com.


While it comes standard with a 120 Hz Full HD panel and a mid-range GeForce GTX 1650, you can choose between a Core i5-1135G7 with 8 MB cache or a Core i7-1165G7 CPU with 12 MB cache. Both processors are from Intel’s new Tiger Lake generation. DDR4 RAM ranges from 8 to 64 GB, and M.2 SSDs range from 250 to 2,000 GB. Buyers can also influence the keyboard language, wireless card and operating system.
Competitors to the Core 14 include other gaming laptops with powerful performance-efficient CPUs and GTX 1650 Max-Q, such as the MSI Prestige 14, Asus Zenbook 15, MSI Prestige 15, and LG Ultra 17. These notebooks appear in the comparison table below .

Schenker used a barebones device from Clevo in this case. The NV40MB chassis is simple enough to suit any environment. The lid is made of metal, while the surface of the base is made of plastic. We describe stability as “good.” The same goes for the hinge, which allows the screen to be opened with one hand (the maximum opening angle is about 140°). One of the biggest highlights of the Core 14 is its light weight. At 1.4kg it’s very light for a gaming laptop , although the MSI Prestige 14 is another 100g lighter. Also, the size is very small. The 14-inch base measures 32.5 x 22.5 cm (narrow bezel design) and is just under 1.8 cm tall, making it extremely comfortable to carry and transport . A small power supply also helps. The 90-watt power supply measures just 12.5 x 5 x 3 cm and weighs just under 300 grams.


maintainThere are 14 Phillips screws on the bottom of the case. With the bottom panel removed, the components can be easily accessed. Users have access to the Clevo XMG Core 14 laptop battery , M.2 slot, two RAM slots, wireless adapter, and cooling system (consisting of two fans and multiple heat pipes). Since the CPU and GPU are soldered, these components cannot be upgraded. input devicekeyboard
The keyboard leaves a somewhat contradictory impression. While the island layout is certainly fine for gaming, experienced typists will often want a crisper typing feel. Key feedback is very soft, and some users may find it spongy. The almost tiny directional arrows are also not ideal.


Other than that, we like the layout, although buyers will have to go without the numeric keypad due to limited space. Your search for RGB lighting in the Core 14 is also in vain. The keys can only emit white light. Despite multi-level control, the light intensity is still relatively weak. The duration of the lighting can be adjusted via a timer. The default setting is 30 seconds.


touchpadThe touchpad is a decent size at 12 x 7.3 cm. Thanks to the smooth surface and the resulting glide, it is very pleasant to use. There’s nothing to complain about in terms of accuracy and gesture support (zooming and scrolling with two fingers), either. The lack of dedicated mouse buttons is a matter of taste.


Brightness is also good. The screen’s brightness is just shy of 316 cd/m², which makes it suitable for occasional outdoor use, although some competitors offer higher brightness. MSI’s Prestige 15 reaches over 400 cd/m², and the Prestige 14 even breaks the 500 cd/m² mark. henker equips the Core 14 with a 120 Hz IPS display. Panda’s LM140LF-1F01 panel convinces with its low black values ​​(0.27 cd/m²) and excellent contrast ratio (approximately 1,250:1). life Clevo XMG Core 14 battery life


Thanks to the use of energy-saving components, the 14-inch monitor can be used for a considerable period of time in the event of a power outage. In our Wi-Fi tests, with the display brightness set to medium, the 49 Wh  Clevo XMG Core 14 battery drained after seven hours of use. Under ideal conditions (very low or no load, minimum brightness), more than 12 hours is possible. However, the Asus Zenbook 15  Laptop battery, MSI Prestige 15, and LG Ultra 17 can accommodate larger laptop batteries due to more space, suggesting that the Clevo Laptop battery can run longer.

15.2V 3390mAh Clevo NV40BAT-4-53 Long Life Battery Replacement
3390mAh 15.2V for Clevo XMG Core 14, Clevo NV40BAT-4-53 lithium-ion battery is new brand and compatible with 100% original and replacement batteries. Wholesale and retail of Blue Sky NV40BAT-4-53 batteries, high quality and low price!

Coolpad Legacy launching at Metro by T-Mobile with 6.36-inch screen, 4000mAh battery

A new Coolpad smartphone hits T-Mobile’s Metro shelves today.
The Coolpad Legacy is available starting today through T-Mobile’s Metro. The Legacy has an MSRP of $129.99, but if you switch and get a $50 or higher rate plan, Metro will give it to you for $29.99.


The front of the Coolpad Legacy is dominated by a 6.36-inch 2160×1080 display with a 13MP one. On the back is a dual-camera setup with a 16MP primary sensor and a secondary 5MP lens that helps you capture bokeh photos with depth. Coolpad also offers smart scene modes to optimize your photo shooting settings.
The Coolpad Legacy is powered by a 1.8GHz octa-core Snapdragon 450 processor, coupled with 3GB of RAM and 32GB of inbuilt storage, of which 21GB is accessible to the user. If that’s not enough, a microSD card slot lets you add up to 128GB of additional storage.


The Coolpad Legacy’s specs list also includes a 4000mAh Coolpad smartphone battery, Quick Charge 3.0 for fast charging, USB-C and a rear-mounted fingerprint reader. Coolpad Legacy comes pre-installed with Android 9 Pie and supports 4G LTE bands 2, 4, 5, 12, 66, and 71.
With its large screen, equally largeCoolpad smartphone battery, and 3.5mm headphone jack, the Coolpad could be a good choice for those who want a big screen for watching videos on the go. If the Legacy sounds like it could be your next daily driver , you can check it out for yourself in a Metro store starting today.

All kinds of Coolpad Cell Phone  batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Coolpad Cell Phone  Batterywith wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Coolpad Cell Phone  battery.

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>3.85V 4050mAh Coolpad CPLD-225 Long Life Battery Replacement

POCO F5 Pro to launch with unexpected battery downgrade compared to Xiaomi Redmi K60

According to new news, POCO F5 Pro will not be a direct rebrand of Redmi K60. While Xiaomi will reuse most of the Redmi K60 components on the POCO F5 Pro, the latter POCO F5 Pro phone will have a smaller POCO F5 Pro phone battery capacity than the former.

The POCO F5 series is rumored to be just weeks away from launch and is expected to be released by the end of April. Recently, the FCC released photos of POCO F5 and POCO F5 Pro, basically confirming that they have been renamed Redmi Note 12 Turbo and Redmi K60 models respectively. However, the POCO F5 Pro battery capacity of the POCO F5 Pro phone seems to be lower than similar domestic products.

According to Xiaomi Onion, the FCC-certified POCO F5 Pro battery has a nominal capacity of 5060mAh and a typical battery capacity of 5160mAh. In comparison, the Redmi K60 phone battery capacity of the Redmi K60 phone is 5500mAh. While that might be disappointing, Xiaomi occasionally equips global smartphone models with slightly different hardware than its Chinese siblings.

For example, the Xiaomi Mi 13 Lite has an 8MP ultra-wide angle and an 8MP secondary front camera, while the CIVI 2 has a 20MP ultra-wide angle and a 32MP front camera. However, the POCO F5 Pro is still expected to be powered by the Snapdragon 8 Plus Gen 1 chipset and come with a 1440p display, 64MP main camera, and 67W fast charging.

All kinds of Xiaomi Cell Phone batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Xiaomi Cell Phone Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Xiaomi Cell Phone battery

Doogee doubles down on battery with a whopping 10,000 mAh smartphone

Doogee’s rugged phones are known for standing up to the elements, and now the company’s latest model is designed to fend off that most frustrating of opponents: Doogee phone battery life. The Doogee N100 comes with a massive 10,000mAh Doogee N100 phone battery, which is double the power of previous models and most other phones. This will cost you some additional specs, though.

The Doogee’s phone battery is obviously the N100’s biggest selling point, with Doogee claiming the phone can deliver 100 hours (or a little over four days) of talk time. If you’re a Millennial who doesn’t talk on the phone that often, you could also measure it by watching videos or playing games for 20 hours, or listening to music for 35 hours non-stop. If you only need backup while traveling, the N100 has a standby time of over two weeks. The N100’s powerful  Doogee’s phone N100’sbattery charges quickly via USB-C in 3.5 hours, or wirelessly via the Qi standard. The N100 can even share power to charge other devices using OTG reverse charging.


But to make room for all that extra  N100’s battery power, some of the N100’s other specs have also been scaled back compared to previous models. The 5.99-inch screen is an IPS LCD with a resolution of 1080 x 2160, down from the S95 Pro’s 6.3 -inch screen. It comes with an octa-core MTK Helio P23 processor, 4 GB of RAM, and 64 GB of storage, all of which are less expensive than the S95 Pro.
Even the camera doesn’t escape unscathed. The main camera comes with 21-megapixels and is supported by two 8 MP secondary cameras – one on the back and the other on the front.


While these numbers are down slightly from previous Doogee devices, they’re still higher than most other flagship phones. Best of all, the N100 comes wrapped in a rugged protective case, which is the same thing that impressed us before. It includes a microSD card slot to increase storage up to 256 GB and runs Android 9 Pie.
It’s also incredibly cheap—the N100 costs just $139.99. It looks like the first wave of pre-orders has ended, but more should be coming soon, with the company expecting to ship by November.

All kinds of Doogee Cell Phone  batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Doogee Cell Phone  Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Doogee Cell Phone  battery.

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>doogee S95 pro Smartphone Long Life Battery Replacement

HP Spectre Fold vs Asus Zenbook 17 Fold OLED: Foldable laptops compared

HP recently announced its first foray into the foldable computing market, joining Asus and Lenovo. The HP Specter Fold looks like a luxury edition, but how does it compare to the already-launched Asus Zenbook 17 Fold OLED?


foldable phones, foldable computers are an emerging technology. Lenovo first launched the ThinkPad X1 Fold battery , followed by Asus with its 17-inch rival, and Lenovo quickly announced its second-generation foldable. Everything has slowed down in 2023, with Lenovo’s Unlike next models coming to market in fits and starts, long after they were originally announced.


HP is poised to capitalize on what looks to be its most polished and proven foldable yet, but it’s a first-generation product, so it needs to be thoroughly tested. And, there’s the dizzying price issue. Let’s take a closer look at how HP vs Asus foldables compare.
HP Specter Fold costs five bucksThis issue must be addressed first, as it was a major talking point during the HP Specter Fold launch. Many people will be horrified at the £3,299/$3,999 price tag for the Asus Zenbook 17 Fold OLED. Well, HP said don’t drink my beer.


The Specter Fold will go on sale for £4,999/$4,999. Granted, based on images alone, the Specter Fold looks like it might be a more refined piece of kit, but its specs are largely similar to those of the Asus. From the CPU to the 17-inch OLED display. So it will be interesting to see what aspects of design and functionality warrant a substantial price increase for what is already considered an extremely expensive device. HP’s foldable device is thinner and lighter

Part of the increase in cost is likely due to these key factors, with HP calling the Specter Fold “the world’s thinnest 17-inch foldable phone.” Given that there’s only one other machine in this category, the Asus, it’s pretty clear who wins this award. The Specter Fold is 8.5mm thick when unfolded, while the Zenbook 17 Fold OLED is 12.5mm thick.


It’s also lighter at 1.3kg compared to the Asus’ 1.5kg. These are larger devices by any means, but have gained ground in the portable segment thanks to their compelling folding properties.


Specter Fold has a larger HP Specter Fold batteryOne of our main criticisms of the Zenbook 17 Fold OLED is the Zenbook 17 Fold OLED’s batterylife. This is to be expected, such a new and unique form factor doesn’t seem to be able to accommodate a large battery, especially considering the number of internal parts to be accommodated. And that’s before you consider the big, bright 17-inch OLED display. Arrived after about 6 hours of use.


Well, HP already has its doubts. The Specter Fold comes with a 96-watt-hour HP Specter Fold battery , compared to Asus’s 75-watt-hourAsus’s laptop battery. We’ll have to see how this performs in testing, but given the similar components, we expect HP to have a solid lead in this area. 
Display, processor, RAM and storage specs are the sameWe’ve mentioned several times in this comparison that the HP Specter Fold and Asus Zenbook 17 Fold OLED share several components. But what are they?


More specifically, both are powered by a 12th-generation Intel Core i7-1250U processor, 16GB of RAM, and 1TB of SSD storage. Then there’s the display, Asus has a 17.3-inch foldable OLED panel with a 2560 x 1920 resolution that turns the screen space into 12.5 inches when folded into a laptop-like mode. The HP sports a 17-inch screen with the same 2560 x 1920 resolution, which translates to a 12.3-inch panel.
Given the similarities, these specs are unlikely to be a significant differentiator in your buying decision, which will come down to the HP’s lower space and price differences.


All brands laptop battery in here, We sell cheap and high quality laptop batteries , Tablets battery, mobile phone battery, you choose

Panasonic lithium primary battery carried by the asteroid probe Hayabusa2

OSAKA, Japan–(BUSINESS WIRE)–Panasonic’s lithium primary battery has been installed on the asteroid probe “Hayabusa2″* launched on December 3, 2014. Three models of BR series** cylindrica l lithium primary batteries (BR-A). This time, BR-1/2AA and BR-C, which have a longer shelf life, are installed.

Previously, the same type of battery was installed on the Hayabusa that returned to Earth in 2010. This time, these batteries will be used to support the Hayabusa2 mission, which requires a round trip of 5,240,000,000 kilometers in 6 years while serving as a power source for four instruments: a beacon signal transmitter for collecting the “reentry module” , a capsule that stores particle samples from asteroids and brings them back to Earth; an impactor used to create artificial craters (depressions) to retrieve underground material from asteroids, used to photograph artificial craters formed by impactors Deployable cameras, as well as flight data measurement instruments for the return capsule to return to the atmosphere.


Hayabusa2 is the successor of Hayabusa, which successfully explored the Itokawa asteroid (S-type asteroid) and collected particle samples. The mission of Hayabusa2 is to explore a C-type asteroid that is believed to contain organic matter and water, and to bring particle samples back to Earth. By installing an “impactor” to create artificial craters, it will attempt to collect samples of subsurface particles from the asteroid in addition to samples taken from the asteroid’s surface.


On board Hayabusa, Panasonic’s BR series cylindrical lithium primary batteriestheir performance after long-term space flight more than seven years after launch and were used to transmit beacon signals to indicate Hayabusa’s re-entry landing. The location will thus facilitate rapid recovery of the capsule after its return to Earth in June 2010. BR series lithium primary battery cathode uses fluorinated graphite. In addition to safety, it also has a long storage life and has broad application prospects. operating temperature range and low self-discharge rate. Their high reliability helped recover the Hayabusa capsule in the Australian desert, allowing them to take on an expanded role on Hayabusa 2 and will make a significant contribution to the mission’s execution.
*: The mission of “Hayabusa2” is to explore the materials that promote planet formation and their growth processes to reveal the origin and evolution of the solar system, the Earth, and life itself.

The purpose of this time is to observe the landform, internal structure, gravity and other chemical substances of the asteroid 1999 JU3 (C-type asteroid), and to bring back material samples. It is believed that the asteroid contains water and organic matter. materials in their mineral composition. Hayabusa2 was launched on December 3, 2014. It will arrive at the asteroid around the beginning of summer 2018, leave around the end of 2019, and return to Earth around the end of 2020.


**: BR series lithium primary batteries are primary batteries that use fluorinated graphite for the positive electrode and lithium for the negative electrode. With a high nominal voltage of 3V, they offer the advantages of long shelf life, wide operating temperature range (-40°C to 85°C) and reliability. They can also be used as main power sources for various instruments such as 10-year maintenance-free gas meters, as memory backup power sources, and as main power sources in vehicle equipment such as ETC and keyless entry.

All kinds of Panasonic Other batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Panasonic Other Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Panasonic Other battery

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>Panasonic BR-AG(Brown Plug) Long Life Battery Replacement

TCL TAB Disney Edition: Introducing a Disney tablet with 17 hours of battery life

The new TCL TAB Disney Edition is a Disney tablet specifically designed for kids, with the ultra-long batterylife and exciting games of the TCL TAB Disney Edition. That’s why it’s at the top of your gift list.
The holiday season is just around the corner, with plenty of gift options for every child, and countless new technologies on the way. This year, this charming family tablet brings beloved Disney characters to life with an 8-inch display available exclusively on Verizon.

Let’s take a closer look at the features of the TCL TAB Disney Edition tablet. Our family is always on the go and we love trying new techniques, especially Disney themes. Try the TCL TAB Disney Edition tablet, which combines magic and imagination to bring the Disney family’s mobile lifestyle to life.
Differences between TCL TAB Disney Edition and other tabletsWhile most tablets provide entertainment for kids with games and apps, the TCL TAB Disney Edition is designed for Disney fans who can’t get enough of their favorite characters. Let’s take a look at some of the things that make the TCL TAB Disney Edition different from regular tablets.

TCL TAB Disney Edition has many features perfect for kids and parents. Here are some of the features parents will love about this tablet.

Built-in adaptive eye protection features such as reading mode and eye protection mode filter harmful blue light to reduce visual fatigue, so you can always pay attention to your child’s eye health. .DragonTrail glass is extremely durable and lightweight, protecting your tablet from accidental scratches and dents from everyday childhood play.The long-lasting 5500mAh TCL tablet battery lasts up to 17 hours on a single charge, giving you more playtime (and less frustration for your kids).Built-in storage configuration is 3GB/32GB. However, storage is expandable up to 256GB via microSD slot.

This tablet supports 4G LTE connectivity, making it perfect for long (and frankly boring) road trips.Back view of TCL Tab Disney Edition Photopass availableYou’ll quickly get tired of hearing your kids constantly requesting to take pictures with their cell phones. Luckily, the TCL TAB Disney Edition has a built-in camera so your kids can take selfies at their favorite Disney parks. Camera features include:

The 8MP main camera allows both kids and parents to take detailed photos and panoramic landscapes to capture magical family moments.A live filter app that turns your photos into fun memories and surprises your classmates and family with video chat.With the 5MP front camera, you can take beautiful selfies and enjoy great video chats with friends and family.

Should you add TCL TAB Disney Edition to your child’s Christmas list?TCL Tab Disney Edition Front View With frequent updates and the release of new models, it seems inevitable that new high-tech devices will arrive, but this tablet has a number of great features that make it perfect for the Disney-loving family. I am.

All kinds of Tcl Tablets batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Tcl Tablets Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Tcl Tablets battery.


>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>TCL TLP041BC Long Life Battery Replacement

TCL Tab 11 review – Affordable 11-inch tablet, worth it or not?

A tablet is a device that helps you work from anywhere and is easy to carry around, just like a laptop. But for a tablet to replace a laptop, it must be of good quality and help increase productivity.


Today, we’re taking a look at the LTE version of the TCL Tab 11. How does it fare in terms of design, specs and performance? What does this tablet offer users? Please read carefully to find out.


On the front, you’ll find an 11-inch screen, which is large enough for watching videos and performing daily tasks. The bezels around the display are quite thick and clearly visible, but that’s what you’d expect from most tablets in this range. Like most tablets, this one has an 8MP front-facing camera. It’s located in the center of the right bezel and functions like a laptop webcam when the tablet is held horizontally or in landscape orientation.


The TCL Tab 11 is only available in dark gray, which is a standard color for budget tablets. However, it has a matte finish which gives it a premium and elegant look. Unfortunately, matte surfaces are more susceptible to fingerprints, especially if your hands tend to get sweaty.


Of course, you can put a cover on your tablet to avoid this. TCL does include a flip cover in the box, which is pretty nice. It increases the overall thickness to 6.8mm, but that’s not bad as it can still be easily stored in a laptop or crossbody bag without taking up too much space.
Additionally, there is another 8MP camera on the back for you to capture photos and videos. The camera bump is very thin and the camera island design is something we really like. As for the camera, we’ll talk about that later.


Moving forward, you’ll find the volume rocker and SIM card tray on the right side. There are also two microphones here to help with audio or video calls. Finally, the power button and two of the four speakers sit on the top, while the bottom houses the last two speakers and the USB-C port.

In terms of the TCL Tab 11 battery, the TCL Tab 11 has a large battery with a capacity of 8000mAh. When paired with an 18W charger, the tablet can only be charged from 0% to 17% in 30 minutes. Moreover, it takes 3 hours and 20 minutes to reach 100%. As you can see, that’s a snail’s pace by today’s standards. Although it takes a long time to fully charge, the large battery allowed us to play YouTube videos for several hours. Watching for 3 hours will only drop the  TCL Tab battery from 99% to 83%, so you can binge-watch Netflix shows on this tablet if you want. It also means the tablet will last a long time in productivity apps, so you can get work done on long flights without worrying too much about the battery.


As for the cameras, don’t expect too much from them. Photos taken with these cameras have a lot of noise and lack detail, especially at night. But like most tablets, the camera on the TCL Tab 11 isn’t designed for photography , so that’s not surprising. Having said that, the front-facing camera is adequate for video calls.
In addition, the TCL Tab 11 is also equipped with a standard USB-C port, dual microphones and four speakers. The speakers output clear audio, and the tablet also has a sound enhancement feature to improve the audio. Overall, the speakers performed well for video and mobile gaming. But again, nothing impressive. Finally, there is a T-Pen stylus for those who want to sketch or write notes on the Jnotes app. Thanks to its sensor, the T-Pen proved to be quite accurate and easy to use. Additionally, you don’t need to connect the T-Pen via Bluetooth as it will connect automatically.

As mentioned before, the Helio P60T is not a powerful chipset. The TCL Tab 11 even had some issues launching, taking nearly a minute to get to the home screen. This may be due to the chipset, operating system, or slower UFS storage version .But we tend to fi First, because the tablet suffers from a slight lag, even when launching or switching between apps. Some apps also crash while in use, so you need to open them again.


Still, our overall experience with the TCL Tab 11 was good. The Helio P60T chipset also performs well enough in some mobile games. “PUBG Mobile” and “Mortal Kombat” can run smoothly without obvious lags. The touchscreen also performs well when playing games As for audio, the tablet’s four speakers perform well enough. Conference calls crisp sound and clear, even at maximum volume. It’s not great for music due to the sub-par soundstage, but if nothing else it’s loud. At least you won’t immediately be tempted to put on headphones or earphones when using the speakers.

Next, let’s talk camera performance.

The TCL Tab 11’s camera software has the standard features anyone would expect. The effect is great, but the resulting photos don’t look very good. Whether you’re shooting during the day or at night, you can spot noise and lack of detail in distant objects. In this sense, it is best not to zoom in when taking photos, otherwise the results will be terrible. For the price of RM999, the TCL Tab 11 is not bad. It’s better suited for office work or simple entertainment like watching videos on YouTube or listening to music on Spotify. Using educational apps can also be an affordable option for children. One of its core strengths is its battery life. However, it does take longer to fully charge, has some lag in app performance, and has poorer photo quality.


If you want an alternative, consider the pricier Realme Pad 2 (RM1299), which comes with a large 11.5-inch IPS screen with a resolution of 2000×1200, an 8360mAh Tablets Batteries Tcl and an 8MP camera. It also offers a more powerful Helio G99 chipset, up to 8GB of RAM, and Dolby Atmos quad speakers. Another option is the HONOR Pad X9 (RM1099), also recently launched. This model also comes with a Snapdragon 685 chipset for good performance and comes with a keyboard + trackpad accessory , making it suitable for light office use.



All kinds of Tcl Tablets batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Tcl Tablets Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Tcl Tablets battery


>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>> TCL TLP078A1 Long Life Battery Replacement

The EU wants Apple and Samsung to make more repairable phones, improve battery efficiency

Environmental sustainability has long been a hot-button issue, and that’s not changing anytime soon. The European Union is seeking to pass a new law requiring tech manufacturers to meet certain sustainability requirements before launching new devices. Industry associations representing tech giants such as Apple, Google and Samsung are opposing the legislation.


According to the Financial Times, the legislation will require manufacturers to provide additional spare parts for device repairs for at least five years after the device is launched. It also calls on companies to extend phone battery life so that batteries can be charged 500 times before they drop below 83% charge. Additionally, the law aims to have all devices display similar energy efficiency ratings to other common appliances.

While the law certainly has good intentions, as second-hand technology is quickly becoming the world’s largest waste, the pushback from major tech companies is not entirely unjustified. The “15 components” the law requires every device to be equipped with are vague, to say the least, the five years of manufacturing support required to meet those requirements are costly, and they may not be any more environmentally friendly than other devices. Current system.

The bottom line is that producing more equipment components does not necessarily mean more repairs will occur and may even have the opposite desired effect, leading to additional technology waste. Creating new, more sustainable batteries is perhaps the most achievable goal set out in the law, as a completely damaged Cell Phone Batteries could render a device unusable. That said, most major tech companies have introduced ways to repair/replace phone batteries and other components on older
devices, greatly extending the lifespan of almost all existing devices.


While the EU has been keen to propose new consumer-friendly legislation for Big Tech, the move is somewhat ill-timed. As mentioned above, it does appear to have good intentions, but unless the EU can provide better and more specific information on equipment repair requirements, the law may actually lead to more technology waste. While the part about needing better  Cell Phone batteries does appear to be quite reliable and in the best interests of consumers, it’s coupled with legislation that’s lacking in many other areas, so it doesn ‘t get the fair treatment it deserves.
Exactly what will happen remains to be seen, but hopefully a middle ground can be reached so that real sustainability efforts can be implemented while also benefiting consumers.

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>> >>>>>> Apple Cell Phone Batteries

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>Google Cell Phone batteries

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>Samsung Cell Phone Batteries

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>3.85V 4.45V 2227mAh 8.57WH Apple A2471 Long Life Battery Replacement

How to limit battery charge to 80% on Windows 11

Keeping the battery at 100% all the time will shorten its lifespan, but many Windows 11 laptops can limit the maximum laptop battery charge to 80%. You probably already know this, but batteries tend to wear out over time. As you use them and charge them, thelaptop batterieslose their original designed capacity. Well, you might think that keeping your laptop fully charged at all times is a good thing, but you’d be wrong.


Your laptop battery will also wear out faster if you keep it fully charged. Thankfully, PC manufacturers offer a feature that allows you to limit your laptop’s battery power to 80% (and sometimes even less), so if you’re using your laptop plugged in most of the time, then You can extend the life of your laptop by keeping it charged. below this threshold.


Unfortunately, this feature isn’t yet available in Windows 11 itself, but most manufacturers offer some version of it. We’ve compiled instructions on how to enable this feature on all major laptop brands, so you don’t need to look any further .How to limit HP laptop battery powerHP has two ways to limit laptop battery power: the Adaptive Battery Optimizer and the Battery Care feature. Both can be found in the BIOS and are mutually exclusive.

The Adaptive Battery Optimizer automatically adjusts battery charging behavior based on your usage patterns, while the Battery Care feature gives you more hard limits. Keep in mind that your BIOS may look different, but the general functionality is usually similar. Additionally, the Adaptive HP Laptop Battery Optimizer is usually enabled by default.
Open the Start menu.Hold down the Shift key on your keyboard, click the power button, and then click Restart.Click Troubleshooting and then click Advanced Options.Screenshot of Windows recovery environment with Troubleshooting option highlightedSelect UEFI firmware settings to access the BIOS.Screenshot of advanced options in Windows recovery environment using UEFI firmware settings highlighted

Navigate to the Configuration tab (on some laptops, you may need to select BIOS Setup first).Option 1: Select Adaptive Battery Optimizer and set it to enabled.Option

2: Select the battery care feature and set it to 80%.HP Omen Laptop BIOS Highlighted with Adaptive  HP Omen Laptop Battery Optimizer OptionHow to Limit Lenovo Laptop Battery PowerLenovo laptops make it easier to set battery charge limits by using the Lenovo Vantage app within Windows. You can also set the cost limit to a different value.


Open the Lenovo Vantage app (you can install it from the Microsoft Store).Screenshot of Windows Search showing results for Lenovo VantageCleck equipment, then power.Screenshot of Lenovo Vantage with power options highlighted in the menu)Scroll down to the Battery Settings section.At the battery charge threshold, set stop charging to 80%.Screenshot of HP laptop battery settings in Lenovo
Note that the Lenovo Vantage logo and apps may look different depending on your laptop model.


How to Limit Dell Laptop Battery Power

Dell laptops also use Windows software to manage battery charge limits through the Dell Power Manager application. It works similarly to Lenovo’s solution:
Open Dell Power Manager (you may need to install it from the Microsoft Store).On the HP Notebook Battery Information tab, click Settings.Dell power manager


Click “Mainly use AC” to automatically limit the maximum power.Alternatively, click Customize and set the Stop Charging field to 80%.Dell Power Manager Battery Settings 1
Click OK.Dell Power Manager Battery Settings
How to limit battery power on Surface laptops (and tablets)Microsoft lets you limit

Microsoft Surface laptop batterycharging using the Surface app on its devices. It’s usually enabled by default, but here’s how to make sure:


Launch the Surface app. You can install it from the Microsoft store.Surface apps in searchCheck what the Smart Charging field currently says.Surface app smart chargingOn some devices, Smart Charging may be always on but not display this indicator.
If not, click the field to expand it.Enable smart charging with the click of a button.Smart Charging will limit the maximum  Microsoft battery charge to 80% in most cases, but if you regularly drain your battery below 20%, Smart Charging will pause.


Alternatively, most Surface devices also have an option in the BIOS settings called “Enable Battery Restricted Mode.” This limits the battery to only 50% charge, which is not ideal as it takes a while to recharge.


How to Limit Asus Laptop Battery Power

Asus laptops come with the MyAsus app, which also provides a way to limit  Asus laptops batterypower. Here’s how it works:
Launch the Myasus app (you can download it from the Microsoft Store).Screenshot of Windows Search showing search results for MyasusClick Customize on the left menu.Screenshot of the MyAsus homepage with the “Customize” option highlig in left menuSet the battery health charging option to Balanced Mode, limiting it to 80%. You can limit it to 60% using max life mode.

Screenshot of the MyAsus customization page with the Battery Health Charging feature set to BalancedHow to Limit Acer Laptop Battery Power on Acer LaptopsAcer also has the Acer Care Center on its laptops, which offers similar functionality. How to use it:
Launch Acer Care Center (may only be labeled Care Center). You can download the app from Acer’s support site.Acer Care Center in Windows 11
Click “Inspect” (yellow area).Acer Care Center
Click the right arrow next to the battery health area.Acer Care Center Check 1
Switch your Acer laptop battery charge limit to ON.Acer Care Center Inspection


Click OK to confirm your selection.How to LimitMSI Laptop BatteryPowerMSI laptops let you limit battery power through the Dragon Center app. That’s it:
Launch the Dragon Center application. You can download it from MSI’s website.Click on the toolbox icon and select Battery Master.
Set the battery health option to Balanced. You can also set this option to “Best Battery” to limit charging to 60%.MSI Dragon Center Battery Master


How to limit battery power on your LG laptop

LG bundles the laptop with the LG Smart Assistant app, which also lets you limit battery charging to 80%:
Launch the LG Smart Assistant app.If you deleted the app, you can download LG Update from the company’s support website and then use LG Update to install Smart Assistant.Screen display of Windows search results, with LG Smart Assistant as the top resultClick the power settings icon on the left (looks like a battery).Screenshot of LG Smart Assistant homepageToggle Extended Battery Life to ON.Screenshot of LG Smart Assistant Power settings page with Extend LG laptop batterylife option open and highlighted
Battery warnings for other laptopsSince the above solutions are unique to each laptop manufacturer, your laptop may not be listed here.

However, if you want to prevent the battery from going above and beyond, there are apps that will warn you when you reach 80% battery or any other level so you can unplug your laptop. They don’t limit charging capabilities by themselves, but they can be useful if you want to at least be more aware of how your laptop battery is being used. A good option is a battery limiter.

Screenshot of battery limiter UI with charge limit set to 90%Once you’ve installed the app, simply drag the slider to set the maximum battery level so you’ll hear an alert when that number is reached.
Keep your battery healthy Hopefully, in the near future, Windows 11 will add a similar feature that will be available on all laptops so you don’t have to navigate through all the different settings. Regardless, all of these methods work and cover most laptop brands you can find , so no matter what your laptop is, you can help extend the life of your laptop battery by preserving its battery capacity. Great laptops do more than ever, but they also cost a lot of money, so it’s important to make sure they last as long as possible.

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>11.1V 6.7Ah/74wh (6dell Imported battery core) Asus A32-K53 Long Life Battery Replacement

The best Amazon tablets: Play with Fire

Amazon Kindle Fire HDX 7 – Battery LifeAmazon claims that if you read, browse, watch videos, and listen to music at the same time, you should get 11 hours of Tablet Battery Amazon Kindle life.If you plan to just read, expect 17 hours.


In the real world, if you’re just browsing and reading, you can easily use it for a few days before recharging. Throw in some Netflix streaming and gaming and things always change dramatically. It can still keep you entertained for the day. Under more extreme test conditions, looping The Hobbit via Netflix at 50% brightness, we managed an average of 7 hours, which doesn’t really beat the competition, but it’s not a failure by comparison.

Should I buy the Amazon Kindle Fire HDX 7 ?If you’re fully integrated into the Amazon ecosystem and are looking for a 7-inch tablet other than the iPad mini 2 Retina, the £199 Kindle Fire HDX 7 is a great option. It’s really easy to use and Mayday is a killer feature for those who have difficulty with technology.


It may not offer the customization features of the Nexus 7 (£199), which runs on an unskinned version of Android, but it matches the Nexus tablet in most respects and is as good as the Amazon Kindle Fire in speaker quality. The HDX 7 beats it handily in terms of  Amazon Kindle Fire  HDX 7 battery life. The biggest concession, though, is the app store and lack of Google Play support.
If you’re not a fan of apps and want to use your tablet primarily as an e-reader, web browser, and video player, the Kindle Fire HDX 7 is a vast improvement over its predecessor and a great value.


judgmentThe Amazon Kindle Fire HDX 7 is a great, easy-to-use 7-inch tablet with some exciting and unique features not found on other Android tablets. App support is just a shame.

All kinds of Amazon Tablets batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Amazon Tablets Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Amazon Tablets battery.

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>3.7V 2980mAh Amazon SR043KL Long Life Battery Replacement

Fujitsu unveils Arrows NX F-06E smartphone with long-lasting battery life

Fujitsu will launch NTT DOCOMO’s Arrows NX F-06E smartphone on Friday.
One of the most sought-after features among smartphone users is long-lasting smartphone battery life. To enhance customer satisfaction, Arrows NX F-06E is equipped with a large-capacity 3,020 mAh Arrows NX F-06E smartphone battery, as well as energy -saving features powered by Fujitsu Human Centric Engine. The result is a smartphone  battery that offers long battery life, lasting around 69.4 hours on a single charge.


In addition, with support for full-segment HD broadcasts, the quality of which is the same as watching digital terrestrial TV at home, users can enjoy stunningly clear TV broadcasts on the phone’s large 5.2-inch Full HD display. The next-generation smartphone brings together many other high-spec features, including a high-performance 1.7 GHz quad-core CPU, 64 GB of RAM to enjoy apps and videos without worrying about storage space, and a high-performance camera with a resolution of 16.3 megapixels to make any Anyone can easily take high-quality photos.


The NX F-06E features an ultra-sleek design with a metal casing and high-quality finish. The phone is just 9.9mm thick and 70mm wide, and despite its comfortable dimensions, it accommodates a 5.2-inch display by using ultra-thin 3.0mm bezels. Plus, it features rounded edges for easy portability. The rear surface of the unit features real diamond powder coating and Ultra Tough Guard Plus technology, which makes the phone 3.5 times more durable, so your phone will stay in great shape for a long time. The phone’s display uses ultra-tough glass technology that combines superior scratch resistance and durability, with a special surface treatment called Sara-Sara Coating Display Plus that prevents fingerprints from sticking out and enables smooth touch operation.


All kinds of Fujitsu Cell Phone batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Fujitsu Cell Phone Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Fujitsu Cell Phone battery.

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>3.87V 4415mAh 17.08WH Fujitsu RA07002-1091 Long Life Battery Replacement

Best flip phones 2024

These compact flip phones are flexible enough to bend in half and fit neatly into the smallest of pockets. Flip phones are back in grand fashion, reinventing the smartphone experience yet again. Still, these modern foldable devices can bend in half to bring you all the best Android features. Needless to say, flip phones are just as cool today as they were in the early 2000s.


Growth was slow at first, but now the foldable market offers bo
ld and dynamic options. Samsung’s Galaxy Z Flip models continue to dominate the segment, followed by stiff competition from Motorola and OPPO. If you want uncompromising quality with years of software support, Samsung is your ultimate choice.


1. Samsung Galaxy Z Flip 5
The Samsung Galaxy Z Flip 5 takes the tried-and-true formula of the Z Flip 4 and improves upon it, but only in a few select areas. The most notable improvement to this generation of Samsung flip phones is the case display. You now get a bigger screen and can do more.


Inside, the flexible 6.7-inch Dynamic AMOLED 2x screen is even brighter. You get a better, sturdier hinge, and the Flip 5 retains the Flip 4’s IPX8 waterproofing. Aside from the newer, more powerful Snapdragon 8 Gen 2 for the Galaxy chipset, the rest of the specs are almost identical to the previous-generation Z Flip. You get the same oldSamsung Galaxy Z Flip 5 batteryand charge, along with five years of OS and four years of security updates.


Consistency is key, and it’s why Samsung remains in such a strong position year after year. The Galaxy Z Flip 5 is one of the most reliable Android flip phones.2. Motorola Razr PlusA few years ago, Motorola reminded us of the past with its Razr line of foldable phones. The Motorola Razr Plus has the best foldability, and in terms of design alone, it’s probably the best flip phone yet. Best of all, the phone’s price isn’t even that high, which makes it our second choice behind the Z Flip 5.
The large cover display is very versatile and has about nine different functions. The chipset may be old, but the Snapdragon 8+ Gen 1 is still powerful. Gaming, multitasking, and processor-intensive tasks are a breeze with this flip phone. We just wish the display was brighter in sunlight.3. Motorola Razr (2023)
Motorola also beats it with its cheaper Razr+ sibling, even though the Razr (2023)’s protective screen is next to useless. The price is too good to be true, making high-quality foldables within reach. You get very good performance from the Snapdragon 7 Gen 1 SoC and the display is nice and bright.
The Motorola Razr (2023) has very good Motorola Razr battery life, and its 30W wired charging is better than the Galaxy Z Flip 5’s 25W charging. IP52 waterproof and dustproof performance. While we appreciate its dust resistance varies, the device is more susceptible to water damage . The camera still needs some improvements, especially in the area of ​​​​video capture.


4. Samsung Galaxy Z Flip 4
If you don’t mind an older device, the Galaxy Z Flip 4 is still a solid choice by today’s standards. Samsung’s latest generation of foldable phones have much smaller overlay screens, so you can’t do much on them. However, the rest of the experience was amazing.


You get a decent camera, great software, and solid build quality. The price of the Z Flip 4 isn’t that high anymore because it’s a bit older. The Samsung Galaxy Z Flip 4 batterylasts about a day, which is good for any Android phone, and you’re guaranteed five years of security and four major updates. Additionally, the Z Flip 4 is IPX8 water-resistant.
5. OPPO Find N3 flip cover
Non-US residents overall enjoy a wider selection of Android phones. This also applies to flip phones, which means you can opt for the powerful OPPO Find N3 Flip, which costs less than the Z Flip 5 but gives you just as much, if not more, features.
The OPPO Find N3 Flip is excellent and is widely regarded as the best clamshell folding phone on the international market. From its excellent camera to its all-day battery life and fast charging, everything about it is nearly perfect. The cover screen is large and functional. You miss out on wireless charging, but the biggest bummer is the lack of IP rating.


6. TECNO PHANTOM V flip cover
TECNO is not a very famous smartphone brand, but it has really made a name for itself with the launch of the PHANTOM V Flip. The budget smartphone maker has made its cheapest foldable phone ever, with specs that add a lot of value to users.
You get all-day TECNO  smartphone battery life, fast 45W wired charging, and a beautiful vegan leather design. This cheap flip phone isn’t available in North America, which is a shame for US residents. If you don’t live in the area, you can sit back and relax. 
While the camera isn’t as eye-catching as other phones on this list, the TECNO PHANTOM V Flip really works hard. You don’t get a high-end software experience or ingress protection, but the build quality is surprisingly good and the display is beautifulublime.
Back to the top Flip phones come in delicious shapes and formsWhy you can trust Android Central Our expert reviewers spend hours testing and comparing products and services so you can choose the best for you. Find out more about how we test.
Foldable phones that bend in half come in so many unique designs these days. If you’re in the US though, you’re stuck with a far more limited collection. In that case, there is nothing above the Samsung Galaxy Z Flip 5.


Samsung’s software support and experience live up to the mark, consistently delivering on expectations. With years of guaranteed updates, cool new features are also available periodically. Your Z Flip 5 will stay fresh and secure for an extended period, and the hardware is built to match that. Factor in the IPX8 water resistance and you’ve got yourself the best flip phone that money can buy.

All kinds of Samsung Cell Phone  batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Samsung Cell Phone  Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Samsung Cell Phone  battery

All brands laptop battery in here, We sell cheap and high quality laptop batteries , Tablets battery, mobile phone battery, you choose

Amazon Fire HD 10 updated with improved battery life and performance

Amazon has announced a new version of its Fire HD 10 tablet.

Kindle Kids Edition is a new Kindle device built just for kids.Both devices are available for pre-order now.Amazon held a big hardware event late last month to unveil a slew of new Echo products, and on October 7, the company unveiled even more goodies, including an updated Fire HD 10 tablet and a new Kindle designed for kids .


Starting with the new Fire HD 10, which will replace the existing model and retain the same 10.1-inch 1920 x 1200 HD display. From a design perspective, the tablet looks the same (save for some new colors), but Amazon has given it a pretty big upgrade under the hood.


There’s a new octa-core processor clocked at 2GHz, along with 2GB of RAM. Amazon also claims improved Amazon Fire HD 10 battery life with 12 hours of use on a single charge compared to the older model’s 10-hour rating. Perhaps the most exciting change for some users is that the new Fire HD 10 finally gets a USB-C charging port. Not only does this allow the Fire HD 10 to charge faster than before, but it also means it works better with other USB-C devices.


The Fire HD 10 is still priced at $150, is available for pre-order now, and will ship on October 30. Also joining the pack is the new Fire HD 10 Kids Edition, which comes with one year of free Amazon FreeTime Unlimited, a child-resistant case with a built-in stand, and a two-year “worry-free warranty.” The kids version is slightly more expensive at $200. In addition to the new tablet, Amazon also unveiled its first Kindle designed specifically for children It’s aptly named the Amazon Kindle Kids Edition, and overall it’s a fairly basic e-reader with some nice software bonuses for younger users.
The Kindle Kids Edition features a 6-inch e-ink display with a resolution of 167ppi. It has an adjustable front light for easy reading in dark environments, and aAmazon Kindle batterythat “lasts for weeks instead of days.”


Kindle Kids Edition includes one year of free FreeTime Unlimited, plus additional features to encourage kids to keep reading, such as achievement badges for completed books, easy access to definitions of difficult words, a built-in dictionary, and a vocabulary builder.


The Kindle Kids Edition is available for pre-order today and is expected to ship on October 30. The price is set at $110.Amazon Kindle Kids EditionAmazon’s first Kindle just for kids.

Kindle Kids Edition is exactly what you’d expect – a Kindle device made just for kids. This Kindle comes in lots of fun colors/designs and has a built-in dictionary and other tools to help encourage your child to keep reading. It also comes with one year of FreeTime Unlimited for free!

All kinds of Amazon Tablets batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Amazon Tablets Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Amazon Tablets battery

Lenovo ThinkPad X13s: Battery Life So Long You Can Leave the Charger Home

This 2.4-pound 13-inch laptop is powered by Qualcomm’s Snapdraon 8cx Gen 3 chip, which outperforms the previous generation but still lets you work for days.Click to unmute

Lenovo announced a range of new business laptops at Mobile World Congress, but two of the most interesting laptops happen to be the smallest – the ThinkBook 13s Gen 4 i and ThinkPad X13s Gen 1 .
Lenovo said in a statement that the new ThinkPad X13s Gen 1 is the first true business Windows laptop powered by Snapdragon. This 13.3-inch 16:10 laptop was developed in a four-year collaboration between Qualcomm and Microsoft. It’s powered by the Snapdragon 8cx Gen 3 computing platform, which is said to offer 85% better CPU performance and 57% better GPU performance compared to the previous-generation chip. Snapdragon chip-powered laptops we’ve tested in the past have always been thin and light, with good ThinkPad X13s laptops batterylife, but generally disappointing processing performance compared to Intel or AMD processors. That would be great if the performance claims hold up here, making it an extremely portable laptop that can get the job done anywhere.
ThinkPad X13s is also expected to have a long ThinkPad X13s battery life of up to 28 hours. Because it operates more like a phone than a typical laptop, it has no fans, is 13mm thick, is made from 90% recycled magnesium, and weighs less than 2.4 pounds (1.1kg). There are some other nice extras like a 5-megapixel webcam, an IR camera for facial recognition, and Wi-Fi 6E, and it will support 5G mmWave or sub6 as well as 4G LTE.
The Lenovo ThinkPad X13s will start shipping in the US from AT&T in May, starting at $1,099, and will be shipped by Verizon later this year. That works out to about £820 and AU$1,520.
Joining the ThinkPad X13s is the ThinkBook 13s Gen 4 i, Lenovo’s thinnest ThinkBook at 14.9mm thick and 2.8 pounds (1.3kg). It’s built specifically for the small and medium business market (SMB) and will start at about $850 when it becomes available in April. The 13s has a rugged metal body that meets mil-spec standards, so while it’s aimed at small and medium-sized business buyers, it could also be suitable for students or anyone who wants a small, rugged device that weighs under three pounds. The laptop can be configured with up to 12th Gen Intel Core i7, 32GB RAM, and up to 1TB SSD storage. You also get Wi-Fi 6E and a Full HD webcam with privacy shutter. Like Lenovo’s other business laptops, the ThinkBook 13s’ display aspect ratio jumps to 16:10 for a 13.3-inch display with a 2,560×1,600 resolution.
The last version of this laptop Lenovo released was AMD-based, so its USB-C port wasn’t Thunderbolt. However, since this product is Intel, its USB-C port is Thunderbolt 4, and you also get an HDMI output, so it’s perfect for hotels or hot desking where you might want to use a single USB port, external monitor or peripheral device. cable.
Lenovo also announced the new ThinkVision M14d, a portable 2.2K 14-inch 16:10 USB-C monitor that will make a great companion to the ThinkBook 13s Gen 4 i (or X13s). The display is tilt- and height-adjustable and weighs just 1.3 pounds (600 grams). Combined with the 13s Gen 4 i, total travel weight with display is just over 4 pounds.

Lenovo also announced several other updated models in the ThinkPad range, including 14-inch and 16-inch P- Series Workstations, 14-inch and 14-inch P-Series Workstations. 16-inch models of its T-series ThinkPads, the most popular line of business laptops, and the ThinkPad X1 Extreme Gen 5. The 16-inch X1 Extreme looks to be a capable device, built around a 16:10 165Hz display with 4K resolution and 600 nits of brightness. It can be configured with up to 12th Gen Intel Core i9 H-series vPro processors, up to Nvidia GeForce RTX 3070 Ti graphics, up to 64GB of DDR5 memory, and optional dual SSDs for up to 8TB of storage. The product will be available in June starting at about $2,050.

All kinds of Lenovo Laptop batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Lenovo Laptop Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Lenovo Laptop battery.>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>15.44V 3392mAh Lenovo L21M4P72 Long Life Battery Replacement

The CUBOT H1 Smartphone Test: A Month with 3-4 Days of Battery per Charge

The last time I did a full road test of a smartphone, I was switching from the rather beat-up Samsung Galaxy S2 to the “glorious” 6-inch HTC One max, and at the time my smartphone use consisted of taking photos and basic gaming. Two years passed and I upgraded again because the One max had become extremely slow and I now use my phone a lot to write reviews on the road. The phone I chose for the next round comes from a whimsical, but humble, number, from CUBOT, a Chinese company based in Shenzhen.

Now, phones aren’t the best place to multitask like a desktop is – even a tablet or iPad Pro works best when using just one or two apps. However, when you start increasing your volume, especially when using browser tabs, it helps to have a responsive device with a lot of memory so you can reduce switching times. That’s why having only 1 GB of RAM and an older eMMC for storage were limiting factors, and the cubot Cell Phone’s reduced battery life made a change inevitable, even if the large 6-inch device build is now my platform of choice. Another factor is older Android versions that cannot benefit from the latest updates. Granted, there were suggestions that I should do a factory reset, or flash Android updates, but I decided to do the regular user thing and upgrade – I’ve been uncomfortable using flash tools on personal devices before, as some users have been without vendor software Flashing the BIOS feels uncomfortable. But now is the time to invest in new equipment for a number of reasons.


So, through my search, I finally decided that one big thing that is very important for a smartphone is the cubot Cell Phone battery life, I want something that can last more than a day or two. I usually carry a battery pack, but it’s just an extra item I have to remember to charge and carry with me. Whether it is a large battery or an efficient design, coupled with a mid-to-high-end SoC and a considerable amount of DRAM, it is the icing on the cake. Of course, it’s almost impossible to get all of this for £200, but I sure hope so. Of course, GSMArena became a good place to search for cell phone batterysizes, and I quickly found the Gionee Marathon series. When looking at one of the Gionee smartphones on Amazon, the CUBOT H1 appeared in the recommended list with a  CUBOT H1 battery capacity of 5200 mAh (for comparison, the iPhone 5c has a  iPhone 5cbattery capacity of 1510 mAh and most high-end devices have a battery capacity of 2500-3000 mAh). I read through the specs – the 5.5-inch display is a plus, the 1280×720 resolution is lower (arguably but a good idea to extend the battery life of the CUBOT H1), and it comes with Android 5.1 It lists DRAM/storage capacities of 2GB/16GB, which isn’t great but is certainly an upgrade, and the 1 GHz quad-core MediaTek A53 doesn’t exactly fill me with hope compared to the 1.7 GHz quad-core Krait 300 That was in One max. It also has a removable battery, dual-SIM support (a feature I’ve been wanting since I’ve been traveling a lot this year), and dual-SIM-independent microSD support. 


 Aside from battery life, one element that does jump out from the page is the price. It’s priced at £125 (equivalent to $160 before tax) for a 5.5-inch 720p smartphone. It’s obvious that a smartphone at this price is going to cut corners – aside from the fact that the SoC is one of MediaTek’s talked about “super-midrange” processors the body is plastic and only one SIM slot is LTE Cat 4 and the other is just GSM. The camera is also very basic, and the Wi-Fi is only single-stream 802.11n, which would usually be a cause for concern

In terms of dimensions, it’s slightly deeper than other smartphones (9.2mm compared to the usual 6.7-7.8mm is redundant) and it also weighs 201 grams due to the HTC One max battery , but surprisingly It’s lighter than the HTC One max’s 217 grams. Also worth mentioning is microSD support, which only supports up to 32GB and isn’t usually listed on spec sheets. Still, giving up my hard – Earned money was an easy enough choice. Probably the biggest concern about the price is the screen, and whether the 1280×720 resolution is high enough for my use, or whether the color accuracy is sufficient for normal content consumption. So if the monitor’s blue is oversaturated (which it isn’t, but as an example) then it will be quickly ignored. One factor mentioned among others was the battery,

with some colleagues concerned it might be a cheap design that would fail after three months. That being said, a spare  cell phone battery y should be cheap enough that if I blow it completely I can get a brand new one and still have it in my pocket compared to the high-end Zenfone 2. Color options from third-party sellers on Amazon are listed as black, white, or gold (sic). I naturally seek glory.

Most smartphone boxes are pretty basic and this one is no exception, but at least it’s a proper retail box rather than some basic cardboard thing. Alongside the H1 smartphone comes a simple plastic silicone case with holes for the rear camera and speakers, a pre- applied screen protector on the front, and a second one in the box. On top of that, there’s a wall charger and a USB-A to micro-USB cable that allow you to use the H1 as a CUBOT H1 battery pack to charge other devices.


All kinds of Cubot Cell Phone  batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Cubot Cell Phone  Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Cubot Cell Phone  battery

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>3.8V/4.35V 2200mAh Cubot P11 Long Life Battery Replacement

Under 1KG Ultra-Portable ASUS ExpertBook B9450 Boasts 24 Hours Of Battery Life



Lighter, more portable laptops are a goal PC manufacturers have always pursued, but the limitations of technology mean they can always get close but never seem to achieve it, especially as laptop performance continues to improve The needs of users are constantly growing.

ASUS has launched its latest ExpertBook B9450, billed as the world’s lightest 14-inch business laptop
, weighing just over 850 grams. The device features a 1920 x 1080 Full HD display with a 94% screen-to-body ratio and ultra-thin bezels, and can accommodate up to a 10th Gen Intel Core i7 10510 processor, 16GB of RAM, a pair of 1TB M.2 PCIe SSDs, and Intel UHD Graphics 620 GPU. Much like many of Asus’ other laptops (most notably the ZenBook Pro Duo),

the ExpertBook B9450 also comes with Asus’ ErgoLift design, which lifts the base off the table when open to help air circulation around the laptop. Keep it cool while using. Despite its small footprint, the B9450 is extremely durable thanks to the rubber dampers installed in the body. It’s MIL-SPEC-810G tested, which means the laptop can withstand drops, shocks, vibrations, and exposure to extreme temperatures, altitude, and humidity. But there’s nothing better than holding it in your hands, and we did just that at the recent ASUS Media Summit in Taiwan.

The B9450 manages to be slim and portable while still maintaining the look and feel of a premium business laptop. Asus says the device comes in Star Black, although it looks more like a very dark midnight blue rather than all-black. Of course, a business laptop wouldn’t be a business laptop without some key security features. The ExpertBook B9450 comes with a webcam shutter for those who are worried about their privacy being invaded by their webcam.

It also has a fingerprint sensor in the lower right corner below the keyboard.Surprisingly, the ExpertBook B9450 is able to cram a pretty solid port lineup into its petite frame – 1x USB 3.1 Type-A Gen. 1, 1x Kensington lock slot, 2x Thunderbolt 3 ports, 1x HDMI , 1 USB port, mini HDMI port and 3.5mm headphone jack.On top of that, Asus says the ExpertBook B9450 also has impressive ExpertBook B9450 battery life, depending on the user’s needs. The smaller 33Wh 

 Asus ExpertBook B9450 batterylasts up to 13 hours on a full charge, or the 66Wh

laptop battery lasts up to 24 hours on a full charge. The only caveat is that the latter option will push the laptop’s weight to around 995g, still under 1kg. Asus has yet to announce pricing and availability for the ExpertBook B9.


All kinds of Asus Laptop batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Asus Laptop Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Asus Laptop battery.


>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>15.4V 4335mAh 66Wh Asus C41N1903 Long Life Battery Replacement



MWC 2016: LG announces modular G5 smartphone with slide-out battery

LG Electronics showed off its first modular smartphone with a B&O sound system and wide-angle lens.


LG Electronics showed off its first modular smartphone with a B&O sound system and wide-angle lens at the annual Mobile World Congress in Barcelona.

Modular smartphones are made up of independent components, and users can independently replace or upgrade certain functions. In the G5 smartphone , the B&O sound system can be added by sliding the module into the case. Sliding in another module, the phone, which has a 135-degree wide-angle lens, can operate like a traditional camera. You can also add a virtual reality headset and controllers to operate the drone.


Smartphone makers are trying to outdo their competitors with faster processors, higher-resolution screens or better cameras, all at lower prices. Among the top five suppliers, only two companies, Samsung and Huawei, saw sales increase last quarter. Apple posted its first quarterly decline, with iPhone sales falling 4.4%, according to market research firm Gartner.


“Unless LG succeeds with the G5, VR cameras and smart accessories, based on LG’s old trajectory, IHS predicts LG’s smartphone shipments will decline in 2016,” said IHS Technology analyst Ian Fogg. A decrease of 3%.” Ben Wood, an analyst at CCS Insight, said that the G5 brings LG back to the attention of the smartphone market.

The LG G5 is powered by the MSM8996 chipset and is powered by a 2.1GHz quad-core processor paired with 4GB or RAM and 32GB of internal storage. The display is 5.3-inch QHD with a resolution of 2560×1440 pixels and has an always-on display panel. The cameras include a 16MP+8MP wide rear sensor and a front-facing 8MP sensor.

The  LG G5 battery powering the unit is a 2800 mAh removable slide-out LG G5 phone battery, and the G5 runs Android Marshmallow out of the box. Connectivity options include Wi-Fi 802.11 a/b/g/n/ac, Bluetooth 4.2 BLS, NFC, and USB 3.0 Type-C connector. The LG G5 is 7.3mm thick and is available in silver, titan, gold, and pink.


All kinds of Lg Cell Phone batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Lg Cell Phone Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Lg Cell Phone battery


>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>> >>>>3.85V 2800MAH/10.8WH Lg BL-42D1F Long Life Battery Replacement

Best laptops for teachers 2024: Best overall, best battery life, and more

If you’re a teacher, you know what a difference having the right tools and supplies can make. While pencils and disinfectant are undoubtedly important, a proper laptop is an essential tool for today’s educator. Of course, you want the product you buy to be good value for money and focus on the right specifications. You want something that offers powerful processing performance. Sufficient storage space is also important, so there’s no need to worry about storing a large number of documents and media files. If you’re not sure where to start your search, don’t worry. The team at PCWorld has done most of the heavy lifting for you.


Why you should trust us: We’re PCWorld. We’ve known PC hardware and tested various laptops for decades reflects. Our reviewers evaluate each device through a series of performance and battery tests as well as rigorous real-world usage. Our list the best among faculty.

We’ve added the Lenovo Flex 5i as our new pick for best Chromebook, and the Asus Zenbook 14 OLED as our new pick for best Asus Zenbook 14 OLED laptop for battery life. You can learn more about these great laptops in the summary below.Samsung Galaxy Book3 Ultra – The best laptop for teachers

With its long battery life, lightweight form factor and powerful CPU performance, the Samsung Galaxy Book3 Ultra has many advantages. The 1080p webcam is also a great addition for distance learning. As for  Samsung Galaxy Book3 Ultra  battery life, our testing showed it beat the competition with 13.1 hours of continuous use, meaning you can say goodbye to those days of hunting for an outlet.
The Galaxy Book3 Ultra comes with a 13th generation Intel Core i7 CPU, the new Nvidia GeForce RTX 4050 GPU, 16GB of RAM, and 512GB of SSD storage. With that kind of power, this machine should be able to handle productivity tasks as well as everyday use without any issues. It also comes with a 16-inch OLED display with a resolution of 2880×1800 and a refresh rate of 120Hz. Visuals should be both vivid and detailed. If you’re looking for a laptop that ticks all your productivity boxes, the Galaxy Book3 Ultra is well worth considering.


Acer Aspire 3 – The best affordable laptop for teachers
The Acer Aspire 3 is a great choice for budget-conscious teachers. It’s reasonably priced and fast enough for everyday tasks like writing emails, researching online, and grading homework. The full-size keyboard provides plenty of space, perfect for long periods of typing While that’s all well and good, it’s the internals that really make this laptop a good value for money.


This laptop comes with Ryzen 3 7320U CPU, 8GB RAM, and 128GB PCIe SSD storage. The 15.8-inch display has a 1080p resolution and good color quality. Additionally, in our testing, we found that the Acer Aspire 3’s battery lasted up to eight hours of continuous use, enough to last an average workday. The design, while a bit utilitarian, is one of the sturdiest builds we’ve seen on a budget laptop. All in all, the Acer Aspire 3 gives you an adequate experience for relatively little money.

Acer Swift Edge 16 – The best portable laptop for teachers
The last thing you want to do every day is lug around a bulky laptop between classes. Introducing the Acer Swift Edge 16, a lightweight 16-inch laptop with an ultra-thin design. At just 0.51 inches thick and weighing just 2.71 pounds, the Swift Edge 16 gives you all the same screen real estate as the competition without adding extra size or weight. A larger screen may take up a larger footprint than some ultraportables, but the extra OLED display size is totally welcome.


Acer also ships with an AMD Ryzen 7 7840U processor, which offers solid processing performance, but the lack of discrete graphics means you’re unlikely to play any games on the device. Still, it’s great for handling productivity tasks or apps with ease. Swift Edge 16 is also reasonably priced, driving down the cost of alternatives and adding to its appeal.


ASUS Zenbook 14 Flip OLED – The best 2-in-1 laptop for teachers
The latest Asus Zenbook 14 Flip OLED is an upgrade over the previous version, with a new 13th generation Intel processor and a beautiful OLED screen. There’s plenty of performance for everyday productivity tasks, thanks to the mentioned Core i7 processor, Intel Iris Xe integrated graphics , 16GB DDR5 RAM, and a 1TB SSD. It’s also a sleek, slim laptop that’s just over half an inch thick and weighs just 3.31 pounds. Using this laptop also offers some additional benefits for teachers. These include a 1080p webcam to help you look better during online classes and meetings, an OLED touchscreen display, andUse the ed stylus when you want to flip the screen and use your device in tablet mode.
Granted, for this price, we’d like to see more powerful graphics options like a discrete card, but the Intel Iris Xe is still very manageable for most day-to-day work tasks. Generally speaking, 2-in-1 devices are great tools for teachers because they are flexible enough to adapt to any environment and can fulfill multiple roles. For anyone looking to buy a 2-in-1 laptop, the Zenbook 14 Flip OLED should be at the top of your list.

All of this somehow fits into a small 11.54×8.19-inch footprint that’s just 0.58 inches thick. Plus, it weighs only 2.18 pounds. It’s an easy-to-carry laptop that can be carried between classes or thrown into your bag for paper grading trips to the coffee shop. The only issue we found was with theLenovo ThinkPad X1  batterylife, which in real-world testing required charging during heavy use during the workday. Regardless, if you want a compact laptop that offers a satisfying typing experience while grading assignments and writing rubrics, look no further than the Lenovo ThinkPad X1ASUS Zenbook 14 OLED – Best Battery Life
When you’re on the go between teacher’s offices, classes, and meetings, you need a laptop that can charge without having to be plugged in throughout the day. The ASUS Zenbook 14 OLED offers marathon ASUS Zenbook 14 OLED battery life and more. Our testing showed it could last 15 hours and 20 minutes of continuous use before needing to be recharged—in real-world conditions, this might be reduced to 10 to 12 hours. It easily outperforms most competitors, and the Asus Zenbook 14 OLED battery won’ t have any issues Keeping you productive throughout your workday, even during parent-teacher conferences and grading assignments at the end of the day.
The ASUS Zenbook 14 OLED also features a beautiful 14-inch 2880x1800p OLED touchscreen display and a rugged metal chassis built to withstand the rigors of teaching life. While not the cheapest model on this list, it’s still relatively affordable as a sub-$1,000 laptop.

All brands laptop battery in here, We sell cheap and high quality laptop batteries , Tablets battery, mobile phone battery, you choose

LG’s big-battery X Power heads up four new ‘X’ smartphones

The South Korean tech giant lifts the lid on four new mobiles, each of which emphasizes a particular feature, from LG’s smartphone battery  life to speedy data to design.LG’s brand-new X Power smartphone hopes to win over shoppers who thirst for better LG’s X Power smartphone battery-life. 


The power-hoarding mobile has a 4,100 mAh battery, LG says, and will charge at twice the speed of other phones. Despite its juicy battery, the X Power — announced today alongside three other new LG phones — measures a slender 7.9mm thick.


Meanwhile LG’s X Mach supports the LTE Cat 9 3CA standard for lightning-fast downloads, although not all networks will have the technology ready to take advantage of this speedy mobile data. Elsewhere the Mach touts a 1.8GHz processor.


Completing the lineup are the X Style, which LG says will bring an “elegant design boasting gracefully curving lines” — a statement it supposedly made while gesticulating passionately with a cigarette holder — and the X Max, which has a great big screen. The four new phones follow on from the X Cam and X Screen smartphones, which got an official airing back in February.

Confirming the existence of these devices is only the first step, and there’s no word yet on where or when these four phones will go on sale. We wouldn’t be surprised to see them heading to Europe and Asia before long, with some of them arriving in the US as rebranded handsets for phone networks.

All kinds of Lg Cell Phone  batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Lg Cell Phone  Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Lg Cell Phone  battery

Samsung to use LG batteries in Galaxy A and M smartphones

Samsung plans to use LG smartphone batteriesproduced by LG Energy Solution in its Galaxy A and M series smartphones, TheElec has learned.
The South Korean tech giant has been using Korean-made smartphone batteries since 2019.


It used them on the now-discontinued Galaxy Note series and currently uses them on its flagship Galaxy S series as well as the Galaxy Z series of foldable phones.
But so far, it hasn’t used them in the mid-range Galaxy A and M series.
Samsung mainly uses producedSamsung  smartphone  batteriesby Amperex Technology Limited (ATL) and China’s BYD, as well as ATL and Japan’s TDK joint venture.


However, sources said Samsung needs to add more suppliers to establish a stable supply chain due to the Covid-19 pandemic and China’s lockdown measures.
Adding LG Energy Solution as a supplier will also intensify competition among battery suppliers, driving down unit prices, they added.
Meanwhile, ITM Semiconductor handles the packaging of batteries used in the Galaxy A and M series for Samsung.


LG Energy Solution will likely continue to do so with cells produced in Nanjing, which will be delivered to ITM Semiconductor’s factory in Vietnam, where Samsung has its largest smartphone factory.


The addition of LG Energy Solutions to Samsung’s mid-range mobile phone supply chain may also force Samsung SDI to lower its unit price.
As a subsidiary of Samsung, Samsung SDI is usually responsible for processing the first batch of  Samsung  smartphone batteriesused in Samsung devices.

All brands laptop battery in here, We sell cheap and high quality laptop batteries , Tablets battery, mobile phone battery, you choose
>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>LG GM310 KV600 KV800 GD570 DLITE GS505 SENTIO long life battery replacement

Accelerating telco transformation in the era of AI

AI is redefining digital transformation for every industry, including telecommunications. Every operator’s AI journey will be distinct. But each AI journey requires cloud-native transformation, which provides the foundation for any organization to harness the full potential of AI, driving innovation, efficiency and business value.

This new era of AI will create incredible economic growth and represent a profound shift as a percentage impact on global GDP, which is just over $100 trillion. So, when we look at the potential value driven by this next generation of AI technology, we may see a boost to global GDP of an additional $7 trillion to $10 trillion.

Embracing AI will help operators unlock new revenue streams, deliver superior customer experiences and pioneer future innovations for growth.

The AI-powered future cloud for telecommunications
Operators can now leverage cloud services that are adaptive, purpose-built for telecommunications and span from near edge on-premises environments to the far edges of Earth and space to monetize investments, modernize networks, elevate customer experiences and streamline business operations with AI.

Our aim is to be the most trusted co-innovation partner for the telecommunications industry. We want to help accelerate telco transformation and empower operators to succeed in the era of AI, which is why we are committed to working with operators, enterprises and developers on the future cloud.

At MWC in Barcelona this week, we are announcing updates to our Azure for Operators portfolio to help operators seize the opportunity ahead in a cloud- and AI-native future.

Monetize investments and unlock innovation for customers
AI opens new growth opportunities for operators. The biggest potential is that operators, as they embrace this new era of cloud and AI, can also help their customers in their own transformation.

For example, spam calls and malicious activities are a well-known menace and are growing exponentially, and often impact the most vulnerable members of society. Besides the annoyance, the direct cost of those calls adds up. For example, in the United States, FTC data for 2023 shows $850 million in reported fraud losses stemming from scam calls.

Today, we are announcing the public preview of Azure Operator Call Protection, a new service that uses AI to help protect consumers from scam calls. The service uses real-time analysis of voice content, alerting consumers who opt into the service when there is suspicious in-call activity. Azure Operator Call Protection works on any endpoint, mobile or landline, and it works entirely through the network without needing any app installation.

In the U.K., BT Group is trialing Azure Operator Call Protection to identify, educate and protect their customers from potential fraud, making it harder for bad actors to take advantage of their customers.

We are also announcing the public preview of Azure Programmable Connectivity (APC), which provides a unified, standard interface across operators’ networks. APC provides seamless access to Open Gateway for developers to create cloud and edge-native applications that interact with the intelligence of the network. APC also empowers operators to commercialize their network APIs and simplifies their access for developers and is available in the Azure Marketplace.

Run AI-driven networks on a carrier-grade, hybrid cloud platform
AI opens incredible opportunities to modernize network operations, providing new levels of real-time insights, intelligence and automation. Operators, such as Three UK, are already using Azure Operator Insights to eliminate data silos and deliver actionable business insights by enabling the collection and analysis of massive quantities of network data gathered from complex multi-vendor network functions. Designed for operator-specific workloads, operators tackle complex scenarios with Azure Operator Insights, such as understanding the health of their networks and the quality of their subscribers’ experiences.

Azure Operator Insights uses a modern data mesh architecture for dividing complex domains into manageable sub-domains called data products. These data products integrate large datasets from different sources and vendors to provide data visibility from disaggregated networks for comprehensive analytical and business insights. Using this data product factory capability, operators, network equipment providers and solution integrators can create unique data products for one customer or published to the Azure Marketplace for many customers to use.

rk issues quickly and accurately, ultimately improving customer satisfaction.

Copilot in Azure Operator Insights is delivering AI-infused insights to drive network efficiency for customers like Three UK and participating partners including Amdocs, Accenture and BMC Remedy. Three UK is using Copilot in Azure Operator Insights to unlock actionable intelligence on network health and customer experience quality of service, a process that previously took weeks or months to assess, is now possible to perform in minutes.

Additionally, with our next-generation hybrid cloud platform, Azure Operator Nexus, we offer the ability to future-proof the network to support mission-critical workloads, and power new revenue-generating services and applications. This immense opportunity is what drives operators to modernize their networks with Azure Operator Nexus, a carrier-grade, hybrid cloud platform and AI-powered automation and insights — unlocking improved efficiency, scalability and reliability. Purpose-built for and validated by tier one operators to run mission-critical workloads, Azure Operator Nexus enables operators to run workloads on-premises or on Azure, where they can seamlessly deploy, manage, secure and monitor everything — from the bare metal to the tenant.

E& UAE is taking advantage of the Azure Operator Nexus platform to lower total cost of ownership (TCO), leverage the power of AI to simplify operations, improve time to market and focus on their core competencies. And operations at AT&T that took months with previous generations of technology now take weeks to complete with Azure Operator Nexus.

We continue to build robust capabilities into Azure Operator Nexus, including new deployment options giving operators the flexibility to use one carrier-grade platform to deliver innovative solutions on near-edge, far-edge and enterprise edge.

Read more about the latest Azure for Operator updates here.

Accelerate business transformation with AI
Operators are creating differentiation by collaborating with us to improve customer experiences and streamline their business operations with AI. Operators are leveraging Microsoft’s copilot stack and copilot experiences across our core products and services, such as Microsoft Copilot, Microsoft Copilot for M365 and Microsoft Security Copilot to drive productivity and improve customer experiences.

Last year AT&T launched Ask AT&T, a generative AI tool designed to help employees be more effective, creative and innovative. An early use case for Ask AT&T was to enable software developers to write and refine code — in many cases, AT&T is seeing a 25-50% productivity gain for their developers. Since its launch, the company has identified many other use cases for the solution. Today, approximately 68,000 employees have access to Ask AT&T and are using it for anything from vulnerability remediation in IT to analysis of the vast data flows the company manages on its network. The company is currently training Ask AT&T on contracts and financial materials to assist with HR questions and making our care representatives even more effective at supporting our customers.


Teams at Lumen use Copilot to surface relevant policies, summarize tickets and easily find repair instructions from manuals. They can quickly create presentations, new business proposals and statements of work. Giving their workforce the digital tools they need to deliver dramatically improved customer experiences with greater ease is an essential part of the company’s transformation.


Telefónica evolves Kernel, its digital framework for the creation of advanced services, to the next level by adding new Microsoft Azure AI services to power every relevant use case with generative AI capabilities at scale. New Kernel 2.0 integrates all the digital services from the Telefónica Group to enable private-first, secure and standardized access to data and APIs, providing a foundation for value-added services that can be developed faster and with higher customer impact.


Indonesian-based Telkomsel introduced Veronika — a virtual assistant that integrates Microsoft Azure OpenAI Service. Veronika is rooted in natural language processing and machine learning, and recommends telco packages based on customers’ needs, and it can quickly and accurately address customer concerns. Since deploying Veronika, Telkomsel has been able to address rising call volumes without increasing agents. They have seen a significant drop in call volumes for their agents who are now handling 1,000 calls a day (down from 8,000 previously) and can now focus on increased cross-selling.


To increase customer satisfaction, Vodafone will apply the power of Microsoft Azure OpenAI to deliver frictionless, real-time, proactive and hyper-personalized experiences across all Vodafone customer touchpoints, including its digital assistant TOBi (available in 13 countries). Vodafone employees will also be able to leverage the AI capabilities of Microsoft Copilot to trans

Today, we are also announcing the limited preview of Copilot in Azure Operator Insights, a groundbreaking, operator-focused, generative AI capability helping operators move from reactive to proactive and predictive in tangible ways. Engineers use the Copilot to interact with network insights using natural language and receive simple explanations of what the data means and possible actions to take, resolving netwo

Shop Laptop Batteries ,Laptop AC Adapters, Notebook Batteries and Notebook Chargers from HP, Lenovo, DELL, Panasonic Asus and more! Batteryforpc.co.uk offers the best prices, shipping & top-rated customer service! Order today!

This exquisitely affordable TCL tablet has a Full HD screen, hefty battery, 5G speeds, and more

What do almost all the budget best tablets have in common? That’s right, none of these devices have built-in cellular connectivity. At least it won’t be at a really irresistible price, like $200 or less.


But that’s where the aptly named TCL Tab 10 5G comes in, priced at just $129.99 with, you guessed it, standalone 5G support and a massive 10.1-inch screen with a resolution of 1,920 x 1,200 pixels, aka Full HD . How can this product be so cheap when Wi-Fi-only versions like the Samsung Galaxy Tab S6 Lite regularly cost $200? Before you think about it, no, you are not dealing with any type of refurbished or used equipment here.
Woot is selling a brand new, unused, unopened and undamaged TCL Tab 10 5G for the insanely low price of $129.99 and comes with a 1-year manufacturer’s warranty, making this one-day-only sale for Android devices hard to resist – Like Bargainer . Having said that, you have to consider that the mid-range tablets on offer here are running Android 12 on the software side, but there’s no guarantee that an Android 13 update will be coming soon, which will certainly prove to be a major update for some concerned about security and the potential for general long-term support. For buyers, this is a deal breaker.


If you decide to take advantage of Woot’s undeniably compelling new offer, other compromises you’ll need to learn to live with include just 32GB of internal storage and a so-so 4GB of RAM, paired with an octa-core MediaTek Kompanio 800T processor and an 8,000mAh   TCL Tab battery. It’s the exact opposite of compromise.

All in all, you’ll definitely see a mixed bag of specs (and design) here, but trust us when we tell you that there’s no Android tablet out there that can match the overall value of this one. Sections under $200.


Significantly, the same device is currently $10 cheaper on Amazon (after using a special coupon), but the deal is actually handled by a third-party seller that’s less reputable than Woot, so… you’ll have to decide for yourself which one The path to purchase makes more sense to you.

All kinds of Tcl Tablets batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Tcl Tablets Batterywith wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Tcl Tablets battery

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>3.85V 4.4V 8000mAh Tcl TLP078A1 Long Life Battery Replacement

LG Laptop – Troubleshooting Battery Not Charging Passing 80%

According to the laptop development team of LG Electronics, it is possible to extend the battery life by reducing the charging level from 100% to 80%.So, LG Electronics laptop products have the [Extend  LG laptop Battery Life] According to the laptop development team of LG Electronics, it is possible to extend the battery life by reducing the charging level from 100% to 80%.


So, LG Electronics laptop products have the [Extend LG laptop Battery Life] function added to them.Check if the function is enabled when charging stops at 80%.Depending on the release year of laptop, the [Extend Battery Life] function setting program might differ.In case of laptop released before 2022, you can check it in the LG Control Center program and in case of laptop released after 2022, you can check it in the LG Smart Assistant program.


function added to them.Check if the function is enabled when charging stops at 80%.Depending on the release year of laptop, the [Extend Battery Life] function setting program might differ.In case of laptop released before 2022, you can check it in the LG Control Center program and in case of laptop released after 2022, you can check it in the LG Smart Assistant program.If you want to charge yourLG laptop battery to 100%, then turn off the [Extend Battery Life] function.➔ Move it indoors for installation. (Brief description of title or troubleshooting methods)


How to set the [Extend Battery Life] function in LG Control Center.1. In the input window at the left bottom of the screen, search for and select [LG Control Center].
2. Click [Power Management Setting].


3. Turn off the function by setting the third item, [Extend Laptop Battery Life] to [OFF].※ If you are unable to locate the LG Update Center, LG Update Center or LG DnA Center Plus program, you can access the LG Electronicswebsite’s download library and select [Laptop/Tab book] from the [IT/Monitor] category and then inter the model name.After that, choose the corresponding Windows version from the [Operating System (OS)] category and you can proceed to install the LG Update,LG Update Center or LG DnA Center Plus program.

All kinds of Lg Laptop batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Lg Laptop Batterywith wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Lg Laptop battery
>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>11.1V 5200mAh Lg LB62115B Long Life Battery Replacement

LG Gram Battery Not Charging: 4 Solutions That Work

Laptop battery not charging is a typical problem with laptops, and the LG Gram is no exception. While the laptop is known for its long LG Gram laptop battery life, users have reported difficulty charging its power storage device.
In this detailed guide, we’ll show you how to restore your computer’s battery and make it work properly again.


Why won’t my LG Gram battery charge?There are several potential causes of LG Gram battery not charging issue. Here are some worth noting:
Device not plugged in: In some cases, the LG laptop battery may not charge because the device is not plugged in. The solution is to check that the charger is plugged in correctly and working.Outdated Drivers: Sometimes, this issue can be caused by outdated or faulty battery drivers. In this case, you need to update the driver to resolve the issue.

What should I do if my LG Gram battery won’t charge?1. Make sure the charger is plugged inBefore doing anything, double check that your laptop’s charger is connectedlaptop charger2. Check carefully whether the socket where the charger is plugged into is working properlyIf you are in a hurry, you may make this mistake, which may create unnecessary tension.


2.Remove the batteryIf the laptop is plugged in, unplug or unplug the power cord. Turn the laptop over, making sure the bottom of the laptop is facing up.On the bottom of the laptop, find the battery latch, slide the latch switch to the other side and hold it open until the  laptop batteryis released.Close the laptop and hold the power button for 15 seconds.Plug in your laptop’s power cord and turn on your LG Gram, then check the battery charge status. If your device has difficulty starting up, the problem is with your power adapter, not the  LG Gram battery itself.


3. Update driversFirst, click the Start menu, type “Device Manager,” and then select “Device Manager.”Next, go to Microsoft AC Adapter, right-click on it and select Update Driver from the context menu. Then follow the on-screen instructions. Right-click the Microsoft ACPI Compliant Control Method Battery and select Update Driver from the context menu when you right-click it. Then follow the on-screen instructions.
Restart the laptop.If you don’t want to do this manually, we recommend that you install an application that automatically updates your computer’s drivers.
For this purpose, we offer Outbyte Driver Updater, which performs a deep scan after installation, identifies missing and outdated drivers and updates them, potentially solving many problems.


⇒ Get the Outbyte driver update
4. Check power and sleep settingsFirst, click the Start menu, go to Control Panel, and then select Control Panel. After that, select Hardware and Sound, select Power Options, select Change plan settings, and see if the correct settings are applied.

After applying any changes in the settings, click Save Changes.While there are a variety of reasons why your LG Gram battery can go wrong, power surges are often the first to cause damage.
LG Gram battery not charging issue can be caused by power surge issues. This attacks your charger and sometimes your battery. So first check your charger and battery.
If you want to know how to check battery usage and health in Windows 11, this article might help.
Let us know in the comments below what methods you used to resolve LG Gram battery charging issues on your LG Gram.

All kinds of Lg Laptop batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Lg Laptop Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Lg Laptop battery.

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>7.6V 30.4Wh/4000mAh Lg LBG722VH Long Life Battery Replacement

Fujitsu launches ARROWS A SoftBank 202F smartphone

TOKYO — Fujitsu on Thursday launched Fujitsu Mobile Communications Co.’s new ARROWS A SoftBank 202F. The new smartphone will go on sale in Japan on Friday through SoftBank retailers.


To deliver one of the most sought-after features among smartphone users – long-lasting smartphone battery life – the ARROWS SoftBank 202F is equipped with a high-capacityARROWS SoftBank 202F batteryof over 3,000 mAh, and Fujitsu’s energy-saving Human Centric engine. The result is a smartphone that delivers long Fujitsu smartphone battery life, lasting more than two days on a single charge. With the phone’s beautiful 5.0-inch Full HD display (1,920 × 1,080) and support for Full-Seg HD broadcasts, users can fully enjoy videos in stunning detail on this large screen.


This advanced smartphone is packed with many other stunning high-spec features, including a 1.7 GHz quad-core CPU that delivers performance, and a high-resolution 13.1-megapixel camera that anyone can use to capture high-quality photos with ease.
The rapid popularity of smartphones, coupled with the development of increasingly advanced features and richer content, has created a need for smartphone battery life that will allow users to enjoy these features and content for extended periods of time without worrying about battery life. The ARROWS A SoftBank 202F delivers over two days of battery life on a single charge, thanks to a large-capacity Fujitsu smartphone battery of over 3,000 mAh and Fujitsu’s Human Centric Engine, which helps users conserve power.


Additionally, the phone’s stunning 5.0-inch Full HD display and other high-spec features allow users to fully enjoy the benefits of a smartphone in their daily lives. To provide an easy-to-carry form factor, a feature that is increasingly important in large-screen smartphones, the device is 69mm wide, making it one of the narrowest smartphones in the industry with a 5.0-inch display.
ARROWS A SoftBank 202F is available in four colors: Elegant Blue, Pink, Black and White.

All kinds of Fujitsu Cell Phone  batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Fujitsu Cell Phone  Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Fujitsu Cell Phone  battery

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>3.8V 2780mAh Fujitsu CA54310-0074 Long Life Battery Replacement

Hands-on with the Fuhu Nabi Big Tab HD 24, a tablet for kids that parents can control

I was forced to put off my review of the Fuhu Nabi BigTab HD 24 by three days because I had taken away my son’s gaming privileges.
And yes, that’s an odd way to begin telling you about a very good educational tablet geared for kids. But raising a child involves more than throwing new technology at them; it’s exposing them to what’s appropriate, and limiting that exposure. Some may see the BigTab as just a massive Android tablet. But it’s actually a bundle of fun, educational software controlled by management tools that allow you to place limits on your child’s digital playtime. 


The BigTab HD 24 elicited an awed “Whoa” from my six-year-old son, who quickly volunteered to help “test” it. We both came away impressed: he with the variety of apps, including the ability for me to load his favorites on the tablet, and me with the ability to create a virtual playspace to keep him entertained. We both agreed, though, that the BigTab probably favors boys over girls, however, and that we didn’t think the BigTab was appropriate for his two-year-old brother, because of the size. At $549, the BigTab HD 24 is priced slightly more than an entry-level Apple iPad Air 2 (the 16GB model costs $499), which would be more the little one’s speed.An unusually solid design

Physically, the BigTab is solidly built—I don’t want to say “kid-proof,” but a lot of care has obviously gone into the construction. I measured the BigTab HD 24 at 22.5 inches of screen size, with a full 1920 ×1080-pixel display. Surrounding it is a 24.5-inch rugged removable metal frame that locks into the tablet itself, providing a kickstand. On top, it sticks up from the tablet about two inches, providing a sturdy carrying handle as I moved it from room to room.You don’t have to tote the power cord everywhere, but the BigTab HD 24’s battery won’t last you more than about 90 minutes, thanks to that massive screen.

Note that there is a “performance” slider buried within the generic Android settings to dial down the performance of the embedded Nvidia Tegra 4 processor and extend the Fuhu Tablets batteries  life somewhat. An unexpected glitch that happened once: When inserting the power cord into the partially charged tablet, it shut itself off.I would be a little worried about what would happen if this huge tablet fell over near a small child. The Big Tab HD 24 weighs an estimated 13.5 pounds. I foolishly placed it on our coffee table, kickstand extended, and left the room for a few minutes— only to be informed sadly by my son that it had fallen off. I’m still not sure what happened.

The good news is that the BigTab survived the 18-inch fall to a hardwood floor without incident, and my youngest was nowhere nearby it when it did.
A wealth of appsWhen you power on the BigTab HD 24, the first thing you’ll see is a cartoon picture of your child, together with a recorded message that he or she can choose to play. Sliding right reveals several pages of apps and interactive books. At the bottom of the screen is the familiar Android “home” and “back” buttons for navigation. In the upper right there’s also an Android-y “more apps” button that pulls you out of the BigTab UI and into an Android interface. 

There are also utilities like Nabi Konnect, which allow you to chat and share photos with friends that parents pick, and carefully guided tours of the Web (which equate to little more than toy and movie sites). Videos and music channels are also included. Not everything’s perfect: A Bag It! game invited kids to shake the tablet to settle virtual groceries—a game mechanic that could actually be dangerous with a tablet of that size.nd another, Gear Jack, used virtual buttons on either side of the screen that needed to be quickly pressed, awkward for kids to stretch that far. An air hockey simulator worked best when then screen was flat, but others wanted the tablet to be rotated to portrait mode, which really isn’t possible.

Fuhu Nabi DreamTab HD8 DMTAB IN08A Long Life Battery Replacement
Fuhu Fuhu Nabi DreamTab HD8 DMTAB IN08A Lithium Ion Battery is new brand and compatible with 100% original and replacement batteries. Fuhu Fuhu Nabi DreamTab HD8 DMTAB IN08A battery wholesale and retail, high quality and low price!




How to Check Battery Level on a Keyboard?

A common issue with Wireless peripherals is that they usually die without giving you any alerts. Normally, when the  battery gets low, your keyboard starts to act in abnormal ways.It won’t work properly and disconnect frequently. Eventually, it will stop operating and that’s how you’ll know that your keyboard is dead.
Additionally, it doesn’t help when we can’t figure out the battery level of our keyboard. Fortunately, there are several ways to check the  keyboard battery level on your keyboard. 


How to Check Battery Level of a Keyboard?There are different ways to check the battery level of a keyboard. And, the process differs slightly for different brands. You can check the battery level in these ways.


From Windows SettingsWindows does give you the ability to check the battery level on your wireless peripheral through the windows settings. It is an easy process, and this is how you can do it:


Click on the start menu and open Settings.Then, select DevicesClick on Bluetooth & Other Devices.Under “Mouse, Keyboard, and Pen”, you can see the  keyboard battery  level next to your Bluetooth keyboard’s name.battery-level-of-keyboard
If you don’t see the battery level of your keyboard in the settings, it means that your keyboard does not support this feature. Keyboards of different brands and models have different ways of displaying the battery so, your keyboard most likely has other ways to display it.

How to Check Battery Level on Keyboards With Non-Rechargeable Battery?

If you have a different kind of Bluetooth keyboard that uses an AA or AAA battery, you can’t see the battery level. You don’t really need to check the keyboard battery  in these keyboards since they last months. However, some brands like Logitech give you the option to check battery level even if it uses an AA battery. 
Keyboards that don’t show the battery level on the windows settings are likely to display the battery using LED lights. Some keyboard brands have their own software for this.


Below are the ways to check battery level on keyboards of different brands.
LogitechWith Logitech keyboards, you can use a software designed to customize the use of their keyboards. You can download the app through Logitech’s website. The application is called Logi Options and it supports all their devices. The software is available on both Windows and Mac.


To check the battery level of your wireless peripherals through this application,
Open the Logi Options app.Select your Keyboard.The battery level will show at the bottom part, under your keyboard’s picture.This application also notifies you when your keyboard’s battery gets low. If you’re not getting these notifications, you need to turn on the notifications. To do this,

Open the Logi Options app.Select your Keyboard.Click on More at the bottom left of the window.Click on This Device at the top-right corner of the window.Under Notifications, turn on “Device battery becomes low.”For Logitech keyboards that use AA batteries, you can press and hold the FN key, then press F12. If the LED glows green, your batteries are good and you don’t have to change them. But if they glow red, you need to change the batteries.
RazerRazer also provides a hardware-configuration application for its devices. The application is called Razer Synapse 3 and it is only available for Windows. To check the battery level of your keyboard through this app,


Open Razer Synapse 3.Under devices, look for your keyboard. The battery will be shown at the top-right part of your keyboard’s picture.Instead of opening the Synapse app every time, you can just look at the Power Indicator on your keyboard. 
Yellow: The battery is low. Blinking red: The battery is critically low. Solid green: The battery is fully charged. The color will slowly change as you use the Keyboard.
Apple Magic KeyboardTo check the battery of an Apple Magic Keyboard, you can just go to the Keyboard preferences. To do this,
Click on the Apple logo on your menu bar at the top of the screen.System-Preferences

Select System Preferences.Click on Keyboard.Keyboard-Settings-1024x317Your Keyboard’s battery will be displayed at the bottom left part of the settings.Alternatively, you can check the battery level from the control center. To do it this way,
Open Control Center from the menu bar. It is located on the left of Date and Time.Click on Bluetooth.You can see the Battery Percentage of your keyboard.battery-level-in-macIf you’re using the Apple Magic keyboard on a Windows system, you can follow the guide to check   Apple Magic keyboard battery level of a keyboard from Windows Settings.


If you’re using an Apple Magic keyboard on your iPad and wondering how you can check its battery, the answer is you can’t. The reason for this is that it does not have a battery. The Magic keyboard for iPad draws power from the iPad. It does not require batteries or any other external power source. The USB-C port on the keyboard charges the iPad, not the keyboard.


CorsairJust like the other brands , Corsair also provides you with a hardware customization application. iCUE 4 is the latest version of Corsair’s customization app. You can download this app through Corsair’s website for both Windows and Mac.
Checking the battery is easy, you can open the app and the battery will show next to your Keyboard’s picture. Keep in mind that you can’t see the   keyboard battery level when the keyboard is charging.


On a Zagg keyboard, you can press Fn + Battery key to check your battery. The LED indicator has several variations of flashes. Here’s what they mean: 
Three green flashes: Battery is 50% or above.Three yellow flashes: Battery is between 25%- 49%. Three red flashes: The battery is below 25%.A red light that flashes every 5 minutes: The battery is critically low.Frequently Asked Questions

What Do I Do if I Can’t Find My Keyboard’s Brand?If you can’t figure out how to check the battery level on your keyboard, We recommend you to read the user manual. You can find the User Manual for your specific model through the customer support website of your Keyboard’s brand.
How Long does Keyboard Battery Last?Keyboards need very little power to operate. Most keyboards with rechargeable  keyboards batteries last from 2 to 3 months. At least, that’s what keyboard brands claim. But with heavy use, you can drain a keyboard’s battery within 2 weeks. With the backlight turned on , it can drain even faster. Keyboards that use AA or AAA batteries can last 18 to 36 months.

All kinds of Apple Other batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Apple Other Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Apple Other battery

Dell Adds Wireless Battery Charging to New Laptop

Dell said Tuesday it launched its Latitude Z business laptop with new wireless charging technology that may eventually make its way to other Dell systems.The Latitude Z can be placed on a special stand that generates an electromagnetic field to wirelessly charge the 

Dell  Latitude Z laptop battery. The technology, which Dell calls inductive charging, takes the same amount of time to charge the battery of a Dell Latitude Z laptop as an AC adapter, said Steve Belt [CQ], vice president of enterprise customer engineering at Dell. “There’s a coil on the bottom of the laptop and then a matching coil on the stand. You put them together and it creates a current that charges the Dell laptop battery,” Belt said.This is the first time Dell has included wireless charging in one of its laptops. However, the charging stand must be purchased as an optional accessory. The technology could help reduce reliance on power adapters traditionally used to charge laptops.

Dell also added new hardware to enable the laptop to boot up quickly while giving it “always-on” functionality similar to that of a smartphone. The laptop contains an Arm processor, a chip commonly found in smartphones, that quickly boots up the laptop for quick access to commonly used web applications such as email and web browsers. This processor comes with Intel processors for running Windows operating system.Belt said the laptop is a showcase for some of the latest mobile features that Dell may eventually adopt in more of its business laptops.

Whether some of these features are included in future laptops will depend on how the market responds to these technologies, Belt said.Wireless charging has been used in some consumer electronics products such as mobile phones. Palm, for example, sells a kit that uses inductive charging (also known as inductive coupling) to charge its Palm Pre smartphones. Similar technology is used to charge electronic toothbrushes and even power tools.

A fast-boot environment called Latitude On boots the laptop in seconds, allowing users to access applications including email, contacts, calendar and the web. The environment is based on a lightweight version of Linux, reducing the need to fully boot Windows to run certain applications. Belt said Dell uses Arm chips to enable a fast-boot environment as it transforms laptops into smartphone-like devices.

“Because it’s not running Intel and it’s not running [Windows], it’s going to have a shorter  Laptop battery life. It’s like having a big laptop battery strapped to my BlackBerry,” Belt said. If the laptop is in sleep mode frequently, Belt saysLaptop battery life on Quick Start can range from 12 hours to up to two days. The laptop can also connect to an optional wireless dock via Ultra Wideband technology, allowing users to move around the room with the laptop. Laptop, untethered by wires. The docking station, in turn, uses wires to connect to peripherals.

It has a DVI (Digital Visual Interface) port for connecting a monitor and a USB port for connecting peripherals like keyboard, printer, and mouse.

The Latitude Z has a 16-inch screen, weighs 4.5 pounds (2 kilograms), and is 1 inch at its thinnest point. It runs on an Intel Core 2 Duo low-voltage dual-core chip with speeds of 1.4GHz to 1.6GHz . The laptop supports up to 4GB of RAM and 512GB of storage via two SSDs. Dell offers a variety of wireless options, including Wi-Fi 802.11 a/g/n and mobile broadband connectivity via 3G or WiMax networks. Dell said the laptop will start at $1,999 and will be available in the United States, Canada and certain countries in Europe and Asia.

All kinds of Dell Laptop batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Dell Laptop Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Dell Laptop battery.



LG claims its new Gram 14 laptop has 23 hours of battery life

LG’s latest attempt to combine ultra-thin design with high-end performance may have solved one of the company’s toughest problems. The Gram 14, announced today at CES, is similar to its predecessor in many ways. There’s a touchscreen option now, but the device is just as thin as the 2015 model and weighs the same at 2.16 pounds. It’s still light enough to hold the weight crown of its size class. The real differentiator of this product, however, is theLG Gram 14’s battery life. LG claims the Gram 14 can last up to 23 hours on a single charge.


It’s a bold claim, especially given the flaws of the original Gram, itself a rather shameless MacBook clone. In an effort to reduce the laptop’s form factor and weight, LG ended up with an overpriced product with minimal  LG MacBook battery life. In our review, we found the Gram lasted just over five hours. Whatever LG between then and now has to be a remarkable feat of engineering, as the 23 hours of battery life is more than double what Apple claims for its other PC rivals. Of course, the Gram 14 will still need to be tested when we get our hands on a review unit, and it may not achieve this milestone under heavy use. Still, even 15 to 17 hours would be an amazing feat. In fact, information revealed only in a press release posted on LG’s Korean website suggests that the company is using MobileMark 2007, a 10-year-old battery benchmark, to hit the 23.6-hour milestone.


The latest 2014 MobileMark benchmarking tool puts a more realistic estimate of LG laptop battery life at around 17 hours, which is still an impressive leap over the 2015 model. LG has provided some details on how the battery performance improvements will be achieved while retaining battery performance. Thin frame. The Gram 14 now has an all-metal body, which the company says is made of nanocarbon magnesium alloy. The metal is a first for LG products and may be one of the company’s secrets to extending the life of its devices.


By achieving weight savings in material design, LG may be able to breathe more life into the product. It looks like the new 60Wh LG Gram 14 laptop battery– a 73% increase over the previous generation – proves the Gram 14 has some breathing room. LG says there’s also a new display technology behind the screen bezel that allows the IPS panel to meet its brightness and resolution benchmarks while reducing component weight.
In terms of general specs, the LG Gram 14 and its 13-inch and 15-inch siblings will come with Intel’s new Kaby Lake processors, up to 512GB of solid-state storage, up to 16GB of RAM, and a 1,920 x 1,080- pixel resolution IPS touchscreen. Each new model comes with an Intel HD Graphics 620 chip. There is a microSD card slot, but not a full SD card slot. Of course, these models now come with USB-C charging ports.


However, we’re not sure if the device will live up to the 17 hours ofbattery life claimed by the company. LG has also delayed the pricing and availability of the Gram 14 outside of South Korea. The biggest problem with the original Gram was that it charged Apple a premium for a device that performed better than a much laptop cheaper. So the real test here will be whether this latest Gram finally cracks the right combination of component selection and material design to achieve a long-lasting LG Gram battery – and all at the right price.


Updated 1/4 at 8:40 PM ET: Press release information from LG Korea’s website clarifies that the company is using 10-year battery benchmarks to claim 23 to 24 hours of  LG  Gram14 battery life for its new Gram 14. We updated the title and made this fact clear in the body of the article.
.

Batteries Market to Get a New Boost | LG Chem, Sunwoda, Simplo

The latest release of the Global Laptop Batteries Market market study provides an overview of the current market dynamics in the laptop battery space, as well as market forecasts to 2027 by our survey respondents (all outsourcing decision-makers).

The study segments the market by revenue and volume (if applicable) and price history to estimate size and trend analysis and identify gaps and opportunities. Some of the players involved in the study include LG Chem (South Korea), SAMSUNG SDI (South Korea), Sunwoda (China), Simplo (China), Desay (China), DynaPack (China),

Celxpert (China), Dantona Industries (United States), Power-Sonic (United States), and Rockleigh Industries (United States) are some of the key players under the study scope. Also participating in the study are Bren-Tronics (US) and AA Portable Power Corp (US).
Be prepared to identify the regulatory framework, the pros and cons of local reforms and their impact on the industry. Find out how the leaders in laptop batteries are staying ahead of the curve with our latest research analysis

Key highlights of the study and the most frequently asked questions:1) What is unique about this global laptop battery review?Market factor analysis: In this economic slowdown, various industries have been greatly affected. In addition, the downturn in supply chains and production lines has led to a widening gap between supply and demand, and the market is worth observing. It also discusses technological, regulatory and economic trends affecting the market. It also explains the key drivers and regional dynamics of the global market and current trends within the industry.
Market: including C4 index, HHI, laptop battery market share comparative analysis (year-on-year concentration), major companies, emerging companies and heat map analysis


Market Entropy: The randomness of the market highlights the proactive steps that participants take to overcome the current situation. Development activities and steps such as expansion, technological advancement, mergers and acquisitions, joint ventures, launches, etc. are highlighted here.


Patent analysis: Comparison of patents released by various manufacturers each year.
Peer Analysis: Participants are evaluated through financial metrics such as EBITDA, net profit, gross margin, total revenue, segment share, assets, etc. to understand management effectiveness, operations and liquidity position.


2) Why are only a few companies introduced in the report?
Industry standards such as NAICS, ICB, etc. are considered the most important manufacturers. Pay more attention to emerging and developing small and medium-sized enterprises in the market and their product existence and technology upgrade models. The current version includes “Market Leaders and Their Expansion Development Strategies”, LG Chem (South Korea), SAMSUNG SDI (South Korea) and other participants, Xinwang Da (China), Xinpu (China), Desai (China), DynaPack (China), Celxpert (China), Dantona Industries (USA), Power-Sonic (USA) and Rockleigh Industries (USA), etc. In addition, the research scope Major players in the industry include Bren-Tronics (US) and AA Portable Power Corp (US).
*Reported companies may vary due to name changes/mergers etc.


3) What details will be provided on the competitive landscape?
Chapter Measuring the Value Proposition in the Laptop Batteries Market. A two-page profile of all public companies with 3 to 5 years of financial data to track and compare business profiles, product specifications, and more.

4) What does all regional divisions cover? Can I add specific countries of interest?
Countries included in the analysis include North America, Europe, Asia Pacific, and more
*If the country of primary interest is missing, it can be added.
5) Is it possible to limit/customize the research scope based on the application we are interested in?


Yes, the general version of the study is extensive, but if your scope and target applications are limited, the study can also be customized just for those applications. As of now, it covers applications such as ultra-portable, thin and light, mid -sized notebooks and desktop replacement notebooks.
Delivery times may vary upon request.


To understand primarily the global  laptop batteries market dynamics, the global Laptop Batteries market is analyzed across key regions across the globe. Customized research can be provided for specific regions or countries, often to clients Basic segmentation details


In-depth analysis of global laptop battery product types: nickel-cadmium batteries, nickel-metal hydride batteries, lithium-ion batteries, etc.

Major global laptop battery applications/end users: ultra-portable, thin and light, mid-sized notebooks and desktop replacement notebooks
Geographic analysis: North America, Europe, Asia-Pacific, etc. and other regions of the world

Actual numbers and in-depth analysis of globallaptop battery market size estimates and trends can be found in the full version of the report.

All kinds of Lg Laptop batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Lg Laptop Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Lg Laptop battery.


>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>14.6V 43Wh Lg LBT1115E Long Life Battery Replacement

Samsung Galaxy Watch4 review

The Samsung Galaxy Watch4 series premieres the brand new Exynos W920 chipset. Designed specifically for wearables, this new 5nm chipset is a big step up from its predecessor, the 10nm Exynos W9110.


The new SoC a 20% boost to CPU performance and up to 10 times better GPU performance over the silicon inside the Galaxy Watch3 series. That last bit is felt through the animations on this year’s watch when you compare it side by side with the previous generation.


Despite the upgrade in CPU performance, it’s still a dual-core processor, and the clock speed is almost the same – 1.18GHz vs. 1.15GHz.
The new Galaxy Watch4 series bring twice the storage over their predecessor and 50% more RAM – all models now come with 1.5GB of RAM and 16GB of storage. The last bit is handy when you want to download a bunch of Spotify playlists for offline listening .
Another improvement is the display. It’s sharper than last year’s notable thanks to an increase in resolution – 396x396px on the smaller models and 450x450px on the larger ones, up from the global 360x360px resolution used on the older generation models. Text and graphics are very sharp Samsung’s myriad of watch faces really pop on this canvas.Otherwise, the display is as good as last year’s, which is to say it’s about the best display on a smartwatch you can have. It’s easily visible outdoors and won’t take your eyes out in dim indoor conditions.


A word on the BioActive sensor, specially developed for the Galaxy Watch4 series. Samsung put electrodes in the bottom part of the watch as well as the buttons that put a very weak current through your skin to measure the amount of water through impedance. Water has low impedance to electricity, which is what the sensors look for.In 15 seconds, the Galaxy Watch4 measures electric currents 2,400 times. It then uses the impedance data to estimate your body composition breakdown – that includes fat, skeletal muscle, water and basal metabolic rate. This gives you a BMI (body mass index) reading, which you can then use as a tracking point for the future – the BMI and its individual components will change over time through your diet and workouts.

Samsung claims its BMI measurement is 98% accurate when compared to professional DEXA/DXA (bone densitometry) scanners. We haven’t verified this, but you would still get valuable information from the watch if you monitored your BMI over time. Just make sure you hydrate well before measuring, as the measurement consistency of this type of sensor vastly depends on how hydrated you are overall.

The same sensor also does heart readings. One is an electrocardiogram (ECG), and the other is a blood pressure reading – both modes rely on the electrodes inside the two buttons, and you need to follow the instructions on the watch (keep hands up , keep still, don’t talk, etc.). However, to reiterate, both the ECG and Blood Pressure functionalities need to be certified in the specific country where you reside so that Samsung enables them, so check for your locale if either feature is important to your purchase decision.


You can also measure your heart rate and blood oxygen levels, like you could on the older generation Galaxy Watch3.

Finally, a word on vibration. It’s very strong on the Galaxy Watch4. And it’s a quality-feeling buzz, not a 90s Nokia buzz. Where we would’ve liked a bit more from the Galaxy Watch4’s motor is its fusion with the software – every haptic moment is long and strong, there are no subtle little nudges or taps from notifications or apps.
Battery LifeSamsung claims theGalaxy Watch4  battery series has the same battery life as the Galaxy Watch3. The model we tested is the 40mm model. The battery capacity of Galaxy Watch3  batteryis 247mAh, which is the same as last year’s 40mm model. The 44mm and 46mm come larger with 361mAh, which is slightly larger than the 340mAh of the older model.


Overall, you shouldn’t expect more than two days of  watch battery life from a single charge. On a day with notifications on and always on display, we did a workout of around 1 hour and 30 minutes and then spent the night with the watch on for sleep tracking. The next morning we had about 20% battery left, which went down to around 15% after the morning commute to the office. 

With a similar day of use without workouts but still with sleep tracking, we had the watch at 40% when we opened our eyes in the morning. If you refrain from the always-on and notifications, you might be able to squeeze three days out of the Galaxy Watch4, but only barely. The larger models with the bigger battery might be able to achieve a few more hours here and there, but you should likely expect similar up to two days Samsung Watch   battery life.

I test laptops and these 5 laptops have the best battery life ever — and they’re on sale for Prime Daya

The battery life on these laptops will last longer than the Prime Day deals last, so hurry up! The battery life on these Prime Day laptops is so good, they’ll last far longer than the Amazon deal lasts. Yes, today is the last day of Prime Day, which means you don’t have much time to snag one of the best laptop deals around.

As a laptop reviewer who’s been testing laptops for years, I have the behind-the-scenes scoop on which laptops have the best battery life. So much so that you won’t be constantly searching for an outlet every few hours. Hell, you can throw away your charging cable now. (I’m just exaggerating. Please don’t actually throw away your charging cable.)

The most durable consumer laptop we’ve ever tested is the 16-inch MacBook Pro , which is currently $200 off on Amazon Prime Day . According to our in-house Laptop Mag battery testing, it lasted 18 hours and 56 minutes on a single charge (For reference, a typical laptop lasts 10 hours.)

Check out other durable laptops we’ve tested.

Prime Day laptops have the longest battery life

Apple MacBook Pro 16: $2,500, $2,299 @ Amazon

Save $200 on the 2023 16-inch MacBook Pro with the M2 Pro chip. This configuration comes with a 12-core GPU, 19-core GPU, 16GB RAM, 512GB SSD storage, and a 16.2-inch Liquid Retina XDR display. There are three Thunderbolt 4 ports, an HDMI port, an SDXC card slot, a headphone jack, and a MagSafe 3 port on the board.

Apple MacBook Pro 16 battery

life: 18 hours, 56 minutes

Apple MacBook Pro 13: $1,299 at Amazon and Best Buy $1,099

Save $200 on a 13-inch MacBook Pro with Apple’s zippy M2 chip. In our M2 MacBook Pro review, we were impressed with its overall processor performance score and top-notch gaming performance. It also has a blazingly fast SSD, a great webcam, and a comfortable keyboard. The configurations included in this Prime Day offer include M2 ​​chip (8-core GPU, 10-core GPU), 8GB RAM, 256GB SSD storage, and a 13.3-inch, 2560 x 1600 pixel display.

Apple MacBook Pro 13 battery

life: 18 hours, 20 minutes

ASUS ExpertBook B9: $2,000, $1,799 @ Best Buy

You can save $200 on the Asus ExpertBook 19, a 14-inch laptop that blew us away with a runtime of 16 hours and 42 minutes. We were impressed by its attractive minimalist design, light weight and durable quality. However, keep in mind that this laptop comes with a CPU that is two generations old (Intel Core i7-1165G7). However, it still sells well because it’s one of the most durable Windows laptops ever made. It also comes with 32GB RAM and 2TB SSD.

ASUS ExpertBook B9 battery life: 16 hours, 42 minutes

Lenovo ThinkPad X1 Carbon Gen 9: $899 @ Newegg

The Lenovo ThinkPad X1 Carbon Gen 9 is another Windows laptop that lasts extremely long on a charge, according to our internal testing. However, like the Asus ExpertBook B9 listed above, it comes with a two-generation old Intel processor (Intel Core i5- 1135G7). Still, people flocked to this laptop due to its long battery life. It comes with Intel Core i5-1135G7 CPU, Intel Iris Xe graphics, 8GB RAM, 256GB SSD storage, 1920 x 1200 pixel display, and Windows 11 Pro.

Lenovo ThinkPad X1 Carbon Gen 9 battery

life: 15 hours, 39 minutes

Apple MacBook Air M1: $999 @ $749 at Amazon

Save $250 on a MacBook Air with the Apple M1 chip. In our review of the MacBook Air with M1, we gave it a solid 4.5 out of 5 stars and an Editors’ Choice award. We praised its excellent performance and slim unibody design. also like its long battery, which lasted 14 hours and 41 minutes during testing. In addition to Apple’s latest 8-core processor, it comes with a 13.3-inch (2560 x 1600) IPS Retina display, 8GB of RAM, and a 256GB SSD .

Apple MacBook Air battery

life: 14 hours, 41 minutes


All brands laptop battery in here, We sell cheap and high quality laptop batteries , Tablets battery, mobile phone battery, you choose

I’m obsessed with laptop battery life — and this college laptop will last a full day of classes

Which college laptop lasts a full day on a single charge? Apple is the answer Your average day at university can be very stressful for yourApple laptop’s battery life – from long lectures to intense study sessions, all of which can take place away from any outlet .

That’s why endurance is so important for the best college laptops. When it comes to the best of the bunch, the 13-inch M2 MacBook Pro is way ahead of the pack. But this is Apple, so you know the company won’t skimp on other specs to extend its lifespan.

So whether you’re a model student with an efficient schedule to get your work done throughout the day, or you’re a bit of an all-nighter like me and work on the occasional project with a beer in hand (assuming you’re legal), Of course), which is why this is a worthwhile buy for any student. Apple chips have a reputation for delivering impressive amounts of power while only consuming the  Apple laptop’s battery Just as you realize how much that margarita cost, it’ll last you a long time savoring every last drop of the electronic cocktail, and the 13-inch Pro is the MVP of that.

It’s not just really great power efficiency. That’s what I call worry-free laptop battery life. I don’t have to worry about checking battery capacity while using this system. I just tuck it into my backpack and head to the nearest cafe for a long day of work.

In fact, at one point, the laptop batterywas at 50% and I needed to edit a 5-minute 4K video. After two hours of intense work in Final Cut Pro, I was only 32% done. To me, that’s crazy, and it saves you from ever having to worry.

It’s also very capable, and the M2 chip is no slouch, especially in a fan-equipped system like the MacBook Pro, allowing for better sustained performance. The split between its eight-core CPU performance and efficiency cores may be 50/50, but when you need that power, it delivers with ease.

While testing the laptop, we had 50 tabs open in Google Chrome, some of which were running Tweetdeck, Slack, YouTube, Tidal, Gmail, Google Sheets, and Twitch, while the MacBook Pro just rattled away without any Indications of delays or hang times .

On top of that, it delivers an impressive Geekbench 5.4 synthetic benchmark score of 8,911, as well as an impressive Handbrake time – converting an entire 4K movie to 1080p in just 7 minutes and 11 seconds.

These numbers prove two things. The smaller MacBook Pro is capable of some serious multitasking, which is useful when you’re quickly switching between multiple Chrome tabs to get references for your paper. Best of all, this can be done if your course has more processor-intensive content (high-resolution photo editing or video editing).

The keyboard and touchpad are a pleasure to use during long workdays. But there’s a big problem when it comes to ergonomics.

WTF, Touch Bar! ? Let’s not beat around the bush. The Touch Bar pales in comparison to a decent set of function keys. In fact, I’ve gone into the settings and forced it to permanently display the function keys. At least now , I don’t have to deal with application-specific oddities.

On top of that, the port array is very disappointing. Two Thunderbolt 3 ports and a 3.5mm headphone jack aren’t enough. Of course, you can get around this with an adapter, but if you have any presentation work in your degree, the lack of HDMI is a real pain. This seems like an unnecessary omission from the system itself.

Should you wait for the M3 MacBook Pro? But there’s a looming ghost on the horizon. The M3 chip is coming soon, and a new 13-inch Pro is rumored to launch in October.

However, while performance will improve (and  MacBook Pro battery life may increase), what will happen to the price? Given the increased cost of producing a 3nm chipset, the price could go up by $100.

If you can afford it, if you can wait, be my guest. But for any college student, the current MacBook Pro is more than enough.

There are many things to consider when buying a laptop for school.

What is your course?

What is your budget?

How much power does your job actually require?

For the vast majority of answers to these questions, the 13-inch MacBook Pro not only meets (or exceeds) your needs, but it also lasts all day on a single charge.

That’s not to say it’s the right choice for everyone. If your coursework is just a paper, you’ll likely get something cheaper. In that case, something like the cheaper Acer Chromebook Spin 714 will also give you good stamina.


All brands laptop battery in here, We sell cheap and high quality laptop batteries , Tablets battery, mobile phone battery, you choose

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>Apple MacBook 13-inch 13″ MB466CH/A Long Life Battery Replacement

Dell debuts new ultra-stylish, touch bar touting XPS laptops in time for CES 2024

If you’re looking for a laptop that’s on MacBook level in terms of quality, style, performance, and overall experience, Dell’s XPS laptops are excellent and probably the best Windows laptops around. They’ve been a mainstay in our best laptop roundups for years, impressing millions of users around the world with their great displays, typing experience, and reliability.


However, as we enter a new era of AI PCs, Dell also brings a new era of XPS laptops. Boys, what are they? New style, new image

The new Dell XPS line borrows heavily from the XPS 13 Plus, a stunningly simple product with seamless invisible glass, a tactile touchpad, and a tactile typing experience that’s completely true to its pedigree. We’re used to the XPS catalog, and not all the changes are bad, and this new modern deck is replicated in the new 13-, 14-, and 16-inch XPS models. Even the XPS 13 Plus’ invisible Touch Bar returns, bringing a sweet, simple feel to the 13-inch MacBook Pro’s Touch Bar-style offering. Blend into the stylish deck of your XPS until a press of your laptop’s function keys illuminates it.
The new design may be polarizing for some people familiar with the XPS, but personally, I like Dell’s bold take on an ultra-Spartan aesthetic. Look at this replicated across Dell’s entire new lineup, making them some of the brightest laptops in every category.


Paired with the XPS’s nearly edge-to-edge display (which supports a 3K OLED panel and a fast 120Hz refresh rate), it’s a masterclass in modern design that would make even Apple’s design department blush. Recall that when I said the new XPS line comes in 13-inch, 14-inch, and 16-inch models, you actually heard me. Gone are the more traditional 15.6-inch and 17-inch options, making way for these more popular form factors with sleeker form factors and more discrete graphics available via Nvidia’s GeForce RTX 40 Room choose. – Series GPU or improved battery capacity for Dell XPS laptops.


Dell’s new XPS laptops also feature Intel’s latest Core Ultra processors, meaning the XPS is the latest in a wave of AI PCs. Perhaps this is emphasized by the XPS’s new keyboard, which features the latest Copilot button for quick access to Microsoft’s AI desktop assistant.


As an AI PC, Dell’s latest laptop also features an integrated neural processing unit (or NPU) that can significantly improve the performance of machine learning or AI computing tasks.


It also allows Core Ultra processors to more efficiently utilize the chipset depending on the task at hand, improving efficiency – further extending  Dell XPS laptops battery life and overall performance.


appearanceDell’s new 13-, 14-, and 16-inch XPS laptops aren’t on store shelves yet, but an announcement is expected in the coming months.
In the meantime, we can at least share the launch prices for each model, with Dell’s new XPS lineup starting at $1,300, $1,700, and $1,900 respectively.


All kinds of Dell Laptop batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Dell Laptop Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Dell Laptop battery.

Motorola Moto G84 5G Launched in India: A Mid-Range Smartphone with a Powerful Processor and Long-Lasting Battery

Motorola has launched its latest mid-range smartphone, the Moto G84 5G, in India. The phone is powered by a Qualcomm Snapdragon 695 processor and comes with a 6.55-inch pOLED display with a 120Hz refresh rate. It has a triple rear camera system with a 50-megapixel main sensor, an 8-megapixel ultrawide sensor, and a 2-megapixel macro sensor. The front camera is 16 megapixels.
The Moto G84 5G also has a 5,000mAh Moto G84 5G battery with 30W fast charging support. It runs on Android 13 and comes with 128GB of storage and 6GB of RAM. The phone is available in three colors: Midnight Blue, Viva Magenta, and Marshmallow Blue.
Here are some of the key features of the Moto G84 5G:


Qualcomm Snapdragon 695 processor6.55-inch pOLED display with a 120Hz refresh rateTriple rear camera system with a 50-megapixel main sensor, an 8-megapixel ultrawide sensor, and a 2-megapixel macro sensor16-megapixel front camera5,000mAh Moto G84 5G battery with 30W fast charging supportAndroid 13

128GB/6GB or 256GB/8GB storageThe Moto G84 5G is priced at ₹19,999 for the 128GB/6GB variant and ₹22,999 for the 256GB/8GB variant. It will be available for purchase starting September 1st from Flipkart.
Here are some of the pros and cons of the Moto G84 5G:
Pros:
Powerful processorLarge display with a 120Hz refresh rateGood camera systemLong-lasting  smartphone batteryRuns on Android 13Cons:
No expandable storageNo headphone jackThe Moto G84 5G is a good mid-range smartphone that offers a lot of value for money. It has a powerful processor, a large display with a 120Hz refresh rate, a good camera system, and a long-lasting  smartphone battery. However, it does not have expandable storage or a headphone jack.


Here are some of the competitors of the Moto G84 5G:
Realme 9 Pro 5GRedmi Note 11 Pro 5GSamsung Galaxy M52 5GOnePlus Nord CE 2 5GThe Moto G84 5G is a good option for those looking for a powerful mid-range smartphone with a large display and a good camera system. It is also a good option for those who are looking for a phone that runs on Android 13. However, those who need expandable storage or a headphone jack may want to consider other options.

Here are some of the things that make the Moto G84 5G stand out from its competitors:
The Qualcomm Snapdragon 695 processor is one of the most powerful processors in the mid-range segment. It offers great performance for everyday tasks and gaming.The 6.55-inch pOLED display with a 120Hz refresh rate is one of the best displays in the mid-range segment. It offers smooth and fluid visuals.The triple rear camera system is good for taking photos in most conditions. The 50-megapixel main sensor takes sharp and detailed photos.The 5,000mAh motorola Cell Phone batteries is one of the largest batteries in the mid-range segment. It offers long-lasting battery life.The phone runs on Android 13, which is the latest version of Android. It offers a clean and bloat-free experience.

Overall, the Moto G84 5G is a good mid-range smartphone that offers a lot of value for money. It is a good option for those looking for a powerful phone with a large display and a good camera system.

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>Motorola Moto E6 XT2005 Long Life Battery Replacement

Laptops with best battery life in February 2024 — longest lasting laptop batteries

The laptops with best battery life will outlast work or playLaptops with the best battery life are what you need to function as a professional , a student, and a binge-watcher of TV shows. Your battery is always draining, even when idle — yeah, your laptops, too. So instead of arriving to something dead and in need of charging, let’s find you a lively companion. Our list of laptops with best Laptop battery life have survived 13+ hours on a single charge. It’ll outlast school, work , and me (before I have to take a nap).


To be 100% transparent, our tests won’t accurately line up to how you use your laptop. We attempted to get close to real-world usage with our Laptop Mag Battery Test 2.0. It involves continuous Web surfing over Wi-Fi at 150 nits of brightness. That’s not very bright — on average, it’s roughly 50% brightness. If you find yourself wanting more battery, consider dimming the display.


Despite the change in numbers, our tests have been consistent throughout all recent laptops we’ve tested, which means that all of the following truly are the laptops with best laptops battery life.

What are the laptops with best battery life in 2024?

Why you can trust Laptop Mag Our expert reviewers spend hours testing and comparing products and services so you can choose the best for you. Find out more about how we test.
From affordable budget laptops to elite business laptops, there are plenty of all-day-strong notebooks to choose from these days. Even gaming laptops like the Asus ROG Zephyrus G14, which achieved more battery life than the 16-inch MacBook Pro thanks to its AMD Ryzen CPUs, have come a long way in terms of balancing raw power with general mobility. Read on for our top picks!


1.Asus ExpertBook B9450
The Asus ExpertBook B9450 doesn’t meet the 13+ hour mark, but what’s two minutes when you’re looking at a sea of ​​​​laptops that die before you even have your morning coffee? This machine clocks in at 12 hours and 58 minutes , so we’re going to give it its time to shine. It’s laptops battery life isn’t the only stellar thing about this machine.
The Asus ExpertBook B9450 offers a sturdy design that makes traveling with it a dream. Whether you’re in or out of work, the ExpertBook has got you covered with a 14-inch, 1080p bright and colorful display. If you’re looking for bumpin’ speakers, look no further than the Asus’ speaker system. The audio comes through clear, loud and impactful.We put each laptop through extensive benchmark testing — both synthetic and real-world — before they end up in the hands of our reviewers We evaluate each aspect of the laptop, including its performance, Asus ExpertBook B9450 batterylife, display, speakers and heat management.


In our benchmark testing, we use a Klein K10 colorimeter to detect the brightness and sRGB color gamut of the laptop’s display. For performance testing, we run the laptop through a gauntlet of benchmarks, including Geekbench 4.3 and 5.0 and 3DMark professional graphics tests. 


To determine real-world performance, we task the laptop to convert a 4K video to 1080p resolution and to duplicate a 4.97GB multimedia file. Our real-world graphics test is the Dirt 3 benchmark with medium settings at 1080p resolution.
We also run heat tests by playing a 15-minute full-screen video and measuring temperatures in different areas of the laptop. Last but not least, our battery test consists of continuous web surfing over Wi-Fi at 150 nits of brightness. For MacBooks and premium Windows 10 laptops, a runtime of over 9 hours is considered a good result whereas gaming laptops and workstations that can stay powered for longer than 5 hours deserve praise. 


These tests are complemented with extensive hands-on testing from our reviewers who critique everything from the laptop’s materials to the feel of its touchpad.
WHY TRUST LAPTOP MAGLaptop Mag reviews over one hundred different laptops every year, from paperweight ultralights to everyday workhorses to lumbering gaming notebooks that scorch the frame rates of even the hottest AAA games. We’re not just experts in the laptop field, as we go one step further by meticulously testing smartphones, tablets, headphones, PC accessories, software, and even the latest in gaming. 


We are 100% independent and have decades of experience to help you buy with confidence. In fact, Laptop Mag has been testing and reviewing products for three decades, and we continue to deliver trustworthy reviews you can rely on. 
Our experienced team of writers and editors scour the available information about the laptop and put it through its paces to determine which is best for you. But before they start, the testing team subjects each system to a rigorous regimen of synthetic and real-world tests to see how a system handles the type of work and games you’re most likely to throw at it. 
Our editorial trustworthiness is enforced by one of the world’s largest technology publishers, Future Publishing. As a company, we have unrivaled experience across every tech sector — and we’re the group’s specialist for all things mobile tech.


2. Lenovo ThinkPad X1 Carbon
Lenovo ThinkPad X1 Carbon (Gen 11) is a refinement of the best ultraportable laptop for business users. The newest X1 Carbon now flaunts a 14-inch, 16:10, 1920 x 1200-pixel touch display, which means it offers 120 more vertical pixels than your typical 1920 x 1080-pixel screen. Also improving productivity are a wider touchpad and a human presence detection sensor for convenient login and enhanced security. 
Swapping the engine for 13th Gen Intel chips adds considerably faster performance, but the  Lenovo ThinkPad X1 Carbon battery life upgrade is even more enticing; the Gen 11 model lasts for nearly 14 hours on a charge. These perks are packaged in a familiar matte-black design with an aerospace space grade carbon fiber lid. It’s super lightweight at 2.5 pounds, and it’s even incredibly thin at 0.6 inches.
See our full Lenovo ThinkPad X1 Carbon (Gen 11) review.


3. MacBook Pro 14 (M3, 2023)
It’s amazing what a new heart can do for a laptop. The latest MacBook Air ushers in a new era for Apple with its custom-made M3 chip. There’s a reason that Apple has dominated the top of this page for so long. The company understands how to prioritize  MacBook Pro 14  batterylife in its chipsets, making the MacBook Pro 14 (M3, 2023) last for over 17 hours on a single charge. Listen, I’d love to have any other company at the top of this list, so laptop makers need to step it up.
Even on a 14-inch machine, Apple manages to pump out a super bright 3024 x 1964-pixel display. I’ll say it until I can’t breathe, but having a comfortable keyboard in a MacBook again is wild. It’s honestly a sad thing to be impressed by, but MacBooks are getting better every year, and the Cupertino-based tech company made the best decision by leaving Intel behind.

All brands laptop battery in here, We sell cheap and high quality laptop batteries Tablets battery, mobile phone battery, you choose

Best Samsung Phones in February 2024 – Picked by experts

Given the sheer number of devices Samsung releases every year, finding the best Samsung phone is often a challenge for most customers. It doesn’t matter whether you want a flagship device or a budget device. Samsung offers a variety of options for all price ranges .


Best Samsung phones of February 2024
Best Samsung Phone – Mid-Range: Galaxy A54 5G
Samsung has further strengthened its premium mid-range offering with the Galaxy A54 5G. The device comes with several improvements that make it better than its predecessor. It is one of the best mid-range Samsung smartphones on the market right now. It has a similar design language to the Galaxy S23 models, including three separate circular cutouts for each rear camera sensor.

The Galaxy A54 5G features a 6.4-inch Full HD+ Super AMOLED display with a 120Hz refresh rate. The panel itself emits significantly less blue light for more comfortable viewing, and utilizes Vision Booster technology to increase brightness to 1,000 nits. You will find the Exynos 1380 chipset paired with up to 8GB of RAM and 256GB of storage. Support memory expansion via microSD card. The camera setup includes a 50-megapixel primary sensor, a 12-megapixel ultrawide sensor, and a 5-megapixel macro sensor. There is a 32-megapixel selfie camera on the front.
The 5,000mAh Galaxy A54 batterykeeps the lights on and supports 25W fast charging. In addition to stereo speakers, the device also supports Dolby Atmos. Like most devices, the Galaxy A54 5G will get four years of Android OS upgrades from Samsung.

Reasons to buy: Great new design, powerful internals, brighter display, bigger battery, great software support.
Who should buy: Those who love mobile gaming, Millennials, and customers looking for a great mid-range phone.

Best Samsung Phone – Budget: Galaxy A34 5G
Samsung has given its budget series a sizable upgrade with the Galaxy A34 5G. It sports a new design with a slightly curved frame and a separate cutout for the rear camera lens. Instead of an Exynos chipset like its predecessor, the Galaxy A34 5G comes with a MediaTek Dimensity 1080 chipset paired with up to 8GB of RAM and 256GB of storage.


Thanks to Samsung’s Vision Booster technology, the refresh rate of its 6.6-inch Full HD+ resolution Super AMOLED display has been increased to 120Hz and the brightness can now reach up to 1,000nits. The rear camera setup now features a 48-megapixel primary sensor and an 8-megapixel ultra-wide-angle sensorThe 5,000mAhGalaxy A34 batterywith 25W fast charging support will give you plenty of juice. The device even comes with IP67 dust and water resistance. Samsung has confirmed that the Galaxy A34 5G will get four years of Android OS updates.
Reasons to buy: Efficient chipset, improved design, longer battery life, better camera.
Why these are the best Samsung phones this monthSamsung’s strategy has long been to offer something for everyone. We now have one of Samsung’s most diverse smartphone lineups. The Galaxy S23 Ultra is a real beast, and there won’t be many phones this year that can match its performance.

The Galaxy Z Fold 5 is one of Samsung’s most feature-rich phones. With its unique foldable form factor and S Pen support, few devices can rival its title as a productivity champion. The Galaxy Z Flip 5 is one of the best foldable smartphones Samsung has ever made . A larger display cover makes it easier for you to get more done without having to unfold your device every time. The new hinge also improves durability and makes the device more stylish.
Galaxy S23 FE is the best choice for customers who want value for money. Not only does it offer near-flagship-level specs, but it’s also cheaper than its predecessor, making it a no-brainer if you’re in that price segment.


Arriving in 2023, the Galaxy A54 5G builds heavily on the popularity of this mid-range series. Thanks to its improved design and powerful internals, it quickly became one of the most popular phones in the segment. The Galaxy A34 5G’s upgrades also earn it a spot on this list, as it’s one of Samsung’s most valuable devices yet.

All kinds of Samsung Cell Phone  batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Samsung Cell Phone  Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Samsung Cell Phone  battery

Apple, Samsung designers have only one way left to impress consumers: Foldable phones

Top-selling smartphone models from Apple, Samsung and Chinese tech companies are reaching the limits of impressing consumers based on new design elements.The last significant and sustained change in the smartphone design era will be a truly foldable handset.The 334.3 million units shipped during the first quarter of 2018 was a 2.9 percent decline year over year, according to IDC, and was led by China, which declined to a level not seen since 2013.With few exceptions, top-selling smartphone models from Apple, Samsung, Huawei and the rest — a sea of rectangular slabs with rounded corners and maybe a bezel — lately have reached the limits when it comes to impress consumers with new design elements to stand out.
Now they are all about the screen.


According to Brett Newman, co-founder of product design firm Daylight Design, the screen is “the point of interface, the centerpiece of the design.” Most buyers just want a screen that’s durable enough not to crack when dropped, coupled with two diametrically opposed design elements: a bigger, richer screen on which to consume media, but which also lays atop a smaller handset that fits within a palm or pocket. The latter problem is getting closer to being solved.
All the major smartphone makers are quietly working on foldable phones, devices that might use two or more bendable OLED panels that form a large screen when unfolded, according to recent reports. Huawei might have something to show us in October, Samsung’s foldable Galaxy X is Reportedly due for launch sometime in 2018 or 2019, and Apple’s version could come as soon as 2020.
Apple  and Samsung  declined to comment.


If these devices work well, look sleek and offer a user experience that’s as rich or richer than what our iPhone X and Galaxy 8′s provide, a flood of phones with 6-inch or 7-inch screens that scrunch down into 3.5- or 4-inch forms might have the potential to shake up the saturated smartphone sector.
“Foldable phones could be the future,” Newman said. “But they need to meet the current standards of performance and specifications and be foldable to be widely accepted. If they do both, there is a chance for a significant, sustained meaningful change in the market,” he added. There’s no doubt that consumers and Wall Street would welcome the debut of a relevant, cutting-edge form factor in the global smartphone market, where shipments have waned due to fewer smartphone converts and fewer people willing to upgrade as often. According to IDC, vendors shipped 334.3 million units during the first quarter of 2018, a 2.9 percent decline over the prior year’s first quarter. China drove the decline, where shipment volumes dipped below 100 million — a low not seen since late 2013.


“The abundance of ultra-high-end flagships with big price tags released over the past 12 to 18 months has most likely halted the upgrade cycle in the near term,” IDC said in its most recent Worldwide Quarterly Mobile Phone Tracker. “It now looks as if consumers are not willing to shell out this kind of money for a new device that brings minimal upgrades over their current device.”


The foldable phone is almost a realityA foldable phone powered by technology that delights users might tip the scales up — at least a bit.


“You only have to look at the other core electronic devices with screens — computers, TVs, tablets — to know that once you get saturation, there is never going to be this huge explosion of demand for these products,” said Stephen Baker, vp and industry advisor for technology and mobile at market research firm NPD Group. ”[Foldable phones] will be great, awesome products, but I’m sure it will be a slow burn in terms of both the interest level and people’s acceptance. But this is the kind of stuff you do as a consumer electronics company — you advance the product.”
There have been a handful of dual-screened, hinged phones released over the past decade, but all have sacrificed too many features to be up to snuff to their one-interface pairs. ZTE’s Axon M, introduced in October, got the market a little closer with its two 5.2-inch LCD screens that form a 6.75-inch tablet when opened.


The ZTE Axon M is not a true flexible phone — the second screen slides out from the back and is attached with a bulky hinge. And with a price tag of $725, a few shortcomings won’t help convince consumers: its displays are lower resolution than most 2017 phones, while the life of its battery, which must power two screens, is expected to be significantly shorter. ZTE also is currently in a fight for its life as the US-China trade war evolves, with a proposed US ban on its use of American technology components posing an existential threat.


The biggest design challenge with foldable smartphones is with screens, which like on all high-end models, are made up of various layers of glass and/or polymer films.
“Developing any glass to bend at a tight radius hundreds of thousands of times without significant damage, and whilemaintaining outstanding optical properties, is a challenge,” 
Foldable phones are likely to be based on OLED screens, which presents another problem, according to David McQueen, a research director at ABI Research. The OLED layer is semipermeable, which makes it susceptible to moisture leaks. Major display manufacturers — LG Display, Samsung and Royole, to name a few — are examining ways to coat interfaces with protective barriers.
Folding a display 280 times a dayFolding a display 200,000 times without damage — opening and closing the phone about 280 times a day to meet a two-year device warranty — is an early expectation. Hsieh says that mechanical designs haven’t quite gotten there, although German glassmaker giant Schott says Its materials are ready.
“Whatever foldable device that comes to market next year, if it has a glass cover, most likely it will be from Schott,” said Jose Zimmer, a vice president Schott Thin Glass & Wafer.
The firm developed a production technique that draws down the thickness of its glass significantly to less than 100 micrometers (versus the 300 to 400 that today’s smartphone cover glass features). Laminates chemically strengthenly its display material. Schott’s flexible glass has undergone undergoing bend tests of up to 100,000 times.
Corning, the display glass market leader, is still working to find the optimal tradeoff between beauty and function for foldable glass. “We can make foldable displays, but they tend not to be that compelling versus what you can have today,” said CEO Wendell Weeks on the company’s latest quarterly conference call in April. “And if we try to make a very compelling form factor, they tend not to be durable enough. We’re a long way from having a really compelling product here.”


Samsung already offers screens that are flexible and curved, on phones and other smart devices like its Gear Fit watch. But a truly foldable Galaxy phone isn’t out yet, though company officials previously indicated that 2018 could be the year if technical problems are solved .″[A manufacturer] might have the right answer, but is it

compatible with all the other things that go on in a device and can you scale it?” said William Stofega, program director for IDC’s mobile device technology and trends research program. “What we really need is something that’s not a lab experiment; something that can be produced in volume. It’s a process.”
Royole, a six-year old manufacturer, says flexible displays are production-ready; they’re just waiting for the rest of the supply chain to catch up.


“Before flexible/bendable displays became available for commercialization, it was difficult for manufacturers to work on consumer product design to even begin to find out what potential issues may be,” said Ze Yuan, Royole’s director of R&D. “Now the situation has changed . We are ready to offer our display products, know-how, and IP for product integration. This is one area that can be built up quickly, not only for us, but also for a lot of different industries.”


All brands laptop battery in here, We sell cheap and high quality laptop batteries , Tablets battery, mobile phone battery, you choose



>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>   samsung  mobile phone battery
>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>    Apple Smartphone Battery



The battery decade: How energy storage could revolutionize industries in the next 10 years

Over the last decade a surge in lithium-ion battery production has led to an 85% decline in prices, making electric vehicles and energy storage commercially viable for the first time in history.Batteries hold the key to transitioning away from fossil fuel dependence, and are set to play a greater role in the coming decade.

UBS estimates that over the next ten years the energy storage market in the United States could grow to as much as $426 billion, and there are many ways to buy into the surge, including chemical companies, battery cell makers, car companies, solar companies and utility companies.

“Capturing the massive economic opportunity underlying the shift to controls and battery-based energy systems requires that planners, policymakers, regulators, and investors take an ecosystem approach to developing these markets,” sustainability-focused research firm Rocky Mountain Institute said recently.What a difference a decade can make. In 2010, batteries powered our phones and computers. By the end of the decade, they are starting to power our cars and houses too.
Over the last ten years, a surge in lithium-ion battery production drove down prices to the point that — for the first time in history — electric vehicles became commercially viable from the stand of both cost and performance. The next step, and what will define the next decade, is utility-scale storage.


As the immediacy of the climate crisis becomes ever more apparent, batteries hold the key to transitioning to a renewable-fueled world. Solar and wind are playing a greater role in power generation, but without effective energy storage techniques, natural gas and coal are needed for times when the sun isn’t shining or the wind isn’t howling. And so large scale storage is instrumental if society is to shift away from a world dependent on fossil-fuel.

Shop Laptop Batteries ,Laptop AC Adapters, Notebook Batteries and Notebook Chargers from HP, Lenovo, DELL, Panasonic Asus and more! Batteryforpc.co.uk offers the best prices, shipping & top-rated customer service! Order today!”

Microsoft’s Surface Laptop Studio has a unique design held back by short battery life

The Surface Laptop Studio starts at $1,600, which is more than comparable laptops from Asus, HP and other companies.The computer’s design provides more computing power compared with the Surface Book it replaces.Microsoft’s Surface Laptop Studio launches Tuesday and I’ve been using it for the past several days. It’s more practical than the Surface Book it replaces in Microsoft’s family of laptops, but it’s still not perfec
The Surface Laptop Studio, which starts at $1,600, gives Microsoft a shot at grabbing more of the PC market, which has grown during the coronavirus pandemic as people rushed to buy PCs to virtually attend meetings and classes and stay entertained from home.


The Surface Book this computer replaces proved that Microsoft could pull off impressive hardware engineering. Its hinge expanded and contracted, calling to mind a lotus flower, as you opened and closed it. Push a button on the keyboard and you could take off the screen and use it as a tablet.


The Surface Laptop Studio leaves out that whimsy — you can’t take the screen off —but still offers a unique experience. Here’s what you need to know about it.
What’s goodThe new design is the Surface Laptop Studio’s greatest attribute.
You can use it like any other laptop, but when you want to use it as a tablet, you just slide the screen out and lay it flat on top of the keyboard in “Studio Mode.” There’s no more clicking a button or hitting a key on the keyboard and then waiting to disconnect the display from the keyboard base, as there was on the Surface Book.Unlike the Surface Book, which lost a lot of its power andSurface Book battery life when you detached the screen, you still have all the processing power when the Surface Laptop Studio is in this mode. And, laid flat, it’s better for reading documents, taking notes or just browsing the web without a keyboard or mouse. You can stay in the flow for longer without being bothered to charge up.


When you’re ready to use the Surface Laptop Studio like a laptop again, just pull up the bottom edge until the display forms a 90-degree angle, and then you flip the panel over.
You can also switch to what Microsoft calls “Stage Mode,” which brings the display closer to you by positioning the bottom of the keyboard right between the keyboard and the trackpad. This is useful if you’re using the computer to watch movies, play games or draw on the screen when you don’t need the keyboard.
The Laptop Studio has a spot beneath the trackpad where you can stow away and recharge the new $130 Surface Slim Pen 2, which contains a haptic motor that pushes back with more pressure if you write or draw with more force. A powerful magnet ensures the pen won’t come loose. It’s a more thoughtful solution than attaching the stylus to the edge of the display as people did on the Surface Book.


The display is sharp, and a new Windows 11 feature will let you make the most of its 120 Hz refresh rate, which makes scrolling through websites and photos much smoother. It might also help save battery life. Microsoft says it’s testing a dynamic refresh rate setting that automatically lowers the refresh rate for less graphically intensive tasks. I couldn’t try it yet because a compatible graphics driver was not available.
The trackpad is larger than any on a Surface PC. It provides haptic feedback, and you get a response no matter where you click, just like on Apple’s MacBooks. It’s a big improvement from the Surface Book’s trackpad.


Overall, it’s a fun and powerful computer that can be used in a lot of different modes depending on what you need it for. But it’s not perfect.Microsoft used the introduction of the Surface Laptop Studio to switch up the ports on its top-of -the-line notebook PC. The most recent Surface Book included two traditional USB-A ports, one modern USB-C port and a full-size SD card reader, along with a headphone jack and Microsoft’s proprietary Surface Connect charging port. On the Laptop Studio are two USB-C ports that support the contemporary Thunderbolt 4 standard, but the USB-A ports and the card reader are gone. That means customers will have to reach for dongles to connect their devices to it, which is a bummer.


Microsoft’s Surface Connect charger feels dated. It’s been used since 2012, so Microsoft is keeping it around for people who have accessories that work with it. It’s nice that it’s magnetic and easy to attach or disconnect in case you trip on the cord, but I think it could be cut altogether. At least you can still charge over USB-C if you forget the cable, though.


The Surface Books gave people hard-to-miss power and volume buttons on the top edge of the display. On the Laptop Studio, the power button is on the keyboard just to the left of the delete key. It’s taken time to get used to .Also, while the volume keys are in the same easy-to-find place as they were on the Surface Book at the top of the keyboard, they aren’t as easy to push as the old buttons when you’re in a hurry .A Microsoft spokespersonerson said the company’s research showed most Surface Laptop users expect power and volume buttons on the keyboard, which helped the company make the Laptop Studio display thinner. 
The battery life isn’t very good, either. I generally got around 4½ hours of use on a single charge from my review unit, which contains an Intel Core i7 chip and 32GB of RAM. That’s well short of Microsoft’s claim of up to 18 hours of Microsoft’s battery life. It’s also shorter than the 6½ hours I got on the Surface Book 3 and almost 7½ hours on the Surface Book 2.As clever as the new design is, the Laptop Studio feels more

delicate than the Surface Books. Flipping over the display and revealing Microsoft’s Dynamic Woven Hinge seems one step removed from exposing the guts of the device. I couldn’t help but worry that switching between modes a couple of times per day might wear down the components. I didn’t encounter issues while reviewing the laptop, though.Microsoft tests the Laptop Studio “to standards that consider how users may cycle the device through various modes during life and even how they might transport the device to ensure we provide the highest quality and long-lasting experience,” a spoke told CNBC in an email.


And like the Surface Book, the base-model Laptop Studio, at $1,600, can be expensive. Asus, HP, Lenovo and Samsung all sell convertible PCs with similar or fancier hardware configurations for less. For example, Samsung’s 15.6-inch Galaxy Book Pro 360 goes for $1,300. The situation is better at the higher end. The Laptop Studio that Microsoft lent me costs $2,700 , and a comparable Lenovo ThinkPad costs around the same amount of money.


Final thoughtsThe Surface Laptop Studio is a better computer than the Surface Book it replaces. It’s less flashy but more focused on delivering a good experience when people want to use their laptops in nontraditional ways, specifically with touch gestures or a stylus on the screen.


I enjoyed working, playing video games and listening to music on the Surface Laptop Studio. People seeking impressive performance and the ability to write on the Surface as a tablet ought to consider this machine, just beware of theSurface Laptop battery life.


All brands laptop battery in here, We sell cheap and high quality laptop batteries , Tablets battery, mobile phone battery, you choose.”

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>Microsoft DYNH01 book 2 15 inch Long Life Battery Replacement

HP Notebook and Mobile Workstation Battery Safety Recall and Replacement Program

Expansion planned for August 2019. Even if you have had your HP Laptop Battery checked before and been told that it is not affected , it is necessary to recheck your battery.If you have already received are  placement battery, please ignore this extended notification.


In August 2019, HP updated the global voluntary safety recall and replacement program for select notebook and mobile workstation  HP notebook batteries that was announced in January 2018 and expanded in January 2019.
These batteries may overheat, posing a fire and combustion hazard to customers. therefore,Even if you have had your battery checked before and been told that it is not affected, it is necessary to recheck your battery. However, if you have already received a replacement battery, please ignore this extended notification.


HP notebook  Batteries affected by this program may have been shipped with certain HP Probook 64x (G2 and G3), HP ProBook 65x (G2 and G3), HP ProBook 4xx G4 (430, 440, 450, 455, and 470), HP x360 310 G2 , HP The ENVY M6, HP Pavilion x360 15-inch, HP 11 notebook computers, and HP ZBook (17 G3, 17 G4, and Studio G3 and G4) mobile workstations were sold globally from December 2015 to October 2018. These HP batteries  were also sold by HP or an authorized HP service provider from December 2015 through December 2018 as accessories or as replacement parts for any of the preceding pr


Most of these batteries are internal to the system, meaning customers cannot replace them themselves. HP will provide free  HP battery replacement through authorized technicians. HP has also released a BIOS update that adds batteries affected by the expansion plan. An updated BIOS puts the battery into Battery Safe Mode, allowing you to use the computer or workstation without the battery by connecting the HP power adapter. Batt

eries affected by this recall should immediately enter “battery safety mode.”  
“Battery Safety Mode” is only available for HP products affected by this recall program. If the verification process indicates that the battery is eligible for replacement, a BIOS update should be applied and the system restarted. During the restart process, the option to enable ” HP Battery Safe Mode” will appear. Accept that enabling Battery Safe Mode will cause the battery to discharge and stop future charging capabilities until Battery Safe Mode is disabled. HP strongly recommends that you accept Battery Safe Mode to safely use your notebook or mobile workstation with an HP power adapter connected. For more information, please see the FAQ tab on this website.
Customer security is HP’s primary concern. HP is proactively notifying customers and will provide free battery replacement for every qualified and verified battery. For customers with 5 or more potentially affected batteries, HP has developed a process to assist with verification and ordering. For more information , please see the FAQ tab on this website.


ready to startNOTE: Not all batteries for HP ProBook 64x, HP ProBook 65x, HP ProBook 4xx, HP x360 310 G2, HP ENVY, HP Pavilion x360 15-inch, HP 11 notebook computers, HP Thin Clients, and HP ZBook mobile workstations are subject to This recall Planned Impact.


Note: The above products sold in mainland China are only some commercial models, including HP ProBook (640 G2, 645 G2, 650 G2, 430 G4, 440 G4, 450 G4) notebook computers and HP ZBook (17 G3, Studio G3 /G4 ) mobile workstations, approximately 254 units are affected by this new extended recall. The original and previous expanded recalls totaled approximately 804 and 734 respectively. As with previous recalls, home models are not affected.


The HP Battery Program Validation Utility checks whether yournotebook battery is affected. Verification using this utility usually takes no longer than 30 seconds

Download HP Battery Validation UtilityMinimum system requirements to use this utility:· Windows operating system· Microsoft .Net Framework 4.5.2· HP Software FrameworkIf you do not meet the minimum requirements, download the fully loaded battery verification utility that will install the required framework.
After installation, click this icon on your desktop to check your notebook  battery:

Computer product names that may have affected batteriesThe following products may be shipped with affected batteries:
The following products are compatible with, but not shipped with, the affected batteries. Customers may have purchased the battery as an accessory or may have received a replacement HP Laptop Battery through service affected by this recall program. 

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>7.7V/8.8V 6000mAh/47.3WH Hp GM02XL Long Life Battery Replacement

AI: Bard will become Gemini and benefit from its own application

Google’s chatbots are apparently getting a makeover in 2024. Names, apps, premium versions… we’ll tell you everything about what’s next for Bard.
In the field of AI, ChatGPT and Bader continue to compete. With all the new features coming out in terms of OpenAI chatbots, Google is interested in developing its product quickly so as not to fall behind. If we believe this new leak, we are obliged to quickly deliver something new that the American company seems to have understood well.
Bard becomes GeminiBud soon stopped being Bud. This is what a leaked document from X (formerly Twitter) shows, announcing that the update will be released on February 7th. We learned that Google’s chatbot will be renamed its Gemini language model.


This isn’t the only news we’ve received. In fact, like ChatGPT Plus, a more powerful version, Gemini Advanced, will also be launched. This will benefit from Gemini’s Ultra 1.0 version, which will make it “more capable of performing very complex tasks such as coding, logical reasoning, following nuanced instructions and creative collaboration. »

Application in pipelineThe price of this service is currently unknown. It will be optimized for English-language communication first, while being deployed in nearly 150 countries around the world. It’s enough to please any serious AI, user, even if Google’s announcement doesn’t stop there.


In fact, as we told you in the title, Google is using this update to communicate on future Android and iOS apps for Bard/Gemini. It will be available in English, Japanese and Korean first, with other languages ​​to follow. The only faltered is that most countries in the Old World will be excluded from this launch, as the app is not available for the European Economic Area countries to which the UK, Switzerland and France are a part.

Shop Laptop Batteries ,Laptop AC Adapters, Notebook Batteries and Notebook Chargers from HP, Lenovo, DELL, Panasonic Asus and more! Batteryforpc.co.uk offers the best prices, shipping & top-rated customer service! Order today

Lenovo Tab Extreme review: a high-end tablet, ideal for work and leisure?

Lenovo has launched its new high-end Tab Extreme touchscreen tablet that runs Android. Does the XXL format coupled with high performance justify the device’s high price? Lenovo is one of the most active manufacturers in the touch tablet market. The new tablet aims to carve out a niche in this market with a plethora of products to suit every budget. Lenovo has packed this model with attractive features that put it in direct competition with Apple’s iPad Pro range and Samsung’s high-end models.
Would the Lenovo Tab Extreme be the compromise ideal between a device for watching streaming content or playing casual games and a machine dedicated to work?

If the vast majority of touchscreen tablets on the market have fairly similar designs, Lenovo’s new offering is no exception. Aside from its looks, the size of this tablet is also impressive. The manufacturer wants to be more generous here, as the device measures 32.78 cm x 21.08 cm x 0.585 cm. However, this choice of XXL format inevitably affects the weight of an object that still weighs 740 grams. Please note that we will add to this cost the Folio case delivered with the tablet, which adds 280 grams to the product. In comparison, the 12.9-inch iPad Pro, although not as imposing, weighs 682 grams (without protective case). Such dimensions mean the Tab Extreme can be operated primarily in horizontal mode. The weight associated with the screen size makes it difficult to hold the tablet vertically over time.


Lenovo seems to have designed its device this way, as the front-facing photo module is placed on the side edge of the tablet. There’s also a drawer on one edge to accommodate a microSD card for storage expansion and a SIM card, at least for the 5G-compatible model.


Screen: Very nice multimedia OLED panelThis Lenovo tablet impresses with its 14.5-inch size and successful color reproduction, thanks to a beautiful 3K resolution (3,000 x 1,876 pixels). Perfect for streaming, we particularly appreciated the fluidity this panel offers thanks to its 120 Hz refresh rate. Manufacturer’s trademark brightness is 600 nits. In practice, we were able to watch streaming content in direct sunlight without encountering any brightness issues.


The tablet comes with one of the brand’s stylus called the Precision Pen 3. The stylus cleverly has its own wireless charging area, magnetized to the back of the tablet. By placing it exactly in that location and activating Bluetooth in Android settings, an association is automatically established between the Lenovo Tab and the stylus. If the allows you to enter text with handwriting input and draw in the latter any allowed application, it also offers remote control of certain parameters thanks to its single physical button. Still on the subject, we notice a section dedicated to the stylus, added by Lenovo in its Android overlay, visible when the stylus is attached to and detached from its magnetic storage location.


To take advantage of such a beautiful screen, Lenovo also added a USB-C input port to its Tab Extreme. This allows you to connect your computer to use the tablet as an external screen. In this mode, if Android-related notifications and features are disabled, the Precision Pen 3 remains active and acts as a touch input device. Therefore, we can imagine many uses in combination with professional software. Audio: Eight powerful speakers from JBL

Behind the XXL screen, there’s too much audio power. No less than 8 speakers are arranged around the edge of the tablet battery . Thanks to the integration of Dolby Atmos, audio systems can deliver spatialized sound as long as they are compatible with the software. However, let’s be clear on this topic: if the spatiality of the sound is currently on the rise, it is still difficult to discern it with the ear on speakers of this type. The latter can’t compare to a real, high-quality home theater sound system (soundbar or floor-standing speakers), headphones, or good headphones.


In addition to Dolby Atmos, we are forced to realize that the massive implementation of these JBL speakers offers a wonderful sound projection. As one might imagine given these size reductions, the bass is far from over-proportioned. On the other hand, even when increasing the volume to 100%, the sound is not saturated and remains fairly balanced. Overall, this tablet delivers powerful sound with convincing audio quality without distortion. If the manufacturer seems to be following through on eliminating the 3.5mm jack audio-out port, we appreciate that it’s adding a USB-C to mini-jack adapter in the box.


Performance: A powerful and very smooth tabletThe Lenovo Tab Extreme performs very well in benchmark tests.  From the point of view of its overall performance, it is very slightly above the Samsung Galaxy Tab S8, but below the iPad Pro 12.9 inches 2022 (6th generation).The manufacturer has chosen to base the operation of its device on a MediaTek MT8798 processor clocked at 3.05 GHz, a high-end octa-core CPU from 2021, supported by 12 GB of RAM memory. Concerning the GPU part, we observe the presence of a very good quality graphics chip: the Mali-G710 MC10.
For daily and basic use, the tablet is very fluid and we do not experience any slowdown. This observation is valid in the context of browsing through Android interfaces as well as consuming content on third-party applications such as Netflix , Spotify , Mozilla Firefox , etc. To test the device for more hardware-intensive use, we chose to launch the game Diablo Immortal . By pushing the graphics settings to the maximum, the experience remained perfectly fluid and no stutter was felt.

All kinds of Lenovo Tablets batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Lenovo Tablets Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Lenovo Tablets battery

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>iPad Pro 12.9 Tablet Battery 
>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>3.85V 4.4V 4850mAh/18.7WH Lenovo L18D1P32D Long Life Battery Replacement



What’s the best tablet for kids? Compare 2024

The best tablets aren’t just for adults, there are tons of references for kids ages 3 to 12 and up. An electronic toy for educational use or a real tablet for older kids, we’ve selected a few models that stand out to help you choose a tablet for your kids. These tablets are typically designed for children ages 3 to 12, but it’s important to remember to consider and limit children’s screen time. For older kids, we chose the classic model, which makes it easy to set up parental controls.

1. Samsung Galaxy Tab A7 Lite: A friendly tablet for gaming and Netflix
Samsung Galaxy Tab A7 Lite
For ages 12 and up, the “Classic” tablet can be purchased, provided you protect it properly and place the tablet under parental controls. Regarding the last point, there are many apps for setting parental controls, but on Android the ideal option is still to use Google’s Family Link and Kids Space to monitor internet usage and apps on the one hand and find content dedicated to children on the other . Samsung also offers Kids Mode with a fun interface and well-designed parental controls.
The Galaxy Tab A7 Lite’s strength is its price. In fact, some children’s tablets sell for more, even with smaller screens but lower clarity and battery life. Obviously, this tablet doesn’t include tools specifically designed for kids, so you’ll have to spend time configuring it with your app of choice while keeping an eye on your child’s activity.
With an 8.7-inch screen and good battery life, it’s an ideal tablet for multimedia use, launching some games and apps like Netflix, and installing educational apps. A good alternative to cheaper Android tablets like the Amazon Fire HD 8 .
offer everything you would expect in terms of limitations, with internet access completely under control. The Kid Connect function is a welcome little extra since it allows the child to send written or voice messages, or even drawings to the smartphone of their parents or other approved people via parental controls.2. HUAWEI MatePad T 10: a large and accessible tablet
HUAWEI MatePad T10
The Huawei MatePad T 10 tablet is another example of what can be accessible and sufficiently efficient for a teenager, while taking advantage of Huawei’s solutions to control and offer content according to age.
Comfortable for multimedia use thanks to its 9.7-inch screen, this tablet also offers image quality superior to many others for taking photos and videos. Please note that the EMUI 10.1 software interface is well built around Android and proves effective on a daily basis.
Huawei has also developed its own ecosystem for children. It is possible to create several accounts for young people, with content filters, time limits, and even protection for payment methods. For the little ones, Huawei offers its Kids Corner application, with numerous edutainment applications and an interface dedicated to adults to set up parental controls.

3. Apple iPad 2021: one of the best 10-inch tablets
We have to be honest, after a few days of use, this new generation of iPad will not have succeeded in arousing our interest. For this (already) ninth generation of tablet, Apple is content with a technical update that could be considered lazy. A more powerful processor, but not much more than the previous generation, a front camera finally usable in 2021 and the deal is in the bag.
To be fair to this product, we must still recognize that technology-loving journalists (which we are) are not the brand’s target. Apple is aimed at the general public, and more specifically at those, happy owners of an aging iPad, who wish to renew their device without losing their habits or depleting their bank account.
For €389, the iPad remains a great deal, with a solid technical sheet, a proven design, some four to five years of guaranteed use and as many iPadOS updates. This new tablet does not seek to reinvent the wheel but to please as many people as possible. Deal.

All brands laptop battery in here, We sell cheap and high quality laptop batteries , Tablets battery, mobile phone battery, you choose

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>> Galaxy Tab A7 Lite Tablet Battery



What are the smartphones with the best battery life in 2024?

Autonomy is one of the most important criteria to consider when choosing a new smartphone today. To help you choose among the many recommendations available, we have compiled the 6 most durable smartphones of 2023 in this article. Playing games, shooting or watching videos, surfing However the web or sharing stories on social networks are all uses that have become commonplace in our daily lives. However, they consume less energy and drain our smartphone batteries quickly. Most smartphones have a lifespan of about a day., certain models from brands such as Samsung, Apple, Xiaomi or Asus stand out by offering very good autonomy.

1. Samsung Galaxy S24 Ultra: Excellent performance and  Samsung Galaxy S24 Ultra battery life
The successor to the Galaxy S23 Ultra represents a logical and significant evolution from last year’s S23 ultra. It’s the only smartphone to come with a stylus, benefiting from the best of current technology. We appreciate the quality of the screen, the computing power and its respectable autonomy.


In terms of design, it ditches the curved-edge screen that the manufacturer has emphasized on its premium products so far. The titanium chassis is very strong, as is the new Gorilla Armor Glass that covers the AMOLED panel. In addition to improving its resistance to scratches, it also eliminates a large portion of parasitic reflections.
This year, the real innovation comes from the software part. OneUI 6.1 is still complete and easy to use, but the changes come with the integration of Galaxy AI, which could be a real game-changer. So, to be continued.
2.POCO X6 Pro: Excellent POCO X6 Pro batterylife and fast charging
Priced at €349, the POCO X6 Pro is an absolutely powerful smartphone that reigns supreme among mid-range phones in terms of performance. Its ultra-fast chip allows it to compete with more expensive phones, so it’s a very important choice if you use your smartphone a lot.
But speed isn’t its only advantage. Thanks to 120 Hz scanning, its 1.5K screen always delivers superior display finesse and fluidity. Its autonomy is not to be outdone: even by accumulating game play we can hope to be able to use it the next day without having to recharge it. Even so, the process only lasts 40 minutes thanks to the included 67W charger.

3. iPhone 15 Pro Max: The King of Autonomy in 2024
The iPhone 15 Pro Max is undoubtedly the most interesting model of 2023. Despite its bulk, it was significantly lighter than its predecessor and was the first to benefit from a periscope telephoto lens that offered 5x zoom. Never seen on iPhone.

Powered by the A17 Pro chip, the iPhone 15 Pro Max also offers the best autonomy among the Pro models. Yes, even so, its punch is still a notch below the iPhone 15 Plus in terms of  iPhone 15 Plus battery life.
Let’s add a welcome contribution to the balance sheet with the new action button, which provides a new way to quickly access basic iPhone functionality.
In short: the best iPhone Apple has ever designed.
The iPhone 14 Pro Max is one of the most durable smartphones of 2023. The highest-end model of the 14th generation iPhone boasts an exceptional battery life of more than 27 hours. With such battery life, with moderate usage, the smartphone can last more than two days without charging. However, Apple’s model falls far short of the mark, with an integrated battery of just 4,323 mAh, while most manufacturers opt for the 5,000 mAhiPhone 14 Pro Max batteryon their smartphones. This proves that the capacity of the accumulator is not the only deciding criterion, and good software optimization can more than compensate.If you use your phone frequently and frequently. Additionally, while its battery capacity is impressive for an Apple phone, the phone isn’t fast charging compatible. In fact, it takes about 1 hour and 30 minutes to restore full charge using a 30- watt charging brick. It’s also compatible with wireless charging, which can be done using a 15-watt MagSafe charger or a Qi charger. In the second case, the charging speed is limited to 7.5 watts.


4. ASUS ROG Phone 8 Pro: The most durable gaming smartphone
Asus is reinventing itself with the ROG Phone 8 and its Pro models. A range of powerful gaming smartphones with new thinner, lighter designs that fulfill the ambition of being more than just gaming phones.
Thanks to a new, more modern camera, the ROG Phone 8 closes the huge gap that the brand has accumulated compared to its competitors. If Asus gaming smartphones are still weighted down by ultra-wide angles and limited video capabilities, today’s Asus gaming smartphones are more versatile than in the past.
But of course, the video game efforts are the most important. Playing games on your smartphone has never been so enjoyable, thanks to the advantages of the Snapdragon 8 Gen 3 chip and a variety of dedicated gaming features (configurable triggers, useful AI features) . At least if you can position your hands correctly so as not to be disturbed by the giant camera!
5. OPPO A77: The most approachable smartphone and the most durable phone.

OPPO A77 is a relatively approachable entry-level smartphone. It comes with a 6.56-inch LCD screen with HD+ resolution (1,612 x 720 pixels) and a 90 Hz refresh rate The panel has a maximum brightness of 511 nits, which is satisfactory for readability but far from optimal in lighting conditions. The screen’s calibration isn’t very convincing, and the chromaticity shift is a little too noticeable, resulting in a slightly colder rendering.
In terms of performance, the Chinese smartphone is powered by MediaTek Dimensity 810 SoC and supports 4 or 6 GB RAM depending on the version. In practice,  Battery for OPPO A77shows quite good performance, ensuring smooth navigation in multitasking as well as in daily use (web browsing, emails, social networks). Although it is possible to play small games in good conditions, the smartphone is not designed to run the most resource-demanding games.
It also comes with dual rear cameras (48+2 megapixels). When the lighting conditions are right, smartphones can take pretty good quality photos. It also has an 8-megapixel selfie sensor capable of shooting Full HD at 30 frames per second. what we like

The OPPO A77 model stands out by offering the highest durability of any series combination on the market. It even edged out the tireless iPhone 14 Pro Max, with 28 hours of battery life that should last you more than two days of mixed use. For that , it needs the big 5,000 mAhbattery of the iPhone 14 Pro Max.
In terms of charging power, OPPO A77 is compatible with 33W charging. The modules provided enable it to be fully recharged in just one hour. If general performance isn’t your priority and you’d rather benefit from a more durable and easy-to -use model, this is the phone for you.


All brands laptop battery in here, We sell cheap and high quality laptop batteries , Tablets battery, mobile phone battery, you choose

Lenovo ThinkPad T490 review: Thinner and lighter, but no more modular battery

The ThinkPad T490 gets thinner, but it loses one of its best features. The 2019 ThinkPad refresh introduces the T490, a versatile, durable 14-inch ultrabook with some significant changes compared to last year’s T480, which we also reviewed. I used it for over a week to get a feel for what it has to offer, and like previous years, it’s a complete workhorse and a great value for money. Here’s what it does right, what it doesn’t do well, and ultimately whether it’s the right laptop for you.

Lenovo ThinkPad T490 design and features
Compared to last year’s T480, the T490 is lighter – the WQHD version is the heaviest, starting at just 3.17 pounds (1.44kg) – with an overall smaller footprint and 0.70 inches (17.9mm) thinner. It doesn’t look exciting, but it’s definitely a ThinkPad. Black soft-touch paint covers the entire chassis, which like most ThinkPads will pick up a lot of smudges and fingerprints, and the dual-hinge system offers about 180 degrees of movement, with plenty of ports crammed into the slim chassis.

The ThinkPad T490 proved its toughness by passing the usual MIL-STD 810G durability testing, making it an all-around solid laptop. The lid barely wobbles when shaken, the main chassis flexes very little, and despite being lightweight, it feels like it can take a knock. The T490 includes a few security options as well as a dTPM 2.0 chip, including a fingerprint reader set into the right palm rest, an optional IR camera above the display, a shutter for the front-facing 720p webcam, and a Kensington lock slot. Like the X390 we recently reviewed, a PrivacyGuard display option is expected to be available sometime this summer, which will reduce viewing angles and prevent passers-by from seeing what you’re doing.

Lenovo ThinkPad T490 display
Our review model had a high-end WQHD non-touch display that was gorgeous. It looks to be the same 14-inch display used in the X1 Carbon series, with Dolby Vision HDR and up to 500 nits of brightness. It’s an upgrade at about $191 compared to the FHD non-touch option, but totally worth it, especially if you’re interested in multimedia editing or some design work.
In our tests, color reproduction hit 100% sRGB and AdobeRGB, which are both excellent results. It’s also very bright at around 500 nits, which almost makes up for the glossy finish that’s still a bit troublesome in sunlit rooms. The bezels are slightly narrower compared to the T480, further enhancing the impressive overall appearance when the lid is open.

Lenovo ThinkPad T490 keyboard and touchpad
The keyboard hasn’t changed much from the T480. It uses the same cupped keys, which have perfect travel and are soft and non-bouncey when bottomed out. ThinkPads usually have great keyboards, and the T490 is no exception.
Included here is the iconic ThinkPad TrackPoint system, with a red pointer in the middle of the keyboard and physical buttons located between the keyboard and standard touchpad. There’s no problem here either, because you won’t have any problems with your pointing. The surface is smooth, the tracking is perfect, and it uses Microsoft’s precision drivers for the best experience.


Lenovo ThinkPad T490 performance and Lenovo ThinkPad T490 batteryThe biggest change compared to the T480 is the elimination of the bridge battery system and a modular design for hot-swappable batteries on site. You can charge a few extra Lenovo ThinkPad T490 batteries before you go, and when one of the batteries gets low, you can pop it out and add another fully charged battery without powering down the system. Now, the Lenovo ThinkPad T490’s battery has been removed and replaced by a single 50Wh battery, which can last up to 6 to 7 hours of battery life during normal operation You might see slightly better Laptop battery life on the Lenovo ThinkPad T490 with a lower-resolution display, but by adding the NVIDIA MX250 dedicated GPU, battery life will undoubtedly be affected further.


I used the T490 regularly for about a week, and while I wasn’t doing any intensive tasks, it stayed cool and quiet. You can occasionally hear a single fan running, but it’s not noticeable. This model comes with 8GB of RAM soldered on the board, as well as another slot that you can upgrade yourself to improve performance. I ran some synthetic benchmarks to see how it compared to similar ultrabooks.Should you buy the Lenovo ThinkPad T490?


The ThinkPad T490 is better than ever as a more affordable alternative to the X1 Carbon, thanks to a slimmer, lighter chassis, a 14-inch WQHD display with HDR options, and powerful performance hardware. There’s the option to add an NVIDIA MX250 GPU for more graphics power, but the modular battery and HDD options are gone.
If you like the latter two features, Lenovo still offers the ThinkPad T480, although it doesn’t offer the same performance. Overall, the T490 is an impressive Ultrabook with plenty of available configuration options, upgradeable SSD and RAM, and optional LTE connectivity.

Online shopping for lenovo Laptop batteries is security. Get 30% off buylenovo Laptop battery.All lenovo model batteries are brand new,1 year Warranty, Secure Online Ordering Guaranteed

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>Cheap Lenovo 01AV421 Li-ion Battery, 01AV421 Replacement Battery for Lenovo ThinkPad T470 T480

Redmi Note 13 Pro+ review: A good choice at the high end of the market, but at what price?

At the beginning of the year, Xiaomi performed well in all aspects. While we impatiently await the future Xiaomi Mi 14, the brand has recently launched a couple of smartphones, the POCO X6 Pro and currently the Redmi Note 13. A strong new series with at least five references (4G and 5G versions required), of which Redmi Note 13 Pro+ is the last link in the chain.


Tested on a smartphone borrowed from the manufacturer. Redmi Note 13 Pro+: Technical sheetXiaomi Redmi Note 13 Pro Plus technical sheet inside the Redmi Note 13 Pro + boxXiaomi’s packaging is always so generous. Among the current smartphones we find: Design: Mid-range smartphone certified IP68

If we stay with the existing smartphone with a 6.67-inch screen, the Xiaomi subsidiary is slightly changing the design of its flagship device. It’s slightly lower in height and width and weights 10 grams less than the Redmi Note 12 Pro +, for a total weight of 199 grams. Lately, competitors tend to prefer phones over flat edges (and we wonder why), but Xiaomi is sticking with it and offering a deal on the Redmi Note 13 Pro+ with slightly rounded edges. Even if the recent Honor Magic 6 Lite is a step ahead in this regard, this gives the product a pretty premium look.


As usual, the fingerprint scanner is placed a little too low to activate it without twisting your thumb. We deal with it. The other buttons are located on the right edge and are easily accessible. No, specifically, the Redmi Note 13 Pro+ does have two major differences compared to its predecessor: the removal of the 3.5mm jack (still present on the 13 Pro and 13 models) and IP68 certification. A rarity at this price point. It’s also protected by Gorilla Glass Victus, commonly used in high- end phones. There are a lot of really good advantages in terms of durability.


Screen: Very bright panelThe smartphones released in the Xiaomi series have screens that are similar to each other, and are starting to look more and more similar. This is good. This is someone who knows how to trickle down its flagship tech to its more modest models, as the Redmi Note 13 Pro+ has the same 1.5K resolution at 2720 x 1220 pixels as the POCO X6 Pro we recently tested. Enough to benefit from a sharper display, with absolutely indistinguishable pixels and always running at 120 Hz to ensure smoothness at all times. But 120 Hz screens are no longer brand new in 2024. Additionally, this year Redmi has chosen to increase the brightness. According to him, this time we reach a peak of 1800 nits, compared to 900 nits in the previous generation. It’s just a doubling of the brightness, which you’ll actually feel when you’re at the sun’s highest point.


As usual, the white balance defaults to a bit cold. But the MIUI interface is tasteful and leaves us with a color wheel that allows us to correct and warm up the panel. We recommend doing this to get a closer true white and more accurate color Compatible with HDR, the Redmi Note 13 Pro+’s screen also offers nearly 90% of the display area. Have some fun while watching movies or catching up on your favorite series on the go.
Performance: Fast smartphone (but not top-notch)You have to understand where you come from. We just finished testing the POCO X6 Pro. Priced at €349, this smartphone exceeded all our expectations with the performance of the Dimensity 8300 Ultra. Here, the Redmi Note 13 Pro+ may be 100 euros more In other words, the SoC is less efficient. And not just expensive a little bit.


Technical information confirms that Redmi’s CPU frequency is capped at 2.8 GHz, while POCO’s clocks in at an impressive 3.35 GHz. This is a significant difference, and the various tests we conducted clearly illustrate this.


Frankly, we can assume that the current Note 13 Pro+ is almost half as efficient as its sibling. Rest assured: in daily work, this is almost impossible to achieve. The Redmi Note 13 Pro+ is a high-performance smartphone that responds very well to simple navigation and can handle the simultaneous launch of multiple apps without any problem. Only in games can we discover our limits faster. For example, in our usual Genshin Impact we would be limited to average quality levels and 45 frames per second. This is still entirely true, especially since the phone barely gets warm even after extended use.Interface: What about HyperOS?Let’s move on to the comparison with the POCO X6 Pro because it’s quite interesting. Even after reading the

incomprehensible Xiaomi catalog, we know that the Redmi Note 13 Pro+ is supposed to be the ultimate mid-range model, but again it is ahead of its cousin with a price of 349 euros! reason ? The latter benefits already from Android 14 and HyperOS (Xiaomi’s new overlay).
ui-1 Don’t worry, HyperOS is clearly planned for the smartphone we tested today. we just sur prised that it is not in place from the first start. We will therefore avoid holding your leg too much by describing the current interface of the Xiaomi offspring, likely to change a lot in the coming months.

With MIUI 14 we find a very customizable interface , although quite loaded with pre-installed applications (a great habit of Xiaomi). The top drop-down panel is, like on iOS , now divided into two parts. The main one displays the latest notifications, and the right side brings together the shortcuts (Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, flashlight, etc.). It takes a little time to get used to, but we find it quite practical on a daily basis.The good news is that – like POCO – Redmi will now support its smartphones for four years. This concerns security updates, but we will also take into account three major Android upgrades in the batch. However, the present Note 13 Pro+ being launched under Android 13, it will therefore only go up to Android 16. Another advantage for the POCO X6 Pro… yes, we are making a fix.
As is often the case with this type of product, sound is not really part of the sales pitch. The Redmi Note 13 Pro+ has two speakers that are good enough for listening to podcasts or watching short videos, but unsatisfactory for music. The fault, as usual, is a driver that is too small, which struggles to reproduce all the nuances of sound.On the other hand, it is important to point out that, unlike all previously marketed Redmi Notes, the Note 13 Pro+ does not include the jack socket. You will therefore have to fall back on wireless solutions, or on an adapter, to take advantage of your wired headset or earphones. The smartphone is Bluetooth 5.3 compatible. 

All kinds of Xiaomi Cell Phone batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk . Xiaomi Cell Phone Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Xiaomi Cell Phone battery.


Cheap Xiaomi Xiaomi 13 Pro Li-ion BatteryXiaomi Xiaomi 13 Pro Li-ion battery is a new brand and it is compatible with 100% original and replacement battery. Wholesale and retail of Xiaomi Xiaomi 13 Pro battery is of high quality and low price!

Laptops with best battery life in February 2024 — longest lasting laptop batteries

The laptops with best battery life will outlast work or play
Laptops with the best Laptops battery life are what you need to function as a professional, a student, and a binge-watcher of TV shows. Your battery is always draining, even when idle — yeah, your laptops, too. So instead of arriving to something dead and in need of charging, let’s find you a lively companion. Our list of laptops with best  laptops battery life have survived 13+ hours on a single charge. It’ll outlast school, work, and me (before I have to take a nap) .


To be 100% transparent, our tests won’t accurately line up to how you use your laptop. We attempted to get close to real-world usage with our Laptop Mag Battery Test 2.0. It involves continuous Web surfing over Wi-Fi at 150 nits of brightness. That’s not very bright — on average, it’s roughly 50% brightness. If you find yourself wanting more battery, consider dimming the display.
Despite the change in numbers, our tests have been consistent throughout all recent laptops we’ve tested, which means that all of the following truly are the laptops with best  laptops battery life.
What are the laptops with best battery life in 2024?

Why you can trust Laptop Mag Our expert reviewers spend hours testing and comparing products and services so you can choose the best for you. Find out more about how we test.
From affordable budget laptops to elite business laptops, there are plenty of all-day-strong notebooks to choose from these days. Even gaming laptops like the Asus ROG Zephyrus G14, which achieved more  MacBook Pro battery life than the 16-inch MacBook Pro thanks to Its AMD Ryzen CPUs, have come a long way in terms of balancing raw power with general mobility. Read on for our top picks! 


1. MacBook Pro 16-inch (M2 Max, 2023)Since Apple swapped over to its proprietary CPUs, we have seen nothing but great things from the MacBooks flooding our way. What has been especially impressive, especially concerning this very page, is the absolute monster of a battery life. With Apple M2 Max chip, the MacBook Pro 16-inch saw nearly 19 hours of battery life. That’s the longest lasting laptop of recent memory. But MacBook Pro 16 laptop batterylife isn’t the only thing that this killer machine offers.


We are enjoying the new wave of games coming to MacBooks, and we had plenty of fun testing out Resident Evil Village on this machine. Let’s not forget about that vivid 16-inch display and powerful audio, making this the optimal creative workstation. And we are officially back in the age where Apple laptops are rocking comfortable keyboards.
We do love this MacBook, but it is hella expensive ($2,699 starting, $5,299 as reviewed). So keep in mind your budget before you toss your wallet at this all consuming Cupertino-based tech company.


2. Apple MacBook Pro (16-inch, M3 Max)Even with the latest 16-inch Apple MacBook Pro rocking the company’s most powerful CPU, the M3 Max, the laptop blew us away with just over 18 hours of battery life. It just goes to show that high performance and a sharp display don’t have to impact battery life the way that laptop makers like to use as an excuse.  MacBooks Battery life isn’t the only awesome thing about this laptop. That high performance wasn’t a joke — it beats out all other MacBooks and every competitor we threw it at it.


One of the things we love the most about the Apple MacBook Pro (16-inch, M3 Max) is that 3456 x 2234 Liquid Retina XDR display. It’s stunning, gorgeous, vivid, vibrant — throw all the adjectives at it and most of them will stick to the wall. But let’s not get it twisted, this machine is hella expensive. We’re talking about $3,499 starting, and $3,999 as reviewed. You have to ask yourself, how much do you really need that shiny new 40- core GPU? If you’re a creator, it’s question worth asking.3. MacBook Pro 14 
It’s amazing what a new heart can do for a laptop. The latest MacBook Air ushers in a new era for Apple with its custom-made M3 chip. There’s a reason that Apple has dominated the top of this page for so long. The company understands how to prioritize MacBook Pro 14  batterylife in its chipsets, making the MacBook Pro 14 (M3, 2023) last for over 17 hours on a single charge. Listen, I’d love to have any other company at the top of this list, so laptop makers need to step it up.


Even on a 14-inch machine, Apple manages to pump out a super bright 3024 x 1964-pixel display. I’ll say it until I can’t breathe, but having a comfortable keyboard in a MacBook again is wild. It’s honestly a sad thing to be impressed by, but MacBooks are getting better every year, and the Cupertino-based tech company made the best decision by leaving Intel behind.


4.Lenovo ThinkPad Z16
Lenovo’s ThinkPads are one of the few brands that excel at not only being a business laptop, but a laptop in general. Yes, the price always gives us pause, as any business laptop blown up (because it wants companies to buy in bulk and not ask questions). However, finding the Lenovo ThinkPad Z16 on sale is a killer opportunity to get an excellent laptop with nearly 15 hours of  Lenovo ThinkPad Z16 battery life. But that’s not the only feature we love about the Z16
The Lenovo ThinkPad Z16 is not only a thin and light business laptop, but it features enough screen space to get all of your work done without issue. With a 16-inch, 1920 x 1200-pixel display, you’ll get enough color and brightness to bring life to your work on and offline. Let’s not forget the powerful performance and graphics backed by AMD components. This is one spicy business laptop.
5. Lenovo ThinkPad X1 Carbon


Lenovo ThinkPad X1 Carbon (Gen 11) is a refinement of the best ultraportable laptop for business users. The newest X1 Carbon now flaunts a 14-inch, 16:10, 1920 x 1200-pixel touch display, which means it offers 120 more vertical pixels than your typical 1920 x 1080-pixel screen. Also improving productivity are a wider touchpad and a human presence detection sensor for convenient login and enhanced security. 


Swapping the engine for 13th Gen Intel chips adds considerably faster performance, but theLenovo ThinkPad X1 batterylife upgrade is even more enticing; the Gen 11 model lasts for nearly 14 hours on a charge. These perks are packaged in a familiar matte-black design with an aerospace space grade carbon fiber lid. It’s super lightweight at 2.5 pounds, and it’s even incredibly thin at 0.6 inches.

All brands laptop battery in here, We sell cheap and high quality laptop batteries, Tablets battery, mobile phone battery, you choose

How to replace the battery on the Dell XPS 15 if it’s dying too quickly

Battery life would usually force you to replace your laptop, but if you want to save money, you can just replace the Dell XPS 15 battery in your Dell XPS 15
The latest model of the Dell XPS 15 packs an incredible amount of power considering the size of the laptop. With an Intel Core i9 processor and NVIDIA GeForce RTX 3050 Ti graphics, it can handle most tasks with ease, including demanding workloads like video editing.

Additionally, 64GB of RAM and up to 4TB of storage ensure that this laptop can run demanding applications and store data for long periods of time. But no matter how powerful your laptop is, the battery starts to wear out after a while. You may start to notice that your Dell XPS 15 lasts less time between charges, at which point the  Dell XPS 15 battery may need to be replaced.  

Replacing the Dell XPS 15 battery can go a long way in extending the life of your Dell XPS 15. While the battery will start to noticeably wear out after a year or two (depending on your usage), other components may be fine. You don ‘ t need to buy a whole new laptop, just replace the battery and have a great laptop again. Thankfully, the Dell XPS 15 has a repairable design, which means you can replace your Dell XPS 15 laptop battery fairly easily. In this guide, we’ll help you do just that. Keep in mind that we’re focusing on the two latest models of the XPS 15: the 9500 and 9510 variants, which share the same general design.
Before you start working with your laptopAs always, if you want to work from your laptop, you need to do some preparation. First, make sure to unplug your computer from the outlet and unplug any peripherals. Dell also recommends completely discharging the   laptop  battery inside your laptop before replacing it, so use it until the battery is completely drained and don’t turn it on again without the AC adapter. Additionally, make sure you are grounding yourself by discharging static electricity by touching an unpainted metal surface, and make sure you are not working on fabric or near pets that could cause static electricity.
In terms of tools, you’ll need a Torx T5 screwdriver to unscrew the screws on the bottom cover, and a Phillips screwdriver to unscrew the screws on the inside of the laptop. You’ll also need a spudger or non-conductive pry tool to open the laptop’s base. Finally, there’s the matter of replacing the battery.

The official 86-watt-hour battery for the Dell XPS 15 9500 or 9510 models is not yet available on Dell’s website, so you may need to contact Dell customer service to find the appropriate part. You can also find compatible third-party Dell XPS laptop batterieson Amazon, but there may be some risks associated with unofficial parts. You purchase these parts at your own risk. If you do this, also make sure you purchase the correct capacity. Most Dell XPS 15 models come with an 86-watt -hour Dell XPS 15 battery, but models with Core i5 processors will have a smaller 56-watt-hour battery.
Replacing the battery in your Dell XPS 15Once you’ve completely drained your  Dell XPS15 battery, unplugged everything, and are ready to replace your laptop battery, we can begin the replacement process. Turn the laptop over, close the lid, and turn it away from you. Then follow these steps :
Use a Torx T5 screwdriver to remove the eight screws holding the bottom cover in place.Use a spudger or pry tool to separate the bottom cover from the laptop. Starting at the bottom corner, slide toward the center of the bottom edge, then slide from the corner to the top of the lid.Disconnect the laptop battery from the motherboard. The ribbon cable connects to the upper right corner of the battery, and you can lift the connector up with your fingernail.

Use a Phillips-head screwdriver to remove the eight screws holding the battery in place. There are two types of screws, four of each type. These batteries come in different lengths, so you have to remember where to put the new battery back in for each type.

Peel off the tape on the bottom of the battery that holds the speaker cable to the battery.Lift the battery out of the battery compartment and remove it.Take the new battery and align it with the screw holes on the laptop and the battery connector on the motherboard.

Replace the tape on the speaker cable and replace the eight battery screws in their places. The longer 4mm screw is on the top of the battery, while the 3mm screw is on the bottom. Be careful not to overtighten the screws as excessive pressure may damage the laptop.Connect the laptop. battery cable to the motherboard.Place the bottom cover back on the laptop, aligning it with the screw holes. Tighten the eight Torx screws, being careful not to overtighten.

Now that you have a brand new dell laptop batteryin your laptop, you should be able to use it for a few years without any problems. As we’ve already mentioned, this can significantly extend the life of your laptop, and it’s much cheaper than buying a new one when your old laptop starts to have some issues. If it’s still performing well, there’s no reason to throw it all away.
You can also upgrade storagee and RAM yourself if you need more than you originally thought.

If you haven’t yet, you can buy the Dell XPS 15 using the link below, or configure all the components at Dell’s website. This is one of the best laptops you can buy today, and it’s sure to handle almost anything you throw at it. Plus, it can last you a long time if you’re willing to replace some parts yourself. If you want to see other options, check out our list of the best Dell laptops to see other great choices.


All kinds of Dell Laptop batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Dell Laptop Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Dell Laptop battery.

Which Google Pixel Phone Should You Buy?

GOOGLE’s Pixel phone is our favorite Android phone at WIRED and has been for several years. They have industry-leading cameras, get fast software and security updates directly from Google (just like iPhones get from Apple), and are competitively priced. But choosing the right model can be tricky.

Should you buy a Pixel 7A? Pixel 8? So what about the expensive Pixel Fold?
Update January 2024: We’ve added new features recently released, including circle search and photo emojis.

One of the reasons we recommend Pixel phones is that they include a lot of great software features that are actually useful. We’ve collected most of them below, but my favorites are Assistant Voice Typing for faster and more accurate speech transcription using the built- in keyboard; Now Playing to find out what music is playing around me; and Call Screen, It blocks all the spam calls I receive. You’ll also get five years of security updates, so your Pixel 7A will be supported for quite some time Unfortunately, Google only promised three operating system upgrades.


The only issues I have with the Pixel 7A are the Pixel 7A battery life and the fingerprint sensor, which isn’t as responsive or reliable as I’d like. The 4,385 mAh battery will last you a full day of average usage, but on busy days you’ll likely need a full charge before the sun goes down. It also doesn’t have a microSD card slot or headphone jack, so if you want a phone with these features, you’ll have to look elsewhere.
Available on all three major US carriers.

The Pixel 8 series has the brightest OLED displays ever on a Pixel, which means no need to squint when staring at the screen on a sunny day. They have a more rounded designFold pixels


How long will your Pixel be supported?
The Pixel 8 and Pixel 8 Pro will get seven years of Android OS upgrades and security updates. They’re the only Pixel phones to have such a lengthy software support policy. The Pixel 7A, Pixel 7 series, and Pixel 6A will get three years of Android OS upgrades and five years of security updates from launch. Google has a page you can check to find out which month your Pixel phone will stop receiving updates. Security updates reduce the risk of malware, make your phone bug-free, and make it more secure. Android version updates introduce new features (look and feel) and improve the entire operating system.


Pixel phones also happen to be the first to receive any kind of Android update, so once Google releases a new version (such as Android 14), you can download it by heading to Settings > System > System Update > Check for Updates Come check for updates now. You can also test beta versions of Android, but you’ll need to register your device. (Be sure to back up your phone first!) Pixels has also learned that Google releases issues every few months that include features for newer Pixels in older models as well as brand-new features for the latest devices. Google ends Pixel Pass program

All kinds of Google Cell Phone  batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Google Cell Phone  Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Google Cell Phone  battery.

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>Google Pixel 4 Long Life Battery Replacement

Nokia Launches New Android Phone That Will Be Easy To Repair: All Details

Nokia has launched a new Android phone ahead of Mobile World Congress 2023 (MWC 2023) this week. The company continues to focus on the mid-range segment, including its C and G series phones. It has stayed away from the spec battle with Chinese brands, which seems to have affected its popularity among buyers, and the latest market reports confirm this.

But Nokia wants to operate within its resources, and HMD Global is now looking to offer environmentally friendly devices that are easy for consumers to repair. The Nokia G22 smartphone is the company’s first to focus on ease of repair, following the likes of Apple and Samsung The company that makes Nokia phones claims that Nokia G22 users can replace their 

Nokia smartphone G22 batteryin just 5 minutes to keep the phone running for years to come. The most interesting part about this replacement is that you don’t need any special tools to open the panel.Nokia says it is possible to switch the Nokia smartphone battery unit by opening the panel using the bundled SIM card ejection pin or a screwdriver.

That’s not all, HMD Global claims you can replace a broken display on your phone in just 20 minutes using basic tools The company has partnered with repair experts iFixit, who will provide parts, tools, and even guide you through replacing your Nokia smartphone battery, broken screen, and even replacing the charging port on your device.iFixit has previously criticized Apple’s so-called third-party repair program.

The company wants iPhone users to buy special tools and source official parts from them, which defeats the purpose of making iPhones easy to repair. But with the Nokia G22, you’ll see how an open ecosystem can play a role in home repairability.The Nokia G22 is also eco-friendly, with a back panel made from 100% recycled plastic. As far as the phone itself goes, there’s nothing to note. It sports a 6.52-inch HD+ display with 90Hz refresh rate, powered by Unisoc T606 chipset and 4GB of RAM.

The phone features a 50-megapixel primary sensor along with dual 2-megapixel macro and depth sensors. It comes with a 5055mAh Nokia smartphone battery with 20W charging speed. The Nokia G22 promises to be upgraded to the Android 14 operating system and come with three years of security updates, which doesn’t seem like much these days. It is priced at $190 (approximately Rs. 15,700) and may be launched in India soon.

All brands laptop battery in here, We sell cheap and high quality laptop batteries , Tablets battery, mobile phone battery, you choose.

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>3.85V 3000mAh Nokia TN-BL3000R1 Long Life Battery Replacement

Get ready to party like it’s 2021 ‘soon’ with new Galaxy Tab S6 Lite and Galaxy Watch 4 editions

Following the launch of the Galaxy Watch 6 duo in July 2023 and the recently released Galaxy Tab S9, Tab S9 Plus, Tab S9 Ultra, Tab S9 FE, Tab S9 FE Plus, Tab A9, Tab A9 Plus and Tab Active 5, if you are expecting We totally understand Samsung taking at least a few months off before launching any other smartwatches or tablets. But according to a well-connected and very reliable tech journalist and X leaker, at least two other (non-smartphone) Galaxy products will be coming “soon”… and you’ll never guess their rumored names.


Believe it or not, Samsung is apparently planning to launch Galaxy Watch 4 (2024) and Galaxy Tab S6 Lite (2024) versions after the mentioned Galaxy Watch 6 and Tab S9 series, which obviously doesn’t make much sense from a mathematical perspective. Obviously, this isn’t how numbers generally work, let alone names for mobile devices, although I can quickly think of a precedent. The original Galaxy Tab S6 Lite back in 2020 spawned a curious and highly unusual 2022 sequel that looks… almost completely unchanged, so if a 2024 version is indeed in the pipeline, we think the design And the hardware specs will again remain the same.


Of course, that doesn’t explain why Samsung couldn’t simply jump to the Galaxy Tab S9 Lite or even the Tab S8 Lite moniker to make everything clearer and easier to write and read. The same goes for the rumored Galaxy Watch 4 (2024 ), which is clearly a completely unprecedented wearable device and might make more sense under the Galaxy Watch 6 Lite branding.


For now, little is known about these undoubtedly affordable products that should surely run “modern” software out of the box and promise to perform better than their forerunners in 2020, 2021, and 2022. Get support before going any further.

All kinds of Samsung Other batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Samsung Other Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Samsung Other battery.


>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>Samsung Galaxy Watch 4 Classic 42mm SM-R880N Long Life Battery Replacement

Best Kids’ Tablets for 2024

The best tablets for kids should be powerful, have comprehensive parental controls, and have access to a wealth of age-appropriate content. Here are our favorite tablets for 2024. Trying to find the best tablet for your child can be a challenge.
The best tablets for kids are usually those designed specifically for kids – although there are some “adult” tablet options available that are solid all-around buys for anyone. There is a sizable market for kid-friendly tablets.

These tablets are great for playing games, listening to music, watching movies, and reading books. Plus, they have access to a variety of kid-friendly apps and educational content, making them a great choice for schoolwork and entertainment.
When you are looking for the best kids tablet for your child, it is important to consider affordability, tablet battery life, app capacity, durability, and longevity before purchasing. This is especially true if you’re shopping for young children.


Many of the kids’ tablets on our list come preloaded with kid-friendly content and educational apps for easy learning, as well as fun entertainment apps. These easy-to-use children’s tablets also provide access to premium educational content such as apps, games , shows and more from trusted and effective edutainment experts like PBS Kids. Interactive programming, like those offered by Sideshow Kids, PBS Kids, and CodaKid, can be used with different educational app options on your child’s device to give them the best-practice learning experience your child needs to lead the world.

And, since kids can be clumsy (and clingy for some reason), it’s a good idea to invest in a kid-friendly tablet with a sturdy build and a durable child-proof case to protect delicate The glass screen is protected from any scratches or drops. You may also want to add a screen protector.
The Best Kids Tablets of 2024Amazon Fire HD 10 Kids EditionFire HD 10 Kids Edition is the children’s tablet version of the Amazon Fire HD 10, with the largest display in Amazon’s tablet lineup. Just like its 7-inch and 8-inch screen size siblings, this Fire tablet has plenty of parental control options and a rubber bumper case to protect the device from drops.

The 10.1-inch Amazon Fire tablet also comes with a two-year “worry-free” replacement warranty and a one-year Amazon Kids Plus subscription. Amazon Kids Plus, formerly Amazon FreeTime Unlimited , is a content library that gives kids access to tons of books, games, apps, and whether you buy this Fire HD tablet for younger or older kids Program options and age-appropriate content for children.
Amazon also offers another version of its kid-friendly tablet called the Fire HD 10 Pro Kids Edition, which has a slimmer case and more web browsing and app options for older children.

It’s probably one of the best growth-friendly kids’ tablet options in the range, and it could be a good option if your kids are of widely varying ages but your budget only allows for sharing a kids’ tablet around the house.

Amazon Fire HD 8 Kids EditionThe Amazon Fire HD 8 Kids Edition is cheaper and 2 inches smaller than the 10-inch version of the kids tablet, but includes the same parental controls, a rubber bumper case to protect the device, a two-year “worry-free” replacement warranty and a one-year Amazon Kids Plus subscription.

You can add a microSD card for extra storage. Compared to the Kids version of the Fire 7 tablet, the HD 8 Kids tablet costs more, but it has a higher-resolution screen and faster performance and more storage space, making it a worthy upgrade.


Like the 10-inch version, the Fire HD 8 Kids Edition also comes in a slimmer Pro version for older kids. Amazon Fire 7 Kids EditionThe Amazon Fire 7 is the most affordable “learning tablet” option in the Amazon Fire Kids tablet line. This Kids Edition tablet performs well in most tasks and apps and includes the same parental controls, a padded tablet case, a two-year warranty, and a one-year Amazon Kids Plus subscription. This is also the best Even in bright sunlight.


Fire tablets, on the other hand, feature LCD screens that display clear, vibrant colors, making them ideal for handling a wider range of activities.


The higher the range, the better the display. The Fire 7’s 7-inch has a resolution of 171 ppi, while the Max 11 has an impressive 213ppi and 2.4 million pixels.
Amazon Fire Tablet vs. Kindle: PerformanceFor their intended use, both devices are a bit like Trojan horses in terms of performance.


The Kindle can last for weeks on a single charge, and its dedicated Kindle OS is designed to extend its life while delivering a clean, crisp (but papery) display.
But if you think it’s just for reading, you’re wrong. You can also upload PDF files to your Kindle and display them.


Even better, if you choose Kindle Scribe, you can also take notes – perfect for busy work or students.


While the Fire Tablets don’t have the same Fire Tablets batterycapabilities as the Fire Tablets, they’re a great budget alternative to pricier competitors (Apple, we’re looking at you).

While Fire tablets don’t have the processing power of high-end tablets, the best Fire tablets have a 2.2Ghz CPU compared to the 8-core CPUs of Apple alternatives, which is more than enough for the average user.

As a budget tablet, though, the cameras on the Fire models are by no means market leaders, with the best being the 5MP rear camera on the Fire 10 tablet.
But for anyone looking for a tablet capable of video calling and taking photos, the Fire is your best bet.


The beauty of Amazon’s technologies is that they have something to offer everyone. So if you’re looking for an affordable device for video calling, the Echo Show 5’s 2MP camera will do everything you need and more.Amazon Fire Tablet battery lvs. Kindle: Battery LifeThere’s a huge difference intablets batterylife between Fire tablets and Kindles, and a lot of it is due to their displays.
The Kindle is the hands-down winner, lasting six weeks of continuous use before needing to be recharged.


This is thanks to the e-ink screen, which is more energy-efficient than the Fire LCD display.
Of course, an LCD screen is required on a tablet, especially for streaming TV shows, movies, etc. This means the average Fire device needs to be charged after about 10 hours of use.


As long as you’re primarily looking for a device to read e-books, the Kindle is great for long-term use. While the Fire Tablet is a perfect all-around product, it needs to be replenished more frequently.


Amazon Fire Tablet vs. Kindle: VerdictThe answer to which device is best for you depends on what you want to use them for.
Those looking for an e-reader would be better off investing in the Kindle series, which is optimized for reading and features an e-ink display, incredible Kindle  tablet batterylife, and a lightweight form factor.

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>3.8V 3210mAh/11.87Wh Amazon 58-000127 Long Life Battery Replacement

Budget Winners Amazon Fire Tablet vs. Kindle – Which One Should You Buy?

Amazon’s Fire tablet and Kindle are two of the most popular devices, but they’re not the same thing. So, which one is best for you?
We compared the Amazon Fire tablets to the Kindle to help you choose the one that’s best for you. Please read carefully to find out the answer


Amazon’s best-selling tablets and e-readers are budget winners
More information about Amazon devices If you’re looking for a budget tablet, then you’re likely familiar with the Amazon Fire tablet and Kindle.
The Fire is a great alternative to expensive Apple tablets, and the Kindle is one of the best-selling e-readers on the market.
So we compared these devices on everything from cost to performance to determine which one is best for you.
We cover all Amazon devices, including these, on our Amazon Device Deals page, so be sure to head over there to secure your savings. If you’re selling a Kindle, be sure to check out my Amazon Kindle vs. Kindle Paperwhite face- off, which will resolve which one? Which Amazon e-reader is right for you.
If you’re looking for a TV, I compared Amazon’s smart TV offerings in this Amazon Fire TV Omni Series vs. Fire TV 4 Series comparison.
In my Sky Glass vs. Amazon Fire TV Omni comparison, I pitted Amazon’s best smart TV against Sky’s offering.

Amazon Fire Tablet vs. Kindle: OverviewKindle and Amazon Fire tablets are two different fish. The Kindle is great for those looking for an e-reader, while the Fire model is an affordable Android tablet.
Here’s a brief overview of their overlap and differences:
SimilaritiesKindle and Fire tablets are Amazon’s own devices.Both are integrated with Amazon’s core ecosystem.Both come in different generations and prices.They have similar form factors.differenceThe Kindle is a dedicated e-reader, while the Fire is an Android tablet.The Fire tablet has an LCD screen, and the Kindle uses a grayscale e-ink screen (great for reading).Kindle’s operating system is limited to purchasing and reading e-books.Fire tablets can download apps from the Amazon App Store.Fire tablets can access the Internet and stream content.Amazon Fire Tablet vs. Kindle: PriceAmazon’s Fire tablets and Kindles come in different versions, including Pro and Kids versions, each with its own price range.


When it comes to Fire tablets, the Fire 7 is the smallest, most affordable option, while the Fire Max 11 has the largest screen and best resolution.
For Kindle, there are the base models Paperwhite, Oasis and Scribe.
Here’s a cost breakdown for each model to give you an idea of ​​how much they’ll cost you. There is also the option of purchasing refurbished models, which are fully certified and will save you money compared to buying new models.
Amazon Fire Tablet vs. Kindle: DesignOn the surface, the Kindle line and Fire tablets look very similar. However, this isn’t surprising considering both devices are made by Amazon.


Each base model features a durable plastic body that’s strong enough to handle the bumps of daily life. While it may not be high-end, it certainly keeps costs down.
At the other end of the price spectrum are the Fire Max 11 and Kindle Scribe, both devices’ premium siblings made of aluminum.
It’s worth remembering that the Kindle isn’t a tablet; Instead, it has a tablet-like design designed for reading.
Fire tablets, on the other hand, are more feature-rich and designed for internet browsing, streaming content, and playing music.
While most Kindles didn’t originally support audio, many newer models, including the latest Kindle (2022), Kindle Paperwhite, and Kindle Oasis, now come with audio narration.


But while they can narrate, you won’t find a headphone jack on the Kindle. The Fire model features a 3.5mm headphone jack for wireless connection to earbuds or speakers.
Amazon Fire Tablet vs. Kindle: DisplayAs you’ll know by now, Fire and Kindle devices serve different needs, with the Kindle focusing on delivering an unparalleled reading experience, while the Fire tablet offers a versatile multimedia platform.
To achieve this, Kindle’s e-ink screen is engineered to prevent glare and reduce eye strain, allowing you to read comfortably for long periods of time Even in bright sunlight.
Fire tablets, on the other hand, feature LCD screens that display clear, vibrant colors, making them ideal for handling a wider range of activities.
The higher the fire range, the better the display. The Fire 7 has a 7-inch resolution of 171 ppi, while the Max 11 has an impressive 213ppi and 2.4 million pixels.
Amazon Fire Tablet vs. Kindle: PerformanceFor their intended use, both devices are somewhat of a Trojan horse in terms of performance.
The Kindle can last for weeks on a single charge, and its dedicated Kindle operating system is designed to extend its life while delivering a clean, crisp (but papery) display.
But if you think it’s just for reading, you’re wrong. You can also upload PDF files to your Kindle and display them.
Even better, if you choose Kindle Scribe, you can also take notes – perfect for busy work or students.
While the Fire tablets don’t have the same Fire tablets battery capabilities, they’re a great budget alternative to pricier competitors (Apple we’re looking at you).
They actually use the Android operating system, although with Amazon’s Fire interface and a host of apps. This means you can download it from the Amazon App Store, including the Kindle app.


While Fire tablets don’t have the processing power of high-end tablets, the best Fire tablets have a 2.2Ghz CPU compared to the 8-core CPUs of Apple alternatives, which is more than enough for the average user.

As a budget tablet, though, the cameras on the Fire models are by no means the market leaders, with the best being the 5MP rear camera on the Fire 10 tablet.
But for anyone looking for a tablet capable of making video calls and taking photos, the Fire is your best bet.


The beauty of Amazon’s technologies is that they have something to offer everyone. So if you’re looking for a budget-friendly device for video calls, the Echo Show 5’s 2MP camera will do just what you’re looking for and more.Amazon Fire Tablet vs. Kindle: Battery LifeThere’s a huge difference betweenfire tablet  battery and Amazon Kindles  tablets  battery when it comes to battery life, and a lot of it comes down to their displays. 


The Kindle is the hands-down winner, lasting up to six weeks of continuous use before you need to recharge.
This is thanks to the e-ink screen, which is more energy-efficient than the Fire LCD display.
Of course, you need an LCD screen on a tablet, especially for streaming TV shows, movies, etc. This means the average Fire device needs to be charged after about 10 hours of use.
As long as you’re primarily looking for a device to read e-books, the Kindle is great for long-term use. While the Fire tablet is a perfect all-around product, it needs to be replenished more frequently.


Amazon Fire Tablet vs. Kindle: VerdictThe answer to which device is best for you depends on what you want to use them for.
Those looking for an e-reader would be better off investing in the Kindle series, which is optimized for reading and features an e-ink display, incredible Kindle battery life, and a lightweight form factor.
If you want more from your device, such as streaming content, accessing the internet, and downloading apps, a Fire tablet is the one you want.

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>
Amazon Kindle Fire 7th Gen ST18C Long Life Battery Replacement

OnePlus Suddenly Reveals Unique Screen And Unprecedented Battery For OnePlus 12R

Global mobile technology company OnePlus is about to launch two phones: the OnePlus 12 and the OnePlus 12R, and now we have details on two key features of the 12R: a large OnePlus  Smartphone Battery and unique screen technology. The company hosted a launch event on January 23 , 2024 titled “Incredibly Smooth.” The OnePlus 12 R will be the first R-series phone to be sold outside of China and India. Historically, the R’s predecessors, the OnePlus 10R and OnePlus 11R, were described as more affordable performance flagships.


Even though the OnePlus 12R is priced lower than the OnePlus 12, there are elements about it that suggest it’s definitely not a budget phone. In the company’s latest release, it was revealed that the OnePlus 12R battery will be the largest of any OnePlus phone and that the display offers a unique set of features.
The display is termed cutting-edge as it features advanced LTPO technology that automatically switches refresh rates to maximize OnePlus 12 batterylife on OnePlus phones. The OnePlus 11 features LTPO 3.0, while the OnePlus 12 R will uniquely use the fourth-generation version of the technology.


It will allow for faster refresh rate changes, including 90Hz and 72Hz rates, which should allow for better performance with reduced battery drain. Presumably that’s why the campaign mentions “Smooth” in its title, so whether you’re looking at still images, movies , or games, the content always looks its best. With a 5,500mAh OnePlus battery , the OnePlus 12 is the largest phone from OnePlus.

The company says this makes it ideal for widespread gaming. It also uses the Supervooc fast charging feature common on OnePlus phones , so when the battery finally dies, it should charge quickly. company claims there’s also technology called a ” OnePlus Battery Health Engine” that helps batteries stay in top condition for longer than competitors. More details will be revealed at the press conference. Last week , OnePlus unveiled the design of the OnePlus 12R, launching it in Cool Blue and Iron Grey, with the first being glossy and the second being matte.


As with the OnePlus 12, the alert slider, which is popular among OnePlus enthusiasts, will also appear in a new location on the left edge instead of the right. OnePlus will no doubt reveal more information in the coming weeks, ahead of the full reveal on Tuesday, January 23.

Oneplus Cell Phone  battery, replace Oneplus notebook battery,Oneplus notebook computer battery,High quality Oneplus Cell Phone  battery

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>Cheap Oneplus BLP925 Li-ion Battery, BLP925 Replacement Battery for OnePlus 10R

Dynabook Portege X30W-K review: Some improvements but still behind the competition

Part of Dynabook’s 2022 renaissance starts with the Portégé X30W-K convertible business laptop. The Portégé X30W-K still suffers from some of the same issues that plagued its siblings a few years ago. The lone 16:9 display option and poor touchpad might be overlooked in the face of the Dynabook laptop’s solid performance and 

Dynabook  laptop’s batterylife, useful Dynabook apps, and rich port selection, but in some cases, you You can get an overall better business laptop for less money. Dynabook, formerly known as Toshiba PC Corporation , has gone through some big changes over the past few years. James Robbins, who helped grow Apple, Panasonic and Toshiba, became general manager and president of Dynabook Americas in mid-2021. From the beginning, Robbins made it clear that growing Dynabook’s Tecra , Portégé and Satellite Pro laptop brands were a focus .
This makes me hopeful about the fate of Dynabook computers. The last laptop I reviewed from the company in 2019 – the Dynabook Portégé X30-F – showed potential but actually lagged far behind the competition.


The one I’m reviewing now is the Portégé X30W-K 13-inch convertible laptop, which on paper looks like a real winner, with tons of business and security features and a compact, lightweight chassis. I’ve been using this laptop for the past few weeks to see how these specs translate to real-world use, and ultimately to see if this laptop is worth the money.


Dynabook’s Portégé X30W-K was announced on March 3, 2022, and launched about a month later. Windows Central received a review unit of the Dynabook, equipped with a 12th Gen Intel Core i5-1240P processor (CPU), 8GB LPDDR5 RAM, and a 256GB M.2 PCIe 3.0 SSD. Dynabook lists this model starting at $1,600. Every purchase comes with a three-year +Care service warranty, which includes comprehensive mobile or on-site service, mail-in replacement parts (such as SSD or  Dynabook’s battery), and quick access to the warranty team and technicians for phone support.


The Portégé X30W-K isn’t particularly easy to find, at least in North America. When purchasing through the Dynabook website, you fill out a form and send it to the sales partner, who will then contact you. A configuration similar to my review unit sells for about $1,439 through a third-party seller on Amazon. It’s also available on Newegg for about $1,478.


Dynabook listed more configuration options in its announcement demo, including a vPro processor, but these extra options don’t appear to be readily available (at least in the US market).
Here are the specific specs for the device I reviewed. The Portégé X30W-K is a stylish and lightweight 13.3-inch convertible laptop built from magnesium alloy. It weighs just 2.18 pounds (989 grams) and is 0.7 inches (17.9mm) thick, both pretty good numbers for a convertible PC. Despite its size and weight, the chassis and lid are both very sturdy and don’t squeak when you try to twist the body.

There’s a big Dynabook logo in the middle of the lid and some odd styling on the hinge rows, but the chassis is a uniform Mystic Blue metallic color. This is a laptop aimed at large businesses and enterprise purchases, and the Dynabook is MIL-STD 810H durability certified to ensure the PC can withstand conditions outside the office. The hinges are sturdy (you can’t fully open the lid with one hand), and the device remains well-balanced even if you use it the other way around. All parts are neatly arranged and the laptop has a professional look whether it’s open or closed. Intel Evo certification ensures that the laptop performs well in terms of laptop batterypower, with fast charging and quick wake-up from sleep. I had the lowest configuration available for review; it includes a Core i5-1240P CPU, 8GB LPDDR5 -5200MHz RAM , and a 256GB M.2 PCIe 3.0 NVMe SSD. Dynabook lists Intel vPro CPUs as an enterprise purchase option.


Overall, the system performs quite well. The 28W Core i5 CPU is ahead of the 12th-gen Core i7 U-series CPUs we’ve tested, and even rivals the Core i7-1260 in the Lenovo ThinkPad X1 Yoga (7th Gen).
The memory is soldered to the motherboard, which means you can’t upgrade it yourself. A dual-channel setup is available, theoretically up to 32GB in some configurations. The SSD runs on the older PCIe 3.0 standard, which is slow even in that category. A laptop at this price should have faster storage speeds. At least the M.2 slot is available for upgrades after purchase.


See how the Portégé X30W-K compares to other laptops we’ve tested recently, including some in our range. I tested the Dynabook laptop battery using PCMark 10’s Modern Office rundown benchmark, which simulates office work during idle periods. The laptop ran for 10 hours and 7 minutes when running on Windows 11’s Balanced Power Profile and setting the screen brightness to about 170 nits. Boosting the power configuration to “Maximum Performance” will shave off two to three hours of Dynabook laptop battery  life, but you’ll still be able to get through most of your workday on a charge. There’s an Eco Utility feature in the Dynabook’s onboard Settings app that lets you carefully adjust power consumption.

There’s a big “eco-level” slider that you can drag to change everything from brightness, sleep time , drive idle, and keyboard backlighting. It can show you exactly how much power your system is consuming at any given moment, and even how much CO2 emissions you’re causing or preventing.

The Dynabook Laptop Battery Threshold Tool, which limits charging to lower levels, can help people who keep their laptops plugged in all day long.
It’s also worth mentioning that there is no bloatware installed on the device. Sure, the Dynabook comes with its suite of apps installed, but they’re useful and won’t interfere with your workflow. There aren’t any built-in ads or third-party antivirus software that immediately asks you to resubscribe or die, which is a refreshing change.


I’ve dealt with the sluggish SSD and grainy 720p webcam, but there are a few other things I don’t like about the Portégé X30W-K. Performance is solid, but the fans often make noticeable noise when the system is under load and the battery is charging. The system is much quieter when performing light tasks or charging the Portege X30W-K  battery , but push it and you’ll hear it cooling itself.

All kinds of Dynabook Laptop batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Dynabook Laptop Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Dynabook Laptop battery

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>
Dynabook Tecra A40-J-12E A50-J Long Life Battery Replacement

Jumper EZbook X3 Air laptop review: An affordable alternative with a premium finish

The Jumper EZbook X3 Air is a surprisingly well-built budget laptop for those who want something that looks the part.Jumper isn’t a particularly large brand, but the firm is starting to pop up more and more in my DMs from people curious about their devices. The generally firm seems to make tech that at least looks premium, with the budget-conscious in mind. The EZbook X3 Air is no exception, with a design that looks like it could’ve come off Dell or Apple’s assembly line, with a far, far more affordable price tag.
The compromise, of course, is performance, but if you’re a student or looking to buy an entry-level experience for your kid’s homework assignments, the Jumper EZbook X3 Air might be a great buy for you.The best thing about the Jumper EZbook X3 Air is the surprisingly high-quality construction and finish, especially when you take into account that svelte price point. Chamfered edges with a metallic finish really give it a hint of premium flair, with chiclet keys with decent key travel and a precision touchpad that makes browsing and word processing quite pleasant.The EZbook X3 Air sports a 1080p HD IPS display, which gets decent color reproduction and sharpness, but lacks brightness to the point where it might be unusable outdoors. For the most part, though, you’ ll probably be using this in an office or a school scenario, which renders the brightness a bit of a moot point. For indoor use, it’s totally adequate, with decent viewing angles. Just keep it away from a window, though, because this panel is not really designed to ward off glare.
The bezels around the display are more the sort I’d expect to see on higher-end brands, thin enough to give it a dash of modernity, while still remaining affordable. The top bezel is angled a little wider to house a webcam, which is a preferable solution to putting the webcam down low as we’ve seen on some laptops that become a little too over-obsessed with thin bezels. The webcam quality will be decent enough for taking those work or school Zoom calls, but don’t expect to be doing any content creation with it.I have to give Jumper another shoutout for its impressive array of ports. Jumper managed to squeeze a USB 3.0 and a USB 2.0 port on both sides, despite being an incredible 0.4 inches thick, using a mechanical interface that expands to accommodate larger ports while in use. Alongside the power interface, we also have a USB-C port, a mini-HD port, an SD card reader, and a 3.5mm audio jack. If you’re the type who needs something that interface with practically anything on a budget, the EZbook X3 Air has you covered.
Speaking of audio, the EZbook X3 Air has downward-firing speakers that pull surprisingly impressive sound, oftentimes better than what I’ve heard on far more expensive laptops, complete with DTS certification.
What about performance?The Jumper EZbook X3 Air is a laptop that is designed with a very specific consumer in mind, with components that were designed for very specific consumers. The EZbook X3 Air utilizes Intel’s Gemini Lake Celeron processor, which has both advantages and disadvantages .
I was actually fairly impressed with the performance of the EZbook X3 Air. It handles media apps like Netflix with ease, and most websites run well on Microsoft Edge or Google Chrome. Office tools like Word, Powerpoint, and the like don’t struggle. However, if you try to move up to things like Adobe Photoshop, or even higher, like Premiere Pro, you may find that you’ve hit the limits of what this laptop can do.
This isn’t being marketed as a gaming machine by any means either, but when services like Project xCloud on Xbox Game Pass proliferate on PC, this could actually become a decent gaming option for in between those intense study sessions. The Intel Graphics HD 600 combined with 8GB of RAM and the quad-core Celeron processor can actually make short work of many older, less-intensive gaming titles on Steam as well. Just don’t expect to be running Cyberpunk 2077 or any modern game on this thing. Even Minecraft and World of Warcraft don’t run particularly well.
The battery performance fell largely in-line with listed expectations, hitting about 4-5 hours on a single charge with average day-to-day blogging use. This might not be enough to get a full workday out of for most people, but using Windows 10’s battery-saving features can push that juice up to around 6-7 hours.
Update January 15, 2021: After a few months of light use, the EZBook X3 Air HDD died, and the system has a strange BIOS that makes repairing it difficult.
Should you buy the Jumper EZbook X3 Air?For the vast majority of people, the Jumper EZbook X3 Air is actually a surprisingly capable machine, for things like web browsing, Office, webmail, and beyond. The experience offers a few compromises when it comes to more intensive tasks, but for college students looking to save money, or someone looking to buy their kid an entry-level laptop experience, this is a truly great option.
The Jumper EZbook X3 Air might not win any best Windows laptop awards, and you won’t be editing 4K video footage on the Jumper EZbook X3 Air or playing next-gen AAA games with ray tracing. I suspect you knew that already, though. This is more akin to a netbook experience, and in that, the EZbook X3 Air excels. However, the HDD failed after just a few months of use, which is a grim reminder of what can happen if you buy cheap hardware. This is probably best avoided.For college students, older kids, or someone who just wants the basics of word processing, emails, and maybe some Netflix, the EZbook X3 Air is a truly great option. Or, it would be, if the HDD didn’t fail after a few months of light use.

All kinds of Jumper Laptop batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Jumper Laptop Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Jumper Laptop battery

Cheap Jumper X310 Li-ion Battery, X310 Replacement Battery for Jumper EZbook X3 Air
4250mAh 7.7V for Jumper EZbook X3 Air,Jumper X310 Li-ion battery is a new brand and it is compatible with 100% original and replacement battery. Wholesale and retail of Jumper X310 battery is of high quality and low price!

What Happens If a Laptop Battery Is Overcharged?

The battery can’t be overcharged. To maximize the battery life, adjust brightness and sleep settings, and monitor the laptop’s temperatureIt isn’t possible to overcharge a laptop battery. Leaving your computer plugged in after fully charged doesn’t overcharge or damage the battery. However, keeping the battery consistently on the charger may not be the best idea if your goal is to optimize its battery life.


Lithium-Ion BatteriesMost modern laptops use lithium-ion batteries, the same as in many smaller consumer devices like watches and flashlights. These batteries charge hundreds of times without affecting battery life.


Lithium-ion batteries feature an internal circuit that stops the charging process when the battery is fully charged. The circuit is necessary because, without it, the Li-ion battery could overheat and possibly burn as it charges.Nickel-Cadmium and Nickel Metal Hydride BatteriesOlder laptops use nickel-cadmium and nickel-metal hydride batteries. These batteries require more maintenance than lithium-ion batteries.
NiCad and NiMH batteries must be fully discharged and then fully recharged once a month for optimal battery life. Leaving these types of batteries plugged in after being fully charged doesn’t affect the battery life appreciably.


Mac Notebook BatteriesThe Apple MacBook, MacBook Air, and MacBook Pro use non-replaceable lithium polymer batteries to provide maximum battery life in a compact space.


To check the health of the battery, open the Apple menu and go to System Settings > Battery. You’ll see one of the following status messages, depending on your version of macOS:
Normal: The battery is functioning as expected.Service recommended / Replace Soon: The battery is functioning as expected but you should consider replacing it because it’s not holding a charge as well as it used to.Replace Now: The battery is functioning normally but holds significantly less charge than it did when it was new. You can still use your computer, but if its performance is affected, take it to an Apple-authorized service technician to replace the apple laptop battery.


Service Battery: The battery isn’t functioning normally. You can use the Mac when it’s connected to a power adapter, but you should take it to an Apple Store or Apple-authorized service provider as soon as possible.Extend Your MacBook Pro’s Battery Life With These TipsSave Battery Life in Windows 11 & 10The Windows Battery Saver feature kicks in automatically when the system reaches 20% of battery life. Depending on your settings, the computer will lower the screen brightness. The controls for this are in Windows 11’s Settings > System > Power & battery > Battery saver. Windows 10’s is Settings > System > Battery Saver.


You can also make changes to the Power Plan screen to preserve battery life. Power Plans set the number of minutes of inactivity that elapse before the laptop dims or powers down. Lower numbers reduce battery use. These options are available in Settings > Power & battery > Screen and sleep (Windows 11) or Settings > System > Power & Sleep (Windows 10).


Screen and sleep heading and Battery saver heading highlighted in Windows 11 Settings.If you don’t need the internet for a while, enable Airplane Mode to turn off Wi-Fi and Bluetooth. One way to turn on Airplane Mode is in Settings > Network & internet > Airplane mode (or Flight mode).
Tips for Maximizing Battery LifeBatteries last considerably longer when you maintain them according to industry best-practice guidelines. Here are some ideas:


Charge a new laptop computer for at least 24 hours before using it.Lithium-ion batteries last the longest if they stay between 20% and 80% charged.Remove the battery if you use the laptop plugged into the wall most of the time.Remove the battery if you won’t be using the laptop for a month or more. If you don’t have a removable battery, run the charge down to 50% before storing it. The battery will drain in storage. If it sits uncharged for long, it can be damaged.

Occasionally charge the battery during lengthy storage times.Avoid extremely hot or cold temperatures. Don’t leave your laptop in the car on a summer day or during a winter blizzard.Lower the keyboard lighting, sleep settings, and screen brightness for better laptop battery life.

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>APPLE Macbook Pro 13′ R81 N130 serie Long Life Battery Replacement

iPad Pro: Changing the battery – here’s how to do it

Whether it is possible to change the battery depends on the model of the iPad Pro.Is your iPad Pro battery broken?Or does it empty too quickly? In this article we will show you how you can change the battery yourself and what you need to pay attention to.iPad Pro: Is it possible to change the  iPad Pro battery?If your iPad is still under warranty, Apple can replace it free of charge. Before you dare to exchange it, you can check the warranty status of the iPad . Whether you can change your iPad Pro battery depends on which models you have. Large 12.9 -inch models, for example, have a battery that is attached with adhesive strips.

This can be easily removed from the housing. On the other hand, the iPad Pro battery of the small iPad Pro is firmly glued. To remove the battery from the small iPad Pro, you must first heat the adhesive. However, there is a high risk of damaging components of the device.i

Pad Pro: Use the Apple repair serviceIf you don’t want to or can’t change the battery in your iPad Pro yourself, then simply have Apple do the replacement. To do this, request a shipping box from Apple or make an appointment at an Apple Store.Apple offers you the option to have your Apple iPad Pro battery repaired or replaced.

However, a battery service fee of between €100 and €150 will be charged for this.If your iPad Pro is still under warranty or you have an Apple Care+ contract for your device, there are no fees.However, this only applies if the battery’s performance is only 80 percent or less.If you have sent your iPad to Apple to have the  Apple iPad batteryreplaced, the repair can take up to 5 days.

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>Apple iPad Pro 12.9 Long Life Battery Replacement

Changing the LG G8S battery: Is it possible?

If you bought an LG G8S, replacing the LG G8S smartphone battery is not an easy thing to solve. This is due to the design of the smartphone. The LG smartphone battery has the battery firmly bonded to the G8S body, so replacing theLG smartphone battery may damage the battery. This often results in an explosion or fire. Replacing the battery on LG G8S

The LG G8S is a new budget smartphone from manufacturer LG that was launched in the summer of 2019. As with most modern smartphones, the battery is permanently installed and can only be opened using tools. Since lithium-ion batteriescan only be charged and discharged a limited number of times, the battery may eventually fail completely and the smartphone will become useless.

Replacing the LG G8S is especially difficult because not only is the case tightly welded, but the battery is also connected to the case with adhesive. This can only be removed by force, which may cause dangerous reactions. Therefore, LG explicitly warns against replacing the LG GS8 battery on the LG GS8.

If so, you should consult a professional and do not try it yourself under any circumstances. Explosions, acid leaks, and fires may occur. However, with a few tricks, you can extend the performance of your smartphone battery. How to extend battery life without replacing the  LG GS8 battery.Close all applications you are not using.Enable power saving mode.


Do not use your phone in extremely high or low temperatures.Disable Bluetooth, GPS, and Wi-Fi when not needed.


All kinds of Lg Cell Phone  batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Lg Cell Phone  Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Lg Cell Phone  battery

ASUS Laptop Won’t Turn On? Try These 8 Fixes

You might be frustrated because your Asus laptop is not responding after pressing the power button multiple times. In some cases, the screen went completely black, while in other cases, the ASUS logo showed but failed to boot.


The main causes include  Asus laptop battery/adapter, RAM, graphics card, CPU and even motherboard failure. Technically, you could be experiencing any of four issues: no power, no POST, no boot, or no video.
Each has a different meaning and requires individual troubleshooting to resolve. Since your Asus laptop won’t turn on at all, I’ll try to highlight the “no power and no POST” scenario.

Check the power light and beep codesFirst, I recommend checking the power LED to see if your laptop is experiencing no power issues.
As shown in the picture above, Asus laptops come with two to four indicator lights. In this article, I will only focus on the power (identified by the light bulb symbol) and Asus laptop battery indicators. They may be located next to the I/O panel (on the right) or within a separate light panel (on the bottom front). If the power light doesn’t light up any lights, know that your laptop isn’t receiving any power. This usually indicates that the Asus laptop battery is drained (no charge left) and your device is seeking power from an external source.


While plugging in a power cord usually solves the problem, it can also mean your Asus laptop won’t charge at all. To confirm this, check theAsus laptop battery indicator light. If charging, it will illuminate solid orange (if less than 95%) or green (more than 95%).


However, if you notice the orange light blinking (even when the power adapter is plugged in), that means your Asus laptop is running on Asus laptop battery. But its charge is less than 10% (in this case, probably 0).
This may be caused by a faulty power port, charger, battery, or electrical outlet. Check each part thoroughly to make sure they don’t have any damage. Check for bent/broken power cords, frayed cables, swollen or leaking batteries, and that the wall outlet is functioning properly.
If you have spare power adapters or batteries (original power adapters or batteries only), install them to find out if the old one is indeed damaged. Additionally, you can try charging your laptop on another wall outlet to find out if there is a power issue with the previous outlet.


If your laptop won’t turn on and you hear beeps during startup, this is a POST failure and usually indicates a hardware issue.
To find out which component is preventing your Asus laptop from booting, follow our other article discussing Asus beep codes (for desktops and laptops).
Let ASUS laptop complete memory trainingSometimes, your Asus laptop won’t turn on (but the power light comes on) after replacing the memory module or Asus laptop battery. This has also been reported to happen to some users who cleared their CMOS.


If you encounter a similar situation, connect the charger and start the laptop. Then, wait about 1 to 3 minutes until the memory training process is completed. Do not force shut down the system and plug in the power cord during this process.


The process varies based on the size of RAM. During the boot process, the ASUS motherboard initializes all installed memory, tests them, and organizes them in a pool. After waiting a few minutes, the system should boot, fixing possible startup glitches.
Perform an EC/hard resetIf you wait more than 3 to 5 minutes and still no signs are showing, I recommend you to hard reset your Asus laptop. This involves resetting the embedded controller (EC), the microcontroller responsible for power management functions Additionally, this will clear the CMOS in newer models.


Doing so will reset the hardware components to factory default settings. Therefore, it may solve fundamental problems with laptop battery, power, charging, and other hardware components.
First, completely shut down your Asus laptop (if the power LED is on). To do this, you need to press and hold the power button for 15 seconds (until the power LED turns off).Press the power button to discharge the capacitor. Now disconnect all peripherals to avoid possible interference. This includes all input/output devices as well as external storage drives.USB ports and connectors

Next, unplug the power adapter from the dedicated power port on your Asus laptop.Remove the power adapter from the laptopBut if you’re using the TP420IA or UX425IA models, keep them plugged in. Both models require a power connection to perform a hard reset.


Also, I recommend removing the external battery from the Asus laptop battery compartment (if your Asus laptop has one).
How to remove a laptop batteryIf you installed new memory modules or hard drives, you will also need to remove them.Remove the memory stick from the laptopFollow the manufacturer’s recommendations by pressing and holding the power button for at least 40 secondscondition. This should reset the embedded controller and the hardware should return to its default state.

Press the power button to discharge the capacitorFinally, reconnect the removed memory module and charger and boot the device.Check LCD an laptop battery cables for faultsIf you have previously disconnected the LCD cable or made changes to the display panel, this may cause a no display issue. Apart from this, a disconnected laptop battery cable can also cause this issue.

Before you begin: Since you’ll be working with the internal parts of your Asus laptop, I highly recommend grounding yourself to keep excess charges away from you and the components. Not only does this protect you from electrical shock, it also prevents delicate components from being affected by ESD.


First shut down your Asus laptop properly.Also, remove all external connected devices such as keyboard, mouse, SD card, hard drive, etc.Now, close the lid and turn over your Asus laptop.If you have an older Asus model, it may have an external Asus laptop battery. Therefore, you need to delete it as well.

Use a screwdriver with the appropriate drill bit size to remove each screw holding the bottom housing in place. Make sure to keep them somewhere safe (magnetic trays or mats are best).Laptop case unscrewed

Next, use a plastic pry tool to pry out the case (as much as possible). Alternatively, you can even use iFixit Jimmy, as shown below. Use extreme caution when performing this procedure.Pry tool to pry off the bottom caseNow, find the internal laptop battery (not available if you have an external battery) and the dedicated cable that connects it to the

motherboard.If the cable is loose or removed, simply tighten it to power up the laptop.If this doesn’t help, completely disconnect the batterycable.Twist to disconnect the internal Asus laptop battery connectorThen, use a plastic spudger or use two fingers to gently shake the LCD cable to disconnect it.Reconnect the LCD cable
Clean both connectors (LCD display and battery).Now, go ahead and reconnect the LCD cable.Also, reconnect the battery cables. Keep it safe.Start your Asus laptop to confirm that it is now turned on.Even if this doesn’t help, I recommend checking the internal battery as well as both connectors and cables for possible damage.

If it is found to be faulty, you can replace the built-in battery (original battery only).Remove the internal laptop batteryClose the laptop case, tighten each screw, and turn on the Asus laptop. Your device should now turn on.Bonus tip: If you like tinkering with laptop components, you can even pry off the bezel and check for faulty display panels or cables. In some models, you may also need to remove the hinges. Only replace parts if you have the appropriate hardware skills . Since this can be risky for regular users, it is best to head to the nearest service center for professional support.


Check memory moduleMost Asus users have faced this issue after installing incompatible memory modules. For example, if you are trying to increase the RAM on your laptop, you must use the same model (or a compatible model, as described in the user manual).


Faulty or incompatible RAM can cause POST issues. Sometimes, this can even happen due to improper installation of the module. So before jumping to any conclusions, try reinstalling the component, which might resolve your issue.


Shut down your Asus laptop and open the case following the previous instructions.Laptop bottom case disassemblyLocate the RAM slots on your laptop’s motherboard.Pull on the two clips holding the memory module in place.loosen the ram stickOnce you do this, the RAM stick will unlock from its position. After that, you just pull it out of the slot.

All kinds of Asus Laptop batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Asus Laptop Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Asus Laptop battery


>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>11.52V 3653mAh/42WH Asus B31N1635 Long Life Battery Replacement

Amazon UK makes the big-battery Oppo A76 an incredible 90Hz steal for a limited time

Remember when an Android smartphone with a smooth 90Hz screen seemed like an out-of-reach luxury for the vast majority of mobile users, especially those outside the US?


But that’s apparently no longer the case, at least in the UK, where a fully featured device like the unlocked Oppo A76 usually costs just £189. If that feels like too much for you, Amazon’s massive regional spring sale is currently slashing £90 off the phone’s list price, running for a few days… or until stocks last.

This is an absolutely amazing and unprecedented 48% discount on the single black color option of the 6.56-inch mid-range phone with Snapdragon 680 processor and 5,000mAh Oppo A76 battery.If that sounds like it could last you an unusually long time between charges considering the A76’s price point, then you should note the 1612 x 720 pixel resolution of the IPS LCD screen, which may also be the factor maximizing endurance. The 90Hz refresh rate technology probably won’t affect the actual   smartphone Oppo A76 battery life of this smartphone Oppo A76 to a great extent, especially if you’re not a mobile gamer. Even if you do end up leaning against the wall more often than you’d like, 33W charging support ensures the old tank fills up quickly.


For its all-time low price, the Oppo A76 unsurprisingly comes with 4GB of RAM, and a surprising 128GB of internal storage. A microSD card slot and an old-school 3.5mm headphone jack are also present here, not to mention a fast 33W power brick in the box.
Of course, Oppo did have to take some detours to get this value-for-money winner, for example, the camera looks pretty bad on paper. But UK bargain hunters will no doubt find the A76 almost irresistible in Amazon UK’s latest and biggest price cut, though.

All kinds of Oppo Cell Phone  batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Oppo Cell Phone  Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Oppo Cell Phone  battery

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>OPPO A71 Long Life Battery Replacement

Arc Search combines browser, search engine, and AI into something new and different

A few minutes ago, I opened the new Arc Search app and typed, “What happened in the Chiefs game?” That game, the AFC Championship, had just wrapped up. Normally, I’d Google it, click on a few links, and read about the game that way. But in Arc Search, I typed the query and tapped the “Browse for me” button instead.


Arc Search, the new iOS app from The Browser Company, which has been working on a browser called Arc for the last few years, went to work. It scoured the web — reading six pages, it told me, from Twitter to The Guardian to USA Today — and returned a bunch of information a few seconds later. I got the headline: Chiefs win. I got the final score, the key play, a “notable event” that also just said the Chiefs won, a note about Travis Kelce and Taylor Swift, a bunch of related links, and some more bullet points about the game.


Basically, instead of returning a bunch of search queries about the Chiefs game, Arc Search built me ​​a webpage about it. And somewhere in there is The Browser Company’s big idea about the future of web browsers — that a browser, a search engine, an AI chatbot, and a website aren’t different things. They’re all just parts of an internet information finder, and they might as well exist inside the same app.Arc Search is part of a bigger shift for the Arc browser, too. The company’s mobile app has, until now, been mostly a companion app to the desktop, a way to access your open tabs and not much else. With Arc starting to roll out to Windows users, The Browser Company is also getting ready to roll out its own cross-platform syncing system, called Arc Anywhere, and to bring some of these AI-powered features to Arc on other platforms. (Eventually, CEO Josh Miller says, Arc Search will just be called Arc and will be the company’s only mobile app.)


The “Browse for me” feature isn’t perfect, but it’s pretty impressive. When I search “What’s Pete Davidson up to?” for instance, it gives me some broad-strokes information about his recent film and breakup news (very useful! ), links to his Wikipedia page, and a couple of news sites’ tag pages for Pete Davidson (meh), and then a bunch of information about his recent personal and professional goings-on. Like many AI tools, Arc Search isn’t great at citing its sources, so I can’t completely trust that Davidson and Chase Sui Wonders actually broke up, but there is a “Dive Deeper” section at the bottom with a bunch of links. Most of those links are the same generic stuff , like a “Pete Davidson’s net worth” webpage that I’m confident isn’t right, but there’s good stuff here, too.


The system has improved a lot even in the time I’ve been testing the app, and Miller says there’s plenty more room for Arc Search to get smarter. (The underlying AI models come from a mix of OpenAI and others.) Arc has been deeply invested in AI for a while, and some of its Arc Max features have been a hit with users. As the whole industry of generative AI tools improves, so will Arc.I like Arc Search as a browser, too — it’s simple and fast and always opens to an empty search box, which feels right on mobile. But it does put The Browser Company in the middle of a lot of complicated AI discussions. Will the company work with the publishers whose information it’s using to populate these answers?

How will Arc’s AI cite its sources? How personalized should these things be? How personalized can they be? A search like this is bound to be expensive; will Arc Search be a paid product over time? The company hasn’t shared much about its plans on these fronts yet, but there are a lot of questions to be answered.


But from a pure product perspective, this feels closer to the way AI search should work than anything I’ve tried. Products like Copilot and Perplexity AI are cool, but they’re fundamentally just chatbots with web access. Arc Search imagines something else entirely : AI that explores websites by building you a new one every time you ask.


Next week, millions of people will start typing the internet’s favorite question: “What time does the Super Bowl start?” I already know because I clicked “Browse for me,” and I also now know where the game is, how to watch it , and to be sure to clear my schedule for Usher at halftime. That’s a pretty good search result.


Shop Laptop Batteries ,Laptop AC Adapters, Notebook Batteries and Notebook Chargers from HP, Lenovo, DELL, Panasonic Asus and more! Batteryforpc.co.uk offers the best prices, shipping & top-rated customer service! Order today

GPD P2 Max vs One Mix 3 Yoga comparison

The first two products also happen to be the two most interesting, thanks to larger screens, larger keyboards, and other usability improvements. They also happen to be the first two models I had the chance to test – so let’s compare the GPD P2 Max and the One Mix 3 Yoga.


Meanwhile, the One Mix 3 Yoga is already available for purchase from GeekBuying, with prices starting at $760. The entry-level model comes with an Intel Core m3-8100Y processor, 8GB of RAM, and 256GB of NVMe storage. It has an 8.4 -inch display and a larger keyboard…but it has a small optical touch sensor instead of a touchpad. Unlike the GPD P2 Max, the One Mix 3 Yoga features a 360-degree hinge, a backlit keyboard, and digital pen support.
There are many similarities between the two devices. They all have aluminum bodies. Both have fingerprint sensors. Neither is fanless.
But there are some differences in port selection and other features. There are some significant differences between these small laptops in terms of performance,  laptops battery life, and overall usage experience.


Before that, let’s take a look at the specifications of each mini laptop. Note that these are the specs for the demo unit I had on hand. GPD also offers a lower-spec version of the P2 Max, with less memory and storage space, and a weaker processor. One Mix offers a higher-spec version of the One Mix 3, with up to twice the memory and storage space, and a weaker processor. higher. Performance processor.


As shown, both small laptops come with a USB-C port, a micro HDMI port, and a 3.5mm audio jack. But the GPD P2 Max has two USB-A ports and no card reader, while the One Mix 3 Yoga has a microSD card reader but only one USB-A port.
The P2 Max has stereo speakers, a larger battery, and better GPD P2 Maxbattery life (at least when playing Netflix videos at 50 percent screen brightness with Windows 10 power settings set to “Better Battery”). It also comes with a webcam and performs well in benchmarks (more on that below). In many ways, it looks like it should be the winner in a head-to-head matchup.

But the One Mix 3 Yoga has a larger keyboard, backlit keys, pen input support, and a 360-degree hinge that lets you use the computer as a tablet or in a tent. Or make a bet. All these features make it a more versatile device…though one that doesn’t perform well in most performance tests. Keys, buttons and touch input

Ultimately, I found it much easier to type on the One Mix 3 Yoga – I didn’t like the placement of the tab key (it’s above the number 2 instead of next to the letter Q where it should be). But the number keys are full size. There is an additional row of function keys above it. There are separate delete and backspace keys. And the keyboard is backlit, making it easier to see in the dark… although the silver-and-white color scheme makes the keys a bit tactile when the backlight is off.

On the other hand, it’s easy to see why GPD decided to go with a 5-row keyboard instead of a 6-row version: it makes room for a real touchpad. The One Mix 3 Yoga (like the old GPD Pocket devices) has a small optical touch sensor, which is better than nothing… but it’s not big enough to support multi-touch gestures and such. The P2 Max has a nice touchpad with support for two-finger scrolling and clicking, etc., which makes navigating Windows (or other operating systems) much easier.

Overall, I prefer typing on the One Mix 3 Yoga. But the P2 Max keyboard does have some advantages – I think the tab key is positioned better. While you have to press Fn+K or Fn+L to use the colon and semicolon keys , I think that’s better than having them on the bottom row next to the space bar, which is a far cry from where they are on most keyboards. Other keyboards.
I think the One Mix 3 Yoga also has a better power button/fingerprint sensor solution. The key in the upper right corner of the keyboard is the power button, and while you have to hold it down for a moment before the computer starts up or resumes from sleep, it’s easy to tell when it’s working because the blue status LED above the keyboard lights up. Open. Once you’re at the Windows login screen, just place your fingertip on the fingerprint reader to the right of the power button.

The P2 Max has a power button with an integrated fingerprint reader. It’s a mushy buttonThe One mix 3 Yoga’s convertible tablet-style design and support for an optional pressure-sensitive pen also give it a step up in usability headroom…if you care about tablet functionality. If you don’t, both are pretty good small laptops … especially compared to earlier models from these companies, which had 7-inch screens and cramped keyboards.
designThe One Mix 3 Yoga is slightly heavier and thicker, but its smaller screen and lack of a physical touchpad means it takes up less space when folded.
The GPD P2 Max doesn’t fit in my pants pocket. But its design looks sleeker thanks to the sloping edges, which make the front of the laptop look thinner than the back. I think the P2 Max’s darker color scheme is also more attractive, but that may be a matter of personal preference. Objectively speaking, the keyboard’s white-on-black keys are easier to see in a well-lit room than the silver-and-white keys on the One Mix 3… but the lack of backlit keys may make the P2 Max’s keyboard a little more solid in darker settings. View in the environment.


Both laptops’ displays can get very bright, but the P2 Max’s display can get dimmer at its lowest setting.


One of the more obvious differences is that the GPD P2 max has stereo speakers, while the One Mix 3 Yoga only has a mono speaker. The P2 Max is louder and the sound feels more balanced because it’s not coming from one end of the laptop. Keep in mind that neither laptop is much louder than a smartphone or tablet, but the stereo speakers do seem to make a difference.


PerformanceNone of these minicomputers are speed demons. They both have low-power Intel Core m3-8100Y processors, but GPD sets its chip at 8 watts, while the One Mix 3 Yoga is at 7 watts.


So it’s no surprise that the P2 Max leads in most benchmarks. The difference is small, but measurable.
Even more surprising is that despite offering better performance and a slightly larger display, the P2 Max still lasted longer in my P2 Max battery life test. So if performance is your deciding factor, then I think the P2 Max is the clear mini laptop to beat .

Speaking of heat, the One Mix 3 does get quite hot after being used for a while. The P2 Max is still pretty cool. I guess this is what happens when the fan doesn’t turn off often. That’s not to say the P2 Max never heats up, but it doesn’t seem to get as hot as the One Netbook machine, and the heat tends to be concentrated on the right side of the mini laptop.


Update: One Netbook says two other reasons the One Mix 3 gets Yoga hot is that it has a backlit keyboard and a smaller chassis, which means there isn’t enough room for cooling.


Now… let’s look at some benchmarks. I’m not surprised to see that the GPD P2 Max outperforms the One Mix 3 Yoga in most tests. After all, it has a higher TDP and I’m guessing probably a better cooling system .

Online shopping for gpd Other batteries is security. Get 30% off buy gpd Other battery.All gpd model batteriesare brand new,1 year Warranty, Secure Online Ordering Guaranteed!”

Two Nokia phones with 5,050MAH and 4,470MAH batteries receive TUV certification

HMD Global’s Nokia smartphones haven’t had the best of times. While the sales of these devices haven’t been bad, the brand has been affected by the COVID-19 pandemic, delaying the launch of several products. Many devices have been delayed for months and the company had to postpone the launch of its Nokia 9.3 PureView yet again. We’ve been waiting for the company’s new flagship since the first months of 2020, but now as the year approaches, it’s unlikely to arrive before next year. In 2021, we expect Nokia to regain market share with more devices and a long-awaited flagship smartphone. Hopefully instead of an outdated chipset, there’s a Snapdragon 888 inside.
The company seems to be gearing up for new smartphones in 2021. Today, two new Nokia smartphone batteries have received TUV Rheinland certification. This hints at the arrival of two different devices. The newly certified batteries are Nokia WT340 and CN110. The Nokia WT340 batterymodel has a rated battery capacity of 4,900mAh and a typical value of 5,050mAh. TheCN110 battery model, on the other hand, has a rated capacity of 4,370mAh and a typical battery capacity of 4,770mAh. Two new smartphones to launch in early 2021

The certification suggests that Nokia will launch two Nokia smartphones with  Nokia smartphones battery capacities of 5,050mAh and 4,470mAh in the near future. The battery size is no surprise as the company tends to launch smartphones with large smartphones batteries.Unfortunately, there aren’t many details available about these two upcoming devices, but we can assume that they are part of the 2021 Nokia phone range.
Also Read: Nokia maker HMD Global appoints new CEOThe brand hasn’t done much in the smartphone space this year. However, it has expanded its operations into various market segments. We currently have Nokia smartphones, Wi-Fi beacons, audio
accessories,

TVs, laptops and Android StreamBox in the market. Just recently, the company launched the air conditioner in the Indian market with a starting price of INR 30,990 (approximately $421).

Yesterday, the company made perhaps its last announcement of 2020 in India. The brand launched the Nokia 2.4 phone in the subcontinent. It is powered by MediaTek Helio P22 SoC and is paired with 3GB of RAM and expandable storage of up to 64GB. The device features a 6.5-inch display with a resolution of 1,600 x 720 pixels. In Europe, the same smartphone comes with only 2GB RAM and 32GB internal storage. Even with its lower settings, the device is more expensive in Europe.

Online shopping for nokia Cell Phone  batteries is security. Get 30% off buynokia Cell Phone  battery.All nokia model batteries are brand new,1 year Warranty, Secure Online Ordering Guaranteed!

UMIDIGI Power 3 coming next month, 48 MP quad camera and 6,150 mAh battery in tow

The upcoming Power 3 is now officially available and is set to become UMIDIGI’s phone with the highest battery capacity yet. In addition to the 6,150 mAh UMIDIGI phone’s battery, its specifications include a 48 MP quad camera, a 6.53-inch Full HD+ FullView display, and a MediaTek Helio P60 processor. Earlier today, I received an email from UMIDIGI about the upcoming Power 3 phablet, which is expected to be available next month. While there’s no price to talk about just yet, most of the specs are now official and the UMIDIGI Power 3 is already looking quite enticing.


UMIDIGI Power 3 is powered by the MediaTek Helio P60 processor and also features a 6.53-inch Full HD+ FullView display, a 48 MP “Ultra Wide Macro Quad” main camera setup, an as-yet-undisclosed amount of RAM and storage, and features an 18 W fast 6,150 mAhU MIDIGI Power 3 battery with 10W OTG reverse charging capability. NFC is also present, and the pre-installed operating system is none other than Google’s Android 10.


Global online sales of UMIDIGI Power 3 will begin on November 11 at 00:00 PST. While pricing hasn’t been announced yet, UMIDIGI mentioned in the newsletter that the Power series of devices aims to “deliver the longest   phones battery life for phones under $200 ,” so the new Power 3 could come with a price tag of $199 or the following.
With that said, how much are you willing to spend on a Power 3 (if you’re not lucky in this giveaway, of course)? What do you think of the look of its main camera? As always, please feel free to share your thoughts with us.

Online shopping for umidigi Cell Phone  batteries is security. Get 30% off buyumidigi Cell Phone  battery.All umidigi model batteries are brand new,1 year Warranty, Secure Online Ordering Guaranteed!

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>3.87V 5150mAh Umidigi A11-Pro-Max Long Life Battery Replacement

Lenovo’s Tab M10 Plus with monstrous battery life is wildly affordable right now

The last thing you want to spend money on is an overpriced, overly powerful tablet that you won’t use for anything other than simple tasks and content consumption. If you don’t want to spend a fortune, the cheap Lenovo Tab M10 Plus Gen 3 is on sale on Amazon and Best Buy.


Even without the discount, the Tab M10 Plus Gen 3 is an excellent choice for those who don’t want to spend too much on a tablet and want a solid, no-frills tablet for entertainment and reading.


Two standout features of the Tab M10 Plus are its reasonably sized 10.6-inch screen (with a 2000 x 1200 resolution for crisp visuals) and the large 7,700mAh  Lenovo Tab M10 Plus battery, which offers up to 14 hours of battery life. If you’re not a heavy user, you can easily get a few days of use between charges.
It’s powered by the MediaTek Helio G80, and you won’t have a problem as long as you use the device for tablet stuff like using social media apps, browsing the internet, and reading e-books. Despite its low price, the Tab M10 Plus has a solid build and a slim profile, making it comfortable to hold for long periods of time. There’s also a microSD slot and a headphone jack, so that’s great for those of us holdouts who still buy wired headphones and aren’t too keen on cloud storage.


The 32GB Tab M10 Plus costs $189.99, which makes it cheaper than top-tier Apple and Android tablets, and is currently 26% off, or $50 off, on Amazon and Best Buy.
If you want a solid Android tablet with a decent screen, long tablet battery life, clear audio, a microSD slot, a headphone jack, and a reasonable price, buy it now.

“All kinds of Lenovo Tablets batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Lenovo Tablets Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Lenovo Tablets battery.


>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>3.87V 8200mAh Lenovo L22D2P31 Long Life Battery Replacement

The best smartwatches for Android

Wear OS is much better than it used to be, so now is the perfect time to consider a smartwatch. After a long period of careful selection, the past few years have been huge for Android smartwatches. There are more great options than ever.
But this is still a transitional era. While we’re by the stronger selection of third-party apps, the market remains fragmented. Wear OS 4 is already available on the Samsung Galaxy Watch and two versions encouraged of the Pixel Watch, but the larger ecosystem is still catching up to Wear OS 3.

Some features, such as Google Assistant, aren’t yet available on some Wear OS 3 smartwatches – though that may come via an update at some point in the future. If you want to wait until Wear OS stabilizes, you can buy both a platform-agnostic smartwatch and a fitness watch. Otherwise, you’ll need to know what chip and Wear OS version power your watch. Mobvoi, for example, just started rolling out Wear OS 3 on its eligible Wear OS 2 watches. Speaking of Mobvoi, its TicWatch Pro 5 is the first watch in the US to feature the new Qualcomm Snapdragon W5 Plus, and while it’s a great watch, you may want to wait until more W5 Plus watches become available .

The Pixel Watch 2 uses the W5 (no Plus) chip, and the results so far are better performance and longer Pixel Watch 2 battery life.
As long as you keep the above considerations in mind, Android users have more smartwatch options than ever before. I’ve put together my top picks, but if none of these fit, you can always check out our fitness tracker guide.The best smartwatches for Samsung phones
Samsung Galaxy Watch 6 Classic (43mm, Bluetooth)
If you own a Samsung phone, then you will get the best range from a Samsung smartwatch. Of Samsung’s current three watch lineup, I recommend the Samsung Galaxy Watch 6 Classic. First, it has a rotating physical bezel, and the bezels are now said to be 15% thinner than the Galaxy Watch 4 Classic. The updated design is sleeker than its predecessor, and the larger display is more eye-catching, at only slightly larger at 43mm versus 47mm. My wrist is relatively thin, but the 47mm is still very comfortable for daily wear.

It launched with Wear OS 4, improved samsung smartwatch  battery life, and finally added cloud backup capabilities. The One UI 5 Watch also adds some minor health and sleep tracking improvements, but this will eventually make its way to older models While I prefer the Classic, if you want a smaller, lighter , sleeker, and less expensive smartwatch, the base Watch 6 model is probably a better choice.


Overall, the Galaxy Watch 6 series is an iterative update, but I appreciate the improvements in battery life that make me less worried about whether it’ll last a full day. Of course, your mileage will vary based on your personal usage and enabled settings For example, turning on continuous SpO2 sensing at night may drain your battery faster, but using bedtime mode can mitigate this so you only lose 10% – 15% overnight instead of 25% – 30%.


Last year’s $449.99 Galaxy Watch 5 Pro will also give you a great overall experience. It’s not a major upgrade over the Galaxy Watch 4, but the Pro’s main advantages over other models are the extra durability, neat GPS functionality, and Galaxy Watch battery life. If you’re a weekend warrior or multi-day battery life is your priority, I’d recommend going with the Pro. Our test lasted up to 65 hours, but if you enable the always-on display, you’re more likely to get around 48 to 50 hours.

Still, it’s a significant improvement over the Galaxy Watch 6 series, the base Watch 5, and the Watch 4 series. Software updates (and larger Galaxy Watch  batteries on newer models) have improvedGalaxy Watch 4 battery life on these watches , but you’ll still need to charge them every day or every other day. The Pixel Watch only has about 24 hours of battery life.


Switching to Wear OS means you’ll get a more robust third-party app experience than you’ll get on Tizen-powered Samsung smartwatches like the Galaxy Watch 3 and Galaxy Watch Active series. You also get more service flexibility than any other Wear OS watch. For example, if you want to kick Bixby to the curb and use Google Assistant instead, you can. If you want a more in-depth look at how the Galaxy Watch 5 compares to the Pixel Watch, you can check out our comparison video . (Most of the points still apply to the Watch 6, as not much has changed.)


Samsung Health also offers a good overall fitness tracking experience, especially since you can enable route navigation for hiking and biking activities. Samsung is expanding this functionality to include walking and running with the One UI 5 Watch. We weren’t impressed with the nighttime SpO2 readings, but Samsung’s overall sleep tracking continues to improve. You also get built-in GPS, body composition analysis, irregular heart rate notifications, fall detection, emergency SOS functionality, and an EKG.


Samsung Galaxy Watch 5 Pro review: sometimes bigger is better We don’t necessarily recommend the Galaxy Watch 6 series or 5 Pro if you don’t have a Samsung phone. EKGs require the Samsung Health Monitor app, which is limited to Samsung phones. Also , while you can customize the buttons to launch your digital assistant of choice, the shortcut for contactless payments is hard coded to Samsung Pay / Wallet — which is also gated to Samsung phones unless you sideload the APK — and requires you to sign up for Samsung’s service. You can work around it, but all Samsung watches work best with other Samsung devices.

“Online shopping for samsung Other batteries is security. Get 30% off buy samsung Other battery.All samsung model batteries are brand new,1 year Warranty, Secure Online Ordering Guaranteed!

Check Apple Magic Keyboard Battery Level in macOS,Hacking Apple’s Magic Mouse to Fix Its Biggest Flaw

Apple’s Magic Keyboard combines a sleek design with a stable scissor mechanism beneath each key and a built-in rechargeable batterythat’s charged via the supplied Lightning to USB Cable, meaning you don’t have to mess about with replacing AA  Apple Keyboard Battery .The built-in battery is very long-lasting, and should power your keyboard for about a month or more between charges. If you’re unsure how much charge is left, you can check the battery level at any time within macOS. The following steps show you how .


Click the Apple symbol () in the menu bar, top-left corner of your Mac’s screen.SelecIf you don’t remember to check the batteries of your Apple keyboard, don’t worry – macOS will display a notification when the Apple Keyboard Battery  level falls to 10% or under.t System Settings….Select Keyboard in the side column.
Check the percentage level next to Magic Keyboard in the “My Devices” column. This is the percentage of battery life left.

You can also check the  Apple Keyboard Battery level percentage from the Bluetooth menu, which can be accessed via the Control Center in your menu bar. You should see the percentage next to your Apple Keyboard, listed under “Devices.”
Hacking Apple’s Magic Mouse to Fix Its Biggest Flaw


Originally released by Apple in 2009, the Magic Mouse was significantly different from previous designs. It’s sleek, low-profile, and has a touchpad on top for gesture operation. While the first generation, powered by two AAApple Mouse batteries, didn’t draw many reviews, the 2015 redesign drew a lot of harsh criticism, and worse, mostly due to the rechargeable battery and the battery that sits on top of it. The Lightning charging port on the bottom causes “magic mouse death syndrome” when you want to charge it. Since then, countless hackers have tried to fix Magic Mouse’s problems, with [Ivan Kuleshov]’s most recent attempt being perhaps the most straightforward, and possibly the most successful.


Essentially, the Magic Mouse has two major flaws: ergonomics and the worst placement of the charging port. Although 3D models and commercial products exist to alleviate the former problem, with some even adding wireless charging between mouse sessions, all attempts to relocate the charging port have failed because the Magic Mouse cannot be charged and used at the same time. . Also because of the way Apple designs circuits.


What’s different about [Ivan] is that, in addition to tweaking some existing 3D models of the Magic Mouse extension to his liking, he’s also solved the charging problem by eschewing Apple circuitry entirely and adding a USB-C port in the process. He also added a TP4056-based charging module that was soldered directly to the terminals of the Apple Magic Mouse battery, allowing it to be fully charged when plugged in. When experimenting on a live Magic Mouse, this resulted in a corresponding increase in the Apple Magic Mouse battery power reported in MacOS. At least more or less.

The 3D printed shell isn’t just a wrapper around the original mouse either, but splits the squat rodent into its upper and lower sections, so that the optical sensor isn’t suspended off the surface, while also keeping the touch-sensitive top section where it should be. According to [Ivan] the project files will be made available on his GitHub account in the near future.

Shop Laptop Batteries ,Laptop AC Adapters, Notebook Batteries and Notebook Chargers from HP, Lenovo, DELL, Panasonic Asus and more! Batteryforpc.co.uk offers the best prices, shipping & top-rated customer service! Order today

Dell’s Premier Collaboration Keyboard and Premier Rechargeable Mouse offer useful tools for business users and teleconferencers alike

Dell’s new Premier Keyboard and Premier Rechargeable Mouse are designed to help the modern businessperson with work. Whether it’s good Dell Keyboard Battery life, fast recharge times, or integrated Zoom controls, Dell’s peripherals are poised to improve an office workflow.The Dell Premier Collaboration Keyboard (KB900 ) is marketed as the “world’s first Zoom-certified keyboard,” thanks to integrated controls designed specifically for Zoom video calls. These include dedicated capacitive touch keys for muting and unmuting a user’s microphone, turning video on and off, screen sharing, and calling up the chat panel.


The KB900 includes standard media control keys (volume up/down, mute) as well. It also includes a bevy of other shortcut keys. It has a scissor-switch design for quieter use. 


The keyboard also has an adaptive backlight that turns off in brighter conditions for improved battery life, which Dell claims lasts up to 20 days on a single charge. When the battery finally gives out, Dell states that a 1-minute charge via USB-C fast charging will give the user an entire day’s worth of   Dell Keyboard Battery 
The KB900 can connect to up to three devices via two Bluetooth 5.1 modes and the included 2.4 GHz USB adapter. 


Dell’s Premier Rechargeable Mouse (MS900) is a sculpted wireless mouse reminiscent of Logitech’s MX Master series. It has the standard left- and right-click buttons and vertical scroll wheel on top. On the left side of the mouse, it has another wheel for scrolling horizontally, as well as a switch for the standard forward and backward shortcuts. 


The MS900 can be set from 800 to 8000 DPI in 200 DPI increments for tuned-in tracking. It can also be used on almost any surface, including glass. Like the KB900, the MS900 can connect to up to three devices: two through Bluetooth 5.1 and one through an included 2.4 GHz USB dongle. The MS900 is rated to last for three months, and a 1-minute charge through USB-C will give a half-day’s use, according to Dell.


The Dell Premier Collaboration Keyboard will be available January 31 for US$129.99. The Dell Premier Rechargeable Mouse will be available January 31 for US$109.99. 

Shop Laptop Batteries ,Laptop AC Adapters, Notebook Batteries and Notebook Chargers from HP, Lenovo, DELL, Panasonic Asus and more! Batteryforpc.co.uk offers the best prices, shipping & top-rated customer service! Order today

Best iPads for students in 2024

Apple sells a variety of new iPads to suit different budgets and needs. Pricing starts at just $329 and goes all the way up, hitting a mark in the highest-end models. So no matter what you study in college, you’re likely to find an iPad model that meets your expectations. To help you decide which iPad is right for your student needs, we’ve listed below all of the best options currently available.

The Best iPads for Students in 2024
Apple’s iPad Air 5 is undoubtedly one of the best iPad models available today. It’s powerful enough to handle anything you might want to throw at it, and has a modern look that embraces Apple’s latest design language. All of this without having to sell a kidney to buy it. The latest version of the iPad Air may look identical to its predecessor, as it comes with the same 10.9-inch LCD screen with a 60Hz refresh rate, a touchscreen ID power button, and the same rounded chassis that makes viewing an enjoyable experience. It also comes with some newer color options: starlight, blue, pink, purple, and space gray.

However, the most notable changes are under the hood, as the iPad Air 5 comes with Apple’s M1 processor. That makes it one of the most powerful tablets on the market, behind only Apple’s two iPad Pro models with M2 chips.
The iPad Air 5 also comes with other interesting upgrades that make it a great choice for students. For example, it comes with a 12MP ultrawide camera and Apple’s Center Stage feature to keep you in the frame as you move. It also supports Apple Pencil 2 and USB-C models, the Magic Keyboard, and other great accessories. Finally, it doesn’t hurt to spend a little more to get some great performance.
Apple iPad Pro 11-inch


The smaller 11-inch iPad Pro model comes with all the features you need to edit pictures and videos, create music, and basically do whatever you want. If you want the extra horsepower but don’t want the larger 12.9-inch display found on other models, it’s easily the best tablet you can get. It is aimed at more demanding users, including digital artists and anyone using graphically demanding applications. It has 128GB of internal storage, giving you enough space to save all your files.


You can also opt for a larger storage version, but that makes the price a bit out of control, considering it normally sells for $799, though we’ve found it for less thanks to discounts here and there

.Apple’s 11-inch iPad Pro features a stunning 11-inch Liquid Retina display that also features ProMotion, True Tone, and P3 wide color gamut to deliver great color in any situation. Plus, its ultra-low-reflective coating helps you see clearly even in direct sunlight. However, one of my favorite features of the 11-inch iPad Pro is its long-lasting Apple iPad battery, which can get you through a full day with regular use. Additionally, this model features a USB-C connector and supports Thunderbolt transfer speeds, along with support for Apple Pencil 2 and USB-C models, Magic Keyboard, and Smart Keyboard Folio.


If that’s not enough to get you excited, you should also note that the 11-inch iPad Pro has Face ID for biometric authentication, and it can take great photos and 4K video with the rear camera setup – as well as up to 1080p Video uses the front camera. All the magic happens thanks to Apple’s M2 processor, making it the perfect tool for students who want more power from their iPad.
Apple iPad 10
The latest version of Apple’s base iPad model features a new design, more color options, and improved performance. These are great considering its predecessor remains one of the best-selling iPads today. However, the iPad 10 comes in four different colors to choose from : blue, yellow, pink, and silver, so you’ll stand out even more. It features a modern, minimalist design that omits the curves of previous iterations in favor of a flat design with curves only at the corners of the chassis. There’s also a 10.9-inch Liquid Retina display.


This model has a 12MP camera lens on the back and a 12MP shooter on the front, but no Face ID. Like the iPad Air 5, the Touch ID sensor is embedded in the power button, making it easy to quickly wake up your iPad.


It gets even more interesting when we talk about the iPad 10’s internals. This baby comes with Apple’s A14 Bionic chip, 4GB of RAM, and storage options starting at 64GB. You can also opt for a 256GB model, although you’ll find yourself paying $599 for the Wi-Fi-only model, while the cellular version will set you back $749 for this largest variant.


iPad 10 is also compatible with Apple Pencil 1 and USB-C models, giving you the flexibility to choose between the two options. additionally, if you add the Magic Keyboard Coverl discover that this powerful little tablet might be all you need to go to school.

Online shopping for apple Tablets batteriesis security. Get 30% off buy apple Tablets battery.All apple model batteries are brand new,1 year Warranty, Secure Online Ordering Guaranteed!

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>Apple iPad Pro 11inch 1st Gen 2018 Long Life Battery Replacement

Nokia’s latest 5G smartphone features user-replaceable display, battery and charging port

HMD Global has announced two new affordable smartphones that will be available on T-Mobile and Metro by T-Mobile. The more notable of the two is the Nokia G310 5G, whose biggest claim to fame is its ease of repair. It features the company’s “QuickFix” design, which was first demonstrated at MWC 2023 earlier this year, and allows end users to easily repair or replace many of its components.

To this end, the company has partnered with iFixit to provide easy-to-follow repair guides and Genuine spare parts.
In terms of configuration, the G310 5G is equipped with a 6.6-inch HD+ display with a refresh rate of 90Hz. It is powered by Snapdragon 480+ SoC paired with 4GB RAM and 128GB inbuilt storage that is expandable via microSD card. Imaging options include a triple-camera setup at the rear, led by a 50MP shooter with “artificial intelligence algorithm enhancements.”

There is also a 2MP macro camera and a 2MP depth sensor to go with it. It has an 8MP camera on the front for selfies and video chats.
The device also comes with Nokia OZO Audio for enhanced audio playback and improved video recording. Other hardware specifications include a 5,000mAh Nokia smartphone battery, 20W fast charging, NFC chip and fingerprint reader. On the software front, it runs Android 13 out of the box.

The G310 5G is Nokia’s third QuickFix-designed smartphone released this year, bringing a breath of fresh air to an industry where device repairs are becoming increasingly difficult. You can buy it online or in-store at T-Mobile and Metro by T -Mobile starting August 24 for $186.


Alongside the G310, HMD also launched the Nokia C210, which the company claims will be a super durable device thanks to its metal chassis and tempered display glass. It has an IP 52 rating, which means limited water and dust resistance, but unlike the G310, it lacks 5G connectivity. The device features a 6.3-inch HD+ display and is powered by Snapdragon 662 SoC. Other hardware features include 3GB of RAM and 32GB of inbuilt storage, expandable up to 512GB using a microSD card. It also comes with a 3,000mAH non-removableNokia C210 battery.


In terms of imaging, it comes with a dual-camera setup on the back that includes a 13MP AF primary camera and a 2MP depth sensor. In terms of software, it runs Android 13 and supports face unlock. The Nokia C210 is priced at just $109 and will be available starting September 14 in Metro by T-Mobile stores and online.

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>Nokia 1616 1050 1000 1280 1800 C1-02 Long Life Battery Replacement

Nokia G22 review: affordable smartphone worth repairing?

You can read about our experience with the Nokia G22 in this review. Is this durable budget smartphone worth buying, or is it better to just leave it running? You can find out in Android Planet’s Nokia G22 review.


This is the Nokia G22 reviewSeamless smartphone experience. This is what Nokia calls the G22. The phone was mainly praised for its ease of repairing, something we don’t often see on modern smartphones. In this review, we’ll find out how much more repairability the Nokia G22 adds, how well the phone performs, and tell you whether we recommend it. Are you reading along?

The G22 doesn’t feel light, so it fits in the hand like a solid smartphone. Once you hold it in your hand, the nice and fast fingerprint scanner comes naturally to you. It’s integrated into the on and off buttons, with the volume control located above it. I would prefer to see these buttons on the other side of the device because taking screenshots is a bit inconvenient right now.
Repairability with iFixitSo you buy a Nokia phone not for its looks but for its sturdiness and repairability. It has been developed to be easy for consumers to assemble and disassemble, for example if you drop it and the screen (or back) is damaged.

We’ve opened the smartphone many times, and while it felt like something was about to break at any moment, with the help of a repair kit, the whole thing opened up easily. The manual describes it step by step, complete with photos, making repairs suddenly less daunting.


On our test model, we received a full repair kit from iFixit, including suction cups, a screwdriver with a drill bit, and metal pliers, but this isn’t required for every installation. Therefore, each manual describes in detail which tools you need , and you can then order them individually. At this point, you have to replace four parts yourself, namely the charging port for 20 euros, the back and   smartphone   battery or 25 euros, and the screen for 50 euros. This does not include tools.


We do wonder if people will actually repair their Nokia G22 themselves. The five euros you spend on a new screen is more than a quarter of the recommended retail price. Therefore, it seems unlikely to us that users will still find repairs worthwhile after two years .

Since smartphones are likely to get cheaper over the years, and it’s already not the fastest around, we expect consumers to buy new models as quickly as possible.
The screen matches the priceThe Nokia G22 has a screen that matches the price range. It is an LCD display with HD resolution (1600 x 720 pixels). Contrast looks good, but pixelation is very noticeable on app icons and text. Shadows will also appear on the screen. If you look at it from the side, the screen appears to be lower than the glass. It’s not a disaster, but it’s a characteristic of cheaper LCD panels.


The screen refresh rate of Nokia G22 is 90Hz. In theory, this provides a smoother user experience, but in practice you’ll barely notice it. Scrolling and switching between apps doesn’t always look smooth, which is caused by the slower processor. That doesn’t mean the phone isn’t usable, as things like chatting, watching videos, or sending emails are all easy to do on the Nokia G22.

The chip also doesn’t support 5G connectivity. It’s not a disaster, but it does make the hardware feel outdated. As mentioned, the phone is adequate for everyday tasks, but don’t expect apps to open without waiting.
There is also 4GB of RAM, which helps run apps in the background. If you use lightweight applications, that’s enough. If you need more, you can swap 3GB of the 64GB storage for additional digital RAM. Since smartphones are not the fastest, we always enable this option.
Cleanup softwarean advantage
The software for Nokia smartphones i s simple and straightforward. Unlike manufacturers like Xiaomi and Oppo, Nokia doesn’t burden you with clunky designs and clunky features. The Nokia shell is still close to stock Android, and we’re happy with that. All in all, the software is clear and easy to use. Colors adjust to your background, and you can quickly turn features on and off via the quick settings menu. For example, consider WiFi, hotspots, Bluetooth, flashlights, etc.
Unfortunately, the smartphone still runs Android 12. The latest version, Android 13, was released in August 2022 and is also available on many other Nokia devices. Android 13 will finally arrive on the G22, as Nokia promises two major Android updates. You’ ll also receive three years of security updates to digitally protect your smartphone.
Camera on G22One of the factors that smartphone manufacturers usually cut out on budget devices is camera quality. While the Nokia G22 has three lenses on the back, only one is actually useful. That’s the main camera. It has a resolution of 50 megapixels, which is perfect for simple snapshots. The main camera takes great photos, especially when using HDR. This means the phone displays colors clearly, but slightly overly saturated. So the picture doesn’t always do it justice, but you do get a clear end result. Do you turn off HDR, take photos in a darkroom, or shoot? Then you’ll find the quality deteriorates rapidly. Photos become grainy or blurry, and videos look anything but clear.

The selfie camera in front of the screen relies heavily on HDR. You can take great selfies through the camera app, but they’re very blurry in third-party apps. The main camera is fine for holiday snaps or quick photos, but don’t t expect miracles.
Large battery with long battery lifeNokia G22 has a large built-in Nokia G22 smartphone battery. It involves a 5000 mAh battery with a maximum charging power of 20 Watts

It charges slightly faster than its predecessor, but that’s not something that’s actually immediately noticeable. Charging the phone from 0 % to 100% still takes nearly two hours. Where the Nokia G22 excels is in its Nokia G22  smartphone battery life. We easily lasted two days on our smartphone. According to Nokia, the smartphone battery can last up to 800 charges. Charge it every two days and it can last for more than four years. If your smartphone battery is aging quickly, you can replace it yourself for a few dollars.


Conclusion Nokia G22 ReviewThe Nokia G22 fits nicely into Nokia’s current smartphone lineup. The phone didn’t wow us, but it’s good enough for everyday tasks and light users. Especially due to the long  Nokia G22 smartphone battery life. As long as there’s enough light, it’s easy to snap photos quickly and you can navigate the software with ease. Unfortunately, the smartphone stutters occasionally and the screen is mediocre.

Online shopping for nokia Cell Phone batteries is security. Get 30% off buy nokia Cell Phone battery.All nokia model batteries are brand new,1 year Warranty, Secure Online Ordering Guaranteed!

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>Nokia Cell Phone Long Life Battery Replacement

Samsung’s Rugged Galaxy Tab Active5 Tablet Can Run Without a Battery

It must be plugged in, but the battery-less mode is designed to help keep your Samsung Smart Tab battery   healthy. Samsung has also added the Galaxy XCover7 smartphone to its lineup of rugged devices. Samsung today released updated versions of its rugged smartphones and tablets , including the Galaxy XCover7 and Galaxy Tab Active5, the latter of which features a   battery-less mode.


The XCover7 still meets all the requirements for a rugged smartphone, including IP68 water and dust resistance, MIL-STD-810H drop protection, and a protective cover for harsh conditions. Samsung says both the XCover7 and Tab Active5 have been tested against chlorine bleach and other disinfectants.


The 6.6-inch smartphone also features Galaxy XCover6 Pro’s improved camera with Corning Gorilla Glass Victus, 6GB RAM, 128GB storage (expandable up to 1TB via microSD card slot), and a user-replaceableGalaxy XCover6 Pro smartphone battery . It runs an unnamed 6nm octa-core processor, but is rumored to be called the MediaTek 6100+.


The 8-inch Galaxy Tab Active5 has many of the same specs, except it’s made with Corning Gorilla Glass 5 instead of Victus. There’s also a version with 8GB of RAM and 256GB of storage (both expandable to 1TB via microSD). The tablet itself and its accompanying S-Pen are both IP68 certified. It also includes a user-removable Galaxy Tab Active5 battery and a 3.5mm headphone jack.


Meanwhile, in battery-less mode, the tablet can operate without the samsung  tablet batterywhen the charger is connected. “This allows workers to use the device uninterrupted in kiosks or vehicles, keeping the battery healthy in hot environments,” 
Samsung said. Both devices are aiming squarely at enterprises, but if the previous-generation devices had any If signs go, average consumers should also be able to buy it. They will launch later this month. Samsung hasn’t revealed pricing yet, but Leaks from various sources suggest the phone will be priced lower than the XCover6 Pro, which starts at $599.

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>3.82V 5100mAh Samsung HQ-3565N Long Life Battery Replacement

LG G Pad 5 10.1 launched with Snapdragon 821 and 8,200 mAh battery

LG is back in the tablet market with the G Pad 5 10.1, which was launched in South Korea earlier today. As the name suggests, this is a 10.1-inch tablet that runs Android and also comes with the big LG   G Pad 5 10.1  tablet battery of 8,200 mAh It comes with two cameras, a metal back panel, and LTE, GPS, and Bluetooth 4.2 connectivity.

The display itself is a 10.1-inch IPS panel with FHD+ resolution. It comes with a 5MP selfie camera, while the rear module increases the megapixel count to 8. The G Pad 5 10.1 measures 247.2 x 150.7 x 8 mm and weighs 498 grams.


There are dual speakers at the bottom and a 3.5mm headphone jack at the top. The right side houses the fingerprint reader along with the volume and power buttons.
Suggestively, LG decided to use the three-year-old Snapdragon 821 SoC, paired with 4GB of RAM and 32GB of storage. Storage is expandable via microSD slot. On the software side, we have Android 9 Pie along with LG’s custom UX.

The lG Pad 5 10.1 has a battery capacity of 8,200mAh and supports Quick Charge 3.0 fast charging. Prices start at 440,000 won ($380), but overseas release has not yet been announced.

Online shopping for lg Tablets batteries is security. Get 30% off buy lg Tablets battery.All lg model batteries are brand new,1 year Warranty, Secure Online Ordering Guaranteed!

Lenovo ThinkPad Z13 Gen 2 review: Where’s the update?

Lenovo’s ThinkPad Z13 Gen 2 is one such machine, and it feels incredibly small. That’s not to say it’s any worse than a real computer. It features an AMD Ryzen 7 CPU for powerful productivity performance, an OLED display, typical ThinkPad build quality, and a new Z-series look and feel. The ThinkPad Z13 Gen 2 offers a solid small laptop option, but considering all the new hardware coming in 2024,

the updates feel a bit behind the times. Lenovo’s pricing and configurations are constantly changing, which means you’ll want to check its website and retail partners for the latest pricing. But as of this writing, Lenovo’s entry-level ThinkPad Z13 configuration costs $1,241 and comes with an AMD Ryzen 5 Pro 7540U CPU, 16GB of RAM, a 256GB SSD, and a 13.3-inch WUXGA non-touch IPS display. While 256GB of storage is a bit low for most people, it’s a good value.
Fully configured, this laptop costs $2,348 and comes with a Ryzen 7 Pro 7840U, 64GB of RAM (Ryzen 7 only), a 2TB SSD, and a 13.3-inch 2.8K OLED display.

Just as good-looking as the original Like the larger ThinkPad Z16 Gen 2, the 13-inch update retains the same all-aluminum chassis as the original breakthrough model and features an improved aesthetic. Visually, the ThinkPad Z13 Gen 2 looks more like the Apple MacBook Air than the Lenovo ThinkPad X1 Nano Gen 3. It comes in Arctic Gray, a more conservative silver-gray finish, or Linen Fiber Bronze, with the lid made from sustainable woven linen fiber. The flax fiber model appears to have a superior finish, while my review model is the more conservative version.


It’s attractive, but it no longer stands out compared to the likes of the latest Dell XPS 13 . You’ll notice the reverse notch at the top of the display, which allows for the same thin top bezel as Dell’s competitors when it comes to mounting modern webcams and infrared cameras.


Open the laptop and you’ll find the usual all-black keyboard and palmrest, with only the red TrackPoint knob in the middle of the keyboard breaking up the color scheme. This matches the red LED “i” on the ThinkPad logo on the lid , helping the device stay relevant to the entire ThinkPad family.

Connectivity is a weak point, but no worse than other modern 13-inch laptops. You’ll find two Thunderbolt 4 ports and a 3.5mm audio jack, but that’s about it. Wireless connectivity is now officially behind Wi-Fi 6E and Bluetooth 5.1 , as we’re now seeing laptops support the new Wi-Fi 7 standard. If you want always-connected internet, there’s the option of a nano-SIM card slot and LTE cellular support.

You can choose between the 6-core/12-thread AMD Ryzen 5 Pro 754oU or the 8-core/16-thread Ryzen 7 Pro 7840U. Both run between 15 and 30 watts, making them power-competitive with Intel’s latest 28-watt Meteor Lake Core Ultra CPUs. They are AMD’s latest mobile business-ready CPUs, featuring Microsoft’s Pluton Secure Processor and AMD Profiles for extra security As we saw in our CPU-intensive benchmark suite, the ThinkPad Z13 Gen 2 is competitive with Intel’s latest chipsets in multi-core applications and even wins in single-core tests. ThinkPad integrates its performance tuning features into the standard Windows performance settings, and selecting performance mode has a greater impact than usual.


Since the cooling system uses relatively quiet fans, I didn’t notice much of a difference in fan noise as performance increased, but performance improved by 35 to 60 percent. Overall, the ThinkPad Z13 Gen 2 delivers excellent productivity performance, even competing with slightly larger laptops like the 14-inch Asus Zenbook 14X OLED with a 45-watt Intel Core i7.


Lenovo ThinkPad Z13 Gen 2 showing the display
If you unpack and open a laptop with an OLED display, you’ll love the bright, dynamic colors and jet blacks. If you don’t like this display, few other displays will satisfy you. The ThinkPad Z13 Gen 2’s 13-inch 16 :10 2.8K OLED panel is no exception.

The only downside to the display is its 60Hz refresh rate, which is becoming increasingly old-school at a time when 120Hz displays were becoming the high-end laptop standard. Whether you actually notice the difference is debatable, but by the numbers, the ThinkPad’s panel lags a bit behind.


If you don’t need the same clarity or display quality, you can also choose between a touch or non-touch FHD+ IPS panel. You’ll get longer battery life on your Lenovo ThinkPad Z13 Gen 2 laptop  battery (which some people will appreciate ) , and you’ll spend less. I recommend the OLED option because I love a crisp display and high dynamic range (HDR) video – something the ThinkPad Z13 Gen 2 is really good at producing. 

Best for business usersThe ThinkPad Z13 Gen 2 delivers solid productivity performance, a sturdy and attractive build, and a great keyboard, touchpad, and display. None of these laptops stand out, though, with some 13-inch laptops offering the same features while others come with more modern AI components.


Where the ThinkPad stands out is that it supports enhanced security and manageability, wixh will appeal to enterprise buyers. I can highly recommend this laptop to these users, and the typical consumer should consider this upcoming laptop for their next machine.

All brands laptop battery in here, We sell cheap and high quality laptop batteries , Tablets battery, mobile phone battery, you choose.

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>11.61V 4250mAh Lenovo L21M3P73 Long Life Battery Replacement

Amazon made a brilliant Android tablet you should actually buy

The Amazon Fire Max 11 is Amazon’s most powerful tablet yet, but instead of simply being a big-screen portal into Amazon’s world of goods, music, and movies – which the Fire range has typically been – you can get it with a keyboard and a stylus, which says it’s a productivity device too.It’s a new direction for Amazon’s Fire team, so has it pulled off this brave move?

The Amazon Fire Max 11’s design is just about as simple as it gets. It’s flat and gray on the back , flat and gray down the sides, and flat on the front too. There are two upward-firing speakers, a small and awkward rocker switch for volume adjustment, and another small power key that doubles as a somewhat reliable fingerprint sensor. That’s really all there is to it.


Adding the keyboard and rear kickstand case accessory gives it some character, though. Each has a soft, textured backing that adds grip and style, while the incredibly useful kickstand securely attaches to the rear of the tablet using magnets. The folding lower section allows plenty of adjustment, and the hinge feels very secure. I haven’t taken it off, and I love how useful it is to fully enjoy watching videos.

The keyboard is also attached using magnets but is also backed up by two solid locator pins, and it hasn’t shaken loose yet.At 7.5mm thick and 490 grams, the Fire Max 11 is very portable, even with the kickstand and the keyboard attached when it tops 900 grams, and I’ve happily carried it around in my bag. It weighs less than both my iPad Pro (2020) and the Magic Keyboard (a hefty 1.06kg) and my 1.29kg MacBook Air M1. Unfortunately, there’s no water resistance rating, but it does feel well-protected from shocks inside the keyboard and kickstand case.


This isn’t a tablet to buy if you want to make a statement. It’s never going to attract admiring glances or single you out as a trendsetter. Instead, it’s inoffensive, well-made, maturely styled (although absent of the Apple iPad) , and highly functional. This sounds like I’m putting it down, but I’m not. The Fire Max 11 isn’t trying to be something it’s not and is all the better for it.

Things the Amazon Fire Max 11 does best
I use a tablet every day, mostly for video and apps that benefit from larger viewing areas, such as Reddit and Autotrader, and I also use my iPad Pro (2020) to edit videos and for work when I don’t want to carry my MacBook. I’ve tried to replicate all this on the Fire Max 11, and just as expected, watching video emerged as the tablet’s forte.
In addition to Amazon Prime, Disney+,

Netflix, ITVX, BBC iPlayer, Channel 4, and Now are all available in Amazon’s App Store, and each works perfectly. The 11-inch, 2000 x 1200-pixel screen looks great indoors, with natural colors and strong blacks, and I’ve enjoyed watching almost all of season three of Picard on Prime through it. The tinny speakers are disappointing, but I’ve connected several pairs of Bluetooth headphones to the tablet, had no issues with linking them, and it improves the audio experience a great deal.I subscribe to some magazines through Amazon and use the Kindle app to read e-books too, and the Fire Max 11 does both really well.

I like the convenience of having a color screen, which is better for magazines, plus access to my Kindle library on the same device. It’s not as comfortable to read books for long periods as an e-ink Kindle reader, but magazines look much better here than on a slow, monochrome screen.It’s good for casual games too. The MediaTek MT8188 octa-core processor handles Asphalt 9: Legends and Candy Crush Soda without a problem, and the kickstand accessory means you don’t have to hold the tablet all the time to play games like this either. The chip does struggle to keep a high frame rate playing Asphalt at times, and with only 4GB of RAM, this isn’t a tablet that will be happy to play graphically intensive, top-level games on.


The list of things the Amazon Fire Max 11 does well is impressive.
Obviously, shopping on Amazon is fast and easy, and the store app is right there on the home screen. I’m assuming you’re an Amazon customer already if you’re interested in the Fire Max 11, and rest assured the company makes it effortless to spend money in its stores, as is connecting to Alexa devices and using the voice assistant on the tablet itself.


Things the Fire Max 11 doesn’t do so well
The list of things the Fire Max 11 does well is impressive, and as a media machine, it’s a great value. Unfortunately, the list of things it doesn’t do well is equally as long. The biggest issue with the Fire Max 11 is the software and, in turn, the apps it will run. The software (called Fire OS) is a variation of Google’s Android but without Google Play installed, and you grab apps from Amazon’s own curated app store. There are ways to install Google Play and to get apps like Chrome, Gmail, and Drive, but this isn’t how the tablet will be delivered.


Using Fire OS is like stepping back in time, which isn’t a surprise as it’s based on outda ted Android 11. There are no gesture controls, only the old-style Android three-button system at the bottom of the screen, app icons are boring squares, the Settings screen is condensed and ugly, and there are straight lines absolutely everywhere. It’s not slow, but it is painful to use because it looks and feels like an Android tablet that hasn’t been updated since 2018.The Amazon App Store is sparsely populated,

and the apps that are there don’t always work well on the tablet’s screen. Twitter is laughable to use, and Instagram only works in portrait orientation, for example. I use LumaFusion to edit videos, but this is not available in the Amazon App Store, and neither is Autotrader or Discovery+. Stick to watching the video apps that are there or using Amazon’s apps, and you won’t notice these problems. However, you may have spotted I haven’t mentioned YouTube yet. There’s no app for YouTube (or any Google app), forcing you to watch through the Amazon Silk Browser, where the experience is poor.


Apps are a key consideration when considering the Fire Max 11, but luckily you can check out the store for yourself quite easily. Apps can be searched for through the online Amazon store, or you can download the App Store itself onto any Android phone. It’s Definitely worth doing this if you have specific apps you want to use on the tablet.

Online shopping for amazon Tablets batteries is security. Get 30% off buy amazon Tablets battery. All amazon model batteries are brand new,1 year Warranty, Secure Online Ordering Guaranteed!

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>3.7V/4.2V 4750mAh/17.57WH Amazon 26S1014 Long Life Battery Replacement

ASUS ZenWatch 2 Review: An Affordable Android Wear Smartwatch

ZenWatch 2 introduction and specificationsWhile it still hasn’t attracted consumers as well as some manufacturers had hoped, the smartwatch market is growing rapidly and there are many great options out there right now. For some users, price may be one of the key factors that prevents them from purchasing a smartwatch. While many watches cost at least $250, and some are hundreds of dollars more, Asus’ latest ZenWatch 2, which we’ll show you here, costs as little as $129.


Of course, whenever we see an affordable smartphone, laptop, tablet, or smartwatch, we assume they are sacrifices made to keep the price low. In the case of the ZenWatch 2, that’s true to an extent, but you might be pleasantly surprised by all the features it offers, including different size options, interchangeable bands, and lots of other customizations. ZenWatch 2 is available in two sizes for both men and women: 49mm with a 22mm strap, and 45mm with an 18mm strap. Asus also offers three case colors for the watch itself (bronze, silver, rose gold), as well as a color-matched stainless steel band. For those who prefer leather straps, you can choose from khaki, brown, gray or blue. Sporty types will also appreciate the rubber strap options, available in blue, orange, red, and taupe. We have the smaller 45mm model here with a khaki leather strap for testing.


For even greater customization, ASUS allows you to create your own watch faces or choose from one of many pre-designed options. You can also download other watch faces from the Google Play Store.
Asus has made some improvements to the ZenWatch 2 compared to the first-generation ZenWatch, including a new magnetic charger for better ZenWatch 2 battery charging times, and a new digital crown on the side of the case to give users a way to interact with the watch. New way. The ZenWatch 2’s display is also protected by Gorilla Glass 3, and the watch maintains an IP67 water resistance rating.


Over the next few pages, we’ll take a closer look at the device and see how the Asus ZenWatch 2 performs, even against pricier watches. First, let’s take a look at the specs…


As you can see, the ZenWatch 2 is powered by a 1.2GHz Qualcomm Snapdragon 400 processor and 512MB of RAM, along with 4GB of storage. Our slightly smaller 1.45-inch model has a 280×280 display at 273ppi. All of this runs on a 300mAh Asus ZenWatch 2 battery. The watch has an angled base that tapers towards the wrist.

Online shopping for asus Other batteries is security. Get 30% off buy asus Other battery.All asus model batteries are brand new,1 year Warranty, Secure Online Ordering Guaranteed!”

Closer look at Fuhu’s DreamTab tablets for kids

Fuhu makes tablets for children and typically markets them under the “nabi” brand. But the company’s two newest tablets are called DreamTabs. That’s because they’ve been developed in partnership with animation studio DreamWorks and designed to feature digital content from DreamWorks as well as a new version of Fuhu’s kid-friendly software that’s based on Android 4.4 KitKat.


The company plans to roll out two versions of the Fuhu DreamTab this spring, one with a 12 inch display and another with an 8 inch screen.Both tablets feature WiFi, NFC, IPS displays, and support for an active stylus, and both have full HD displays. The 8 inch model has a 1920 x 1200 pixel screen while the 12 inch model has a 1920 x 1080 pixel display.


The tablets are powered by Intel Atom Z3740 Bay Trail processors, making them some of the few Android-powered tablets to feature Bay Trail-M chips.Pricing hasn’t been finalized yet, but the 8 inch model is expected to sell for under $300 . The larger DreamTab will probably command a higher price.


There’s a heavy focus on kid-friendly entertainment apps, educational software, and even a “chores” app that lets kids earn points to spend on digital content or real-world items when they reach certain goals. But these devices have the guts of reasonably powerful Android tablets and if you switch to a password-protected parents mode, you can use them as ordinary Android tablets, complete with access to the Google Play Store.


In person, the two tablets seemed well-built and the software pretty straightforward and easy to use. There’s also a sort of peg board on the back of each tablet which you can use to attach an optional kickstand… or which children can adorn with decorative items to customize the look of the tablets

All brands laptop battery in here, We sell cheap and high quality laptop batteries , Tablets battery, mobile phone battery, you choose

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>3.7V/4.2V 4500mAh 16.65Wh Fuhu SP5067112 Long Life Battery Replacement

The Nokia C22 and C32 announced with three-day battery life

Nokia added two new phones to its affordable C series today – the Nokia C32 and Nokia C22.
The Nokia C32 is the first C-series phone to pack a 50MP camera, and it’s also built to a high-for-the-class standard with glass on both the front and back. The C32 and C22 are IP52 rated for dust and water spray protection.


On the front, both the Nokia C32 and C22 have a 6.5-inch HD+ LCD with slightly curved 2.5D glass. Another shared trait is the 5,000mAh  Nokia C32 and C22   Cell Phone batterieswith 10W charging and the claim of up to three days of endurance. Nokia says the battery life is helped by AI-powered battery-saving management.
The Nokia C32 The Nokia C32 has a side-mounted fingerprint scanner, a 50MP main camera with Night Mode, Portrait Mode and Auto HDR, as well as a 2MP dedicated macro. On the front, there’s an 8MP selfie shooter that supports face unlock even with a mask.


The Nokia C32 is powered by a Unisoc SC9863A SoC with 3GB or 4GB of RAM and 64GB or 128GB storage. The latter can be expanded via microSD cards.
The Nokia C32 runs Android 13 and Nokia has pledged two years of quarterly security updates.The Nokia C32 is on sale from today in Charcoal, Autumn Green, and Beach Pink. The price starts from €129.


Moving on to the Nokia C22. It dowgrades the rear panel to plastic, and there’s a built-in fingerprint scanner.
The rear has a 13MP main camera and a 2MP macro sensor, while on the front, it shares the same 8MP selfie that can do face unlock even with a mask on.
The Nokia C22 comes with either 2GB or 3GB of RAM and 64GB storage. You can bump that through the microSD slot.The Nokia C22 comes in Midnight Black and Sand and is on sale from today for around €109. Online

shopping for nokia Cell Phone batteries are security. Get 30% off buy nokia Cell Phone battery .All nokia model batteries are brand new,1 year Warranty, Secure Online Ordering Guaranteed!

>>>>>> >>>>>>>>>>>>>> >>>>>>> 3.85V 5050mAh Nokia CN550 Long Life Battery Replacement

Card-sized router: built-in battery for use anytime, anywhere, Huawei WiFi 3 Pro review

Currently, routers have become an essential tool for every home. However, have you ever seen a card-sized portable router?
Portable routers, as the name suggests, are not bound by network cables and power cords, and can be used in more scenarios. Huawei mobile phone WiFi3 Pro is such a device. This period of use has given me great convenience. Below, share your experience. First of all, the packaging box of Huawei WiFi3 Pro is very small. Positive keywords: high-performance mobile WiFi.

Configuration list: Huawei WiFi3 Pro, manual, warranty card. It is worth mentioning that Huawei WiFi3 Pro supports MINI-SIM cards but does not support Nano-SIM cards, which is slightly inconvenient.

My first impression of the actual thing was that it was smaller than I expected. The basic color is dark blue, with Huawei’s logo printed on the front.

The black stripe in the middle is not only for decoration, but also has two indicator lights, a WiFi signal indicator light and a power indicator light to facilitate users to grasp the current network signal and power status.

The power switch button is designed on the top right side; from this position we can also see that Huawei WiFi 3 Pro is also very thin and light.

At the bottom is the Type-C charging cable. Speaking of charging, in addition to the convenience of C port charging, Huawei WiFi3 Pro also supports 12 hours of ultra-long Huawei Replacement Wireless Router Battery life, which can be said to be very powerful.

There are no design indicators or buttons on the back, which is very simple.

The back case can be opened and the removable battery inside can be seen.

You can remove the wireless router battery , and then you can see the SIM card slot in the lower right corner. Let me mention here that Huawei WiFi3 Pro itself supports SIM cards from China Mobile, China Unicom, and China Telecom, which is very convenient .

Take a look at some parameters of the built-in wireless router battery. The battery capacity is 3000mAh, lithium battery. The removable battery is a nice design. If you are a heavy user, you can also prepare a spare battery.

As you can see, the actual size of Huawei WiFi3 Pro is about the same size as a credit card. Weighing only 113g, it is very convenient to carry in your bag or pocket when going out.

Actual use is divided into two steps: scan the QR code to activate the Tianjitong data card, put it into Huawei Mobile WiFi 3 Pro and use the Huawei Smart Life APP to set up and use it. this is very simple.

As for Huawei Mobile WiFi3 Pro, its functions are basically similar to ordinary routers, with several key parameters:
① Downlink rate 300Mbps, up to 867Mbps;
② Supports access to up to 32 terminal devices, which is very suitable for group hacking, use of multiple devices on business trips, etc.;
③ Supports 2.4G/5G network, which can effectively prevent interference and ensure signal strength;


④ Supports relay function, very practical. Even if you have a router at home, it can be used as a repeater to extend the signal.


So, what exactly does Huawei’s accompanying WiFi3 Pro do in daily use? Objectively speaking, there are too many usage scenarios!

First of all, it can be used as a car router, which is very convenient to use.
At present, the central control of many vehicles supports network connection. After connecting to the Internet, functions such as precise navigation and multimedia use can be realized. However, many vehicles do not support SIM cards, making them very troublesome to use.

With Huawei Mobile WiFi 3 Pro , you can place it directly in your car and enjoy the convenience of accessing the Internet at any time. Moreover, charging in the car is very convenient, and the Huawei Wireless Router Battery  life of Huawei WiFi3 Pro is almost unlimited.

In addition, there are also network needs when traveling on business and travel.
I believe many people who travel frequently like me know that many hotels (including many five-star hotels) currently have extremely poor network connections, which is puzzling. Office work inevitably requires a smooth network, and Huawei mobile phone WiFi3 Pro can meet such needs .

You can connect quickly even in the car.

And it supports multi-terminal connection, so there is no problem even if many people use it at the same time.

Finally, we briefly introduce Huawei Smart Life APP.
In fact, its functions are almost the same as Huawei routers, including mobile game acceleration, terminal viewing and control, signal mode, WiFi expansion, etc., which is very comprehensive. However, one detail is that 2.4G and 5G cannot be turned on at the same time.


Finally, I measured the speed. Due to the influence of position signal, card package, etc., it is for reference only.


Okay, let’s finally summarize some of the experience using Huawei’s accompanying WiFi3 Pro.
In fact, the biggest advantage is Huawei’s own technical advantages in the field of communications; Huawei WiFi3 Pro is compact and portable

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>3.6V 1500mAh Huawei HGB-2A10x3 Long Life Battery Replacement

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>3.8V 4.35V 4750mAh 18.1WH Huawei HW08 Long Life Battery Replacement

Samsung Galaxy Z Flip 5 deals: How to save on the latest compact foldable

Right now, you can score big with some great deals on the Samsung Galaxy Z Flip 5 .
2023 is shaping up to be a busy year for clamshells, but the Samsung Galaxy Z Flip 5 has managed to take the crown as one of the best foldable phones, beating out veterans and newbies alike. The Z Flip 5 delivers a great experience with its Sleek looks, solid design, powerful processor, and great software.

But what really sets this phone apart from previous versions is its new external display, which provides more screen real estate to get more done without having to open the phone. There’s also a new hinge that’s not only more durable, but also minimizes the foldable display’s creases, making the screen look more seamless than before.

Of course, you also need to have a great camera, and the dual 12MP camera setup is great for taking photos and videos. That being said, foldable devices can be expensive, although Samsung managed to offer the Galaxy Z Flip 5 at a lower price. The prices are reasonable and we are still always looking for good promotions. Whether you’re looking to buy an unlocked Galaxy Z Fold 5 from a retailer or buy one on contract from your favorite wireless carrier, we’ve scoured the internet looking for the best deals — so let’s keep looking one time.


Samsung Galaxy Z Flip 5: The best deals on unlocked models
Samsung Galaxy Z Flip 5: Best deals on carrier-locked modelsAT&T logo on transparent background.Mostly, you’ll see some great deals on the Galaxy Z Flip 5. While there aren’t many deals on unlocked models,

Amazon’s pricing is pretty good. Things get even more interesting if you choose a wireless carrier, which you get for almost free when you sign up for service with AT&T, T-Mobile, and Verizon.


Although these are the largest wireless carriers in the United States, be sure to check coverage in your area before signing a contract to ensure quality service. That being said, if you’re finally ready to make the big purchase, dive right in, but consider investing in some protection by checking out some Z Flip 5 cases to protect your new investment. If you don’t buy today, check back often for the best deals.


>>>>>>>>>>>>>>Smartphone Battery Samsung
>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>Samsung Galaxy Z Flip 5 Smartphone Battery

Google reveals an important battery secret for Pixel phones with Android 14

Google has released a new beta version of Android 14 and integrated some truly useful battery features into it. You will no longer be in the dark about the performance of your smartphone battery. Google even went into quite a bit of detail.

Google shows age of Pixel batteriesWhile many Pixel smartphone owners wait for the final version of Android 14, Google has released the important quarterly update as part of beta testing. The “QPR1 Beta 1” update is currently being closely searched for new features. A truly exciting feature has been discovered . Google has introduced an add-on item under “About Phone” in Settings. Useful details about your Google Phone’s battery can be read under Battery Information (Source: 9to5Google). If you have the latest software version installed, you can read both values there:


Battery manufacturing datePixel Smartphone BatteryCharge Cycle This information will give you a very accurate idea of ​​how your Pixel smartphone’s battery is performing. The more frequently you charge and the longer you use it, the more likely it is that runtime will be negatively affected over time.


Especially if you want to buy or sell a used Pixel phone, you can read or enter this data to increase your interest. Previously, such information about the  Pixel phone battery could only be found using additional tools. Like Apple, Google will be more open to such details in the future.


Google’s upcoming Pixel 8 smartphone: Will it become standard on all Android smartphones?

The new battery features in Android 14 beta are currently only available on Pixel smartphones. However, there’s a good chance that Google will make the feature available to all manufacturers. This will give you more information about your phone. smartphones batteries in smartphones are getting better and no longer lose as much charge as they used to, but more details about them would definitely be welcome by everyone.

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>3.87V 3800mAh Google G025E-B Long Life Battery Replacement

6 Best HDMI Adapters for MacBook Air in 2024

Although the latest MacBook Pro models come with a dedicated HDMI port, the MacBook Air lineup is still stuck on USB-C ports only.

If you want to hook up your MacBook Air to a monitor or projector monitor, get an HDMI adapter. Here are the best HDMI adapters for MacBook Air.Apart from a MacBook Air, an HDMI adapter comes in handy for old MacBook Pro models, too.Basically, if you have a Type-C-only laptop, explore the adapters below to unlock HDMI , SD , ​​Ethernet, and other ports. We have shortlisted HDMI-only as well as a couple of options with multiple ports. Without further ado, let’s get started.


Guiding Tech Latest VideosBefore we start, check our existing coverage on MacBook.
Level up your MacBook Air experience with the top accessories.Hook up your MacBook Air with an ultrawide monitor to multitask like a pro.  Protect your MacBook Air display from dust with the top screen protectors.

1. Raycue HDMI Adapterbest HDMI adapters for MacBook Air 1
RayCue’s HDMI adapter is the most affordable product on the list. It supports 4K@30Hz feed and can be a great pick to stream your MacBook Air display to a projector or a TV. After all, most media content is available at a 30Hz refresh rate .

Apart from a MacBook Air, it’s compatible with a range of devices, including the iPad Air/Pro, top Android phones, Windows devices, and more. However, if you want to use it with a 4K external monitor, we recommend looking elsewhere, as the video output is capped at 30Hz only. It doesn’t deliver a smooth macOS experience.

2.Benfei USB-C to HDMI Adapter


Benfei’s HDMI adapter carries a solid construction for worry-free long-term use. It is made out of metal and has a braided cable to withstand daily wear and tear. It supports resolutions up to 2K@60Hz and 4K@30Hz. If you have a QHD monitor, you should be fine with the final output. However, users with a 4K monitor may be left wanting more.
An advanced chipset ensures better performance and avoids signal interference during long work or multimedia hours. Users have left positive reviews for excellent compatibility, price tag, and small design.

3. ANKER USB-C to HDMI Adapter
Anker is a well-known accessory manufacturer with a strong track record. Like its wide range of accessories, the company’s USB-C to HDMI  Anker adapter doesn’t disappoint either. It’s made of lightweight aluminum for better heat management, and a braided nylon cable ensures long-term usage. 


Whether you want to work on spreadsheets, browse the web, or play media files, the adapter’s 4K@60Hz support delivers a smooth experience across the board. It’s worth noting that buyers have praised its construction, price-to-performance ratio, and portability on their reviews.


4. EZQUEST Multimedia USB Hub
While a multimedia USB hub isn’t as compact as a usual HDMI adapter, it truly lets you unleash your MacBook Air’s full potential. Since your MacBook Air lacks USB-A, Ethernet, and SD card slots, a versatileMacBook Air’s adapterfrom EZQuest can easily fill in gaps for a smooth workflow.
EZQuest offers two styles to choose from. You can get an 8-in-1 adapter or go with a 7-in-1 adapter that has an Ethernet port. Both styles have an HDMI slot capable of 4K@60Hz feed. Whether you want to connect an external drive, SD card, or an HDMI cable, you won’t have a hard time finding a relevant port. As expected, we have the comments section filled with buyers praising EZQuest’s multiport offering and universal compatibility.


5. Cable Issues HDMI AdapterThe adapter has multiple ports, such as HDMI, USB-C, USB-A, and Ethernet on all sides. It’s one of the few HDMI adapters supporting an 8K feed at 30Hz. If you have an 8K TV, get this one for a crisp video feed and some more.
The laptop Adapter can also come in handy if you have a 4K monitor with a high refresh rate. Cable Matters supports 4K@120Hz for smooth gaming and overall macOS experience. According to user reviews, some had issues with the HDMI port, but the company swiftly sent out replacement units.


6. SATECHI MULTIPORT ADAPTER FOR MACBOOK AIR
Although the pricing is slightly on the higher side, Satechi makes up for it by offering multiple ports for your MacBook Air and old MacBook Pro. The included HDMI port supports 4K@60Hz feed and should be good enough for most use cases.


An Ethernet also comes in handy if you frequently face Wi-Fi issues on your MacBook Air. We aren’t surprised to see a high rating for this one on Amazon. Users found it slim, functional, and high-quality, matching the asking price.So, these were some of the best HDMI adapters for MacBook Air. If you only want to connect your MacBook Air to a monitor or an office projector, get an HDMI-only  MacBook Air.adapter from Anker or Cable Matters from the list . However, if you frequently move files from an SD card or USB drive, or want to enjoy glitch-free Wi-Fi connectivity on your MacBook Air, get an adapter with multiport connectivity.

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>Apple A1993 laptop Adapter for Apple Mac Mini A1993

NTT Docomo unveils new tech for 5G, 6G, GenAI

NTT Docomo said that technologies such as extreme-high-speed transmissions over 100Gbps, together with AI, will be deployed to meet the advanced requirements of future 6G systemsJapanese telco NTT Docomo plans to unveil a number of new technologies for 5G’s evolution, 6G and generative AI during the Docomo Open House’24, which will be held in Tokyo this week.


The operator said in a release that technologies such as extreme-high-speed transmissions over 100 Gbps, together with AI, will be deployed to meet the advanced requirements of future 6G systems. As one example, Docomo says it will launch new communication infrastructure to harness sub-terahertz bandwidths for the integration of physical space and cyberspace.


The Japanese telco also said that it will present a technology dubbed “Feel Tech” for sharing sensory perceptions via human-augmentation platform. According to NTT Docomo, Feel Tech is the world’s first technology for sharing taste sensations between individuals via Docomo’s human-augmentation mobile platform. It is expected to be used in the metaverse, as well as in movies and animations, to incorporate taste “expressions” into extra-rich content that people will experience with an immersive sense of presence.


In the future, networks incorporating high-altitude platform stations (HAPS) will support disaster communications, ship and drone connectivity and communications in mountainous and remote areas, Docomo said. The exhibit will showcase the latest technologies for non-terrestrial network (NTN) HAPS and underwater drones for mobile coverage beyond the reach of conventional terrestrial network areas, from remote seas to low-orbit space, the telco added.


Docomo will also unveil next-generation cloud slicing and a 5G core on AWS to meet specific network needs. The telco explained that this solution combines end-to-end orchestration, QoS visualization and monitoring and 5G core from AWS to deliver flexible network quality for specific locations and time scenarios. By integrating the cloud, energy efficiency and on-demand network quality, the solution will help realize highly sustainable networks.


Docomo said that the adoption of 5G in the industrial sector is still limited, adding that more extensive 5G implementation in the industrial world will require comprehensive analysis and multi-dimensional verification that can address diverse mobile needs and environments. “Docomo has developed an advanced yet portable simulator that makes it easy to visualize 5G wireless transmission characteristics and electromagnetic interference effects in each customer’s unique industrial setting,” the telco said.
“The world-first technology from Docomo uses generative AI to create non-player characters in the metaverse. The innovative technology, which automatically generates each character’s appearance, behavior and role to eliminate the need for experts with specialized know-how, will help realize more enriched metaverse experiences in the future,” the telco added.


In November 2023, Nokia announced that NTT Docomo was deploying the former’s Open RAN (O-RAN) compliant 5G AirScale baseband solution, including centralized unit (CU) and distributed unit (DU) software, in its commercial network nationwide.
Nokia said that this solution will enable NTT Docomo to pursue a multi-supplier strategy, giving the Japanese telco the option to connect with Open Radio Units (RU) delivered by other suppliers.


Nokia also said it will deploy its fully O-RAN-compliant 5G AirScale baseband solution in Docomo’s commercial network

Shop Laptop Batteries ,Laptop AC Adapters, Notebook Batteries and Notebook Chargers from HP, Lenovo, DELL, Panasonic Asus and more! Batteryforpc.co.uk offers the best prices, shipping & top-rated customer service! Order today!

CES 2024: AI-powered TokenMe Redefines Large-Scale Construction at Denmark’s New Odense University Hospital

CES Innovation Award winners track 1,000 employees across 247,000 square meters of Denmark’s largest hospital


THE HAGUE, Netherlands , Jan. 8, 2024 /PRNewswire/ — TokenMe is a Dutch company that uses mobile sensors,AI and real-time monitoring to make construction projects safer, more cost-effective and productive, today announced the launch of its first large-scale project: the new Odense University Hospital (OUH), Denmark’s largest hospital. TokenMe installed nearly 500 wall-mounted sensor hubs (anchors) at OUH construction sites in 2023 and delivered 1,500 wearable smart badges (tokens) to track tasks, assets and 1,000 new “super hospitals” workers, covering an area of ​​​​247,000 square meters and providing 10,000 rooms in 7 buildings . results of TokenMe Intelligent Monitoring are published on intuitive dashboards used by general contractor management, risk managers, subcontractors and security teams.


TokenMe will demonstrate its solution live at the Netherlands Pavilion at the Consumer Electronics Show in Eureka Park, Expo Venice, from January 9 to 12, 2024, booth number 62100-33. TokenMe offers a demo kit that can be taken to a customer’s site to run 6 anchoring trials in minutes. Watch this short video to learn more about TokenMe. Aroldo Tegon, project manager for the new Odense University Hospital construction project, explains: “Both the construction companies CMB and Itinera, which led the Odense Hospital project team, have invested in TokenMe and other technologies because we recognize their value. Live from TokenMe Data helps reduce risk, monitor environmental factors and assist in the decision-making process.”


“Large construction sites pose additional risks due to their sheer size,” added Brian Taamoli, risk manager on the Odense Hospital project team. “With TokenMe’s smart construction monitoring, we are now able to track 1,000 construction sites across more than 22 kilometers of corridors workers. Delivery. The system was implemented in early 2023 and employees are satisfied with it as they are educated on GDPR compliance and functionality.”
How TokenMe works


TokenMe uses wireless tag and sensor technology to monitor “boots on the ground” and improves construction site safety using UWB, LoRa, WiFi and BLE technologies. Construction workers wear smart badges or helmet tags (tokens) that transmit anonymous data to battery-powered mobile anchors installed at strategic locations throughout the site. Anchors send information (worker presence, movement, temperature, humidity, loud sounds, air quality and light intensity) to the TokenMe database (in the cloud or on-premises) where the data is processed using artificial intelligence and rules to provide meaningful information Real world data. Temporal insights and predictions into construction processes and building conditions.
TokenMe dashboards visualize data as charts, lists, and maps outlining task execution, location of materials and equipment, real-time presence of personnel, and progress tracking and forecasting. Falls are one of the highest risks leading to fatal accidents. TokenMe uses fall detection and a “Request Help” button to generate warnings and critical alerts. The solution is easy to install, significantly improves safety, reduces delays and lowers project costs.
TokenMe’s monthly subscription model enables rapid adoption with low capital investment.


“Deadlines in the construction industry are tight, but most project management tools fail to provide real-time visibility into subcontractor activity and consistent progress reporting,” said Hans van Leeuwen, CEO and founder of TokenMe. “The service TokenMe offers is not Available on a weekly basis. or monthly timesheet reporting, but with real-time counts and worker locations, and the ability to proactively and predictively plan for thousands of people and assets. We are very proud to be a CES 2023 Innovation Award winner and look forward to working on Demonstrate the next generation of artificial intelligence-driven TokenMe to industry leaders at the CES booth.”

About TokenMe
Founded in 2020, TokenMe is a cutting-edge systems-as-a-service company on a mission to transform the construction industry by harnessing the power of artificial intelligence and advanced wireless technologies to improve safety, efficiency, productivity and sustainability. Privately held company headquarters in the Netherlands, with a manufacturing facility in Singapore and sales teams located in the United States, Europe and Japan.

Shop Laptop Batteries ,Laptop AC Adapters, Notebook Batteries and Notebook Chargers from HP, Lenovo, DELL, Panasonic Asus and more! Batteryforpc.co.uk offers the best prices, shipping & top-rated customer service! Order today

Lenovo Yoga Tablet review: long battery life in an otherwise disappointing device

Lenovo’s Yoga Ultrabook is often hailed as one of the best Windows 8 convertibles. So Lenovo has chosen to expand its lineup with an Android tablet: simply named the Lenovo Yoga Tablet. Like the original Yoga and the new Yoga 2 Pro, the tablet can work in a variety of positions – in this case, thanks to a built-in kickstand. Its Lenovo Yoga Tablet also has a staggering 18 hours of  L e novo Yoga Tablet batterylife. Oh: New Lenovo partial Ashton Kutcher is promoting the device, so there’s that .
While Lenovo’s Yoga Ultrabook is a flagship and priced to match, the Yoga Tablet is surprisingly affordable: $249 for the 8-inch model and $299 for the 10-inch model. So, curious how the acrobatic abilities of yoga translate to a stand-alone slate? Read on for the full report.


Gallery: Lenovo Yoga Tablet Review | 29 Photos It’s obvious that this is no ordinary tablet. The built-in kickstand and 9,000mAh Lenovo Yoga Tablet battery (6,000mAh on the 8-inch version) create a bump on the back that prevents the device from laying flat . On a flat surface, it is placed at a slight angle, with the base of the device higher than the far end. Typing downhill can be a nightmare, so you’ll need to rotate the device so you can type up instead of down (It really annoys me that it means the Lenovo logo is always upside down, but in the long run it’s forgivable.)


Both the Yoga Tablet 8 and 10 are relatively light, at 0.88 pounds and 1.33 pounds respectively; they’re definitely comfortable enough to hold for long periods of time, and the cylindrical bottoms provide a comfortable grip. Although the Yoga Tablet’s giant battery necessitates a bulky bottom end, the rest of the tablet is fairly thin—try 0.12 inches (3 mm) thick. In fact, Lenovo wisely chose not to put the power button on the slim side; instead, it took advantage of the tablet battery’s wider frame and placed the key on the lower left side. Sure, it’s an unintuitive location, but at least it’s easy to find by feel.

The volume rocker, on the other hand, is slim enough to fit on the right edge of the tablet, and the micro USB power connection is also on the left. Other immediate impressions: The look of the aluminum and chrome design feels solid when polished. While this tablet doesn’t bear much resemblance to the Yoga Ultrabook, its clean, solid build provides some continuity. The back has a subtle laser-etched pattern, the same one seen on the Vibe X smartphone and S5000 tablet that Lenovo unveiled at IFA. Of course, the bracket is also on the back side. To loosen it, wedge your nail into a small groove. But I’ll save you the trouble of breaking the nails and let you in on this little secret: You can also extend the stand by grabbing the cylinder from the bottom and pulling it toward you. Easier, although it’s not an obvious choice .


After you pull the stand out of the folded position, you can use the tablet in stand mode. This is especially useful for watching movies on your tablet or following recipes in the kitchen. That said, if the Yoga Tablet’s screen is actually large enough to watch movies, stand mode would be better. (Head to the next section for our full coverage.) You can also extend the display back from this upright position, but don’t bother: Move it more than a few degrees and it’ll fall back. This design quirk seems like something Lenovo can and should address.

camera

The Yoga Tablet comes with a 5 MP camera on the back and a 1.6 MP camera on the front. Image quality is average, as you’d expect from most tablets, but the bigger issue is the placement of the front-facing camera to the left of the display when you hold the tablet in landscape mode. If you’re taking a selfie or getting ready for a video call, you have to focus so you don’t look like you’re staring into the distance. It is unnatural to look to the left, especially This can be annoying when you’re trying to see something or someone on the screen and staring at the camera at the same time. Meanwhile, the rear camera placement isn’t any better. It’s in the lower right corner of the back of the tablet, so unless you raise the tablet a few inches, your framing will be terrible.
performance and lenovo  tablet batterytablet battery life


Powered by a 1.2GHz quad-core MT8215/8389 processor, backed by 1GB of RAM, the Yoga tablet can’t compete with the big boys. Devices powered by Snapdragon chips, such as the LG G Pad 8.3 and its 600 chip, put Lenovo well ahead. In fact, when it comes to benchmark scores, the Yoga Tablet falls far behind. In day-to-day use, the tablet also proved to be quite slow. It’s simply not up to the task of playing intense racing games , and it doesn’t load web pages quickly even on a good connection.


Lenovo rates the Yoga Tablet at up to 18 hours of use, and the Tablet 8 managed a very strong 10 hours and 8 minutes on our more intensive video-running test. The 10-inch version has an equally impressive runtime of 9 hours and 44 minutes. Both scores were achieved with a looped video playing on the device, WiFi on, and screen brightness set to 50%. With more moderate use, you can easily get more than a day of use without needing to charge. Needless to say, the Yoga Tablet offers very good Lenovo Yoga Tablet 8 battery life, which is one of the best aspects of the product. “Wait, this is Android, right?”

That was my thought process when I booted up the Yoga Tablet. Yes, the reassuring Play Store app and other Google equivalents are here, but Lenovo has heavily tweaked the way Jelly Bean is presented here. For one, there’s no app tray, so you have to swipe left or right to see your installed programs. At the same time, the apps themselves look big and fancy. These include AccuWeather, Kingsoft Office, and shortcuts to download and install Norton Mobile Security.

Configuration options and competition

You don’t have to parse through the Yoga Tablet’s many configurations; your choices are just the $249 8-inch model or the $299 10-inch model with 16GB of built-in storage, or the same two models with 32GB for $269 and $309 respectively. Apart from the screen size, the specifications of both devices are identical. You can add a Bluetooth keyboard cover for an additional $70 (10-inch version only).


On paper, Lenovo’s convertible tablet seems like a good deal. You can get a well-built, versatile design for less than $300. However, comparing the specifications of other tablets on the market, the Yoga Tablet doesn’t look that cheap. For example, the 7-inch Kindle Fire HDX, priced at $229 and up, offers a far superior 1,920 x 1,200 display and more than 10 hours of   Lenovo’s tablet battery life. If 7 inches is a bit small for you, check out the 8.9- inch version , though it’ll set you back at least $379, depending on your tolerance for special offers.


In addition to the 10-inch, LG’s 8.3-inch G Pad is a great option, too, with a beautiful display and attractive design. If you prefer a 10-inch tablet, you’ll find the Yoga to be one of the cheaper options, like the Samsung Galaxy Note 10.1 , which sells for $550. Of course, there’s also the $399 Nexus 10 , but a new version of that Google tablet is said to be coming soon, so you might regret it if you choose not to wait

Online shopping for lenovo Tablets batteries is security. Get 30% off buy lenovo Tablets battery.All lenovo model batteries are brand new,1 year Warranty, Secure Online Ordering Guaranteed!

How to Improve the Performance of Your Dell Laptop Battery

Laptop batteries are essential for portable computing, but they can also degrade over time and with use. If you want to extend yourDell laptop battery life and performance, here are some tips and tricks you can try.
Change or adjust the power plan in Windows 11Windows 11 offers different power plans that can balance performance and energy consumption on your laptop. To improve laptop battery life on Dell, you can choose the Best power efficiency option using the Power mode setting. Here are the steps to do that:


Open Settings.Click on System.Click the Power & battery page on the right side.Under the “Power” section, choose the “Best power efficiency” option using the “Power mode” setting.After you complete the steps, the system will implement policies to favor battery life rather than performance.


Dim your screen brightness and turn off Bluetooth when not neededOne of the biggest factors that affect battery life is the screen brightness. The brighter your screen is, the more power it consumes. To save battery power, you can dim your screen brightness to a comfortable level. You can also turn off Bluetooth when you are not using it, as it can also drain your  laptop  battery.


To adjust your screen brightness and Bluetooth settings, you can use the quick actions in the Action Center. You can access the Action Center by clicking on the icon in the lower-right corner of your taskbar. Alternatively, you can use the keyboard shortcut Windows key + A.


Use the power saver mode and battery saver settings in Windows 11Windows 11 also has a power saver mode that can help you extend your laptop battery life by reducing some features and functions that are not essential. To enable power saver mode, you can follow these steps:
Open Settings.Click on System.Click the Power & battery page on the right side.Under the “Battery” section, turn on the toggle switch for “Power saver mode”.You can also customize the battery saver settings to suit your preferences. For example, you can set a battery level threshold for when power saver mode turns on automatically, or choose which apps can run in the background when power saver mode is on.


To access the battery saver settings, you can follow these steps:
Open Settings.Click on System.Click the Power & battery page on the right side.Under the “Battery” section, click on “Battery saver settings”.Close any unnecessary programs and limit your wireless useAnother way to improve yourlaptop battery life is to close any programs that you are not using or that are running in the background. These programs can consume CPU and memory resources, which in turn can affect your battery performance.


To close any unnecessary programs, you can use the Task Manager. You can access the Task Manager by right-clicking on an empty space in your taskbar and selecting “Task Manager”. Alternatively, you can use the keyboard shortcut Ctrl + Shift + Esc .
In the Task Manager, you can see which programs are running and how much resources they are using. You can sort them by CPU, memory, disk or network usage by clicking on the corresponding column header. To close a program, you can right- click on it and select “End task”.


You can also limit your wireless use to save battery power. Wireless connections such as Wi-Fi and cellular data can consume a lot of power, especially when they are weak or unstable. To limit your wireless use, you can turn off Wi-Fi or cellular data when you are not using them, or switch to a lower bandwidth mode if possible.
To manage your wireless connections, you can use the quick actions in the Action Center or go to Settings > Network & internet.


Check your battery health status and use a compatible battery purchased from DellFinally, you can also improve your laptop battery life by checking your battery health status and using a compatible battery purchased from Dell. The battery health status can tell you how much capacity your  Dell battery has left compared to its original capacity when it was new.

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>11.4V/13.35V 97Wh Dell 6GTPY Long Life Battery Replacement

HP AR08XL Laptop Battery: Tips and Tricks for Optimal Performance

ThisHP AR08XL battery lets you enjoy wireless working for hours, or extend your working time with an extra HP AR08XL battery without needing a power socket! Our high quality HP AR08XLbatteriesare made of quality cells that fit perfectly in your laptop, and they are 100 % compatible with the originalLaptop Battery


We always offer a low price and we guarantee it. That’s why we have our “lowest price guarantee”, so you can be sure that you never overpay for the same product. We provide laptop batteries, chargers, power supplies, adapters for more than 7000 different laptop models. New laptop models are rapidly developed and brought to the market, and new models and batteries come out every week.


The best way to use a HP AR08XL battery is to fully charge it and then fully drain it. Have you bought a new HP AR08XL battery? Then make sure you charge the HP AR08XL battery for at least 12 to 24 hours for the first time. This makes sure that your battery is fully charged. Then you completely drain the battery until the laptop shuts down automatically. To get the full capacity of the HP AR08XL battery f rom the start, repeat this process of charging and draining the battery another 3 or 4 times.

If you are not going to use the HP AR08XL battery for more than a month, take it out of your laptop and store it in a cool, dry and clean place. When you want to use the  laptop batteries  again after this period , make sure you charge it fully for the first time.

Online shopping for hp Laptop batteries is security. Get 30% off buy hp Laptop battery.All hp model batteries are brand new,1 year Warranty, Secure Online Ordering Guaranteed!”

HP to Offer Boston-Power’s 3-year Laptop Battery

A fast-charging laptop battery that promises to last at least three years without any degradation in performance is coming to the market as an option with Hewlett-Packard laptops. The Sonata battery is the product of three years of development work by Boston-Power and will be rebranded by HP as the “Enviro” battery and offered from early 2009 with select machines.

hp, hewlett-packard, enviro, batteryThe battery can be charged to 80 percent of capacity in 30 minutes, which could be useful for travellers who only have a limited amount of time near an electric outlet, and will go 1,000 charges before the   HP Laptop battery’s capacity begins degrading. That’s a charge a day for three years — or four years if it’s only used on weekdays — so it should last the average life of a business laptop. Common laptop batteries today start to degrade after 300 charges.

It brings a new level of performance to the market,” said Christina Lampe-Onnerud, founder and CEO of Boston-Power in an interview.


HP will back up its longer-life promise with a 3-year warranty and the b  HP Laptop Battery  will cost an extra US$20 to $30 over a standard model. Users will be able to select it with certain machines during the customization phase of ordering. It will initially only be available in North America but HP plans to offer it in other markets later.
Lampe-Onnerud first unveiled the Sonata battery at the Demo 2007 conference and the company has spent the last two years developing the technology and preparing for mass-production. Most of the batteries will be made by Taiwan’s GP Batteries while some will come from HYB Batteries in China.


At the time of its launch at Demo it was endorsed by Hewlett-Packard and the two companies have been working together ever since so HP’s move as the first major customer for Boston-Power isn’t a surprise.
Looking ahead the company is hoping to pick up addition laptop vendors as customers as well as break into other industries including consumer electronics and transportation, said Lampe-Onnerud.

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>Laptop Battery
>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>11.55V 5010mAh Hp BC03XL Long Life Battery Replacement

Major Toshiba laptop battery recall issued after faulty units overheat and literally melt

Late Wednesday afternoon, the United States Consumer Product Safety Commission announced a recall for Toshiba laptops batterypacks in Toshiba laptops sold between June 2011 and January 2016. The recall affects nearly 40 different Toshiba models of PCs including Portege, Satellite, and Tecra models. The CPSC estimates the recall will affect about 91,000 units sold in the United States and another 10,000 sold in Canada. Toshiba first revealed the battery pack problems when it announced a voluntary recall in late January.
Anyone affected can receive a free replacement battery from Toshiba.

On top of the models directly affected, users of other Toshiba laptops may have ended up with defective Toshiba laptops  batteries through purchasing extra and replacement battery packs, as well as packs replaced during servicing.
Toshiba has a complete list of all models that are potentially affected by the recall on its site. The computer maker also has a utility you can download that will automatically check your system to see if your battery is part of the recall.For those that want to check manually, Toshiba asks that you look on the bottom of your PC for the Toshiba model sticker. Once you find that, you can enter your PC model part number on Toshiba’s site to see if you’re affected.


This appears to be the largest recall by Toshiba due to defective batteries since the company was caught up in the major Sony batteryrecall that started in 2006.
The impact on you at home: So far, the CSPC and Toshiba are aware of four instances where defective battery packs overheated and melted. Those events didn’t result in any injuries. Getting caught up in a recall is always a pain, but it’s better to suffer without a battery pack for a few days or weeks than risk suffering damage to your system. Until you receive a free replacement, Toshiba advises you to remove theToshiba laptops battery pack from your laptop and use the AC power adapter only.

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>Toshiba Dynabook Satellite AW3 CX TX VX serie Long Life Battery Replacement

The Microsoft Surface Swollen Battery Problem

Surface Pro and Surface Book batteries are swelling massively, but Microsoft is staying silent. Microsoft has a big battery problem. Literally.

The company’s premium line of Surface tablets and laptops have been generally popular among users for some time. But within a few years of use, many Surfaces were plagued by problems that rendered them completely unusable. In the unforgiving creative language of the internet, the problem is known as “spicy pillows.” In more layman terms, this is a swollen battery.

Swelled batteries have been found in almost every model of phone, tablet or laptop from almost every electronics manufacturer. But if this were a competition, the Microsoft Surface is vying for the podium. Not only do Surface batteries swell at an unusually high rate, but the Surface is also designed to be irrepairable, so a swollen battery is often the death knell for these expensive devices. Happily, Microsoft refuses to acknowledge the problem. The most commonly affected models are the Microsoft Surface Pro 4 and the original Surface Book, but  battery swelling has been reported in Surface Pro 5, Surface Pro 6, and Surface. Pro 7, Surface Book 2, Surface Laptop 1 and other models.Battery bulge in Microsoft Surface

Lithium-ion batteries are the most common battery type found in consumer electronics today. Like anything else governed by entropy, lithium-ion batteries get worse over time. A new battery that can hold a charge for five hours may only hold a charge for three hours after hundreds of charge cycles. This degradation is normal but can be mitigated with proper battery care. What is not normal is the lithium-ion

battery swelling. This occurs when the battery’s planned chemical reactions are compromised and produce gaseous byproducts, primarily carbon dioxide (CO 2 ). The mixture may also contain the toxic gas hydrogen fluoride (HF) and the potentially toxic gas phosphoryl fluoride (POF 3 ). With nowhere to go, these gases put pressure on the battery bag and cause it to expand. When the battery expands

enough to reach the walls of the case, it continues to push. If you notice an unexplained bulge on your laptop or tablet, it’s most likely caused by a swollen battery. The bulge might be subtle—perhaps you’ve noticed that your laptop no longer sits flush with your desk—or it can be so obvious that it even

separates the chassis and reveals the spicy pillows inside. The battery in Microsoft Surface Pro and Book devices is located behind the touchscreen display, and before swelling occurs, a noticeable patch of discoloration will often appear on the screen. These spots may move over time as swelling increases. There’s a second battery underneath the Surface Book’s keyboard base (pictured above). Surface users who notice a swollen battery should stop using their device immediately. Use caution when handling Surface as theSurface battery may ignite and release toxic fumes.

This applies to any device with a swollen battery, and once the battery swells, the owners of these devices will have to repair, replace or recycle the battery. This is doubly troublesome for Surface users, as Microsoft Surfaces aren’t designed to have Microsoft Surfaces batteries replaced. They’re not the only consumer devices that are difficult to repair; the entire category of thin, sleek, high-end electronics, including Apple MacBooks, is notorious for being difficult for users to repair.


However, the Microsoft Surface line is particularly egregious because Microsoft itself won’t replace the batteries in its products. If you need another battery, Microsoft will sell you another Surface.

By comparison, Apple will replace its own Apple  MacBook batteriesfor $200 or less. That’s not to say it’s impossible to replace your Surface battery. You can always take your device to a third-party repair shop or try it yourself – here’s a step-by-step iFixit guide for Microsoft Surface Book.


But be warned, this isn’t easy to fix, and if you mess up, you could permanently disable your device. Abdullah Mamun, owner of RxTech Repair in Orange County, California, strongly advises users not to try to replace the Surface battery themselves. “If this is your first repair, it’s going to be difficult,” he warns. “You’re probably not going to have a lot of fun.”

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>Microsoft Surface Book 2 15 Long Life Battery Replacement

Battery problems with Pixel phones: Google reacts

Some Pixel phone owners are facing serious issues. Current smartphone runtimes are short and the device heats up unnecessarily. The cause of the problem has been found. Now Google has reacted to Pixel phone batteryissues

As expected, Google has now quickly fixed the poor battery life issue on Pixel phones after a flurry of media buzz. According to 9to5Google , server-side improvements have been made and your Pixel phone’s battery will no longer drain. Google phones are becoming more and more popular. This doesn’t quite fit with Google itself causing Pixel phones battery issues in Pixel phones. Many users have taken to Reddit or Google forums to complain about significantly reduced battery life on various Pixel models like the Pixel 6 and Pixel 7. Additionally , the phone is said to overheat, which can be an issue, especially when temperatures outside are higher.


Depending, people were skeptical about the monthly security update, which was released in early May 2023. However, Google apps are currently believed to be responsible for these issues. Initially on the model, the app is said to drain up to 30% of yourphone’s battery. This is of course not normal and should be much lower.
The app you use most should be at the top of your phone’s battery drain list, and for many people that’s probably TikTok or YouTube. When it comes to hardware, monitors are usually the biggest consumer.


Currently, there is no solution to the battery life issues on Pixel phones. Google must step directly in and provide a solution. Google itself has yet to comment on the issue. The greater the media response, the sooner a solution is addressed. Not everyone is affected by the problem

AlthoughPixel 6 Pro battery life on my Pixel 6 Pro (beta) actually feels slightly weaker since the May update, I can’t confirm the difficulties described. As is usual with such issues, only certain users are affected. We can still hope that Google can find a solution. 


Online shopping for google Cell Phone  batteries is security. Get 30% off buy google Cell Phone  battery.All google model batteries are brand new,1 year Warranty, Secure Online Ordering Guaranteed!

Samsung phone with poor battery life? This function is to blame

Samsung is heavily customizing its Android interface with One UI and a host of additional apps and features pre-installed. Sometimes bugs happen, such as those that affect your smartphone’s battery life. That’s exactly what’s happening now. Behind this is a feature that comes pre -installed on every Samsung phone. Samsung keyboard causes poor phone runtime

If you have installed the One UI 5.1 update on your Samsung device and are wondering why the Samsung phone battery life of your Samsung phone has suddenly become noticeably worse, you now have the answer. Samsung has confirmed that pre-installed keyboard apps with versions earlier than v5 .6.10.31 can cause higher battery consumption (Source: SamMobile). Samsung’s Keyboard app comes pre-installed on every Galaxy device by default and is automatically activated. Not only did Samsung confirm the issue, it also said that updating the keyboard app to version v5.6.10.31 will fix it. This new version has been out for a while. Typically, system apps are automatically updated over time. But if you are still affected by significantly poor  Samsung Galaxy battery life, then you should definitely open the Samsung Galaxy Store and look for updates there.


If you install the new version of the Samsung Keyboard app, your phone’s battery life should improve again. Alternatively, you can try another keyboard, such as Google’s Gboard. For example, I always install them directly on all my devices.
You need to know these Samsung tips:


Samsung has other problemsWhen One UI 5.1 was released, there were some issues with the new interface. Older smartphones receiving updates suddenly have to contend with shorterSamsung  smartphone battery life and higher temperatures. Now that the issue is resolved, the other keyboard bug should also be removed. Hopefully the error won’t show up next time I update.
>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>3.85V 3500mAh Samsung EB-BN935ABA Long Life Battery Replacement

The tech sector is pouring billions of dollars into AI. But it keeps laying off humans

The tech sector has kicked off the new year with a spate of fresh job cuts that are coming at the same time as the industry is doubling down on investments into artificial intelligence.


While AI tools putting workers out of jobs has been a major point of anxiety in Silicon Valley and beyond over the past year, not all the recent layoffs in the tech industry are directly linked to AI tools simply replacing workers.
But many of the recent job cut announcements have come on the heels of those same companies disclosing major investments into AI technology as they look to reallocate resources, and a growing number of tech firms have explicitly cited AI as a reason for rethinking head counts.
accusation


The continued labor upheaval unfolding in the very industry creating AI could point to more unrest to come as the technology is forecast to reshape the broader business landscape in the years ahead.
More than 5,500 tech layoffs less than two weeks into 2024The latest rounds of tech job cuts are occurring across a range of roles and in both Big Tech companies and smaller startups.


Tech giants Google and Amazon both announced sweeping layoffs this week impacting hundreds of workers across various business divisions. News of the job cuts at Google and Amazon come months after both companies separately announced multi-billion-dollar investments into AI startup Anthropic.
Also this week, social platform Discord said it was trimming 17% of its staff. Unity Software, the maker of technology used in popular mobile games such as Pokemon Go, said it was cutting 25% of its workforce. And the language-learning app Duolingo said it laid off around 10% of its contract workers.All told, there have been more than 5,500 tech employees who have lost their jobs less than two weeks into 2024, according to data compiled by Layoffs.fyi.


And the latest cuts in tech come after a very painful two years for the industry, marked by hundreds of thousands of workers losing their jobs amid a reset in pandemic-induced demand.
There were some 262,682 tech industry layoffs recorded in 2023, per Layoffs.fyi data, after 164,969 cuts the previous year.
Pandemic demand recoils as AI anxiety takes holdRoger Lee, a startup founder who has long been tracking tech industry layoffs via his website Layoffs.fyi, told CNN that many tech companies are still trying to “correct for their overhiring during the pandemic surge.”


The onset of the Covid-19 pandemic led to skyrocketing demand for digital services as people around the world were forced to work, socialize and shop from home. Against that backdrop, the tech industry went on a remarkable hiring spree. But as pandemic restrictions eased in the years that followed and broader macroeconomic uncertainty set in, the tech industry saw its greatest retraction since the dotcom bust of 2000, cutting tens of thousands of jobs in rapid succession.While Lee says the high interest rate environment and tech downturn have lasted longer than initially expected, he adds that “an increasing number of tech companies have cited AI as reason for layoffs.”
Last year, companies including Chegg, IBM and Dropbox cited the onset of AI as a reason to rethink staffing. More recently, Duolingo and even Google have suggested the same as they seek to mobilize resources to capitalize on the AI ​​boom.


As the full extent of AI’s impact to the labor market is still revealing itself, researchers have said that hundreds of millions of jobs globally could be impacted, though the tech could simultaneously have the potential to create new and different jobs in the future.
Goldman Sachs economists said in a research note last March that as many as 300 million full-time jobs around the world could be lost or diminished by the rise of generative AI technology and that white-collar workers appeared to be most at risk. Separate research also indicates that women’s jobs could be disproportionately impacted by businesses’ adoption of AI in the years ahead.
Disparate impacts of tech job cuts come under scrutinyAs the tech industry layoffs continue, labor advocates and even legislators are taking notice.


The Google workers who lost their jobs this week were shocked to find out via email that they were being laid off, according to Parul Koul, a Google software engineer and president of the grassroots Alphabet Workers Union, a CWA-affiliated group that is organizing workers throughout Google’s parent company Alphabet.
Koul slammed the layoffs as “unnecessary and counterproductive” in a statement to CNN on Friday that blasted “corporate greed.”


“The layoffs introduce chaos and instability into the workplace and force workers to make do with less,” Koul added, saying even those that remain on the job “work in constant anxiety that they will be next.”


Google, for its part, has said that the cuts were to help the teams “become more efficient and work better,” and that it is supporting impacted employees “as they look for new roles here at Google and beyond.”
Some legislators, on the other hand, have recently taken aim at reports of the tech layoffs’ disparate effects on certain workers.A coalition of more than two dozen Black legislators led by Democratic Reps. Emanuel Cleaver of Missouri and Barbara Lee of California expressed concerns over the “ impacts of widespread layoffs within the tech industry and its disproportionate impacts on the African American community and women” in a letter late last month to acting Labor Secretary Julie Su that was obtained by CNN.


“Recent findings have consistently shown that minorities and women are vastly overrepresented in industry layoffs,” the letter said.
The legislators pressed the Department of Labor to pay attention to these ongoing mass layoffs and to do more to protect the workers most at risk of losing their livelihoods

Shop Laptop Batteries ,Laptop AC Adapters, Notebook Batteries and Notebook Chargers from HP, Lenovo, DELL, Panasonic Asus and more! Batteryforpc.co.uk offers the best prices, shipping & top-rated customer service! Order today!

Which Motorola Phone Should You Buy?

These Android smartphones typically offer the same two-day battery life as the Moto models and have plenty of storage. But which Moto model is best?


If someone asked you what type of pet you wanted, you would probably say a cat or a dog. In this metaphor, Motorola’s phone is the hamster. They’re still cute and definitely great for pets, but they’re not necessarily the first or second thing I think of. The company’s Android smartphones often play a third (or fourth) role to the likes of Samsung and Google. If you are an interested buyer, it might be difficult to choose the best Motorola phone since the company launches so many models in a year. I’ve tested just about every one of them, and in this guide, I’ll break down their pros and cons and walk you through choosing my favorite Moto model.


Be sure to check out our other phone buying guides, including the best Android phones , the best iPhones , the best budget phones , the best Pixel phones , and the best phones with a headphone jack .


Update November 2023: We added the Motorola Razr.
Pros and Cons of Buying a MotorolaMotorola Mot G Power 5G smartphone front and rear view
Here’s what you need to know about cable and fatigue on your Motorola phones. This breakdown can help you decide whether to stick with Moto or buy something else.
What connectivity features do Motorola phones have?

Motorola phones have a simple Android interface. This means the company hasn’t done much to perfect the software. It’s simple and easy to use. There’s usually some bloatware, but now you can uninstall almost any software easily.
The phones come with 256 GB storage. This isn’t true for all Motorola phones, but most now offer 128 GB more RAM than the competition.
They have the longest the motorola Cell Phone battery life. The company packs big batteries into these slim phones, which often last a full two days on a charge, beating out nearly all the competition.

There is extensive carrier support. While some Android phones have inconsistent carrier support in the United States, Motorola phones generally work on most, if not all, networks (the company lists carrier support details in the Specs section of all phones) . They all work for the Big Three—T-Mobile, AT&T, and Verizon. Please make sure it is unlocked when purchasing.
Prices often fall. Never buy a Motorola phone at MSRP. They almost always go on sale months (or even weeks) after release, sometimes at deep discounts.What are the annoying things about Motorola phones?Motorola’s software updates are lackluster. The company is slowly improving on this front—it promises three Android OS updates and four years of bimonthly security updates for its high-end smartphones—but it still lags behind its peers. To make matters worse, the Moto G series phones only get one Android OS update (which includes three years of security updates), so they quickly miss out on new Android features.

Even when phones are promised updates, they take a long time to arrive.
The Moto G phone doesn’t have NFC. NFC sensors enable tap-to-pay on your phone, allowing you to use contactless payments at participating retailers. Phones as cheap as $200 have this feature, but Motorola is notorious for leaving it out of (most of) the Moto G lineup.


The camera is dim. One of the reasons Motorola lags behind the likes of Samsung and Google is the camera. They can take great photos, but can easily be overshadowed by the competition.


There is no always-on display. Most Android phones have a setting that you can turn on if you want “always on display” that will display the clock on the screen even when the screen is “off.” Motorola has the Peek Display, which requires you to move the phone or tap the screen to see anything. It’s not a big deal, but if you use a different phone, you might miss this feature.The best Motorola phonesMotorola Edge+ 2023 smartphone
The best Motorola phone right now is the Motorola Edge+ (2023). It’s a tall, narrow device with a 6.7-inch OLED display with curved edges for a more immersive screen effect. I’m not usually a fan of “waterfall displays” like this because my fingers tend to break the screen, but I didn’t have too many problems with this phone.


The Full HD+ screen is clear, colorful, and bright enough to be viewed on a sunny day, with a refresh rate of up to 165 Hz. It makes the screen look and feel more responsive, and although I set it to 120 Hz, it was more than enough for me without draining the Cell Phone battery too much. The back of the phone has a sparkling design that looks stylish, with pe options on the front and back.


Our favorite Motorola featuresFirst person view of man working on laptop outside
Moto Gestures: One of the first proper smartphones I bought was a Moto X, when Motorola (then owned by Google) introduced Moto Actions, which let you use physical gestures to trigger certain features on the phone. Even though they’re now called ” moto gestures,” they’re still an important part of the Motorola phone identity. You can go to the motorcycle Find all of them in the app on your phone, or go to Settings > Gestures.

The ones I use most often are the double -switch gesture to trigger the flashlight and the double-twist gesture to launch the camera.Find all of them in the app on your phone, or go to


Settings > Gestures. The ones I use most often are the double-switch gesture to trigger the flashlight and the double-twist gesture to launch the camera.Moto Gestures: One of the first proper smartphones I bought was the Moto X, and that’s when (then Google-owned)

Motorola debuted Moto Actions, which let you use physical gestures to trigger some features on the phone. They are still very much a part of a Motorola phone’s identity, even if they ‘re now called Moto Gestures. You can head to the Moto app on the phone to find all of them or go to Settings > Gestures. The ones I use most often are the double-chop gesture to trigger the flashlight and the double-twist action to launch the camera.


Ready For: This is a more recent addition, and it’s not available for some of the cheaper Motorola phones. It lets you wirelessly connect the phone to a nearby display, where you can see mobile apps, use your phone as a webcam, and share files. If your Moto is supported, you can find it by heading to Settings > Connected devices > Ready For. If you’re connecting it to a PC, you’ll need to download the desktop client (Windows only), or the Ready For Assistant if you’re connecting an Android tablet. If you’re using a TV, it needs Miracast support if you want to connect wirelessly, but you can use a USB-C or HDMI cable as well.

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>3.87V 4800mAh Motorola NA50 Long Life Battery Replacement

Acer Predator Helios Neo 16 Review: Solid Performance, Short Battery Life

A reasonably priced, well-specced entry into a gaming laptop . The Acer Predator Helios Neo 16 has good build quality, plenty of ports, a great screen, and solid gaming performance, but it can’t beat mediocre  Acer Predator Helios Neo 16 battery life . Why Trusted Tom’s Hardware Our expert reviewers spend countless hours testing and comparing products and services so you can choose the ones that are right for you. Learn more about how we test.

The Acer Predator Helio Neo 16 is a new contender in this segment, offering an Intel Core i7-13700HX processor, Nvidia GeForce RTX 4060 GPU, 16GB of RAM, and a 16-inch QHD (2560 x 1440) display. This isn’t a budget system, but with a starting price of $1,199 and $1,549 as tested, it’s not unreasonable.


Acer has packed this hardware into a chassis that, while designed for 1440p gaming, won’t look out of place in an office environment thanks to its restrained design. Acer Predator Helios Neo 16 designThe Predator Helios Neo 16 is an all-new model from Acer with the clear goal of providing gamers with a modest price point. That said, I found the overall design to be very conservative, without much that stands out. The only Flash elements in the design are the WASD, arrows, and Predator Sense keys, which feature translucent black keycaps and clear black keycaps.

On the right side of the case, you’ll find two USB 3.2 Gen 2 (Type A) ports and a Kensington lock. Switching to the left side, Acer includes a USB 3.1 Gen 2 (Type-A) port, an Ethernet jack , a MicroSD card reader slot, and a 3.5mm headphone jack. The rear panel has an HDMI 2.1 port, two Thunderbolt 4 (Type-C) ports, and a proprietary jack for a 330-watt power adapter.

Acer Predator Helios Neo 16 Turning to our usual gaming benchmark suite, I pitted the Predator Helios Neo 16 against the Lenovo Legion Pro 5i (i7-13700HX, RTX 4060, 1600p), the Gigabyte Aorus 15X (i9-13900HX, RTX 4070, 1440p )) and Razer Blade 14 (Ryzen 9 7940HS, RTX 4070, 1600p). Note that RTX 4070-based systems will have an advantage in gaming benchmarks, and the RTX 4060 in the Legion Pro 5i has a slightly higher boost clock than the one in the Predator Helio Neo 16.

Next, I lined up Grand Theft Auto V (very high settings), with the Predator Helios Neo 16 tied for third with the Blade 14 at 1080p, 90fps. However, it was displayed at 1600p resolution at 49 fps compared to the Blade’s 52 fpsAcer Predator Helios Neo 16 Upgradeability

Access to the Predator Helios Neo 16’s internals is achieved by removing the 11 Philips head screws. The entire bottom panel can then be easily removed with some appropriate fingernails. Removing the bottom panel reveals the battery, two SO-DIMM slots (each occupying an 8GB DDR5-4800 module in our review unit), and two M.2 slots. One of the M.2 slots can accommodate a 1TB PCIe 4.0 SSD, and the other is available for future expansion. There’s also a slot for an M.2 Wi-Fi/Bluetooth combo card.Acer Predator Helios Neo 16 battery life


As I saw in the gaming benchmarks, the Predator Helio Neo 16 ranks near the bottom for overall performance. I expected the meager gaming results to translate into above-average battery life. However, I was wrong. The Predator Helios Neo 16 has less than three hours of battery life (2:59), and its next closest competitor is the Legion Pro 5i (4:54), followed by the Aorus 15X (5:20). With a runtime of 8 minutes and 34 seconds, the Blade 14 outlasted all laptops assembled. The Predator Helios Neo 16 uses a relatively powerful 90 WHr Predator Helios Neo 16 battery, which makes the results even more puzzling.


Acer Predator Helios Neo 16 popularityThe Predator Helios Neo 16 is powered by a Core i7-13700HX processor (55W) and a GeForce RTX 4060 GPU (140W). Acer uses dual fifth-generation AeroBlade 3D fans in the system and Liquid Metal thermal grease in the CPU. Acer Predator Helios Neo 16 Software and WarrantyThe Predator Helios Neo 16 comes loaded with some bloatware from the factory, but many customers rarely use it. You get Acer Purified Voice Control,

Acer Product Registration, Acer Care Center (system vital signs, recovery management, etc.), Acer Planet 9 (social gaming platform), DTS Surround
Unbound, DTS:X Ultra, Express VPN (30-day free trial), Dropbox (100GB free when you sign up as an Acer customer), Killer Intelligence Center and Realtek Audio Console.
In addition to all these pre-installed apps, there’s also the usual Windows 11 bloatware like shortcuts to Spotify, TikTok, ESPN, and Instagram.


However, the app I use the most is Acer PredatorSense. The utility has its own dedicated key on the keyboard for easy access, and allows you to set power profiles, adjust system fan speeds, and control the keyboard’s RGB lighting (and more). It also allows you to monitor important system information such as fan speed, CPU/GPU temperature, Wi-Fi statistics, and RAM speed/utilization.


The Predator Helios Neo 16 comes with a one-year warranty.Acer Predator Helios Neo 16 specsThe base Predator Helios Neo 16 comes with a Core i7-13500HX processor, GeForce RTX 4050, 16GB RAM, 512GB SSD, and a 16-inch FHD+ display for $1,199. The mid-range configuration replaces the RTX 4050 with an RTX 4060, adding $100 to the price.


Our review unit featured a Core i7-13700HX processor, GeForce RTX 4060, 16GB of RAM, 1GB SSD, and a 16-inch QHD+ display, and cost $1,549 exclusively from Best Buy.
bottom lineThe Acer Predator Helios Neo 16’s lower gaming performance is easily explained by the two rivals’ high-performance GeForce RTX 4070 GPUs. Additionally, the Lenovo Legion Pro 5i comes with the same Core i7-13700HX CPU and RTX 4060 GPU, almost with slightly higher boost clocks. So this is not a surprising result.
However, when you add in low storage performance and a disappointingAcer laptop battery (which only lasted less than three hours), it becomes harder to recommend this laptop.


The Predator Helios Neo 16 has some good points, like a bright display and an attractive chassis. But it’s hard to ignore its performance shortcomings, especially laptop battery life. The final knock on the laptop is its price. At $1,549, the Legion Pro 5i is a better option and is $100 cheaper.

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>
11.1V 6700 mAh Acer AS10B51 Long Life Battery Replacement

Asus Zenbook 14 OLED review: An affordable laptop with great battery life

The holiday shopping season is always a great time to buy a new Windows laptop, but shoppers looking to spend in 2023 seem especially spoiled for choice. The Asus Zenbook 14 OLED UM3402 tries to stand out with its AMD processor and OLED display. Although its CPU and GPU performance lags behind some alternatives, it’s largely a success. Read on to learn more.
Looking for more options? Check out PCWorld’s roundup of today’s best laptops. ASUS Zenbook 14 OLED: Specs and featuresThe ASUS Zenbook 14 OLED UM3402 is powered by the AMD Ryzen 7 7730U processor. It has 8 cores and 16 threads, which sounds like a lot, but buyers beware: this is a rebadge of the older Zen 3

architecture, not the Zen 3+ or Zen 4 architecture found in more expensive AMD-powered machines. Asus sent me a full-fat version of the Zenbook 14 OLED UM3402 with a Ryzen 7 7730U, 16GB of RAM, and a 512GB SSD for $869.99. The entry-level model with an AMD Ryzen 5 7530U, 8GB of RAM, and a 256GB SSD costs $699.99. I expected the performance of this model to lag significantly behind the model I tested, but the cheaper configuration retains the OLED touchscreen.ASUS Zenbook 14 OLED: Design and build quality
Asus’ Zenbook laptops once stood out for their gorgeous “concentric circle” designs, but they’ve gone back to basics in recent years. This is a bit disappointing. The Asus Zenbook 14 OLED UM3402 looks good, but it’s not great either. It’s just another black laptop that has a subtle metallic sheen when the light hits it just right.

The Asus’s dimensions are nearly identical to alternatives like the Lenovo ThinkBook Gen 6, Acer Swift 14, Dell Inspiron 14, and HP Pavilion Plus 14. All of these laptops use thin display bezels on three sides for a similar look to older 13-inch laptops The same goes for weight, although the Zenbook 14’s 3.06 pounds does put it on the lighter end of the spectrum for laptops under $1,000. It’s easy to throw into a backpack or crossbody bag, and once packed away, you’re unlikely to notice it’s there.
ASUS Zenbook 14 OLED: keyboard, trackpadMy hands immediately found a comfortable flow across the Zenbook 14 OLED UM3402’s keyboard. While some keys, such as Tab and Backspace, may be larger, the alphanumeric keys are easy to find and well spaced between them. There’s also plenty of space on the palm rest, which makes the keyboard comfortable to use for hours on end.

Key travel isn’t that impressive. There’s healthy key travel and good key activation feel, but bottoming out feels vague. It works, but it’s not sharp, which is one aspect of the laptop that doesn’t feel as premium as it should.
Asus’s touchpad is typical of budget Windows laptops. It measures almost exactly five inches wide and about three inches deep. Although the depth feels a little limited when scrolling, the space is enough to use most multi-touch gestures comfortably.

ASUS Zenbook 14 OLED: display, audioASUS was quick to adopt OLED panels when they became more widely available in 2021, and the Zenbook 14 OLED UM3402 is no exception. It has a 14-inch OLED touch screen with a resolution of 2880×1800 and supports HDR. It’s a great display that’s well above the Zenbook 14’s modest price tag. OLED’s effectively infinite contrast ratio delivers deep, convincing shadows that draw your attention to the display. Combined with best-in-class color performance and a wide, vibrant color gamut.Clarity is another benefit.

ASUS Zenbook 14 OLED: PerformanceThe Asus Zenbook 14 OLED UM3402 I tested is equipped with AMD’s Ryzen 7 7730U processor, an eight-core, 16-thread processor with a maximum Turbo Boost speed of 4.5 GHz. It comes with 16GB of RAM, a 512GB SSD, and integrates AMD Radeon graphics and eight compute units.

These specs set the stage for a showdown between AMD and Intel. The Asus Zenbook 14X OLED I reviewed a few months ago shares many specs with the Zenbook 14 UM3402 but comes with an Intel Core i5-13500H. The two are also priced similarly (the 14X OLED has an MSRP of $799,

while the 14 UM3402 has an MSRP of $869.99). PCMark 10, an overall system benchmark, scored a whopping 5,812 points. That easily beats the Intel Core i5-13500H-powered Zenbook 14X OLED, which scored just 5,089. However, there is an important caveat. The 14X OLED only has 8GB of RAM, which does seem to affect its score in this benchmark. The Zenbook 14 does a great job here, but it’s unclear whether AMD’s Ryzen 7 7730U deserves the credit.
Cinebench R20, a highly multi-threaded CPU benchmark, again rated the Zenbook 14 OLED midrange package at 4,289 points. This time around, however, the Intel-powered alternative came out ahead with a score of 4,724 points. I find this a bit surprising , since Intel’s Core i5-13500H only has 12 physical cores, four less than its AMD rival. It’s a similar story in Handbrake, where the Ryzen 7 7730U’s performance is relatively lackluster.

Transcoding a 1080p movie from .mp4 to .mkv using the H .264 codec took over 31 minutes, which is nearly two minutes longer than the Intel-backed alternative. AMD-powered Zenbooks are also significantly worse than other small laptops, but to be fair, the Lenovo Slim Pro 9, Samsung Galaxy Book3 Pro 360 , and HP Dragonfly Pro are more expensive.

CPU benchmarks show Ryzen 7 7730U is a powerful processor, butASUS Zenbook 14 OLED: Battery lifeThe Asus Zenbook 14 OLED UM3402 combines a power-hungry Ryzen 7 7730U processor with a surprisingly large 75Wh battery. This sounds like a secret to longer  Asus Zenbook battery life—and it is.
Asus Zenbook batterylife results I saw an excellent 15 hours and 20 minutes of battery life on PC World’s standard battery test, which loops a 4K file of the short film Tears of Steel. That’s nearly five hours longer than the Asus Zenbook 14X OLED with an Intel Core i5-13500H processor!
This was a light load test, and I would normally expect actual  Asus Laptop Battery life to be a little shorter (10 to 12 hours for general Microsoft Office productivity and web browsing is comparable). Still, as the picture shows, the Zenbook 14 is clearly more durable than many of its competitors.

The Zenbook 14 OLED’s portability is further enhanced by its tiny 65-watt USB-C power charger, which measures just 2.25 inches wide and 1 inch thick. It’s easy to throw in your bag, and if you forget, the laptop can be charged via a variety of USB-C power adapters.ASUS Zenbook 14 OLED: Should you buy it?

The Asus Zenbook 14 UM3402 is a solid entry into the sub-$1,000 laptop segment. It feels more durable than many of its competitors, has a gorgeous 14-inch OLED touchscreen, and has over 15 hours of   Asus Zenbook 14 battery life. These perks are hampered by mediocre CPU and GPU performance, a bland design, and a mediocre touchpad. Whether it’s right for you depends on your priorities. Those looking for Asus Laptop Battery  life and a beautiful display should definitely grab it, while performance-focused shoppers should ignore it.

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>7.4V 3600mAh Asus C23-UX21 Long Life Battery Replacement

New Nokia phone is easier to repair yourself

Nokia Manufacturer HMD Global has announced a smartphone with the new G22, which is supposed to be “more sustainable”. Several parts, such as the screen and Nokia smartphone battery , can be replaced by users themselves.   


Nokia maker HMD Global launched three new smartphones on Saturday: the Nokia G22, C32 and C22. These are affordable phones without 5G, priced between 129 and 199 euros.


The most striking of the three new Nokia phones is the Nokia G22, with repairability at its core. If necessary, consumers can replace several parts of the device themselves, such as the screen, battery and charging port. The Finnish manufacturer has partnered with US company iFixit to provide parts, manuals and tools.


The aim is to allow users to use their devices for longer periods of time. “People value durable, high-quality devices. Nokia G22 is designed to be repairable so you can use it longer,” said CEO Adam Ferguson.
parts sold separatelyIndividual parts for the G22 have been available for purchase through iFixit for at least five years, with an average price of around €50 per part. For example, a new Nokia smartphone battery  costs €29.95 and a new USB-C charging port costs € 24.95. When a user repairs a Nokia device using iFixit parts, tools, and guides, it is considered an authorized repair. This does not affect the manufacturer’s warranty.
The back of the Nokia G22 is made from 100% recycled plastic. HMD promises a three-year warranty, three years of security updates and two years of Android updates for the device.


Three days of battery lifeThe G22 features a 6.5-inch HD+ screen (1600×720 pixels), Unisoc T606 processor, 50 MP main camera, and 8 MP selfie camera. The 5050mAh battery is said to provide three days of Nokia smartphone battery life. The Nokia G22 with 128 GB storage and 4 GB RAM is priced at €199 in the Netherlands.


Nokia C32 Nokia C32The other two new Nokia models feature 6.5-inch HD+ screens and Unisoc 9863A1 chips. Nokia C32 features a 50 MP main camera, 2 MP ultra-wide camera, and 8 MP selfie camera. The device is powered by a 5000 mAh Nokia C32 battery and is IP52 rated splash and dust resistant. The C32 with 4 GB of RAM and 64 GB of storage costs €149 in the Netherlands.


The Nokia C22’s cameras aren’t great, consisting of a 13-megapixel main camera and only 2GB of RAM. According to HMD, the device “outperformed competitors in drop tests.” The C22 is priced at 129 euros in other countries, but it is not officially launched in the Netherlands. European production

HDM also announced on Saturday that it would take steps to produce Nokia devices in Europe this year. Almost all smartphone manufacturers produce their devices in Asia, especially in China. CEO Lars Silberbauer said this mainly involves “5G equipment aimed at the commercial market.” He did not want to reveal in which European country production takes place.


Jean-Francois Baril, CEO of HMD Global, said: “The Nokia brand has a proud history in the European market and with this move we continue to solidify our position as Europe’s only major smartphone brand. The status of mobile phone manufacturers.

” >>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>> Nokia X71 cell phone Long Life Battery Replacement

Huawei MatePad Air tablet launched with 144Hz refresh rate and 8300mAh battery

Today, Huawei MatePad Air is launched to consumers as a branded tablet series . It comes with 144Hz high refresh rate support for ultra-smooth visuals and an extra-large Huawei MatePad battery .


The new Air looks great. It is the first tablet in the tablet industry to have a 3:2 screen size and a new productivity ratio experience.

It is Huawei’s first tablet to support an ultra-high refresh rate of 144Hz, bringing a silky and smooth control experience. The world’s first HDR Vivid-certified tablet, the color presentation is more realistic and brings an immersive look and feel. Huawei MatePad Air comes in five colors and features an innovative matte design. The overall feeling is warm and fashionable. machine is as light as 508g and as thin as 6.4mm. These specs make it feel lightweight and convenient.


The display is wide and large, giving you a complete picture of your game. It expands to 11.5 inches and has a 2.8K high-definition full screen. This new tablet is always online as long as it has internet and power. At the same time, Huawei’s base station-level antenna technology improves signal strength in different scenarios and directions. Allowing you to easily work and enjoy entertainment anytime and anywhere. In terms of battery, MatePad Air is equipped with a battery capacity of 8300mAh, which can meet longer gaming time.


Huawei MatePad Air launches new note-taking app. It has self-developed brush strokes that can be changed at will and the brush strokes are vivid. Notes now support real-time voice transcription, which can be changed while listening, watching, or recording in one screen. In addition, classified management and full-time data backup make recording efficient and safe.
The tablet can now be paired with the second-generation Huawei M-pencil, which is easy to use and helps you show off your skills.


Huawei MatePad Air brings PC-level experience and new breakthroughs in light productivity. The exclusive PC-level WPS Office makes it easy to handle work documents. With the new split smart magnetic keyboard, paperless office can be easily handled.


It is also Huawei’s first tablet computer equipped with professional academic reading software. It can open CAJ files in seconds, check and annotate academic journals, easily, professionally and efficiently, and facilitate further learning and research.
Huawei MatePad Air pricing:Wi-Fi (8GB+128GB) version is priced at 2,800 yuanWi-Fi (8GB+256GB) version is priced at 3,199 yuanWi-Fi (12GB+256GB) version is priced at 3,499 yuanWi-Fi (12GB+512GB) version is priced at 3,999 yuanThe LTE (12GB+512GB) version is priced at 4,499 yuanHuawei MatePad Air starts pre-sales in China today and is expected to be first sold on May 25, 2023.

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>huawei tablet batteries

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>3.82V 7250mAh Huawei HB26D8C8ECW-12 Long Life Battery Replacement

How do I find the best India’s leading drone battery company?

Finding a “quality” major drone battery organization in India depends on your specific desires and priorities.However, I will let you narrow your search by providing some criteria and resources to consider:
standard:


Industry Reputation: Look for companies with proven tuning documentation that offer reliable and excellent drone batteries . User reviews and recommendations can be helpful indicators.Product Diversity: Make sure the business offers batteries that are compatible with your unique drone model and preferred flight times. Consider factors such as capacity, weight, discharge rate and operating temperature.

Innovation: Is the organization investing in research and development to improve its drone batteries? Do they offer features like fast charging or extended lifespan?

Safety and Certification: Choose an agency that adheres to globaldrone batterysafety requirements and policies. Look for certifications like CE and UL.Customer Support: Responsive and well-informed customer service is crucial to resolving any battery issues you may have.resource:
Industry Guide: Check out articles and reviews in Drone Age magazine and websites to see which companies dominate.

Online Marketplace: Several online platforms focus on drone equipment and batteries. Compare costs and features offered by different vendors.Drone Manufacturer’s Guide: Your drone manufacturer may have a preferred or promoted battery supplier.

Independent Testing Labs: Research results from independent labs examining the overall performance and protection of drone batteries can be valuable insights.Here are some examples of major drone battery agencies in India:
Magnipower Technology: Focus on high-potential drone lithium-ion batteries.Aerostor India: Focus on lightweight and long-lasting drone batteries.XFLY Innovations: Offers a variety of drone batteries suitable for different applications.Voltaire Aviation

Technologies: Known for its advanced battery management systems.Additional tips:
Attend a drone technology conference or exhibition to network with businesses and learn about their ultra-modern services.

Join online forums and groups dedicated to drones to get guidance and reviews from other customers.Don’t be afraid to approach these groups immediately and ask questions about their services and products.

Keep in mind that the best drone battery organization for you will depend on your unique needs and priorities. Spend some time doing your research and choose a company that you think can provide a reliable and safe battery for your drone.

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>Jjrc Other Drone batteries
>>>>>> >>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>7.4V 1800mAh Jjrc X5 Long Life Battery Replacement

The history of Blackberry: The best BlackBerry phones that changed the world

The BlackBerry Pearl was the first BlackBerry phone without a scroll wheel for navigation on the display. Instead, it featured a mini trackball in the center of the five-button wide keyboard, which would revolutionize device navigation.
The 8100 is the first Pearl model and features a 1.3-megapixel camera, as well as microSD, ringtone, and media player support for up to 8GB expansion. This model, as well as the subsequent Pearl models, all had 240 x 260 resolution displays , but they bumped up the cameras to 2 megapixels.
blackberry curve


The BlackBerry Curve was first launched in 2007 with the 8300 (pictured). There are several variants, most of which have a 2-megapixel camera, a trackball interface on the Pearl, and a 320 x 240 resolution display.
Some have made some changes with higher resolution displays as well as additional features. Curve offered a wider format with a full QWERTY keyboard and was an instant hit with consumers due to its low price and wide range of smartphone features.
BlackBerry Pearl FlipBlackBerry History The Best BlackBerry Phones That Changed the World Picture 11crackberryThe BlackBerry 8220 Pearl Flip was released in 2008 in a clamshell form factor. It has an internal display of 240 x 320 pixels and an external display of 128 x 160 pixels.
Featuring the same trackball interface as the original Pearl series, along with a 2-megapixel camera, 128MB of RAM, and microSD support for up to 16GB.

The BlackBerry Bold series was first launched in 2008 with model number 9000 (pictured). It has a wider format like Curve, with a full QWERTY keyboard as well as a trackball interface. The Bold shook up the BB world and became the premium device everyone wanted. The original Bold featured a leather back for a chic feel and was probably the most iconic phone BlackBerry ever produced.
The 9000 model features a 480 x 320 pixel display, 2-megapixel camera, Bluetooth, Wi-Fi 802.11a/g/b, and microSD expansion up to 16GB.

The first-generation BlackBerry Storm moved in late 2008 and featured a clickable touchscreen but no physical QWERTY keyboard. This is BlackBerry’s first attempt at toward full touch, and the iPhone is starting to make waves. The storm did not subside.
As shown, the 9500 model comes with a 3.2-megapixel camera and a 360 x 480 resolution display. There is also 1GB of RAM. In 2009, the Storm 2 came out, the 9550, with 2GB of RAM in an attempt to address the original’s shortcomings.
BlackBerry has tried to do its own thing with touch, but has struggled to match rival offerings.
The BlackBerry Tour was launched in July 2009. It offers a 480 x 360 pixel resolution display with a pixel density of 250ppi and comes with a 3.2-megapixel camera and microSD expandability up to 32GB.


BlackBerry updated the Bold series with the 9700 model in late 2009, and twice in 2010 with the 9650 and 9780. The trackball is replaced by a trackpad, and the display resolution jumps to 480 x 360 pixels, up from 220ppi to 250ppi.
The 9700 and 9650 models have 3.2-megapixel cameras, while the 9780, launched in late 2010, has a 5-megapixel autofocus camera.
While optical trackpads are a nice enhancement over glitch-prone trackballs, competition from powerful touch devices and complaints about a lack of apps is growing.

BlackBerry launched an updated version of the Pearl in 2010, bringing the optical trackpad found on the new Bold to the smaller device.
Like the original Pearl, the 9100 has two letters per button to allow for a slimmer body. This model comes with a 3.2-megapixel camera and microSD expandable memory from 2GB up to 32GB.

The first BlackBerry Torch was launched in 2010 with model number 9800 (pictured). It features a large touchscreen with a 480 x 640 resolution and 250ppi pixel density that slides up to reveal the full QWERTY keyboard.
There’s a 5-megapixel camera on board, along with an optical trackpad. Torch received several updates in 2011, with the 9810, 9850, and 9860est blackberry phones that changed the world image 26BlackBerryThe BlackBerry Classic followed the Passport in December 2014, bringing back a similar design to the Bold, which was one everyone knew and loved. The Classic had a 3.5-inch display with a 720 x 720 pixel resolution and offered an 8-megapixel camera with a 2-megapixel front camera.


There was 2GB of RAM on board, as well as a 1.5GHz processor, but the main thing about this device, other than the physical QWERTY keyboard, was that it allowed users to download Android apps as well as BlackBerry apps.
BlackBerry Leapthe history of blackberry the best blackberry phones that changed the world image 27BlackBerryFour months after the BlackBerry Classic arrived, came the full touchscreen BlackBerry Leap, moving away from the physical QWERTY keyboard. The Leap was the product of a new production agreement with Foxconn, seeing a cheaper touch device produced.


The Leap had a 5-inch display offering a 1280 x 720 pixel resolution, an 8-megapixel rear camera, 2-megapixel front camera and a 1.5GHz processor with 2GB of RAM. It came in black and white and it was the last BB10 device ever.


BlackBerry Privthe history of blackberry the best blackberry phones that changed the world image 28Carphone WarehousePriv was the moment it all changed for BlackBerry. It was the first Android device built by BlackBerry, and marked the beginning of the end for its own mobile platform.


It featured the full QWERTY keyboard hidden beneath a slide up display, along with an 18-megapixel camera, Quad HD display and the Qualcomm Snapdragon 808 processor.
As an Android device the Priv was packed with innovation.

The format was perhaps a little large, offering that sliding action, but the Priv was a good handset.
BlackBerry KeyOneThe History Of Blackberry The Best Blackberry Phones That Changed The World image 29BlackBerry MobileHaving decided it couldn’t afford to keep its hardware division running, BlackBerry turned over its license to TCL, the same company that had reasonable success in reinvigorating the Alcatel brand. Its first phone, the KeyOne was a knockout for traditional BlackBerry fans.


It still ran Android, but – unlike the Priv – featured a non-sliding keyboard directly beneath the display. Its combination of rounded metal, and soft-touch grippy rear texture made it a joy to use, and its unconventional 3:2 4.5- inch screen was surprisingly sharp and clean.


Featuring a 3,500mAh battery and a Snapdragon 625 processor, it could almost go two days between charges, and accomplished most tasks with little effort or delay.
BlackBerry Key2The History Of Blackberry The Best Blackberry Phones That Changed The World image 30BlackBerry MobileThe follow up to the KeyOne was the last flagship – the Key2, and the aim here was to slim down the offering, making it more premium in looks, more durable and lighter. The keyboard was madeably noticeably bigger too, ensuring it was even easier to type on.


It kept the same 1080 x 1620 resolution 3:2 display, but bumped the processor power up to the Snapdragon 660 chip, with 6GB RAM and a long-lasting 3,500mAh blackberry Cell Phone batteries
Its dual 12-megapixel camera system on the back was new too, as was the rubberised, grippy finish. Its square edges made it not quite as pleasant to hold as the rounded KeyOne, but the right improvements were made elsewhere.


BlackBerry 5G – the phone that got awaythe history of blackberry the best blackberry phones that changed the world photo 31Pocket-lint

In 2020, OnwardMobility won the license to produce the first 5G BlackBerry phone. It was expected to be an Android-powered smartphone and was originally planned to be released in 2021 but – after many a delay – OnwardMobility closed down, extinguishing any hope of a BlackBerry revival.

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>blackberry Cell Phone batteries
>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>BlackBerry 8310 8700 8520 8320 9300 7130 Long Life Battery Replacement

BlackBerry Motion review: It’s all about the battery life

Back in the day, when BlackBerry was the premier smartphone manufacturer, you could count on its devices to have two features: a physical keyboard and long BlackBerry smartphone battery life. A lot has changed since then, but BlackBerry Motion still retains part of its legacy . It may lack a classic keyboard, but it makes up for it with one of the largest smartphone batteries I’ve used all year.

This should make some die-hard fans happy, right? We’re not sure when (or if) the Motion will come to the US, but that’s okay: it’s a decent phone, but it’s overpriced. Unlike the last two all-touch BlackBerrys, the Motion is more than just a clone of an existing device. In fact, I think the Motion is the best touchscreen BlackBerry in years. BlackBerry phones have always been conservative, but the Motion’s body is a beautiful mix of glass, aluminum and soft-touch plastic that looks like carbon fiber. To give the Motion some extra character, BlackBerry Mobile rounded the top edge of the phone while keeping the bottom edge flat. It’s a neat touch, but hard to appreciate unless you look closely. Still, the fact that BlackBerry Mobile is trying to give a glass and metal slab any personality is a welcome change of pace .


The phone looks better than it feels, though. It’s much taller than the BlackBerry KEYone, so people with smaller hands will have to jiggle the smartphone to reach the top of the screen. Meanwhile, the Motion’s flat sides give it a boxy, utilitarian feel Then again, if ever there was a phone that could escape the utilitarian feel, it’s the BlackBerry. What’s more, the Motion is rated IP67 for water and dust resistance. Try implementing this on a phone with a physical keyboard.


When I reviewed the BlackBerry KEYone earlier this year, I said it was a bit strange to test a phone with such a narrow screen after being spoiled by devices like the Galaxy S8 and LG G6. Still, even with its longer, more traditional display, the Motion still feels a little dated compared to other recent phones. It doesn’t help that there’s a lot of space below the 5.5-inch screen. This is where the capacitive navigation keys and physical home button are located. There’s also a fingerprint sensor stuck in there, and while it

works quickly most of the time, it often gets wonky when my thumbs get a little sweaty.
Honestly, there’s not much to say about the Motion’s 5.5-inch LCD screen. It runs at 1080p, as you’d expect from a phone in this price range, and looks generally nice. Colors are pleasant, if not exciting, and viewing angles are pretty good; you have to look from a pretty extreme angle to see the color distortion. The Motion’s screen lacks the vibrant tones and deep blacks of AMOLED panels like the one on the DTEK60, but I’m not sure anyone expected otherwise. All in all, this is a very functional monitor and nothing more. Still, for a brand whose core mission is to improve productivity, that’s not necessarily a deal-breaker.

Despite some attractive new designs, things inside are essentially the same as in the KEYone. BlackBerry Mobile has once again opted to use a Qualcomm Snapdragon 625 chipset, Adreno 506 GPU and a relatively paltry 32GB of storage. (Thankfully, you can pop a microSD card into the SIM tray and enjoy your movies and photos.) The Motion comes with 4GB of memory, compared to the KEYone’s 3GB, but the biggest deviation from the KEYone formula is the Motion’s 4,000mAh battery . This is one of the biggest tests we ‘ve tested this year, and it’s clearly a throwback to the days when BlackBerry was the king of BlackBerry Mobile  batterylife.
BlackBerry has never really been interested in a specs war with the rest of the industry. In fact, Motion is not a flagship product designed to bring power users together under the BlackBerry umbrella. With its Snapdragon 625 chipset and 4GB of RAM, the Motion is definitely mid-range, but that doesn’t mean it’s not for me. There’s enough horsepower here to let me switch between Slack, Spotify, Gmail, and Trello with ease. All in all, I rarely notice hiccups in my daily life. Productivity is a priority for BlackBerry, a

nd Motion seems adequate for the tasks most people might need to complete in a day. What’s more, it’s clear that the Motion was designed with longevity in mind.

Qualcomm’s power-hungry chipset and 1080p display pair perfectly with the massive 4,000mAh Motion battery inside, so the Motion can typically last a full two days before needing to be recharged. To be clear, I spent two full days checking email like a maniac, frantically Googling and browsing YouTube videos. On a quiet weekend, I was able to stretch the Motion’s battery life to nearly two and a half days before plugging it in again. Not bad at all.


No US carriers have committed to selling the BlackBerry Motion, and as far as we know, it may never be sold unlocked in the US. It costs $600 CAD (about $470 USD) in Canada, and the only way you can buy it is likely to be from an online retailer in another country. While I know this isn’t a big deal to some BlackBerry die-hards, it’s worth taking a deep breath and exploring other options. After all, the Motion has the clear edge in terms of security, but there are sleeker, more capable options for about the same price.


Consider the OnePlus 5T. It was designed to replace phones that were only a few months old, offering flagship-level performance and an extra-long AMOLED screen for $499. That big buck also gets you one of Qualcomm’s top-tier Snapdragon 835 chipsets, 6GB of RAM, and 64GB of storage, all of which help the 5T eclipse the Motion in terms of sheer performance. You’ll have to use a smaller battery, though, and recent concerns about security breaches may mean a OnePlus is out of the question for some BlackBerry fans.


In that case, there are devices like the $499 Essential PH-1 . It may not have the best camera I’ve tested this year, but it’s certainly one of the most perfectly

made blackberry model Cell Phone batteries‘ve ever used — considering founder Andy Rubin’s embrace of Apple’s approach to premium design , which is not surprising. The Essential uses the same Snapdragon 835 chipset as the OnePlus 5T, but it comes with a generous 128GB of storage and one of the cleanest versions of Android you’ll find. Who could forget its design? 

The BlackBerry Motion is a solid follow-up to a phone that I liked more than I expected, and overall it got more things right than wrong. More importantly, I get the impression that the folks at BlackBerry Mobile/TCL are focusing on what really matters to their core fans. That being said, it’s hard to

recommend BlackBerry Motion to anyone who hasn’t sworn allegiance to the brand. It’s just a niche device, and considering how fierce the competition is, you won’t get enough for the money you spend. Unless you’re absolutely obsessed with security or want to spend money to keep your beloved phone brand alive, the BlackBerry Motion is ultimately a good phone but also a terrible deal.



>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>3.7V 1450mAh Blackberry JS1 Long Life Battery Replacement

Samsung Galaxy Watch: Battery life and capacity – how big is the battery?

Samsung has launched a new smartwatch, the Galaxy Watch, designed to replace its predecessor (the Gear S3). Anyone who owns a smartwatch like this wants to use it all day long. We clarify the battery life of the Samsung Galaxy Watch and what its battery capacity is.

Most traditional watches have a long lifespan, so you don’t have to worry about charge levels every day. Some are even “self-winding” by movement of the wrist (automatic watches). Things look a little different with smartwatches. They usually only last 1 to 2 days. Samsung Galaxy Watch: Battery Capacity – Here’s How to CompareSamsung Galaxy Watch Batteries  Size

Samsung Galaxy Watch battery capacity varies by model. The 46mm version has a larger battery than the slightly smaller 42mm version. You can see exactly what the Galaxy Watch’s battery capacity is and how it compares to its predecessor in the table below.


Galaxy Watch:Galaxy Watch battery size comparison at a glance: As shown in the table, the Galaxy Watch 46mm model has the largest Galaxy Watch battery at 472 mAh, followed by the Gear S3 at 380 mAh and the Gear Sport at 300 mAh. The smaller version of Samsung’s new watch has a battery capacity of just 270mAh.


Samsung Galaxy Watch: Battery Life – How long does the battery last?
If you look at the manufacturer’s information, you might think that the watch will last for a few days without any problems. Samsung officials stated that the Galaxy Watch Small (42mm) will experienceGalaxy Watch has a battery life of up to 120 hours. The larger version (46mm) reaches 168 hours. However, these times may only be possible if you don’t actually use the smartwatch and are just checking the time and incoming messages. With “typical use,” you should get 80 or 45 hours, depending on the model. This information provided by the manufacturer is generally intended to provide guidance to the average user, but is often generous. In daily life, the b Galaxy Watch battery life of the Samsung Galaxy Watch may be short.


Note that battery life depends heavily on the features used. For example, if you want to continuously see and hear the time, the display’s “always-on” feature and simulated ticking sound consume additional power. Your Watch battery will reach its limit faster if you frequently use GPS or listen to music directly from the watch’s local memory. Calls made via the LTE version also have reduced uptime. For example, Samsung only specifies a maximum time of 9 hours for playing music directly from the Galaxy Watch.
So be careful, expect less than 2 days for the 42mm model and less than 3 days for the 46mm model.
How does your smartwatch perform?

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>3.88V 350mAh Samsung EB-BR890ABY Long Life Battery Replacement

4 Tips to Increase Your Laptop Battery Life

Follow these tips to maximize your laptop’s battery life and ensure it lasts while you’re at work or school.
Protect your battery with PC ManagerComputer Manager provides three modes to balance PC battery PC battery life and health in different scenarios. By controlling the level at which charging starts and stops, the number and length of charging cycles is reduced, effectively extending the life of the battery.
Family Mode 1Choose this mode when you need to charge your laptop continuously. In this mode, charging starts when the battery level drops below 40% and stops when it reaches 70%.
Office mode 2This mode is for you when you need to unplug the power adapter at any time. In this mode, charging starts when the Laptop Batteries is below 70% and stops when it reaches 90%.
Travel mode 3Use this mode when you don’t have the power adapter at hand for a long time. In this mode, charging starts when the battery is below 95% and stops when it reaches 100%.

How to enable different modes in PC Manager?
1. Open Computer Manager, click in the upper right corner, and then click Settings.

Click the arrow to check next step
Customize your power planYou can reduce power consumption by selecting sleep and display settings.
How to enable this feature?
Click the Windows icon > Settings icon > System > Power & sleep > Additional power settings > Change plan settings. Here, you can select sleep and display settings to manage how your computer uses power.

Click the arrow to check next step
Optimize other settingsAdjust brightness 1Dim the screen to save battery in dark environments.
Turn off Wi-Fi2Disconnect Wi-Fi when not in use as it continues to consumeLaptop Batteriesas long as it is connected.
Close application 3Remember to close apps when you are not using them. Background apps and processes can drain your battery significantly.
Keep your laptop powered on while charging other devicesWhen other devices are connected to your laptop via USB, make sure they are plugged in and powered on, otherwise the battery will drain unusually quickly.

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>11.4V 3500mAh Dell YKG3C Long Life Battery Replacement

Huawei MateBook D 14: Elegant 14-inch laptop with a very good battery life

Huawei’s 14-inch laptop features Tiger Lake processors, an elegant metal casing , low noise and long  Huawei’s 14-inch laptop battery life. At the time of our testing, the entire set cost about €600 (about $652). The current iteration of the Huawei MateBook D 14 is an elegant 14-inch office laptop from the 2021 model year, currently priced from €600 (approximately $652). Huawei uses a metal casing and the color is matte gray (space gray).


The laptop is powered by a Core i5-1135G7 Tiger Lake processor, which provides adequate performance for office and internet applications. It also allows you to play computer games as long as they have moderate hardware requirements. The CPU is equipped with 8 GB of working memory (LPDDR4X-4266, dual-channel mode). Since the memory is soldered, it cannot be expanded or replaced.


512GB of storage should be enough for the MateBook D 14’s target usage. If the built-in PCIe 3 SSD (M.2-2280) storage space is insufficient, you can also replace it scenarios with a higher SSD. capacity model. Huawei laptops do not offer any additional drive space.
TheHuawei laptop’s batterypower (56 Wh) is enough to support nearly 12.5 hours of WLAN runtime, making it a great value. The laptop can be charged using a 65W USB-C charger. Unfortunately, the laptop’s USB-C port only supports the USB 3.2 Gen 1 standard. The matte 14-inch display (FHD, IPS) offers good contrast and good color reproduction, but only lower color space coverage and lower brightness.

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>Huawei MateBook D 14 Long Life Battery Replacement

How to quickly check your MacOS Magic Keyboard and Mouse battery level

If you own an iMac and always wonder how much battery life you have left on your keyboard battery and mouse, stop guessing! Here are simple ways to fix this problem. I would often go to unlock my iMac only to find that my mouse or keyboard were unresponsive. Sometimes I’ll click or type until the machine finally wakes up. However, sometimes clicking and typing has no effect.
What gives?


Plus: How to group apps together in MacOS Launchpad (and why you should)
As you know, both the Magic Keyboard and Mouse rely on internal batteries to run, but neither device provides any indication of how much power is left. For a long time, this was all speculation to me. I just assumed that, after a few weeks, they would need to be recharged.
This isn’t an efficient way to keep your battery charged or long-lasting. Unfortunately, MacOS doesn’t have a built-in keyboard battery indicator for keyboard or mouse. You can always open Control Center, go to Bluetooth, and check the status of your keyboard and mouse batteries. Fortunately, there are better ways to do this. Yes, you still need to do this via Bluetooth, but with simple configuration you can bypass the system settings tool and quickly access information from the menu bar.
Let me tell you how.


How to check the battery level of your Magic Keyboard and Mouse

What you’ll need: To do this, you’ll need a MacOS device that uses a Magic Keyboard or mouse. One thing to keep in mind is that when MacOS was upgraded to Sonoma, this option was moved from its original location. Since all my devices have been upgraded to the latest version of MacOS, I’ll be using Sonoma for the demonstration. If you’re using an older version of MacOS, you can find this option directly in System Settings > Bluetooth. For Sonoma, that option no longer exists.


1. Open system settingsThe first thing to do is to open System Settings, which can be done from the Apple menu or Launchpad. Plus: The best and latest Macs compared
2. Open the Control CenterIn the left navigation of System Settings, click Control Center.


3. Enable Bluetooth in the menu barNear the top of the window, you’ll see a Bluetooth list. By default, the associated drop-down list will be set to “Don’t show in menu bar.” Click the drop-down menu and change it to “Show in menu bar.” You can then turn off system settings.
MacOS Sonoma Control Center entry in System Settings. 4.

Check keyboard  battery statusYou should now see a Bluetooth icon in your menu bar. Clicking the icon will display a drop-down menu listing your keyboard and mouse, each with an associated battery percentage. If either device is low on battery, plug it in and charge it. When one of these devices is plugged in, you’ll notice it appears gray. Note that if you click mouse or keyboard input it will disable it, so I would avoid doing this.
This is the easiest way to monitor your apple keyboard battery and/or mouse battery life on MacOS Sonoma. If you often find yourself guessing how much battery power your keyboard has left, this is a great way to alleviate that guesswork.

3.76V 793mAh Apple A1645 Long Life Battery Replacement
793mAh 3.76V for Apple Magic Trackpad 2 Keyboard Control,Apple A1645 Li-ion battery is a new brand and it is compatible with 100% original and replacement battery. Wholesale and retail of Apple A1645 battery is of high quality and low price!

Jeff Bezos Is Betting This AI Startup Will Dethrone Google in Search

Google has been the dominant search engine since the early 2000s, but Jeff Bezos is betting that AI will change the way people find information on the internet. Bezos invested millions in Perplexity AI last week, a startup that hopes to revolutionize search with AI-generated answers and make Google a thing of the past.


“Google is going to be viewed as something that’s legacy and old,” said Perplexity’s founder Aravind Srinivas to Reuters last week. “If you can directly answer somebody’s question, nobody needs those 10 blue links.”Perplexity AI is like ChatGPT had a baby with Google Search, and Jeff Bezos is paying for its college fund. Srinivas’ company approaches search differently from Google. Instead of a list of blue links, Perplexity answers your question in a straightforward paragraph answer, generated by AI, and includes hyperlinks to the websites it got the information from. Perplexity runs on leading large language models from OpenAI and Anthropic, but the company claims it’s better at delivering up-to-date, accurate information than ChatGPT or Claude.


Srinivas’ company has received more financial backing than any search startup in recent years, according to the Wall Street Journal. Search is a tough field that Google has had a chokehold on for the last two decades. However, several notable tech innovators invested in Perplexity , including Jeff Bezos and Nvidia in a $76 million funding round last week. Meta’s Chief Scientist Yann LeCun and OpenAI’s Andrej Karpathy invested in Perplexity earlier on.


Even Google itself believes AI-generated answers will be the future of search. The company launched Search Generative Experience (SGE) last summer, which will write out a quick answer summarizing top results in Google Search. However, Google hidden it away in “Search Labs,” a standalone app. Once Google puts this feature in Google Search, its crown jewel, then we’ll know it’s fully committed to AI as the future of search.


Perplexity overtaking Google is a long shot, but the vote of confidence from Amazon’s founder is aa plus. Roughly 10 million people use Perplexity AI to browse the internet every month, and it’s one of the first AI platforms to reach such a large audience. currently free to use, with a paid subscription tier for $20 a month. Srinivas says our culture stands “at the inflection point of a behavioral shift in how people access information online.” Perplexity massive’s service produces great results, but it has a tough road ahead to unseat Google.

Shop Laptop Batteries ,Laptop AC Adapters, Notebook Batteries and Notebook Chargers from HP, Lenovo, DELL, Panasonic Asus and more! Batteryforpc.co.uk offers the best prices, shipping & top-rated customer service! Order today!”

Asus Vivobook S 14 Flip review | A stylish value-for-money 2-in-1 laptop

With good performance, solid build, and a stunning display, the Asus Vivobook S 14 Flip is one of the best value devices in its classAsus has become a brand that offers good specifications, excellent build quality at competitive prices. The brand has always offered laptops in clamshell and 2-in-1 designs that appeal and easily satisfy the needs of users.

Asus has become a brand that offers good specifications, excellent build quality at competitive prices. The brand has always offered laptops in clamshell and 2-in-1 designs that appeal and easily satisfy the needs of users.

We received the Asus Vivobook S 14 Flip 2-in-1 laptop with a 6-core AMD Ryzen 5 7530U CPU clocked at 4.3 GHz. The device we received was in Serenity Blue. We tested it to see if it worked as expected, and here’s what we found.
in the boxThe box contains the device, 45-watt power cord and related documentation. Also included in the box is the Asus Pen 2.0 stylus, which comes with four different tips that offer a similar texture to the HB and B pencils.
designAlso read
ASUS Vivobook 15 review | Great display and keyboard, improved audio qualityThe ASUS Vivobook S 14 Flip has an all-aluminum body and a sleek look – the quiet blue color looks particularly attractive. The Vivibook logo badge on the lid is eye-catching and gives the device a unique look. The phone’s screen-to- body ratio is as high as 85%, giving it a high-end feel. Overall, the build quality of the phone is good, and the 18mm thickness feels heavy in the hand. However, the 14-inch all-metal body weighs 1.5 kg and feels heavy when used in tablet mode.


The laptop comes with two USB 3.2 Gen2 Type-C ports and 2 USB 3.2 Gen2 ports, one on each side. The charging port, HDMI 2.0 port, and 3.5mm combo audio jack are on the right side. The ports are conveniently placed and we had no issues using them.
The Full HD 3DNR webcam comes with a privacy shutter that’s located in the top bezel so it doesn’t intrude on the screen. The screen itself feels compact and flush with the body. Exclusive to the 16GB version, the fingerprint sensor is located within the power button for easy access. It was pretty accurate – it only took a few attempts to unlock the device when we tried the sensor with dirty fingers, but it was enough to unlock it with the face sensor.


Stereo speakers are placed at either end of the bottom panel.
exhibitVivobook S 14 Flip features a 14-inch WUXGA 1920X1200 IPS touchscreen with Corning Gorilla Glass. The 16:10 aspect ratio and narrow bezels are highly recommended on a device with a screen-to-body ratio of 85%. Peak brightness is 300 nits , and we had no issues using it. The device is used for transmitting content, reading or lighting design work in a bright room. In outdoor settings, though, the 300 nits of brightness really makes itself felt. But although it’s not very good, it’s still usable.
Overall, we had no issues and enjoyed using the device for content viewing, day-to-day work, and light gaming.


The touch screen functions well too and is very responsive when used with your fingers. However, the performance of the pressure-sensitive stylus was less than impressive. We had to constantly check the angle at which the stylus was touching the screen to make sure it was accurate. This seems to be more of an issue with the stylus than the display, which we love so much, though.


PerformanceAs we mentioned, the Vivibook 14 S Flip comes with an AMD Ryzen 5 7530U CPU. The CPU is 6-core, clocked at 4.3 GHz and supports 16GB RAM DDR4 RAM and 512GB PCLe Gen 3 SSD. The laptop also comes with AMD Radeon graphics The machine is more than adequate for daily use, and we didn’t experience any lag or performance degrada  easily charge from 0 to 80% in two hours, despite constant use.
The device comes with WiFi 6E and Bluetooth 5.0 for connectivity. Internet connectivity speeds are good, and the Bluetooth was easily able to pick up devices for connection.
VerdictThe Asus Vivobook 14 S Flip, with its good specifications, great build quality and performance ticks all the right boxes for a convertible device in its segment. Though it does suffer from some of the usual Asus shortcomings like weak speaker and stylus performance, we did not feel like these were deal breakers.


tion even after extended use. The noise from the internal fans is also muted, and you can only hear them when pushing the system hard. Even so, they sound more like a background hum than the fans on other convertible laptops we’ve tested. The backlit keyboard is also up to par. We found that the keys with 1.4mm travel and 19mm pitch provide good feedback and good spacing. 129X73mm touchpad is responsive and easy to use. We wish there was more feedback from the buttons on the lower end of the touchpad, but the experience is still good.


The Full HD camera is also great for video calls and meetings. However, the speaker performance isn’t great. We found ourselves needing headphones to use content on our laptop with the window air conditioner on.


Batteries and connectionsThe battery capacity of the Vivobook 14 S Flip is 50Wh, which is enough to support 5 to 6 hours of content usage, multiple browser tabs, and simultaneous video playback. The charging speed is also good and the device can  easily charge from 0 to 80 % in two hours, despite constant use.
The device comes with WiFi 6E and Bluetooth 5.0 for connectivity. Internet connectivity speeds are good, and the Bluetooth was easily able to pick up devices for connection.


VerdictThe Asus Vivobook 14 S Flip, with its good specifications, great build quality and performance ticks all the right boxes for a convertible device in its segment. Though it does suffer from some of the usual Asus shortcomings like weak speaker and stylus performance, we did not feel like these were deal breakers.

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>Asus Laptop Battery

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>11.6V 6072mAh Asus C31N2105 Long Life Battery Replacement

Galaxy Watch 4 battery life could blow every other Wear OS watch out of the water

The Samsung Galaxy Watch 4 could have impressive battery life.The smartwatch is said to feature roughly the same battery capacity as its predecessor.Samsung is set to launch the Galaxy Watch 4 at its upcoming Galaxy Unpacked event.Samsung’s Galaxy Unpacked is just over a week away, and we continue to gain more information about its upcoming devices. The latest tidbit claims that the Galaxy Watch 4 will feature fairly impressive  Galaxy Watch 4 battery life, clocking in at up to a week.


Shortly after live images of the Galaxy Watch 4 Classic were leaked online, WinFuture provided a rundown of specifications that are expected for the upcoming smartwatch, saying that the  Galaxy Watch 4 battery life “is indicated by various sources with up to seven days” (via translation).


It sounds like an impressive feat for a Wear OS device and could easily rival some of the best Android smartwatches like the Mobvoi TicWatch Pro 3 GPS, which can get roughly three to four days of use in “Smart Mode.” That said, it’s unclear whether the Galaxy Watch 4 will need to be put in a low or mixed  Smartwatches battery mode to reach this seven-day figure. Smartwatches like the Fossil Gen 5 come equipped with a few battery modes to help prolong battery life, although the barebones time- only mode can only last “over a week.” Meanwhile, the TicWatch Pro 3 GPS can get up to 45 days in its time-only essential mode.

If the Galaxy Watch 4 can seven days of use while obtaining in full smartwatch mode or some mixed battery mode, that would be quite impressive as far as Wear OS is concerned. The new upgrade is said to provide a boost in performance andGalaxy Watch 4 battery life, so it seems possible, especially with rumors pointing to a 5nm Exynos chipset powering the watch.


Other alleged specs for the watch include 1.5GB of RAM and 16GB of storage, IP68 and MIL-STD-810G certification, 5ATM water resistance, Bluetooth 5, and optional LTE connectivity. It’s also said to have all the typical smartwatch sensors, along with some not-so-typical sensors.


The Galaxy Watch 4 will reportedly come in two variants, with a standard and Classic version in 40/44mm and 42/46mm sizes, respectively. Smaller models will feature a 1.19-inch AMOLED display, while larger models will come with a 1.36-inch AMOLED display, with both versions covered in Corning Gorilla Glass DX.
While nothing is confirmed yet, we don’t have much longer before Samsung unveils the next flagship Wear OS smartwatches.

Online shopping for samsung Other batteries is security. Get 30% off buy samsung Other battery.All samsung model batteries are brand new,1 year Warranty, Secure Online Ordering Guaranteed!

Redmi Note 13 series battery capacity leaked, starting from 5000mAh, equipped with 67W and 120W fast charging

3.87V 5160mAh Replacement Smartphone Battery for Xiaomi BM5H Xiaomi Redmi Note 13 series mobile phones will be soon. According to blogger @digitalchatstation, the battery and charging parameters of this series of mobile phones have been made public. Among them, two low-end models support 67W fast charging and have a Xiaomi Smartphone Battery   capacity of 5120mAh, and one high-end model supports 120W fast charging and has a battery capacity of

5000mAh. In addition, all three versions have registered 1.5K eye-protection screens and 200-megapixel lenses, equipped with 1/1.4-inch HPX CMOS. According to foreign media xiaomiui, the Redmi Note 13 series models will launch with Redmi Note 13 4G/4G NFC, Redmi Note 13 5G, Redmi Note 13 Pro 5G/Pro+ 5G,

Redmi Note 13 Turbo and other versions with different specifications Overall, this series of mobile phones is divided into four series: Redmi Note 13, Redmi Note 13 Pro, Redmi Note 13 Pro+, and Redmi Note 13 Turbo. Redmi Note 13 is also divided into different versions such as 4G/4G NFC/ 5G It is expected that the 4G/4G NFC version will be launched in Turkey, Indonesia, Europe and other places, and will not land in the Indian market. A strong focus is expected to be on camera features.


Redmi Note 13 is internally codenamed “Gold” and model number is N17. The machine is equipped with a MediaTek processor, and three different versions of 50 million pixels, 64 million pixels and 108 million pixels were found in Xiaomi’s official code. One of the models is codenamed “goldp,” where the “p” is supposed to represent that it will be released under the POCO brand. Although there is no accurate news yet, it is speculated that the European version will use a 64-megapixel main lens.


The internal code name of Redmi Note 13 Pro 5G/Pro+ 5G is “zircon” and the model number is N16U. According to Kacper Skrzypek, the smartphone will feature a high-quality camera with a 200-megapixel Samsung ISOCELL HP3 sensor. The machine will also be equipped with an 8-megapixel ultra-wide-angle and a 2-megapixel macro lens, and will use a MediaTek processor, but the specific model is still uncertain.
The internal codename of the Redmi Note 13 Turbo is “Garnet”. The specific model is not yet known, but it is expected to use the same 200-megapixel main lens as the Redmi Note 13 Pro 5G, but will use a Qualcomm processor.


Generally speaking, the specifications of the Redmi Note 13 series mobile phones are very powerful, especially the high-end models support 120W fast charging, allowing users to charge faster. In addition, the registered eye-protecting screen and high-pixel lens also provide users with a better user

experience. This series of mobile phones is expected to be launched in the near future, let us wait and see.

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>> >>>>Xiaomi MI Redmi 2 2A Redmi 1S Long Life Battery Replacement>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>> Cell phone batteries

Best Power Banks & Chargers for Mac & iPad Pro

Although Apple products have made significant improvements in battery life, they still haven’t quite reached the level of all-day, non-stop use. With the iPad Pro and Mac lines moving charging connectors to USB-C, the old USB charging modules are no longer enough. This article introduces three power-related products to help you decide which one is best for your style of mobile computing work and entertainment. Eggtronic Laptop Power Bank ($69.99)

This QuickCharge 3.0-enabled USB-C, USB-A, and USB-A is billed as a Apple Laptop Adapter power bank that also doubles as a phone and tablet charger. This power bank’s 20,000mAh battery delivers 63 watts of power, making it perfect for travelers, campers and anyone who needs on-demand charging. Three ports can charge connected devices simultaneously, making it very convenient to carry a power bank when you travel. The digital readout showing battery charge percentage is nice, especially since I find the bar- based battery indicator doesn’t accurately tell me how much charge is left. The power bank is also stylish and isn’t much bigger than the iPhone Max Pro 12, but it’s heavier and thicker.

Luckily, it has a nice canvas top and bottom , with a rubber edge wrapped around the center for grip stability and drop protection. In addition to lacking a base capable of wireless charging, this power bank also does not come with a charger. You’ll need a decent USB-C charger (one that delivers at least 30 watts of power) to charge the battery in an acceptable amount of time. If you already use a USB-C MacBook or modern PC laptop that comes bundled with a USB-C charger, you can use it to charge this power bank. But it would be more convenient to include a built-in charger (or at least include one in the box) to complete the package.


advantageMulti-charge power bank with USB-C, USB-A QuickCharge and standard USB supportAttractive, stylish footprint and accurate battery charge percentage indicatorPowerful battery specifications for mobile device chargingshortcomingNo built-in wireless chargerThere is no USB-C charger power adapter to charge the battery included in the packagefinal verdict


For users who like a beautiful, high-quality portable power bank that can charge laptops, tablets and phones multiple times at the same time, the Eggronic is a mobile power bank that can easily fit into your gadget or laptop bag and keep you charged. Power users. Billed as the world’s smallest 240W power bank, the Intelli ScoutPro packs a lot ofbattery power into its portable case. While small compared to other chargers in this wattage, the ScoutPro is heavier and larger than other 20,000mAh power banks, similar to the size and weight of a drinking bottle. It features two USB-C and one USB-A QuickCharge 3.0 ports, and a rubber-topped wireless charging coil that can charge both your iPhone and Apple

Watch. All of these connections can be used to maximize the efficiency of your multi-device charging. The USB-C port delivers up to 100 watts of output, capable of charging even the most power-hungry USB-C  Laptop Adapter. The ScoutPro launched successfully on Kickstarter for $159 and is expected to retail for $349. The retail price is steep for what you get, but the price will likely be discounted once it becomes available outside of Kickstarter backers later this year.


Intelli ScoutPro Power Bank Wireless ChargingOne criticism is that the ScoutPro uses personally a bar graph, which I hate, to display battery charge status, rather than an actual digital display like the Eggtronic power bank. The bar indicator is large, well-lit, and easy to spot due to the size of the ScoutPro, but it still leaves me in the dark as to how many last bars I have left before the remaining charge is depleted? Maybe Intelli can add a digital readout to the second generation power bank to show how much power is left Like the Eggronic, the Intelli ScoutPro doesn’t include a USB-C power adapter in the package for charging the power bank.


HyperJuice 66W GaN USB-C Charger ($59.99)So what do you do when you banks have these high-capacity power but lack a heavy-duty power adapter to charge them? You can use the product that came with your laptop or tablet, or buy one that can handle the load. Fortunately, the HyperJuice 66W Charger is one such power adapter that works with modern USB-C and USB-A QuickCharge.

HyperJuice Charger AdapterThis very cool power adapter is almost the same size as theApple iPad power adapter, but it delivers up to 66W of power delivered by two built-in USB-C and one USB-A QuickCharge ports. HyperJuice’s compact size allows it to be easily included in power banks and any other USB-C and USB-A based devices. I really like the portability and power of this 3-port gem for delivering the goods efficiently.
advantage
Extra large 66W power adapter shippedApproximately the same size as standardrd ipad power adapterConsCons? What cons?


Final VerdictThis was one of those products that I didn’t know I needed until I had it. The HyperJuice charger is now my USB-C/USB-A charger of choice, ready to power and recharge everything from power banks and laptops to tablets and legacy USB-A devices. It’s a keeper for sure.

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>Apple A1993 laptop Adapter for Apple Mac Mini A1993

Samsung answers burning Note 7 questions, vows better batteries

In a press release on Sunday, Samsung said two separate battery defects caused original batches of Galaxy Note 7 phones and replacement phones to overheat.
The first battery allegedly had a design flaw. Justin Denison, Samsung’s head of product strategy and marketing, said the Samsung Smartphone Battery casing was too small for the components inside, causing the battery to short out and catch fire. The second battery came from another supplier and did not have the same defect. The US branch said in an interview before the press conference. However, he said that in the rush to produce enough batteries for replacement units, suppliers introduced manufacturing defects that led to the same result.

The explanation clears up the mystery behind the Note 7 explosion, but also raises new challenges for the embattled company: after a disastrous few months that included two recalls and the decision to discontinue the popular model, mobile phone with good reviews) and regain your trust Sunday’s press conference marked the beginning of Samsung’s campaign to rebuild the company’s credibility, which includes an upcoming flagship Galaxy S8 phone and another Note later this year.
“This is a painful crisis for me,” DJ Gao, head of Samsung’s mobile business, said in an interview before the news conference. He called it the worst period in his 33 years at the company.
Not one but two batteries from different suppliers failed for different reasons, a strange coincidence that may surprise and dismay those looking for a single, clean explanation. On Sunday, Koh and three independent testing companies – UL, Exponent and TUV Rheinland – came to much the same conclusion as Samsung – that it was the battery that caused the Samsung phone’s Note 7’s battery problems, not the phone’s design or Samsung’s manufacturing process.


“The [Samsung-designed] electronics did not cause [battery] cell failures from either manufacturer,” Exponent chief scientist Kevin White said in a news release on Sunday.
While the Note isn’t Samsung’s best-selling line of phones, it’s an important device for the company. It’s one of two major flagships launched each year, notably the Note 7, which aims to compete with Apple’s iPhone 7 Plus, which launches in September. Samsung says its most loyal customer base across all its products is those who have purchased Note models. Just look at the thousands of Note 7 owners still on Verizon — the carrier is directing calls to its customer service department to have them hand over their phones.
Samsung expects the Note 7 incident to result in the recall of 3 million phones, costing the company more than $5 billion. That doesn’t include the blow to its reputation, which could take months or even years to repair.


You can also take a lookEverything you need to know about the Galaxy Note 7 recallSamsung kicks off CES event with Note 7Verizon may have “thousands” of Note 7 phones still in useSamsung’s biggest task this year will be to regain consumers’ trust and show customers and potential customers that its devices are safe and that the company won’t make the same mistakes again. Samsung hopes the transparency marks a good first step, its executives told CNET in interviews.
“If a company does it right, it takes an average of 18 months to turn around a reputation,” said Thomas Cook, a professor at Georgetown University’s McDonough School of Business. “Samsung is on the road to recovery. I think it can be Done.So, what exactly happened?Soon after the Note 7 went on sale in mid-August, users reporting overheating issues. Samsung initially linked the problem to a defective battery and recalled all Note 7  battery phones on the market., this did not solve the problem and the replacement unit also overheated. Samsung issued a rare second recall in October and stopped production of the Note 7. The focus then turns to identifying the problem.


Samsung has devoted significant manpower to responding to the Note 7 investigation, among other challenges. It has established a testing facility in each of the four locations where its phones are produced: Gumi, South Korea; Hanoi, Vietnam; and Huizhou and Tianjin, China In total, these sites tested more than 200,000 Note 7 devices with batteries and more than 30,000 batteries. Samsung’s mobile division has more than 700 engineers dedicated to the testing process. (Samsung has more than 70,000 engineers across the company, but they’re spread across various divisions.)
Engineers studied software, hardware, manufacturing processes, quality and assurance testing, and supply chains. They looked at issues such as whether iris scanners or software algorithms were causing overheating, or whether fast charging of the device could be causing overheating. ng capabilities come into play.

Samsung is turning its focus to the Samsung battery itself. Throughout the testing, engineers were able to cause the battery within the device and itself to overheat.
Samsung has two independent suppliers for its  Samsung cellphone Note 7 batteries, which are custom-made for the Note 7. It specifies characteristics such as voltage and physical size. It’s then up to the suppliers to design and build the cells however they see fit. “If you open Battery A and Battery B, they are different batteries,” Denison said.

In the first supplier’s battery, known as Battery A, Samsung discovered a design flaw that caused the battery to short circuit. The supplier manufactured a bag (the battery’s casing) that did not have enough room for the battery to expand and contract during normal charge and discharge cycles. This causes the positive and negative terminals to come into contact, causing the battery to short out.


(Some early reports speculated that Samsung phones would have no room for Samsung phones batteriesthemselves. That was not the case, but Samsung plans to create more battery space inside its devices in the future.)


For B batteries from Samsung’s second supplier, the defects were related initially to manufacturing and quality issues. The supplier supplied cells that worked well in early Note 7 devices, but the battery maker made a mistake when Samsung increased orders and forced the supplier to become its sole battery supplier. The ultrasonic welding process left some protrusions that caused the battery to short out.
Samsung has asked a second supplier to produce about 10 million new batteries. “Ultimately, they weren’t able to produce a quality product,” Denison said.
What is Samsung doing now?One of the biggest problems Samsung faced during the Note 7 fiasco was that its quality and assurance process (the testing a phone goes through before it’s sold) didn’t catch problems.


Samsung had to X-ray the A battery to find the problem, while the B battery required Samsung to take it apart to find the error. Koh said both steps are not part of Samsung’s normal testing process and are handled by the battery manufacturer. Samsung is now changing its testing process for key moving parts. For b Samsung batteries in particular, Samsung is developing an eight-point inspection process. Some of the previous steps were handled by their vendors; some are new.

One of the checks is a durability test, which checks whether the battery has been overcharged, punctured by nails, or exposed to extreme temperatures. Samsung will visually inspect each battery and conduct X-ray testing to check for abnormalities. Conduct large-scale charge and discharge tests on the battery to simulate consumer accelerated use scenarios, and disassemble the   Samsung battery to check the overall quality. Other tests will look for leaks in battery components and throughout the device, or any changes in voltage during the manufacturing process.

All brands laptop battery in here, We sell cheap and high quality laptop batteries , Tablets battery, mobile phone battery, you choose.

Mi Pad 4 revealed: new Xiaomi tablet with Snapdragon 660, face unlock

The Mi Pad 4 is a step up in power compared to the Mi Pad 3, but its Mi  Pad battery has gotten smaller…It’s been a long time coming, but the Xiaomi Mi Pad 4 has finally been revealed by the Chinese brand, along with the Redmi 6 Pro. How does the new slate aim to bring people back into the Android tablet fold, though?


The Mi Pad 4 packs an upper mid-range Snapdragon 660 chipset, so it should handle pretty much any task you throw at it. Other core specs include 3GB/4GB of RAM, 32GB/64GB of non-expandable storage, a 13MP main camera , 5MP selfie camera, 6,000mAh battery, and an 8-inch 1,920 x 1,200 display (16:10).


In other words, you’re getting a more powerful processor than the Mi Pad 3, but the older device has a larger 6,600mAh battery and a slightly sharper 2,048 x 1,536 display. 
The Xiaomi Mi Pad 4.XiaomiThe Mi Pad 4 has a few more benefits though, such as facial recognition (in lieu of a fingerprint scanner), slimmer borders, and Bluetooth 5.0. Yes, it offers a 3.5mm headphone jack too — no dongle tomfoolery here.


The best Android tablets to spend your money onThe bestGalaxy Tab S9 and Pixel Tablet displays with S PenAnother reason you might like the Mi Pad 4 is the price. The entry-level 3GB RAM/32GB model costs 1,099 yuan (~$168), which is cheaper than the Mi Pad 3’s 1,499 yuan (~$229) price. Then again, the Mi Pad 3 offers 4GB RAM and

64GB of storage, but the 4GB/64GB Mi Pad 4 is still cheaper at 1,399 yuan (~$214).
Need some LTE in your life? There’s a 4GB/64GB cellular-enabled variant is available for 1,499 yuan (~$229), matching the Mi Pad 3’s price.
We don’t know anything yet about a wider launch, but you can view the Chinese store listing via the button below.

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>3.85V 4.4V 6010mAh/23.1WH Xiaomi BN60 Long Life Battery Replacement

Apple iPhone 16 rumors: Everything we know so far and what we want to see

The iPhone 15 series is barely out the door, but we’re already hearing tons about the iPhone 16 lineup. Update: January 5, 2024 (05:12 AM ET): We have updated our iPhone 16 series rumor hub to include information on iPhone 16 Pro mockups and the ultrawide camera upgrade.
Apple’s iPhone 15 series is still fairly new right now, but the leaks landscape is far more evolved than what it used to be till a few years back, and thanks to that, we already have a number of iPhone 16 rumors and leaks going around.


Apple made some significant changes to the 2023 iPhone lineup, including the addition of USB-C, the mute-switch-replacing Action Button, Titanium bodies instead of Stainless Steel, Dynamic Island on the non-Pro iPhones, a periscope camera for the Pro Max model, and more. If you’ve been following Apple long enough, you’d know that most of these new features from the iPhone 15 series would most certainly be coming to iPhone 16 models. What’s exclusive to the Pros today would likely trickle down to the non-Pro variants next year. It’s just how Apple does things. With all that and the leaks that we have at hand, here’s what you can expect from the iPhone 16 lineup.
Will there be an iPhone 16 series?


There’s no doubt Apple will launch new iPhones in 2024. The company’s numbered series has been going steady since the iPhone 4. Before that, Apple had the original iPhone and two iPhone 3G models. But ever since the iPhone 4, Apple has been consistent with the numbered naming scheme, and we’re now nearing the iPhone 16 series. The 2024 lineup will mark 18 years of iPhones. Will Apple finally mature enough to open up its walled garden that is iOS? Who knows? But we do have tons of iPhone 16 info to run through. Read on to get the lowdown.What is the most likely iPhone 16 series release date?Apple iPhone 15 Pro lockscreen in handApple iPhone 13:

September 14, 2021Apple iPhone 14: September 7, 2022Apple iPhone 15: September 12, 2023Apple has been launching new iPhones in September since the iPhone 5. Barring the iPhone SE models, September is Apple’s preferred month for flagship announcements. It was only during the pandemic that Apple went off course and launched the iPhone 12 series in October. But if all goes as planned and there are no last-minute manufacturing hitches, the iPhone 16 series should arrive like clockwork in September 2024. It’s too early for even leaked details about a possible iPhone 16 release date, but we’ll update this article as and when we hear anything about it.
What rumored specs and features could the iPhone 16 series have?Apple iPhone 15 Pro Action ButtonDesign, display, and buttonsApple made several notable design changes on the iPhone 15 series, and we expect the company to refine these going forward. We think Apple’s newly launched Action Button will make its way to the non-Pro iPhone 16 models next year. Lending further credence to this possibility, Mark Gurman of Bloomberg claims the Action Button will trickle down to the non-Pro models. As we said earlier, bringing Pro features to base iPhone models is a practice Apple has followed for years. The Dynamic Island on the iPhone 15 and 15 Plus is a prime example of that. So, if you prefer the mute switch over the new button, know that it will most likely disappear for good after the iPhone 16 lineup goes official.


Apple could equip the iPhone 16 series with yet another new button.If one new button wasn’t enough, rumor has it that Apple will equip the iPhone 16 series with yet another button. According to a MacRumors report and Gurman, Apple internally refers to this new button as the “Capture Button.” It is expected to appear on the right side of the device, and Gurman says it could be used to record videos. All-in-all, it looks like the iPhone 16 series may come with as many as five buttons, including the power button, two volume buttons, the Action Button, and the new Capture Button. What’s unclear is if all iPhone 16 models will get this rumored new button or if Apple will again reserve it for the Pro models to make them more premium than the Plus and standard variants.

TECNO SPARK 20 Pro+Next-level excellence in performance and photography with its 108MP Ultra Sensing camera.Promoted


Another theory is that Apple could remove all the physical buttons and opt for solid-state buttons for next year’s iPhone 16 Pro models. This feature was heavily expected on the iPhone 15 series but reportedly had to be delayed due to manufacturing issues.
A MacRumors report included mockups of three different iPhone 16 early prototypes, pictured below. The first iPhone 16 prototype, rendered in yellow, featured an iPhone X-style camera pill. It also featured a unified volume rocker that could provide haptic feedback.

iPhone 16 Mockups 1
iPhone 16 Mockups 3The second iPhone 16 prototype, rendered in pink, featured vertically aligned cameras but with separated volume buttons.
The third iPhone 16 prototype, rendered in Midnight Black,  featured vertically aligned cameras, separated volume buttons, but also a larger Action button and a new Capture button.

All three prototypes featured an Action button, indicating that the mute switch could be well on its way out.

There’s also the possibility Apple does nothing at all with the design. In November, Bloomberg’s Mark Gurman reported that the iPhone 16 won’t have any major hardware advances in 2024. It looks like Apple may be focusing more on software this time around

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>Apple Cell Phone batteries

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>3.83V 4.45V 2815mAh 10.78WH Apple A2479 Long Life Battery Replacement

Galaxy Book 3 Pro 360 is Samsung’s latest pro-grade convertible laptop

The Galaxy Book 3 Pro 360 is Samsung’s latest high-end convertible laptop. Unveiled during the Galaxy Unpacked 2023 event, the new laptop builds upon last year’s brilliant Galaxy Book 2 Pro 360 and brings a smoother screen, a taller aspect ratio, and a faster processor. It also brings some new software tricks.
Unlike last year’s high-end convertible laptop from Samsung, the Galaxy Book 3 Pro 360 comes in just one screen size variant. You can pre-order the laptop now, and it will be available starting February 17, 2023. However, availability may vary depending on the country.
Galaxy Book 3 Pro 360 is Samsung’s highest-end convertible laptop
There are two significant changes that Samsung has brought to the table with the Galaxy Book 3 Pro 360: display refresh rate and processor. The new laptop has a 16-inch Dynamic AMOLED 2X display with WQXGA+ resolution (2,880 x 1,800 pixels), a 120Hz refresh rate, and a 16:10 aspect ratio. That’s slightly bigger than last year’s 15.6-inch model with a 16:9 aspect ratio and a 60Hz refresh rate.

It has an S Pen, and it can be used to write notes, draw, and control the touchscreen. The laptop comes pre-installed with the Samsung Notes app for drawing and taking notes.
The Galaxy Book 3 Pro 360 comes equipped with a 13th Gen. Intel Core i5/i7 CPU with Intel Iris Xe integrated GPU. It has 8GB/16GB/32GB LPDDR5 RAM and 256GB/512GB/1TB PCIe 4.0 NVMe SSD, depending on the variant . Connectivity features of the laptop include Wi-Fi 6E, Bluetooth 5.1, two USB Type-C Thunderbolt 4 ports, a USB 3.2 Type-A port, an HDMI 1.4 port, and a 3.5mm headphone jack. It also comes in a 5G variant with sub-6GHz compatibility.

Samsung’s new convertible laptop has a full-sized backlit keyboard, a large trackpad with Windows Precision, a Full HD webcam, two far-field microphones, and AKG-tuned quad speakers (2x 2W tweeters + 2x 5W woofers). It is compatible with Dolby Atmos and features Smart AMP. The laptop has a full aluminum frame and a sleek design.

Studio Mode allows the Galaxy Book 3 Pro’s webcam to track a moving subject. It also offers improved visuals through lighting correction, face auto-framing, eye contact correction, and smooth backgrounds. The Galaxy Book 3 Pro 360 comes in Beige and Graphite color .
The Galaxy Book 3 Pro 360 has a fingerprint reader, TPM chip, and Windows 11 Secured Core PC. The laptop is powered by a 76Wh battery that can be charged using the bundled 65W USB Type-C PD charger. The laptop is 12.8mm thin and weighs 1.66kg (1.71kg for the 5G version). You can check our hands-on video of the Galaxy Book 3 Pro and Galaxy Book 3 Pro 360 below.

Samsung has added a lot of custom software features on top of Windows 11The Galaxy Book 3 Pro 360 comes pre-installed with Windows 11, and Samsung has added a lot of Galaxy ecosystem features to its new laptops.

Some features include Samsung Multi Control, which allows you to control your smartphone with the laptop’s keyboard, mouse, and trackpad. The Second Screen feature allows a Galaxy Tab to be the laptop’s secondary display. Expert RAW Auto Share automatically grabs a RAW image captured on a Galaxy smartphone and imports it into Adobe Lightroom.Samsung Galaxy Book 3 Pro 16-Inch Silver Lifestyle PortabilityWindows Phone Link allows you to open recently browsed websites from the smartphone on the laptop. Quick Share is an easy way to share files wirelessly between Galaxy smartphones, tablets, and laptops. You can also instantly start a Wi-Fi hotspot on the phone from the laptop.


Samsung Pass allows securely storing information such as credit/debit cards, website login credentials, and more. Galaxy Book Smart Switch allows you to import existing data from your current PC to your new Galaxy Book 3 series laptop.

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>Samsung N148 NP-N148 N150 NP-N150 serie Long Life Battery Replacement

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>Samsung Laptop batteries

Should you leave your laptop plugged in all the time?

It’s a fairly simple question with a surprisingly complicated answer. Here’s why you might not want to leave your laptop charging every day and night. It is safe to leave your laptop plugged in all the time, but ensure that the charger and electrical outlet are in good working order.

Leaving your laptop on the charger constantly can age the battery faster, reducing its lifespan and charge capacity.

 To prevent damaging the battery, charge it to full, unplug it, and avoid unnecessary charge cycles. OS-level mitigation tools can also help.
Close
The benefit of owning a laptop is that you can take it with you when you go somewhere. Portability is a big deal, after all, and there are even ultraportable laptops out there specifically for travel. However, we as humans don’t travel 24 /7/365. So, where does a laptop typically go? On a desk with a charger connected.Despite being a simple

question, the answer is rather complicated thanks to how battery chemistry works. Should you leave your laptop battery connected all the time ? Let’s find out.
Lenovo’s new Go multi-device mouse for travel can wirelessly charge photo 2Is it safe to leave your laptop plugged in all the time?In terms of physical safety, yes, it’s perfectly safe to leave your laptop plugged in all the time.


There is virtually no risk of anything catching on fire. Modern laptops have voltage control built into the machine that knows when the battery is full and will stop the charge, even if the charger is connected. These mechanisms rarely fail, and laptops have safety mechanisms that will sever the connection before real damage occurs.
However, that all assumes that the charger itself and the electrical outlet it’s connected to are in good working order. A short in an outlet can cause a fire, but that’s not limited to a charging laptop. Make sure to check up on your outlets occasionally as a general piece of advice.

apple found out what s messing with the new macbook pro s battery life image 1Pocket-lintShould you keep your laptop charging all the time?This is where the complexity comes in. There are a variety of things that are bad for lithium-ion batteries. Keeping the battery at too low of a charge as well as too high of a charge can cause the battery to age prematurely. As batteries age, they lose their ability to carry a full charge. Thus, while it won’t blow up your laptop, you may notice that your laptop battery doesn’t seem to hold as much charge as it once did.


The other worry is heat. Lithium-ion batteries lose charge over time even if the device is powered off. That means the battery is almost continuously getting topped off, which introduces heat. Heat, like high or low charge, can prematurely age the battery as well, which will cause it to lose charge capacity over the long-term.

apple patents fuel cell  laptop battery for long lasting macbook image 1Pocket-lintFinally, every lithium battery ever produced has a finite number of charges before it simply cannot charge anymore. By leaving it on AC, you’re introducing extra charge cycles that the battery doesn’t need since it’s off. This will shave off even more lifespan from the battery.
Thus, leaving your laptop on the charger is a bit of a triple whammy. Your laptop won’t catch on fire or receive any damage in the short-term. However, you will age out the battery much faster than if you used it off of AC power from time to time, which will cause the battery to die sooner than expected.
MacBook battery photo 7Pocket-lint
How to tell your laptop’s battery damageThere are methods for both Windows and macOS machines to check in on battery health. We’ll go through each one briefly and then go over how to read the reports.


MacClick the Apple menu button and select System Information.Open the hardware section in the left margin and select the Power option.Your battery information will be there.Admittedly, macOS is much easier than Windows in this regard, so you should be able to find it relatively quickly.


Windows PCOpen a Command Prompt. The easiest way to do this is to type “CMD” without the quotes in the Windows search bar.Type powercfg /batteryreport and press Enter on your keyboard.Command Prompt will generate a battery report and then save it to a folder, which it’ll show you when you enter the command.Navigate to that folder on your machine and access the report.The report is in HTML, so you’ll need to use a browser to open it. Fortunately, all browsers can handle HTML files.
Dell-XPS-17-2-1


How to read your laptop’s battery informationMacFor macOS, it’s quite easy. The Power section will show you Cycle Count, which is how many times you’ve charged the battery. Under that is Condition. If it says anything other than Normal, then you may want to schedule a trip to the Apple Store to get it investigated. Maximum Capacity tells you how much charge your battery can still hold. Only brand new Macbooks show 100%, so expect to see yours below that.


Windows PCFor  Windows, it’s a bit more complicated. The information is broken up into the days that you used your laptop. Thus, if you look under the At Full Charge section and the Active column, you’ll see how long your battery was expected to last that day. You can compare that to the At Design Capacity section under the Active column to see how long the battery would last if the battery was brand new. Compare to see how much battery life you’ve lost.
Laptop battery


How to prevent damaging your laptop batteryMostly, just don’t leave it on the charger any longer than necessary. Charge it to full, unplug it, and then don’t plug it back in until it needs to charge again. This doesn’t prevent battery aging because nothing does , but it’ll age much more slowly when it’s not being held at 100% charge by the charger. Yes, you might lose a few percent of battery by the time you turn it back on, but it’s a small price to pay.

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>11.46V 6100mAh Apple A2159 Long Life Battery Replacement

Laptops with best battery life in January 2024 — longest lasting laptop batteries

he laptops with best battery life will outlast work or play
Laptops with the best  Laptops battery life are what you need to function as a professional, a student, and a binge-watcher of TV shows. Your battery is always draining, even when idle — yeah, your laptops, too. So instead of arriving to something dead and in need of charging, let’s find you a lively companion. Our list of laptops with best battery life have survived 13+ hours on a single charge. It’ll outlast school, work, and me (before I have to take a nap).
To be 100% transparent, our tests won’t accurately line up to how you use your laptop. We attempted to get close to real-world usage with our Laptop Mag Battery Test 2.0. It involves continuous Web surfing over Wi-Fi at 150 nits of brightness. That’s not very bright — on average, it’s roughly 50% brightness. If you find yourself wanting more battery, consider dimming the display.
Despite the change in numbers, our tests have been consistent throughout all recent laptops we’ve tested, which means that all of the following truly are the laptops with best battery life.What are the laptops with best battery life in 2024?Why you can trust Laptop Mag Our expert reviewers spend hours testing and comparing products and services so you can choose the best for you. Find out more about how we test.


From affordable budget laptops to elite business laptops, there are plenty of all-day-strong notebooks to choose from these days. Even gaming laptops like the Asus ROG Zephyrus G14, which achieved more battery life than the 16-inch MacBook Pro thanks to its AMD Ryzen CPUs, have come a long way in terms of balancing raw power with general mobility. Read on for our top picks!1. MacBook Pro 16-inch (M2 Max, 2023)
The new king of the MacBooks is here. Long be its reign (which should be about a year). Apple’s coming out of the gate swinging, outfitting the laptop with the company’s proprietary M2 Max chip. It puts competitors to shame while putting a clear gulf between its predecessors. And yes, it is possible to game on this system thanks to the chip. I had a hell of a good time being devastated during Resident Evil Village. 


In addition to the powerful chipset, you get a captivating 16-inch display, powerful audio and a super comfy keyboard. But the cherry on the top is the  Apple battery life, which lasted nearly 19 hours. In short, the MacBook Pro 16 is an unmitigated beast. But not so fast — there’s always a price. And in the case of MacBook Pro 16 M2 Max, the price is the actual cost ($2,699 starting, $5,299 as reviewed). It’s par for the course with Apple, but it still will give most people, including this reviewer, pause.  
But if you want the crème de la crème of Macs, the MacBook Pro 16 sits at the top of the heap.


See our full MacBook Pro 16-inch (M2 Max, 2023) review.
2. Apple MacBook Pro (16-inch, M3 Max)How is it that the MacBook Pro 16 gets better every year? It didn’t make any changes to the design outside of a funky, more fingerprint resistant new color, which is a cool trick in itself. The display, keyboard and speakers and hell even the port offering remains the same. But let’s be real, this is really an Apple silicon party and the M3 Max is deserving of all the praise. In terms of overall performance, it has no peers, not even from its fellow MacBooks.


The next chapter in Apple computing and the company’s bet on custom silicon continues to hit the jackpot. M3 Max is more powerful than its ancestor continues with an 16-core CPU. M3 is also bringing a new 40-core GPU, beating out the previous 16-core GPU. And if that isn’t enough to get you excited, Apple has found a way to improve on the laptop’s power efficiency, delivering over 18 hours of Apple  MacBook Pro 16 battery life. Read on to learn more about Apple’s latest home run .
See our full MacBook Pro 16-inch (M3 Max, 2023) review.
BEST MACBOOK PRO 14 (M3, 2023)


3. MacBook Pro 14 (M3, 2023)
It’s amazing what a new heart can do for a laptop. The latest MacBook Air ushers in a new era for Apple with its custom-made M3 chip. This time Apple claim is that its new chip is bringing a generational leap as opposed to an incremental step.
It’s hard to look for flaws in a consistent notebook that’s rated 4.5 stars, especially when not much has changed. Those bold claims Apple made about the M3? They weren’t exaggerations. This MacBook Pro out-muscles every laptop in its class while lasting a full day on a charge. And it does so with a compact 3.4-pound, 12.3 x 8.7 x 0.6-inch design.


The design, while a bit staid, is still beautiful, the display is bright and colorful, even the speakers and keyboard are great. The new MacBook Pro may have a few faults, but it yet again brings Apple closer to crafting the perfect laptop.
4. Lenovo ThinkPad Z16


I’ve been on the hunt for a really good business laptop, and with the ThinkPad Z16 in my hands, I can finally end my search. It’s got a slick, dual-tone design: silver on the outside and dusky on the inside. And to Lenovo loya lists’ delight, the keyboard features the beloved, striking-red TrackPoint that will catch your eye every time you open the lid.
It’s also the perfect size for a business laptop. It’s not too small (like the compact machines on our best 13-inch laptops page), but it’s not ridiculously unwieldy like the 18-inch laptops that are gaining popularity nowadays — it’s juuuust right. 


However, I will admit that the ThinkPad Z16 is a bit heavier than I expected. But to be fair, Lenovo never marketed this laptop as a thin-and-light ultraportable. It’s a business laptop, which means it will likely be sitting on a desk for hours on end before it’s picked up and thrown inside a laptop bag.
The ThinkPad Z16 definitely earned a spot on our best business laptops page, but that doesn’t mean it’s perfect.

All brands laptop battery in here, We sell cheap and high quality laptop batteries , Tablets battery, mobile phone battery, you choose

Best Samsung Galaxy Tablets in January 2024

Nobody makes Android tablets the way Samsung does. The company is an outlier as it still comes out with a flagship Android tablet every year. As part of the company’s vision to offer something for everyone, Samsung’s lineup also includes mid-range and affordable options. Its flagship tablets have really come into their own over the past few years.
This variety can often present a challenge to those who just want to know what the best Samsung Galaxy tablets are. To help them out, we have created this list of best Samsung tablets which breaks down the strength of each option and explains who should buy them , and why. In addition to detailed information about each tablet, you’ll also find links to our in-depth reviews for these tablets.


Quick BuyDon’t have time to read the entire list? We’ve conveniently listed all of the best tablets in each category here. You’re just one click away from picking them up!Samsung has introduced the Galaxy Tab S9 series in 2023. Much like its predecessor, the new series also features three flagship models. The Galaxy Tab S9 series was unveiled at Samsung’s Unpacked event in South Korea in July 2023. The lineup includes the Galaxy Tab S9, Galaxy Tab S9+ and the Galaxy Tab S9 Ultra.
Best Samsung Tablet – Spec monster: Galaxy Tab S9 Ultra

No other tablet can be considered as one of the best Android tablets on the market than the Galaxy Tab S9 Ultra. It’s the top-of-the-line model in this flagship series and it’s packed to the gills with high-end technology. Galaxy Tab S9 Ultra boasts a 14.6-inch Dynamic AMOLED 2X display with a 120Hz refresh rate. Like its predecessor, it also has a notched display.

It’s powered by the Snapdragon 8 Gen 2 chipset from Qualcomm with an integrated 5G modem. The tablet can be purchased with 12GB RAM and 256/512GB storage or 16GB RAM and 1TB of storage. Since it has an IP68 rating, it’s also one of the only water and dust resistant tablets on the market. Theres a 11,200mAh battery keeping the lights on with support for wired fast charging.


Samsung has also added many useful software features to make the Galaxy Tab S9 Ultra a productivity beast. There’s also the ultra-low latency S Pen that provides a true pen-on-paper writing experience.
Reasons to buy: Great display, IP68 water resistance, best-in-class performance.
Who should buy: Users who need to be productive on the go and require a tablet that can keep up with them.

Galaxy Tab S9 Ultra Specs | Galaxy Tab S9 Ultra Review | Buy Galaxy Tab S9 Ultra from Samsung.com
Best Samsung Tablet – Productivity: Galaxy Tab S8+

If you’re not in the market for an all out bonkers tablet like the Galaxy Tab S9 Ultra, you can’t go wrong with the Galaxy Tab S8+ as a solid productivity tool. It remains a solid contender for the best Android tablet in this category. It has an impressive 12.4-inch Super AMOLED 120Hz refresh rate display, a Snapdragon 8 Gen 1 processor with up to 16GB of RAM. There’s also a 10,090mAh battery that’s more than enough to see you through a particularly busy work day.


You can get the Galaxy Tab S8+ in Wi-Fi or 5G models. It supports the S Pen that ships with the tablet so you can scribble, draw, take notes, and write to your heart’s desire while enjoying an almost true to life pen on paper experience. Starting at $899 but normally available for less, it’s a great tablet in thi…

Reasons to buy: Powerful specs, 5G variant available, great display, and S Pen in the box.
Who should buy: Customers who need a powerful productivity tablet at an affordable price point.
Galaxy Tab S8+ Specs | Galaxy Tab S8+ Review | Buy Galaxy Tab S8+ from Samsung
Best Samsung Tablet – Entertainment: Galaxy Tab S9 FE+Samsung Galaxy Tab S9 FE+ Display


You can’t go wrong with the Galaxy Tab S9 FE+ if all you need a tablet for is entertainment and casual web browsing. It’s the perfect option for this use case as its 12.4-inch 90Hz refresh rate display is great for consuming your favorite content It’s also IP68 water resistant so you can even take it in the pool with you on those lazy weekends.
The Exynos 1380 chipset provides plenty of performance combined with 8GB of RAM and 128GB of storage. You can even expand the memory up to 1TB. The tablet is also equipped with an 8-megapixel + 8-megapixel dual camera setup at the back in addition to a 12-megapixel ultra-wide selfie camera. It comes with Android 13 out of the box as well as a 10,090mAh battery

Reasons to buy: Large, vibrant display, good audio quality, affordable price point and IP68 water resistance.
Who should buy: Customers who require a tablet primarily for content consumption.
Galaxy Tab S9 FE+ Specs | Galaxy Tab S9 FE+ Review | Buy Galaxy Tab S9 FE+ from Samsung
Best Samsung Tablet – S Pen on a budget: Galaxy Tab S6 Lite

Samsung launched the Galaxy Tab S6 Lite earlier this year with the sole purpose of bringing the S Pen to the masses. Previously, one needed to purchase Samsung’s flagship tablet just to get the S Pen experience. With the Galaxy Tab S6 Lite, Samsung has significantly lowered that barrier of entry.
It still feels sufficiently premium thanks to its metal body. The Galaxy Tab S6 Lite also has something that none of the tablets mentioned above have: a 3.5mm headphone jack. Don’t expect a gorgeous AMOLED panel, though, the Galaxy Tab S6 Lite has a 10.4-inch LCD display. The tablet isn’t suited to heavy workloads but if you don’t need that much power, at $429 it’s a great option for those who want the S Pen experience without breaking the bank. It’s often available for purchase online at a decent discount.

Reasons to buy: Affordable, S Pen, 3.5mm headphone jack and good build quality.
Who should buy: Those that don’t require a powerful tablet but would like to have the S Pen experience without spending a fortune.
Galaxy Tab S6 Lite Specs | Galaxy Tab S6 Lite Review | Buy Galaxy Tab S6 Lite from Samsung
Why These Are The Best Samsung Tablets This MonthThe Galaxy Tab S9 Ultra is without a doubt one of the best tablets that Samsung has made. From its large and vibrant display to its top-of-the-line specs, IP68 water and dust resistance, this is an exceptional tablet that power users are bound to love.


It’s hard to beat the value for money that the Galaxy Tab S8+ provides as a productivity tool. Since it’s a year old now, you can get it at a very attractive price while also enjoying all of the power and performance that it has to offer. If you only need a tablet for watching content and casual browsing, the Galaxy Tab S9 FE+ fits the bill perfectly.

, the Galaxy Tab S6 Lite is a viable option for customers who want to experience the S Pen on a large display but don’t need a flagship tablet. It offers them the opportunity to experience Finally the best of what the S Pen has to offer at a reasonable price point.

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>3.85V 4000mAh Samsung EB-BT710ABA Long Life Battery Replacement
>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>> Tablet Battery

Samsung laptop eclipses Apple MacBook in battery life test

According to a new report from US non-profit consumer organization Consumer Reports (via BusinessKorea ), Samsung (and LG) laptops are generally much better when compared to Apple MacBooks.


Notably, the 2021 LG Gram 17 and Samsung Galaxy Book Pro 360 are the laptops  battery with the best battery life. The LG Gram 17 ranks first in the 17 to 18-inch range. Meanwhile, the Galaxy Book Pro 360 takes the top spot in the 12- to 13-inch range, which is a bit surprising since it’s a 2-in-1 laptop that doesn’t have a lot of room for a big battery.


Reports say that with the Galaxy Book Pro 360, they can get 20 hours of web browsing and 12 hours of 4K playback. Thanks to such impressive performance, Consumer Reports calls the Samsung Galaxy Book Pro 360 “an all-rounder with a strong battery and portability.” Apple’s MacBook failed to rank first in any category. Industry insiders revealed that Samsung has consolidated its foundation in the high-end laptop market with customer loyalty and value-for-money products, hovering between Chinese-made laptops and Apple laptops. MacBook.


Join SamMobile’s Telegram group and subscribe to our YouTube channel for instant news updates and in-depth reviews of Samsung devices. You can also subscribe to Google News to get our latest updates and follow us on Twitter. SmartThings supports connected cars, starting with Hyundai and Kia EVs, and Samsung is continuously improving its ecosystem of products and services. SmartThings, one of the world’s largest smart device platforms, is adding support for connected cars including EVs (electric vehicles). Samsung has announced partnerships with Hyundai and Kia to integrate connected cars into SmartThings.


SmartThings can control and monitor Hyundai and Kia electric vehiclesThe Korean company today announced a partnership with Hyundai Motor Group to expand the feature set of SmartThings. The two companies signed a memorandum of understanding (MoU) on January 3, 2024, to develop solutions that integrate smart homes and connected cars. Smart device platforms will now support connected cards, including electric vehicles.


In addition to home energy management functions, the two companies are also developing “car-to-home” and “home-to-car” services. “Car-to-home” and “home-to-car” services connect smart homes with the car’s in-vehicle infotainment system, which means people can control smart home products in the car and control car functions at home.


For example, people with compatible cars and smart home devices can turn on the air conditioner or open/close car windows at home. They can also check the charging status of their electric vehicles at home. In addition, they can control air conditioning, electric car chargers and TVs from the car. They can also create routines, which are sequences of actions.
You can create a “good morning” routine that will cause your home’s smart curtains to open, lights and TV to turn on when the alarm goes off on your Galaxy smartphone. Likewise, an “arrive home” routine can be set up to start the home’s air conditioner to the desired temperature when they are about to arrive home. Another routine displays the remaining battery and driving range of an electric car on smartphones and TV screens. Chanwoo Park, executive vice president of Samsung Electronics, said: “This collaboration will enable communication from home to car and integrated home energy management services optimized for future lifestyles.

By connecting the SmartThings platform with vehicles, we will be able to significantly enhance Customer experience in home and car.” SmartThings’ home energy management feature allows users to monitor the energy consumption of connected devices in their home. The energy used when charging an electric car will also be visible in SmartThings. Users can choose the best time to charge their electric vehicles based on electricity prices, carbon emissions and other factors at different times of the day.

All kinds of Samsung Laptop batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Samsung Laptop Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Samsung Laptop battery

Congress must stop a new AI tool used to exploit children

Sexual predators are using a powerful new tool to exploit children — AI image generators. Users on a single dark-web forum shared nearly 3,000 AI-generated images of child sexual abuse in just one month, according to a recent report from the UK- based Internet Watch Foundation.


Unfortunately, current child sexual abuse laws are outdated. They don’t adequately account for the unique dangers AI and other emerging technologies pose. Lawmakers must act fast to put legal protections in place.
The national CyberTipline — a reporting system for suspected online child exploitation — received a staggering 32 million reports in 2022, up from 21 million just two years prior. That already disturbing figure is sure to grow with the rise of image-generating AI platforms .  
AI platforms are “trained” on existing visual material. Sources used to create images of abuse may include real children’s faces taken from social media, or photographs of real-life exploitation. Given the tens of millions of abusive images online, there is an almost inexhaustible amount of source material from which AI can generate even more harmful images.


CLICK HERE FOR MORE FOX NEWS OPINIONThe most advanced AI-generated images are now virtually indistinguishable from unaltered photographs. Investigators have found new images of old victims, images of “de-aged” celebrities who are depicted as children in abuse scenarios, and “nudified ” images taken from otherwise benign photos of clothed children.


The scope of the problem is increasing every day. Text-to-image software can easily create images of child abuse based on whatever the criminal wants to see. And much of this technology is downloadable, so offenders can generate images off-line without fear of discovery.
Using AI to create pictures of child sex abuse is not a victimless crime. Behind every AI image, there are real children. Survivors of past exploitation are re-victimized when new portrayals are created using their likeness. And studies show that a majority of those who possess or distribute child sex abuse material also commit hands-on abuse.
TOP LAWMAKER ON AI WORKING GROUP SAYS PRIVACY REGULATIONS SHOULD BE A PRIORITY FOR CONGRESS


Adults can also use text-generating AI platforms like ChatGPT to better lure children, updating an old tactic. Criminals have long used fake online identities to meet young people in games or on social media, gain their trust and manipulate them into sending explicit images, then “sextort” them for money, more pictures, or physical acts.


But ChatGPT makes it shockingly easy to masquerade as a child or teen with youthful language. Today’s criminals can use AI platforms to generate realistic messages with the goal of manipulating a young person into engaging in an online interaction with

someone they think is their own age. Even more terrifying, many modern AI tools have the capacity to quickly “learn” — and therefore teach people — which grooming techniques are the most effective.President Biden recently signed an executive order geared at managing the risks of AI, including protecting Americans ‘ privacy and personal data. But we need help from legislators to tackle AI-assisted online child abuse.


For starters, we need to update the federal legal definition of child sexual abuse material to include AI-generated depictions. As the law currently stands, prosecutors must show harm to an actual child. But this requirement is out of step with today’s technology. A defense team could feasibly claim that AI child sexual abuse material is not depicting a real child and therefore isn’t harmful, even though we know that AI generated images often pull from source material that victimizes real children.


Second, we must adopt policies requiring tech companies to continuously monitor and report exploitative material. Some companies proactively scan for such images, but there’s no requirement that they do so. Only three companies were responsible for 98% of all CyberTips in 2020 and 2021: Facebook, Google, and Snapchat.


Many state child sex abuse laws identify “mandatory producer,” or professionals like teachers and doctors who are legally required to report suspected abuse. But in an era in which we live so much of our lives online, employees of social media and other tech companies ought to have similar legally mandated reporting responsibilities.


Finally, we need to rethink how we use end-to-end encryption, in which only the sender and receiver can access the content of a message or file. While it has valid applications, like banking or medical records, end-to-end encryption can also help people store and share child abuse images. To illustrate just how many abusers could go undetected, consider that out of the 29 million tips the CyberTipline received in 2021, just 160 came from Apple, which maintains end-to-end encryption for iMessages and iCloud.


Even if law enforcement has a warrant to access a perpetrator’s files, a tech company with end-to-end encryption can claim that it can’t access those files and can’t help. Surely an industry built on innovation is capable of developing solutions to protect our children — and making that a priority.AI technology and social media are evolving every day. If legislators act now, we can prevent wide-scale harm to kids.


Shop Laptop Batteries ,Laptop AC Adapters, Notebook Batteries and Notebook Chargers from HP, Lenovo, DELL, Panasonic Asus and more! Batteryforpc.co.uk offers the best prices, shipping & top-rated customer service! Order today!

Samsung Is Giving A Surprise Battery Boost To Galaxy Phone Owners

Not only are Google Pixel owners getting new battery health tools, Samsung is also planning to add newGalaxy phone batteryprotection methods to the upcoming Galaxy S24 and current Galaxy phones.


Spotted by Tipster Tarun Vats on Twitter/X, the updated Phone Battery Saver feature will add three new options to extend the life of your phone’s power pack. The options boil down to “Basic Protection,” which stops charging at 100% and doesn’ t resume until it drops to 95%, rather than constantly charging to stay at 100%.
The other is adaptive charging mode, which slows charging down to 100% until you wake up. It learns your routine for doing this and provides “moderate protection” according to instructions in the functions menu.


The last option, “Maximum Protection,” stops charging completely when the battery reaches 80% and won’t resume until the phone’s battery drops below that value. Currently, some Samsung phones offer a single Samsung phones battery protection feature that stops charging when the battery reaches 85%. These three new tools will give Samsung users the option to limit battery degradation.


Samsung insider confirms three surprising Galaxy S24 Ultra decisionsSamsung offers surprise free offer to every Galaxy S24 ownerSamsung Galaxy S24 details leaked prematurely, possibly by accidentIf these tools sound familiar, Apple has also updated iOS iPhone 15 BatterySaver tools for iPhone 15 along with additional battery health information. Samsung’s battery protection levels are graded because the phone’s battery degrades faster when it’s charged and drained from zero to 100% (called a cycle) than when it’s fully charged.


Forbes Daily: Get our best coverage, exclusive reporting and essential analysis on the day’s news in your inbox every Sunday. A leak earlier this month stated that Samsung’s new feature is exclusive to One UI 6.1, which is expected to launch alongside the Galaxy S24 next month. But according to Tarun Vats, it can now be activated in One UI 6 by downloading an app called Activity Launcher and enabling it by searching for “batterypro”. However, Tarun said that the feature is not working properly yet, so the setting may be reserved for the next One UI update.


new wave of energy savingDue to the lack of easily removable smartphone batteries (a short-lived Android trend in 2016), companies are working to extend the life of device power packs. Google has a new set of battery health features that show the number of cycles, manufacturing date , and how much charge the battery can currently hold. Apple offers similar functionality for its iPhones, as well as somesmartphone battery protection tools. Google is making it easier to diagnose and repair its Pixel 8, promising to supply parts (including batteries) for seven years. Considering Apple, Google, and Samsung launched a similar slate of new battery health and protection features in the same year, I wonder if we’ll see Samsung offer expanded software and replacement parts support for the upcoming Galaxy S24.


Samsung doesn’t want to be the company that offers the least support. So will it match seven years of Android and security patches provided by Google? Or something closer to Apple’s (roughly) six-year promise? We’ll know more when S24 launches in a few weeks.

3.88V 971mAh Samsung EB-BF731ABY Long Life Battery Replacement
Online shopping for samsung Cell Phone  batteries is security. Get 30% off buy samsung Cell Phone  battery.All samsung model batteries are brand new,1 year Warranty, Secure Online Ordering Guaranteed!

Xiaomi Pad 7 Pro battery, charging capabilities leaked well before launch

Xiaomi is expected to launch the Mi 14 Ultra in the second quarter of this year. It is speculated that the brand may also launch Xiaomi Pad 7 and Pad 7 Pro flagship tablets along with the 14 Ultra. Recent reports have leaked key details about the Pad 7 series. GSMChina has revealed the  Xiaomi tablet batterysize and charging capabilities of the Pro version of the Xiaomi tablet in a new report.Xiaomi Pad 7 Pro battery size, charging speed (rumored)


Via Xiaomi code, the publication discovered that the Mi Pad 7 Pro will be equipped with a 10,000mAh battery similar to the Mi Pad 7 Pro and support 120W fast charging. This is a significant upgrade considering the Mi Pad 6 Pro comes with an 8,600mAh  XiaomiPad 6 Pro battery and 67W fast charging.


According to previous reports, Xiaomi Mi Pad 7 Pro may be equipped with a 10-inch LCD panel with a resolution of 1480 x 2367 pixels and a 144Hz LCD panel. The tablet will be powered by Snapdragon 8 Gen 2 chipset. Like the previous model , the Pad 7 Pro may come with up to 12 GB of RAM and up to 512 GB of storage.
The tablet is expected to run Android 14 based on HyperOS. It is speculated that the back will feature a 50-megapixel dual camera setup. For audiophiles, the tablet is said to come with four speakers.


To recall, the Xiaomi Mi Pad 6 Pro was not released outside of China. However, recent

reports suggest that the Pad 7 Pro may be released in global markets. Currently, there is no information on when the Pad 7 series will be available in international markets.
Xiaomi Pad 3 Mipad 3 MEC91 7.9″ Long Life Battery Replacement,we offer most comprehensive Xiaomi Pad 3 Mipad 3 MEC91 7.9inch Tablets battery, High quality Xiaomi Pad 3 Mipad 3 MEC91 7.9inch Batteries wholesale or retail in batteryforpc.co.uk.

OnePlus 12R to be fitted with largest ever battery on a OnePlus phone

The OnePlus 12R will launch alongside the OnePlus 12 on January 23. The company says it should be available globally, including in the United States, sometime in the first quarter of 2024. The phone is shaping up to be a powerful flagship device, and OnePlus has also revealed details about its  OnePlus  phone batteryand display.


OnePlus claims that the 12R has the OnePlus battery of the largest OnePlus phone yet. The device will come with a 5,500mAh battery, which is indeed the largest ever in a OnePlus phone. The phone will also get OnePlus’ signature SUPERVOOC fast charging feature, with OnePlus confirming on Weibo that the Chinese model (called Ace 3) will offer 100W speeds. In comparison, the OnePlus 12 has a 5,400mAh OnePlus phone battery with 100W charging


OnePlus further revealed that the OnePlus 12R will come with a 120Hz LTPO 4.0 ProXDR display.

The company says the new generation of LTPO technology can switch between the widest range of refresh rates, including 90Hz and 72Hz refresh rates. It was previously reported that the OnePlus 12R will feature a 6.78-inch screen with Gorilla Glass Victus 2 protection. Additionally, the phone is expected to come with a Snapdragon 8 Gen 2 chipset, 50MP main/8MP ultrawide/2MP macro setup, 8GB or 16GB LPDDR5X RAM, and 128GB UFS 3.1 or 256GB UFS 4.0 storage.

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>3.87V 5000mAh Oppo BLP909 Long Life Battery Replacement

New Nokia phones available for repair

De Finse fabrikant HMD Global heeft met de nieuwe G22 een smartphone aangekondigd die ‘duurzamer’ moet zijn.
Nokia-fabrikant HMD Global heeft zaterdag drie nieuwe smartphones aangekondigd: de Nokia G22, C32 en C22.


De opvallendste van de drie nieuwe Nokia’s is de Nokia G22, waarbij de repareerbaarheid centraal staat. bedrijf iFixit voor het leveren van onderdelen, handleidingen en gereedschap.
De bedoeling is dat gebruikers zo langer met hun toestel kunnen doen. “Mensen hechten waarde aan duurzame kwaliteitsapparaten. 
Losse onderdelen te koopVia iFixit zijn minstens vijf jaar lang losse onderdelen voor de G22 te koop, die gemiddeld zo’n 50 euro per stuk kosten. Het gaat dan niet ten koste van de fabrieksgarantie.


De Nokia G22 heeft een achterkant die van 100 procent gerecycled plastic is gemaakt.
Drie dagen accuduurDe G22 heeft een 6,5 inch HD+ scherm (1600×720 pixels), een Unisoc T606-processor, een 50 megapixel hoofdcamera en een 8 mp selfiecamera. De accu met 5050 mAh zou goed zijn voor een batterijduur van drie dagen. 128 GB opslag en 4GB werkgeheugen kost in Nederland 199 euro.
Nokia C32


De twee andere nieuwe Nokia’s hebben 6,5 inch hd+ schermen en de Unisoc 9863A1-chip. IP52-rating spatwaterdicht en stofbestendig. De C32 met 4 GB werkgeheugen en 64 GB opslagruimte kost in Nederland 149 euro. 
De Nokia C22 heeft minder goede camera’s, waaronder een 13 megapixel hoofdcamera, en maar 2GB werkgeheugen. Het toestel presteert volgens HMD ‘beter dan concurrenten bij valtests’. .Economie
MWC 2023: Nieuwe smartphones en meerNieuwe Nokia-telefoon is makkelijker zelf te repareren


De Finse fabrikant HMD Global heeft met de nieuwe G22 een smartphone aangekondigd die ‘duurzamer’ moet zijn.
Nokia-fabrikant HMD Global heeft zaterdag drie nieuwe smartphones aangekondigd: de Nokia G22, C32 en C22.
De opvallendste van de drie nieuwe Nokia’s is de Nokia G22, waarbij de repareerbaarheid centraal staat. bedrijf iFixit voor het leveren van onderdelen, handleidingen en gereedschap.


De bedoeling is dat gebruikers zo langer met hun toestel kunnen doen. “Mensen hechten waarde aan duurzame kwaliteitsapparaten. 
Losse onderdelen te koopVia iFixit zijn minstens vijf jaar lang losse onderdelen voor de G22 te koop, die gemiddeld zo’n 50 euro per stuk kosten. Het gaat dan niet ten koste van de fabrieksgarantie.
De Nokia G22 heeft een achterkant die van 100 procent gerecycled plastic is gemaakt.
Drie dagen accuduurDe G22 heeft een 6,5 inch HD+ scherm (1600×720 pixels), een Unisoc T606-processor, een 50 megapixel hoofdcamera en een 8 mp selfiecamera. De accu met 5050 mAh zou goed zijn voor een batterijduur van drie dagen. 128 GB opslag en 4GB werkgeheugen kost in Nederland 199 euro.
Nokia C32


DNokia’s hebben 6,5 inch hd+ schermen en de Unisoc 9863A1-chip. De Nokia C32 heeft een 50 megapixel hoofdcamera, een 2 mp ultragroothoekcamera en een 8 mp selfiecamera. IP52-rating spatwaterdicht en stofbestendig. De C32 met 4 GB werkgeheugen en 64 GB opslagruimte kost in Nederland 149 euro. 
De Nokia C22 heeft minder goede camera’s, waaronder een 13 megapixel hoofdcamera, en maar 2GB werkgeheugen. Het toestel presteert volgens HMD ‘beter dan concurrenten bij valtests’. .


Coca-Cola-telefoonLees ook:Coca-Cola-telefoon onthuld: de smartphone voor colafans?Produce in EuropaHDM maakte zaterdag ook bekend dit jaar stappen te zetten om Nokia-apparaten in Europa te produceren. topman Lars Silberbauer. In welk Europees land er wordt geproduceerd, wil hij niet zeggen.
aldus ceo Jean-Francois Baril van HMD Global.

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>3.85V 3200mAh Nokia HE331 Long Life Battery Replacement





The Best Lenovo ThinkPad Laptops: Your Durable and Reliable Technology Partner

Best Lenovo ThinkPad Laptops: A laptop is something we all need to complete our daily activities and it is what makes our study and work life easy and efficient. If you are a student or working professional and looking for a good reliable laptop, provided below is a list of some of the best laptops in India. Have a look!Best Lenovo ThinkPad Laptops: When we think about studying and working, we always think of

ways that will help us make all of it easy, fast, and efficient. And well we are a tech-savvy generation who relies on gadgets for everything we do. From studying to working, gaming to watching movies, we need a laptop for it all. One of the most reliable and durable buddies for you can be the Lenovo ThinkPad series And well we all know how difficult it gets to choose the right pick especially when the market is so wide and has a range of great products available. Provided below is a list of some of the best Lenovo laptops in India. 

These Lenovo laptops provide high-quality performance and backup which will make your study and work life easy and efficient. These laptops in India are also known for their portability and design, great build quality, and strong security features. So let’s quickly have a look and seek into which ThinkPad is the right fit for you.

Best Lenovo ThinkPad Laptops: Top PicksGathered below is a list of one of the best laptop brands in India, Lenovo. These laptops are packed with all the latest features and tech that will improve your study and work life. We have listed 5 of our favorite picks from Amazon. Have a look!1. Lenovo ThinkPad E14 AMD Ryzen 5 Laptop

Looking for a good laptop to make your work simpler and easier this 2024? Well, we have a choice that might help you out. This Lenovo ThinkPad laptop comes with a RAM of 16GB and 512GB SSD that gives you an ample amount of space to store your data and files while keeping your laptop working smoothly and efficiently. These Lenovo laptops have an AMD Ryzen 5 7530U processor that will help you maintain your working speed while keeping the operations lag-free. The Integrated AMD Radeon graphics with IPS 300 Nits Antiglare display will provide you with high-quality visuals to look at while also keeping your eyes protected from any strain during long working hours. Lenovo Laptop Price: Rs 56,800. 2. Lenovo ThinkPad E14 Intel Core i5 Laptop

Lenovo ThinkPad laptops are reliable and durable and this model can be an ideal pick for one of the best Lenovo ThinkPad laptops in India. This Lenovo laptop is equipped with a 12th Gen Intel Core i5-1235UG4 processor that will keep your laptop running smoothly and efficiently throughout the day. A sleek and slim design makes these Lenovo ThinkPads easily portable and will fit your bags without occupying much space. The E14 comes with up to 9.4 hours of battery life on a full charge and a fast charge that juices you up to 80 % in 1 hour. Keeping themselves cool and dust-free, these are some of the best Lenovo laptops in India for you to choose from. With the Intel Iris Xe Graphics comes with DirectX 12.1, have a look at some stunning visuals and pictures while you enjoy watching your favorite content. Lenovo Laptop Price: 70,890. 
3. Lenovo ThinkPad E14 Intel Core i5 12th Gen laptop 

This Lenovo ThinkPad laptop features some of the top qualities which makes it one of the best laptops in India. The Lenovo E14 comes with 16GB RAM and 1TB hard disk size giving you high storage capacity so that you can keep your data, files, and documents safe and secure. Equipped with a backlit keyboard, you can easily work even when your surrounding lights are dim. 12th Gen Intel Core i5-1235UG4 processor and Intel Iris Xe Graphics make these an ideal choice of laptops for students and working professionals. With 720p , with a privacy shutter camera and Dual array microphone, you can also attend Zoom calls on the go. Portable and lightweight, these Lenovo ThinkPad laptops pass 12 military-grade tests and shrug off accidental drops, knocks, and spills like it’s nothing. Lenovo Laptop Price: Rs 75,100. 4. (Refurbished) Lenovo ThinkPad L380 8th Gen Core i5 Laptop

On a tight budget, yet want a good working laptop that will ease out your daily tasks? Well, this Lenovo refurbished laptop can be the pick for you. Having an 8th generation i5 processor, this laptop will run smoothly and lag-free without any hassle or issues. This Renewed product is tested to work and looks like new with minimal to no signs of wear and tear. 
13.3-inch IPS FHD display with anti-glare and Integrated Intel HD graphics gives you great quality visuals and pictures while also eliminating the harmful blue rays making your long work hours strain-free. These Lenovo Thinkpad laptops also have 16GB RAM and 512 GB SSD . Lenovo Laptop Price: Rs 23,149. 5. (Refurbished) Lenovo ThinkPad 6th Gen Laptop 

Who said a refurbished laptop aint an ideal choice if you are tight on budget and require a laptop for a lesser load of working? This Lenovo laptop comes with 8GB RAM and 256GB SSD, which is more than enough if you are a student or require a laptop only for some tasks during the day.

Equipped with Intel Core i5 6200U 2.3 GHz up to 2.8 GHz and turbo boost technology, you do not have to worry about lagging and bad performance experience which makes them one of the best Lenovo ThinkPad laptops in India. These laptops also have some other commendable features like Intel HD Graphics 520 and 14-inch HD along with a Webcam and Microphone that enhances your experience even more. This laptop is ideal for professionals/students needing quality at affordability. Lenovo Laptop Price: Rs 16,899.

2 Which Lenovo ThinkPad is best?
The Lenovo ThinkPad X1 Carbon is far and away the best Lenovo laptop you can seek for. These have both a great display and processor that will help you in making your tasks fast and efficient. 

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>Lenovo Thinkpad L13 Yoga S2 Gen2 Gen6 Long Life Battery Replacement

Best USB-C adapters and hubs 2024: Add ports to your laptop

Get more USB-C ports on your laptop and other ports including HDMI, Ethernet and traditional USB with these great USB-C hubs and adapters.In the old days, laptops used to have lots of connectors and ports dotted along their sides. But recently , makers have slimmed down their devices even more and left no room for such things as an HDMI output or Ethernet socket.


Indeed, more and more laptops (including Apple MacBooks and Dell’s XPS line) and tablets (such as Apple’s iPad Pro) use the latest USB-C connection standard—or its faster Thunderbolt 3 or 4 and USB4 siblings—because it’s small and versatile: the port can be used for a variety of things including connecting peripherals, displays and charging.


But if you still need to connect non-USB-C devices or connections to your USB-C laptop or tablet you’ll need a USB-C hub or adapter. This will let you attach external hard drives, memory sticks, DVD drives, phone chargers, wired Gigabit Ethernet connections, and external displays or a projector for meetings.


An adapter usually just replaces one port, while a hub offers multiple ports. For more serious, but less portable, multiport solutions, look for a fully fledged USB-C docking station.Below the list of our favorites, we explain all the different ports you might require on the hub or adapter; such as USB-A, USB-C, Gigabit Ethernet, SD and microSD card readers, HDMI, DisplayPort, power and audio.


The great news is there is a wide choice of quality USB-C adapters and hubs now available at reasonable prices. Keep reading for all our recommendations as there should be the perfect USB-C hub or adapter here for you—from a simple USB- C to USB-A adapter, to hubs with up to 11 ports and adapter with multiple video connections.Ugreen Revodok Pro 11-in-1 USB-C Hub – Best USB-C hub for 8K display (Windows)


This hub from Ugreen is similar to the Plugable USB-=C 11-in-1 Hub, with 11 ports and dual 4K display support at 60Hz.
It beats the Plugable hub on data-transfer speed (10Gbps compared to 5Gbps) and is more compact.
It only loses the battle on price—$109 vs $79. If the speedier data rates appeal, then it’s worth spending the extra, and look out for deals in our price comparison above links.
It features two HDMI ports that can support dual 4K external monitors at 60Hz for Windows laptops, but, like the Plugable and Ugreen 13-in-1 Hub, only one or two Mac displays that are Mirrored rather than Extended.


The USB ports (1x USB-C and 3x USB-A) are rated at 10Gbps, which is a definite plus point over Plugable. There’s Gigabit Ethernet and SD and MicroSD card readers (only UHS-I rather than faster UHS-II).
Hyperdrive Dual 4K HDMI 10-in-1 USB-C Hub – Best USB-C hub for dual HDMI (Mac)
If you don’t want to pay for a full docking station but require more than one external display, this 10-port hub is as close as you’ll get to a portable dock that supports two monitors. Caldigit’s Thunderbolt 4 Element Hub is another but will require adapters to connect the displays to its Thunderbolt 4 ports.


Owners of Apple’s plain M1 or M2 MacBooks will be delighted that this hub gets past the MacBook’s one-display limitation via some smart InstantView software.
Windows users, however, might find better value with Plugable’s cheaper USB-C 11-in-1 Hub, which is not as great for Mac users owing to it not offering two Extended displays with a Mac.
There are one USB-C and two USB-A ports, all at a decent if not super-fast 5Gbps, and a further USB-C port that can passthrough power to the connected devices at 100W (85W to the laptop).


Gigabit Ethernet, UHS-I SD and MicroSD card readers and a combo audio port complete the impressive 10 ports on offer.


Satechi USB-C Hybrid Multiport Adapter – Best USB-C adapter with SSD enclosure
The Satechi USB-C Hybrid Multiport Adapter isn’t just a 4-port USB-C hub. Its hidden secret is its enclosure that allows you to add SSD storage to boost memory space, backup data, and transfer files at 5Gbps, without taking up an additional USB-C port.
Of course, you can add an SSD drive to most USB-C hubs but this one allows you to carry just one gadget around with you, as the SSD fits inside the adapter. It supports SATA M.2 SSD only (no SSD is included in the price).
There is a 100W USB-C PD charging port (15W is required to run the hub itself), and an impressive 4K 60Hz HDMI display output to connect a single

external monitor. The two USB-A 3.1 ports support fast data transfer at up to 10Gbps.
Hyperdrive 7-in-1 USB-C Hub Stand – Best combo USB-C hub and laptop stand
This clever hybrid device is both a laptop stand and a 7-port USB-C hub. It may be all you need to carry around with you when traveling and works just as well sat in the home or office.
The portable stand is lightweight and collapsible, raising a laptop (up to 17in) to a healthier viewing angle, with five ergonomic settings.
Along one side are the six built-in ports, and a USB-C PD (100W) to keep your laptop charged via the integrated cable.


There are one 5Gbps USB-C port, two 5Gbps USB-A ports, a 4K 30Hz HDMI video port, and SD and microSD card readers (104MBps UHS-I).
Caldigit Thunderbolt 4 Element Hub – Best Thunderbolt 4 hub
Backwards compatible and foreseeable-future-proof, Caldigit’s Thunderbolt 4 Element Hub is great for modern laptops that can feel the benefits of the latest connectivity standard. As such, it’s the ultimate USB-C hub.


It boasts four 40GBps Thunderbolt 4 ports (compatible with USB-C, Thunderbolt 3 and Thunderbolt 4) plus four 10Gbps USB-A ports. One of the TB4 ports is upstream, so connects to the computer; the other three are downstream for connecting other devices.
Power delivery to external devices is more impressive than other hubs reviewed here, up to 15W on the Thunderbolt ports.


You can use the TB4 ports to add external USB-C displays or, with a USB-C display adapter, to multiple HDMI or DisplayPort monitors—as well as other devices, all at top speeds. When connected to a Thunderbolt computer the Element Hub can add a monitor up to 8K resolution, or dual 4K 60Hz monitors.
If you need wired Internet access, you can add a USB-C to Gigabit Ethernet adapter.
Read our full Caldigit Thunderbolt 4 Element Hub review

Satechi 4-Port USB-C Hub – Best USB-C hub for multiple USB-C
Laptops often have just two USB-C or Thunderbolt ports, so some users will yearn for more of the modern connectors.
Satechi’s well-named 4-Port USB-C Hub boasts four USB-C, which will at least double most laptops’ port count and help add Type-C SSD drives, flash drives, and other peripherals.


The USB-C is rated at 5Gbps.
The 7-port EZQuest USB-C Gen 2 Hub reviewed later is more expensive but includes 4x USB-C ports and 3x USB-A ports, plus 100W passthrough charging.
Ugreen USB-C to 4-Port USB 3.0 Hub – Best USB-C hub for old-school USB portsIf all you need is a bunch of older, standard USB-A ports to add a phone charging cable, memory stick or external hard drive, then you won’t need a more versatile hub—just anLaptop Adapter with a row of USB 3.0 ports .


There are plenty of these about, but for a quality brand take a look at the Ugreen USB-C to 4-Port USB 3.0 Hub, which is inexpensive and ultra-portable.
It has four USB 3.0 ports, and even a 12W micro-USB power port for extra power supply for devices that require it—although this is weak and nowhere near enough to charge a laptop!Even with this handy extra, you should really just consider most of the four ports for data transfer rather than powered devices.


There’s no HDMI, no extra USB-C port for passthrough charging, no memory card slots or Gigabit Ethernet. But who cares: you just want a few old-style USB ports, and this has enough to satisfy the most ardent accessory fan.

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>Apple A1184 laptop Adapter for 60W Apple Macbook 13.3 Magsafe AC Adapter A1184

Microsoft now sells Surface replacement parts, including displays, batteries, and SSDs

Microsoft has started selling replacement components for its Surface devices. The software giant is now offering replacement parts in the Microsoft Store, allowing Surface users to replace displays, Microsoft batteries, SSDs and more.
“We’re excited to offer replacement components to technology consumers to enable self-service repairs outside of warranty,” said Tim McGuiggan, vice president of device services and product engineering at Microsoft. “When you purchase replacement components, you Parts and associated ancillary components (such as screws, if applicable) will be received.”


Tools to help you repair Microsoft Surface devices are sold separately by iFixit, and Microsoft partnered with iFixit in 2021 to sell official Surface repair tools. iFixit offers tools like Microsoft Surface battery covers to prevent punctures during repairs, debonding brackets to help cut through the adhesive that holds the screen glass in place, and tools to properly replace your screen. Microsoft’s official Surface

replacement components will be available in the US first, with commercial resellers in Canada and France also able to sell parts. Microsoft said it will have updates on when it plans to expand the availability of these parts to other markets in the future.
Not all Surface devices come with available components like displays, Microsoft batteries , and SSDs. Microsoft only sells replacement stands for the Surface Pro 7, but more modern devices like the Surface Pro 9 have a variety of components available, including displays,

SSDs, Surface mode batteries , USB-C ports, Surface Connect charging ports, and even speakers, Wi-Fi and cooling module. Prices vary by Surface model. A replacement screen for the Surface Studio 2 Plus costs $1,749.99, while a stand for the Surface Pro 9 starts at $56.99. You can find a complete list of replacement components on the Microsoft website.


Since Microsoft’s Surface tablets and laptops haven’t always been easy to repair in the past, parts will vary. Microsoft has made huge strides on this in recent years, with a focus on removable SSDs and the ability to replace screens and  Microsoft batteries more easily .

Shop Laptop Batteries ,Laptop AC Adapters, Notebook Batteries and Notebook Chargers from HP, Lenovo, DELL, Panasonic Asus and more! Batteryforpc.co.uk offers the best prices, shipping & top-rated customer service! Order today

Designed to go further, Nokia G11’s three-day battery life makes doing more for longer easy

The latest G-series Nokia phones smartphones are built to last, offering long-lasting battery life , robust security updates and two years of the latest Android™ operating system without breaking the bank. The latest G-series smartphones are built to last. Security updatesLove it: Three days of smartphones battery life so you can go further, for longer 


Trust it: twice as many security updates as the competition to help protect your important data, and 30 days of free ExpressVPN access for enhanced security
Keep it up: Built with rigorous industry-recognized testing and backed by two years of software upgrades for the latest Android experience
Espoo, Finland, February 14, 2022 – HMD Global, the home of Nokia phones, today announced the launch of the latest member of the G Series family – Nokia G11. Smartphones are the new challenger in the affordable smartphone market.
The Nokia G11 pushes the boundaries of the mid-range segment with its three-day Nokia G11 battery life² and it offers more security updates than competing smartphones in the same price range.
“The G series is our heartland; it’s what we’re known for; affordable devices that can be had from hardware to software. With premium materials, regular security updates, and software upgrades, the Nokia G11 is no exception. This means you can get even more Keep your device for longer. Your Nokia smartphone will still be as fresh as when it arrived, reducing the need for unnecessary upgrades and thus reducing our impact on the environment.”

Florian Seiche, CEO, HMD GlobalProtect what matters mostTo make sure your data is as safe as possible, Nokia G11 comes with three years of monthly security updates. The phone’s security offering is one of the strongest on the market, offering twice as many security updates as its competitors.


Bringing Face Mask Mode to affordable smartphones – available for the first time on Nokia G11, it ensures the convenience of face unlock is never interrupted – keeping your data safe whether you’re wearing a protective mask or not.
Additionally, the smartphone is Android 12 ready, so the latest innovations from Android are at your fingertips. From new features to optimized performance, the Nokia G11 experience will stay fresh for a long time to come. cube
Industry-leading partners support HMD Global in delivering best-in-class experiences. Nokia G11 makes it easy to use popular apps Spotify and ExpressVPN. Spotify will offer Nokia smartphone owners access to 70 million tracks and 3.2 million podcasts out of the box, perfect for creating the ultimate family playlist for quality time. ⁴ For enhanced privacy and added peace of mind, ExpressVPN is offering a 30-day free trial on all new Nokia smartphones. 


Long battery life keeps you connected all day longThe impressive three-day  Nokia smartphone battery life of a Nokia smartphone is great for those who want to get through the day without worrying about the remaining charge. Nokia G11 makes it easy to make more memories with your family or watch all your favorite shows. 
Turn on the new customizable Ultra Battery Saver mode to give your phone longer battery life⁶ – only available on select Nokia phones. You can even choose specific energy-saving locations so you can still access the key features you need. The Nokia G11 also allows this feature to be turned on when the battery reaches 20%, rather than waiting until the battery drops to 10% as per the standard Android solution, allowing you to further extend   phone batterylife.
immersive entertainmentUsers can now stream Netflix in HD for the first time on a Nokia G series device, giving them the best way to stream all their favorite movies and TV shows on the go, on Nokia G11.


Finnish ingenuity in new designsThe Nokia G11 features a new design that’s more ergonomic and thinner than previous smartphones. Made from tough polycarbonate, the new design still retains the signature durability and excellence people have come to expect from Nokia smartphones.


For added peace of mind, the Nokia G11 Clear Case will showcase the beauty of your phone. It is made from 100% recycled materials and can also be recycled after use.
Versatile photography for the best photos day or nightMake memories day and night, and with Nokia G11 you’ll be able to capture every moment in stunning detail with the triple rear cameras. Using artificial intelligence technology, everything from family photos to solo selfies will look best in various environments additionally, with AI Super-Resolution Mode, Nokia G11 can also improve the zoom quality of your photos for stunning results.


Find your perfect audio companionTo provide choice, the latest headphones come in wired and wireless versions. Nokia Wireless Headphones and Nokia Wired Headphones are designed for comfort and feature high-quality 40mm drivers for powerful bass. The ultra-lightweight design features soft over-ear cushioning and foldable arms for extra comfort and convenience. Easy hands-free calling and smart voice assistant support⁷let youor a seamless experience whether you’re working or blasting your favorite tunes.


If wireless is the way to go for you, rest assured the Nokia Wireless Headphones will keep up with your plans – enjoy up to 62 hours of uninterrupted listening on single charge.


Offering clear sound and comfortable fit at ultra-high value, the new Nokia Go Earbuds2 + are truly wireless and come with environmental noise cancellation (ENC) eliminating background noise for great voice clarity in calls. IPX4 rating means they are sweat and splash resistant – combined with 24-hour playtime, they will see you through even the rainiest of days. Coming with a simple touch pad for controlling your audio and Fast Pair so you can instantly connect to your Android device.


Take it a step further with the all-new Nokia Go Earbuds2 Pro – coming with low latency gaming and video mode, you can enjoy no audio delay for an immersive multimedia experience.

Shop Laptop Batteries ,Laptop AC Adapters, Notebook Batteries and Notebook Chargers from HP, Lenovo, DELL, Panasonic Asus and more! Batteryforpc.co.uk offers the best prices, shipping & top-rated customer service! Order today!

Huawei’s new battery can charge to half-full in five minutes

TOKYO — Chinese smartphone maker Huawei has announced a new lithium-ion battery — like the one in your smartphone — that can give you a 48 per cent charge in five minutes.


Other fast-charging batteries made by ASUS and Samsung often work at the expense of the  smartphone battery’s lifespan or capacity, but Huawei’s battery has graphite atoms coating the anode, which preserves the battery itself while charging, and is also much quicker.The company showed two battery prototypes it has developed during an event in Japan. The first smartphone  battery has a capacity of 3,000 milliampere-hours (mAh), similar to a smartphone, and charges to half-full in five minutes.
An even faster prototype reaches 68 per cent in two minutes, but it only has a 600mAh capacity, which is too small for a smartphone.


Battery life is a huge limiting factor in all electronic devices. Today, 15-year-old lithium-ion technology powers everything from cars to spacecraft, but the big problem is they cannot keep up with our power-hungry consumer devices.
Most smartphones take up to two hours to charge to full capacity, and often die within hours if used primarily, or with 4G.


Some of the fastest-charging smartphones on the market are ASUS’ Zenfone 2 and Samsung’s Galaxy S6. The former gives you 32 per cent power in just 15 minutes and the latter hits 100 per cent after one hour and 20 minutes.Analysts have said that the power requirements of our new mobile devices are growing at twice the pace of  smartphone battery-capacity evolution.
The big constraint is the battery itself: They tend to age quickly, and efficiency has barely improved over the past decade or so.


Several companies and research labs are trying to build new alternatives. An Israeli company called Storedot, for instance, has designed asmartphone batterybased on an entirely new organic compound that can charge your phone from zero to full, in 30 seconds. received US$66 million (S$94 million) from investors such as Samsung.


Currently, Huawei’s quick-charge batteries need a special charging platform, which is not bulky but is still an extra device you will need to carry around with your charger.


Shop Laptop Batteries ,Laptop AC Adapters, Notebook Batteries and Notebook Chargers from HP, Lenovo, DELL, Panasonic Asus and more! Batteryforpc.co.uk offers the best prices, shipping & top-rated customer service! Order today

Samsung unveils latest Galaxy Tab A9 series: All you need to know

Samsung Galaxy Tab A9 series has made its debut in the Indian market, offering consumers two sizes to choose from – an 8.7-inch display and an 11-inch display. These tablets will be available in three colours and will be ready for purchase starting October 23.Samsung has announced its new Galaxy Tab A9 series and has unleashed Tab A9 and Tab A9+ in the Indian market. The devices will be available in two sizes- an 8.7-inch display and an 11-inch display. The new tablets will be available in three colour variants- Silver, Navy and Graphite colour- starting from October 23 onwards. Galaxy Tab A9: Specifications


RAM and Storage
Both models offer two storage configurations – 4GB of RAM with 64GB of storage and 8GB of RAM with 128GB of storage.

Samsung Galaxy Tab A9 series has made its debut in the Indian market, offering consumers two sizes to choose from – an 8.7-inch display and an 11-inch display. These tablets will be available in three colors and will be ready for purchase starting October 23.Samsung has announced its new Galaxy Tab A9 series and has unleashed Tab A9 and Tab A9+ in the Indian market. The devices will be available in two sizes- an 8.7-inch display and an 11-inch display. The new tablets will be available in three color variants- Silver, Navy and Graphite color- starting from October 23 onwards. Galaxy Tab A9: Specifications 

RAM and Storage Both models offer two storage configurations – 4GB of RAM with 64GB of storage and 8GB of RAM with 128GB of storage.
CameraThe Tab A9 features an 8MP rear camera and a 2MP front camera, while the Tab A9+ comes with an 8MP rear camera and a 5MP front camera.
BatteryThe Tab A9 is equipped with a 5,100mAh battery, while the Tab A9+ features a larger 7,040mAh Samsung’s Tab A9 battery for extended usage. 
DisplayIn terms of display refresh rates, the Tab A9 offers up to 60Hz, while the Tab A9+ takes it a step further with a smoother 90Hz refresh rate, perfect for lag-free gaming and smooth scrolling.


The Galaxy Tab A9+ takes the tablet experience to a new level with a 90Hz refresh rate, ideal for seamless gaming and scrolling. 
SpeakersIt also provides an immersive sound experience with Quad speakers featuring Dolby Atmos.
More featuresBoth tablets come with sleek unibody designs and soft-textured back covers for a comfortable grip. The Tab A9+ introduces PC-level multitasking with Samsung DeX, offering a multi-active window for users to enjoy up to three split screens, maximizing productivity.Screen Recorder

The new series includes a ‘Screen Recorder’ feature that allows users to record their screens, making it convenient for reference purposes. Samsung’s Galaxy Tab A9 series aims to cater to a broad spectrum of user needs with its diverse features, display sizes, and performance capabilities.
Display sizeSamsung has introduced the Galaxy aTab A9 series in India, which includes two sizes: one with an 8.7-inch display and another with an 11-inch display. 
BatteryThe Tab A9 is powered by a 5,100mAh battery, while the Tab A9+ has a larger 7,040mAhSamsung’s Galaxy Tab A9 battery. 
GripBoth tablets feature unibody designs with soft-textured back covers for enhanced grip. 
Multitasking capabilitiesThe Tab A9+ introduces PC-level multitasking through Samsung DeX, enabling users to enjoy up to three split screens for enhanced productivity. 

All brands laptop battery in here, We sell cheap and high quality laptop batteries , Tablets battery, mobile phone battery, you choose

Samsung adds battery protection feature for its phones, but not everyone can use this feature yet

Samsung has introduced a new “Battery Saver” feature in its upcoming One UI update to extend the battery life and overall performance of Samsung smartphones. 

Battery health has long been a top concern for smartphone users. While iPhone users have been enjoying dedicated features to monitor battery health and longevity, Android users have been waiting. However, the wait is finally over, especially for Samsung users. In response to the growing need to extend smartphone battery life and overall performance, Samsung has introduced a new feature called “Battery Saver” in its upcoming One UI update.


According to a report from 9to5Google , Samsung Galaxy users running Android 14 on their devices can get a sneak peek at the new  Samsung Galaxy battery protection feature. The feature appears in the new “Battery Protection” section in the Settings menu of the upcoming One UI 6.1. It’s worth noting that these details are based on leaks, and official information is expected to be revealed with the launch of the highly-anticipated Galaxy S24 series next month. Leaks suggest battery saver features in Galaxy devices are built into the One UI 6.0 (Android 14) patch, which will also power the new Galaxy S24 series, yet hidden from regular users. To access the application, users need to manually launch the application “Activity” through a specialized application such as “Activity Launcher”. The specific activity to be activated is called “BatteryProtectionActivity”.


After launching this activity, a new menu is displayed allowing the user to toggle the feature and choose from three levels of protection. The three levels are:
– “Basic Protection” prevents the charger from keeping the device at 100% charged, but ensures it is at least 95% charged.- “Adaptive Protection” will stop fast charging at 80% and gradually charge to 100% based on the user’s typical phone usage habits. This is similar to a feature in Google Pixel phones, which is based on proactive alerts.- “Maximum Protection” limits charging to 80%.


However, there’s a problem: The feature is reportedly not working right now. Although the settings appear correctly and allow the user to switch between options, there is no real impact on smartphone  battery behavior. The issue was first highlighted on Twitter by Tarun Vats, who said that enabling battery saver on Samsung smartphones will only limit battery power to a maximum of 85%, a feature that has been available since Samsung’s Android 13 update Provided.


But the feature will be available to everyone soon. Meanwhile, reports suggest that Google is working on a solution to allow Android users to check their battery health, which also supports the availability of a dedicatedSamsung Cell Phone battery  health feature. According to reports, Google will bring this update in a new operating system update.

Lenovo ThinkPad Batteries Recalled Due to Fire Hazard

Your laptop battery isn’t going to explode and kill you, but you should probably take Lenovo’s advice and replace it.. On the list of things you don’t want to happen to something you put in your lap, “Burn into Fire” is pretty high up there – right behind “Explode” and “Become a Black Hole.”
Lenovo has officially begun a global recall of battery packs used in different versions of its laptops, citing fire risks. A total of approximately 34,500 battery packs are affected in the United States and approximately 2,900 battery packs are affected in Canada. While it’s unclear how many laptop batteries in total may be affected by the recall or what the price associated with the mentioned global recall will ultimately be, Chinese officials say around 117,000 batteries are affected in that country alone.
The battery in question either ships with or is sold as a replacement part in the following ThinkPad laptop models: Edge 11, 13, and 14 series, T410, T420, T510, and W510 series, and X100e, X120e, X200, X201, and X201s series.


If this happens to be the laptop you own, you’ll want to look at the  laptop battery itself – specifically, the white sticker underneath the laptop’s battery barcode – and see if it contains one of the following part numbers (starting around the battery’s fourth ONE ONE LABEL) Digits or so): 42T4695, 42T4711, 42T4804, 42T4822, 42T4822, 42T4834, 42T4834, 42T4890. Termine if you want is of the one of that needs to be repLaced. If so, Lenovo’s follow-up suggestions are no joke:


Lenovo advises: “Consumers should immediately shut down their ThinkPad laptops, remove the battery pack, and contact Lenovo to replace the battery pack for free. Consumers can continue to use their ThinkPad laptops without theLenovo ThinkPad laptops battery pack by plugging in the AC adapter and power cord.” in its press release.
On the bright side, your laptop won’t explode, catch fire, or anything like that. According to the company, there have been no reports of anyone being injured as a result of the related batteries. However, it has received reports of overheating batteries damaging computers, laptop batteries (apparently) and “nearby property.”


According to Lenovo, Lenovo replacement batteries for Lenovo laptops should be shipped within three working days of notification. The new free battery will also come with a 90-day limited warranty.

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>
11.61V 1415mAh Lenovo L21M3P74 Long Life Battery Replacement

Why Does It Take So Long For My Samsung Tablet To Charge

Are you feeling frustrated and impatient while you wait for your Samsung tablet to charge? You plug it in, expecting a quick boost in battery life, but the charging process seems to take an eternity. If you’ve encountered this problem, you’re not alone. Many Samsung tablet users have encountered the same problem and wondered why their device takes so long to charge.


In this article, we’ll explore a few reasons why your Samsung tablet is charging slowly and provide helpful tips on troubleshooting and improving charging speeds. From charger malfunctions to software-related issues, we’ll cover everything you need to know to charge your tablet quickly and efficiently. Understanding the reasons behind a slow charging process can help you take appropriate steps to resolve the issue. Whether you’re a busy professional who needs a tablet for work, or a casual user who wants uninterrupted entertainment, knowing how to speed up charging times can significantly enhance your tablet experience. Let’s take a deeper look at the various factors that may be causing your Samsung tablet to not work properly. Charge slowly, from hardware problems to software glitches, and learn how to overcome them.

Cause 1: Faulty Charger or Cable One of the most common reasons why your Samsung tablet is charging slowly is a faulty charger or cable. Over time, chargers and cables can become worn, damaged, or bent, resulting in less efficient charging. If you find that your tablet is taking longer to charge than usual, or the charging icon keeps disappearing and reappearing, it’s worth checking the charger and cable for any signs of damage.


Check the charger and cable for frayed wires, exposed metal, or bent connectors. If you notice any obvious damage, it is highly recommended to replace it with a new one. Using a damaged charger or cable can not only slow down the charging process but also cause problems. In some cases, the problem may not be with the charger or cable itself, but with the connection between them. Over time, dust, lint, and debris can accumulate in the charging port, hindering the charging process. To fix this problem, use a soft brush or compressed air to gently clean the charging port. Please be careful not to damage the delicate pins inside the port when cleaning.
If replacing the charger or cleaning the charging port doesn’t resolve the slow charging issue, you may need to consult a professional technician or contact Samsung customer support for further assistance. They can diagnose the problem and recommend the best course of action.


Next, we’ll look at another possible reason why your Samsung tablet is charging slowly: a low-power charger.

Reason 2: The charger has low powerUsing a low-power charger significantly can affect the charging speed of your Samsung tablet. While it may seem convenient to use any charger that fits into the charging port, not all chargers are created equal. Different chargers have different power outputs, measured in watts or amps. If you use a charger that outputs less power than your tablet needs, charging will take longer.


Check the charger’s specifications to make sure it provides the necessary power output for your specific Samsung tablet model. Ideally, you should use the original charger that came with your device or a certified charger recommended by the manufacturer.


If you find that your tablet is still charging slowly even with the correct charger, it’s worth trying a different charger or cable to rule out any compatibility issues. Some third-party chargers may claim to be compatible with Samsung tablets, but they may not provide the optimal power output needed for efficient charging.
Another factor to consider is using a charger that supports fast charging technology. Many Samsung tablets come with fast charging capabilities that shorten charging times. Make sure your charger is compatible with this feature to take full advantage of fast charging capabilities.


In some cases, using a low-power charger may not only slow down the charging process, but may not fully charge the tablet. If you encounter this problem, you must switch to a higher-power charger to ensure your tablet receives adequate charge and avoid potential battery drain during use.
Now that we’ve explored the impact of low-power chargers on your Samsung tablet’s charging speed, let’s move on to the next cause: background apps and processes.Now that we’ve addressed the impact of background apps and processes on your Samsung tablet’s charging speed, let’s explore another potential cause: Samsung tablet’s battery health and longevity.


Reason 4: Battery health and lifeThe health and age of your tablet’s battery will also have a significant impact on how quickly it charges. Batteries naturally degrade over time, resulting in reduced charging capacity and longer charging times.
If your Samsung tablet is a few years old and charging slowly, it could be a sign that the  Samsung tablet battery is nearing the end of its life. In this case, the battery may need to be replaced to restore optimal charging performance. Consider contacting a certified technician or contact Samsung customer support for assistance.

In addition to age, battery health can also be affected by certain usage habits. Frequent full discharge and overcharging will accelerate battery degradation. It is recommended to avoid completely discharging the battery and instead charge it more frequently in shorter periods of time. Similarly, avoiding leaving your tablet plugged in once it reaches 100% can help prevent overcharging.


Another important factor in keeping your b tablet’s batteryhealthy is avoiding exposure to extreme temperatures. High heat or cold environments can affect battery performance and life. It’s best to store and use your tablet in a cool, dry place to mitigate any potential damage caused by temperature fluctuations .


Taking good care of yourHigh quality tablet batterycan extend its life and ensure optimal charging speeds. Calibrating the battery regularly, including full charge and full discharge, can help recalibrate the battery capacity indicator and improve charging accuracy.


If you suspect that yourtablet’s batteryhealth is affecting its charging speed, consider using the battery optimization features provided by Samsung or a third-party battery management app. These features can help monitor and optimize battery usage, potentially improving charging performance.


Now that we’ve explored the impact of battery health and age on charging speed, let’s move on to the next cause: charging port issues.
Reason 5: Charging port problemThe charging port of your Samsung tablet can be prone to various issues, resulting in slow charging. Over time, dust, lint, or debris can accumulate in the charging ports, blocking connections and hindering the charging process.


Check the charging port carefully and, if necessary, clean it gently using a soft brush or compressed air. Please be careful not to damage the fragile pins inside the port when cleaning. Removing any obstructions improves the connection between the charger and tablet, resulting in faster charging.
Another common charging port problem is a loose or damaged port. If the charging cable feels loose or wobbly when plugged into the port, this may indicate a problem. Loose or damaged ports may prevent a secure connection, causing slow or intermittent charging. In this case, it may be necessary to seek professional help to repair or replace the charging port.


Additionally, some Samsung tablets have a feature called USB Diagnostics that allows you to check the status of the charging port and identify any potential issues. To access this feature, go to the Settings menu, select About Tablet, then click Hardware Information. Look for the USB Diagnostics option and follow the on-screen instructions to perform diagnostics.


If you try cleaning the charging port and the problem persists, it is recommended to try a different charging cable or charger to rule out any compatibility issues. Sometimes, a faulty cable or charger can be the culprit for slow charging.

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>Samsung Galaxy Tab SM-T700 Long Life Battery Replacement

HP Dragonfly G4 review: The ideal business laptop for traveling

Road warrior, hybrid worker, business traveler. There are countless terms for people who work more on the road than at their desk. HP is addressing this target group with the Dragonfly G4. In the fourth generation, HP has equipped its lightweight notebook with a Core i7 from Intel’s Raptor Lake generation–apart from that, little has changed.
The Dragonfly weighs just under 2.64 pounds and is housed in a sturdy blue-grey casing made from a magnesium-aluminium mix. The material surface has a pleasant grip as it is slightly roughened. As the corners and edges are rounded, the Dragonfly is also painless to pick up. You can open the display 180 degrees with one hand. Read on to learn more.

Looking for more options? Check out PCWorld’s roundup of the best laptops available today.
HP Dragonfly G4: Small notebook, loads of connectionsConsidering its compact form factor, the Dragonfly is well equipped: Above all, it has more ports than other ultra-mobile lightweights, which often only offer Type-C with Thunderbolt 4. The Dragonfly also has two of these 40 Gbps ports for connecting the power supply unit among other things. However, there’s also an HDMI 2.1 output and a USB Type A socket.
The HP notebook comes with plenty of business-ready extras, too. In addition to WLAN with Wi-Fi 6E, you can also go online on the go via the built-in 5G module. The slot for the nano-SIM card on the left-hand side of the casing can be conveniently removed without opening tools.


You can log in using your finger via a sensor button at the bottom right of the keyboard or via the full HD camera. Its lens can be closed with a special button, but automatic logging in and out of the notebook via HP’s Auto-Lock & Awake still works because this function recognizes the user via a proximity sensor.
HP Dragonfly G4_AußenansichtYou can also use the F2 key to restrict the display’s viewing angle. This Sure View privacy filter is designed to prevent nosy neighbors on trains and planes from catching operational or other secrets with a quick glance at the screen.


The underside of the housing can be easily opened after removing four screws. The Laptop battery, SSD, and cellular module can be replaced. However, the RAM and WLAN hardware are soldered on.
HP Dragonfly G4: Top choice for office work, sufficient for multimedia tasksThe Core i7-1355U in the Dragonfly delivers the usual speed for an economical processor from the U-series: The performance is absolutely sufficient for office applications and for most multimedia programs. It just isn’t made for demanding video editing and rendering applications. This is because the hybrid CPU can’t really pick up speed due to the thermal conditions in the compact casing. It calculates around ten percent slower in Cinebench R23, for example, than in a larger 15-inch notebook.

The speed advantage over the predecessor Dragonfly G3 with Alder Lake CPU is around 10 percent, a little more for multimedia, a little less for Office. However, compared to a professional multimedia notebook with GPU such as the Lenovo Yoga Pro 9i, the speed deficit is only significant when, as in rendering, the CPU and graphics card are required to work together. During normal work with photos and videos, the lag is usually only around ten percent because the Dragonfly is equipped with a generous 32GB of RAM.


The two small fans in the HP notebook are quiet even under a heavy load. However, they frequently change their rotational speed, which causes the operating noise to fluctuate and disturb sensitive users more than when the fans rotate a little faster but at a constant volume .
HP Dragonfly G4_Anschlüsse rechtsConnections on the right-hand side.Thomas RauHP Dragonfly G4: Battery life will last you a long journeyAn ultra-mobile business notebook is defined above all by its weight and  HP  notebook battery life. The Dragonfly impresses in both disciplines. In addition to its low weight, it has an outstanding battery life of 17.5 hours in the WLAN test. The battery capacity is 68 Wh, if you’re curious.


HP Dragonfly G4: The display is ideal for office useThe 13.5-inch screen has an aspect ratio of 3:2. This is practical for office work, as the additional vertical pixels allow you to see more content from text documents and websites, for example, than with 16:9 or 16:10 . The resolution of 1920×1280 is not exceptionally high, but is sufficient for standard office applications.

In the test, the Dragonfly shines with a very high brightness and excellent contrast. The latter makes text and spreadsheet work more pleasant while the former, in combination with the anti-reflective display surface, makes image content easy to read even in difficult lighting conditions The Dragonfly can also automatically adjust its brightness to changing light conditions using a sensor.


HP Dragonfly G4 Anschlüsse linksHP Dragonfly G4: Connectors on the left.Thomas Rau
The luminance is not evenly distributed, as the brightness decreases significantly from top to bottom. However, this is less noticeable on the small screen than on a large monitor. What is immediately noticeable, however, is the display’s dependence on the viewing angle.


Even if you haven’t activated “Sure View”, the image immediately loses contrast and color saturation if you are not sitting in front of it optimally. Nevertheless, the screen can be tilted flexibly so that users of any height can find the ideal viewing angle.
HP Dragonfly G4: The keyboard and touchpad are designed for frequent typists and clickersA top keyboard rounds off the Dragonfly G4’s office suitability. The keys are relatively large for this form factor. What’s especially pleasing is the very pronounced pressure point that all keys have across the entire keyboard surface including the space bar. As is usual with ultrabooks, the arrow keys are not positioned separately and the up and down keys are combined in the size of one key.


The touchpad also impresses with clear pressure feedback. It even remains very quiet when the mouse is clicked. The Dragonfly’s surface strikes the perfect balance between grip and speed. You can position the mouse pointer precisely or let it whiz quickly across the display as required.

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>HP EliteBook 2560p Notebook PC Serie Long Life Battery ReplacementI

[Notebook] Battery and Power Adapter (Charger) Specifications and Recommended Usage

In this article, we will provide detailed specifications for ASUS original batteries and power adapters (chargers),along with guidelines for their optimal usage. This guide particularly focuses on scenarios where power outlets may or may not provide sufficient power to the laptop’s power adapter in specific situations, such as on an airplane, common wall outlets, and even power outlets on extension cords. The goal is to ensure that the laptop’s power adapter functions properly and adequately meets its energy requirements in various environment

AC adapter specifications
The AC adapter of ASUS laptop s  hows the input/output voltage/current (as below red square mark in the picture) and the safety certifications on the rear side.
INPUT: Applicable voltage is 100~240V as AC (Alternating Current), 50~60Hz as frequency, and 2A as current.


OUTPUT: Applicable voltage is 19V as DC (Direct Current) and 6.32A as current. The maximum watts is 19V * 6.32A = 120W.

You can also check AC Adapter specification in the User Manual. Here you can learn more about How to download User Manual.

AC adapter connector specification 
How to check the  ASUS AC adapter specification on the ASUS official site 
The maintain and recommended use of AC adapter and cable
Please refer to the following items to properly use the AC adapter and power cable of the ASUS notebook to prevent potential damages to the laptop.


For the best performance, please use ASUS original AC adapter and power cable for your ASUS notebook to avoid compatibility issues.Do not use different adapters on different models, or plugging in different sizes of connectors might cause damages. Even though the size of the DC Jack is the same, please ensure the adapter specification (eg 19V / 4.74A) is the same. Otherwise, the adapter or laptop will be damaged due to wrong usage.Before charging the laptop with the adapter, please make sure no abnormal stuff (such as dust or tiny cotton) inside the connectors of the  laptop AC adapter If there is stuck stuff, please clean it before using the AC adapter. 
Do not place the adapter on the ground while using it because the office chair wheels can easily damage the power cable causing and cause short circuits or electricity leak for the cable.While using the AC adapter: Please stretch the power cable of the AC adapter r, and do not tie it up on the AC adapter or anything.Store the AC adapter or while not using it: Please refer to the following illustrations to store the power cable properly and use Velcro to tie it up. This way not only saves the cable easily but also prevents it broken.     Note:
The broken or damaged cable may cause a short circuit between the inside of the computer and the adapter, it may also get an electric shock or overheating, even catch the fire.Please do not tie the cable on the AC adapter or anything because inappropriately tying may cause the inside cooper wire of the cable broken. The following illustrations are the incorrect methods of tying cable.      
Battery instructionsASUS battery of laptops utilize Li-ion battery which has no battery memory effect, and the system is able to prevent over-charge/excessive discharge/charge temperature control.


One thing to be emphasized is that Li-ion battery will “self-discharge” and battery level will slightly go down even though it is not used.


If the battery had been stored for a long time and discharged to 0%, it may cause the voltage of the battery lower than the specification of Under Voltage, and the battery will be damaged and no longer rechargeable. Therefore, you need to always keep a certain amount of charge remaining before long-term storage without using. 
We recommend to charge the battery to 50%, turn the device off, and remove the AC adapter when not using the laptop for a long time. Recharge the battery to 50% every three months to refresh the battery and prevent battery damage due to over -discharge.
For other battery introduction, here you can learn more about ASUS Battery Information Center.


Charge your Notebook PC
Connect the AC power cord to the AC/DC adapter.Connect the DC power connector into your Notebook PC’s power (DC) input port.Plug the AC power adapter into a 100V~240V power source.Charge the Notebook PC  battery for 3 hours before using it in battery mode for the first time.
Note: The power adapter may vary in appearance, depending on models and your region. For detailed information, please refer to your User Manual instructions.

 Question 1: Why does my computer stop charging after battery level is 60% or 80%
Answer 1: Please make sure whether you set up charging mode in ASUS Battery Health Charging software (For some models, the Battery Health Charging is integrated in MyASUS). In order to protect the battery, Battery Health Charging allows you to set your battery’s maximum power of ROSC 

Shop Laptop Batteries ,Laptop AC Adapters, Notebook Batteries and Notebook Chargers from HP, Lenovo, DELL, Panasonic Asus and more! Batteryforpc.co.uk offers the best prices, shipping & top-rated customer service! Order today!

Dell’s Streak: Is It a Huge Smartphone or a Tiny Computer?

The time I’ve spent with Verizon Wireless’s Droid X has made one thing clear to me: I like great big smartphone screens. As impressively elegant as the iPhone 4’s 3.5″ retina display is, the X’s 4.3″ superscreen makes for larger type and easier tapping. It’s like the difference between a highly refined sportscar and a roomy SUV. I hope phones in both sizes flourish.


And then there’s Dell’s Streak…which makes the Droid X look like a pipsqueak. At five inches, its screen is so expansive that it’s not clear upon first glance whether this device is a phone. It is. Or at least it can be one: The Dell executive I spoke with at a demo yesterday described the Streak as being “capable of making phone calls.” In other words, Dell sees it as a data device that does voice rather than a phone that does data.

The Streak is currently available in the UK from wireless carrier O2; consumers who sign up for two years of data-only or data/voice service can get it for free, and it costs about $500 without a contract. Dell intends to bring it to the states later this summer, but hasn’t announced any specifics about pricing or or carrier partnerships.
If nothing else, the company deserves credit for being gutsy enough to enter a market with an exceptionally checkered past. The OQO and FlipStart PC flopped, as did Microsoft’s UMPC. Intel’s Mobile Internet Device platform doesn’t seem to be going anywhere, either. Sony’s UX series is history. Archos continues to build mini-tablets that run Windows and Android, but it caters to gadget nerds, not the masses.


Basically, there’s never been much evidence that anyone other than a few geeks wants a computing gadget that’s bigger than a smartphone and smaller than a netbook. (The iPad is a lot thinner than a netbook, but its screen size–9.7 inches–is similar .)
And yet the Streak is pretty interesting. I’m used to hands-on time with tiny computers leaving me less interested in them, not more so, but the Streak is more impressive in person than it is in theory. Dell did something that almost nobody who builds these kinds of gizmos ever bothers with: It built a user interface designed with the device in mind. The Streak runs Android, but Dell has does some serious customization.

It gave the device a new keyboard; it moved the app tray to the top of the screen and created a special row for favorite apps; it reworked the alert pane to make it easier to read.
You usually use more typical smartphones in portrait orientation, but Dell says that it found that people are more likely to hold a device as large as the Streak in landscape mode. So it optimized the interface with that assumption. I found myself holding it in one hand and tapping around the interface with the other one.


Apart from the screen size, the Streak is reminiscent of more typical “superphones” such as the Nexus One and EVO 4G. It has a 1-GHz Qualcomm Snapdragon processor, 512MB of RAM, 16GB of storage space, a five-megapixel camera on the back plus another camera on the front for video conferencing, GSM and UTMS, Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, and GPS. Even though the multitouch screen is humongous, the resolution is 480 by 800–the same as the Nexus and EVO, and less than that of the iPhone 4. Dell says it’ll run for about ten hours on a charge, a finding confirmed by Engadget’s review.
Like many another Android device, the Streak suffers from day-old bread syndrome–the problem which we’re not supposed to call fragmentation. Dell’s customized operating system is built on top of Android 1.6, an OS which has since been superseded by Android 2.0 , 2.1, and 2.2. Dell says that its version of 1.6 includes tweaks that replicate some of the functionality of more recent Android versions, and that it plans to update the Streak to 2.2 at some point.


A few photos I snapped at my briefing yesterday:How big is the Streak’s display? It’s so spacious that it has a roomy onscreen keyboard…that includes a numeric keypad:

Looking at the Streak for the first time, my instinctive assumption was that it was too portly to put in a pocket, and therefore more like a notebook or iPad than an effortlessly portable smartphone. Not quite true. It fits in a shirt pocket, as long as you can live with it peering out from the top.


Is there room in the market for the Streak, which Dell says has been a hit in the UK? I think that depends in part on what consumers think it is, and whether they see it replacing an existing category of gadget. Dell isn’t calling the Streak a smartphone, but it’s hard to imagine anyone toting a smartphone and a Streak. Maybe there are folks who happily carry more phonelike non-smartphones who’d like the Streak. Or ones who like the idea of ​​using the Web on a fairly sizable screen but think the iPad and netbooks are too cumbersome.


Or maybe there’s a critical mass of people who are willing to make the Streak their only smartphone–and maybe even to take calls in public with this slablike behemoth pressed to their ears.ork with a Bluetooth headset.)


>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>Dell Chromebook 11 3180 3189 Laptop Series Long Life Battery Replacement

How to Know If a Charger Can Charge Your Laptop

Question #1: Is there a minimum wattage requirement for laptop charging?Will this charge my laptop? This is a common problem for people who have lost or misplaced their laptop charger and are frantically looking for a replacement. If you’re like most people and you’re in this situation, you’ll be using any random charger on your MacBook, Windows laptop,

or even Chromebook, plugging it in and hoping it starts charging. Sometimes you get lucky. Sometimes not so much. The good news is, we live in an age where basically every new laptop charges via USB -C—whether it’s made by Apple, Dell, HP, or Lenovo. Confusingly, not every USB-C wall adapter can provide enough power to charge a laptop.


Below, we answer some of the most frequently asked questions about laptop charging:
Is there a minimum wattage requirement for laptop charging?

it depends. Typically, a wall adapter or portable charger must output at least 29 watts or 31 watts to provide more power to the laptop than it consumes when powered on. Of course, this will vary based on your power consumption intensity. For example, if you have a larger laptop or are running heavy-duty programs, a 30-watt wall adapter may not charge your laptop as quickly as it drains the power. The safe range for wall adapters is 45W to 96W – these will definitely be able to  laptop charge adapters your laptop (with normal use).

 What is Power Delivery (PD)? Does the wall adapter require it?

Power Delivery (PD) is a charging standard that allows chargers to output higher currents and higher voltages, allowing you to charge your smartphone or laptop from 0% to 100% in less time. Yes, PD is the only charging standard that can charge laptops .


That said, just because a charger supports PD doesn’t necessarily mean it can charge your laptop. PD technology can be integrated into many devices with power outputs ranging from 18 watts to 100 watts. For example, Anker’s 18W Power Delivery Charger and Aukey’s 18W PD Fast Charger are both designed to quickly charge your smartphone, not your laptop.

What is gallium nitride? How does it affect charging?GaN stands for gallium nitride and is a new buzzword in charging technology. Essentially, it’s a new material that’s more energy-efficient and space-saving than silicon (the traditional material used in wall adapters), so GaN chargers can be smaller and lighter but still very powerful. Anker has been a leader in GaN chargers, releasing the PowerPort Atom PD 1 last year, but many other charging companies are catching up. There are even rumors that Apple will include a 65-watt GaN MacBook Pro charger in its next MacBook Pro.

Not all laptops charge at the same speed.It’s not just how powerful the wall adapter is. A lot of this has to do with the amount of power the laptop can handle. Different laptops support different power inputs. For example, the latest 16-inch MacBook Pro supports a maximum power input of 140 watts (via MagSafe 3), while the latest MacBook Air is significantly less than that. This means that no matter how powerful the power output of your MacBook charger is, not every USB-C laptop will be able to charge at the same speed .


Another thing is that not all USB-C ports are the same. Specifically, not all USB-C ports support power delivery, and not all ports accept charging. Additionally, not all USB-C cables support PD. So, if you’re wondering why your laptop won’t charge even when plugged in, there could be an issue with the charging port or the charging cable you’re using.

Is Apple’s New MagSafe charging better than USB-C?

Apple has reintroduced an updated version of its MagSafe charger (technically called MagSafe 3) and integrated it into the latest MacBook Pro and MacBook Air. These laptops at least have a USB-C port that can be charged. This means you can charge your laptop in a variety of ways: MagSafe 3 or USB-C.
However, charging your MacBook Pro or MacBook Air is faster with MagSafe 3 charging. That’s because charging over USB-C (Thunderbolt 4) has a maximum power output of 100 watts, and MagSafe 3 can take advantage of the full 140 watts that come with some of the latest MacBook Pros.
USB-C not charging your laptop?

Check your laptop’s settings.If you have a USB-C cable plugged into your laptop that’s supposed to be charging but isn’t, it’s a good idea to check your laptop’s settings. Specifically, you need to make sure the USB-C charging port is receiving power, not just sending it (to other devices and accessories). To do this, open Settings on your laptop and go to the Power/Battery section (on a Mac, click the Apple menu > click System Settings > select the Battery icon in the sidebar) , you should be able to check for a specific USB-C port.Some Chargers That Will Definitely Charge Your Laptop

Anker 715The Anker 715 (also known as the Nano II 65W) is about the same size as the old 5-watt adapter It comes with older iPhones, but it’s more powerful. It’s made from Gallium Nitride (GaN II) instead of silicon, which helps it stay smaller but deliver more power, and is capable of delivering 65 watts. Yes, that’s enough to charge almost any laptop.


Satechi 100W USB C PD Wall Charger
AmazonSatechi 100W USB C PD Wall Chargeramazon.com$69.99Go shopping nowThis is a very unique wall adapter as it has dual USB-C PD ports and a single USB-A port, capable of distributing 100 watts of power to three different devices. Each of its USB-C PD ports can deliver up to 60 watts of power.This is a pretty neat power adapter because it’s one of the few that can work in your car. It plugs into your car’s cigarette lighter and is able to deliver up to 45-watts via its USB-C PD port. It also has a USB-A port for charging other devices.


OmniCharge Omni 20+The Omni 20+ is a super versatile 20,000mAh portable battery. It has two USB-A ports, a USB-C port that supports Power Delivery, and a 100-watt AC port so you can recharge it quickly when it gets depleted. There’s a 10-watt Qi-wireless charging pad on top (for your smartphone or wireless earbuds). And there’s an OLED display that shows how much power the att AC portable chargerhas left.



All laptop adapters,Laptop Computer AC Adapters, power supply, laptop ac adapters laptop dc adapters wholesale & retail,100% brand new, price concessions

Dell Partners with AMD for Enhanced AI Server Portfolio, Boosting Generative AI Capabilities

Dell has expanded its high-performance computing portfolio for AI workloads by adding an AMD-powered server, specifically designed to support large language models (LLMs). This new addition complements Dell’s existing Nvidia-powered options, offering customers more variety in their AI infrastructure choices.


The latest server has 8 AMD M1300X acceleratorsThe latest server, the Dell PowerEdge XE9680, is equipped with eight AMD Instinct MI300X accelerators. These accelerators are notable for their 1.5GB of high-bandwidth memory (HBM3) and their impressive performance capacity, exceeding 21 petaFLOPS. This makes them particularly suitable for businesses looking to train and operate their own in-house LLMs.


DellOne of the key features of the new Dell offering is its scalability. Customers can scale the systems they deploy using the global memory interconnect (xGMI) standard. Additionally, AMD’s GPUs can be connected over an Ethernet-based AI fabric with a Dell PowerSwitch Z9664F -ON. This release follows Dell’s earlier launch of a unit fitted with Nvidia H100 GPUs.


Another significant aspect of Dell’s strategy is the introduction of a new standard called Dell Validated Design for Generative AI with AMD. This standard provides a framework for organizations to run their own hardware and networking architecture for LLMs. It emphasizes the use of AMD ROCm powered AI frameworks, an open-source package including drivers, development toolkits, and APIs compatible with AMD Instinct accelerators. These frameworks support popular AI software like PyTorch, TensorFlow, and OpenAI Triton, all of which have native support on the PowerEdge XE9680 fitted with AMD accelerators .


Dell’s commitment to standards-based networking, as demonstrated by its membership in the Ultra Ethernet Consortium (UEC), signifies a departure from Nvidia’s approach. Unlike Nvidia, AMD and Dell advocate for an open Ethernet for AI, enabling interoperability of switches from different vendors within the same system.

Dell’s approach encourages businesses to adopt an open strategy encompassing computing, fabric, and storage components essential for powering in-house generative AI models.
The new hardware and services that constitute Dell’s latest push in AI are expected to be available in the first half of the next year. This development is part of Dell’s broader effort to provide versatile and powerful solutions for businesses engaging in generative AI and other advanced computing tasks.


Shop Laptop Batteries ,Laptop AC Adapters, Notebook Batteries and Notebook Chargers from HP, Lenovo, DELL, Panasonic Asus and more! Batteryforpc.co.uk offers the best prices, shipping & top-rated customer service! Order today!

Year ender 2023: Elon Musk’s Grok AI, Google Gemini, GPT-4; Checkout the top 5 AI launches of 2023

The Grok logo on a smartphone arranged in New York, US, on Wednesday, Nov. 8, 2023. Elon Musk revealed his own artificial intelligence bot, dubbed Grok, claiming the prototype is already superior to ChatGPT 3.5 across several benchmarks

2023 was the year when generative AI really made its mark, leading to people reacting with a mixture of shock and amazement at the potential of the new technology, while a wave of panic also hit many industries about how AI could eventually take jobs away from humans .

Nevertheless, 2023 has seen a number of AI-related announcements, including OpenAI’s GPT-4 language model, Elon Musk’s Grok AI, Microsoft’s Bing Chat and Google’s Gemini language model. We take a look at the top 5 AI launches of 2023.Top 5 AI launches of 2023: 1) Bird AI: 
Probably a little taken aback by the sudden rise of generative AI technology, Google rushed to launch its own chatbot, named Bard, as an ‘early experiment’. Later in the year, Google continued to make its AI chatbot more feature-rich, including the addition of a more powerful language model called Gemini.

The company has also said that it will make the Bard AI chatbot even more powerful with the addition of the Gemini Ultra language model.


2) Bing Chat: Shortly after the launch of the Bard AI chatbot, Microsoft also launched its own generative AI-based offering, integrating it tightly into its Bing search engine and calling the new tool Bing Chat. Although the initial reception of Bing Chat wasn’t as great as the company had hoped, Microsoft has continued to add features to the chatbot, including support for the GPT-4 language model, the creation of images using OpenAI’s DALL-E, and now the chatbot is even said to have the ability to create songs. 
3) GPT-4: Perhaps one of the biggest AI launches of the year was the GPT-4 language model, the successor to the earlier GPT-3.5 model that powered ChatGPT. OpenAI claimed at the time that the GPT-4-powered ChatGPT demonstrated human-level performance on various professional and academic benchmarks. The company also said that GPT-4 was found to be more reliable, creative and capable of handling much more nuanced instructions than its predecessor.

However, OpenAI only allowed access to its latest language model via a $20/month ChatGPT Plus subscription.


Later in the year, OpenAI introduced another upgrade to its language model in the form of GPT-4 Turbo, which had a much larger context window than its predecessors. According to OpenAI, GPT-4 Turbo can fit over 300 pages of text into a single prompt.
4) DALL-E 3: In September, OpenAI decided to improve its already popular text-to-image generating software, DALL-E. The company claimed that DALL-E 3 which now came with integration with ChatGPT could allow users to ‘craft amazing prompts’ and bring their ideas to life.
However, much like GPT-4, DALL-E 3 was available only to the company’s premium customers with a ChatGPT Plus subscription. However, the new technology was soon available for free via Bing Chat.5) Grok AI: Continuing his complicated relationship with artificial intelligence, Elon Musk finally decided to launch his own AI company, xAI, to compete with the likes of Google and OpenAI.


xAI’s first product is a chatbot called Grok, inspired by The Hitchhiker’s Guide to the Galaxy and designed to answer questions with a bit of wit and humour.
What makes Grok different from other chatbots on the market is that Elon Musk’s Gen AI offering has real-time knowledge of the world thanks to the data from X platform.

Unlock a world of Benefits! From insightful newsletters to real-time stock tracking, breaking news and a personalized newsfeed – it’s all here, just a click away! Login Now!
Back BackFrom GPT-5 to AGI; Sam Altman reveals the most commonly requested features from ChatGPT maker in 2024OpenAI CEO Sam Altman has listed the most requested features from the ChatGPT maker in 2024. The list of requested features includes many notable mentions, including artificial general intelligence, GPT-5 language model, more personalization, better GPTs and more.


The suggestions were in response to a question posed by Altman on X (formerly Twitter), where he asked his followers what they would like OpenAI to build or fix in 2024.“will keep reading, and we will deliver on as much as we can (and plenty of other stuff we are excited about and not mentioned here)”, the OpenAI CEO promised in an ensuing post on X.


While listing the most requested features of Open AI , Altman added a caveat about AGI, noting that users will have to be patient and implying that an AI model from the company that reaches the level of AGI in 2024 remains highly unlikely.
Speaking to Time magazine earlier this month, Altman had shed light on the limitless potential of the new technology. He said: “I think AGI will be the most powerful technology humanity has yet invented…If you think about the cost of intelligence  and the equality of intelligence, the cost falling, the quality increasing by a lot, and what people can do with that,”“It’s a very different world. It’s the world that sci-fi has promised us for a long time—and for the first time , I think we could start to see what that’s gonna look like.” the 38 year old added.


Open AI announced its GPT-4 Turbo language model at the company’s first developer conference in November. The new language model has knowledge of world events up to April 2023 and was seen as a major upgrade over GPT-4, which was released in May.
Meanwhile, at the same event, OpenAI also announced that it would allow users to create their own Generative Pre-trained Transformers (GPTs) and share them publicly. The AI ​​​​startup had said it would also launch a GPT store to help verified developers monetise their offerings. However, the drama surrounding Sam Altman’s sacking and subsequent re-hiring at the AI ​​firm has reportedly led to the GPT store’s release being pushed back to 2024.

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>Shop Laptop Batteries ,Laptop AC Adapters, Notebook Batteries and Notebook Chargers from HP, Lenovo, DELL, Panasonic Asus and more! Batteryforpc.co.uk offers the best prices, shipping & top-rated customer service! Order today!

Samsung Galaxy S24 series rumors: Expected release date, all the rumors so far

Update: December 21, 2023 (10:29 AM ET): We’ve updated our Samsung Galaxy S24 series rumor hub with the series’ official leaked specs sheet.
Original article: Every year, smartphone fans look forward to Samsung’s latest flagship Android phone. In 2023, these flagships belong to the Galaxy S23 series. However, next year we can expect to see the Samsung Galaxy S24 series. We know it’s still a few months away, but rumors about these phones are already starting to grow!

Samsung Galaxy S24 series: Overview

Of course, Samsung has caused us trouble before. In 2020, for example, it changed its phone naming strategy, jumping directly from the Galaxy S10 to the Galaxy S20. The company did this to keep the phone’s name consistent with the year it was released However, we don’t have any evidence that Samsung is changing its naming strategy. Therefore, we fully expect the Galaxy S24 to launch in 2024.


When is the Galaxy S24 release date likely to be?Samsung Galaxy S23 Ultra vs Galaxy S23 comparisonGalaxy S21 released: January 29, 2021Galaxy S22 released: February 25, 2022Galaxy S23 released: February 1, 2023In the past few years, Samsung has launched a new Galaxy S series in January and February every year. You have to go all the way back to the Galaxy S8 to find something that wasn’t released in January or February (the Galaxy S8 launched in March 2017). With this in mind, we expect Samsung to launch the Galaxy S24 series within the first few weeks of 2024.
Ice Universe was one of the first companies to drop a release date rumor, suggesting it could launch on January 18 next year. This is further confirmed by a report that Samsung’s manufacturing partners plan to start mass production a month earlier than usual.

On the other hand, a report by SBS Biz claims that the launch of the phone may take place on January 17. According to The Elec , Samsung is gearing up to launch the Galaxy S24 series on January 17, and it looks like the outlet may be on to something. . The November 20 report states that pre-orders may begin on January 17 and buyers may receive the phone sometime between January 26 and January 30. According to reports, general sales of the Galaxy S24 series may begin on January 30 .
Samsung has used major tech events in the past to launch Galaxy S phones, most notably at Mobile World Congress. However, the company has stopped doing this and recently held its own event specifically for the Galaxy S launch. We expect the company to do the same in 2024. In other words, expect a glitzy Samsung-specific launch event in some big city with hundreds of people in attendance.What features does the Galaxy S24 series have?As always, rumors about unannounced phones should be taken with a grain of salt. However, we do hear some notable rumors so far, and we can always make some educated guesses based on what Samsung has done in the past.


How many models will there be in the Galaxy S24 series?

Samsung Galaxy S23 series camerasSince the Galaxy S20 series, every Galaxy S series has had three models: a standard model, a Plus model, and the powerful Ultra model. We expect Samsung to continue this model in 2024. The Samsung Galaxy S24, Galaxy S24 Plus and Galaxy S24 Ultra will almost certainly be launched.


However, there are rumors that Samsung may skip the Galaxy S24 Plus. The rumor originated from a relatively unknown leaker and has been debunked by other more prominent leakers. That doesn’t sound too far-fetched, considering the Plus model is typically the worst -selling model in the range. For now, though, we think Samsung will stick to its tried-and-true system with three Galaxy S24 devices.
In a poll, about half of readers said they hoped Samsung wouldn’t ditch the Plus version, so we hope Samsung listens. However, the Galaxy S24 Ultra is very similar to the Galaxy S23 Ultra. However, there is a huge change: the screen is flat, or even more flat. However, there are some difficulties in getting a complete understanding of the situation, but when you look at Samsung, it is difficult to completely remove the curves, but it is difficult to understand how to avoid it .

Original Galaxy S24, Galaxy S24 Plus, Galaxy S24 Ultra 2Unidentified X Used by David Martin 发 Burrow Title Exhibition Truth Galaxy S24 Ultra model image. This small image is basically the same as OnLeaks’ image, and the screen is flat and wide. Unfortunately, I think that the source of the news is an unknown social media, and I have no intention of holding back the information.

Samsung Galaxy S24 Ultra release date December 2023According to Russian sources, four colors in the region have different names: black, gray, purple, yellow. The possible index of “titanium” in the name is a titanium alloy metal base, similar to the alloy in the iPhone 15 Pro and 15 Pro Max. The image also supports the Ultra commander’s commands and the aircraft’s displays. The size and dimensions of the preparations also change. Approximately 162.3 x 79 x 8.7 inches (162.3 x 79 x 8.7 mm). Definition name: yuyu You can listen to the metal frame and you can read the machine 1 and 233 times on Galaxy S23 Ultra.

We have provided exclusive content for the Galaxy S23 Ultra and the comparison between them is the Galaxy S24 Ultra. This small image shows a slight change in the design, the appearance of the voice instrument is different, the bottom of the S Pen is flatter, and the thickness is thicker.

Galaxy S24 Japanese Galaxy S24 Plus 3
Galaxy S24 Japanese Galaxy S24 Plus 1It is possible for me to have a clear view of the place in the original, flat side, and a convenient layout. On the iPhone 14 Pro, there are many different types of mechanical engineering that have been developed, but they have also been criticized for their lack of conformity to the human body mechanics, which is even bigger on the iPhone 14 Pro Max.
Except for the Ultra image that was first seen in December, I have seen it for the first time in December Vanilla Japanese Plus model image:

Samsung Galaxy S24 series release December 2023
Samsung Galaxy S24 Japanese S24 Plus release date December 2023This small image supports the following words: I have written the words, and the non-Ultra type name is the same as that of the first generation. The color of the dyed image is similar to the color capital of the owner.


Galaxy S24 ColorNot included, Yuyu S24 和 S24 Plus does not include metal, so this color name is abbreviated and different. Amber color, marble ash, white color and amber yellow. 12 Months of excrement leakage I can see until I see a small colored herb model on the top.
>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>> Samsung Galaxy Note 4 Edge N915 Long Life Battery Replacement

Huawei MatePad T 10s review – A nifty tablet designed for a budget

Tablets are becoming increasingly popular as more people work from home. Whether you need a tablet for reading, entertainment, or just a tablet with longertablet battery life, the features the MatePad T 10s has to offer are irresistible.
For R4,500 you get a great screen, a decent   tablet battery and great speakers. And, believe it or not, it’s actually worth it. The MatePad T 10s looks a lot like the MatePad 8. It even has the same color – ” Deep Sea Blue”. Although it’s not as thin as the competition, the MatePad weighs just 450g and is 7.85mm thick, making it feel more premium without any extra cost. The back panel is matte metal, with a thin plastic edge on top of the tablet.


Around the edges, you won’t find much other than a USB C 2.0 charging port, a headphone jack, and a slot that can accommodate a Nano SIM card and MicroSD expandable to 512GB. The speakers are on the top and bottom, and the power and volume buttons are where you might reasonably expect them to be.
While the metal back makes the tablet look and feel great, it can easily attract smudges. If you don’t want to wipe your tablet five times a day, a protective case is recommended.


It is easy to carry and is a good companion to carry around.
Smart bookingHuawei MatePad T10s features a 10.1-inch IPS display with a resolution of 1,920 x 1,200. If you just want to browse social media, browse the web, and watch videos, you’re all set.
The best feature of this display is the eBook mode. Turning on eBook mode filters out all blue light, helping to reduce eye strain while reading your next favorite book. Unfortunately the regular display mode can be a bit finicky.


Conventional brightness levels leave room for improvement. Sitting outside in a bright area is nearly impossible unless your brightness settings are set to maximum. At times, the screen also felt a bit blurry, and the resolution didn’t match the statistics displayed. the reason is simple. By default, Huawei adjusts the resolution based on user behavior. If you want the resolution to be always sharp, you must turn off smart resolution.
Fuzzy Logic If you’re looking for a tablet that can take great photos, this might not be the tablet for you. You need to get your head checked.
When using the MatePad in landscape view, the front-facing 2MP camera is centered. Its placement allows for easier video calls, although you’re probably better off sticking with your smartphone’s standard camera. There was nothing remarkable about the resolution.


The 5MP rear camera has been slightly improved. But only slightly. It does the job as well as it can – especially considering how cheap the MatePad is in the current market. A smartphone at this price point doesn’t mean a great camera. There’s no reason to expect any better from Huawei’s tablets.


A game for most thingsThe MatePad is powered by Huawei Kirin 710A core processor, 4GB of RAM, and 64GB of internal storage. If 64GB isn’t enough for your storage needs, you have the option of inserting your own 512GB SD card. Or smaller things, we won ‘t judge.
While not the best for gaming, the MatePad performs pretty well. While there will be slight stuttering in fast-paced games, it never feels slow. As long as there aren’t too many apps drawing power from the background, games like Asphalt 9 will run smoothly.


Gaming remains the hardware’s main stall – everything else runs and opens exactly as expected. Reply to the latest Snapchat without any delays. This is an absolute win for a budget tablet.
MatePad runs Android 10 and EMUI 10.1 versions, and its performance is not inferior at all. But there’s one major problem.


There is no Google Play Store. or any Google service. In contrast, Huawei’s own app library is… lacking. Due to current US restrictions, the MatePad cannot include any of Google’s major apps. You can still get along just fine with the web versions of missing apps; though it ends up making the AppGallery feel a bit empty.


When you first open your MatePad, you’ll see a ton of app shortcuts on the AppGallery. Essentially, they are just ads. Don’t worry – just tap a button and they’ll disappear.
Still, it’s still Android, it’s just Huawei adding its own twist to it.
load shedding partnerArguably one of the MatePad’s better features is the 5,100mAh battery. You’ll never be left in the dark (thanks Eskom). The MatePad will keep you busy for at least a few hours – with a network running, it’ll last you about five hours of intensive use before running out of juice. This can be prolonged by turning off internet access and turning down the brightness.


The only drawback in theHuawei Tablets battery department is the lack of fast charging option. Although some may find this a dealbreaker, most casual users will be content with charging it throughout the night. Well, what would you expect from a tablet that was first launched in 2020?Surprisingly, the speakers are where the MatePad shine. The audio quality is much higher than expected for a tablet in this price range. It’s loud enough to hear every lyric of your favorite tune and subtle enough to hear the whispers when watching videos.
With a budget in mind, it would be hard to close your ears to the MatePads excellent sound quality. Combine that with the display (suitably tweaked), brightness, and enough battery life to outlast all but the most determined of Eskom interruptions and we’ re looking at a slab of glass and plastic that is worth your time.


Huawei MatePad T 10s VerdictWhile the Huawei MatePad T 10s won’t be stepping into the ring with either Samsung or Apple anytime soon, it sets its sights on becoming the best ‘cheap’ tablet around. If you’re looking for a tablet that has a great battery along with great speakers, you’ve come to the right place.

You won’t trounce any kids in Fortnite, unless you don’t mind the occasional lag spike. But that’s fine. Weighing only 450g, the MatePad will be your best friend on your travels, being compact enough to easily slip in a carry-on. For a tablet newbie on a budget of R4,500, and as long as you’re not welded to the idea of ​​Google’s services, it’s hard to go wrong with the Huawei MatePad T10s.


Shop Laptop Batteries ,Laptop AC Adapters, Notebook Batteries and Notebook Chargers from HP, Lenovo, DELL, Panasonic Asus and more! Batteryforpc.co.uk offers the best prices, shipping & top-rated customer service! Order today!

Dell Latitude 7230 Rugged Extreme tablet review

Dell’s Latitude 7230 Rugged Extreme Tablet brings high-performance computing to just about anywhere, thanks to its durable yet lightweight design. This tablet features a 12-inch touch screen, 12th gen Intel Core processors, and, of course, built-in 4G/ 5G mobile broadband. It has lots of options you won’t find in a non-rugged system, including expansion ports, a secondary   Dell tablet battery , a carry handle, GPS antennas, and a plethora of accessories.The Latitude 7230 tablet uses Intel Core U -class chips with a 10-watt base power, which is normal for this class of device. With up to 32GB of RAM and an NVMe SSD, this tablet could replace a laptop for everyday performance needs.


The full specifications of the Latitude 7230 Rugged Extreme Tablet are as follows:
12-inch 1920×1200 touch screen (anti-glare, outdoor viewable)Optional front and rear cameras and dual microphones12th Gen Intel Core U-class processors up to Core i7 vProIntel Iris Xe integrated graphicsWindows 10/118GB, 16GB, or 32GB LPDDR5X-5200 RAM (soldered)Up to 1TB NVMe SSD (2TB options coming soon)Intel Wi-Fi 6E AX211 wireless card with BluetoothOptional 4G/5G mobile broadbandOptional SmartCard reader and NFC2-cell 35.6Wh  Dell tablet battery3-year warrantyDell Latitude 7230 Rugged Extreme Tablet DesignThe Latitude 7230 is designed for the harshest environments and looks the part. Dell says this tablet can operate in temperatures from -20 to 145 degrees Fahrenheit and drop-tests it from four feet. It has an IP-65 rating, which means it’s impervious to dust and resists low-pressure water sprays. (It can’t be submerged, though.)


Dell Latitude 7230 Rugged Extreme Tablet Back
With that kind of protection, it’s no surprise the Latitude 7230 feels almost bulletproof. What is a surprise is that it isn’t too heavy, starting at 2.8 pounds. It’s on the chunky side, at 7.99 x 11.65 x 0.94 inches (DWH) , but that’s to be expected. Microsoft’s consumer-grade Surface Pro 9, which isn’t rugged at all, is 8.2 x 11.3 x 0.37 inches and 1.94 pounds.


Dell Latitude 7230 Rugged Extreme Tablet pen
All Latitude 7230s include a 12-inch 16:10 touch screen with a 1920×1200 resolution and an amazing 1200-nit brightness, allowing it to be viewed in direct sunlight. The screen surface is also highly durable, constructed of Corning Gorilla Glass 5 material. The touch technology is resistive, not capacitive, so it works with gloves. Dell offers two pen options, one passive and another active. Our unit has the passive pen, which fits inside the side of the tablet with a nice tether so it doesn’t get lost.


The Latitude’s accessory ecosystem is impressive; Dell offers a flexible handle, a magnetic mount, a mobile stand, and a mobile battery charger. The latter highlights that this tablet has a dual removable battery design, which is almost nonexistent in consumer tablets. Our unit has the rigid handle.
Dell Latitude 7230 Rugged Extreme Tablet battery
The hot-swap battery setup is unique but also makes sense when you think of the target audience of this system. You can have situations in healthcare and other areas where these can be deployed in use, but you don’t want to power it down for a battery change. Plugging it in doesn’t solve all problems either.


To that end, the batteries can be hot-swapped in the twin bays without any impact to uptime. Our unit included two batteries with a capacity of 35.6Wh each. This gives the tablet a 71.2Wh capacity in total, which is fairly significant. By comparison, the 16″ Dell Latitude 7640 has a top-end battery offering of only 57Wh. With low-power components, this puts the battery life into the realm of all-day or multi-day capabilities.
Dell Latitude 7230 Rugged Extreme Tablet ports


Right-side features include a stylus slot, a Wedge lock slot, and ports behind dust covers. The leftmost bay is configurable; ours has a USB-A 3.2 Gen 1 port, but HDMI 2.0 is available. The other port is another USB- A 3.2 Gen 1. There’s also a headset (headphone/microphone) jack.

There are two Thunderbolt 4 ports behind the dust cover on the left edge.
All brands laptop battery in here, We sell cheap and high quality laptop batteries , Tablets battery, mobile phone battery, you choose

The top of our tablet has the optional Ethernet port; options include Fischer USB 3.2, mini-Serial RJ-232, a 1D/2D barcode scanner, or nothing (blank).
Dell Latitude 7230 Rugged Extreme Tablet SSD Port
The back cover has a removable panel to allow SSD upgrades. Dell also offers a non-removable cover that doesn’t allow SSD access as a security feature. Our model also has the optional fingerprint reader and contact SmartCard reader. A contactless SmartCard reader is optional.


The Latitude 7230 has a standard Intel AX211 wireless card providing Wi-Fi 6E and Bluetooth. Mobile broadband, as noted, is available in 4G/5G. It also has built-in GPS via a u-blox NEO-M9N card.


Dell Latitude 7230 Rugged Extreme Tablet PerformanceWe’re testing the Latitude 7230 Rugged Extreme Tablet configured as follows:
Intel Core i5-1240U processor (10 cores)Intel Iris Xe integrated graphicsWindows 11 Pro16GB LPDDR5-5200 RAMFive 12GB NVMe SSD3-year warranty
This mid-tier configuration retailed for $3,393.91 during our review period. It’s a step up from the base model, which has a six-core Core i3-1210U processor, 8GB of RAM, and a 256GB SSD. The RAM isn’t upgradeable, so you’ll need to order it as you want from the get-go. (Getting 16GB for comfortable everyday performance is highly recommended.)


We don’t test too many tablets, so we’re using the Dell Latitude 9330 2-in-1 convertible laptop as a comparable. It has a slightly higher-clocked Core i7-1260U processor, Intel Iris Xe integrated graphics, 16GB of RAM, and a 512GB SSD.


SPEC workstation 3SPECworkstation3 specializes in benchmarks designed for testing all key aspects of workstation performance; it uses over 30 workloads to test CPU, graphics, I/O, and memory bandwidth. The workloads fall into broader categories such as Media and Entertainment, Financial Services, Product Development , Energy, Life Sciences, and General Operations. We are going to list the broad-category results for each, as opposed to the individual workloads. The results are an average of all the individual workloads in each category.


This wouldn’t be a normal workload for a rugged tablet, but the Latitude 7230 completed the test to its credit and easily beat the Latitude 9330; a better cooling system and/or higher power thresholds may be the reason.

All brands laptop battery in here, We sell cheap and high quality laptop batteries , Tablets battery, mobile phone battery, you choose

Nokia 5.3 review: prima smartphone weet de concurrentie niet te ontstijgen

Meet zijn stijlvolle in ontwerp, viervoudige camera und 4000 mAh-accu klinkt de Nokia 5.3 als een goede deal.
This is the Nokia 5.3 reviewThe Nokia 5.2 is uitgebracht and the Nokia 5.3 is a representation of the Nokia 5.1. indruk van de prijs/kwaliteit-verhouding.
Powered by HMD Global, the nature of the Nokia 5.3 network is voorganger. Interesting features of the Met also include the power of smartphones and paper cameras. nokia 5.3 review vertellen we je er alles over.

The Nokia 5.3 comes with a plastic body. Met zijn 6,55 inches-scherm is a great TV. The small notch for the 8-megapixel selfie camera shows signs of breakage. kin’ (de rand aan de onderkant) van het toestel behoorlijk dik is.Een groter nadeel is de lage schermresolutie van 1600 bij 720 Pixels. Gek Genoeg is de resolutie erop achteruitgegaan in Vergelijking tot zijn voorganger. pixels and 1080 pixels. The resolution is a disruptor and what is wanted to be displayed.
The smartphone comes in the format of Nokia 5.3 and weighs 185 grams. Phone desalinator by stevig met zijn matte achterkant netjes uit today. Please note that this product is irritating.


first etiquette voor mensen met geduldThe Nokia 5.3 is powered by the Snapdragon 665 chip, which we get in the premium budget segment. Daarnaast comes with 4GB RAM and 64GB operating memory, which is your favorite configuration.
Snapdragon 665 is popular on budget phones and is used with the Moto G8 Power and Xiaomi A3. If your processor is normal then you will not be able to use Nokia 5.3. While using the Nokia 5.3, we faced some issues such as app crashes. Soms When launching an application, launch the second application first and then the application.


We’ll see you again with the Nokia 5.3 launching soon. Smartphones are used in mid-range phones and when you use smartphones, you can go directly to budget phones. To multitask, open the app and open it in animation before proceeding (light color).
These are the key features of Nokia 5.3. In-game apps and games, as well as some questions in the Modern Combat 5 series. Zwaardere games work fine and draw naturally on omlaag schroeft. The main feature of Nokia 5.3 is to make your phone more comfortable.


Android One meets and updatesNokia 5.3 is the Android One version and comes with Android 10 on top. Nokia version 5.3 will be powered by Android 10. It’s important to note that the update is a major update when the June patch is released. pure Android-ervaring, zander toegevoegde apps and features of Nokia zelf. The software is a major enhancement of Nokia 5.3 and it is a staple feature on Android devices.


Uitgebreide, maar matige camera manipulationThe model number of Nokia 5.3 is: dVerder is een 2 megapixel-macrolens die plaatjes van heel dichtbij maakt. Een 2 megapixel -dieptesensor maakt het kwartet compleet en zorgt voor de achtergrondvervaging bij portretten.Een viervoudige camera-opstelling op een telefoon van onder de 200 euro klinkt natuurlijk indrukwekkend, maar jammer genoeg is het dat niet. s, waarbij de groothoeklens het meest teleurstellend is.


Foto’s met de groothoeklens bevatten nauwelijks scherpte, te warme kleuren en een matig dynamisch bereik. eronder (die ik meerdere keren heb genomen) geeft dit duidelijk weer.


Nokia 5.3 groothoekDe primaire camera is gelukkig beter en toont genoeg scherpte op de voorgrond. Ook het dynamisch bereik en de kleuren zijn stukken beter dan bij de groothoekcamera. , waardoor een mooie, zonnige dag toch een beetje zijn zomerse sfeer verliest, zoals je op onderstaande foto ziet.

De diepte-sensor is handig, maar helaas niet meer dan dat. De Nokia 5.3 maar helaas niet meer dan dat. De Nokia 5.3 maar helaas niet meer dan dat. g in mindere mate voor de macrolens, die op zich leuke foto’s maakt.

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>Nokia 9 Cellphone Long Life Battery Replacement

Is your phone no longer charging? Try these 6 solutions

Panic! Your phone is not charging, or it is much slower than normal. Try these 6 tips to get your battery working again.


Phone won’t charge: 6 solutionsIf your phone does not charge properly, this does not necessarily mean that your battery is defective or your charging cable needs to be replaced. The solution may be much simpler than you might think. Here’s what to do when your phone isn’t charging properly .


1.Restart your deviceIt’s better to be safe than sorry. It is not very likely, but your  phone battery may be faltering due to a software error.
To rule this out, it is wise to restart your phone and check whether it is now charging. Does this accomplish nothing? Then continue with the next step.
2. Clean contact pointsYour phone is a dust magnet. Especially when you constantly take your iPhone or Android in and out of your pocket or bag, the charging port is sensitive to dirt. The first solution is therefore to clean the entrance and remove any dust that may be present .Use a toothpick or small brush without hard ends. A phone’s charging port is extremely sensitive, so be careful. In any case, make sure that you do not touch the connection itself (recognizable by the pins), but only pick the dust from the entrance.


3. Cross test: use a different charger/and/or cableIs your charging port spotless again, but charging is still not possible? Then check whether the problem is with your adapter or cable. Even if the cord or charger looks fine on the outside, something may be broken on the inside.


Therefore, test whether your phone charges with a different cable or charging block. It is also wise to try out multiple sockets. If this does not produce results, it is time to connect your device to the computer or laptop.
Phone does not charge on charger
4. Calibrate your batteryDoes your battery percentage suddenly jump from 50 percent to 42 percent and back to 45 percent? Then your battery may be charging, but you can’t see it because the battery is confused and showing incorrect values. In this case you need to calibrate the battery.


How to calibrate youriPhone  smartphone battery:
Connect your iPhone to the wall socket with the original Lightning cable;Then perform a hard reset. Do you have an iPhone 8 or newer model? Then follow these steps:Press and release the volume up button;

Then press and release the volume down button;Then press and hold the side button and only release it when the Apple logo appears.Do you have an iPhone 7 or older model? Then you perform a hard reset by pressing the on/off and home buttons simultaneously;Now charge the iPhone to 100 percent and leave the device on the charger for more than an hour to fully charge.Are you stuck? Then visit our sister site iPhoned for detailed instructions on resetting your iPhone .
Phone not charging (3)


How to calibrate battery for Android smartphones:
Completely drain the battery of your Huawei, Nokia, Samsung, Sony or other Android smartphone and wait until it turns off;Wait about three hours so that any residual current is out of the device;Charge your phone to 100 percent and give the device another hour and a half to fully charge. After this, your Android’s battery has been calibrated.5.Wireless charging

Your phone still not charging? Then check whether wireless charging works. This way you can be sure that the problem is with your smartphone and not with peripheral equipment. Of course, your phone must be able to charge wirelessly and you need a suitable charger.


Place the device on the charging surface and check whether the battery is fully charged. A disadvantage of wireless charging is that it takes longer, but it can save you significant repair costs. Don’t have a wireless charger at home? Then take your device to an electronics store and ask if you can use a demo model.
Phone not charging (1)
6.RepairAre you still unable to fill your battery bar? Then there is probably more going on. Perhaps your battery has finally given up or your motherboard is malfunctioning. Are you handy? Then check out our article about replacing your smartphone battery yourself . Please note: this is easy with one device, but practically impossible with the next phone.


If you were born with two left hands, it is always wise to have your device repaired. Most smartphone manufacturers give a six-month warranty on the battery. If your battery fails within this period, repairs are free. If you have been using the device for a while, you will unfortunately have to dig into your pockets.
More about your smartphone batteryA long battery life is very nice. So check out these tips to extend your battery life . Do you have an Apple phone? Then you can consult our battery tips for iPhones . Are you unable to see the forest for the trees of battery advice? Then let us give you a helping hand. These are the biggest myths about smartphone batteries .

Things to Consider While Using Laptop Chargers!

In a work place where everyone is allowed to bring their own laptops people tend to use different laptop chargers. Not only is it bad for the laptop but it is also not advisable to use the same laptop charger in different laptops.

It diminishes the life of the laptop charger by a great margin and hence the customer has to replace the charger again and again. First of all a dedicated laptop charger should be used in the particular laptop to make it last long. Different laptop adapters in US are available but every model has a particular charger and only that must be used with the laptop.

Buy laptop adapters in USA which has the same power and wattage specification as the previous one to make it work in sync with the laptop battery which is placed in the laptop. The models from different brands vary as per the specifications. HP Compaq charger has the best reviews from the real customers and thus if someone owns a HP laptop then only HP laptop chargermust be used.

The models of the HP laptop charger vary as per the need of the customer. A high end laptop charger is used in the high end laptop so that it works properly. The charger should be able to charge the laptop without any glitch and in a fast manner. The HP laptop chargers are known to charger the laptop batteries in a fast manner only and hence most of the customers go for it.

Buy US laptop adapter of your choice only from laptop charger factory so that a authentic and reliable product reaches your place within no time. The deals which are displayed on the website are money savers for the customers and hence the purchases make the customer save a lot of money. Grab the offers in every purchase you make at laptop chargerfactory.





ASUS’ new productivity laptop has a large 16-inch display & a 180-degree hinge, so what?

Another year, another ASUS launch with the Vivobook. This isn’t their top line of laptops, but it has a reputation for being a reliable device for students and professionals who need the essentials.

So, what does the Vivobook 16 bring to the table?

I’ve spent about a month using it as my work laptop, and here’s my experience so far.

Big and light

You get a nice big 16-inch display with thin bezels to maximize the use of the screen, but the laptop itself is very thin.

It weighs 1.88kg but doesn’t feel great in a backpack. It’s easy to transport and perfect for digital nomads or people with hybrid jobs.

I’ve seen some reviews online that the display resolution is a bit low and not for their liking, but I’m fine with that.

If your work depends on color accuracy, the ASUS Vivobook 16 OLED might be a better choice since it’s verified for Pantone professional-grade color accuracy.

I love working with a mouse, but when I’m on the road I usually don’t like carrying around extra stuff. Thankfully, the large touchpad on the Vivobook 16 is very functional, supporting everything from your usual click gestures to 4-finger gestures.

The big touchpad has another advantage: It gives you a lot of room to rest your palms when you’re using the built-in keyboard.

The keyboard itself is also comfortable to use and feels responsive without requiring me to hit the keys too hard.

Asus calls it the ErgoSense keyboard, which features “optimum key bounce and travel calculated with fine-tuned precision.” I believe them. Another feature aimed at working professionals (and perhaps more suited to those in creative industries) is the 180-degree hinge, which allows the laptop to lay almost flat when open.

Asus says this is great for people who often have roundtable discussions about projects, as it makes it easy for everyone at the table to view the screen.

Productivity-focused performance

Performance-wise, I didn’t experience any lag or stuttering during my work even with multiple programs running simultaneously.

Granted, I don’t usually run any heavy apps, but I usually have Chrome open (with at least 15 tabs), Lark (our work communication platform), and Edge (yes, I love using Edge, sue me! ) at the same time.

Still, the laptop never got uncomfortably hot, and the fan didn’t make too much noise in our office. You do hear the fans spinning when the game is running in performance mode, but that’s to be expected.

There are quite a few ports available

Granted, I don’t play a lot of games on this laptop because, well, this is a work laptop for the office.

The few times I opened Genshin Impact purely for testing purposes, though, the game launched at a decent pace, and the framerate did get a little choppy at maximum settings. Still playable, just not a fan.

The Vivobook 16 has 8GB of RAM, but you can add 8GB SO-DIMM memory modules to it for a total of 16GB of RAM. For storage, you get a 512GB SSD. Depending on your needs, you can choose between two processors: AMD Ryzen 5 7530U or AMD Ryzen 7 7730U.

In my opinion, thebattery life of the Vivobook 16 is really amazing. I was able to get through a full day’s work on a full charge of the 42WHr battery, and so far it’s been a solid performance.

This allows me to take my laptop with me to all-day events and work on the go without having to worry about my task being interrupted if the laptop suddenly shuts down.

If you too want to get the most out of your Vivobook 16, Asus has provided a set of settings that you can toggle on the MyASUS app. It’s great for personalizing your laptop based on your usage.

For those of you who do frequent video conferencing or calling, you may also like these additional features:

AI noise-canceling audio technology filters out unwanted noise from the microphone

Built-in webcam protects privacy

720p HD webcam features ASUS 3D Noise Reduction (3DNR) technology for enhanced video clarity

I have nothing to dislike about the Vivobook 16, but if I really had to complain about something, it would be that the matte finish of the laptop is very prone to fingerprint smudges.

The Vivobook 16 also feels more plasticky than other laptops I’ve tried, but that’s probably why it remains fairly light despite its size. Plus, it passed ASUS’s military-grade laptop durability test, which gave me peace of mind.

Overall, the Asus Vivobook 16 doesn’t try to impress with jargon features but keeps things simple. It’s reliable and consistent, which is honestly what a working person like me really needs.

ASUS is known for pushing the boundaries of laptops and other devices, but they also know their priorities when it comes to productivity-focused technology.

ASUS Vivobook 16 comes in two low-key colors: independent black and cool silverer, and is available from a starting price of RM2,599.

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>15.4V 5675mAh Asus C41N1906 Long Life Battery Replacement












Nokia’s latest 5G smartphone comes with user-replaceable display, battery, & charging port

HMD Global introduces the Nokia G310 5G, a smartphone with easy repairability and a QuickFix design, allowing users to easily repair or replace components. Genuine spare parts and a repair guide are provided.

 The G310 5G features a 6.6-inch HD+ display, Snapdragon 480+ SoC, 4GB of RAM, and 128GB of storage. It also offers a triple-camera setup, Nokia OZO audio, a 5,000mAh battery, NFC chip, and fingerprint reader.

 HMD Global also released the Nokia C210, a durable device with a metal chassis and toughened display glass. It has a 6.3-inch HD+ display, Snapdragon 662 SoC, dual-camera setup, 3,000mAhNokia’s smartphone battery, and Face Unlock support. Priced at $109.HMD Global has announced two new affordable smartphones that will be available at T-Mobile and Metro by T-Mobile. The more notable of the two is the Nokia G310 5G, whose biggest claim to fame is its easy repairability.
It comes with the company’s ‘QuickFix’ design that was first showcased at MWC 2023 earlier this year, and allows many of its components to be easily repaired or replaced by end-users. For this, the

company has tied up with iFixit to offer an easy-to-follow repair guide and genuine spare parts.In terms of specs, the G310 5G features a 6.6-inch HD+ display with a 90Hz refresh rate. It is powered by the Snapdragon 480+ SoC, paired with 4GB of RAM and 128GB of built-in storage that’s expandable via a microSD card. Imaging options include a triple-camera setup on the rear, led by a 50MP shooter with “AI algorithm enhancements.” There’s also a 2MP macro camera and a 2MP depth sensor to go with it. On the front, it sports an 8MP camera for selfies and video chats.


The device also comes with Nokia OZO audio for enhanced audio playback and improved sound recording in videos. Other hardware specs include a 5,000mAh Nokia’s battery with 20-watt fast charging, an NFC chip, and a fingerprint reader. On the software side, it comes with Android 13 out of the box. The G310 5G is the third Nokia smartphone to be released this year with the QuickFix design, and is a breath of fresh air in an industry where devices are getting increasingly hard to repair with every passing year.
You can pick it up online or from physical T-Mobile and Metro by T-Mobile outlets from August 24 for $186.Alongside the G310, HMD also launched the Nokia C210 that the company claims will be a super durable device, thanks to its metal chassis and toughened display glass. It comes with an IP 52 rating that denotes limited resistance to water and dust, but unlike the G310, it misses out on 5G connectivity.

The device features a 6.3-inch HD+ display and is powered by the Snapdragon 662 SoC. Other hardware features include 3GB of RAM and 32GB of built-in storage that’s expandable by up to 512GB using a microSD card. It also has a 3,000mAH non-removableNokia’s smartphone battery

On the imaging side of things, it comes with a dual-camera setup at the back, including a 13MP AF main shooter and a 2MP depth sensor. On the software side, it runs Android 13 with support for Face Unlock. The Nokia C210 is priced at just $109, and will be available from September 14 at Metro by T-Mobile locations and online.

Shop Laptop Batteries ,Laptop AC Adapters, Notebook Batteries and Notebook Chargers from HP, Lenovo, DELL, Panasonic Asus and more! Batteryforpc.co.uk offers the best prices, shipping & top-rated customer service! Order today!

Nokia G42 5G – a user-repairable smartphone

The Nokia G42 5G is user-repairable – at least the battery and some parts, and has a great warranty and OS/Security Patch policy.
But at $449, it offers little more than a more mainstream Qualcomm SD480+ SoC over the UniSoc T606 found in its $349 Nokia G22 – DIY repairable. Motorola has the $329 G53, $399 G62, and $449 G42 that all meet or exceed the Nokia G42. As we often say of Nokia, if you ignore the price and accept that you pay more for the Volvo of the smartphone world, it is a decent handset.
What is user-repairable?
Nokia and iFixit Australia have spare parts, including the tools and screen ($94.99), charge port ($44.99), nokia smartphone battery ($52.99) and rear cover ($52.99), that are user-replaceable. Interestingly, it promotes its 800-charge cycle battery (and still takes an 80% charge), which lasts about 60% longer than the 500-cycle batteries used on lower-cost smartphones. You are going to get 4-5 years out of it anyway.
iFixit also has agreements with Google and Samsung for selected model parts, and it is a move we applaud that needs to go so much further.Deep-Dive review format

It is now in two parts – a summary (the first) and a separate 300+ line database-driven spec, including over 70 tests to back up the findings. It also helps us compare different phones and features.


We use Fail (below expectations), Passable (meets low expectations), Pass (meets expectations), Pass+ (near Exceed but not class-leading) and Exceed (surpasses expectations or is the class leader) against many of the items below.  These are based on the price bracket as well. You can click on most images for an enlargement.
* Grey market – no Australian warranty, and 5G won’t workWe strongly advise you to buy a genuine model with Australian firmware. It is easy to identify the Australian version – under Settings>System>Certification, there is an Australian RNZ C-tick mark. There is also an RNZ C-Tick on the box. They use unique Australian 5G sub-6Ghz and 5G low-band frequencies, requiring local activation first. Read Don’t Buy a Grey Market Phone (guide)First Impression – Pass

Nokia has a sustainability push – a large part of the frame and back is made from recycled plastic. While we appreciate the effort, our research shows that consumers generally won’t pay more for that when buying. Why? Sustainable practices are expected now!


It looks well-made, has a three-year warranty, and can be repaired. But under the hood is a basic Qualcomm SD480+ four-cylinder, naturally aspirated motor. That has long been superseded by the SD4 Gen 1 and Gen 2. Some in this price bracket use SD690/695 5G SoC and offer 1080p screens.
Regardless, everything is fit for purpose, provided you remember this is an entry-level device at an above-entry-level price.


Screen – 6.5”, 1600 x 720, 60/90Hz IPS LCD – PassNokia claims 560nits peak brightness, but the reality is that typical brightness is a maximum of 389 nits and a peak of 490nits in 2% of the screen when playing video. It has quite a low contrast of 990:1, meaning blacks are more greys. It has a distinct blue cast, but you can adjust that with the white balance slider. Colours are inaccurate at a Delta E of >6 (<4 is good).
Gorilla Glass 3 offers some scratch protection. The selfie camera uses the older style ‘notch’.
It is not for gamers – 35ms GtG and the Qualcomm SoC just don’t cut it.
Summary: It is not a bad screen, but you can get 1080p screens for similar money.
Processor – Qualcomm SD480 Plus – PassIt is an 8nm chip with two fast cores and six slow ones. Performance as a phone is reasonable. You only see lag when you have too many Apps open.


The 6/128GB is standard for this category, and it is nice to have a hybrid (shared with SIM 2) microSD slot to 1TB.
It does not Throttle under load (good), but it gets a tad warm at 44° – not an issue. USB-C 2.0 allows OTG cut and paste to external flash and SSD drives to 1TB.Comms – PassNokia claims it is Wi-Fi 6 AX ready – it is not. The SoC supports a maximum of Wi-Fi 5 AC and 433Mbps half-duplex data transfer rates. It holds a 433Mbps Wi-Fi signal up to 10m from the router.The dual-band GPS is accurate to 3m, so it should be fine for in-car navigation.USB-C 2.0 does not support audio/video/data streams, so the only way to show a screen on a TV is via casting.

NFC is standard in this category.4/5G – Pretty good – Pass+Qualcomm knows how to make 5G modems, so much so that Apple use them instead of its own. This gets a strong, usable signal on the closest four towers. It is suitable for the city, suburb, and regional use with reasonable tower coverage. It may not be ideal for rural use. It has a dual hybrid SIM.nokia smartphone battery– Pass+Nokia claims 800 full recharge cycles and will still hold 80% charge – far better than Samsung et al., which use 300-500 cycleSamsung batteries. Ironically, the QuickFix program has a battery you will probably never need.
It does not come with a charger. Nokia claims it can charge at 20W, but tests with several third-pa

rty USB-C PD, QC and PPS chargers only get 5V/3A/15W for the first 30% of charge, then fall back to 5V/2A/10W when the charge remains.


Test (adaptive screen)Charging: 15W 2 hours 20 minutes fast charging and 10W 2 hours 45 minutes1080p video 50% volume/brightness, airplane mode: 17 hours 21 minutes (slightly lower than expected)PC Mark 3 battery life: 17 hours, 9 minutesBattery life: 17 hours and 49 minutesGFX Bench T-Rex (simple game): 7.6 hoursPower consumption at 100% load: 6 hours and 44 minutesmA full load: 1350-1450 (slightly higher)mA idle: 500-550 (slightly higher)A typical user should have two days. Nokia shou

ldn’t make a 20W charging requirement unless it provides a suitable charger.
Speakers – Mono – OKA single amplifier is used for either the top earpiece (phone) or the bottom speaker (music or hands-free). Applies to clear speech only. There are no equalizers or presets. The maximum volume is about 80 decibels.
BT 5.1 has a suite of codecs including SBC, AC, LDAC, aptX, aptX HD and aptX Adaptive. That means up to 24-bit, 96000Hz. Left/right stereo headphone separation is excellent.


BUILD – REPAIRABLE – PASS+Some phones, like Apple’s, are built from the screen down – which can be removed to reveal the internals. Nokia uses a back cover – remove it to access things. It’s much better and protects fragile screens.
It’s QuickFix (mentioned earlier), so it’s nice to know you can get the major parts when you need them.


It measures 165 x 75.8 x 8.55 mm x 193.8 g, and the back and frame are made from a high proportion of recycled plastic. It has an IP52 rating and can withstand light rain.
Perhaps its most striking feature is the color – so pink, so purple and so grey.
We repeat, the phone doesn’t come with a charger, and a 33W charger (up to 11V/3A/33W) costs $33.95.

Operating System – Android 13 – Pass+Nokia uses pure Android 13 and will upgrade to 15. Has three years of security patch updates. Coupled with the 2-year warranty, it can be a keeper.
To make money, it has succumbed to installing bloatware Booking.com, Express VPN, GoPro Quik, Linkedin, Netflix, Quickstep and Spotify.
Security is provided via a fingerprint sensor on the power button. Face ID is two-dimensional—not very secure.


Nokia G42 5g camera – pass, maybe moreIt uses a 50MP bin to 12.5MP Samsung GN5 sensor – a ubiquitous sensor in this price range. There is a 2MP depth sensor and a 2MP macro. In other words, one sensor does it all. The video is up to 1080p@30fps, any AI processing is straight “Qualcomm”, HDR and night shots take a few seconds.
The selfie was taken by an 8MP Hynix Hi846 – adequate, but nothing special.

Laptop Batteries ,Laptop AC Adapters, Notebook Batteries and Notebook Chargers from HP, Lenovo, DELL, Panasonic Asus and more! Batteryforpc.co.uk offers the best prices, shipping & top-rated customer service! Order today

Asus TUF Gaming F15 review: A great-value mid-range gaming laptop

The Asus TUF Dash 15 is one of our favorite budget gaming laptops of 2021, with an irresistible combination of good looks, good performance, and a low price.
The only hiccup is trying to find the best combination of monitor and GPU, something Asus’ habit of limiting certain combinations to certain markets doesn’t make it any easier. Now, the successor has arrived – the Asus TUF F15 – with a facelift and the latest 12th generation Intel processors inside. ASUS TUF Gaming F15 (2022) review: What you need to know

At just under £1,500, the 2022 Asus TUF F15 sits somewhere between true budget gaming laptops like the Lenovo Legion 5 AMD Advantage Edition and full-on gaming laptops like the Asus ROG Scar Strix 15 . This means you can get closer to Premier. League performance and build quality just above championship price. The F15 is a very attractive laptop with the latest 12th generation Intel Core i7 CPU and Nvidia GeForce RTX 3060 GPU (wick up). It also comes with a decent display with a refresh rate of 165Hz, DCI-P3 color reproduction, up to 1TB of storage, and a pretty fancy keyboard with a numeric keypad. The design is an evolution rather than a revolution compared to last year’s model, but that’s not a problem because the 2021 TUF 15 is stunning.

ASUS TUF Gaming F15 review: Price and competitionLike the 2021 (FX506) model, the 2022 (FX507) TUF F15 is available in several different models. You get an Intel Core i7-12500H or Intel Core i7-12700H CPU, an Nvidia GeForce RTX 3050, 3050 Ti, 3060 or 3070 GPU, and one of three different screen types, all 15.6 inches diagonally: 144Hz Full HD unit, 300Hz Full HD panel or 165Hz QHD screen.


The version tested in this review features an Intel Core i7-12700H CPU, Nvidia GeForce RTX 3060 GPU, 6GB of video RAM, and a 165Hz QHD (2,560 x 1,440) display. It also comes with 16GB of quad-channel system RAM and a 1TB SSD; John Lewis sells the system for £1,400.


Competition is fierce in the mid-priced gaming laptop space, so it’s not hard to find strong rivals, and when it comes to maximum value for money, the Acer Nitro 5 is hard to beat. It’s made of plastic rather than anything on the metal end of the periodic table, and the display is a bit dull, but its AMD Ryzen 5 CPU and Nvidia GeForce RTX 3060 GPU make it a solid performer. The price of less than £900 is very tempting.
Lenovo’s Legion 5 AMD Advantage Edition uses an AMD rather than an Nvidia GPU and, notably, comes with 8GB of VRAM. Powered by a Ryzen 7 CPU and priced at under £1,000, the Legion 5 is the most balanced budget gaming laptop on the market today.
Another all-AMD kit is HP’s Omen 16, which uses the same Ryzen 7 chip and RX 6600M GPU as the Lenovo Legion 5 but has a larger 16.1-inch, 2,560 x 1,440 display. AMD GPUs aren’t quite up to the task of gaming at native display resolutions, but the extra screen real estate pays dividends when working rather than gaming.
If money is no object, the TUF F15’s hardcore cousin, the ASUS ROG Scar Strix 15, is worth a look. Yes, it’s £1,000 more expensive and the sides of the keyboard deck can get warm, but it’s an absolute powerhouse thanks to the Nvidia RTX 3070 Ti GPU, which means it’s able to make the most of its 1440p display. ASUS TUF Gaming F15 review: Design and build quality


Featuring MIL-STD-810H resistance to shock, vibration, and other extreme environmental conditions, the TUF F15 is one of the best-built gaming laptops on the market. Like the 2021 model, it’s made from a combination of aluminum and plastic and feels very solid. Asus claims the new model is 4.5% smaller than the 2021 model, and my measurements more or less confirm that. Measuring 354 x 251 x 25mm,

the 2022 model is certainly narrower and shorter, although it’s slightly thicker at 2.2kg and 200g heavier. It still comes in Moonlight White, but our review unit was the cooler beige model. It’s certainly a smart-looking thing, and the trim on this Gaming F15 model is more discreet than the TUF Dash I reviewed last year. Also different are the four status lights above the keyboard, which are visible when the lid is closed thanks to cutouts on the bottom of the lid. I found these quite distracting when using the F15 in the dark.

Asus has improved the port assortment, so you now have one less USB-A port and one more USB-C. This means you’ll find a Thunderbolt 4 port on the left side, a USB-C USB 3.2 Gen 2 port that also supports DisplayPort 1.4, a Gigabit Ethernet connector, HDMI 2.0b, 3.5mm audio jack, and a USB -A 3.2 Gen 1 socket (plus DC power input). Another USB-A port sits on the right edge, along with a Kensington lock slot in a rather uneven layout.


Remove the bottom panel iIt’s a simple process, and once you’re in, you can add a second 2280 M.2 SSD, replace the existing SSD, and upgrade both 8GB SODIMM RAM cards. On the SSD side, the PCI-E 4 Samsung 1TB card in my sample recorded decent sequential read and write times (2,685MB/sec and 1,996MB/sec respectively), but the 4K speed was just 23.9MB/sec and 42.7MB/sec.

Megabytes/second. There are no such issues with the Intel AX201 Wi-Fi card, which supports Wi-Fi 6 and Bluetooth 5.2 and works flawlessly. ASUS TUF Gaming F15 review: Keyboard, touchpad and webcam


The new TUF F15 features a full-width membrane keyboard with numeric keypad. It’s paired with TUF’s signature translucent WASD keys. The keys themselves have 1.7mm of travel and a smooth action with a bit of bounce on the bottom, making them great for typing and gaming. Four convenient hotkeys at the top let you adjust the volume, mute the microphone, and launch the Asus Armory Crate control panel. There’s no per-key lighting, which isn’t surprising at this price. Even more annoying is the backlight’s inability to evenly illuminate key graphics. For example, on the function keys, the upstroke of the small F is fully lit, but the rest of the letter and the number to the right are only partially lit. Combined with the stylized graphics, it makes everything in a dark environment look a little chaotic.


While the TUF 15 has shrunk, the trackpad has grown by 27%, so it now measures 130 x 77mm. It’s still all plastic, but feels comfortable and has a positive clicky action. The TUF logo is printed in the upper right corner and has a simple design.
The webcam doesn’t support Windows Hello – in fact, there’s no biometric security whatsoever – but it produces sharper and more colorful images than the 720p specs suggest.

ASUS TUF Gaming F15 review: Display and audioThe display produces a maximum brightness of 337cd/m², while the contrast ratio is unobtrusive but solid at 1,033:1. It’s colorful and capable of reproducing 130.7% of the sRGB color gamut (96.5% of DCI-P3), which is also pretty accurate for a gaming laptop, with an average Delta E of 2.07 compared to sRGB.


20The combination of 2,560 x 1,440 pixels and a 15.6-inch panel results in a crisp pixel density of 188dpi, making the F15 a very satisfying laptop for watching movies. Tests of cheaper 144Hz displays on other sites have shown it to be a dim, drab , and rather frustrating affair. If you can, go for this QHD model.


By 2022, all TUF machines will come with MUX switches, allowing you to connect the GPU directly to the display without the need for an integrated graphics processor, making it a trio. This improves frame rate, but affects

Asus laptop battery life. In addition to the MUX switch, you also get Nvidia’s G-Sync VRR display synchronization technology.

Shop Laptop Batteries ,Laptop AC Adapters, Notebook Batteries and Notebook Chargers from HP, Lenovo, DELL, Panasonic Asus and more! Batteryforpc.co.uk offers the best prices, shipping & top-rated customer service! Order today!

Lenovo’s Tab M10 Plus with monstrous battery life is wildly affordable right now

The last thing you want to spend money on is an overpriced, overly powerful tablet that you won’t use for anything other than simple tasks and content consumption. If you don’t want to spend a fortune, the cheap Lenovo Tab M10 Plus Gen 3 is on sale.
Even without the discount, the Tab M10 Plus Gen 3 is an excellent choice for those who don’t want to spend too much on a tablet and want a sturdy, no-frills tablet for entertainment and reading.

Two standout features of the Tab M10 Plus are its reasonably sized 10.6-inch screen (with a 2000 x 1200 resolution for crisp visuals) and its large 7,700mAh  Tab battery, which gives Lenovo tablets u p to 14 hours of lenovo tablet  batterylife.

If you’re not a heavy user, you can easily get a few days of use between charges.
It’s powered by the MediaTek Helio G80, and you won’t have a problem as long as you use the device for tablet stuff like using social media apps, browsing the internet,

and reading e-books. Despite its low price, the Tab M10 Plus has a solid build and a slim profile, making it comfortable to hold for long periods of time. There’s also a microSD slot and a headphone jack, so that’s great for those of us holdouts who still buy wired headphones and aren’t too keen on cloud storage.


The 32GB Tab M10 Plus costs $189.99, which makes it cheaper than top-tier Apple and Android tablets, and is currently 26% off, or $50 off, on Amazon and Best Buy.
If you want a solid Android tablet with a decent screen, long  tablets battery life, clear audio, a microSD slot, a headphone jack, and a reasonable price, buy it now.

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>Lenovo Smart Tab M10 Long Life Battery Replacement

Amazon vernieuwt de Fire HD 8 meets more usage conditions and battery requirements

Amazon has the latest versions of its Fire HD 8 tablets visible, along with the Fire HD 8 Plus . The new tablet is actually a significant upgrade over the previous generation tablet that debuted in 2018, but it’s also $10 more expensive at $89.99.
For the price you get a new quad-core processor clocked at 2.0 GHz, which is 30% faster than its predecessor. It also has 2GB of RAM, an upgrade from the previous model’s 1.5GB, and doubled internal storage, available in 32GB or 64GB. It can be expanded up to 1TB using a microSD card.
amazon tablets  battery lifehas also improved and is now expected to last up to 12 hours typical in mixed usage scenarios, including browsing the web, watching videos and listening to music. Additionally, it can now be charged via a USB Type-C connector However, the screen still has the same 1200 x 800 resolution.

On the software side, there’s a new gaming mode that blocks notifications while gaming.


However, if that’s not enough, Amazon also has the Fire HD 8 Plus under wraps, which comes with 3GB of RAM. This model also supports wireless charging and you can bundle it with a wireless charging pad that also supports using the tablet in display mode The   tablet Fire HD 8 Plus sells for $109.99 on its own or $129.99 with a

wireless charging pad. As always there is a child edition of the Fire HD 8, the standard comes with 32GB of RAM and comes with a child edition case to prevent it from getting damaged. It also makes a year of Amazon FreeTime Unlimited, which offers apps, games, videos and more kid-friendly content. Priced at $139.99, includes child-resistant coverage and a two-year warranty.


Amazon is about to launch a new Fire HD 8 tablet
The range of features makes the device thinner, lighter and faster. The series includes a total of four devices, including Fire HD 8, Fire HD 8 Plus, Fire HD 8 Kids and Fire HD 8 Kids Pro.
The standout feature of all four tablets is that they now come with hands-free Alexa, allowing you to interact with the device using just your voice, just like an existing Echo speaker.


Fire HD 8 has been updated with a new processor that’s up to 30% faster, enabling picture-in-picture video and split-screen multitasking, all-day battery life, 13 hours of battery life, and 5 hours of life after a full charge. Displays the hours thanks to the included 5W USB-C adapter. It comes in 32GB and 64GB storage capacities, starts at $99, and is available in black, denim, and pink.


Amazon Fire HD 8Designed for children ages 3 to 7, the Fire HD 8 Kids Edition includes a one-year subscription to Amazon Kids+, including books, games, videos and apps from Disney, Nickelodeon and more. It comes with a rugged ‘kid-proof’ case and a two-year warranty and starts at $149.99, but is now also available in Mickey Mouse or Disney Princess cases for $159.99. The latest device in the series is the Fire HD 8 Kids Pro, this model is designed for children from 6 to 12 years old and also has the same features as the Fire HD 8 Kids. Pro devices start at $149.99 and offer access to a digital store where children can request e-books, apps and games from their parents or guardians.


Both the Kids and Kids Pro models offer access to the full suite of parental controls on Amazon’s Parental Dashboard, which provides access to screen time, educational goals and content management, as well as a filtered browser that provides Internet access for school projects and more. Parents can also manage settings, site permissions and activity reporting.

Shop Laptop Batteries ,Laptop AC Adapters, Notebook Batteries and Notebook Chargers from HP, Lenovo, DELL, Panasonic Asus and more! Batteryforpc.co.uk offers the best prices, shipping & top-rated customer service! Order today!

Better security, longer battery life, more power. Why you should make the switch to a business laptop

Dell’s Latitude line offers consumers the ability to customize their laptops to a T. If you are in the market for a new laptop, you will usually head to your nearest store and be attracted by a range of laptops with glossy screens.


While consumer laptops often have sleek designs, business laptops typically offer a more rugged build, more configuration options, and better usability.
We spoke to Chan Siang Wei, IT Consultant at Netcom, a leading reseller of Dell Technologies in Brunei, to find out why more Bruneians should consider purchasing a business laptop for their daily needs.


What is the difference between consumer laptops and business laptops?

If you want a laptop with longer Dell business laptop battery life; better performance and power; and that can withstand drops and spills, a business system is for you.
“Generally speaking, business laptops and consumer laptops are used in the same way, but the additional benefits of having a business laptop are the biggest difference,” Chen said.
“Depending on how you use your device, there are more security options, better warranties and more customizable features.”


Netcom offers Dell business laptopusers more comprehensive support for up to five years (24 hours a day, 7 days a week), while consumer models only offer support for one or two years (usually during office hours only).
But is this really for me?Before purchasing, you need to evaluate how your equipment will be used.


Is it for work or leisure? Do I take it with me or leave it in one place? What type of tasks will I use it for – heavy video editing or mostly surfing and streaming?


Chen said business laptops are suitable for both individuals and companies who value technical support and longer warranties, as well as those who want customized hardware.


“Even ordinary users can look for business laptops if they have requirements for personal or work purposes that ordinary consumer laptops cannot meet,” Chen explained. “For example, a travel or vlogger needs not only a powerful laptop, but an extremely rugged device that can be taken anywhere.”


“Another example is those who always need access to the internet without having to look for WiFi or mobile hotspots,” Chan added.
“They can choose to have a 4G SIM card built into their laptop so they can always be online.”
Provide better security and privacyThe second key market for business laptops are companies that want to ensure that the equipment they purchase is safe and that their investment is sound.


Some of the customizable security features on Dell business laptops include fingerprint access, encrypted security cards, and privacy screens.
Are you one of those people who covers your webcam with tape because you’re worried someone might hack into it? Well, the new Dell Latitude 9000 series solves this privacy problem by installing a built-in automatic webcam shutter.
“You can customize your business laptop with additional security options like a FIPS 201 smart card reader, so if your laptop is stolen, the data within your computer will remain encrypted,” Chan said.

What should you pay attention to when choosing a business laptop?Company laptops also make it easy for your team to work remotely—whether from home, the airport, a client’s office, or a hotel. While some businesses may only consider cost when choosing a laptop, it’s important to consider other factors that contribute to product quality and durability.


Since many of the best models look similar, use the same operating system and offer some of the same features, shopping for a new business laptop can seem daunting.
Here are some specifications you should consider when choosing a business laptop:high quality laptops Batterylife: Business laptops should have a runtime of at least 8 hours, with more sophisticated models lasting up to 12 hours. Make sure you have a laptop that can handle your daily workload quickly and efficiently.


Hard Drive: Modern programs require a lot of performance, so the laptop should have at least 8GB of RAM. There should also be enough memory to ensure fast access and transfer of data. The device should come with a solid-state drive (SSD) rather than a hard disk drive (HDD) because SSDs are faster and more durable.


Processor: Business laptops should be equipped with the latest generation Intel Core CPU or equivalent for maximum performance and higher speeds.
Cooling: Higher performance requires better cooling. Typically, the thinner a laptop is, the worse the fan will be – which can be a problem because as the laptop heats up, performance will be limited.


Durability: If you travel a lot, your laptop should be especially durable. The lid should be made of magnesium or carbon alloy and the hinges should be made of metal.
The million dollar question: Would I spend more?Yes, business laptops tend to be more expensive than consumer laptops. However, for that extra price, you will get a higher quality product with add-ons

Can last for years.
“Our line of Dell Latitude laptops starts at $1,000, depending on the model, processing power, screen display quality, Dell laptop battery size , RAM and any other add-ons,” Chan said.
Focusing on long-term use rather than cheap price can help you choose the right business laptop to increase your productivity and reduce your future stress and frequent repair costs.


“It’s all about choice and investment,” Chen said. “Yes, a regular consumer laptop will get the job done, but business laptops can be customized to suit all your needs, allowing you to work more efficiently and worry-free.”

Shop Laptop Batteries ,Laptop AC Adapters, Notebook Batteries and Notebook Chargers from HP, Lenovo, DELL, Panasonic Asus and more! Batteryforpc.co.uk offers the best prices, shipping & top-rated customer service! Order today

ASUS Battery Health Charging App Helps Prolong Battery Lifespan

ASUS Battery Health Charging is an application that can help extend the battery life of your ASUS PC. In this article, MiniTool Partition Wizard will introduce you to this application and tell you how to solve the problem of Asus battery health charging not working.


What is ASUS Battery Healthy ChargeMany users like to keep the AC adapter connected when using their laptop to avoid the laptop suddenly shutting down due to low battery. But exposing the battery to high power (98-100%) frequently will result in shortened battery life.ASUS Battery Health Charger allows you to set the battery’s maximum power RSOC (relative state of charge). It provides the following 3 charging modes:


Full Capacity Mode: Charge to full capacity so your laptop can run longer on battery power.Balance mode: Stop charging when the battery level is higher than 80%, and recharge when the battery level is lower than 78%. This mode is suitable for holding meetings using a laptop on battery power.Longest battery life mode: Stop charging when the battery level is above 60%, and recharge when the battery level is below 58%. This mode is suitable when your laptop is always powered by the AC adapter.
You can choose a mode according to your needs. As long as you don’t choose to charge the battery to 100%, battery wear will be reduced.


How to Get Asus Battery Healthy ChargeSome ASUS laptops come with ASUS high quality laptops ​Battery Healthy Charging pre-installed. Please check if the tool can be found on your computer. If you have installed MyASUS, please check if you can find the ASUS Battery Health Charging feature in this tool.


If you can’t find this feature in the MyASUS app, your laptop may not support Battery Health Charging. Please check if your laptop is on the ASUS Battery Health Charging Laptops list.
If your laptop supports ASUS Battery Healthy Charge but you can’t find the app on your computer, you can download and install it again. You can get this software from the Microsoft Store. After installing this software, you should go to the ASUS Download Center to download and install the ATK software package that corresponds to your computer model.


Asus battery health charging not workingSome people may encounter the problem of ASUS battery health charging not working, the symptoms may be as follows:
You cannot change health mode in the app. Balanced mode and Max Life mode are both gray.You select Balanced Mode or Maximum Life Mode, but the battery still charges to 100%.To resolve this issue, you can try the following:
Make sure your laptop supports ASUS laptopBattery Health Charging and that you have installed the ATK package corresponding to your PC model. Many people may overlook this, but this step is very important.


Reset battery charging mode. Some say the app may not run if the charger is connected when the laptop is turned off. Therefore, after turning on the laptop, please reset the battery charging mode.Reinstall the ASUS BatteryHealth Charging app or MyASUS app.

Updated ASUS system control interface. Go to the ASUS Download Center, find your computer model, then open the Drivers & Tools tab, then download and install the thing under Utilities. After that, restart your computer.

Shop Laptop Batteries ,Laptop AC Adapters, Notebook Batteries and Notebook Chargers from HP, Lenovo, DELL, Panasonic Asus and more! Batteryforpc.co.uk offers the best prices, shipping & top-rated customer service! Order today

How to Fix ASUS Battery Not Charging Issue? – Here Are 4 Fixes

Are you struggling with your Asus laptop battery not charging issue?Many Asus laptop users are troubled by this frustrating issue. But don’t worry. You can refer to the following 4 effective methods provided by MiniTool


As we all know, the battery is the most critical component of a laptop battery. Insert discharge issues can cause the entire system to shut down, preventing the system from running certain types of operations. There are even times when you accidentally lose important data due to this issue.
Fix 1. Remove and reinsert batteryThe first and easiest method is to remove and reinsert the battery. Many people have proven it useful in solving Asus battery not charging issue. Now you can follow these steps:


Step 1. Make sure you have completely shut down your ASUS laptop.
Step 2. Remove the ASUS battery from the laptop. You then need to wait a few minutes and plug it back into your laptop.
Step 3. Restart the laptop and check if the Asus laptop battery not charging issue persists.


If this method doesn’t work, continue to the next method.
Fix 2. Update laptop battery driverSometimes, outdated or missing battery drivers can also cause issues with Asus laptops not charging when plugged in. To troubleshoot, you can try reinstalling the battery. Here’s how to do it.
Step 1. Right-click the Start button and select Device Manager from the context menu.
Step 2. In the pop-up window, expand the “Battery” category, then right-click on the battery driver and select “Uninstall” from the context menu.


Click UninstallStep 3. Then follow the on-screen prompts to uninstall the driver. After that, restart your laptop and navigate to the “Battery” category again.
Step 4. Right-click on the driver and select Update Driver Software option from the context menu.


Step 5. Now, select the Automatically search for updated driver software option in the pop-up window. Windows will then automatically install the appropriate high-quality ASUS laptop battery driver for you.
After updating the battery driver, you can see if the Asus battery not charging issue is resolved.


Fix 3. Reset laptop powerPerforming a power reset on your laptop has worked for many people who are facing the Asus battery not charging issue. Now you can follow the detailed steps below:
Step 1. Completely shut down your laptop and make sure you have up your work backed up before doing this.
Step 2. Remove all connected peripherals like USB drives, Bluetooth, etc. from the laptop.
Step 3. Unplug the AC adapter charger from the laptop and remove the battery.
Step 4. Press and hold the power button for about 60 seconds, then release.
Step 5. Plug the charger back in and plug the battery back into the laptop.
Step 6. Turn on the laptop and check if the insertion discharge issue is resolved.
Fix 4. Use ASUS Battery Health charging function

In addition to the above methods, you may also consider checking your battery health mode. ASUS provides you with a battery health charging feature that you can use. The specific steps are as follows:
Step 1. Navigate to the taskbar and select the “Show hidden icons” option in the lower right corner.
Step 2. Click on the Asus Laptop Battery Health Charging Mode icon.
Step 3. In the pop-up window, select Full Capacity Mode and click OK to save this change.


Step 4. Restart the laptop and check if the Asus battery not charging issue persists.

Shop Laptop Batteries ,Laptop AC Adapters, Notebook Batteries and Notebook Chargers from HP, Lenovo, DELL, Panasonic Asus and more! Batteryforpc.co.uk offers the best prices, shipping & top-rated customer service! Order today!

Powering Inventory Availability and Order Management With AI

For retailers selling online and offline, artificial intelligence is transforming inventory availability management and order fulfillment.


This article was written and paid for by Fluent Commerce. This content is not WIRED editorial content. The content does not necessarily reflect the views of WIRED, its affiliates or owners, nor does it reflect any direct or indirect endorsement by Fluent Commerce or Business Reporter , its affiliates or other customers.Artificial intelligence is a major trend in business right now. The value of AI in the retail industry is expected to grow from $3.7 billion in 2021 to $16.8 billion in 2030, a healthy compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of 15.7%.


The use of artificial intelligence in customer-centric areas such as advertising and communications is well known. One only has to think of today’s automated chatbots to see the important role AI is already playing in retail customer service.
One area that is less widely known is the use of artificial intelligence in inventory levels. But in fact, inventory management ranks second only to customer service as a use case for AI< /span>, with nearly half of retailers (47%) saying AI can greatly enhance inventory management by tracking inventory online and at physical locations, facilitating true Provide customers with an omni-channel experience.
Transform inventory and order management


Clearly, there are significant opportunities in inventory availability and order management, where AI can help businesses become more efficient and maximize profits. Let’s look at a few.
Inventory availability optimization


Overstocking and understocking are two problems any retailer wants to avoid. Artificial intelligence helps retailers optimize inventory levels, improve efficiency and profitability. Demand forecasting is a particularly powerful tool here: AI predicts future demand based on historical data and other factors, allowing orders to be routed to the best locations to maintain optimal inventory levels.


Demand sensing is another important use case. This involves short-term demand forecasting, which can alert you if the stock status of a SKU is at risk of being out of stock, or if order sourcing rules are inappropriate based on current stock.


AI can also help manage safety stock. Safety stock is additional inventory kept to reduce the risk of stockouts. However, in some cases, inventory buffers can lead to sell-offs. Artificial intelligence enables dynamic safety stock by constantly checking inventory status, current demand and forecast sales, then automatically updating safety stock levels. The technology can improve inventory turns across the entire retail point network (online and offline).
Another advantage of AI is that it can improve procurement logic. Order sourcing involves sending orders to the best locations based on the retailer’ ;s business goals. These may include fast delivery; reducing partial shipments; shipping costs; or shipping from locations with the slowest inventory movement to avoid markdowns. By optimizing purchasing logic, retailers can enhance profitability, improve inventory turns, reduce markdowns and inventory waste , and enhance sustainability.


Typically, order sourcing is managed through simple purchasing rules, such as shipping from the location closest to the customer. Artificial intelligence provides valuable opportunities to quickly use richer data sets. This can include location attributes such as labor capacity, the maximum number of open orders the location can handle, shipment damage rates, and average order processing speed. or product attributes, such as whether the item is fragile, bulky, or must be shipped separately. or location-specific inventory attributes, such as inventory duration, sell-out rates, or likelihood of price reductions. By uncovering complex data patterns, order procurement can be transformed into a strategic process that drives sales and improves customer satisfaction.


Logistics optimization
To achieve the most efficient fulfillment operations, logistics processes must be optimized. This may include consolidating orders using existing trunk routes, minimizing cross-docking or holding times.


Order management and tracking are at the heart of this. AI can track multiple orders in real time and can identify inventory issues, production delays and delivery bottlenecks. AI models can also incorporate other data, such as telematics, into the analysis to optimize shipping routes and ensure timely delivery of orders.
Achieve success with artificial intelligence
These are huge opportunities for retail. However, being successful with AI requires knowing the right questions to ask the AI ​​​model. You need to your business metrics and the improvements understand you want to make.


For example, do you want to increase inventory turns, reduce multiple inventory moves, or improve cross-selling by ensuring that new and popular product mixes are readily available? Once youknow the questions you want to ask, you will be able to identify the data you need to provide the answers.
Data quality
Often the questions that you can answer with traditional systems are limited by the data that is available. Using AI-powered systems uncovers new opportunities to use data sets that were not available before.But even AI models need data of sufficient quality. And unfortunately, when it comes to order and inventory processes, data of sufficient quality can be hard to find.
Inventory data is often poor quality. It may sit in multiple systems, stored in different formats, much of it poorly structured, and some of it is incomplete or polluted by inaccurate or out-of-date information. In addition, it may contain irrelevant data that will cause AI systems to deliver biased outputs.
Providing quality data to train and operate AI models is a challenge. For most AI projects, approximately 80 percent of the cost is getting the data right. And in many cases, even after a lot of effort, organizations find they don’t have the right data. So, the project fails before it is launched.


Finding Good Data
The data you need will depend on the questions you want to ask. This means being able to capture the right data and make it available to the AI ​​​model.
A modern order-management system such as Fluent Order Management can provide a continuous stream of sales data points on demand, together with related contextual data, including location (capacity or opening hours, for example), order (order date, delivery date), product (weight, fragility), and customer (credit status, return rate). This contextual data can be extremely valuable and should be stored, not purged or condensed, so it’s available for future analysis.
A Seamless Experience
The role of inventory availability and order management is to deliver a seamless omnichannel experience for consumers while bolstering retailer profitability. Modern, event-based systems such as Fluent Order Management capture all the data signals that enable retailers to take full advantage of AI models.
What’s more, it provides short-term value as well. This enables retailers to get an accurate real-time view of their inventory so they can increase fill rates and reduce the number of orders that are canceled because of delays.
With Fluent Order Management, inventory availability and fulfillment processes can be managed by region or channel to enable growth and support local needs. And order management processes can be integrated with other business systems that need to be aware of inventory levels. For example, advertising platforms can be managed so that investment is not wasted on advertisements for out-of-stock items.


Alongside advances in customer experience, such as chatbots and personalized shopping, today’s AI-enabling inventory availability and order management systems are enhancing retail profitability by maximizing sales, increasing fulfillment speed, and minimizing waste.
To find out more about how AI can transform your inventory availability and order management, visit fluentcommerce.com

Shop Laptop Batteries ,Laptop AC Adapters, Notebook Batteries and Notebook Chargers from HP, Lenovo, DELL, Panasonic Asus and more! Batteryforpc.co.uk offers the best prices, shipping & top-rated customer service! Order today!

How to Check the Charge of a Dell Laptop’s Battery

Do you have a Dell laptop but don’t know how much charge it has? Can’t turn the laptop on?Just about to go outside and wait for the taxi? This is help you with that task!
Things You Should KnowEnsure your laptop is off before you begin and not in sleep mode.Flip your laptop over and look at the laptop battery;

newer battery models will have a white rectangle with some lights on the bottom, and older models have this on the inside.< ; /span>Press the button next to the white rectangle and the lights will light up to signify how much battery power is left.Take the laptop out of its case.


Step 2 Make sure it is off and not in sleep mode.Make sure it is off and not in sleep mode.Step 3 Flip it over onto it’s top so you are looking at the bottom.3Flip it over onto it 39 ;s top so you are looking at the bottom.Step 4 To identify the battery:


To identify the battery: Newer models have it underneath. Look for a gray or black rectangle. Older models may have it at the front, where you put CD drives and such.
Step 5 For the newer ones that have theHigh quality laptop battery on the bottom, look on the battery for a little white rectangle with 5 lights on it.5


For the newer ones that have the battery on the bottom, look on the Dell Laptop battery for a little white rectangle with 5 lights on it. There will be a button next to them. Push it. The lights will come on. The number of lights will give you an estimation on how much it has left.5-Full. 4-80%. 3-60%. 2-40%. 1-20% . None-0%. If it is a half, the lights will stay on and the last one will blink. 4+1=90%. 3+1=70%. 2+1 =50%. 1+1 =30 %. 


Step 6 For the older ones, take out the High quality laptop battery and look in the inside, where the connector is.6For the older ones, take out the battery and look in the inside, where the connector is. There should be the same as above, a little pad with 5 lights on it. Do that same as above.


>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>Dell Laptop Long Life Battery Replacement

How to solve the problem of Asus laptop battery not charging? – Here are 4 fixes

Are you struggling to resolve the ASUS battery not charging issue? A great many ASUS laptop users are vexed about the frustrating problem. But don’t worry.

You can refer to the 4 effective methods below provided by MiniTool.As you know, the battery is the most crucial part of a laptop. Plugged in discharging issue can lead to the shut-down of your entire system, which can cause the failure to run some kinds of operations on your system. Even sometimes you lost important data unexpectedly due to the issue.


Tip: It is strongly recommended that you back up all important data in advance in order to avoid any unexpected loss. After that, you can try the following 4 methods one by one until you resolve the ASUS laptop not charging issue.

Fix 1. Remove and Reinsert Your BatteryThe first and simplest method is to remove and reinsert your ASUS laptop battery. It has been proven by many people to be useful for resolving the ASUS battery not charging issue. Now, you can follow the steps below:
Step 1. Please make sure that you have turned your ASUS laptop off entirely.
Step 2. Take out the battery from your laptop. And then you need to wait for several minutes and reinsert it back inside the laptop.


Step 3. Restart your laptop and check if ASUS laptop battery not charging issue still persists.
If this method fails to work, just move on to the next ones.Fix 2. Update Your Laptop Battery DriverSometimes, the outdated or missing battery driver is also responsible for the ASUS laptop plugged in not charging issue. To troubleshoot it, you can try reinstalling the battery. Here’s how to do that.


Step 1. Right click the Start button and select Device Manager from the context menu.
Step 2. In the pop-up window, expand the Batteries category, and then right click the battery driver and select Uninstall from the context menu.
click on UninstallStep 3. Then follow the on-screen prompts to uninstall the driver. After that, restart your laptop and navigate to the Batteries category again.
Step 4. Right click the driver and select Update Driver Software option from the context menu.


select Update Driver Software optionStep 5. Now, select the Search automatically for updated driver software option in the pop-up window. Then Windows will install the suitable battery drivers for you automatically.
After you update battery drivers, you can see if the ASUS battery not charging is fixed or not.
Fix 3. Power Reset Your LaptopPerforming a power reset for the laptop works for many people who has the ASUS battery not charging issue. Now, you can follow the detailed steps below:
Step 1. Shut down your entire laptop and make sure that you have up backed ypur work before you do.
Step 2. Remove all connected peripheral devices from your laptop such as USB drive, Bluetooth and so on.
Step 3. Unplug the AC adapter charger from the laptop and remove the High quality laptop battery 
Step 4. Hold down the power button for about 60 seconds and then release.
Step 5. Re-plug your charger and reinsert battery to your laptop.
Step 6. Power on your laptop and check if the plugged in discharging issue is resolved.Fix 4. Use ASUS Battery Health Charging Feature

In addition to the above methods, you may consider checking your battery health mode. ASUS provides you with the . ASUS Battery Health Charging feature and you can use it. Here’s how to do that:


Step 1. Navigate to the Taskbar and select the Show hidden icons option at the bottom right corner.


Step 2. Click on the Battery health charging mode icon.
Step 3. In the pop-up window, select the Full Capacity Mode and click OK to save this change.
Step 4. Restart your laptop and check if the ASUS laptop  battery not charging issue still persists.

Acer Predator Helios Neo 16 Review: Solid Performance, Short Battery Life

When looking for the best gaming laptops on the market, I’m always interested in affordable options.While models with price tags of $2,000 (or more!) often pack a ton of power, gamers on a smaller budget are now flooded with lower-priced, great value options.


With that in mind, the Acer Predator Helio Neo 16 is a new contender in this segment, offering an Intel Core i7-13700HX processor, Nvidia GeForce RTX 4060 GPU, 16GB of RAM, and a 16-inch QHD (2560 x 1440) display This isn’t a budget system, but with a starting price of $1,199 and $1,549 as tested, it’s not unreasonable.


Acer has packed this hardware into a chassis that, while designed for 1440p gaming, won’t look out of place in an office environment thanks to its restrained design.
Acer Predator Helios Neo 16 (512GB 16GB RAM) for $849.99 at Best Buy
Acer Predator Helios Neo 16 designThe Predator Helios Neo 16 is an all-new model from Acer with the clear goal of providing gamers with a modest price point. That said, I found the overall design to be very conservative, without much that stands out. The only Flash elements in the design are the WASD, arrows, and Predator Sense keys, which feature translucent black keycaps and clear black keycaps.
The black plastic chassis also creates a slight flickering effect when light hits it at certain angles. It’s subtle enough to add visual interest to the laptop without being in your face.


There are some thick bezels around the 16-inch display. The top bezel is roughly twice as wide as the sides, while the bottom bezel is quite large. Acer tried to break up the massive visuals with a chrome Predator logo, but with little success .
On the right side of the case, you’ll find two USB 3.2 Gen 2 (Type A) ports and a Kensington lock. Switching to the left side, Acer includes a USB 3.1 Gen 2 (Type-A) port, an Ethernet jack, a MicroSD card reader slot, and a 3.5mm headphone jack. The rear panel has an HDMI 2.1 port, two Thunderbolt 4 (Type-C) ports, and a proprietary jack for a 330-watt power adapter.


The Predator Helios Neo 16 measures 14.18 x 11.02 x 1.05 inches and weighs 5.73 pounds. The Lenovo Legion Pro 5i and Gigabyte Aorus 15X are similar in size and weight, while the Razer Blade 14 has a smaller, naturally sleeker display, measuring 12.23 x 8.97 x 0.70 inches and weighing 4.05 pounds.


Gaming on the Acer Predator Helios Neo 16The Predator Helios Neo 16 comes with an Intel Core i7-13700HX CPU, Nvidia GeForce RTX 4060 GPU, and 16GB DDR5-4800 memory (2 x 8GB). Core i7-13700HX has 8 performance cores and 8 efficiency cores, with a maximum Turbo Boost frequency of 5 GHz.
To begin gaming testing with the Predator Helios Neo 16, I installed Cyberpunk 2077. On high settings with ray tracing enabled, DLSS balancing, and DLSS frame generation enabled at 1600p, I averaged 68 fps. Drop down to 1200p and that number rises to 90 fps.


Turning to our usual suite of gaming benchmarks, I compared the Predator Helios Neo 16 against the Lenovo Legion Pro 5i (i7-13700HX, RTX 4060, 1600p), the Gigabyte Aorus 15X (i9-13900HX, RTX 4070, 1440p), and the Razer Blade 14 (Ryzen 9 7940HS, RTX 4070, 1600p). Note that RTX 4070-based systems will have an advantage in gaming benchmarks, and the RTX 4060 in the Legion Pro 5i has a higher slightly boost clock than the one in the Predator Helio Neo 16.

Next, I lined up Grand Theft Auto V (very high settings), with the Predator Helios Neo 16 tying for third place with the Blade 14 at 1080p at 90fps. However, its performance at 1600p put it in last place at 49 fps, compared to the Blade 14’s 52 fps. The Legion Pro 5i took gold with 97 fps at 1080p and 53 fps at 1440p.

To refine our benchmark, we ran MetroExodus benchmark (RTX settings) run at 1600p resolution over 15 loops. The benchmark ran at an average of 53.08 fps (consistently between 52.76 and 53.19 fps). During operation, the Core i7-13700HX averaged 2.19GHz for the performance cores and 1.82GHz for the efficiency cores, with a temperature of 65.7 degrees Celsius (150.3 degrees Fahrenheit). The GeForce RTX 4060 GPU ran at an average frequency of 2.29 GHz and measured a temperature of 73.2 C (163.8 F).


Acer Predator Helios Neo 16 productivity performanceThe Predator Helio Neo 16 comes with an Intel Core i7-13700HX CPU, 16GB DDR5-4800 RAM (2 x 8GB), and a 1TB PCIe 4.0 SSD.


Our Predator Helios Neo 16 review unit scored single-core and multi-core performance scores of 1,880 and 14,625 in Geekbench 5 respectively. Unsurprisingly, these numbers are close very to the Legion Pro 5i, which uses the same processor. Aorus 15X, with its stronger Core i9-13900HX, won the top honor with a single-core score of 2,007 points and a multi-core score of 18,129 points.

Acer Predator Helios Neo 16 In our 25GB file transfer test, the Predator Helios Neo 16 lagged far behind the competition. The laptop clocked in at 1,047.37 MBps, while the third-place Blade 14 clocked in at 1,230.04 MBps. However, the Legion Pro 5i took first place with 1,792.63 MBps.


Finally, in the Handbrake transcoding test, the Predator Helios Neo 16 tied for second with a time of 3:55, compared to the first-place Legion Pro 5i’s time of 3:39. Display on Acer Predator Helios Neo 16The PredatDisplay on the Acer Predator Helios Neo 16 or Helios Neo 16 features a 16-inch IPS panel with a QHD+ (2560 x 1600) resolution and a 165Hz refresh rate. The panel is powered by an Nvidia GeForce RTX 4060 GPU.
16-inch is becoming a popular size for gaming laptops. 15.6 inches used to be the standard size, but we’re seeing more and more laptops with 16-inch panels, especially with QHD+ resolution. As far as the display is concerned , the IPS panel in the Predator Helios Neo 16 is powerful. Anti-glare coatings reduce reflections in almost every possible situation except direct sunlight.

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>Acer GR8 laptop Long Life Battery Replacement

Dell announces the Venue 10 7000, the company’s new 10.5-inch Android tablet

Dell has just announced its newest Android-powered tablet, the Venue 10 7000. This 10.5-inch tablet is aimed at business customers and runs Android 5.0 Lollipop with Android for Work.It wasn’t too long ago that our own Taylor Martin reviewed the sleek Dell Venue 8 7000 tablet, and it seems as though the company has already released it’s followup device.

Dubbed the Dell Venue 10 7000, this new Android-powered tablet features similar specifications and build to the Venue 8 7000, but with a few interesting additions.


GivFor starters, the Venue 10 7000 is mostly the same when it comes to specifications. Like it’s younger sibling, the new device is powered by an Intel Atom Z3580 processor, 2GB of RAM and also has an 8MP rear-facing camera complete with Dell’s RealSense 3D technology. It has a big 10.5-inch display with a resolution of 2560 x 1600. Thanks to that bigger screen, there’s more room to fit the giant 7000mAh battery. The tablet measures just 6.2mm thin, just .1mm thicker than the Venue 8 7000.It’s easy to see the main difference between these two siblings is the chassis.

While both tablets are extremely thin, the Venue 10 7000 sports a bulky cylinder on one of the long edges. That’s there so the tablet can connect with an optional keyboard, which Dell is selling for a hefty premium.

The keyboard is backlit and runs off of the tablet’s battery, but Dell quotes the device for lasting up to seven hours on a single charge. The Venue 10 7000 is aimed at enterprise customers, as the tablet runs Android 5.0 Lollipop and Android for Work.The tablet will launch in May in the United States, Canada and China for $499.00. If you’d like to tack on a keyboard to your order, you’ll have to pay $629.00. If you’re interested, be sure to check out our full review of its younger sibling, the Dell Venue 8 7000.

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>DEll Venue 10 Pro (5056) Tablet Long Life Battery Replacement

Dell’s Latitude 5430 Rugged – Redefining the Extremes of Mobile Computing

It is safe to say that mobile devices, including laptops, convertible 2-in-1s, tablets and smartphones have revolutionized and fundamentally changed the ways that businesses utilize computing. However, while many mobile solutions are more or less interchangeable in terms of form factors , features and functions, some are designed to address singular applications and use cases.


Ruggedized laptops, like Dell Technologies’ new Latitude 5430 Rugged, are excellent examples of this. Though the Latitude 5430 Rugged is obviously not the product for every business situation, it is also one of the few solutions that organizations can use to address some specific situational and environmental challenges. Let’s consider why this is the case and what Dell’s Latitude 5430 Rugged brings to the table.
Defining rugged laptops

What exactly is the difference between rugged laptops and conventional devices? It mostly relates to enhanced durability in terms of resistance to shock, vibration, moisture and temperature extremes. Consider the care you need to take with a standard laptop. How a spilled cup of coffee or accidental fall from a desk or table can result in costly repairs or even replacement.


Ruggedized laptops and tablets are in a whole different class. Since many of these solutions are developed for military applications, they are subjected to testing according to U.S. Military Specifications, including resistance to functional shocks and drops, vibration, dust, humidity, water resistance, altitude and environmental temperature extremes.


For example, in testing, the Latitude 5430 Rugged survived 26 drops from 36 inches onto a hard surface (meeting MIL-STD-810 standards) and is protected against limited water spray of less than 60 degrees from vertical (meeting IP53 standards). , the Latitude 5430 Rugged can operate in temperatures ranging from -20°F to 140°F (-29°C to 60°C) and can tolerate exposure to temperatures ranging from -60°F to 160°F (-51°C to 71°C).


In other words, rugged laptops are not conventional mobile solutions, and they also require users to make certain adjustments. For example, starting at 5.5 pounds, the Latitude 5430 Rugged weighs over a pound more than the standard Latitude 5430. Plus, its big sibling , the even more stout Latitude 7330 Rugged Extreme starts at 7.6 pounds.
However, that protection against drops, shocks and other extremes comes at a literal cost. Rugged laptops and tablets are typically higher priced than comparable systems (the Latitude 5430 Rugged evaluation unit Dell provided for this review starts at $3,089.00). That may put off conventional bargain hunters, but remember that rugged solutions are designed to maintain and operate in places that will damage or destroy conventional laptops. For certain use cases in manufacturing, construction, field

research and natural resource exploration, rugged laptops are the best or only option.
Dell’s Latitude 5430 RuggedPutting aside the specialized components and capabilities, rugged laptops are mostly comparable to conventional business laptops with a few exceptions. Like other new Dell client solutions, the Latitude 5430 Rugged can be ordered with 11th gen Intel Core (Tiger Lake) CPUs. DDR4-3200 dual-channel SODIMM RAM can be configured as 8 GB, 16 GB, 32 GB, and NVMe storage choices range from 512GB to 2 TB. Buyers can also include an optional NVIDIA Quadro T500 discrete GPU.


Ports include USB 3.1 Gen1 Type A (2) & USB 3.1 Gen1 Type A (1), USB 3.1 Gen 2 Type-C (1) with Power Delivery (PD), native RS-232 serial port (1), RJ-45, gigabit Ethernet network connector (1), HDMI (1) and Universal Audio Jack. Optional ports include RJ-45 gigabit Ethernet network connector (1) and 2nd Serial, VGA, Display Port or Fischer USB. Note that ports include closeable doors to maximize moisture resistance.
What does the Latitude 5430 Rugged offer that is different?

 It is available with two 14-inch 60 Hz FHD (1920X1080) display options. One is a non-touch, 400-nit panel that is akin to a standard laptop. But the touchscreen (supporting glove touch) panel delivers 1,100 nits of brightness for outdoor viewing. If you don’t have experience with a display like this, it can feel like a visit to a tanning salon. But it also allows the system to be used in situations where a conventional laptop would leave you squinting
Connectivity features are also significantly richer than those conventional laptops offer. Along with support for Wi-Fi 6E, buyers can purchase optional 5G service supported with the Snapdragon X55 5G modem. The Latitude 5430 Rugged is also FirstNet Ready with Band 14 supporting mission-critical connectivity during

emergencies. An optional dedicated u-blox NEO-M8 GPS card is also available.
In addition, the Latitude 5430 Rugged includes a dual hot-swappable battery system comprised of two 3-cell 53.5 Wh batteries that are available in ExpressCharge and Long Life Cycle versions. Dell claims a battery life of 25 hours (with both batteries fully charged) and the ability to charge up to 35% of the battery in 20 minutes. With the Express Charge option. The battery covers feature discrete buttons to manually check power levels.
The evaluation system Dell provided has a 11th gen Intel Core i7-1185G7 processor, 16GB of RAM, a 512GB SSD, the 1,100 nit touchscreen display and a stylus residing in a dedicated slot that attaches to the laptop with a flexible lanyard. The system also included the optional handle that allows the laptop to be easily carried without a backpack or case.


Performance was as solid and peppy as you would expect from a laptop with the latest generation Intel Core i7 processor and 16GB of RAM. I was also impressed by the clarity and brightness of the display—a longstanding option in Dell’s Latitude Rugged line.

Were there any shortcomings in the Latitude 5430 Rugged? Practically speaking, not really. While using the display at higher or maximum brightness will obviously take a toll on battery life, the dual  Delllaptops battery system provides enough to make outdoor use and viewing workable in most circumstances. Some might argue that the extra weight makes mobility claims somewhat tenuous, but those extra ounces are tied directly to the system’s shock and drop overhead resistance.
The larger point is that physical properties aside, the Latitude 5430 Rugged proves that businesses that require extraordinary performance from mobile computing devices don’t have to surrender anything in terms of user experience and system performance. Add that to its extra-durable features and many customers are likely to consider Dell’s Latitude 5430 Rugged a bargain.


Final analysisRugged laptops and tablets have long been a somewhat rarified sector, populated mostly by specialty vendors and solutions, like Panasonic, Getac, Durabook and DT Research. Dell entered the rugged solution market in 2008 with its ATG series, shifting to the Latitude Rugged designation about six years later. Until Acer entered the space in 2020 with its Enduro line, Dell was the only major laptop vendor bringing ruggedized solutions to market.


What has been particularly interesting about Dell’s approach is how it has enlivened and enhanced its rugged solutions with technologies and features initially developed for commercial client products, including Latitude and XPS laptops. That has enabled the company to create solutions that are often more sophisticated than those competitors offer, and better attuned to the needs of end users, commercial customers and specific industries.


The Rugged Latitude line also underscores Dell’s strategic intention to help customers succeed in what has increasingly become a “Do-Anything-From-Anywhere World.” Overall, commercial customers are likely to find Dell’s Latitude 5430 Rugged to be a solid solution for extreme business and environmental challenges.

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>Dell Alienware M11x Laptop Long Life Battery Replacement

A Teensy Adapter Board Brings an HP 200LX Keyboard Back From the Dead as a USB Input Device

A discarded handheld computer from the 1990s has had its keyboard donated to a new Raspberry Pi-powered project after some careful reverse engineering.
Pseudonymous manufacturer “Sunshine701c” (hereinafter referred to as “Sunshine”) has designed a Teensy powered adapter that allows you to connect the keyboard of an old Hewlett-Packard 200LX handheld computer to a modern PC as a USB device – as part of an upgrade project of deceased examples.


“I’m currently working on a project that basically plugs a Raspberry Pi into the case of an old [HP] 200LX handheld computer that’s broken,” Sunshine explains. “This project started by modifying an old keyboard so that it could be used as a standard USB keyboard. I used an old Teensy 2.0 microcontroller and kbfirmware.com (very old I know) to [do] this, as well as a custom built-in Interposer PCB to accommodate the very weird pad spacing on the Teensy keyboard connector.”
Pseudonymous manufacturer “Sunshine701c” (hereinafter referred to as “Sunshine”) has designed a Teensy powered adapter that allows you to connect the keyboard of an old Hewlett-Packard 200LX handheld computer to a modern PC as a USB device – as part of an upgrade project of deceased examples.


“I’m currently working on a project that basically plugs a Raspberry Pi into the case of an old [HP] 200LX handheld computer that’s broken,” Sunshine explains. “This project started by modifying an old keyboard so that it could be used as a standard USB keyboard. I used an old Teensy 2.0 microcontroller and kbfirmware.com (very old I know) to [do] this, as well as a custom built-in Interposer PCB to accommodate the very weird pad spacing on the Teensy keyboard connector.”
Released in 1994, the HP 200LX was a handheld computer powered by an Intel 80186-compatible processor running at 7.91MHz and supporting up to 4MB of RAM, with storage expandability via a PCMCIA slot on the side of the device. Meanwhile, the current lowest -performance Raspberry Pi model is the original Raspberry Pi Zero, which has a 1GHz CPU and 512MB of RAM.


Well, plugging a Raspberry Pi into an HP 200LX would be an upgrade – although Sunshine is a request. “I beg you, please don’t tear apart a perfectly working 200LX for a project like this,” the manufacturer wrote “I took mine apart because the LCD and [motherboard] were both broken. Unless you’re in the same boat with both the keyboard and LCD broken, consider a different smaller keyboard, it might be easier to implement and use , I just use this to leverage old technology that would otherwise be abandoned.”
Pseudonymous manufacturer “Sunshine701c” (hereinafter referred to as “Sunshine”) has designed a Teensy powered adapter that allows you to connect the keyboard of an old Hewlett-Packard 200LX handheld computer to a modern PC as a USB device – as part of an upgrade project of deceased examples.


“I’m currently working on a project that basically plugs a Raspberry Pi into the case of an old [HP] 200LX handheld computer that’s broken,” Sunshine explains. “This project started by modifying an old keyboard so that it could be used as a standard USB keyboard. I used an old Teensy 2.0 microcontroller and kbfirmware.com (very old I know) to [do] this, as well as a custom built-in Interposer PCB to accommodate the very weird pad spacing on the Teensy keyboard connector.”
Released in 1994, the HP 200LX was a handheld computer powered by an Intel 80186-compatible processor running at 7.91MHz and supporting up to 4MB of RAM, with storage expandability via a PCMCIA slot on the side of the device. Meanwhile, the current lowest -performance Raspberry Pi model is the original Raspberry Pi Zero, which has a 1GHz CPU and 512MB of RAM.


Well, plugging a Raspberry Pi into an HP 200LX would be an upgrade – although Sunshine is a request. “I beg you, please don’t tear apart a perfectly working 200LX for a project like this,” the manufacturer wrote “I took mine apart because the LCD and [motherboard] were both broken. Unless you’re in the same boat with both the keyboard and LCD broken, consider a different smaller keyboard, it might be easier to implement and use , I just use this to leverage old technology that would otherwise be abandoned.”


In order for the keyboard to talk to the current system, Sunshine had to probe every trace on the flex circuit to figure out which key corresponded to which pin on the unusual connector. With this diagram in mind, the manufacturer built an interposer board that sits between the keyboard connector and the Teensy 2.0 microcontroller board – which in turn listens for keypresses and sends them to a modern host via USB.

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>HP TPN-CA19 laptop Adapter for HP EliteBook 8530p 8530w

Acer, Porsche Design and Intel Team Up for Evo-Verified Acer Book RS

Porsche Design has a long history in the PC / tech space, including partnerships with LaCie,

AOC, and even BlackBerry, as well as striking out on its own with the Surface Book-like Book One a few years back. Now the automobile-adjacent design house has teamed up with both Acer and Intel for the Porsche Design Acer Book RS, a premium 14-inch laptop that looks like someone stuck the carbon fiber lid from a Thinkpad X1 on a shinier old-school MacBook Pro. Only time (and our testing) will tell if it will find a place on our best premium laptops list.

Acer says the high-end laptop will include up to 11th Gen Intel Core i7 processors with Iris Xe integrated graphics, up to 16GB of RAM and an optional Nvidia GeForce MX350 dedicated GPU. On paper, one of the more impressive aspects of the Porsche Design Acer Book RS is that Acer manages to keep the weight down to either 2.65 or 2.76 pounds (Acer’s press release mentioned both weights) while keeping the thickness of the “all metal” chassis at 0.63 inches.


Those who like densely pixel-packed screens will be let down by the laptop’s FHD (1080p) display, but it is listed as IPS and includes touch support. You also get Thunderbolt 4 and USB 3.2 Gen 2 ports, a glass precision touchpad and the carbon fiber top. And some models will be Evo verified by Intel. To that end, battery life is listed at 17 hours (video playback at 150 nits in Battery Saver mode with Wi-Fi off, according to press release footnotes), and next -gen Wi-Fi 6 should make for speedy, robust wireless connectivity.

For those who want to go all-in on the Porsche Design aesthetic, Acer will also sell matching accessories for the Porsche Design Acer Book RS, including a mouse, leather carrying pouch, and a separate notebook sleeve with a detachable lid that’s designed to serve as a mousepad.Acer says the Porsche Design Acer Book RS will be available in December 2020 in North America, starting at $1,399 (EUR 1,799).

A premium package, which includes the laptop with an i7 CPU as well as the travel pack and mouse , will sell for $1,999 (EUR 2,399). And if you opt for the laptop and want the travel pack after the fact, you can pick up the mousepad, mouse, carrying pouch and sleeve for $329.99 (EUR 299) separately. 

>>> >>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>11.1V 2520mAh Acer AL13A Long Life Battery Replacement

Acer Aspire 3 Laptop: Is it Really a Gaming Laptop

tIt is a good laptop for students and families because of its durable construction, vibrant display, abundant ports, and respectable  laptop battery life.


Is it a gaming laptop?Although this laptop is not intended to be a gaming laptop, several 2D and 3D games with low demanding requirements work smoothly.
The following are a few Acer Aspire 3 laptop models:A315-21-95KF (AMD) (AMD)A317-33-P7TQ (Intel) (Intel)A315-35-P93H (Intel) (Intel)A317-52-310A (Intel) (Intel)A315-58-39QZ (Intel) (Intel)All about Acer Aspire 3 A315-21-95KF modelThe Aspire A315-21-95KF laptop, a lithium-ion battery, and an AC adapter are included in this bundle.

What are the specifications of the Acer Aspire 3 laptop?The following are some features of the Acer 3 thin laptop:
Available in color obsidian blackDisplay size: 15.6 inches Full HD LED (39.62cm)The screen has a 1366 x 768-pixel resolution.The item measures 0.85 x 15 x 10.2 inches (H x W x D).It weighs 2.1 kg (4.63 pounds)AMD dual-core A9 9420 is the CPU (3Ghz)AMD Radeon R5 GPU.The OS is a 64-bit version of Windows 10 Home.1TB HDDDDR4

SDRAM 6GBBluetooth 4.0 and 802.11 a/b/g/n/ac wireless connection720p HD video capture6 ports for extensive connection45 watts of power from a two-cell lithium-ion battery with a 4810 mAh capacityThe battery has a 5.5-hour maximum runtime.What is the price of the Acer Aspire 3?The Acer Aspire 3 is available in various versions and does not have a set price. But the cost is between Rs.24,990 to Rs.45,941. Depending on the parameters, prices change.
How long does the Acer Aspire 3’s battery last?The battery life of the Acer Aspire 3 is reportedly between 5-8 hours. Once more, the precise model you pick will significantly impact this  Acer laptop’s battery l ife.

The 2-cell lithium-ion battery of the Acer Aspire 3 A315-21 -95KF model has a maximum runtime of 5.50 hours.here are several important variables to consider when choosing a laptop that will offer a fantastic gaming experience, including the CPU, GPU, RAM, storage space, and battery life. While some laptops are made expressly for gaming, others are not. However, gaming laptops frequently have specific features that enhance the gaming experience.


Acer’s 2019 edition of the Aspire 3 laptop is a fantastic, economical option. It is excellent for routine computer chores since it comes in various variants that employ the most recent Intel or AMD CPUs.

Online shopping for acer Laptop batteries is security. Get 30% off buy acer Laptop battery.All acer model batteries are brand new,1 year Warranty, Secure Online Ordering Guaranteed!

Three Frequently Asked Questions About FANUC Control Batteries

The FANUC controls on your Enshu machining centers have batteries to backup the CMOS memory where part programs, offset data, and system parameters are stored. Maintaining the proper battery life is important for minimizing down time and staying productive. In order to keep your FANUC control running smoothly, check out these three frequently asked questions to never miss a machining minute.When do I replace the battery in my FANUC control?


An alarm is generated on the FANUC control if a low  FANUC battery condition is detected. At that time, batteries should be replaced immediately to avoid losing the home position. The batteries are mounted in a black box on the main electrical panel door, and each box has 4 “D-Cell” alkaline batteries. When replacing the batteries, keep the power on (machine screen must be ON). To prevent home position loss, replace with high quality batteries annually. We recommend placing a date sticker on the battery box as a reminder.
What do I do if I lose the home position on my FANUC control?


The home position on your FANUC control can be lost due to the battery alarm being ignored or if the machine was powered off for too long. If this occurs, recovery of the home position on most Enshu machines is easy and takes only a few minutes with no special tools required. Using the knob on the hand wheel pendant, simply select the axis that needs to be zero-returned, select Zero Return mode, close and lock all doors, and press Cycle Start button. The axis selected will move slowly to the mechanical stroke limit stopper and gently bump the stopper two times. The FANUC control precisely detects the motor torque when contacting the stopper to establish its precise position. The axis then backs away from the stopper by a fixed distance, which is set in a parameter by the factory. The axis is now at home position. A power cycle will clear the alarm and recovery is complete.


Do I need to replace the backup battery?
Yes. Located just behind the screen display, a lithium battery is used for backup parameter and program memory. This battery should be replaced when the “BAT” indicator is blinking on the FANUC screen. When it blinks, be sure to perform a backup of the control, and then replace the  FANUC battery immediately before powering off again to prevent any data loss.
If you have additional questions about the FANUC battery in your FANUC controls, we’re here to help. Contact us today.

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>> Fanuc A98L-00-0026 Drive Long Life Battery Replacement

Oppo to offer four years of free battery replacement with its smartphones

Oppo is reportedly planning to offer a free battery replacement program for its smartphones soon. Popular tipster Digital Chat Station has revealed that Oppo is planning to offer four years of free smartphone battery replacement to its smartphones.


According to the report, the first handset to become a part of it will be the upcoming Oppo A2 Pro 5G smartphone.
Oppo free battery replacement program: DetailsAccording to the reports, Oppo will offer four years of free oppo Cell Phone batteries replacement as a part of this program to the eligible smartphones

Another tipster WHYLAB has reported that the company will only offer free battery replacement if the battery health drops below 80% as a part of the after sale service.Also, the handset that’s set to arrive with this program is Oppo A2 Pro 5G. However, Oppo hasn’t confirmed anything officially about the handset yet. Leaks and rumours have already revealed that is there to know about the handset.

According to the report, the handset will come in three variants — 8GB + 256GB, 12GB + 256GB and 12GB + 512GB. It is speculated to come in Vast Black, Desert Brown, and Dusk Cloud Purple color options and it is expected to be announced on September 15.

Other specifications include a 6.7-inch OLED display with curved edges and FHD+ resolution. The handset is expected to be powered by MediaTek Diemensity 7050 chipset and backed by a 5000mAh  Oppo battery
The smartphone is said to run ColorOS 13 with Android 13 operating system. In terms of camera features, the smartphone is said to come with 64MP primary camera and a 2MP macro or depth sensor. There is supposed to be an 8MP selfie camera at the front of the phone.

Online shopping for oppo Cell Phone  batteries is security. Get 30% off buy oppo Cell Phone  battery.All oppo model batteries are brand new,1 year Warranty, Secure Online Ordering Guaranteed!

Lenovo ThinkPad 10 review: a good Windows tab hurt by poor battery life

There isn’t a big middle ground in the Windows tablet world right now. It’s really a pity. There’s no question that people want high-resolution screens or tons of options, but don’t want to pay for a fast processor that might go to waste. That’s what makes the Lenovo ThinkPad 10 so appealing at first glance—it’s a well-appointed 10-inch Windows tablet that won’t put a huge dent in your wallet. The question is whether it strikes the right price/performance balance it deserves. In some ways that is true, but there are also some huge sacrifices involved. Read on to see if they are worth your time.


The ThinkPad 10 doesn’t fundamentally change its design; it looks very similar to the ThinkPad 8, and not even that different from its ancestor, the ThinkPad Tablet 2. Not that there’s much reason to complain. You still get an aluminum machine that’s both thin and light (0.35 inches and 1.3 pounds, respectively), and everything feels as

comfortable and well-made as you’d expect for $599+. While this thinness doesn’t extend Lenovo tatablet battery life, this is definitely the large Windows tablet you want if you do a lot of standing and computing. It may not be as light as mobile OS-based tablets like the Galaxy Tab S or iPad Air, but it puts significantly less strain on my wrists than the larger Surface Pro 3’s 1.8 pounds and Dell’s 1.6-pound Venue 11 Pro.
Not everything is rosy with metal bodies. This is the same material and finish found on the ThinkPad 8, so scuffs and scratches may appear if you ditch the case. I was lucky enough to avoid them during my test runs, but I’m known to be very protective of my hardware. And you may never be able to keep it completely pristine. Almost every dirty fingerprint on the dark aluminum will show up for at least a while, and there are only so many times I’m willing to wipe them off.

Display, pen and sound


You’re more likely to see higher-resolution displays on larger tablets, but the ThinkPad 10’s LCD still manages to stand out in a fairly crowded space. It uses a higher 1,920 x 1,200 resolution rather than the 1080p screens you’re more likely to find at this price point; those extra vertical pixels may not look like much, but they’re helpful when browsing the web or writing reports. The 224 ppi density is also just right for Windows 8.1, which is very finicky about scaling high resolutions to the right size. The display is sharp enough that content looks good, but not so sharp that you have to squint or click a lot of tiny buttons when you switch to a traditional desktop.

Given the lack of pen input on the ThinkPad 8, you might be willing to forgive these shortcomings. You can draw with varying degrees of pressure or hover your mouse above the screen. There’s no trick to the Surface Pro 3’s OneNote shortcuts, but you do get both a right-click button and an eraser. I found that I liked the pen more than I thought – it’s light and comfortable, and I had no problems with handwriting recognition or scribbling. That being said, this is really more of a productivity tool than an art tool. It’s difficult to apply the exact force you want in a drawing, so you probably won’t”Not creating masterpieces.

performance and battery life
The ThinkPad 10’s performance is a real pain in the ass. In theory, its quad-core 1.6GHz Atom processor should make it one of the fastest Windows tablets in its class. In practice, however, it is relatively cumbersome. Even compared to older devices with 1.33GHz chips, its average benchmark score was the lowest of any Windows tablet we’ve tried. You can’t blame it on the high-resolution display, either, as the equally sharp-looking ThinkPad 8 is still faster. Synthetic testing isn’t the be all and end all of a device, but obviously a higher clock speed won’t give you any extra bragging rights.
The same is true in the real world. Like other recent Atom tablets, this larger ThinkPad can easily run the Windows 8.1 interface and browser or typical apps like Evernote, but it won’t replace a desktop or a premium laptop; it’s not meant for serious work. Creative work or high-end gaming. It’s also slow to boot, taking around 14 seconds (the Acer Iconia W4 takes 8 seconds), and the back gets noticeably hot when you play action-heavy games like Halo: Spartan Assault.

Lenovo didn’t initially position the ThinkPad 10 as a speed demon, but it’s nice to see some tangible improvements, you know? 2GB of RAM is more than enough for common tasks, though if you’re going to be juggling multiple apps at the same time, I highly recommend getting the top-tier 4GB version.
The real deal-breaker might be the poor tablet battery life I mentioned earlier. When looping a 1080p video at half brightness, the ThinkPad 10 lasted just 6 hours and 44 minutes on a charge. This result is better than the bottom-ranked ThinkPad 8 , but I’d hardly call it an encouraging success. Even playing the less strenuous SD clip, the runtime was a subpar 7 hours and 38 minutes. No, you won’t mind the shorIn the US, the ThinkPad only comes in two models: a $599 entry-level version with 2GB of RAM and 64GB of storage, and a $699 version with 4GB and 128GB of storage. If an entry-level device is just a companion to your main computer, you’ll generally be fine with it, but if it’s your main computer, you’ll want to seriously consider the price of both.

As with many tablets, you’ll likely need at least one or two accessories to complete the experience. I wouldn’t hesitate to buy the $45 Quickshot Cover; camera tricks aside, it does a great job of protecting the screen or propping up the tablet for watching movies. If you type a lot (which you probably are if you’re (already a ThinkPad fan), you should consider spending $90 on the Touch Case or $120 on the Ultrabook Keyboard. Sadly I haven’t had a chance to try them yet, but they should serve you better than third-party Bluetooth keyboards.

It’s hard to figure out where the ThinkPad 10 stands among its competitors. As I mentioned before, it occupies a rare middle ground in a field that’s largely divided between affordable Windows tablets and high-performance laptop alternatives. The most obvious similarity is with the Venue 11 Pro, although whether it represents a better deal depends on the discount you get.

As of this writing, you can get similar hardware and a full copy of Office for $500. Lenovo’s $100 premium does get you a slightly higher pixel count, pen input , and a lighter chassis, but those are generally perks rather than must-haves. If you’re considering a $699 ThinkPad, it’s hard to resist spending another $100 on the high-end Venue 11 Pro or the base Surface Pro 3. Both have faster Core i3 processors, and the Surface makes up for what it loses in storage. Equipped with a 12-inch screen and a more refined pen. If you’re going to spend money on a really good Windows tablet in the first place, doesn ‘t it make sense to buy something really powerful?


That last point really sums up the ThinkPad 10’s dilemma.

There’s no doubt you’re getting a lot, including a beautiful display, pen input, and top-notch industrial design. However, I can’t help but think this is an awkward, in-between product. In order to fit a ThinkPad into your life, you’ll need a reasonable budget, but not one so high that you can buy the highest-end tablet. This wouldn’t be a huge issue if the device had a long-lasting battery to give it an advantage, but it’s not – it’s actually worse than more powerful hardware like the Surface Pro, and Lenovo ThinkPad battery life is expected to be shorter3. While I really enjoy using the ThinkPad, it’s more of a tool for experts than a Swiss Army Knife. That’s great if it meets your needs, but your best bet may be to use lower-end technology to save money, or invest in something more powerful.


Online shopping for lenovo Tablets batteries is security. Get 30% off buy lenovo Tablets battery.All lenovo model batteries are brand new,1 year Warranty, Secure Online Ordering Guaranteed

Best replacement chargers for the Dell XPS 13 2-in-1 (2022)

Did you lose the charger that came with your Dell XPS 13 2-in-1, or has your charger just stopped working? Here are some good alternatives. The 2022 Dell XPS 13 2-in-1 is a premium Windows tablet that represents a significant change of direction from a line that used to consist of convertible laptops.

This new design also comes with some changes to the internals, including a 9W Intel processor and a slightly smaller battery. In recent years, some devices have stopped shipping chargers in the box, but thankfully that’s not the case with the Dell XPS 13 2-in-1. here’s a 45W charger in the box laptop Adapter so there’s no reason for you to buy a new one.

Still, accidents happen, and you might end up losing your charger, or it might stop working. If you need a replacement charger for your Dell XPS 13 2-in-1, we’re here to help, and we’ve also rounded up some great options from Dell itself and other brands. Let’s dig a little deeper.


What you need to know about the Dell XPS 13 2-in-1 ChargerThe chargers listed above are all great options when you need a new charger for your Dell XPS 13 2-in-1. We’re focusing on the 2022 models in this article, but honestly, these should work on any model with a USB Type -C charging port. In fact, depending on how much power your laptop needs, these may work for just about any laptop. If you’re looking to buy one that will work with most modern laptops, then going with a 100W charger is probably your best bet as it covers a larger area.

Even if you don’t need to replace your Dell Power Supplies Adapter, picking up a power bank (like a Baseus Blade or Dell’s own power bank) is always a good option when you need to charge but aren’t near an outlet. On the other hand , if you’re looking for a secondary charger to use at work or away from home,

a value-focused product like the Amazon Basics Charger is a great option so you don’t have to carry anything around.


The 2022 Dell XPS 13 2-in-1 is available for purchase via the link below, with the option to add an XPS Folio and/or XPS Stylus. If you’re not interested in this particular device, you can check out the best Dell laptops if you want to check out some other options. Or, if you’re keen on this form factor but want something a little different, check out our list of the best Windows tablets.


Dell Laptop AC adapter,Dell Laptop AC Adapter with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. buy cheap Dell Laptop AC Adapter/Power Supply/Charger at Wholesale Supplier – Get 30% off buy Laptop AC Adapter/Power Supply for Dell.

Five common iPad and tablet faults and how to fix them

From slow speeds to poor battery: find the solutions to your iPad and tablet woesBatteries are the cause of most tablet issues – almost 20% of all the faults recorded in our survey were down to the battery getting significantly worse in a short period of time.
Typically, this is a sign of a hardware issue with the battery itself, which might need replacing, but there are some setting adjustments you can try first.
How to check battery health on a tabletFirst, check the condition of the battery itself. If the battery needs replacing, then there’s no point doing any further troubleshooting, as only a new one will get your tablet healthy.


You can’t usually access the battery physically, but you can check it in the settings.
Android tablet: Head to the battery section in the settings to get an overall rating for the battery. You can get more information here, too. Select Battery from this menu and you’ll see how long a full charge should last. If this is much lower than normal, then it’s a sign that something’s wrong.iPad: Go to Settings, then Battery. Next, tap Battery Health and you’ll see the maximum capacity. Ideally, you want this to be as close to 100% as possible. If it’s low then you know you’re not getting much battery life, even when your iPad is fully charged.

Amazon Fire tablet: There doesn’t seem to be a built-in method of checking an Amazon tablet battery but there are battery health apps on the Amazon Fire store that will show you.Microsoft tablet: You can get a detailed battery report on Windows tablets – you’ll feel like a Matrix extra while you do it. Type cmd into the Start menu to bring up the command prompt box. Type in powercfg /batteryreport and a battery report will be saved into your C drive. This will tell you the maximum capacity and show how much it’s dropped over time, along with a range of usage stats.If you run any of these tests and find the maximum capacity has dropped dramatically, then your tablet’s battery is likely damaged and will need replacing. 
10 ways to get more from your tablet batteryIf your battery gets a clean bill of health, try these tips to get more life out of it.


The screen usually drains more battery than any other process. Turn down the brightness, or make it adaptive so it reacts to light and doesn’t maintain unnecessarily high brightness.Adjust the screen timeout so it turns off more quickly when you’re not interacting with it or watching something.Turn off any location services, particularly if you’re mainly using your device at home.If you aren’t using them, turn off Bluetooth and wi-fi. Even if you’re not connected, the tablet will periodically look for active connections, which drains the High quality tablet battery

Close any apps you’re not using. There are different trains of thought on whether this makes much of a difference on newer tablets, but you might as well try it just in case these apps are drawing some power.Your tablet probably has an eco or power-saving mode you can try. You’ll notice this mainly affects the screen brightness, but it will turn off some background processes, too.Switch to dark mode. If most of the background is black, then the screen doesn’t need to work as hard. This is because the backlight and pixels have to work harder to display a white screen.Switching off your voice assistant means the tablet isn’t alert and waiting to hear your voice, which will save some power.

Switch your email to push, rather than regularly checking for emails. You’ll need to actively go into the email app and refresh to see new emails, though.Uninstall apps you’re not using. Just because you’re not using them doesn’t mean they aren’t running processes in the background that are draining your tablet battery Plus, they might be getting automatic updates that are tuned for newer tablets, and older ones might struggle to run them. Join Which?

Tech Support – stay on top of your tech and get unlimited expert 1-2-1 support by phone, email, remote fix and in print
Fault 2: Tablet is slowTablet with a cloud symbol and “storage”It can be very frustrating if your tablet is slow to open apps or switch between them.
Sluggish tablet speeds can be a symptom of age. As apps continue to be updated, the power demand starts to exceed the capabilities of the tablet’s processor and Ram, which then struggle.
Things can slow down when the tablet operating system gets updated, too, for similar reasons.
There are other possibilities, though, and it’s worth trying the suggestions below before admitting defeat to slower speeds.


We promise we’re only going to say this once, but try turning it off and on again. It’s the oldest trick in the book, but it works. Your tablet being on for days leads to a build-up of open apps and running processes that you probably aren’t using, but are slowing you down. Restart to give your tablet a clean slate and speed things up.
Clear your tablet’s cacheApps collect data to make them load faster in future. Ironically, this can slow down your tablet as apps accumulate increasing amounts of data.
You can manually clear the cache of apps in the settings menu. 
Android tablets: Go to Settings then Storage, followed by Cached data to clear the storage. You can also do this on an app-by-app basis in the App Menu.

iPads: Open the app you want to clear, then hold down the power button until you see the ‘Slide to power off’ prompt. Release the power button and hold the home button until the app restarts. When it does, the cache will be cleared. For iPads without a home button, go to General settings then iPad storage. Choose the app you want to clear and select Offload app. This keeps some data, such as logins, but clears the cache when you reactivate it. This will work with older iPads, too.

Amazon Fire tablets: Open Settings, then Apps and Notifications. Next, select Manage all Applications and select the app you want to clear, followed by Storage. You’ll now see the option to clear the cache.Microsoft tablets: Microsoft tablets run Windows 11 and often use software rather than apps, so clearing a cache doesn’t make as much sense. You can use ‘Storage Sense’ (click Settings, System, then Storage and toggle it on) to free up space on your hard drive, though.Five other ways to speed up your tablet

Generally, a newer tablet shouldn’t run slowly unless you’re using some software that it really isn’t capable of running. For example, if you’ve bought a low-end tablet and start editing some uncompressed 4K footage, then it’s going to struggle.
It’s important to buy a tablet that suits your needs and can handle the tasks you require. Thanks to our tough, independent lab tests, we know which jobs each tablet is best for – so check our tablet reviews before you buy.


Keep your apps and operating system up to date: Newer versions often optimize software to help things run smoothly. You can use our free tablet security tool to find out if yours is still receiving updates. Seek alternative apps: Keeping your apps up to date is a good idea, but if you find an app is starting to feel sluggish following an update, then it could be that it’s now exceeded what your tablet can cope with. There are likely dozens of alternatives you could try and some might run better, so try looking in the app store for a different option.

Remove widgets: If your tablet has to load a bunch of widgets every time you return to your home screen then it will slow things down. Make sure you only keep genuinely useful widgets that you check a lot.Reduce startup processes: This is one for Microsoft tablets mainly, but if you have loads of software set to start every time you turn on your tablet, it could slow your startup to a crawl. Go to Settings, Apps then Startup to see what loads up when your tablet turns on.

Free up some storage space: If your hard drive is almost at capacity, it can slow down your tablet. Try to delete some old apps and content to free up space. You can always move files from your physical storage to the cloud.

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>3.7V 2980mAh Amazon SR043KL Long Life Battery Replacement

Is It Better To Repair or Replace a Phone?

Cell phones are delicate pieces of equipment. One clumsy moment is often all it takes to damage them. When that happens you have two choices. You can either replace the phone entirely with a brand new model, or you can repair your existing phone to get a few additional years of use out of it. So, which is the best choice? Well, that depends on a number of different factors, including cost, as well as the age of your phone and how attached you are to it.


Repairing a Cell Phone is More Cost-EffectiveIf you’re looking for the most economical choice, you should definitely repair your phone rather than replace it. Purchasing a new phone can cost upwards of $1,000 for high-end brands. Repairing your current phone, on the other hand, can cost anywhere from less than $100 to a few hundred dollars, depending on the repair and phone model. The two most common issues plaguing older phones are shattered screens and dying batteries.


How Much Does It Cost To Repair a Cell Phone Screen?Obviously, this will vary depending on your brand and model. As a ballpark figure though, most iPhone screen replacements will cost somewhere between $69.99 and $349.99. If you have a Samsung device, you can expect to pay somewhere between $200 and $400.

How Much Does It Cost To Replace a Cell Phone Battery?Replacing your battery is a great way to lengthen the life of an older model phone. Cell phone batteries only last about two years before they begin to degrade. After that, they’re prone to charging issues. An old battery can also slow down the performance of your phone or even lead to sudden shutdowns. A typical battery replacement at Batteries Plus costs as low as $59.99 on some models and can extend the life of your phone for another two years. Many stores even offer a 50% discount on battery replacement if you have your screen repaired at the same time. For the latest pricing on your model phone, call or visit your nearest Batteries Plus location.


Additional Factors When Deciding Whether to Repair or Replace Your PhoneBeyond cost though, there’s also something to be said for comfort. The size, weight and design of your phone will probably be very different when upgrading to the next generation, so if you’re happy with what you have, why not hold onto it for a couple more years?
You’ll also want to consider the age of your current phone. If your phone is particularly old, it may not support the most recent software updates. In that case, it might be worth it to upgrade to something new. Many carriers are currently offering higher trade-in offers on older model phones in order to promote their new 5G networks. If your phone is currently damaged though, you’ll still want to have it repaired in order to maximize the money you get on your trade-in.


Why You Can Trust Batteries Plus for Your Cell Phone Repair NeedsWhy should you have your phone repaired at Batteries Plus? First off, our technicians take part in the Cellular Telecommunications and Internet Association’s WISE certification program. That means you can be confident that your phone is being worked on by technicians whose expertise has been verified by a third party source.


We’ve also recently partnered with Samsung as part of their new Independent Service Provider program. This partnership allows us to repair your Samsung phone Batteries using components, tools and even training that come directly from Samsung themselves.


With over 700 locations throughout the US, it’s easy to find a Batteries Plus near you. Book your repair appointment online today to save an additional $10. Or, shop our phone essentials page to find phone cases, accessories, wireless charging options and more.

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>3.85V 2100mAh Samsung EB-BF907ABA Long Life Battery Replacement

4 Signs it’s Time to Replace Your Cell Phone Battery

Your battery is the life of your cell phone. Over time, it wears down, loses capacity, and can even fail completely. Its condition is vital for your phone’s functioning — without good health, your device can slow down, overheat, or stop working Totally.


When it comes to cell phone battery life, you may have some key questions, like “how long does a phone battery last?” In this post, we’ll discuss the signs it’s time for a phone battery replacement and some other tips to keep in mind.


4 Signs it’s Time for a Phone Battery ReplacementIt may not always be clear when your battery has run its course. Even when you’ve done everything you can to maximize your cell phone battery life, the reality is that, eventually, it’ll impact your device’s functioning. Here are some key signs that indicate it’s time for a replacement.
1.Decreased Battery LifeOver time, your battery naturally loses its capacity in a process called chemical aging. Because of this, you may notice your phone doesn’t last as long as it used to between charges.


A decreased cell phone battery life is one of the leading indicators to tell you when you should replace your Android or iPhone battery. While chemical aging is the most common culprit of decreased lifespan, other factors that can impact capacity include the following:
Software updatesPower-hungry appsFrequent and continuous phone usage2. Slow Charging or Not Charging at AllSlow charging can be caused by various factors, like a dirty charging port or incorrect or broken charging cables. Troubleshoot by ruling out these issues first, and if fixing them fails to solve the problem, consider inspecting your battery.
If your battery is the issue for slow or minimal charging, it can impede your ability to use your device altogether. You may also experience sudden phone shut-offs, even if your battery percentage appears high or at full charge. Like with other warning signs , ignoring this issue can lead to more damage to the battery or even the phone itself.
a phone with a low battery icon on it and a phone charger laying next to it3. Phone OverheatingIf your device gets excessively hot while in use, this could indicate that you need a phone battery replacement. Keep in mind that overheating can occur if you use apps that take up a lot of power or if you use your phone for long periods. , a failing battery can also be the source of your issue. If this is the case, it can lead to overworking the system and a shorter lifespan for both the battery and phone.
For this reason, it’s crucial to replace your battery as promptly as possible to avoid further damage to the internal components of your device.


4.Battery Swelling or LeakageSwelling occurs when the parts of your battery degrade and release gas. This chemical buildup can cause the battery to expand, putting pressure on the other internal pieces of your device and causing damage. This pressure may also lead to chemical leakage, harming your phone and posing a severe safety threat.


If your battery is swelling or leaking, stop using your phone immediately, as it can impact your device and personal health. If caught early enough, expert technicians can replace your battery in time before it does any significant damage to the performance of your device.
a person holding a swollen phone battery with a phone in the backgroundHow to Check Your Battery’s HealthAn excellent way to gauge how long your phone battery will last before it’s time for a replacement is to perform regular quality assurance checks. There are two options for this:


1. Use the Built-In Battery Status in Your Settingsscreenshot of the iPhone menu for “Battery Healthy & Charging”Most modern phones have a built-in battery status display, which you can check in your settings. This status typically gives you information about your battery’s current capacity, health, performance, and usage.
2. Download a Third-Party Battery Monitoring AppThird-party monitoring apps can provide a more detailed view of your battery’s health. For example, they can provide information about its capacity, charge cycles, and performance over time. Some monitoring apps even offer actionable tips for managing frequently-used apps and how to save your cell phone battery life in the long run.


What’s Considered Good iPhone Battery Health?Generally, Apple considers your battery health ‘good’ if it’s at a capacity of 80% or more. Anything less than this may result in slower device performance, quicker draining, and even shut-offs. When your iPhone battery health dips below this, it may be time to replace it.What’s Considered Good Samsung Battery Health?Similar to the iPhone, goodSamsung   Phone  batteryhealth for a Samsung phone is 80% or above. Once its capacity becomes less than this, your battery will drain quicker and lead to poor device performance. 


Deciding Between Professional Replacement or DIYWhen it comes to replacing your phone battery, there are typically two options: professionaleplacement or DIY repair. A DIY replacement can be a good option if you’re comfortable with taking your phone apart and have the right tools. On the other hand, if you’re unsure about the process or simply prefer an expert to handle the repair, visit a reputable shop near you.
Tips for a Successful DIY ReplacementIf you decide to go this route, ensure you:
Follow an updated repair guideGet all the necessary tools for the jobWork in a clean, well-lit spaceKeep in mind that if you have a swollen or leaky battery, it’s best to take your phone to a professional because exposure to these chemicals can be hazardous to your health if not handled properly.


Finding a Reputable Repair Shop for Professional ReplacementWhen searching for a repair shop to get a battery replacement, look for ones with a good reputation and positive reviews, like Mobile Klinik. Our expert technicians will ensure your device returns to working order in no time. With numerous locations across Canada, you can walk in or book an appointment at a shop near you.


It’s essential to monitor the health of your battery and replace it if you notice warning signs like overheating, decreased  phone battery ife, charging issues, or swelling. This due diligence will not only help you restore functionality but also prolong the lifespan of your phone . For professional advice on your battery, visit us in-store at Mobile Klinik or download our Device Checkup App for real-time battery monitoring.

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>3.85V 2245mAh Samsung EB-BF900ABU Long Life Battery Replacement

Motorola One Zoom: Nice Camera, Long Battery Life, Steep Price for Midrange Phone

Motorola announced a midrange phone with lots of cameras, the Motorola One Zoom, and an enhanced low-end phone, the E6 Plus.
Is Moto mastering midrange? Lenovo’s phone division has been doubling and tripling down on midrange phones this year, shucking off attempts to compete with Apple and Samsung at the high end and instead churning out a range of different lower-end and midrange phones.


At the IFA trade show in Berlin today, it announced two of them: low-end Moto E6 Plus; and the Motorola One Zoom (above), which has a 3x-zoom camera at an unusually low price point for that feature.


The One Zoom has a triple-camera setup that, at least in the US, is generally found on higher-end phones. There’s a 16-megapixel wide-angle camera, a 12MP main camera (which Moto infuriatingly claims is 48MP, but only generates 12MP images) and an 8MP, 3x-zoom camera. There’s also a dedicated depth sensor. On the front, there’s a genuine 25MP selfie camera. That’s a lot of camera options, and it’s backed up by a lot of stamina with a 4000mAh Motorola   battery.


One cute standout feature: when you get notifications, the Motorola logo on the back glows. Otherwise, there are decent midrange specs here. The phone has a Qualcomm Snapdragon 675 processor, 4GB of RAM, 128GB of storage, a 6.4-inch 1080p screen , and a headphone jack.


It will run Android Pie with an upgrade to Android 10. It comes in gray, purple, and bronze. The One Zoom is pretty much a follow-up to Moto’s now-extinct X series, the handsome, metal-clad midrange line that found occasional niches in places like Amazon and Google Fi but never really caught fire here in the US.
This is a handsome, thoroughly respectable midrange phone. It doesn’t do anything crazy like the previously announced Motorola One Action, which turns its wide-angle camera sideways to kill vertical video.


The problem, really, is a problem with the whole midrange of the US market. While $449.99 is a popular price in a lot of other countries, here in the US, most phones fall into three buckets. They’re under $300, they’ re sold on monthly service plans with the overall price hidden, or they’re used iPhones. The Google Pixel 3a ($139.95 at Amazon) seems to be breaking through on the strength of its brand and great camera, but it’s a lift.
Motorola also boosted its entry-level line with the Moto E6 Plus, a “dual-camera” version of its lowest-end phone.
The thing is, it isn’t real dual cameras. It’s a 13MP main f/2.0 camera and a 2MP depth sensor. I am unsold on the value of depth sensors. It seems like a big-deal hardware part just to enable bokeh effects that, nowadays, come perfectly well through software. But clearly, I am not Motorola. Still, though, I would not consider a depth sensor to turn something into a “dual camera.”


Otherwise, the new E6 Plus has a 6.1-inch, 720p screen and runs Android Pie on a MediaTek Helio P22 processor. Yes, it will get an Android 10 upgrade—eventually. The front camera is 8MP. It has 2GB or 4GB of RAM , 32 or 64GB of storage with a MicroSD card slot, and a 3000mAh Motorola’s phone battery. It comes in blue, two shades of red, and gray, and it appears to be coming out everywhere except the US.

Am I impressed? Should you be? Not really. Is this important for Motorola’s overall health as a company? Maybe. A ton of Motorola’s business goes on in Latin America, where its Moto E lineup is considered to be reliable, no-nonsense, and affordable. The E6 Plus probably hits the spot there, and it will probably eventually find its way into the prepaid mix here in the US. But I wouldn’t hold my breath.

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>Motorola Moto E6 Play XT2029-2 XT2029-1 Long Life Battery Replacement

Taking the Battery Out a Samsung Galaxy Tablet Easily

Samsung’s Galaxy Tab has lithium-ion batteries that wear out over time and need replacement.Signs that your Galaxy Tab’s batteryshould be replaced include dramatically lower battery life and sudden shutdowns. The battery in a Samsung Galaxy Tab can be easily removed with the help of special tools. You can purchase a battery replacement kit for your Samsung Galaxy Tab model online. This wikiHow article teaches you how to remove your Samsung Galaxy Tab battery.

Things You Should KnowDepending on the model, your tablet may or may not have screws or ribbons. A quick check online will let you know what your specific model has.Don’t break the ribbon connecting the back of your tablet to your battery when you take the back panel off.Also avoid damaging the cables connecting the battery to your tablet’s mainboard.Some models of Galaxy Tab don’t have removable batteries. Check your user manual or do a search for your model to make sure.Part1Removing the Battery From a Samsung Galaxy Tab

Step 1 Get the equipment needed.1Get the equipment needed. In order to remove the battery from a Samsung Galaxy Tab, you will need a plastic pry tool and a tiny screwdriver. Some models require a tri-wing screwdriver. You can purchase all the tools you need, along with a replacement battery or you can just purchase a replacement battery kit that comes with all the tools. Be sure you get the correct battery or kit for your Samsung Galaxy Tab model.Make sure you purchase the correct kit for your Samsung Galaxy Tab model. The wrong kit may not have the right Samsung Galaxy Tab model battery or tools.If you do not have a plastic pry tool, you can use any thin piece of plastic, such as a guitar pick, or a thin piece of plastic cut from a soda bottle.[1]

Some types of Galaxy Tab, like the Tab-A, have non-removable batteries. If you have this type of tablet, you’ll need to take it to a Samsung authorized repair agent to get the battery replaced.[2]Step 2 Turn off the Galaxy Tab.2Turn off the Galaxy Tab. Press and hold the power button on the side of your Samsung Galaxy Tab unit to power off your device.


Step 3 Remove the two screw covers near the charging port (If present).3Remove the two screw covers near the charging port (If present). Some Galaxy Tab 10 models have screws on both sides of the charging port. If your Galaxy Tab model has screws to the sides of the charging port, use a safety pin or sharp object to remove the screw covers, and then use a tri-wing screwdriver to remove the screws.

If your Tab does not have screws, skip this step.Step 4 Use the plastic pry tool to remove the back cover.4Use the plastic pry tool to remove the back cover. Insert the plastic pry tool in between where the back cover attaches to the front. This is usually along the side edges of the device. On some models, the seam may be on the front of the screen. Go around the entire device while gently applying pressure to separate the front cover from the back.[3]Keep in mind that the clips that attach the back cover are easy to break, so go slowly and carefully. Be careful not to tear the microphone cable when you separate the front panel from the top left corner of the Galaxy Tab.Step 5 Separate the back cover from the rest of the unit.5Separate the back cover from the rest of the unit. Once all the clips are popped out, remove the back cover and set it aside.

Step 6 Remove the tape from the ribbon cables and battery.6Remove the tape from the ribbon cables and battery. There may be tape covering the ribbon cable connectors and battery. Use the plastic pry tool to remove the tape and set it aside.Step 7 Disconnect the ribbon cables covering the battery (if present).7Disconnect the ribbon cables covering the battery (if present). Many larger Samsung Galaxy Tab 10 models have 2 or 3 ribbon cables that go over the top of the battery. Use the plastic pry tool to pop the tab on the front of the connectors where the ribbon cables are attached. Then slide the ribbon cables out of the connectors. If no tab is present on the connectors, simply slide the ribbon cables out.If you don’t have a larger tablet with ribbon cables, skip this step.Step 8 Remove the battery screws (if present).8

Remove the battery screws (if present). On some Galaxy Tab models, the battery may be screwed in place. Use a tiny Philips screwdriver to remove the screws on all sides of the battery.If you don’t have screws in your Tab, skip this step.Step 9 Disconnect the battery from the board.9Disconnect the battery from the board. There are 4 wires from the battery that are attached to a black clip connected to the mainboard. Place the plastic pry tool under the wires and apply upward pressure to disconnect the wire clip from the board.
Step 10 Remove the battery.10Remove the battery. Once the battery is disconnected, simply lift the battery out to remove it.If you discover that the battery is swollen, the heat or any liquids inside the battery may have damaged other parts of your tablet. Take it to a certified Samsung repair shop to have it looked at.
Part2Reassemble Your Samsung Galaxy Tab
Download ArticleStep 1 Insert a new battery.1Insert a new High quality tablet battery. After removing the old battery, place the new battery in its place.If your Samsung Galaxy Tab model has ribbon connectors, make sure you don’t place the battery over the ribbon connectors.Step 2 Attach the battery wires to the board.2

Attach the battery wires to the board. Look for the 4 wires from the battery that were attached to a black clip. Gently press down on the black clip to attach the battery to the board.Step 3 Reattach the battery screws.3Reattach the battery screws. If the old battery was screwed in place, use a tiny Phillips screwdriver to secure the battery in place using the old screws.If your Samsung tablet didn’t have screws, skip this step.Step 4 Reinsert the ribbon cables
.4
Reinsert the ribbon cables. If your Samsung Galaxy Tab has ribbon connectors, lay them over the top of the battery. Make sure the connector tabs are up and slide the ribbon cables back into place until they are firmly seated. Press the connector tabs down to lock them in place.Warning: If the ribbon cables are not firmly seated, it will cause performance problems with your device. For example, if you finished this entire procedure and your tablet won’t turn on, you may have damaged internal components like the ribbon cables.Step 5 Place the tape back over the ribbon connectors and  Samsung Galaxy Tab battery

5Place the tape back over the ribbon connectors and battery. If there was tape covering the ribbon connectors and battery, put the tape back in its place.Step 6 Reattach the back cover.6

Reattach the back cover. After the battery is secure and all cables are properly attached, place the back cover over the back of the unit. Go around the edges with your fingers and apply a little bit of pressure to snap the back cover back in place .

Step 7 Reattached the screws.7Reattached the screws. If your Samsung Galaxy Tab model had screws to the side of the charging port, use the Tri-wing screwdriver to reattach the screws. Then place the screw covers back over the screws.Step 8 Finished.8

Finished. Turn your tablet on to see how you did! If it won’t turn on, you may have damaged some internal parts or done something wrong. A repair shop can fix your tablet.


>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>11.34V 5700mAh Samsung EB-BT670ABA Long Life Battery Replacement

How to Check the Compatibility of an AC Adapter and Your Computer

This article talks about checking the compatibility of your AC power adapter with your computer. This article talks about checking the compatibility of your AC power adapter with your computer. When you purchase a computer, an AC power adapter will be provided. In case it is not included in your package, is incompatible, or damaged, you can follow the below mentioned steps to efficiently match up your laptops .

AC adapterand computer. These steps can be followed for both desktops and laptops.
Check the user manual. Refer to the user manual accompanying your computer to find out the voltage, wattage, and current capacities of your computer.Step 2 Check the Internet, if needed.2Check the Internet, if needed. In case you have misplaced the user manual, you can check the official website of the brand, and find out the voltage and wattage specifications.


Step 3 Find a compatible power adapter.3Find a compatible power adapter. Match the computer and the adapter. Below is the compatibility range:Voltage Range: The voltage capacity of the adapter should be within 10% of the capacity of the computer.Wattage Range: The wattages of both the adapter and the computer have to be equal.

Current Range: The current of the power adapter should never be lower than that of the computer. It can be equal to or higher than the current capacity of the computer.
Step 4 Check the fit of the adapter and your socket.FourCheck the fit of the adapter and your socket. The AC adapters in the market are available in a variety of sizes and shapes. Matching the voltage and wattage is not enough. You will need to check if the adapter is able to fit into the socket Make sure that it is a tight fit. Loose connections could result in damage to your adapter, socket, or computer.

Step 5 Connect the adapter and your computer.FiveConnect the adapter and your computer. The acid test for the entire operation – connect the AC adapter to the power source and the computer. Check to see if the computer is able to charge properly. Let it run for an entire cycle to know if the adapter is working with maximum efficiency.
Expert Q&AAsk a QuestionWhat is your question?SubmitTipsConsider purchasing an AC adapter provided by leading manufacturers.

You can also get the best results if you purchase an adapter of the same brand as the computer.Submit a TipAll tip submissions are carefully reviewed before being publishedYour tip here Submit

WarningsIf you are underage, take assistance of an adult. Don’t attempt to use these gadgets without supervision.Practice extreme caution when handling power adapters and electric sockets.Don’t insert your fingers in the power sockets.

Using incompatible gadgets and power cables could result in damage to the gadget and injury to the user. It could also cause severe problems on a larger scale in your home or housing complex.

>>>>>>>>>>>>> >>>>>>>>>>>Asus A20-100P1A laptop Adapter for Asus ROG Flow X13 GV301 GV301QH-DS96 GV301QH-XS98-B

Microsoft Surface Laptop Studio’s unique design is hampered by short battery life

Microsoft’s Surface Laptop Studio was released on Tuesday, and I’ve been using it for the past few days. It’s more practical than the Surface Book it replaces in Microsoft’s laptop lineup, but it’s still not perfect.
The Surface Laptop Studio starts at $1,600, giving Microsoft a chance to capture more of the PC market. The PC market continues to grow during the coronavirus pandemic as people rush to buy PCs to attend meetings and classes virtually and entertain themselves at home.


The Surface Book that this computer replaces is proof that Microsoft is capable of impressive hardware engineering. Its hinges expand and contract as you open and close it, reminiscent of a lotus flower. By pressing a button on the keyboard, you can remove the screen and use it as a tablet.
The Surface Laptop Studio ditches that whimsy—the screen can’t be removed—but still offers a unique experience. Here’s what you need to know.
The new design is the biggest feature of Surface Laptop Studio.
You can use it like any other laptop, but when you want to use it as a tablet, just slide the screen out and lay it flat on top of the keyboard in Studio Mode. No more clicking buttons or typing keys on the keyboard and waiting to disconnect the display from the keyboard base like you do with the Surface Book.
Microsoft Surface Laptop Studio


Unlike the Surface Book, which loses a lot of power and Surface Book battery life when you remove the screen, you still have all the processing power when the Surface Laptop Studio is in this mode. And, when laid flat, it’s better suited for reading documents, taking notes, or browsing the web without the need for a keyboard or mouse. You can stay in the flow for longer without having to worry about recharging.
When you’re ready to use Surface Laptop Studio like a laptop again, simply pull up the bottom edge until the display forms a 90-degree angle, then flip the panel over.
Microsoft Surface Laptop Studio
You can also switch to what Microsoft calls “Stage Mode,” which brings the display closer to you by positioning the bottom of the keyboard between the keyboard and trackpad. This is useful if you use your computer to watch movies, play games, or draw on the screen without the need for a keyboard.


Underneath the Laptop Studio’s trackpad is a spot where you can store and charge the new $130 Surface Slim Pen 2, which contains a haptic motor so that if you write or draw with more force, it Will push back with more pressure. Powerful magnets ensure the pen won’t come loose. This is a more thoughtful solution than fixing the stylus to the edge of the display like people do on the Surface Book.
Microsoft Surface Laptop Studio
The display is crystal clear, and a new feature in Windows 11 lets you take advantage of its 120 Hz refresh rate, which makes scrolling through websites and photos smoother. It may also help save Surface Laptop battery life. Microsoft says it’s testing a dynamic refresh rate setting that automatically reduces the refresh rate for less graphics-intensive tasks. I haven’t been able to try it yet because there are no compatible graphics drivers.


The trackpad is larger than any on a Surface PC. It provides tactile feedback, so no matter where you click, you’ll get a response, just like on Apple’s MacBook. This is a huge improvement over the Surface Book’s trackpad.
Overall, this is a fun and powerful computer that can be used in a number of different modes depending on your needs. But it’s not perfect.

Microsoft is using the launch of the Surface Laptop Studio to switch up the ports on its top laptops. The latest Surface Book includes two traditional USB-A ports, a modern USB-C port and a full-size SD card reader, as well as a headphone jack and Microsoft’s proprietary Surface Connect charging port. There are two USB-C ports on the Laptop Studio that support the current Thunderbolt 4 standard, but the USB-A port and card reader are missing. This means customers will have to use a dongle to connect their devices to it, which is disappointing.

Microsoft’s Surface Connect charger feels outdated. It’s been around since 2012, so Microsoft has reserved it for those who have accessories to use with it. It’s magnetic and easy to connect or disconnect, which is nice in case you trip over the cord, but I think it can be cut off completely. If you forget the cable, though, at least you can still charge via USB-C.
Surface Books offer hard-to-ignore power and volume buttons on the top edge of the display. On Laptop Studio, the power button is located to the left of the delete key on the keyboard. It takes time to get used to it.


Microsoft Surface Laptop Studio, additionally while the volume keys are in the same easy-to-find spot on the Surface Book on top of the keyboard, they’re not as easy to press as the old buttons when you’re in a hurry. Microsoft speaksSperson said the company’s research showed that most Surface Laptop users wanted power and volume buttons on the keyboard, which helped the company make the Laptop Studio display thinner.
Battery life isn’t great either. My review unit, which typically lasts about 4.5 hours on a charge, packs an Intel Core i7 chip and 32GB of RAM. That’s well short of the 18 hours of battery life Microsoft claims for the Surface. That’s also shorter than the 6.5 hours I got on the Surface Book 3 and the nearly 7.5 hours I got on the Surface Book 2.
Although the new design is smart, the Laptop Studio feels more polished than the Surface Books. Flipping the display over and revealing Microsoft’s Dynamic Weave hinge seems to be one step closer to the device’s innards. I can’t help but worry that switching between modes several times a day might wear out the components. However, I had no issues checking the laptop.


Microsoft Surface Laptop StudioA Microsoft spokesperson told CNBC in an email that Microsoft’s testing standards for the Laptop Studio “take into account how users cycle the device through various modes in their lives and even transport the device to ensure we deliver the highest quality and durability.” experience”.
Like the Surface Book, the base model Laptop Studio costs $1,600, which can be pricey. ASUS, HP, Lenovo and Samsung all sell convertible PCs with similar or superior hardware configurations at lower prices. For example, Samsung’s 15.6-inch Galaxy Book Pro 360 costs $1,300. Things are better at the higher end. The Laptop Studio Microsoft loaned me costs $2,700, and a similar Lenovo ThinkPad costs about the same.


final thoughtsThe Surface Laptop Studio is a better computer than the Surface Book it replaces. It’s less flashy, but more focused on providing a good experience when people want to use the laptop in non-traditional ways, specifically using touch gestures or a stylus on the screen .
I love working on Surface Laptop Studio, playing video games, and listening to music. People looking for impressive performance and the ability to write on their Surface as a computer should consider this machine, just be aware of battery life.

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>7.58V 5235mAh Microsoft 916TA135H Long Life Battery Replacement

Should I remove my laptop battery when using the AC adapter?

When you’re using your laptop near a power outlet, it’s a good idea to plug in the AC adapter to power your laptop .

 Your laptop battery takes full advantage of power outlets and saves battery power when no power outlets are available. You can leave the battery connected to the laptop while using alaptop AC adapterto power the laptop.
Benefits of keeping the battery in your laptopThere is no need to remove the battery, there are benefits to keeping it.


First, if the battery is not fully charged, connecting it to the AC adapter will allow the AC adapter battery to fully charge over time.
Secondly, having a backup battery is helpful in case of power outages and brownouts. If either happens, you won’t lose any data because your laptop will switch to battery backup.


Finally, even when fully charged, keeping the battery connected while using the AC adapter will not damage the battery. Over time, all batteries eventually lose their ability to power your laptop and need to be replaced. This is normal for the battery and not a side effect of using the AC adapter with the battery connected.

When and how to remove a laptop battery while plugged in
If you have a removable laptop battery, sometimes removing it while the laptop is connected to an AC outlet can actually optimize your AC adapter battery life. However, if a power outage occurs while your laptop is plugged into an outlet without a battery, there is a risk of data loss.


Given the inconvenience of a power outage and the risk of data loss, is removing the battery worth it? In some cases, yes. We’ll look at when you should remove the battery from your laptop to optimize battery life, and explain how to do it.
Thermal issues and battery lifeOverheating is one of the worst things that can happen to your laptop battery. Battery life may be negatively affected when a battery is fully charged and heated for an extended period of time (such as when a laptop is plugged in and used).


If your laptop is on your lap, you may feel the heat generated by the battery. Placing pillows or blankets between you and your laptop will only exacerbate the problem, interfering with air circulation and the laptop’s ability to cool itself.
Resource-intensive tasks such as gaming and multimedia editing may further increase the heat generated by your laptop.


When to Remove a Laptop BatteryIf you’re going to be using your laptop connected to AC power for an extended period of time, especially if you’re performing heat-intensive tasks, removing the battery is a worthwhile step to take to extend its life. However, if you have frequent power outages at home or there are storms outside that may cause outages, keep your laptop battery connected and avoid the risk of data loss.
If you have an uninterruptible power supply (UPS) plugged in, no need to worry, just remove the battery.


If you’re on the road and plan to only keep the power on for an hour or so before needing the battery again, leave the battery connected. The process of shutting down the laptop, removing the battery, then restarting, then shortly powering down again to reconnect the battery (and turning the laptop back on again when reaching the next stop) is very inconvenient and time-consuming. When moving, keep the battery plugged in for short periods of time.
If you won’t be using your laptop for an extended period of time, such as on vacation or even on the weekends, it’s a good idea to remove the battery. This allows the battery to rest and potentially extend its life.


Do not remove or reinsert the battery while the laptop is running or even in sleep mode. Whenever you want to connect or disconnect the battery, it’s best to turn it off.
How to remove a laptop batteryWhen removing the battery from your laptop, be sure to perform these steps in this order.
Close the laptop.
Unplug the power cord from the laptop battery AC outlet.
Remove the battery.


Reconnect the power cord to the AC outlet.
Power on your laptop.
Storage Laptop BatteriesThe most common advice for laptop battery storage is to charge it to about 40% (or between 30% and 50%) and then store it in a dry place. Some manufacturers recommend storage temperatures between 68 and 77 degrees Fahrenheit (20 and 25 degrees Celsius), not too cold or too hot.
Some people keep batteries in the refrigerator, but this is risky and unnecessary. Doing so may damage the battery when it is exposed to moisture and condensation. Moisture and computer components don’t mix well.


You only need to remove the battery from your laptop if you need to perform a hard reset to power the laptop or replace internal hardware. Apart from this, the battery should always remain inside the laptop.

  >>>>>> >>>>>>>>>>> Acer ADP-135NB_B laptop Adapter for Acer Nitro 7 AN715-51-73AJ A715-74G-52B0 AN715-51-73BU

What to do when you need to replace the Anker Eufy battery

If you think your Vacuum Cleaner Battery Eufy battery needs to be replaced, please contact customer support.

In this article, we will cover one of the things you can do when the Anker Robot Vacuum Series Eufy battery is low and won’t charge, like “I need to replace the battery” or “I need to buy” a new battery 1 “all in all,”


If it’s still under Anker’s warranty (in fact, it’s up to 24 months!), contact customer support. They may be able to arrange a replacement for you!

In our exampleAt home, we use the Eufy M26-4S1P-1 Batter robot vacuum cleaner. I’ve been using it for over a year and I recommend it because it’s really convenient and makes housework easier. The following article also summarizes this information.Eufy Robot Vacuum Cleaner “Eufy M26-4S1P-1 Batteryusage reviews, impressions and word-of-mouth Good

Have you finally run out of it recently?
Charging will not stop no matter how long it takes
This is what happened.


Maybe I was working too many times a day and the battery seemed to be drained. Anyway, I couldn’t move all day due to the low battery (flashing red-purple).
I thought I’d ditch this and buy a new one, but then I realized it was still under Anker’s warranty (24 months), so I decided to contact them.

Follow the steps in the photo to send an inquiry using the Eufy app. The message I sent was this: “I can no longer charge the eufy battery so can I replace it?” I received a reply the next day.
In short,
I was told they could send me a replacement for the entire unit! It seems that not just the battery can be replaced, but the entire battery must be replaced.
It was a happy miscalculation.


Replacement items arrived within days and they cleaned vigorously every day. BTW, the replacement item was shipped from an Amazon warehouse, so I assume it’s probably new. At least like new!
(BTW, I’m sending back the one I’ve been using, but I still feel a little sad. Thank you for everything.)

content=”It is safe to buy eufy other batteries online. Get 30% discount on eufy other batteries. All eufy model batteries are brand new, 1 year warranty, safe online ordering guaranteed!” /><meta property=”og:locale” content=”en” />

Why does my Laptop AC adapter not work?

If you’re having trouble with your laptop’s AC adapter not working or not working properly, there are a few things you can check before buying a new one.


Verify that the adapter is plugged into the wall outletMake sure the AC adapter is firmly plugged into the wall outlet. Although it sounds obvious, adapters can become loose without your knowledge. If it’s partially plugged in, it may make the adapter look like it’s not working, but it may not be getting power from the wall outlet. When in doubt, a good way to ensure proper insertion is to disconnect and reconnect the plug.
Check the adapter lightMany laptop AC adapters have a power light on the adapter block. Check this light and make sure it lights green if there is one. The power light indicates that the adapter is receiving power.


Check the wall socket itselfSome wall outlets require the light switch to be in the on position to activate the outlet. Many newer homes, condos, and condos come equipped with this type of wall socket. If the light switch is on, verify that the wall outlet is working properly . Use a voltmeter to measure power output and verify that the outlet is functioning properly. Alternatively, you can try another wall outlet. Also, double check your circuit breakers to make sure nothing has tripped or turned off.
Check adapter block connectionsMost laptop AC adapters come in two parts. Make sure the two parts are firmly connected. The two pieces are joined at rectangular box pieces (often called bricks). You can verify the connection by disconnecting and reconnecting all cables.


Adapter not plugged into laptopAlthough it may seem obvious, the   laptop adapter can easily become disconnected from the laptop. The metal tip on the adapter cord needs to be securely connected to the laptop for the laptop to receive power from the adapter. Additionally, there is usually a small metal pin on the tip of the adapter or where the laptop connects. Make sure this pin is not bent or broken, as this may cause problems with the laptop receiving power from the adapter.


Laptop power connection portThe power connector usually connects directly to the laptop’s motherboard via one or more solder joints. If the solder joints are damaged or detached from the motherboard, the laptop will not be able to power from the AC adapter. Fixing this problem requires very precise work, either soldering the power connector back to the motherboard or replacing the power connector itself if it’s defective. Sometimes, such problems cannot be repaired and require replacement of the motherboard or power strip.


If you think this might be your problem, it’s best to leave it to a technician, who may need to take the laptop apart to check the hardware.
alternativesIf you determine that your laptop AC adapter is not working properly and needs to be replaced, you can obtain a replacement from your laptop manufacturer.

Works with many laptop brands and models. Make sure the adapter you buy matches the specifications of your existing AC adapter, including voltage and amperage.You also have the option of purchasing a universal AC adapter from a local or online electronics retailer. Chicony is a brand to look for, it’s a quality brand and a popular choice. Chicony AC Adaptersmake high-quality adapters Also, check the packaging to make sure it fits your laptop make and model.

The best iPad 2023: top Apple tablets to consider right now

It’s no secret that the best iPads are the best tablets money can buy, but that doesn’t make the task of choosing between iPad models any easier. Nowadays, newer iPads are powerful enough to complete demanding tasks like video editing and among graphic design, but older devices will still let you stream movies and browse online content with ease.


In 2023, there are more iPads to choose from than ever, meaning there’s almost certainly a model – perhaps even multiple models – to suit your budget and needs. And although the price of iPads has increased in recent years, Apple continues to sell older models at a discount, long after they’ve been replaced.


Whatever your requirements, we’ve tested almost every iPad model out there, and every option included in the below list is accompanied by a full review. We’ve also included some older-generation models if you prefer a refurbished buy, so scroll on to see which is the best iPad for you.


Incidentally, we were expecting an iPad Air 6 to land sometime before the end of the year, but that device now looks likely to arrive in March 2024. That iPad’s arrival will invariably shake up the below rankings, but for now, these are the best iPads money can buy. Oh, and once you’re set on a model, head over to our breakdown of the best iPad accessories and cases, or best iPad Pro cases.


The best iPad in 2023 Why you can trust TechRadar We spend hours testing every product or service we review, so you can be sure you’re buying the best. Find out more about how we test.
Below, you’ll find full write-ups for each of the best iPads in our list. We’ve tested each model generally, so you can be sure that our recommendations can be trusted.

The basic iPad 10.9 (2022) isn’t the best, most powerful tablet around, but it can handle just about everything that iPads do well, at a much lower price than its Pro-level quantities. In other words, it’s the best iPad for most people.


With the iPad 10.9 (2022), Apple has successfully migrated the base iPad from its classic, first-gen Air looks to an iPad Pro-influenced design, and the result is a versatile, high-quality, tablet that will satisfy the broadest set of users, from fun-lovers and content-consumers to those looking to get some work done (with the addition of a separately-purchased keyboard cover).


While the price hike versus 2021’s iPad 10.2 (2021) is dismaying, and the lack of Pencil 2 support is just plain wrong, the iPad 10.9 more than earns its keep. It’s available in some vibrant color options, too, including a snazzy pink and bright yellow.
The iPad Pro 12.9 (2022) is unquestionably the most impressive Apple tablet of the lot. If the main selling point of any iPad is its big screen, then the supersized iPad Pro is not only the biggest iPad screen, it’s also the most advanced, using mini-LED technology on an Apple XDR-branded display. 


The latest iPad Pro also comes equipped with an Apple M2 chip, meaning it’s just as powerful as Apple’s Macbook laptop range. The M2 gives you more capable graphics, plus faster memory access for high-end apps. This iPad gets advanced hovering capabilities in the Pencil, too, and even a camera setup that can record Apple ProRes video. But even with all these features, you still get a super-thin and light design.
Of course, this is an incredibly expensive tablet, and its four-figure price puts it in reserve for serious professionals who need all of that mutimedia power. If you just want to watch movies and video chat with friends, then the iPad Pro 12.9 is serious overkill. However, if you need the best of the best, then this is the one to buy.


The iPad 10.2 (2021) is arguably the best value iPad right now. It’s not a huge upgrade on the previous model, but the 12MP ultra-wide selfie camera makes it great for video calls, while the True Tone display makes it more pleasant to use in a variety of environments, with the screen automatically adjusting based on the ambient light. This, especially, makes the iPad 10.2 (2021) a joy to use outdoors.


From testing all the iPads on this list, we found that the 10.2 provides the best value-for-money proposition. Sure, it’s not as good for sketching or audio as the iPad Air, and it can’t tackle the same high-performance tasks as the Pro, but it’s also a lot cheaper than both of those devices.
And that’s all relative, too. Compared to lots of non-iPad alternatives you might be considering, we found that the iPad 10.2 feels smooth to use and has enough power for most tasks. So, unless you’re going to need all the bells and whistles of the Air or Pro, this is a great choice.

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>> 3.81V 7540mAh Apple A2224 Long Life Battery Replacement

The Asus Zenfone 10 is your best bet for a high-powered, small Android phone

Android phones are undoubtedly huge, so every summer for the past few years when the new Asus Zenfone arrives, it’s been a treat for the little phone geeks among us. The Zenfone 10 continues the tradition of delivering flagship-grade specs in a “small” package – yes, a 5.9-inch screen is considered small these days. We are scoring on a curve.

This year’s Zenfone comes with wireless charging, something the previous model didn’t have. Using some stand chargers is a bit tricky because of the small size – the charging coil on the phone seems to be out of reach on my Belkin Qi charger, and I can only charge on the Pixel Stand (2nd gen) if I Press it in the middle of the charger and carefully lower it down. A pad charger may be the best option.

It has the same IP68 rating and Snapdragon 8 Gen 2 chipset as last year. The headphone jack is still alive! The screen resolution is the same 1080p as the Zenfone 9, which is plenty for a screen of this size, and the refresh rate is 120Hz. The 144Hz mode only kicks in when you’re gaming, so 120Hz is the maximum refresh rate for all purposes. The Zenfone 10 comes with a 4,300mAh battery, and in my daily casual use, it managed to last a day without any issues.

related
Asus Zenfone 9 review: One for the little phone superfan
The best Android phones to buy in 2023
There’s Gorilla Glass Victus on the front, aluminum side rails, and a polycarbonate plastic rear panel with a textured finish that I can only describe as “papery.” The review unit I’ve been using is the eclipse red version, and boy, was it ever red. Asus says the phone will be sold in the U.S. in all colors. Unfortunately, it only works with AT&T and T-Mobile in the US, not Verizon. This is a tradition I wish Asus would abandon with the Zenfone.

The Zenfone 10 retains last year’s 50-megapixel f/1.9 main camera with OIS and includes a 13-megapixel ultrawide and an upgraded 32-megapixel pixel-binning selfie camera. The gimbal-like stabilization feature introduced in last year’s model gets a new mode that dynamically changes the level of shake correction required for conditions, thus changing the field of view.

Product photos of ASUS Zenfone
See how good the little phone is?
There’s also a handy new shortcut that lets you open the Camera app from the Lock screen and automatically snap a burst of three images without having to tap the shutter button. I use it a lot when my kids are doing something cute and I usually miss fumbling around with the camera app for a shot.

Asus promises two operating system updates and four years of security patches for Zenfone 10 – a welcome improvement over the Zenfone 9’s two years of security support. It’s available first in Europe for €799 (the same price as the Zenfone 9) and will be coming to the US in the third quarter of this year.

When it comes to the U.S., it’s destined to be a niche device. Most people prefer big phones, but I admire Asus for sticking with this form factor. The company seems to be listening to its customers, too – Zenfone 10 includes a setting to speed up animations, which was previously only available in developer mode. A lot of people are using it on the Zenfone 9, and Asus has included it in the standard software. It’s very nerdy and very good. Personally, I’m glad this little phone with so many thoughtful details is back for another year.

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>> 3.85V 3600mAh Asus C11P1701 Long Life Battery Replacement

Best Asus Zenfone 10 accessories in 2023

The Asus Zenfone 10 may be a no-frills phone, but that doesn’t mean you can’t enhance the experience with some accessories

With its compact 5.9-inch form factor, the ASUS Zenfone 10 represents a return to normalcy in the mobile phone market. It eschews any flashy gimmicks and bulky new shapes in favor of a functional and value-driven design with flagship specs. Our full Zenfone 10 review describes this more fully. So, if you currently own a Zenfone 10 and want to enhance your experience, these are the best Asus Zenfone 10 accessories that can increase and improve the overall usefulness of your phone.


The best Zenfone 10 accessories: The bottom lineAgain, just because the Zenfone 10 is a no-frills device doesn’t mean you can’t enhance your phone experience with accessories. In fact, ASUS openly encourages this practice by offering the Connex accessory bundle.

This is our top pick for Zenfone accessories because it bundles a case, a snap-on card holder, and a snap-on stand in one package. If you’re looking for something a little more high-tech, you can pair your device with the Galaxy Watch 5, a full-featured smartwatch that tracks your biometrics more accurately and lets you Access notifications right from your wrist. Or you can buy the Iniu 15W Wireless Charger and make charging cords a thing of the past.

Of course, these accessories aren’t essential to getting the most out of your Zenfone 10. It’s a powerful phone with impressive specs and an attractive form factor. Making it one of the best Android phones on the market, regardless of size. It’s this compact size that makes the Zenfone 10 so refreshing and attractive, especially considering the price. To get such a compact phone, you have to choose one of the best foldable phones, but in this case you will spend more money. The Zenfone 10 provides a wonderful canvas for an experience that’s satisfying enough, and any accessories are just icing on the cake.

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>3.89V 4150mAh Asus C11P2102 Long Life Battery Replacement

The best tablets you can buy: Apple, Samsung, and Amazon compared

Our tested picks for top tablets will help you choose the best one for your needs.
Tablets have come a long way since the first iPad was released in 2010. Once a device that was designed simply for consuming content and playing games (anyone remember the days of Fruit Ninja?), has, for many, become a full-fledged computer replacement, allowing them to get real work done. That said, a good tablet should have a long battery life, a respectable selection of apps and services, and more functionality than just a screen to watch YouTube videos. 

ZDNET has tested tons of top tablets on the market, and asked experts for their favorite options. Our pick for the best tablet overall is the Apple iPad (10th generation), thanks to its versatility and lightweight form. Read on to find the best tablet for your needs. (You can also check out our picks for the best cheap tablets and the best kids’ tablets.) 


The best tablets of 2023Apple iPad (10th generation)Best tablet overall
Apple iPad specs: Display: 10.9-inch Liquid Retina display with True Tone | Processor: A14 Bionic chip with 16-core Neural Engine | Storage: 64GB or 256GB | Biometrics: Touch ID | Colors: Silver, Pink, Blue, Yellow | Cameras : 12MP f/1.8 wide, 12MP Landscape f/2.4 front | Weight: 1.05 pounds | Dimensions: 9.79 x 7.07 x .28 inches | Connections: USB-C, Smart Connector | Battery life: Up to 10 hours of video playback with USB -C charging


Apple’s tried-and-true tablet, the base model iPad, is arguably the best value out of Apple’s tablet lineup — especially thanks to its versatility and compatibility. 
“There’s an endless array of accessories, there’s a lot of iPad-specific software, and you can use it for watching content, for browsing the internet, for games, for education, etc.,” said Avi Greengart, a consumer tech analyst at Techsponential. “For productivity, you can add a keyboard or pencil to it. It’s also powerful enough for light computing tasks that consumers think of when they’re looking for a tablet.” 
When it comes to features, you essentially get the same suite as the more expensive iPad Pro and iPad Air models, but in a more lightweight form factor and a 10.9-inch Liquid Retina, True Tone display. Additionally, this model breaks out of iPad’s traditional space gray and silver color palette, adding pink, blue, and yellow in addition to sleek silver. 
In his hands-on testing, June Wan determined that if you’re shopping on a budget, last year’s iPad should “make the most sense,” especially given the A14 Bionic processor, USB-C support, 5G support for on-the- go tasks, and a new 12MP ultra-wide camera. There’s also a Magic Keyboard Folio made specifically for this iPad. It includes an adjustable kickstand with a 14-key function row for shortcuts. 


A callout to note, however, is that this iPad doesn’t support the 2nd-gen Apple Pencil, which means you’ll have to use a dongle in order to use it. 
Amazon Fire Max 11Best Amazon Tablet
Amazon Fire Max 11 specs: Display: 11-inch, 2000 x 1200, 410 nits brightness, 213 ppi | Processor: MediaTek MT8188J, 2.2Ghz Octacore processor | Storage: 64GB or 128GB | Memory: 4GB | Colors: Gray | Cameras: 8MP rear and 8MP front-facing camera | Weight: 490 grams | Dimensions: 259.1 x 163.7 x 7.50 millimeters | Connections: 3.5mm headphone jack, USB-C port | Battery life: 14 hours


The Fire Max 11 is Amazon’s newest and best tablet yet. It still runs Fire OS, which means you’ll lose access to any of Google’s apps and services. However, Amazon’s own App Store has many of the same apps that regular Android devices have access to — including Netflix, Facebook, and Spotify.
With a starting price of $229, the Fire Max 11 brings an 11-inch display, 4GB of memory and 64GB of storage with support for 1TB of microSD card storage. If you’re looking for a tablet for work and play, the Fire Max 11 Productivit

y Bundle costs $329, but comes with a keyboard with touchpad, case and a stylus.
It’s possible to get work done on the Fire Max 11, within limits. You can’t get apps like Slack via Amazon’s Appstore, and the Silk browser is hit or miss. That said, if you’re someone who just wants a high- quality tablet that’s affordably priced and can moonlight as a mediocre productivity tool, then the Fire Max 11 is for you. 
Samsung Galaxy Tab S9 UltraBest Samsung Tablet


Samsung Galaxy Tab S8 Ultra specs: Display: 14.6-inch, 120Hz refresh rate, Super AMOLED 2,960×1,848 display | Processor: Qualcomm Snapdragon 8 Gen 1 | Storage: 128GB, 256GB, 512GB, microSD up to 1TB | Memory: 8GB, 12GB, 16GB | Colors: Graphite | Cameras: 13MP and 6MP rear. 12MP and 12MP ultra-wide front camera | Weight: 1.6lb | Dimensions: 12.85 x 8.21 x 0.22 inches | Connections: USB-C | Battery: 11,200mAh


If you’re looking for an Android tablet, the Samsung Galaxy Tab s8 Ultra is one of the best Android tablets. The Tab S8 Ultra features a 14.6-inch Super AMOLED display, runs on the Android 12 operating system, and Samsung’s S Pen stylus is included in the box. When ordering your Tab S8 Ultra, you can equip it with 512GB of storage and 16GB of memory for $1,399, however, it’s likely overkill.
The base model comes with 8GB of memory and 128GB of storage, and a microSD card for adding up to an extra 1TB of storage to the tablet, the combination of which should be enough for most. 


ZDNET’s Matthew Miller reviewed the Galaxy Tab S8 and said, if you can get over the size of the tablet, people who sketch or draw will enjoy the S Pen and the large display. He also described the tablet as a “nice demonstration of Samsung’s technical innovation.”
Dan Gookin, an author of technology books, said that Samsung’s lineup of tablets is the best option for Android users who want good hardware in a tablet: “I believe Samsung is the only major player left for the Android tablet market, which makes them a good choice if you want to stay on Planet Android,” he said. 


One thing to note: With an Android tablet of this size, you’re most likely looking at it as a laptop replacement. That means you’ll want to pick up the $349 Book Cover Keyboard. Once connected, you’ll be able to use Samsung DeX on the S8 Ultra, effectively turning the tablet into an Android-powered 2-in-1 device with plenty of space for multitasking and using more than one app at a time.

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>High quality tablet battery

Amazon Fire Max 11 review: Easily the best Fire tablet yet

The latest Amazon Fire tablet ticks all the boxes for an affordable mid-range tablet. But before you buy, you need to read the rest. Amazon has launched a new tablet in the Fire Max 11, which promises faster performance and longer Amazon tablet batterylife on an 11-inch display, all with a new design. The tablet starts at $229, or you can bundle the keyboard case and stylus to create what Amazon calls a productivity bundle for $329.
All in all, the Fire Max 11 is easily the best Fire tablet Amazon has ever madeThere’s a lot to like about the Fire Max 11, both in theory and in practice. I’ve been using it for the last week, trying to get work done with it, as well as doing some web browsing, shopping, and watching videos .


Also: Amazon continues to improve Kindle Scribe. This is the latest update
It’s not perfect. But at $229, that’s not necessarily the case. Below you’ll see what’s new in Fire Max 11, as well as features I’m eager to see improved in the next version.
What’s new with this modelAmazon’s Fire tablets never really had a massive overhaul in terms of design. A few years ago, Amazon added rounded corners and moved the front-facing camera, but other than that, the tablet looks much the same as before.

With the Fire Max 11, that’s no longer the case. Amazon went back to the drawing board and completely redesigned the tablet based on customer input and feedback.
1. Different design methodsClose-up of the corner of the Fire Max 11.Jason Cipriani/ZDNETGone is the plastic casing, replaced by an aluminum casing. The edges of the tablet are flat, much like the latest iPad models. The case sports an 11-inch display — the largest on a Fire tablet — with a 2,000 x 1,200 resolution.
On one side of the tablet’s case, there’s a fingerprint reader that acts as a power button. It’s located next to the volume up and down buttons, and there’s a USB-C 2.0 port for charging. Finally, there’s a microSD card slot for up to 1TB of additional storage.

ALSO: You might be using the wrong microSD card
The other side of the tablet has a series of magnets that hold the optional $35 stylus in place. It doesn’t actually charge, as the official Fire Max 11 stylus is powered by a single AAAA battery. The magnetic connection is strong enough to keep the pen in place when you carry it around your home or office, but in a backpack it’s more likely to fall off.


I really like this new design. As I said when the Fire Max 11 was first announced, it reminds me of the Lenovo Chromebook Duet, which is a design I really like. The metal chassis with flat edges and even the design of the keyboard case look like they came directly from Lenovo, with a few minor tweaks and changes.
Without the case attached, the Fire Max 11 is lightweight and easy to hold, whether you’re watching a show, browsing the web, or even reading a book in the Kindle app.
2. Keyboard, trackpad and stylus support

When you look at the Amazon page for the Fire Max 11, you’ll find that the 64GB model starts at $229 and the 128GB model starts at $279., when you start looking at the Style options, you’ll notice that there’s a productivity bundle that includes a keyboard with a built-in trackpad and stylus. The 64GB and 128GB models are bundled for $329 and $379 respectively.
The last time Amazon launched a Fire tablet with a productivity bundle option was the Fire HD 10, and it was really, really bad. The keyboard and case combo is bulky and uses Bluetooth to connect to the tablet. This time around, the Fire Max 11’s productivity bundle feels like Amazon has spent some time perfecting the keyboard, trackpad, and stylus experience.

The keyboard shell is made of two pieces and is covered with cloth material. There’s a piece that magnetically attaches to the back of the tablet case, adding a layer of protection but also hiding a foldable kickstand. The stand is sturdy and adjustable, offering a variety of positions and viewing angles.
With the Fire Max 11, you no longer have to charge the keyboard separately and rely on a Bluetooth connection for pairing, which is almost always fraught with lag and delays. That alone is a major win in terms of the new tablet’s availability.
Another win is the addition of a trackpad. Navigating the Fire Max 11’s interface using the trackpad greatly enhances the experience. The trackpad is on the small side, but this is an 11-inch tablet; some things can be cramped.


Plus: My favorite keyboard just got a major upgrade — ChatGPT users are sure to love it
I personally think Amazon kept the trackpad smaller to provide more space for the keyboard. The room pays off, as writing and using the Fire Max 11’s keyboard is a joy. There’s plenty of space between the keys, and the keys themselves are of adequate size , so I could start typing on the keyboard almost immediately with minimal errors.

Performance-wise, the Fire Max 11 gets the job done, but can be slow at times. It’s fast and responsive most of the time, opening tabs or apps a little slower than I’m used to on an iPad.
However, in some cases, when I started switching between multiple apps or tabs in Amazon’s Silk browser, the Fire Max 11 could slow down noticeably. Eventually it will recover smoothly and performance will return to normal – which is to say, perfectly acceptable.

Amazon estimates the Fire Max 11’s battery life to be around 14 hours of use. I looped a 4K video using the Fire tablet version of VLC with the display at 50% brightness (and the keyboard detached), and the Fire Max 11 lasted 11 hours and 23 minutes, so you can rest assured.


In the week or so I spent using the Fire Max 11, primarily as an entertainment and web-browsing device, battery life was excellent in both real-world and standby use.

Amazon’s Fire tablets run Fire OS, a highly customized version of Android that lacks support for any Google apps or services like Maps, Gmail, Sheets, Docs, and the Play Store. As a result, Amazon tablets don’t have access to hundreds of Thousands of Android apps in the Play Store.


Instead, Fire tablet owners must use Amazon’s own App Store. While there are many well-known apps from companies like Facebook, Zoom, Hulu, and TikTok, there are still a ton of productivity apps that simply don’t exist. For example, Slack, one of the most popular team communication apps, is not available.

Amazon’s App Store is mostly made up of games, streaming services, and dubious-looking apps that serve as shortcuts to web versions of Google’s various services.
While I was reviewing the Fire Max 11, Amazon pushed an update to my tablet that supports sideloading apps. This means you can download apps from outside the Amazon Appstore, such as Slack, and install them on your tablet.


But while sideloading is an option, it’s not a good one. It is highly insecure and forces users to find APK files from websites that may or may not be legitimate. Not to mention, this is a technical task that those who are not tech savvy would not even want to try. Nor should they do so simply because of the security risk.

Plus: The best tablets you can buy right now
If Amazon is serious about its pursuit of more powerful, more useful tablets, it’s time for Fire OS to comply with Google’s mandate for tablets to include all of Google’s apps and services. Either do that, or throw a lot of money into developers like Slack and let them bring their apps to the Appstore.

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>Amazon Kindle Fire Long Life Battery Replacement

Dell Latitude 7320 Detachable review: An excellent business tablet PC

Dell’s Latitude 7320 Detachable is priced for business budgets, but it’s an excellent tablet PC for either work or play.Dell’s Latitude 7320 Detachable rivals what some may call the definitive Windows tablet, the Microsoft Surface Pro 7+. The Latitude 7320 may be a little more expensive, but it also boasts Thunderbolt connectivity, a one-two punch of biometric security options, and a suite of genuinely useful utilities.
Unfortunately, the Latitude 7320 is not immune to the “lapability” issues we’ve experienced with other 2-in-1 detachable PCs. But that’s the only major flaw we found. Otherwise, the Dell Latitude 7320 Detachable rises to the level of a premier business tablet PC, earning our Editor’s Choice award.

This review is part of our ongoing roundup of the best laptops. Go there for information on competing products and how we tested them.
Dell Latitude 7320 Detachable primary 3The Dell Latitude 7320 Detachable.
Dell Latitude 7320 Detachable basic featuresDell’s Latitude 7320 Detachable is available in multiple configurations via Dell.com. We list the major specifications and option below, with our test configuration indicated by “(as tested).” 
Dell Latitude 7320 Detachable rearProcessor: Intel Core i3-1110G4, Core i5-1130G7, Core i5-1140G7, Intel Core i7-1180G7 (Core i7-1180G7 as tested)Display: 13.3-inch (1,920×1,280) touch; 500 nits ratedMemory: 16GB LPDDR4X-4267Storage: 256GB PCie SSD M.2Graphics: IrisPorts: 2 Thunderbolt 4 (Power Delivery, DisplayPort), Wedge lock slot, 3.5mm audio jack, optional microSIMSecurity: Windows Hello (fingerprint reader, depth camera)Camera: 1080p depth camera / 4.9MP user-facing;

1080p (video) / 6MP (image) rear-facingBattery: 39.2Wh (design); 37.2Wh (full, reported by Windows)Wireless: Wi-Fi 6 AX201 2×2 802.11ax 160MHz, Bluetooth 5.1Operating system: Windows 10 ProDimensions: 11.75 x 9.03 x 0.63 inchesWeight: 1.7 pounds (without keyboard) Color: Silver Prices: $2,189 (as tested) on Dell.com. Total price (with keyboard and pen) is $2,459.If that’s a bit too rich for your blood, Dell offers a fully configurable Dell Latitude 7320 DetachableRemove non-product link with a Core i3-1110G4, 4GB of memory, and 128GB of SSD storage for $1,559. (We’d consider those specs too skimpy for practical use.) A Core i5/8GB RAM/256GB versionRemove non-product link is $1,829, while a Core i7/16GB RAM/512GB SSD versionRemove non-product link is $2,329. A premium Core i7/16GB RAM/1TB SSD versionRemove non-product link is priced at $2,539.


The latest Microsoft Surface Pro 7+ forces you to buy the essential Signature Type Cover keyboard and Surface Pen separately. Another rival, the Lenovo ThinkPad X12 Detachable Gen 1, charges extra for the pen. Through a miscommunication, Dell informed us that while the company provided us with a pen and a tablet for our review, the Dell Latitude 7320 Detachable Travel KeyboardRemove non-product link with an included pen costs an additional $199.99. The Dell Latitude 7320 Detachable Active Pen also sells separately, for $69.99.


Latitude 7320 DesignOut of the box, one fundamental experience with the keyboard concerned me. Though I was able to attach the keyboard easily to the tablet via a magnetized connection, the secondary magnets were a lot weaker than I expected. 
Dell Latitude 7320 Detachable Flawed Hinge 2The Dell Latitude 7320 Detachable has a pen cubby that’s convenient, but its location impacts the strength of the secondary hinge—making the keyboard a bit less stable when connected.


Like rival tablets, Dell’s Latitude 7320 keyboard magnetically attaches itself to the tablet via a thin line of electrical contacts. Two tiny plastic pegs that additional clip the keyboard and tablet together offer stability. The keyboard also folds toward the tablet with a secondary hinge, elevating the keyboard at a slight angle. It’s this second hinge that fails to secure the keyboard. That’s fine for working on a flat surface, but on your lap, any rocking motion or sudden movement will likely plunge the tablet like a fat, flat lemming, over your knees to its doom.
Though lightweight, the Latitude 7320 feels structurally sound. Like rival tablets, it includes a small kickstand that supports the tablet at any angle from vertical to just a few degrees off horizontal.

Dell Latitude 7320 Detachable right sideThe right side of the Dell Latitude 7320 Detachable includes a Thunderbolt 4 port.
Our review unit offered a very bright display (500-nit maximum brightness), which can be used in the shade of a tree or in a sunny room. The matte screen neatly balanced light output without much glare. 


The display is also a key differentiator between the Latitude 7320 and Microsoft’s Surface Pro 7+. Dell’s Latitude 7320 Detachable weights the same as the Surface Pro 7+, but it’s an inch longer on the diagonal. However, the Latitude’s 1920×1280 display is also lower-resolution than the 2736×1824 display the Surface Pro 7+ provides.The Latitude 7320 Detachable connects to printers, displays, and other peripherals via a pair of Thunderbolt 4-enabled USB-C ports, one on either side of the display. You’ll likely want to invest in either an inexpensive USB-C hub or a pricier Thunderbolt dock, however, for greatest versatility.


Because this is a tablet designed for the workplace, a number of security solutions are available. Both the Core i5-1140G7 and the Core i7-1180G7 CPU options are vPro-capable. The tablet also includes NFC capabilities and an optional SmartCard reader. 

Typing and pen experienceThe Latitude 7320 is a business tablet designed for prolonged use. Its excellent keyboard offers large, spacious keys that are quite comfortable to type upon, with two levels of backlighting. The Precision touchpad is a bit on the small side, though slick and clickable all the way to the top. Aside from the weak magnetic connection, the Latitude 7320 Detachable’s keyboard is one of the best tablet keyboards I’ve used. 

The Latitude 7320 Detachable’s Active Pen is also intriguing for a number of reasons. First, the pen itself appears to have just a single long button, but it doesn’t; there’s a top button and a bottom button, but they’re all a single blob of plastic that rocks back and forth. The top button serves an alternate right-click mouse option, but the bottom button is completely inoperable until the user downloads the Active Pen control panel. This also unlocks the ability of the pen to “hover ” over the screen and still interact with it, as well as a radial menu where the pen can be used to control volume settings and audio track controls. Finally, the pen uses a capacitive charging system which fully charges the pen in under 30 seconds, after which its small white LED turns off.

While there’s still a bit of ink lag, my only real complaint with the Active Pen is that it’s flattish and smooth, which meant that it slipped through my fingers more than I would like.

Sound, webcam, and appsThe Dell Latitude 7320 Detachable uses something called Intel Smart Sound Technology for MIPI SoundWire audio, rather than the more common audio-enhancement algorithms. The result, however, sounds more than presentable, with a well-mixed blend of midrange to high-end audio from the speakers mounted behind the tablet’s surface. Unsurprisingly for a tablet, the low-end bass is a half-hearted effort. The overall volume could be a touch louder, too. Really, though, the Latitude’s audio is about as good as you can expect to get from a tablet PC.


The Dell Latitude 7320 Detachable’s webcam has one big thing going for it: the user-facing webcam offers 1080p/30Hz resolution, on a par with the small number of standalone 1080p webcams that offer Windows Hello biometric login capabilities. (720p remains the most common webcam resolution.) Otherwise, the webcam doesn’t offer anything special in terms of its white balance or color accuracy. There’s no physical camera shutter, nor is there a button to disable the webcam on the keyboard. Though some persist in taking photos with Apple iPads and other tablets, the rear camera is probably best used to snap shots of documents and import them into Word or other productivity tools.

Dell Latitude 7320 Detachable pcmark 10As a business notebook, the Dell Latitude 7320 Detachable starts off strong, as the leader in overall application performance.
It’s a strong start for the Dell Latitude 7320 Detachable. It leads the pack in PCMark 10, well ahead of the Surface Pro 7+ and all other comers.

The older PCMark 8 Creative test offers greater compatibility with older notebooks, as well as the HP Elite Folio. Here, the Latitude 7320 splits the difference, falling a little behind the Lenovo ThinkPad X12 Detachable but remaining extremely competitive with the Surface Pro 7+.


Dell Latitude 7320 Detachable pcmark 8 creative fixedIn this test, the Dell Latitude 7320 Detachable falls slightly.
We use the Cinebench R15 benchmark as a measure of general CPU performanceThe tablet is asked to render a 3D scene, which it can do under “turbo” or burst conditions. As you might expect from a high-end 11th-gen Core chip, it performs quite well, though we’d expect performance would be slightly less than a full-fledged notebook PC (see the Surface Laptop 4 way ahead of the others). 
Dell Latitude 7320 Detachable cinebench r15Dell’s Latitude 7320 Detachable largely keeps up with Microsoft’s Surface Pro 7+ in this general CPU test.


We also compared the performance of the Dell Latitude 7320 while running the Cinebench R23 benchmark, which offers you the option to compute a score for a single benchmark run, but also generates an average score over a prolonged, looped test that lasts for ten minutes. If the two scores are comparable, then we can conclude that the tablet doesn’t thermally throttle itself over prolonged loads. That’s not the case here, unfortunately, as performance dropped by 12 percent over the prolonged test.

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>7.6V 8.8V 34Wh Dell J7HTX Long Life Battery Replacement

Massive Galaxy S24 leak reveals standard model may disappoint US buyers

With FCC approval in the bag, Samsung is apparently gearing up for the Galaxy S24 Unpacked event which will be held on January 17.

Although no head-turning upgrades are expected, the South Korean giant is rumored to introduce a couple of changes to differentiate the lineup from the outgoing range. Windows Report has published today nearly all of the phones’ expected specs as well as new renders.

The report largely corroborates rumors that sound legit, including the Galaxy S24 Ultra ditching the 10MP 10x periscope camera for a 50MP unit with 5x zoom, a flat screen for the Ultra, bigger Samsung phones’ batteries for the base and Plus models, and new AI features for the entire lineup.  


Per the report, the new phones will be able to translate messages in real-time, offer generative AI to help with image editing and flaunt better search features. This includes the capability to show information about any area of ​​an image highlighted by the user.

Today’s report says that Initially only the Galaxy S24 Ultra will have titanium sides.
As previous rumors said, the phones will likely come in black, gray, violet, and yellow, but Samsung will use different marketing names for them.


The new AI capabilities will require a better cooling solution. For this reason, all phones will apparently come with bigger vapor chambers. The S24 Ultra will supposedly have a 1.9 times bigger chamber, the S24 Plus will have a 1.5 times larger cooling chamber, and the S24 will have a 1.6x bigger chamber.


Perhaps the most surprising piece of information in the report is that the Galaxy S24 will be powered by the Exynos 2400. This is not the first time we have heard about the possibility. In August, a report said that the base model would be powered by an in-house chip, whereas the other two variants would be underpinned by the Qualcomm Snapdragon 8 Gen 3.

Samsung could be doing this to save cost as rumors say the Snapdragon 8 Gen 3 is more expensive than its predecessor. 
Consumers in Europe and Asia may not be as disappointed by this alleged decision as American and Chinese buyers. Even though all Galaxy S23 phones use a Snapdragon chip, this was an exception and not the norm as Samsung usually equips Europe and Asia-bound phones with Exynos chips.

 >>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>3.88V 5000mAh Samsung EB-BS918ABY Long Life Battery Replacement

Samsung’s next rugged tablet slated for an early 2024 release

Samsung will continue to add new products to its lineup of rugged tablets. The Galaxy Tab Active slates are sturdy enough and perform pretty decent, which is why people buy them. It’s one of the reasons that Samsung rolls out new Galaxy Tab Active models every other year.


The last Galaxy Tab Active series tablet launched by Samsung dates from back 2022, so if you’re wondering where the company’s mid-range rugged tablets are, we have some good news for you.The folks over at GalaxyClub spotted an FCC (Federal Communications Commission) listing that suggests Samsung is working on another Galaxy Tab Active tablet, probably the Galaxy Tab Active5.
The FCC listing involves, among other things, a picture of a battery. Additionally, we get to learn the tablet’s model numbers: SM-X300 (Wi-Fi only version) and XM-X306B (5G version).


Samsung’s next rugged tablet slated for an early 2024 release
One thing that’s specific to Tab Active tablets is that they come with removable batteries, and the certification for the one listed at FCC suggests that it’s a removable Tab Active tablets battery indeed.


Unfortunately, that’s all the information we have about Samsung’s next rugged tablet(s), but since the Galaxy Tab Active5 (or whatever its name) is expected to arrive in early 2024, we probably won’t have to wait for more detail to emerge

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>3.8V 4450mAh Samsung EB-BT365BBC Long Life Battery Replacement

Why not try a Panasonic laptop?

Panasonic notebooks are a strange entity in the computer market.
It’s niche . It’s so small that when I mention it, many friends around me look at me in surprise: “What? Panasonic also sells notebooks?”. After all, we have never seen a physical Panasonic notebook store in China, and we have never seen Panasonic invest in notebook advertising.
But niche does not mean unknown. It accounts for a very small market share in China, but it is the real mainstream in neon country. Most people first encountered a Panasonic notebook Batterywith a Japanese colleague. Panasonic notebooks are protected by the local government, similar to our state-owned enterprises. The target market is the centralized procurement of local government agencies and large enterprises. Its outstanding security and high-end positioning mean that even if it does not dominate the retail field, it is as profitable as many big computers brands.


Where there is centralized procurement, there is centralized scrapping. The main source of second-hand Panasonic notebooks circulating in the country is merchants purchasing scrapped computers from Japanese companies in large quantities, commonly known as electronic waste. These computers are often only used for three to five years, and some are even out of warranty. Coupled with the durable military quality of Panasonic computers, their service life far exceeds expectations and they are very cost-effective.

It has a long history . Most people believe that the originator of notebooks is Toshiba’s T1000, which was born in 1982. Few people know that only 3 years later, Panasonic also launched its own notebook computer M353FD, which weighed 15 pounds. And to this day, this brand of notebooks is still alive and well.
Why not try a Panasonic laptop?


Panasonic notebooks have two main series models, the Toughbook series of rugged machines and the Let’s note series of military-grade rugged models.
Rugged machines require waterproofing, dustproofing, and shockproofing, and are commonly used for maintenance and testing in harsh environments. The Let’s note series are all very easy-to-use business notebooks. Their lightness, durability, and many interfaces are their main selling points .
It’s expensive . Since its birth, basically every notebook has sold for more than 10,000 RMB. Not to mention the era when laptops were still valuable assets, the same is true now after laptops became popular.

Rugged laptops priced at RMB 20,000 to RMB 30,000 are very common, and ordinary business laptops are basically around 1w5, which is almost three times the price of a notebook with the same configuration. Not cost effective. Behind the price is Panasonic’s various ingenious and thoughtful designs, such as long battery life, rich interfaces, smaller size, lighter weight, and durability.

It’s quite pure in designThe first is its appearance. I have never seen that brand change its in more than ten years. The Panasonic  Laptop Battery you can see now all have basically the same face, and they really have the same straight-faced style of doing things as Neon Country . The main purpose of the design of this kind of shell is to strengthen and resist earthquakes. I have to say that only Neon people have this thought.

The colors have always been only silver and black, and only recently have some commemorative notebooks been released. But after watching it for a long time, it seems quite attractive. I feel like Uncle Ge. I don’t think he is handsome, but I miss him a bit after not seeing him for a long time.


The second is that it is lightweight. The lightest one currently is the 10-inch RZ4, which weighs only 745g, almost as much as a bottle of Coke. With the same size, it is only as heavy as a lightweight laptop; with the same weight, its performance is superior; with the same performance, its screen is one inch larger,
Panasonic uses many of its own unique mold designs. For example, the clamshell optical drive makes the entire notebook smaller and lighter, which is beyond the reach of many portable notebooks. For example, its notebooks all have VGA output ports, which solves the pain points of many business people.

Then there is the battery life . Panasonic notebooks basically have a  Panasonic notebooksdual-battery design. Dual-battery means that in addition to an external battery, there is also a built-in battery that supports hot-swappable batteries and can be replaced at any time . The official battery life is more than 10 hours.Built-in lithium battery


Finally, it is military and durable . The most attractive thing about Panasonic is its military quality. Thanks to the aluminum-magnesium alloy shell design, the A and D sides of the shell that look like plastic are actually metal, light and strong. All notebooks in  the business Lets note series can withstand a 76cm (desktop height) drop test. This is the reason why I decided to buy it. No one wants a productivity tool to suddenly die that day.

Not to mention the military industry. Waterproof, dustproof and shockproof, it is widely used in various dark environments.
Shopping adviceThe features of Panasonic were mentioned above. Shopping is a matter of opinion, and it’s up to the person to be thrifty. If you don’t care about budget, just buy the latest model.
For example, sz6, 12-inch screen, i5-7300U, 8g memory . It weighs less than two bottles of water and has a Panasonic  batterylife of 14 hours. The advantages of domestic buying products are warranty and English keyboard  

JVC vs Kenwood – Which Should I Buy From?

The name Kenwood JVC is very popular in the car audio market. However, this also led to some confusion. Someone asked if Kenwood and JVC are the same company? What is the difference between Kenwood and JVC? In this article, we discuss Kenwood vs. JVC and answer your questions.
Are Kenwood and JVC the same company?

So if Kenwood and JVC are produced by the same company, what is the difference between them? Well, Kenwood and JVC are different brands. Their differences have to do with features, pricing, and more. Kenwood and JVC
However, the truth is that most of the components and technology used to make both are very similar. The main difference really comes down to marketing and the fact that the company reserves certain product lines to certain dealers.
JVC is a well-known brand in the home theater and audio industry, known for its high-quality home theater systems and audio equipment, while Kenwood is a well-respected brand in the audio industry, known for its wide range of high-quality speakers suitable for a variety of Application products.

Advantages and Disadvantages of JVC:Pros: JVC is a well-known brand in the car audio industry. They are especially known for their affordable and well-made aftermarket car stereos.Cons: Some users have reported issues with their stereos cutting out sound or experiencing other audio issues.Kenwood Pros and Cons:Pros: Known for producing a variety of audio and video products, including speakers, headphones, and home theater systems. Many of their products receive rave reviews for their sound quality and value for money.Cons: Some users have reported functionality issues with certain Kenwood systems. Often, Kenwood speakers need to be reset to return to normal functionality.quick historyJVC Quick HistoryFounded in Camden, New Jersey, in 1927 as the “Japanese Victor Talking Machine Company, Limited,” JVC was a subsidiary of America’s leading phonograph and record company. The Japanese Victor Talking Machine Co., Ltd. was acquired by the Radio Corporation of America in 1929 and began manufacturing radios in 1932.

Notably, JVC was one of the first home brands to innovate in VHS and CD compatibility in the 1990s.
Today, the winner of the 2020 AV Forum Editors’ Choice Award is named Victor Entertainment. This brand is owned by JVCKenwood Corporation.
In addition, JVC is well-known as an excellent home audio and car audio brand, comparable to other big brands such as Kenwood.


A Brief History of KenwoodKenwood is an audio company founded in 1946 in Komagane, Nagano Prefecture, Japan as Kasuga Radio Co. Ltd. Kasuga invented the name Kenwood by combining the “Ken” in Kenmore appliances with the “Wood” for “Wood”. Durability, also hints at a connection to Hollywood, California.
The Kenwood is more popular than the Trio. Trio subsequently purchased the company in 1986 and renamed it Kenwood. Kenwood makes speakers (including car stereos), amplifiers, and subwoofers.

top brandsChoosing between these two legendary brands can be daunting and quite confusing, especially for novice users.
You don’t want to go to the store and buy something that is a complete disappointment. This blog will help you learn more about the Kenwood vs JVC car audio brands to help you make your choice.
kenwood audio
When it comes to sound, you can’t beat quality. Most of the top brands offer the quality and great sound you need. However, the choice is very personal and very important, especially when we are talking about two unrivaled brands.
Both Kenwood and JVC have maintained their quality, and customer reviews from most users are always positive.
In terms of sound quality between Kenwood and JVC, these brands are mostly on par.
jvcstereo
As we all know, keeping customers happy year-round is not easy. This means going the extra mile when it comes to customer service and product quality.
That said, you can never go wrong with products from these two companies. But everyone has their own preferences, and making choices is inevitable. Today, both Kenwood and JVC have modern car stereos with backup cameras and all the other cool features.
To help customers easily make a quick and informed choice when purchasing automotive systems, we’ve gathered all the information on the similarities and differences between Kenwood and JVC to help you make an informed decision.
We’ve focused on the features you care about so you can just read, compare and choose.

Comparison table Kenwood vs JVCAs we mentioned above, there is little difference between the two brands in terms of qualityedit.

For example, the Kenwood has physical buttons while the JVC does not. The Kenwood has two rear USB ports, while the JVC only has one. All these small differences can have a big impact on a customer’s choice.
Here is a comparison table to help guide your choice
Comparison table Kenwood vs JVC
As you can see from the above table, the quality of both brands is almost similar. We also know that these two brands have been on the market the longest now; therefore, they are no strangers to the audio industry.

If performance is what you’re after, you may want to find another unique feature, as both Kenwood and JVC offer excellent performance. Now let’s get into the details of each brand.

KenwoodIt’s almost impossible to talk about car audio without mentioning the word Kenwood. This is the most common name that comes to our mind whenever cars and sounds are mentioned.
kenwood audio

That’s because Kenwood is a leading manufacturer and developer of audio electronics and communications equipment. We have always been keen on providing users with high-quality systems and established our own brand.
Since its founding in Japan in 1946, Kenwood has been known to consumers and communications industry professionals around the world for delivering high-quality products.
Kenwood offers a wide range of car audio components such as a variety of car receivers, speakers and amplifiers.
kenwood speakersExcellent sound quality compared to other brandsDeep bass and clear trebleHigh cost performanceVery good performance; very good performancekenwood subwooferIf you search for Kenwood subwoofer customer satisfaction reviews on Amazon, you’ll be impressed by the number of positive reviews left by buyers. Kenwood subwoofers are known for their durability and superior sound quality.

They come in a variety of designs, sizes, qualities, and prices to help them fit into any music system you may have. The prices are also very economical and quite reasonable.
kenwood subwoofer
You will agree that owning a car without a subwoofer affects the sound quality. They play a key role in improving sound quality, and they don’t matter where you are. However, there is a problem.
The amplifier also needs to be of good quality. Once you get both of these in tip-top shape, a ride on earth becomes a ride in heaven.
Be sure to take good care of your sound system to extend its life. If you know and are passionate about what you are looking for, you don’t need to look anywhere else for it.

Kenwood sound systemSo far, it’s safe to say that the quality of the Kenwood sound system is excellent. The Kenwood eXcelon series is one of the best audio systems on the market today.
However, they can be expensive, may lack some key features, and can be challenging to navigate.
Talking about the monitor, most of the ladies will like it because of its very beautiful appearance. The system is made of durable materials and will remain in good condition for a long time if properly maintained.
Well, you can never go wrong with a Kenwood audio system, especially the Kenwood eXcelon Double Din video head unit.

Kenwood amplifierKenwood subwoofers and amplifiers go hand in hand. The two work well together because they are compatible.
So if you’re a Kenwood fan, don’t just buy the speakers, buy a complete car system. This helps improve your sound quality.
Kenwood JVC amplifier

Over the years, Kenwood amplifiers have been recognized by industry professionals and everyday consumers alike for their exceptional performance and durability.
The eXcelon “Reference-Fit” series is top-notch, and there’s another impressive amplifier on this list – the five-channel XR900-5. No matter how much space you have, this amp can drive your entire system.
You don’t want to miss this – this amplifier may be the only single-amp solution for your entire car system.
Comes with a 2 year warranty and the amplifier itself is very easy to operate. This is an excellent choice for those who like loud music and good taste.

Kenwood Excelon ProductsWhen we talk about Kenwood music systems, we can’t forget to mention the Kenwood eXcelon product. Kenwood has always been an active follower of new technology trends released every day.


Their efforts are reflected in the latest products. The latest Kenwood accessories are very high-end and feature the latest technology from great minds.
The final product is called the eXcelon product. They look better, perform better, and last longer.


These products make the audio sound better because it is as clear as the original audio. eXcelon users are delighted, as evidenced by the millions of reviews since purchase.

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>Kenwood batteries

Is the Galaxy Watch 6 battery actually an improvement?

The Galaxy Watch 6 is Samsung’s latest smartwatch, alongside the Galaxy Z Flip 5 and Fold 5 . In theory, both watches have bigger batteries than last year’s Watch 5. So has Samsung smartwatch battery life launched improved?


Galaxy Watch 6 comes in two versions – Galaxy Watch 6 and Galaxy Watch 6 Classic. The Classic watch has a few key differences, such as a rotating bezel that Watch 4 Classic fans will love, and a stainless steel body instead of titanium or aluminum. Regardless of these factors, the differences between the Watch 6 and Watch 6 Classic are negligible.

RELATED: These new watch faces debut on Galaxy Watch 6
Each device has the same Samsung  watch battery capacity, 300mAh and 435mAh for the small and large models of each watch respectively. Samsung also claims that both devices have the same battery life, 30 hours with AOD on and 40 hours with AOD off. For someone like me , where an always-on display is a no-brainer, I’ll settle for the 30-hour figure. 

As Samsung increases its focus on sleep coaching, the Watch 6 will need to be able to last a full day of normal use and rest for a night in sleep mode, which turns off the display completely and saves battery.
Galaxy Watch 6 battery performanceDuring the pre-order phase of the Galaxy Watch 6, we had the chance to try out the watch. That means wearing it day and night, checking notifications and tracking workouts and activity. All that said, we’re very pleased with the Galaxy Watch 6’s battery life.


Samsung’s average  Samsung’s battery life of 30 hours is correct. During our usage, it easily lasted a full day of normal use and ended up with about 50-60% battery left. After turning on the sleep mode, the efficiency is greatly improved, and only 10-15% of the power can be used to get through the whole night. When you wake up in the morning, you’ll have about 40% or more power left.

When the time comes, it’s best to plug your Watch 6 into its charger for a quick recharge. The included 10W charger makes it easy, giving you 8 hours of extra battery life in about 8 minutes. We found this figure to be quite accurate, considering this equates to around 30% of a top-up.


Is the battery better?Let’s compare this to the Galaxy Watch 5, which comes in two models with very different specs. The Watch 5 has a 410mAh power source, while the Watch 5 Pro has a 590mAh battery. At this power, the Watch 5 Pro is rated for about 80 hours, which is more than a reasonable estimate. Watch 5 – 44mm 410mAh – only lasts about a day and a half with normal use.

Yes, the Galaxy Watch 6 has better Galaxy Watch 6 battery life compared to the Watch 5.
Users should see an increase in their usage time, with some wiggle room for charging and recording overnight breaks. On our 44mm Watch 6 model, you can easily get through the days and nights without worrying about charging. In fact, it took another 8 hours or so before we realized the device only had so much power left. At that point, it’s necessary to consider charging, which is exactly what you’re looking for in a wearable device.


The jump in performance is certainly a result of increased capacity, and may be partially due to changes in the Exynos W930 processor over the W920 and its improved Bluetooth efficiency, which in turn affects battery life.
If you compare the Watch 5 Pro to the Watch 6 or Watch 6 Classic, then no, the Watch 6’s battery life is not that great.


Samsung’s latest version doesn’t get three days of screen time, but that’s reserved for the “Pro” version. This is to be expected, as the 5 Pro is aimed at a different audience, one that’s more focused on a rugged all-around watch. The Watch5 Pro is still the epitome of a Wear OS watch with great battery life, and will stay that way until Samsung or someone else takes it’s place.


The battery performance of the Galaxy Watch 6 and Watch 6 Classic strikes a balance between providing enough power to last a day and night while still allowing wiggle room when it’s time to recharge. Combined with the relatively fast charging speeds, the  Galaxy Watch 6’s battery life is well within the “acceptable” range and is certainly an improvement over last year’s smartwatches.

Why does the capacity of laptop battery decrease with use?

Lithium-ion batteries lose a little capacity every time they are charged and discharged. Generally, the current cycle number of lithium batteries is 1500-2000 times. The picture below is mentioned in a literature. Picture a is the voltage curve at different aging stages , and picture b is the available capacity, also called the health state. 1 means new High quality laptop battery, 0 means completely scrapped. In fact,

the bulk is almost unusable after 80% SOH is used (electric vehicle battery scrapping indicator). Because with aging , the battery capacity decreases and the internal resistance increases. The former results in insufficient available power, and the user experience is that it needs to be charged soon, and it will not last long after charging once. The latter causes the battery to heat up during use.

So can this aging be avoided? the answer is negative. In other words, no matter what brand of mobile phone battery or laptop battery, there is aging and capacity decline. This decline rate is related to usage. This is an empirical formula:

The loss of capacity is related to temperature T and Ah (ampere-hour throughput). The higher the temperature, the faster the aging. The more accumulated charge and discharge of electricity experienced, the greater the aging.
As the battery ages, the internal resistance becomes larger and larger, and it gets hotter and hotter, and the heat accelerates aging, which is a vicious cycle.

Regardless of the form, they are all connected in series (rarely in parallel)

Since they are connected in series, there are inevitably inconsistencies in the  laptop batteries including inconsistencies in internal resistance, open circuit voltage and capacity. When they first leave the factory, they are all screened and the inconsistencies are not obvious. But after a long time of use, there will be a wooden barrel effect.

There is always a shortcoming of a battery that restricts other batteries. For example, if one battery has a low capacity and disappears after being left for a while, then other batteries are useless if they have power. Lithium batteries are not allowed to be over -discharged; if there is a battery with the highest capacity, it will be fully charged after a while. , then other batteries are not fully charged and cannot continue to be charged. Lithium batteries are not allowed to be overcharged. Therefore, the battery pack determines the amount of power that can be used by these two battery cells.


Returning to the topic of laptop batteries, there is a possibility that the inconsistency of the battery pack has reduced the available power. It will be full after charging and empty after a while after discharging. In this case, the available service life of the battery pack is much lower than that of a single  laptop batteries ,battery pack.

What to do if the Dell laptop battery is not charging

If your Dell laptop’s battery won’t charge, here are a few solutions you can try:
1. Check the power adapter and plug: Make sure the power adapter is securely connected and not damaged. Check that the plug is intact and try using another reliable outlet for charging.


2. Clean the interface and connecting parts: Sometimes dust or dirt on the interface or connecting parts will affect the charging effect. Gently clean the interface and connecting parts with a cotton swab and make sure they are dry before reconnecting.
3. Restart the notebook: Sometimes simply restarting the notebook may solve some software-related problems, including the inability to charge the notebook battery.


4. Update drivers and BIOS: Go to Dell’s official website to download and install the latest version of drivers and BIOS updates. These updates often contain patches that fix known issues and improve device performance.


5. Check the device manager: press Windows key + X key and select “Device Manager” in the pop-up menu. Expand the Dell replacement laptop battery tab and confirm if there are any error signs or warning symbols. If so, right-click the device and select “Uninstall,” then restart your computer to reinstall the driver.


6. Replace the battery: If none of the above methods work, there may be a problem with the battery itself. Consider purchasing a new compatible battery to replace the original battery.


If the above methods still cannot solve the problem, it is recommended that you contact Dell  laptop battery.customer support or take your laptop to a professional repair center for help.

What should I do if my Dell laptop battery cannot be charged?

Laptops are becoming more and more common in our lives. Laptops are portable computersDell Laptop Battery that weigh only about three kilograms and are suitable for carrying around. Anyone who has used a laptop must know that a laptop has a laptop battery, which means that we can use  the laptop even if there is no power supply. This makes laptop batteries particularly important. What should we do when the battery cannot be charged? 


What should I do if my Dell laptop battery won’t charge?
1.Cause analysis


1.Software problem
Generally speaking, many computer brands, such as Dell, Lenovo, Sony, etc., will equip their notebooks with power management software. If a certain “battery saver mode” is enabled, the power management software will disable it after detecting the user’s use of AC power. Charge and discharge the battery to extend battery life.
2. There is a problem with the hardware itself
Generally speaking, we can determine the hardware failure of the battery itself by restarting the computer and replugging and unplugging the battery. If the battery still won’t charge, you may wish to install some hardware detection applications to get an approximate battery drain reference. If you determine that the battery hardware is faulty, do not disassemble or attempt to repair it yourself. There is a certain risk and it is recommended to send it for repair.
2. Security repair methods


1. When a Dell laptop boots into the BIOS, you will usually find the “Start Battery Calibration” option in the power item, that is, “Start Battery Repair”. Generally, the user is first reminded to connect the power adapter for full charging, and then a text is displayed prompting the user to disconnect from the AC power source. The win7 system will continue to discharge the notebook until the battery is completely exhausted. Afterwards, the laptop will shut down automatically. We can connect the power adapter for charging, but we have to wait until the charging indicator light goes out before we can turn it on. The whole process is complete.


2. Note: The BIOS battery repair process may take up to 5 hours, so be sure to do it when you are not using your laptop. If this still does not improve the battery condition, then it can only be said that the battery is probably bad. , you can send it for repair or buy a new original laptop battery.

Dell laptops are a relatively common brand. When we use a Dell laptop and the Dell laptop battery fails to charge, we should first check whether it is a software problem. We need to check if charging is disabled on the computer. If not, there is a problem with your computer hardware. The specific inspection method is to use software that specifically detects hardware. If there is a problem with the hardware, then the only option is to replace it.

 content=”Online shopping for dell Laptop batteries is security. Get 30% off buy dell Laptop battery.All dell model batteries are brand new,1 year Warranty, Secure Online Ordering Guaranteed!” />

Full Solutions to fix Huawei Phone Battery Drain and Overheating Problems

We have seen a lot of posts and discussions on the internet where people have shared the issues they are facing with their new Huawei phones. The biggest issues we encounter are Huawei phone batteries draining and overheating, so we’re here to share a guide that can help you fix it.


None of us want to become obsolete when it comes to the latest gadgets, and we understand the reason behind this. After all, gadgets today play a vital role in our lives, they are more than just a fashion statement. Whether you are in college or in the office, being fashionable and famous is the need of everyone.


Today there are many companies manufacturing smartphones at a very low rate, which is why we can see smartphones in the hands of everyone. But as far as we know, the quality of these smartphones is not as good as branded smartphones. The difference in cost is due to the different levels of instruments and equipment used in manufacturing smartphones. Good brands use high-quality materials, which is why their devices are durable.


Part 1: Narrowing down the scope of Huawei phone heating issuesMany people have bought Huawei mobile phones, and many people have complained about Huawei’s battery and charging problems. There is no problem with normal heating. After all, smartphones are all electronic devices, but when you have been facing this problem and feel that your phone is very hot and may cause damage or injury to you, then you need to pay attention.


Here, we point out the common things you can try on your Huawei phone or any other Android device that is experiencing overheating and battery drain issues. The first thing you have to look for is to identify the areas where your phone is getting hot. This will narrow down your problem and you will understand the exact reason why your phone is heating up and why your Huawei battery is facing so many issues.
Is the back of your phone hot?
Huawei battery problem


If you encounter the problem of heating on the back of your phone, then you must understand that this problem is not a problem with the Huawei phone, but with the Huawei battery. This happens when your phone’s battery becomes damaged or aged. You will also encounter this problem when you use other chargers to charge your phone. Try using the original charger and the charger recommended by Huawei to charge the phone to see if the same problem occurs.
So, you must check all these things when the back of your phone gets hot.
Is the base of your phone hot?


Huawei battery problem
Does your phone get hot from the bottom (where you plug it into the charger)? Does your phone get hot when charging? If this is the problem, then you must understand that it is the problem of the charger. It may be that your Huawei charger is faulty, or you may be using a different charger. In order to solve Huawei charging issues, you have to replace your Huawei charger, but if not, you have to buy a new recommended charger for your phone.
Is the rear top compartment of your Huawei phone hot?
Huawei battery problem
If your Huawei phone is getting hot in the top back area, then you must know that it is not a battery issue at all. There may be a problem with the speakers or screen. So, in order to solve these problems, you must read the following points
If your phone gets hot from the speakers


If you realize that the heated part is the speaker (the part that covers someone’s ears when talking to someone on the phone), then you have to understand that this is not just a major problem. But it may damage your ears. This problem persists when your phone speaker malfunctions. So you must quickly go to a Huawei authorized service center for repair.
If your phone screen gets hot
Huawei battery problem
If your Huawei phone’s screen or display is hot and seems to be very hot at times, then you can easily identify that this is just an issue with your Huawei phone. Therefore, you must follow the advice provided below.
Check out other Huawei phone problems: 9 major Huawei phone problems and how to fix them


Part 2: Fix Huawei phone overheating or battery drain issuesNow that you’ve narrowed down the problem, you find that the problem is with the phone itself, not the battery and charger. You have to follow the steps below to fix it.
Use third-party apps to reduce battery consumption
Using third-party apps to reduce battery consumption on your smartphone is always a good option. Below we will introduce Greenify to you. Greenify was named the #1 utility among the best Android apps of 2013 by Lifehacker and is loved by many Android phone users . Greenify helps you identify and put unused apps to sleep and stop them from slowing down your device and draining your battery. Since no apps are running in the background, you canill definitely see an increase of Huawei battery life.
Lighten up your phone


The first and the foremost thing that you must do is to free up you Huawei phone. You must remove the apps and data that is not usable for you. This will lighten up your phone and its processor and so your phone will have to put on Less efforts which will help fixing Huawei battery problems and overheating problem.
There is no doubt that Android phones are awesome and so we can rely on them for our daily work. Whenever we go to any place, we click many pictures and videos, but we don’t have time to pick the right ones from them and remove the rest so these pictures and videos not only eats up the storage but it also eats up processors speed. So it’s better you clear them.


Change Settings on your phone to extend battery life
You can turn off the location service to reduce battery draining. Also, tweaking the GPS settings can help you improve the battery life. Go to Settings > Location > Mode and you will see three options. High Accuracy, which uses GPS, Wi-Fi and the mobile network to determine your position, which in turn uses quite a lot of power to do so; Battery Saving which, as the name suggests, reduces battery drain. You can change the settings to  smartphones Battery Saving option.
There is another setting you can try. Go to Settings > Applications > All > Google Play Services. Here tap on Clear Cache button. This will refresh Google Play Service and stop the cache to eat up your battery.
Heavy games


Android have huge collection of games and many games so way to big. We can see new games getting launched daily. Having games on Huawei phone is not bad but you must remove the games that you do not play. You must remember that the more space is consumed the more battery draining problem you will face. Many games are there that require some resources from your phone like data connection and other sensors, these games are a big reason forHuawei phone battery draining and overheating.

5 Ways to Charge Your Laptop Without a Charger

It’s frustrating when your laptop runs out and you’ve forgotten the charger.Try these ways to recharge your laptop without the power adapter.
If your MacBook, Lenovo, HP, Dell, or similar laptop runs out of juice, but you’ve forgotten the charger, try these ways to recharge its battery without the original power adapter.


It’s easy to forget to take a laptop charger with you. Notebook batteries hold enough charge for a few hours of run time, so you should keep your laptop charged to do the work you need.
Follow along for alternative ways to charge your laptop without its original charger. We’ll also discuss whether it’s safe to recharge a laptop without its official charger in the first place.


1. Charge YourLaptop Using a Power Bank

Much like how you’d charge your smartphone via a power bank when there’s no other way to recharge it, you can also use a power bank to charge your laptop.
Anker’s PowerCore+ power bankAnker’s PowerCore+ 26800mAh PD power bank is a great choice to charge up your Apple, Dell, Lenovo, or another laptop, as it outputs approximately 20 volts of power. Also, you’ll save a few bucks by consulting our roundup of the best power banks on sale.


As a rule of thumb, avoid power banks that put out only 5V, as most laptops need 8V-12V power. Choose ones that support laptop charging and USB-C (early generations of laptops with USB-C don’t support charging).

2. Charge Your Laptop Using a Car BatteryCar hood open, with the battery being chargedIf you can’t manage a power bank, your car’s battery can charge your notebook without a charger, but you’ll need a power inverter to convert the DC power from your car to AC.
An accessory like the BESTEK 300W Power Inverter outputs up to 300 watts—more than enough to power a laptop! Although you’ll need to leave the power inverter somewhere on the vehicle floor, you can still take your laptop inside and out—which is excellent for beginners.


3. Purchase a USB-C Power Delivery ChargerIf you don’t have a power bank or can’t charge your laptop using a car battery, another good solution is a USB-C power adapter with multiple ports, sometimes referred to as a USB PD charger.
The front of Satechi’s 108-watt USB-C desktop charger with two USB-A and two USB-C ports
Of course, these things must be plugged into power vs. being a power source by itself, like a power bank. Satechi’s 108W USB C PD Desktop Charger (or your favorite brand) would recharge your laptop the same as a power bank.


Choose a charger with the right mix of USB ports to support all your devices. USB-C has a smaller oval-shaped connector that’s reversible and designed to conduct much more power at higher speeds than the older USB-A port. This makes it an excellent alternative for charging your computer when you don’t have a charger. Furthermore, power adapters compatible with the USB Power Delivery protocol (USB PD) feature protections against overcharging, overheating, etc. As such, they’re among the safest methods to charge via USB-C.


There are plenty of different chargers out there. To help you choose the right one, see our roundup of the safest and best USB-C chargers you can buy today.
4.Invest in a Universal Power AdapterWhile it’s great to know that there’s another option to charge your laptop battery without needing the official charger, you’ll probably end up with a dead or failed battery if you set the voltage too high when using a universal power adapter.


Universal power adapter with interchangeable tipsIt usually comes with interchangeable tips, with many different brands supported. Some battery packs even work with your car’s 12-volt cigarette lighter, making them truly portable.
5. Use a Super Battery for Your LaptopSuper batteries are like second or spare batteries for your laptop. They have different charging cables, and they replace your original laptop battery.


Ensure it fits your laptop and is the right size when you get one. Super batteries are brand-specific and may not work with your laptop if they weren’t explicitly designed for it. This method isn’t efficient, so it’s only for emergencies .
6. Keep a Spare Battery for EmergenciesA laptop with a dead battery can kill your productivity. Plan ahead by investing in a spare battery, but pick one for your specific laptop brand and model.


Dell Latitude Battery ReplacementUnlike super batteries, these are regular batteries that don’t require different charging cables. A spare battery is a life-saver for those times when your laptop’s battery has run out, and none of the alternative charging methods are currently available.
7. Use Your Computer’s USB Port for ChargingYou can charge its battery by connecting your laptop to another computer’s USB-C port via a cable high quality AC adapter. The USB-A port doesn’t work, so be sure to plug your laptop into your computer’s USB-C port.


However, you should note that if the charger or charging port cannot provide the required voltage, the laptop willCharging is slower than usual. This is normal and nothing to worry about.
8. Buy an external battery chargerWhen your laptop’s battery cannot be charged due to a motherboard or DC socket failure, you can use an external battery charger to charge your laptop’s battery.
External battery charger for Lenovo Thinkpad laptopsIf your computer has a user-removable battery, remove it and install it on an external charger. Connect the charger to a power source and wait for the flashlight to indicate the process is complete, then reinstall the battery into the laptop. That’s it – you’re good to go!


Choose an external battery charger designed specifically for your machine. External battery chargers are not universally compatible between laptop brands.
9. Use your phone or tablet to charge your laptopiPad with keyboard case next to MacBookMany smartphone brands, such as Samsung, and some tablets, such as the iPad, support reverse charging, meaning they act like a USB power bank.
On Android, you may need to enable this feature in settings. Otherwise, connect your laptop to your tablet’s USB-C port for a quick battery boost when you need it most.

However, you should limit reverse charging to emergencies to avoid overheating your phone or tablet’s battery, shortening its lifespan.


Is it safe to charge a laptop without an official charger?If the voltage and wattage do not match the specifications of the laptop’s original charger, it may not be safe to use a different charging method. An official charger or its approved replacement is the best way to safely power your laptop in all situations. Another common question we’ve discussed before is, “Should you leave your laptop plugged in all the time?”
Unfortunately, there are no easy answers:


Will leaving my laptop plugged in damage the battery? Yes, it does. But so does charging every day. Oddly enough, the industry doesn’t seem to have a unified answer to the question of whether laptops should run on AC power or battery power .


Most manufacturers recommend not leaving your laptop powered on all the time.
Don’t leave your laptop charger at home!Some of the above methods may not be safe for the life of your laptop battery, so avoid using them regularly unless it’s an emergency. Always use your laptop’s official charger; use these methods only when necessary.

To avoid interruptions in your work, it’s wise to invest in an external power adapter or USB-C charger and always carry a spare battery. It’s so annoying to forget your charger at home! The next time you pack your luggage, put the laptop adapterand charger in it first, then worry about other things.

How do I extend the battery life of my HUAWEI laptop?

With the rapid development of the Internet of Things (IoT), computers are becoming an indispensable part of mobile office and entertainment technology. Windows apps are increasingly integrated, and consume more power, so it is important to use computers in a way which maximizes computers battery life.


The battery life is closely related to usage scenarios and system settings. The following are suggestions for improving the battery life in battery power supply mode.
Methods for improving battery life


Methods for minimizing power consumption in the screen-off standby state
Methods for improving battery lifeIf the battery power decreases too fast, press Alt+Ctrl+Del, and select Task Manager to check whether there are abnormal apps. End unused high-usage apps, and check whether the CPU usage is normal (no more than 10%). Generally, the CPU usage fluctuates below 5% or even stays about 1% when the computer is idle.


If this is the first time you open Task Manager, see Opening or hiding the Processes tab in the Task Manager Window.

Start Windows updates after connecting your computer to a power adapter, as Windows updates will cause continuous high power consumption.To reduce power consumption caused by Windows updates in battery power supply mode, right-click the Start button , and go to Settings > Windows Update to check whether a Windows update is available. If a new version is available, back up your data and install the update.

Set the display brightness to no higher than 60% when you use the computer indoors. Decreasing the brightness can effectively improve the computer battery life.To set the brightness, right-click the Start button and go to Settings > System > Display.

Update the drivers on your computer in a timely manner once Huawei PC Manager pushes a driver update notification. New drivers usually help improve battery life. Open Huawei PC Manager, and go to Optimization > Drivers > CHECK to update the drivers.

Use the default power mode, or select Best power efficiency to improve the battery life.

Enable Battery saver, which can maximize battery life but will reduce the display brightness and CPU performance.

Remove external devices in a timely manner. If you do not need to connect the computer to an external device such as a docking station, removing the external device can reduce power consumption.Some intensive apps, including games (such as League of Legends and CrossFire), video editing apps (such as Corel VideoStudio), and design apps (such as VS and CAD), consume a lot of power. It is recommended that you connect your laptop to a power supply when using these apps, because using them while in battery mode will consume more battery power.

Methods for minimizing power consumption in the screen-off standby state (Screen-off/Sleep/Hibernation/Power-off mode)Screen-off: In this mode, the monitor is turned off, but the system still consumes the Huawei laptop battery power. In normal cases, the computer automatically turns off the screen when it is idle for a certain period of time (4 minutes by default) .Sleep: The computer automatically enters Sleep mode after being idle for a certain period of time (4 minutes by default).

In this mode, the computer still consumes a little power. If some apps continuously occupy the audio channel, the computer will not be able to enter sleep. It is recommended that you check the usage of each channel once the power consumption is abnormal in the screen-off state. As shown in the following figure, run the powercfg requests command to check whether there are audio streams that prevent the computer from entering Sleep mode.Method: Enter CMD in the search box in the lower left corner of the computer screen, (or right-click the Start button in the lower left corner of the computer screen, select Search, and enter CMD in the displayed search box), right -click Command Prompt, and select Run as administrator. In the displayed window, enter powercfg requests at the cursor position and press Enter.

When the system enters Sleep mode, it may be woken up by scheduled tasks. You can check whether there are scheduled tasks in the system.


Method: Enter CMD in the search box in the lower left corner of the computer screen (or right-click the Start button in the lower left corner of the computer screen, select Search, and enter CMD in the displayed search box), right- click Command Prompt, and select Run as administrator. In the displayed window, enter powercfg waketimers at the cursor position and press Enter.

Hibernation: A computer in Sleep mode will enter Hibernation mode when the timeout period (3 hours by default) has passed, or when the power consumption threshold (2% by default) is surpassed. In Hibernation mode, the power consumption is low, and the device will not be woken up by scheduled tasks. To manually enter Hibernation mode, select to show Hibernate in Power menu, and set When I close the lid to Hibernate.

To show Hibernate in Power menu, enter Control Panel in the  search box in the lower left corner of the computer screen (or right-click the Start button in the lower left corner of the computer screen, select Search, and enter Control Panel in the displayed search box), open it, and go to Hardware and Sound > Power Options.

…………………………………………… …….15.28V 3665mAh Huawei HB6081V1ECW-41 Long Life Battery Replacement

How to tell if a laptop battery or charger is damaged?

Laptop batteries degrade over time, and the battery life you enjoyed when you purchased your laptop will shorten as your laptop ages.


   Battery failure can be a terrible problem as it can cause your laptop to shut down suddenly and the work files you were editing will be lost. You can even prevent it from starting when not plugged in.


1.Battery bulgeIf your laptop case is swollen, like it’s a little cracked at the seams, then your battery is most likely swollen.
This is a huge fire risk – the batteries in laptops are full of volatile chemicals, and when the batteries start to swell, the potential for a fire is high.


Kingsener 2F8K3 Laptop Battery for Dell Alienware 17 R1 17X M17X-R5 18 R1 18X M18X-R3 Series Gaming Laptop 02F8K3 KJ2PX 0KJ2PXSpecifications: Battery model: 2F8K3 Capacity: 86WH Voltage: 14.8V Battery type: Li-ion Battery: 8 cells, Made in Korea, high quality guaranteed Color: Black Condition: Replacement battery (100% brand new, 2 years warranty… Buy Now
2.Try chargingTo determine if the battery is faulty, connect the laptop to an external power source via the laptop’s power cord.
Leave the laptop turned off overnight to give it enough time to try charging. After Windows opens and loads, enter desktop mode and look for the battery icon in the system tray. Hover over the icon to see a status message and an indication of the battery percentage.


If it says “Plugged in, charging,” that means your battery is working, even if the charging capacity has dropped significantly since you bought the laptop.
If the status message says “0% available (plugged in, not charging),” your battery is not delivering power, which probably means it’s really dead. Alternatively, if the icon shows a red “X” next to the battery, Windows cannot detect your battery.
3.Physical cleaningPlease physically check your current battery by turning off the computer, unplugging the power cord, and removing the battery. There may be dust between the laptop and the  laptop battery’s metal contacts that help charge. Gently clean the contacts with a cloth dampened with alcohol, reinsert and check the battery status in the system tray again


4.TestThere are many computer programs designed to test various aspects of a battery. Using one of these programs can help you diagnose the problem. Programs like Notebook Battery Eater, Notebook Hardware Control, and Smarter Battery measure statistics such as average battery charge time, time required to charge, full charge capacity, and how long it takes to use a charge.


Laptop manufacturers can even create their own programs to test and diagnose battery problems, such as HP System Diagnostic Tool, Toshiba PC Health Monitor, and Dell PC Diagnostics.
5.AlternativesIt’s inevitable that your Dell laptop batterywill die at some point. If that time comes, the only thing to do is replace it. Take it off and check its model number.

What are the symptoms of a bad laptop battery?

A dead laptop battery can prevent you from completing your tasks, but what if you cannot get it to charge properly? A flailed battery, an insufficient power supply, or a damaged cord are just a few of the reasons why a battery may fail to charge . Some of the causes are easily resolved if you know exactly what to do. In this article, we will look at the indicators of a bad charging device and how you can get it working again.


6 Signs That It’s Time to Replace Your Laptop BatteryWe have compiled a list of six common signs that you need to replace your notebook battery to help you identify the problem quickly. Although it’s best to consult a specialist to identify your laptop’s problems, you can probably identify the root cause with the help of the following accumulator failure symptoms.


1. Little usage timeIf your ultrabook battery dies much sooner than it used to, this is one of the most obvious signs that it’s time to replace it. Depending on the programs used, a fully charged battery should typically provide power for six hours or longer. If your ultrabook only lasts a couple of hours, the accumulator likely needs to be replaced.
2.Slow chargingIn addition to charging issues, if your notebook charges extremely slowly, this could be a warning sign. A strong laptop accumulator will charge quickly and continue to function even after being unplugged from the charger. If your device is charging slowly, or worse, only charging when plugged in, you may need to replace the battery.


3. Unanticipated power outageMake a record of how frequently your device shuts off on you, even though the odd glitch might not always indicate battery problems. If your Mac or Laptop shuts down unexpectedly, especially after a recent charge, you can probably blame it on a faulty accumulator. Attempt charging your device once more, but if the issue persists, your battery might be permanently discharged.
4. Age of the DeviceDespite the numerous excellent choices out there for both Mac and PC users, no ultrabook is built to last forever. If you are having power problems with your machine, it could simply be due to its age. Notebook batteries typically fail after 1-2 years or around 300-400 cell cycles. Your accumulator may need to be replaced if your notebook is old because it has probably reached the end of its useful life.


5. Overheating issuesMost laptops can reduce internal heat while in use. If your device feels warm to the touch, your battery is probably functioning too hard and cannot adequately cool itself. An overheated device frequently makes noise because its internal fans are running nonstop to keep the device cool . To further prevent damage, always disconnect your machine from charging and stop using it if it is overheating.
6. Warning messages from the systemApart from performance issues, most ultrabooks are already outfitted with technology to monitor their overall health.

When a service is required, Apple Macbook users should expect to receive a warning. To check the functioning of your accumulator, Windows users might think about creating a report One can easily determine whether it’s necessary to change their  Apple Macbook notebook battery based on the messages from their laptop.
If you believe a faulty battery is causing problems in your windows Laptop or MacBook battery, contact the expert technicians to have it repaired or replaced.

iPhone tips that’ll keep your battery running longer

If you’re tired of the battery running out on your iPhone after what seems like a short period of time, we have some tips to keep your iPhone running longer.
The tips are straight from Apple, too, which means they’re optimized specifically for iPhones. We’ll even debunk some old rumors (like: is it OK to let my battery drain faster?).


Here’s how to keep your iPhone working longer on a single charge.
Update your iPhone
Apple recommends keeping your iPhone on the latest software at all times. While it’s true some of the company’s software releases have actually been bad for Apple cellpone battery life, Apple typically works to improve performance in each release.
Dim your screenTodd Haselton | CNBCYou don’t need your screen blasting at full brightness. You can adjust it easily by opening control center (swipe down on the iPhone X or up on any other iPhone) and changing the brightness level. Apple also recommends using the auto-brightness feature , which dims the screen indoors and brightens it outdoors.


Use Wi-FiUse Wi-Fi when you canUse Wi-Fi when you canTodd Haselton | CNBCWhen your phone is connected to a cellular network, it’s constantly trying to ping cell towers and using up as much power as it can to get you a good data connection. If Wi-Fi is available, you’re better off using it since it doesn’t require your phone’s modems to work as hard.
Turn off background activity


Turn off background appsTodd Haselton | CNBCBackground Activity allows apps to pull in data even when they’re not being used. This doesn’t mean you need to close apps (Apple has debunked that theory), but it does mean you can force your phone to stop pinging the email server , for example. Here’s how:
Go to SettingsTap GeneralTap Background App Refresh and toggle it to off.Try low power modeUse low power modeUse low power modeTodd Haselton | CNBCIf you really want to get the most out of your Apple battery, use low power mode. Some folks turn this on when their iPhone is about to die, but you can lengthen the life even if you turn it on at 100 percent. “Low Power Mode reduces display brightness, optimizes device performance, and minimizes system animations,” Apple explains.

Here’s how:
Go to SettingsTap BatteryToggle Low Power ModeYou’ll know it’s on when your battery icon turns yellow.Finally, don’t worry about letting your iPhone dieWhile there are rumors that letting your battery die all the way can be good — or bad — for your iPhone, there’s no truth to them. Apple says it doesn’t matter when you charge your iPhone, whether it has 50 percent of the battery left at night when you go to bed or nothing in the tank.


Apple explains on its website that itsApple lithium-ion batteries work in cycles, no matter when you start to charge it. “You complete one charge cycle when you’ve used (discharged) an amount that equals 100% of your battery’s capacity — but not necessarily all from one charge. For instance, you might use 75% of your battery’s capacity one day, then recharge it fully overnight. If you use 25% the next day, you will have discharged a total of 100%, and the two days will add up to one charge cycle.”
Apple also stated that itsThe battery should be able to maintain “at least 80%” of its original charge capacity, allowing for what it calls “a large number of charge cycles” forApple’s batteries.

iPhone 11 Battery Draining Fast. 3 Reasons and 3 Solutions

The iPhone 11, despite being very well known for its highest quality, durability, and user-friendly features, has its own fair share of issues that users face on a daily basis. One such issue is battery draining in iPhone 11. Since the day iPhone 11 was released, users have been complaining of a decrease in its battery life, even with short usage. This article will discuss potential causes of battery drainage and how you can fix it.
Key Takeaways iPhone battery drain can make you panic especially when you don’t know what is causing it. This article will discuss the potential causes behind the battery drainage of iPhone 11, such as new updates, power-intensive apps, and brightness levels. We will also mention some simple solutions to make your battery life better, like closing unnecessary applications, adjusting the screen brightness, and installing the latest updates to fix the bugs if any.


Why is my iPhone 11 battery draining so fast?A number of reasons contribute to the battery drainage of iPhone 11 including software issues to power-consuming applications. Below are some of the reasons why your iPhone 11 batter is draining so fast:
Apps running in the background can drain the battery really quickly.Software updates and some bugs may sometimes lead to battery drain.Power-consuming features like location services (if you turn them on at all times) and dynamic wallpapers can affect the health of the battery faster.How to stop iPhone 11 battery draining fast?

There are several measures you can take to improve your iPhone 11’s battery life, most of which revolve around optimizing your device’s settings and/or updating it.
Regularly update your iOS to the latest version to ensure all the internal issues are addressed.Adjust your screen brightness as a high brightness level can affect the battery life.Manage your background app activity and limit the use of power-consuming applications or features.

How long does the iPhone 11 battery last?Under normal circumstances, the iPhone 11 battery is designed to last up to 10 hours of video streaming or internet usage. However, this can vary significantly based on how you are using your device. Some features, such as high screen brightness, can affect the battery faster. 
Normal battery drain per hour iPhone 11The normal battery drain per hour for the iPhone 11 depends on what you are using it for most of the time. For slight usage, it might lose about 5-10% of power per hour, while intensive tasks can bring it down by 15- 20% per hour.


Light usage, including messaging and browsing can lead to 5-10% battery drain per hour.Gaming or video streaming, could lead to a 15-20% battery drain per hour.Battery drain is often higher when the device is in use compared to idle periods.

What kills iPhone battery health?Certain usage and patterns can decline your iPhone battery’s health. Keeping an eye on these can significantly extend your battery’s longevity.Overcharging, extreme temperatures, and frequently draining the battery to 0% can affect the battery’s health.Keeping the iPhone’s brightness at a high level for long time can reduce battery health.Using power-consuming apps for extended periods, especially in the background, can decrease the lifespan of the battery.
iPhone 11 battery draining fast
Source


iPhone 11 Pro battery draining fastEven though the iPhone 11 Pro is known for its improved battery life compared to its older models, some users still encounter quick battery drain issues.Why my iPhone 11 pro battery is draining fast?Power-demanding apps might be running in the background.An outdated iOS version might contain any bug or issue leading to faster battery drain.Screen brightness may be set too high, causing extra battery usage.How to fix iPhone 11 pro battery that is draining fast?Close unnecessary background apps and limit the usage of such battery-consuming applications.Update to the latest iOS version to fix any software glitches.Adjust screen brightness to a lower setting. It doesn’t only help the device’s battery, but it is also better for your eyes.iPhone 11 Pro Max battery draining fastDespite its robust battery capacity, the iPhone 11 Pro Max isn’t immune to power loss. Some circumstances can lead to iPhone 11 pro max battery aging faster than normal.

Why my iPhone 11 pro max battery is draining fast?

Intensive apps or features might be consuming battery rapidly.System settings might not be optimized for battery saving.The battery’s health might have degraded over time if you have been using the device for a long time.How to fix iPhone 11 pro max battery that is draining fast?Limit the use of applications that take much power.Optimize system settings for better battery performance.If the battery health is significantly decreased, consider getting a battery replacement.iPhone 11 battery draining fast after updatePost-update battery drain issues in the iPhone 11 are not uncommon, but this issue can be resolved by following some simple steps.

Why my iPhone 11 battery is draining fast after update?

The update might have introduced new features or services that require more power.The update could have bugs causing excessive power usage.Certain settings may have been reset or changed after the update.More background activities might be taking place after the update.How to fix iPhone 11 Cell Phone battery that is draining fast after update?Adjust the settings of new features to optimize power consumption.Update your device with the latest patches to fix any existing bugs.Monitor and limit background activities, especially those related to the update.Perform a factory reset as a last resort if nothing else works, but remember to back up your data first.iPhone 11 battery draining fast all of a suddenThe sudden battery drainage of the iPhone 11 can make anyone panic. But don’t worry, there are many steps you can take to fix it, depending on the cause behind this issue.

Why my iPhone 11 battery is draining fast all of a sudden?

A recently installed app might be consuming a lot of power.Some software glitches might have caused excessive power consumption.The device might be constantly syncing data to iCloud or other services.How to fix iPhone 11 battery that is draining fast all of a sudden?Uninstall any recent apps that could be causing a power drain all of a sudden.Restart the device to solve potential software glitches or try updating it if needed.Limit data syncing or schedule it for off-peak hours.iPhone 11 battery draining fast and getting hotiPhone 11 battery issues

If your iPhone 11 is not only losing battery quickly but also heating up, this can suggest an overworked processor due to power-consuming tasks, extensive app activity, or even malware.


Why my iPhone 11 battery is draining fast and getting hot?

High CPU usage from apps or system processes might be causing the device to heat up.The device might be working harder to maintain a connection in a poor signal area.An outdated iOS version might cause overheating and rapid battery drain.Intense graphics in games or videos might be causing the device to heat and drain the battery.

How to fix iPhone 11 battery that is draining fast and getting hot?

Identify and limit the usage of apps causing high CPU usage.Try to stay in areas with strong network coverage, especially if you are traveling and trying to connect to the internet.Update your device to the latest iOS version.Limit the use of graphics-intensive applications like games.iPhone 11 battery draining fast iOS 15
The release of iOS 15 saw a few iPhone 11 users reporting rapid battery drainage, likely due to the introduction of new features and services that place higher demands on the iPhone 11 battery.

Top 9 Ways to Fix Battery Drain on Samsung Galaxy Phones

Many Samsung Galaxy phone users complain about below-average battery life. Likewise, there’s no need to check the settings and options they use every day. But sometimes, there’s something really wrong with the phone. Instead of running around with a wall charger or power bank, you can try our solutions to fix battery drain issues on your Samsung Galaxy phone.

In addition to your usage patterns, there are several factors that can affect your Galaxy phone’s battery life. Let’s figure them out and make relevant changes.
1.Check battery usageFirst, you need to check which apps are causing high battery drain on your Galaxy phone. Once you find the culprit of sudden battery drain, you can take necessary measures such as preventing background data usage or deleting it.

Step 1: Swipe up and open the app drawer menu.
Step 2: Find the Settings app with the gear icon and open it.

Step 3: Scroll down to Battery and Device Maintenance.
Step 4: Select the battery and click on the usage graph from the menu below.

Step 5: You can view details of which apps are consuming battery since the last full charge.

If you notice unusual battery drain on a particular third-party app, first you need to check the Google Play Store for any pending updates. If you don’t use the app regularly, consider uninstalling it.
If you’re having issues with your Galaxy phone, check out our guide on Google Play Services draining your battery.
2. Optimize Samsung mobile phonesSamsung offers built-in device maintenance plugins that remove unwanted/remaining files, improve memory management, and optimize  Samsung mobile phones battery for better performance. Follow the steps below to use it effectively.
Step 1: Launch the Settings app on your Samsung Galaxy phone.
Step 2: Select the Battery and Device Maintenance menu.

Step 3: Tap the “Optimize Now” button and your phone’s One UI will check for high battery usage, fix app crashes, and close background apps.

3.Enable device protectionHarmful and malicious files on your Galaxy phone can cause battery drain. One UI features device protection that removes viruses and spyware. Here’s how to enable it.

Step 1: Open “Settings” on your phone.
Step 2: Navigate to the Battery and Device Maintenance menu.

Step 3: Select Device Protection and click Open from the menu below.

4. Check location services
Using One UI 4 software based on Android 12, you can check which apps have been requesting location data in the background. You can check the application list and block irrelevant applications from accessing the location.
Step 1: Open Samsung Settings and tap Location.

Step 2: See which apps have recently had location access.
Step 3: Select the irrelevant app and select the “Allow only while using this app” option.

If necessary, you can disable the “Use precise location” switch or even cut off an app’s location access entirely.
Precise locations are only useful for ride-hailing apps, mapping services and food delivery software.
5.Use dark modeMany Samsung Galaxy phones come with AMOLED displays. These screens save  Samsung Galaxy phone sbattery when the phone is used in dark mode. This results in slightly longer battery life.
Step 1: Launch Samsung Settings.
Step 2: Open the display menu.

Step 3: Select dark mode.

One UI will apply dark mode throughout the software, default apps, and other supported apps.
6.Disable always-on displayWhile Always On Display is useful for providing basic information like date, time, fingerprint area, notifications, etc. on the lock screen, it may reduce your phone’s battery life.

It is estimated that AOD (Always On Display) consumes about 1% of your phone’s battery per hour. Overnight, we’re talking about 8%-10% battery usage just due to AOD activity on the phone. Let’s disable it.
Step 1: Open Samsung Settings and open the lock screen menu.

Step 2: Disable the “Always Show” toggle.

You can also schedule “Always on Display” if you don’t want it to be enabled all the time. This way, you can keep your AOD on during work hours and turn it off at night.

From Samsung settings, open Lock screen and select Always on display. Click Show on schedule and set start and end times.
7. Change display resolution
This only works on Galaxy flagship phones. If you own the Galaxy S21 Ultra, S22 Ultra or Fold series, you can choose to adjust the display resolution down from QHD (Quad High Definition) to FHD (Full High Definition) and HD+. We know this isn’t the best solution, but it will certainly help until you figure out what’s causing your battery to drain.
Step 1: Open Samsung Settings and select Show menu.
Step 2: Click on Screen resolution.

Step 3: Select HD+ or FHD+ from the menu below.

You may notice a decrease in visual clarity, but the change will result in some battery improvements.
8. Change display refresh rateSamsung also lets you lower the refresh rate from 90Hz or 120Hz to the standard 60Hz for better Samsung smartphones  battery life. if you were all sacrificing software smoothness and fluid feel of the interface, you can change the screen refresh rate from the Settings menu.
Step 1: Open the Settings menu on your phone.
Step 2: Select Display and open Motion smoothness.

Step 3: Tap on Standard and hit the Apply button at the bottom.

9. STICK TO CERTIFIED CHARGERSFollowing Apple’s footsteps, Samsung has removed adapters from flagships  Samsung smartphones. If you have recently purchased a new Galaxy phone, you should refrain from using cheap adapters from unknown third-party vendors. Stick to certified Samsung chargers or get an adapter from a reputed charger makers like Anker, Aukey, Belkin, and others. At the end of the day, you’re better off using Samsung’s own charger for a reliable and better charging performance to manage the Samsung battery life of phone.

iPhone X Battery Capacity, RAM, Chip Speed Revealed in China

Apple is claiming the iPhone X signals the future of iPhone , but what that actually means is hard to tell until we actually get our hands on the phone on November 3. Although managing to secure one on launch day could prove extremely difficult if rumors about manufacturing delays are to be believed.


As is becoming increasingly common, details are leaking about exactly what components Apple decided to include inside its latest handset. The size of the   iPhone X battery , the amount of RAM, and the speed of the A11 Bionic chip inside the iPhone X ($999.00 at Verizon ) remains unconfirmed, but a filing by the Chinese Ministry of Industry and Information Technology’s Telecommunication Equipment Certification Center (TENAA) just revealed them.

As reported by MacRumors, the iPhone X is expected to ship with an A11 chip running at 2.4GHz complemented by 3GB of LPDDR4 RAM. The Apple cellphone battery  managed to squeeze behind that 5.8-inch OLED screen has a capacity of 2,715mAh.


If that all sounds quite familiar, it’s because the spec is almost a match for the iPhone 8 Plus ($699.99 at T-Mobile) . The one key difference being the 8 Plus battery is slightly smaller at 2,675mAh. Even though OLED is meant to use less energy than LCD, it makes sense for the iPhone X battery to be larger. For one, the display is larger (5.8-inches compared to 5.5-inches), and there will be more demand on it due to the use of Face ID.

Apple iPhone XAppleCare+ Costs $199 for iPhone XApple rates the iPhone 8 Plus as offering up to 21 hours of talk time, 13 hours of Internet use, 14 hours of video playback, or 60 hours of audio. For iPhone X, Apple lowers those times by an hour for Internet use and video playback. With the larger screen and similar Apple iPhone X battery size, you can understand why.

Why Does My iPhone Battery Die So Fast? Here’s The Real Fix!

I’m going to tell you exactly why your iPhone battery drains so quickly and exactly how to fix it.I’m going to tell you exactly why your iPhone battery drains so quickly and exactly how to fix it. I’ll explain how you can get longer battery life out of your iPhone without sacrificing functionality. Take my word for it:
The vast majority of iPhone battery issues are software related.We’ll cover a number of proven iPhone battery fixes that I learned from first-hand experience with hundreds of iPhones while I worked for Apple. Here’s one example:


Your iPhone tracks and records your location everywhere you go. That uses a lot of battery life.A few years ago (and after a lot of people complained), Apple included a new section of Settings called Battery. It displays some useful information, but it won’t help you fix anything. I rewrote this article to improve iOS 16 battery life , and if you take these suggestions, I promise your battery life will improve, no matter which model iPhone you have.

I recently created a YouTube video to go along with the iPhone battery fixes I explain in this article. Whether you prefer to read or watch, you’ll find the same great information in the YouTube videos that you’ll read in this article.
Our first tip is a truly a sleeping giant and there’s a reason it’s #1: Fixing Push Mail can make a tremendous difference in the battery life of your iPhone.
The Real Reasons Your iPhone, iPad, or iPod Battery Dies So Fast1.Push MailWhen your mail is set to push, it means that your iPhone maintains a constant connection to your email server so that the server can insta


An Apple lead genius explained it to me like this: When your iPhone is set to push, it’s constantly asking the server, “Is there mail? Is there mail? Is there mail?”, and this flow of data causes your Apple battery to drain very quickly. Exchange servers are the absolute worst offenders, but everyone can benefit from changing this setting.
How To Fix Push MailTo fix this problem, we’re going to change your iPhone from push to fetch. You’ll save a lot of battery life by telling your iPhone to check for new mail every 15 minutes instead of all the time. Your iPhone will always check for new mail whenever you open the Mail app.

Go to Settings -> Mail -> Accounts.Tap Fetch New Data.Turn off Push at the top of the screen.Scroll to the bottom and choose Every 15 Minutes under Fetch.Tap on each individual email account and, if possible, change it to Fetch.turn off push mail and set fetch intervalMost people agree that waiting a few minutes for an email to arrive is worth the significant improvement in your iPhone’s battery life.
As an aside, if you’ve been having problems syncing contacts or calendars between your iPhone, Mac, and other devices, check out my other article called Why Are Some Of My Contacts Missing From My iPhone, iPad, or iPod? Here’s The Real Fix!
2. Turn Off Unnecessary Location ServicesLocation Services are part of what makes the iPhone such a great device, so I’d like to be clear: I don’t recommend that you turn off Location Services entirely.


hidden system services copyI’ll show you the hidden services that constantly drain your battery, and I’m willing to bet you’ve never even heard of most of them. I believe it’s important for you to choose which programs and services can access your location, especially given the significant battery drain and personal privacy issues that come with your iPhone, right out of the box.


How To Fix Location ServicesGo to Settings -> Privacy & Security -> Location Services.Tap Share My Location. If you want to be able to share your location with your family and friends in the Messages app, then leave this on, but be careful: If someone wanted to track you, this is how they’d do it.Scroll all the way to the bottom and tap System Services. Let’s clear up a common misconception right away: Most of these settings are all about sending data to Apple for marketing and research. When we turn them off, your iPhone will continue to function just as it always has.

Turn off everything on the page except Emergency SOS, Find My iPhone (so you can locate it if it’s lost) and Motion Calibration & Distance (if you’d like to use your iPhone as a pedometer – otherwise, turn that off too). Your iPhone will work exactly as it had before. The compass will still work and you’ll connect to cell towers just fine — it’s just that Apple won’t be receiving data about your behavior.

Tap Significant Locations. Did you know your iPhone has been tracking you everywhere you go? You can imagine the excess strain this puts on your  iPhone battery. I recommend you turn off Significant Locations. Tap <System Services to return to the main System Services menu .Turn off all the switches under Product Improvement. These only send information to help Apple improve their products, not make your iPhone run more efficiently.

Scroll to the bottom and turn on Status Bar Icon. That way, you’ll know your location is being used when a little arrow appears next to your battery. If that arrow is on all the time, there’s probably something wrong. Tap <Location Services to go back to the main Location Services menu.Turn off Location Services for apps that don’t need to know where you are.

IMG_0743What you need to know: If you see a purple arrow next to an app, it’s using your location now. A gray arrow means it’s used your location within the last 24 hours and a purple-outlined arrow means it’s using a geofence (more about geofences later).

Pay attention to any apps that have purple or gray arrows next to them. Do these apps need to know your location to work? If they do, that’s absolutely fine – leave them alone. If they don’t, tap on the name of the app and choose Never to stop the app from unnecessarily draining your battery.A Word About Geofencing

A geofence is a virtual perimeter around a location. Apps use geofencing to send you alerts when you arrive at or depart from a destination. It’s a good idea, but for geofencing to work, your iPhone has to constantly use GPS to ask, “Where am I? Where am I? Where am I?”


I don’t recommend using apps that use geofencing or location-based alerts because of the number of cases I’ve seen where people couldn’t make it through a full day without needing to charge their iPhone — and geofencing was the reason.
3. Don’t Send iPhone AnalyticsHere’s a quick cellphone battery tip: Head to Settings -> Privacy & Security, scroll to the bottom, and open Analytics & Improvements. Turn off the switch next to Share iPhone Analytics and Share iCloud Analytics to stop your iPhone from automatically sending data to Apple about how you use your iPhone.

turn off iphone analytics

4. Close Out Your AppsOnce every day or two, it’s a good idea to close out your apps. In a perfect world, you would never have to do this and most Apple employees will never say you should. But the world of iPhones is not perfect — if it were , you wouldn’t be reading this article.

content=”All kinds of Apple Cell Phone batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Apple Cell Phone Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Apple Cell Phone battery.” />

How to Remove “Important Battery Message” on iPhone XS, 11, and 12 Series

If you have replaced the battery on your iPhone XS, 11, or 12 series , you may have encountered a pop-up message that says “Important Battery Message.” This is due to Apple’s encryption of theApple’s battery, but there is a solution.
In this guide, Phonefix will provide step-by-step instructions on how to remove this message and replace the battery on each of these phone models.


iPhone XS SolutionDisassemble the phone using a Pentalobe screwdriver and remove the screws.Soften the adhesive securing the battery in place with an iOpener or heat gun.Gently pry up the battery using a plastic card or pry tool.Carefully detach the BMS board from the original battery by desoldering it with a soldering iron.Align the BMS board with the new battery cell and use a Spot Welder to spot weld the board to the new cellphone  battery.

Cover the exposed solder joints with electric tape.Recalibrate cycle times and battery efficiency with a AIXUN P2408S Power Supply and Qianli Battery Data Corrector.Install the new battery and check the battery health information in “Settings.”iPhone 11/12 Series SolutionUse a Pentalobe screwdriver to remove the screws and lift the display assembly to access the battery connector.


Soften the adhesive securing the battery in place with an iOpener or heat gun.Gently pry up the battery using a plastic card or pry tool.Disconnect the battery connector from the logic board and remove the original battery from the phone.Carefully detach the BMS board from the original battery using a soldering iron.Align the BMS board with the new battery cell and use a soldering iron to attach it to the new battery

cell.Cover the exposed solder joints with electric tape.Install a specialized PCB board to read the data and connect the battery to a programmer.Recalibrate cycle times and battery efficiency with a Direct Current Supply and Qianli Battery Data Corrector.
Install the new iPhone 12 battery and check the battery health information in “Settings.”Anonymous alternative charactersMain Difference Between iPhone XS and 11/12 SeriesThe main difference between these phone models is how the battery data is encrypted and stored. For the iPhone XS, it is stored on the iPhone XS battery itself, while for the 11/12 series, it is stored on the logic board. This requires different methods for transferring the BMS board and recalibrating the battery.


ConclusionBy following these instructions and using the appropriate tools and equipment, you can safely remove the “Important Battery Message” and replace the battery on your iPhone XS, 11, or 12 series. Remember to take caution when handling these delicate components and follow the steps carefully to ensure efficient operation of your phone.

 content=”All kinds of Apple Cell Phone batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Apple Cell Phone Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Apple Cell Phone battery.” />

Your iPhone battery life is probably getting worse. Here’s what to do.

If your iPhone battery life seems like it’s getting worse, that’s because it is.
There’s a simple explanation. If you’ve owned your iPhone — or any phone — for more than a year or so and plugged it in daily, it typically begins to lose its ability to receive a full charge.


The capacity of a battery deteriorates over time, which can be due to the heat from your charger, frequent fast charging or other activities that cause your phone’s temperature to increase, such as gaming, as The Wall Street Journal recently reported.
If your iPhone can’t store more than 80% of a charge, it may be time to get your  Apple battery replaced. It’s something you can do at an Apple Store, and it can help you get more life from your iPhone if it’s otherwise in working order.


A battery replacement is free if you have AppleCare+, which costs between $3.99 and $13.49 per month depending on the iPhone model you have. If you don’t have the program, then a new battery costs anywhere from about $69 to $99, depending on your iPhone model.
There’s an easy way to check to see how much capacity your battery has lost. Here’s what to do:


Open Settings.Choose Battery.Select Battery Health & Charging.You’ll see “Maximum Capacity.” This is the measure of battery relative to when you first bought the phone. My iPhone 14 Pro Max from last September, for example, has a capacity of 87%. That means I can’t get Apple’s free battery replacement through the AppleCare+ plan that I pay for. But it explains why my battery life seems like it’s getting worse.
Take your phone to Apple for a replacement if your phone displays anything less than 80% capacity. It’s a quick and relatively affordable way to improve your iPhone battery life, particularly if you don’t otherwise need a new phone.

How to check your iPhone’s battery health


One sign that your iPhone battery is in tip-top shape? 

It says “Peak Performance.”
As long as your iPhone is on the latest version of iOS, you’ll be able to check your phone’s battery health pretty easily.
Go into the Settings app, scroll down to Battery, and select Apple Cell Phone battery Health. From there, you’ll want to look at the number next to Maximum Capacity. Ideally, it’ll be above 80% (the higher the number, the longer your battery should last on a charge), but batteries degrade over time so if it’s over a couple of years old there’s a good chance your battery is below that threshold.


Below the capacity, you’ll see a second text box that says Peak Performance Capability. Below that, there should be some smaller text that will vary depending on your phone battery’s health. If everything’s in good shape, it may say something like “Your battery is currently supporting normal peak performance.”


Otherwise, there may be a message indicating something about the status of your battery’s degrading capacity. You might get a prompt to visit an authorized Apple repair specialist, or you may just get a reminder to turn on performance management if your Apple batterycauses more  trouble .

iPhone tips that’ll keep your battery running longer

If you’re tired of your iPhone’s battery dying in a seemingly short amount of time,we have some tips to keep your iPhone running longer.
These tips also come directly from Apple, which means they’re specifically optimized for iPhone. We’ll even debunk some old myths (eg: Is it OK to make my   iPhone battery drain faster?).


Here’s how to make your iPhone last longer on a charge.
Update your iPhone recommends that your iPhone always have the latest software. While some of the company’s software releases do take a toll on battery life, Apple generally works hard to improve performance with each release.
dim screenYou don’t need to have the screen at full brightness. You can easily adjust it by opening Control Center (swipe down on iPhone X or swipe up on any other iPhone) and changing the brightness level. Apple also recommends using the auto-brightness feature, which dims the screen indoors and brightens it outdoors.
Use wireless networkUse Wi-Fi whenever possible
When your phone is connected to a cellular network, it is constantly trying to ping cell towers and using up as much power as possible to get a good data connection. If Wi-Fi is available, you’re better off using it since it doesn ‘t require your cell phone modem to work as hard.


Close background activityClose background applications
Background activities allow apps to extract data even when not in use. This doesn’t mean you need to close apps (Apple has debunked this theory ), but it does mean you can force your phone to stop pinging email servers. That’s it:
Go to settingsClick GeneralTap Background App Refresh and toggle it to off.Try low power modeUse low power mode


If you really want to get the most out of your battery, use Low Power Mode. Some people turn this feature on when their iPhone is dying of High quality Cell Phone battery but even turning it on to 100% can extend the life of your iPhone. “Low Power Mode reduces display brightness, optimizes device performance, and minimizes system animations,” Apple explains. That’s it:


Go to settingsClick on batterySwitch to low power modeYou’ll know it’s on when the battery icon turns yellow.Finally, don’t worry about your iPhone running out of batteryWhile there are rumors that letting a battery drain all the time can be a good or bad thing for your iPhone, these rumors are not true. Apple says it doesn’t matter when you charge your iPhone, whether you go to bed at night with 50 percent battery left or if there’s no charge left in the Apple Cell Phone battery

explains on its website that its lithium-ion batteries cycle whenever they are charged. “You have completed a charge cycle when you have used (discharged) 100% of the battery’s capacity, but not necessarily all from a single charge. For example, you might use 75% of the battery’s capacity in one day and then fully charge it overnight. If it is used 25% the next day, the total discharge is 100%, and the two days add up to one charging cycle.”


Apple also said its Apple batteries are designed to maintain “at least 80%” of their original charge capacity for what it calls “a large number of charge cycles.”

How to see which apps are draining your iPhone battery the fastest

Apple has a tool that lets you see the health of your battery and which apps are draining it the fastest.


If your iPhone battery seems to be draining faster than before, try some of these tips.You’ll be able to see which apps are draining your battery and whether it needs to be replaced.
An attendee shows off the  Apple Cell Phone  XR  during an event at the Steve Jobs Theater on Wednesday, September 12, 2018 in Cupertino, California.


Many things can cause your battery to drain quickly. For example, if you turn up the screen brightness or are out of range of a Wi-Fi or cellular network, your battery may drain faster than normal. If your battery’s health deteriorates over time, it might even drain quickly. Some of these things are out of your control, but there are ways to better manage your iPhone and Apple battery   Make it easy.

Here’s how to quickly see which apps are draining your iPhone’s battery: Open Settings on your iPhone.

Select battery.Click “Battery Health”. Make sure this says your iPhone is at “peak performance.” If not, consider purchasing a new battery from an Apple Store. You may need to do this if the battery’s maximum capacity is below 90%.
Now return to the main battery screen and scroll down.You’ll see a list of apps with the longest  Apple battery  In my case it was Safari, but yours may be different. You may even find that one app drains your battery much faster than any other app.Click “Show activity.”


Now you can see how long you spent using each app. If an app drains your battery with just a little use, you might want to consider uninstalling it.Click on “Last 10 Days.” This shows the apps that used the most   smartphone battery over the past 10 days. Here you might find some surprises: I thought I spent most of my time in Mail and Slack, but it turns out that over the past 10 days, I’ve been spending more time in GroupMe.


That’s the gist of it. It’s easy to see which apps are draining your battery. This feature is especially useful if you download a new app and find that your battery starts to drain quickly. Sometimes a bug can cause this to happen and you will know what is causing the problem and delete the app until the problem is fixed. Or you may find that your battery health is not as good as it used to be, and it’s time to go to the Apple Store to buy a new battery for your iPhone XR  Cell Phone  battery 

Your MacBook battery drains too fast? Try these 9 fixes

In this article, we’ll cover common MacBook and MacBook Pro battery issues and 9 fixes.
Why does your Macbook freeze so quickly?There may be several reasons. For example, different browsers consume different amounts of battery power.

In some cases, a recent upgrade to a new macOS may be the cause and therefore a temporary problem. It either stops doing this in its own time or sends a new macOS patch/upgrade and once downloaded the problem goes away. It is understood that this problem will occur when a new version is released, and it is also an issue that many Mac users have expected.


Below, we’ve covered nine of the most common problems and fixes for Mac users, especially MacBook users who suffer from rapid battery drain.
9 Solutions to

High quality Apple laptop battery Problems1. Check and change battery settingsIt’s always useful to check the battery percentage in the top menu that shows battery so you can clearly see how quickly the battery is draining.
If you click on the battery icon, it will show you which apps are using the most power.

From here, click on Battery Settings.During this process, you can choose to enable low-power mode, wake up for network access, or optimize video streaming.2.Check battery healthA battery cycle refers to the multiple charge-discharge stages that a MacBook battery can go through over its lifetime. Yes, this is a relatively fixed number. Counting cycles provides more information than the basic charge indicator when it comes to battery health.


Open Apple menu > About This Mac > More Information > System Report.Scroll down to view power supply specifications.

The average MacBook battery lasts 1,000 cycles. While this can give you some idea of ​​your battery’s condition, you may want to find more details. CleanMyMac X is an Apple-certified Mac app that has a convenient menu to help monitor and control your battery health .How to use it:
Download CleanMyMac X — Link to free download.Install and open the application.Go to the menu bar and click on the CleanMyMac X icon.
Here, you’ll see the Battery section – click on it to check battery health, charge cycles, temperature, and more. CleanMyMac X notifies you when your battery overheats or reaches its maximum cycle count.


3. Manage power adapter preferencesThis is always useful when trying to save battery on any device, and it could be a lifesaver if you happen to be out and about without a power cord or plug.
From the Apple menu, go to System Settings > Lock Screen.Now, find the “Turn off display” option.Check the available timing options to ensure that the screen dims after a reasonable period of inactivity, which should reduce battery drain.Now, go to System Settings > Battery > Options.Uncheck the box next to “Enable power snooze when power adapter is plugged in.”System Preferences – Lock Screen4. Find out what’s using up energyWhen investigating a rapidly draining battery, it’s always useful to first understand what’s consuming energy. To find out, follow these steps:
Go to the application.Click Utilities > Activity Monitor.


Activity Monitor will show CPU and GPU usage.Allows you to turn off any content that is clearly using too much battery power.5. Identify background applicationsBehind the scenes, most Macs can run dozens of applications without us even realizing it. Some of them may be running because we forgot about them. Others are opened during startup. Without our knowledge, other viruses may be malware, ransomware, or other viruses designed to steal data or processing power to mine cryptocurrency or even run remote DDoS attacks.
Now, obviously, this kind of thing isn’t ideal, and you don’t want to be running apps that drain battery, steal data, or use your Mac for things you don’t even know you have. To resolve these potential batteries drain issues, we recommend taking the following steps:


It will scan every application on your system: click to reset or safely uninstall everything you don’t need or know about.Also, click on the Optimize tab in CleanMyMac. You will find a tool called “Launch Agent”.
It displays tiny background applications invisible to the user. This is often exploited by ad scripts – it’s a sure way to drain your battery.
CleanMyMac X – Startup AgentAs you can see, these items can be easily turned off using the “Disable” button.
6.Reduce screen brightnessThe brightest bulbs use more energy; the same goes for screen lighting. In your system settings, find display settings and configure ple of tune-ups there. Make sure to tick the “Automatically adjust brightness” checkbox.
System Preferences – Display settings7.Turn off BluetoothBluetooth is a valuable technology. However, if it is constantly turned on, it may significantly drain your battery. The thing is that it is always searching for paired devices, thus consuming resources. So, turning it off may prolong battery life.
To turn Bluetooth off: 


Find the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and toggle the switcher. Alternatively, go to System Settings > Bluetooth and turn it off from there.
8.Replace the batterySometimes, none of the above mentioned tips will make a significant difference. It is because the battery may be too old. As we’ve mentioned, the average Mac battery can survive around 1000 cycles; after crossing the limit, it needs to be replaced In other cases, it may have been damaged, and it is why none of the tips work.


Either way, the best thing to do is to MacBook replace the battery. If you have an older MacBook — a model released around 2008 — you can do it yourself. Still, it is a safer option to book an appointment with a certified repair shop and have it done for you.  
9. Keep your Mac updatedAs mentioned, sometimes, battery drain may be caused by software glitches. It may be either an outdated macOS or the one with bugs. Either way, it is a good idea to keep your Mac updated, as newer macOS versions come with numerous improvements and features that may prolong battery life. 
Here’s how to check for updates: 


From the main Apple menu, navigate to System Settings. Go to General > Software Update. If an update is available, click Update Now and follow the on-screen instructions. System Preferences – Software UpdateThe same goes for updating all the apps you have installed on your Mac. But there are different ways to do it: 
For apps downloaded from the developer’s website, you will have to install newer versions manually. To do it, open an app one by one, click on its name from the menu bar, and find the option telling Check for Updates. Besides, check whether the automatic updates option is present in the app’s settings and turn it on.

 Built-in apps, such as Safari, update with every major macOS update.For those downloaded from the App Store, open App Store and navigate to Updates in the sidebar. Click Update All.AppStore Updates tabAnd that’s the end of our article!


Sit back and know that with a tidy Mac, with it free from all of the clutter of years of use — and a monitoring system in place to look after it — your Apple laptop batteryshould be operating at optimum levels again. 

Apple apologizes for slowing iPhone, drops battery prices

Apple has apologized to customers for how it rolled out an update that can slow down older iPhones. It is offering cheaper battery replacements to make up for it.


In a lengthy message posted on its site Thursday, the company gave an in-depth explanation for the controversial update. To make amends, Apple will temporarily drop the price of  Apple replacement batteries for the iPhone 6 and later to $29 starting in late January. The price will go back up to the usual $79 in 2019.


Customers are upset with the company over a software update that deliberately slowed down older phones in some situations to extend battery life. Some thought it was a ploy to get people to upgrade to new devices. A number of people have filed lawsuits over the feature and are seeking class action status.


The feature will stay on phones, but Apple says an upcoming iOS update will ” give users more visibility into the health of their iPhone’s battery.” It did not say if it will give them the ability to turn the feature off or on.
“We know that some of you feel Apple has let you down. We apologize,” said the message.


The company confirmed the slowdown last week, but said it was part of a power management feature meant to prevent older batteries from shutting down suddenly.
“First and foremost, we have never — and would never — do anything to intentionally shorten the life of any Apple product, or degrade the user experience to drive customer upgrades,” the post said.


Related: What to do if you think Apple’s slowing down your phone
A year ago, some iPhone users reported their devices were shutting down unexpectedly even when they showed some battery power left. It wasn’t caused by defective batteries, according to Apple, but normal issues with aging lithium ion batteries.


To address the issue, Apple included an update in iOS that would slow down a phone during peak processing events to prevent the battery from shutting off. It affected the iPhone 6, iPhone 6 Plus, iPhone 6S, iPhone 6S Plus and iPhone SE. Apple later rolled out the same update for iPhone 7 and iPhone 7 Plus devices. It did not tell customers how the update worked at the time.


Apple says users began reporting slower performance in the fall, when iOS 11 was released. The company said it first assumed it was caused by a “normal, temporary” lag caused by a new operating system update, and small bugs in the iOS.


“We now believe that another contributor to these user experiences is the continued chemical aging of the batteries in older iPhone 6 and iPhone 6s devices,” said the company.Apple calls its lithium ion batteries “consumable components” in the post, meaning they’re meant to be replaced. But because of the iPhone’s design, the process is not as simple as popping in a fresh battery.


To switch out a battery on an iPhone, you have to go to an Apple retailer or ship your phone to Apple. You can also use a third-party service or order a kit to do it yourself, though those options will void an existing warranty .
Upgrading to a new Apple battery will clear up any slowdowns related to the update, said Apple.

Don’t turn off ProMotion to save iPhone 15 Pro battery life

One of the power-hungry features of the iPhone 15 Pro and Pro Max is the 120Hz ProMotion display. This dynamically adjusts the screen refresh rate between 1Hz (which is always displayed when the phone sleeps) to 120Hz for things like scrolling content and gaming.


But if you want to maximize your phone’s battery life, is it worth turning off the feature? New tests show no…


You can limit the refresh rate to 60Hz using the settings in Accessibility, which will prevent the display from going up to those high refresh rates that drain battery power. Of course, this also means you don’t get the smooth scrolling and animations of ProMotion , so you’re giving up one of the key features of buying a “Pro” iPhone. Maybe if the Apple cellphone battery life was longer it would be worth it?


He first conducted a Geekbench 4 battery test, and the results showed that the smart iPhone battery life increased by about 5%. A less scientific but more realistic test showed similarly small differences. As he concluded, it’s important, but not enough to give up ProMotion’s smoothness.


He said you do see a big difference when you play games that support 120fps.
Shooting games “Call of Duty: Mobile” and “PUBG” mobile support high refresh rates, and games such as “Brawl Stars”, “League of Legends: Wild Rift”, “Genshin Impact” and “Alto’s Odyssey” High refresh rates are also supported.

In most of these games, you have to turn on the in-game options to select a special 120fps or high frame rate mode.
It’s impossible to do any scientific testing here because there are so many variables, but he said that as a rough guide, he noticed that when ProMotion was turned off, battery usage was roughly cut in half. This is because high frame rates impact Apple battery life through more intensive GPU usage and faster frame rates.


This is obviously a huge gain, and something you might consider if you do a lot of mobile gaming without battery, but in general you don’t need to turn ProMotion off – as 120fps is usually what you need in every game Something that is actively enabled.
So unless 5% charge affects whether your iPhone battery lasts all day, enable ProMotion. If you’re a gamer and want to saveiPhone battery, just turn off high frame rates when playing without a power outlet handy.

Apple temporarily drops price of iPhone battery replacement, promises iOS update to address battery health in new apology

Apple today published an open letter on its website apologizing for how it handled performance on iPhones with older batteries, specifically “how we have communicated that process.”
We’ve been hearing feedback from our customers about the way we handle performance for iPhones with older batteries and how we have communicated that process.


We know that some of you feel Apple has let you down. We apologize. There’s been a lot of misunderstanding about this issue, so we would like to clarify and let you know about some changes we’re making.


To make up for the confusion, Apple is offering cheaper battery replacements and says a future iOS update will include features that offer more insight into battery health.
Apple says it will reduce the cost of  Apple replacement cell phone battery for anyone with an iPhone 6 or later from $79 to $29. The price drop is temporary and will begin in late January and run through the end of 2018. More details will be available soon , the company says.


Apple is reducing the price of an out-of-warranty iPhone battery replacement by $50 — from $79 to $29 — for anyone with an iPhone 6 or later whose battery needs to be replaced, starting in late January and available worldwide through December 2018. Details will be provided soon on apple.com.
Furthermore, the company says it will release a new version of iOS in 2018 that offers users more insight into their battery’s health:
Early in 2018, we will issue an iOS software update with new features that give users more visibility into the health of their iPhone’s battery, so they can see for themselves if its condition is affecting performance.


Apple’s letter also attempts to dispel the idea that it intentionally slows down older iPhones to shorten their life, but rather delivers products that last as long as possible:
First and foremost, we have never — and would never — do anything to intentionally shorten the life of any Apple product, or degrade the user experience to drive customer upgrades. Our goal has always been to create products that our customers love, and making iPhones last as long as possible is an important part of that.
The letter also offers more color on how batteries age, with Apple explaining that all rechargeable batteries are “consumable components that become less effective as they chemically age.”


Device use also affects the performance of a battery over its lifespan. For example, leaving or charging a battery in a hot environment can cause a battery to age faster. These are characteristics of Apple battery chemistry, common to lithium-ion  batteries across the industry
A chemically aged battery also becomes less capable of delivering peak energy loads, especially in a low state of charge, which may result in a device unexpectedly shutting itself down in some situations.


Apple’s apology here is notable and comes following a wave of confusion and frustration from users who feel that Apple misled them. It all started earlier this month when evidence began to mount that Apple was slowing older iPhones in relation to battery performance, and the company was forced to confirm the practice shortly thereafter.
Since confirming that it slows down older iPhones, Apple has been hit with numerous lawsuits.

 content=”All kinds of Apple Cell Phone batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Apple Cell Phone Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Apple Cell Phone battery.” />

How Long Do iPhones Last? When to Upgrade Your iPhone (iPhone 15)

How long do iPhones last? Many factors can play into deciding when it’s time to get a new phone. We’ll look at how long an iPhone will get iOS updates before it’s not supported anymore, the typical lifespan of an iPhone, and other lifestyle factors that might influence your decision to buy. We’ll also take a look at the best time to buy a new cell phone, so you can get the most out of your new purchase.


Many people see a decline in performance around the two-year mark. A lot of this can depend on wear and tear, along with how many times you’ve dropped your iPhone, but since this seems to be a pretty consistent trend for most iPhone users, I think two and a half years is a more accurate measure for how long your iPhone will work well.
Some people keep their iPhones for five years or more before they squeeze out that last drop of life, and a lot depends on how many trips to the Genius Bar you’re willing to make and how much you want to spend on new batteries, screens , and other physical parts. So how long does an iPhone last? Overall, you can expect a regular iPhone to be in your life for somewhere between two and three years. If your iPhone 14 is still working fine, you probably don’t need an iPhone 15 (but that doesn’t mean you can’t upgrade if you want to). On the other hand, if you’re rocking an iPhone 11 or 12, an upgrade might make more sense.


When Should I Buy a New iPhone?
So your iPhone isn’t working great, but it’s still usable. Maybe you’re staring at the old thing on your desk and wondering, “how old is my iPhone?” Or maybe a new iPhone model has caught your eye but, as Mom used to say, you have a perfectly good one at home. Whatever your reason for wondering, it can be hard to finally tell yourself, “I need a new phone.” It’s a big commitment and can also be a hassle. So, we’ve compiled a list of signs that it is indeed time to get a new iPhone.
Performance DeclineSo your iPhone doesn’t work. Or maybe it works, but it doesn’t work well. Once you start to run into consistent, noticeable performance issues, it’s time to start looking at new phones. A few years back, I ignored worsening issues with my iPhone until one night, I got stuck in an endless loop of a restart screen and had to officially call it quits. Not only did I lose two years’ worth of photos (always back up your iPhone, folks), but I was also stuck without a phone at all until I was able to get a new one. Since I hadn’t budgeted for a whole new iPhone yet, the cost of a new iPhone took me by surprise. Once your iPhone starts glitching regularly, prepare for a new iPhone purchase. Even if you can get another few months or even a year out of it, you’ll be happy you planned ahead.


Battery Lifespan DeclineThis is one of the biggest motivators for users who decide it’s time to buy a new iPhone. How long do iPhone batteries last? The answer can vary wildly, depending on a variety of factors, like usage, keeping it plugged in overnight, or if you’ve simply had the phone for a long time. But once it’s gone, there’s really no getting back the loss of your iPhone’s battery lifespan. You can replace your iPhone’s battery, but oftentimes a worn-down battery goes hand-in-hand with other performance issues that may make you want to throw in the towel.

If the latest iOS update doesn’t support your iPhone, it’s time to get a new one. Sure, one missed upgrade might not seem like a big deal, but you’re going to be falling behind on performance quickly, and apps that are updated to run on the new OS might not work well or at all anymore. More importantly, iOS updates usually come with important security updates, so running out-of-date operating systems on your iPhone is less secure. There’s little to no point in keeping a device that isn’t supported by the latest iOS. However, keep in mind that Apple will continue to support most iPhones for a long time. For example, the iPhone 8 (released in 2017) received new iOS updates for five years up to iOS 16.


Physical DamageOur iPhones can take a beating, but sometimes the damage proves to be too much. If you’re trying to see through a shattered screen that you’ve decided it’s not worth it to fix, or if a button is permanently broken, your frame is coming apart, or anything is held together with duct tape, now is when you want to make that new phone investment. Remember when that first scratch on the body felt like true heartbreak? Chase that feeling. You’ll be glad you did.

But keep in mind that you don’t need to wait until your iPhone is falling apart to get a new one. If you take good care of your iPhone, you can get good money on a trade-in to Apple when you finally spring for the newest model. Apple won’t accept any trade-ins with body damage, including cracked screens, so keep that in mind when planning when to get a new phone. say, “Upgrade my phone!” and be provided with an array of free and reduced-price cell phones in exchange for another two years of loyalty. Now, these kinds of deals aren’t as common, but most providers offer a free iPhone at some point. Keep an eye out for BOGO deals and special offers around new iPhone launches (usually in early fall each year), and you might find yourself in luck. If a carrier’s offer to provide a free second iPhone with any iPhone purchase coincident with a friend or family member deciding they need a new phone, go for it. If you’re eligible for a free phone, that’s always a good reason to upgrade.


A New Phone Model Satisfies an Unmet NeedMaybe you don’t need a new iPhone, but you do need a new feature on one of the latest iPhones. Whether it’s a smaller size for easier one-handed navigation, a bigger size for screen easier viewing, 5G support, or an upgraded camera, if a new iPhone meets a need your old one doesn’t, go ahead and spring for it. Keep up to date with launches and new features, and you’ll be able to easily distinguish between want and need. That being said …

It’s okay to buy a new iPhone just because you want it. Really. If you can afford it, wanting the latest model is a totally fine reason to buy it. If you’re feeling guilty about waste, you can always give your still- Perfectly good old one to a friend, or even donate it!
The Best Time to Buy a New iPhoneGenerally, the best time to buy an iPhone is during or after the launch of the new line, which typically happens in the fall, around September. If any price drops happen on the older models it will happen after the launch of the new ones, and if the price doesn’t drop, you might as well see what the new ones are. Sometimes the new models are comparable in price to the old ones or offered for free as part of special carrier deals. It’s a frustrating feeling to buy a new iPhone in July or August only to find out a couple months later that you could have gotten one with much better features for the same or lesser price!

The bottom line is, the best time to buy a new iPhone is when you need one. Don’t let the seasonality keep you from investing in yourself in a way that really matters. While you’re considering such things, why not check out what you should do before selling your current iPhone? Happy upgrading!

………………………………………………………..apple mobile phone battery

Why Is My iPhone Battery Draining So Fast? Easy Fixes for iOS 17!

Avoid iPhone battery drain by stopping unnecessary background processes and disabling power-hungry features.The most common causes of battery drain are screen brightness and having location services enabled for too many apps.

Why is your iPhone battery draining so fast all of a sudden? 

If your iPhone loses battery faster than you’d like it to or faster than you think is normal, we can help. We’ll answer common iPhone battery drain questions, and walk you through some simple solutions to stop your iPhone battery from dying fast.


Why Is My iPhone Dying Fast after Updating? iOS 17 Battery DrainAre you wondering why your iPhone battery dies so fast? Is your iPhone losing charge after updating to iOS 17? You’re not alone. iOS update battery drain issues are extremely common and for good reason! A new iOS update drains battery because of the many big changes to your iPhone features that come with installing the most recent iOS software. The larger fall updates, like the iOS 17 update, often affect your iPhone battery more than the smaller updates we see throughout the year.
While some of this is unavoidable, there are certain things you can do to optimize your battery use and cut back on unnecessary iPhone battery drain. We’ll show you some iOS 17 battery-saving tips and offer guidance on how to preserve battery life on your iPhone.


Stop iPhone Battery from Draining Too Fast
You’ll want to start by checking your battery health in Settings. Odds are, your Apple Smartphone battery is fighting fit, but is being drained by unneeded processes running in the background. We’ll cover some easy solutions to prevent iOS battery drain on your iPhone. Also, if you enjoy learning about how to use your Apple devices, be sure to sign up for our free Tip of the Day. 
1. Check Your iPhone Battery Health SuggestionsThis is a good first step whether you’re worried that the iPhone update is draining the battery or not. Your iPhone will recommend specific changes in Settings to preserve iPhone battery life. To see why your iPhone battery is draining faster than it should be, use these steps to check Battery Health suggestions:


Open the Settings app, then scroll down and tap Battery.Tap Battery Health & Charging.
Check your iPhone battery health
On the next screen, your iPhone will suggest changes to settings that will improve battery life. You can tap on each suggestion to jump to the setting that needs changing. If you don’t want to make the change, at least you understand what’s contributing to your battery drain. 
Note: If you don’t see the Battery Life Suggestions section, your iPhone doesn’t currently see any ways to improve battery life via Settings.

However, we’ll have to disagree—there’s almost always a way to fix iPhone battery drain. Continue reading down the list to find more ways to help fix an iPhone battery dying faster than it should.
2. Dim Your iPhone Screen If Your iPhone Keeps Losing ChargeKeeping your iPhone’s screen at full brightness is a likely culprit when your iPhone battery drains fast, but it’s easily remedied. This is actually one of the main causes of battery drain and consumes more power than you might think! Here’s how to dim the screen brightness to save battery on your iPhone:

Open the Control Center by swiping down from the top-right corner of the screen. If your iPhone has a Home button, swipe up from the bottom of the screen instead.Tap and drag the Brightness slider toward the bottom, or as near to the bottom as you can go and still comfortably read your display.
reduce iphone screen brightness in control center
If you have your iPhone brightness set to a more reasonable level but your iPhone battery is draining quickly anyway, there are a lot more options for conserving battery on iPhone. Keep reading!


3. Turn on Auto-Brightness to Stop iPhone Battery Drain
Auto-Brightness settings adjust your screen lighting automatically based on ambient light levels. This keeps your iPhone from losing battery too quickly by wasting it on screen unnecessary brightness. To save battery on your iPhone by enabling Auto-Brightness:
Open the Settings app, then scroll down and tap Accessibility. Tap Display & Text Size.
Scroll to the bottom and toggle on Auto-Brightness.

Next, we’ll take a look at some lesser-known settings to help improve iPhone battery life.

4. Turn Off Raise to Wake to Save iPhone BatteryAll iPhone models have the Raise to Wake function enabled by default. This might be part of your problem, especially if you pick up your iPhone a lot or walk with it swinging in your hand. The iPhone screen constantly turning on will definitely drain your battery . To turn off Raise to Wake to save Apple mobile phone battery  life:
Open the Settings app, then scroll down and tap Display & Brightness.Scroll down to Raise to Wake and toggle it off. A gray toggle means Raise to Wake is disabled.

Once you’ve disabled this feature, you just have to tap your iPhone to wake it. Now that we’ve covered brightness settings that help prevent battery drain on iPhone, we can move on to things like apps that drain iPhone battery.


5. Turn Off the Always-On Display If you have an iPhone 14 or iPhone 15, your device has the Always-On Display that keeps your Lock Screen at a certain level of brightness, regardless of whether you’re currently looking at your iPhone. But does the Always-On Display feature drain your battery? Reducing screen brightness in any way will help to preserve your iPhone battery life, so if your iPhone battery is draining faster than you’d like, you should disable the Always-On Display: 

Open the Settings app, then scroll down and tap Display & Brightness. Tap Always-on Display.
Tap the Always-On Display toggle to turn it off (the toggle will be gray when disabled). 
Turn off the Always-On Display feature. 6. Update Apps to Keep Your iPhone Battery from Dying FastApps that need updates kill iPhone battery health. iOS update battery drain often has to do with apps. When new software is released, such as the iOS 17 update, developers have to play catch-up too. Apps that need updates may run inefficiently, or accidentally run operations in a way that’s counterproductive to the way it should be done on the most current iOS software. If you don’t automatically update apps on iPhone, taking the time to update all the available apps on your list could seriously help with iPhone battery drain! Here’s how to update apps to avoid battery drain on your iPhone:

Open the App Store and tap your account icon in the upper-right corner of the screen.Tap Update All, then tap Done in the upper-right corner.

content=”All kinds of Apple Cell Phone batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Apple Cell Phone Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Apple Cell Phone battery.” />

How to Get the Most Out of Your iPhone’s Battery

It’s no exaggeration to say that your entire life is essentially on your iPhone, which means when your battery dies , it can be extremely inconvenient and even catastrophic. Keeping your iPhone charged is an absolute necessity, so have you ever wondered how you can get more out of your battery? Read on to learn how your trusty handheld device can stay charged and ready.


How the iPhone battery worksApple’s mobile batteries use high-density lithium-ion cells designed to store a lot of energy in a small space, resulting in an extremely thin battery that charges quickly and is great for maintaining its overall health. They also don’t receive a constant current throughout the charge; the first 80% charge fairly quickly and the last 20% much slower. This fast/slow system ensures you get power quickly when you need it, while avoiding short circuits in the battery and ultimately extending its long-term life.


In fact, the iPhone’s battery is much more powerful than you think. It’s designed to retain 80% of its original capacity even after multiple charge cycles, allowing even devices that are years old to retain their charge, depending on how the battery is cared for Still, when your phone starts draining battery faster, you may find yourself sorely lacking that extra 20% capacity – for example, you’ll regret it if you’re in an unfamiliar city and find yourself unable to plot any routes. Use your dead phone a little
That said: There are a lot of misconceptions out there about how best to extend your Apple   Cell Phone battery battery life. We’ll go over some of them below, so you actually have a grasp on how to keep your devices powered and in top condition.


1. “The battery should be exhausted before charging.”While this may be sound advice for older devices and cameras, iPhones are unique in the way they calculate charge cycles. By tracking a full charge from 0% to 100% (rather than every time you plug it in), your iPhone can accurately assess the health of its lithium-ion battery. Charging your phone for a few minutes doesn’t count as a complete “cycle,” but fully discharging and charging does affect the overall battery health measurement.


In other words, waiting until you plug your phone in when it’s close to 0% charge actually puts more stress on your battery life than charging it frequently.
2. Do not leave the phone plugged in when theApple battery is fully charged.Good news – you don’t need to worry about your battery wearing out from being plugged in all the time, especially since overnight charging is the best time to charge. iPhone’s power management technology is smart enough to stop the flow of electricity when the battery is full, so you can keep it charged overnight without worrying about shortening its lifespan.


3. “Disable Wi-Fi and Bluetooth, and close unused apps to extend battery life.”Not really: The technology behind wireless connections like Bluetooth and Wi-Fi has come a long way in the past few years, so they don’t require nearly the same energy as before. Therefore, disabling these settings will worsen your device experience without significantly extending battery life.

5 sure-fire ways to extend your iPhone’s battery life1. Turn down the brightness of your iPhone’s displaySince the process of lighting up the display uses more power than any app, adjusting your iPhone’s auto-brightness setting is a great way to reduce battery usage. Auto-brightness dims the screen based on the amount of ambient light

2. Enable low- power mode in iOSLow Power Mode was added to iOS 9 to squeeze every last drop of power out of your iPhone by limiting power-hungry background processes. Normally, it’ll ask to activate when your battery drops below 20%, but you can always activate it manually if you’re having a long day. To toggle low-power mode, just go into Settings > Battery and flip the switch.


3. Update iOS to the latest versionKeeping iOS up to date is generally a sound approach, as each system update is bound to fix bugs and improve performance. When your phone runs efficiently, your battery has to do less work to keep everything running smoothly.


4. Avoid using iPhone in extreme temperaturesUsing your iPhone for extended periods of time in freezing weather or under strong direct sunlight will inevitably damage the battery. While it won’t damage your device, battery capacity will decrease with greater exposure to extreme heat and cold temperatures. Try to keep your phone as close to room temperature as optimal possible for iPhone battery life and performance.

Do cell phone batteries contain protection circuits?

I have dozens of old cell phone batteries that I would like to try to repurpose. I googled the answer but didn’t find anything consistent.
You can buy lithium polymer batteries for DIY purposes from places like SparkFun that come with a PCB protection circuit attached to the battery.

Do these types of cell phone batteries contain circuitry similar to the one on the green PCB, or is it the circuitry inside the phone?

If so, is the best way to just use a charge management IC like the MCP73831 for charging? If not, how can these cells be practically utilized? The Apple mobile phone battery also has three or four pins, two of which are obviously power + and -, and the other two are status indicators? What exactly are these other two pins used for? What is the best way to handle these batteries when using them in a hobbyist DIY environment?


EDIT Also, I only want to use the battery for low current purposes (a few hundred milliamps max) and most of them are from unused phones.
These batteries do have built-in protection, but not the kind you see on Sparkfun batteries. They have thermal protection required for battery charging and sometimes a low-battery cutoff to prevent over-discharging of the battery. However, there is no overcurrent protection , overvoltage protection, or protection against novice abuse…
You have two pins for + and – (simple) and a temperature pin to detect if the temperature rise is at normal levels. This ensures that the battery will not explode while charging. In practice, you read this as a variable resistor.

This feature isn’t used very often as they usually try to maximize battery capacity, especially with modern smartphones, but it’s not uncommon for older, not-so-smart flip phones like mine 🙂
Obviously, charging a lithium polymer battery is a risky thing to do without the correct settings. Disclaimer: I do not recommend charging your battery without an approved charger.


Having said that, one can charge it using any LiPo-compatible charger. Cell phone batteries usually only have one cell, so charging them is very easy. It should check the battery voltage and divide it by 3.5 to 4. This will indicate the number of cells connected in series. Then use an unbalanced charger to charge the battery to the appropriate level. If charging for the first time, assume you need to use a multimeter to check whether the battery is getting hot via a remote circuit., additionally one may want to do this outdoors where a fire or explosion in the battery won’t harm anyone around it.
Seriously, just throw them in the recycling bin at your nearest electronics store. It’s safer. You can buy LiPO cheaply for about $30 at some RC hobby stores like Hobby King or any store with an approved charger. It’s really not worth the risk of injury Also, if those batterieswere removed from the phone, they’d probably have reached the end of their actual useful life, so…

Complete the question about managing the IC: Basically, yes, you can use it. It looks like it can charge up to 500mA, which is typical for iPhone cell phone batteries. BUT…make sure your IC is configured to charge at the correct voltage level, this may end up being a trial and error process as not all cells are created at the exact same target voltage. If I were you, I would charge to one of the lower options first (4.35V or 4.4V max) and limit charging to 7.5%-10% for the first option.

If everything goes well and the battery isn’t overheating, you can try other settings. If it seems hot, return to a lower setting. I’ve seen a lithium polymer battery overcharged and while it didn’t explode, gas would form and the battery would expand slightly. If you notice the battery is swollen, disconnect the power source and discard the battery. If you’re very careful and know what you’re doing, it seems fine.


I would try to buy an unsold cell phone and wall power supply. It’s better to use your mobile phone as a charger. As a result, you eliminate any mechanical issues, contact is near perfect, and you’re certain you won’t burn fat. As a bonus, if the lipo is still charging, you get a pretty reasonable display. I’ve been using an old Nokia 3310 for two years now and I’m happy with this solution.And it is an excellent question – how to practically use them?


The first and simplest method is to make use of the separate battery charger that comes with the phone – these are very common in Korea, and from what I see, people use them more often than in other places – in other words, actually popping it out and flipping between a charged and uncharged battery.


(Cultural note: Korea has a long tradition of people opening and removing their smartphone battery during the day to swap in a new one, then charging the other. This is why Korean customers expect to get two batteries when they buy a phone, although this is decreasingly common with non-removable batteries in the newer phones. This tradition began in the time of the Chosun dynasty, more specifically, Sejong the Great. Many historians note that he may have had a Nokia 1011, but for understandable reasons, most Korean historians vehemently deny this.)

The great thing about these chargers is the quality circuity inside that can safely charge almost any three-pin 3.7 battery of any size. I say three pins, because these charger boards will not start until they detect the temperature pin connected.

This narrows them to use for cellphone batteries only, but if you have a drawer full of them, then this is a great device. For flexibility, soldering on three color-coded wires to the battery terminals of each battery, plus three to the cellphone charger makes it very easy to swap  iphone cell phone batteries in and out.

Signs That Your Phone’s Battery Needs to Be Replaced

Do you notice your phone running out of battery faster than usual? 

If you’re charging your phone numerous times per day it’s a clear indication that your battery has lost its efficiency and you need to find a battery replacement as soon as possible. 
It’s true that even if you put an effort to take care of your smartphone batteries, they all have a limited lifespan and will eventually lose their function to work properly. Because of daily usage and the use of lithium-ion, it only means that you will eventually need to have it replaced. 


But don’t fret because there are a lot of options to choose from for different phone brands. In this blog, we will show you what to look for and how to replace a new battery for your Apple model Cell Phone batteriesHow to Check Your Battery’s HealthThere are different ways to check your battery’s health for both Android and iOS users including the following: 
For Android
Enter *#*#4636#*#* into the phone app and press enter. This will bring up a “Testing” menu with a section for “Battery information” in it. Here you’ll be able to examine the state of the battery.

Go to “Settings” and open the “Battery” section. Inside, you’ll get an overview of the apps that are using your battery. You also have the option to tap “Battery Health” to know more about your battery’s capacity and if it needs to be repaired. 
You Need A Battery Replacement When:Battery is Overheating
Temperatures between 68-86 degrees Fahrenheit are suggested for smartphone batteries. It can operate outside of this range, but it will reduce the battery’s overall life and it is a sign that your battery will need a replacement soon.
The Battery Quickly Runs Out of Power


On a full charge, new iPhone smartphone batteries should last anywhere from five to eight hours on average. On the other hand, it may be on its last few cycles if it lasts only two to three hours after being fully charged. The same can be said for gadgets that suddenly declined by 10% or 20% the instant they’re disconnected.
The Phone Won’t Turn On
The smartphone’s inability to turn on is one of the most evident indications of a dead  battery . It’s time for a new battery if the current one isn’t enough to power the device. However, there are times that other parts of your phone such as your charger or screen may be the culprit. It’s best to bring your phone to the nearest service center for a check-up. 


Your smartphone’s battery health has most certainly degraded severely if it goes off at a rate of 30 percent or even 50 percent. A typical indicator is a boot loop. It’s mainly due to an aging lithium-ion battery if you have an older smartphone that restarts continuously after reaching a particular battery level.


Before You Replace the Battery, There Are a Few Things to ConsiderAlthough battery changes are extremely beneficial, they can also be time-consuming. For example, getting work done on your car. You may be able to do it yourself, but it’s probably easier to pay someone else to do it for you, and you should expect to be without your phone for a bit while the repair is being completed.


As long as the battery for your gadget is in stock, many places offer same-day repairs. That is, if you’re looking for a repair shop with a real location near you. If you live near any service center, you might be able to find what you’re looking for. However, you may have to send your phone in for a repair, which could leave you without it for days. 
ConclusionIf you’ve owned your phone for a few years and it’s starting to show signs of wear and tear, it’s probably time to change the battery.

Many carriers still offer upgrades or payment plans that renew every two years to tempt you into upgrading–but you can also check your iphone battery’s condition manually if you want to determine if you need an upgrade sooner rather than later.

Tips on Charging Your Phone to Maximize Battery Life and Lifespan

Everyone knows that cell phones have to be charged regularly in order to keep working,but did you know that the way you charge your phone has an impact on how long the battery lasts? It’s true. Simple things like over and under-charging can actually shorten the life of your apple cell phone battery . The good news is you can keep your battery going strong by following a few basic rules. Here are our top tips for charging your cell phone properly.

What is a Cell Phone Battery Charge Cycle?Most cell phones today run on lithium-ion batteries. 

Lithium-ion batteries work in charge cycles. You complete one full charge cycle when you’ve used (or discharged) an amount of power equal to 100% of your battery capacity. If you use 75% of your battery’s capacity on Monday, then recharge it fully overnight and use 25% of its battery capacity the next day, your total usage for the two days will add up to one full charge cycle.


The life cycle of your cell phone battery is also measured in charge cycles. A new lithium-ion battery will typically last between 300 and 500 charge cycles. This is where your charging habits come into play. Usually, a cell phone battery lasts between two and three years, although the frequency with which you charge it plays an important role in how quickly you burn through those cycles.


What is the Correct Way to Charge a Phone?

Follow these basic tips to make your charge cycles last longer and get the longest life possible from your battery.
1. Don’t Charge Your Cell Phone OvernightWhen you keep your phone plugged in overnight, you’re keeping it on the charger for much longer than is needed. If a battery becomes overcharged, it can become damaged. In order to prevent this, your cell phone will start to discharge the battery slightly. Then, after the charge drops too low again, it will begin to charge it back up again. This constant cycle of discharging and recharging causes your battery to burn through its total number of charge cycles much faster, shortening the battery’s overall life.


2. Don’t Charge Your Cell Phone to 100%While it sounds counter-intuitive, continuously charging your cell phone battery all the way to 100% is something you should avoid. A battery that contains a higher voltage is placed under more stress than one running at a mid-range capacity of 40% to 80% state of charge. This stress can degrade the battery by wearing down its internal chemistry. Ideally, you should only charge your cell phone to 100% if you intend to remove the phone from its charger and begin using it within a few hours.


3. Don’t Let Your Cell Phone Battery Drop Down to ZeroWhile overcharging is a problem, letting your cell phone battery run down all the way is also not good. Some people might tell you that your battery will lose part of its total capacity unless you run it down to zero. This is false. While it is true that nickel-cadmium batteries possess this “memory effect,” the lithium-ion batteries in your phone function quite differently. Discharging a lithium-ion battery completely can actually diminish its overall capacity, so it’s best to always keep it charged to 40 -80% of its total capacity.


4. Don’t Let Your Cell Phone Get Too HotAccording to the Apple website , cell phones and other devices are “designed to perform well in a wide range of ambient temperatures, with 62° to 75℉ (16° to 22°C) as the ideal comfort zone. It’s especially important to avoid exposing your device to ambient temperatures higher than 95℉ (35℃), which can permanently damage  Apple battery capacity.”


Exposing your cell phone to high heat on a regular basis can impair the battery’s ability to hold a charge. Remember how we mentioned that keeping your phone at 100% capacity puts it under increased stress?

Well, those stresses are magnified even further by extreme heat That’s why it’s important to avoid charging a cell phone in high temperatures. If you notice that your phone has gotten excessively hot, there are a number of steps you can take to cool off your phone.
How Can I Tell if My Phone Battery is Dying?On average, a cell phone battery should last between two and three years. After that, it will likely begin to have a negative impact on your cell phone’s performance. Here are a few common symptoms of a dying cell phone battery:
Needing to charge your phone multiple times in one dayThe phone won’t charge completelyPhone charge drops immediately after being removed from the chargerBattery drains too quicklyPhone randomly crashesYou notice a slower performance from your iPhone

How Do I Replace My Cell Phone Battery?

Your local Batteries Plus offers battery replacement and cell phone repair service. Replacing your battery is one of the fastest (takes approx. 30 minutes) and most affordable repairs available and a great way to lengthen your phone’s overall life. If you’re experiencing any of the issues listed above, stop into your nearest Batteries Plus or schedule a repair appointment online.


Find Your Phone EssenTials at Batteries PlusNeed a new phone case or a spare set of charging cables? Check out our Phone Essentials page. We also carry a variety of wireless chargers and other cell phone accessories. Looking for more troubleshooting tips? Check out our blog online. Some related topics include “How to Check the Battery Health of Your Phone” and “Making Sense of New Phone Charging Technology.”

Which iPhone Has the Best Battery Life?

In addition to several factors such as storage capacity, many buyers also consider battery life when purchasing a phone, and for good reason. Imagine you enjoy using your phone for hours only to find that it dies after a few hours of use. Having a phone with poor battery life can be frustrating, especially for iPhone users.


Apple has significantly changed the range’s features, including  Apple battery life. So if you’re wondering which iPhone has the best battery life for your next upgrade, you’ve come to the right place.
In this article, we’ll affect take a look at the iPhone models with the best battery life, as well as factors that battery life and tips closer for improving battery health.
10 iPhones with the Longest Battery LifeAs Apple releases new versions of its iPhone lineup, it significantly upgrades several features, including battery life. Measuring a phone’s battery life is difficult because there are many factors that affect a phone’s battery life. But it can still be judged by audio and video playback , standby time before charging, battery capacity, usage time and other indicators.


In this section, you’ll see a list detailing which iPhone has the longest battery life, more information about its battery capacity, and a brief description of its features.
First place: iPhone 14 Pro Max – 13 hours, 7 minutesiPhone 14 Pro Max battery lifeThe iPhone model with the longest battery life is the iPhone 14 Pro Max. Its battery lasts for 95 hours of audio playback, which means you can play music on your phone all day long. It can also play 29 hours of video and 25 hours of streaming, perfect for long movie nights.


The iPhone 14 Pro Max also features a 6.7-inch 120Hz display with an “always-on” option and a 48MP camera, perfect for taking photos and videos. It also has a new feature called Dynamic Island, which gives you a snapshot of your phone’s activity.
Second place: iPhone 13 Pro Max – 12 hours, 16 minutes Even before the 2022 iPhone 14 was released, many iOS users praised the iPhone 13 Pro Max for its large battery capacity that lasted for hours. The battery life of the iPhone 13 Pro Max is still comparable to newer models.
It can play videos for up to 28 hours, which is not much different from the iPhone 14 Pro Max. It also has a scratch-resistant, Super Retina display, which makes this model perfect for streaming and gaming.

Update to the latest software.
Be sure to install the latest iOS version for your iPhone when it is available for your device. If your phone has an iOS update available, plug it into the charger and use Wi-Fi or mobile data to update. Alternatively, you can plug your iPhone into your computer and update using iTunes.
Optimize your settings.
No matter how you use your device, two of the easiest ways to save battery life on your phone are to adjust the screen brightness and use Wi-Fi instead of mobile data, as it uses more battery than Wi-Fi. To adjust your phone’s screen brightness, dim the screen or enable auto-brightness.


Avoid extreme ambient temperatures.
Make sure to avoid exposing your iPhone to temperatures above 35° C (or 95° F), as storing the device in hot environments can permanently damage its battery and affect its ability to charge. Avoid charging your iPhone in hot places as this may further damage your device.
We wrote an article on how to fix iPhone 14 Pro overheating issue.
Remove some cases while charging.
Charging your device may generate excessive heat under certain circumstances. This heat can negatively affect yourApple Cell Phone battery capacity and shorten its life. To prevent this, remove your phone from its case before charging.
Enable low power mode.


Low Power Mode allows your phone to extend battery life when it drops to 20% or again to 10%. When enabled, this feature reduces brightness and disables background processes. It will turn off after the phone is charged. You can enable it through Settings > Battery or by turning it on when prompted.
View battery usage information.
Managing your iPhone’s battery life is easy because iOS gives you insights into which apps are draining the most power. To check your phone’s battery usage, open Settings > Battery. Once you enable this setting, you’ll see different information, such as when your phone was last charged and a graph showing battery level and activity over time.
Please keep it half-charged for long-term storage.
If you plan to store your device for an extended period of time, be sure to charge it to 50% first. Fully discharging your phone’s battery can cause it to fall into a deeply discharged state, meaning it can no longer be charged.What can quickly destroy the health of your iPhone battery?The main factors that can quickly damage the health of your iPhone battery are exposure to high temperatures, battery levels dropping to 0%, frequent overcharging, and battery age. However, it is difficultich means more stable photos. It is also available in various colors such as yellow, red, and purple.


Top 7: iPhone 12 Pro Max – 10 hours, 53 minutesiPhone 12 Pro Max battery lifeModel: iPhone 12 Pro MaxBattery duration: 10 hours 53 minutesPrice: Starting at $710
Get it nowConsidering the models under the Pro Max category haveApple model Cell Phone batterieslife than other models, it might seem surprising to see the iPhone 12 Pro Max at the lower end of this list. Surprisingly, other older models, such as the iPhone 11, have better battery life than the iPhone 12 Pro Max. We wrote an article on how to fix iPhone 14 Pro overheating issue.


Remove some cases during charging.
Charging your device inside some cases may generate excessive heat. This heat can negatively affect your iPhone’s battery capacity and shorten its life. To prevent this from happening, remove your phone from its case before charging.
Enable low power mode.


Low Power Mode allows your phone to extend battery life when it drops to 20% and again to 10%. When enabled, this feature reduces brightness and disables background processes. It will turn off after the phone is charged. You can enable it through Settings > Battery or by turning it on when prompted.
View battery usage information.
Managing your iPhone’s battery life is easy because iOS gives you insights into which apps are consuming the most power. To check your phone’s battery usage, open Settings > iPhone Battery. Once you turn this setting on, you’ll see different information, such as when your phone was last charged

How to see battery charge percent on your iPhone

To make room for the Face ID notch, Apple removed the old battery percentage number from the iPhone home screen . But there are still ways to get this useful information when you need it.


The battery icon in the upper right corner of your iPhone screen can be very useful in a pinch. For example, it will tell you whether your phone is fully charged, so you can rest assured. Or in a more common case, it will show you that the iphone battery is about to run out. It’s just that between those two extremes, it’s not that useful – it’s not nearly as helpful as a charge percentage number. 
Of course, you can’t tell from the icon whether the battery is dropping unusually quickly. Instead, it’s important to be able to see that you’ve improved from 100% to 95% the moment you walk out the door.


When we got the Face ID notch on the iPhone X, we lost   Apple battery percentage and all status icons were pushed to the left or right. You’ll notice that the iPad and iPad Pro retain the percentage numbers, but that’s because they don’t lose devices like the iPhone X, iPhone XR, iPhone XS, iPhone XS Max, iPhone 11, iPhone 11 Pro, and iPhone 11 Pro Max About half of the top area. Rumors suggest we’ll see a smaller notch in 2020’s “iPhone 12 ,” which could lead Apple to give us that percentage number again .

For now, though, it’s hard to argue that Apple was wrong to ditch that percentage given the smaller space available, since it does retain the battery icon, as well as Wi-Fi and cellular data. We won’t swap the last two, but it would be better to replace the battery icon with a percentage.
However, you can still find out the exact percentage of charges if needed. There are several ways to do this, and if none are more convenient than simply glancing at the top of your iPhone screen, then one of these methods will work for you.
Use control centerDepending on what you’re currently doing with your phone, in most cases the fastest way to check your battery level is through Control Center.
Battery charge percentage is always located in the upper right corner of Control Center
Swipe down from the top right corner to launch Control CenterRead the battery percentage in the upper right cornerThat’s it. No matter what app you are using, or even if you are not in the app, you can call up Control Center and read the percentage instantly.


Use notification centerSetup is required the first time you do this, but thereafter the battery level will be listed in your iPhone’s Notification Center. If you use this feature frequently, it might even be faster than going through Control Center.
Plus, it might also be more convenient, since the Notification Center version not only shows the battery level in your iPhone, but also lists your Apple Watch. It will also show your AirPods’ charge level if they’re connected and removed from the charging case or the lid of the charging case is open.
To set it up for the first time, do the following, starting on your iPhone’s first Home screen or Lock screen.


Swipe left to enter the notification centerScroll all the way down to the bottom and click “Edit”Scroll down to the “More widgets” sectionFind the battery and click the green plus sign next to itThis will move the battery to the top area, which is the list of widgets shown in Notification Center. This is also a list showing the order in which they appear. So if you want to see the battery level at the top, do that.
Click on the handle to the right of the battery (three horizontal bars)Drag up to rearrangerelease when it’s in placeFinally, click “Done” to finish editing the widget.

Now that you’re set up to use Notification Center to show all your battery percentages, feel free to do the following when you want to know exactly how much power you have left.
Swipe left from the lock screen or first home screenRead cost percentageSwipe right to close notification centerTell you with SiriYou can also ask Siri at any time.
There are different ways to say it, but “Hey, Siri, how much battery do I have left?” always works.
You can also ask Siri on your iPhone to tell you how much battery is left in your Apple Watch. However, you can’t ask Siri on the Watch to tell you how muchApple Cell Phone  replacement battery is left on your Apple Watch.
Quick view while chargingIf you have a Qi wireless charger nearby, place your iPhone on it. Your iPhone’s lock screen displays the current battery percentage.
If you just plug your iPhone into the charger, it will do the same thing, but in both cases it will only briefly display the percentage.
Your iPhone briefly displays battery percentage when you put it on charge (left) or take it off again (right)


If you don’t notice in time, though, you can remove your iPhone from the charger, which will briefly display the battery percentage again.
There is another wayFor absolute completeness, we also tell you that you can create your own shortcut to display The same goes for fee percentages.
This is a particularly simple shortcut to create and display the percentage as a regular notification. This can be convenient as the notification can remain on your screen until you choose to dismiss it.


Plus, you can do more with the content you find using shortcuts. By default, your iPhone prompts you to enter low-power mode when it reaches 20%, but maybe you know that won’t get you through the rest of your day. You can create a shortcut that, whenever you run it, checks the battery and gives you the same low-power mode if it’s below 50%. In this case, you must actively choose to perform certain actions in order to find out your battery percentage . This will never be as convenient as browsing, but it seems unlikely that Apple will bring back this option anytime soon.


However, there is one thing. When Apple does offer the option to display battery percentage, it’s easy to get anxious about it. You can keep picking up the phone to check the battery level, but of course, this action will cause the battery level to drop. So even though you can now use all these different methods to find out your Apple batterypercentage, maybe you should avoid doing it too often.

How to make your iPhone battery last longer

Every time a new iOS update is released, many users inevitably experience rapid depletion of battery life. The latest iOS 16 is not immune to this issue, which is largely due to background processes like syncing and indexing that are beyond user control. While some of the reasons for rapid battery life depletion can be found in various articles, the problem sometimes persists longer than expected.


In situations where extending battery life is crucial, such as when traveling, it’s important to know how to optimize your iPhone’s settings. MacRumors has some tips to help extend battery life in iOS 16 without disabling most of its major features. Remember, finding the right balance between turning certain features off and on is key to ensuring longer battery life.


Tips and Tricks to Extend apple smartphone battery Life1. Disabling keyboard tactile feedback can extend iPhone battery lifeTurning off the keyboard’s tactile feedback can save some battery life. Because it eliminates the need for your device to provide vibration or tactile feedback while typing
Apple’s recently released iOS 16 update has a new feature. This is tactile feedback when using the on-screen keyboard. However, this feature consumes a lot of battery power. Apple provided a support document indicating that keyboard touch may affect battery life. Note that this feature is not enabled by default. If you have it turned on and want to disable it, follow the steps below. First, open the Settings app on your device. Then, click on the Sound & Touch option. After that, click on Keyboard Feedback. Finally, you can disable the haptic feedback option to save Apple’s battery life.
2. Turn off live activity to give your iPhone battery life longerDisabling real-time activities, such as live wallpapers and other dynamic content, can reduce battery stress.
iOS 16 battery
Apple’s iOS 16.1 update introduces a new feature called Live Activities. The feature enables apps to receive continuous and updated notifications on iPhone 14 Pro’s Lock screen or dynamic island. However, you can disable this feature if you’re concerned about extending battery life.
To disable live activity, you need to follow a few simple steps. First, open the Settings app on your iPhone. Then, navigate to the Face ID & Passcode section and enter your passcode to unlock your device. Once you have done this, scroll down until you see the Live Activity option and toggle it off.


If you want to disable live activity for a specific app, you can do so by going to each app’s settings and turning off the feature individually. It’s worth noting that while live activity can be disabled, you can’t disable dynamic islands entirely. However, you can swipe left on any running animation to turn it off and further save battery life.
3. Delete lock screen widgetsRemoving widgets from the lock screen can help save battery life by reducing the number of processes running in the background.

Widgets are a useful feature on iOS devices that allow users to quickly access information and perform tasks without opening an app. These widgets can be added to the lock screen and home screen for easy access. However, it’s worth noting that widgets drain battery power. Especially if they are constantly updating in the background.
If you find yourself needing to save battery life, it might be a good idea to create a lock screen that doesn’t contain any widgets. This can be done easily on iOS 16, as the update now supports multiple lock screens that can be easily switched. This way, you can have a lock screen with widgets when you need them, and a more battery-efficient lock screen when you don’t.


Also note that widgets may appear on the home screen. This is a feature that existed before iOS 16. However, using widgets on the home screen can also drain your battery. Therefore, if you want to save battery life, we recommend not using widgets on your home screen.
4. Turning off “Always-On Display” can make your Cell Phone battery last longerWhile the always-on display feature is convenient, it also drains battery life. Turning it off helps save energy.

The iPhone 14 Pro and Pro Max have a new feature called Always On Display. This feature is designed to keep the screen on, even when the device is turned off. This means users can still see their wallpapers, widgets, and live activity on the lock screen without having to unlock the device.


5. Do not use ICLOUD to share photo librariesSharing your photo library using iCloud may cause your devices to constantly sync, causing your battery to drain quickly. If possible, avoid using this feature.

iCloud Shared Photo Library is a feature in iOS 16.1 that allows users to share photosir photo gallery for up to five other people. This means that all members of a shared library can upload, edit, and delete photos stored in the library. But it’s important to note that using this feature may cause other members’ photos to sync to your iPhone at inappropriate times, draining youriPhone’s battery life.

Apple Is Locking iPhone Batteries to Discourage Repair

By activating the hibernation software lock on the latest iPhones, Apple is effectively announcing a major new policy: Only Apple batteries can be installed in iPhones, and only they can.
If you replace the battery in a recent iPhone, a message will appear next to Battery Health in Settings > Battery indicating that the battery needs service. A “service” message usually indicates that the battery has degraded and needs to be replaced. However, when you put in a brand new battery, the message will still appear. The bigger problem: Our lab testing confirmed that even if you replace the original Apple battery, the phone will still display a “Service” message.


Update: Apple now pairs the screen with the iPhone logic board, too.
This is not a mistake; This is a feature Apple wants. Unless the Apple phone’s battery is verified by Apple Genius or an Apple Authorized Service Provider, the phone will never display its battery health and will always report vague, ominous issues.


Screenshot of the Service message in iPhone battery health settings.
We first saw this phenomenon in a video from The Art of Repair’s Justin, and we were able to replicate it on an iPhone XS running iOS 12 and iOS 13 beta. Replacing a new genuine Apple battery from another iPhone It said that currently this only affects iPhone XR, XS and XS Max.


In short, Apple locks the battery into the iPhone at the factory, so whenever you replace the battery yourself (even if you’re using an original Apple battery from another iPhone), it will still show you the “Service” message . The only way to fix this problem is to (you guessed it) pay Apple to replace your iPhone battery. Presumably their internal diagnostic software flips the magic bit that resets this “service” indicator. But Apple refuses to make the software available to anyone but themselves and Apple Authorized Service Providers.


Our friend Justin pointed out that the battery itself has a Texas Instruments microcontroller that provides information to the iPhone such as battery capacity, temperature, and the time it takes to fully discharge. Apple uses its own proprietary version, but nearly all smartphone batteries have some version of this chip. The chip used in the new iPhone’s battery contains an authentication feature that stores information about the battery’s pairing with the iPhone’s logic board. Simply put, if the battery does not have the unique authentication key that the iPhone’s logic board expects, you will receive a “Service” message.


Documentation for the TI microcontroller responsible for locking the iPhone battery.
This is a bad choice for usersJust because a silicon part has a certain function doesn’t mean Apple has to use it. For years, iPod audio chipsets included AM/FM functionality that Apple never used. This Service light is the equivalent of the Check Oil light, and only your Ford dealer can reset this light, even if you change the oil yourself.
Technically, it is possible to restore battery health functionality by removing the microcontroller chip from the original battery and carefully soldering it into the new battery you are replacing, but the process is not for the faint of heart, and it is Unreasonable request for any repair , let alone something as simple as replacing the battery.
Fortunately, your replacement battery will continue to work perfectly, and you’ll get all the benefits of a new battery – for example, we’ve confirmed that this won’t limit your iPhone’s performance on a healthy battery. But you won’t be able to easily see the health of your battery and know when it’s time to replace it.


Then again, this is a big problem for iPhone users, who may not be aware of this new, sneaky lock, which will undoubtedly cause confusion: they’ll replace their own batteries and notice the “Service” message, and then Starting to solve the problem is not there.
Apple is hiding your battery’s health dataTo make matters worse, starting with iOS 10, Apple has blocked third-party   Apple Cell Phone batteryhealth apps from accessing most of your battery’s details, including cycle count, which is key information that tells you whether your battery is on the verge of degradation. However, you can fix this problem by plugging your iPhone into your Mac and installing a Mac app like Coconut Battery. Even if your iPhone refuses to show this information in settings, it will display battery health statistics.
This is an ongoing trend and Apple is making repairs increasingly difficult. Back in 2016, they completely bricked previously repaired iPhones, showing an opaque “Error 53” if you replaced the Touch ID home button because they were paired to the motherboard. In fact, DIY replacement of the Home button will still cause the Touch ID function to failonality completely ceasing to exist. More recently, Apple started disabling TrueTone on replacement screens, even if you’re using a genuine Apple screen. Sound familiar?


An iPhone XS showing a “Service” message when another genuine Apple battery is swapped in.This pattern of behavior proves, once again, that Apple is out to stop all repairs performed by anyone except Apple themselves. The company claims that using third-party components can compromise the integrity of an iPhone’s functionality, but when genuine Apple parts have the same problem, then clearly it’s not really about third-party components at all: it’s about preventing you from having any autonomy with a device you supposedly own.


You bought it, you own it, you should be able to fix it. It’s that simple. Pairing batteries to iPhones is a gross overreach. It’s yet another instance of purchasing a product, and not being able to fully utilize it—like leasing a car, except you’re paying full price for it.Fortunately, this is where Right to Repair legislation can step in and save the day. It’s trivial for manufacturers to lock down parts and tie them together, making it easy for them to prevent anyone repairing a device other than themselves for the sake of profits. Let’s do something about it: call your representatives and go to their town halls—state legislators are in recess and visiting their districts. They would love to talk to you.


Update! Apple has issued a response to this, in a statement given to iMore:
“We take the safety of our customers very seriously and want to make sure any battery replacement is done properly. There are now over 1,800 Apple authorized service providers across the US, so our customers have even more convenient access to quality repairs. Last year, we introduced a new feature to notify customers if we were unable to verify that a new, genuine battery was installed by a certified technician following Apple repair processes. This information is there to help protect our customers from damaged, poor quality, or used batteries that can lead to safety or performance issues. This notification does not impact the customer’s ability to use the phone after an unauthorized repair.”


That last sentence has us a bit perplexed. We believe that the “ability to use the phone” involves being able to see the battery’s health information so that you’ll know when it’s time to replace the Apple phone battery again. It  ‘d   be like driving a car without an oil dipstick—how are you supposed to know if you need to add oil?

How to Get the Most Out of Your iPhone’s Battery

It’s no exaggeration to say that your entire life is essentially on your iPhone, whether you’re plotting routes to unfamiliar places or taking important calls. This means that when your battery dies, it can be very inconvenient or even catastrophic. Keeping your iPhone charged is an absolute must, so have you ever wondered how you can get more out of your iPhone battery? Read on to learn how your trusty handheld device can stay charged and ready.
How the iPhone battery works

Apple’s mobile batteries use high-density lithium-ion cells designed to store a lot of energy in a small space, resulting in an extremely thin battery that charges quickly and is great for maintaining its overall health. They also don’t receive a constant current throughout the charge; the first 80% charge fairly quickly and the last 20% much slower. This fast/slow system ensures you get power quickly when you need it, while avoiding short circuits in the battery and ultimately extending its long-term life.
In fact, the iPhone’s battery is much more powerful than you think.

It’s designed to retain 80% of its original capacity even after multiple charge cycles, allowing even devices that are years old to retain their charge, depending on how the battery is cared for Still, when your phone starts draining battery faster, you may find yourself sorely lacking that extra 20% capacity – for example, you’ll regret it if you’re in an unfamiliar city and find yourself unable to plot any routes. Use your dead phone a little


That said: There are a lot of misconceptions out there about how best to extend your iPhone’s battery life. We’ll go over some of them below, so you actually have a grasp on how to keep your devices powered and in top condition.
“The battery should be drained before charging.”While this may be sound advice for older devices and cameras, iPhones are unique in the way they calculate charge cycles. By tracking a full charge from 0% to 100% (rather than every time you plug it in), your iPhone can accurately assess the health of its lithium-ion battery. Charging your phone for a few minutes doesn’t count as a complete “cycle,” but fully discharging and charging does affect the overall  iPhone battery health measurement.


In other words, waiting until you plug your phone in when it’s close to 0% charge actually puts more stress on your battery life than charging it frequently.
3. “Don’t leave your phone plugged in when the battery is full.”Good news – you don’t need to worry about your battery wearing out from being plugged in all the time, especially since overnight charging is the best time to charge. iPhone’s power management technology is smart enough to stop the flow of electricity when your smart iPhone battery is full, so you can keep it charged all night long without worrying about shortening its lifespan.


2. “Disable Wi-Fi and Bluetooth, and close unused apps to extend battery life.”Not really: The technology behind wireless connections like Bluetooth and Wi-Fi has come a long way in the past few years, so they don’t require nearly the same energy as before. Therefore, disabling these settings will worsen your device experience without significantly extending battery life.


Additionally, closing an application does not necessarily reduce power consumption. iOS manages application processes very intelligently, and most applications immediately go to sleep when they are not in the foreground to consume minimal resources. Typically, apps consume the most power when they’re first opened, so forcing them to close and reopen will use more energy than simply leaving them alone.
Unfortunately, there are always some more battery-hungry apps for which this advice doesn’t apply. If you’re worried about battery life, it’s always a good idea to keep an eye on the worst offenders (more on managing energy usage in the next section).


1. “Only use an Apple-branded charger with your iPhone.”We could go on and on about the problems that can arise with inferior, unapproved chargers – using counterfeit electronics can cause the battery to lose capacity or even spontaneously ignite. But not all third-party devices risk damaging your device, and many offer great features at a lower price than Apple’s higher-end products. To make sure your new charger is safe, check the box to see if it’s MFi certified. All products that pass Apple’s critical quality control standards receive a seal of approval and are guaranteed to work flawlessly with your iPhone.


5 sure-fire ways to extend your iPhone’s battery life1. Turn down the brightness of your iPhone’s displaySince the process of lighting up the display uses more power than any app, adjusting your iPhone’s auto-brightness settings is a great way to reduce battery usage. Auto-brightness dims the screen based on the amount of ambient light
Your surroundings, but in full sunlight, the brightness is turned all the way up. To avoid unnecessary power consumption during the day, find some shade and lower the brightness slider in the Control Center menu.


2. Enable low-power mode in iOSLow Power Mode was added to iOS 9 to squeeze every last drop of power out of your iPhone by limiting power-hungry background processes. Normally, it’ll ask to activate when your battery drops below 20%, but you can always activate it manually if you’re having a long day. To toggle low-power mode, just go into Settings > Battery and flip the switch.


3. Update iOS to the latest versionKeeping iOS up to date is generally a sound approach, as each system update is bound to fix bugs and improve performance. When your phone runs efficiently, your battery has to do less work to keep everything running smoothly.
4. Avoid using iPhone in extreme temperaturesUsing your iPhone for extended periods of time in freezing weather or under strong direct sunlight will inevitably damage the   Apple Cell Phone battery. While it won’t damage your device, battery capacity will decrease with greater exposure to extreme heat and cold temperatures. Try to keep your phone as close to room temperature as possible optimal for battery life and performance.
5. Check your iPhone’s battery usage listNot all apps are created the same, and unfortunately, they don’t all share Apple’s philosophy on power consumption.

Sometimes, background app processes get out of hand with too many location checks or notifications about network connections. To see which apps are using the most power, check Settings > iPhone Battery. If you have an app that keeps showing up near the top, even if you don’t use it, your best option might be to limit some of its functionality… or even delete it if it’s not absolutely necessary of).

iPhone 11 Battery Draining Fast. 3 Reasons and 3 Solutions

iPhone 11, although known for its supreme quality, durability, and user-friendly features,does come with some issues that users face on a daily basis. One such problem is the iPhone 11’s battery draining. Since the launch of the iPhone 11, users have been complaining about reduced battery life, even with short periods of use. This article will discuss potential causes of battery drain and how to fix it.


Main pointsA drained iPhone battery can cause you to panic, especially if you don’t know why. This article will discuss potential causes of iPhone 11 battery drain, such as new updates, battery-draining apps, and brightness levels. We will also mention some simple solutions to extend battery life like closing unnecessary apps, adjusting screen brightness, and installing the latest updates to fix errors if any.Why is my iPhone 11 battery draining so quickly?There are many reasons why your iPhone 11 battery may drain, including software issues with power-hungry apps. Here are some reasons why your iPhone 11 battery drains so quickly:
Apps running in the background drain your battery quickly.Software updates and some bugs can sometimes cause battery drain.Power-hungry features like location services (if always turned on) and live wallpapers may affect battery health faster.

How to stop iPhone 11 battery from draining quickly?

There are a number of things you can do to extend the battery life of your iPhone 11, most of which revolve around optimizing your device settings and/or updating your device.
Update your iOS to the latest version regularly to ensure all internal issues are resolved.Adjust screen brightness, as high brightness can affect battery life.Manage background app activity and limit the use of power-hungry apps or features.

How long does the iPhone 11 battery last?Under normal circumstances, the iPhone 11 battery is designed to last up to 10 hours of video streaming or internet use. However, this can vary greatly depending on how you use your device. Certain features, such as high screen brightness, may affect battery faster.


iPhone 11 normal battery consumption per hourNormal iPhone 11 smartphone battery consumption per hour depends on how you use it most of the time. For light usage, you may lose about 5-10% of battery per hour, while for intensive tasks, you may lose 15-20% of battery per hour.
Light usage, including messaging and browsing, may drain 5-10% of battery power per hour.Gaming or video streaming can cause 15-20% battery drain per hour.Battery consumption is typically higher when a device is in use compared to when it is idle.

What harms iPhone battery health?

Certain usage patterns and patterns can reduce the health of your iPhone battery. Paying close attention to these can significantly extend the life of your battery.Overcharging, extreme temperatures, and regularly draining your battery to 0% can all affect battery health.Leaving your iPhone on high brightness for long periods of time can degrade battery health.Using power-hungry apps for extended periods of time, especially in the background, may shorten your battery’s life.iPhone 11 Pro battery drains too quicklyAlthough the iPhone 11 Pro is known for its longer battery life than older models, some users are still experiencing issues with the battery draining quickly.


Why is my iPhone 11 Pro battery draining so quickly?

Battery-hungry apps may be running in the background.Outdated iOS versions may contain any bugs or issues that cause the battery to drain faster.Screen brightness may be set too high, causing additional battery drain.

How to fix iPhone 11 Pro battery draining quickly issue?Close unnecessary background apps and limit the use of such power-hungry apps.Update to the latest iOS version to fix any software glitches.Adjust screen brightness to a lower setting. Not only does it help your device’s battery, but it’s better for your eyes, too.iPhone 11 Pro Max battery drains quicklyDespite its strong battery capacity, the iPhone 11 Pro Max is not immune to power loss. Certain conditions may cause the iPhone 11 Pro Max battery to degrade faster than normal.


Why is my iPhone 11 Pro Max battery draining so quickly?

Intensive apps or features may drain your battery quickly.System settings may not be optimized for battery conservation.If you use the device for an extended period of time, the health of the battery may decline over time.How to fix iPhone 11 Pro Max battery draining quickly issue?Limit the use of apps that consume more battery.Optimize system settings for better battery performance.If the battery health has declined significantly, consider replacing the  iPhone 11 battery.

Why Is My iPhone Battery Draining So Fast? Easy Fixes for iOS 17!

Why is your iPhone battery suddenly draining so quickly?If your iPhone battery is draining faster than you’d like or faster than you think is normal, we can help. We’ll answer common iPhone battery drain questions and walk you through some simple solutions to prevent your iPhone battery from draining quickly.


Why is your iPhone battery suddenly draining so quickly? If your iPhone battery is draining faster than you’d like or faster than you think is normal, we can help. We’ll answer common iPhone battery drain questions and walk you through some simple solutions to prevent your iPhone battery from draining quickly.Have you ever wondered why your iPhone battery drains so quickly?

Is your iPhone running low on battery after updating to iOS 17? You are not alone. iOS update battery drain issues are very common, and for good reason! New iOS updates drain your battery because there are many major changes to iPhone functionality after installing the latest iOS software. Larger fall updates, like the iOS 17 update, typically have a bigger i

mpact on iPhone batteries than the smaller updates we see throughout the year.
While some of them are unavoidable, there are steps you can take to optimize battery usage and reduce unnecessary iPhone battery drain. We’ll show you some iOS 17 battery-saving tips and provide guidance on how to extend your Apple Cell Phone battery life


iPhone lifeDiscover iPhone’s Hidden FeaturesGet daily tips (with screenshots and clear instructions) so you can master your iPhone in just one minute a day.Enter your emailStop your iPhone battery from draining too quicklyYou first need to check your battery health in Settings. Chances are your iPhone battery is perfectly healthy but is being drained by unwanted processes running in the background. We’ll cover some simple solutions to prevent iOS battery drain on your iPhone. Also, if you like learning how to use your Apple devices, be sure to sign up for our free daily tips.
1. Check your iPhone battery health recommendationsWhether you’re worried about iPhone updates draining your battery or not, this is a good first step. Your iPhone will suggest specific changes to Settings to extend iPhone battery life. To find out why your iPhone’s battery is draining faster than it should, use these steps to check for battery health recommendations:


Open the Settings app, then scroll down and tap Battery.Click on Battery Health and Charging.
Check your iPhone battery healthOn the next screen, your iPhone will suggest settings to change to extend battery life. You can click on each suggestion to jump to the setting you need to change. If you don’t want to make changes, at least you know what’s causing your battery to drain.
Note: If you don’t see the Battery Life Recommendations section, your iPhone doesn’t currently see any ways to extend battery life through Settings.
However, we have to agree – there is almost always a way to fix iPhone battery drain issues. Keep reading this list to find more ways to help fix iPhone battery draining too quickly.


2. If your iPhone keeps draining of battery, dim your iPhone screenKeeping your iPhone screen at full brightness may be the culprit when your iPhone battery drains quickly, but it’s easily remedied. This is actually one of the main causes of battery drain, and consumes more power than you think! Here’s how to dim your screen brightness to save battery on your iPhone:


Swipe down from the upper right corner of the screen to open Control Center. If your iPhone has a Home button, swipe up from the bottom of the screen.Click and drag the Brightness slider toward the bottom, or as close to the bottom as you can while still comfortably reading the display.
Lower iPhone screen brightness in Control Center
If you set your iPhone brightness to a more reasonable level but your smartphone battery is draining quickly, there are more battery-saving options on your iPhone. continue reading!


3. Turn on auto-brightness to stop iPhone battery draining
The auto-brightness setting automatically adjusts screen lighting based on ambient light levels. This prevents your iPhone from draining its battery too quickly by wasting power with unnecessary screen brightness. To save iPhone battery by enabling automatic brightness:


Open the Settings app, then scroll down and tap Accessibility.Click display and text size.
Scroll to the bottom and turn on auto-brightness.

Next, we’ll take a look at some lesser-known settings to help extend your iPhone’s battery life.

4. Turn off Wake to Wake to save iPhone battery powerWake to Wake is enabled by default on all iPhone models. This may be part of your problem, especially if you frequently pick up your iPhone or walk with it shaking in your hands. iPhone screen keeps spinningg turning on will definitely drain your battery. To turn off Wake to Wake to save iPhone battery life:


Open the Settings app, then scroll down and tap Display & Brightness.Scroll down to “Rise to Wake” and turn it off. A gray toggle indicates Wake to Wake is disabled.

With this feature disabled, you can simply tap your iPhone to wake it up. Now that we’ve covered the brightness settings that can help prevent your iPhone battery from draining, we can move on to things like apps that drain your iPhone battery.


5. Turn off the always-on displayIf you have an iPhone 14 or iPhone 15, your device has an always-on display, which keeps the lock screen at a certain brightness level regardless of whether you’re currently looking at your iPhone.

But will the always-on display drain your battery?

Lowering the screen brightness in any way can help extend iPhone battery life, so if your iPhone’s battery is draining faster than you’d like, you should disable always-on display:
Open the Settings app, then scroll down and tap Display & Brightness.Click to display always on.Tap the Always-On Display switch to turn it off (the switch will be grayed out when disabled).


Turn off the always-on display function.6. Update apps to prevent iPhone battery from draining quicklyApps that need to be updated can harm your iPhone’s battery health. iOS update battery drain is often app related. When new software is released, like the iOS 17 update, developers have to catch up. Apps that need updating may run inefficiently or unexpectedly behave in the opposite way to how the latest iOS software should. If you don’t automatically update apps on your iPhone, taking the time to update all the available apps on your list could seriously help drain youriPhone battery! Here’s how to update your apps to avoid

Apple battery lawsuit: What is throttling as millions may be entitled to compensation?

US iPhone users are entitled to ‘batterygate’ compensation, but will UK users be compensated too?
Apple has settled a lawsuit in the US, meaning it will have to pay at least $310m (£244m) and up to $500m (£393m) to around 100 million iPhone users after losing the US lawsuit .

Compensation is expected to begin soon after the company appealed but was rejected, meaning it will continue with around $65 (around £50) distributed to each US claimant.
In this case, owners of older devices are involved in a lawsuit known as “Batterygate,” in which the company allegedly intentionally slowed down older iPhones.


The tech company denied all allegations and reached the settlement to “avoid burdensome and costly litigation.” The U.S. District Court for Northern California said the settlement did not mean Apple admitted wrongdoing.
Both the proceedings themselves and the exact amount of compensation still need to be confirmed by the Competition Appeal Tribunal.
The action is for every model owned, not every customer, so early adopters and people who buy multiple phones may qualify for multiple payments.


Meanwhile, Apple faces another multi-million pound lawsuit in the UK, which could entitle millions of iPhone owners in the UK to compensation if successful.
What is throttling?Apple’s software update is designed to enhance iPhone performance and prevent the phone from shutting down unexpectedly.
But iPhone users can’t disable the setting and don’t realize that their phones will slow down as a result – this is known as throttling.


Consumer rights activist Justin Gutmann claims Apple is doing this to hide the fact that older iPhone batteries may have trouble running the latest software.
Critics claim that slowing down older iPhones will encourage people to buy newer phones.
What is the Apple battery lawsuit?Gutman claimed that a software update released by Apple in 2017 slowed down the performance of older Apple

Affected phones include iPhone 6, 6 Plus, 6S, 6S Plus, SE, 7, 7 Plus, 8, 8 Plus and iPhone X models.
While Gutmann’s case in the UK is still pending, the US lawsuit has now been settled and compensation is expected soon.
Gutman has previously said: “Instead of doing the honorable and legal thing for customers and providing free replacements, repairs, or compensation, Apple is misleading people by hiding a tool in software updates that makes their devices The speed is reduced by up to 58%.


“I launched this case to get compensation for the harm suffered by millions of iPhone users across the UK as a result of Apple’s conduct.
“If this case is successful, I hope the dominant companies will re-evaluate their business models and stop engaging in this kind of behavior.”
What does this mean for UK consumers?While the US settlement will not result in direct compensation for UK consumers, it could be a sign that Gutmann’s case may also be successful.


This could result in millions of dollars in payments to UK consumers, potentially at levels similar to those in the US.
The Competition Appeal Tribunal will review claims and compensation for each model owned rather than each customer, so early adopters and regular upgraders may receive multiple payments.


If a UK customer’s payment is confirmed, it is likely that they will be notified immediately about the method of claiming damages.
What did Apple say?In a statement before the case, Apple said: “We have never done, and will never do, anything to intentionally shorten the life of any Apple product APPLE Cell Phone Battery or degrade the user experience to drive customers to upgrade.”
“Our goal has always been to create products that customers love, and making iPhones as durable as possible is an important part of that.”


The tech giant has previously apologized for a lack of communication and lowered  iPhones  battery replacement prices in 2018.
Apple has not commented publicly on the settlement. It appealed, but a US appeals court dismissed the case.
The Evening Standard has contacted Apple for comment following the settlement.

 content=”All kinds of Apple Cell Phone batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Apple Cell Phone Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Apple Cell Phone battery.” />

What does it mean when your iPhone’s battery health says Service?

My iPhone 11 is three years old and the battery is in poor health.The numbers have dropped below 85% and the most shocking thing I see every time I open the battery section is the menu bar says “Service” instead of Max Capacity


I have always made a habit of checking the iPhone battery health of my iPhone. While each dwindling number makes me uneasy, I can use the right methods to stop my phone’s battery from deteriorating by following some of the guidelines Apple lists on its support page.

My iPhone 11 is three years old and the battery is in poor health. The numbers have dropped below 85% and the most shocking thing I see every time I open the battery section is the menu bar says “Service” instead of Maximum Capacity. So, when your iPhone’s battery health says “Service,” what does it really mean, and should it surprise you?


You can check your iPhone’s battery health in Settings > Battery > Battery Health. However, not all iPhones display battery health. This feature is only available on iPhone 6, iPhone 6 Plus, iPhone 6s, iPhone 6s Plus, iPhone SE (1st generation), iPhone 7, and iPhone 7 Plus. This feature is included in iPhone 8, iPhone 8 Plus, and iPhone X starting in iOS 12.1, and in iPhone XS, iPhone XS Max, and iPhone XR starting in iOS 13.1. It also works with current product lines, including the iPhone 12 and iPhone 13 series.
The Battery Health screen includes information about maximum battery capacity and peak performance. Maximum battery capacity measures the capacity of a device’s battery relative to when it was new. As the battery chemically ages, the battery’s capacity decreases, which can result in usage between charges. Time decreases.

Depending on the length of time between iPhone manufacturing and activation, your battery capacity may show slightly less than 100 percent,” Apple says.The battery health menu bar shows services. What does it mean?At some point, the battery health will stop showing a percentage and just show “Service” instead of maximum capacity percentage. So what does this mean? Let’s take a look.


The battery health on my iPhone 11 currently shows services instead of percentage. When I clicked on the banner showing the service, I was taken to a separate battery health page. At the top of the screen, an important message appeared regarding the health of my phone’s battery, which read: “Your battery health has significantly declined. An Apple-authorized service provider can replace the battery to restore full performance and capacity.” Below the message , showing the maximum capacity of the mobile phone battery, which is 79% Regular batteries, when operating under normal conditions, can retain up to 80% of their original capacity after 500 complete charge cycles.

Now, it’s no secret that when your battery’s health declines, so does its ability to deliver peak performance. When this happens , launching the app may take longer, users may notice lower frame rates while scrolling, speaker volume is reduced by up to -3dB, and in some cases, the camera’s flashlight may also be disabled.


So, in my case, the phone obviously requires me to replace the battery for better performance and to avoid unexpected shutdowns. This indicates that the health of the battery has seriously deteriorated and simply needs to be replaced. However, there are other reasons why the battery health shows “Service” instead of Maximum Capacity in the menu bar.
Other reasons for   iPhone battery health display serviceIf you replace the battery on a recent iPhone, a service message will also appear. This message will still appear even if you replace the battery. According to an iFixit report, your phone will still display a “Service” message even if you replace the original Apple battery. If you think this is a bug, let me tell you, it’s not. The reason your phone is still showing “Service” even after replacing the battery is that unless the phone’s battery is verified by an Apple Authorized Service Provider, the phone will continue to display the same message that was displayed before the battery was replaced.


Simply put, Apple wants you to go to a regular service provider to replace the battery. It’s okay to buy original Apple batteries and replace them yourself. Your phone will still ask you to replace it. So, no matter how good you are at repairing batteries, you have to pay Apple to repair your battery.

Apple does not want anyone other than themselves and Apple Authorized Service Providers to replace your Apple phone battery. So, the next time you see this service message on your phone, hurry up and contact an Apple Authorized Service Provider, otherwise, you will keep getting the same message unless you pay Apple to fix the problem for you.

Apple eyes new battery tech for future devices

Apple may be developing its own battery technology with a view to bringing its own designs to mobile devices as soon as 2025.


While some may be saddened by the news that Apple won’t be upgrading the 27-inch model. The most interesting speculation today is that Apple Silicon-powered iMacs are developing their own Apple battery technology and could bring their own designs to mobile devices   as early as 2025.
This makes sense.


We know Apple invests a lot of time in battery technology. In 2018, it hired Soonho Ahn, Samsung’s senior vice president of next-generation battery and materials innovation. An went on to serve as global head of battery development for three years before taking on the role of chief technology officer of Volkswagen’s battery division.
[Related: What is UEM? Unified Endpoint Management Instructions]As Ahn’s departure illustrates, Apple isn’t the only company trying to move toward more advanced, low-cost battery technology. As the number of devices relying on batteries grows exponentially, their development is of strategic importance. While a lot of battery research is underway, bringing new designs to market appears to be a slow process. But Apple has the ability to pull it off; not only can it democratize new technology with a live event, but it also has the funding and commitment to carbon-neutral production to take the risk.


So, what’s the guess?South Korea’s ET News cited “industry sources” as saying that Apple is working throughout the battery design process to create a product that has never been commercialized before. It mentions using innovative new designs to get more out of standard battery materials like nickel or cobalt.
This seems to indicate that the company has found a new conductive material that can improve battery performance. In short, the report suggests Apple wants to make batteries that charge faster and last longer.


Report has legs. After all, it wasn’t until this year that Apple’s patent application revealed that the company was working with US government researchers to develop a product called a “synergistic additive for high-capacity lithium-ion batteries. ” The patentalso mentions using new materials to extend the usable life of the battery and speed up charging cycles.


Adding more substance to the porridge, we can see the use of new substrates and conductive materials becoming very popular across the industry, especially since the publication of the MIT study which found that this could be achieved by changing the substrate around the Apple smartphone  battery competition for this type of technology seems to be quietly underway, so there’s no reason why Apple shouldn’t get involved. After all, it does produce millions of battery-powered devices.
But what about the environment?With only 5% of lithium batteries produced globally being recycled, it might make sense for EV startup Britishvolt to team up with Apple’s long-time materials supplier Glencore last year to develop a lithium-ion battery recycling center in the UK.


Glencore already claims to be North America’s leading recycler of lithium-ion batteries and is also building battery recycling centers in Italy, Spain and Portugal. The company aims to become a leading circular economy company, which, frankly, is synergistic with Apple, which is seeking to make its operations 100% carbon neutral by 2030.
Apple has previously vowed to use only recycled cobalt in its batteries by 2025 and said a quarter of the cobalt used in its batteries now comes from recycled material.
why this is importantApple explains: “We seek to one day use only recyclable and renewable minerals and materials in our products and packaging, and are committed to becoming carbon neutral across our footprint by 2030 – from our supply chain to use of the entire products we manufacture.” in a 2022 Form SD filed with the SEC.


The problem is that some of the most important materials used in power batteries are limited, and some analysts predict that global demand for some materials will exceed supply by the end of the century. This is part of a push for recycling schemes such as Glencore.


The problem with recycling, however, is that obviously during the process some of these materials are exposed to air, which means they oxidize and become harder to reuse. This is why extending the life of your battery can have such a big impact. It’s not just about battery life or fast charging, it’s about making batteries last longer before they need to be replaced and recycled.
Not only is this good for customers, but it also helps extend the life of products, makes better use of raw materials, and helps Apple achieve its corporate social responsibility goals.


And one more thingWhen it comes to energy batteries, Apple has another card to play. It already has 1 billion battery-powered devices, giving it whatever insights it can glean from the iPhones battery health software built into iPhones.
Information about current charge, battery performance, and personal Apple battery charging habits already supports smart energy management

Does using apps while the iPhone X is plugged in run down the battery health?

Will using apps while iPhone X is powered reduce battery health?
My question is very similar to one I had a few years ago: When plugged in, does an iPhone use battery or external power during heavy use?

I enjoy playing games and performing other tasks that drain my iPhone’s battery quickly. Sometimes I use my phone while it’s plugged in. Does the iPhone still use battery when performing these high-performance tasks while connected to a power source?

Although the Nathan has a working wall charge point, from personal experience the battery can be discharged when plugged into a powered USB port.
Even with my iPod Touch 2nd Generation plugged into my MacBook, playing Need for Speed ​​Undercover was enough to cause the device to shut down due to low battery. It seems that powered USB doesn’t provide enough power to offset the drain caused by graphics- intensive games.
To summarize: If you’re worried about draining your battery while charging, use a wall charger.
Your iPhone won’t use the apple cell Phone battery  when you plug it in, unless for some reason you use more power than the charging source can provide.
Typically, even a 500 mA computer USB port will simultaneously power your game/app and charge the battery, unless some process is affecting the CPU and GPU and all radios (eg GPS map app).
Even if your game draws more current than it provides, using all wall power will reduce battery drain, which will definitely save your battery.
Of course, you should expect hundreds of full charge/discharges, and as long as you drain the battery once a month, you won’t need to keep the electrons moving, otherwise you’ll get good battery life and health.

My phone is at 100% with the icon plugged in, I used it for a while and then it went back to the lightning icon, when I used it more it dropped to 99% and now it’s 96% used since 100% watching YouTube multitasking iPod etc. content has been inserted after
This suggests Apple electronics are bad and they’re smart enough to pull this off – or they prefer shorter battery life so they can charge you more.
Basically, I want to use my iPhone X for a long time to run some apps like video calls or games. From what I understand, using these devices while the phone is unplugged will drain the battery, and charging it again will use some of the  iPhone X battery’s charge cycles. My plan to mitigate this was to just use the phone while plugging it into a wall charger as I figured the phone would be powered by mains power rather than the battery so it wouldn’t drain the battery and use less or even no charging cycle. Some sources seem to indicate that the battery will still be used, so battery life will still be greatly affected, but other sources say the opposite. Is there a consensus? If I use my phone frequently but leave it on charge , will I see battery life shortened by overuse?
Note that I’m not considering a situation where an app is extremely resource intensive on the phone and is actually discharging when plugged in, mainly because I don’t think that’s going to happen.

 content=”All kinds of Apple Cell Phone  batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Apple Cell Phone  Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Apple Cell Phone  battery.” />

How to check what causes iPhone battery to drain out?

Last night before I went to sleep my iphone battery was at 30% and the active usage was about 6 hours (since last full charge). However this morning when I woke up I found that my battery went flat. Upon some checking I discovered that it was on active usage for 12 hours. Which means that when I was sleeping either


Someone played with my iphone for 6 hours, orSome rogue apps that ran in the background were silently draining my   battery even though they shouldn’tPossibility 1 is very remote. So I would like to investigate on possibility 2. How to know what causes the iphone battery to drain out even when it is not in use?
Edit: I switched 3G and WIFI off when I was sleeping.
There is a general tips page on

maintaining great battery life, as well as general terms about battery replacement.
Personally: This sounds like a bad battery. It sounds like it just plainly is not holding a charge after a certain discharge point. Remember that iOS multitasking is not true multitasking. Barring streaming audio (actually persistent audio in general), there is (almost ) NOTHING that your phone can constantly do for more than 20 minutes at a time.


I’ve streamed audio for hours (hours being… maybe 5?) during the day at ~40% and it did get under 20% by the time I was done, this was both on an iPad, and roughly equivalent on an iPhone 4. Connected WiFi, 3G (on the iPhone) enabled but not being the active radio in use, of course.


I don’t know that you’re able to see what’s draining the battery, Apple battery forbids “task management apps”. A possible workaround to see if it is app involved or a bad battery, is to drain your phone to a similar level , open the fast app switcher bar (double tap the home button), tap-hold on any application in the task bar until they begin to “jiggle”, then press the white minus inside the red circle on EVERYTHING. This will kill any and all tasks that aren’t first-party. (For example, it will not stop the occasional housekeeping/tasks that Mail, Phone, Safari, or other built-in apps are allowed to do.)


Having said that, to properly test, ensure that mail’s auto-fetch is off (or in push only mode at best), make sure that you have no tabs in Safari with “live” or automatically refreshing content. Safari IS ALLOWED TO BACKGROUND, and has always been able to, to the best of my knowledge. At least since iOS 2.something (where I started with an iPhone 3G).


A note to those who find this QA: a link here from Apple can be helpful.
This morning when my  Apple cell Phone battery was draining out, I tried the above tips (reproduced below), and it worked.
If you have

an Exchange email account you probably have some stale sync threads. Try this:
Go to Settings/Mail,contacts,calendar. Tap the name of the account. Turn off the 3 switches. Back out to the main settings page. Now launch mail, then contacts, then calendar to kill the pending connections. Reboot the phone, go back to Settings, and turn the 3 switches back on. This will probably fix it.
 content=”All kinds of Apple Cell Phone batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk.Apple Cell Phone Batterywith wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Apple Cell Phone battery.” />

How to verify installation of a new battery in an iPhone?

A few years ago, when Apple slowed down iPhone clocks to save battery power,I didn’t join the crowd, which is to say, I didn’t replace the iPhone SE’s battery.

My battery charge life is satisfactory because I’m a smartphone battery minimalist, ie relying mostly on native apps and removing them from action (swiping up) when I’m done [1]. There’s no streaming video, and maybe just a few minutes of streaming audio per year. Browsing, emailing and texting less frequently, especially this winter with lockdown.


This winter I was out in the freezing cold and the Apple cell phone battery dropped from 70% to a level that caused the phone to shut down and not start again. This is really frustrating because I do need a data connection to find information and I need a phone to call someone.


Around January, I visited an Apple genius for the first time in my life and asked for a battery replacement. However, since then I have never seen the battery drain so quickly. My usage hasn’t changed. The only explanation is if the iOS update caused more activity at the same time. What a coincidence as this is the only time I’ve replaced the battery in years.

Is there any way to confirm that the battery has actually been replaced?
NOTE: I find that if I don’t turn off the camera or Google Maps, the battery drains very quickly.
steps taken
Technical support performs remote diagnostics to confirm 100%  battery health. I’m not sure what details the diagnostics will generate.
They recommend upgrading to iOS 14.4, which apparently features the iPhone SE’s battery-saving features. I still see noticeable battery drain when the phone is almost always not in use.


The recommended next step is to flash the firmware. Since I don’t want to install something as huge as iTunes on my computer, they said the Apple Store can do that. The Apple Store attempted to do this today (2021-03-14 ), but the process requires a factory reset. I didn’t have time to re-establish my Apple battery environment (including accounts and apps) this weekend, so I decided to install iTunes later and do it myself.


Staff provided helpful advice. While they agreed that deleting apps might help if the phone was barely used, I could also eliminate the risk of unnecessary CPU usage by closing browser tabs. I will do it.
Similarly, using Low Power Mode turns off a lot of background activities that require restarting and just to stretch out the last drop of power. It’s not suitable for normal use, so I’ll disable it (having to re-enable it anyway is inconvenient ).

 content=”All kinds of Apple Cell Phone  batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Apple Cell Phone  Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Apple Cell Phone  battery.” />

iPhone 11 battery health can be fudged to 100% very easily, right?

If you have an old phone and an old battery, is it possible to perform a factory reset so that Settings -> Battery -> iPhone Battery Health shows 100%?
The background/original question text is below this line. Additionally, here is a link to a more detailed question about a treasure trove of advanced data I discovered, as well as a more general electronics question about how to measure cellphone battery  charge and health.


This is another very important background for the iPhone 11. It may indicate that the factory reset trick triggers iOS 14 and later (mine is 16) to recalibrate battery health, which takes “a few weeks” while showing health as 100% with an asterisk footnote, It means the real value will come in a few weeks.
In my shopping mecca of South America, there are

countless iPhones for sale in many stores. They have a certain grade, new in a sealed box, then used, then used. Large collection of original scratch free phones.
But someone was clearly playing a prank. On the surface, Apple iOS 16 should tell us when a non-genuine part replacement has occurred, but there’s a way around it, isn’t there?


Especially the battery life issue. So they sell 100% iPhone batteries and claim these batteries are replacement batteries, but they say the batteries are original from the US, not from China. The whole theme of “China” vs. “America” ​​is important here.
I’m not an Apple iPhone user, but I want to make my girlfriend happy. So I tried to navigate the cliff. Checked there were no non-genuine warnings there, checked the serial number (had returned one to the store and the serial number said “returned”. So now I have one with a clear serial number – not covered by warranty of course).
But I’m doing a battery test. Just check YouTube on the website to see how quickly 100% battery drains. And it goes a little too fast for my taste. After about 2 hours, the battery reached 40%.


When I looked more closely at the 100% battery health information, I read the fine print telling me that it was recalibrating and that it would take weeks instead of days to actually get results. So that tells me they’re playing a trick on me I’m now figuring out how simple this trick is. It looks like every time you do a factory reset, the battery history is lost and the battery health message doesn’t say “Unknown” but “100%”.
Have I been cheated? I feel like I could go back to the store, I don’t know if they will refund me or what I will do with the money, buy a phone with 93% battery life? So do they have other scams ?


Anyway, I need some hard facts to prove them wrong. I’m trying to run some deep discharge and charge cycles to get battery health information for some evaluation. Or should I use some app to get a better assessment faster? They told me I had a 40 day warranty and would hopefully have the issue resolved within the next few days to avoid unnecessary travel.


From an electronics perspective, I find it surprising that we don’t just have an amp meter that just integrates the amps over time for charging and discharging and tells us the instantaneous milliamperes of a discharge-charge cycle time value. vs the Chinese statement is wrong. All iPhone batteries are assembled in China from parts produced in other countries in Southeast Asia. [Some production may be moved to India in the future].


The iPhone 11 is 4 years old, so even if it has the original  iPhone 11 battery and the new battery has not been used, it is long past its prime. For iPhone 11 battery replacement, it always takes some time to calibrate the new battery in the device since you can’t tell its lifespan in a single “snapshot.” In addition to the phone itself, coconut batteries may give you a “second opinion.”


Here’s some hard data on lithium-ion battery life – Battery University – BU-808: How to Extend Lithium-Ion Batteries It’s aimed at the laptop market, but the exact same degradation occurs in iPhone 11 cell phone batteries.

11 tips to extend your Samsung Galaxy battery life

Battery life depends largely on how the battery is used, and varies from device to device. Expected battery life for your model can be found in the device owner’s manual. The following tips will show you how to get the most out of your battery in everyday use and how to care for it.

1.Reduce display brightnessHigh display brightness and long screen timeout settings increase battery consumption. One of the easiest ways to extend your device’s battery life is to lower the screen brightness, here’s how:

1) On the home screen > swipe down from the top to view the notification panel
2) Drag the brightness slider to the left
3) Also adjust the screen timeout settings > Click the gear icon at the top > Select the My devices tab > Select Display
4) Click Screen Timeout > Set your timeout preferences

Special tip: Try setting the screen timeout to 30 seconds and the display brightness to automatic.
2. Close, disable or uninstall unused applicationsSome apps may run background processes that drain battery power. Once you’re ready to uninstall unused apps, there are a few ways to do it.

The fastest way to uninstall an app:

   1) On the home screen > long press the app2) Click the uninstall icon > then click OK

For better control of your application:

1) Go to Settings > Apps.2) Click the overflow icon in the upper right corner to sort apps by size or required permissions.3) To uninstall, just click on the app name and then click on the uninstall icon.

Disable apps to extend battery life:



Unfortunately, some apps cannot be uninstalled on some Galaxy devices such as Samsung Galaxy S9/S9+. However, you can disable these apps to extend Samsung cell Phone batterylife. To disable an app, just follow any of the above paths and select “Disable” .
3. Turn off always-on display (AOD) or set a scheduleAlways-on display or AOD uses an AMOLED display to show you certain information when the screen is “off”. It allows you to easily check basic information such as date and time without activating the display. Of course, any activity that leaves the screen on will consume some power from the battery. You can choose to turn off AOD or set a schedule for AOD to turn on/off.

Turn off AOD:

1) Go to Settings > Lock screen & security > Lock screen & always-on display2) Turn off AOD by clicking on the AOD slider (the circle will move to the left)
AODTo set up a schedule on AOD:

   1) Go to Settings > Lock screen & security > Lock screen & always-on display2) Click Set Schedule and follow the steps provided on your device
Set up AOD scheduleSPECIAL TIP: If you wear a watch, set a schedule for AOD to show when you are home at night and not wearing your watch.


4. Turn off WiFi, Bluetooth and GPS when not in useTurn off Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, and GPS if you don’t need them, as each periodic check for signal consumes battery.You can turn off each of these by pulling down the notification panel (drop-down menu) and clicking on the relevant icon.


Turn off WiFi and Bluetooth5.Turn on power saving modePower save mode saves battery power by limiting mobile device CPU performance, reducing screen brightness, and turning off touch button lights and vibration feedback. This mode varies slightly between devices, but generally it turns off unnecessary apps and screens so you can significantly increase battery life . You can turn on battery saver mode manually or set your device to enter battery saver mode automatically.

Go to Settings > Device maintenance > Samsung Battery
6. Download the latest device softwareGo to Settings > About phone to check for the latest device software.


Upgrade your software using FOTA (“firmware over the air”, ie over the air) or via Samsung Kies.
7. Check your device signal barCheck the number of items you typically see on your phone at home or work. Using your phone in areas with very weak signals consumes a lot of battery and should be avoided if possible.


8. Check how often your device syncs dataIf, like most people, you have many apps on your device, such as email or social media, these apps will be frequently syncing, or checking for new emails or updates. Frequent syncing battery life. Check the sync settings on the app or email and make sure they only sync as often as you need.
9.Avoid completely discharging the batteryFor older types of batteries, the recommendation in the past was to discharge them completely. However, completely discharging the battery on a modern smartphone device may shorten its life. It’s best not to let the smartphone battery drop below 20%  .


4. Turn off WiFi, Bluetooth and GPS when not in useTurn off Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, and GPS if you don’t need them, as each periodic check for signal consumes battery.You can turn off each of these by pulling down the notification panel (drop-down menu) and clicking on the relevant icon.
Turn off WiFi and Bluetooth5.Turn on power saving modePower save mode saves battery power by limiting mobile device CPU performance, reducing screen brightness, and turning off touch button lights and vibration feedback. This mode varies slightly between devices, but generally it turns off unnecessary apps and screens so you can significantly increase battery life . You can turn on battery saver mode manually or set your device to enter battery saver mode automatically.

Go to Settings > Device maintenance > Samsung Battery
6. Download the latest device softwareGo to Settings > About phone to check for the latest device software.
Upgrade your software using FOTA (“firmware over the air”, ie over the air) or via Samsung Kies.
7. Check your device signal barCheck the number of items you typically see on your phone at home or work. Using your phone in areas with very weak signals consumes a lot of battery and should be avoided if possible.
8. Check how often your device syncs dataIf, like most people, you have many apps on your device, such as email or social media, these apps will be frequently syncing, or checking for new emails or updates. Frequent syncing battery life. Check the sync settings on the app or email and make sure they only sync as often as you need.
9.Avoid completely discharging the batteryFor older types of batteries, the recommendation in the past was to discharge them completely. However, completely discharging the battery on a modern smartphone device may shorten its life. It’s best not to let the smartphone battery drop below 20%  .


10. Store your equipment properlyIf you don’t plan to use your device for a while and put it away, make sure it has at least 50% charge. Minimize exposure to heat and cold.

Extreme heat and cold can damage the battery.
For example, don’t leave your smartphone in the glove box Take care to protect your car on hot or cold days. A common misconception is that batteries will last longer if placed in the refrigerator. This is incorrect and may damage the battery.


11. Know where to get help with battery-related issuesHere are some final tips to help you extend the battery life of your Samsung Galaxy battery!

– Charge anytime, anywhere or at home/work. Get the best power bank accessories to help you.
– If your device won’t turn on, try charging again using an original Samsung charger and cable. If it doesn’t work, theSamsung Galaxy S9/S9+battery or charger/cable may be faulty. In this case, please contact us for further assistance

Tips for battery charging and how to make your battery last longer

Your Samsung smartphone can play videos, music and games, and many of them also include lightning-fast web browsing and a robust app library . However, if you use these features for more than a few hours, your Samsung smartphone battery may not last more than a day. You can extend the life of your phone by charging it properly and adjusting some power-draining settings.


Charge regularly
To get the most out of your Samsung smartphone’s battery , you need to charge it properly.
Most smartphones come with lithium-ion batteries, which can be recharged regularly to extend their life. Unlike the nickel batteries used in older phones, lithium-ion batteries work best when their charge remains above 50%. Repeatedly allowing a battery to become completely drained may shorten its life and reduce its overall capacity.


If this happens, you will need to charge the battery more frequently, for example, the battery may only last a few hours before needing to be recharged.
Connect your phone to the charger while in use (when the phone is fully charged), doing so repeatedly may shorten battery life.

Brightness, vibration and power saving modes
Your phone will drain your phone battery no matter what you do, but you can reduce the burden by adjusting your device’s settings. Most cell Phone batteriebatteryhave an auto-brightness setting that automatically adjusts the brightness of the display based on ambient light. If you Usually set your monitor to full brightness, enable the automatic option to save a lot of battery life.


Vibration also consumes extra battery power, so disable it if you don’t need it.
Your phone may allow you to disable vibration for certain items, such as notifications, but keep it vibrating when answering calls and sending messages.
Some phones have a power saver mode that allows you to disable data connections or slow down processor usage when the screen is off. Battery saver mode may also turn off Bluetooth, vibration, GPS, and sync when you lock the screen. Available options vary by phone model.
If your phone has this mode, enable it and you may see a significant improvement in battery life.
Location services, running apps, and notifications

If you have Maps or GPS location services enabled on your phone, your device will continuously scan to determine your location on the map. Some third-party location-based apps can also do this.


If you turn on location services, your cell Phone battery will drain quickly. To save Samsung battery life, disable these services and turn them on only when necessary.
Some apps run in the background until you explicitly close them. You may not even know they are running. Most phones have a usage menu where you can view running apps, close them, and even determine how much space they take up on your phone. Check this menu regularly and close applications you are not using.


Many smartphones have notification systems that can alert you to everything from new text messages to social network updates. If you turn on automatic syncing of apps, email, and other online accounts, the constant updates can drain your battery quickly.
Disable notifications for apps and other unnecessary services to save battery.

If you have a Wi-Fi enabled phone, many public places (including restaurants, airports, and hotels) offer free Internet service. Wi-Fi comes in handy when you want to browse the web on the go, but it also consumes a lot of battery. Only turn on Wi-Fi when you need to surf the Internet, and then turn it off immediately.


If you’ve connected your wireless headphones to your phone via Bluetooth, you may have noticed how quickly your Samsung  phone’s battery drains. Bluetooth allows your phone to communicate with other devices, but the connection requires additional power. Don’t leave Bluetooth on all the time, and remember to disable it when you’re done using it. So as not to drain the battery of your Samsung phone.

Top 8 Ways to Fix Overnight Battery Drain on iPhone

Do you mostly wake up with single-digit battery life on your iPhone?Instead of starting your perfect day, you connect your iPhone to an adapter or power bank. Before you rush to the nearest service center to replace the battery, try the tricks below to fix the overnight battery drain on your iPhone.


 iPhone Overnight battery drain isn’t a desirable situation for anyone. No one likes to start the morning route with a power bank or a car charger. You can easily avoid such a situation by following the tips below.
1. DISABLE PERSONAL HOTSPOTIf you use a personal hotspot to share mobile data with other devices?

The system isn’t smart enough to disable a personal hotspot when not in use. Recently, we enabled a personal hotspot in the evening and forgot to disable it at night. Follow the steps below to turn off the function before hitting the bed.
Step 1: Swipe down from the top-right corner to open Control Center (iPhone users with a home button can swipe up from the bottom to access the same).
Step 2: Long-press on connectivity menu to reveal more toggles.
Step 3: Turn off Personal Hotspot.

You can disable your personal hotspot from the Settings menu as well.
Step 1: Open the Settings app on your iPhone.

Step 2: Select Personal Hotspot.

Step 3: Disable the toggle for ‘Allow Others to Join’ from the following menu.

2. CHECK ALARM VOLUMEDid you set a low volume for your morning alarm?

Your iPhone will continue to ring for an hour or two until you wake up and stop it. We accidentally set the alarm on low volume, and it kept ringing from 7 AM to 9 AM and lost a good chunk of Apple Cell Phone  life.
Step 1: Unmute your iPhone from the left-side switch.
Step 2: Once you enable the Ringer profile, use the Volume Up button to increase it.

3. ENABLE FOCUS
Focus is Apple’s take on DND (Do Not Disturb). When you enable Focus on iPhone, the system will disable notifications and calls on your phone. Your iPhone screen turns on constantly when you receive continuous messages at night. You should enable Focus before you hit the bed and set it to disable in the morning. Here’s how you can set it.
Step 1: Open the Settings app on your iPhone.
Step 2: Select Focus.

Step 3: Select a Focus profile you want to use at night.

Step 4: Tap ‘Add Schedule’ from the following menu.

Step 5: Select the time to start and end Focus on iPhone.

4. PAUSE ANY PENDING DOWNLOADS
Are you trying to download a Netflix season or the latest Spotify album on iPhone?

You should pause the process at night. When you work with a slow internet connection, the download process will go on for hours at night and drain the battery. Open Spotify or Netflix or your preferred streaming service to pause the downloads.
5. CHECK BATTERY MENUiOS comes with a handy battery menu to check detailed battery consumption breakdown. You can check it and remove unnecessary apps taking a toll on your phone’s battery life at night.
Step 1: Open the Settings app on your iPhone.

Step 2: Scroll down and tap on Battery.

Step 3: Check battery usage of installed apps for the last 24 hours.

Step 4: If you notice an unfamiliar app on the list, you have two options – delete it or install any pending app update.
You can head to the App Store to install any pending app update to fix the battery drain at night. If you don’t need the app, uninstall it using the steps below.
Step 1: Long-press on an app icon and select ‘Remove App’ option.

Step 2: Tap ‘Delete App’ from the pop-up menu.

6. ENABLE LOW POWER MODE
Low Power Mode temporarily reduces background activity like downloads and mail fetch until you fully charge your phone. You can enable the option before hitting the bed and disable it in the morning.
Step 1: Open the Battery menu in iPhone Settings (refer to the steps above).
Step 2: Enable ‘Low Power Mode’ toggle.

Unfortunately, you can’t automate the process. You’ll need to disable Low Power Mode manually in the morning.
7. DISABLE MOBILE DATA AND BLUETOOTH AT NIGHTYou can disable mobile data and Bluetooth at night and stop the battery drain on iPhone. Open Control Center (refer to the steps above) and disable mobile data and Bluetooth from the connectivity section.

8. CHECK BATTERY HEALTH
This trick applies to old iPhone models only. All iPhone batteries are made of lithium-ion and come with fixed charging cycles. Over time, your iPhone battery loses maximum capacity and reaches a level where it needs a replacement. Here’s how you can check it .
Step 1: Open the Settings app on your iPhone.

Step 2: Tap on Battery.

Step 3: Tap Battery Health.

Step 4: Check maximum battery capacity.

If it’s under 60%-70%, you’ll need to visit an Apple Authorized Service Center to get the battery changed. You can enable Optimized Battery Charging from the same menu to reduce battery aging.


PREVENT OVERNIGHT BATTERY DRAINOvernight battery drain on iPhone leads to inconvenience all the time. You can combine the tricks above and end abnormal battery usage at night. Did you notice improvements in iphone battery life at night? Share your experience in the comments below.

How to Show Battery Percentage in the iPhone Battery Widget

Is your phone’s default battery widget too small or missing percentage information? If you’re wondering how to turn on battery percentage on your iPhone, this step-by-step guide walks you through the process. In just a few taps, you’ll be able to choose your favorite version of this wid

get and keep battery status always visible on your Home Screen or Today View.
How to Add Battery Percentage the iPhone WidgetIf your iPhone is running on iOS 14, you’ve probably already noticed a default  iPhone battery widget in your Today View. While some users like it, others prefer a larger widget that also shows the exact battery percentages.


The great news is that you can customize your battery widget. If you’d prefer a larger widget that’s easier to see and that shows percentage information at a glance, it’s as easy as removing the default widget and adding your preferred version. 
To Delete the Default Battery Widget:From your Home Screen, swipe right to access your Today View.Tap the Edit button at the bottom of the screen or long press anywhere on your Today View.
When the widgets start to jiggle, tap the – icon to remove the default iphone Battery widget and verify by choosing Remove on the confirmation screen.

 Tap Done.

To re-add the Battery Widget:
From your Today View, tap Edit at the bottom or long press anywhere on the screen.When the widgets start to jiggle, tap the + sign at the top left of the screen to add widgets.

On the Search Widgets screen, scroll down to  Batteries or type it into the search tool.

 On the Batteries screen, swipe to see the different battery widgets available.

Once you find your preferred battery widget, tap on Add Widget.

 Tap Done.

How to See Battery Percentage on the iPhone Home ScreenOnce you’ve customized the battery widget on your Today View, you may want to keep better track of your smartphone battery   usage by moving the widget to your Home Screen. Here’s how you can do that:

From the Today View, tap Edit at the bottom or long press anywhere on the screen.

 When the widgets start to jiggle, hold the battery widget until it becomes larger and drag it to your Home Screen.

 Tap Done.

With the larger battery widget, you can easily view the status of your iPhone and other connected Bluetooth devices. Whether you keep this widget in your Today View or move it to your Home Screen, it’s a handy tool that helps you manage your device usage and keep better track of battery life. If you find your iPhone is losing battery rather quickly, check out our article on easy fixes for iPhone battery drain! 

Why Is My iPhone Battery Draining So Fast? Easy Fixes for iOS 17!

Why is your iPhone battery draining so fast all of a sudden?If your iPhone loses battery faster than you’d like it to or faster than you think is normal, we can help. We’ll answer common iPhone battery drain questions, and walk you through some simple solutions to stop your iPhone battery from dying fast.

Why Is My iPhone Dying Fast after Updating? iOS 17 Battery Drain

Are you wondering why your iPhone battery dies so fast? Is your iPhone losing charge after updating to iOS 17? You’re not alone. iOS update battery drain issues are extremely common and for good reason! A new iOS update drains battery because of the many big changes to your iPhone features that come with installing the most recent iOS software. The larger fall updates, like the iOS 17 update, often affect your iPhone battery more than the smaller updates we see throughout the year.


While some of this is unavoidable, there are certain things you can do to optimize your battery use and cut back on unnecessary iPhone battery drain. We’ll show you some iOS 17 batterysaving tips and offer guidance on how to preserve battery life on your iPhone.
Stop iPhone Battery from Draining Too FastYou’ll want to start by checking your battery health in Settings. Odds are, your iPhone battery is fighting fit, but is being drained by unneeded processes running in the background. We’ll cover some easy solutions to prevent iOS battery drain on your iPhone. Also, if you enjoy learning about how to use your Apple devices, be sure to sign up for our free Tip of the Day. 

1. Check Your iPhone Battery Health Suggestions

This is a good first step whether you’re worried that the iPhone update is draining the battery or not. Your iPhone will recommend specific changes in Settings to preserve iPhone battery life. To see why your iPhone battery is draining faster than it should be, use these steps to check Battery Health suggestions:
Open the Settings app, then scroll down and tap Battery.Tap Battery Health & Charging.
Check your iPhone battery health
On the next screen, your iPhone will suggest changes to settings that will improve battery life. You can tap on each suggestion to jump to the setting that needs changing. If you don’t want to make the change, at least you understand what’s contributing to your battery drain. 
Note: If you don’t see the Battery Life Suggestions section, your iPhone doesn’t currently see any ways to improve battery life via Settings.

However, we’ll have to disagree—there’s almost always a way to fix iPhone battery drain. Continue reading down the list to find more ways to help fix an iPhone battery dying faster than it should

.2. Dim Your iPhone Screen If Your iPhone Keeps Losing Charge

Keeping your iPhone’s screen at full brightness is a likely culprit when your iPhone battery drains fast, but it’s easily remedied. This is actually one of the main causes of battery drain and consumes more power than you might think! Here’s how to dim the screen brightness to save battery on your iPhone:
Open the Control Center by swiping down from the top-right corner of the screen. If your iPhone has a Home button, swipe up from the bottom of the screen instead.Tap and drag the Brightness slider toward the bottom, or as near to the bottom as you can go and still comfortably read your display.
reduce iphone screen brightness in control centerIf you have your iPhone brightness set to a more reasonable level but your Apple Cell Phone battery is draining quickly anyway, there are a lot more options for conserving battery on iPhone. Keep reading!

3. Turn on Auto-Brightness to Stop iPhone Battery Drain

Auto-Brightness settings adjust your screen lighting automatically based on ambient light levels. This keeps your iPhone from losing battery too quickly by wasting it on screen unnecessary brightness. To save battery on your iPhone by enabling Auto-Brightness:
Open the Settings app, then scroll down and tap Accessibility. Tap Display & Text Size.Scroll to the bottom and toggle on Auto-Brightness.

Next, we’ll take a look at some lesser-known settings to help improve iPhone battery life.

4. Turn Off Raise to Wake to Save iPhone Battery

All iPhone models have the Raise to Wake function enabled by default. This might be part of your problem, especially if you pick up your iPhone a lot or walk with it swinging in your hand. The iPhone screen constantly turning on will definitely drain your battery . To turn off Raise to Wake to save iPhone battery life:
Open the Settings app, then scroll down and tap Display & Brightness.Scroll down to Raise to Wake and toggle it off. A gray toggle means Raise to Wake is disabled.

Once you’ve disabled this feature, you just have to tap your iPhone to wake it. Now that we’ve covered brightness settings that help prevent battery drain on iPhone, we can move on to things like apps that drain iPhone battery.


5. Turn Off the Always-On Display If you have an iPhone 14 or iPhone 15, your device has the Always-On Display that keeps your Lock Screen at a certain level of brightness, regardless of whether you’re currently looking at your iPhone. But does the Always-On Display feature drain your battery? Reducing screen brightness in any way will help to preserve your iPhone battery life, so if your iPhone battery is draining faster than you’d like, you should disable the Always-On Display: 

Open the Settings app, then scroll down and tap Display & Brightness. Tap Always-on Display.


Tap the Always-On Display toggle to turn it off (the toggle will be gray when disabled). 
Turn off the Always-On Display feature. 6. Update Apps to Keep Your iPhone Battery from Dying FastApps that need updates kill Apple battery health. iOS update battery drain often has to do with apps. When new software is released, such as the iOS 17 update, developers have to play catch-up too.

Apps that need updates may run inefficiently, or accidentally run operations in a way that’s counterproductive to the way it should be done on the most current iOS software. If you don’t automatically update apps on iPhone, taking the time to update all the available apps on your list could seriously help with iPhone battery drain!

Best Android phones 2023: Flagships to budget options tested and ranked

Finding a new Android phone can be a tricky task in 2023, with so many tempting options available at a variety of price points.


That’s where we at Trusted Reviews come in; our team of experts have meticulously reviewed a huge range of Android phones, from budget blowers to top-end temptations. That includes a comprehensive testing process both thorough involving real-world testing and benchmark testing covering performance , Android phones battery life, camera performance and much more, with testing lasting at least a week but often longer.


Based on what we find, we assign each phone a rating out of five, with the highest-scoring devices being considered for inclusion in our esteemed list. Only the very best Android phones on the market in 2023 make it into this list, so you know whatever you decide on will deliver a great experience.
Of course, there’s no one-size-fits-all when it comes to Android smartphones. Some are better at capturing those Instagram-worthy snaps, while others deliver blisteringly fast performance for top-end mobile gaming. There’s also form factor to consider, from compact smartphones to big-screen foldables. That’s why we’ve assigned each product with a specific award, helping you find which is best for your needs.


If you have a more specific craving for your smartphone, then it’s worth checking out our best camera phone, best gaming phone and best mid-range phone guides which offer more tailored recommendations. And if you want to see how the very best  Android phones  compare to Apple’s iPhones, then have a look at our best phone roundup.
Google Pixel 7 Pro


if you’re shopping for an Android phone right now, the Pixel 7 Pro is our current favorite pick. It’s not better in all respects than the Samsung Galaxy S23 Ultra , however it does come in at a more affordable price and packs a load of clever software features our reviewer actually used.
As with any Pixel phone, the 7 Pro is mostly about two things – the Google software and the camera. The cameras remain fairly similar to what we saw on the Pixel 6 Pro, but the ultrawide is a little wider and the telephoto a little more zoomed. There are software tweaks too, including a bunch of updated modes – including a clever Unblur option that does exactly what it suggests – you’ll actually want to use.


Photos from the phone are great. They are richer and more immersive than those from the Galaxy S23 series and often better in darker situations too. The zoom might not match up to Samsung’s Ultra efforts, but if you keep to around 5x the results are great .
Powering the phone is Google’s Tensor G2 chipset. It’s not the quickest around – many phones on this list will post better benchmark scores – with the focus being AI intelligence. There are many software additions here that are made better by this chip, including voice transcription , and everything works very well.
The phone impresses elsewhere too. The screen is on par with the Oppo Find X5 Pro and Galaxy S23 Ultra while the smartphone battery life matches up mostly too. The charging could be faster, but that’s a minor issue.
Samsung Galaxy S23 Ultra


The very best Samsung Android phone we’ve reviewed is the Samsung Galaxy S23 Ultra. It’s the option to choose if you want a really high-end, luxury experience – and are happy to pay for the privilege.
The S23 Ultra may not be a completely different beast from last year’s excellent S22 Ultra, but small but meaningful upgrades to performance and camera allow it to stand apart from most other flagships in 2023.


Let’s start with performance. The S23 Ultra ditches the Exynos/Snapdragon split for the past few years and worked with Qualcomm on an exclusive version of its latest top-end chipset dubbed the Snapdragon 8 Gen 2 for Galaxy, allowing the S23 Ultra to remain slightly faster and more powerful than other 2023 flagships like the OnePlus 11.
The biggest upgrade of all has to be the inclusion of a new 200MP rear camera. The upgraded camera offers an all-around improvement on the already-capable 108MP camera of the S22 Ultra, particularly in low light, with this year’s model able to capture more light, more detail and more color via 16-in-1 pixel binning tech. It also allows you to take photos of the stars in the phone’s astrophoto mode, and it benefits low-light video too.


The other cameras, including a 12MP ultrawide and two 10MP telephoto lenses at 3x and 10x, remain largely unchanged, but the latter still offers some of the best quality 10x images around. There’s also Samsung’s 100x Space Zoom that’ll let you take photos of the moon but not much else.
Cameras aside, the other big reason to get the Galaxy S23 Ultra is the impressive 6.8-inch dynamic AMOLED 2X display with its WQHD+ resolution, dynamic 120Hz refresh rate and support for HDR10+ and Dolby Vision delivering a stunning experience viewing whether you’re scrolling through TikTok or watching the latest Hollywood blockbuster on Netflix. It’s plenty bright, and boasts support for the S23 Ultra’s  built-in S Pen that allows you to doodle on-screen with an impressively low latency of 2.3ms.


Throw in all-day  smartphone battery life with a 5,000mAh battery and you’ve got a capable premium smartphone. It’s not perfect, with relatively slow 45W charging, a large, bulky design that makes it hard to use one-handed and an extremely high -end price tag, but it’s certainly the most capable Samsung smartphone  battery   around.

Apple is ‘looking into’ why some iPhone 8 batteries are swelling

Apple seems to have an iPhone 8 battery problem on its hands, and it’s not clear yet whether it’s occurring in just a handful of edge cases or in a larger batch of phones.
Over the past week, reports have been coming out about iPhone 8s that have split apart either on arrival or after several days of use. What appears to be happening is that the battery inside the phone is swelling, bending the front of the phone and separating it from the body of the device. So far, there haven’t been any fires — just ruined phones.


Apple has a short statement on the matter: “We are aware and looking into it.”
Apple seems to have an iPhone 8 battery problem on its hands, and it’s not clear yet whether it’s occurring in just a handful of edge cases or in a larger batch of phones.
Over the past week, reports have been coming out about iPhone 8s that have split apart either on arrival or after several days of use. What appears to be happening is that the battery inside the phone is swelling, bending the front of the phone and separating it from the body of the device. So far, there haven’t been any fires — just ruined phones.


Apple has a short statement on the matter: “We are aware and looking into it.”
There appear to be only six or so reports so far — certainly less than a dozen that have been publicly identified — so the issue seems to be quite small in comparison to the millions of phones that Apple has likely already sold. In any manufacturing run that big, there are going to be occasional issues, so on some level seeing a few broken iPhones is expected.


But after Samsung’s Note 7 fiasco, there’s reason to be concerned about what’s happening here — especially since it’s a smartphone battery issue. Batteries shouldn’t be swelling in any number, and it’s not clear what the half-dozen iPhones that are having this problem have in common. While it seems to be rare, there’s obviously good reason to want to know what’s going on.


“[Swelling is] very unusual for a brand-new battery and leads toward the direction of there’s something fundamentally wrong with this battery,” says Sam Jaffe, managing director of Cairn Energy Research Advisors, in a phone call with The Verge. Jaffe, a battery industry analyst, says manufacturers have reached a limit with lithium-ion battery capacity and could end up producing designs with a bigger risk of short circuiting in an attempt to store more power.


For now, he says, it’s too early to know what’s happening with Apple’s phones battery . “It could be just a random distribution,” he says. “Just a random event, and it’s only a few.”
Jaffe suspects Apple’s executives are “in crisis mode” over the potential damage that battery issues could lead to. But while we’ve seen a few swollen batteries already, he says, it doesn’t mean the problem will necessarily elevate into a Note 7 -style crisis with phones starting to produce smoke.


“Swelling is always a precursor when there is a battery fire, but the percentage of actual fires are pretty rare,” Jaffe says. “In the Galaxy Note case, there were probably a couple hundred battery failures of one sort or another, but there were only a handful of fires — so that gives you a sense of the proportion of actual fires.”
Correction October 6th, 4:37PM ET: The first swollen phone batteryreport occurred in Taiwan, not Thailand.

Beware the Bulging Battery! (And What to Do If Yours Expands)

We’ve been seeing a spate of bulging batteries of late, both in iPhones. A bulging battery is a Very Bad Thing2122 and must be dealt with immediately because it could catch fire or even explode. As lithium-ion batteries age, the chemical reactions that produce power no longer complete fully, resulting in the creation of gasses that can cause the battery to swell. Additionally, manufacturing errors or damage to the membranes that separate the internal layers of the Apple Cell Phone battery  can also lead to swelling.

With Mac laptops, a variety of problems—some rather subtle—can indicate that the internal battery is swelling, including the screen not closing properly, a gap between the upper and lower parts of the case, a failure to sit perfectly flat, clicking problems the trackpad, or keyboard keys malfunctioning.
MacBook 11 won’t close 1024×510


With an iPhone or iPad, a swollen battery is usually obvious because it starts to warp the case and can even crack the screen—it all depends on where the swelling takes place and what part of the device gives way first.
iPhone X broken 1024×488


What to doWhen you discover a bulging battery, unplug the device immediately and turn it off as soon as you can. Continued charging or use could lead to a fire or explosion. However, if the device is still functional and you need to copy data off or let a final backup run, try to put it in a place where it’s less likely to cause problems—on a concrete, stone, or tile surface, for instance, and preferably outside as long as it’s not wet, hot, or in the sun.


In some cases, as with older MacBooks, it’s relatively easy to disassemble the case and remove the battery. If you feel comfortable doing that, you may be able to reduce the chances of further damage. It’s much harder to work on iPhones and iPads.


Make sure you’re somewhere well-ventilated and safe, with easy access to outside and preferably a foam-based fire extinguisher at hand. If a fire does start, water will also put it out—make sure to have plenty on hand. Be sure to wear eye protection and gloves. Also, make sure you have somewhere safe to store the battery once removed, such as a metal can with a lid or with sand in it. Finally, be super careful around the battery, and whatever you do , do not puncture the swollen cell—some of the gases could be harmful.


Once you’ve removed the Apple  Cell Phone batteryfrom the device, you must take it somewhere for recycling. Under no circumstances should you send it via the mail or put it in the regular garbage. Although various companies—including Apple, Best Buy, Home Depot, and Lowes —recycle batteries, call your local store first to see if they take swollen batteries (they may not be equipped to do so safely).

Better yet, check with your county or municipality to see where you should take hazardous waste. 
For additional details and advice, see iFixit’s guide and the many comments.
Getting Your Device FixedThe best-case scenario is that you have AppleCare+ on the device such that Apple will fix it for you. However, that’s a bit unlikely because batteries usually bulge only on older devices.

Regardless of AppleCare status,Apple  battery service and recycling, and if you have an Apple Store or Apple Authorized Service Provider nearby, that’s a good option. Independent repair shops can also likely do this work; make sure they have plenty of experience with your device and offer a warranty for their parts and labor.Although it’s possible to  iPhones replace batteries yourself—refer to the iFixit site for instructions and links to replacement batteries—it can be finicky work, particularly in iPhones and iPads, and you may not save that much money in the end.


Sadly, particularly with an older iPhone, the damage from the bulging battery may prevent a repair from being worthwhile. The iPhone X pictured above still worked fine even though the swollen battery broke its screen, but it wasn’t worth the money to replace the battery and the screen for a 4-year-old iPhone x battery.In such cases, recycle the entire unit with the appropriate hazardous waste facility.

Samsung is making a smartphone with a 6,000mAh battery

Samsung is plotting a new smartphone battery that is considerably larger than any it has ever placed in a handset


A leaked image shows a Samsung-made battery rocking an astounding 6,000mAh, which supersedes anything we’ve seen in a mainstream smartphone to date. The Asus Zenfone 6 has a 5,000mAh battery, as does the current Samsung Galaxy M20, but 6,000mAh takes us into a different realm.


The leaked image (below), which has emerged from the company’s South Korean testing facility (via Galaxy Club), has led to speculation the battery is destined for an M20S version of the phone, packing an even larger battery.
The Galaxy M20 is a little-known mid-range device, which the company sells in India. It has a 6.3-inch 2340 x 1080 display, a teardrop notch for the selfie camera and the mentioned 5000mAh battery offering up to 101 hours of audio playback time.
However, there’ll also be speculation that in the

future, Samsung smartphone  battery could deploy a similarly large battery on one of its dual-screened foldable handsets that could succeed the Galaxy Fold.
The first iteration of the device features two batteries that combine for 4,380mAh with early testers waxing lyrical about the long life. Rumors have suggested Samsung might be willing to experiment with the form factors next time around.
Related: Samsung Galaxy Note 10 hands-on


A 6,000mAh cell would also be welcome on the firm’s Galaxy S and Galaxy Note flagship devices, pushing  Samsung Galaxy battery life past 48 hours. The powerful new Note 10 Plus, which has a relatively giant 4500mAh battery to power its 6.8-inch screen.


Samsung often tests new features on its less illustrious devices (in-display fingerprint sensor, cut-out display, etc.) so let’s hope a successful debut for the 6,000mAh cell leads to an introduction within a flagship model in 2020.
Is multi-day battery life the smartphone holy grail? Would you sacrifice thinness to get a larger Samsung battery within your phone?

iPhone’s Battery Draining Fast? Here’s What to Do

With just a handful of devices, Apple has made a significant mark on society in the last decade. One of the most prevalent of these electronics is the iconic iPhone that seems to be in every other person’s hand these days. 


While the new iPhone’s come with plenty of hardware and software features, devices like the iPhone work just fine even in 2020.
Sometimes, though, you may experience iPhone 6 battery drain that seemingly comes out of nowhere. Luckily, there’s a fix you can try.
Not sure where to start? Don’t worry, we’ve got you covered. 
Let’s take a look at everything you need to know.


You’re Using Too Much Energy causing iPhone’s Battery to Drain Faster! 
More often than not, the reason behind your phone’s battery draining so quickly is that your phone is using too much energy on a consistent basis.
While this doesn’t mean your phone is using energy inefficiently, it simply means that you need to reduce the total amount that it’s using.
Let’s dive into a few of the most common culprits.
Email Push Notifications


For people who get hundreds of emails each day, your phone will be constantly retrieving and processing Internet data if you leave push email notifications enabled. Even if you only get a handful of emails per day, your phone will constantly reach out to servers to check if there are any new messages.
To resolve this, go to:
Settings -> Accounts & Passwords -> Fetch New Data
At the top, turn the ‘Push’ option off.
Sending Apple Analytics Data


By default, Apple battery collects usage data from iPhone users. You’re allowed to opt-out of this, though, and you should– it uses a ton of battery over time.
Settings -> Privacy will take you to a list that includes Analytics. From here, you can choose the option to stop automatically sharing data with Apple.
Background Apps
Just because you press the home button and exit an app doesn’t always mean that it’s closed.
For those who use a large handful of different apps each day, you’ll continually pile up the processes that are running in the background. As you may expect, this can put a significant strain on your battery.


To make sure your apps are closed, double-tap your home button. This will bring up a list of applications that are currently running.
Then, swipe upward with your finger to close them.
If Those Don’t Work…
If saving energy doesn’t fix your battery issue, your battery could be damaged or defective and in need of replacement.


Fortunately, though, iPhone battery replacements for this model of iPhone are available at a reasonable price and are typically done in under an hour. So, consider this option if your battery is still acting up.This is where Repair Mate comes in. We replacement iPhone batteries for all models. From iPhone 5 to iPhone XS Max . We do battery replacement for all of the iphones released till date.


Managing iPhone Battery Drain Can Seem Difficult but it doesn’t have to be. 
With the above information about iphone  6 batterydrain in mind, you’ll be well on your way to getting your device working the way it should be.

30 Fixes to Instantly Stop Your iPhone Battery from Draining Fast

Many Apple users may have such a confusion that why is my phone battery dying so fast.
Here’re all the methods and tips for reducing your iPhone batterydraining quickly.
So, Why Is Your iPhone Battery Dying So Fast?

Your battery drains fast because of either a hardware problem or a software problem.
Since fixing software issues is the most manageable and most likely to be the problem, we’ll start there. If the software fixes don’t work, we’ll explore hardware options to address the issue of your iPhone battery draining quickly.
If you updated iOS, wait for the next version to fix the issue.
Wait a few days after the release of the new version of iPhone before updating it. This will allow you to see how other iPhones are performing with the update.


I’m offering this advice after I decimated my beloved iPhone 4 with an update back in 2011. Small bugs can have a significant impact on your user experience. They can make you feel frustrated and tempted to throw your phone against the wall. However, I have never actually done that.


iPhone Battery Draining Checks1. Check Your iPhone Battery HealthAfter the iOS 13 update, Apple introduced several ways to check your iPhone’s health, including its overall capacity and performance.
To check your iPhone battery health, go to Settings – Battery – Battery Health.
Check battery health to find out why your iphone battery is draining fast
Here you can check two main sections: Maximum Capacity and Peak Performance Capability.
Ideally, your Maximum Capacity should be above 80%. Once it gets below that, you’ll start experiencing lag and unexpected shutdowns just when you’ve discovered Cyan is the imposter.


Peak Performance Capability tells you if your battery is experiencing any problems.
If you see statements such as:
‘Your battery is currently supporting normal peak performance’ or
Software and hardware systems in your iPhone will counter performance impacts caused by battery aging.
Then you’re good as gold.
Other notices, such as:


‘This iPhone has experienced an unexpected shutdown because the battery was unable to deliver the necessary peak power.’
And
‘Your battery’s health is significantly degraded. An Apple Authorized Service Provider can Apple replace the batteryto restore full performance and capacity.’
mean you might be in trouble battery-wise and might consider replacing your battery.
Bonus Tip: Turn On Optimized Battery Charging
The function learns your phone usage patterns. It charges the phone above 80% during those times. This helps protect the battery from aging.
Optimized battery charging to stop your iphone battery from draining fast
2. Is Your iPhone Charging Properly?

To check to see when your iPhone is charging, go to General – Battery and scroll down to reach the graph.
A bad charge might be causing your iphone battery to drain fast
See your battery levels, last charge time, duration, and app activity throughout the day.
The green hatch marks shows when the iPhone is charging. If your device is charging properly, you should see the battery level rise within the hatch marks. If this is not happening, check your charger and charging cable for faults and foreign stuff that might affect functionality.


3. Are There Apps Draining Your iPhone Battery?

If you scroll further down you’ll see Activity. This measures when and how you’re using your device. Specifically, which apps are running in the background.
If your iPhone battery is draining quickly because of certain apps, there may be a problem with those apps. You will need to find out why this is happening.
If a new app drains your iPhone battery, delete it until developers release an update.


Are your apps making your iphone battery drain fast?
Ways to Reduce iPhone Battery Drain4. Disable Background App RefreshIf you suspect an app, disable Background App Refresh to see if it’s trustworthy. Most apps run in the background and fetch new data.
To save battery, go to Settings, then General, then Background App Refresh, and disable the app/apps you don’t want running.
Stop background app fresh to keep your iphone battery from draining fast
You can stop all apps from refreshing in the background. Alternatively, you can choose to stop only the ones that are draining your iPhone battery. This will prevent your battery from losing charge quickly. Turning off Background Refresh won’t affect your app notifications.


You can also turn Background Refresh off completely, or set it to WLAN only, saving you data and some battery.
5. Stop Using Non-MFi Cables and ChargersMFi or ‘Made for iPhone, iPod, or iPad’ is a licensing program that allows third-party companies to make accessories for Apple devices. Many people don’t care, but fake versions can harm your battery and cause your  iPhone battery to drain quickly. Even if you don’t use a MFi cable or charger, make sure you purchase from reliable brands.
6. Change Location ServicesLocation Services allow specific apps to track your locationtion in order to provide you with the most relevant information. You should consider keeping this on for Maps, but you can change most other apps to ‘While using the app’.


Go to Settings – Privacy – Location Services.
Change your location service settings to stop your iphone battery from draining fast
Scroll down to see all the apps that allow for location access.
Tap to change the permissions of each.
You can turn on or off Precise Location for apps that don’t require your exact whereabouts, which can be quite unsettling.


Turn off precise locations for apps to prevent your iphone battery draining fast
7. Update Your AppsIf you don’t have automatic updates for your apps, you have to update them yourself when a new version is released. Making sure all your apps are up to date can severely reduce how quickly your iPhone battery drains.
Update all your apps to keep your iphone battery from draining fast

How do I fix iPhone battery drain faster by iOS 17?

With the arrival of iOS 17, many iPhone users have eagerly updated their devices , only to find that their once-dependable battery life is now draining at an alarming rate. It’s a story that unfolds with nearly every major iOS release, and iOS 17 is no exception. The burning question: Is iOS 17 to blame for your iPhone’s battery woes?


The truth is, yes, iOS 17 might be causing your battery to drain faster than you’d like. But here’s the silver lining – this is often a temporary issue, and in no time, your iPhone’s battery performance should return to its former glory , even with the new iOS update.
In this article, we’ll delve into the reasons behind the battery drain you might be experiencing after updating to iOS 17. More importantly, we’ll guide you through the steps to troubleshoot and fix the problem. Your iPhone’s battery life can bounce back , and we’ll show you how.


Understanding iOS 17’s Impact on Your iPhone Battery LifeIf you’ve recently updated to iOS 17 and noticed that your iPhone’s battery life is draining faster than usual, there’s no need to panic. This phenomenon is actually quite common after a major iOS update, and it’s typically a temporary issue that can be resolved .
When you update to a new iOS version like iOS 17, your iPhone goes through a series of background tasks. These tasks include reorganizing your notes, photos, apps, and various other data to ensure everything runs smoothly with the new operating system. This process , however, can consume more battery power than usual, especially if you have a substantial amount of content on your device.


The duration of this battery-intensive activity depends on the volume of data your iPhone needs to process. If you have an extensive collection of photos, videos, and a multitude of local files, it might take a while for your iPhone to sort through it all.

The good news is that this battery drain issue is temporary and should improve over time. You just need a little patience. Give your iPhone a few hours, or in some cases, a couple of days, to complete these background tasks and optimize its performance .
To expedite this process, consider charging your iPhone overnight while connected to both a power source and Wi-Fi. This combination can help speed up the background indexing and optimization that occur after an iOS 17 update.
In summary, if your iPhone’s battery life is suffering after updating to iOS 17, remember that it’s a typical post-update adjustment period. Your best course of action is to exercise patience, keep your iPhone charged, and connected to Wi-Fi for a few nights to allow it to settle into its new software smoothly. These steps should help your iPhone return to its normal battery performance in no time.


Addressing Persistent Battery Issues After Charging iPhone Overnight on iOS 17If you’ve charged your iPhone overnight for several consecutive nights while connected to Wi-Fi, and you’re still experiencing poor battery life with iOS 17, there are steps you can take to troubleshoot and potentially resolve the issue. Let’s explore these actions and troubleshooting activities in detail.


Solution 1: Keep Your Apps UpdatedTo ensure your apps run smoothly and don’t drain your battery excessively on iOS 17, it’s crucial to keep them updated. Outdated apps may contain bugs or compatibility issues with the latest iOS version, which can impact your device’s battery life. Follow these steps to update your apps:
Step 1: Open the App Store on your iPhone.
Step 2: Tap your Apple ID profile picture located in the top-right corner.
Step 3: Scroll down to find the “Updates” section.
Step 4: Here, you’ll see a list of available app updates.
Step 5: Tap “Update All” to update all your apps simultaneously, or individually update the apps of your choice.
Tap “Update All” to update all your apps simultaneously, or individually update the apps of your choice.


By regularly updating your apps, you can ensure they are optimized for iOS 17, reducing the risk of excessive battery usage.
Solution 2: Identify Battery-Draining AppsIt’s possible that a specific app is responsible for your battery problems. To pinpoint the culprit, follow these steps:
Step 1: Open the Settings app on your iPhone.
Step 2: Scroll down and tap on “Battery.”
Step 3: Here, you’ll find a list of apps along with their battery usage percentages.
Step 4: Examine the list to identify any apps that are consuming an unusually high amount of battery power.
By identifying and addressing these battery-hungry apps, you can improve your device’s battery life on iOS 17.
Solution 3: Assess Battery HealthSometimes, your iPhone’s battery health can deteriorate, falling below a critical threshold and causing a noticeable decline in performance and battery life. If your iPhone indicates that the battery requires service or has dropped below an 80% capacity level, it’s not uncommon for your device to run slower and experience reduced battery performance.


Here’s h check your iPhone’s battery health:
Step 1: Open the Settings app on your iPhone.
Step 2: Scroll down and tap on “Battery.”
Step 3: Select “Battery Health & Charging.”
Select “Battery Health & Charging.”


If your  Apple battery health is significantly degraded, consider replacing the battery through an authorized Apple repair center or at an Apple Store. This step can restore your iPhone’s performance and battery life to their expected levels.
Solution 4: Disable Background App RefreshBackground App Refresh allows apps to update even when you’re not actively using them, and this can contribute to battery drain. To conserve battery life, consider turning off this feature:
Step 1: Open the Settings app on your iPhone.
Step 2: Scroll down and tap on “General.”
Step 3: Select “Background App Refresh” and toggle it off.
Select “Background App Refresh” and toggle it off.
Disabling Background App Refresh may not significantly impact how your apps function, as they will refresh when you open them. However, this adjustment can help extend your iPhone’s battery life.
Solution 5: Activate Low Power Mode for Extended Battery LifeLow Power Mode is a helpful feature that can prolong your iPhone’s battery life by temporarily pausing certain background tasks and reducing some features. It’s especially useful when you need to conserve battery power. Keep in mind that using Low Power Mode might slightly delay some tasks and make your iPhone feel a bit slower, but the trade-off is improved battery life.


Here’s how to enable Low Power Mode:
Step 1: Open the Settings app on your iPhone.
Step 2: Scroll down and tap on “Battery.”
Step 3: Locate and toggle on “Low Power Mode.”
Locate and toggle on “Low Power Mode.”
By activating Low Power Mode, you can enjoy longer battery life on your iPhone while sacrificing only a few non-essential features temporarily.
Solution 6: Perform a Force Restart on Your iPhoneIf you’ve already left your iPhone connected to a power source and Wi-Fi for several nights and your battery performance hasn’t improved, you can attempt a force restart. Occasionally, a straightforward restart can resolve battery problems.
Here’s how to force restart your iPhone:


For iPhone with Face ID (iPhone X and later models), follow these steps:
Step 1: Quickly press and release the Volume Up button.
Step 2: Quickly press and release the Volume Down button.
Step 3: Press and hold the Side/Power button until you see the Apple logo appear on the screen.


By performing a force restart, you can give your iPhone a fresh start, potentially addressing any underlying issues that were affecting your battery life.
Conclusion: Share Your iPhone Battery Experiences with UsHave you observed any alterations in your iPhone’s battery life following the iOS 17 update? Is it performing better or worse? We hope the tips we’ve provided have assisted you in enhancing your iPhone’s battery life. If you have any additional tricks or suggestions for extending iphone battery li fe, please share them with us.

EU: Smartphones Must Have User-Replaceable Batteries by 2027

The European Union (EU) is set to usher in a new era of smartphones with batteries that consumers can easily replace themselves.


Earlier this week, the European Parliament approved new rules covering the design, production, and recycling of all rechargeable batteries sold within the EU.
The new rules stipulate that all electric vehicles, light means of transport (eg electric scooters), and rechargeable industrial batteries (above 2kWh) will need to have a compulsory carbon footprint declaration, label, and digital passport.


For ” portable batteries ” used in devices such as smartphones, tablets, and cameras, consumers must be able to “easily remove and replace them.” This will require a drastic design rethink by manufacturers, as most phone and tablet makers currently seal the battery away and require specialist tools and knowledge to access and replace them safely.


Apple has already been forced by the European Union to change from a Lightning port to a USB-C port on iPhones, with the iPhone 15 expected to be the first to make the switch. Now it seems Apple will need to figure out how to allow access to the battery inside future iPhones battery , as will every other smartphone manufacturer.
The new rules also stipulate strict targets for collecting waste and recovering materials from old batteries. The percentages for each increase at set intervals between now and 2031, at which point 61% waste collection must be achieved and 95% of materials must be recovered from old portable batteries. There will also be minimum levels of recycled content used in new batteries required, but only “eight years after the entry into force of the regulation.”


Members of the European Parliament overwhelmingly endorsed the new rules, with 587 votes in favor, only nine against, and 20 abstentions. As for next steps, the European Council “will now have to formally endorse the text before its publication in the EU Official Journal shortly after and its entry into force.” According to Android Authority, the law goes into effect in early 2027, but the EU could delay it if manufacturers demonstrate they need more time in order to comply.


The European Parliament also has non-rechargeable portable batteries on its agenda and will assess by Dec. 31, 2030, if they should be phased out completely.

 content=”All kinds of Apple Cell Phone batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Apple Cell Phone Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Apple Cell Phone battery.” />

Brin: Smartphones ‘Emasculating’; Stretchy Batteries; Google Adds Calendar to Search

Topping tech headlines Wednesday, Sergey Brin digs on smartphones, Google adds Calendar results to search field trial, and researchers show off stretchy batteries.
Topping tech headlines on Wednesday, Google co-founder Sergey Brin took to the TED Conference stage to rag on smartphones — while wearing a pair of futuristic glasses with a mini computer screen over one eye.


Brin called the uber-popular mobile devices “emasculating,” adding that users are “standing around and just rubbing this featureless piece of glass.” While the co-founder didn’t elaborate on his comments or explain what it is about a smartphone that cuts into a man’s virility, a $1,500 Google Glass price tag, it seems, will surely boost a guy’s manliness. A pair of the fancy goggles hit eBay last week, and bidders quickly pushed the cost to at least $15,500 before eBay yanked the listing. For more, check out The Best of TED 2013.


In other news, researchers created a thin, stretchable battery that can be expanded up to three times its size without loss of power or performance.
Meanwhile, Google has expanded its Gmail Search Field Trial to include Calendar results, allowing participants to find an entire day’s schedule by typing “What is on my calendar today” into the search bar. Only those actively participating in the trial will be able to access calendar and other personal search results.


Across the pond, Mobile World Congress 2013 is wrapping up in Barcelona. For more, check out PCMag’s roundups of the best phones and best tablets from the show, as well as the 10 Weirdest Things at MWC 2013.
Also making headlines Wednesday:


Microsoft Updates Office 365 for Business, Adds New Plans: Microsoft unveiled several new versions of its Office 365 suite for businesses.’Old School’ MiniDuke Malware Targets European Governments Via Adobe: Kaspersky and CrySys Labs have identified a new strain of malware, dubbed MiniDuke, that appears to combine old-school techniques with more modern options to target government entities and institutions around the world.Kindle iOS App Update Erasing Book Libraries: A Wednesday afternoon update, however, fixed the problem.

Leap Motion Controller Launching May 13 for $79.99: Customers can pre-order the Leap Motion controller online now; it is expected to begin shipping May 13 and will exclusively hit Best Buy stores on May 19.Amazon Cloud Player App Lands on iPad: Amazon has finally optimized its Cloud Player app for the iPad and iPad mini.

Samsung Wallet App Targets Apple’s Passbook: Samsung this week showed off an API for its new Wallet mobile payment system, and offering that sounds similar to Apple’s Passbook feature.Spotify iOS Update Revamps Interface, Fixes Bugs: Spotify launched Version 0.6.0 for iOS, bringing an updated user interface and new options to iPhone, iPad, and iPod touch listeners.Microsoft: Windows Phone 8 Will Be Upgradable: Microsot gives a glimpse into its cadence of upcoming Windows Phone news.Sony Discounts Gamers’ Favorite Titles of 2012: If you missed out on some of the most popular games of 2013, then now might be the perfect opportunity to check them out.Netflix Launches First-Ever ‘Flixies’ Awards: Netflix

has debuted “The Flixies” awards, designed to celebrate “the ways you really watch Netflix.”Bad Piggies App Update Adds 30 Levels, New Time Trials: Rovio catapulted a Bad Piggies app update to iOS and Android users, adding features that take the popular characters to new heights.RSA: Imperva Seeks Balance in the Data Protection Force: The IT security firm was slammed for a recent study of anti-virus software but Imperva’s philosophy of balancing automated security with human judgment deserves a listen.

 content=”All kinds of Apple Cell Phone  batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Apple Cell Phone  Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Apple Cell Phone  battery.” />

How To Fix Samsung Galaxy S6 Battery Life Issues (Draining Too Fast)

How To Fix Samsung Galaxy S6 Battery Life Issues (Draining Too Fast)
If you want the battery on your Galaxy S6 to last longer, you can make some simple adjustments. You won’t need to charge your phone every few hours. Here, we will show you how to fix the Samsung Galaxy S6 battery life issue.


For now, Samsung is the undisputed leader in the smartphone market. However, users have complained about issues related to the battery on their Samsung Galaxy S6. Some devices randomly rebooted or had extremely high battery usage. But you can fix your battery-draining problems and get your phone back to normal again.


If you have experienced any unusual battery drains, these steps will help you troubleshoot and fix the problem so that your phone operates as it should. To keep your Galaxy S6 device running optimally at all times, you’ll need to learn how to manage battery usage so effectively that you don’t run out of juice too fast.
How to Fix Samsung Galaxy S6 Battery Life Issues (Battery Draining Too Fast)

1. Check Battery Usage and healthIf your Samsung Galaxy S6 Battery life drains faster than usual, you can start by checking the Battery Usage. You can check to see which apps consume too much power. Close or uninstall the misbehaving apps. To check Battery Usage:


Navigate to Settings > Device Care > Battery.A list of used apps will appear below, sorted by date and consumption. See which apps are draining your Samsung Galaxy S6 battery, then do one of the following:

Update the app: Go to the Google Play Store and check for an updateForce close the appClear Cache: Settings > Apps > Select App >Storage > Clear Cache
Uninstall the App

2. Close Background AppsThe apps you have opened will keep running in the background even when you aren’t using them. If an app is open in the background, it will keep updating the content. Whenever you want to use the app, it will open faster because it doesn’t have to reload the content from the beginning. It is efficient but can drain your phone.
3. Put Apps to SleepWhenever you are finished using an app, this feature will immediately close the app. To enable Put to sleep on your Samsung Galaxy S6 :
Navigate to SettingsTap Device Care.Tap Battery.From the list, select an AppTurn “Put app to sleep” on

4. Enable Adaptive Battery, Auto disable unused apps and Optimize SettingsThese features can massively improve the battery performance of your Samsung Galaxy S6. By enabling this, your phone’s battery will last long; and enhance the phone’s performance, such as laggy issues.


Navigate to SettingsTap Device Care.Tap Battery.Tap the Menu icon (3 dots) at the top right.Enable all the suggested features.

5. Reboot Your DeviceThis method effectively fixes common issues, including problems related to the battery. To reboot the phone, hold down the power button and select Restart.

6. Turn Off Tap To Wake Feature (Lift to Wake)Many Samsung Galaxy S6 users complained (via the Samsung  Battery.US community forum) about their phones accidentally tapping while in their pockets, causing the battery to drain quickly. One of them reported that his Galaxy S6 even started recording. If you are experiencing the same issue, turn off the Tap To Wake feature. Navigate to :

SettingsTap Advanced Features.Tap Motion and Gestures.Disable both Lift to wake and Double Tap to Wake up

7.Turn Night mode onThe Purdue study found that switching from light mode to dark mode at 100% brightness saves an average of 39%-47% battery power.Navigate to SettingsSelect DisplayToggle Night Mode on


8. Reduce your screen resolutionThe screen and display contribute a lot to the battery performance of our Samsung Galaxy phone. Consider reducing the screen resolution. Some apps will close when the screen resolution changes. Navigate to

Navigate to SettingsSelect DisplayTap Screen resolutionSelect HD+ or FHD+.

Also, consider reducing your screen brightness when indoors or enabling Adaptive brightness.


Navigate to SettingsSelect DisplayToggle Adaptive Brightness On
9. Reduce your Screen timeoutConsider lowering your screen timeout duration.
Navigate to SettingsSelect DisplayTap Screen timeoutReduce it to 30 seconds or 15 seconds.

10.Enable Accidental Touch ProtectionThis feature will protect your phone from accidental touches when it’s in a dark place, such as a pocket or bag. This will also help preserve your battery life. Navigate to :


SettingsSelect DisplayToggle Accidental Touch Protection ONRead more if your iPhone battery is draining fast or if you are looking for tips to extend your battery life
11. Change your Screen ModeThis method is optional; however, enabling the Basic or Amoled Photo screen mode can give you a battery increase of 30% or more. Color consumes more battery than Monochrome.

Updating the Software can be a potential solution to fixing the Samsung Galaxy S6 battery issue. Updates usually come with a security patch and bug fix that can also improve battery life. Check if there is a Software update for your device. Head to Settings > Software Update > Download and install.


12.Enable Power Saving ModeIf you find yourself in a situation where you can’t charge your phone and the battery level is low, you can enable power-saving mode.
Go to Settings > Device care > Battery.Tap Power Mode.Select Optimize, Medium Power Savings or Maximum Power Savings.Tip: You can also enable Adaptive Power Savings – This will set your power-saving mode automatically based on your usage pattern to save your Samsung Galaxy S6 battery life.

The real secret to better Android battery life

Attention, Android phone owners: Stronger smartphone stamina is well within your reach. All you’ve gotta do is reach out and grab it.
If there’s one question I hear more than any other here in the land o’ Googley matters, it’s how to grant oneself the invaluable gift of better battery life on Android.

Here’s the good news, though: While the notion of achieving better Android battery life may sometimes seem like rocket science, it’s actually just regular science — and the secret to making it happen actually isn’t all that difficult at all, once you understand the mechanics around it.[ How to switch from iPhone to Android ]In fact, all it requires is a touch of careful planning.


The Android battery life mechanicsThe main thing to know about your phone’s physical battery is that it’s a limited resource that loses capacity over time.
That’s an inherent quality of that type of technology, unfortunately, and the same is true no matter what type of mobile device you’re using: The more you use it — and, specifically, the more you stress it via ongoing charging — the less power it’s able to hold, and thus the worse battery life it gives you over time.

And here’s the easiest and most effective one of all: Stop charging your phone all the way to 100% and letting it sit on the charger indefinitely.
Ask most any battery expert, and they’ll tell you the same thing: The fastest way to shortening your battery’s life and making it perform more poorly is regularly charging it all the way to full — or, worse yet, keeping it plugged in and maintaining that fully charged state for extended periods.

In human terms, the takeaway is this: Letting your phone go super-high or super-low in charge is bad, mmkay? Instead, what you want to do is stay in the middle as much as possible.
Your better Android battery life options
We’ll tackle three separate categories and associated options for boosting your Android phone’s battery life and setting yourself up for lasting stamina success:
1. For the Google Pixel owners among usFirst, if you’ve got a Google-made Pixel phone from 2019 or later — so the Pixel 4 model and up, in other words — take 20 seconds now to dig up your device’s Adaptive Charging setting:
Open up the Battery section of your system settings.Tap “Adaptive preferences.”Find the line labeled “Adaptive Charging” and make sure the toggle next to it is in the on and active position.

Android Battery Life: PixelJRThat’ll allow your phone to take a slow ‘n’ steady approach to charging when it knows you’re gonna have it plugged in for a while, like during the overnight hours. That way, at least in theory, it’ll reach the 100% mark at the end of your charging period instead of getting there quickly and then continuing to maintain that full-charge state with ongoing power pushing.


Now, notably, this feature originally worked only when you charged your Pixel between 9 pm and 4 am and you had an active alarm set for somewhere between 3 am and 10 am That’s a pretty significant limitation, to say the least.

Either way, this setup is a smart start — and leaning on it is absolutely a good first step. But if you really want to take your Android battery life to the max and allow for the best possible battery health and thus best possible stamina over the long haul, you’ll want to keep reading (to number 3 in this list, specifically).
2. For the Samsung Galaxy gangGot a reasonably recent Samsung Galaxy-flavored Androidd device?

Your phone has a similar sort of system in place that can automatically limit charging, though with a bit of a different twist:
Head into your system settings and search for the word battery.Find the option labeled “Protect battery” and tap it.Turn the toggle on the line labeled “Protect battery” into the on position.Android Battery Life: SamsungJRThat’ll stop your phone from charging anytime it hits the 85% mark, which is a sensible limit for long-term battery health and maximum ongoing stamina. That does mean you’ll have a little less battery power to work with on a day -to-day basis, but as long as you can make that work — or even do a midday top-off, if you need to — you’ll get better battery life over the lifespan of your device as a result.

3. For anyone and everyone using AndroidEven if you’re already using a battery-saving system from Samsung battery,Google, or any other Android phone-maker who offers a similar sort of setup, you’d be well-advised to consider this last step as a stamina- protecting supplement . And if you’re using a phone that doesn’t offer any sort of built-in battery protection feature, you’ll definitely want to do this:


Install an excellent app called AccuBattery onto your Android phone of choice.Open the app up and, on its main Charging tab, look for the blue slider floating off the percentage circle at the top.Slide that little blue flag left or right to land on the value you want. I’d suggest starting at 90%; if you find that works okay for you, you can then inch your way down closer to 85% or even 80% and see how you do.


With that step finished, AccuBattery will now sound an alarm anytime your phone reaches the level you set — and that’ll be your indication that it’s time to take it off the charger.

Now, the manual part of this process is a minor hassle, admittedly — but once you get used to it, it really isn’t that big of a deal to manage. The easiest way is to get in the habit of charging your phone either immediately before bed or first thing in the morning, as soon as you wake up. And, again, you can always do a midday top-off to get through the day and avoid letting your battery level drop too low (another stamina no-no , remember?).


If you really want to go all out, there are also some physical accessories that can manage this for you and essentially cut off the power for every charge completely once a certain battery level’s been reached. That’s a fine enough option, if you don’t mind dropping the extra dough and charging only in a spot where that specific apparatus is available. But I’m telling you: Taking your phone off the charger when it hits a certain point is something you’ll get accustomed to quickly, provided your schedule supports it.
However you go about it, the ultimate ideal is to keep your phone between 20% and 80% of its battery capacity as often as possible, without any extended time sitting on a charger and constantly being fed fresh power.

The same is true whether you ‘re using an Android phone battery or any other type of battery-dependent gizmo.
And with any combination of the tactics we just went over, you’ll be able to make that happen — and enjoy betterAndroid batterylife for longer than ever as a result.

How to tell if your smartphone’s battery is dying

If you are reading this article, it’s probably because your smartphone is acting up or you’re worried that its battery is nearing the end of its life. And you have good reason to worry about the longevity of smartphone batteries. No matter how well you treat your mobile device, eventually, the battery will lose its capacity to hold a charge and your smartphone or tablet will need servicing. Are you curious about how much an Android smartphone battery lasts? Or maybe you want to know the signs that your iPhone battery is dying?

Then, read on:Battery wear is unavoidableSmartphone batteries have come a long way since the early days of mobile devices. Modern smartphones use Lithium-Ion batteries, which have great energy density (meaning they can store a great deal more energy than older batteries, in the same volume), very weigh little, and can be charged relatively fast. But with each charging and discharging, all batteries developed so far lose some of their ability to hold a charge. Energy is stored by transforming electrical current into chemical energy, and over time, materials inside the battery degrade because of that process. If you want more details about why batteries wear over time, here’s an article that explains it in more detail.


So, how much does a smartphone battery actually last?

Well, current technology allows for around 4-500 charging-discharging cycles (from 100% to around 20% and then up again to 100%) before a battery starts losing capacity at an accelerated rate.


If you calculate one full cycle per day, this equates to about two years of usage. After these 4-500 cycles, the battery capacity (which is measured in mili-ampere hour, or mAh) is going to be less than 80% of its original value. Not long after that, the battery will start deteriorating rapidly. If your battery is already acting up, or if you’ve had your smartphone for longer than two years, you should watch out for these signs:
How to tell whether your smartphone’s battery is dying

You did your best to protect the battery (or maybe you didn’t), but now the battery starts acting up. How do you know if it’s dying? Both on Android devices and on iPhones and iPads, battery wear doesn’t manifest itself suddenly.

Even a healthy battery will decrease in capacity over time, but it will do so very slowly. Once it gets to around 80% of the original capacity, though, the effects are much more visible and may interfere with the normal use of the smartphone. Here are eight signs that your battery should be replaced:
1. The battery percentage drops immediately after removing the chargerNormally, the battery should stay at 100% for at least a few minutes after fully charging it. Let it reach 100%, remove the charger and watch the battery percentage. If it drops a few percent immediately, without using it, you should start thinking about replacing the battery.


2. Charging takes longer, especially the last few percentMonitor charging times. If your smartphone takes significantly longer to charge (let’s say an hour and a half compared to an hour when it was new), using the same charger as before, there’s definitely a problem. Furthermore, if charging the last few percent takes forever, it’s a good idea to start looking for a replacement battery (or a service).
Watch out for extremely long charging times3. The smartphone shuts down at a higher battery percentage than normalA smartphone with a good battery should go as low as one or even zero percent until it shuts down. Most modern smartphones warn you 30 seconds before they initiate auto-shutdown so that you have time to save your work. However, if you see it shutting down at higher percentages (like 10-15% or even more), the battery should be replaced.


4.Battery lasts substantially lessAs we mentioned before, once the battery goes beyond a certain number of charge-discharge cycles, its capacity starts declining rapidly. If your smartphone lasts much less than when you bought it, this could be a sign that your smartphone battery is nearing the end of its life. Beware, though, as the battery can also be drained faster due to increased usage or applications consuming battery in the background. To make sure it’s the battery, verify that your usage times haven’t changed and you haven’t installed new applications that could potentially drain the battery faster.


Nothing worse than having your smartphone die on you in the middle of an outdoors activity5. Your smartphone or tablet shuts down when using power-intensive appsIf you suspect your battery is dying, do the following experiment: with the battery as low as 20%, try using the camera to record a video. If the smartphone shuts down quickly or before reaching 1 or 2%, the battery is on its way out. The reason you should try using the camera is simple: it’s one of the (if not the) most power-hungry systems on a smartphone. If the battery is dying, it can’t provide sufficient current to the camera, and the device shuts down.

What can I do if my smartphone’s battery is dying?

Okay, so now you’re positive that your battery has only a few charges left before it finally loses the ability to turn on the phone. What should you do next? Unfortunately, for most modern smartphones and especially Apple devices, the only solution is to take it to a repair shop. Battery replacement is a routine operation and shouldn’t affect the functionality of your device. It usually takes a technician 10-60 minutes to replace the Apple battery, and new parts are available for just about any modern smartphone.

You may wonder: should I attempt to replace the battery myself?

The answer depends on how handy you are with a screwdriver. On almost all modern smartphones, you need to go past glued cases, lots of screws, and even a few connectors to get to the battery. And even then, the battery itself is glued to the chassis, so removing it takes patience. If you want to try replacing it yourself, first look at a tutorial or two on YouTube, there should be plenty available. We recommend iFixit’s YouTube channel for detailed repairs on various mobile devices. Next, make sure you have all the tools and the replacement parts. Take your time to understand the procedure and perform it.

And finally, start with low expectations 
Don’t hesitate to replace the battery, it doesn’t damage the device if it’s done properlyNOTE: If you replace the battery yourself, make sure you dispose of it properly. First, insulate the battery terminals or wires to prevent short circuit, then take the battery to a local battery collection facility. Do not throw it away in the bin. Lithium batteries are extremely flammable if subjected to mechanical damage, not to mention the gasses released are poisonous.

Do you usually replace the battery or the whole smartphone?

We hope our guide helps you diagnose the issues you have with your smartphone. Before leaving this page, we’re curious to know: how many times did you replace the battery on your devices? Did you do it yourself or did you go to a repair shop? Or maybe you just never bothered to change theiphone battery and just replaced the device? Drop a comment below and let us know!

The iPhone gets its first Apple-made battery case. Would you buy it?

Apple has released a battery case that fits both the iPhone 6 and iPhone 6s. The move is unprecedented for Apple, which has been sticking firmly to the thin design for its smartphones. Producing a battery case means that they admit a legitimate need to supplement the capacity of their smartphone’s original battery. Let’s have a closer look at the battery case and see what Apple is offering to their customers:
The iPhone 6s Smart BatteryCase breaks Apple thin designApple has shunned until now the calls for bigger batteries, sticking to its guns on the slick design of its iPhone. In fact, every new iPhone has been thinner than its predecessor which showed marvelous engineering put to work for impressive looks.


With this background, it is surprising that Apple made such a fork in the road and is pushing a product that will make its flagship smartphone thicker.
First of all the battery case is meant for iPhone 6 and iPhone 6s. The name of the product in the online Apple shop indicates iPhone 6s (iPhone 6s Smart Battery Case), but don’t let this fool you. A few lines below in the description, Apple clarifies that the product is fully supported for iPhone 6 too.


A battery case that fits your iPhone like a gloveThere are plenty of battery cases for iPhones, made by third-party vendors. Apple’s version features only a 1,877 mAh charge, which is not that impressive given that you can find battery cases like this one from Diskin that offer 3,050 mAh. What Apple offers that sets this battery case apart is a very good integration with iPhone’s hardware and software:


The charging of the case is done through a Lightning connector which means you don’t need a separate charger for the case. Many battery cases from other vendors charge though a micro USB connector. Another plus is that the smartphone and the case both charge when the Lightning connector is fitted to the case. One minus is that the battery case starts charging your iPhone immediately as you connect it, even if the phone is fully charged.

The case has a mic and a speaker, as it covers the original iPhone ones. An added benefit is the speaker is front facing which makes for better audio.

The software becomes aware of the battery case when connected and it shows the phone and the case batteries separately, how much each one has left and the charging sign when connected to the charger.

The materials are superior quality including a microfiber lining that protects the iPhone. The battery itself though sticks out in the case and creates a bulge on the back of the phone. You have to wonder whether a thicker design of the iPhone 6 or 6s on its entire surface would not have been the better option.You have to check the headphones connection. The case provides a canal that allows connecting directly to the iPhone. The canal may not be large enough for all headphones connectors.The case of extra iPhone. battery life


Apple stays away from specifying the milliamperes hour for the batteries of its iPhones. This may not be entirely unwarranted because the flat comparison of the capacities of batteries between smartphones can be deceiving. To be fair Apple has produced amazing devices that manage to do more with even less battery capacity. Case in point is iPhone 6 which has a smaller battery than iPhone 5 yet manages to last longer in use. iPhone 6s shrinks the battery capacity even more.
Having said that, the listing of hours of use, which is what Apple does in the specs for iPhone 6 and 6s, is equally deceiving. The performance listed for each type of use (like Internet, talk time, video playback) does not reflect real life use.


If you decide now on buying an iPhone 6 or 6s, the real life use tests put the usage time of a full battery charge at around 7 and a half hours. Of course this is an average and actual use can vary significantly by individual case. Video playback can last 11 hours while playing games can run down the battery in 3 and a half hours. If you own one, you already know best how much you can rely on the battery of your iPhone.


The battery case adds 80% to the usage time. The case has a bigger battery than the iPhone, but the transfer of energy is never perfect from a battery case. It makes sense to use it if you are a heavy user and cannot make it to the evening with one full battery charge or if you want to have the peace of mind that a backup is available when you skip the nightly charge.

Which iPhone battery case do you use?

I’m sure that many iPhone owners already have a battery case. If you do too, let us know which case you are using. Is it better than the one made by Apple? And what do you think of Apple’s batterycase? Would you buy it?

Galaxy S23 and S23 Plus camera is similar to the S22

While battery life improved, the Galaxy S23 and S23 Plus have the same charging speeds as last year. The Galaxy S23 supports 25-watt fast-charging and 45-watt fast-charging for the Galaxy S23 Plus. But in practice, those charging speeds didn’t feel that different. The Galaxy S23 went from 47% to 86% after 30 minutes, while the Galaxy S23 Plus went from 59% to 94%. 


While charging speed isn’t a deal-breaker when buying a new phone, it would have been nice to see Samsung push forward in this area. That’s especially true considering rivals like Xiaomi and OnePlus continue to shorten the time it takes to replenish their respective 

Galaxy  Battery phones’ batteries. Galaxy S23 and S23 Plus’ new processor is fast
The cS23 and S23 Plus feel snappy and fast in everyday use, as phones in their price range should. Playing games with the graphics and frame rate at the highest settings felt smooth, and apps launched instantly. All three new phones have an adaptive refresh rate that reaches up to 120Hz for smoother scrolling and animations, which also contributes to the devices’ peppiness. 


The one area where the new Qualcomm Snapdragon 8 Gen 2 processor seems to make a difference in everyday use is exporting video. The Galaxy S23 and S23 Plus both exported a 30-second 4K video to 1080p faster than the Galaxy S22 Ultra and Pixel 7 Pro The iPhone 14, however, was the fastest of the bunch. The Galaxy S23 lineup runs on a special customized version of Qualcomm’s latest mobile chip that’s been optimized for these phones, meaning it’s different from the version inside the OnePlus 11.


Video export test
Benchmarks meant to test general computing (Geekbench 5) and how a processor handles high performance in short bursts (3DMark) told a similar story. The Galaxy S23 and S23 Plus performed well compared to the Galaxy S22 and Pixel 7 Pro, and even outperformed the iPhone 14 on most tests. The OnePlus 11 was their closest competitor, which isn’t surprising considering it has a similar processor. But the Galaxy S23 and S23 Plus did outpace the OnePlus 11 in the test meant to evaluate a processor’s single-core performance , which makes sense considering Samsung overclocked one of the CPU cores. 
That said, real-world usage matters more than benchmarks. Other than the faster video export speeds, I didn’t experience anything on the Galaxy S23 lineup that felt unusually fast compared to most other phones in the same price range.


Galaxy S23 and S23 Plus camera is similar to the S22The Galaxy S23 and S23 Plus each have a triple rear camera that consists of a 50-megapixel main camera, 12-megapixel ultra wide and a 10-megapixel telephoto. Thanks to a technique called pixel binning, you can choose to shoot photos at the full 50-megapixel resolution or 12 megapixels depending on the scenario.

The 12-megapixel option, for example, is usually better for poorly lit circumstances since it groups multiple pixels together to serve as a larger pixel for gathering more light. Samsung also integrates the controls from its Expert Raw app right into the main camera, making it more convenient for those who want easy access to the full, uncompressed version of an image. 
This camera system is largely the same as the one on the S22, although Samsung has made some processing improvements, particularly when it comes to low light photography. That’s the biggest difference I noticed during my time testing the new Samsung phones against the Galaxy  S22. 


Check out the photos of my husband in a dim restaurant below. His face is brighter and his beard is more detailed.

Still, I preferred the iPhone 14’s and Pixel 7 Pro’s images, mostly because they captured more accurate skin tones. The Galaxy S23’s photo is brighter and more detailed than the Pixel 7 Pro’s, but it also makes his face look a little washed out.

The Galaxy S23 performs well in dim conditions overall, which isn’t surprising considering low-light photography has been a big area of ​​​​​​focus for Samsung  Battery  in recent years. Even though the iPhone 14 and Pixel 7 Pro performed better in the examples above, the S23 easily challenges Apple and Google in other low-light photography scenarios, like taking photos of pets and still objects.
In the photos of a book stack below, for example, the Galaxy S23 did a great job at retaining detail and color. The iPhone 14’s photo isn’t as colorful and has some noise compared to Samsung’s, although the Pixel 7 Pro’s image was a close competitor.

Otherwise, there isn’t anything that feels new or surprising about the Galaxy S23’s camera. While the Galaxy S23 and S23 Plus can both capture crisp and clear images, there were instances in which colors either looked exaggerated or blown out compared to the same photos taken on the iPhone 14 and Pixel 7.
You can see an example of the exaggeration in this photo of my husband below. The shade of blue in his denim jacket is brighter than it looked in real life, while the iPhone 14 and Pixel 7 Pro’s photos look more natural.

But a s I said in my review of the S23 Ultra, this isn’t always a bad thing. It can make certain photos pop and look more attractive overall, as is the case with the photo below. The pink flowers look more colorful and vibrant in the S23’s photo compared to the rest.

Samsung also upgraded the Galaxy S23’s selfie camera with a 12-megapixel sensor compared to the S22’s 10-megapixel front camera. However, I didn’t notice much of a difference under normal circumstances. 

But Samsung’s phones  Battery easily took better selfies in low light compared to the iPhone 14 and Pixel 7 Pro. The photos from Google and Apple’s phones are both noisier and grainier than Samsung’s, which I noticed when comparing the photos on a large monitor. The Galaxy S23’s selfie is also a bit clearer than the S22’s, but the difference isn’t as dramatic.   

The Galaxy S23 and S23 Plus have a 3x optical zoom and 30x digital zoom, just like the S22 and S22 Plus. You’ll need to splurge on the $1,200 Galaxy S23 Ultra to get the 10x optical zoom and 100x digital zoom. 
But the S23 and S23 Plus still have more to offer than the $799 iPhone 14, which has a 1x optical zoom and a 5x digital zoom. 

Samsung is usually the king of zoom, but in this scenario Google takes the cake. The Pixel 7 Pro has a 5x optical zoom and a 30x digital zoom that looks far crisper than Samsung’s, as shown below.

As far as video recording is concerned, the S23 and S23 Plus can record at 8K resolution up to 30 frames per second. When recording video at the highest supported resolution and frame rate for each phone (4K at 60 frames per second for the iPhone 14 and Pixel 7 Pro), I noticed the Galaxy S23’s footage had more accurate color tones compared to the Pixel 7 Pro. The iPhone’s video, however, looked a bit crisper.
I also noticed that video stabilization improved slightly on the Galaxy S23 compared to the Galaxy S22, enabling it to better compete with Apple’s Action Mode.


The Galaxy S23’s camera isn’t a leap forward, but it’ll feel significant to those upgrading from a phone that’s several years old. 
content=”All kinds of Samsung Cell Phone batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Samsung Cell Phone Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Samsung Cell Phone battery.” />

Samsung’s Galaxy S23 FE Arrives With Bigger Battery and Larger Screen

Samsung’s cheaper flagship phone makes noticeable cuts from the Galaxy S23, but it’s still a speedy phone.
The $600 (£599, AU$999) Samsung Galaxy S23 FE revives the company’s Fan Edition of phones, and it’s selling for a much lower price than the original $800 Galaxy S23. Samsung’s lower-priced flagship, first revealed on Oct. 3 and now available for purchase, keeps many higher-end features like the inclusion of a telephoto lens for the camera and reverse wireless charging. There are noticeable changes, however, that might not affect the phone’s overall appeal, but reveal how Samsung was able to offer the phone for $200 less.


This story is part of Samsung Event, CNET’s collection of news, tips and advice around Samsung’s most popular products.The S23 FE’s release comes after Samsung paused the line in 2022, having released the Galaxy S21 FE early that year, but decided to not release a Galaxy S22 FE. These phones have aimed to provide as much of the flagship phone experience as possible for less money, and in some cases improve by including a bigger battery and screen. While Samsung does offer a lot of Galaxy A phones priced at $450 and lower, Samsung’s FE phones tend to focus on the most noticeable features from its higher-end line while making cuts in areas that could be less noticeable.
Galaxy S23 FE front


In the case of the Galaxy S23 FE, Samsung decided to scale back by using last year’s Qualcomm Snapdragon 8 Gen 1 processor — but that processor is still quite powerful for most tasks and can be found in Motorola’s $1,000 Razr Plus foldable phone. In my initial day of testing the Galaxy S23 FE, the phone zips through tasks like installing apps, toggling through my text message threads and loading up my news feeds. There’s also a noticeable change in the phone’s appearance, with the standard Galaxy S23 using a more glossy aluminum than the aluminum used on the FE.  
Samsung Galaxy S23 FE with Galaxy Watch 6.


The Galaxy S23 FE has a 50-megapixel wide camera and a 12-megapixel ultrawide camera, similar to the Galaxy S23, but its 8-megapixel telephoto camera is a minor step down from the regular S23’s 10-megapixel zoom camera. also uses a 10-megapixel front-facing camera, versus the 12-megapixel one seen on the standard S23.
However, the Galaxy S23 FE does include a slightly bigger battery than the original S23: 4,500 versus 3,900 mAh. The phone is also a little bigger than the Galaxy S23, with the FE including a 6.4-inch display that makes it a hair shorter than the 6.6-inch display on the S23 Plus. The S23 FE’s display can run at a 120Hz refresh rate, but will adapt between that and 60Hz, depending on the phone’s activity, to save Samsung Galaxy battery  .


But aside from those differences, the phone shares many similarities with the Galaxy S23. That includes Android 13, wired charging at a speed of 25 watts, wireless charging along with the ability to wirelessly charge other devices, an in-display fingerprint sensor and 128GB or 256GB storage options. Unlike the cheaper $450 Galaxy A54 5G, the S23 FE does not include expandable storage via microSD.
The phone will be available in six colors at launch, with stores getting mint, purple, cream and graphite. Indigo and tangerine colors will also be available through Samsung’s website.


During an earlier demo I had with the S23 FE, I took a few sample photos at the Samsung 837 showroom in New York. 
While I’ll need more time with the phone to get a better impression, my initial thoughts put the Galaxy S23 FE as less of an alternative for “fans,” but more as an option to consider as a step up from the $499 Pixel 7A and the Galaxy A54. While camera testing will be needed to see how the FE compares to the 7A, the new Samsung phone does have a slightly bigger screen than Google’s phone. The S23 FE also includes a telephoto lens with a 3x optical zoom, which neither the 7A nor the Galaxy A54 include.
The Galaxy S23 FE arrives in the midst of the busy fall phone season, debuting the night before before Google plans to unveil its Pixel 8 line. Samsung is also likely to reveal the Galaxy S24 early next year, only a few months from now.
But the FE does provide a more premium option for someone looking to step up from phones that normally cost between $300 to $500, and it could provide all the essentials at that lower price.


Samsung Galaxy S23 and S23 Plus Review: It’s All About the Battery Life
These new phones fix the Galaxy S22’s biggest problem.
Editors’ note, Nov. 1: With its sleek design, vibrant screen, improved battery life and versatile camera system, Samsung’s Galaxy S23 is a top choice for Android fans in search of a premium smartphone. We originally reviewed the Galaxy S23 at launch in February, but are recognizing it with an Editors’ Choice Award now that we’ve reviewed other more recent smartphone releases from competitors throughout 2023. Our original review, published on Feb. 19, 2023, is as follows.
This story is part of Samsung Event, CNET’s


 collection of news, tips and advice around Samsung’s Smartphone Battery most popular products. Samsung hasn’t been shy about flaunting the cameras on its new phones. It even wrangled endorsements from acclaimed directors Ridley Scott and Na Hong-jin during its Galaxy S23 announcement. However, in a surprising move for Samsung, the camera plays second fiddle to battery and performance upgrades in the new Galaxy S23 and S23 Plus. 


The Galaxy S23 ($800, £849, AU$1,349) and Galaxy S23 Plus ($1,000, £1,049, AU$1,649), which are available today alongside the $1,200 Galaxy S23 Ultra (£1,249, AU$1,949), feel like a half-generation upgrade compared to last year’s Galaxy S22. But unlike the Galaxy S23 Ultra’s cameras, which have noticeable improvements in color tone and dynamic range along with a new 200-megapixel sensor, the Galaxy S23 and S23 Plus’ cameras largely feel the same as last year.Performance is faster, and Galaxy S22 battery life is thankfully a bit longer, which addresses the biggest complaint I had about the Galaxy S22.

Samsung’s One UI 6 Update Gives Galaxy Phones More AI Camera Smarts

Samsung’s new update, based on Android 14, shows how the company will incorporate AI into the cameras of its Galaxy phones.
Samsung’s Galaxy phones will soon get aa bevy of new camera features, some of which are powered by AI, as part of the company’s One UI 6 software.


The update, which is based on Google’s broader Android 14 software, is said to have begun rolling out to certain countries in Europe and will be arriving in the US in the coming weeks. The launch comes as AI is beginning to play a larger role in Samsung Cell Phone Battery as recent announcements from Google and Qualcomm have indicated. 

Samsung appears to be taking a page from Apple and Google when it comes to certain camera-related features in One UI 6. For example, a feature called AI Image Clipping will let Galaxy users cut certain objects out of a photo and turn them into stickers that can be placed on other photos. Apple has a similar feature in its recently launched iOS 17 iPhone update. A GIF within Samsung’s press release also shows the sticker being resized after it’s been pasted onto another image, which is somewhat reminiscent of Google’s Magic Editor tool for the Pixel 8 and Pixel 8 Pro.


Samsung is also building on its Galaxy Battery Enhance-X app, an existing app with extra photo-editing tools, like the ability to sharpen older photos similar to Google’s Photo Unblur. With One UI 6, that app will get new capabilities such as Sky Guide, which uses AI to identify constellations and stars after taking a photo of the night sky. 
You’ll also be able to apply Samsung’s Single Take feature in Enhance-X to videos and images with motion that you’ve already captured. Single Take is a camera mode on Samsung phones that lets you capture multiple images at a time in different styles by tapping the shutter button once. In Enhance-X, it sounds like your phone will be able to extract the best stills and clips from existing images using Single Take. Other features coming to the app include the ability to sharpen blurriness from a smudged camera lens in photos and turn regular videos into slow motion clips by generating extra frames.


A photo of Samsung’s Enhance-X app showing Single Take
Aside from these AI-powered features, the company is hoping to make using the camera more convenient. The update should improve document scanning, and you’ll be able to switch to a higher resolution shooting mode more easily in the camera app. If you have frequent camera modes that you prefer, such as panorama or portrait, you’ll also be able to save them directly to the home screen as widgets. Samsung is also updating the editing tools layout in the camera app and adding undo and redo buttons for toggling between edits.
Samsung’s One UI 6 update is another sign that smartphone Battery makers are seeking new ways to incorporate AI into current and future products. AI has played an important role in smartphones for years when it comes to features like voice recognition, language translation and object recognition in photos But the boom in generative artificial intelligence, or AI that can create content based on prompts, following the success of ChatGPT, has fueled greater interest in AI. 


Qualcomm designed its next-generation Snapdragon 8 Gen 3 smartphone chip around AI use cases and applications. The AI-powered photo-editing features in the Pixel 8 and 8 Pro are the factors biggest that separate them from last year’s Pixel 7 family. And Apple is said to be developing new AI features for iOS 18, according to Bloomberg. Now, we’re getting a sense of how Samsung will incorporate AI into its Galaxy phones with One UI 6. 


Samsung’s new software, launched in beta for the Galaxy S23 in August, and social media posts spotted by 9to5Google and Android Authority suggest the software has launched in parts of Europe. A Samsung spokesperson told CNET it will come to US devices in the coming weeks. 

content=”All kinds of Samsung Cell Phone batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Samsung Cell Phone Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Samsung Cell Phone battery.” />

How to Change the Battery on a Samsung Galaxy

Most Samsung Galaxy models have a removable battery, a rarity for many smartphones today. This wikiHow guide will help you swap out the battery on your Galaxy.
Press and hold the Power button. Powering off the Samsung Cell Phone Battery  properly is essential in making sure that no data get corrupted in case you power it off while the CPU is writing data. To switch off the phone safely, press and hold the Power button on your device.This is typically located at the right side of the device for easy reach.The power menu should come up.


Tap on the “Power Off” or “Shut Off” option. A loading screen should appear, which you must wait for so the phone shuts off properly.You will know that it has powered off when the device vibrates briefly and the screen turns off.
Remove the back plate. For newer Galaxy battery. phones with adhesive lining in the back case, you’ll need a pick or prying tool and a heat source to remove the back. The removable backplate protects the battery, as well as the SIM card and the microSD card inserted into your device. It can easily be pried off, but you must locate the groove that will enable you to use your fingernail to remove it.Typically located around the corners of your device, the groove will let you pull out the backplate with just a little force needed.

Remove the battery. Once you remove the back plate, the battery, SIM, and microSD card will be exposed. Remove the battery by prying it out with your fingernail.The battery has a lip where you will be able to pull it out with ease.

Inserting the ReplacementGet the new battery. Ensure that the battery you are using is rated for the device you are using it with and has been fully charged. It is highly recommended that you use original Samsung batteries on your Galaxy device.Step 2 Insert the new battery.2Insert the new battery. Now that you have your battery, insert it into your device’s battery bay by inserting the side with the gold terminals first.


Step 3 Put the back plate on again.3Put the back plate on again. Do this by pressing down on the sides of the back plate against your phone. You should hear an audible clicking, which means the latches have been secured.Step 4 Turn on your phone by holding the Power button.FourTurn on your phone by holding the Power button. The phone should vibrate briefly, and boot into your home screen shortly.

 content=”All kinds of Samsung Cell Phone batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Samsung Cell Phone Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Samsung Cell Phone battery.” />

Which Google Pixel Phone Should You Buy?

GOOGLE’S PIXEL PHONES are our favorite Android phones here at WIRED, and they have been for a few years. They have industry-leading cameras, get speedy software and security updates directly from Google (like iPhones do from Apple), and are priced competitively. But choosing the right model can be tricky. Should you get the Pixel 7A? The Pixel 8? What about the crazy-expensive Pixel Fold? 


Don’t fret—here we break down the differences between the best Pixel phones battery and sort out the right one for you. We also have Pixel-exclusive tips to help you get the most out of your new phone, and we recommend some cases and accessories we’ve tested if you want protection.
Updated October 2023: We’ve added cases from Spigen and Burga.
The Best Pixel for Most People


The Pixel 7A (8/10, WIRED Recommends) is our top choice for most people because it has pretty much everything you need, setting a new standard for mid-range smartphones. (Though it is a little pricier than the Pixel 6A from 2022 .) This iteration includes wireless charging, which is really uncommon for phones under $500. You also get a 90-Hz screen refresh rate, which makes the onscreen interactions look and feel more fluid, as there are more frames per second than before. 
Its design and build are similar to its predecessor, though Google claims the aluminum mid-frame is slightly more durable. There’s Gorilla Glass 3 on the front 6.1-inch screen, which isn’t as scratch-resistant as the glass on pricier Pixels, but at least the rear is a plastic composite that won’t crack. This model comes in Charcoal, Sea, and Snow, but a Google Store-exclusive Coral has caught my eye.  


You won’t run into any problems with performance. It’s powered by Google’s Tensor G2 chipset, which is the same one that’s inside the Pixel 7 series. It’s plenty fast for everyday tasks and most mobile gaming, and it also allows for a few new software tricks, like Photo Unblur, which can use machine-learning algorithms to unblur people’s faces in those late-night pics. (It actually did this really well when I tried to capture a photo of a bride and groom on the dance floor!)
Speaking of the camera system, a 64-megapixel sensor leads the pack joined by a 13-megapixel ultrawide, and while these are not as good as the cameras in the Pixel 7 , the results are nearly imperceptible (you have to look really close) It’s easily the best camera phone for the money, whether you’re using it in low light to capture the stars or shooting a landscape on a sunny day. 


One reason we recommend Pixel phones is that they include many great software features that are genuinely helpful. We’ve collected most of them below, but my favorites are Assistant Voice Typing for much faster and more accurate voice transcriptions using the built-in keyboard; Now Playing to find out what music is playing around me; and Call Screen, which has pretty much stopped all spam calls coming my way. You’ll also get five years of security updates, so your Pixel 7A will be supported for quite a while Unfortunately, Google promises only three OS upgrades.


The only things that are iffy on the Pixel 7A are the fingerprint sensor, which isn’t as snappy or reliable as I’d like, and the battery life. The 4,385-mAh cell can take you through a full day of average use, but on busy days you will most likely need to top up before the sun goes down. There’s also no microSD card slot or headphone jack, so you’ll have to look elsewhere if you want a phone with those features. 
Works on all three major US carriers.


Best Pixel Upgrade
If you want the latest and greatest, then go for Google’s Pixel 8 and Pixel 8 Pro (7/10, WIRED Recommends). These flagships are slightly more expensive this year, but they’re the only Pixels to receive a software commitment of seven years. That’s right, Google is finally promising seven years of security and Android OS upgrades to these phones, outclassing all its Android peers. That even includes stocking up on spare parts for repairs to the hardware. 


The 8 series has the brightest OLED displays ever on a Pixel, which means no need to squint when staring at the screen on a sunny day. They have a more rounded design that makes ’em comfy to hold, though this is more evident on the 6.2-inch Pixel 8, which is smaller than its predecessor. It has a glossy glass back, whereas the 6.7-inch Pixel 8 Pro has a matte soft-touch glass back. Both have 120-Hz screen refresh rates, but only the Pro model can adjust this from 1 Hz to 120 Hz depending on what’s on the screen, which is more battery-efficient. 


These phones now have secure Face Unlock, making them the first since the Pixel 4 to have a biometric authentication tool like Apple’s Face ID. You can use your face or the in-display fingerprint scanner to access sensitive apps like your banking app. It just doesn’t work well in darkness, so you’ll still have to rely on your thumbs. 
Inside is Google’s Tensor G3 processor, which hasn’t given me any trouble with any  of the apps or games I threw at it. It remarkable powers new smart imaging features, like Magic Editor, which lets you move subjects around in your photos and even change the type of sky; Best Take, for fixing people’s faces in case they blinked and Audio Magic Eraser, to remove unwanted sounds like a fire truck’s siren from video clips. I go into a little more depth about these features in this story.


The cameras have been upgraded all around, too. The Google Pixel battery Pixel 8 has a 50-MP main camera that crops into the center to offer a high-quality 2X zoom. There’s also a 12-MP ultrawide now with autofocus, allowing it to utilize Google’s Macro Focus for close-up shots. 


The Pixel 8 Pro has the same main camera but an upgraded 48-MP ultrawide that lets you go even closer to subjects for Macro Focus, and it’s overall more effective in low light. You still get a 48-MP telephoto 5X optical zoom camera, and the Pro also exclusively has a front-facing camera with autofocus, allowing for sharper selfies. It’s the only one with Pro camera controls in case you want to have more control over your photos, and it will eventually get a new feature called Video Boost , which will send your clips to Google’s cloud servers for processing—you’ll be sent back footage that is brighter with better stabilization, less noise, and brighter colors. 

The 4,485-mAh and 5,050-mAh Google Pixel battery batteries in the Pixel 7and Pixel 7Pro aren’t anything to write home about. With average use, you can expect them to last a full day, but anyone using their phone heavily will want to carry a power bank. At least they can recharge slightly faster. 

Which Motorola Phone Should You Buy?

IF SOMEONE ASKED what kind of pet you want Motorola’s phones are hamsters in this analogy.Still cute and definitely pets, but not necessarily the first or second one that comes to mind. The company’s Android  Cell Phone Batteries often play third fiddle to the likes of Samsung and Google.

And if you’re an interested buyer, it can be hard to select the best Motorola phone because the company launches way too many models in a year. I’ve tested almost every Moto phone, and in this guide I break down the pros and cons and steer you toward my favorite models.  
The Pros and Cons of Buying a Motorolafront and rear view of the Motorola Mot G Power 5G smartphones


Here’s what’s WIRED and TIRED about Motorola phones. This breakdown can help you decide whether to stick with Moto or buy something else. 
What’s WIRED About Motorola Phones Motorola phones  batteryhave a simple Android interface. This means the company hasn’t done much to gunk up the software. It’s simple and easy to use. There’s often some bloatware, but nowadays you can easily uninstall almost all of it. 


These phones come with 256 gigabytes of storage. This isn’t true of every Motorola phone, but most now offer more than the 128-GB capacity you’ll find on their peers.
They have some of the best battery life. The company stuffs big batteries into these slim phones, and they’re frequently able to eke out two full days of use on a single charge, besting almost all of the competition. 
There’s broad carrier support. While some Android phones have inconsistent carrier support in the US, Motorola phones often work on most if not all networks (the company lists carrier support details in the Specs section of all its phones). They all work on the big three—T-Mobile, AT&T, and Verizon. Make sure you buy them unlocked. 
The prices dip quite often. Never buy a Motorola phone at its MSRP. They almost always go on sale a few months (or even weeks) after launch, sometimes at steep discounts. 


What’s TIRED About Motorola PhonesMotorola’s software updates are lackluster. The company is slowly improving here—it promises to deliver three Android OS updates and four years of bimonthly security updates to its high-end smartphones—but it still lags behind its peers. Worse yet, the phones in the Moto G series only receive one OS Android update (with three years of security updates), so they miss out on new Android features fairly quickly.
Moto G phones lack NFC. Near-field communication sensors are what enable tap-to-pay on your phone, allowing you to use contactless payments at participating retailers. Phones as cheap as $200 have this feature, but Motorola is notorious for excluding it on (most) of its Moto G range. 


The cameras are lackluster. Among the things Motorola behind the likes of Samsung putting and Google are the cameras. They can take fine photos, but they’re easily eclipsed by the competition.
There’s no always-on display. Most Android phones have a setting you can toggle on if you want an Always-on Display that will show a clock on your screen even when the screen is “off.” Motorola has Peek Display, which requires you to move the phone or tap the screen to see anything. It’s not a big deal, but that’s a feature you might miss if you’re coming from another phone. 
Best Motorola PhoneThe best Motorola phone right now is the Motorola Edge+ (2023). It’s a tall, narrow device with a 6.7-inch OLED display that curves into the edges for a more immersive screen. I usually dislike these kinds of “waterfall displays” because my fingers tend to disrupt the screen, but I didn’t have many issues on this phone. 


The Full HD+ screen is sharp and colorful, it gets bright enough to view on sunny days, and the refresh rate can ratchet all the way up to 165 Hz. It makes the screen look and feel more responsive, though I set it to 120 Hz , which is plenty for me and doesn’t suck up as much battery. The back of the phone has a glistening design that looks snazzy, and both the front and back are protected by the scratch-resistant Gorilla Glass Victus.
The Edge+ impresses with its raw specs. It’s powered by the latest Qualcomm Snapdragon 8 Gen 2 processor (along with 8 GB of RAM), which is what powers most high-end Android smartphones right now, and I rarely saw stutters, even with the most demanding apps and games. 


There are dual stereo speakers at the top and bottom of this device to pump out loud tunes that sound pretty good, NFC for making contactless payments, dual SIM support, IP68 water resistance, and a whopping 512 GB of storage—well more than you’ ll find on any other smartphone at this price. There’s no microSD card slot to expand that storage, nor a headphone jack in case you want to plug in. 


Most impressive is battery life. There’s a 5,100-mAh cell, and this  Motorola cellphone Battery easily lasted two full days of average use. Even heavy users should expect to get through a full day without requiring a top-up. When you do need to recharge , you can use the included 68-watt charging adapter or a wireless charger. Motorola is one of the few phone makers to still include a charger in the box. 


Where it loses points is the camera system. A 50-megapixel primary camera is joined by a 50-MP ultrawide and a 60-MP selfie camera. In my photo comparisons, the Edge+ took some sharp shots, but it had a hard time keeping up with the $499 Google Pixel 7A. Motorola’s results are often oversaturated and overly brightened, and they tend to deliver slightly off skin tones. In low light, I frequently had to retake photos because the first result was blurry. If the camera is important to you, I’d avoid buying any Motorola phone. Consider the Pixel 7A or Samsung Galaxy S23 instead.

Motorola Phone battery  Android OS upgrades promises four years of bimonthly security updates.  

Samsung Announces Another Cell Phone Battery Recall

Just when we thought the issues with overheating Samsung batteries had passed, the company has announced a recall of about 10,200 lithium-ion batteries because of overheating, fire, and burn hazards.
The US Consumer Product Safety Commission (CPSC) announced the recall on August 16, 2017, noting that these are batteries that have been placed in refurbished phones.
Samsung Recalls Batteries in Refurbished PhonesCustomers who are using refurbished AT&T Samsung Galaxy Note 4 cell phones distributed as replacement phones through AT&T’s insurance program may be affected. Samsung has determined that some of the recalled SamsungSmartphone Battery batteries are counterfeit and show anomalies that can lead to overheating. The phones were provided as replacement phones between December 2016 and April 2017.
Samsung has advised consumers to stop using the batteries immediately, and to power down their cell phones. Then they should expect to receive by mail from FedEx Supply Chain a free, new replacement battery and a postage paid box to return the recalled battery. Consumers can identify the new, replacement batteries by a green dot that has been affixed to them.
So far, there have been no reports of property damage or injuries related to this recall.
Samsung Recalled One Million Phones in 2016Back in September 2016, the CPSC announced the recall of Samsung Galaxy Note7 smartphones, because they contained lithium-ion batteries that could overheat and catch fire. The phones were sold before the recall date at stores nationwide, including AT&T, Best Buy, Sprint, T-Mobile, US Cellular, and Verizon.
Prior to the recall, Samsung received 92 reports of the batteries overheating, including 26 reports of burns and 55 reports of property damage, including fires in cars and a garage. The recall affected about 1 million units, and Samsung promised free replacements for consumers.
In January 2017, Recode Media reported that after months of investigating, Samsung had concluded that there was nothing wrong with their Galaxy Note7 phones, but instead, they discovered flaws with the batteries themselves. In one, a design flaw caused the electrodes to bend, which could lead to a connection between the positive and negative tabs, causing a short circuit.
In a second battery Samsung obtained from another provider, a manufacturing issue led to a welding defect that prompted the battery to short circuit and ignite.
Manufacturers Responsible for Battery SafetyIt’s not only phones struggling with lithium-ion batteries. Other devices, including e-cigarettes and hoverboards, have been in the news because of overheating-related incidences and injuries. These batteries are popular because they store a lot of energy in a small space , so they work well for powering many different products, but they are naturally vulnerable to short-circuiting and over-charging. They are also filled with a flammable substance that can explode when it gets too hot.
As technology continues to move forward at breakneck speeds, manufacturers must take steps to make sure their batteries are safe. Proper protection Samsung Cell Phone  batteries can reduce the risk of short-circuiting and overheating, while increasing resistance to physical abuse.

The best gaming phone 2023: top mobile game champions

The best gaming phones are specifically tailored to gamers. Ideally, when buying a gaming phone, you need fast performance, a large, high-resolution screen with a high refresh rate, good battery life, and features tailor-made for gaming.


So, while some of the best smartphones, such as the iPhone 15 Pro Max and Sony Xperia 1 IV, might do a great job breaking mobile games, you’re better off getting a gaming phone for a better gaming experience. That’s especially if you spend more of your free time gaming and you want that distinctive gamer aesthetic. 
A dedicated device tends to boast better cooling as well as come with shoulder triggers and even detachable physical controls. Phones like the Asus ROG Phone 6D offer all these features, for example, which is why it tops our list of the best gaming phones. 


Having more tested than our share of phones, we’ve ranked all the best  iphones Battery, prioritizing those that are specifically designed with gaming in mind, followed by more general smartphones that come with enough power to give you a smooth and immersive gaming experience. Take a look at the best gaming phones below. 
The best gaming phone 2023


1. Asus ROG Phone 6D
Asus knows how to make good gaming phones as demonstrated by the Asus Rog Phone 6D. It has a near identical design to the Asus Rog Phone 6 but with superior cooling so it’s never going to overheat while you play.
MediaTek’s Dimensity 9000 Plus chipset is a force to be reckoned with while it’s paired up beautifully with a 6.78-inch full HD OLED display. A 165Hz refresh rate will delight gamers along with plenty of viewing modes to set. Speaker performance is excellent too while Asus’s software includes extensive in-game tools. 
The only downside here is the camera which is fairly average, but if you’re solely focused on gaming, the Asus Rog Phone 6D will delight. 

2. Asus ROG Phone 5
The Asus ROG Phone 5 is a remarkable gaming phone – even though it’s a generation behind our number highlights one pick, the Asus ROG Phone 6. Its include power from the pairing of a Snapdragon 888 chipset and up to 16GB of RAM, plus a screen that has a refresh rate of 144Hz and a touch sampling rate of 300Hz – both of which are higher than most phones and we found this pairing beneficial to games.
The Asus ROG Phone 5 also has a huge 6,000mAh iPhone battery , so you can game for longer, and with 65W charging you won’t be out of action for long when it runs dry. 
Add to that responsive shoulder buttons, programmable RGB lights, and compatibility with a range of gaming-focused accessories, and the Asus ROG Phone 5 really is the complete package for gamers.


Read our review: Asus ROG Phone 5
The best non-gaming phones for gamingWe’ve suggested the best phones designed for gaming, but if you’d rather have a more mainstream device, here are all the phones we recommend that, among the rest of their strengths, are also very good phones to play games on. 
You’ll find a lot of overlap with our best phones list, for good reason: these handsets have top-end specs and screens to give the best gaming experience possible outside of gaming-focused phones.
It’s worth noting also that there’s now native Xbox and PlayStation controller support on both iOS and Android, so although the following phones don’t – for the most part – have dedicated gaming peripherals from their makers, they do support some existing peripherals.


3. iPhone 15 Pro Max
More than just an iterative upgrade on its predecessor, the iPhone 15 Pro Max brings in improved cameras, a 5x telephoto lens, a new Action Button, a Titanium design, and most importantly for gaming: the new A17 Pro chip. 
With that slice of silicon the iPhone Pro is more powerful than ever, with the promise of being able to deliver hardware-accelerated ray tracing for more realistic lighting in games, and the ability to run actual console version of big games like Resident Evil: Village on a smartphone. We need to se this for ourselves, beyond brief demos, but overall theApple Cell Phone batteries iPhone 15 Pro Max could make for a killer gaming phone in an unassuming smartphone chassis. 


Add in access to Apple Arcade games, which are going from strength to strength, and the iPhone 15 Pro Max and iOS is starting to look like a platform that can deliver serious and unique gaming experiences. It doesn’t hurt that the 120Hz 6.7- inch display is also fantastic, with a design that makes the edges slightly smoother and thus more comfortable to hold. 
All in all, the iPhone 15 Pro Max is a fantastic phone that can also handle gaming with ease.

 What is the best gaming phone?

That depends on whether you want a phone specifically built for gaming, or a great all-round handset that also excels for gaming, but we’ve got picks for both.

What should I look for when buying a gaming phone?

The three main factors to consider are screen (particularly size, resolution and refresh rate), battery life, and processing power. Beyond that, look to extra features that might be useful when gaming, such as triggers or fans, and look to the library of available games, as it differs between Android and iOS.

 content=”All kinds of Apple Cell Phone batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Apple Cell Phone Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Apple Cell Phone battery.” />

Recent Developments in Mobile Phone Battery Technology

The importance of mobile phones in the daily lives of human beings can’t be denied. Their prevalence is primarily due to their efficient utility and portability, which is enabled by a compact and strong battery. To satisfy the rising demands of smartphone consumers, its battery technology is continuously evolving. In recent years, there have been numerous advancements in rechargeable batteries for mobile phones leading to increased battery life and efficiency. 


A Brief History of Mobile Phone Battery TechnologyMobile phone battery technology has evolved tremendously throughout the years. A research article published in InfoMat (Willey) has presented a thorough overview of the technological evolutions of the battery. As per the research, 1983 was a significant year as it saw the release of Motorola’s DynaTac 8000X, which employed a Ni-Cd battery with a modest 500mAh capacity.


Nickel-Metal Hydride (NiMH) batteries substituted NiCd batteries in the 1990s. NiMH batteries had an improved power density and were more environmentally friendly than NiCd batteries. Nevertheless, NiMH batteries were susceptible to the memory effect, which diminished their efficiency over time.
The transition period between 1998 and 2000 led to the substitution of NiMH batteries with Lithium Ion batteries. The energy density of Li-ion batteries was significantly greater than that of NiMH batteries, and they were immune to the memory effect. Li-ion batteries are the most common form of battery used in mobile phones today.


Solid State Batteries – A Novel Battery InnovationSolid-state batteries have been viewed as prospective future technologies for energy storage mainly due to their improved energy density and enhanced safety when contrasted to commercial operations lithium-ion batteries with liquid electrolytes.
Toyota, Samsung, and BMW are among the businesses that are developing solid-state batteries for cell phones. A United States startup Solid Power is among the top-notch manufacturers of solid-state batteries as well as Sulfide solid electrolytes for smartphones and electric vehicles Their batteries outperform traditional lithium-ion batteries due to the utilization of better-performing electrodes such as high-content silicon and lithium metal, so consumers may expect a 15-35% cost savings at the pack level.


Graphene-Based Batteries for Mobile PhonesGraphene is the 2-dimensional framework of graphite, in which one layer of planar carbon atoms is organized in the form of a honeycomb lattice. Even at absolute zero, graphene is regarded as a semi-metallic material. Graphene has four times the tensile strength of steel, is extremely adaptable, transparent, and an exceptional conductor of heat and electricity due to its bonds. These attributes of graphene make it a suitable material for both mobile phone batteries and supercapacitors.
Huawei, Samsung, and Graphene Flagship, a research project financed by the European Union, are among the corporations working on the development of graphene battery packs for cell phones.
Hydrogen Fuel Cells Based BatteriesThe utilization of hydrogen fuel cells presents a novel technological advancement with the potential to significantly transform the mobile phone battery landscape. These fuel cells function through the combination of hydrogen and oxygen, resulting in the production of water as a byproduct. Such a process renders hydrogen fuel cells an environmentally friendly and proficient energy source.


Various corporations are currently involved in the research and development of hydrogen fuel cells for mobile phones, including Intelligent Energy, a UK-based enterprise that has engineered a fuel cell that can power an iPhone for up to a week without necessitating a recharge. The organization is presently in the process of creating a commercial version of the fuel cell to cater to the mobile phone industry.


Sodium Ion Mobile BatteriesSodium-ion batteries represent an alternative to conventional lithium-ion batteries for energy storage and release, utilizing sodium ions instead. The abundance and comparatively lower cost of sodium compared to lithium render sodium-ion batteries a more cost-effective choice. additionally, sodium -ion ​​batteries demonstrate a higher energy density in comparison to NiMH batteries.
A research article published in the Journal of Physics: Energy has presented an overview of sodium ion mobile batteries. As per the research, Titanium-based oxides are regarded as highly potential and versatile anode materials for sodium batteries, given their affordability, facile processing, and lack of toxicity. These materials exhibit greater safety in comparison to carbon-based anodes due to their elevated operating voltage, which helps prevent the formation of metallic sodium plating.
Notably, a select number of corporations, including Faradion (UK), Tiamat (Europe), Altris AB (Europe), HiNa (China), and Natron Energy (USA), are currently dedicated to the development of sodium batteries.


Novel Thin Film Battery – A Game Changer for Mobile PhonesA company based in Rzeszów is aiming to revolutionize the global market with its latest thin-film battery, which is expected to have a lifespan of up to 68 years. Developed by The Batteries, this cutting-edge technology has already earned the label of ” a game changer” from the industry press, and the company plans to begin large-scale production once construction of their “pilot factory” is complete.


Polish scientists have created a battery that can charge from 0 percent to 100 percent in merely eight minutes, offering an alternative to the conventional lithium-ion batteries which have dominated the market for the past 25 years. The new technology developed in Poland obviates the requirement for supplementary chemical compounds, and as a result, the energy density of the battery has increased by almost twofold to 1,200 Wh/l.
Market Analysis and Future PerspectiveAllied Market Research has published a thorough report focusing on the market analysis and industry forecast of  iphone batteries. According to the report, the global market for mobile batteries had a value of $21.2 billion in 2020, and it is anticipated to grow to $38.6 billion by 2030, exhibiting a compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of 6.3% between 2021 and 2030.


The report highlights that the Asia-Pacific region is projected to hold the largest market share, with China, India, and Japan emerging as major players in the mobile battery market. Nevertheless, North America and Europe are also predicted to experience substantial growth, debt to a surge in demand for superior battery technology fueled by the growing popularity of smartphones and other mobile devices.


The future of mobile phone batteries appears bright, with various promising new technologies currently under development. Notably, the advancement of flexible and stretchable batteries is an area of ​​active exploration. Such batteries can be easily integrated into wearable devices and possess the ability to bend and stretch without compromising their functionality. This will facilitate the creation of novel types of wearable devices that are presently unfeasible.
In short, the recent technological innovations in mobile  apple phone batterieswill play a crucial role in the further commercialization of smartphones and modern industrial infrastructure.

How to give more juice to your smartphone’s battery

Considering how much smartphones have changed our lives, it is amazing how feeble they are when it comes to battery life . Most people are ready to accept that a smartphone is barely able to make it through one day. As we have all experienced at one point , this is not nearly enough.

As a result, the aftermarket of power alternatives is huge. We analyzed this cluttered market and we want to share some of the best ways to extend the power of your smartphone. Let’s get started

Do you need more power on your smartphone?

A few years back, phones would easily last 4-5 days between charges. Today we moved from phones to  Smartphone Battery that barely get us to the evening. The all-powerful apps of the smartphone era, make us weak in the knees and they do so for a reason. The almighty smartphone is able to exchange messages in dozens of ways, manage your bank account s, serve you music on the go, connect with your social circle s, show you the latest news, access scores of addictive games and the list goes on and on. The conundrum here is that the more you can do on your smartphone, the faster it will run down.
So what can you do? Let’s make sure you have a full list of options in front of you.
In order to make this examination of options practical, we will pick up a few popular smartphones. We decided to get one each from iOS, Android and Windows Phone. When we discuss options, we will put links to the products that work with them so that you have access to pictures and specs and make it easier to get similar options for your smartphone.


Here is the list of smartphones   battery  under consideration in this article and their power specs:
iPhone 6s: battery 1.715 mAh, Lightning connectorNexus 6P: battery 3.450 mAh, USB-C connectorLumia 640: battery 2.500 mAh, Micro-USBOne ability that is conspicuously missing from all the above smartphones is wireless charging. Do not lose hope yet. We will find creative ways s to get this added to the mix.
Chargers, chargers everywhere!The first thing that you may consider for prolonging the battery life of your smartphone, is getting additional chargers. The investment is rather small compared to the price you paid for your smartphone and the bonus of doubling or tripling its use is worth the money.


The key here is to carefully consider where exactly you spend your day (and night!). The usual places, for which you will need additional chargers, are the workplace and your car, assuming that you keep the original charger at home and use it mainly overnight. If you are an avid smartphone user while at home, you may even cons ider having two chargers there: one for the bedroom and another for the living room.
Another scenario is to have a charger in your bag. I have gotten numerous respites in cafes, trains or airports once I found an electrical socket.
smartphone, battery, charger, power, case, solarA notable variation are the docking chargers. These allow an upright position of your smartphone which makes it easier to check on for notifications. Your work desk or your nightstand are the favorite locations for such docks.


The alternative to a full-blown electrical charger is to get a USB cable that plugs into your smartphone and use any computer or any device, for that matter, with a USB port available as the power source.
There are lots of manufacturers that sell chargers. The risk here is that a cheap charger may not charge as fast your smartphone or even damage it in the long run. It is always a good idea to carefully check the reviews left by other buyers to minimize this risk. The chargers produced by the original manufacturers of the smartphone are the safest bet, although they are usually more expensive.


Here are some good power chargers for the smartphones in our list:
iPhone 6s : wall charger, docking charger, car chargerNexus 6P: wall charger + USB-C cable, docking charger, car chargerLumia 640: wall charger, docking charger, car chargerBefore we close this topic, we need to say a few words about fast charging. This is another area where manufacturers do not manage to converge (yet) to unified standards. Qualcomm Technologies have been promoting standards in this area for a few years with the latest one Quick Charge 3.0 announced this September. Although two of our smartphones are equipped with Qualcomm processors, none of them comply with Quick Charge standards. The Nexus smartphone does come with a fast charge claim, but this is based on Google proprietary devices, which use a special voltage/amperage combination.


What you need to take from this is that fast charging is an important feature that may apply to your smartphone. Qualcomm claims that, in tests with a particular battery, a regular charger achieved 12% in 30 minutes, a Quick Charge 1.0 device 30% and a Quick Charge 2.0 one 60%. Quick Charge 3.0 should be able to deliver more than 80% in the same amount of time.


Check out the specs of your smartphone and, if your iPhone smartphone  batteryis compliant, pick up a ch

Apple iPhone 4S Battery Drain: Guessing Game Continues

Waiting on an expected fix from Apple, iPhone 4S users complaining of rapid battery drain are coming up with their own witches’ brews to keep their new handsets from dying before the end of the day. Users started complaining of the poor battery life shortly after the iPhone 4S debuted, but recently the gripes have grown louder.
Home-grown solutions for the iPhone 4S battery dilemma include dropping push e-mail, lowering the screen brightness, turning off calendar notifications, and shutting down Wi-Fi when not in use. Or, to put it another way, iPhone 4S users have discovered sensible battery life management practices.


Apple has yet to officially address the iPhone 4S battery issue, but The Guardian reports that Apple engineers are on the case and contacting users directly to gather more information about the issue. Calls to several Apple Stores for help resulted in suggestions to make a Genius Bar appointment or were directed to an AppleCare hotline with a constant busy signal.


This is not the first time Apple has had to deal with iPhone battery life issues. In 2010, users complained of battery life issues after upgrading to iOS4 and 3GS owners complained of battery issues in 2009 when the device debuted.


DIY Battery LifeCritics and users impatient for an official statement from Apple about the iPhone 4S are trying to solve the battery drain problem on their own. The most popular culprit found so far is a feature in the iPhone 4S’s Location Services that lets a phone discover its time zone automatically. The feature can be switched off by opening the iPhone 4S’s Settings app (the gray cog) and selecting Location Services > System Services (at the very bottom of the screen) > Setting Time Zone.

But that’s not the only solution. Apple’s  battery support forum thread on the iPhone 4S battery issue is replete with creative concoctions for battery-saving techniques. This morning, there are 2388 comments and more than 157,000 views on the Apple support forum thread dealing with the iPhone 4S battery life issue. 
One user named TonyLukes3 disabled location-based iAds (but left Setting Time Zone on), reduced his screen display brightness to 85 percent, turned off iCloud for Photo Stream and “Documents & Data,” and switched his push e-mail setting to automatically fetch mail every 15 minutes.


WymJamesfound a winning combo by doing a full restore of his iPhone 4S from iTunes, disabling Setting Time Zone, and turning off calendar notifications from Notification Center (Settings > Notifications > Calendar). Echoing similar sentiments, Sam81 turned off calendar notifications for his two exchange accounts and then restarted the device.
Not to be outdone, angrywaiter’s mix of battery saving techniques included switching off “location crap,” calendar notifications, using fetch mail instead of push, and turning off the Wi-Fi radio when not in use. Angrywaiter also dealt with the issue by resetting his phone, which he says he’s done six times over the last four days.

The iPhone 4S batteryIt’s not clear if any of the shared solutions identified the actual cause of the iPhone 4S’s reported battery problems, or if users are simply being turned on to good battery management practices. Lowering your screen brightness, turning off the Wi-Fi radio when not in use, or opting for fetch mail instead of push are common ways to extendiPhone battery life for any phone.

How to show the battery percentage on Android smartphones

If, like us, you check the battery level on your Android smartphone very often, displaying the battery percentage on the home screen and the lock screen is a must. Fortunately, the steps involved to always display the remaining battery life are not complicated. This tutorial illustrates how to turn on battery percentage on Android smartphones and tablets, including Samsung Galaxy devices:


NOTE: This guide applies to Android 12, and it was created using a Google Pixel 4a and a Samsung Galaxy S21 FE. The procedures are similar on most Android-powered devices, with earlier versions of Android as well. You might come across some small differences, depending on your device’s manufacturer. If you do not know your Android version, here’s how to check the Android version on your smartphone or tablet.


How to display battery percentage using Android’s Quick SettingsThere are many Android devices that, by default, don’t show the remaining battery percentage on the status bar found at the top of the screen. Instead, they display a battery icon, and you are expected to estimate how much is left based on how full it is. However, the exact battery life is displayed on the Lock screen while your Android device is charging, as seen below. Depending on the device you’re using, this info might be displayed somewhere else on your Android’s screen.


When charging (right) the battery percentage is displayed on the screenIf you don’t want the battery percentage permanently taking up space on your Android’s status bar, but you’d still like to check it easily, you may see it by accessing Quick Settings. To open the Quick Settings, swipe down anytime from the upper side of the screen. The battery percentage is shown by default on the status bar displayed in the Quick Settings. Here’s how it looks on a Samsung Galaxy S21 FE:
Check the battery percentage by accessing Quick SettingsOn other devices like the Google Pixel 4a, by default, the Quick Settings menu displays an estimate of the remaining battery life, using days and hours.


On Pixel smartphones, a battery life estimation is shown instead of the percentageThis works great if you don’t use your device intensely or if you’re always near a charger. However, if you want the battery percentage to be a constant addition on your Android’s status bar, follow the steps in the next section.

How to turn on battery percentage on Android 12To turn on battery percentage and have it constantly show on your Android’s status bar, you need to first access Settings. Under the Battery option, you can see the remaining battery percentage, together with an estimation of how long until the battery is depleted. Tap on Battery to access more settings. Alternatively, you can insert “battery percentage” in the search field at the top of the Settings screen and then click on the result.


Open Settings, then go to BatteryThe Battery settings screen displays the percentage and time you have until recharging, together with several options related to battery management. Look for an entry called Battery percentage. Tap on Battery percentage to turn on the switch next to the option and show the battery percentage on your Android smartphone or tablet. The battery percentage is instantly displayed on your Android’s status bar.


You can toggle the switch to show or hide the percentageIf you ever need more room on your Android’s status bar, all you have to do is turn off the switch. The battery icon then replaces the percentage, and you can go back to guessing how much battery you have left on your Android smartphone or tablet .

How to show battery percentage on Samsung Galaxy smartphones and tablets

While most devices have similar options to those shown earlier, Samsung devices have a slightly different menu structure. On your Samsung Galaxy smartphone, go to Settings, and tap on Notifications.


On Samsung Galaxy devices, you must access Notifications in the Settings app Scroll down to Advanced settings and tap on it. Next, find the “Show battery percentage” switch and turn it on. The battery percentage is immediately shown on your status bar.
Scroll down and tap on Advanced settings, then toggle the Show battery percentage switchTIP: To get to the setting faster, simply open Settings and use the Search option. Type in “battery percentage” and then click on the result.


Did you succeed in enabling the battery percentage?Since we use our Android devices for both work and fun, we’re always at risk of running out of power, so we know how important battery management is. We hope this guide helped you display the battery percentage on yourAndroid smartphone batteryor tablet  . If you come across any issues, please let us know in the comments, together with the make and model of your device (and the Android version). 

Why does my iPhone power drain so quickly? Here’s how to care for your phone battery

QUESTION: Why do I have occasional days where my iPhone battery is suddenly low on power by midday when I’m not doing anything unusual?
ANSWER: The single biggest issue for every smartphone user is battery life. No matter what type of device you have, it’s going to diminish over time.


How old is it?Whenever I’m asked this question, I always start by focusing on the age of the device. If it’s relatively new, it’s probably related to app usage. If it’s older, it’s probably suffering from diminished battery capacity.
Start by checking the battery’s maximum capacity, which is a measure relative to when it was new or at 100%.

Tap Settings, then Battery, then iPhone Battery Health to get your current status. If it’s under 80%, it may be time to replace the battery. If it’s well above 80%, your issues are probably app usage related.
chemical ageAll rechargeable batteries are considered consumables, meaning there’s a finite limit to their usefulness. As time goes on, the physical age isn’t as important as the chemical age of the battery, which is primarily determined by charge cycles and how it’s been cared for .

Charge cycles

Apple’s guideline for battery lifespan is based on 500 complete charge cycles. A charge cycle is when you’ve discharged 100% of the battery’s capacity, but not necessarily in one day. For instance, if your battery level is at 50% when you recharge on two consecutive days, that would represent one charge cycle. If you are down to 25% every day when you charge, you’re using just over five charge cycles a week.

After 500 charge cycles, your battery will likely be at or near 80% capacity. For most users, that’s two to three years of regular usage.
Temperature’s impactOne of the easiest ways to quickly increase the chemical age of your battery is through exposure to high ambient temperatures.

Temperatures above 95 degrees can permanently damage the battery’s capacity, which can be a constant challenge if you live in a warm climate.
Another big thing to avoid is charging your phone when it’s hot, which can further damage the battery.


More from Ken Colburn:Here are 6 free alternatives to Microsoft Office
Your app usageWhich apps you use and how you use them can have a big impact on daily battery life. Apple makes it easy to see this by going to Settings, then Battery and scrolling down to the list of apps by battery usage.
The default is “Last 24 Hours,” but you’ll better understand your regular usage patterns by tapping “Last 10 Days.”


The app that uses the most battery power will be at the top of the list along with the percentage of iphone battery consumption. This should reflect the apps you use the most, but there’s more helpful information available if you tap the “Show activity” option.

This will give you more details, including how many hours and minutes you’ve used the app and how much of that time was in the background.
If the background usage is very high, you should start manually shutting down those apps when you aren’t using them.

Battery replacement

If your capacity is below 80%, Apple provides a relatively affordable replacement option for most current iPhone models ranging between $89 to $99. To get an estimate on your exact device


content=”All kinds of Apple Cell Phone  batteries and chargers at batteryforpc.co.uk. Apple Cell Phone  Battery with wholesale or retail is high quality & low price. Get 30% off buy Apple Cell Phone  battery.” 

Undercharged: iPhone 14 owners complain about lower battery endurance

Owners of the iPhone 14 and iPhone 14 Pro are complaining about battery health — but it’s not at all clear yet if this is an actual issue. Apple Insider looks at the data.Reports in August started to surface about battery issues for the current-gen iPhone 14 and the iPhone 14 Pro, with claims that the battery is degrading far quicker than it should be.


According to the various complaints, if you check the iphone Battery Health & Charging section under Battery in the Settings app, the Maximum Capacity figure is a lot lower than people want it to be. While you could easily expect that the maximum capacity will go down over time, it’s eroding a little too fast for some.Is there an iPhone 14 battery problem?A vocal group of iPhone 14 and iPhone 14 Pro users have raised issues with the Maximum Capacity number, claiming that its dropping at a far faster rate than they would want. These complaints have surfaced on social media, and over the summer, have become more prominent.
In July, Apple Track’s Sam Kohl pointed out via X that the capacity of his iPhone 14 Pro after less than a year of ownership is at 90%, deeming the number to be “actually unacceptable.” John Rettinger passed comment in August, sharing that his iPhone 14 Pro Max, bought at launch, has a capacity of 90% too.
I’ve had my iPhone 14 Pro for LESS than a year this is actually unacceptable pic.twitter.com/rKkvW6Z60v

The Wall Street Journal’s Joanna Stern also chimed in during August, questioning why her iPhone 14 Pro is down to 88%, and an Apple Store Genius said that he personally had already hit 450 charge cycles. By contrast, a three-year-old iPhone 12 Pro held by Stern’s wife was at 80% capacity, and her editor’s two-year-old iPhone 13 Pro was at 90%.
Others have also pointed out low percentages, including The Verge’s Tom Warren at 91% and Max Weinbach tweeting at 89%.


While these are prominent examples, there are many others on social media complaining about the Maximum Capacity for their iPhone 14-era smartphones. Excluding trolling responses, the typical query for those affected by this phenomenon is for a battery that’s mid to low-90’s in percent, or high 80’s.
The general opinion is that the Maximum Capacity shouldn’t be getting close to dipping down below 90% under a year after release. At least, that the percentages shouldn’t be dropping at a rate faster than the batteries of earlier iPhone releases.
Apple’s iPhone 14 battery expectationsApple does attempt to set healthy expectations for the batteries in its devices, as outlined in its Battery Service and Recycling page.
For the iPhone, Apple insists the battery is designed to retain up to 80% of its original capacity after 500 complete charge cycles. By a complete charge cycle, that means effectively depleting the battery then recharging it to full capacity.
Apple’s expectations are for an 80% battery capacity after 500 complete cyclesBy comparison, the Apple Watch, MacBook, and iPad lines are thought to hold on to 80% after 1,000 complete charge cycles, while the iPod does so for 400 cycles.
Apple also includes a clear warning that if you “need to charge your battery more and more frequently, it might be time to service it,” and to do so via Apple or an authorized service provider.


There’s also a one-year warranty for the iPhone, which includes service coverage for a defective battery that’s hit that 80% mark. AppleCare+ will extend this warranty out to two years for iPhones.
For out-of-warranty devices, there’s a battery replacement service.
A common problem?Failure rates for the total number of products manufactured is a bell curve. The early failures are numerically pretty low, with a peak at some point in the middle of the curve, followed by a slow rate as the population declines.

An example of a bell curve graph [Wikimedia]What varies between manufacturers and products is when the peak of failures lies in the timetable of the product. We have it on good authority that Apple has engineered the 80% battery depletion mark average — meaning the peak of the bell curve — at just over two years, and has for at least the last five years of iPhone models.


This means that an about-10% per-year depletion is normal, according to Apple.
For years, we’ve had access to a large amount of service data from within Apple’s repair chain, and iPhone battery replacement rates are included in that set.
We’ve grouped battery replacements into two groups — the iPhone 14 non-Pro models, and the two iPhone 14 Pro models in another group.
Instead of comparing per capita failure rates, we can compare total replacements, given that the total population of iPhones sold in that first year of live is a bit less in 2022 to 2023, than it was in 2021 to 2022.


For the lifetime of the iPhone 14 grouping and iPhone 14 Pro grouping, the number of battery failures, meaning that 80% threshold has been met, or Apple has decided 
to replace the battery in a response to a consumer complaint even if not at 80%, is a hair less than it has been in the past. This is consistent with what is believed to be a lower population of iPhone 14 models sold in total, than the iPhone 13 line.
The iPhone 14 Pro family has slightly more failures in total than the iPhone 14 grouping. It’s also believed that the population to date of the iPhone 14 Pro models is higher than that of the iPhone 14.


If there was a massive problem, there would be a giant deviation in the failure quantity, and a corresponding large deviation from that bell curve. To date, there is not that giant deviation in any iPhone 14 or iPhone 14 Pro model.
It’s still early in the device’s life, though, and the iPhone 14 is still on the left side of the bell curve. We’ll revisit this in about six months.


How a battery works, and what’s happeningAppleInsider has previously covered what happens to a battery to cause wear and tear, and how to care for the battery life.
In short, lithium-ion batteries use an anode and a cathode separated by a generally flammable electrolyte, with charged atoms moving from the anode to the cathode through the electrolyte. This process frees electrons, which return to the cathode, completing the circuit.
Recharging effectively reverses this chemical reaction, at the expense of some wear on the battery.
These reactions generate heat and can wear the battery, which eventually degrades the battery to exhaustion in a combination of physical and chemical effects beyond the scope of this article. To users, this wear is represented by a reduction of battery capacity over time. No battery is eternal.Replacing an iPhone battery


As for why the percentage change is faster for some users, this could be down to a number of factors. Most obviously the reason for the decrease could be an increase in battery usage, with intensive apps like games more likely to require higher rates of power consumption in a short space of time. And, that always-on display does draw some power.


A worn battery can be an operational issue, as Apple did introduce safeguards in iOS 10.2.1 that throttled the CPU to minimize the chance of shutdowns from excessive CPU power draws. However, this did lead to multiple class-action lawsuits that resulted in a $500 million settlement.
There is the possibility that, with reduced capacities, iPhone 14 owners may encounter these safeguards far earlier than they may have expected, especially considering the multi-year lifespan of an iPhone 14 Battery in many cases.

How an iPhone battery works and how to manage battery health

Your iPhone uses a lithium-ion battery that degrades over time, but there is little reason to worry about battery health in a new device. Here’s what you need to know about your iPhone’s battery.

Batteries are not mysterious black boxes that power your iPhone, in fact, they are quite simple products compared to the advanced silicon they are powering. The physical nature of batteries mean that they will ultimately wear out and become less useful over time, but device owners don’t need to worry.


Understanding a little bit of the science behind batteries can go a long way in intelligently managing your device’s lifespan. Controversies surrounding iPhone relating to planned obsolescence and expected upgrade cycles can easily be dismissed as hyperbole with a little bit of knowledge.Lithium-ion battery basicsA battery consists of an anode (+) and cathode (-) separated by a generally flammable electrolyte. When a device draws power from the battery, charged lithium ions move from the anode to the cathode through the electrolyte, releasing electrons.


These freed electrons power the device and return to the cathode, creating a complete electrical circuit. The opposite occurs when charging the device — electrons are passed into the anode and move to the cathode.
Without getting too technical, these two chemical reactions are imperfect and introduce heat loss and wear to the battery. The lithium material slowly depletes, oxidization reduces usable surface area, and filaments grow from battery plates. All this leads to cell degradation and eventual battery exhaustion .


There is nothing a user can do to stop this process desolately. Take using fuel in a car, for example, it eventually runs out. However, exhausting a lithium battery takes a great deal of time and can be mitigated somewhat by user and software behaviors .
So, when a new iPhone has a 100% battery rating, it has all of the rated milliamp-hours of power available when fully charged. It also means the battery can provide enough power to the CPU at peak current draw without issue.
Apple says its batteries are designed to retain up to 80% of their original capacity at 500 complete charge cycles. A charge cycle is defined by a complete drain of the battery to zero, followed by a complete charge to 100%.


This expected battery life can vary from user to user. The average user is expected to keep their battery health north of 80% for the first two years with regular use. Hitting 80% within a year is cause for concern, and Apple will replace your battery for free with AppleCare or for a fee without.


Others who use their iPhone constantly and charge their device from near dead to 100% multiple times a day will see their battery degrade faster. Looking at your Screen Time will reveal if you’re unconsciously overusing your device — maybe it’s time to put down your iPhone if TikTok shows multiple hours of use in a short time.
Of course, iPhones are bought to be used. But, like anything, moderation is important, especially if you’re worried about something as physical as battery chemistry.
Ultimately, once the battery degrades below 80% of its original capacity, protections within the operating system will engage to ensure the device doesn’t shut down inadvertently. This throttling can be avoided by having the battery replaced at an Authorized Apple Service Provider.


After the iPhone throttles the processor for the first time to prevent a shutdown, a new toggle will appear in battery settings. This gives users the ability to turn off the throttling feature and allows the processor to draw full current.
However, the device will shut off as soon as the current draw exceeds what the battery can provide. It is highly unadvisable to turn off the throttling feature and can lead to battery damage.


Degraded batteriesBefore iOS 10.2.1 in 2017, the iPhone didn’t do much to account for aging batteries in its software. However, a perfect storm of circumstances set AppleBattery up for user complaints about inadvertent shutdowns in older devices.
Recent devices had more powerful processors, thinner designs, and brighter displays. These factors led to smaller batteries with lower capacities that died faster. A smaller battery also meant a lower peak voltage, which meant aging batteries would dip below peak rated voltages sooner.
Those factors were coupled with more people buying iPhones than ever, then keeping them for longer than expected, which led to more reports of batteries becoming exhausted. Note that the “Plus” models and iPads were not encountering shutdown issues thanks to their larger battery capacities .


Intermittent shutdowns were reported by owners of the iPhone 6, iPhone 6s, and iPhone SE. Users complained that the device would show battery levels of 30% or more then suddenly shut off as if the battery died.


This occurred because these devices’ batteries had been exhausted to the point that they could no longer provide peak power during peak CPU draw. Since there were no other protections in place, the iPhone would sense the CPU power draw exceeding the available current and just shut down to protect the iPhone battery.

Best Practices For A Healthy Smartphone Battery Life

Users are forever in search of the best smartphone that has longer battery life. Gone are the days where batteries are easily replaceable. Today, we have to be conscious of our battery usage to minimize the expensive professional service that comes with smartphones.


Almost all smartphones are equipped with lithium-ion (Li-ion) batteries and while we all use the same type, no battery has the same lifespan. It all depends on our habits and how we use our phones that can determine how long can we keep the health of our smartphone batteries.
Best Practices to keep your Smartphone Battery Healthy
If you have been with your smartphone for more than a year, you might notice that batteries don’t last long compared to when it was brand new. Down the line, many phones can’t make it through a day with a single charge.


There are various ways to extend your phone battery lifespan. You might be familiar with it or it might sound new to you, but here are some best practices you can follow to keep your smartphone battery healthy:


Partial ChargingMost of us are guilty of fully charging our phones out of habit but in reality, it’s bad for the battery. Also, some are using their phones until the battery goes 0 percent before plugging it in, which should be avoided.
The best way to charge your phone and extend its lifespan is to charge it partially and frequently. For example, you can charge it for up to 80% and use it until it goes to 20% before charging it again. With this charging cycle, you can improve your smartphone’s battery life.
Avoid Extreme HeatLi-ion batteries don’t respond well to heat or extreme cold. If you are located in a cold area, its’ best to use thick phone cases that can keep it warm. For hot weather, don’t leave your phone exposed to sunlight. Heat is the worst enemy for Li-on batteries while cold might damage its health temporarily.
It’s best practice not to leave or store your mobile device in an enclosed space where there’s minimum ventilation as it raises the phone’s temperature, especially inside a hot car.


Decrease Screen BrightnessTurning down your screen brightness will save energy. Your smartphone screen is the component that uses battery the most. For iOS and Android devices, it gives you an option to automatically reduce the screen brightness when there’s light, though it still uses a light sensor. It’s advisable to disable auto-brightness.
You probably don’t require the full brightness, so manually setting your screen’s brightness depending on the ambient lighting is best recommended and will save your phone battery life.
Avoid Using Phone While ChargingMost people can’t keep away from their phones because it’s now considered a necessity. However, when it’s charging, it is better to avoid using it. When you use apps that require a large proportion of battery to operate, it’s consuming a lot of energy, thus reducing your battery life in the process.
It can also lead to overheating the device and as mentioned earlier, heat is the worst enemy for Li-on batteries. The best solution is to turn it off while charging, or if it’s really necessary to use it, then keep the workload very light when your phone is plugged in.


Avoid Using Non-Compatible Charging CablesThe most common practice people do is to use a counterfeit or third-party charging cable. You might think that you are saving some money because you bought it for a lower price, but it can seriously harm your smartphone battery.
Accessories that are not manufactured by the original provider are made of cheap materials that don’t work the same way as the original cables. Ensure that you are only using the right charging cables to protect not only your battery but also your smartphones.
Reduce Screen Timeout or Auto-LockSimilar to laptops or computers, your mobile’s screen can automatically turn off if not in use. You can save energy by reducing the screen timeout or auto-lock by 1 minute or even 30 seconds. Both iPhones and Androids have these features and it’s easy to set up.


Check Your AppsAll smartphone apps use power and data even if they are not in use, like Facebook. To extend your battery life, disable the background refresh activities of apps that aren’t crucial and do it regularly. When apps update, some new features are added and might consume more energy, so you’ll notice your battery draining. Make it a bit to monitor apps that consumes power even if you don’t use them.

Nowadays, Lithium-ion battery technology is more understood, but some myths remain in our consciousness. While most of the habit doesn’t severely impact your smartphone’s battery life, the decrease in removable batteries should be a reminder that we need to take precautions to prolong our smartphone’s battery life.

The real secret to better Android battery life

Attention, Android phone owners: Stronger smartphone stamina is well within your reach . All you’ve gotta do is reach out and grab it.
If there’s one question I hear more than any other here in the land o’ Googley matters, it’s how to grant oneself the invaluable gift of better battery life on Android.
Hey, we all struggle with stamina some days. Our favorite phones are no different.
Here’s the good news, though: While the notion of achieving better Android battery life may sometimes seem like rocket science, it’s actually just regular science — and the secret to making it happen actually isn’t all that difficult at all, once you understand the mechanics around it.
[ How to switch from iPhone to Android ]In fact, all it requires is a touch of careful planning.

Let me explain.
[Get Googley goodness in your inbox every Friday with my free Android Intelligence newsletter. Three fresh tips every Friday — straight from me to you!]
The Android battery life mechanicsThe main thing to know about your phone’s physical battery is that it’s a limited resource that loses capacity over time.


That’s an inherent quality of that type of technology, unfortunately, and the same is true no matter what type of mobile device you’re using: The more you use it — and, specifically, the more you stress it via ongoing charging — the less power it’s able to hold, and thus the worse battery life it gives you over time.
That’s at least in part why even a year-old phone often lasts for noticeably less time than a brand new out-of-the-box model. But once you’re aware of that unavoidable reality, you can take some smart and relatively simple steps to address it.
And here’s the easiest and most effective one of all: Stop charging your phone all the way to 100% and letting it sit on the charger indefinitely.


Ask most any Android   phone battery expert, and they’ll tell you the same thing: The fastest way to shortening your battery’s life and making it perform more poorly is regularly charging it all the way to full — or, worse yet, keeping it plugged in and maintaining that fully charged state for extended periods.
There’s a bunch of technical gobbledygook behind that, but the basic idea is that the higher your charging state, the faster the electrolytes — the components that make the battery work (which, fair warning, are far less tasty than the kind mixed into Gatorade) — degrade. And the more they degrade, the less charge they’re able to maintain.
In human terms, the takeaway is this: Letting your phone go super-high or super-low in charge is bad, mmkay? Instead, what you want to do is stay in the middle as much as possible.


And luckily, that’s almost shockingly easy to do. You just have to take a teensy shred of time now to make some simple changes to your charging habits, and you’ll set yourself up for a longer-lasting battery for months or even years to come.
Your better Android battery life options

All right — enough about the mechanics. Let’s get into the actual answers, shall we?
We’ll tackle three separate categories and associated options for boosting your Android phone’s battery life and setting yourself up for lasting stamina success:
1. For the Google Pixel owners among usFirst, if you’ve got a Google-made Pixel phone from 2019 or later — so the Pixel 4 model and up, in other words — take 20 seconds now to dig up your device’s Adaptive Charging setting:


Open up the Battery section of your system settings.Tap “Adaptive preferences.”Find the line labeled “Adaptive Charging” and make sure the toggle next to it is in the on and active position.Android Battery Life: PixelJRThat’ll allow your phone to take a slow ‘n’ steady approach to charging when it knows you’re gonna have it plugged in for a while, like during the overnight hours. That way, at least in theory, it’ll reach the 100% mark at the end of your charging period instead of getting there quickly and then continuing to maintain that full-charge state with ongoing power pushing.


Now, notably, this feature originally worked only when you charged your Pixel between 9 pm and 4 am and you had an active alarm set for somewhere between 3 am and 10 am That’s a pretty significant limitation, to say the least.
More recently, some Pixel users have noticed the system being far more flexible and working in the same way even when an alarm isn’t set, based solely on typical charging patterns. The official documentation for the feature hasn’t been updated to reflect that change, though, and it isn’t entirely clear how widely available it might be at this point.
Either way, this setup is a smart start — and leaning on it is absolutely a good first step. But if you really want to take your Android battery life to the max and allow for the best possible battery health and thus best possible stamina over the long haul, you’ll want to keep reading (to number 3 in this list, specifically).


2. For the Samsung Galaxy gangGot a reasonably recent Samsung Galaxy-flavored Android
d device? Your phone has a similar sort of system in place that can automatically limit charging, though with a bit of a different twist:


Head into your system settings and search for the word battery.Find the option labeled “Protect battery” and tap it.Turn the toggle on the line labeled “Protect battery” into the on position.Android Battery Life: SamsungJRThat’ll stop your phone from charging anytime it hits the 85% mark, which is a sensible limit for long-term battery health and maximum ongoing stamina. That does mean you’ll have a little less battery power to work with on a day -to-day basis, but as long as you can make that work — or even do a midday top-off, if you need to — you’ll get better battery life over the lifespan of your device as a result.

3. For anyone and everyone using AndroidEven if you’re already using a battery-saving system from Samsung, Google, or any other Android phone-maker who offers a similar sort of setup, you’d be well-advised to consider this last step as a stamina-protecting supplement . And if you’re using a phone that doesn’t offer any sort of built-in battery protection feature, you’ll definitely want to do this:


Install an excellent app called AccuBattery onto your Android phone of choice.Open the app up and, on its main Charging tab, look for the blue slider floating off the percentage circle at the top.Slide that little blue flag left or right to land on the value you want. I’d suggest starting at 90%; if you find that works okay for you, you can then inch your way down closer to 85% or even 80% and see how you do.Android Battery Life: AccuBatteryJRWith that step finished, AccuBattery will now sound an alarm anytime your phone reaches the level you set — and that’ll be your indication that it’s time to take it off the charger.

If you really want to go all out, there are also some physical accessories that can manage this for you and essentially cut off the power for every charge completely once a certain battery level’s been reached. That’s a fine enough option, if you don’t mind dropping the extra dough and charging only in a spot where that specific apparatus is available. But I’m telling you: Taking your phone off the charger when it hits a certain point is something you’ll get accustomed to quickly, provided your schedule supports it.
However you go about it, the ultimate ideal is to keep your phone between 20% and 80% of its battery capacity as often as possible, without any extended time sitting on a charger and constantly being fed fresh power. The same is true whether you ‘re using an Android phone or any other type of battery-dependent gizmo.


And with any combination of the tactics we just went over, you’ll be able to make that happen — and enjoy better  Samsung Android battery  life for longer than ever as a result. 

Here’s how to properly charge your phone’s battery

Regular iphone battery maintenance is key to longevity. Tap or click for my simple action plan to get more years out of your iPhone or Android.
We spend so much money on tech that it’s incredibly frustrating when our devices break. A little prevention can go a long way. Here are six checkups to give your tech now to avoid a shocking repair bill later.


Then there are the mistakes you make day in and day out. Bad charging habits can shorten or disrupt your smartphone battery life if you aren’t careful.
Don’t rely on knock-off chargers
High-quality chargers have circuits inside of them that switch off when there’s too much power draw. This protects your phone battery from overcharging, breaking, or overheating your phone.
Heat is your battery’s biggest enemy. Some cheap chargers and cables have even led to fire and injuries. Saving money is great, but don’t skimp on quality here.
Here’s a list of safe options that will charge your phone safely.
Be careful with power banks
Just like with cheap chargers, cheap power banks can ruin your battery over time. Be sure any power bank you use has overcharge protection. If not, you can still use it, but keep an eye out. Once your battery is almost full, unplug it.


It would be best if you avoided also power banks with quick charge options unless they’re from a reliable brand. Here’s a rule of thumb: If you’ve never heard of it, say no.
Rapid charging can send too much electricity to your phone and cause battery damage. This high voltage could, at the very least, shorten your Smartphone Battery lifespan.
Tap or click for more smart ways to ensure you’re buying gear worth your money.
Don’t download battery-draining apps


Lithium-ion and lithium-polymer phone batteries only have a limited number of charging cycles before they degrade. This is why most people encounter battery problems after two years of use.
There’s nothing you can do about your battery wearing down eventually, but some things have more of an impact. If you have performance apps that monitor your battery life, they could harm it in the long run. These apps constantly use power to monitor your battery life.


Spyware, adware, and other malware are also taxing on phones. Most constantly run in the background. Tap or click here for signs your phone is infected.
Don’t use your phone while it’s charging
Your phone is at 1%, so you plug it in. Leave it alone! Using your phone while charging can rapidly increase the temperature, putting strain on your battery, screen and processor.


Charging rules are essential when it comes to your computer, too. Tap or click for steps to check your  battery health.
Take it out of the case
Phone cases can be a great way to customize your phone and add some physical security. When it comes to charging, though, they can cause temperature problems.
When your iphone battery heats up too much, it can cause damage to the rest of your phone. To be safe, take the case off while you charge iphone battery especially if you notice your phone heats up while it’s plugged in. 

Why Phones Explode, and How to Prevent It From Happening to You

The average smartphone batteries is unlikely to explode, but it happens.There’s not much you can do if shoddy hardware is to blame, but these tips may help prevent your phone from going up in smoke.
Sometimes smartphones explode. In January 2023, an iPhone 4 caught fire while charging overnight. A child in India was killed when a Redmi Note 5 Pro reportedly blew up in her face. In July, a man’s phone exploded on an Air India flight, causing an emergency landing.


The likelihood of your cell Phone Battery exploding is slim, but it happens, as demonstrated by Samsung’s Galaxy Note 7 fiasco a few years back. But why does it happen and what, if anything, can you do to avoid it?
Why Do Smartphones Explode?

There are many reasons a smartphone may catch fire or explode, and it almost always has to do with the device’s battery. Modern mobile devices are powered by lithium-ion batteries, which contain a careful balance of positive and negative electrodes to allow for recharging. When something goes wrong, the inner components of the battery can break down and create a volatile reaction that can lead to fires.


This can happen for multiple reasons, but the most common problem is excessive heat. If a charging battery or overworked processor becomes too hot too quickly, it can ruin the chemical makeup of the phone’s components. With batteries, a chain reaction called thermal runaway can cause the battery to generate even more heat and eventually catch fire or explode.
The reason for your phone overheating will vary. Physical damage—the kind sustained from a fall or excessive bending—can disrupt the inner workings of the battery. Leaving the phone out in the sun for too long, malware overworking the CPU, or a charging debacle can all cause short circuiting within the device.


Or it could be something outside your direct control. Batteries degrade over time, so if a device has been used for several years—like the iPhone 4 that caught fire—it’s possible for the internal components to fade, leading to swelling and overheating. As was the case with the Galaxy Note 7, an issue with the phone’s production may be to blame, which you can’t really account for.
You may not get a warning, but if you hear hissing or popping sounds coming from the phone or smell burning plastic or chemicals, it may be damaged and on the verge of exploding. (Don’t put your face near it, obviously.) Similarly, look out for excessive heat coming from the device, especially when charging. If it’s burning hot to the touch, unplug it immediately.


Another big warning sign is a swollen battery, which can happen if it has been damaged or internal components have degraded. Look out for any changes in your device’s shape, including a protruding screen, an enlarged seam, or a distended chassis that may cause the phone to no longer sit flush with a flat surface.
We nearly blew up an aging Android phone while trying to remove all traces of Google services in 2019. All we got for our trouble was a bulging battery.
Most modern smartphones no longer allow you to remove the battery, so if you’re concerned about your device, turn it off and take it in for service immediately.

Can You Prevent Your Phone From Exploding?

melted android phone(Credit: News Group Newspapers Ltd)While there are steps you can take to alleviate some of the strain you may put on your phone’s battery, there’s not a whole lot you can do if the issue is a manufacturing defect. Batteries must be rigorously tested for faulty components, butly cheap made units may possessions imperfect that can cause a phone to overheat.


In the case of the Note 7, a design flaw was to blame; there was nothing the average consumer could do to fix it. There’s no quick fix when it comes to shoddy construction. The same goes for that iPhone 4 batteries naturally degrade over time and will ultimately need to be replaced.

Want to Avoid Upgrading Your iPhone? Here’s How to Maximize Your Battery’s Life Span

Check out this advice straight from Apple on how you can make your iPhone battery last as long as possible.
While some Apple fans have been going wild for the brand-new iPhone 15 series, there are still some of us out here just trying to make our older iPhones last as long they can. If you want to keep your current iPhone going for as many years as possible, one of the best things you can do is to protect the life span of your iPhone’s battery.
Battery life span, not to be confused with your battery life, is the length of time your battery has before you need to replace it. The rechargeable battery in your iPhone should work at optimal capacity for (hopefully) a couple of years at the very least, but that depends on a variety of factors, like environmental temperatures, how you charge your battery, drop damage or a faulty battery. (“Battery life,” on the other hand, is the amount of time your battery can power your phone before it needs to be recharged.)


If you aren’t quite sure what to do to help prolong your iPhone battery’s life span, who better to advise you than Apple?

Below you’ll find a few tips directly from the company that’ll help keep you from having to replace your battery sooner rather than later.
And while we’re on the subject of your phone, here are a couple of other CNET stories you’ll want to peruse: Find out everything we expect to be announced at the 2023 Apple Wonderlust event, and check out rumors that the iPhone 15could support faster charging speeds. 

And now, on to the battery tips…
First, make sure Optimized Battery Charging is enabledThough you can’t overcharge a battery, you can put your battery under a bit of stress when you charge up to 100%. To help limit that strain, your iPhone has a setting that learns from your daily charging routine (say you always plug in your phone right before you go to bed and then unplug it in the morning). It then waits to finish charging past 80% until right before you need it, instead of just quickly charging the battery all the way to 100%. 
This can help reduce battery aging, and though the setting should be enabled by default, it’s still good to check if it’s on. In Settings, go to Battery > Battery Health & Charging and make sure that Optimized Battery Charging is toggled on.

Setting on the iPhone to optimize battery charging

The setting should be on by default, but it never hurts to look and confirm.Nelson Aguilar/CNETKeep your iPhone away from extreme temperaturesThe life span of your iPhone battery can be affected by extreme temperatures. A higher temperature increases the speed of chemical reactions inside the battery, which forces the battery to work harder and faster, thus also causing it to degrade faster. 
According to Apple, it’s important to avoid exposing your iPhone to temperatures higher than 95 degrees Fahrenheit (35 degrees Celsius) to avoid permanent damage. Fortunately, the fix is ​​simple — keep your iPhone out of hot temperatures. If you’re at the beach, don’t leave your iPhone on your towel in direct sunlight. Instead, toss it into a bag or put a shirt over it for protection. Also, don’t leave your iPhone in the car for an extended period of time, especially if it’s a hot day.


Apple does have a few settings to prevent overheating and damage, like disabling your phone or preventing further charging when your phone is too hot, but you don’t want to rely on these features to save your phone’s battery health. It’s better to take preventative actions than wait for your iPhone to overheat.

You may need to take your iPhone out of its caseIf your iPhone gets hot any time you charge it, you may need to take off your case before doing so. Certain cases, especially the bulkier and more protective ones, can trap heat and make the iPhone overheat, affecting the Cell Phone battery life span.
Apart from removing the case, consider avoiding processor-intensive apps, like games, when your phone is charging. Using these apps while charging could also cause your phone to overheat.


The Otterbox Free case for iPhone 14 is fully waterproof and dust-proofSome cases may trap warmth and cause your iPhone to overheat when it’s charging.David Carnoy/CNETTake these steps to protect iPhones in long-term storageMaybe you got a new phone and want to stash your old iPhone for a bit. If you want to maintain the battery’s life span, you should do the following before putting it away:


Keep the charge at around 50%. You don’t want your battery to be full or empty before you turn it off, or else it could stop holding a charge (if full) or lose capacity and have a shorter life span (if empty ).Turn your iPhone off. This prevents your phone from using up more apple battery.Store your phone in a cool and moisture-free environment. Ideally, the temperature should be less than 90 degrees Fahrenheit (32 degrees Celsius).

If you’re putting your iPhone away for longer than six months, turTurn it on and charge it to 50% every six months.If you store your iPhone for an extended period of time, your iPhone battery may be in a low-charge state, which means you may need to charge it for 20 minutes before you can turn it on.

How to turn on 80% charging limit on the iPhone 15 to save battery health

Apple may have just fixed its biggest iPhone battery problem, and iPhone 15 users get first dibs. Here’s how and when to use it.

The iPhone 15 series is officially available, and whether you already have a device in hand or are anxiously waiting for one, a recent feature discovery should be at the top of your initial set-up agenda.
The feature is called “80% Limit” and is hidden within the deeper end of the iPhone 15’s Battery settings. When toggled on, the iPhone will limit its charging capacity to 80% instead of the normal 100%. 


Also: Want the fastest iPhone? Choose this model on this network
While Apple doesn’t actually explain why this feature exists, it’s safe to assume that the charging cap is a direct response to the recent comments about the iPhone 14’s battery degradation. These aren’t fan theories, unfortunately; it’s just the nature of lithium -ion ​​batteries found in iPhones and other devices, with the maximum capacity slowly degrading every time it completes a charge cycle.
Capping the iPhone 15’s charging to 80% reduces the likelihood of battery degradation, though it may not always be in your best interest to have the feature turned on. More on that later.


How to turn on 80% Limit on the iPhone 15

What you’ll need: At the time of writing, 80% Limit is only available on the iPhone 15 series, which includes the iPhone 15, iPhone 15 Plus, iPhone 15 Pro, and iPhone 15 Pro Max. 
Also: Your Apple device may be eligible for a major software update. How to check and download


The feature is clearly not processor-exclusive, as the non-Pro models operate on an A16 Bionic chip versus the A17 Pro on the more expensive iPhones. Therefore, the chances of Apple extending the feature to older models are still likely.
1. Access apple Battery Health & Charging settingsFirst, open up the Settings app and scroll down to the Battery tab. Then, tap on Battery Health & Charging.

iPhone 15 Optimized Charging
2. Toggle on 80% LimitNow tap into Charging Optimization and you’ll be presented with three options: 


Optimized Battery Charging: Prompts the iPhone to trickle charge up to 80% overnight and then tops up to 100% as you’re about to wake up.80% Limit: Caps the charging at 80%. Apple says the iPhone will occasionally charge to 100% in order to maintain a more accurate battery state-of-charge estimate.None: Keeps the iPhone’s charging capabilities flexible.Tap on 80% Limit to turn it on.

While you’re on the  iPhoneBattery Health & Charging screen, you’ll also find the maximum battery capacity of your iPhone, which, if it’s an iPhone 15, should be at 100%. If your device shows a lower value, reach out to Apple support as there may be a potential defect with your battery.
When you should (and when shouldn’t you’t) use 80% LimitYou should use 80% Limit if…


You want to preserve the battery health of your iPhone, whether it be for longevity’s sake or better resale value.You’re able to get through a day of average to high usage without battery concerns. This is mostly the case with the larger iPhone models, iPhone 15 Plus and iPhone 15 Pro Max.You shouldn’t use 80% Limit if…
You’re concerned that iPhone 15 battery 80% battery is not enough for a day’s use. Perhaps you’re traveling and access to power sources is limited or need to use more power-intensive tasks like video capturing, GPS navigation, and gaming.

The best Samsung Galaxy phones right now (and which foldables you should buy)

Shopping for a new Samsung phone battery?ZDNET’s tested and rounded up the very best, including foldables, ones with styli, and options for the budget-minded.
Of all the Samsung phones batteries manufacturers, Samsung’s lineup of handsets may be the most robust, Want a phone that has a built-in stylus? You’ve got that. Want a phone that can expand into a tablet? You’ve got that too.

Basically, finding the best Samsung phone for you boils down to your personal needs, use cases, and design preferences. Trust me, you’ll have plenty of options laid out below, and not every one of them will be the right fit for you. 
To make the shopping process easy, we’ve personally tested most, if not all, the latest Galaxy phones that Samsung has to offer, and assembled a catalog of the top options for your choosing, including the more recent Galaxy Z Flip and Z Fold series, the value-driven A-series, and our top pick right now, the Samsung Galaxy S23 Ultra.
The best Samsung phones in 2023Samsung Galaxy S23 UltraBest Samsung phone overall

Samsung Galaxy S23 Ultra tech specs: Processor: Qualcomm Snapdragon 8 Gen 2 for Galaxy | Display: 6.8 inches | RAM/Storage Options: 12GB RAM with 256GB/512GB/1TB | Rear cameras: 200MP main, 12MP ultrawide, 10MP 10x optical, 10MP 3x optical | Battery: 5,000mAh


In the grand calculus of the Samsung multiverse, the Galaxy S23 Ultra reigns supreme. It’s arguably the most no-frills smartphone that you can buy on the market, let alone from Samsung, which puts it at the top spot on our list.
The Galaxy S23 Ultra comes with a large 6.8-inch AMOLED display, a beefy 5,000mAh battery that can last you as long as two days, a customized Snapdragon 8 Gen 2 for Galaxy processor to keep things running efficiently, and the sacred Samsung S Pen — ideal for jotting down notes, graphics designing, or even signing PDFs.
I tested the Galaxy S23 Ultra earlier this year and called it “one of the most complete handsets you can buy this year — whether you like and need the excessive amount of features or not.”


Being the latest and greatest also means that the S23 Ultra comes equipped with Samsung’s newest advancements in camera technology, including a 200-megapixel main lens that’s capable of capturing the highest-resolution images we’ve seen on any Galaxy phone. There’s also 8K video recording at 30 frames per second if you’re into that.
All this is to say that the Galaxy S23 Ultra is our pick for the best Samsung phone overall.


Review: Samsung Galaxy S23 Ultra
Samsung Galaxy S23 PlusBest Samsung phone for most peopleGalaxy S23 Plus on a table.Samsung Galaxy S23 Plus tech specs: Processor: Qualcomm Snapdragon 8 Gen 2 for Galaxy | Display: 6.6 inches | RAM/Storage: 8GB RAM with 256GB/512TB | Rear cameras: 50MP main, 12MP ultrawide, 10MP telephoto| Battery: 4,700mAh
Samsung’s Galaxy S23 Plus is not as flashy as its Ultra sibling but remains a formidable pick-up for shoppers eyeing a meaningful upgrade. In fact, the core experience of the Ultra model is present on the Plus, including the OneUI software, Qualcomm Snapdragon 8 Gen 2 for Galaxy chipset, 256GB of base storage, and a flexible camera system. 


In fact, I’d argue that the Plus-sized Galaxy S23, in some ways, is an even better phone to buy for some users. For example, it has a slightly smaller 6.6-inch display that makes it easier to manage with one hand, the panel is flat along the edges so it’s less susceptible to damage (and easier to repair), and the camera system doesn’t look like a tarantula staring back at you.


Alright, that last point might not be the best reason to buy the Plus model over the Ultra, but perhaps the $200 price difference is. At a starting price of $999 — less if you wait for the holiday shopping season right around the corner – – the S23 Plus is the best Samsung phone for those who can live without all the Galaxy bells and whistles. And according to ZDNET reviewer, Jason Cipriani, “as far as the S23 Plus is concerned, you’re getting your money’s worth.”Samsung Cell Phone batteriesZ Fold 5Best Samsung foldable phone


Samsung Galaxy Z Fold 5 tech specs: Processor: Qualcomm Snapdragon 8 Gen 2 | Main display: 7.6 inches | Cover display: 6.2 inches | RAM/Storage: 12GB RAM with 256GB/512GB/1TB internal options | Cameras: 12MP ultrawide, 50MP wide angle, 10MP 3x telephoto, 10MP cover screen, 4MP under main display | Battery: 4,400mAh 
The 2020 Galaxy Z Fold 2 set the bar for foldable devices that also serve as mini tablets. The Z Fold 3 improved on that phone with two of the most highly requested features from Fold users (S Pen support and IPX8 water resistance), while the Z Fold 4 improved the rear cameras and form factor of the phone. 
And now, with the Z Fold 5, you’ll get an upgraded processor in the Qualcomm Snapdragon 8 Gen 2, which should improve the phone’s overall performance, from battery efficiency to camera capture. This year’s model is also notably thinner than the last, and thanks to the no-gap hinge mechanism, ZDNET’s Jason Hiner said in his review that “the Fold 5 feels like the way foldables always should have been.”
The Android 13 software found in the Z Fold 5 gives the phone battery some serious productivity upgrades, especially in terms of multi-app usage thanks to the improved Taskbar and wider support for gesture navigations that ease the transition from multiple active windows.


Like the Z Fold 4, the Fold 5’s cameras are not quite as good as the S23 Ultra’s suite, but the hardware is clearly superior to any foldable predecessor, and the competition. And it certainly helps that the Z Fold 5 is not as heavy and bulky as its predecessors.What is the newest Samsung phone?The newest Samsung phone is the Galaxy S23  battery FE, which features a Snapdragon 8 Gen 1 processor, a 6.4-inch Dynamic AMOLED display, and a triple camera system at the rear. 

Apple iPhone 15 Pro Max Review: Overshadowed by Controversy

Despite the initial controversy around this year’s Pro iPhones, is the newer design, 5x telephoto camera, and A17 Pro worth the higher entry price?
Apple released its 2023 iPhone lineup to the masses, and with it comes the new iPhone 15 Pro Max, packing the best hardware that Apple has to offer for users who want it. This year’s Pro iPhone brings subtle but impactful design changes, a new processor with a pro moniker, multiple camera improvements, USB-C, and a few other nifty features.


A New Titanium DesignThe Pro iPhone models offer a new material that replaces the stainless steel from before: titanium. This material has shown up on other Apple devices, such as the Apple Watch Ultra and the titanium Apple Watch Edition (but is no longer available to buy).
Aside from the different feel, the biggest improvement the new material brings is reducing the phone’s weight. If you own an iPhone 13 Pro Max or 14 Pro Max, you will notice the difference with this year’s model since it’s about 19 grams lighter.
Along with the new material, the phone now features contoured edges. Apple says that this design change makes the iPhone more comfortable to hold.

Since the iPhone switched to a squared-edge design with the iPhone 12, the edges have been sharper and less comfortable to hold than rounded-edge iPhones. You’ll feel the difference right away with the contoured edges of the 15 series.
Additionally, the bezels on the iPhone 15 Pro Max are slightly slimmer, making the phone look a little more modern.
When it comes to color choice, the iPhone 15 Pro Max comes in four colors: Black Titanium, Silver Titanium, Natural Titanium, and Blue Titanium. I chose Natural and Blue, and both look fantastic.
At Apple’s reveal event, the Blue Titanium color seemed to resemble the Pacific Blue color that was on the iPhone 12 Pro. However, when you see Blue Titanium in person, it is more of a navy blue, which I prefer. I hope both Natural Titanium and Blue Titanium stick around on future iPhones.


, the iPhone 15 Pro Max is slightly shorter than the previous 14 Pro Max. While it is minimal on paper, it is somewhat noticeable when you hold the phone. It seems to make it easier to use Apple’s larger model.
The iPhone 15 Pro Max’s design feels like what the 14 Pro Max should have been, since that model was the final version of the iPhone 12 cycle. Regardless, I like the 15 Pro Max’s design a lot. It may very well be one of my favorite smartphone designs ever. It almost makes me want to go without a case, but I’m not that bold.
The DisplayThe iPhone 15 Pro Max features the same display as its predecessor. It’s a 6.7-inch Super Retina XDR display with a resolution of 2796 x 1290. The display can reach 2000 nits of peak brightness when the phone is outdoors, making it easier to view in sunlight. Since this is a Pro iPhone, the 15 Pro Max also includes up to a 120Hz adaptable refresh rate.


iPhone 15 Pro Max display
Therefore, you can enjoy smooth animations when swiping between home screen pages, scrolling, and more. The iPhone 15 Pro Max still features Dynamic Island, Apple’s version of a hole punch display cutout, which remains unchanged this year. Although there are no changes to the display this time around, it’s still excellent, so no complaints here.
The Action ButtonThe physical Silent Mode switch has existed on every iPhone since the start. But smartly, Apple decided to replace that switch with the Action button. This button is customizable, allowing you to map it to a specific action (even Silent Mode, if you can ‘t live without it!)
It initially showed up on the first-generation Apple Watch Ultra and has now made its way to the iPhone.


Only on the Pro models, the Action button can be used to open the camera, turn on the LED flash, enable a Focus Mode, and more. But you can also configure it to any Shortcut (read our beginner’s guide to Shortcuts on the iPhone ), which lets you do things such as open a specific app or even lock and unlock a Tesla. To trigger an action, you have to press and hold the button instead of just clicking it once.
I think this was a smart decision. The Action button on the Apple Watch Ultra only needs to be momentarily pressed for it to activate, which has led to accidentally triggering the flashlight, in my experience. Having to press and hold requires more intention.


It’s puzzling that Apple didn’t replace the physical Silent switch sooner. I always have my phone on mute, so the switch has been useless to me for years. The Action button is an excellent addition to the iPhone, since it’s multipurpose and adds a bit of customization. I’m interested in seeing if it will come to the standard iPhone models in 2024.The A17 Pro Chip2 Images15 Pro Max Geekbench CPU results15 Pro Max Geekbench GPU scorePowering the iPhone 15 Pro models, you’ll find a new chip: the A17 Pro. The A17 Pro is the first 3nm chip in any smartphone, which translates to better performance than a chipset built on a larger nanometer process.Apple claims the A17 Pro has a 10 percent faster CPU and a 20 percent faster GPU. It features a new Neural Engine that’s twice as fast as the A16 Bionic, as well as a 6-core CPU and a 6-core GPU; that’s one additional GPU core compared to the A16. Lastly, there is now 8GB of RAM, up from 6GB.

iPhone 15 vs. iPhone 14: What Changed?

Apple’s incremental changes make it hard to spot the differences between the iPhone 14 and iPhone 15. So, let’s compare the two and see what’s new.
The iPhone 15 is simply a slightly improved version of the iPhone 14. While most cutting-edge features have been directed toward the more expensive iPhone 15 Pro and Pro Max models, the standard iPhone 15 has received notable upgrades.
So, if you’re considering purchasing a new device and can’t decide, we’ll help you choose between the iPhone 14 and iPhone 15.


Unfortunately, Apple hasn’t made any major display changes to the standard iPhones since the iPhone 12. Besides adopting the iPhone 14 Pro’s Dynamic Island, the iPhone 15 looks almost identical to its predecessor.
Both models have a 6.1″ Super Retina XDR Display and share the same dimensions. However, the iPhone 15 can deliver 2,000 nits of peak brightness, compared to 1,200 nits offered by its predecessor, making it better for outdoor use.
While both models sport an aluminum frame with a glass back, the iPhone 15 ditched the glossy back for a matte textured finish. It also features slightly contoured edges, making it more comfortable to hold.


Camera configurationiPhone 15 on a tableImage Credit: Apple
The iPhone 14 features a dual-camera system, with a 12MP primary camera and an ultra-wide lens. On the other hand, the iPhone 15’s main camera takes a leap forward because Apple has bumped the resolution to 48 megapixels. This means you can capture pictures with immaculate detail and more accurate and realistic colors, with the flexibility to shoot at both 24MP and 48MP.
The iPhone 15’s 12MP ultra-wide camera, however, remains unchanged from its predecessor. You can capture great selfies with both devices, though, since both feature the same 12MP selfie camera.


However, Apple has introduced next-generation portraits on the iPhone 15, allowing you to take portrait shots in the default camera mode that you can tweak later on in the Photos app.
Pricing, Colors, and Storage Optionsiphone 15 and 15 plus colorsImage Credit: AppleAfter the launch of the iPhone 15, Apple dropped the starting price of the iPhone 14 to $699. The base 128GB model of the iPhone 15 retails for $799, the same as the iPhone 14 did at launch. Both models come in three different storage variants : 128GB, 256GB, and 512GB.

The iPhone 15 comes in five different colors: Yellow, Green, Blue, Black, and Pink. Besides the Black option, all the colors appear muted this time. So, if you’re struggling to decide on a color, make sure to check out which iPhone 15 color is best for you.
On the other hand, the iPhone 14 is available in six bright color options: Blue, Purple, Yellow, Midnight, Starlight, and (PRODUCT)RED. The iPhone 15’s Black color option no longer carries the subtle navy blue visible in the Midnight iPhone 14.


Performance and Battery LifeUSB-C port on the iPhone 15Image Credit: Apple/YouTubeThe iPhone 15 is powered by the A16 Bionic chip, the same processor that shipped with the iPhone 14 Pro models. The iPhone 14, on the other hand, features the same A15 Bionic chip that Apple introduced alongside the iPhone 13 Pro models. Apple claims the A16 chip consumes 20% less power than the A15.

Given the 4nm architecture of the A16 chip, you can expect better performance than the 5nm A15 chip. All in all, the iPhone 14 is equipped with all the power you need for daily use. However, upgrading to the iPhone 15 might be a good idea if you plan to use it for several years.


Apple has also ditched the Lightning port for USB-C on the iPhone 15. While this change does mean that you can use one cable to charge all your devices, there are no improvements to data transfer and charging speeds.


When it comes to battery life, both devices boast up to 20 hours of video playback and 80 hours of audio playback, according to Apple’s claims. This is surprising, considering the iPhone 15 packs a slightly larger battery. The charging speed remains the same for both devices—up to 50% charge within 30 minutes using a 20W adapter or higher.
Unless you want the slight performance advantage and all the perks USB-C brings to iPhones, you’ll likely notice no improvements if you choose the iPhone 15 over its predecessor.


Is Upgrading to the iPhone 15 Worth It?

You may be wondering if minor design tweaks, similar battery life, and slight performance improvements justify upgrading to the iPhone 15. When deciding whether the upgrade is worth it, you must consider the specific features that matter to you most.


If you want a newer device that’ll support iOS updates for slightly longer, the iPhone 15 is a no-brainer. However, if you simply need a device for daily use at a cheaper price, the iPhone 14 won’t disappoint.
Finally, if you already own an iPhone 14, it’s better to skip the iPhone 15 altogether and save your hard-earned money, as there’s no point upgrading to a new iPhone every year.

How to Turn Off Sleep Mode on Your iPhone

Learn how to turn off Sleep mode on your iPhone to start receiving notifications again if you get up early.


Sleep mode (or Sleep Focus) is a feature in your iPhone’s Health app to help you get better quality sleep. But sometimes, you might need to turn off Sleep mode on your iPhone.

Why Turn Off Sleep Mode on Your iPhone?

Sleep mode is one of the iPhone features that helps improve your health as it aids in creating better sleeping habits. Based on the bedtime you scheduled, Sleep mode then dims your screen brightness, hides Lock Screen notifications, and only allows calls from specific people to come in (as per your Focus preferences).
But it’s not possible to always follow the sleep schedule you have set for yourself. So, to continue using your device as usual without these changes, you’ll have to turn off Sleep mode on your iPhone.


How to Turn Off Sleep Mode via Your iPhone’s Control CenterThe fastest way to turn off Sleep mode is through your iPhone’s Control Center. Here’s how:
Access the Control Center. The method may differ depending on your iPhone model. If you’re not sure, refer to our quick guide on how to open your iPhone’s Control Center.Tap on Sleep (the bed icon) to turn off Sleep mode.If this opens a list of Focus modes, tap the active mode to disable all of them.


How to Turn Off Sleep Mode in Your iPhone’s Health AppIf it’s annoying to manually turn off Sleep mode on your iPhone every time it’s activated, the other method is to prevent it from turning on automatically. Here’s how to disable your iPhone’s Sleep mode through the Health app:


In the Health app, select the Browse tab.From the list, select Sleep.Scroll down to the Your Schedule section. Tap Full Schedule & Options.Toggle off Use Schedule for Sleep Focus.3 Imagesbrowse tab in iphone health appsleep settings in heath appfull schedule sleep settings in health app Use Your iPhone to Improve Your HealthDue to work and other responsibilities, you occasionally have to sacrifice some sleep, stay alert, and turn off Sleep mode on youriPhone.The two methods to turn off Sleep mode on your iPhone are via the Control Center and the Health app.

Can Macs get viruses? Here’s how to protect your Apple laptop.

Can Macs get viruses? Here’s how to protect your Apple laptop.
Can Macs get viruses? The answer is yes. Macs have been deemed as one of the safer options on the market, and they deserve that reputation thanks to their strong protections and on-the-pulse updates.


But they’re still vulnerable to malware. Cybercriminals are opportunists, and they’re taking advantage of the rising popularity of Macs to find new ways to infect devices and steal or damage users’ data.
Find out about how to get rid of viruses on your Mac now.Are MacBooks safe from viruses?Macbooks are not entirely safe from viruses. Viruses are a type of malicious code — aka malware — which is an umbrella term for code that infects your device and destroys, damages or steals data. There are many different types of malware, and all of them have the potential to affect Macs.
These include adware, which causes unwanted ads to pop up on your device, and spyware, which effectively transfers valuable data to another device.

Ransomware typically denies you access to your own data unless you pay a ransom, and Trojan horses are malicious programs that are embedded within software. Phishing scams are a type of malware, too. These emails or messages appear to be sent from reputable companies or people , but often have malicious content hidden within links and attachments. Finally, zero-day threats are emerging threats that are so new, there aren’t proper solutions in place to tackle them yet.


As for how to check if your Mac has been hacked, slow or lagging performance, unsolicited ads and emails you don’t remember sending are major red flags.

The lowdown on Macs’ built-in securityThere’s a reason why Macs have historically been seen as the “safest” devices: the built-in protections in the operating system (OS) and hardware are excellent. These are some of the features that help prevent you from accidentally downloading a virus onto your device:
Anti-phishing technology in Safari. Identifies and blocks websites that contain malicious content, like files and links. Safari also lets you know if your passwords have been compromised, or if they’re easy for a hacker to guess.

Find My service. Apple’s “Find My” feature might have helped you find your phone once or twice, but it has a deeper use. If a criminal manages to get hold of one of your devices, you can use this app to either find your stolen Mac, or erase any data so it can’t be accessed by an unauthorised person.FileVault. Part of macOS, FileVault encrypts your data to keep it safe and secure.

Gatekeeper. Stops software that hasn’t been approved by Apple from running on your device, and only allows you to download apps by certified, reputable developers.XProtect. Apple’s antivirus for Mac program works in the background to automatically scan each app you try to install for malware. Apple has a list of malicious apps it keeps tabs on, and Mac users can’t successfully download these onto their device.

Sandboxing. Separates apps from critical components your Mac needs to run smoothly, and prevents them from influencing other apps you may be using at the time.Security updates. Apple frequently releases patches to fix flaws and address new bugs, and it usually responds quickly — even to zero-day threats. Plus, users have the ability to switch on auto-updates so they always have the latest protection in place. 
How to protect your Mac in 5 easy steps


Built-in features aside, there are a few things you can do to boost your Mac’s security and reduce your chances of falling victim to viruses (or a similar cyber attack).
#1 Activate multi-factor authentication. Two-factor authentication is good, multi-factor authentication (MFA) is better. MFA requires you to provide your username, password and one more piece of information, like a code sent to your phone or email , before you can log into an account.

#2 Avoid any announcements about Flash. Adobe’s Flash player was an issue for many Mac users prior to 2020 when it was discontinued. Before then, hackers were known to create fake Flash programs to trick people into downloading malware on their device. But with Flash out of the picture, it’s important to ignore any unsolicited pop-ups instructing you to install or update the program.
#3 Don’t take the bait. Phishing scams are common, and it’s important to stay vigilant and carefully assess every message you get — even if your email spam filters are switched on. Some of the key signs of a phishing email are poor spelling or grammar, odd turns of phrase, panic-inducing content or an offer that’s too good to be true. If you receive an email or message from someone you don’t know or trust, avoid opening it. If you do open it, don ‘t click on any links or attachments. 
#4 Maintain two backups of your data. It’s a good idea to back up your data regularly, like every couple of weeks. That way, if you are susceptible to malware, you’ll be able to bounce back quickly and mitigate any losses to your data. Aim to keep two backups: one on an external hard drive or flash drive, and another on the cloud.
#5 Never skip a macOS update. As tempting as it is to ignore these notifications, especially since they pop up so often, it’s crucial to accept all software updates. Along with your operating system, this applies to any other software you have installed, such as third-party antivirus software.

Secure your Mac with ESET Cybersecurity ProESET Cybersecurity Pro is a reliable antivirus, anti-spyware and anti-phishing software for Macs. It offers a multilayered defense against all types of malware, as well as other viruses and identity theft. It also boosts your security with a personal firewall and parental controls, which is key if your children aren’t constantly supervised online. The software also increases your protection if you have to jump onto public WiFi networks, which is sometimes inevitable.Questions, or want to learn more about how to remove viruses from your Mac? Connect with our team today, and we’ll be happy to guide you.

When To Replace Your Cell Phone Battery

Did you know that the average cell phone battery only lasts two years? But just because your battery is slowing down or won’t hold a charge doesn’t mean you need a completely new phone. 


You might be able to simply replace the phone battery in Warsaw, Indiana, and get another 2-3 years out of your phone!
Signs Your Battery Needs To Be ReplacedYour phone battery won’t usually just stop working with no warning. There are signs you can look for in order to plan for a replacement.


Sluggish PerformanceYou might start noticing that your phone is responding slower to taps or prompts. Do apps take longer to launch than they used to?
Increased Battery DrainIf your phone’s power isn’t lasting as long as it used to, that is a sign that your battery needs to be replaced. If you need to charge your phone more than once a day, it’s definitely time to bring it into The Lab.


Won’t Hold A ChargeHas your phone stopped powering up to 100% or shuts down unexpectedly? If this keeps happening, especially if it’s paired with your phone overheating, it’s a sign that your battery should be replaced.
Tips For iPhone UsersIf you have an iPhone 6 or newer, you can use the Battery Health feature to check in on your battery.

Photo provided by digitaltrends.comThis iPhone feature gives you crucial information about your battery’s performance. “Maximum Capacity” shows you how well your battery is performing compared to when it was brand new. 
While a slightly lower percentage is lower as your phone ages, it should still retain about 80% of the capacity at 300-500 charge cycles. If it starts dropping below 80%, it’s time for a battery replacement.
Tips For Android Phone UsersMost current Android phone models provide a battery usage setting similar to the iPhone. If your Android phone doesn’t offer that setting, try looking for a third-party app in the Google Play store that can help.

Photo provided by digitaltrends.comWith Android devices, you still want to keep your phone’s battery at 80% and above percentage the same way you would with an iPhone. 
When It’s Time To Get A New Cell Phone Battery In WarsawIf you have a new phone that you’re using the way a typical phone would be used, your battery should work at 80% and above for 2-3 years.


You can keep your battery lasting even longer by keeping it protected from extreme cold and heat and charging it appropriately.
Replacing cell phone batteries is one of the most common repairs we do at The Lab. Replacing the battery in your smartphone is often much cheaper than recycling it and purchasing a new device.


Check out the estimated battery replacement costs on our Phone Repair page and bring your phone into The Lab today! Our expert repair technicians can get your battery replaced and your phone back in your hands fast.

Life Hacks: Make Your Phone Work Better For You

We love a good life hack here at The Lab, especially the ones that make our iPhones and Android devices work better for us. How many of these phone hacks are you already using and which ones are you ready to try?


iPhone Hacks & TricksQuick Edit A ScreenshotAfter you take a screenshot, take a shortcut by tapping it to make edits.
Move Your Cursor

Did you know you can move your cursor using the space bar while you’re typing?

Give up trying to tap all over the screen and just use that space bar instead!
Locate An AppCan’t find an app you downloaded? Just drag one finger down anywhere on your iPhone’s screen to search for it.


Undo & Redo TypingAll you have to do is undo your last text edit is double-tap with 3 fingers or swipe left. If you want to restore your last edit, just swipe right with 3 fingers.
Add A Home Button

Want to add the home button function to your iPhone? Go to Settings > Accessibility > Touch >AssistiveTouch. On iOS 12 or older, go to Settings > General > Accessibility. When AssistiveTouch is on, a gray dot will appear on the screen. Just tap it to access your Home button.


Android Phone Hacks & TricksCharge Your Phone FasterThe best way to charge your phone faster is by switching it to airplane mode before plugging it in.
Use Two Apps Side By SideDid you know you can run two apps side-by-side in a split-screen style? Just tap the Overview button and choose which of your recently used apps you want to see. 


Hold and drag it to the top or left and then choose another open app to appear beside or above it.


Personalize Your Default AppsYou can set up defaults exactly the way you want them! Go to Settings > Apps then tap the cog icon in the upper right corner. Select any of the categories to see a list of installed apps that have the option to be set as your default .
Make Your Phone One-Hand FriendlyGoogle’s custom keyboard (Gboard) on Android phones has a one-handed mode you can switch to using a shortcut. Once you open the keyboard, tap and hold the comma key. Drag it up to the right-hand icon to switch over to one -handed mode.


Save your dataAndroid phones come with a built-in backup system. It does vary per model, so make sure you know how your specific backup system works. Most Android phones have switched from Google Photos (since it’s no longer free) to One Drive or Samsung Cloud .
Need Help With Your Phone In Warsaw?Whether you need help setting up a new device or have a phonethat needs to be repaired, we’re here for you! 

Is Your Child Ready For An iPhone?

Being responsible for their own cell phone can help your child become more independent. It can also connect them with their friends and family. With the rise of virtual learning and social events, is your child ready for a phone in Warsaw, Indiana?


According to the American Academy of Pediatrics (AAP), developmental and health concerns continue to exist for young children if they excessively use any form of digital media. However, that doesn’t mean you shouldn’t prepare your child to safely and responsibly use digital devices as they grow older.

The AAP suggests creating a Family Media Plan, and revising it as your child grows. Practical ways to limit your child’s screen time appropriately can include:
Create unplugged spaces and times of day in your home where devices aren’t used.Stay up-to-date on the latest apps and digital technology and how they can interact with and affect your child’s developmentSet limits for when your child’s device will be turned off at the end of the day.

Using digital devices close to bedtime can inhibit their sleepTalk to your pediatrician about the best choices for your child’s access to digital devices as they growHow To Get Your Child Ready For A Smartphone Common concerns most parents have about getting their child a smartphone are usually related to safety. Making sure you have the right filters, parental controls, and apps to ensure your child accesses age-appropriate content is important. However, there are a few other things to consider as well.


Is your child responsible for their own belongings?

Being able to remember to keep their phone charged, avoid damaging it, and remember where they left it are key indicators that your child is ready to have their own cell phone. 
If your child finds it more difficult to remember to bring their belongings home from school or regularly loses them, you might want to wait a little longer before giving them their own device.


Do you have time to set and help them understand the “ground rules”?

Before handing your child their own cell phone, it’s important to establish rules and expectations. Talk about what apps they’re allowed to download and use. Discuss which contacts are appropriate for them to add (friends, family members, extended family, etc. ). Be clear about time limits for using their phone throughout the day.
If you need help setting boundaries around your child’s cell phone usage, this blog post can get you started.

Will a smartphone help your child navigate their daily life?

Sure, your child wants their own phone, but do they really need one yet? There’s not only the financial price tag of adding a smartphone to your child’s life to consider but also the questions of necessary access. 
If there’s a different device that could meet their needs if you’re concerned they’re too young to have full access to a cell phone, that could be the better choice.

 Does your child just want to FaceTime with their friends?

 They can easily do that from their iPad, as well as access tons of games and apps with your approval. 
If you’re concerned about being able to know their whereabouts and allowing them to communicate with a limited number of people, a Smart GPS Watch could be the best choice for younger children.

Is your child prepared to navigate digital communication?

It’s easy to be misunderstood via texts, social media posts, and emails. Emojis and GIFs can help provide tone and context, but your child should also be able to both communicate and understand written messages well. 
If your child has their own smartphone, they won’t just be texting their friends and family. They’ll be using email, apps, games, and platforms like Snapchat, TikTok, Instagram, and YouTube. 


What will they do if they see harmful or offensive messages? How will they handle seeing cyberbullying or if they’re bullied themselves? Do they know how to see the signs and tell a parent or teacher?
Navigating the digital world of communication can be overwhelming for both adults and children. Be sure to consider the best ways to help your child interact safely online before handing them a smartphone.

Your Child’s Phone Is Your Responsibility…Are You Ready?

As a parent, you are ultimately responsible for your child’s cell phone usage. From setting it up properly to locking down privacy settings and evaluating their app requests, it all comes back to you.


Are you ready to enforce screen time limits, educate yourself about texting acronyms, your child’s digital footprint, and how to set strong passwords?
When it comes down to it, you’ll need to know more about smartphone technology than ever before so you can empower your child to use their own technology safely.

Smartphone Insurance: Is It Worth Paying?

Most of us have been there. You’ve been going about your day and drop your phone, shattering the screen. Or maybe you leaned over a little too far to reach something in your kitchen, only to knock your phone into the sink? Been Rushing to get to work and dropped your phone in a puddle?


It’s nearly impossible to find someone who has never accidentally damaged theiriPhone or Android device these days. Our smartphones are a huge part of our daily lives, so it’s only natural to expect they might become damaged at some point.

But is spending money on smartphone insurance in Warsaw, Indiana really worth it?


The Details On Smartphone Insurance In WarsawOn its surface, smartphone insurance is just like any other type of insurance policy you purchase. You buy a plan and either pay a monthly fee or an upfront annual cost. The idea is if something happens to your phone, you’ll get reimbursed for the cost after meeting your deductible.
The most common plans are offered by phone manufacturers like Apple, Samsung, and Google. Basic plans should cover manufacturing defects in your phone, battery replacement, and loss or theft. There are also options through your cell phone service provider such as Verizon, T -Mobile, etc).


It’s important to realize that you can often only receive these benefits after meeting a deductible. That means not every repair will be completely covered and you’ll likely need to pay some amount out of pocket.


If you need to send your phone to the manufacturer to fix it, it can take anywhere from 3-10 business days in most cases. If you buy phone insurance from a third-party provider you might get a refund for your phone instead of a replacement if they can’t fix the problem.
Manufacturer WarrantiesRemember that manufacturer warranties are not the same as phone insurance. Your warranty usually only covers phone defects, so if you drop your phone or lose it, your warranty won’t help.
Decide If Phone Insurance Is Worth The CostBefore you decide to spend your hard-earned money on smartphone insurance, take a few minutes to ask yourself a few questions:


Who is using the phone and what type of device is it?What plans are available and at what cost?What will insurance cover?Is an alternative to insurance a better choice?ExampleYou own the latest iPhone, which will automatically put you in the highest cost for an out-of-pocket deductible. But, iPhones are expensive, so you may want to protect your investment.
6 months after you bought your phone, you drop it and crack the screen and the backglass shutters. AppleCare+ can be a decent deal for iPhone users, but you are usually limited to 2 accidental damage repairs and you will still need to pay out of pocket .


If you don’t have an Apple store nearby (like those of us in the Warsaw, IN area), you’ll be facing days or even weeks without your phone if you need to mail it in for repairs.
Trust The Lab With Your Phone Repairs In Warsaw, IndianaOne of our most popular services at The Lab is our iPhone back glass repair. It’s a repair that a lot of people put off because it’s expensive and inconvenient for Apple to fix. Apple usually charges anywhere from $349 – $599, since it doesn’t fall under their standard “screen replacement” repair.


We use Warsaw’s only state-of-the-art laser machine specifically designed to repair your iPhone’s back glass. The best part is that the repair only takes 4 hours and usually costs $130 – $150 (+tax) depending on the model.
From screen repairs to battery replacements and more, The Lab is often your most cost-effective solution for phone repairs. 


If you’re buying a new phone and aren’t sure whether it’s worth buying phone insurance, give us a call and we’ll be happy to walk you through your options. We’re always ready to create smiles through our outstanding customer service !

We Can Fix That: Phone Speaker Problems

When your cell phone’s speaker stops working properly,it can negatively impact almost everything your phone does. The music stops playing, you can’t make calls using the speakerphone, and you don’t hear notifications. Your phone uses its speaker constantly and that means there is a high likelihood that it will eventually become damaged or simply wear out.


The speaker on your cell phone is constantly exposed to the environment and all the debris it contains. While your phone itself is built to withstand a lot of these environmental factors, its speaker doesn’t always protect itself well against small particles that can damage or muffle it.


Before you worry that you have a broken phone speaker in Warsaw, try:
Rebooting your phoneChecking for software updatesMaking sure your volume levels are turned up. If you have an iPhone, make sure it isn’t set on “do not disturb” or vibrate.Ensuring your speaker isn’t set on “mute” in any appTaking your phone off “Headphone Mode”Being sure your phone isn’t set to play sound through a Bluetooth speaker, TV, or other devicesCommon Broken Phone Speaker Causes
Once you’ve tried all of the above simple fixes for a muffled or broken phone speaker in Warsaw, Indiana and haven’t been able to get your phone working, it’s time to bring it into The Lab.

Our certified repair technicians can take a look at your iPhone, Samsung, or Google Pixel and diagnose the problem with your speaker. Whether you need your speaker repaired or completely replaced, The Lab can handle it for you.
Dirt & Debris In The SpeakerYour cell phone’s speaker vents collect all kinds of debris over time (makeup, dead skin cells, pocket lint, etc.) and that can cause the sound to become muffled. 


This isn’t a repair you want to try to do yourself. Using compressed air, chemicals, or water to try to clean your speaker at home can damage not only the speaker but your entire phone!


Liquid DamageDamage from a liquid is a common cause of speaker problems. If you’ve spilled water on your phone or dropped it in a puddle, even if your phone starts working again, your speaker still might need to be repaired or replaced.
If you’ve spilled something like soda, juice, coffee, or tea on your phone, that can leave a sticky residue on the mesh that covers your speaker. Until that film is cleaned, the sound on your phone will continue to be muffled and distorted.


Improper Phone StorageIf you aren’t storing your phone in a clean, dry place, it can easily be damaged. Because your phone’s speaker is one of the most delicate parts of your phone, it is very susceptible to damage. 


Make sure to keep your phone in a protective case whenever possible. If you’ve dropped your phone recently without its protective case, that could be the cause of your speaker damage.
Software IssuesIf your phone’s software isn’t working or is outdated, your phone might not be the right signals to its speaker. The good news is that most software problems are easy problems to fix that can be remedied with sending a simple software update or reinstall.


Bring Your Phone Into The Lab In Warsaw, IndianaMuffled, distorted sounds caused by a broken phone speaker can make using your phone nearly impossible. Stop stressing about your phone’s damaged speakers and bring it into The Lab so we can help.

How to Record Calls on Your Phone

Learn how to use software or gadgets to record calls on Android or iPhone.

OUR MEMORIES ARE imperfect, so it can be helpful to record important calls. As a journalist, I often record phone calls to preserve a subject’s words. It is surprising how often there are differences when I check my impressions against what was actually said. If you expect perfect recall of the details of a meeting, you must record it. There are various ways to record a phone call on your iPhone or Android phone, and I’ ve tried them all. These are your best options.


The laws on recording phone calla vary from country to country, and for the US, from state to state. Sometimes consent is required from both parties. Sometimes consent from one person on the call is enough. Recording a call you are not participating in is Generally illegal. For folks in the US, this law firm document breaks it down clearly. Check your legal obligations before you record any calls.


Special offer for Gear readers: Get a 1-year subscription to WIRED for $5 ($25 off). This includes unlimited access to WIRED.com and our print magazine (if you’d like). Subscriptions help fund the work we do every day .
Use the Phone App (Android)


Some Android phones offer call recording built right into Google’s Phone app, or the manufacturer’s phone app. Whether it appears for you depends on your phone manufacturer, carrier, and the region you are in. Here’s how to use the feature if you have it:


Open the Phone app.Tap the three vertical dots at the top right (a gear icon on some phones).Choose Settings.Tap on Call Recording (Record calls on some phones).You can choose Always record or pick Selected numbers.Once you have turned this feature on, you should also see a Record button on screen during any calls. Tap Stop recording or simply end the call when you’re done.
You can listen to recorded calls in the Recents section in the Phone app. Tap the caller’s name, select the recording from the list of calls, and tap Play to listen.
Use Google Voice (Android or iOS)If you are in the US, you can use the Google Voice app for Android or iOS to record incoming calls (it cannot record outgoing calls). This voice-over-internet protocol (VoIP) service is free to sign up for and easy to use. Here’s how:


Go to Google Voice and create an account.Tap the gear icon at the top right.Choose Calls on the left-hand side.Toggle on Incoming call options.Now you can simply press 4 on the dial pad during a call to start and stop recording.To listen to recorded calls, choose the Recorded option from the menu in the Google Voice app or website.
Use a Third-Party Call Recording App (Android or iOS)While Google’s crackdown on apps using Android’s accessibility APIs for non-accessibility reasons effectively purged many call recording apps, and Apple never allowed those kinds of apps in the first place, there are still several options if you want to use a third-party app to record calls. Unfortunately, most of them are awkward to use or expensive or both
They tend to fudge by creating three-way calls where you merge in the recording line. If you plan to try one, ensure your carrier supports three-way calling, and check for technical issues with your phone model and carrier first. We also advise reading the privacy policy to ensure your calls stay private.


Perhaps the best known option is TapeACall for Android or iOS. The free version is limited, and the price for a subscription fluctuates, but it usually starts from $3 per month for unlimited recording. Additional features like transcriptions and word search are also available as in -app purchases.
Use Another PhoneIf none of our suggestions thus far work for you, maybe consider using another device to record calls. You will probably have to crank the call volume up or put it on speaker for this to be effective. We will look at dedicated devices in a moment , but if you have a second phone you can use, there’s no need to buy anything else.


All phones come with a voice recorder app. Google’s Recorder app for Pixel phones is my favorite because it can automatically transcribe conversations and has a dedicated site where you can review or download them. For other Android phones, your manufacturer has likely included an app. For example, Samsung phones have an app called Voice Recorder. You may also consider a third-party recording app, such as Easy Voice Recorder, but always read the privacy policy first. You can use Voice Memos on an iPhone.


Use Another Recording DeviceFor frequently recording conversations in person and on the phone, you might consider a dedicated device. Aside from the cost, you must activate it at the right time, and be aware that it may pick up background noise, so it likely won’t work well for you if you can’t take or make calls in a relatively quiet space.
I tested the iZyrec Mini Recorder ($100) recently and was quite impressed by the audio quality of recorded calls. It’s small enough to hold against the back of your smartphone, easy to use, and can record both sides of a call without the need for speakerphone mode. The companion app connects via Bluetooth, enabling you to download and review recordings on your phone. Sadly, the voice activation is a bit flaky.


The Sony ICD-PX470 Stereo Recorder ($47) is an old-school digital recorder that’s affordable and works well. You get 4 GB of storage built in with a microSD card slot to expand if required. It can record for up to 55 hours from two AAA batteries, and plugs directly into your computer via USB-A to download calls.


One final option is the RecorderGear PR200 Bluetooth Recorder ($109), which connects to your smartphone via Bluetooth and acts like a remote handset. Calls are channeled through the device, and you simply tap a button to record. It has 8 GB of storage inside , and the battery lasts up to 12 hours. There’s also a USB-A connector to plug directly into your computer to review calls.

Google’s Pixel 8 and Pixel Watch 2 Have Arrived. Here’s What’s New

The new Pixel 8 and Pixel 8 Pro smartphones have price jumps and a slew of new features, and Google’s latest smartwatch and earbuds got upgrades.Google Pixel 8 smartphones in various colors on a table

GOOGLE’S OCTOBER HARDWARE event took place this morning in New York City. During its presentation, the company showed off three new pieces of hardware: the Pixel 8 and Pixel 8 Pro smartphones, and the Pixel Watch 2. The new phones are flush with new features, from secure face authentication and seven years of software support to a built-in thermometer, while the second-generation Pixel Watch has more modest improvements over its predecessor. There are also some software upgrades coming to the Pixel Buds Pro, Google’s wireless earbuds. 


Today’s event wasn’t just about hardware. Google also unveiled its plans to inject Google Assistant with its Bard large language model, imbuing the voice chatbot with artificial-intelligence-fueled conversational powers. You can read more about that in a separate story. Below is everything you need to know about the Pixel 8 series phones and Pixel Watch 2.


If you buy something using links in our stories, we may earn a commission. This helps support our journalism. Learn more.
Google Pixel 8 and Pixel 8 ProGoogle Pixel 8 Pro smartphone
It’s year eight for Google’s Pixel smartphones, which means the handset line has officially survived longer than Google Reader. (I’m not salty.) 
The Pixel 8 is a bit smaller than last year’s Pixel 7, with a 6.2-inch screen; the Pixel 8 Pro retains the 6.7-inch screen size of its predecessor. Both phones have more-rounded edges than before—they mold to my hands quite nicely!—and the Pixel 8has a matte camera bar with a glossy glass back, whereas the Pro model has a soft-touch matte back glass with a glossy camera bar. Both of the new models have frames crafted out of 100 percent recycled aluminum. 


Google’s going the Apple route of giving its OLED displays a proprietary name—the Pixel 8 has an “Actua display” and the Pixel 8 Pro has a “Super Actua display.” Like Apple’s Liquid Retina Display, the cute name doesn’t really mean anything special. What’s new, however, is that the Pixel 8 can hit a peak brightness of 2,000 nits in outdoor conditions, 42 percent brighter than last year’s Pixel 7. The Pixel 8 Pro pushes this to 2,400 nits. Both phones support a screen refresh rate up to 120-Hz, making the animations on the display look smoother than ever, but only the Pro model has a low-temperature polycrystalline oxide screen, meaning it can dial back the number of frames per second displayed—anywhere from 120 to 1, based on what’s happening on the screen—to conserve battery life. 


One of the more surprising additions to the Pixel 8 series is support for secure face authentication. If you’ve been following Pixel hardware over the years, you’ll remember that the Pixel 4 was the only one to ever support facial recognition as a secure biometric authentication method, utilizing Google’s radar technology. The Pixel 8 series doesn’t have the Soli chip that powered that function in the older handset, but these new phones have the same capabilities. This means you can use your face to securely access banking and payment apps, or anything that usually requires a PIN or fingerprint authentication. If you don’t like face recognition, both phones still have fingerprint sensors.

You’ll be hard-pressed to find this next new feature on another smartphone: a temperature sensor. This is exclusive to the Pixel 8 Pro. Google says you’re able to measure the temperature of almost anything by pointing the sensor on the back of the Pixel to an object. I measured cups of hot and iced water, and it delivered results quite quickly, though you have to get very close to the thing you want to measure, and you’ll get more accurate results if you choose one of the preset options on the material you’re trying to read, like glass or ceramic. (Google says these presets help calibrate the sensor.) Theoretically, you can even measure someone’s body temperature. Google has submitted the app to the FDA for this purpose, but it hasn’t been cleared for such use.


These new phones are powered by Tensor G3, Google’s third generation of its custom silicon processor, and the company says “every subsystem has been upgraded,” including the image signal processor to improve the Pixel’s picture-taking capabilities. Speaking of, the Pixel 8 has an upgraded 50-megapixel primary camera with what Google claims is a 20 percent improvement in light sensitivity. (More light sensitivity means brighter and sharper photos, especially in low light.) It’s joined by a 12-megapixel ultrawide camera that supports macro mode from the Pixel 7 Pro, so you can capture close-ups. 


The Pixel 8 Pro has upgraded light-gathering capabilities in all three of its cameras: a 50-megapixel main camera, a 48-megapixel ultrawide, and a 48-megapixel telephoto camera with 5X optical zoom. Its macro mode can now get even closer to a subject, and the Pro’s autofocus system is now “multi-zone,” allowing for a wider cone of focus in photos. This Pixel also gets an exclusive Pro camera mode that allows shutterbugs to tweak things like ISO and shutter speed while still taking advantage of the Pixel’s computational photography.


Both phones have a 10.5-megapixel selfie camera, but I have good news and bad news. There’s finally autofocus on the front-facing camera, allowing you to see all your pores in sharp detail. Unfortunately, this is available only on the Pixel 8 Pro. The Pixel 8’s front camera has a fixed focus.


There are some new camera software tricks this year. The coolest is Video Boost mode, yet another exclusive for the Pixel 8 Pro. Here, when you take a video in low-light conditions (up to 4K, 30 frames per second), the clip is sent to Google’s cloud servers for processing and is then sent back to you—depending on the length of the video, it can take several hours. However, the improvements are startling. Google showed me clips using this mode versus those from the iPhone 14 Pro, and the Pixel’s video was much brighter and sharper, with better stabilization.  

How to Get a Battery Replacement for Your Aging Smartphone

Most manufacturers want you to believe you can’t replace your battery, but that’s not true. Doing so can add years of life to your device.


YOU MIGHT BE in the habit of replacing your smartphone every couple of years, but most phones can last a lot longer than that. Like your car, they might just need a new part every now and then, and the best repair you can do on your phone to make it last longer is a battery replacement. But most batteries aren’t user-replaceable. So how do you actually get one?


Unfortunately, user-replaceable batteries are becoming increasingly rare, and most smartphone manufacturers don’t go too far out of their way to let you know that you can get a battery replacement at all. In fact, when Apple briefly lowered the cost of iPhone battery replacements, it resulted in about 10 times as many people replacing their batteries as usual (and, coincidentally, far fewer new iPhones sold that year). However, even if your battery is locked inside your phone, you can get a new one and keep your phone lasting longer.


Some Things to Consider Before Replacing the BatteryEven though battery replacements are very useful, they can also be a hassle to get done. In fact it’s not unlike getting work done on your car: You might be able to do it yourself, but it’s probably easier to pay someone else to do it , and you should expect to be without your phone for a while as you wait for the repair to finish.
Many places offer same-day repairs, as long as the battery for your device is in stock. That is, for repair places with physical locations near you. If you have a local Apple store or a uBreakiFix location near you, they might have what you need. But in some cases you’ll need to mail in your phone to get a repair, which could leave you without it for days. And while you may be able to get a loaner phone from some places, it can still be a hassle. On the other hand, it’s a lot better for the environment, not to mention your wallet, if you replace the battery rather than buy a new phone.


When You Should Replace the BatteryAs a general rule, if you’ve had your phone for a couple years and it’s starting to show its age, that’s a pretty good time to look into a battery replacement. That’s right around the time you might be thinking about getting a new phone anyway–many carriers still offer upgrades or payment plans that renew every two years to entice you–but you can also check your battery’s health manually if you want to see if you need an upgrade sooner.


On iPhones, you can navigate to Settings > Battery > Battery Health to find a Maximum Capacity value that will show what percentage of your battery’s initial charge capacity is left. This isn’t how full your battery is right now but rather how much charge it can hold relative to how much it could hold when it was new. If this gets down to 80 percent (especially if it’s still under warranty), get a new battery.


As always, Android phones are a little more complicated; there are many different models and they don’t all work the same. Instead, you can use an app like AccuBattery to get detailed stats on the health of your battery. The app uses an estimate, not an official report, and it may take a few days to get a full picture of your battery’s health. But if it’s below 80 percent of its original capacity, it might be time to take a look at a replacement battery.


Take Your iPhone Into an Apple StoreIf you have an iPhone and you want a battery replacement, you’re probably in the best position. If you’re still under warranty or AppleCare+, you can get a free battery replacement on most phones from the last several years. If you’ re outside of coverage, the fees range from $49 to $69, depending on which phone you have.
If you can bring your phone into an Apple store, they can often repair your phone the same day and have it back to you in a few hours. If the repair job is more complicated, the store may need to send it off to an Apple Repair Center, which can take up to 3 to 5 days to complete the repair. However, this is how long it would take to get a repair job if you mailed the phone in yourself anyway, so it makes sense to try an in-store repair first.


Try Third-Party Repair Shops for Android PhonesFor Android phones, there’s no single manufacturer that also handles all repairs, like there is with Apple, but you can still get same-day repairs done with third-party repair shops. The most prominent of these is uBreakiFix, which has locations in most US states. Some major manufacturers like Google and Samsung give uBreakiFix access to OEM parts, which means they can repair your phone with the same materials those companies would use if you send them in directly.
Prices on Android battery repairs can vary, but usually are around or below $100, but you might need to call in to get an estimate. In some places, the company can even send a rep out to you to repair your phone on-site, in addition to the usual options of either going into a store or mailing in your device.


When All Else Fails, Do It YourselfIn some cases, it might not be feasible (or even possible) to bring your phone into a store or mail it in somewhere. If you really want to keep your existing phone, and you don’t mind getting your hands dirty, you can try replacing the battery yourself. Repair site iFixit has guides for replacing batteries on most major phones that will explain in detail what tools you need and how to take apart your phone, with pictures for every step.


You might need a specialized toolkit (which iFixit also sells) that has the proprietary screwheads and other tools that might be required for opening up your phone. Also keep in mind, while you can replace a part without voiding your warranty (and in fact those warranty-voiding stickers are illegal!), the manufacturer still might try to fight you on the warranty if you break anything while doing so.

And potentially even if you don’t. If you’re comfortable with that–or if you’re already out of coverage anyway–then order a replacement battery for your phone online and give it a whirl.

When To Replace Your Cell Phone Battery

Did you know that the average cell phone battery only lasts two years? But just because your battery is slowing down or won’t hold a charge doesn’t mean you need a completely new phone. 

You might be able to simply replace the phone battery in Warsaw, Indiana, and get another 2-3 years out of your phone!
Signs Your Battery Needs To Be ReplacedYour phone battery won’t usually just stop working with no warning. There are signs you can look for in order to plan for a replacement.


Sluggish PerformanceYou might start noticing that your phone is responding slower to taps or prompts. Do apps take longer to launch than they used to?


Increased Battery DrainIf your phone’s power isn’t lasting as long as it used to, that is a sign that your battery needs to be replaced. If you need to charge your phone more than once a day, it’s definitely time to bring it into The Lab.


Won’t Hold A ChargeHas your phone stopped powering up to 100% or shuts down unexpectedly? If this keeps happening, especially if it’s paired with your phone overheating, it’s a sign that your battery should be replaced.
Tips For iPhone UsersIf you have an iPhone 6 or newer, you can use the Battery Health feature to check in on your battery.

Photo provided by digitaltrends.comThis iPhone feature gives you crucial information about your battery’s performance. “Maximum Capacity” shows you how well your battery is performing compared to when it was brand new. 
While a slightly lower percentage is lower as your phone ages, it should still retain about 80% of the capacity at 300-500 charge cycles. If it starts dropping below 80%, it’s time for a battery replacement.


Tips For Android Phone UsersMost current Android phone models provide a battery usage setting similar to the iPhone. If your Android phone doesn’t offer that setting, try looking for a third-party app in the Google Play store that can help.

Photo provided by digitaltrends.comWith Android devices, you still want to keep your phone’s battery at 80% and above percentage the same way you would with an iPhone. 
When It’s Time To Get A New Cell Phone Battery In WarsawIf you have a new phone that you’re using the way a typical phone would be used, your battery should work at 80% and above for 2-3 years.


You can keep your battery lasting even longer by keeping it protected from extreme cold and heat and charging it appropriately.
Replacing cell phone batteries is one of the most common repairs we do at The Lab. Replacing the battery in your smartphone is often much cheaper than recycling it and purchasing a new device.


Check out the estimated battery replacement costs on our Phone Repair page and bring your phone into The Lab today! Our expert repair technicians can get yourbattery replaced and your phone back in your hands fast.

How to choose the best case for your Samsung Galaxy S8?

Admit it, curved screen phones are well recieved.For example the new coming Samsung Galaxy S8 . You must have already been excited about this Samsung new flagship. It sounds fantastic, a curved, bezel-less infinity display, dual pixel 12MP rear camera, Bixby, the new intelligent assistant, a free Gear VR headset with Touch Controller (for those that pre-order), a pair of Harman AKG ear buds, the list goes on and on. Although, there might still be a shred of doubt about the reliability given what happened with the Note 7 battery debacle, seriously, we don’t want that happening again.


However, the fact is, the Samsung Galaxy S8 has broken all the pre-order records over the previous model, the Galaxy S7, in South Korea and it has also seen double digit growth in the USA.


The feedback and general public perception is positive regarding the S8 and it seems to be that the Note 7 problems are slowly becoming a distant memory.
As you can clearly see from the news headlines echoing around the Internet, Samsung is on the rise once more:
“What Note 7 recall? Samsung Galaxy S8 pre-orders see double-digit growth in the US” (ZDNET)
“Samsung says its new phone is selling well, showing consumers have gotten over the Galaxy Note 7 disaster” (CNBC)
“Maybe the Galaxy Note 7 Debacle Didn’t Hurt Samsung That Much After All” (Fortune)
samsung note 7 explosion1. The tremendous popularity of Samsung S8 and curved screen phonesOK, enough of the sorry tale of the Galaxy Note 7, let’s focus on the new world, the exciting world of the Samsung Galaxy S8.


Before I sat down to write this blog, I went through countless online reviews about the Galaxy S8, watched dozens of YouTube video reviews and poured over magazine articles about the latest and greatest phone. The overall view shows that there is almost 99% satisfaction, amazing.
Now, to be fair, that is not surprising when you consider the number of firsts that this delivers phones, the latest display technology, the latest battery technology, Bixby the new AI assistant, the new Gear VR headset etc.
Of all of these new and exciting features, the one I want to focus on is the curved surface screen.


samsung galaxy S8 holds an infinity displayThe experts at DisplayMate Technologies described the Samsung Galaxy S8 as the best you can buy right now. They went on to say that the S8 is pioneering the very latest in full screen OLED displays.
“It has many major and important state-of-the-art display performance enhancements, features and functions, with mobile OLED display technology now advancing faster than ever. The Galaxy S8 is the most innovative and highest performing smartphone display that we have ever lab tested. So the Galaxy S8 becomes the Best Performing Smartphone Display, earning DisplayMate’s highest ever A+ grade.”
The Galaxy S8’s screen has been highly praised due to its curved design, higher resolution, more accurate color representation, HDR video support and strong Corning Gorilla Glass 5 protection.


And the curved screen design does make a lot of sense. It’s built using AMOLED technology with better flexibility and less fragility, reducing the chances of screen cracking. Also, curved screen phones feel more comfortable to hold and offer up a better visual effect.
Thanks to the front and back curved design, the S8 instantly feels comfortable in the hand, easing itself perfectly into the palm of your hand.


“Better even than the LG G6, which has similar proportions but no curved screen, and sleeker than the iPhone 7 Plus, which puts a smaller screen on taller, wider body.” Jessica Dolcourt from CNET commented the S8 like this. It showed that it’s the curved 4K display makes the Galaxy S8 stand out. According to Business Insider, Apple and Google are forecast to borrow the curved screen design on their upcoming devices.
In just two days, from April 7 to 8, something in the region of 550,000 Galaxy S8 units were pre-ordered, consequently breaking the record previously set by the Galaxy S7. This solidified the overwhelming popularity of Galaxy S8 and has introduced the new era of the curved screen.
However…


The things that excite consumers can be monumental challenges for phone case manufacturers.
2. Curved screen phones: A growing headache for case makersA curved screen is wonderful to touch and to use, but from a case maker’s perspective, it’s an absolute nightmare. The design challenges are significant and difficult to solve without ending up with a bulky, ugly case, which is not going to appeal to the person who has just purchased a shiny new Galaxy S8.
implied, as reported by Nikkei Asian Review, Apple has ordered 70 million display panels from rival Samsung Electronics for the upcoming iPhone 8.
iPhone8-concept-graphiPhone 8 (Concept Graph)


And another report from South Korea’s Electronic Times, noted that Google has offered to invest at least $880 million in LG Display Co., so as to guarantee a stable supply of OLED screens for its next Pixel phone  .
And what you might be surprised to know is that before the Samsung Galaxy S8, there were other curved screen phones that were well received, the Samsung Galaxy S7 edge, the Huawei Honor Magic, the Huawei Mate 9 Pro, the Xiaomi Note 2 and the Vivo Xplay 6.


vivo xplay-6 vs. xiaomi note2 vs. huawei mate 9 proLet’s be honest here, curved screen phones are simply gorgeous. The Galaxy S8 is, in my mind one of the nicest android phones out there.
But the sad truth is, that you will find very few phone cases that fit the curved screen design perfectly.
To be fair, it’s not the phone case makers’ fault, most of them are frantically trying to solve the design constraints that a curved screen presents, although a lot of them seem to have just given up.


Just take a look at how many Galaxy S7 edge cases are out there and you will see my point.
Now, the biggest issue is how to strike the balance between protection and style so that it protects the phone in the event of a fall but doesn’t make the phone look fat and ugly.
Sadly, few have achieved this balance and if you look around at the phone cases out there, most of them are in fact fat and ugly, which completely ruins the design ethos that Samsung crafted into their latest baby.


curved screen phones will be a trendWhat is even more worrying when it comes to protection is that some cases out there do not leave enough room for a tempered screen protector. That means those seemingly most protective case will do interference on the tempered screen protector. As you can see the vast majority of Samsung Galaxy S7 edge tempered screen protector are full coverage ones to protect the beautiful curved screen fully. So those protective cases just don’t allow for a good tempered screen protector.

You’d either choose those bulky full covered phone cases or full covered tempered screen protector. In most occasions, I found  SmartphoneGalaxy S7 edge users used a bulky case and left the screen bare. That’s fine but I am jua bit of concerned about the gorgeous curved display.  

Everything You Need to Know About iPhone Battery Replacement

A well-kept iPhone can last for years, but everyone knows how smartphone batteries degrade over time. Similarly, when it comes to iPhone batteries, there’s no exception. Eventually, you will need to consider a replacement. Fortunately, a weak battery does not mean you need a new iPhone – a simple iPhone battery replacement can do just the trick!


Apple users should know that replacing a battery is a no-brainer since the benefits will always outweigh the costs. The very first step is to check if you still fall under warranty with Apple. If yes, there are no additional charges for changing your battery – a good idea to go for it. So, let’s explore the options and conditions for replacing an iPhone’s battery.  


Is it worth replacing the battery of the iPhone?

Replacing batteries might be a good idea, considering how it will breathe new life into your device by improving its performance. It usually depends on how old your device is. If you feel like your Apple device takes too long to send a message or download files , there might be issues with its battery. 


Similarly, if your phone hangs up while looking at pictures, scrolling, or you keep it plugged into the charger to make a call – are clear signs that an iPhone battery replacement is required. Also, the much-needed mobility that comes with these smart devices is an obvious reason why replacing a battery is totally worth it.  
Given below are some signs telling your phone needs a battery replacement urgently:
iPhone running slowerFunctions like uploading pictures, loading files and GIFs, and receiving or making calls are all affected due to an aging iPhone battery. Hence, as the battery efficiency declines, phone performance can degrade and make it slower. You can avoid this by replacing your battery as soon as possible.  


Powering down unexpectedlySmart devices like iPhones tend to have a mind of their own. Users can experience this in the form of abrupt powering down. If the powering issue happens while you are working on a task, defragging only provides a temporary solution by increasing your device’s processing speed . Hence, opting for an iPhone battery replacement would be the best decision.


Prolonged charging periodIf your battery performance is in top condition, it should take about two hours or less to charge fully. One of the most classic symptoms of a dying battery is taking longer or not charging at all after being plugged in for hours. 
Apple throttling older devicesApple announced that it throttles older devices to avoid failing batteries. This has long-lasting implications since your phone’s health depends on how soon you notice a problem with it. You can see if you’re a victim of iPhone throttling by going to Settings > Battery > Battery health. Here you can get insights on battery conditions and turn off throttling anytime.  


How much does it cost to replace an old iPhone battery?

Replacing an iPhone screen is expensive, ranging between US$ 120 to US$ 329, while replacing the battery only costs between US$ 49 to US$ 69. It is obvious how this amount is only around 10% of your iPhone’s original price – helping you save on additional expenses. As intelligent buyers, one should bear in mind to always look at the phone’s battery status before purchasing an iPhone.
Generally speaking, replacing batteries for all iPhone models still falling under warranty with AppleCare+ is free. Out-of-warranty models require you to pay for an iPhone battery replacement. As mentioned earlier, for iPhone X and all models released afterward, the price is US$ 69, and for all the rest of the older versions, you are to pay US$ 49. 


Can I replace my iPhone Battery myself?It is possible to replace your iPhone battery yourself but not one of the most desired solutions. These devices have strong glues attached to hold parts together and you may need to remove some of these to gain access to the battery.  


The task is time-consuming, and if you’re not well equipped, there is a high risk of damaging your phone. The self-replacement procedure will also void any warranties remaining on your iPhone. It may also affect the waterproof capabilities making it more vulnerable to harm in the future.  
If you have an in-store replacement facility within your reach, then it’s better to seek help from them. Otherwise, numerous kits are available in the market with in-depth guides on replacing your iPhone’s battery. However, you need to remember that these guides do not guarantee success for battery replacement and if you damage your device in the process, purchasing a new one is the only option left.


PITAKA Naturally Charged Solution – MagEZ SliderBattery replacement can be a hassle since it is an extra expenditure on phone costs. Also, it can be challenging if you do not have a proper replacement facility within your reach. So, to prolong its life, users are advised to utilize their device’s battery health efficiently. Here are some ways to help you achieve that:


Keep your battery from going to 0% or 100%Do not charge beyond 100%Avoid using fast chargersKeep WiFi and Bluetooth off if you’re not using themLet go of assistant features like Siri that further drain your batteries 
Sounds easy, right? No one wants to let their battery drop to 0%. But sometimes you don’t have access to power outlets for quite a long time, or you’re just too busy with other stuff. That’s why it’s wise to carry a power bank. PITAKA has this MagSafe power bank that makes charging so much easier. 

The MagEZ Slider is a 3-in-1 wireless charger with a portable wireless charging power bank. It magnetically attaches to the back of your phone to juice up the battery while you travel. It’s so portable and ergonomic that you can hold both devices comfortably . 
Most importantly, the power bank has a dedicated charging dock. When you don’t use it, slide it into the dock, and it will charge. So the power bank is always ready when you need extra juice on the road. 


In addition, you can charge your iWatch and Airpods at the same time. And the charger works as a phone stand as well, freeing your hands from holding your phone constantly during long work-related meetings happening all day long. If you receive a notification while working on your laptop, you can quickly glance to check if it’s something requiring your immediate attention. 


Final wordsThere are many ways users can maintain their iPhone batteries so they do not have to go for a replacement too soon. And a power bank like the MagEZ slider can make things a lot easier. The MagEZ slider is an all-in-one packing deal for all your iPhone batteryreplacement concerns.

iPhone 14: Everything You Should Know So Far

With one and half months away from that BIG day, news or rumors about the Apple iPhone 14 are circulating more wildly than before. 

No surprise. We’re excited about the new iPhone, too. And we’ve got some surprises this year for the iPhone 14 cases. 
Anyway, in case you’re too tied up with your routine and don’t feel like missing out, here’s what’s new about the iPhone 14 that we think would happen and what’s worth discussing. 


When is the iPhone 14 Coming Out?

For many, this could be most important question to answer. Most rumors said September 13 will the release date. But recently, we also heard predictions that September 6 will be the launch date for the new iPhones. We will soon find out by August. 
No More iPhone “mini”You’ve probably heard that the iPhone 12 mini and iPhone 13 mini are not selling. So, it’s quite possible that Apple is doing away with the “mini” line this year. 


Still, there will be four models, a 6.1-inch iPhone 14, a 6.1-inch iPhone 14 Pro, a 6.7-inch iPhone 14 Max, and a 6.7-inch iPhone 14 Pro Max. It’s definitely good news for fans who prefer large screens. 


Bathtub Notch is Going AwayThis could be the biggest and the most-welcomed design change coming to the newest iPhone. Since 2017, after Apple released the iPhone X with the bathtub notch, we’ve heard many drums banging for getting rid of the notch. 
Last year, we saw a smaller display cutout at the top of the iPhone 13 screen, which clearly shows that Apple knows how people are unsatisfied with the design and can change it. So, we can totally expect them to go further.


iphone 14 leaked picture
According to the iPhone 14 design leak on Twitter, the iPhone 14 Pro and iPhone 14 Pro Max feature the same thinner bezel that looks like an exclamation mark or a pill plus a hole, while the standard iPhone 14 and iPhone 14 Max have similar notches like that of the iPhone 13. 
Bigger and Better iPhone 14 CamerasEvery new iteration of the iPhone comes with updates on some parts or features. Maybe it’s the display refresh rate, battery, or chip. But we can always expect a camera update. 


Apple analyst Ming-Chi Kuo believes that we will see a major camera improvement on the 2022 Pro iPhone lineup. They will feature a 48-megapixel rear camera, upgrading from the current 12-megapixel camera, and 8K video recording capability, which allows creators to capture higher quality video with more details and greater clarity. 
And the higher-resolution camera sensor will lead to a bigger camera bump. If that’s true, then you can’t use your iPhone 13 case for the iPhone 14.


As for the front camera on all four iPhone 14 models, it is said to have autofocus features and a wider f/1.9 aperture, which should make us all look better on those video calls. 
Bigger BatteryBattery capacity is another concern of many people. We heard all iPhone 14 models will receive bigger batteries, except for the iPhone 14 Pro Max. The rumored 0.2mm increase in width may be dedicated to the bigger batteries. But looking at the rumored battery capacity , it’s hard to call that an “improvement”. The battery capacity of the iPhone 14 is said to be 3,279mAh, up 52mAh from its predecessor. And iPhone 14 Pro Max will feature a 4,323mAh battery, slightly less than the iPhone 13 Pro Max’s 4,352mAh. 


If you think the battery is not enough to last a day, you can always bring a portable wireless charging power bank with you. 
Titanium Alloy ChassisThe iPhones released in recent years use either aluminum or stainless steel for the chassis design. This year, however, Apple might shift to a stronger metal, titanium.


Apple uses titanium for the Apple Watch, apart from aluminum and stainless steel. And the titanium Apple Watch case is the most expensive. But Apple probably will use titanium alloys instead of pure titanium for the new iPhone. 
Titanium alloys, a mixture of titanium and other chemical elements, have light weight, excellent corrosion resistance, and high hardness, thus have been used in aerospace, transportation, and chemical industries. 


New Processor A16Traditionally, every new iPhone is equipped with a new chip. The iPhone 13 uses A15 Bionic chip, so presumably, the iPhone 14 will get the new A16 chip. 
The report has it that the A16 Bionic performs 11% better and 22% higher in energy efficiency than the A14, though it’s unclear how much better the A16 is than the A15 chip. 
But, again, only the pro models will get the newest processor, and the entry-level iPhone 14 and iPhone 14 Max models might still use the chip from last year. 
Lightning PortThere’s a widespread notion that Apple will eventually remove the Lightning port for a portless design. The question is when. 


Well, chances are it won’t happen in 2022. The European Commission announced a mandate that forces all smartphones to use the universal USB-C port for charging by 2024. So, there’s still time for Apple to figure out a plan to deal with losses once it gives ups its proprietary designn. 
We believe that at least some of the iPhone 14 models will continue to feature a Lightning port. 


Satellite Emergency Texting This feature was previously rumored to be available on the iPhone 13 last year. It didn’t happen. So, it’s reasonable to expect it on Apple’s best iPhone this year. 
Satellite connectivity lets users send texts or SOS distress signals to emergency services when there’s no cellular or Wi-Fi network, which sounds like a life-saving feature. 
Vaper Chamber Thermal SystemThis is another rumor starting to abolish last year. It’s said that Apple is “aggressively testing” a vapor chamber thermal system that can cool down the device when it gets warm due to heavy stress.
It seems to be a nice and necessary feature for the iPhone 14 Pro models as the high-end phone usually are equipped with more powerful hardware and more functions than the standard ones. But, is it ready in time for 2022? We’ll see . 


iPhone 14 Colors Color may not trigger too many discussions like other iPhone 14 features. But for some people (me included), the color could be the biggest thing to consider before pulling the trigger.
We know from leaks that the iPhone 14 and iPhone 14 Max will come in black, white, white, blue, red, and purple. Also, one source indicates that we might see a green iPhone 14. On the other hand, the iPhone 14 Pro and iPhone 14 Pro Max will be available in graphite, gold, silver, and purple.


How much is the iPhone 14?According to a recent rumor from East Asia, the iPhone 14 is expected to be priced at $799, the same entry price as last year’s iPhone 13. On the other hand, some predicted that this year would see a $100 price increase for the iPhone 14 due to increased production costs.
SummaryGenerally speaking, the overall body design of the iPhone 14 models is identical to the iPhone 13, such as a flat-frame body and a speaker grill. The significant difference could be the smaller display cutout on the Pro models. 
And it seems that Apple is trying hard to differentiate the pro and the non-pro iPhone 14 models.


We will find out which rumor turns out to be true and which goes wrong on September 13th. Hopefully, we get the correct iPhone 14 release date.

Apple iPhone 15 Review: It’s My Default Recommendation Again

The iPhone 14 was hard to recommend in 2022 due to the lack of compelling features compared to the 14 Pro. Does the iPhone 15 change the narrative?


In 2022, the standard iPhone 14 line was lacking value compared to the iPhone 14 Pro and Pro Max, which featured Dynamic Island, a significantly better camera system, and other Pro features. While the iPhone 15 Pro and Pro Max have been in the spotlight , for better or for worse, the iPhone 15 and 15 Plus bring many of the iPhone 14 Pro’s features at a lower cost, effectively tightening the gap between the different models.


Even though we’ve seen many of the features before, does history repeat itself? Should you skip it and go with the pro models? Let’s take a look.
The DesignThe iPhone 15’s design resembles the new Pro models in many ways. The edges of the iPhone 15 are also contoured, noticeably improving the comfort in the hand compared to the last few iPhones. Additionally, the back of the phone is now a matte glass back , departing from the glossy glass that was on the iPhone 14.


However, the iPhone 15 continues to use aluminum for its frame. One benefit of picking the iPhone 15 over the iPhone 15 Pro is that the aluminum sides don’t show fingerprints like the titanium ones on the Pro models.


As for color choices, the iPhone 15 comes in Black, Green, Yellow, Pink, and Blue. The colors are much lighter this year than previous versions. Surprisingly, there is no red or white version this time, both of which have been present on the regular iPhones since the iPhone XR. I don’t think the iPhone 15’s color palette is a bad choice, but it’s definitely had its share of criticism from others.


However, I still think the iPhone XR had the best color shades. If I had to pick one model for my daily device, I would choose the blue option for my iPhone 15.
Despite not featuring a more high-end material such as titanium or stainless steel, the iPhone 15 still has an excellent design that feels premium and comfortable to hold without a case or grip. And it’s good to see that it still comes in various colors for people to select from, even if they are somewhat muted.
iPhone 15’s Display: The Big 60Hz Debate


Similar to last year, the iPhone 15 features a 6.1-inch Super Retina XDR display, with a slightly different resolution (2556×1179). There are two main upgrades for the display this time around. To start, the iPhone 15 gains the Dynamic Island. It replaces the notch, and adapts to what you are doing on the phone.
You can quickly access controls when using Apple Music, see the status of a timer, and more. While it may seem like a gimmick, I find it occasionally helpful and more aesthetically pleasing than the notch. I’m glad it is now featured across all the new iPhones.


The second improvement to the display this year is a higher peak brightness. The iPhone 15 can now hit 2000 nits of peak brightness when outdoors, just like the iPhone 15 Pro and Pro Max. According to Apple, it also has a higher peak brightness when viewing HDR content (1600 nits vs. 1200 nits).
However, one aspect of the display that has been controversial is the refresh rate. The iPhone 15 still lacks ProMotion, meaning that it is limited to a 60Hz refresh rate. For the price of the phone ($800), it’s a tough sell for many Enthusiasts who notice and appreciate a 120Hz refresh rate.


On the other side of the argument, many consumers likely won’t notice the difference between 60Hz and 120Hz. And that is the target market for the iPhone 15: the average user. Jon Prosser, host of Front Page Tech, made an excellent video that covers the controversy and links this debate back to the iPhone XR’s display resolution in 2018, since it was below 1080p for a $750 phone.
My opinion on this topic aligns with Prosser’s. If you don’t notice, care, or even know about your smartphone’s display’s refresh rate, you’ll be fine using the iPhone 15. People concerned about the refresh rate should look towards the iPhone 15 Pro, since it includes the best specifications for those enthusiasts.


Still, I would have liked to see at least a 90Hz display on this phone; the lack of 120Hz hurts the perceived value for many. But despite this, it’s still a solid display in terms of brightness, color, and resolution. So, I don’t think people should disregard the phone solely because of the 60Hz refresh rate.
The A16 Bionic Chip
For the regular iPhone models, Apple continues its trend of bringing last year’s new processor down to the standard phones. This means that the iPhone 15 uses the A16 Bionic chip from the iPhone 14 Pro. The chip includes a 6-core CPU and a 5 -core GPU, along with 6GB of RAM.


The chip delivered excellent performance in the iPhone 14 Pro series, and as expected, it has been the same experience here on the iPhone 15. This also means that the chip benchmarks similar to the iPhone 14 Pro Max in Geekbench 6.
While it might not include the latest SoC, which allows AAA games to run on the iPhone, Apple’s A-series chips still hold up over time, even if they are a year or two old. The A16 Bionic can still handle the everyday tasks that people purchasing non-Pro models typically perform. If that’s you, you will be happy with iPhone 15’s performance. We’ll have to see what processor the iPhone 16 will use since Apple gave the A17 chip a Pro moniker this year.


The Dual Camera SystemSince the iPhone 11, the regular iPhone models have included a dual camera system that features a main camera and an ultra-wide camera. And the iPhone 15 is no exception. However, it now has a new 48MP main camera, similar to what the iPhone 14 Pro offered. This increase in megapixel count allows for is more detail in your photos compared to the previous 12MP camera that was in the regular iPhone 14.


The iPhone 15 also now shoots 24MP photos by default, providing a bit more detail in the photos you take without needing to go all the way up to 48MP.
The photos come out true to life and not over-processed or with oversaturated colors. Similar to the iPhone 15 Pro, the 24MP photos from the regular 15 have a solid amount of detail. With the boat photo sample, I was pleased to see that the iPhone 15’s main camera was able to accurately present the light from the sun coming through the clouds, contributing to, in my opinion, a good photo.


If you want to take 48MP photos, you will have to enable the toggle through settings since it does not appear in the camera app by default. The 48MP photos that the iPhone 15 produces do contain slightly more detail than the 24MP photos, but the difference is not very noticeable on the surface.


Photos from theiPhone 15 are also a bit more zoomed in compared to the iPhone 15 Pro due to the main camera using a 26mm focal length, compared to 24mm on the 15 Pro and Pro Max. Unlike the Pro models, however, you can’ t change the focal length in the camera app.

How to Check the Battery Cycle Count of Your iPhone

Do you know how many times you’ve charged your iPhone battery?Here’s how to find out.
Battery cycle count can be an excellent way to determine the condition of your battery. On an iPhone, it gives you a better idea of ​​how the battery has aged over the years.
You may be familiar with Apple’s method of displaying the battery health of your iPhone. While this certainly gives you some information, you can compare the battery cycle with Apple’s health percentage to gain even more insight into your battery.
Before you learn how to check the battery cycle count on your iPhone, let’s see what this term exactly means.


What Is the Battery Cycle Count?Battery cycle count is simply the number of times a battery is fully charged and depleted. When you exhaust the battery of a fully charged iPhone, you complete one battery cycle.
In reality, rarely does anyone charge and use their iPhones like that. So, let’s take a look at a practical scenario, shall we?


Assume you have a fully charged iPhone and you drain it to 40%, meaning you used 60% of the battery. Then, you charge it again all the way up to 100%. Since you only used 60% of the battery, you haven ‘t completed a full charge cycle yet. It only counts when you use another 40% of the battery, because it’ll add up to a total of 100%, no matter how many times you charge your iPhone in the middle.
Hence, the battery cycle count would ideally show the total number of times you’ve used 100% of the batteries capacity, even if you only ever used it a little bit at a time in between charging.


How to Check Your iPhone’s Battery Cycle CountFirst and foremost, we’d like to point out that you’ll only be able to view this data if you’re sharing iPhone analytics with Apple, which most people do. If you don’t, you need to turn this on and wait for two days before you go ahead with these steps.
RELATED:iPhone Settings And Tweaks To Boost Your Privacy
To enable this option and check your cycle count:


Open the Settings app on your iPhone. Scroll down and select Privacy from the settings menu.In the Privacy section, scroll all the way to the bottom and tap on Analytics & Improvements.You’ll be able to see if you’re sharing analytics with Apple here. Next, tap on the option called Analytics Data.

Privacy settingsiPhone Analytics and ImprovementsiPhone Analytics DataIn this step, you need to scroll down until you find a file that starts with log-aggregated. If you see multiple files with the same name, select the one at the bottom, since that’s the latest one.Now, you’ll see nothing but lines of code. Tap anywhere on the code to access the selection tool and then drag it to select everything in this file.Next, tap on the selected portion and choose Copy to store it in the clipboard.


Log aggregated filecopying the log aggregated filecopying the entire log aggregated fileLaunch the Notes app on your iPhone and create a new note. Then, tap anywhere on the blank note and choose Paste.Next, tap on the three dots icon in the upper-right corner of the screen to access more options. Select Find in Note.Now, simply type batterycyclecount, and the Notes app will take you to the exact position in the file. Here, you’ll see a number right below the highlighted line. This is the battery cycle count of your iPhone.
pasting log aggregated file in Notes appfinding battery cycle count from log filefinding battery cycle count


You have what you needed. We had to use the Notes app since there’s no way to search for a specific line of code within the log-aggregated file. Of course, you can scroll and find it yourself, but this will take a lot of time and effort.
RELATED:Hidden Apple Notes Features You Should Know About
Monitoring Your iPhone’s Battery Is EssentialNow that you know both the battery cycle count and the battery health percentage, you can better understand your iPhone battery’s condition.


According to Apple, the iPhone battery is designed to retain 80% of its maximum capacity by the time it reaches 500 charge cycles. However, if you see a much higher battery cycle count with similar battery health, it means that you have good charging habits and you’ve preserved the battery quite well.

7 Myths and Misconceptions About Charging Your Phone Debunked

You’ve probably heard some old wives’ tales about smartphone charging , like only charging when the battery is completely empty or leaving your phone charging overnight.
While we can’t pinpoint how these myths and misconceptions about phone charging came to be, we’ve all heard of a few that we probably believed at some point in our lives.
We’re here to debunk a few phone charging myths, answer questions you may have, and help you to practice safe phone charging habits.


1. You Shouldn’t Charge Your Phone Overnight

There are no risks involved in charging your phone overnight. Your phone won’t overcharge, and the power won’t kill your battery, destroy your charger, or start a fire. (We’re assuming over here that you’re not using a defective charger and that your electrical wiring system is in a top-notch state.)
Modern smartphones have lithium-ion batteries with built-in devices to stop your phone from absorbing power once the battery is fully charged. This means that, even though your phone is full and plugged in, it’s technically not in use. However, you shouldn’t ‘t leave your phone plugged in throughout the night, every night.
If your model isn’t built to withstand consistent heat exchange, you can overheat your phone and cause real damage. To be safe, read the manual and reviews. For some, the jury is still out on whether to charge your phone overnight or not .

2. You Should Only Charge Your Phone When It’s Completely Dead

charging a phoneNot true. You can charge your phone as often as needed.
Here’s an essential piece of information: Lithium-ion batteries have limited charging cycles; for an iPhone, it’s typically around 500. A cycle is a full charge from 0 percent to 100 percent. So, if you only charge your phone when it’s completely dead , you’ll exhaust the charging cycle pretty quickly. But if you charge the phone from 90 percent to 100 percent, you would have only used 1/10 of the cycle.
This is why experts recommend keeping the charge between 40 percent to 80 percent so you can charge your phone multiple times a day, getting the most out of one cycle. This practice extends your battery life and increases performance.


3. You Shouldn’t Use Your Phone While It Charges

While there are legitimate fears behind this myth, it’s not true. You can use your phone while it charges, as long as you’re using a manufacturer-approved or off-brand charger and battery. Of course, you must also have confidence that there are no problems with your electrical wiring.

Real-life stories of a phone exploding while plugged in and subsequently electrocuting the user or starting a fire have contributed to this myth. And while these unfortunate situations have occurred, the authorities revealed that, in most cases, the victims used unapproved third-party or defective chargers. External factors also contributed to the explosion.


To reiterate, using your phone while plugged in is completely safe. Just make sure you’re nowhere near water and are not using a sketchy third-party charger.


4. An Off-Brand Charger Will Destroy Your Battery

micro usb chargerNot true. Off-brand chargers by legitimate retailers, such as Vinsic, RavPower, Powergen, Anker, KMS, and Belkin, are not only inexpensive but perfectly fine to use.
We can’t argue that off-brand chargers are as great as the manufacturer’s, but they are, at the very least, safer and better than cheap brand knockoffs. So, if that’s what you want, feel free to purchase an off-brand charger from a reputable retailer. It will not destroy your battery or melt into the power outlet.

However, it’s the brand knockoffs you should be careful about. Unfortunately, they are sometimes marketed and packaged as the real deal, even though they can barely get the job done. Thankfully, there are a few ways for you to check if your smartphone charger is safe to use.


5. It’s Okay to Leave Your Phone on 24/7, 365

No, it’s not okay.
Most of us are guilty of leaving our phones on all the time, only turning them off when there’s a problem. While it’s not the biggest problem in the world, it can affect the lifespan and performance of your battery over time. You don’t have to turn off your phone every night. Once a week is fine. Rebooting your phone every now and then can help improve the performance of your device.

6. It’s Not Safe to Leave Your Charger Plugged inapple phone charging

To leave your charger plugged in or not is a personal decision. While we believe there’s no right or wrong answer here, we should point out that safety rules recommend unplugging chargers right after use to prevent a fire outbreak. But if you live where such situations Rarely occur, you shouldn’t have a problem leaving your charger plugged in.

To help you determine the best course of action, consider the following rules of thumb. You should unplug your charger if:
Your charger heats up rather quickly and/or makes rattling noises whether or not it’s in use. In this case, we recommend that you buy  a new charger.You or your neighbors have water leaks.Animals roam freely in your houses. They could bite through the power cord or trip over it when it’s connected to a device.You have power fluctuations and surges, or you don’t have lightning protection.

7. As Long as It Can Charge Your Phone, You Can Use It

If the charger is from the phone’s manufacturer or a legitimate off-brand retailer, we don’t see why not.
As previously discussed, you should always use the original charger if you have the option to choose. There are many benefits of using the original phone charger, but the most important of them all is that they’re the safest.
An original phone charger rarely explodes, melts into the power outlet, causes rattling noises, or even destroys phones.


The Most Crucial Points to RememberModern technology is so advanced that you don’t have to worry about the various myths and misconceptions about charging phones . However, unplugging your charger overnight never does any harm, nor does it when you’re leaving the house for a period.

If there’s one thing we’ve learned, it’s the mistakes of users and poor environmental conditions that are more likely to damage your phone , not the charger itself.

Your Android Phone Won’t Charge? 7 Tips and Fixes to Try

If your Android phone isn’t charging when it’s plugged in, follow these tips to figure out why and get it working again.


You probably don’t think much about the process of charging your phone; just plug in the cable and walk away. That is, until the day your phone doesn’t charge when you plug it in, at which point you could find yourself tearing your hair out trying to make it work.
Fortunately, you don’t have to rush to a chance service center when your phone stops charging because there’s a good you can fix it yourself at home. A lot of the time, the solution is pretty simple. So if your Android phone won’ t charge, try out these tips and tricks to fix it.


1. Reboot Your PhoneTo start, try turning your phone off and on again. Often, the reason your phone won’t charge when it’s plugged in because there’s been a connection hiccup. To rule out a temporary glitch like this, you just need to reboot your device. After all, restarting a phone can fix all kinds of problems.
Restarting your phone will kill all background services and could solve your mobile charging problem. A restart also refreshes your phone’s core components in case one of them has crashed while performing a task.
To perform a reboot quickly, simply hold the power button and tap the Restart option. Depending on your phone, you may need to press the power and volume up buttons at the same time instead.
2. Try Putting Your Phone in Safe ModeIf your phone doesn’t charge after a reboot, the next step it to try booting your phone in safe mode. Essentially, safe mode is a sandbox environment that restricts your phone to just the software it originally shipped with. This means any third- party apps you’ve downloaded won’t run in safe mode.
To enter safe mode on most Android devices, tap and hold the Restart button when powering it off. You should see a prompt offering to reboot to safe mode. To exit safe mode, just restart your phone normally.


Reboot to safe mode pop up in AndroidIf you’re able to charge your phone in safe mode, you know for sure that the culprit is a third-party service. Once you’ve confirmed that this is the problem, look at any apps you’ve downloaded recently. One of those could be the cause of your charging issues. Try uninstalling recently installed or untrustworthy apps. Then reboot your phone normally and see if it charges.

3. Switch to a Different Cable, Adapter, or OutletIf you’re still stuck and wondering why your phone isn’t charging, then it’s time to take a look at your charging cable. Your cable might have a loose wire, the adapter could have malfunctioned, or the socket it’s plugged into could be malfunctioning. To rule out faulty hardware, attempt to charge your phone through a different cable, adapter, or power source.
The easy way to check whether the cable is to blame for your troubles is to connect your phone to a computer via USB. If your phone can charge via a PC, you can narrow the troubleshooting down to the adapter and socket.


In case an alternative cable did the trick, invest in a new one. The best charging cables are either first-party accessories or those from trusted third-party names like Anker—avoid junky knockoffs.
4. Make Sure It’s Not a Software BugIf your phone isn’t charging even though it says it is, or if your phone is charging but says it isn’t, then this could be a software bug. Installing the free Ampere app will tell you once and for all if any power is making it to your phone.

Ampere is a simple app that allows you to view how much current your phone is discharging or charging at any one time. It also tells you whether your phone’s battery is in good condition, gives you the available voltage, and shows the current temperature.


2 ImagesAmpere App ChargingAmpere app Not Charging screenshotWith the Ampere app installed, connect your phone to a power source, then fire up the app and see if it says your phone is charging. If your phone is charging but isn’t displaying a charging icon, then this is probably a software bug You can either update your Android OS or try a hard reset to fix it.
5.Clean the Charging PortIf the Ampere app shows no charge getting to your phone, then the culprit could be debris in your charging port. Dust particles can quickly accumulate in the charging inlet and hinder your phone’s connection to a power source.

Inspect your phone’s charging port and if you notice a buildup of dirt or other grime, clean it. You can do this easily by gently scrubbing the area with a dry cotton swab. Keep a light touch and don’t go ramming anything too far into your charging outlet.


To get a better look at what’s going on inside your port, use a flashlight to fully inspect the area. If you notice any foreign debris stuck inside, you can do heavy cleaning using a SIM ejector tool or a toothpick. Just be extra careful not to damage any of the charging pins, which could permanently brick your phone. After giving your port a good cleaning, try to charge your phone again.


6. Check Your Phone Isn’t Water DamagedWater pouring on a smartphone’s screenWater and electronics don’t mix, and even highly water-resistant phones need special care to keep them watertight. If your phone has gotten wet, and you’re now wondering why it won’t charge, then it’s likely that water is the culprit.

You’t charge your phone at all if there’s a possibility of water damage. First, you have to make sure your phone’s internals are completely dry. Ignore all the other advice online, the only safe way to do this is to leave your phone in a well ventilated area and wait a day or so. Don’t put it in a bowl of rice.


After 24 hours of drying off, try plugging your phone in and see what happens. Once the connections are dry you may find that it starts charging again.


7. Visit a Service CenterIf all else fails, and your phone still isn’t charging, it’s time to go to a service center and ask a professional for help. They may be able to find a fault that you’ve missed or diagnose a hardware failure. Hopefully, your phone is still in warranty, so you don’t have to pay anything for the repair. Otherwise, it may cost you to replace whatever component has broken.

When is my phone getting Android 14? Here’s everything we know

When is my phone getting Android 14? Here’s everything we knowWith Android 14, there are some priority changes in app behaviors and compatibility instead of just new features and other enhancements. There are also going to be improvements made to settings for privacy, security, and even system health. In short, Android 14 may not be packed with a ton of brand new features, but it will refine and streamline what is already there.


Your main concern may be whether or not your current Android smartphone will be getting Android 14 when it drops later this year. Here are all of the phones that should be compatible with Android 14. We’ll be updating this list frequently as we learn more about Android 14 compatibility.Android 14 release date
Android 14 is in the beta phase, with Google releasing Android 14 Beta 1 on April 12 and Android 14 Beta 2 on May 10. Prior to the open beta, Google released two developer previews for Android 14 — one in February and another in March.


Looking at the timeline above, three additional beta updates will follow from there: Beta 3 in June and Betas 4 and 5 in July.
Google has the final public release of Android 14 planned sometime shortly after that, likely in August or September.


Google PixelGoogle Pixel 7 and 7 Pro.Andrew Martonik/Digital TrendsGoogle’s Pixel devices are the first to get the Android 14 beta, so naturally, they’ll also be among the first for the general release. However, while Android 13 could be installed on devices going all the way back to the Pixel 4, Google has decided to cut off some of the older Pixel devices with Android 14.


On the Android 14 page, Google has listed the following Pixel devices as being eligible for the Android 14 beta program:Pixel 4a (5G)
SamsungThe back of the Galaxy S23 Ultra, showing its green color.Andy Boxall/DigitalTrendsSamsung just launched the Galaxy S23 series this year, which includes the Galaxy S23, Galaxy S23 Plus, and Galaxy S23 Ultra. Like Google, Samsung provides several years of support for its flagship phones, and the S23 lineup should be supported for the next four major software upgrades.


But Samsung has more than just the Galaxy S-Series of phones in its repertoire. There’s the Galaxy Z Fold and Flip lineup, the more affordable A-Series phones, and others. While we don’t have a full confirmation just yet (Android 14 is still very much in the early stages), here’s a good idea of ​​which major Samsung phones to expect to have support for Android 14:


Galaxy S23, S23 Plus, and S23 Ultra
OnePlusThe back of the OnePlus 11 and OnePlus 10 Pro.OnePlus 10 Pro (left) and OnePlus 11 Andy Boxall/Digital TrendsSimilar to Google and Samsung, OnePlus phones have software upgrade support for four years. However, in OnePlus’ case, that rule only applies to the most recent release OnePlus 11. That phone shipped with Android 13, so we can expect it to receive the Android 14 release as well — in fact, you can install the second Android 14 public beta on it now if you’re willing to jump through a few hoops.
Older OnePlus smartphones — like the OnePlus 10T, OnePlus 10 Pro, OnePlus 9, OnePlus 9 Pro, OnePlus 8, OnePlus 8 Pro, etc. — are promised three years of software updates.
Those models aren’t being included in OnePlus’ Android 14 beta, but it’s safe to assume that OnePlus 10 and OnePlus 9 devices will get the final Android 14 release. However, it could go either way for the OnePlus 8 devices, so we’ ll have to wait and see what the company does.


NothingNothing Phone 1 with the Nothing Ear 1 headphones.Andy Boxall/Digital TrendsNothing has also announced that it’s joined the Android 14 beta program, effectively confirming that Android 14 will be coming to the Nothing Phone 1.
That’s not a big surprise since the handset only went on sale last July, and the company has promised three years of updates. Still, it’s nice that Nothing has opened the doors for those who want to jump into Android 14 early, although we’d recommend exercising caution as Android 14 is in beta for a reason.XiaomiThe Xiaomi 13 Ultra held in a man’s hand.Andy Boxall/Digital TrendsXiaomi fans will be happy to know that the company has also officially confirmed that Android 14 will come to the Xiaomi 13 Pro, Xiaomi 13, and Xiaomi 12T in much the same way as Nothing: these three models have joined Xiaomi’s Android 14 beta program.


While other models aren’t eligible for the Android 14 beta right now, the Xiaomi 13 Lite, the rest of the Xiaomi 12 family, and the Mix Fold 2, Civi 2, and Civi 1S are also expected to get Android 14 by the time the final release appears later this year.
OppoOpening the folded Oppo Find N2 Flip.Oppo Find N2 Flip Andy Boxall/Digital TrendsGoogle’s Pixel Fold is still over a few weeks away, but the good news is that if you want to see how Android looks on a foldable sooner, Oppo’s Find N2 Flip has joined the beta party, according to an official announcement from the company that it will indeed be getting Android 14 .


Unfortunately, the link to Oppo from Google’s Android 14 Beta devices page appears to be broken right now, but it’s worth keeping an eye on if you’re toting a Find N2 Flip, as the instructions to get the beta should appear there eventually.
Vivo/iQOOThe Vivo X90 Pro’s camera module.Vivo X90 Pro Andy Boxall/Digital TrendsVivo has announced that the Vivo X90 Pro and iQOO 11 are also now participating in the Android 14 beta program in Southeast Asia.


The initial beta build for Vivo’s devices is intended for developers only, so the usual cautionary notes apply here about installing it on your primary phone.
RealmeThe camera modules on several Realme smartphones, seen from the back.Top left onwards: Realme GT Neo 2, Realme GT 2 Pro, Realme 9 Pro+, Realme GT Neo 3T, and Realme GT Neo 3. Andy Boxall/Digital TrendsChinese smartphone maker Realme has promised to bring Android 14 to several of its phones, including the Realme 10 Pro+ and other 10-series and 9-series phones, plus the Realme C55, GT 5G, GT Neo 3, GT Neo 3T, GT2, GT 2 Pro, and GT 3.


Of these, folks with the India version of the GT 2 Pro can grab the Android 14 beta now. Realme hasn’t said whether it plans to expand that beta to other versions of that GT 2 Pro, or other Realme phones 

Cell phones: to carry or not to carry?

Everyone seems to have some sort of mobile device. Me, I use a flip phone that takes and receives calls and can do some texting. I can leave it in the car while I shop or have a meal. It is not the first thing I look at when I get up in the morning, nor the last at night. I used to travel without a phone and I seemed to get where I needed. So why have we become so dependent on such a device?


I really can’t answer that question. My observation is everyone seems to be in need of one, or think they are. What happened to allowing life to happen, and why do we need to know so much information? Of what use is it ? I know for some the phone has become a mini-computer and people rely on these phones for their business. Others use it for their social life and their identity. The phone can fill our recreational desires, and yes I know it takes great pictures .

I like my pictures in my hand so I can see them and touch them, hang them on a wall to see at all times. Phone can also rob us of the interpersonal part of our life, such as going to the bank and talking with a teller, instead of snapping a picture of a check for deposit.


Don’t get me wrong: technology is here to stay, and it has its pros and cons. But I think we need to step back some and hold onto some simpler things in life. Example: while at a restaurant or having dinner at home , put the phones down and talk with each other. Or maybe while you are working, get rid of the ear buds and music, and pay attention to your boss. Be more respectful of others while you are walking, crossing streets, and paying attention to the beauty around you.


When was the last time you admired someone’s yard, or a lovely tree, looked before you crossed a street, or smiled at a passerby? A challenge would be to leave your phone alone for a few hours a day. Choose not to look at it first thing in the morning. Instead, enjoy the beauty of a sunrise or the fact you are alive and breathing. If you can’t do that, it’s time to reevaluate the function of your phone.
It is not meant to be your life source of all things. Surprise surprise! What do you do when there is no cell service? You don’t melt away; you find other things to do. Like go fishing, camping, riding your ATV , or maybe read a book.


What if we had a complete loss of service? No phones period. What would kids do without games to play on the phone? Would they have to learn how to play outside? High school students would have to talk with one another, and school would be quite different. Teachers could not use computers or iPads to teach. Students and teachers might be talking with one another…novel idea. Kids might have to write their homework, and maybe even know cursive. Most children have never learned cursive— I call it writing.


When technology is stopped, what can you do? Are you ready to survive on the basics of life, no immediate phone service, or possibly no lights or water? When a disaster strikes, being able to survive brings that reality close to home. Are you prepared? With all that is going on in the world today, get your minds out of the phones and into the real world of life. Look around and pay attention to how our country is changing, not for the good. Get involved with your local community and be proud of your country. So with that, God Bless America and “it’s a beautiful day in the neighborhood.”

The most interesting Android phone brand is making me nervous

The Nothing Phone 2 is a brilliant smartphone, and its importance to the US market, in particular, can’t be overstated.
While Nothing does seem to be having fun, which is great, I’m concerned the unexpected diversification of the Nothing brand may lead to negative repercussions on the one thing I love about it most.At its core, the Nothing Phone 2 is simply a good piece of mobile tech, but it’s also wrapped up in a body that stands out in the crowd and refreshingly goes in its own direction when it comes to the user interface and its design too.


Design is a big part of Nothing. The Nothing Ear 1 in-ear Bluetooth headphones’ unusual transparent casing set the tone for the brand, and its understanding of ergonomics and appreciation of simple beauty shone through in the Ear Stick headphones cool, twistable, cylindrical case. Whether it’s the fun yet useful lights on the back of the Nothing Phone 1 and Nothing Phone 2 or its quirky, retro dot-matrix style font, Nothing’s branding and product line have quickly become clear and instantly recognizable.


Until now, because Nothing’s next product isn’t tech-related at all. It’s clothing. Nothing Apparel will launch in the near future, and it’s described as a range of “wardrobe staples” consisting of coats, tracksuits, caps, backpacks, and more. Apparently inspired by its hardware, it supposedly brings Nothing’s design ethos to textiles, but there’s no mention of batteries, flashing lights, or tech at all. It appears to be some clothes.
Just before Nothing Apparel was announced, Nothing launched Nothing Beer. It doesn’t come in a Bluetooth-connected can, and it doesn’t have a QR code for an exclusive Nothing app that only works with Nothing phones; it’s simply a beer available in a pack of six. Or at least, it was, because the limited edition product sold out very quickly. While I’m sure it was a fun time working with the brewery, it really was an odd and entirely non-techy move.


I’ll say at this point that I’m not a curmudgeon. I’m not suggesting fun should be banned, and I am not complaining about these launches or saying they shouldn’t have happened at all. I may not care about the beer, but I’m pretty sure I’ll be in the queue for a Nothing cap. Swag (ultimately because, that’s what all this is, whether it’s free or not) is also important to build brand awareness, something OnePlus also did well with its range of excellent backpacks and bags, plus some fun t-shirts I still have today.
But all these products really need to have something to do with the brand’s core business, which until now, I assumed was technology. Beer and shirts with zips on just don’t seem to have anything to do with tech or Nothing, outside of some loose connection with design or throwing some work in the direction of Teenage Engineering, the design house it has worked with on other projects already.


Launches like this mean there’s a real risk of brand dilution rather than brand building. It’s fine for YouTubers to have their “merch,” which I’m sure helps supplement income, but I can’t pick up a Samsung hoodie when I buy my Galaxy S23 Ultra or sip an exclusive Apple artisan coffee while choosing my Apple Watch Series 9. Looked at this way, clothes and beer align Nothing more closely with YouTubers than they do with its genuine industry competition

What is Nothing, then? Is it a tech brand? A lifestyle brand?

A brand throwing many things against the wall to see what sticks? The fact I’m asking this question at all means its recent choices are somewhat unusual and that perhaps the fun it is having isn’t doing its carefully curated and shockingly effective brand — which it has impressively built in double-quick time — much good.
Don’t lose sight of what makes you special


Nothing can launch what it likes, but there are two things I don’t want to happen. The first is I don’t want the tech brand to disappear in the process of diversifying. I’m concerned it’s happening already, as I am less aware of its CMF by Nothing sub-brand — which makes cheap earbuds and smartwatches — than I am of its beer and clothing, despite it having a whole lot more to do with tech and Nothing’s quickly established brand than either of them.


The second is far more of a worry. Nothing is still a young company, and making smartphones is a very expensive, time-intensive process. Spending time, effort, and resources on fun side projects really must not impact the development of future mobile hardware or its Nothing OS software.


It’s the earbuds, phones, and software that give Nothing its appeal, and they need to be the company’s primary focus. It hasn’t happened yet, and Nothing has recently released version 2.5 of its phone software and a preview of what it’s doing with Android 14, so it’s not like the end times are near. It’s just an unexpected directional swerve so early in the firm’s life.


Nothing launched with a compelling mission statement, saying it was a tech company committed to making intuitive, flawlessly connected products with no confusing tech-speak or silly product names — and how it didn’t want to make things complicated. Beer and clothes are making things complicated and confusing, especially because they seem to be more than just casual marketing stunts.

We could be witnessing the evolution of the Nothing brand, something it may need to do in order to survive in such a difficult industry, but I just hope it doesn’t forget to make and support fantastic smartphones, headphones, and other tech products in any attempt to secure its future.

What Is Protect Battery on Samsung Phones, and Should You Use It?

Samsung Galaxy phones have a feature that can extend the lifespan of your battery. But is it a good idea to turn it on?
All smartphones have a lithium-ion battery with a specified lifespan, measured in the number of full charge/discharge cycles it can go through before it starts to degrade. The average lifespan of a typical Li-ion battery is about 300 to 500 charge cycles , or about two to three years.


If you would like to keep your phone for a while, Samsung’s Protect Battery feature can help prolong the life of the battery. Below, we talk more about what Protect Battery is, how to use it, and whether you should leave it on.
What Is Protect Battery?

Protect Battery is a battery management system (BMS) included in Samsung smartphones running One UI 4.0 (Android 12) or higher. It works by limiting the maximum charge of the battery to 85% to extend the battery lifespan.
You may be wondering how limiting the battery’s capacity helps to increase its lifespan, but the science behind the Protect Battery feature is actually sound.


To start with, we need to explain what a complete charge cycle is. It is a full charge and discharge of the battery, that is, a complete charge up to 100% and then a full discharge to 0%. Once your battery goes through a charge cycle, it is used up, never to be getting back. This is not due to some sinister design flaw in battery technology. It is how all rechargeable batteries work. Charge cycles are explained more in our guide on checking the battery cycle count of your iPhone.

So, how does Protect Battery help? Although it is true that you can’t control charge cycles and a complete cycle will elapse as long as you’re using your phone and recharging it, there is a certain level to which it is more efficient and safer to charge your battery.
By restricting charging to 85%, Protect Battery reduces charging wear and maximizes performance. In other words, it stops the charging process as soon as it reaches the stage where your battery is most likely to degrade. It also helps to protect the battery from high temperatures and high voltage from a full charge, two major banes of Li-ion batteries.


How to Use Protect Battery

There are two main ways to use Protect Battery on your Samsung smartphone. The first is the most straightforward.
Find the Protect battery button by pulling down on the status bar.Swipe down again to reveal the Quick Settings Panel.Protect battery should be one of the icons displayed in one of the Panel’s sections.If it is not there, you can add it by tapping the three-dot icon, selecting Edit buttons, and choosing Protect battery from the list of options.

Quick Panel SamsungNavigate to Protect BatteryProtect Battery LockscreenAlternatively, you can turn it on from the Settings app:
Open the Settings app and select Battery and device care.Tap on Battery and navigate to More battery settings at the bottom.Turn on the switch next to Protect battery.
If you want to customize the feature a bit, you can set up a Bixby routine that turns on when certain conditions are met. For example, you could create a routine that turns on Protect Battery when you are asleep and automatically turns it off just before you wake up.

Should You Use Protect Battery?

Protect Battery has its benefits, but it has a major drawback in that it reduces your battery’s functional capacity. You are essentially trading off a battery with a larger capacity for one with a longer lifespan.

So, should you use it? If you are concerned with squeezing almost every jot of power out of your smartphone, Protect Battery is likely not for you. If you don’t mind shelling out the cash for a battery replacement (or a new phone ) after two to three years, you can definitely do without the feature.
However, if you would prefer to keep your phone/battery for as long as possible, Protect Battery is a step in the right direction.

Protect Battery vs. Optimized Battery Charging

Optimized Battery Charging is a similar battery management feature to Protect Battery in iOS 13 and newer. It works to improve battery lifespan by reducing the time the battery spends fully charged. Unlike Protect Battery, it also uses machine learning to recognize periods when your phone is likely to be left charging for a long time. The algorithm aims to ensure that your battery is still fully charged when unplugged.
There is no “better” approach though, and it all depends on what works for you. Basically, you could replace Apple’s algorithm with a Bixby routine and there wouldn’t be any difference.

Limit Maximum Charge to Extend Battery LifespanBattery replacements have never been more expensive than they are today due to the relatively recent trend of non-removable batteries in smartphones and laptops. It has therefore become more important to maximize the lifespan of these batteries using battery protection features. If you intend to keep your smartphone for more than a few years, leave Protect Battery on.

Tips for Optimizing Battery Life on Your Samsung Galaxy Smartphone

If you find that your Samsung Galaxy smartphone’s battery drains quickly, especially during usage, there are ways to reduce heavy battery consumption without relying on additional applications. One UI, the interface found on Samsung phones and tablets, offers various features and configuration options that can help you maximize your device’s battery performance.


To start, access the settings menu on your device and navigate to the “Display” section. Enable Dark Mode, which significantly reduces battery consumption on AMOLED panels compared to bright mode. Additionally, disable the “Extra brightness” feature unless you are under direct sunlight.


You can also activate Adaptive Brightness, which adjusts the screen brightness based on ambient lighting conditions. However, if you prefer to have control over brightness settings, you may choose not to enable this feature. Consider changing the screen resolution to FullHD+ instead of WQHD+ to save battery power in most situations. You can find this option in the “Screen” settings section.


In the same “Screen” settings section, adjust the refresh rate to “Standard” instead of “Adaptive” for energy efficiency. This change limits the refresh rate to 60 Hz.
In the “Lock Screen” section of the settings menu, you can enable or disable the “Always On Display” feature. If you want to conserve battery life, you can turn it off completely or choose the “Tap to Show” option, which briefly activates the display when you tap on the screen. This way, you can check the time and notifications without fully illuminating the screen.


To further optimize your Galaxy’s battery life, review and uninstall any unused apps or games. Deactivate apps that can’t be uninstalled to prevent them from running in the background.
In the “Battery and Device Care” section of your device’s settings, enable automatic optimization to keep your phone optimized and restart it when necessary. You can also set a background usage limit for apps and activate the “Adaptive Battery” option. Set the performance profile to “Lightweight” to reduce processing speed and extend battery life without significant impact on performance.


Disable the “Nearby Device Search” option in the “More Connection Settings” of the “Connections” section to save battery life if you don’t frequently use the feature.
For quick access to battery-saving settings, utilize the quick settings panels wiping down twice from the top of the screen. From there, you can quickly disable Wi-Fi and Bluetooth when not in use, enable Battery Saver mode, and adjust the screen brightness .


Remember to regularly update your apps and device software for better performance and power efficiency.
By following these tips, you can optimize yourSamsung Galaxy smartphone’s battery life and overall performance. If you have any more questions or need further assistance, feel free to ask.

Recent Developments in Mobile Phone Battery Technology

The importance of mobile phones in the daily lives of human beings can’t be denied. Their prevalence is primarily due to their efficient utility and portability, which is enabled by a compact and strong battery. To satisfy the rising demands of smartphone consumers, its battery technology is continuously evolving. In recent years, there have been numerous advancements in rechargeable batteries for mobile phones leading to increased battery life and efficiency. 


A Brief History of Mobile Phone Battery TechnologyMobile phone battery technology has evolved tremendously throughout the years. A research article published in InfoMat (Willey) has presented a thorough overview of the technological evolutions of the battery. As per the research, 1983 was a significant year as it saw the release of Motorola’s DynaTac 8000X, which employed a Ni-Cd battery with a modest 500mAh capacity.


Nickel-Metal Hydride (NiMH) batteries substituted NiCd batteries in the 1990s. NiMH batteries had an improved power density and were more environmentally friendly than NiCd batteries. Nevertheless, NiMH batteries were susceptible to the memory effect, which diminished their efficiency over time.


The transition period between 1998 and 2000 led to the substitution of NiMH batteries with Lithium Ion batteries. The energy density of Li-ion batteries was significantly greater than that of NiMH batteries, and they were immune to the memory effect. Li-ion batteries are the most common form of battery used in mobile phones today.
Solid State Batteries – A Novel Battery InnovationSolid-state batteries have been viewed as prospective future technologies for energy storage mainly due to their improved energy density and enhanced safety when contrasted to commercial operations lithium-ion batteries with liquid electrolytes.


Toyota, Samsung, and BMW are among the businesses that are developing solid-state batteries for cell phones. A United States startup Solid Power is among the top-notch manufacturers of solid-state batteries as well as Sulfide solid electrolytes for smartphones and electric vehicles Their batteries outperform traditional lithium-ion batteries due to the utilization of better-performing electrodes such as high-content silicon and lithium metal, so consumers may expect a 15-35% cost savings at the pack level.
Graphene-Based Batteries for Mobile PhonesGraphene is the 2-dimensional framework of graphite, in which one layer of planar carbon atoms is organized in the form of a honeycomb lattice. Even at absolute zero, graphene is regarded as a semi-metallic material. Graphene has four times the tensile strength of steel, is extremely adaptable, transparent, and an exceptional conductor of heat and electricity due to its bonds. These attributes of graphene make it a suitable material for both mobile phone batteries and supercapacitors.
Huawei, Samsung, and Graphene Flagship, a research project financed by the European Union, are among the corporations working on the development of graphene battery packs for cell phones.
Hydrogen Fuel Cells Based BatteriesThe utilization of hydrogen fuel cells presents a novel technological advancement with the potential to significantly transform the mobile phone battery landscape. These fuel cells function through the combination of hydrogen and oxygen, resulting in the production of water as a byproduct. Such a process renders hydrogen fuel cells an environmentally friendly and proficient energy source.


Various corporations are currently involved in the research and development of hydrogen fuel cells for mobile phones, including Intelligent Energy, a UK-based enterprise that has engineered a fuel cell that can power an iPhone for up to a week without necessitating a recharge. The organization is presently in the process of creating a commercial version of the fuel cell to cater to the mobile phone industry.
Sodium Ion Mobile BatteriesSodium-ion batteries represent an alternative to conventional lithium-ion batteries for energy storage and release, utilizing sodium ions instead. The abundance and comparatively lower cost of sodium compared to lithium render sodium-ion batteries a more cost-effective choice. Additionally, sodium -ion ​​batteries demonstrate a higher energy density in comparison to NiMH batteries.


A research article published in the Journal of Physics: Energy has presented an overview of sodium ion mobile batteries. As per the research, Titanium-based oxides are regarded as highly potential and versatile anode materials for sodium batteries, given their affordability, facile processing, and lack of toxicity. These materials exhibit greater safety in comparison to carbon-based anodes due to their elevated operating voltage, which helps prevent the formation of metallic sodium plating.
Notably, a select number of corporations, including Faradion (UK), Tiamat (Europe), Altris AB (Europe), HiNa (China), and Natron Energy (USA), are currently dedicated to the development of sodium batteries.
Novel Thin Film Battery – A Game Changer for Mobile Phones

A company based in Rzeszów is aiming to revolutionize the global market with its latest thin-film battery, which is expected to have a lifespan of up to 68 years. Developed by The Batteries, this cutting-edge technology has already earned the label of ” a game changer” from the industry press, and the company plans to begin large-scale production once construction of their “pilot factory” is complete.


Polish scientists have created a battery that can charge from 0 percent to 100 percent in merely eight minutes, offering an alternative to the conventional lithium-ion batteries which have dominated the market for the past 25 years. The new technology developed in Poland obviates the requirement for supplementary chemical compounds, and as a result, the energy density of the battery has increased by almost twofold to 1,200 Wh/l.
Market Analysis and Future PerspectiveAllied Market Research has published a thorough report focusing on the market analysis and industry forecast of mobile phone batteries. According to the report, the global market for mobile batteries had a value of $21.2 billion in 2020, and it is anticipated to grow to $38.6 billion by 2030, exhibiting a compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of 6.3% between 2021 and 2030.


The report highlights that the Asia-Pacific region is projected to hold the largest market share, with China, India, and Japan emerging as major players in the mobile battery market. Nevertheless, North America and Europe are also predicted to experience substantial growth, debt to a surge in demand for superior battery technology fueled by the growing popularity of smartphones and other mobile devices.
The future of mobile phone batteries appears bright, with various promising new technologies currently under development. Notably, the advancement of flexible and stretchable batteries is an area of ​​active exploration. Such batteries can be easily integrated into wearable devices and possess the ability to bend and stretch without compromising their functionality.

This will facilitate the creation of novel types of wearable devices that are presently unfeasible.
In short, the recent technological innovations in mobile phone batteries will play a crucial role in the further commercialization of smartphonesand modern industrial infrastructure.

iPhone 15 release date: How much energy will you save by not buying the new model?

Apple’s latest model includes a universal charging point, but the environmental cost of upgrading your mobile is not to be ignored.
Apple is set to launch its latest iPhone today (12 September) during an online showcase at 7pm CEST.


Millions of new iPhone 15s will then be wending their way to excited customers, with the expected release date on 22 September.
Its new and improved features include a USB-C port on the bottom, after the European Union made the universal charging port mandatory to reduce electronic waste.
But trading in your old smartphone for the newest model is the worst thing you could do. According to Apple’s own metrics,79 per cent of the phone’s lifecycle carbon emissions are released during production.


Resisting the urge to own the latest iPhone won’t reverse emissions for the products hitting the shelves next week, but it will help to limit how many phones are made in the future.
With around 211 million smartphones sold in the EU annually, each lasting on average three years before they are replaced, battling the forces of ‘planned obsolescence’ is crucial.
Apple was previously fined €10 million by Italy’s antitrust watchdog after it found the company’s software updates “caused serious dysfunctions” and sapped more energy without warning. This pushed people towards buying new phones, though Apple denied that was its intention.

Is Apple getting more sustainable?

A large chunk of the CO2 emissions released in creating a new smartphone comes from mining the rare materials inside them. According to one report, “buying a new phone takes as much energy as recharging and operating a smartphone for an entire decade.”

But Apple, the world’s largest tech company, has been trying to clean up its act on this and other environmental fronts.
It claims to use 100 per cent recycled rare earth elements in all iPhone 14 magnets, which represents almost all of the total rare earth elements in the device.
In 2019 Apple, along with Google, Dell, Microsoft, and Tesla, was named as a defendant in a lawsuit filed on behalf of families from the Democratic Republic of Congo (DRC), whose children were injured and killed while mining cobalt.


The companies deny the use of child labor, arguing they do not own cobalt mines, nor can identify the exact source of the materials they use. And a US district court judge dismissed the legal case against them in 2021.
But fresh questions were raised by NGO Global Witness last year, with an investigation suggesting that Apple, Nokia and Samsung are relying on a supply chain due diligence scheme that is used to launder conflict minerals from the DRC.
Apple maintains it is “committed to setting the highest standards of responsible sourcing of materials used in our products,” in its latest environmental progress report.
In 2020 it announced plans to become entirely carbon neutral by 2030, encompassing everything from its manufacturing supply chain to product life cycle.

Sustainable alternatives to an iPhone
Given the ubiquity of smartphones and their assorted Apps in our lives, it’s hard to know what the alternatives are to constant upgrading.
One phone comes head and shoulders above the others by almost all important measures, however.
Fairphone, launched by a Dutch social enterprise 10 years ago, is leading the way on supply chain transparency, with the company mapping out which manufacturers, smelters and refineries have shaped its aptly named devices.


The Fairphone tops the ethical rankings of the UK’s leading alternative consumer organization, the Ethical Consumer, which also praises the company for including a screwdriver tool, enabling consumers to replace any broken parts. A far cry from Apple’s sealed-off technology.


Buying second-hand is of course preferable too, and recycling your phone when you really are finished with it is an important step in the process.
Going back to basics with a ‘feature phone‘ could be an option as well, especially if you’re getting all your smart needs from a laptop or computer, and so can avoid doubling up on the energy usage.

New EU law to force smartphone makers to build easily replaceable batteries

Smartphone manufacturers make their batteries hard to replace . Tough new EU rules will change that. 
The European Union will soon require smartphone manufacturers to let users replace their batteries.


The tough new rules – endorsed by the European Parliament this week – could save millions of phones from landfill.
Every year, more than 150 million smartphones are thrown away. Making batteries more easily to replace could stem this deluge of e-waste.
Existing phones seal away batteries within the tablet, meaning replacing them can be nearly as expensive as buying a new phone.
The new measures will help break that cycle of rampant consumption, MEP Achille Variati declared.


“For the first time, we have circular economy legislation that covers the entire life cycle of a product – an approach that is good for both the environment and the economy,” he said.
“We agreed on measures that greatly benefit consumers: batteries will be well-functioning, safer and easier to remove.”
What are the EU’s new rules?Under the legislation, consumers must be able to “easily remove and replace” portable batteries used in devices such as smartphones, tablets, and cameras.

This will necessitate a significant redesign.
The smartphone replacement rules are part of a broader system of rules.
All electric vehicle and rechargeable industrial batteries above 2kWh will need to have a compulsory carbon footprint declaration, label, and digital passport.
The parliament also passed new targets for collecting waste and recovering materials from old batteries.


By 2031, 61 per cent of waste must be collected and 95 per cent of materials must be recovered from old portable batteries.
What is planned obsolescence and why is it a problem?

Mobile phones sit in landfill, leaching toxic chemicals into groundwater and contaminating soil.
These take years to decompose. Worse still, these dead phones are a terrible waste of precious metals like cobalt and lithium.


Such metals have to be mined – often with hugely destructive consequences for local communities and ecosystems. As the renewable transition increases demand for batteries, reducing unnecessary pressure on existing stocks is a moral and economic imperative.
Unfortunately, many phones are built to stop working.
Ever felt your phone getting slower or rifled through a stash of old, unusable apple chargers for the right dongle? Then you’ve experienced the blood-boiling frustrations of planned obsolescence.


Manufacturers seriously limit the lifespan of their own devices in order to force consumers to buy newer models.
Public opinion is against this practice.
According to a European Commission study conducted last year, 77 per cent of EU citizens would rather repair their devices than replace them. In addition, 79 per cent think that manufacturers should make their digital devices easier to repair, with smartphone better access to individual parts.

Smartphones with removable batteries are never coming back

Apple rarely apologizes when it messes up.But when it does, it’s usually followed by even more fervor and upset users.


Case in point: Apple finally admitted it did a poor job communicating to its customers about how and why it slowed down iPhones with older batteries.And while most people will forgive the company and accept its two upcoming solutions (a $29 battery replacement for applicable iPhones and a future software update that’ll better explain your device’s battery health), there’s an equal amount of people who are now slamming the company for not doing even more for its users, like designing iPhones with removable batteries.


Cute idea — but it’s a little short-sighted. It’s not that Apple can’t make an iPhone with a removable battery, but because it doesn’t make any sense to. Removable batteries had their time in the ’90s-00s.


There are other features that we prioritize over batteries that can be swapped out.
SEE ALSO: 5 easy tricks to help you free up storage space on your iPhone First, a little history lesson. Asking Apple to make an iPhone with a removable battery will never happen. I know…never say never… but I feel confident making this claim because Apple has never released an iPhone with a battery you could easily remove.
The battery’s always been sealed inside of the iPhone, and the only way to replace it has been to 1) bring it to Apple for servicing or 2) buy your own toolset and bust open the iPhone yourself (and void the warranty in the process) .
Long before Steve Jobs hopped on stage at Macworld in January 2007 to introduce the first iPhone to the world, the company already decided on its strong stance against removable batteries.


It was a jarring design choice at the time because just about all phones came with removable batteries, but it ultimately proved to be the right one.
While many Android phones touted removable batteries as a feature that distinguished them from the iPhone, you need only look around at the current Android landscape to see how that turned out.


Can you name a single flagship Android phone with a removable battery? 

I can’t, and I review these things for a living. (To be fair, there are still phones that have removable batteries, but they’re usually budget ones or come from no-name brands.)
Samsung ditched removable batteries in its two flagship devices — the Galaxy S and Galaxy Note — in 2014. And LG, one of the last companies to give up on them, held out until 2016 with the G5.


Prioritizing other featuresSo why did these companies stop making phones with swappable batteries?
You already know the answer if you’re a phone junkie or a tech nerd. And no, the answer isn’t: They’re all just copying Apple.
Whenever you make a decision not to do something, you’re simultaneously making the decision to allow room for something else. Perhaps, something that couldn’t have been done because of the tradeoffs that prioritized one thing over another.
In the case of phones with removable batteries, phone makers made the deliberate decision to go with sealed batteries for a number of reasons. Here are just a few of them:


More premium design: Removable batteries are convenient, but they also greatly limit the design of a phone. Take a look at the Galaxy S5 and Note 4. Notice any similarities? They both have plastic backs that can easily be pried off to reveal the battery .


And that’s a good thing, except people wanted better materials. Though the Note 4 had a metal frame, the S5’s plastic body and Band-Aid-like rear caught major flak for being tone-deaf to the metal and glass trend that was emerging. Samsung switched to a glass and metal “sandwich” design the next year with the S6, and the company has seen major success from all its phones since then.
Metal and glass bodies simply do not mix well removable batteries. It’s possible to make one — the LG G5 was an example of this — but it’s going to be greatly compromised. Sealed batteries have enabled slimmer designs and the use of new, more luxurious materials that wouldn’t have been aesthetically possible if they had to account for a removable back battery.

Water-resistance: You want your phone to survive a drop in the pool or toilet? Repel rain? 

Good, then you want a phone with fewer openings and more internal sealing that’ll protect its computer bits from frying.
Well, you can’t have that if you’ve got a cover that could easily pop off and cracks that could potentially allow water to seep in. And it’s not just water. Many phones are dust-resistant, too. Nobody wants tiny rocks or sand damaging the insides of their phone.
More room for other stuff: I’m not going to get into all the nerdy bits things about battery design, but a removable battery hogs up more physical space within the already tightly-packed confines of a modern phone.


Unlike a sealed battery, a removable battery requires an extra layer of protection to shield it from everyday impact. This adds extra thickness. On a phone where every millimeter counts and can be felt in the hand, there’s little competitive edge to go thicker when everyone is making their phones thinner.Instead of wasting space with extra padding for the battery, designers and engineers can fit in other features such as better — possibly even stereo — speakers, or wireless charging, or better gaskets for weather-resistance, or a fingerprint sensor on the back.


Weird-shaped batteries: Removable batteries are also limited to essentially being rectangles or squares for easy installation and removal. And if you know anything about battery design, you’d know that new phone batteries are built to squeeze more power with unconventional designs.
For example, the LG G2 used a “step battery” design that packed more battery into the curved corners, which would normally be wasted with a battery with straight edges. The iPhone X also uses an unique L-shaped battery made up of two battery cells.
Had these phones used a removable rectangle-shaped battery, they wouldn’t get the stellar battery life that they do in the same svelte designs. You’d have a phone that looks like something enclosed in an Otterbox. Basically, big, heavy, and ugly. And just eww. No thank you.


It’s time to move onI understand the reasons for wanting a phone with a removable battery. I really do.
Removable batteries are more environmentally friendly because it’ll lead to less e-waste since you won’t feel compelled to upgrade to a new phone if your current one works just fine.
They’d make situations like the one Apple’s caught in a lot easier for users because a fresh battery could fix handle new software updates that an older battery couldn’t. And you could probably get one for a lot less from a third-party.


Removable batteries also make it easier to carry a spare for when you really need it. Like when you’re out late or don’t have time to wait for a charge.
But much like the death of the PS/2 port, floppy disk, headphone jack, etc., it’s time to move on. Removable batteries were practical — and limited by old designs and technology — when phones were as thick as a Snickers and weren’t as feature-packed as they are today.


In a perfect world, you’d be able to get an iPhone X with a removable battery. But we don’t live in a perfect world. Ours is filled with tradeoffs. And we’ve all already decided we value all of the mentioned features more than a removable battery. If we didn’t, the iPhone would have died a quick death years ago.So wish all you want. But it’s not going to happen. The future of phones will be even more integrated with even more custom parts and more sealed than they are now.Raymond Wong is Mashable’s Senior Tech Correspondent. He reviews gadgets and tech toys and stitches the tech industry. 

Phone battery health: How to check battery health of your Android mobile phone

Every Android user encounters some issue or another with their smartphone’s battery over time. The reason being phone batteries degrade naturally with routine charging and after a while, they discharge faster compared to when they were new.

But you wouldn’t want to deal with a dead phone every now and then, especially when you’re on the move, right?

The best way to save yourself from this annoying situation is to keep an eye on the battery health of your phone. Now, your Android device might not have an easy way to check this, but worry not! In this article, we have mentioned how you can check the battery health of your Android phone and keep your well-loved device in working order for longer.


What is battery health?Before we get into the different ways you can check your Android phone’s battery health, it is essential to understand what the term “battery health” really means. In simple terms, the health of a battery determines how much it has deteriorated with each charge cycle To put things in perspective, let’s say your Android phone has a battery capacity of 4500mAh. At 100 percent battery health, it will hold 4500mAh when the phone is fully charged. But with regular charging, the health of the battery might drop to 95 percent. In that case, your phone will not get the full 4500mAh out of the battery even when it is 100 percent charged because of its degradation over the years.


The lower the battery health, the shorter the battery life. This means that a phone with low battery health will discharge faster and may also face issues like getting warm during usage, etc. So, if you have been getting frequent “low battery” alerts , you might want to check your Android phone’s battery health. Read on to learn the different ways you can do that.
How to check your Android phone’s battery healthUnfortunately, Android doesn’t offer you a built-in way to analyze the battery health of your mobile phone. So, we have put together some of the best and most hassle-free solutions to check your Android phone’s battery health. Let’s look at them in detail!

Using Settings menuEvery Android device allows you to track the battery status through its Settings menu. But it must be noted that the information provided and the navigation option may vary depending on your Android build and version. Here’s an outline of what you need to do:


Open the Settings app on your phone and go to the BatteryUnder the Battery section, tap the three-dot icon on the top right corner and click on Battery Usage to find the list of apps consuming the most power since the last charge.Should you wish to force an app to close, tap on the app name and choose a setting that suits your purpose.Note: We’ve used OnePlus 6T for the demo, but some Android mobile phone brands show more details like the ones running MIUI will show you your battery’s current temperature. In that case, please make a note that any battery temperature below 50-degree C is normal.Using a dial code

Little do people know that you can access a hidden diagnostics menu on Android phones by dialing a secret code comprising numbers, asterisks and hashes. Here’s how you can use the Phone app to check the battery information of your Android mobile phone.


Open the Phone app on your smartphone and input *#*#4636#*#* in the dial pad.In the testing menu that pops up, look for Battery Information for details like charge level, battery temperature and health.Note: In case you don’t see the Battery Information option, then unfortunately it means that this secret dial code method doesn’t work on your Android mobile phone.Using third-party appsThe above-mentioned solutions don’t provide you with comprehensive information about your phone’s battery health. So, for an in-depth analysis, it is best to download and install a third-party app like AccuBattery on your Android mobile phone. It will show you details like usage information, battery capacity, temperature, and more. To check the phone’s battery health via a third-party app, follow these steps: 

Phone battery healthDownload the AccuBattery app from the Play Store and install it on your phone.Once you open the app, you’ll find four tabs: Charging, Discharging, Health & History. Go to the Health tab down at the bottom.Under this section, you’ll be able to see your battery health in percentage. Other info like battery capacity and battery wear can also be found under Battery Health.

Note: When you use the app for the first time, it might not display any of the information as Android doesn’t provide historical battery information to third-party apps. The only info that the app can read would be the battery’s design capacity. It is with each charge cycle that the app will record your battery’s estimated capacity and over time, determine its health.

How to check battery health on Samsung mobile phonesIf you’re a Samsung user, you’re in luck! Your device comes pre-installed with the Samsung Members app which makes it easy for you to check your battery health. Here’s how:
Open the Samsung Members app, scroll down to the Get Help tab and click it.On the menu that opens, go to the Interactive checksFrom the list of options, select Battery to see your phone’s battery power, life and capacity.

The battery life (Good, Normal or Weak) will determine its health.Note: In case you’ve already checked the Battery option in the Samsung Members app, you can go to Settings > Battery and Device Care > Diagnostics > Battery Status to directly get to the battery life of your Samsung Android phone.

Why your phone is overheating & 5 easy fixes

Why does my phone get so hot?If your phone is feeling unusually warm to the touch, or you’re seeing a temperature warning on the screen, don’t panic. Our smartphones work constantly, so they get overheated sometimes — but there are ways to fix this. Here are 5 ways to cool down your device so you can start using it again.

1 Protect your phone from the heatHave you ever gone to the beach or a BBQ, and picked up your phone only to find out it’s been locked for a few minutes? Exposure to high temperatures and sunlight is a key reason why phones get hot, so the first step is to get it out of that heat. Move your phone to a dry, cool place, like under your towel or inside an item of clothing that’s in the shade. Please don’t put your phone in the freezer — this will cause damage.

2 Separate your phone from other devicesIs your smartphone in a bag with multiple devices, like tablets or laptops?All modern devices release hot air to some extent, especially if there are apps running in the background and their batteries are working overtime. Try to store your smartphone in a different location, like your pocket, to help cool it down. Once you’re done dealing with an overheated phone, you could consider investing in dividers for your briefcase or tote bag to prevent this issue.

3 Take off your phone’s case, if it has onePhone cases protect your phone from chips, scratches and breaks, which is handy if you tend to drop your phone a lot or store it in bags with keys and other ridged objects. At the same time, cases can trap heat — the last thing you need if your phone is running hot. Remove the case until your phone cools down or the temperature warning disappears, and then it’ll be safe to put back on.

4 Fan your phoneJust like a fan gets air circulating through a room, it can be an easy way to cool down a smartphone. Hold your smartphone near a fan, or if you don’t have one, try fanning your phone with a piece of paper or book to mimic the effect. 

5 Exit apps and turn off the phoneIf you can still use your phone but it’s starting to feel warm, completely exit any apps you’re not using. In particular, focus on apps that drain the battery quickly, like YouTube, video games and social media. While you’re assessing your apps, it’s worth deleting any apps you never use from your phone. 
You could also try switching off your phone, and keeping it off until your phone returns to its normal temperature.


What causes phones to overheat?Now that your phone is back in business, let’s look at why devices overheat in the first place. Modern phone batteries emit heat regularly, so that’s normal. But phones usually overheat when the batteries are overworked, or there’s prolonged use of the phone in less-than-ideal conditions.


These are the most common reasons to help you answer the question: why is my phone so hot?
Exposure to heat. Like computers and other devices, smartphones have internal fans to keep them cool. However, these aren’t always sufficient, especially if the phone is sitting in high temperatures or direct sunlight for a long period of time. Ideally, you should keep your phone in an environment between 0 and 35 degrees Celsius. Any hotter, and you run the risk of overheating. In a nutshell? Don’t leave your phone on a sizzling hot car dashboard or deck chair in the middle of summer. 
Sudden shifts in temperature. On the flip side, steer clear of storing your phone in extremely cold or freezing locations as well. These kinds of changes in temperature introduce moisture to your phone, which can cause overheating as the internal components of your device move around . 

Poor charging environments. Does your Android or iPhone feel hot when charging? Connecting your phone to a power source, like a charger, can cause it to heat up more than usual. Try to charge your phone on a cool, hard and flat surface, and avoid placing it in an already-warm environment, like in between couch cushions under the covers of your bed.


Broken chargers. If there are wires sticking out of your charger’s cords, it’s time for an upgrade. We recommend purchasing a charger from the manufacturer who made your phone, like Apple or Samsung. Otherwise, choose a well-known brand that properly tests its chargers.
Too many apps running at once. Chances are, you toggle between email, text messages, social media, maps and a variety of other apps. Our smartphones have sophisticated central processing units (CPUs) that help to filter all this work, but they can get overworked sometimes. Plus, many apps run in the background, even if you’re not using them. If your iPhone is heating up, close your apps, starting with video streaming, gaming and other intense apps to see if that helps.


Outdated software or apps. Manufacturers constantly roll out patches to fix flaws, address complaints and speed up their programs for a better user experience. It’s important to accept all software updates as soon as they pop up, and to regularly update your apps to protect your smartphone from overheating as well as more serious problems, like hackers.


Malware. iPhones are less likely to fall victim to malware, and that’s simply because Apple doesn’t allow users to download non-iOS apps. Android has more flexibility, which means these devices are more prone to malware and viruses that can cause your phone to overheat. Antivirus software can protect your phone from harmful apps and notify you of any red flags. 


Safeguard your smartphone with ESET Mobile Securitydesigned for Androids, ESET Mobile Security offers a multilayered defense against a range of cyber threats, including ransomware and ransomware. The best mobile antivirus, it specifically prevents unauthorized users from gaining access to your networks and systems and blocks offensive and unsolicited content so you can safely use your favorite apps. You can install it on multiple smartphone Android devices under one shared license for ultimate peace of mind.

Why Is My Phone Hot? 5 Reasons Your Phone is Overheating and How to Stop It

If you’ve been wondering, “Why is my phone hot?Why is my smartphone overheating? How do I get my device to cool down?” there’s no reason to panic. We have answers to your questions and tips to keep your phone cool.


Why Is My Phone Hot?If your phone is overheating, it maybe be from long hours of streaming, running too many apps at the same time, trying to use your phone with a bad signal, leaving it in direct sunlight or malware (Androids only). We explain further these common issues that cause a phone to overheat plus tips to prevent and/or fit it.
Where there’s energy, there’s heat. When you turn on your smartphone, billions of electrons shuttle around its computer circuits, enabling your device’s camera, apps, games, and calls to work. While these actions normally create heat, overheating can cause your cell phone to:


Seriously reduce performanceBattery degradationDecreased lifespan of the deviceMelt the central processing unit (CPU) in the mobile phoneIn a worst-case scenario, cause an explosionWatching videos or playing games for hoursStreaming movies or playing games for long periods of time taxes your phone’s CPU. If the phone is charging while you’re playing, it can become hot and damage the battery’s performance in the long run.


Running too many apps at onceIt doesn’t hurt to close the apps on your phone once you’re finished with it or when you’re not using them. Do you really need YouTube, Hinge, Candy Crush Saga, Instagram, Safari, Facebook and ESPN running simultaneously? The answer is no
Every open app running in the background taps into your phone’s processor, your phone’s memory (called RAM), and its battery. The more apps you have, the higher the energy demand. App updates often fix software bugs that can degrade your phone ‘sefficiency and performance, so be sure your apps are set to auto update or check for updates regularly.


Bugs and older software may cause apps to take in more energy to run smoothly (or, at all) and that alone can cause smartphones to overheat. Frequently updating your apps keeps them from overexerting your phone’s energy reserves.
Bad signalWe’ve all been there, suddenly we have no reception or spotty service, so we lift our phone aimlessly, waving it around in different directions as if that will magically improve our signal.
What’s really happening? Your smartphone is working overtime to find a signal, whether it be cellular, WiFi, or Bluetooth. If you’re in a location with a weak cellular signal or no WiFi, your phone puts in double duty by putting more energy into the mobile antenna.


Outdoor useIf your phone feels hot, you must think about any direct access to the sun. Did you place your phone on a sunny windowsill? In a hot car? On the concrete steps to your back porch?
You probably didn’t put it there on purpose but leaving your smartphone with direct exposure to sunlight can turn the metal and glass components into a mini oven, baking the delicate computer components inside.


If you’re outside with your smartphone, consider leaving it in a dark cooler place such as a pocket, backpack, or purse. If you’re somewhere like the beach, consider folding a corner of your towel and tucking your phone in there ( that also helps to avoid any saltwater or sand getting into your phone—you don’t want to compound one problem with a new one).


Malware or viruses (Androids only)Android devices are susceptible to an additional factor that iPhones are not— overheating due to exposure to malware or viruses. iPhones aren’t susceptible to malware because Apple doesn’t allow any non-Apple software on their devices.
An Android, however, can become infected with a virus that causes overheating. Android users should consider installing a reliable antivirus software program on their device. They check for possible malware could inflict damage to your phone. 


My Phone is Overheating—How Do I Cool Down My Phone?

If you find your smartphone starting to overheat, you can try to cool it down by removing the protective case, switching to low-power mode, or putting the phone in a shady area.
Smartphones are built with the dissipating heat in mind, but many protective cases will trap that heat and raise the overall temperature of the phone.
In the same way that you’ll throw off the covers in the middle of the night when your temperature is rising and you’re overheating in bed—ditching the phone case can help your smartphone cool down more easily.


Charge Your Phone on a Cool (Not Cold) SurfaceNever charge your phone overnight on a bed, blanket, or pillow! Heat must be able to escape the phone during the charging process and charging on a bed, blanket or pillow ends up trapping more heat. A nightstand is the best area for charging your phone bedside.
Leave Your Screen Brightness on LowDimming your screen’s brightness and immediately turning off GPS, Bluetooth, and Wi-Fi—even going into airplane mode—helps reduce the energy demands of your iPhone or Android device.
The more energy you use, the hotter your phone gets – it’s as simple as that. Not only do you get the added conserved energy, but you’re doing your eyes a favor by reducing the strain caused by staring at a bright light.


How Do I Prevent My Phone from Overheating?Prevention is the best medicine when it comes to keeping your phone from overheating. These simple tips go a long way toward prolonging the life of your phone and battery and prevent your phone overheating.
Use The Right ChargerLike the phones themselves, chargers are not created equally. You should never buy a used charger or one that’s not manufacturer-approved. Chargers and charging cables have different wattages, and many phone chargers are optimized for a specific brand.
Regularly Give Your Smart Phone a Good “House Cleaning”Close out apps you’re not using. Delete those you no longer use and, if needed, update those you want to keep. Adjust the settings on your phone to dim the screen.


Invest in Apps that Remove Junk or MalwareCleaner apps, such as Clean Master and Power Clean, remove junk files from your phone and identify apps that are hurting your phone and/or its battery’s performance. Consider downloading antivirus software to prevent unwanted malware from infecting your device and draining its power behind your back, which can result in extra power consumption and overheating if not diagnosed and addressed.

What is a Normal Amount of Heat to Come from My Smartphone?

Smartphones pack a huge amount of energy and computing power into a tiny package, and although the latest phones are built to withstand everyday situations and some temperature range, none are immune to overheating.
All of that said, if you’ve been using your phone for a long time, a little heat coming from your smartphone is perfectly normal.

How to deal with an overheating smartphone

The advancements in the smartphone technologies have given rise to more powerful devices resulting in more temperature generated. Your smartphone can overheat for various reasons ranging from basic usage to faulty components. Some smartphones have measures like cooling apps and metallic boy parts to curb overheating issues.


But even if your phone has those features — and especially if it doesn’t — excess heat can be a serious issue. Not only does it make the phone less comfortable to use, but it also can slow down the phone’s hardware or even damage it .
To avoid these complications we’ve compiled a list of things to do in case you find your phone overheating.


Power down the phoneWhen you notice your smartphone overheating, you should power it down and let it cool down for about 15 minutes. Let it cool off in a place far away from heat sources or sunlight. You should, however, take note of moisture or humidity conditions so that the phone doesn’t get damaged. Also, don’t put it into a freezer to cool it off faster — the big and rapid change in temperature can be bad for your hardware.


After 15 minutes have passed, you can power up the smartphone and use it again. You’ll notice that the temperature has dropped back to normal. If your phone’s temperature spikes again you can repeat the procedure. But this should give an indication of an underlying problem causing the overheating, which you will need to look into.
Limit background running applicationsEvery app you are using or have running in the background uses your phone’s hardware resources — loading your processor, RAM, consuming the battery charge. The apps that you aren’t actively using still can be very demanding while running in the background. And the more load your hardware has to handle — the more heat it generates.


So in order to reduce the workload of your phone, you need to keep an eye on how many apps it is running. Remember to turn off applications that you’re no longer using to not overload your CPU. A lot of apps nowadays auto- launch in the background when you turn on your phone, so you might need to check which of them you need active, and which should be stopped until needed. This might not only reduce the generated heat but also increase your battery life.


Avoid exposing your phoneLeaving your phone in direct sunlight is never a good idea, but especially if you have problems with overheating. Anything left in the sun for long will be heated by it, but since your working phone is already generating some heat on it’s own, it will have harder time cooling off. Also additional temperature from sunlight can take it over the threshold where it starts to strain your hardware.
So even though you might do it without thinking — just the phone where it’s more putting comfortable right now — you need to be mindful of this. On this note, avoid putting several running gadgets together if a few of them — or even just one — have issues with overheating. Doing so may lead to accumulating excess temperature
Updating applicationsApps are constantly updated, not only to change or improve their functionality but also to solve existing issues or bugs. A poorly optimized app can overload your hardware and bugs can lead to performance issues as well. Developers seek to root out and solve those issues, improving the performance and decreasing their demand. And as we mentioned earlier lesser load on hardware mean less generated heat.


Properly charge the smartphoneThis is an aspect well covered in the phone’s user manual which nobody reads through nowadays. As such, many phones are poorly charged leading to overheating, damaging sensitive internal components, and the battery. Therefore, we should go back to the user manuals for basic care of our phones. Properly charging the phone follows three guidelines which are:
Using the specified charger onlyCharging away from heat sourcesPartially charging during daylight and fully charge at night.Installing battery health softwareThere are several software and apps developed for monitoring and the health of your battery. These apps monitor the internal temperature of the battery and immediately report any abnormalities. Likewise, you can run the star-code battery check from your Android smartphone using the code *#*#4636#*#*.


Most of all, these apps let you know whether your battery is the culprit, and gives you the ability to decide your first line of action. If your phone still heats up and the battery monitor app indicates no error on the battery, then the issue is on another component.
ConclusionYour phone can overheat for any reason which are software and technical reasons. There are several methods of temperature issues on your smartphone. Some are simpler, others require more technical knowledge.

Of course, if none of the given advice works for you and the overheating continues to pose a serious issue, you might have defective hardware and have to repair or change it — but that part is better left to the professionals. Do you have advice for effectively managing smartphone emperature? Share it in the comments!

Don’t Lose Your Cool: What to Do if Your Phone Is Overheating

Here’s why smartphones overheat, and steps you can take to help cool things down.
Heat is your phone’s worst enemy. Modern smartphones house powerful processors and large-capacity batteries inside slim cases, which make overheating a real concern, even under normal operating conditions (looking at you, Galaxy Note 7 and maybe iPhone 15).

Whether it’s charging , sitting idle, or performing more active tasks, your phone has a safe internal temperature it needs to maintain, lest it end up shorting out, catching fire, or even exploding.


Sometimes, internal defects can lead to major problems, other times it’s the way we treat our phones that dictate how long they last. Whatever the reason, if your phone overheats, there are a few steps you can take to help cool things down and prevent it from happening again.


What Temperature Should My Phone Be?

While phones have CPUs like your computer, they do not have internal fans to keep temperatures down, largely because phones aren’t doing as labor-intensive tasks as PCs. Smartphone manufacturers recommend you keep your device between 32-95° Fahrenheit/0 to 35° Celsius when it’s charging, performing tasks, or sitting idle.
It may run hotter than that if you’ve been playing games, streaming video, or mirroring your screen for hours, or you’re synching a huge amount of data to the cloud, restoring from backup, or using graphics-intensive or augmented- reality apps or features, among other things.


Unfortunately, there is no easy way to check your device’s internal temperature. In the past, some phones displayed this information within the settings menu, but that is no longer the case. Instead, you may be able to find a third-party app that can give you a look at the internal goings-on of your phone.


How to Help an Overheating Phoneiphone overheating
Even if you don’t know the phone’s exact temperature, modern smartphones will help you out here by posting a warning on the screen if the device gets too hot. It may also shut down certain features in order to help cool things down. If you see a heat warning on your phone, there are a few steps you can take to get things cooled down and prevent any serious issue.


1. Remove Your Phone From the EnvironmentManufacturers advise users to keep their device in an environment that is between -4 and 113 degrees Fahrenheit. Any lower and the phone could seize up; any higher and you risk permanent damage. If your device is in a hot environment, move it immediately. This could mean removing it from a hot car, taking it out of direct sunlight, or keeping it away from any heat sources, such as a radiator.
It should go without saying, but don’t put it in the freezer. Sudden shifts in temperature can seriously damage the phone because the components inside your device expand when they heat up, so intense cold can add unwanted moisture to the phone.
Take note of where you place your phone while charging. Since connecting it to power will naturally increase the temperature of the device, keep your phone free of any clutter. Don’t charge it in bed, or bury it under pillows, blankets, papers , or books. Your phone should instead sit on a hard, flat surface as much as possible.


2. Reset or Turn Off the PhoneUnplug your phone if it’s charging. If you have a phone case on the device, remove it. You may also want to power the phone down and let it sit in a cool place for a bit. Unfortunately, this last part may be more complicated that you might expect. Modern smartphones have made it so the power button on your device can do more than simply control power.


How you turn off your iPhone or Android device differs depending on which model you own, though it usually involves some combination of pressing the Side button (or Home button) and volume buttons. iPhone owners can also go to Settings > General > Shut Down to shut things down.


3. Try a Different ChargerIf the device was just charging, check for any damage on the power cord. Is the cable melted or shredded to the point where you can see the internal wiring? If so, dispose of it safely and use one without damage.
Even if there’s nothing physically wrong with the charger, double-check that it’s from a reputable brand. Ideally, you’ll only charge your phone with the charger that comes in the box. Otherwise, make sure the charger was made by Apple or Samsung , or stick with a known brand, such as Anker.
Cheap alternatives from no-name companies sold online are not safe; the potential hazards are not worth the few bucks you might save. If you’re not sure what to look for, Apple has a whole page dedicated to identifying fake MFi chargers for Lightning -based iPhones.


4. Put Offending Apps to Sleepsleeping apps(Credit: Apple/PCMag)Your device’s CPU works hard to process games, augmented reality features, and even GPS navigation. If the phone is heating up while running one of these apps, force-close the program and give your device a break.
Even if you are not actively using an app, it can still be running in the background and putting pressure on the CPU. If you have an iPhone, open Settings and select the offending app from the menu. Disable Background App Refresh to stop the app from working in the background .


On a Samsung device, you can put apps to sleep under Settings > Battery and device care > Battery > Background usage limits. The option Put unused apps to sleep should be turned on by default; if not, turn it on. You can add misbehaving apps under Sleeping apps—those that only occasionally run in the background—and Deep sleeping apps—those that only run when you open them. Choose the category, tap the plus (+) icon, select the offending apps, and click Add to put them to sleep.
For a Pixel phone, you can go to Settings > Apps > App battery usage, then select the offending program and change its battery restriction to one of the following settings:
Unrestricted: Allows battery usage in the background without any restrictions. This will use more battery.


Optimized: Optimize battery usage based on your usage. This is the recommended setting for most apps since it only restricts what you don’t use.
Restricted: Restricted battery usage while open in the background. This may prevent certain services within in the app to stop working while not in use.
Your phone device may even notify you when a specific app is using too many resources and prompt you to put the app to sleep or uninstall it. Don’t ignore these types of warnings.

5 Tips to Boost Your Android Phone’s Battery Life

Today’s Android phones pack big, bright screens and high-end features that suck plenty of power. Here’s how to squeeze the most juice out of your battery.
There are a number of factors that contribute to poor battery lifeon your Android phone. Thinner bodies, brighter screens, faster processors, more background software, and speedier internet connections all take their toll on phone batteries, but manufacturers are also incorporating more powerful batteries to compensate.


Most new flagship phones offer all-day battery. The Google Pixel 7 Pro’s 5,000mAh battery provided just under 11 hours of juice in our tests, while the Samsung Galaxy S22Ultra ran for a bit over 12 hours. Still, there are ways to get more out of any phone.
Menu settings will differ based on which phone you’re using and what operating system version you have; in this story, we used a Samsung Galaxy S20FE running Android 11. But all Android devices should have similar features. With this caveat in mind, here are some ways to improve the battery life on your Android phone.
1. Turn On Power Saving ModeThink you’re going to be stuck in a situation where you need your phone battery to last longer than it normally does? Switch your phone into power saving mode, which automatically cuts back on functions that may eat battery life. On our Samsung device, we opened Settings > Battery and device care, then tapped the Battery entry.


Below the battery usage chart, we enabled Power saving mode to immediately limit networking, syncing, and location services, and turn down the screen’s refresh rate. By tapping Power saving mode, we could further customize the feature by turning off the Always on Display, limiting CPU speed to 70%, or decreasing brightness by 10% in order to save even more battery life. There is also a Power Saving option in the Quick Settings menu.


For maximum power-saving, the Limit apps and Home screen option enables only selected apps and limits all background activity when power saving mode is turned on. For older versions of Android, you may be offered multiple power saving mode presets, each with a different balance between performance and battery life.
If you’re on a Google Pixel, you can set similar battery limits under Settings > Battery > Battery Saver. There are also options to schedule when Battery Saver turns on and enable Extreme Battery Saver to get even more battery life.


2. Adjust Screen BrightnessSmartphone screens are big, bright battery hogs. You probably don’t need your device turned up to the brightest setting. Go into your Display settings and turn down the brightness on the screen. You can also open the pull-down screen and control the brightness from there.
While you’re at it, consider disabling auto brightness. This feature adjusts based on your perceived needs but can also raise the brightness of your display higher than it needs to be. Turn off the switch next to Adaptive brightness and your eyes (and battery) will thank you.


3. Manage Your Lock ScreenAlways on Display may be a brand new feature for iPhone users, but it’s been available on Android devices for quite some time. This allows basic information, such as the time and date, to be visible on the screen when the display is otherwise turned off . The feature is meant to use as little energy as possible, but you can set limits to squeeze out every drop of power.If you own a Samsung Galaxy device, head to Settings > Lock screen and disable the switch next to Always on Display. You can also tap Always on Display to set it to only display when the screen is tapped or just at certain times if you don ‘t want to lose the feature completely. Most Pixel phones allow you to make changes under Display > Lock screen > Always show time and info.


4. Set When Your Screen Times Outscreen timeout settingsThe longer your phone’s screen stays on, the more battery life you use up. You can counter this by setting the screen to turn off sooner than it might normally. If you tend to abandon your unlocked phone on the table, this is the feature to change. On both Galaxy and Pixel phones, you can open Settings > Display > Screen timeout, and then select among a number of options, from 15 seconds to 10 minutes.


5. Turn Off Location and Wireless Servicesairplane modeEven when it’s sitting idle, there are all sorts of signals being sent from your phone that can ultimately drain your phone’s battery (even if it happens only a little bit at a time). If you want the maximum amount of power you can get, there are a few backend services you can turn off if you don’t want to go full Power Saving mode.


Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, and mobile data use up battery life with each new ping you receive. An easy way to conserve somebattery is to open the pull-down shade on your phone and tap the Airplane mode button. This will instantly disconnect your phone from all these services and save some juice.


Location services may let you navigate with Google Maps, but all those GPS pings that happen in the background can wear down a battery quick. You can turn off location services completely from Settings > Location to stop Google from tracking you. However, this will stop a number of apps from working properly. Instead, you can select App permissions to revoke access to only specific apps that may be particularly bad about pinging your phone.

Smartphone Battery Overheating? 5 Tips For Device Longevity, Keeping It Cool

One of the main reasons for smartphone heating is the high temperature and excessive use of the device. If you operate your phone continuously, it can lead the battery working overtime, resulting in overheating.
Smartphone overheating is one of the drawbacks of this technological age which often takes place due to our lack of awareness. We fail to take care of our devices while we engross ourselves in outdoor activities in summer.

One of the main reasons for smartphone heating is the high temperature and excessive use of the device. If you operate your phone continuously throughout the day, then it can lead your phone battery to work overtime which may result in overheating of the phone. Another potential cause can be overcharging. Along with these activities, there can be various other reasons for the heating of your phone.


The overheating aspect of the smartphone is something which shouldn’t be taken lightly. Some of the consequences of smartphone heating are battery drain, forced shutdown and sometimes even meltdown. In some cases, the phone is unable to restart when it is forced to shut down after excessive heating.

Here are some tips that you can follow to avoid your phone from overheating:

1) Protect from direct sunlight: We all love going on adventures and to capture those we always carry our smartphones with us. In these situations, it’s important for you to protect your phone from excessively hot environments. One of the easiest ways to avoid overheating smartphones is to keep them out of direct sunlight. The phone catches the heat from the sun, retains it and it keeps getting hotter with the times it is left under the sun.


2) Avoid heavy performance tasks: Your phone also starts to overheat when you install high-performance apps on your phone. It consumes a lot of battery and with time it exerts a lot of pressure on the device’s performance. Due to this, your smartphone starts to get warm which can be felt while you play high graphics games on your device. In such cases, it’s better to avoid installing high-performance games or apps on your phone if it results in overheating.


3) Close unused apps: A large number of unused apps running in the background leads to your phone working harder hence resulting in overheating. To close the unused apps in Android, you can tap on the bottom left side of the menu to see the apps which are running in the background. If you have no need for such apps then you can close them by swiping up on that app window. Similarly, on iPhone, you can swipe up from the bottom of your screen to look at the unused apps and close them if not needed.

4) Switch to battery saving mode: It’s recommended that you enable the Battery Saving Mode in your device from time to time. This will keep your battery optimality in check and will give a refreshing boost to your device. You can also switch on DND ( Do Not Disturb) option occasionally to give rest to your phone.


5) Remove the protective covering / case: You can also remove the phone cover sometimes as it will help the phone to cool down. The phones are built to vanish heat from the device but the cases often trap the heat which further heats up the phone . To release some heat, it is recommended to remove the protective case once in a while.

How to Change the Battery on a Samsung Galaxy

Most Samsung Galaxy models have a removable battery, a rarity for many smartphones today. This wikiHow guide will help you swap out the battery on your Galaxy.
Part1Removing the Battery
1Press and hold the Power button. Powering off the phone properly is essential in making sure that no data get corrupted in case you power it off while the CPU is writing data. To switch off the phone safely, press and hold the Power button on your device.This is typically located at the right side of the device for easy reach.The power menu should come up.

2Tap on the “Power Off” or “Shut Off” option. A loading screen should appear, which you must wait for so the phone shuts off properly.You will know that it has powered off when the device vibrates briefly and the screen turns off.


3Remove the back plate. The removable backplate protects the battery, as well as the SIM card and the microSD card inserted into your device. It can easily be pried off, but you must locate the groove that will enable you to use your fingernail to remove it.Typically located around the corners of your device, the groove will let you pull out the backplate with just a little force needed.

4Remove the battery. Once you remove the back plate, the battery, SIM, and microSD card will be exposed. Remove the battery by prying it out with your fingernail.The battery has a lip where you will be able to pull it out with ease.


Part2

1Get the new battery. Ensure that the battery you are using is rated for the device you are using it with and has been fully charged. It is highly recommended that you use original Samsung batteries on your Galaxy device.Image titled Change the Battery on a Samsung Galaxy Step 6


2Insert the new battery. Now that you have your battery, insert it into your device’s battery bay by inserting the side with the gold terminals first.Image titled Change the Battery on a Samsung

Galaxy Step 7
3Put the back plate on again.

Do this by pressing down on the sides of the back plate against your phone. You should hear an audible clicking, which means the latches have been secured.Image titled Change the Battery on a Samsung Galaxy Step 8


4Turn on yourphoneby holding the Power button. The phone should vibrate briefly, and boot into your home screen shortly.

Taking the Battery Out a Samsung Galaxy Tablet Easily

Samsung’s Galaxy Tab has lithium-ion batteries that wear out over time and need replacement. Signs that your Galaxy Tab’s battery should be replaced include dramatically lower battery life and sudden shutdowns.

The battery in a Samsung Galaxy Tab can be easily removed with the help of special tools. You can purchase a battery replacement kit for your Samsung Galaxy Tab model online. This wikiHow article teaches you how to remove your Samsung Galaxy Tab battery.
Part1Removing the Battery From a Samsung Galaxy Tab
Image titled Take the Battery Out of a Samsung Galaxy Tablet Step 11Get the equipment needed. In order to remove the battery from a Samsung Galaxy Tab, you will need a plastic pry tool and a tiny screwdriver.

Some models require a tri-wing screwdriver. You can purchase all the tools you need, along with a replacement battery or you can just purchase a replacement battery kit that comes with all the tools. Be sure you get the correct battery or kit for your Samsung Galaxy Tab model.Make sure you purchase the correct kit for your Samsung Galaxy Tab model. The wrong kit may not have the right battery or tools.If you do not have a plastic pry tool, you can use any thin piece of plastic, such as a guitar pick, or a thin piece of plastic cut from a soda bottle.[1]Some types of Galaxy Tab, like the Tab-A, have non-removable batteries. If you have this type of tablet, you’ll need to take it to a Samsung authorized repair agent to get the battery replaced


Image titled Take the Battery Out of a Samsung Galaxy Tablet Step 22Turn off the Galaxy Tab. Press and hold the power button on the side of your Samsung Galaxy Tab unit to power off your device.
Image titled Take the Battery Out of a Samsung Galaxy Tablet Step 33Remove the two screw covers near the charging port (If present). Some Galaxy Tab 10 models have screws on both sides of the charging port. If your Galaxy Tab model has screws to the sides of the charging port, use a safety pin or sharp object to remove the screw covers, and then use a tri-wing screwdriver to remove the screws.If your Tab does not have screws, skip this step.


Image titled Take the Battery Out of a Samsung Galaxy Tablet Step 44Use the plastic pry tool to remove the back cover. Insert the plastic pry tool in between where the back cover attaches to the front. This is usually along the side edges of the device. On some models, the seam may be on the front of the screen. Go around the entire device while gently applying pressure to separate the front cover from the back.[3]Keep in mind that the clips that attach the back cover are easy to break, so go slowly and carefully. Be careful not to tear the microphone cable when you separate the front panel from the top left corner of the Galaxy Tab.
Image titled Take the Battery Out of a Samsung Galaxy Tablet Step 55Separate the back cover from the rest of the unit. Once all the clips are popped out, remove the back cover and set it aside.


Image titled Take the Battery Out of a Samsung Galaxy Tablet Step 66Remove the tape from the ribbon cables and battery. There may be tape covering the ribbon cable connectors and battery. Use the plastic pry tool to remove the tape and set it aside.Image titled Take the Battery Out of a Samsung Galaxy Tablet Step 77

Disconnect the ribbon cables covering the battery (if present). Many larger Samsung Galaxy Tab 10 models have 2 or 3 ribbon cables that go over the top of the battery. Use the plastic pry tool to pop the tab on the front of the connectors where the ribbon cables are attached. Then slide the ribbon cables out of the connectors. If no tab is present on the connectors, simply slide the ribbon cables out.If you don’t have a larger tablet with ribbon cables, skip this step.

Image titled Take the Battery Out of a Samsung Galaxy Tablet Step 88Remove the battery screws (if present). On some Galaxy Tab models, the battery may be screwed in place. Use a tiny Philips screwdriver to remove the screws on all sides of the battery.If you don’t have screws in your Tab, skip this step.Disconnect the battery from the board. There are 4 wires from the battery that are attached to a black clip connected to the mainboard. Place the plastic pry tool under the wires and apply upward pressure to disconnect the wire clip from the board.


Removing the Battery From a Samsung Galaxy Tab |Reassemble Your Samsung Galaxy Tab Samsung’s Galaxy Tab has lithium-ion batteries that wear out over time and need replacement. Signs that your Galaxy Tab’s battery should be replaced include dramatically lower battery life and sudden shutdowns.

The battery in a Samsung Galaxy Tab can be easily removed with the help of special tools. You can purchase a battery replacement kit for your Samsung Galaxy Tab model online. This wikiHow article teaches you how to remove your Samsung Galaxy Tab battery.

Things You Should KnowDepending on the model, your tablet may or may not have screws or ribbons. A quick check online will let you know what your specific model has.Don’t break the ribbon connecting the back of your tablet to your battery when you take the back panel off.Also avoid damaging the cables connecting the battery to your tablet’s mainboard.Some models of Galaxy Tab don’t have removable batteries. Check your user manual or do a search for your model to make sure.

How to Charge Your iPhone without a Charging Block

This teaches you how to charge your iPhone without using the charging block which plugs into a wall socket. The easiest way to charge your iPhone without the block is by using the charger cable with a USB port on your computer. If necessary, you can use various portable chargers to charge your iPhone via its cable. Keep in mind that you must have an iPhone charger cable in order to charge your iPhone.ethod

1Using a USB PortMake sure you have your iPhone’s charger cable. The iPhone’s charger cable, when separated from the charging brick, has a USB connector at one end. You can use this cable in conjunction with a USB port in order to charge your iPhone.iPhone 8, 8 Plus, 9, 10, 11, 12, and 13 pro and pro max models can also use wireless chargers, which have wide, flat dishes on which you can place your iPhone back-down to charge it.You cannot charge your iPhone without a charger cable.


2.Find a USB port. 
The majority of USB ports—the rectangular ports found on computers—can be used to power USB items such as your iPhone’s charger.USB ports which aren’t connected to a computer (eg, those found on the back of TVs or in hubs in places like coffee shops or airports) are always powered unless they’re broken.If you have an iPhone 8 or newer, you’ll need to find a USB-C port. These are rarer than the USB 3.0 ports found on most computers, behind TVs, and so on. If you can’t find a USB- C port, try using a portable charger.


3Plug your iPhone’s cable into the USB port. The USB side of the iPhone’s charger should only fit one way into the USB port, so don’t force the connection.If you’re using a USB-C port, you can plug in the charger’s USB side in any direction.


4.Attach the cable to your iPhone. 
Plug the free end of the iPhone’s charger into the Lightning charging port at the bottom of your iPhone’s housing.If you’re using an iPhone 8, 8 Plus, or X, you can also use a wireless charging port or mat by placing your iPhone back-down on the charging surface. If you don’t have one, you can typically find these chargers in public spaces such as airports or cafes.[1]If you’re charging an iPhone 4S or older, you’ll need to make sure the rectangular icon on the base of the charging connector is on the same side as the iPhone’s screen.
5.Wait for the charging icon to appear.

Within a couple of seconds of plugging in your iPhone, you should see a colored battery icon appear on the screen, and the phone should lightly vibrate.You will also see a lightning bolt icon appear to the right of the battery indicator in the top-right corner of the screen.


6.Try a different USB port. Not all USB ports support charging.
If your iPhone isn’t charging within a few seconds of connecting to the USB port, disconnect the charger and try a different USB port.

Best of Android: Mid-2020 – The best Android phone of 2020 so far is…

Our comprehensive objective testing meets real-world considerations to crown the overall Best of Android: Mid-2020 winner.As an industry – and also as consumers – we often calculate the “best” as an obvious answer to a simple equation: more equals better More cameras, more RAM, more check marks on a specs sheet.

We flip flop between thinking the best is whatever’s most expensive and a similar product we somehow expect to be priced lower than it cost the manufacturer to make it.
Sometimes you get what you pay for – or more – and sometimes you overpay. Never has that been more evident than when a global pandemic coincides with the arrival of 5G silicon. These two factors, along with smartphones’ commodification, have conspired to push flagship prices even further northward.


As with many things, though, to get to the heart of the matter you have to dig a little deeper.
The best on paper isn’t much good if it all goes to pieces once it’s out of the box, and the most expensive thing isn’t necessarily the best. That’s why this year the raw data of Android Authority’s objective testing has been combined with real-world considerations that can and often do affect what’s really the best.
Read more: The best Android phones
How we decided and whyTo help us decide how objective performance fits in the grand scheme of things, we posed some additional questions to determine our overall Best of Android: Mid-2020 winner.


Is the product widely available through reputable channels? Can it be bought unlocked, through carriers, or both? Does the company have any meaningful customer service and support in place if something goes wrong? How likely are bugs to be fixed? Are there better- priced options available that do much the same thing or even more? What’s the build quality like? Are you guaranteed OS and security updates and how good, stable, and user-friendly is the software?


To calculate overall our winner, we combined the results of our objective testing with the admittedly complicated answers to the questions above. (If you’d like to see how the accumulated objective results played out, head to the bottom of this post) Once we combined the results of both objective and real-world considerations, we had enough data points to confidently crown the overall Best of Android: Mid-2020 winner.
Editor’s note: If you’re wondering why you don’t see your favorite phone here, remember that only major phones released in the first half of 2020 were included. Phones from late 2019 and those hitting shelves after June 30, 2020, were not eligible.
Best of Android: Mid-2020 Editor’s Choice winner – OnePlus 8 ProWhen all was said and done, we had a clear winner: the OnePlus 8 Pro.

Sometimes the Best of Android comes down to a photo finish, but not this year. OnePlus’ controversially more-expensive 2020 flagship posted a convincing lead, even over the phone in second place overall, the Samsung Galaxy S20 Plus.
As in previous years, Samsung ranked well not necessarily by consistently winning anything outright but by ranking very highly across the board.
But OnePlus was equally consistent, offers a better value proposition, and claimed outright victory in both our display and performance categories. That’s a very hard act to follow. TheOnePlus 8 Proalso ranked very highly for software, design, and build quality (often only just ahead of the S20 series).


Sometimes it comes down to a photo finish, but not this year. The OnePlus 8 Pro won convincingly.The S20 Plus did outrank the OnePlus 8 Pro in some of our additional categories, however, including availability and brand reputation/customer support. With any luck, these shortcomings might help provide a roadmap for what OnePlus should address in the future.


(If you want to see the top results for each of the additional categories we considered in order to crown our overall winner, head to the bottom of this post. You can also revisit each of our objective category posts, linked at the very bottom, for more on the rankings within those categories.)
Related: How OnePlus prices have changed over the years
What it all meansOnePlus 8 Pro screen in handFor a company that got its start by throwing everything it could at a specs sheet while maintaining a low price, the OnePlus 8 Pro proves that the best phone is more than just the sum of its parts. While many of us initially balked at the higher price tag, it’s hard to say it wasn’t justified with a result like this.


OnePlus promised a flagship killer years ago but never truly delivered on that promise until now. The OnePlus 8 Pro may cost three times more than the OnePlus One, but it’s still significantly cheaper than the Galaxy S20 Plus and to our reckoning, represents the better choice right now.
OnePlus promised a flagship killer years ago but never truly delivered on that promise until now.The OnePlus 8 Pro taking out Best of Android: Mid-2020 is a legacy to OnePlus’ rise from underdog enthusiast brand to world-class mainstream manufacturer. Few would have seriously expected OnePlus to go toe-to-toe with Samsung and win in just six short years. Samsung may still dominate on a global scale, but OnePlus clearly has a winning strategy on its hands.


In case you missed it, check out our OnePlus 8 Pro reviewBecause no one ever agrees on everything – Oscar winners, Yanny/Laurel, the ending of The Sopranos, burgers vs. pizza – we’d love to hear what you think should’ve won or what other factors we should have considered. As smartphones evolve, so too must our evaluation of them, so your suggestions might just make it into the end-of-year awards.


But first, get ready to cast your vote for your favorite phone released in the first half of 2020 in our Best of Android: Mid-2020 Reader’s Choice voting.
Since the June 30 cut-off date for eligibility in Best of Android: Mid-2020, we’ve already got the Sony Xperia 1 II, the ASUS ROG Phone 3, Google Pixel 4a, OnePlus Nord, and new releases from OPPO and vivo on the horizon, not to mention the Samsung Galaxy Note 20 and more. As always, our full-year Best ofAndroid awards are going to be hotly contested!

A definitive guide to everything that affects smartphone battery life

Here are all of the things that can contribute to bad battery life.
You’ve no doubt seen or read many articles online about saving battery life. It’s a popular topic because nobody likes tethering a phone to the wall multiple times a day. However, most battery-saving articles give you ideas about what to try in order to improve your battery life. This time around, we’re instead going to identify all of the various things that cause battery drain in smartphones.


The list is actually surprisingly long and that’s probably a good indicator of why so many people struggle with battery life. It is difficult to keep track of every little thing your phone does. However, we hope that giving you this knowledge will help you troubleshoot battery issues and adjust your usage to maximize your battery life. Here is our definitive guide to everything that affects smartphone battery life.


Battery sizeOnePlus 10 Pro top view showing battery statsWe’ll start with the most obvious influence on battery life — the size of the battery itself. Not all smartphones have the same battery size and it’s this size that helps determine how long your phone will go before hitting zero. Smartphone batteries are generally measured in milliamp-hours (mAh). This is mostly simple math. The more mAh a phone has, the longer it should be able to theoretically last. It doesn’t always work that way, but it’s a good place to start.


On the high end, phones like the Samsung Galaxy S22 Ultra and the Moto G Power have massive 5,000mAh cells while some other phones, like the regular Galaxy S22’s 3,590mAh battery, have smaller cells. Generally speaking, phones with larger batteries tend to have better battery life than ones with smaller batteries.
Of course, there are many other factors to take into account. More powerful processors and larger, high refresh-rate screens will drain your battery faster. More on those factors below. However, if the phones have identical specs, the one with the bigger battery will simply last longer.


DisplaySamsung Galaxy S22 Ultra vs Apple iPhone 13 Pro Max front on carpetThere are four different ways a display can affect battery life. The first is the size, as larger screens have more surface area and require more power to light up. Phones with larger displays also usually have larger batteries so there is a bit of a give -and-take there.
The second way a phone’s display affects battery life is the resolution. Admittedly, the differences aren’t huge, but it is objectively measurable. Displays with 1440p resolution have 77% more pixels than a 1080p display and it requires extra processing power (and therefore , more battery) to render those extra pixels. OEMs sometimes include a 1080p mode on a 1440p display to help cut back on the processing power and save battery.


Displays use more battery than any other phone component.Brightness is another significant power draw. This is also a matter of simple math. The brighter something is, the more power it requires. It’s not as noticeable if you go from 50% to 40% brightness. You’ll almost certainly see a difference when going between 80% to 20%, though.


Finally, the display’s refresh rate matters a lot. The refresh rate represents the number of times a screen refreshes every second and is measured in hertz (Hz). Newer phones have 90Hz and 120Hz displays which refresh 50%-100% more frequently than regular 60Hz displays.

That requires a whole bunch of extra processing power and puts further strain on your phone’s battery. Modern phones have adaptive refresh rates to help combat the battery drain, dropping down to as low as 1Hz when viewing static content.
Displays eat up more battery than any other individual component of a device because it is the main way we interact with a phone. This is why most battery-saving tricks revolve around display tweaks. However, lowering your brightness a few percentage points does virtually nothing and the resolution only matters if you have lots of screen-on time. Finally, using dark themes on AMOLED displays doesn’t work as well as most think it does.


ConnectionsSamsung Galaxy S21 Ultra 5G speed testConnections have a massive impact on battery life. The most common connections are your cell phone signal, data, Bluetooth, Wi-Fi, and location services. Connections drain the battery in a few different ways and the first one is fairly obvious.
If you enable these connections and don’t use them, they draw unnecessary power over the course of the day. Hardware and software optimizations have minimized this drain and it’s barely an inconvenience these days. It still drains the battery, but not nearly as much as it used to.


Additionally, a weak signal can greatly increase battery drain. It’s also a very difficult problem to fix. Your device regularly checks for signal strength. When the reception is bad, the phone checks more frequently, and this constant checking drains the battery. Usually, this only happens in certain types of buildings and in bad reception areas, but if you live (or work) in one of those places, it can be a constant and nearly unsolvable problem.


Every time your phone connects to something, it costs you battery life.Finally, actually using these connections drains your battery. If you go online and spend five minutes downloading a file, that’s five whole minutes your phone is actively using its networking hardware. The same is true of voice calls as your phone engages its radio for the entire length of the call.


A lot of people recommend using airplane mode to switch off all connections when not using your phone. To be honest, it doesn’t save that much battery and it ends up being invasive and annoying. We recommend staying connected to Wi-Fi while at home (or work). Additionally, the Google Play Store, Google Photos, Amazon Photos, and others all have settings that will postpone backups or updates until you’re connected to a charger. You should definitely check and see what can be put off until your phone is safely charging.

For regular users, the first thing that matters for the chipset is its generation. Every year chips get smaller, faster, and more energy-efficient. The Snapdragon 855 was faster and more energy-efficient than the Snapdragon 845, and the latest Qualcomm chipset , the Snapdragon 8 Gen 2, continues the tradition. The same goes for HUAWEI’s Kirin SoCs, Samsung’s Exynos chips, and MediaTek’s silicon. This is a rather complex topic, but the super basic explanation is that newer chipsets can do the same work as older chipsets except faster, with less energy consumption, and with less heat. All of those things affectbattery life.

6 common battery myths you probably believe

Concerned about overcharging? Think it’s healthier to completely discharge your battery?Here’s the truth.We here at Android Authority are often asking you, dear reader, for feedback on the smartphones running our favorite operating system. One of the most consistent bugbears over the years has been to do with battery life — whether it’s finicky fast charging or just phones just downright not lasting long enough. These complaints are certainly warranted — there’s nothing more frustrating than suffering the dreaded battery anxiety at 5 pm, as you’re trying to make dinner plans.


Virtually everyone has experienced gadget battery problems at some point in their life, so it’s no surprise people hunt for smartphones continuously with the best battery life. And if that fails, they dole out all sorts of little tips and tricks to make their batteries healthier and healthier longer-lasting. However, knowing the scientifically-backed tips from the plethora of absolute malarkey is increasingly difficult. In fact, you probably believe one of the many prevailing battery myths (I know I did!). So now it’s time to go on a battery myth-busting spree.

Does leaving a phone on the charger all night overcharge its battery?

samsung galaxy s22 ultra chargingThis is one of the most common rumors we come across but it’s just plain wrong. Or at least the overcharging part is. It’s complicated, as leaving your smartphone plugged in overnight certainly isn’t dangerous but it might make your battery age marginally faster.

“Overcharging” is the term that gets thrown around a lot with this one. The misnomer is if you leave your phone on the charger for a while after it hits 100%, it will keep pumping in the current and that will reduce the capacity of the battery, or even cause it to catch fire.
You don’t have to worry about overcharging modern smartphones.This myth has some origins, so it’s no surprise it’s stuck around. In the days of yore, lithium-ion batteries could overheat if you left charging them for too long. This did, in fact, cause damage to the battery and reduce performance .

Hell, it even led some to explode.
Modern devices and wall chargers are way smarter with managing power and will gradually reduce the amount of current as the phone fills up. However, there is some truth to the reduced capacity issue, as both extreme heat and high charging power levels do cause lithium- ion batteries to age faster. Charging all the way to 100% quickly is slightly worse for your battery than stopping before then. It might surprise you to note that manufacturers will often lie about when your smartphone really hits 100% just to eke out a little more battery longevity.


If you have a poorly designed case that doesn’t allow for heat dissipation, or you tuck your phone under your pillow at night, the heat build-up is definitely bad for the battery. The same applies if you leave your phone charging on a hot dashboard too.
Should you completely discharge a battery before charging it?

Google Pixel 7a wireless charging 1OK so, anyone thinking they need to discharge their batteries before charging them up is thinking about a different kind of battery entirely. Nickel-cadmium or nickel-metal hydride batteries are what these folks are talking about, but smartphones use lithium-ion and lithium -polymer batteries.
Once again, the myth’s origin has a firm basis. It’s absolutely true that older nickel-centric batteries would ‘forget’ their full capacity if you didn’t fully drain them before charging again. But lithium-ion is a different ballgame. It doesn ‘t forget and can retain a working charge across the entire battery. In fact, discharging your battery to 0% lowers its voltage and places some additional strain on the battery when recharging.


It’s true that lithium-ion diminishing batteries in capacity with every charge cycle, but this effect is quite small. While not quite draining and filling up your smartphone battery can have marginal benefits, it’s unlikely to have a notable effect on your smartphone’s battery capacity unless you keep the phone for many years. Most smartphone batteries retain 80% or more of their original charge capacity even after several years of heavy use. And even then, it’s easy to replace smartphone batteries if you want to restore its full capacity.

Do you have to use the official brand charger for your phone?

Google 30W USB C Power Charger upright next to boxOh boy, this one. This has its roots in what is essentially marketing. Whenever you buy your shiny new phone from a given manufacturer, the odds are pretty good that the manual or spec sheet will suggest you buy chargers from the company that made your device. They want you to buy their accessories, after all.


There are still plenty of smartphones that use proprietary charging standards and therefore won’t fast-charge with third-party plugs. However, plenty of phones now support universal charging standards like USB Power Delivery. Handsets include the ever-popular Apple iPhone 14, Google Pixel 7, and Samsung Galaxy S23 series. That’s right, you don’t have to buy the official chargers for these smartphones in order to power them up as quickly as possible.


You’ll have to pay attention to the charging standard and power you require, but with those bits of information at hand, there’s a wide market of affordable third-party chargers that are great buys for your new smartphone. If you want to steer clear of the few bad eggs, be sure to pick out a charger from our carefully curated list below:

To combat this issue, a small selection of phones, such as the Sony Xperia 1 IV’s Heat Suppression Power Control, offer a power pass-through option that draws power directly from the mains and doesn’t charge the battery while you’re gaming. It’s a smart option if you’re planning a prolonged gaming session as your phone is more likely to warm up.

Does disabling Bluetooth and Location drastically improve battery life?

The Google Pixel Buds 2020 true wireless earbuds case open and next to a Pixel smartphone with the Bluetooth dropdown menu displayed.This is another one of those rumors that have stuck around because it actually used to be good advice. Wi-Fi and Bluetooth used to latch onto your smartphone’s battery life like a vampire bat, but they’re nowhere near so bloodthirsty today. Location services are even leaner.
Don’t believe me, we even tested screen-on time with Bluetooth enabled and disabled. The result — on average less than 4% extra battery drain by leaving Bluetooth on. That works out to maybe a few minutes of screen-on time, hardly worth fretting about if you forget to turn the toggle off.


So while it’s true that disabling all these options or going into airplane mode will save some battery life, we’re talking a very tiny sliver — like half an hour over the span of an entire day — so the gains are arguably not worth the trouble . Furthermore, chipsets and technologies are more efficient every year, drawing less and less power when idle. So leave the services that you use on regular running all you want. Yourphone is designed to handle it.

Android Adaptive Battery: Everything you need to know

As phones have become more capable of performing various tasks, allocating battery power has become crucial to maximizing its lifespan, especially if your smartphone is draining fast. Today, our phone’s SoC significantly regulates power consumption between the apps and features we use daily. Even if you don’t have one of the Android phones with the best battery life, you can still extend your device’s lifespan with this feature. Let’s look at how Android’s Adaptive Battery works and how you can ensure it’s turned on.

What is Android Adaptive Battery, and how does it work?

samsung galaxy s22 batterydisplayWhen you are using your phone, it isn’t just the app you have open that is eating up your battery life. Even when you put your phone down and aren’t touching it, many background processes run behind the scenes. For example, many apps actively retrieve information from other apps, such as contacts or location data, not to mention all the external cellular and Wi-Fi connections.


All of these processes and more need varying amounts of energy to function. Without anything to coordinate power consumption, you would notice a big difference between an optimized battery and a device without one. An Adaptive battery is how your Android phone makes it through an entire day of usage or more. Here are a few essential system tools that Adaptive Battery uses.


Limiting background appsThe most common way Adaptive Battery saves minutes to hours of battery life is by restricting how apps run in the background. As mentioned earlier, some apps can consume a lot of power without you knowing it. When Adaptive Battery is turned on and an app is running too heavily, you will get a notification with the option to put it to sleep.


Over time, Adaptive Battery will learn which apps take up the most background usage and limit some of their functions. This doesn’t really affect your phone performance, but it means the battery won’t drain drastically when your phone is idle.
Learning your habitsAnother way Adaptive Batterylives up to its name is by learning the patterns of how you use your phone. After having Adaptive Battery enabled for some time, your phone will keep track of what apps you use the most, how long you use them, and how quickly your battery drains when not optimized.


Eventually, your Android phone will utilize this data to fine-tune how it expends a full battery so that it can last throughout your daily usage. A crucial piece of information in this equation is learning your charging habits. Once the time is regular enough, Android will start stretching your battery life to when it anticipates you will plug in your phone to charge.
Reducing performanceOne of the subtler ways Adaptive Battery improves battery lifeis by slightly reducing performance. Chips take a lot of power, and your battery can last much longer if that power is reduced to match your current needs.
On Samsung Galaxy phones, a complimentary feature to Adaptive Battery in the settings lets you change your device’s processing speed. This tool can save you more battery life than Android’s Adaptive Battery does. The Exynos processor in the flagship S-series devices barely lags in the “optimized” state, either. However, the difference in performance can be more noticeable in other Android devices, but if you are out and about without a charger, that might not be a concern.


How to turn on Android Adaptive BatteryHere’s how to turn on Adaptive Battery on a Google Pixel or Samsung Galaxy phone.
Google PixelNavigate to the settings by swiping down from the top screen and tapping the Settings cog. Then tap Battery. Select Adaptive Preferences, and lastly, hit the toggle on Adaptive Battery.

Pixel Settings Battery
Pixel battery usage
Pixel adaptive batterySamsung GalaxyNavigate to the settings by swiping down on the screen and tapping the Settings cog. Select Battery and device care. You can optimize your battery usage here. Tap the Battery readout near the top, then scroll down to select More battery settings. There, you ‘ll find the Adaptive battery toggle.

samsung adaptive battery toggleAs mentioned, you can adjust the Processing speed under the Adaptive battery option. There are three different speeds: Optimized, High, and Maximum. Select the option that best suits your usage.
samsung processing speedHow to manage battery usage for individual appsAdaptive Battery will treat all apps the same, but you can manually give certain apps exceptions or stricter limitations. Navigate to your Settings and select Apps. From there, select the app you want to manage, scroll down to choose Battery, and select the desired battery usage for that app.

samsung app use detailsOverall, Adaptive Battery is a great feature to extend the life of your Android device. If you find your battery isn’t lasting long enough, try turning it on or limiting the usage of energy-hungry apps. Remember that Adaptive Batteryneeds time to learn your usage habits and may not work immediately, but you should notice results soon enough.

What to do if your phone battery is swollen

As impressive as modern smartphone technology is getting, batteries still rely on chemical reactions. This means these units are prone to some issues, one being battery swelling. It’s not a common issue for most, but the topic pops up from time to time. Apple , Samsung, and even Google devices have had problems with this in the past. It’s not only an annoyance, but a swollen phone battery can be dangerous. This is why today we’re showing you what to do if your phone battery is swollen.

If you find out your phone battery is swollen, you should be very careful with it, as it may be dangerous and is technically a fire hazard. The best you can do is stop using it, turn it off, and go to a professional to get the battery replaced. This may cost money, unless your phone is still under warranty or covered by insurance.
If the phone is no longer worth fixing, you should recycle it safely. You can find recycling centers at call2recycle.org.What causes a swollen phone battery?Galaxy iPhone and Pixel smartphones with selection of chargers 2There are multiple reasons why a lithium-ion battery may swell. There is usually one underlying cause for this to happen, though. Batteries usually swell because gas builds up, creates pressure, and expands them.

With that in mind, we must consider the more common causes for a battery to store gas. Manufacturer defects can happen. If the battery maker doesn’t make the battery correctly, gas can slowly build up during the charging process. This essentially means simply charging your phone enough times could be an issue, especially considering juicing up your phone also creates heat.
Heat commonly speeds the process, too. You should probably make sure not to leave a phone in the sun too much, or next to very hot items.
Additionally, physical damage to the battery can be a very common cause of battery swelling.

Have you ever dropped your phone? Maybe you accidentally punctured the battery?

This could be why your battery is swelling. Not to mention batteries get old, too. Chemical reactions can change, and parts weaken.
By the way, this shouldn’t be a common occurrence. Unless there’s a severe manufacturer defect, most batteries should last the couple or few years most users keep a device.


How to know if your phone battery is swollenpixel5a vancouver 1It’s much harder to tell if your battery is swelling these days, as handsets with removable batteries are becoming very scarce. We never really see our batteries anymore. This makes it harder to identify a swollen or damaged battery.
The easiest way to tell if a battery is swollen is by inspecting the device (or battery, if you can). Are there any bumps?

You may notice an unusual wobble when you lay it on a flat surface. Also, look for warped shapes or signs of the phone disassembling itself. Smartphone backplates start to come off as the battery’s swollen shape puts pressure against them.
While not as safe, the smell can also be a sign of a swollen battery.

We wouldn’t advise that you actively try to inhale chemicals, but this is something you may have accidentally noticed already. Does your phone smell odd? People describe a bad battery smell as metallic, and sometimes even sweet.
Even simple things like battery performance can be a dead giveaway. If your battery is charging too slowly, or the charge isn’t lasting as long as it should, this may be a cause of concern.
What to do if your phone battery is swollenMoto G Power 2021 back of phone in hand – Swollen phone batterySo you’ve found something odd with your smartphone’s battery. Is it safe to use a swollen phone battery? Definitely not! A swollen lithium-ion battery can be very dangerous. The pressure can make gases escape, and the battery can even catch fire or explode, especially if pierced.
Your first step should be to turn off the device immediately, and keep it off. Don’t plug it in or mess with it, either. Leave it in a safe place and keep it there, preferably away from anything that can burn.


A swollen lithium-ion battery can be very dangerous!If it’s possible, and safe to do so, you should probablyremove the battery. Just be careful not to mess with it too much in the process, and try to avoid smelling any fumes it may give off. We actually recommend taking the phone to a professional instead. Technicians will have the necessary knowledge and tools to do this easily. They can also find a suitable replacement for you. This will likely incur some charges and require replacement purchases, though.


If your phone is still under warranty or insurance, your best bet is to go with the carrier, retailer, or company handling the coverage.


How to dispose of a swollen phone batteryE Waste Recycle 2 – Swollen phone batteryIf you remove the battery yourself, you should get rid of it safely. You shouldn’t just dump it in the trash. A swollen phone battery is a fire hazard, and no one wants that at home.
If and when it’s safe, you should take your smartphone batteryto an authorized battery collection center or a recycling location. You can find your nearest one at call2recycle.org. You can ship them, but we wouldn’t recommend that either. Shipping usually entails a lot of movement, banging around, and packages being around plenty of flammable materials.

Why is there no easy way to see battery health on Android?

Apple provides a convenient way to check your iPhone’s battery health, but Android has no such equivalent. At least not yet.
Batteries don’t last forever; that’s just an unfortunate fact of smartphone life. As controversial as the iPhone 14’s seemingly limited long-term battery health may be, at least Apple provides an easy method to track how your power cell is holding up. It’s as simple as checking your regular battery settings. So while your iPhone may eventually only last a few hours on a single charge, at least you’ll be well prepared to book that battery replacement.


Android, by comparison, is a black box. Everything ticks along fine until your phone starts restarting, and hopefully, you piece together that the battery is kaput before sending the phone away for diagnostics. A simple battery replacement isn’t all that expensive, especially compared to a new phone. But many will end up discarding an otherwise perfectly working handset because it’s not clear what the cause of the problem really is or they need an immediate fix.
A heads-up would be nice, to say the least. Especially as many phones in the flagship and mid-tiers receive long-term updates that, in theory, will keep them ticking along for four or five years. Increasingly, the battery is the weakest link when running your phone for many years and consumers now need a way to keep on top of this potentially key repair.
Battery health monitoring is essential for phones built to last four or five years.We reached out to Google to ask why no such feature is built into Android and whether there are plans to adopt an iPhone-esque percentage of initial capacity metric. Unfortunately, we received no response. As it stands, Android simply doesn’t include specific tools for tracking battery health baked into the operating system, leaving users at the whims of third-party applications.


All hope is not lost, though. A new battery health API in the latest Android 14 beta could allow apps and OEMs to expose this information to owners easily in the future. In the meantime, you might have to make do with one of the few Android apps that can help track battery health.

How do I know if my phone needs a new battery?If your phone only lasts a few hours on a full charge, randomly restarts, or struggles to charge to full, it’s likely time to replace the battery.
How to check Android battery cycles and healthDepending on your smartphone, there are several ways to check your smartphone’s battery health. We’ve detailed a couple of the best options below.


Is it possible to check Samsung battery health?If you’re a Galaxy owner, Samsung provides a method to check battery health that doesn’t rely on a third-party app. You’ll have to grab the Samsung Members app from the Galaxy Store or Play Store first and can then check battery health from the familiar settings menu.
Once installed, head to Settings > Battery & Device Care > Diagnostics > Phone Diagnostics, and press the Battery Status button. You can then see your phone’s battery status under the “Life” result.

Samsung Galaxy Battery Health Diagnostic
Samsung Galaxy Battery HealthSamsung offers a simplified “Good,” “Normal,” or “Weak” rating system to make it easy to understand, in addition to displaying the phone’s rated battery capacity. Your battery shouldn’t need replacing until the readout states Weak. However, power users may find that their phone doesn’t quite last as long as usual, even with a Normal rating.
Android apps to quickly see battery healthNon-Samsung owners can pick from a selection of third-party applications that claim to report battery health. Many hardware monitoring apps offer a battery health rating, including AIDA64, CPU Z, Device Info, and others.

AIDA64 Battery Health Score
DevInfo Battery Health ScoreThese apps pull out the phone’s reported battery capacity, temperature, voltage data, and a battery health score. However, that relies on the apps being able to access this information, and that battery statistics are reported accurately by the OEM, which is not always the case. Without the new Android 14 API, it’s unclear if the battery capacity is reported dynamically, so we’d view these apps as a rough guide rather than a reliable gauge of your phone’s remaining battery health.

How many years does an Android phone battery last?Typical Android phones are rated to hold 80% initial battery capacity after 500 to 800 charges. It varies by user, but most phone batteries will last at least two to three years before issues.
Track battery health with AccubatteryIf you’re looking for long-term battery health monitoring, the third-party Accubattery app is a solid choice to identify poor battery health. The app is free, but a paid version removes ads and unlocks additional functionality.


You’ll have to permit Accubattery to run in the background to track your charging stats, as it doesn’t provide an instantaneous reading like other hardware monitoring apps. Instead, you’ll have to fully charge the phone at least once before the app provides a reading.


AccuBattery Battery

accurate than the basic health metrics reported by hardware monitoring apps. We saw quite different reports between Accubattery and CPU Z, with the former reporting a lower capacity that is likely more accurate for a daily driver that’s over a year old. However, it can take several full-charge cycles to improve the accuracy of Accubattery’s score. Even so, it’s a suitable medium- to long-term monitoring solution.


In addition, Accubattery provides insights into your charging habits, including your typical charging speeds, wear, and efficiency with each charging cycle. This can be helpful if you’re looking to maximize battery healthby following the best smartphone charging habits.

How to Keep Your Phone Battery Healthy

Does your Android or iPhone’s battery seem to hold less of a charge over time? Like all rechargeable batteries, Li-ion batteries (which are in most phones) become less effective as they age. Even though these batteries aren’t made to last forever, having a healthy battery and charging habits can extend the life of your battery. We’ll show you easy ways to maximize your smartphone battery’s lifespan by changing your charging habits.


1.Don’t wait until the battery is empty to recharge.

Charge your phone throughout the day. Your phone’s batteryhas a fixed amount of charging cycles (the number of times you charge the battery from 0% to 100%). For example, if your battery has a lifespan of 400 charging cycles, letting the battery drain every day means your battery will only last 400 days.[1] If you top off the battery before it drains completely, it reduces the number of overall charging cycles, which makes your battery last longer.Keeping a battery at full charge or always draining it to 0 can damage it and reduce its capacity. Try to keep your battery midway charged when you can and only charge to 100% when you need the extra time.


2.Avoid extreme temperatures.Exposure to very high or low temperatures drains the battery quickly.

Batteries are made to work best at room temperature, which is about 68 °F (20 °C).[2] Your battery, especially when fully charged, will drain much faster in extreme temperatures. This can cause damage to the battery over time.[3]Avoid using your phone at all if the temperature is below freezing 32 °F (0 °C).If you live in a very cold region and spend a lot of time outdoors, invest in an insulated phone case.Only charge your battery at temperatures between 41 °F (5 °C) and 95 °F (35 °C).If the phone or charger feels hot to the touch during a charging session, unplug the phone from the charger as soon as possible to avoiddamaging the battery.
3.Don’t always charge your battery to 100%.

When you’re always charging to 100%, the frequent high voltage can cause stress to the battery. Fully charging your battery won’t destroy it, you can add some time to the battery’s lifespan by only charging to 80% when possible.


4.Only use ultra-fast charging when necessary.

Fast charging is convenient, but don’t use it every time you charge your phone. Fast charging puts more stress on the battery than necessary, so battery performance can suffer over time.[4] Opt for a standard “slow” charge more often than not to preserve battery longevity.


5.Use your phone sparingly while it’s charging.

To avoid parasitic load, don’t play games or stream videos while charging your phone. Parasitic load is what happens while a battery is being drained during charging.[5] Parasitic load adds higher voltage stress to the battery, increases heat, and can cause parts of the battery to continually cycle and deteriorate faster than the rest of the cell. While you can take calls or browse the web during a charging session, avoid heavy tasks.


6.Use power-saving modes to increase time between charges.

When your battery is slow, turn on your phone’s low-power or battery-saving mode. Both Androids and iPhones have special battery-conservation modes that turn off background apps, decrease processing power, dim the screen, and disable other services that can drain your battery quickly.To turn on your iPhone’s Low Power Mode, open the Control Center and tap the battery icon.If you have a Samsung Galaxy, open Settings and go to Battery and device care > Battery > Power saving. Tap the switch to turn on Power Saving Mode.[6]For other Androids, go to Settings > Battery > BatterySaver and tap Turn on now.

How to maximize battery life: Charging habits and other tips

Most of us — casual users and enthusiasts alike — are forever searching for smartphones with the longest battery life. And while fast charging keeps us topped up every day, the absence of replaceable batteries means eventually, the lithium-ion cells enclosed in our phones are going to age and deteriorate, making it harder to maximize battery life.
If you’ve held onto a phone for a couple of years, you’ve probably noticed the battery doesn’t seem to last as long as it did when your handset was brand new. Four or five years down the line, many phones struggle to make it through the day on a single charge. Holding onto a phone even longer can even spell trouble for reliability too as you may face sudden shutdowns.


Unfortunately, battery capacity inevitably declines with age. But that doesn’t mean you can’t do anything to prolong the lifespan of your smartphone’s battery. If you’ve ever wondered what the best way to charge your battery is, here are some scientifically proven tips to maximize battery life.
If you’re in a hurry, here’s a quick summary of the best battery life-maximizing tips you should keep in mind:


Avoid full charge cycles (0-100%) and overnight charging. Instead, top up your phone more regularly with partial charges.Limiting your smartphone’s maximum charge to 80-90% is better for the battery’s health than topping up to completely full everytime.Use fast charging technologies sparingly and when your device is cool.Heat has the potential to accelerate battery health degradation. Don’t cover your phone when charging, and keep it out of warmer places.Don’t play intensive games, stream videos, or run other intensive workloads while charging to avoid heat and stressing the battery.Keep reading for a more detailed explanation of what factors will prolong your battery life
Partial charging is a healthy habitGoogle Pixel Stand wireless charging Galaxy S21 UltraOne particularly persistent battery myth is that you need to occasionally fully discharge and recharge to erase “battery memory.” This couldn’t be more wrong for lithium-ion batteries. It’s a leftover myth from lead-acid cells, and it’s pretty undesirable to Charge your modern smartphone in this way.
Partial charging is just fine for lithium-ion batteries and can have some positive benefits for cell longevity. To understand why it’s important to appreciate how a battery charges. Li-ion batteries draw constant current and operate at a lower voltage when closer to empty. This voltage gradually increases as the cell charges up, leveling off at around a 70% charge before the current begins to fall until the capacity is full.


Partial charging is just fine for lithium-ion batteries and even has some positive benefits.Notably, operating at a low voltage is good for a battery’s lifespan, increasing the number of available charging cycles before you’ll start to see a significant reduction in capacity. Roughly speaking, every 0.1V decrease in cell voltage doubles the cycle life, according to Battery University. Therefore, charging up your phone in that 30% to 80% range keeps the voltage lower and might slightly prolong the battery’s lifespan.

Avoid idle chargingGoogle Pixel 7a charging plug and wireless dockCharging overnight or in a cradle during the day is a very common habit, but it’s not recommended for several reasons (the old “overcharging” myth isn’t one of them). First, continuous trickle charging of a full battery can cause plating of the metallic lithium, which reduces stability in the long term and can, in rare cases, lead to system-wide malfunctions and reboots. Second, as we just mentioned above, it leaves the battery at a higher stress voltage when at 100%. Third , and most important, it creates excess heat caused by wasted power dissipation.
Some phones disable or slow down charging when nearing full capacity. Use these options.Ideally, a device should stop charging when it reaches 100% battery capacity, only turning the charging circuit back on to top up the battery now and again — or at the very least reducing the charging current to very small amounts.


While some phones disable charging once full, many continue to pull up to half an amp and sometimes more from the wall outlet. Turning smartphones off doesn’t make a difference in many cases either. While this isIt’s not a massive amount of power, it’s going to stop your phone from cooling down as quickly and will continue to cycle through a small part of the battery, resulting in a mini-cycle.A final point worth mentioning is parasitic load. This occurs when the battery is being drained significantly at the same time as being charged, such as watching a video or gaming while charging.

Gaming or watching videos while charging is bad because it distorts charging cycles.The best way to avoid parasitic loads is to turn your device off while charging. But that’s not really realistic. Instead, it’s best to keep the workload light while the device is plugged in, leaving it idle most of the time. Browsing the web is Probably fine. Also, remember to unplug it once the battery is topped up enough.
Heat is the enemy of long battery lifeASUS ROG Phone 5 product shot of the battery and charging logos up closeAlong with all of the above, temperature is an equally key contributor to longevity and maximizing battery life. In fact, it’s arguably the biggest killer of long-term battery health. Like high voltages, high temperatures stress the battery and make it lose capacity far more quickly than when kept at lower temperatures.

Leaving your phone to fast charge up for 5 to 15 minutes won’t lead to major overheating problems, but I certainly don’t recommend using them for a full charge. Instead, you’d be better off using a temperature-aware fast charging solution or switching to a slower charger, especially if you plan to plug your phone in overnight.


How to maximize smartphone battery health long-termmotorola edge plus charging indicatorLithium-ion battery technology is well understood these days, and smartphones are built around our use cases, but bad habits and myths still permeate the public consciousness. While most of these habits won’t severely negatively impact your phone’s battery life in the medium term , the decline in removable phone batteries means we should take extra precautions to maximize battery life and thus our smartphone’s longevity.


Broadly speaking, smaller regular charge cycles and keeping your phone cool are the key things to remember. Although I should point out that different phone batteries will always age slightly differently depending on how we treat them.

Best Practices For A Healthy Smartphone Battery Life

Users are forever in search of the best smartphone that has longer battery life.Gone are the days where batteries are easily replaceable. Today, we have to be conscious of our battery usage to minimize the expensive professional service that comes with smartphones.


Almost all smartphones are equipped with lithium-ion (Li-ion) batteries and while we all use the same type, no battery has the same lifespan. It all depends on our habits and how we use our phones that can determine how long can we keep the health of our smartphone batteries.


Best Practices to keep your Smartphone Battery HealthyIf you have been with your smartphone for more than a year, you might notice that batteries don’t last long compared to when it was brand new. Down the line, many phones can’t make it through a day with a single charge.


There are various ways to extend your phone battery lifespan. You might be familiar with it or it might sound new to you, but here are some best practices you can follow to keep your smartphone battery healthy:
Partial ChargingMost of us are guilty of fully charging our phones out of habit but in reality, it’s bad for the battery. Also, some are using their phones until the battery goes 0 percent before plugging it in, which should be avoided.
The best way to charge your phone and extend its lifespan is to charge it partially and frequently. For example, you can charge it for up to 80% and use it until it goes to 20% before charging it again. With this charging cycle, you can improve yoursmartphone’s battery life.


Avoid Extreme HeatLi-ion batteries don’t respond well to heat or extreme cold. If you are located in a cold area, its’ best to use thick phone cases that can keep it warm. For hot weather, don’t leave your phone exposed to sunlight. Heat is the worst enemy for Li-on batteries while cold might damage its health temporarily.
It’s best practice not to leave or store your mobile device in an enclosed space where there’s minimum ventilation as it raises the phone’s temperature, especially inside a hot car.


Decrease Screen BrightnessTurning down your screen brightness will save energy. Your smartphone screen is the component that uses battery the most. For iOS and Android devices, it gives you an option to automatically reduce the screen brightness when there’s light, though it still uses a light sensor. It’s advisable to disable auto-brightness.
You probably don’t require the full brightness, so manually setting your screen’s brightness depending on the ambient lighting is best recommended and will save your phone battery life.


Avoid Using Phone While ChargingMost people can’t keep away from their phones because it’s now considered a necessity. However, when it’s charging, it is better to avoid using it. When you use apps that require a large proportion of battery to operate, it’s consuming a lot of energy, thus reducing your battery life in the process.
It can also lead to overheating the device and as mentioned earlier, heat is the worst enemy for Li-on batteries. The best solution is to turn it off while charging, or if it’s really necessary to use it, then keep the workload very light when your phone is plugged in.
Avoid Using Non-Compatible Charging CablesThe most common practice people do is to use a counterfeit or third-party charging cable. You might think that you are saving some money because you bought it for a lower price, but it can seriously harm your smartphone battery.
Accessories that are not manufactured by the original provider are made of cheap materials that don’t work the same way as the original cables. Ensure that you are only using the right charging cables to protect not only your battery but also your smartphones.
Reduce Screen Timeout or Auto-LockSimilar to laptops or computers, your mobile’s screen can automatically turn off if not in use. You can save energy by reducing the screen timeout or auto-lock by 1 minute or even 30 seconds. Both iPhones and Androids have these features and it’s easy to set up.


Check Your AppsAll smartphone apps use power and data even if they are not in use, like Facebook. To extend your battery life, disable the background refresh activities of apps that aren’t crucial and do it regularly. When apps update, some new features are added and might consume more energy, so you’ll notice your battery draining. Make it a bit to monitor apps that consumes power even if you don’t use them.

Nowadays, Lithium-ion battery technology is more understood, but some myths remain in our consciousness. While most of the habit doesn’t severely impact your smartphone’s battery life, the decrease in removable batteries should be a reminder that we need to take precautions to prolong our smartphone’s battery life.

Apple could be planning a big change for its iPhone 15 launch

Apple Retail employees across the globe work tirelessly in the build-up to a new iPhone launch to ensure customers have the Apple experience they’ve come to know and love on launch day.
Usually, this means overnight teams working around the clock a few times over the course of iPhone launch week so that the Apple Store is ready for the busiest period of the year.

question (most often the night before), a strange new report from Bloomberg’s Mark Gurman claims that this year, Apple Retail Stores are actually planning for overnight updates on the same night as the September 12 “Wonderlust” event, possibly hinting at “near- immediate availability” forApple’s new iPhone. 
Gurman’s report indicates that this faster approach to an overnight could be because Apple is planning for a quicker launch than we’ve come to expect in previous years. Although, logistically, that would be incredibly difficult to coordinate. We still expect iPhone 15 preorders to open on Friday after the event (September 15), with the launch day scheduled for the following Friday (September 22).


Apple’s Wonderlust event is scheduled for September 12. We expect to see the iPhone 15, iPhone 15 Plus, iPhone 15 Pro, and iPhone 15 Pro Max alongside new Apple Watches like the Series 9 and Ultra 2 revealed.

While a rumored overnight update happening on September 12 would imply that Apple wants to have the Apple Stores ready quicker than ever before in time for the iPhone 15 launch, I think it’s far less interesting than the headlines would suggest.

 The store goes through loads of changes throughout an iPhone launch week, and this overnight update could be used to make the process smoother rather than relying on a single overnight shift the evening before launch. Overnights happen throughout the year, and while the most exciting ones are for new product launches where new products are installed on tables and secured to prevent theft, there are also overnight shifts to get the stock room ready for a launch, as well as updating software or changing in-store merchandising graphics.

Some Apple overnights even involve simply counting all the stock in a store to check the accuracy of stock levels, a twice-yearly event known as Physical Inventory — or they might just be doing a deep clean that happens to fall on the evening of the biggest event of the year (unlikely but again,overnights are common).


To think that Apple could speed up the Apple Store overnight updates to launch the iPhone 15 sooner would be almost impossible, considering Apple employees don’t get any info on releases in advance, and a three-day turnaround from the reveal would be incredibly difficult That said, Apple has shocked us in the past, but we’ll have to wait until September 12 to have more information on whether this is a routine overnight shift that’s made the news for no apparent reason or if Apple has chosen to defy the odds and drop the latestiPhone a week earlier than expected.

iPhone won’t Charge? Here’s why and How to Fix it

While iPhones are built with extreme precision and care, they are not immune to common issues. One of those issues is the iPhone not charging one. If you are facing this issue and thinking why my iPhone won’t charge, then there is no need to panic. There are several hacks you can try at your end to either get to the root of the issue or even solve it by yourself.
Even for a seemingly straightforward task like charging, there are several components involved that need to work properly. In this guide, we’ll take a look at everything that can cause the iPhone charging problem and eliminate possible reasons one at a time.


What Could be the Reasons Behind the iPhone not Charging Issue?Wondering why my iPhone is not charging? Well, there could be multiple culprits behind this annoying issue. For instance, the problem could be due to an uncertified charger or a rugged case that might not be supporting Qi-wireless charging or even a scrap of lint that may have sneaked into the charging port. There can be issues with the charging adapter, a faulty software might be preventing the phone from charging or there can be an underlying hardware issue. Thus, we are going to try out all the possible solutions that can help you resolve the iPhone not charging issue.


Remove the Gunk out of Your iPhone’s Charging PortWell, the first thing you should do is check if the lightning port of your iPhone is blocked by gunk or small particles of lint. Believe it or not, debris tends to get stuck in the port and builds up over time to prevent iPhone from charging when plugged in. So, you should clean the port frequently to ensure it can remain clean.
To clean the port of your iPhone, you need to first shut it down. Then, use a normal toothpick to remove the lint gently. Be more careful while cleaning the port as the pins may get damaged and you will have to replace the charging port.


Check Your Lightning Cable and Power AdapterWhile the market is flooded with chargers, not all of them are secure and certified to power iPhones. If you are using a charger which is not Mfi (Made for iPhone/iPad/iPod) certified, you will frequently get a warning pop-up saying, “accessory may not be certified.” As part of security measures, iOS won’t let you charge the iOS device using the uncertified charger.

If your charger is MFi certified, ensure that both the lightning cable and power adapter aren’t damaged. Try using another cable/power adapter to charge your iPhone. If you can charge using another charger, that means your charger is at fault. While the original Apple charger can be too costly, there are several high-quality cables available online that are less expensive. You just need to make sure they are MFi certified and have the recommended 2.1 amps power capacity.

Ensure that the Case Supports Wireless ChargingIf you use a wireless charger to power up your iPhone 8 or above, ensure that the case is compatible with wireless charging. Yeah, you got that right! Not all iPhone cases support Qi-wireless charging, especially the covers that are rugged or the ones that feature metal back plates.
So, just in case you have installed a heavy-duty case or a ring holder cover, remove it before putting the iPhone on the wireless charger.

If you use Qi-enabled wireless chargers, we would recommend you use slim cases that support wireless charging. This way, you won’t have to take the pain of removing the case before putting the iPhone on the charger.
If iPhone Stopped Charging at 80 PercentIf your iPhone won’t charge beyond 80 percent, then you might have nothing to worry about. To extend the lifespan of their device batteries, Apple has started using the Optimized Battery Charging feature. It is available in every Apple device, iOS 13 and higher models.
The feature uses machine learning and temperature sensors to detect when you use your phone the most and if the phone is getting too hot while charging. It will stop charging the phone when it hits the 80 percent mark. If your phone isn’t charging beyond this point, wait for a couple of hours and charge the device again to check if there is an issue with the charging or if it was just the Optimized Battery Charging feature that kicked in to prevent the device from charging further.


Liquid DamageWhile dirt and debris stuck in the charging port can prevent the phone from charging, liquid damage can also pose a big problem. If you dropped your phone in water and have kept it aside for drying, make sure it is completely dry before plugging in the charger. Even a little bit of water can cause the connections to short and lead to even more problems.
Keep your phone aside and let it dry out completely. No matter how important the data inside your phone is or how eager you are to use the phone again, you wouldn’t want to destroy it, right?


Hard Reset/Force Restart Your iPhoneForce restart aka hard reset often turns out to be a saviour, especially when dealing with common problems. So, we are going to try it out as well.
Hard reset iPhone with face ID, iPhone SE (2nd generation), iPhone 8, or iPhone 8 PlusFirst off, press the volume up button on your iPhone. Then, press the volume down button. After that, hold down the side button until the Apple logo appears.

Hard Reset iPhone 7 or iPhone 7 PlusPress and hold both the volume down button and the Sleep/Wake button simultaneously until the Apple logo shows up.

Hard reset iPhone 6s, iPhone 6s Plus, iPhone SE (1st generation) or earlier devicesPress and hold the Sleep/Wake button and the Home button at once until you see the Apple logo.

Software UpdateMore often than not, a mere software update can help you fix several issues on your iPhone and even bolster the performance. If you haven’t updated the iOS for a while, the outdated software version might be the reason why your iPhone won’t charge. So, navigate straight into the Settings > General > Software Update. Then, download and install the latest iteration of iOS without any further ado.

Restore Your iPhoneYou should look at the “Restore” option as the last resort. You should try it out only when none of the basic tricks are working. Before going for this radical solution, you must always take a full backup of your iPhone as the restore process will wipe out all the existing data.

OnePlus Smartphone Screen Not Working? Here are 6 Pro Tips to Fix It!

There’s no doubt that your OnePlus smartphone is pretty cool and gets so much done for you! Which is why, if you have experienced your OnePlus screen not Working, then it is natural to feel worried. While OnePlus is known as a ‘Flagship-killer ‘ with top of the line specs, an amazing screen, high refresh rate and low price, it is not completely immune to problems.


A number of users have complained about their OnePlus touch screen not responding properly and experiencing ‘ghost touches’ quite often. Luckily, this article talks about a few reliable solutions, using which you can easily fix your OnePlus screen not working issue. But first, let’s look at why this common hiccup occurs in most OnePlus smartphones.


Why does the OnePlus Smartphone’s Screen Become Unresponsive?Android screens have improved a lot over the past few years, but can still exhibit problems like flickering, flashing, blinking, and unresponsive touch, now and then. As far as the latest OnePlus devices are concerned, touchscreen unresponsiveness on the OnePlus 9/9 Pro or OnePlus 8/8 Pro can ruin the whole experience. But before you call the service center and decide to return the device, the OnePlus touch not working problem could be something other than a hardware issue. It could be due to many reasons such as a worn-out screen guard, cluttered storage or even screen damage. So, if you ever run into a touchscreen not working problem on your OnePlus device, you should take a close look at these above-mentioned aspects. Now, it’s time to check out the solutions.


Simply Restart Your SmartphoneThe first thing that you should do to fix the touchscreen issues on your OnePlus device is to restart or reboot it. Many a time, a simple restart can come in super handy in resolving common problems. So, do not fail to give it a shot .
Simply hold down the power key and then choose the Power Off option. After that, wait for a few minutes and then hold down the power key again to reboot your device. Once your smartphone has restarted, check if the touchscreen has started to work normally If it has, it’s time to get on with your life.

Simply, hold down the power key and then choose the Power Off option. After that, wait for a few minutes and then hold down the power key again to reboot your device. Once your smartphone has restarted, check if the touch screen has started to work normally. If it has, it’s time to get on with your chore.

Remove the Screen GuardIf the touchscreen continues to act erratically on your OnePlus smartphone, remove the screen protector. If the screen guard is worn out or made of cheap material, it could be creating a problem. Besides, do note that dust and smudge may also be preventing the touchscreen from working smoothly.
Clear the Cache of Your OnePlus Smartphone This means, wipe out all the redundant files on your device, including the photos, screenshots, videos and notes that are no longer needed. Also, do not spare the outdated and unnecessary apps, as they could be causing the problem.


Update All Apps and GamesIf the touchscreen trends to become unresponsive inside specific apps, the problem could be with those apps and not your device. So, try updating all the apps on your device. Head over to the Google Play Store > Profile > Manage apps and device > Updates available and then update the apps.

Hard Reset your OnePlus DeviceIf the touchscreen seems unresponsive even after you have wiped out all the unnecessary data, then go for a hard reset. Hard resetting a OnePlus device is quite easy and can solve the issue.
Press and hold the Power and Volume Up button to force your device to shut down. After the phone is switched off, wait for a few moments and then hold the Power button for about 15 seconds or when the phone vibrates and starts booting up. If the phone doesn’t restart on its own, then try pressing the Power button for a couple of seconds more.

Once you have all the backup, power off your device and then hold down the volume up, home and power buttons all at once until you see the OnePlus logo. Now, the Recovery mode screen will appear. Click on Wipe Data/Factory Reset and confirm—use the volume key to scroll and use the power key to confirm the action. After that, reboot the device.

Reset App PreferencesApps and software can also be a reason behind your OnePlus screen not working. If you are unable to pinpoint which app is causing an issue, you can try to reset the app preferences to see if that fixes the issue. Here is how you can do it:
Step 1: Go to ‘Settings’
Step 2: Navigate to the ‘System’ tab
Step 3: Tap on ‘Reset Options’
Step 4: Tap ‘Reset app preferences’ and then choose ‘Reset apps’
This process doesn’t delete any personal data saved for the app, meaning you won’t lose any game progress or past chats. It will reset the app permissions, VPN configurations, clear all paired devices, reset app notifications, delete Wi-Fi passwords, etc.


If Nothing Works, Contact the ProsAll the tips mentioned above are tried and tested remedies to fix your OnePlus touch not working properly problem. While these tips work for a lot of people and fix their non-responsive touchscreens, it might not work for you.

You might need a professional to check out your device, as the reason for your touchscreen not working properly can be attributed to physical screen damage. In cases like these, it is advised to contact the best OnePlus repair center in India to fix the issue.
Rapid Repair, a prominent mobile repair service provider, is well-known around the country, thanks to expert and skilled technicians.

We are a great option if you are facing the OnePlus touchscreen not working properly problem and the above hacks are not effective. We not only provide superior customer service, but also update you about every step we take to fix your precious device. You can contact us anytime to get your OnePlus device picked up, repaired, and delivered to your doorstep.

Wondering What is Panic.ips and How Can It Let You Diagnose Your iPhone?

iOS comes with a built-in diagnostic feature that allows users to find hardware issues on the iPhone. For those unfamiliar with it, the diagnostic feature, which has derived the name from Kernel, is a crucial component of any OS including iOS.
When the Kernel encounters an issue or an error while loading, the problem is termed as Kernel Panic, indicating that something critical has happened to Kernel and even stopped it from loading properly. When it happens, Kernel puts the entire diagnostic information in a file named panic.ips.


With the help of panic.ips file, it becomes a lot easier to get to the root of the problem. And once you have checked the hardware issues on your iPhone with panic.ips file, finding the right solution to the issue becomes relatively straightforward That’s probably the reason why this hack never fails to impress both DIY lovers and the die-hard supertechies at Rapid Repair.

Figure Out If Your iPhone has Hardware IssuesiOS comes with a very helpful feature called “Analytics & Improvements” which lets you check if your iPhone has hardware issues. Moreover, it’s available even on old iOS versions like iOS 10, 11, or 12. So, irrespective of whether you are using an old iPhone or daily driving the iPhone 12 Series, you can use this diagnostic tool to figure out if your iOS device is facing a hardware problem.
To get started, head over to the Settings app on your iPhone > Privacy > Analytics & Improvements > Analytics Data.

Note: In iOS 10 or 10.2, navigate to Settings > Privacy > Diagnostics & Usage.
On the next screen, you should see a lot of logs related to analytics. Now, scroll through the entire list to find an entry named panic-xxx.ips. The file can be either panic-base or panic-full.

If you see any panic file, that means something very serious has happened to your iOS device, which prevented it from starting properly. Though it’s mostly an indication of a hardware failure which requires expert diagnosis and a repair to fix the issue, in some cases , it could be due to software crash as well.

Pro Tip:Though the “Analytics and Improvements” data doesn’t take much space, it’s considered better to remove them from time to time just to keep the device clutter-free.Luckily, it’s quite straightforward to wipe out the diagnostics information. To get it done, open the Settings app on your iPhone General >Reset > Reset Location & Privacy. Next up, you will need to enter your passcode to continue.

Finally, tap on “Reset Settings” in the popup to confirm.It’s worth mentioning that the process of resetting location and privacy is slightly different in iOS 15 and later. Head to the Settings app -> General -> Transfer or Reset iPhone –> Reset. Now, choose Reset Location & Privacy in the popup that shows up from the bottom.If the problem occurs less frequently or seems to be minor, the first thing you should do is restore your iPhone as new. You can get it done right from your iPhone. But be warned that it will wipe out all the existing data. So, don’t forget to back up the device beforehand via iCloud (Settings app -> profile -> iCloud -> iCloud Backup -> Back Up Now) or iTunes/Finder.


After you have taken the backup, head over to Settings app > General > Reset > Erase All Content and Settings (works in iOS 14 or earlier).
Do note that the process of erasing the iPhone has slightly changed in iOS 15 or later. You need to navigate to the Settings app -> General -> Transfer or Reset iPhone -> Erase All Content and Settings. Then, you will need to enter your device passcode to confirm that you want to wipe out your entire iOS device.


Once you have successfully erased your device, set it up as new. During the setup process, you will get the option to restore the device from a recent backup.
Besides, you can also use the Finder or iTunes to restore your device. But before going for the restore, do not fail to back up your entire device as it will wipe out all the existing data.


Side Note:In macOS Catalina or later, you will need to use Finder to restore the device. In macOS Mojave or earlier or Windows PC, you will need to use iTunes to restore the device.After you have successfully restored your iPhone, check if the problem is gone. If it has, you are ready to go.


After you have successfully restored your iPhone, check out if the problem is gone. If it has, you are ready to go. But what if the issue persists? In this case, you should contact a reliable iPhone repair center. With several years of excellent track record, Rapid Repair has come to be known as one of the best iPhone repair centers. Contact us to get youriPhonerepaired fast.

TikTok Not Working On iPhone? Here’s The Fix!

TikTok won’t load on your iPhone and you don’t know why. No matter what you do, you can’t watch any videos! In this article, I’ll explain what to do when TikTok is not working on your iPhone.

Close And Reopen TikTokClosing the TikTok app will let it shut down naturally and potentially fix a minor software crash. You’ll have to open the app switcher before you can close TikTok.


On an iPhone 8 or earlier, double-press the Home button to open the app switcher. On an iPhone X or newer, swipe up from the very bottom of the display to the center of the display.

Once the app switcher is open, swipe the TikTok app up and off the top of the screen to close it.


tiktok in iphone app switcherRestart Your iPhoneYour iPhone could still be experiencing a software issue even if the TikTok app hasn’t crashed. Restarting your iPhone can fix minor software bugs and glitches.
The way to restart your iPhone varies depending on the model you have:
iPhone 8 or earlier: Press and hold down on the power button until you see “slide to power off” appears on the screen.

Swipe the power icon from left to right to shut down your iPhone. Press and hold the power button again to turn your iPhone back on.iPhone X or newer: Press and hold either volume button and the side button until “slide to power off” appears on the display. Swipe the red and white power icon from left to right to turn off your iPhone. Press and hold the side button to turn your iPhone on again.turn off your iphoneCheck Your Connection To Wi-Fi Or Cellular DataYou have to be connected to Wi-Fi or cellular data in order to watch videos on TikTok. If TikTok is not working, your iPhone may be having trouble connecting to Wi-Fi or your wireless carrier’s cellular network.


First, check if Wi-Fi is on by going to Settings -> Wi-Fi. Make sure the switch next to Wi-Fi is turned on and that there’s blue checkmark next to the name of your Wi-Fi network.
make sure wifi is onNext, go back to the Settings and tap Cellular and make sure the switch at the top of the screen is turned on. Keep in mind that even if this switch is on, your iPhone won’t use cellular data if there isn’t any left on your cell phone plan.


turn on iphone cellular dataFor more information, check out our other articles if cellular data isn’t working or if your iPhone won’t connect to Wi-Fi.
Pro-tip: Stream lots of video on an app like TikTok will use a lot of cellular data. Check out our other article to learns way to save data on your iPhone!
Turn Off Your VPNIt’s possible your VPN is causing an internet connectivity issue, or your VPN is making your i Phone appear as though it’s located in a country that has banned TikTok. Open Settings and tap VPN. Then, turn off the Status switch at the top of the screen.


vpn not connected on iphoneOpen TikTok and see if the app is working again. If TikTok still isn’t working, move onto the next step!
Check TikTok’s ServersSometimes apps like TikTok stop working because their servers have crashed or are undergoing routine maintenance. The fix here is to be patient — the servers will be back up again in no time.


TikTok doesn’t have a dedicated server status page on their website, so you’re probably best off visiting their Twitter account for updates. Down Detector also has an outage map which will help you figure out if others are experiencing issues with TikTok too.
Check For A TikTok UpdateIt’s possible the version of TikTok running on your iPhone is out of date, and that the error you’re experiencing has already been fixed by an update. Open App Store and tap on your account icon in the upper right-hand corner of the screen.


Scroll down to see a list of your apps with available updates. If TikTok is on the list, tap Update to its right.update tiktok app on iphoneDelete & Reinstall The TikTok AppDeleting and reinstalling TikTok will give it a completely fresh start on your iPhone. It’s possible a software file has become corrupt within the app, which could be causing a variety of problems.


Press and hold on the TikTok app icon until the menu opens. Tap Remove App -> Delete App -> Delete to uninstall TikTok on your iPhone.
Your TikTok account won’t be deleted when you uninstall the app on your iPhone, but you may need to log in again after reinstalling the app.

uninstall tiktok on iphoneTo reinstall TikTok, open the App Store and tap on the Search tab in the lower right-hand corner of the screen. Then, type “TikTok” into the search box and tap Search.


The app you’re looking for should be the top result. Tap the button to the right of TikTok to reinstall it on your iPhone. Since you’ve previously downloaded TikTok, the reinstall button will look like a cloud with an arrow pointing down.
reinstall tiktok on your iphoneTikTok On The ClockTikTok is working again and you can go back to watching your favorite short videos. Next time TikTok is not working on your iPhone, you’ll know exactly what to do! Feel free to leave us any other questions in the comments section down below.

Why Is My iPhone So Slow? Here’s The Fix! (For iPad Too!)

If you believe your iPhone and iPad have been getting slower over time, you’re probably right. The decline in speed happens so gradually that it’s almost imperceptible, but one day you realize that your apps are responding slowly, menus are sluggish, and Safari is taking forever to load simple websites. In this article, I’ll explain the real reasons why your iPhone is so slow and show you the fixes that will make your iPhone, iPad, or iPod run as fast as possible.

The Real Reasons Why Your iPhone Is So Slow

All of the fixes I describe in this article work equally well for iPhones, iPads, and iPods, because they all run Apple’s iOS operating system. As we’ll discover, it’s software, not hardware, that is the root of the problem.


1. Your iPhone Is Out Of Available Storage Spaceno available storage for iphoneLike all computers, iPhones have a limited amount of storage space. The current iPhones come in 16 GB, 64 GB, and 128 GB varieties. (GB stands for gigabyte, or 1000 megabytes). Apple refers to these storage amounts as the iPhone’s “ capacity”, and in this respect, and iPhone’s capacity is like the size of a hard drive on a Mac or PC.
After you’ve owned your iPhone for a while and taken lots of pictures, downloaded music, and installed a bunch of apps, it’s easy to run out of available memory.

Problems begin to occur when the amount of available storage space reaches 0. I’m going to avoid a technical discussion at this point, but suffice to say that all computers need a little bit of “wiggle room” to keep the software running smoothly.How Do I Check How Much Free Space Is Available On My iPhone?Head to Settings -> General -> About and look at the number to the right of Available. If you have more than a few gigabytes available, skip to the next step — this isn’t the problem.
check available storage space on iphone

How Much Memory Should I Leave Available On My iPhone?

The iPhone is a very memory-efficient device. In my experience, you don’t need much available memory to keep things running smoothly. My advice to avoid a slow iPhone is this: Keep 500 MB free at the very least, and 1 GB free if you’d like to be totally safe.
How Can I Free Up Memory On My iPhone?

Fortunately, it’s easy to track down what’s taking up space on your iPhone. Head to Settings -> General -> iPhone Storage and you’ll see a descending list of what’s taking up the most space on your iPhone.


view storage space on iphonePhotos have to be deleted using the Photos app, iTunes or Finder, but Music and Apps can easily be removed from this screen. For apps, just tap on the name of the app and tap Delete App. For Music, swipe your finger from right to left on the items you’d like to delete, and tap Delete.


You can quickly optimize your iPhone storage by enabling some of the features underneath the Recommendations submenu. For example, if you enable Auto Delete Old Conversations, your iPhone will automatically delete any messages or attachments that you sent or received over a year ago.
2. All Your Apps Are Loaded In Memory At Once (And You Don’t Know It)lots of apps running on iphoneWhat happens if you open a whole bunch of programs at the same time on your Mac or PC? Everything slows down. Your iPhone is no different. I’ve covered this point in other articles, including my article about how to save iPhone battery life , but it’s necessary to address here as well.

In reality, even after you leave an app, that app stays loaded into your iPhone’s RAM. As I mentioned above, the iPhone memory manages extremely well, but having lots of apps open at the same time can cause your iPhone to slow down.


Which Apps Are Suspended On My iPhone? And How Do I Close Them?To view the apps that are suspended in memory on your iPhone, double-click the Home button and you’ll see the Multitasking view. If your iPhone doesn’t have a Home button, swipe up from the bottom to the center of the screen and hold your finger there until the Multitasking view opens.


To close an app, use your finger to swipe it up and off the top of the screen. This  doesn’t delete the app, but it does clear the app from suspended memory on your iPhone. I recommend closing all your apps at least once every few days to keep things running smoothly.


close app store on iphoneI’ve seen iPhones with dozens of apps suspended in memory, and clearing them out makes a huge difference. Show your friends, too! If they didn’t know all their apps were still loaded in memory, they’ll be grateful for your help.

check for updates to apps You Need To Update Your iPhoneupdating the latest software of an iphoneHead to Settings -> General -> Software Update, and if there’s a software update available, download and install it.

check background app refresh on iphoneI don’t recommend turning off Background App Refresh, entirely because as we said before, allowing certain apps to run in the background is most definitely a good thing. Instead, ask yourself this question for each app:

Do I need this app to alert me or send me messages when I’m not using it?”
If the answer is no, then I’d recommend turning off Background App Refresh for that specific app. Go down through the list, and if you’re like me, you’ll only have a select few apps left on by the very end .


To learn more about this function, Apple’s support article about Multitasking and Background App Refresh has some good information. Be aware, however, that support articles on Apple’s website tend to be written from an idealistic perspective, whereas I take a more pragmatic approach.

Turn Your iPhone Off And Back On Againturning off an iphoneCan simply rebooting your iPhone make that much of a difference? Yes! Especially if you’ve completed all of the previous steps, turning off your iPhone purges the iPhone’s memory and gives it a fresh, clean start.

9 Common iPhone Problems & Solutions in 2023

When it comes to delivering smooth and seamless performance, iPhones undoubtedly stand out from the rest. But that doesn’t mean Apple’s much-talked-about smartphone hasn’t had its fair share of issues. Luckily, there are some handy tips and tricks that can fix the iPhone’s common problems that occur every then and now.


So, in this guide, we talk about 20 common iPhone problems and their solutions. If your iPhone is malfunctioning, make sure to check out these viable fixes that have worked for many users in troubleshooting the oft-faced iOS issues.


Most recent iPhone problems in 2022 and 2023:

1. iPhone Black Screen of DeathIn some cases even the Apple logo does not appear and it can be termed as the iPhone black screen of death. A failed upgrade, jailbreak or hardware problem can cause this iPhone problem and you must start by trying to restart your device. If this doesn ‘t help in any way then you might have to opt for a hard reset (factory reset) for your iPhone.


If hard reset does not work either then you might have to go for a DFU (device firmware upgrade) boot for your iPhone.
If you do not have an iCloud or iTunes backup then you might not attempt this as it leads to losing your settings and data. So make sure you have a backup or you simply find an expert who can help you resolve this problem.


2. Overheating IssuesThere are times when you might get a message like ‘iPhone needs to cool down before you can use it.’ This generally means your iPhone is getting too hot and you might face problems because of the same. There have been instances in the past where an iPhone caught fire or simply exploded because of the rising temperature inside, thus you must be aware of the situation.


To solve this problem – first take your device to a cooler environment, try shutting off a few applications and the bluetooth and then start the recovery. Next, remove the case or cover your iPhone has and stop using it for some time.


You can also try the ‘Reset All Settings’ option on your phone to get over this issue quickly and for a long period of time. Updating to new iOS can also help you get rid of this problem.If the problem persists despite trying all these methods, you must contact the experts to help you solve this common iPhone problems.


3. iPhone Camera Roll CrashCamera roll crashes are not that common but can occur due to a lack of storage or other such issues. An iPhone camera roll crash can lead to the loss of hundreds of photos stored in your device. This may also lead to the inability to perform any activity on the existing set of photos and videos.


How to fix this? Start by restoring the iPhone to factory settings. However, as you know, restoring to factory settings will lead to the complete loss of photos, videos, notes, contacts, chat messages, etc.


Thus do it after you’ve taken a backup. Get your iPhone in sync with iCloud or iTunes. You can use a third-party iPhone data recovery software if you cannot connect to iCloud or iTunes. This can be done with the help of an expert who can do it for you.

4. iTunes Error 3194The iTunes 3194 Error is also something that we don’t see often but is an issue that is faced by thousands of iPhone users. This iTunes 3194 error can be encountered when you are trying to restore or upgrade your iPhone. It can be caused because of a wrong firmware version, a wrong iOS version that is not approved by your device, or when you try to jailbreak your way in.


The solution to this lies in the host files of the iPhone and some changes have to be made in order to remove this error. The other way to do it is to give your device a ‘factory reset’ as we mentioned for many other problems in this blog.For Windows

5. Wifi Is Not Getting Connected
Wifi Is Not Getting Connected or iPhone Wi-Fi is slow one among common iPhone problems and solutions encountered by many users. The solution is really very simple. You just need to simply switch it off and then restart the phone. Simultaneously press and hold the home button and lock button till you get the Apple logo on the screen. Once the phone has restarted, you should be able to connect to Wifi. If still the issues persist, go to Settings, then go to WiFi and scroll down to the page end, make the HTTP proxy to auto settings.


6. Cellular Connection Not Working on iPhoneThere could be multiple reasons why a cellular connection may not be working on your iPhone. For instance, the problem could be due to an outage and network related issues on your iPhone. So, whenever you face this issue, ensure that there is a stable cellular connection and that there is no outage in your area.

If the problem continues, you can reset the network settings to get rid of the sluggish network. To do so, go to the Settings app on your device and choose General. Now, tap on Reset and select Reset Network Settings. Once you have successfully reset the network, check out if the problem has been solved.


7. iPhone is Stuck at Apple LogoOne of the most common problems that a large number of iPhone users have to deal with is the iPhone is stuck at Apple logo issue. Fortunately, a force restart mostly works in fixing this problem. So, if your smartphone ever runs into it, hard reset your device.


8. Screen Is CrackedThere is nothing quite as annoying as a cracked screen, right? Though the cracked phone can be used for a long time, some day it might suddenly become unusable. So, it is advisable to contact an iPhone repair center in Delhi. They may opt for iPhone screen replacement in this case. For this problem, there are a number of do it yourself kits available, but approaching the right service center is a better option as they will finish the job at a reasonable price and accurately.


9. The Camera Is Not Working Your iPhone camera will not work if you have any restrictions that are enabled. You can check this by navigating through Settings-General instructions and turning on the Camera. Most of the camera problems will be solved here. If still the camera is not working, try resetting your phone as said earlier. If again you didn’t find any improvement, it could be an issue with the hardware. Take it to an iPhone service center in Delhi to resolve the issue.

iOS 17 – Everything You Need To Know From Release Date, Leaks, And More

When it comes to the sauciest and the juiciest gossip from the world of Apple and iPhones,there’s nothing bigger than an incoming iPhone operating system (iOS) or a new version’s release coming round the corner. The world of iOS and Apple in general is so specific with their updates, additions, and new versions that there’s an excitement within the Apple community and even outside where news portals are full of gossip, leaks, and whatnot!

That is now the case as we draw closer to the release of iOS 17.But then how do you know what to believe and what not to believe? What are the trustworthy sources you can believe and which ones should be avoided completely? Well, for starters you can read this blog and find out the genuine news related to iOS 17 . So let us begin!

First things first, what’s the iOS 17 Release Date in India?

iOS 17 Release DateThe iOS 17 release date was expected to be somewhere in the month of June after the WWDC conference gave us enough hints and now we know for sure that iOS 17 will be launched at the annual Worldwide Developer Conference from June 5 to June 9. This will be done via a special one-person event where a dignitary or Apple official, most probably Tim Cook, will come forward to release the new iOS 17.

Though iOS 17 beta access will roll-out immediately, believes iMore, it is said that the official version of the iOS 17 will only be available for users later this year in September. It is understood that the iOS 17 will roll-out only after the launch of the iPhone 15 series so that automatically means September.


iOS 17 Supported DevicesAfter the release date, the most worrisome piece of news for Apple users is to find out whether their older devices will be able to support the new iOS 17 update or will there be a pressure from Apple to get users to upgrade to newer models. Might work as a tactical move but might also fall flat considering how Apple moves from one flagship to the other in a matter of 365 days flat.


So if you’re worried about the iOS 17 supported device list, you should start by knowing that the iOS 17 will be readily available on the yesteryear iPhone 12 and 13 series and will function full-throttle in the flagship iPhone 14 series and the upcoming iPhone 15 series. We saw that Apple discontinued support for a few iPhones after the launch of iOS 16, namely the iPhone 6S and iPhone 7 series and it is believed that they might go a step further when they finally decide to launch iOS 17.


This might see Apple pull their support from the iPhone 8 or iPhone X series. Though Apple may pull away from all models with the A11 bionic chips, it may still be possible that they roll out the latest iPhone Operating System for these models.

iOS 17 Features (Probable)According to sources, these are some of the reliable features that will most probably come out with the release of iOS 17. Some features might be subject to changes after Apple completes their trial, testing, and error tests in their bunkers. These are the iOS 17 features you can look forward to:Side-Loading Third-Party ApplicationsThough this feature might be delayed in India, European and American users may get side-loading options for third-party applications like the Alt Store in iOS 17. This comes after European legislation made it mandatory for Apple to open their operating-systems to third -party applications.

Next up, it was rumoured that Apple’s VR Headset is prepping for a big launch, it is expected that Apple will provide support for its newest offering to gel well with the everpresent iPhones.Apart from side-loading third-party applications, there’s more fun for third-party platforms as Bloomberg reports that Apple can remove the requirement for third-party browsers to use WebKit. Under the new mandate, Apple may very well remove this obligation to use WebKit.The next generation Car-Play will likely be released in September as the iOS 17 will be rolled out.

The 2023 update will allow Car-Play to provide multi-display support, instrument cluster integration (info on speed, fuel level, engine temperature, oil pressure, and other navigational features), and other widgets for climate control, FM radio, etc.


Goes without saying Apple will release updates for all the bugs and glitches that people experienced with iOS 16 and with these there will be a lot of optimizations that are being rumoured. You can look for other updates in your iPhone to know what to expect from the release of iOS 17.


There are other CarPlay updates, revamping of the Control Center, and other such additions that will be a part of iOS 17, reports MacRumors . You can stay tuned and continue to Got issues with your iPhone, iPad, MacBook or OnePlus device? A trustworthy iphone repair center not in sight? Don’t worry, the experts can help you get a free pickup and drop service and provide the bright repair solution for all your Apple & OnePlus woes. Call today for Apple screen replacement, battery replacement,and other top repair services.

‘No Service’ on iPhone? Try These Quick Hacks

If you live in an area with weak cell phone reception, you might commonly come across the “No Service” notification. However, if the area doesn’t suffer from network issues but you are still getting no service on your iPhone, then it might be an internal software issue. You’d want to shout out loud ‘why does my iPhone say no service when I am in a network area? Sadly, this iPhone no service problem has become huge for many iPhone users, especially those who use an iPhone 7 built around 2016 and 2018.


It can be frustrating to get no service on your device even when you are in a good reception area. You are unable to send messages, access the internet, or even call somebody if needed. While there are ways in which you can solve the iPhone “No Service” problem on your own, it can still hinder your productivity and keep you from doing important tasks.
Here are some signs to look out for in order to identify whether you are genuinely facing a network issue or if your phone is acting weirdly. This is followed by how to fix the no service on iPhone – a remedy that’s been asked time and again by people on the internet.


Symptoms to Watch Out ForUsers reported that they didn’t face any issues with calls and service when they first bought their iPhone 7 models. However, they would lose service in a few days, with the phone displaying that it was either searching for service or had no service. This is what we can call the iPhone No Service problem.
The first step to understanding why is my iPhone saying no service is to check for coverage issues. To determine coverage, check the signal bars that represent network strength in an area. If your iPhone doesn’t display them in one location but shows full strength in another, then your location probably has poor network coverage.
Go to an open area and see if the situation improves. To spot the bug, you could also compare your device’s signal strength with another iPhone 7 using the same carrier. If the second device shows all the bars, then it’s definitely a hardware defect. Fix your iPhone 7 “No Service” issue by taking it to the experts to bring it back to life.


Restart the iPhoneThis is a good way to clear your iPhone’s memory and eliminate any bug that is creating issues in the network section. To restart, press and hold the side or top button until the slider appears on the screen. Drag it to turn off your device. To restart, hold the side or top button until the Apple logo reappears. You can also restart your iPhone 7 by going to Settings > General > Shut Down and turn it on back again.


Turn Off Automatic Network SelectionManually selecting the network can also solve the “No Service” error sometimes. To perform this, you need to go to the Settings app on your iPhone. Go to the Cellular menu, then Network Selection and then toggle the Automatic option Off. The device will then scan for some manually networks and show you a list. Choose the carrier as per your SIM and the network issue will be resolved.


Check Cellular DataSometimes, you might get signals, but find it difficult to access the internet. If you are facing this issue, you should check your cellular data settings. It might happen that you have either disabled Mobile Data unknowingly or didn’t turn on Roaming options if you are traveling to some other place. To verify if your Mobile Data or Roaming settings are turned on, go to Settings > Mobile Data > and ensure whether Mobile Data and Roaming are turned On or Off.

Reinsert the SIM cardRemoving and reinserting the SIM card could fix network issues. Remember to turn off the phone before doing this! You can also put in another SIM to determine whether the problem is the card, the carrier, or the phone.


Toggle Airplane modeTurning your iPhone’s Airplane mode on and off again could help it pick up carrier signals.
Switch Data OptionsiPhones have the ability to run on 4G or 3G connectivity as per your need. Go to Settings > Cellular > Voice & Data menu and switch between 4G and 3G to check if it fixes the “No Service” in the iPhone issue.

Check for Carrier Settings UpdateIf your carrier settings are not updated, then also you can face this “No Service” issue on your iPhone. To check if there is an update available that you haven’t done, head over to Settings > General > About on your iPhone. Scroll down to the bottom where you can see the details related to your carrier. If it shows an update is available, you should connect your device to a Wi-Fi network and start the Update right away.

Reset Data and Time SettingsIf you are traveling to another location, or maybe to a different time zone, the “No Service” issue can occur abruptly. This happens because the device is unable to update its settings while you cross time zones. To fix this, you should try to connect your iPhone to a Wi-Fi network. Once connected, open Settings > General > Data & Time > and toggle the option of Set Automatically. If you are connected to the internet, these se

All About iPhone 15 Series: Features to Look for

It’s over! The year-long speculations about what will come out of Apple’s closet at the Apple Wonderlust Event 2023 have come to an end. On Tuesday 12th September 2023, Apple unveiled four brand-new iPhone models, the iPhone 15, iPhone 15 Plus , iPhone 15 Pro and the iPhone 15 Pro Max. The news of the launch of the iPhone 15 series is not new anymore. Yet, the excitement around it will continue.


But, what is it all about? What are those major upgrades in this Latest iPhone series?
What was Apple’s primary focus in this year’s event?

Questions are many, but the answers are simpler than they seem. We will dive in to figure out all the iPhone 15 Pro Max specifications in detail. But before that, let’s get an overview of the Apple Wonderlust Event 2023.
This year, led by CEO Tim Cook, Appletook multiple steps to strengthen its eco-friendly endeavours and reduce carbon footprints. You will clearly see a reflection of these measures in the gadgets launched in this year’s event. For instance, Apple launched its first carbon-neutral product, the Apple Watch Series 9, at this event. The tech giants are planning to make all their products carbon-neutral by 2030. Not just that! They declared that they are phasing out leather for iPhone cases and using recycled aluminium in their products. Several of the features of the iPhone 15 Pro and Pro Max are inspired by this vision.

The iPhone 15 Pro and Pro Max have a titanium design, ceramic shield front, and textured matt back glass. You can get these two models in black titanium, white titanium, blue titanium, and natural titanium. You can get an iPhone 15 Pro in 128 GB, 256 GB, 512 GB, and 1TB variations. iPhone 15 Pro Max will come in 256 GB, 512 GB, and 1TB capacity.
So after the basics, let’s get into more technical details.
Specifications of iPhone 15 series models:Below you will find a curated list of all the features of the latest iPhone series. You can get a complete idea from that. But before going there, let’s have a quick chat about all the exciting updates.
Titanium body – Apple replaced aluminium with titanium to build the bodies of iPhone 15 Pro and iPhone 15 Pro Max. But why? Simple, it’s lighter, stronger, and durable. Also, it is much easier to anodise, which is a popular method to add colours to metals.
An enhanced performance – Undoubtedly, the greatest upgrade is the A17 Pro chip in the iPhone 15 Pro and 15 Pro Max. This upgrade was much speculated, and it will significantly improve the gadget’s performance.

Improved operations – Apple introduced iOS 17 with the launch of these latest iPhones. You can enjoy some cool features in it, like the swag to customise what people see when you call, or the convenience to get all your iMessage apps in one place.

A button for easy actions – The iPhone 15 Pro and Pro Max will offer you a better user experience with the addition of an action button. You can customize the use of this action button in Settings, and use it for silent mode, camera, flashlight or any shortcut of your choice.

A new type of connection – Thanks to all the hype in social media, the introduction of a type-C charging port is nothing new. This was a much looked-for upgrade and thank Apple for finally doing it. But why type-c? Simple, it will enable the use of a single cable to charge all your devices. Also, it ensures faster charging by using less amount of power. Indeed, an eco-friendly measure.
Display that plays along – The feature of Dynamic Island in all four models is bliss for many. The Dynamic Island is wider than before and comes with added features


So, these were the key iPhone 15 Pro specifications. Undoubtedly, this year’s launch event was not disappointing.
Read – iPhone 15 Pro: Launch Date, Colors, & Features


What’s the price range of the iPhone 15 series?

On the price factor, there isn’t any big surprise, or rather shock, either. The starting price of the iPhone 15 Pro and iPhone 15 Pro Max is not much higher than that of the iPhone 14 Pro. Below is a table comprising the price of each model in each variation.
So, that’s all. Here you have got a complete idea about the iPhone 15 Pro Max launch. Now, it’s up to you to decide whether you can resist the temptation of buying the all-new iPhone. Till then, we can wait for the next Apple Wonderlust event.

iPhone 14 Pro Max Screen Burn-in: What’s the scene?

Last year around this time, Apple launched the iPhone 14 Pro Max. The gadget, like almost any other from the house of Apple, was an instant hit. Its crystal crystal-clear display with a refresh rate of 120 Hz, 2796×1290 pixel resolution and a pixel density of 460 ppi, instantly became the tech talk of the town. However, after the launch, as the Earth is about to complete another circle of revolution, the news of an issue regarding the display of the gadget is also circulating !

The iPhone 14 Pro Max screen burn-in issue. Though it’s not very widespread yet, complaints are already visible on many Apple-related platforms.
But what’s the scene with the gadget’s screen? What is this burn-in?

We will get to that. But before, let’s talk more about the iPhone 14 Pro Max’s screen. Post 2017, with the launch of the iPhone X, Apple started introducing OLED displays in almost all of its iPhones. Now, with individual pixel illuminating technology , OLED offers a better dynamic range. Apple has taken care of every aspect of the upgrade by creating a custom OLED display panel. But, there’s a catch!


OLED displays can retain a certain part of an image if it is shown on the screen for a longer time. This happens because of the way OLED displays are built, with each pixel playing its part individually. This is called screen burn-in.

If you look at the above image carefully, you will see the burn-in shadow of another screen.
But why is this happening?
What’s the reason behind the iPhone 14 Pro Max screen burn-in issue?Most of the people who faced this issue confirmed that they have used the latest Always On display feature of the gadget.

For those who are unaware, it is a feature that keeps the Lock Screen display on at all times. Even when the gadget is not in use, certain interfaces such as time, date, and widgets will always be visible, at a reduced refresh rate of 1 Hz. You can even keep your wallpaper, but that’s optional. Now, a large section of the victims are complaining that they can see a shadow of certain Lock Screen elements in their iPhone 14 Pro Max displays. It means the Lock Screen elements were burned into the display.

More importantly, these burn-ins were mostly visible in the Dynamic Island area. It is a part at the top of the screen near the front camera, which also houses other important hardware components, like the ear speaker, proximity sensor, and true depth camera. Now, there’s a specific reason behind the issue being more prevalent in this Dynamic Island.

Often, multiple hardware components settled in this area get active at the same time while we use our iPhones. For instance, the proximity sensor gets active to make sure that your iPhone’s screen is off when you hold it against your cheek during a call. But there are times when you receive a notification while you are on a call. The notifications are usually displayed at this Dynamic Island area, hence activating the pixels assigned to display it. That’s why,this specific area of ​​your iPhone 14 Pro Max’s display is more vulnerable to this issue.

Now, there might be other reasons that can amplify the iPhone 14 Pro Max screen burn-in. Here, we are listing a few.


Screen Brightness – Keeping the brightness at maximum for a long time may cause screen burn-in. As at the maximum brightness, the pixels are used at their limits, they can leave behind a ghost from the past!
Exposure to heat – Sometimes, even, accidentally, we leave our gadgets behind for a sun bath. Or in a hot car. Now, this long exposure to heat can cause a burn-in.


Static image – Prolonged display of static images can cause a burn-in. In fact, this is the most common cause. If a certain group of pixels appears on the screen daily, for long hours, they can become permanently brighter than other pixels.So, how to fix the iPhone 14 Pro Max burn issue?Worry not, my friend. Every mishap is a part of the happening. So here’s what to do if you ever face this issue.
Take a backup of all your data.Restore your iPhone to factory settings.Let it restart.

There’s a chance that the burn-in issue will be fixed by this. But if the damage is more serious, you can visit your nearest Apple Store. Most of you may get a free screen replacement under your Apple Care+ warranty. Else, you can get help from any authorized service provider.
But, there are some steps that you can start taking as precautions. These might help you to avoid the issue.


Try not to use Always On Display with static images.Don’t expose your iPhone to direct sunlight or heat.Turn Auto-Brightness on to avoid using your iPhone in maximum brightness.Use a dark theme or wallpaper to reduce the risk of burn-in.Though this issue of the iPhone 14 Pro Maxscreen burn-in is still rare, it is important to be aware of it and take the necessary precautions.

How to check iPhone battery health and find out how and when to replace it

Find out if your iPhone battery needs replacing and what to do if it does. We explain how to check your iPhone’s Battery Health and where to get the battery replaced if necessary – and whether you can do it yourself.
Reports in August 2023 suggested that the batteries in the iPhone 14 generation had depleted faster than expected, with people reporting reduced battery health by up to 10%.


People wouldn’t even know that their batteries had depleted if Apple didn’t give them this information–which is something it was forced to do a few years ago after the ‘Batterygate’ scandal where the company was found to be throttling iPhones whose batteries were degrading. Apple maintained this was to stop iPhones suddenly shutting down. Since the arrival of iOS 11.3 in early 2018 it’s been possible to go to Settings > Battery and tap on Battery Health to see how healthy your battery is.
[If you were affected by Batterygate and made a claim in the class-action suit back in 2018 you may be getting around $65 from Apple!]


In more recent times Apple has made changes to iOS to preserve the battery for longer, including Optimized Battery Charging, which prevents an iPhone from remaining plugged in for long periods while fully charged. Optimized Battery Charging has been a default setting since iOS 13 arrived in 2019. You have probably noticed if you wake up in the night and look at the iPhone charging beside you that it will have stopped charging at 80% with a view to continuing the charge just before you wake up.This is designed to stop the battery from overheating and reduce the number of times your iPhone receives a full charge.

But why do iPhone batteries lose their ability to charge over time? When should your iPhone battery be replaced?

You may also want to know how much it costs to replace an iPhone battery and how you can tell if a battery in a used iPhone has been replaced.
We’ll run through everything you need to know about iPhone batteries below.

Why do batteries deplete and degrade over time?

It’s a truth universally acknowledged that over time an iPhone battery will eventually start to lose its ability to hold a decent charge, just like the battery in any phone. 
The science of this relates to chemical reactions that happen inside the lithium-Ion battery and degrade it. over time and sadly the battery for your iPhone is no exception.

In a letter regarding Batterygate in December 2017, Apple explained that the “time and the number of times a battery has been charged are not the only factors in this chemical aging process. Device use also affects the performance of a battery over its lifespan. example, leaving or charging a battery in a hot environment can cause a battery to age faster.”


As the battery gets older it may start to require charging more frequently, hold charge less well, or even start to shut down your phone unexpectedly. You may have started to notice this change, but if you want to see the evidence it is easy to Check your battery health, as we will demonstrate below.


How to check iPhone battery health

In early 2018 Apple issued an iOS software update with new features that it said “give users more visibility into the health of their iPhone’s battery, so they can see for themselves if its condition is affecting performance”.
Open Settings.Tap on Battery.Tap on Battery Health & Charging. (In older versions of iOS this was just Battery Health).Note the percentage beside Maximum Capacity.Also note the message below Peak Performance Capability. It could include details of whether your iPhone has experienced any battery-related issues.Here you can see the maximum capacity, which in the case of our year-old iPhone 14 is 95%.

If you are wondering what iPhone capacity is bad that would generally be anything under 80%, but understandably people with iPhones under a year old would be expecting better than 90%.
iPhone 14 Battery Health 95%

How do you know when an iPhone battery should be replacedOnce your iPhone’s battery passes the 500 complete charge point it’s probably time for it to be replaced.
Unfortunately, iOS doesn’t indicate how many times your current battery has been charged, but it does try to prevent too many full charges with the Optimized Battery Charging feature mentioned above.
However, once your Battery Health (which you can discover by following the steps above) falls to 80% it is time to get it replaced. In fact, Apple will display the message: “Your battery’s health is significantly degraded. An Apple Authorized Service Provider can replace the battery to restore full performance and capacity.”

If the battery in your iPhone–or a used iPhone you are considering buying–has depleted to 80% or lower you s isk that something could happen to your iPhone.
How to maximize iPhone battery lifeIf you want to make sure your battery lasts as long as possible until you have a chance to get it replaced, then try the following suggestions:


Turn off Location Services.Disable Background App Refresh.Make sure Auto-Brightness is enabled.Use Airplane Mode when you don’t need to be connected to the internet.We have lots more tips about saving battery life on your iPhone here.


If you’re really desperate to get some more mileage out of your iPhone, then perhaps consider a battery case. iPhone MagSafe battery pack cases here.

How to save battery life on your iPhone

Our iPhones continue to get faster, bigger, and better at taking photos and videos — but although battery life has improved over the years, so have our demands on those batteries. As a result, many phones still last about a day (or a bit more) with regular use.


That’s fine if you can charge your phone every night, but what if you forget to do it?
Or what if you’re away for a night or two? Or what if your battery starts to drain alarmingly quickly for no apparent reason? There are lots of scenarios where you might need to get your iPhone’s battery to last a little (or a lot) longer than normal.


Thankfully, there are numerous ways to squeeze every last bit of juice out of your iPhone’s battery. Combine them together, and you can get significantly more time between charges without too much of a tradeoff.See which apps are hogging the battery

How quickly or slowly your iPhone loses battery power depends on what you’re doing with it. Apps that put higher demands on system resources (like games) or make use of GPS (like mapping apps) are going to drain your battery more quickly, so the less that you use these apps, the better — as far as battery life goes.

You can see which apps are draining the battery the most:
Go to Settings > Battery.Scroll down to see which apps have used the most battery power. You can see the percentages over the last 24 hours or the last eight days.Turn down the display brightnessDisplay brightness can also make a big difference in lengthening battery life.


To reduce the brightness, you can either swipe down to the Control Center and use the brightness control or go to Settings > Display & Brightness and use the slider there.The True Tone control in Settings > Display & Brightness will adjust your brightness setting automatically. This can be a good thing because it will keep your brightness adjusted to account for the lighting environment; however, if you feel it may not be adjusting to what you want it to or you feel it’s keeping things too bright, you can turn it off.

Having your screen on when you’re not using your phone drains power as well. In Settings > Display & Brightness, tap Auto-Lock and lower this to 30 seconds or the lowest amount of time you’re comfortable with. If the screen locks after less of a delay, then it’s going to spend more time showing the darker lock screen that’s easier on your battery.In Settings > Display & Brightness, tap Dark to switch to dark mode, which uses less energy.

Cell signals and BluetoothAnother factor that can affect your battery levels is cell signal quality. When your iPhone is on a patchy link, it has to work harder to stay connected, so if you know you’re going to be in an area with weak cellular coverage for a while, you might want to put your phone into airplane mode until you actually need to get online. The easiest way to do this is to open the Control Center by swiping down from the top-right corner of the screen, then tapping the airplane mode button.Bluetooth can also be a drain on your battery.

If you use a smartwatch that is connected to your phone via Bluetooth and you’re getting low on phone power, you may want to disconnect the devices. In addition, if you’re Going to be consistently using your phone for long periods without a recharge, you may want to consider a pair of wired (rather than wireless) headphones.And incidentally, playing at top volume can hurt both your battery life and your ears.


Limit what apps can do in the backgroundApps like to be able to run in the background when you’re not actually using them so they can, for example, upload your photos or check for incoming emails. However, this can have an impact on battery life. You can check to see which apps are running in the background and limit which ones have that capability.


Open Settings and choose General > Background App Refresh.Tap Background App Refresh to get the option to turn it off for all your apps, to allow it just for Wi-Fi (which you may want to consider if you’re not on an unlimited plan), or to allow it for Wi- Fi & Cellular Data (in other words, all the time).

You can also run down the list of apps and turn off background app refresh for each app individually.Alternatively, open Settings, scroll down to the list of the apps you have installed, tap on any one of them, and disable Background App Refresh. 

On those same individual pages for each of your apps, you can tap Location > Never to stop an app from activating the iPhone’s GPS sensor (another battery drain). Your other location options will vary depending on the app, but you can opt to have the app ask for permission each time it wants to use GPS or to only use it while using the app.Google Maps app page with controls for location, contacts, microphone, and other options.Using location constantly for all your apps can drain battery power; keep it for those that require it.Limit notifications

Another option is to limit the notifications an app can send. These light up your display, and if there are a lot of them coming in from a particular app, it can make a difference. Notifications for an app can be managed from the same individual listings in Settings where you manage background refresh and location access, or you can go to Settings > Notifications.
Stop Siri from listeningYou can also eke out a bit of extra battery life by turning off the active listening feature of Siri — if your iPhone is always listening for you to say “Hey Siri,” then that uses up more of your battery. To turn this off, open Settings and choose Siri & Search, then disable the Listen for “Hey Siri” option.


When you get desperateIf your battery rate is creeping down past 20 percent and you’re not anywhere near a power source, there are still things you can do. To start, you can enable Low Power Mode.
Low Power Mode reduces the brightness of the display, minimizes system animations, optimizes device performance (so the components aren’t worked too hard), and limits a lot of the activity that happens in the background on your phone.


You’ll automatically get prompted to enable this when the battery level hits 20 percent and 10 percent, but you can actually enable it whenever you like, and it makes a considerable difference in terms of how quickly your iPhone battery drains. To start it manually , open up the Battery menu from Settings and toggle the Low Power Mode option on.


You can also apply many other of the tips we’ve mentioned:
Turn the display brightness down as far as you can manage.Keep your phone locked for as much time as possible.Keep your phone in airplane mode for as much time as possible.Don’t play any audio or run any games or demanding apps.Switch off GPS access entirely via Privacy & Security > Location Services in Settings.

Giving your iPhone battery a long lifespan

One of the most common reasons for replacing a smartphone is that the battery does not hold a charge, making it impossible to use the phone for any length of time away from a charging station.


Your iPhone battery’s long lifespan depends on how you care for it, so you are not unexpectedly let down when you need your phone the most.
In this article we’ll be looking at two distinct issues:
“iPhone Battery life” refers to the time you can use the phone before the battery needs to be recharged.“iPhone Battery lifespan” refers to the lifetime of the iPhone battery until it will no longer hold a charge and must be replaced.

What causes an iPhone battery to stop charging?The Lithium-ion battery installed in your iPhone is a consumable part that becomes less effective as the chemicals within the battery age. This means that the lifespan of a battery is related more to its “chemical age” than the length of time since it was built.
Its chemical age is derived from many things, including temperature fluctuations and the charging pattern that you follow. As the chemical age increases, the effectiveness of the battery decreases, which results in a shorter period in which it holds a charge.
Your iPhone contains electronic components that must be able to draw power from the battery. Impedance, or internal resistance, is the term used to indicate that your battery is not supplying the power the electronics require. Impedance increases with chemical aging, but it can temporarily increase when it has a low charge or is in freezing temperatures.
These traits are common to all lithium-ion batteries.


iPhone battery durabilityThe battery in an iPhone will accept between 500 and 800 battery cycles or full charges before the capacity drops to around 80%.
A battery cycle is when the user drains a percentage of the battery, charges it to 100%, and then uses it. For example, if you drain the battery down to 40%, recharge it, and then drain it to 60%, you have completed one cycle.
For most users, this represents approximately two years of use, which is why most people believe that the lifespan of a phone is two years. However when it comes to iPhones, you can expect between three to five years (maybe more) with proper care .
What does sustainability actually mean for smart devices? Our white paper presents facts and figures on the production and usage of smartphones and tablets worldwide. Click for the free PDF download.


Tips to extend an iPhone battery lifeFew things are more frustrating to users than having their iPhone’s battery die when they need it most. The battery on an iPhone should last between 10 to 17 hours on a full charge.
If your staff is constantly plagued with users complaining that the iPhone battery of the company phone is not holding its charge, share these hints and tips for extending the iPhone battery life.


iphone-battery-long-lifespan
Change the screen brightnessThe backlight is used to illuminate the phone’s screen, but it uses a great deal of energy. Go to the phone’s settings and find the display settings. Adjust the screen’s brightness or select dark mode, which switches off the backlight. If neither of these appeals to your preference, set the phone’s screen to auto-brightness. The device will then set the brightness on the screen to the ambient light level.
Turn off location servicesAn iPhone will use its inbuilt antenna and GPS software along with wi-fi or the cell network to accurately identify the device’s location. This all uses considerable amounts of energy, draining the battery. Either go to settings and turn off the location setting so none of the applications on the phone can exploit this, or alternatively, leave the global location setting turned on but turn it off for apps that are used infrequently. You can turn it on when using that app and turn it off again when you are finished.


Turn off push notificationsThe Push Notification on an iPhone will alert the user to any change on any of their cloud-based data, such as email. Push is a power-hungry application, so turn this off and instead use Fetch to bring data down to the phone manually .
Make sure the user understands that this will disable notifications for new mail. They will only realize there is new mail when they open their mail application.


Close unused appsAdvise your users to close applications once they are finished with them. All open apps use power, so users must get into the habit of closing apps when they have finished using them.
Turn off bluetoothIf the user is not explicitly using this for hands-free or speakers, turn it off to save power.
Turn off Wi-FiTurn Wi-Fi off unless the phone is specifically using a Wi-Fi network. The phone will continually scan to find a Wi-Fi network to use if this is left on, draining power from the battery.


Check the Reception QualityWhen the phone is on in poor or very low reception quality areas, the phone will use considerable amounts of power to try and establish a connection. Ask your users to check the bars at the top of the screen, and in poor reception areas, turn on the Airplane Mode setting to prevent the phone from searching for reception. This will save battery life, especially if the phone is also trying to establish connections for push notifications.
Tips for extending the lifetime of a battery for an iPhoneThis section contains tips for lengthening the lifetime of an iPhone battery with sustainable smartphone practices and improving the iPhone battery’s durability.


What does sustainability actually mean for smart devices?

Our white paper presents facts and figures on the production and usage of smartphones and tablets worldwide. Click for the free PDF download.
iPhone: optimized battery chargingThis is an important feature that will help with charging the battery efficiently. This clever feature will reduce the time that your phone battery spends charged to 100% by learning your phone habits. Based on your past usage, it will then ensure that the battery is fully charged when you are most likely to need it.

Check the phone while chargingSome cases retain heat while the phone is charging. This can cause problems as described above. Feel your phone while it is charging and if it is hot, remove it from its case while charging.

Battery usage information
The iPhone has a lot of important battery information available in the Settings. Ensure that any new user knows about this setting and how to read and interpret the information displayed. This will help extend the lifespan of the battery.Conclusion
Passing on these tips to your users will help them with their iPhone battery durability and give their iPhone batterya long lifespan. Saving the battery from being charged every day can significantly lengthen the battery’s lifespan, but that will only happen if the user is careful about the usage of the available energy.

iPhone Battery mAh List – Check Capacity & Performance all Models

Despite having the most powerful iPhones in the market for over 3 months now, it is hard to say whether we’ve reached the level of peak smartphones yet or there’s still time for that tag to be presented to some iPhone model in the future. But it must be said that Apple made some remarkable changes to its flagship iPhone models and that the iPhone 14 Pro and iPhone 14 Pro Max gives users the ultimate battery experience.


This usually means that your iPhone will now last longer, charge faster, and drop battery slowly in comparison to its predecessors. If we’re talking in terms of iPhone battery mAh, then the iPhone 14 Pro 3200 mAh battery and the iPhone 14 Pro Max comes with a 4323 mAhbattery; which is awesome!
But the surprising bit comes with the iPhone 14 Plus, which starts at Rs. 89,900, and has a 4325 mAh battery; the biggest and best battery backup that we have seen in an iPhone so far barring the iPhone 13 Pro Max. Safe to say , Apple is fulfilling its promise of delivering reasonably priced iPhones with the best battery backup.


But that’s just the case of the latest generation of iPhones in the market. What’s the story as we go behind or go back to a few yesteryear models. Stay tuned as we provide you with the latest iPhone battery mAh list – all the top Apple iPhone battery mAh data that can help you decide what iPhone suits your needs the best if not for the latest iPhone 14 series.Key Takeaways – For Those Who Are In Awe With iPhones

With the above-mentioned list, you can deduce that the iPhone battery capabilities vary from model to model and year to year and there’s no clear indication from Apple suggesting that all their future iPhone models will boast a better battery life. This can be reflected by comparing the iPhone 7 battery mAh and the iPhone 8 battery mAh. Where the iPhone 7 was boasting 2220 mAh, the successor model didn’t exactly get a promotion in terms of battery.


Similarly, the iPhone XR was an upgrade for the iPhone X but in comparison, the iPhone XR battery mAh(2950 mAh) was reduced by a small margin in comparison to the iPhone X battery mAh (3000 mAh).
But if we see the iPhone 7 battery mAh (2220 mAh) in comparison to the iPhone 7 Plus battery mAh (2900 mAh) then one can deduce that the Plus and Pro models – because of the device’s size – can boast of a better and longer battery performance than the base iPhone models.


Then again, if we put to test two pro models (that are relatively new), the iPhone 11 Pro Max battery mAh (3969 mAh) easily puts to bed its competitor and successor in iPhone 12 Pro Max. The iPhone 12 Pro Max battery mAh (3687 mAh) finds no upgrade where other things do as we shift from iPhone 11 series to iPhone 12 series. In comparison, the iPhone 12 Mini battery mAh (2227 mAh) legitimises the problem of space and the lack of a large battery in the mini models.
Even though a lot of the previous-year Apple iPhone models are becoming obsolete and most will not have the power of 5G enabled, there are still some worthy devices out there if we’re talking plainly about their battery and camera performance.


These are some of the recommended iPhone models in terms of battery life:Of course the Apple iPhone 14 Pro Max, iPhone 14 Pro, and iPhone 14 Plus are the latest and the go-to options for people but if they’re thinking of shelling a few thousand bucks less, then the iPhone 13 Pro Max has the best battery life in comparison to all other iPhone models. It boasts a 4352 mAh battery, which is the best in the iPhones segment.
Apart from these, the following have a reasonable battery life in accordance with their current market price:


1. iPhone 6S Plus: even though a yesteryear iPhone, the 3500 mAh battery life was considering brilliant the phone was launched in 2015.
2. iPhone X: after a series of iPhones with an average battery life, iPhone X offered a 3000 mAh battery, which was quite a development.
3. iPhone 11 Pro & iPhone 11 Pro Max: the iPhone 11 series took a new turn for the improvement of the new-age iPhones as iPhone 11 Pro Max offered a staggering 3969 mAh battery, where the iPhone 11 Pro also came with an impressive 3048mAh battery.


 4. iPhone 12 Pro Max: as mentioned earlier, the Pro Max models are the biggest in terms of display and overall size and the iPhone 12 Pro Max battery mAh (3687 mAh) is still impressive and quite good for the device.
5. iPhone 13: despite being the base model, the iPhone 13 offers a 3227 mAh battery and that’s great considering the sleek and slim size of the iPhone 13.

These were some of the takeaways after comparing all the iPhone batterycapacities and their respective mAh or milliampere per hour of energy charge. You can make sure you revise this basic info before purchasing a new iPhone or going for a refurbished one.

What’s Draining My iPhone’s Battery? What Can I Do About It?

There may be times when you feel your iPhone’s battery life isn’t what it used to be, which really sucks.
There’s nothing more important in any chargeable device than its battery. The good news is that you might be able to do something about it. 
Sure, it’s possible that your battery’s a bit older and doesn’t hold as much charge as it used to. But if your iPhone is fairly new, there might be something else that’s draining your battery. 


Fortunately, you can see what’s actually draining your battery with your iPhone’s settings. Here’s all you need to know. 
How to See What’s Draining Your iPhone’s BatteryMost of the time, your iPhone won’t just lose battery life on its own. Usually, the reason behind it is an app or a game that’s been working non-stop—whether it’s because you’re using it or it’s working in the background. 
The good news is you can see which apps and games are consuming the most energy on your iPhone by following these steps: 

The green graph is for your battery level throughout the day.The blue graph is for the time your iPhone was active.You can see your report for the last 24 hours and the last ten days of activity and battery usage, which will give you more insight as to what’s been happening to your iPhone’s battery. 
If you scroll down, you’ll find the apps that have been draining your battery the most.If you tap on it, you’ll see your activity on each app. Meaning you’ll see how much time that app or game’s been open or was used.

This is the part that’ll let you know exactly what’s draining your battery. You can use this report to see if an app or game is too much for your iPhone’s battery to handle—which does happen—or if you’re using an app or game too much—which happens even more often. 
Understand Your Battery HealthThere’ll be times when your apps aren’t really consuming that much battery from your iPhone. If that’s the case, it’s possible that it’s your battery’s fault. 
You’ll need to understand if your battery’s still healthy or if it’s not working at the appropriate capacity anymore.

Here’s how:
Open the Settings app.Scroll down and tap on Battery.Select Battery Health.How to Access Battery Health iPhoneSergio Velasquez / iDrop NewsThis is where you’ll see how well your battery’s performing. And, unless you have a brand new iPhone, chances are its maximum capacity isn’t at 100% anymore. Don’t worry, that’s normal, and it’s just what happens to all rechargeable batteries over time, unfortunately.
Your iPhone’s battery goes by charge cycles, which happens every time you fully recharge your iPhone from 0% to 100% total in any variation of charge times.Your iPhone’s battery is designed to retain up to 80% of its original capacity after 500 complete charge cycles. But the more you charge it; the less capacity will have over time. If your iPhone has a maximum capacity of less than 60%, it’s normal if you feel like the battery’s draining too fast. 

What Can I Do to Help My Battery?

Other than quitting using so many apps and games or replacing your iPhone’s battery, there are a lot of ways to increase your battery life. So there are still ways to salvage your battery.
One of the most basic tips is to keep your iPhone updated. That way, your iPhone will perform better and consume less battery.


iPhone Battery Settings TipsSergio Velasquez / iDrop NewsYou can follow your iPhone’s battery tips, too. If you go into your battery settings, as we previously showed you, your iPhone might give you some tips on how to preserve battery life. Granted, they aren’t anything groundbreaking, but they’ ll still help you keep your battery from draining too fast.


You can also try reducing your background apps activity by going into Settings > General > Background App Refresh. You can disable apps so they won’t run in the background even when they aren’t open. 
Another quick solution is to disable Location Services. You can do this by going into Settings > Privacy > Location Services. Apps will use your location to give you a better experience, but that consumes more battery. You can disable Location Services altogether or choose which apps will have access to your location (recommended). 
If your battery problems come from your iPhone’s hardware, you’ll need to consider changing the battery. If your iPhone’s fairly new, Apple provides a one-year warranty that covers faulty batteries. If not, you can still talk to Apple Support, and they’ll change your battery for a charge. 


Last but not least, you can try resetting your iPhone. You do this by going to Settings > General > Transfer or Reset iPhone > Erase All Content and Settings and following the instructions on your iPhone. Keep in mind, though; this will completely delete all content and settings your iPhone has so you can start from scratch. So it’d be better if you do this only after you backup your iPhone properly. 


If you manage to solve the problem, you should start taking better care of your iPhone’s battery. Even if we don’t see it, it’s one of the most important parts of our iPhones, so try to take care of it if you want your iPhone to last for years. Here’s how.

How to Turn Off Battery Health Management on Mac

A new Battery Health Management feature on Mac tries to extend the laptop’s battery life by not fully charging it. Thankfully, you can still control the charging cycles by turning the feature off.


macOS Catalina’s 10.15.5 update brought a new Battery Health Management feature, which is designed to extend the battery life of Apple’s MacBooks by changing how often the device gets fully charged. Want your MacBook to always be fully juiced? Here’s how to turn the feature off.

How Does Battery Health Management on Mac Work?

Battery Health Management on the Mac is similar to the Optimized Charging feature on iPhone and iPad, but it’s designed for a different use case. It only works on MacBooks that ship with USB-C Thunderbolt 3 ports (everything including the 2016 MacBook Pro, 2018 MacBook Air, and after).
You see, if you use your MacBook with a monitor, it probably stays plugged it most of the time (like mine does). This means that your MacBook is almost always fully charged.


RELATED:How IOS 13 Will Save Your IPhone’s Battery (By Not Fully Charging It)
This is great if you’re in the habit of heading out with your MacBook and charging it multiple times a day. But if your MacBook’s battery is always fully charged up, it’s actually degrading its battery life and battery health.
The way that the Battery Health Management feature takes care of it is by not always fully charging your MacBook. This way, it can reduce the number of full battery charge cycles and prolong your battery life.

Now, Apple says that it’s doing this smartly, by monitoring your MacBook’s usage and only stopping the MacBook from hitting 100 percent charge levels if it knows that the MacBook is going to be plugged in for a long time (based on your usage patterns).


But the feature isn’t foolproof, and it’s turned on by default if you buy a new MacBook or after you upgrade to macOS Catalina 10.15.5 (or later). What if you always want your MacBook to be charged up to 100 percent, so even if you want to head out, you know that your MacBook won’t run out halfway.
You can do this by disabling the Battery Health Management feature altogether.


How to Disable Battery Health Management on MacBattery Health Management is an Energy Saver feature. To disable it, click on the Apple icon in the top-left corner of the menu bar and then select the “System Preferences” option.
Click on System Preferences button from Apple menu in menu barHere, click on the “Energy Saver” button.


Click on the Energy Saver option from System PreferencesNow, click on the “Battery Health” button found in the bottom toolbar. Here, uncheck the Battery Health Management” option.


Click the Battery Health button and then uncheck the Battery Health Management optionFrom the confirmation box, select the “Turn Off” button to confirm.
Click the The Battery Health Management feature has been disabled on your Mac and it will now charge regularly.

How to care for your laptop’s battery and extend its life

Taking proper care of your laptop’s battery is important for ensuring your mobile machine can run as long as possible. Although battery technology has evolved in the background, outdating “best practices” from a few years ago, there are still a number of ways you can extend (or reduce) your laptop battery’s health. We’ve rounded up the top tips for how to care for your laptop’s battery, from how long you should leave it plugged in to how low you should let the battery drain.


Unlike many desktop computers, there isn’t a one-size-fits-all approach to laptops. Every machine is a little different, so finding out as much as you can about your laptop and its battery is important. Our tips apply to lithium -ion ​​batteries, which are, by far, the most widely used batteries in modern laptops.

All laptop batteries are built to handle a certain number of charge cycles, usually somewhere around 500 full cycles — and sometimes even more. Essentially, a charge cycle equals one full discharge down to 0% and then a recharge back up to 100%. A discharge down to 50% and then back to 100% would equal half a cycle. Over time, each charge cycle decreases a battery’s capacity from its design specifications, meaning that the fewer times you drain it, the longer the battery lasts — all other things being equal.


So, where do you start? You can begin by visiting the power settings corner of your laptop and learning how your battery works and what battery settings to enable. Also, pay attention to hibernation modes. Ideally, you want your laptop to enter into hibernation before the battery is totally drained — as well as during downtime when you won’t be using the laptop for a while.


To save even more power, take a tour of your apps and quit any that are running in the background and steadily eating into your battery life. On Windows 10, for example, we suggest you search for and enable the Battery Saver. This mode will automatically turn on when your laptop reaches around 20% battery life (more down below on why this is particularly important). This will automatically block background apps, keep your features like Calendar from syncing or pushing notifications, lower screen brightness, and various other changes that will conserve your battery so you can get to an outlet ASAP.


For MacBooks, look into enabling Power Nap so you can put your Mac to sleep without worrying about it skipping important tasks, allowing you to save automatic more battery life. Enabling graphics switching can also help Macs save energy by switching to a lower graphics mode when engaged in simple tasks (like text-based work where graphics aren’t as important).
There are plenty of manual changes you can make here, too.

You can safely shut down things like cloud storage and messaging applications that may be running in the background. You can also manually reduce the amount of power you’re using by shutting off Wi -Fi and Bluetooth when you’re not using them, turning off optional features such as keyboard backlighting, and generally reducing the number of components burning power. Both Microsoft and Apple have guides explaining the process further.


Keeping your battery in zonelaptop chargingFrameAngel/ShutterstockIn ancient, less enlightened times, there was a problem called “battery memory” that caused nickel-metal hydride (NiMH) batteries to “forget” their full charge capacity and start charging at lower and lower levels. This problem doesn’t exist any thanks longer to modern lithium-ion batteries, but it has led to a lot of poor advice and arguments about battery care based on outdated information. It’s time to clear the air.


Contrary to some recommendations, you don’t need to routinely discharge a lithium-ion battery completely and then recharge it to somehow reboot or calibrate it — this is a destructive practice that’s very hard on your battery. Whether or not it’s a smart idea to perform a complete discharge a couple of times a year remains an unanswered question. Generally, the consensus seems to be that letting your battery discharge (without bottoming it out — aim for around 20%) and then charging it when possible is the best practice.
Next, there was a time when users were advised to refrain from keeping their devices plugged in, based on the idea that letting a battery charge to 100% could wear the battery out more quickly. Today, however, modern devices are designed to stop charging at 100%, so keeping them plugged in doesn’t impact the battery’s lifespan, according to Battery University.


As with manybattery-related questions, the issue of keeping your laptop plugged in when it’s reached full capacity is hotly debated, so there’s nothing wrong with turning your machine off and unplugging it if you feel more comfortable doing that. But generally speaking, the best thing you can do for your lithium-ion battery is to avoid letting it discharge below 20%. Plug it in and charge it when you can, 
When a laptop battery gets too hot, the electrochemical reactions inside speed up — but that doesn’t mean that the battery grows more efficient. Instead, the battery is now producing lots of energy that it cannot use and cannot safely route to any hardware. This creates even more heat, compounding the problem. Not only can this eventually damage the inside of the battery permanently, but it also wears the battery out with a bunch of chemical reactions that aren’t necessary but burn through a battery’s lifespan anyway.


Today’s lithium-ion batteries are durable, but they can only take so much heat. For example, if you are charging your battery and it starts to get overly warm, perhaps because the CPU or graphics processor is working hard or the environment is overly hot , then shut the device down and pop the battery out if possible. Give it a break so that it can cool down, or you can move it to someplace with a lower temperature. Many modern laptops have sealed batteries, in which case shutting the machine down and letting it cool is highly recommended if maximizing the battery’s lifespan is your concern.
Likewise, keep the laptop off of your lap. If discomfort isn’t a good enough reason, with many machines, you’re also making the problem worse by blocking vents. You’ll want to make sure that both vents that pull in cool air and those that expel hot air are able to do their jobs.


Finally, and perhaps most importantly, you should avoid placing your laptop anywhere it might become hot. That includes your car on a hot summer day, beneath a window that gets direct sunlight, or near a space heater. Unusual conditions such as these can do a lot of damage to a battery in a short period of time, though you may not realize it immediately.


Cold temperatures usually aren’t a problem down to a certain point, and storing a battery in a cool place is recommended, but don’t leave your laptop in freezing temperatures. Too much cold can also kill the battery permanently or reduce its lifespan.

How to give your cell phone battery a boost

Cell phone battery power can be a precious commodity,especially during summer. Changing a few settings on your phone can be the difference between your battery lasting through the day or going dark.
Our cell phones are such a huge part of our lives that seeing 7% on the battery indicator can be as alarming as feeling ourselves about to pass out. But while we all know what to do to boost our own energy, it’s not always obvious how to keep our handheld devices fully (or partially) charged.
To that end, DealNews has gathered up the 10 best tips for squeezing extra life out of your phone’s battery.


Knowledge is power! Before you start tweaking things to extend your battery life, see where your power is going. This process varies a bit from phone to phone, but in general:
Android phones: Settings > BatteryiPhones: Settings > Battery > Battery UsageThis will give you an idea of ​​what your biggest drains are and let you effectively target your battery conservation efforts.


Reduce Screen BrightnessManually reducing your screen brightness is one of the most effective things you can do to improve battery life, though you’ll likely have to manually increase it again when you’re outdoors in order to read the screen. Some people have found they can nearly double their battery life by going from maximum to minimum brightness.


Get the Monitor Stories you care about delivered to your inbox.
Note that you must change this manually. You may be familiar with your phone’s “auto-brightness” feature and assume it’s already managing this for you, but that’s not the case. While this setting will change your brightness for you (and save battery when you’re in low-light situations), it’s still usually a battery drain.


Why? When auto-brightness is on, the phone is constantly checking its sensor data and doing calculations to determine the appropriate brightness, which often takes nearly as much energy as the feature is saving (or more!).
Turn Off Unused HardwareGPS is usually the largest and most noticeable battery drain, but Bluetooth, WiFi, and your mobile data antennae use power, too. While you may be loath to cut yourself off from the world, you probably aren’t using WiFi during your nature hike , and some people may rarely or never use Bluetooth. If power’s tight, cut down your data links to what you’re really using. It might not save a ton of energy, but every little bit helps.
Turn Off the Vibrate FeatureThe motor that makes your phone vibrate actually takes a fair amount of juice to power, and can drain your battery quickly. If you’re low on battery, make do with visual or audio alerts.

Limit Background Data UsageYou may be spending battery power running apps in the background. Some may be apps you downloaded and forgot about. Others may have been installed on your phone before you got it. Check what’s running on your phone right now and shut down (or uninstall) anything you don’t need all the time.


Android phones: Press the task-switching button to see what’s currently runningiPhones: Double-tap the home buttonTurn off NotificationsDo you really need to know instantaneously when someone has “liked” your Facebook status? OK, maybe you do. But if you can wait until you open the app to get updates, you’ll save a little juice. Many of your apps will fetch fresh data on their own without interaction from you. You may need to leave some of them running (like your email), but you may be able to do without others, like Instagram, Facebook, or Twitter.


Android phones: Settings > Apps. Then choose individual apps and uncheck “Show notifications”iPhones: Settings > General > Background App RefreshYou may find you can further preserve battery life through individual app settings. For example, you could reduce email sync frequency or disable auto-upload of photos.


Keep Your Apps UpdatedThis one’s simple enough: Make sure you’re running the most recent version of all your favorite apps. Developers often optimize old code to run more efficiently.


Enable “Power Saving Mode” (If You Have One)Not every phone has a power saving mode (iPhones running older operating systems don’t), but if yours does, it can be a quick way to dramatically decrease your drain in a pinch. Check your “Settings” menu to see if the option is listed.
Beat the HeatWhile it might not make a difference to an individual charge, heat can degrade battery performance over time. Try not to leave your phone lying in direct sunlight, and consider changing or removing your case if you frequently notice it running hot.

Don’t want to fiddle with all these settings? Pick up a portable charger and keep it topped off, so you always have an extra power source in a pinch. Many modern cell phones have between 2,500mAh and 3,000mAh batteries, and DealNews regularly lists battery backups even above that range for under $10.
If you’re willing to pay a bit more, you can easily find portable power banks that have 20,000mAh or more. That’s enough for a day’s use of even the most power-hogging applications, or more moderate use for extended periods — such as camping trips or power outages.

Explained: Why modern smartphones don’t have removable batteries and how does it affect consumers

Apple started the trend of offering non-removable batteries to phones with iPhones.Phone makers had no choice but to comply with the latest trends and make sacrifices as consumers wanted more sophisticated smartphones. It was normal for phones to have removable batteries up until early 2010 . Even laptop manufacturers gradually stopped making devices with removable batteries. Let us whether discuss removable batteries are good for consumers. Let’s start with the advantages of non-removable batteries that made them a necessity for modern smartphones.

Advantages of non-removable batteriesSafety of the batteries and consumersBatteries have a thin electrolyte that separates the cathode and anode electrodes which store the energy. The electrodes can generate a lot of heat by causing a short circuit if it comes into direct contact. Moreover, this can lead to more internal thermal reactions that could eventually lead the battery to explode or burst into flames. Battery technology has developed batteries a lot in the past years, yet they are inherently dangerous.

To prevent accidental damage removable batteries need a hard plastic case, especially when they are not connected to a phone. Plastic cases add to the weight and bulk of the smartphone. So, engineers thought of installing a permanent battery when consumers demanded slimmer, lighter designs They ensured that the smartphones should be able to protect the batteries as they are non-removable.Improvement in battery technology

Modern smartphones last longer on a single charge as they come with lithium-ion and lithium-polymer batteries. This development of battery material and capacity helps phones to last all day even after consumption of battery increases for better displays and more powerful chips.The increase in capacity also means that users don’t need to have a spare battery to swap out in the middle of the day. Moreover, there have been improvements made in charging speeds as most modern phones take less than an hour to get fully charged .Protection from wear and tear

Smartphones are getting more expensive every day as they are getting more sophisticated. So, consumers want these devices to last longer and have a lot of protection. Consumers want these devices to withstand regular wear and tear and protection against occasional spills and drops.So, smartphone makers have sealed the outer case to make their devices more durable. But, users lost access to replaceable batteries as they got sealed. Furthermore, it is tough to design a slim and light device with a removable outer case.

Providing tracking abilities to the devicePremium smartphones lure thieves as they are expensive and are easy to steal and resell. Not just the device, but users also lose some highly sensitive data including financial information. So, smartphone makers allow passive phone tracking even if the device is switched off. This feature allows users to track their devices which acts as a defense against smartphone thefts.

But, the tracking capability can be killed by removing the smartphone’s battery, which is its power source. It becomes impossible for thieves to remove the batteries without equipment and expertise if it is sealed inside your phone’s case. The non-removable battery helps you to track your phone if it is missing and even switched off.

Disadvantages of non-removable batteriesThe non-removable batteries come with a lot of advantages, yet users still lose out on some functions and features with them. Now let’s talk about some drawbacks of non-removable batteries.Swapping batteries vs Charging batteries

Charging outlets and power banks takes time to charge your devices, especially if they are older ones. You have to wait about 15 -30 minutes to get your phone fully charged, even if both your power bank and smartphone have the latest fast charging.
On the other hand, replacing an empty battery with a fully charged one will most likely take a minute. Moreover, slim spare batteries are way lighter than smaller mid-sized power banks. Power banks add more weight and use more space in your luggage.Possibility of batteries bloating up

Smartphone batteries can also bloat up and this problem still exists even after all the advancements in battery technology. In such cases, the battery’s safety is compromised and users have to replace it immediately.

Replacing the old bloated battery with a new one is an easier process for removable batteries. But, most modern users have to take their devices to an authorized service to replace it as they usually come with non-removable batteries. Whenever a non-removable battery bloats up, it forces the case to crack open and can damage your phone’s protection.

Gets tougher for third party shops to repair phonesNon-replaceable batteries give us sleek and modern devices but the design makes it harder for third-party repair shops to fix broken

8 Essential Tips To Keep Your Phone’s Battery Healthy

That phone in your pocket is a modern miracle. Ditto the laptop on your desk, the tablet in your backpack, maybe even the watch on your wrist. And regardless of what each is capable of, they all have one cornerstone component to thank, one that you probably ought to know how to take care of: A battery.


The first step to knowing your device’s battery is to narrow down the kind. The first kind you might think of (and the kind you probably grew up with) are nickel-metal hydride, or NiMH batteries. These, generally, are the ones that look like a normal disposable batteries, except you can plug them into a wall charger for some extra juice whenever your TV remote dies.


The batteries in your modern-day gadgets—from iPhones to laptops to Bluetooth headphones to tablets—are a different beast entirely. These are lithium-ion (aka li-ion) batteries, and they have some pretty significant advantages over NiMH and other rechargeable batteries that came before. Lithium-ion batteries are also totally different from straight-uplithium batteries,which aren’t rechargeable.


That old saw about how you always need to charge your battery all the way up, and use it until it’s dead? Memory effect, as it’s called, affects NiMH batteries but it doesn’t apply to your phone. In fact, you’re phone’s battery hates when you do that. Similarly, lithium-ion batteries don’t need to be “calibrated” with a full charge and a full discharge when they’re new.
Li-ions can pack a lot of power into a small size, and they don’t lose too much of that energy to leakage when they’re not in use. It’s a combination of these factors that make them great for your portable gadgets.


How does a lithium-ion battery work?All batteries work by having two electrodes—an anode and a cathode—with a bunch of a material called electrolyte between. When you plug a battery into a completed circuit, a chemical reaction starts taking place at the anode and electrons start building up over there . Those electrons want to travel to the cathode, where it’s less crowded, but the electrolyte between these two parts keeps the electrons from taking the short way there. The only way through is the circuit that the battery is crammed into, and those electrons power your device in the process. Meanwhile, the positively charged lithium ions the electrons leave behind travel through the electrolyte to meet the electrons on the cathode side.


Once all the electrons have made the trip, your battery is dead. Except! If you’re using a rechargeable battery like a lithium-ion, you can reverse the process. If you dump energy into a circuit using a charger, you can force the reaction to go in the other direction and get that electron party at the anode all crowded again. Once your battery is recharged, it’ll mostly stay that way until there’s something for it to power again, though all batteries leak some charge over time .


What determines the capacity of the battery—how long it can power your stuff—is the number of lithium ions that can nestle themselves into the tiny, porous craters of the anode or the cathode. Over time, with repeated charge the anode and the cathode degrade, and can’t fit as many ions as they used to. As that happens, the battery stops holding a charge as well as it once did.
How does a lithium-ion battery recharge?

It’s easy to think of charging a battery as though you’re filling a tub with “power.” Just hook up the hose until it’s full! From the outside, that’s exactly how it works, but on the inside it’s a little more nuanced.


A lithium-ion battery typically charges in two stages. First comes the process called constant current charging. This is the part that really is pretty simple. The charger for your phone or tablet will apply a steady current of electricity to the battery to get all those electrons back to the anode. During this stage, the charger just decides how much power is coming out of the firehose and starts spraying. The higher that constant current, the faster the battery can charge. High-voltage quick chargers—like the ones that are starting to come with a lot of new phones—take advantage of this first stage to cram in the juice as quickly as possible (at the cost of a bit of extra stress on the battery).


When the battery is 70 percent recharged, the procedure changes and flips over to constant voltage charging. During this second stage, the charger makes sure that the voltage—that is, the difference in current between the battery and the charger—stays the same rather than keeping the current constant. Practically, this means that as the battery gets closer to full, the current the charger sends into it decreases. As the battery gets full, the rate at which it charges slows down. Once you reach 100 percent, the charge simply trickles in, just enough to account for the tiny, tiny bit of charge your battery loses naturally over time.


So what about over charging? al writer for iFixit, who explained why.
All modern Li-Ion rechargeable devices have some sort of power management IC, designed to prevent overcharging the battery. They’ll keep your phone battery topped off and ready to go throughout the night with a trickle charge at most.


No matter how many times you bring it back to life, your battery will die someday, or at least degrade into a shadow of its former self. That’s unavoidable. Most lithium-ion batteries have a rated lifetime of somewhere between 500 and 1,500 charge cycles .
One cycle is just one bout of discharging, but how much energy you discharge in one go—a measure referred to as depth of discharge (DoD)—matters bigtime. Lithium-ions really hate a deep depth of discharge. According to Battery University, a staggeringly exhaustive resource on the topic, a li-ion that goes through 100 percent DoD (the user runs it down all the way to zero before recharging) can degrade to 70 percent of its original capacity in 300-500 cycles. With a DoD of 25 percent, where the user plugs it in as soon as it gets to 75 percent remain, that same battery could be charged up to 2,500 times before it starts to seriously degrade.


What’s far more dangerous to a battery’s well-being is heat. Lithium-ion batteries despise heat. A li-ion battery that’s been exposed to temperatures of around 100 degrees Fahrenheit for a year will lose about 40 percent of its overall charge capacity. 75 degrees, it’ll lose only about 20 percent.
Something that’s not an issue is overcharging. Contrary to what you might think (or have been told), leaving your phone or laptop plugged in all the time is not bad for its battery. That’s because your gadgets, the batteries in them, and the chargers you attach them to are actually pretty smart about the way they do business.

Trickle charge—what your battery gets when it’s connected and full—is way less distress to the battery’s health than a larger discharge would be.

Simple Tips To Preserve iPhone 14 And iPhone 14 Pro Battery Health

Planning to keep your iPhone 14, iPhone 14 Plus, iPhone Pro, or Pro Max for a long time?Here are some tips to preserve battery health.
If you’re planning to keep your iPhone 14 or iPhone 14 Pro for a long period of time, you should preserve its battery health by following some basic tips

The internet is on fire right now with iPhone 15 related news. A lot of people are going to upgrade, while some may not later this year. If you are from the latter group and plan to keep your iPhone 14 or iPhone 14 Pro for an extended period of time, maybe two to three years, then I am going to share some tips on how to preserve battery health so that you get the most out of your phone’s battery while it’s in your ownership.

Use original or Apple certified accessories to charge up
This is the most obvious thing you should do while charging up your iPhone 14 or iPhone 14 Pro. Use the cable that came with your phone, or if you’re using a third-party one, make sure it’s MFi certified – just look for the ‘Made for iPhone’ badge, and you’re good to go.


Also, make sure that you’re either using a wall charger made by Apple or something that’s high quality, if going for a third-party one. A quick search on the internet will list down a number of chargers that are made with high- quality materials and circuitry. A bad charger is all you need to ruin your iPhone and its battery instantly. Just spend the extra money and get a charger that will last you an eternity. Great chargers are extremely hard to break down, and if they do , they will never ever damage the connected device.


Stop worrying about charge cyclesSmartphone batteries are usually good for up to 500 charge cycles before hitting the 80% health mark. But that charge cycle number is absolutely useless if your usage habits are terrible. I’ve seen MacBook Pro laptops with just 15 charge cycles at 90% battery health. How? Because they were left on charge and at 100% at all times.
On the other end of the spectrum, you may come across a device with more than 100 charge cycles with 100% battery health because they were used carefully. Now read further about how you too can be careful with your iPhone’s battery health.


Use a fast charger or a slow one, it’s up to youFast chargers won’t hurt your battery as long as the ambient temperature is low and the phone does not get too hot. If you constantly find yourself in a situation where your iPhone gets hot while charging, just use a slow charger that tops out at 12W. Anything that does not generate too much heat is good for battery health.
Use the 40-80 rule – but carefullyPeople swear by this rule, and I have tried it as well. Does it work? Only if you thoroughly respect how it works. If you don’t, you’ll end up losing battery health.

I’m not going to take a deep dive into how Lithium-ion batteries work because a lot of people have done it already. But I’m going to tell you that keeping your charge level extremely high or extremely low is going to take a toll on your battery health.

So, if you’re going to maintain a charge between the 40% and 80% mark, make sure you drain the battery all the way from 80 to 40 before charging up again to 80. Don’t hold the charge at 80%, and do not hold it at 40%, either.
If you’re doing what I wrote above, you’ll see how your battery health remains steady for a long time. Now the part that no one talks about when it comes to this rule – is awful battery life. While you’re busy maintaining battery life between 40% and 80%, there’s 40% of the total battery life you’re never ever going to use, which will give you the illusion of horrible battery life on your iPhone. That’s completely normal.


Making the battery drop to 20% or maybe even lower occasionally is not bad for the battery either. There are certain things that aren’t in our control – for example, you’re away from a power outlet or don’t have access to a power bank. In those cases, it’s fine to let the battery slide down a little until you can take things back into your own hands.


Use Optimized Battery ChargingWhile everyone out there will go deep into the science of how optimized charging works, but I’ll make things easier by telling you that your iPhone’s battery won’t charge beyond the 80% mark unless the battery cools down. Therefore make sure the feature is turned on.
You can do this by going to Settings > Battery > Battery Health & Charging and turning the Optimized Battery Charging option on.

Keeping the feature turned off means the iPhone will charge all the way to 100% without any sort of pauses in between. That’s simply not good for battery health at all.


Do not use your iPhone while charging (obviously)Anything that generates heat is going to hurt battery health. If you’re using your iPhone while charging, you’re generating excess heat that will not only affect battery performance, but battery health, too. When you put your iPhone on a charge, make sure your iPhone is never ever used during the charging cycle. Avoid using it completely if you can.


While charging, remove the case for better dissipation of heat. A chunky case might be great for protecting your phone, but it will generate a lot of heat, especially if you’re wirelessly charging.
Avoid wireless chargers in hot weatherSpeaking of wireless charging, if you can avoid it completely, that’s great. But, if you’re charging in a room that’s cool, especially air-conditioned, then it’s fine. Also, make sure that the iPhone’s case comes off while going ahead with wireless charging. While it’s a convenient feature, wireless chargers generate way too much heat compared to wired charging.

If possible, I will highly recommend using wired charging while on the go, especially during summer. Sure, slapping on that MagSafe Battery Pack will charge you up, but it comes at a cost which you will see expensive on the battery health report page, eventually.


Wait for your iPhone to cool down before using itIf you feel that your iPhone is too hot, quite literally, do not start using it immediately. This is extremely important when you take your iPhone off the charger or are planning to put it on charge. Let the iPhone sit around for a while so that it reaches normal temperature – should not feel hot to the touch – and then start using it or place it on charge.


ThoughiPhone batteries are made to resist high temperatures, that does not mean they will stay forever perfect in the battery health department. Extreme temperatures are your iPhone’s worst enemy.

How an iPhone battery works and how to manage battery health

Your iPhone uses a lithium-ion battery that degrades over time, but there is little reason to worry about battery health in a new device. Here’s what you need to know about your iPhone’s battery.

Batteries are not mysterious black boxes that power your iPhone, in fact, they are quite simple products compared to the advanced silicon they are powering. The physical nature of batteries mean that they will ultimately wear out and become less useful over time, but device owners don’t need to worry.


Understanding a little bit of the science behind batteries can go a long way in intelligently managing your device’s lifespan. Controversies surrounding iPhone relating to planned obsolescence and expected upgrade cycles can easily be dismissed as hyperbole with a little bit of knowledge.


Lithium-ion battery basicsA battery consists of an anode (+) and cathode (-) separated by a generally flammable electrolyte. When a device draws power from the battery, charged lithium ions move from the anode to the cathode through the electrolyte, releasing electrons.


These freed electrons power the device and return to the cathode, creating a complete electrical circuit. The opposite occurs when charging the device — electrons are passed into the anode and move to the cathode.


Without getting too technical, these two chemical reactions are imperfect and introduce heat loss and wear to the battery. The lithium material slowly depletes, oxidization reduces usable surface area, and filaThin phones mean smaller batteries, which become exhausted soonerThere is nothing a user can do to stop this process desolately. Take using fuel in a car, for example, it eventually runs out. However, exhausting a lithium battery takes a great deal of time and can be mitigated somewhat by user and software behaviors .


So, when a new iPhone has a 100% battery rating, it has all of the rated milliamp-hours of power available when fully charged. It also means the battery can provide enough power to the CPU at peak current draw without issue.
Apple says its batteries are designed to retain up to 80% of their original capacity at 500 complete charge cycles. A charge cycle is defined by a complete drain of the battery to zero, followed by a complete charge to 100%.


This expected battery life can vary from user to user. The average user is expected to keep their battery health north of 80% for the first two years with regular use. Hitting 80% within a year is cause for concern, and Apple will replace your battery for free with AppleCare or for a fee without.
Others who use their iPhone constantly and charge their device from near dead to 100% multiple times a day will see their battery degrade faster. Looking at your Screen Time will reveal if you’re unconsciously overusing your device — maybe it’s time to put down your iPhone if TikTok shows multiple hours of use in a short time.


Of course, iPhones are bought to be used. But, like anything, moderation is important, especially if you’re worried about something as physical as battery chemistry.
Ultimately, once the battery degrades below 80% of its original capacity, protections within the operating system will engage to ensure the device doesn’t shut down inadvertently.

This throttling can be avoided by having the battery replaced at an Authorized Apple Service Provider.
After the iPhone throttles the processor for the first time to prevent a shutdown, a new toggle will appear in battery settings. This gives users the ability to turn off the throttling feature and allows the processor to draw full current.
However, the device will shut off as soon as the current draw exceeds what the battery can provide. It is highly unadvisable to turn off the throttling feature and can lead to battery damage.


Degraded batteriesBefore iOS 10.2.1 in 2017, the iPhone didn’t do much to account for aging batteries in its software. However, a perfect storm of circumstances set Apple up for user complaints about inadvertent shutdowns in older devices.
Recent devices had more powerful processors, thinner designs, and brighter displays. These factors led to smaller batteries with lower capacities that died faster. A smaller battery also meant a lower peak voltage, which meant aging batteries would dip below peak rated voltages sooner.


Those factors were coupled with more people buying iPhones than ever, then keeping them for longer than expected, which led to more reports of batteries becoming exhausted. Note that the “Plus” models and iPads were not encountering shutdown issues thanks to their larger battery capacities .Lithium-ion can’t provide peak voltage at lower charges, which gets worse with ageIntermittent shutdowns were reported by owners of the iPhone 6, iPhone 6s, and iPhone SE. 

Users complained that the device would show battery levels of 30% or more  then suddenly shut off as if the battery died.
This occurred because these devices’ batteries had been exhausted to the point that they could no longer provide peak power during peak CPU draw. Since there were no other protections in place, the iPhone would sense the CPU power draw exceeding the available current and just shut down to protect the battery.


The iOS 10.2.1 and subsequent updates created safeguards that throttle the CPU based on the device’s remaining battery health. Fresh batteries above 80% health will never encounter this CPU throttling feature.Apple hadn’t considered its need until widespread reports of shutdowns began.

Why Is My iPhone Battery Draining So Fast? 13 Easy Fixes (2023)

Why is your iPhone battery draining so fast all of a sudden? Does the iOS 16 update drain your battery life? If your iPhone loses battery faster than you’d like it to or faster than you think is normal, we can help. We’ ll answer common iPhone battery drain questions, and walk you through some simple solutions to stop your iPhone battery from dying fast.


iOS update battery drain issues are extremely common and for good reason! A new iOS update drains battery because of the many big changes to your iPhone features that come with installing the most recent iOS software. The larger fall updates, like the recent iOS 16 update , often affect your iPhone battery more than the smaller updates we see throughout the year.


While some of this is unavoidable, there are certain things you can do to optimize your battery use and cut back on unnecessary iPhone battery drain. We’ll show you some iOS 16 battery-saving tips and offer guidance on how to preserve battery life on your iPhone.


iPhone LifeDiscover your iPhone’s hidden featuresGet one daily tip each day (with screenshots and clear instructions) so you can master your iPhone in just one minute a day.Enter Your EmailHow to Save Battery on iPhone
First, we’ll cover how to quickly check your battery health. Odds are, your iPhone battery is fighting fit, but is being drained by unneeded processes running in the background. We’ll cover some easy solutions to prevent battery drain from iOS 16 on your iPhone. Also, If you enjoy learning about how to use your Apple devices, be sure to sign up for our free Tip of the Day. 


1. Check Your iPhone Battery Health SuggestionsThis is a good first step whether you’re worried that the iPhone update is draining the battery or not. Your iPhone will recommend specific changes in Settings to preserve iPhone battery life. To see why your iPhone battery is draining faster than it should be, use these steps to check Battery Health suggestions:

Open the Settings app, then scroll down and tap Battery.

Tap Battery Health.n the next screen, your iPhone will suggest changes to settings that will improve battery life. You can tap on each suggestion to jump to the setting that needs changing. If you don’t want to make the change, at least you understand what’s contributing to your battery drain. 
Note: If you don’t see the Battery Life Suggestions section, your iPhone doesn’t currently see any ways to improve battery life via Settings.

However, we’ll have to respectfully disagree—there’s almost always a way to fix iPhone battery drain. Continue on down the list to see how many ways you can fix an iPhone battery dying faster than it should.


2. Dim Your iPhone Screen If Your iPhone Keeps Losing ChargeKeeping your iPhone’s screen at full brightness is a likely culprit when your iPhone battery drains fast, but it’s easily remedied. This is actually one of the main causes of battery drain and consumes more power than you might think! Here’s how to dim the screen brightness to save battery on your iPhone:

Open the Control Center by swiping down from the top-right corner of the screen. If your iPhone has a Home button, swipe up from the bottom of the screen instead.Tap and drag the Brightness slider toward the bottom, or as near to the bottom as you can go and still comfortably read your display.
reduce iphone screen brightness in control center


If you have your iPhone brightness set to a more reasonable level but your iPhone battery is draining quickly anyway, there are a lot more options for conserving battery on iPhone. Keep reading!


3. Turn on Auto-Brightness to Stop iPhone Battery Drain
Auto-Brightness settings adjust your screen lighting automatically based on ambient light levels. This keeps your iPhone from losing battery too quickly by wasting it on screen unnecessary brightness. To save battery on your iPhone by enabling Auto-Brightness:
Open the Settings app, then scroll down and tap Accessibility. 

Tap Display & Text Size.

Scroll to the bottom and toggle on Auto-Brightness.

Next, we’ll take a look at some lesser-known settings to help improve iPhone battery life.
4. Turn Off Raise to Wake to Save iPhone BatteryAll iPhone models have the Raise to Wake function enabled by default. This might be part of your problem, especially if you pick up your iPhone a lot or walk with it swinging in your hand. The iPhone screen constantly turning on will definitely drain your battery . 

Playing Assassin’s Creed on an iPhone sounds fun, but I’d rather have better battery life

We just learned about how the iPhone 15 Pro and Pro Max models are getting an all-new A17 Pro chip that’s incredibly powerful. Besides overusing the word Pro, Apple tells us this will lead to amazing new games like an Assassin’s Creed title that’s “console quality,” so you’ll essentially have a PlayStation or Xbox game that you can play anytime and anywhere.


This is pretty cool. I’m a fan of most of the Assassin’s Creed games, like a lot of others, and I could see myself checking it out if I ever bought an iPhone Pro something-or-other. Then I would get tired of trying to play an AAA game on a tiny screen and go back to wishing the battery lasted longer. We’ve reached the point where the chips that power our amazing phones are not the bottleneck they once were when it comes to performance. We needed to get here, and while Apple makes the “most powerful” phone processor, chips from Qualcomm and MediaTek are no slouch either.

A trade-off of cranking out bigger and faster CPU cores is that they use more power. A lot more power. This is mitigated by making newer chips better when it comes to how much power they consume, but we’re still talking about devices that run off of a battery. 

Your laptop or PC plugs into the wall, but you only plug in your phone because you have to.I think a lot of people agree that battery life is one of the most important things to consider when it comes to buying a new phone. I really like using the Galaxy Z Flip 5 that AT&T is letting me use, and I’ll miss it when I send it back. I also really hate the battery life it has when I actually do anything with it . It’s not Pixel 4 level of bad, but it’s close.


Rather than see a Galaxy Z Flip 6 that is so powerful it can play Elden Ring or something equally cool, I hope to see a Flip 6 that makes it through the day without needing to be charged if I need to use it a lot. I would play a console-quality game on my phone every once in a while, and it would be fun. But not plugging it in at 7 pm so it doesn’t shut down by 8 is a thing I would enjoy every day.


Charging the Moto G Power 5G
Having both is possible, just not with the current technology. One day, some company will make a phone chip that can do it all and not need charging every 10 or so hours. Years ago, when smartphones were new, nobody would have thought the chips we have now were possible, but tech advances. It will continue to advance.


Until then, I’m more interested in how SoC (System on Chip, a circuit that incorporates the Processor, memory, cache, and graphics in a single package) design improves my battery life. Each generation on all platforms is better than the last , but it seems that the companies making them rarely mention it, usually as a bit of text on some corporate infographic. Let’s bring it front and center. I want to know how much longer the A18 Pro or Snapdragon 9 will run before I need to plug it in.


I’m not saying newer processors aren’t efficient when it comes to battery life because they clearly are. A by-product of their design makes them use less power per unit of performance (we really need something like TDP measurements for phone chips) I’m saying that maybe it’s time to shift focus and efficiency becomes the selling point. Companies already do this when it comes to things like smartwatches.
Maybe the next time a tech company exec stands on a stage and tells us about a new chip inside the best phone, the first words we hear should be about how much of our battery it’s going to use.

iPhone 15 with Dual eSIM and mmWave 5G Won’t Launch Outside the US

Apple launched the iPhone 14 (review) with dual eSIM variants which without the physical SIM tray slot in the USA. It was then rumored that the eSIM-only iPhone 15 was going to make its way to other markets. However, it turns out that this hasn’t materialized and could instead arrive with the iPhone 16, including the mmWave 5G support for global.

This is confirmed from the technical support pages of the iPhone 15 and iPhone 15 Pro (comparison), which details of three SIM classes of the device. The first one is with the dual eSIM that is exclusive to the States. Meanwhile, the second has a nano SIM combined with eSIM and will be the option for the rest except in China.
Accordingly, only the Chinese models of the iPhone 15 and iPhone 15 Pro are getting the physical dual SIM slot. This has been a similar case as to the previous generations of iPhones. But regardless of which eSIM models, all will support two active networks. For starters, eSIM or embedded SIM modules have benefits such as taking less space compared to SIM trays. This is particularly useful in wearables with cellular connectivity. At the same time, activating carriers and switching plans are done quickly than with the old SIM cards.
mmWave 5G on the Apple iPhone 15As for the compatibility with mmWave 5G, only the USA is going to take advantage of this on the iPhone 15. The millimeter-wave technology allows faster connection compared to the standard 5G as it taps the higher bands of the 5G spectrum. Major carriers in the US already deployed mmWave 5G, which also available for other devices like the Galaxy S23 Ultra (review).

In line with this, Qualcomm said that it will supply Apple with its 5G modem chipsets through a new partnership that will run from 2024 until 2026. This means, Apple will rely on Snapdragon-based radio chips on the iPhone 16 all the way to iPhone 18 before they could launch their in-house modems.
Do you find the dual eSIM onsmartphones more useful at all? Or it is that you still prefer the classic way of swapping SIM cards more convenient? Please don’t hesitate to tell us your thoughts in the comments. 

iPhone or Samsung: Which Smartphone Should You Choose in 2023?

iPhone or Samsung Galaxy? This is the question that many of us ask today. Samsung with its Galaxy S23 and Apple with its iPhone 15 both offer good smartphones that are difficult to choose when it comes down to the crunch. In this product comparison, we ‘ll review not just the latest devices, but also their operating systems and ecosystems. Let’s dive in: Galaxy or iPhone?
iPhone or Samsung: Catalog range and pricesApple is known to be very different from its competitors. While brands like Oppo or Xiaomi have confusing ranges with plenty of the models having almost identical specifications, the Cupertino giant has always insisted on having the leanest catalog possible. Thus, this year is no different with eight models on offer in its store. 

The iPhone 15 generation also ditched the mini variant. Instead, Apple will once again rely on the Plus, Pro, and Pro Max models in addition to the base model. Even the iPhone 13 Mini has disappeared from the Apple Store.
Samsung’s advantages over Apple:
Huge catalog of devices.More affordable handsets.Apple’s advantages over Samsung:


Clearly defined product range.Older models are still competitive in terms of features and performance.Recently, the number of products from Apple’s smartphone line has increased a little, with the arrival of the mini variant while maintaining a long software update policy for older iPhones. This makes the iPhone product range the smallest among the top five smartphone manufacturers today.

As mentioned earlier, Apple’s September 2023 catalog includes eight models, four of which were launched in 2023, three in 2022, and one in 2021. In addition to the new iPhone 15, Apple also retains the iPhone 14, 14 Plus, iPhone 13, and iPhone SE (2022) in its lineup.


The entry-level iPhone SE (2022) which was introduced in March 2022 is also there, offering many iPhone 11 features at a much lower price.
Since the iPhone 14 series launched, all eight models are 5G-compatible. In addition, all models, with the exception of the iPhone SE (2022), have an OLED display.Samsung’s smartphone catalog and pricesWhile you can count the iPhones 2023 on your own fingers (with two hands, of course), Samsung’s catalog is far more extensive. It begins with inexpensive entry-level smartphones and goes all the way to expensive foldables with top-notch hardware.


Samsung’s line of smartphones is made up of the Galaxy family, which also includes wearables, headsets, tablets, notebooks, and other gadgets. The family is divided into categories such as:
Galaxy Z (foldable phones)Galaxy S (premium handsets)Galaxy A and M (entry-level and mid-range models)Galaxy XCover (rugged handsets that target the corporate segment)
Since Apple doesn’t offer entry-level and mid-range smartphones, the Galaxy A, M, and XCover ranges do not compete directly with the brand’s models. Therefore, for this comparison, we have only considered models that are in the same price range as the iPhone range sold by Apple.
After the launch of the new Galaxy Z Flip 5 and Galaxy Z Fold 5 foldables and with our respective reviews online, we are expecting discounts on the previous generation models. These are smartphones with beautiful OLED screens, SoCs that allow you to play demanding games, a versatile camera module with several cameras, or support for 5G.


In 2023, the pricing argument is not as relevant as it used to be, as Samsung is marketing smartphones that are almost as expensive as Apple’s. However, while the prices of Apple’s models usually remain stable until a new generation is released, Samsung’s smartphone prices normally drop far too soon after their release.

This makes the iPhone a pretty good purchase by any standard.This has an impact on the depreciation and resale price of its devices, in the case of iPhones, as they normally receive new operating system versions and security updates for a longer period of time, a gap something which Samsung has been trying to narrow in recent months.
iPhone or Samsung: The hardwareLet’s say it right from the start, Apple is clearly not a champion when it comes to value for money. The Cupertino-based company is known for offering smartphones that don’t push the envelope when it comes to new technologies as their competitors but at higher prices.


As for Samsung, even if prices have recently risen to approach those of Apple, the brand strives to offer the latest technological innovations in each new generation of flagships.
For example, if we were to compare the technical specifications of the latest “vanilla” flagships of Apple and Samsung, ie the Galaxy S23 and the iPhone 15, we can clearly see that Samsung offers a much more interesting smartphone, whether it is the screen , camera, or the fast charging capability.

However, we have to admit that the technical specifications are not everything, and that shows with the software optimization performed on the Apple iPhone. However, it is remarkable that Apple has lowered its prices compared to last year, at least in Europe. Thus, the iPhone 15 is exactly as expensive/cheap as the Galaxy S23, at least when one looks at the respective recommended retail prices.


Apple iPhone 15 vs Samsung Galaxy S23
Apple iPhone 15 Pro Max vs. Samsung Galaxy S23 UltraAfter adopting the 120 Hz refresh rate with its ProMotion mode in 2021, Apple marked the occasion in 2022 with a new camera as well as a replacement for the notch, calling it Dynamic Island. This year , USB Type-C ports were finally introduced for all new iPhones.


The new Pro iPhones in 2023 also feature a titanium case, slimmer bezels, and are powered by the A17 Pro chipset. The action button is also new and replaces the mute button.
While Samsung stands out with superlative figures in its extravagant specs, Apple’s strong point would be the integration of its components, especially its SoCs. Apple’s iPhones are regularly the most powerful on the market and the brand does not hesitate to show it by comparing its SoCs with the competition.

Get Ready for Extended Usage: iPhone 15 Rumored to Feature Massive Battery Boost

A new day, a new rumor about the iPhone 15A new day, a new rumor about the iPhone 15, which we expect Apple to unveil this upcoming fall. Devices whose design and several features have already been leaked, and now surprise us with an unexpected rumor that everyone is celebrating. models of the iPhone 15 will have much more battery life.

The iPhone with the highest battery life in their history

The origin of this information comes from a recent report by ITHome, which claims to have spoken with a supposed employee of Foxconn – the company responsible for the majority of smartPhone production. According to the report, the iPhone 15 lineup will feature significantly larger batteries in all its models. These excellent news could potentially turn into truly magnificent news, as we will see in the following paragraphs.

The report states that the iPhone 15 will feature an 18% larger battery, while the iPhone 15 Plus and iPhone 15 Pro will have a 14% larger battery. The exact changes in capacity are described as follows:
The 2021 iPhone 13 had a capacity of 3,227mAh, which increased to 3,279mAh for the 2022 iPhone 14. The upcoming iPhone 15 is expected to have a capacity of 3,877mAh.Similarly, the iPhone 13 Mini had a capacity of 2,406mAh in 2021, but it was surpassed by the 2022 iPhone 14 Plus with 4,325mAh. The iPhone 15 Plus is anticipated to reach 4,912mAh.

In the Pro series, the 2021 iPhone 13 Pro had a capacity of 3,095mAh, which slightly increased to 3,200mAh in the 2022 iPhone 14 Pro. The iPhone 15 Pro is expected to feature a battery capacity of 3,650mAh.As for the Pro Max model, it went from a 4,352mAh battery in the 2021 iPhone 13 Pro Max to 4,323mAh in the 2022 iPhone 14 Pro Max.

The iPhone 15 Pro Max is estimated to reach 4,852mAh.If these figures are accurate, the iPhone 15 Plus would have a larger battery capacity compared to the Pro Max model, while the 15 Pro would still have the smallest battery among the iPhone 15 lineup. While the iPhone 15 Pro has the same physical size as the iPhone 15, it includes an extra camera and more components. This is why we expect the new periscope camera to be exclusive to the iPhone 15 Pro Max.
In fact, as has been the norm, the largest battery is allocated to the Plus model, which, with less internal complexity, has maximum space for it. This space is expected to increase this year. It’s worth noting that with the iPhone 14, Apple eliminated the presence of the tray for a physical SIM card in the United States.


To tie all the pieces together, let’s recall that earlier this year, rumors suggested that iPhones sold in France could also follow the same path as their US counterparts, adopting a virtual SIM. While we don’t have specific data, it is highly plausible that the European version of the iPhone and other significant markets could make the switch to a virtual SIM, allowing for more battery capacity across the entire iPhone 15 range.


In addition to this, the improvement in efficiency of the A17 Bionic chips designed for these phones would result in a significant qualitative leap with TSMC’s optimized manufacturing processes.battery life. Of course, we will have to wait for Apple’s official presentation to confirm these details, but the numbers sound very promising indeed.

Compare Samsung Galaxy S23 vs S23+ vs S23 Ultra.

With the release of the Samsung Galaxy S23 series on 17 Feb 2023 , Samsung has introduced three different models: the Samsung Galaxy S23, Samsung Galaxy S23+, and the Samsung Galaxy S23 Ultra. Each model comes with its own set of features and specifications, making it important to understand the differences between them in order to make an informed purchase.
DisplayAll three models feature an AMOLED display with a high refresh rate of 120Hz, making scrolling through apps, websites, and social media a smooth and seamless experience.
However, there are some differences in terms of size and resolution. The Samsung Galaxy S23 has a 6.1-inch Flat FHD+ while the Samsung Galaxy S23+ has a larger 6.6-inch display with the same resolution.
The Samsung Galaxy S23 Ultra takes it up a notch with a 6.8-inch Edge Quad HD+ display that is optimized for immersive gaming. 

Dynamic AMOLED 2X delivers clear, colorful details onscreen, whether dimmed down low or full-blast brightness.CameraThe camera is one of the most important features of any smartphone, and the Samsung Galaxy S23 series does not disappoint.
The Samsung Galaxy S23 and Samsung Galaxy S23+ both feature a 50MP main camera, while the Samsung Galaxy S23 Ultra has a whopping 200MP main camera.
Additionally, the Samsung Galaxy S23 Ultra also has a 10MP periscope telephoto lens that offers 10x optical zoom and up to 100x digital zoom, making it an ideal choice for those who enjoy photography or videography.

Samsung Galaxy S23 Ultra provide a 200-megapixel to capture photos in low light and even dark settings. Battery LifeThe battery life of a smartphone is another important consideration. The Samsung Galaxy S23 comes with a 3900mAh battery, while the Samsung Galaxy S23+ has a larger 4700mAh battery. The Samsung Galaxy S23 Ultra, on the other hand, has a massive 5000mAh battery that is capable of providing power for an entire day of use.

S23 Ultra comes with 5000mAh battery that let you game and stream into the night. PerformanceAll three models are powered by the Snapdragon 8 Gen 2 processor, which is lightning fast and provides exceptional performance.
The Samsung Galaxy S23 and Samsung Galaxy S23+ are equipped with 8GB of RAM and up to 512GB of internal storage, while the Samsung Galaxy S23 Ultra takes it up a notch with 12GB of RAM and up to 1TB of internal storage.
This makes the Samsung Galaxy S23 Ultra the most powerful smartphone in the series, providing users with an exceptional performance experience.

S23 series are powered by World’s fastest mobile processor – Snapdragon 8 Gen 2PriceOf course, the price is an important consideration when it comes to purchasing a smartphone. The Samsung Galaxy S23 is priced from S$1,188, while the Samsung Galaxy S23+ starts from S$1,528. The Samsung Galaxy S23 Ultra is the most expensive of the three, priced from S$1,828 onwards. 

Comes with a wide range of colorsOverall, the Samsung Galaxy S23 series offers a range of options for those looking for a high-end smartphone with exceptional performance and features.
The Samsung Galaxy S23 is a great choice for those who want a powerful smartphone with a stunning camera and beautiful display.
The Samsung Galaxy S23+ is an ideal choice for those who want a larger display and longer battery life.
The Samsung Galaxy S23 Ultra is the ultimate smartphone for those who want the most powerful device on the market with exceptional camera features and a massive battery life.

S23 Ultra comes with S-pen that allows you to write and take note in a breezeConclusionIn conclusion, it is important to consider your needs and budget before deciding which model of the Samsung Galaxy S23 series to purchase.
All three models offer excellent features and performance, so it ultimately comes down to personal preference and budget.
Regardless of which model you choose, you can be confident that you are getting one of the best smartphones on the market today.

iPhone 15 & Apple Watch Series 9 Review

Apple has been known to pioneer groundbreaking technology in its devices, and this year is no exception.
With the introduction of the Apple Watch Series 9and the iPhone 15, Apple is setting new standards in both wearable and smartphones technology.
Let’s dive deep into what these marvels of innovation offer.
Apple Watch Series 9 and Ultra 2 available from 22 Sept 2023Apple Watch Series 9: More than Just Time


Advanced InternalsAt the heart of Series 9 is the S9 SIP with a CPU housing 5.6 billion transistors, which is 60% more than its predecessor. The GPU has also seen a significant boost, promising 30% faster graphics.

Faster processor and graphic allows more complex apps to run smoothlyNeural EngineThe four-core Neural Engine can process machine learning tasks up to twice as fast, making operations like Siri requests and dictation more efficient and accurate.
Ultra Wideband ChipThe new second-generation Ultra Wideband chip facilitates precision finding for i Phones,allowing users to track their iPhones with directional accuracy.

Never worry about losing your iPhone with Precision FindingDisplayThe Retina display of Series 9 now boasts up to 2,000 nits of brightness, ensuring clarity even under the sun. In darker environments, it can reduce brightness to just one nit, ensuring optimal viewing in any situation.


2000 nits display provides better clarity under bright environmentIntroducing Double TapThis intuitive gesture control, powered by the Neural Engine, allows users to navigate their watch more seamlessly. Whether it’s pausing music or accessing widgets, a double tap is all it takes.


Double tap your finger to answer a call, open a notification, play and pause music
Apple Watch Ultra 2This iteration features the powerful Series 9 SIP and boasts a brightness of 3,000 nits. It also introduces a new watch face, Modular Ultra, and ensures long-lasting battery life.

More power to take on more demanding graphics and enhance battery life. Pricing
Prices of the Apple Watch Ultra 2 start at S$1,199
Prices of the Apple Watch Series 9 start at S$599 in aluminium and S$1,049 in stainless steel.


Comes in two sizes – 41mm and 45mm 
You can choose between GPS-only or GPS and cellular versions.
iPhone 15: The Next-gen Smartphone Experience Design & DisplayiPhone 15 showcases an all-new design with the Dynamic Island on its Super Retina XDR display. With OLED technology, the display brightness can reach up to 2,000 nits.

Added features on Dynamic Island allows you to get latest info with a glanceCamera EvolutionThe 48-megapixel main camera promises sharper photos and videos.

With advancements in computational photography, capturing stunning portraits is now effortless. The camera system also enables post-capture focus adjustments.
48 megapixel camera for iPhone 15Photos taken with iPhone 15 has never been betterPerformance ProwessPowered by the A16 Bionic chip, iPhone 15ensures a seamless experience, whether it’s gaming or day-to-day tasks.
USB-C AdoptionWith USB-C, users can enjoy universal charging across multiple Apple devices.

Now you can share USB-C cable across Android and Apple devicesUltra WidebandThe second-generation Ultra Wideband chip facilitates precision finding, helping users navigate to friends in crowded areas.


Easier locate your friend or child with precision finding
Innovative SolutionsFrom better call audio quality to Roadside Assistance via Satellite, iPhone 15 ensures safety and clarity in communication.
iPhone 15 & 15 PlusThis model comes in 5 colors with Aluminum design. Offers up to 512GB storage with 6.1″ or 6.7″ display. 

iPhone 15 comes in five colorsiPhone 15 Pro This model brings even more to the table – a titanium design, customizable Action button, and the A17 Pro chip. With 19 billion transistors, advanced GPU capabilities, and a more sophisticated camera system, it truly stands out as a flagship.

How to maximize the lifespan of iPhone battery

There have been many breakthroughs in smartphone technologies over the years.But one thing that is bothering the manufacturer – how to have longer battery life for the devices?


As smartphone users are increasingly dependent on their devices, so do the usage time. And having to re-charge several times throughout the day, sometimes scrambling to find a charging station, has become a nuisance task for users. 


Manufacturers over the years have introduced a faster charging method, ease of charging through wireless and bigger batterycapacity. But there is a limitation to how much we can extend the battery life. Unfortunately, there is no perfect solution to this issue yet. Meanwhile, we can educate ourselves to have an understanding of the limitation of battery and how to make the best out of it. 


iPhone being chargedAboutLithium-ion batteries were commercialized in the 1990s. Comparing with the previous generation of battery technology, lithium-ion charge faster, last longer, and can hold more charge in a smaller form. Till date, vendors do not have a commercially viable product to replace the lithium technology yet. 
Removing battery from iPhoneUnderstand how your phone battery degradesYour Apple lithium-ion battery uses fast charging to reach 80 percent of its capacity quickly, then switches to slower trickle charging. Apple iOS also limit charging above 80 percent if battery temperatures get too hot. By doing so, it will prolong the battery life to prevent over-charging. 


An iPhone lithium-ion battery typically holds up to 500 charge cycles, or about two years; before you will see a degrading of the battery to 80% of its full capacity. You complete one charge cycle when you have used an amount equals 100% of your battery’s capacity. 
Example, you use up 60% today and re-charge it fully the next day. If you use 40% the next day, then you will have discharged a total of 100%. That is one charge cycle. It could also take several days to complete a cycle. 


Myth: Some users discharge 100% before re-charging to reduce charging cycle. It is no longer needed for the lithium-ion battery as reason explained above.  How long is a battery supposed to last?iPhone – 500 cyclesApple Watch – 1,000 cyclesiPad – 1,000 cyclesiPod – 400 cycles Macbook – 1,000 cyclesQuestion: Can I leave the iPhone to charge overnight even at 100 Percent?


Theoretically, you can. iPhone will continue to charge even when the battery is at full capacity. Once the battery is full, the iPhone will automatically discharge some amount of its charges so it can continue to receive a charge without damaging the battery. However, it will affect the battery cycle, as previously discussed, in the long run. Charging iPhone by the bedHow to maximize battery performance “Battery life” is the amount of time a device runs before it needs to be re-charged. “Battery lifespan” is the amount of time a battery lasts until it needs to be replaced. 
Let’s find out how we can stretch or maximize the lifespan and performance of your device’s battery. 


1. Update to the latest softwareSimple yet effective. Apple software updates often include advanced energy-saving technologies, so always make sure your device is using the latest version of iOS.
iOS Software Update2.Avoid extreme ambient temperaturesThe ideal temperature comfort zone is between 16 – 22 degree). Avoid exposing your device to an ambient temperature higher than 35 degrees. Example, under direct sun, near high heat area, left in the car under hot weather. The damage can be irreversible and decreases the battery lifespan in the long term. 


Warning : Over heating3.Remove certain cases during chargingiPhone case is important. But charging your iPhone inside certain styles of cases may generate excess heat, which can affect battery capacity. If you notice that your device gets hot when you charge it, take it out of its case first. 
4. Store it half-charged when you store it long termIf you are not using your device for long-term, do the following:


Do not fully charge or fully discharge your device’s battery – charge it to around 50%. Switch off the device to avoid additional battery use. Place your device in a cool, moisture-free environment that’s less than 32 degrees. If you plan to store your device for longer than six months, charge it to 50% every six months. Battery status at 57% charge5. Optimize your settings 

Adjust your screen brightness. Dim the screen or turn on Auto-Brightness to extend battery lifeTurn on Wi-Fi connection whenever possible as it uses less power than a cellular network. Disable Bluetooth if you are not using hands-free or wireless speakers. Set Auto-Lock to 1 Minute. Setting your iPhone to go to standby mode when not used automatically is essential for conserving battery life. Adjusting screen brightness6.Enable Low Power Mode
Low Power Mode is an easy way to extend thebattery life of your iPhone when it starts to

4 Signs It’s Time to Replace Your MacBook Battery

Your MacBook battery life won’t last forever . When battery health degrades, leaving your charger at home becomes increasingly untenable since the time between charges can reduce dramatically.
The Obvious Sign: Reduced Battery LifeIt should go without saying, but a MacBook with greatly diminished battery life should benefit from a battery replacement. There are varying degrees of battery degradation, from “a few hours less than what I remember” to the machine lasting single-digit minutes when disconnected from power.
As your battery ages, it will lose capacity as part of the normal aging process. Modern MacBook batteries are good for 1000 cycles before needing to be replaced, while older models typically withstand 300 cycles. You can see how your battery is affected by usage using the graphs under System Settings > Battery.


Ideally, you want to see a steady decline rather than sharp dips in charge level (unless you know you’ve been doing something intensive like playing games or rendering video). Your Mac should remain relatively stable when not in use.

A “cycle” is one full charge from 0% to 100% and back to 0% again. Few people use their MacBooks in this way, but the cycles still add up. For example, two days of using half your battery life and charging from 50% to 100% would equal one cycle. You shouldn’t fear increasing your MacBook’s cycle count, since the battery is designed to be used.
RELATED:Debunking Battery Life Myths For Mobile Phones, Tablets, And Laptops
macOS Battery Service WarningYour MacBook should tell you when it’s time to replace your battery. Click on the battery charge indicator in the menu bar in the top-right corner of the screen. If you see a “Condition: Replace Soon” or similar warning, macOS has determined your battery is deteriorating to a degree where it will soon need replacing.


If you don’t see any such warning, your MacBook battery should be working as normal and not in need of replacement.
View macOS battery status in menu bar
You don’t have to replace your MacBook battery when this warning appears. Doing so will give your laptop a new lease of life when relying on battery power, but if you never leave your desk or find it convenient to carry a charger everywhere you go you can simply ignore it and carry on as normal.
High Cycle Count and Poor Battery HealthYou can see information about your battery under System Settings > Battery. macOS should report the overall condition, with an “i” information button you can tap to see your maximum capacity percentage.


You can also find this information under System Information. Click on the Apple logo in the top-left corner of the screen then hold the Option key on your keyboard. Click on “System Information” and then navigate to the “Power” section in the sidebar. Battery information will be displayed at the top of the information panel, with “Cycle Count” available in the “Health Information” section.
Consult Apple’s battery health guide to work out what sort of cycle count you should expect from your MacBook before needing to replace the battery. To find out which MacBook you have, click on the Apple logo in the top-right corner of the screen and then choose “About This Mac”.


Unexpected Shutdowns or OverheatingYour MacBook will turn itself off sooner than you’d probably like if the battery needs replacing. Unexpected shutdowns or heat problems could also be explained by poor battery health. For example, if your Mac reports that it has a moderate amount of battery left and then shuts down before giving you the low battery warning, a faulty battery could be to blame.
The same is true of unexpected power loss while using your MacBook on battery power. This is an extreme example of a battery fault, where the cell can no longer deliver the required power to keep the machine from shutting down. Even if this is the case , the MacBook should run fine on mains power (at least it does on our old MacBook Air that has no battery inside it).


Older batteries may also be more prone to overheating. You can check your MacBook’s temperature using a free app called Hot (for both Intel and Apple Silicon models). The normal operating temperature for an Apple Silicon (M1 or later) CPU at idle is around 68ºF to 95ºF (20ºC to 35ºC), and around 120ºF (50ºc) or less for an Intel CPU. Under load, both machines can spike to around 212ºF (100ºC) on the CPU.
Monitor temperatures with Hot for macOSTake these temperatures with a pinch of salt, since the ambient temperature and usage conditions (for example, full sunlight) can make a big difference to how hot or cold your MacBook runs. You’re more likely to notice sluggish performance as a result of thermal throttling or spontaneous shutdowns if your Mac is affected by heat.


RELATED:7 Tips To Keep Your Tech From Overheating
What to Do About Your Failing BatteryIf your MacBook is still under warranty or covered by AppleCare+ or another insurance scheme, you may be eligible for a free battery  replacement if your maximum capacity has dropped below 80%. You can check your eligibility under System Settings > General > About under the ” Coverage” section. Make an appointment with Apple or an authorized service center using Apple Support.
Apple will test your battery and let you know if it needs replacing. If you’ve followed the instructions for checking your cycle count and battery health above, you’ll probably already know the outcome of this testing. If you have a 15-inch MacBook Pro manufactured between 2015 and 2017, you may be eligible for a battery replacement due to a recall.
It’s worth checking the Apple Service Programs website to see if your Mac is listed for a free battery replacement or affected by any other issues. If your MacBook isn’t covered by your original warranty or a service program, Apple can still replace the battery. This is the easiest way forward if you want your battery replaced, but it’s also the most costly.
You can check how much a battery replacement will cost using the Mac Repair & Service website. Expect to pay around $199 for a new battery, including parts and labor. In many cases, Apple will be able to fit a new battery on the same day , or you can use an authorized service center or mail-in service if visiting a retail location isn’t possible.

Finally, you can always replace the battery yourself at home. You can buy everything you need to do this (including the battery) on websites like iFixit or Other World Computing. Kits can cost from as little as $60 to around $100 and come with everything you need.

You’ll also find links to guides on iFixit’s website or YouTube demonstrating how to perform the replacement. Replacing a battery is considered a fairly advanced fix, so if you’re worried about things going wrong it might be worth getting someone else to do it That said, if it’s an old MacBook you’re happy to risk and you’re keen to hone your repair skills, a battery replacement might make a perfect Sunday afternoon activity.

Keep Your MacBook Battery in Great ConditionThere are a few basic practices you can employ to keep your MacBook battery in good condition. This includes making use of optimized charging, keeping the charge level between 40 and 80%, and avoiding extreme temperatures.

How to check the condition of your Mac’s battery

If you’re thinking about buying a second-hand Mac notebook, you need to know how to find the condition of the battery.This simple tip helps you do that.A friend of mine was considering purchasing an old(ish) MacBook Pro and wanted to check the battery life as they arranged the deal.


That’s when I thought it might be worth sharing this little tip, given lots of people will be selling Macs to get hold of a new MacBook Air.
Battery cycles for battery healthThat’s when I remembered this little-known, but really quite useful (and mercifully short), Mac tip that helps you get some kind of insight into your Mac’s battery health.
[Related: Apple’s place is in the enterprise ]The batteries used inside Macs are built to handle a number of battery cycles.
Apple advises that once your battery has used up all these cycles, it should be considered as needing replacement.
The company also says: “Your battery is designed to retain up to 80 percent of its original capacity at 1,000 complete charge cycles.”
They usually work way beyond that number (it’s kind of notional), but you may experience increasingly low battery life between charges until you end up with a notebook you have to plug into power to use.


This is why you need to know how to find the battery cycle count data, particularly if you are about to purchase a second-hand Mac notebook. That way you know why what you are buying seems to be a bargain and can plan in advance for a battery replacement.
How to check the battery cycle count on MacsApple makes it easy to check the battery cycle count on Macs; you just need to follow these instructions:
Open About This Mac in the Apple Menu.General information about your system will appear in a small window.At the bottom left of that window you’ll find a button called ‘System Report’.Press this button, and a new window appears offering all kinds of hardware-related information about your Mac – choose the Power section.NB: Hold down the Option key when you press About This Mac to open the System Report directly.In the right-hand window in the next pane look for Health Information.This tells you your current cycle count and lets you know the condition of your battery.
What about the battery icon?You can also get a general sense of battery health using the battery icon.


Option-click the battery icon in the menu bar, and you will see one of these statements:
Normal: This is what you want to seeReplace Soon: The battery works but needs replacing.Replace Now: You can keep using the battery, but don’t expect too much time between charges, and you should look to replacing it.Service Battery: Don’t panic, you can keep using your Mac, but you really should take the machine in and get it services.
What is battery cycle?The batteries used in notebooks are not built to last forever.
Battery cycles are a shorthand used by manufacturers to estimate battery life. A battery cycle represents what happens when the battery is fully charged and then used until it empties – that’s one cycle.


If you use 90 percdent of your Mac’s power until it reaches 10 percent power, charge it to 100%, and then use a tenth of the power in the now charged Mac, that counts as a single charge (90 +10 = 100). Use up 50 percent four times running, and that’s two charges.


What is my Mac’s battery cycle?Most current Macs (MacBooks, MacBook Airs, and MacBook Pros) use batteries assessed as having 1,000 battery cycles. That’s pretty much good enough for at least three years of regular use.
Older Macs (including the original MacBook Air) carried batteries with just 300 cycles inside. You can check how many cycles your Mac is meant to have here.

The Ultimate Guide to Boosting your MacBook’s Battery Life

Despite the fact that Apple seem to be on a mission to make each new MacBook lighter and thinner than the previous version, today your typical MacBook boasts an impressive battery life, to the point where you can expect to get a full day’s work from a single charge. But it’s human nature to always want that little bit extra! 
That’s why in this post I’m going to be sharing 9 tips for getting the most out of your MacBook’s battery.
These tips are ideal
if you have an older MacBook; have recently noticed a decline in the running time you get from a single charge – or you’re just not in the mood to go hunting for your charger!Check how long your battery should lastBefore we start looking at tricks for getting the most out of your battery, it’s worth taking a moment to check how long the battery should last for your particular model.
If your MacBook is dramatically underperforming in the battery department, then this could indicate an underlying technical problem. If there’s a fault with your battery, then no matter how clever you are about how you use your Mac’s battery, you’re not getting to get the best results. If there’s a technical issue, then you’re better off taking your MacBook into your local Apple Store – especially if your laptop is still under warranty!

You can also check whether your battery needs to be replaced or serviced, by holding down the ‘option’ key on your keyboard and clicking the battery icon in your Mac’s menu bar. At the very top of the dropdown menu, you’ll see a summary of the current state of your battery.Ideally, this should read ‘Condition: Normal,’ but if there’s a problem you may see one of the following:
Replace Soon. The battery is holding less charge than when it was new, but is otherwise functioning normally. It may continue to lose charge.Replace Now. The battery is holding significantly less charge than when it was new, but is otherwise functioning normally. You should replace the battery as soon as possible.Service Battery. The battery isn’t functioning normally – it needs to be looked at by a professional.2. Keep up to date

Every new version of OS X introduces fixes and improvements, so it’s possible that upgrading to the latest version may fix any issues you’re experiencing, and could even extend your Mac’s battery life, depending on what’s included in the update.
Even if a new version of OS X doesn’t include any battery-related enhancements, it’ll include other improvements, so it’s always a good idea to make sure you’re running the latest version.


To check whether you’re fully up to date, click the Apple logo in the menu bar and select ‘App Store,’ followed by ‘Updates.’ If there’s an update available, it’ll appear under ‘Software Update.’
Similarly, make sure all your apps are up to date, as new versions may introduce improvements that’ll have a positive impact on how that app uses battery. Also, if you’re running the latest version of OS X, then the latest version of an app should be optimized to work with this version of the operating system – again, this may have a noticeable impact on that app’s battery usage.


3.Turn off Wi-Fi and BluetoothIt’s easy to get into the bad habit of leaving your MacBook’s Wi-Fi and Bluetooth permanently switched on, even when you’re not actively using these connections. Leaving your Mac’s Wi-Fi or Bluetooth running in the background is a surefire way to burn through your battery, so make sure you disable these connections when you’re not using them.
To turn off Wi-Fi, select the Wi-Fi icon from your Mac’s menu bar, and click ‘Turn Wi-Fi off.’
To prevent your MacBook from permanently scanning for other devices over Bluetooth, click the Apple icon in the menu bar and select ‘System Preferences…’ followed by ‘Bluetooth’ and ‘Turn Bluetooth Off.’


system preferences menu4. Unplug unnecessary accessoriesAs a general rule, anything that’s attached to your MacBook is going to drain your battery, whether it’s a USB stick, SD card, 4G modem or external drive. Make sure you disconnect any peripherals that you aren’t currently using. If you have a SuperDrive then it’s also a good idea to eject any CDs or DVDs that aren’t currently in use.  


And even though we’ve all done it at some point, avoid the temptation to charge other devices by attaching them to your MacBook, such as your phone, tablet, e-reader or iPod, as this will have a massive, negative impact on your Mac’s battery life.
5. Try the Battery Health AppBattery Health is a free app that displays a wealth of technical information about the state of your battery, including the original battery capacity vs. its current capacity, when the battery was manufactured, its temperature, and the number of charge cycles completed. This information can be invaluable for diagnosing problems with your battery.
Install and launch Battery Health, and you’ll notice a new icon in your MacBook’s menu bar. Click this icon to open a dialogue containing lots of useful information about the overall health of your battery.


battery health6. Close Unused Apps – particularly battery-hogging ones!It’s a simple fact of life that the more apps you have running, the quicker your battery is going to drain, so it’s crucial that you close any apps that you aren’t actually using – particularly apps that are sucking up more than their fair share of juice.
The quickest way to identify the biggest battery hogs, is to click the ‘Battery’ icon in your MacBook’s menu bar and check whether any apps appear under ‘Apps Using Significant Energy.’


For a more in-depth look at all the apps currently running on your Mac, and the impact they’re having on your battery, launch the Activity Monitor:
Open your ‘Finder’ window and select ‘Applications’ from the left-hand menu.Open the ‘Utilities’ folder, followed by ‘Activity Monitor.’Select the ‘Energy’ tab.activity monitorActivity Monitor lists all the apps that are running on your Mac, plus the amount of power they’re using. Again, you should close any apps that you aren’t currently using,particularlyif those apps are consuming a large amount of power.
7. Check for runaway processesWhile you have Activity Monitor open, this is the perfect time to look for any parts of the Mac operating system that are misbehaving and consuming unusual amounts of battery.


In ‘Activity Monitor,’ select the ‘CPU’ tab. In the ‘CPU’ column, look for any processes that are taking up more than 70% of your CPU.
activity monitor cpuTo close an item, select it and then click the ‘Quit’ icon towards the upper-left of the Activity Monitor window. However, be cautious about terminating processes at random, as some may be performing important work behind the scenes. If you’ re unsure about a particular process, it’s always a good idea to research it on Google, before terminating it.


8. Adjust Energy Saver on MacBookAnother method of conserving battery, is to limit the amount of time your laptop is stood idle, before the screen turns off:  
Click the Apple icon in your Mac’s menu bar.Select ‘System Preferences…’Select ‘Energy Saver’ from the menu that appears.Select the ‘Battery’ tab.energy saverThen, adjust the amount of time before your screen powers down, using the ‘Turn display off after…’ slider.


9. Dim Screen Brightness onMacBookIf you can cope with staring at a slightly darker screenwithoutgetting eye strain, then you may want to try reducing the screen brightness as this will make your battery last just that little bit longer.

My iPhone’s battery doesn’t stay at 100% for as long as it used to. Is there a problem?

I fear that we in the tech media shoulder some responsibility for making people worry — sometimes to the point of obsession — about theirsmartphone’s battery life. It amazes me how close of an eye some smartphone owners keep on their devices.
We’re constantly monitoring our phone’s health.


To be fair, I’m like that too. A bit. No, not really. A lot.
Also: The best wireless chargers for iPhones
And if there’s one thing that we battery watchers get good at spotting, it’s when the battery is discharging faster than normal. And there’s no easier thing to notice than a battery going from 100% to 99%.When the battery was new it may well have remained at 100% for a few hours. But after a few months of wear, that tick-over from 100% to 99% happens a lot quicker.


But why? Is this a problem?
No, it’s nothing more than normal battery wear.
Every charge/discharge cycle that your iPhone goes through wears the battery a little. 
According to Apple, the battery in your iPhone is designed to retain up to 80% of its original capacity at 500 complete charge cycles. 
Also: Why you should really stop charging your phone overnight
You can see this measure if you tap on Settings > Battery > Battery Health & Charging, and it’s under the heading Maximum Capacity.
Battery Health on IOS 16 showing Maximum CapacityThe more you use your phone, the more it wears the battery. That’s physics. And you can’t change the laws of physics.
The bottom line: As part of the normal battery-wear process, your battery will lose about 1 percentage point off this Maximum Capacity for every 25 cycles.
This, in turn, affects how quickly your iPhone’s battery drops. That is, an old iPhone charged to 100% holds less charge than a new iPhone changed to 100% because of this wear.

Also: The price of replacing your iPhone battery has gone up
But it gets more complicated.
If you watch that Maximum Capacity figure, you’ll notice — when your iPhone is new — that it takes weeks, maybe months, before that 100% maximum capacity rolls over to 99%.
Why is that?
Because the battery inside your iPhone has a higher actual capacity than Apple claims. Apple under-promises on the capacity because new batteries have a natural variation in capacity, and Apple would prefer that your battery has slightly more capacity — not less — than what’s in the spec sheet.
Also: The best MagSafe battery packs for your iPhone
If you’re interested, you can actually get iOS to show you how much capacity your battery had when new, what its current capacity is, what its rated capacity is, and how many charge cycles it’s been through.
Confused? Don’t worry! Put simply, what this means is that when your battery is new, it can hold more power than its rated capacity; and because of this, it looks like it can stay at that 100% mark for longer. 
So, is this slow erosion of how long your battery will stay at 100% a problem?
No.
This is what normal battery wear looks like.
Also: The best phones right now
That said, there are a few steps you can take to take the stress off your battery to reduce additional wear.

Use a good-quality charger – either a genuine Apple charger or a good quality third-party charger.Keep your iPhone at room temperature as much as possible – don’t leave it baking in the sun or in a car window all day.Don’t keep your iPhone on a charger all the time – the battery is meant to be used.So, if this is normal, what are the signs of a dying battery?


Here’s what I look out for:
Rapid discharging over a few hoursCrashing when under load (for example, when playing a demanding game)Phone refusing to charge to 100%Physical damage such as bulging or overheatingThese are signs that your battery could be worn. But remember, all is not lost! It’s not much of a hassle to get it replaced, giving your iPhone a new lease of life.

Apple iPhone 15: from release date to specs, everything we know

Apple has just announced the details of the iPhone 15 and iPhone 15 Pro at its ‘Wonderlust’ event.The standard iPhone will inherit several features from last year’s pro, including an improved Dynamic Island, the A16 Bionic chip and 48MP main camera. There are five colours in a textured matte finish: pink yellow, blue, green and black.


The iPhone 15 Pro and Pro Max will have a new grade 5 titanium case, with a brushed texture finish in four colours: black and white, blue and natural. New features include a customisable action button that can be used to quickly launch different functions and a new full-screen standby mode when the phone is turned on its side. 


The Pros sport a new A17 Pro, a 3 nanometer chip, with new 6-core CPU and 6-core pro-class GPU that Apple says is up to 20 per cent faster. And the difference between the Pro and Pro Max will be more pronounced, with the iPhone 15 Pro Max sporting a 5x optical zoom instead of the 3x on the standard Pro. As expected, all iPhone 15 models with have USB-C charging instead of Lightning.Pricing remains largely the same as with the iPhone 14: the iPhone 15 starts at $799, the iPhone 14 Plus at $899 and iPhone 5 Pro at $999. Only the iPhone 5 Pro Max has a higher starting price at $1,199, but it now starts at 256GB instead of 128GB. We’re currently working on updating the full details below.
Of course, Apple has already made what might end up its biggest announcement of 2023: the launch of its AR headset. For the lowdown on that front, check out our thoughts on Apple Vision Pro.
Apple iPhone 15: designUSB-C connector
Apple has been forced to swap Lightning for USB-C (Image credit: Photo by Matthias Zomer via Pexels)We’re already certain the iPhone 15 will feature one big design change: a move from Lightning to USB-C. That’s because new EU rules announced last autumn will require all phones sold after autumn 2024 to use the USB-C connector for charging.


Apple has agreed to comply, and although technically they could still sneak out a new phone with a Lightning connector between now and the deadline, it wouldn’t make much business sense to do so. And with the iPad, MacBook and most third-party accessories shifting to USB-C, it makes sense from a brand viewpoint anyway.
Every iPhone 15 model, then, is likely ditch Lightning for USB-C… but that’s not the whole story. As we reported in November, leaks suggest that the capabilities of the ports won’t be the same across all four iPhones. It appears that only the iPhone 15 Pro models will support USB 3.2 or Thunderbolt 3, while the standard iPhone 15 will just support USB 2.0, offering no speed improvement over Lightning. Bah. And the whole thing is already proving controversial.


In other slightly worrying news, it sounds like the iPhone 15 Pro’s camera bump could be even bigger than that of the iPhone 14 Pro. Renders based on leaked CAD files show a similar design to the 14 Pro, but with an absolutely enormous set of lenses. And those lenses might even be rearranged – not that most users will notice.

Other leaks and rumours about the design of the iPhone 15 range may be less grounded in fact. But where they come from reliable sources, they’re still worth paying attention to. For example, many seasoned Apple leakers have claimed that the Dynamic Island, Apple’s interactive notch replacement, will hit all four iPhone 15 models. That would be a big deal, as it’s currently only available in the more expensive iPhone 14 Pro and iPhone 14 Pro Max.


There’s also a persistent rumour that the iPhone 15 will replace physical buttons with haptic touch sensors; like the ‘taptic’ home button in the iPhone SE. We’re really sure this isn’t a good idea, though, as it would make it difficult to restart the phone if the software freezes, and might make using a case more problematic too. So if Apple really is thinking about this, we hope they back off the idea sooner rather than later.
Speaking of buttons, one recent rumour suggests the iPhone 15 Pro will take a leaf out of the Apple Watch Ultra’s book and include a customisable Action Button. This could let users carry out various functions, from activating Control Center to turning on the torch.


And then there’s the display. Recent rumours have suggested that Apple is working on brightness of up to 2500 nits – up from the 14 Pro’s current max of 2000. Seeing as a brighter display is a selling point of the Apple Watch Ultra, we wouldn’t be surprised to see the same thing happen with the iPhone line up.
Less concerning is the suggestion that the rumoured iPhone 15 Ultra will be made of titanium. It’s not exactly something we’re crying out for, but at least it wouldn’t make us upset (unless it made the price prohibitive, of course).


Apple iPhone 15: cameraWe don’t know anything official about the iPhone 15’s cameras yet, and we haven’t even seen many leaks either. The biggest rumour is the prediction that the iPhone 15 Ultra will have a second selfie camera (while the iPhone 14 Pro has three main cameras on the back, the front camera remains a single lens.) 
iPhone 15 Ultra concept


A fan-made render of the rumoured iPhone 15 Ultra What that would be for, though, we can only speculate. It could mean the addition of an ultra-wide selfie lens (no more having to stretch your arm out of its socket to take a group selfie) or better zoom. Or it could introduce a dual system for sharper, more detailed images, or allow selfies to be taken with a shallower depth of field so subjects stand out more from the background.
Apple iPhone 15: pricing and release dateAnd now for the bad news. Recent rumours have suggested that the price of the entire iPhone line up is set to increase in 2023. This is thanks to increased production costs, with the iPhone 15 costing Apple 12% more to produce, and the 15 Pro a whopping 20%. This would mark the first increase since 2017 in the US – but spare a thought for us UK folk who have already seen the price of each model rise by around £100 in 2022.


Apple tends to launch new iPhones in the first couple of weeks of September: for example, it launched the iPhone 14 on 7 September 2022, with the 14, Plus and Pro going on sale over a week later (16 September) and the iPhone 14 Plus a little after that (7 October). At the moment, notedApple leaker Mark Gurman claims the line up will be announced on 13th September, before going on sale on the 22nd. 

Everything We Know About iPhone 15: Release Date, Rumors, Specs and Leaks

The iPhone 15 reveal is happening on Sept. 12 during the Apple September Event. Apple hasn’t released much in the way of official details about its next best smartphone, but a glut of leaks, analyst predictions and insider speculations has given us an inkling of what to expect.
This much is clear: expect more changes than those brought by last year’s iPhone 14. Speedier and more power-efficient processors, higher resolution periscopic lenses, USB-C, and a handful of surface design alterations – and it’t be long until we have confirmation of changes coming.
With new features could also come a less welcome iPhone 15 price hike. Hopefully, that’s one rumor that will be proven wrong. Read on for all the details we have ahead of the next Apple event.

iPhone 15 Release DateApple plans to reveal the iPhone 15 on September 12, 2023, before the smartphone goes on sale a week later. The event will start at 10 am PT/ 1 pm ET, and will likely run for about an hour. At the event, we ‘ll likely see exactly what the iPhone 15 will look like and everything it will be able to do, including whether or not it’ll actually have that USB-C port we’ve been asking for.
When Can You Buy iPhone 15?You should be able to buy the iPhone 15 on September 22, according to Bloomberg’s own sources. (This corroborates an earlier report from 9to5mac). The last several iPhones have been released in September (barring the later October launch of the iPhone 12), with the iPhone 14 hitting shelves on September 16, 2022. The iPhone 15 is unlikely to be different.

iPhone 15 PriceThe iPhone’s price has remained static for the past few years, with the last three generations of the standard model launching for $799. But a report by Bloomberg claims it’s all changing for the premium-tier iPhone 15 Pro and Pro Max, as Apple plans to increase prices in anticipation of slowing projected phone sales.
The company is already dropping hints that a price rise is on the way. During a quarterly earnings call last February, Apple CEO Tim Cook said “the iPhone has become so integral into people’s lives” that customers are “willing to really stretch to get the iPhone devotees, in other words, can suck it up.
How much will the iPhone 15 Pro cost?For reference, here are the retail prices of the 128GB versions of the iPhone 14 models. The iPhone 15 probably won’t look too different:
iPhone 14: $799iPhone 14 Plus: $899iPhone 14 Pro: $999iPhone 14 Pro Max: $1,099iPhone 15 modelsLike the last few generations of Apple’s flagship smartphone, the iPhone 15 line-up is expected to consist of four models: the iPhone 15, iPhone 15 Plus, iPhone 15 Pro and iPhone 15 Pro Max.
A report from the top of this year suggests the Pro Max may be renamed Ultra, though Bloomberg later walked back on those claims and suggested Apple instead plans to introduce the Ultra as a distinct, higher-tier model in 2024.

iPhone 15 FeaturesAs ever, big changes are coming to the iPhone camera. Apple industry and markets analyst Ming-Chi Kuo predicts both the standard iPhone 15 and iPhone 15 Plus will inherit the 48-megapixel camera sensor of the iPhone 14 Pro and Pro Max. It’s a sizable upgrade on the 12-megapixel camera that’s been a feature of the last three generations.


The iPhone 15 Pro and Pro Max, however, are expected to get an even snazzier periscope lens. Already found on a handful of premium smartphones, periscope lenses essentially support high levels of optical zoom, letting you capture crisp pictures from a distance. With the Samsung Galaxy S23 Ultra sporting a 10x zoom periscope lens and the Google Pixel 7 Pro a 5x zoom, Apple may well be looking to catch up.


The Dynamic Island – the pill-shaped black cutout at the top of the iPhone 14 Pro and Pro Max – is expected to become a staple feature too. It’s essentially an interactive notification area that replaces the top notch, which has been a mainstay of the phone’s design since the iPhone X. It can display music controls, incoming phone calls, AirDrop transfers, and a bunch of other app alerts. And since it’s interactive, the notification cutout can be expanded, shrunk, or split in two if displaying multiple background activities. While it was previously only a feature of last year’s Pro iPhone models, several insider rumors suggest it’ll hop over to the standard iPhone 15 and iPhone 15 Plus.


For a while, it was also thought the iPhone 15 Pro and Pro Max would ditch their typical side buttons in favor of solid-state haptics that could vibrate and change intensity in response to pressure. But after Ming-Chi Kuo and others first hinted at the idea, they’ve more recently suggested that development issues have delayed integration, and Apple has reverted back to its standard physical button design.
iPhone 15 SpecsIt’s likely the whole iPhone 15 line-up will get a beefy chipset upgrade. Model identifiers pulled from the back end of a recent tvOS update suggest the standard iPhone 15 and Plus models will adopt the A16 chip found in the current iPhone 14 Pro and Pro Max.


The next-gen A17 chip, meanwhile, looks to be reserved for the coming Pro and Pro Max. It’ll be Apple’s first 3-nanometer chip and, according to one prolific leaker, will feature six CPU and GPU cores, each running at up to 3.7GHz. That will offer the usual performance improvements, but its manufacturer has also reportedly boasted it will reduce power consumption by up to 35%, according to a report from Bloomberg – a big boon for battery life. More unusually, a recent report by The Information claims that the same manufacturer has signed a deal to exclusively develop the 3-nanometer chips for Apple for a full year before making them for competitors. If true, it’ll be one way Apple keeps ahead of the game.


Analysts have also predicted the iPhone 15 will include a newer ultra-wideband communications chip to support compatibility with Apple’s recently unveiled mixed-reality headset, the Vision Pro. Apple has framed the headset as a consumer and commercial device that directly will integrate with several cores iOS apps. Improving the connectivity between the headset and other Apple devices seems like a natural step to shore up the Apple ecosystem.

iPhone 15 Design – What Will the iPhone 15 Look Like?At the top of the list of potential iPhone 15 design features is the disappearance of the Lightning port. After the EU introduced legislation last year requiring that all phones sold within its member countries use USB-C, Apple confirmed it would comply with the changes. It has until 2024 to do so, and is yet to clarify whether this year’s iPhone line-up will be the first to feature the port. It’s also yet to explicitly outline whether all iPhone models will make the switch to USB-C or just those sold within the EU.
Renders of the iPhone 5’s design provided to 9to5Mac by a Chinese case manufacturer show a USB-C port in place. They also show a handful of other design tweaks; the iPhone 15 Pro line will reportedly include:
Titanium frames, making it lighter and more durableThinner bezels thanks to new screen technology (that was first used on the Apple Watch Series 7 to make the wearable’s bezels thinner)More protruding camera lenses in a square array

More significantly, rumors suggest the mute switch – which has been present since the first iPhone– will be replaced by an Action button. It’s claimed to function as an all-purpose, programmable shortcut that can instantly open various apps and features. An iOS 17 beta build from July mentions several functions that can be assigned to it: silent mode, camera, flashlight, accessibility, focus, magnifier, translate and voice memos. We’ll have to wait to see exactly how it works in practice if it is even real in the first place.

What is optimised battery charging on iPhone and should you use it?

Here’s everything you need to know about optimised battery charging on iOS including what it does, and how to turn it off.


Optimised battery charging is a feature on iOS 13 or newer that limits overnight charging to protect your phone’s battery in the long term. Charging your phone to 100% for extended periods reduces the battery’s lifespan, so Apple’s software only charges it to 80%, reducing strain on the battery. Using optimised battery charging can increase your phone’s lifespan, but it may not be beneficial if you have irregular sleep patterns or don’t charge your phone overnight. You can easily turn off the feature in your phone’s settings.

Have you ever noticed that when you charge your iPhone late at night it stops at around 80 per cent? This isn’t a bug, it’s a feature called optimised battery charging doing its thing. It’s designed to increase the longevity of your phone’s built-in battery, ensuring that it works optimally for years to come. However, it’s not always beneficial, so it’s useful to know how to turn it off, too.

In this article, we’ll tell you everything you need to know about optimised battery charging, including how it works, why you should or shouldn’t use it, and how to control it. Let’s dive in.

What does optimised battery charging do?

Optimised battery charging is enabled by default on all devices running iOS 13 or newer. It’s a feature that’s designed to protect your battery in the long term by limiting overnight charging.
The majority of people plug in their phones when they go to bed, leaving them plugged in overnight. This is convenient as it’s the one time that you know you’re not going to need your phone, and most homes have an outlet near the bed that can be used for charging.


As convenient as it is, it’s not the best thing for your battery. It’s not dangerous, there’s built-in protection on all modern smartphones that will stop the battery from overcharging, but keeping the battery at 100 per cent charge for extended periods reduces its lifespan.


That’s because as well as the physical age of your battery, its lifespan is also affected by its chemical age. The chemical age of your battery can be affected by how hot your battery gets, and how and when you charge your iPhone. As your battery chemically ages, the amount of charge it can hold will slowly decrease, meaning you’ll need to charge it more often.
iPhone 14 Pro Max shown from the bottom displaying Lightning portTo combat this, Apple’s software monitors your daily activity and will only charge the phone to 80 per cent when it’s plugged in at night. Then it will wait until just before your usual wake-up time to complete the charge to 100 per cent.
Only charging to 80 per cent reduces the strain on the battery, which can help to reduce the chemical aging of battery. When it’s working as it should, you won’t notice any difference from charging the old-fashioned way – except for the fact that your battery will remain in good health for much longer. You may also see a notification on your iPhone indicating that it’s using optimised battery charging, along with an estimate of when your iPhone will be fully charged.


Optimised battery charging does a few other clever things, too. Apple says that it only triggers in locations that you spend a lot of time in, such as at home or work, so long as you have location services enabled. This means that it shouldn’t impact you when travelling. Ironically, having location services turned on may actually run down your battery more quickly, as the GPS components in your iPhone will require power to make location services work. Indeed, turning location services off is one of the common suggestions for ways to extend your battery life.

Why should you use it?Using optimised battery charging means that your phone will have a much longer lifespan. There’s nothing worse than having a handset that works great but won’t hold a charge for more than a few hours, and this feature should help prevent that from happening.


Of course, batteries aren’t perfect, and they all have a finite lifespan. So even if you use this feature, you should expect your overall battery life to decrease as the years go by. It’s just that with this feature enabled, it’ll take much longer for that to happen, and the usable period is likely to greatly exceed the time that you use the device, before deciding to upgrade to a fancier model.
So, sound like a no-brainer, then? Well, there are a few scenarios where optimised battery charging might be more of a hindrance than a convenience.
Five reasons to buy the Apple iPhone 13 
The system requires iOS to learn your habits in order to work effectively, so if you keep irregular hours or regularly change shift patterns at work, then you might find that it’s not working as you’d hoped.


Similarly, if you don’t charge your phone overnight, then it won’t be doing anything useful – and could even slightly decrease your battery life by trying to learn your habits in the background.
In cases like that, it’s probably best to turn off the feature entirely. Thankfully, Apple makes this easy to do, and we’ll explain how in the next section.


How to switch off optimised battery charging on iOSIf you’ve decided you’d rather turn off optimised battery charging, simply follow the steps below:
Optimised Battery Charging iPhoneOpen SettingsSwipe down until you find Battery and tap on thatChoose Battery Health & ChargingTap the toggle to turn off Optimised Battery ChargingYou will be presented with the option to turn it off until tomorrow or turn it off entirelyChoose the option that suits your needs, and you’re all done

Samsung’s Galaxy S24 Ultra might be the only way to avoid its Exynos chips

Samsung’s best phone might be all Qualcomm, all the time.
According to a reliable leaker, all models of the Samsung Galaxy S24 Ultra will feature Qualcomm Snapdragon processors, regardless of the region.

 Samsung has a close relationship with Qualcomm in terms of Snapdragon chips. Buyers of the Galaxy S24 Ultra can expect a super-fast flagship phone no matter where they are located, but confirmation on the chips will only be provided at the official announcement next year.If you pick up the best Samsung phone next year you’re going to also get the best chips, according to a new report.

We’d been expecting Samsung to use the Qualcomm Snapdragon 8 Gen 3 in the United States but go with the Exynos 2400 in other parts of the world, including South Korea and Europe. Now, it appears that will only be the case for the Galaxy S24 and Galaxy S24 Plus – choose the Galaxy S24 Ultra and you’ll get Qualcomm silicon, no matter where you happen to be located.

That’s according to a new report by one X leaker who has a reliable track record when it comes to these kinds of things, although it’s always important to note that nothing is 100% guaranteed with leaks this far out. The Galaxy S24 lineup isn’t expected to be announced until January or February of 2024, for example.
All Qualcomm, all the timeThe leaker in question is @tech_reve, and they believe that “regardless of the region, all models of the S24 Ultra feature Qualcomm Snapdragon processors.” That will surely be music to the ears of some, although this Exynos chip might not be the poor performer that we’ve come to expect from Samsung’s in-house chip designs.


Regardless of the region, all models of the S24 Ultra feature Qualcomm Snapdragon processors. — Revegnus A recent Ice Universe leak, again on X, shared details of the Exynos 2400 clock speeds with the chip expected to have a 1o-core CPU. But given Samsung’s close relationship with Qualcomm and the fact it’s likely to use overclocked versions of the Snapdragon 8 gen 3, many will surely prefer to carry a phone with that chip inside.

Regardless, it’s looking increasingly likely that buyers of the Galaxy S24 Ultra will get a super-fast flagship phone no matter what part of the world they are in at the point of purchase. We’ll get confirmation of exactly what chips will go where when the new phones are announced next year of course, and givenSamsung’s leaky history we might even find out before then, too.

Apple iPhone 15 and 15 Plus rumours: Everything we know so far

This is everything we have heard so far about the Apple iPhone 15 and iPhone 15 Plus.
The iPhone 15 and iPhone 15 Plus are expected to be announced on September 12, with pre-orders starting on September 15. The standard iPhone 15 models may have a frosted finish and new color options, while the display size is expected to remain similar to the iPhone 14. The iPhone 15 and iPhone 15 Plus could feature a 48-megapixel main camera sensor like the iPhone 14 Pro, but may not have the same camera upgrades as the Pro models.Apple iPhone leaks typically run throughout the entire year. No sooner does the latest iPhone series arrive – sometimes even before – then rumours start about the next models. For 2022, there were four iPhone models: the iPhone 14, iPhone 14 Plus, iPhone 14 Pro and the iPhone 14 Pro Max.
We’ve covered off what the rumours are saying about the iPhone 15 Pro and 15 Ultra in a separate feature, but here we are looking at what we can expect for the standard iPhone 15 and iPhone 15 Plus.


iPhone 15 release dateApple has sent out invitations to an event on 12 September, where we’re expecting to see the launch of the iPhone 15. The iPhone 14 series arrived on 7 September 2022, which was a week earlier than most expected, with Apple now falling back into its usual launch cadence.


That would likely mean the iPhone 15 is available to pre-order on 15 September, and available to buy from 22 September. It’s possible that not all models will go on sale at the same time, as has been the case in the past. iPhone 14 Plus was later than the iPhone 14 for 2022, so the same could happen this year too.
iPhone 15 designThe Apple iPhone 15 and iPhone 15 Plus are likely to look the same as each other, aside from their physical size. They will also probably be a little less premium in their material choice than the iPhone 15 Pro models – aluminum instead of stainless steel or titanium for example. So far, details have been thin on the ground in terms of their designs, though there have been a number of suggestions that the iPhone 15 models will be getting the Dynamic Island cutout we saw on the iPhone 14 Pro and iPhone 14 Pro Max in 2022. It’s also said that the Dynamic Island will include a proximity sensor within it rather than underneath it for the iPhone 15 models, though this shouldn’t change its appearance.
There wasn’t a huge design change between the iPhone 13 and the iPhone 14 so we wouldn’t be surprised to see a bigger difference in the iPhone 15 models, though Dynamic Island would sort of do this.
It’s also been claimed the iPhone 15 models could come in cyan and magenta color options and it’s been claimed the finish could be frosted rather than glossy, matching what we currently see on the iPhone 14 Pro models. Elsewhere, it’s also been suggested the iPhone 15 models could see a switch to eSIM only for the UK and Europe, matching what Apple did for the iPhone 14 models in the US.


iPhone 15 displayIt’s claimed the iPhone 15 and iPhone 15 Plus will feature the same display sizes as their predecessors – or at least very close to the same size. The iPhone 14 has a 6.1-inch Super Retina XDR OLED screen with 2532 x 1170 pixel resolution. This results in a pixel density of 460ppi. The iPhone 14 Plus meanwhile, has a 6.7-inch Super Retina XDR OLED screen with a 2778 x 1284 pixel resolution, resulting in a 458ppi.
Both devices have a 1200nits peak brightness and both support True Tone, Haptic Touch and HDR. It’s expected the iPhone 15 models will offer the same, though there is some talk of a 6.12-inch or 6.2-inch display for the standard iPhone 15. There was also talk of slimmer bezels around the display, though this appears to be for the Pro models rather than the standard models.
Whether the iPhone 15 models will adopt the Always On Display featured on the iPhone 14 Pro and iPhone 14 Pro Max isn’t clear yet, though it would require them to also adopt ProMotion, and rumours are suggesting that won’t be the case.


iPhone 15 hardware and specsThe Apple iPhone 14 and iPhone 14 Pro opted for the same chip as the iPhone 13 Pro and iPhone 13 Pro Max models rather than running the A16 chip featured on the iPhone 14 Pro and iPhone 14 Pro Max. It’s possible Apple will do the same for the iPhone 15 and iPhone 15 Plus, moving them onto the A16 chip rather than the A17, which is what is expected to run the iPhone 15 Pro and 15 Ultra.
It’s also claimed that Apple will use Qualcomm’s 5G modem for the iPhone 15 models rather than a modem built in-house as it was initially thought for this year. Rumors suggest the first model to run an in-house 5G modem will be the iPhone SE (2024).
In terms of storage, no rumours have appeared detailing any changes to storage as yet. If the iPhone 15 and iPhone 15 Plus offer the same as the iPhone 14 and iPhone 14 Plus, then we can expect 128GB, 256GB and 512GB options. There have been suggestions of improved RAM though.


While there might not be huge changes, we’d also expect some battery improvements on the iPhone 15 and iPhone 15 Plus. The iPhone 14 Plus has an excellent battery performance, so we’d expect similar from the iPhone 15 Plus. It’s also been claimed this will be the year Apple will finally make the switch from Lighting to USB-C, though it’s said you will need a certified cable and charging speeds may be restricted depending on the cable. That said, we might see a bump to 35W charging – and there’s also talk of braided cables for some models, or color-matched cables for others.


iPhone 15 camerasWhen it comes to cameras, there have been reports suggesting the iPhone 15 and iPhone 15 Plus could see an upgrade to the 48-megapixel main sensor, though it may not be the same as the one found in the iPhone 14 Pro and iPhone 14 Pro Max. It’s also claimed that the standard iPhone 15 models might feature a stacked image sensor that will allow more light to get in, though it’s said a couple of different configurations have been tested. It’s also not clear if the iPhone 15 Pro models will get This upgrade.


If the standard iPhone 15 models do move to a stacked image sensor with a 48-megapixel resolution, we don’t expect to see the iPhone 15 or iPhone 15 Plus offer the telephoto lens offered by the Pro models in order to continue to offer a differentiation between the standard and Pro models.
We would expect to see similar features across the four models though, with perhaps a couple of extras on the iPhone 15 Pro and iPhone 15 Pro Max.

iPhone Battery Health explained: Why Apple throttles iPhone performance and how you can control it

Apple slows down processors used in legacy iPhones – but what does that mean?
In 2017, Apple revealed it slows down older iPhones such as the iPhone 6, iPhone 6S, iPhone 7, and the first generation iPhone SE in order to prevent unexpected shut downs by managing the performance peaks.

The performance management feature – or throttling as some have described it in the past – is also included on the iPhone 8, 8 Plus, iPhone X, iPhone XS, iPhone XS Max and iPhone XR, but it only kicks in after an unexpected shutdown first occurs on a device with a battery that has diminished ability to deliver maximum instantaneous power.

Apple iPhonesfrom the iPhone 6 and later also have a Battery Health tool that was introduced with iOS 11.3 back in March 2018, along with the ability to turn off the iPhone’s batterymanagement feature. Here is everything you need to know about Apple iPhone’s Battery Health and performance management features and how to control them.
What is the iPhone performance management feature?Apple’s performance management feature is specific to iPhones and it’s designed to prevent a device from unexpectedly shutting down so the device can still be used. Unexpected shutdowns can occur for a number of reasons, be that extreme cold temperatures, or a device with a battery of high chemical age, for example.


Apple’s iOS software will dynamically manage performance peaks in order to manage shutdowns. It looks at a combination of things, like device temperature, battery state of charge and battery impedance. The software then assesses whether action is required and if it is, the maximum performance of some of the system components, like the GPU and CPU, will be managed in order to balance out workloads and allow for a smoother performance overall.

Some of the things you might notice when the performance feature has kicked in are: Longer app launch times, lower frame rates when scrolling, backlight dimming, lower speaker volume, gradual frame-rate reduction in some apps, disabled camera flash in extreme cases and apps refreshing in the background may require reloading upon launch.
Some of the things that won’t be impacted by the performance feature are: Mobile call quality and networking performance, captured photo and video quality, GPS performance, location accuracy, sensors like gyroscope, accelerometer, barometer and Apple Pay. 


With regards to the performance management feature, Apple describes it as: “If the battery health is able to support the observed peak power requirements, the amount of performance management will be lowered. If an unexpected shutdown occurs again, then performance management will increase. This assessment is ongoing, allowing more adaptive performance management.”
iPhone Battery Health explained: Why Apple throttles iPhone performance and how you can control it photo 2Apple
What is the Battery Health feature? Apple iPhones running iOS 11.3 and later have a Battery Health tool built in. To access the tool, go to Settings > Battery > Battery Health. From there, you’ll see information about your iPhone’s maximum capacity and peak performance capability. 
You’ll also see if your iPhone is being slowed by Apple’s performance management feature.
For example, we have an older iPhone XR showing as having a 94 percent battery capacity. Apple is not yet throttling the phone though: “Your battery is currently supporting normal peak performance”.
In the Battery Health feature, you’ll also see whether your iPhone needs service and you can subsequently turn off the controversial performance management feature that’s throttling your iPhone if you want to.


How to disable throttling on an iPhoneThe ability to disable – and even enable – throttling is only available for iPhones more than a year old running iOS 11.3 and later.
Under Battery in the Settings app you’ll notice the Battery Health option. Tap it. You’ll then see a screen with a link to more information about lithium ion batteries. Below that, you’ll see your battery’s maximum capacity.

If this indicator is under 80 per cent, you’ll see another message at the bottom of the screen that warns your iPhone’s battery is “significantly degraded”. There will be another link that will point you to a page about how to get your phone serviced. 
Disable ‘performance management’ featureIf your device has shutdown due to battery degradation, this same screen will tell you that “performance management has been applied to prevent this from happening again”.
There will also be an option to disable the throttling. You can’t enable the performance management feature until you experience another shutdown. Your iPhone will auto-enable it should that ever happen.


It’s also worth noting that “all iPhone models include fundamental performance management to ensure that the battery and overall system operates as designed and internal components are protected. This includes behavior in hot or cold temperatures, as well as internal voltage management. This type of performance management is required for safety and expected function, and cannot be turned off”. 

What do those percentages mean?In the Battery Health menu, you’ll see a percentage that indicates your iPhone battery’s maximum capacity, followed by a message explaining your iPhone battery’s peak performance capability. The message you get depends on the percentage shown.
For instance:
100 percent: Your battery is currently supporting normal peak performance.95 percent: This iPhone has experienced an unexpected shutdown because the battery was unable to deliver the necessary peak power. Performance management has been applied to help prevent this from happening again. Disable…


79 percent or less: Your battery’s health is significantly degraded. An Apple Authorized Service Provider can replace the battery to restore full performance and capacity. More about service options…Unknown: This iPhone is unable to determine battery health. An Apple Authorized Service Provider can service the battery. More about service options…
Maximum capacity and peak performance

Maximum battery capacity measures your iPhone’s battery capacity to when it was new. Batteries will start at 100 per cent when first activated and will have a lower capacity as the battery ages. According to Apple, a normal battery is designed to retain up to 80 per cent of its original capacity at 500 complete charge cycles when operating under normal conditions.

Now, as far as peak performance capability goes, it is the ability of your iPhone’s batteryto supply adequate charge. If your iPhone’s battery maximum capacity is under 80 per cent, then its health has been significantly degraded and it needs replacing.

How to maintain your iPhone’s battery health

Are you tired of constantly having to charge your iPhone throughout the day? If your iPhone’s battery health goes down, it cannot keep up with your busy schedule. Battery health reducing fast is one of the most common complaints among iPhone users. But don’t worry. I will share ways to maintain your iPhone’s battery health. 

First, you should know why your iPhone’s battery health is reducing so fast. Here are some of the most common reasons:

High usage: Constantly using your phone for streaming, gaming, browsing, and downloading large files can put a strain on the battery and cause it to reduce fast. Leaving apps running in the background: When apps run in the background, they continue to use power, especially those that track your locations, even when you’re not actively using them. Battery life can be significantly reduced as a result.

Exposure to heat: High temperatures can damage the battery and cause it to reduce more quickly.Not updating the iOS: The update patches contain iOS optimizations. So, not updating your iPhone can also affect the battery’s health.Using third-party battery cases or chargers: If you use non-Apple accessories, it can cause damage to the battery and degrade its overall health over time.Battery age: Batteries have a limited lifespan. And as they age, they will naturally lose some of their capacity.

11 Ways to maintain your iPhone’s battery healthTo view the current health status of your battery, go to Settings → Battery → Battery Health & Charging and check the Maximum Capacity percentage.
Go to Settings, Battery, Battery Health & Charging, Check Maximum CapacityApple considers 80% and above battery capacity to be ideal. To avoid going below that mark and stopping your battery from malfunctioning, you must employ best practices and maintain your iPhone’s battery health.
1. Don’t let your iPhone overheatYour iPhone battery’s worst enemy is extreme temperatures and heat. According to Apple, your iPhone can operate without harm at temperatures as high as 95°F. Beyond that, the battery may suffer irreparable harm, and even your iPhone may explode. Though your iPhone has built-in safety features to temporarily turn it off in certain circumstances. 

To prevent your iPhone’s battery from overheating, don’t leave it in the sun or in front of a heater vent in your car. Moreover, temperatures below 32°F (0°C) also degrade battery life. It impairs the battery’s capacity to store charges. So, taking precautions will assist in keeping your iPhone’s battery in good shape.


2.Use Apple’s original chargersApple always advises using its official cords, adapters, and wireless chargers. The third-party chargers have poor wires and don’t maintain standards properly though they may juice your iPhone. Moreover, the official apple accessories prevent power surges and short circuits.
Use Apple original chargersSome petty companies make copy products. So, if you bought MagSafe products online, it’s good to check the Apple MagSafe charger firmware and ensure you’ve got a genuine product.


3.Avoid letting your iPhone dieLetting your iPhone battery discharge is one of the worst things you can do to it. If a discharged lithium-ion battery is left in that condition for a long time, it will go into a deep discharge state and never function again. So, Apple addressed the issue and made iPhone batteries retain some reserve energy after being dead. 
However, if your iPhone runs out of power, charge it as quickly as you can. Also, use your iPhone’s Low Power mode when the battery is 20% or less. It prolongs the battery life until you can go to an outlet. Usually, I juice my iPhone multiple times a day to avoid completely draining it.


4. Don’t charge overnightMost people charge devices overnight. But do you know overcharging your iPhone harm the battery and reduce the battery’s health? Maybe your iPhone needs one hour of charging but plugging it in for 7-8 hours results in overcharging. It pushes more current into already charged cells. 
Therefore, to avoid overcharging turn on adaptive charging. It’s a built-in feature in your iPhone to maintain the battery healthy. Go to Settings → Battery → Battery Health → toggle on Optimized Battery Charging. So, it will enable your iPhone to learn your charging pattern.


enable optimized battery charging on iphone5.Avoid full charging your iPhoneApple claims that after 500 full charge cycle counts, iPhone can’t maintain 100% battery health. When battery capacity depletes, your iPhone will not be able to hold the charge for long.
Besides, juicing iPhone fullest generates heat. You may notice the charging speed becomes slow after 80%. Therefore, I suggest avoiding charging your iPhone to 100% and keeping the battery level between 40% and 80%.
6. Get the best wireless charging iPhone casesIf you are using wireless channelargers, always use an official MagSafe case for that. So, your iPhone will not struggle to maintain a good magnetic connection and capture the charge properly. Besides, premium cases tend to have plugs to close the charging port. Therefore, dirt and dust won ‘t be gathered. 


Ringke Magsafe case for iPhone 14Also, waterproof cases safeguard your iPhone from water damage and protect the battery. But keep your eye out to check if your iPhone is overheating due to the case. If required, take off your iPhone cover while it’s charging to avoid this problem.
7. Measures to store iPhone for the long termAs I said before, keeping your iPhone switched off for a long could result in battery malfunction. So, if you are storing your iPhone, charge it to 50% and turn it off. Also, don’t forget to juice it once every six months. Don’t charge to 100% while storing your phone for a lengthy period of time.
8. Optimize your iPhone’s settingsWithout a doubt taking the mentioned precautions will help to maintain your iPhone battery health. Besides, I have optimized a few settings to improve my iPhone battery capacity and fix the battery drain issue. I’d suggest you do the same. 


9. Turn off the Always-On displayFor the iPhone 14 Pro lineup, Apple added a new feature called Always-On display. It keeps the lock screen turned on in low-power mode. So, the display is updated once per second with dimmed screen brightness. As the function is always in operation, turning off the Always-On display will get you the most use out of your iPhone’s battery.

How to interpret your iPhone’s battery health

The battery is one of the most important aspects of the iPhone and we always try to make it last as long as possible. Things like controlling the brightness or analyzing the applications we use can help it last longer.

An essential part of understanding how long our battery lasts is understanding battery health. We are going to show you where to find this information and how to interpret the data to make your iPhone battery last as long as possible.What is battery health?The battery of an iPhone is a physical and consumable element. Like a car battery, the iPhone battery wears out over time and with use. The iPhone helps us to know the state of the battery in order for us to make decisions.


How does an iPhone battery work?The iPhone battery is made of lithium-ion – currently the most advanced technology. With such batteries, it is not recommended to either keep them at 100%, or leave them at 0%, for a long time.


The iPhone and its battery have a certain number of charge cycles. A charge cycle is achieved by charging the battery to 100%. However, this does not have to be continuous, ie you can charge the iPhone 80% at work, and 20% more at home. Both charges will add up to a full charge cycle. In short, with lithium-ion batteries there is no need to continuously charge your iPhone to 100% every time. Simply charge it when you want and need to.


Analyzing Battery Health Data on your iPhoneAll batteries have a limited life. As time goes by, you are bound to notice changes in its performance due to the aging of the battery.Where can we find this data to know more about the state of our battery? 

You simply have to go to Settings>Battery>Battery health. Here you will find two sections:- Maximum capacity.-Peak performance capability.
The maximum capacity is followed by a percentage (95%, for example). This refers to the wear and tear it has undergone undergoing. It comes from the factory at 100% and, after two years, it may be around 80%. What does this mean? Well, if before it lasted ten hours watching videos; after two years, it would last eight hours.


If your battery health has degraded significantly, you will see that you can turn the Peak Performance Capability on or off. This means that your battery may at some point find itself without enough power for some processes. If you enable Peak Performance Capability, your iPhone will limit the speed of the processor so you don’t have unexpected shutdowns. This is similar to the contracted electricity you have at home. If you exceed what the differential can give, the power will go out.
How to take care of the battery health?


First of all, as explained above, we must remember that all batteries have a limited lifespan and inevitable wear and tear. Even so, you can take into account the following things so that the health of your iPhone’s battery will last as long as possible:- Avoid high temperatures: don’t charge your iPhone in direct sunlight, or while outdoors with an external battery in the summer, unless it’s really necessary.

– Don’t be afraid of charging it for short periods: It is better to make small charges than to take the battery to an extreme (0%) and charge it up to 100% every day.- Leave it to charge at night without worrying: The iPhone is smart enough to manage the battery charge at night. Leaving it charging all night is not going to influence the health of the battery.
When do I need to change my battery?
When the battery health is below 80%, battery replacement is recommended. Generally, this is about two years after you buy your iPhone, but it depends on your usage. There are many cases where 80% is reached after four years.

If you decide to change the battery of your iPhone, you are in luck, at K-tuin we provide official Apple technical services and you can change youriPhone battery with us. When you are ready, you can come to any of our stores, or even request a battery change online. Now that you know everything you need to know about the health of your iPhone’s battery, how is it doing?

iPhone 14 Pro Max vs iPhone 15: the rumored key differences

The iPhone 14 Pro Max is the best iPhone available right now, but it probably won’t be for long, as the iPhone 15 line is set to launch on September 12. It’s almost guaranteed that the iPhone 15 Pro Max will be a better phone , but what about the standard iPhone 15? Will that in any way better Apple’s current top handset?


That’s what we’ll aim to answer below, by looking at the key differences between these two phones. Obviously, until Apple unveils the iPhone 15 we won’t know anything for sure about that phone, but leaks and rumors have given us a good idea of ​​what to expect.


So from the price to the design, display, cameras, performance, and battery, here’s how the iPhone 15 is likely to compare to the iPhone 14 Pro Max.
IPHONE 14 PRO MAX VS IPHONE 15: SPECS COMPARISONBefore discussing the differences between these phones in detail, it’s helpful to get an overview of their core specs, so we’ve included that in the table below. In the case of the iPhone 14 Pro Max, these are confirmed specs, while for the iPhone 15 they’re based on leaks, rumors, and educated guesses.
IPHONE 14 PRO MAX VS IPHONE 15: PRICE AND AVAILABILITYApple iPhone 14 Pro Max angle with screen on
The iPhone 14 Pro Max will probably cost more (Image credit: Future / Lance Ulanoff)The iPhone 14 Pro Max is globally available and starts at $1,099 / £1,199 / AU$1,899, for which you get 128GB of storage.


The iPhone 15 release date is set for September 12, and while we don’t know for sure what this phone will cost, it’s sure to be at least as pricey as the iPhone 14, which starts at $799 / £849 / AU$1,339. That’s again for 128GB of storage.
If anything, the iPhone 15 price will possibly be a bit higher, as some sources suggest as much, with one saying the iPhone 15 costs 12% more to produce than its predecessor.
But not all sources agree that the price will be increasing, and even if it does, it will probably still be a fair bit more affordable than the iPhone 14 Pro Max – though note that the latter phone will likely see a price drop when the new models land.
IPHONE 14 PRO MAX VS IPHONE 15: DESIGN AND DISPLAYUnofficial renders showing the front and back of the iPhone 15 Plus


An unofficial render showing how the iPhone 15 might look (Image credit: 9to5Mac)The iPhone 14 Pro Max has a matte glass back, a stainless steel frame, and a large screen, leading to dimensions of 160.7 x 77.6 x 7.9mm and a weight of 240g.
The iPhone 15 might also have a matte glass back, but will probably have an aluminum frame, and be much smaller. We don’t know the exact dimensions but they’re likely to be similar to the iPhone 14, which is 146.7 x 71.5 x 7.8mm. The weight will probably also be similar to that phone’s 172g, making it much lighter than the iPhone 14 Pro Max.
It will probably match the iPhone 14 Pro Max’s IP68 rating for dust and water resistance though, as well as looking generally similar, with a Dynamic Island on the front and a square camera block on the back.


However, the iPhone 15 might have curved edges if leaks are accurate, which the iPhone 14 Pro Max doesn’t, and the colors will almost certainly differ. Specifically, the iPhone 14 Pro Max is available in Deep Purple, silver, gold, and Space Black, while the iPhone 15 colors are rumored to include Cyan, Light Blue, Pink, Midnight, Starlight, and Product (RED), or a subset of those.
As for the iPhone 15 screen, that will probably be similar to the iPhone 14’s, meaning a 6.1-inch 1170 x 2532 OLED display with a 60Hz refresh rate and a peak brightness of at least 1,200 nits. will probably just be the presence of a Dynamic Island.
The iPhone 14 Pro Max also has a Dynamic Island, but attached to a much larger, 6.7-inch 1290 x 2796 OLED display with a 120Hz refresh rate, and a likely higher peak brightness of 2,000 nits. than we’re expecting the base iPhone 15 to have.


IPHONE 14 PRO MAX VS IPHONE 15: CAMERAApple iPhone 14 Pro Max camera array
The iPhone 14 Pro Max has more cameras than we expect from the iPhone 15 (Image credit: Future / Lance Ulanoff)The iPhone 14 Pro Max has a triple-lens camera on the back, consisting of a 48MP main sensor, a 12MP ultra-wide, and a 12MP telephoto, offering 3x optical zoom. There’s also a 12MP camera on the front for selfies.
The iPhone 15 camera is unlikely to match this, with rumors widely suggesting it will have just a dual-lens rear camera, with no telephoto snapper. However, the ultra-wide and selfie camera will likely have 12MP sensors, like those on the iPhone 14 Pro Max.
That just leaves the iPhone 15’s main camera, which will reportedly be 48MP, like the iPhone 14 Pro Max, but possibly with a smaller (and therefore weaker) sensor.
IPHONE 14 PRO MAX VS IPHONE 15: PERFORMANCEA picture of the A16 Bionic chipsetOne area where these two phones could be very similar is their performance, as the iPhone 15 might inherit the iPhone 14 Pro Max’s A16 Bionic chipset, and will probably also have the same amount of RAM (6GB).
So you likely won’t get a power upgrade by replacing your older iPhone 14 Pro Max with a newer iPhone 15, but nor will the 14 Pro Max beat any model in the iPhone 15 line for performance, assuming leaks are accurate.
IPHONE 14 PRO MAX VS IPHONE 15: BATTERYApple iPhone 14 Pro Max bottom edge
The iPhone 14 Pro Max has a Lightning port (Image credit: Future / Lance Ulanoff)iPhone 15 battery leaks suggest the phone will have a higher capacity one than its predecessor, at 3,877mAh, up from 3,279mAh battery in the iPhone 14. However, even if that’s true it will still have a smaller battery than the 4,323mAh iPhone 14 Pro Max.
Of course, the iPhone 15 will also have a smaller screen to power, and if it has the same chipset as the iPhone 14 Pro Max (as we’re expecting) then it will likely be similarly power efficient, so it’s unclear which phone will last longer between charges. The iPhone 14 Pro Max should have its variable refresh rate on its side though in terms of minimizing battery drain, as it can move between 1Hz and 120Hz as needed, whereas the iPhone 15 will probably be locked to 60Hz.


It’s also unclear which phone will charge faster. The iPhone 14 Pro Max officially supports up to 20W charging, though third-party tests have found it can charge at around 27W. However, the iPhone 15 may get 35W charging according to one report. haven’t heard this from other sources though, so we’d take it with a pinch of salt. Alternatively it will probably top out at 20W like the iPhone 14.
One big difference though will be how you charge these phones, as while the iPhone 14 Pro Max charges via a Lightning port, the iPhone 15 will probably switch to USB-C.
IPHONE 14 PRO MAX VS IPHONE 15: VERDICTThe iPhone 14 Pro Max might be a year older than the yet-to-be-launched iPhone 15 but it will almost certainly be the better phone in most ways.
Going by what we’re expecting from the iPhone 15, it’s likely that the iPhone 14 Pro Max will have a larger screen, a higher refresh rate, better (and more) cameras, and a bigger battery.


However, there’s a chance the iPhone 15 will charge faster, and it will also probably use USB-C rather than Lightning, which many people will likely consider an upgrade. A lot of other aspects will be similar between the two phones too, such as their chipsets and the presence of a Dynamic Island. All that, and the iPhone 15 will almost certainly cost less than the iPhone 14 Pro Max.
So depending on what you want from your phone, an argument could definitely be made for buying the iPhone 15, rather than the iPhone 14 Pro Max. But if you already have an iPhone 14 Pro Max, there’s no real reason to buy the standard iPhone 15 – you should look to the iPhone 15 Pro Max instead.

The best smartphones in 2023

Smartphones are at the center of our digital lives — they’re what we use to communicate with loved ones, handle important business, binge on TikToks and everything in between. And since you’ll likely use your phone more than any other gadget you own , picking the right one to last you through years of use is crucial.
But with new phones coming out seemingly every month, it can be hard to figure out which one is actually right for you. That’s why we’re always testing the latest flagships from the likes of Apple, Google, Samsung and more to make sure you get the best smartphone for your needs.

The best smartphones
Apple iPhone 14
The iPhone 14 looks and feels a whole lot like the previous iPhone 13 model and that’s not entirely a bad thing. The lighter 6-ounce iPhone 14 is the kind of device that feels great to pick up and hold. And while its aluminum design isn ‘t quite as strong and sturdy as the stainless steel iPhone 14 Pro, it certainly doesn’t feel cheap.
The iPhone 14 has an upgraded dual-lens camera system that’s enhanced by some fancy new software magic called the Photonic Engine. To make it simple: The new iPhone is designed to capture wider, more detailed photos (particularly for moving subjects), offers improved flash, promises far better low-light photography and can even auto-stabilize your shaky videos. In real-world use, this all translated to a camera that was a joy to use during daily adventures.


The iPhone 14 is more of the same on the display and performance front, which is to say that it still has a beautiful screen and is still ridiculously fast as with other Apple models. Movies and shows looked great on the phone’s 6.1-inch Super Retina XDR display, particularly while taking in the crackling neon blues, reds and yellows that filled the screen during the epic final battle of “Obi-Wan Kenobi.” The iPhone 14’s display remains a fantastic canvas for bingeing TV and catching up on your TikTok feed .
The iPhone 14 is more evolution than revolution; an entry-level phone takes fantastic pictures, can last all day on a charge and packs a great display, all within a beautiful and lightweight design that feels good to use for hours at a time, and it’s still faster than the vast majority of phones you can buy.Other smartphones we recommend


Samsung Galaxy Z Fold5

From $1,800 at SamsungThe Galaxy Z Fold 5 is an extremely strong runner-up for the title of best foldable phone, and if you’d rather have a smartphone/tablet hybrid over the more compact design of the Flip 5, Samsung’s bigger foldable is worth the splurge. It’s got a huge and vibrant 7.6-inch main display for on-the-go multitasking, great overall performance for productivity and big-screen gaming and S Pen support for quickly jotting down notes. Its cameras could benefit from an upgrade and its cover screen isn’t as intuitive as the Pixel Fold’s, but it’s still our favorite big-screen foldable overall.


Motorola Razr+

$1,000 at Best BuyThe Motorola Razr+ is also a close contender to the Z Flip 5’s throne, and one of our favorite foldables we’ve tested yet. Like the Z Flip 5, the Razr+ has a huge cover screen that lets you use all of your critical apps without having to open the phone up (and get distracted by doomscrolling in the process), as well as longer battery life and a cleaner software experience. It’s a great Flip alternative if those features are important to you, but better cameras and performance give Samsung’s phone the edge.


Google Pixel Fold$1,799 at Best BuyYet another strong debut in the foldable phone space, the Google Pixel Fold is a smartphone/tablet hybrid that competes directly with the Z Fold 5. It has an excellent front display that makes it feel like a regular ol’ smartphone when the device is folded up, in addition to the same clean software and excellent camera smarts you’ll find on a traditional Pixel handset. However, not all apps work well on the big screen just yet, and its screen has a much more visible crease than that of the Z Fold 5 when folded up.


Nothing Phone (2)

From $599 at NothingIf you’re on a slightly less-than-flagship budget — and are looking for something a little different — the Nothing Phone (2) is worth considering. Its transparent design (complete with dynamic lights on the back that react to things like notifications and volume control) is truly one of a kind, and you get great cameras and performance for a $600 phone. However, you’ll have to live without the robust customer support and carrier availability of the bigger phone brands, and the Pixel 7 and 7a give you a similarly great experience for an even lower price.Galaxy S23 UltraFrom $1,200 at SamsungIf you want all of the perks of the Galaxy S23 with even more outstanding cameras, a bigger screen and an included S Pen for taking notes, the S23 Ultra is well worth the splurge. regular Galaxy S23 is the best Android option for most people.


iPhone 13
From $699 at ApplePreviously our best pick from Apple, the iPhone 13 had all most critical upgraded features from the iPhone 12: a better display, more processing power and new camera capabilities.


iPhone SE (3rd Gen)From $429 at AppleOur best budget iPhone pick, the iPhone SE delivers a whole lot for $429. You get the same powerful A15 Bionic processor found in the iPhone 13 series as well as 5G support and a pretty good camera for the price. the Apple ecosystem and on a Budget, it’s a no-brainer. But for everyone else, we think the Pixel 6a’s superior cameras, design and battery life give it the edge.

We’ve tested every iPhone — here are the best ones

Apple currently sells a whopping eight different iPhones, including the high-end iPhone 14 Pro and Pro Max, the flagship iPhone 14 and iPhone 14 Plus, the budget-minded iPhone SE and some older holdouts like the iPhone 12 and 13. Confused? where we come in.
We’ve tested every iPhone model extensively, and have picked out the models that are actually worth buying — and who they’re for — out of Apple’s vast lineup. Ready? Let’s dive in.


Best iPhone overall: iPhone 14From $799 at AppleiPhone 14 leadMike Andronico/CNNThe iPhone 14 looks and feels a whole lot like the previous iPhone 13 model and that’s not entirely a bad thing. The lighter 6-ounce iPhone 14 is the kind of device that feels great to pick up and hold. And while its aluminum design isn ‘t quite as strong and sturdy as the stainless steel iPhone 14 Pro, it certainly doesn’t feel cheap.
The iPhone 14 has an upgraded dual-lens camera system that’s enhanced by some fancy new software magic called the Photonic Engine. To make it simple: The new iPhone is designed to capture wider, more detailed photos (particularly for moving subjects), offers improved flash, promises far better low-light photography and can even auto-stabilize your shaky videos. In real-world use, this all translated to a camera that was a joy to use during daily adventures.


The iPhone 14 is more of the same on the display and performance front, which is to say that it still has a beautiful screen and is still ridiculously fast as with other Apple models. Movies and shows looked great on the phone’s 6.1-inch Super Retina XDR display, particularly while taking in the crackling neon blues, reds and yellows that filled the screen during the epic final battle of “Obi-Wan Kenobi.” The iPhone 14’s display remains a fantastic canvas for bingeing TV and catching up on your TikTok feed .
The iPhone 14 is more evolution than revolution; an entry-level phone takes fantastic pictures, can last all day on a charge and packs a great display, all within a beautiful and lightweight design that feels good to use for hours at a time, and it’s still faster than the vast majority of phones you can buy.
Best iPhone for photography: iPhone 14 ProFrom $999 at AppleiPhone 14 Pro Pros and Cons 2Mike Andronico/CNNThe iPhone 14 Pro doesn’t look too different from the previous 13 Pro when it’s turned off, but once the screen lights up, you immediately notice the notch has moved down, slightly, and now lives within the screen. Well, technically, it’s not called a notch. Instead of letting users and the media name the new cutout that houses the FaceID TrueDepth sensors and front-facing camera, Apple dubbed it the Dynamic Island.
But instead of simply delivering a less distracting camera cutout, Apple has built a software experience around this new module — and it’s where Dynamic Island truly earns its name.
The Dynamic Island is used as an interactive area, where you can view any Now Playing information from media apps like Spotify or Apple Music. You’ll also see information such as the volume status of your connected AirPods, a new FaceID unlock animation, or a timer icon when you have an active countdown going. The Dynamic Island can even display two icons at once, so you can, say, view your current song and the status of your timer at the same time.
Perhaps the most notable difference in the iPhone 14 lineup is the camera, which is one of the biggest upgrades we’ve seen in an iPhone. The main camera sensor goes from 12 megapixels to 48 megapixels, while the ultra-wide and telephoto cameras stay Photos look slightly sharper, with more accurate colors and detail. And Apple has added a new Action video mode to the camera app. When enabled, the camera acts more like a dedicated action camera — GoPro or otherwise — to capture stabilized footage recording during activities with a lot of movement.
The camera upgrades on the iPhone 14 are more iterative than substantial, but the upgrades on the iPhone 14 Pro are setting the tone for iPhone cameras for years to come.Best budget iPhone: iPhone SE 2022From $429 at Apple and Amazon15-apple iphone se 2022 cnn underscoredJacob Krol/CNN UnderscoredIf you want modern iPhone performance but don’t want to spend $1,000 on a new phone — or just prefer something smaller — the iPhone SE 2022 is for you. Apple’s $429 iPhone makes very few compromises in the power department, packing the same speedy A15 Bionic processor you’ll find on the latest iPhone 13 range. You’ll have no issues multitasking between apps or playing the newest iOS games here.


The SE is also the smallest iPhone in the lineup, packing all of that power into a 4.7-inch design that’s especially ideal for those with small hands (or small pockets). thick display bezels at the top and bottom, but also a Touch ID fingerprint sensor you won’t find on more premium models. Its Retina HD display looks great for watching movies and playing games, and while it doesn’t have the same two- to three-camera arrays of the iPhone 13 series, its single 12-megapixel lens captures solid photos — and has the ability to shoot in Portrait mode for professional -looking headshots.
So, what are you giving up at this price? The iPhone SE’s display isn’t as big or as seamless as what you’ll find on the iPhone 13 and 13 Pro, and it lacks the latter’s ProMotion technology that allows for extra-smooth scrolling and streaming at 120Hz. You also won’t get MagSafe capabilities for magnetically attaching compatible chargers and cases, nor will you be able to unlock your phone with your face via Face ID. But if you can live without having the most advanced camera system , the sleekest design or the biggest screen, the iPhone SE is a compact, great-performing iPhone that will last you for years — and at a fraction of the price of an iPhone 13.
• Related: The best smartphones we’ve tested


Oldies but goodies you should still consideriPhone 13From $699 at AppleThe iPhone 13 checks off the core boxes in a size that lets you get a lot done. The 6.1-inch screen size is plenty big for browsing webpages, scrolling through timelines and, more crucially, using the keyboard. Plus, the iPhone 13 features one of the best dual-camera systems we’ve ever tested, consisting of a 12-megapixel wide lens and a 12-megapixel ultrawide lens. The 13 is only bested by the newer iPhone 14 model as our top pick
iPhone 13 ProFrom $900 at AmazonOur previous pick for the best iPhone for photography iPhone 13 Pro has a trio of lenses are paired with a buttery smooth and vibrant display, class-leading performance and seriously long battery life.
iPhone 12From $599 at AppleTechnically the iPhone 12 isn’t that old, at less than a year. But with the launch of the iPhone 13, Apple has reduced the cost of the iPhone 12 to a starting price of $699.
And let’s be clear — the A14 Bionic processor that powers the iPhone 12 is nearly as fast as the one in the iPhone 13. It’s really a nominal upgrade that boosts efficiency and results in applications opening slightly faster. More processor-intensive tasks, like batch exports or video editing, will see boosts in the newer iPhone 13, though. We’d also hedge that the iPhone 13 will keep ticking a bit longer than the iPhone 12 as the devices age.


One potential downside for opting for the iPhone 12 model is that the base storage amount starts at 64GB, while the iPhone 13 lineup starts at 128GB; 64GB is pretty slim, and if you have a large photo library, lots of songs downloaded or a large amount of apps you’ll likely get a storage alert sooner than later, so the iPhone 13 would be a better choice for those who tend to hoard digital files on their phone.
The iPhone 12 offers a good camera experience. You won’t get the new Cinematic video or Macro mode that the iPhone 13 has, but you’re still getting two rear-facing 12-megapixel cameras — one wide, the other ultrawide. offer crisp details and accurate colors, but if you’re keen on photography you’ll notice the 13 does a better job lighting the shot. With shots taken on the iPhone 13, there’s clearer depth between the foreground and background, like for a classic shot of someone in front of a sunset. Still, you’re getting a very capable shooter in the iPhone 12.


Both phones run iOS 15, the latest operating system from the iPhone, and are sure to remain supported for years to come. That’s good news, since it’s still a hefty price and you don’t want to invest in a phone that won’t be supported in a few years.
iPhone 11From $359 at AmazonIf you still want a modern iPhone 11 with a nearly bezel-free screen and Face ID for easy unlocking, the iPhone 11 is an option that mixes solid performance and modern features — all at a more manageable $499 for the 64GB model ($549 for 128GB).
The key difference between the iPhone 11 and newer models is that it opts for a 6.1-inch LCD screen instead of an OLED. It’s not as bright or crisp as newer models, but it still offers a clear viewing experience that ultimately extends the battery life .
There are two rear cameras on the back of the iPhone 11, one for ultrawide shots — a favorite feature of ours — and a standard camera, both of which are 12 megapixels. Images offer a strong amount of details and are still Instagram-worthy but don’t offer the level of detail the iPhone 13 can deliver. Low-light shots are lackluster in comparison with ones taken on any of the newer models.
All in all, theiPhone 11 is a worthy pick for those who want a modern design with Face ID and are shopping on a specific budget.

Apple currently sells a whopping eight different iPhones, including the high-end iPhone 14 Pro and Pro Max, the flagship iPhone 14 and iPhone 14 Plus, the budget-minded iPhone SE and some older holdouts like the iPhone 12 and 13. Confused? where we come in.
We’ve tested every iPhone model extensively, and have picked out the models that are actually worth buying — and who they’re for — out of Apple’s vast lineup. Ready? Let’s dive in.
Best iPhone overall: iPhone 14From $799 at AppleiPhone 14 leadMike Andronico/CNNThe iPhone 14 looks and feels a whole lot like the previous iPhone 13 model and that’s not entirely a bad thing. The lighter 6-ounce iPhone 14 is the kind of device that feels great to pick up and hold. And while its aluminum design isn ‘t quite as strong and sturdy as the stainless steel iPhone 14 Pro, it certainly doesn’t feel cheap.
The iPhone 14 has an upgraded dual-lens camera system that’s enhanced by some fancy new software magic called the Photonic Engine. To make it simple: The new iPhone is designed to capture wider, more detailed photos (particularly for moving subjects), offers improved flash, promises far better low-light photography and can even auto-stabilize your shaky videos. In real-world use, this all translated to a camera that was a joy to use during daily adventures.


The iPhone 14 is more of the same on the display and performance front, which is to say that it still has a beautiful screen and is still ridiculously fast as with other Apple models. Movies and shows looked great on the phone’s 6.1-inch Super Retina XDR display, particularly while taking in the crackling neon blues, reds and yellows that filled the screen during the epic final battle of “Obi-Wan Kenobi.” The iPhone 14’s display remains a fantastic canvas for bingeing TV and catching up on your TikTok feed .
The iPhone 14 is more evolution than revolution; an entry-level phone takes fantastic pictures, can last all day on a charge and packs a great display, all within a beautiful and lightweight design that feels good to use for hours at a time, and it’s still faster than the vast majority of phones you can buy.


Best iPhone for photography: iPhone 14 ProFrom $999 at AppleiPhone 14 Pro Pros and Cons 2Mike Andronico/CNNThe iPhone 14 Pro doesn’t look too different from the previous 13 Pro when it’s turned off, but once the screen lights up, you immediately notice the notch has moved down, slightly, and now lives within the screen. Well, technically, it’s not called a notch. Instead of letting users and the media name the new cutout that houses the FaceID TrueDepth sensors and front-facing camera, Apple dubbed it the Dynamic Island.
But instead of simply delivering a less distracting camera cutout, Apple has built a software experience around this new module — and it’s where Dynamic Island truly earns its name.


The Dynamic Island is used as an interactive area, where you can view any Now Playing information from media apps like Spotify or Apple Music. You’ll also see information such as the volume status of your connected AirPods, a new FaceID unlock animation, or a timer icon when you have an active countdown going. The Dynamic Island can even display two icons at once, so you can, say, view your current song and the status of your timer at the same time.
Perhaps the most notable difference in the iPhone 14 lineup is the camera, which is one of the biggest upgrades we’ve seen in an iPhone. The main camera sensor goes from 12 megapixels to 48 megapixels, while the ultra-wide and telephoto cameras stay Photos look slightly sharper, with more accurate colors and detail. And Apple has added a new Action video mode to the camera app. When enabled, the camera acts more like a dedicated action camera — GoPro or otherwise — to capture stabilized footage recording during activities with a lot of movement.


The camera upgrades on the iPhone 14 are more iterative than substantial, but the upgrades on the iPhone 14 Pro are setting the tone for iPhone cameras for years to come.Best budget iPhone: iPhone SE 2022From $429 at Apple and Amazon15-apple iphone se 2022 cnn underscoredJacob Krol/CNN UnderscoredIf you want modern iPhone performance but don’t want to spend $1,000 on a new phone — or just prefer something smaller — the iPhone SE 2022 is for you. Apple’s $429 iPhone makes very few compromises in the power department, packing the same speedy A15 Bionic processor you’ll find on the latest iPhone 13 range. You’ll have no issues multitasking between apps or playing the newest iOS games here.


The SE is also the smallest iPhone in the lineup, packing all of that power into a 4.7-inch design that’s especially ideal for those with small hands (or small pockets). thick display bezels at the top and bottom, but also a Touch ID fingerprint sensor you won’t find on more premium models. Its Retina HD display looks great for watching movies and playing games, and while it doesn’t have the same two- to three-camera arrays of the iPhone 13 series, its single 12-megapixel lens captures solid photos — and has the ability to shoot in Portrait mode for professional -looking headshots.


So, what are you giving up at this price? The iPhone SE’s display isn’t as big or as seamless as what you’ll find on the iPhone 13 and 13 Pro, and it lacks the latter’s ProMotion technology that allows for extra-smooth scrolling and streaming at 120Hz. You also won’t get MagSafe capabilities for magnetically attaching compatible chargers and cases, nor will you be able to unlock your phone with your face via Face ID. But if you can live without having the most advanced camera system , the sleekest design or the biggest screen, the iPhone SE is a compact, great-performing iPhone that will last you for years — and at a fraction of the price of an iPhone 13.
• Related: The best smartphones we’ve tested


Oldies but goodies you should still consideriPhone 13From $699 at AppleThe iPhone 13 checks off the core boxes in a size that lets you get a lot done. The 6.1-inch screen size is plenty big for browsing webpages, scrolling through timelines and, more crucially, using the keyboard. Plus, the iPhone 13 features one of the best dual-camera systems we’ve ever tested, consisting of a 12-megapixel wide lens and a 12-megapixel ultrawide lens. The 13 is only bested by the newer iPhone 14 model as our top pick
iPhone 13 ProFrom $900 at AmazonOur previous pick for the best iPhone for photography iPhone 13 Pro has a trio of lenses are paired with a buttery smooth and vibrant display, class-leading performance and seriously long battery life.
iPhone 12From $599 at AppleTechnically the iPhone 12 isn’t that old, at less than a year. But with the launch of the iPhone 13, Apple has reduced the cost of the iPhone 12 to a starting price of $699.


And let’s be clear — the A14 Bionic processor that powers the iPhone 12 is nearly as fast as the one in the iPhone 13. It’s really a nominal upgrade that boosts efficiency and results in applications opening slightly faster. More processor-intensive tasks, like batch exports or video editing, will see boosts in the newer iPhone 13, though. We’d also hedge that the iPhone 13 will keep ticking a bit longer than the iPhone 12 as the devices age.


One potential downside for opting for the iPhone 12 model is that the base storage amount starts at 64GB, while the iPhone 13 lineup starts at 128GB; 64GB is pretty slim, and if you have a large photo library, lots of songs downloaded or a large amount of apps you’ll likely get a storage alert sooner than later, so the iPhone 13 would be a better choice for those who tend to hoard digital files on their phone.
The iPhone 12 offers a good camera experience. You won’t get the new Cinematic video or Macro mode that the iPhone 13 has, but you’re still getting two rear-facing 12-megapixel cameras — one wide, the other ultrawide. offer crisp details and accurate colors, but if you’re keen on photography you’ll notice the 13 does a better job lighting the shot. With shots taken on the iPhone 13, there’s clearer depth between the foreground and background, like for a classic shot of someone in front of a sunset. Still, you’re getting a very capable shooter in the iPhone 12.


Both phones run iOS 15, the latest operating system from the iPhone, and are sure to remain supported for years to come. That’s good news, since it’s still a hefty price and you don’t want to invest in a phone that won’t be supported in a few years.
iPhone 11From $359 at AmazonIf you still want a modern iPhone 11 with a nearly bezel-free screen and Face ID for easy unlocking, the iPhone 11 is an option that mixes solid performance and modern features — all at a more manageable $499 for the 64GB model ($549 for 128GB).


The key difference between the iPhone 11 and newer models is that it opts for a 6.1-inch LCD screen instead of an OLED. It’s not as bright or crisp as newer models, but it still offers a clear viewing experience that ultimately extends the battery life .
There are two rear cameras on the back of the iPhone 11, one for ultrawide shots — a favorite feature of ours — and a standard camera, both of which are 12 megapixels. Images offer a strong amount of details and are still Instagram-worthy but don’t offer the level of detail the iPhone 13 can deliver. Low-light shots are lackluster in comparison with ones taken on any of the newer models.
All in all, the iPhone 11 is a worthy pick for those who want a modern design with Face ID and are shopping on a specific budget.

Apple shares fall after reports that China banned iPhone use by government employees

Apple  Shares fell about 3% on Thursday, following a 4% decline on Wednesday, after several reports suggesting that Chinese government workers could be banned from using iPhones.


The reported restrictions, which have not been publicly announced by the Chinese government, raise concerns that Apple’s products could get caught up in international tensions between the US and China.


Greater China, including Hong Kong and Taiwan, is Apple’s third-largest market, accounting for 18% of total revenue of $394 billion. It’s also where the vast majority of Apple products are assembled. The tech giant declined to comment.


China has ordered officials at central government agencies not to bring iPhones into the office or use them for work, The Wall Street Journal reported on Wednesday. It was unclear how widely the bans were issued. The ban could spread to other state companies and government- Backed agencies, Bloomberg News reported on Thursday.
While a ban on all government employees could reduce iPhone unit sales in China by as much as 5%, Bernstein analyst Toni Sacconaghi wrote in a Thursday note, it would be a larger threat to Apple if the bans sent a signal that everyday citizens should instead Use electronics made by Chinese companies.


“Perhaps more importantly, restricted use of SmartPhones among government employees could negatively impact sales among consumers (related family members; general populace) and could be part of a broader move by the Chinese government to promote usage of domestic technology,” Sacconaghi wrote.
Dan Niles, portfolio manager at Satori Fund, said on Thursday he sold his stake in Apple and is now shorting the company, citing the possibility of a government iPhone ban and increased competition from Huawei.


New competitionLast week, several Chinese retailers started taking orders for a new Huawei phone, the Mate 60 Pro, which quickly became a hot topic on social media in the country.
The phone starts at 6,900 RMB, or about $954, and uses a Chinese-manufactured chip from Huawei’s chip subsidiary, HiSilicon. Early tests suggest the phone can access 5G speeds, although Huawei’s specification pages don’t mention that capability.
Huawei was placed on the US entity list in 2019 over fears that its technology could give the Chinese government backdoor access to communications.

The move requires US companies like Google and Qualcomm to get permission from the US government before supplying Huawei.The sanctions significantly hampered Huawei’s phone business, which was rising before the sanctions, forcing it in recent years to spin off some of its phone brands and contributing to a $12 billion shortfall back in 2020.
Huawei’s new phone has a chip, manufactured on China’s mainland, that uses the 7-nanometer production process. Smaller production processes tend to translate to faster and more efficient chips. This year’s upcoming iPhone is expected to use a 3nm process, manufactured by Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Co., and Apple first went with a 7nm process to make its A12 chips, which were used in new iPhones in 2018.


But Huawei’s chip raises questions about how well separate restrictions on chip-manufacturing technology, which aim to prevent Chinese companies from making cutting-edge processors, are working.
“From my perspective, what it tells us is that the United States should continue on its course of a ‘small yard, high fence’ set of technology restrictions focused narrowly on national security concerns, not on the broader question of commercial decoupling,” Jake Sullivan, US national security advisor, said Tuesday in a briefing.


In Apple’s most recent quarter, ended in June, Greater China sales increased 8% on an annual basis to $15.76 billion. It was Apple’s fastest-growing region. On the company’s earnings call, CEO Tim Cook said Apple was seeing users switch from Android phones to iPhones, mentioning that was “at the heart” of its results.


“We continue to try to convince more and more people to switch because of the experience and the ecosystem that we can offer them,” Cook said.

The iPhone 15 Pro Will Have Thinner Bezels in Step Toward Apple’s Dream

Apple is just weeks away from introducing the iPhone 15 and next-generation watches. The new lineup will mark another stepping stone toward the company’s dream iPhone, though changes to the Apple Watch will be more modest. Also: Samsung unveils its own new phones, tablets and watches.
Last week in Power On: Apple Vision Pro headset hinges on apps, but don’t expect developers to flock to it.


Apple Inc. designers have long dreamed of an iPhone that is truly all-screen — with no borders around the display and no cutouts for cameras or sensors. With the iPhone 15 this fall, Apple will take another step toward that goal.

The process began in 2017 with the iPhone X. With that model, the screen extended right to the edge at the top and bottom for the first time (the bezel width was similar to prior phones on the left and right). have a notch cutout near the top to accommodate Face ID, the speaker, front-facing camera and other sensors.
Another step was taken in 2020 with the launch of the iPhone 12, which had slightly thinner bezels than the X, XS and 11 lines before it. With the iPhone 13 Pro in 2021, Apple reduced the size of the notch. that element was replaced by the Dynamic Island, making the area even smaller.


This year, two of the biggest changes to the 15 line will get Apple closer to that dream iPhone. The standard iPhone 15 models will trade in the notch for the Dynamic Island, while the Pro and Pro Max displays will be made with a new technology : low-injection pressure over-molding, or “LIPO” as it’s dubbed inside Apple.


That new process will shrink the border size around the display to 1.5 millimeters (from about 2.2 millimeters on current iPhones). LIPO was first used in the Apple Watch Series 7 to make that device’s borders thinner and increase the size of the display. And Apple plans to eventually bring the feature to the iPad as well, I’m told.
Beyond the new screens, the iPhone 15 and 15 Pro lines will get a series of other new features, marking the biggest update since the device added 5G capability three years ago.
Let’s start with the iPhone 15 and 15 Plus. As has been expected, those phones will look similar to the current models but add major camera improvements and the A16 chip from the iPhone 14 Pro line. They’ll also swap out the current Lightning connector for USB-C.

Apple Inc. Debuts New iPhones At Product Launch Event The iPhone X, which Apple sold as its first “all-screen” iPhone.Photographer: David Paul Morris/BloombergBesides the new display technology, here’s what to expect with the iPhone 15:
As I wrote in January, the pro models will get a new design, replacing the shiny and fingerprint-prone stainless-steel edges with something stronger, lighter and more premium: titanium. Apple has long sought to bring titanium to the iPhone and using the metal with recent watches was a test for bringing that material to its highest-volume device.The design of the Pro models retains the frosted glass back of the prior few phones, but the edges connecting the side and front are now less sharp than before.

The inside of the iPhone 15 Pro is redesigned to match the revamped aluminum chassis from the regular iPhone 14 (iFixit has a rundown of the changes).As I indicated in May of last year, the iPhone 15 is moving to USB-C. That will enable faster data transfer speeds for those who still sync with a cable, but some consumers will see the change as a costly headache.Major rear camera upgrades, including updated lenses and the ability to get a much wider range of optical zoom on the largest model.

With the regular iPhone 15 models getting last year’s A16 processor, the new pro phones are moving to a 3-nanometer chip that is noticeably snappier.Apple had planned another major feature for this year’s pro models: touch-sensitive buttons with haptic feedback for the volume controls, the mute/ring switch and the power button. Like trackpads on Macs, the buttons wouldn’t physically press in, allowing new software tricks and reducing the number of breakable components on the device.

The enhancement, codenamed Bongo, was canceled after a slew of engineering problems.There were also concerns about the cost increase compared with regular buttons.In the end, the company decided to keep standard buttons for volume and power, but turn the mute/ring switch into a so-called Action button — like on the Apple Watch — that users can customize via software.


Developer Steve Moser at MacRumors discovered code in iOS 17 that hints at the possible options for the button. It suggests you’ll be able to choose among several possibilities: the standard mute switch mechanism, a Focus mode like Do Not Disturb, launching the camera , turning on the flashlight, or opening features for accessibility or translating text.


Samsung copies theApple playbook with modest phone and watch upgrades. Samsung Electronics Co. is in the 2021-utside of the US. I also wouldn’t rule out a price increase in the US — at least for some of the pro models — given the move to titanium and the costlier camera system on the iPhone 15 Pro Max.

iPhone 15 Design Rumors: How Apple’s New Phones May Change

The iPhone 15 lineup could differ from the iPhone 14 in a few big ways.
The iPhone 15 and iPhone 15 Pro may get a small but important makeover, if the rumors turn out to be true. Apple’s next iPhones, which will likely debut at the company’s Sept. 12 event, are expected to include a handful of design changes that could impact everything from the charging port to the display. 


But overall, we’re largely expecting a more fine-tuned version of the iPhone 14 and 14 Pro’s design. Reports suggest there could be changes to materials, colors, buttons and the display, but the iPhone 15 likely won’t be as dramatic of a shift as Apple has made in years past. In 2020, for example, Apple updated the iPhone 12’s overall shape with flat edges, making it feel significantly different from the iPhone 11. And then, of course, there was the debut of the The iPhone X in 2017, which was the first model to include a nearly borderless screen and Face ID.


Based on rumors, reports, leaks and Apple’s previous iPhone launches, here’s what we’re expecting the iPhone 15 and iPhone 15 Plus to look like. 


iPhone 15 and iPhone 15 Plus: The Dynamic Island and USB-C
Assuming Apple keeps the same lineup as last year, we can expect two versions of the standard iPhone: the iPhone 15 and iPhone 15 Plus. The smaller version would have a 6.1-inch screen like the iPhone 14, while the Plus model would have a 6.7-inch display like the iPhone 14 Plus.


While the screen sizes are expected to remain the same, Apple might make a major upgrade to the display. Both the iPhone 15 and iPhone 15 Plus may inherit the Dynamic Island from the Pro models, according to a tweet from analyst Ross Young, CEO of Display Supply Chain Consultants, and a Bloomberg report. The Dynamic Island, which Apple introduced on the iPhone 14 Pro and Pro Max, replaces the notch on those phones. It’s like a miniature secondary screen that can show tidbits of information such as timers, sports scores and your Uber’s ETA. 


Another aesthetic change rumored to be coming to the iPhone 15 is a USB-C port to replace the Lightning connector. Apple executives said when speaking at the Wall Street Journal Tech Live conference last year that the company plans to comply with European rules mandating USB- C charging on new phones. However, it’s unclear whether Apple would make the switch to USB-C this year or next, and whether it would do so globally or just where the EU’s rules would take effect.


As for color options, the regular iPhone 15 and iPhone 15 Plus are expected to come in black, pink, yellow, blue and green. That’s according to TF International Securities analyst Ming-Chi Kuo, who is known for his credible Apple product predictions. That sounds similar to the current iPhone 14 lineup, which is available in yellow, purple, blue, red, starlight (white) and midnight (black).

iPhone 15 Pro and Pro Max: An Action button and thinner bezels
In typical Apple fashion, more dramatic changes are likely to be reserved for its high-end line of Pro models. One of the most significant design updates possibly coming to the iPhone 15 Pro and Pro Max is an Action button to replace the mute switch, according to Bloomberg and MacRumors. This would be similar to the Apple Watch Ultra’s button of the same name, and it may allow you to trigger certain features like activating the flashlight, translate app or camera. 


The iPhone 15 Pro is also expected to get a new titanium casing, according to the same Bloomberg piece, which could make it feel more premium but also potentially raise its price. The report has a few other nuggets about what to expect from the iPhone 15 Pro’s design, including a display with thinner bezels and an internal layout that’s easier to repair like the iPhone 14’s. 


To reduce the iPhone 15 Pro’s borders, Apple may use a technology called low-injection pressure over-molding, the report says. 
A shift to slimmer borders framing the screen would mark the laatest sign that Apple intends to build on the vision it introduced with the iPhone X in 2017. “This phone really sets us up well for the next 10 years,” Dan Riccio, an Apple veteran who previously serveda as the company’s senior vice president of hardware engineering, told me in a piece for Time referring to the iPhone X back then.


Otherwise, the iPhone 15 Pro and Pro Max are expected to come in the same 6.1-inch and 6.7-inch screen sizes just like the iPhone 14 Pro and Pro Max. Like the standard iPhone 15, it’s expected to have USB-C charging instead of Lightning. Color options could include gray, white, black and blue, according to the analyst Kuo, compared to the iPhone 14 Pro’s black, silver, gold and purple choices.  


We’ll have to wait until Apple announces its next iPhones to know for sure. But if the reports turn out to be true, it sounds like the iPhone 15 series could be a bigger leap forward than last year’s iPhone 14. 

How to take a scrolling screenshot on Android and iPhone

You can capture a long, scrolling screen in one single shot on an Android device and an iPhone or iPad. Here’s how.I often snap screenshots on my smartphone, typically to provide images for the articles I write. 


And sometimes I need to capture more of the screen than I can see at once. 
For example, I may want to capture a scrolling web page, a long email, or another type of content that can’t fit on the phone screen at one time. 
Also: How to set app limits on your Android
Android phones and iPhones (as well as iPads) offer the ability to take a full page screenshot of certain content.


How to take a scrolling screenshot on Android and iPhone 1. Open the web page or other scrolling screenTo capture a long or scrolling screen on an Android device, you need to be running Android 12 or higher. The scrolling screenshot option is fairly versatile, as you’re able to capture just about any screen, such as your home screen, a web page, an app, or a document.
On a stock Android phone, such as a Google Pixel, open the web page or other scrolling screen that you want to capture. Press the Power button and the Volume down button at the same time. Tap the “Capture more” button on the bottom An image of the entire screen opens with a box around the default area that normally would be captured. To include more of the screen, drag the bottom handle lower until you’ve captured all or as much of the screen as you want. Tap Save.


2. Open the Google Photos appThe screenshot is then saved as an image in your Screenshots folder. To find it, open the Google Photos app, tap the Library icon at the bottom, and then tap the thumbnail for Screenshots. Tap the screenshot you just took.
Google Photos open to pictures3. Edit the imageFrom here, you can edit the image to crop it, adjust it, mark it up, or apply filters. 
Also: How to transfer photos from your Android device to your Windows computer
To share the image, tap the Share icon at the bottom and choose the person or app that you want to use for sharing.


Take a scrolling screenshot on a Samsung Galaxy phoneThe process for taking a scrolling screenshot on a Samsung Galaxy phone is slightly different than for a stock Android device. Taking a screenshot this way also works on older versions of Android prior to 12. For example, I was able to take a scrolling screenshot on a Galaxy phone running Android 9.


Set up the scrolling screen you want to capture. Press the Power button and the Volume down button at the same time. At the bottom toolbar, press down on the icon with the double down arrow. automatically scroll. Continue pressing down on the icon until you’ve captured the entire screen or as much of it as you want. When done, tap the image thumbnail on the left.


You’re then taken to either the Photos app or the Gallery app. In the Photos app, tap the Edit icon to modify or enhance the image. Tap the Share icon to share the image with another person or app.
Editing and sharing the screenshotIn the Gallery app, tap the pencil icon to edit the image. Tap the Share icon to share it.
Editing and sharing the screenshot
Take a scrolling screenshot on an iPhone or iPadTo take a scrolling screen shot on an iPhone or iPad, you need iOS 14, iPadOS 14, or higher. , iOS and iPadOS capture it as a PDF.
To try this, set up the screen you wish to capture. To trigger a screenshot on an iPhone with Face ID, press the side button and Volume up button together. 

Also: Try this iPhone screenshot trick
On an iPhone with Touch ID, press the side button and the Home button. Tap the thumbnail of the generated screenshot. In the editor window, tap the heading for Full Page. Tap or swipe through the smaller thumbnails on the right to view the entire screenshot.


Taking scrolling screenshot on an iPhone or iPad of an email about TerrificCon
Using the bottom toolbar, tap the different pen and pencils tools if you wish to mark up the PDF. Tap the + (plus) icon to display a menu where you can add text or a signature, magnify any area of ​​the screenshot, change its opacity, or add a square or other symbol. You can also undo or redo any action by tapping the appropriate icon at the top.
Editing a screenshot of a Terrific info page


To delete the screenshot, tap the trash can icon at the top. To share the PDF, tap the iOS or iPadOS Share icon and then choose the app, service, or person that you want to share it with. When finished, tap Done. You can then delete the screenshot, copy and delete it, or save it as a PDF to your device or an online service via the Files app.

Is your iPhone ‘Charging On Hold’? Here’s what it means and what you should do

It’s getting hot out there, so hot theiPhonesare feeling it.
But fear not, Apple has a lot of safety mechanisms built into the iPhone to protect the battery from conditions that might damage it. High on that list of things that can damage a battery is heat.


In fact, heat is the number one premature killer of rechargeable batteries. Charging a battery when it’s too hot — or too cold — is a surefire path to avoidable battery wear.
Also: 5 ways to keep your smartphone working like new, for longerApple has a lot to say on the subject of heat: The iPhone (and iPad, iPod, and Apple Watch) all operate best at 32° to 95° F (0° to 35° C). The company warns that it is ” especially important to avoid exposing your device to ambient temperatures higher than 95° F (35° C), which can permanently damage battery capacity.”


Apple has built in a mechanism that kicks in when the iPhone gets too hot, but it seems that with iOS 16, the company has taken this further.
This is mentioned in Apple’s support page — What happens when an iPhone or iPad gets too hot or too cold — which notes that “charging is put on hold when your iPhone becomes too hot or too cold to charge.”


But there’s more information to be found in Apple’s support documentation. In a different document covering iPhones and iPod touch devices that won’t charge, Apple says that “software might limit charging above 80 percent” if the battery gets too warm, and this is done to “extend the lifespan of your battery.” 
iOS 16 “Charging On Hold” notification on the lock screen with charging paused at 80%.Adrian Kingsley-Hughes/ZDNETThe notification states that “Charging will resume when the iPhone returns to normal temperature.”


There’s also a message that can be found if you tap on Settings > Battery:
Settings on an iPhoneMessage shown in Settings > Battery.Adrian Kingsley-Hughes/ZDNETOnce charging has resumed, the message changes to “Charging was on hold due to iPhone temperature.” 

Here’s something I do find odd: The battery indicator at the top of the display continues to show the battery as charging. 
Also: Which MagSafe battery pack is best? 6 Expert Picks
It’s a mixed message that adds to the confusion.
Arrow pointing to battery charging on iPhone
If you see this message, rest assured that it is normal, and your iPhone is working to protect your battery from damage and prolong its life, and not some bug or sign that your iPhone is damaged.
Is there anything you can do?

Well, you have a few options. The best one is that you could just let iOS 16 and your iPhone do their thing. But don’t do some of the things I’ve seen recommended online to “fix” this issue, such as putting your iPhone into a refrigerator or freezer, or dunking it into ice or ice water

.Also: 5 iOS 16 features I can’t live without now (and how to use them)
If you are in a rush, there are a few things you can do to help cool down your device safely and get it charging again


How to safely cool down your smartphone Move the iPhone to a cooler location.Remove the iPhone from its case.Lower the brightness of the display.Stop running power-intensive apps while it is charging.Put the iPhone into Airplane Mode.

Nothing Phone 2 review: If ‘being extra’ was an Android phone

Nothing has launched its first smartphone in the US, the Phone 2 — a move that’s been on everyone’s mind since the company was founded by Carl Pei, who previously led phone maker OnePlus to domestic (and global) success. It’s also a move that’s Historically proven difficult for newer manufacturers outside of the country.

So, the question now is whether or not Pei and Co have done enough to convince a market heavily comprised of iPhone and Samsung Galaxyusers to make the switch. From my week of testing, I’d say the Phone 2 is off to a promising start, but there’s still plenty of room to grow.What’s new with this modelIn ZDNET tradition, I’ll start by covering the newest, distinguishing features of the Phone 2, followed by a breakdown of what features and improvements I’d like to see in the next model.   


1. Glyph Interface gets a glow-upThe Glyph Interface is the Nothing Phone’s killer feature. From this point forward, any other phone that has something even remotely similar to the Glyph Interface is considered a copycat. And I can see the company riding that dominance for as long as possible.


With the iPhone 2, there’s now an assembly of 33 LEDs compared to last year’s 12, as evident by the additional isolated strips throughout the backing. For the unacquainted, the Glyph Interface serves as an LED indicator, pulsating depending on the notifications you receive, from phone calls to text messages. It also flexes as a charging status indicator and fill light for photos and videos.

This year’s version gets even more functional. For example, you can now customize your own Glyph patterns via Glyph Composer, where Teenage Engineering’s influence is most prevalent. With more LEDs on the back, one of the longer strands of light serves as a progress bar for timers and volume levels.

Personally, I found the more granular lighting system to be the perfect Pomodoro timer, a productivity technique that encourages incremental breaks every 25 minutes.
Nothing has also opened up its Glyph system to app developers so that the progress bar effect can also represent incoming Uber rides and other services. It’s very neat, whether you see yourself using it or not.


Ultimately, my perception of the Glyph Interface remains neutral. I love that I can get a sense of what’s happening without flipping to my phone screen, but that also requires me to pay attention to what pattern is pulsating on the back, which I often find myself missing by the time I glance over.

Also: How to set app time limits on your Android phone
Nothing’s fix for this issue is a new “Essential notifications” option that allows you to designate the upper right LED strip to a specific app or set of apps. I currently have it paired with Messages and WeChat, since that’s what I mainly use to communicate with my family and partner. Now, whenever the Phone 2 goes all disco party mode on me, I look for that particular LED indicator to decide if it’s worth flipping the device over or not.


2. Nothing OS 2.0 makes software fun againOver the past few years, Android manufacturers have slowly but surely retreated from heavily-skinned user interfaces to more neutral appearances, giving up uniqueness for broader appeal. With Nothing OS 2.0 (layered over Android 13), the company strikes the perfect balance of customizability and burdenlessness. I’d go as far as to say that this is my new favorite approach to Android.
For one, most software elements like settings menus and quick panel toggles remind me of Google’s Pixel phones, and bloatware is pretty much non-existent. Where Nothing really flexes its software muscles is through lock screen and home screen customizations.


Also: Change this Android setting to instantly double your phone speed
The native widgets for weather, clock, and quick settings are surprisingly adequate, the ability to revisualize app folders makes them easier to discern, and the latest Nothing Icon Pack ties everything together with both light and dark color schemes. is how virtually every app that I downloaded, including the more niche ones, was automatically treated with Nothing’s monochromatic look and feel. 
Oh, and about the lock screen:

The Phone 2 lets you place widgets within a 2 x 4 grid, similar to the interactive lock screen on iOS 16. From all the various Android phones I’ve tested over the years, this is easily the best implementation of lock screen widgets I’ve used, and I’ll likely miss having it after my review period ends.
3. Improvements in virtually every wayHolding up the Nothing Phone 2 while it’s glowing.From the Qualcomm Snapdragon 8+ Gen 1 to the larger 4,700mAh battery to the brighter display, Nothing upgraded virtually every facet of last year’s Phone 1’s internals. And that tallies up to a well-rounded, no-fuss Phone 2 that both iOS and Android users will enjoy using.


For the record, I don’t look to the usual performance benchmarks to judge how capable a phone is. The difference in scoring between the Phone 2 and, say, Samsung’s Galaxy S23 Ultra means nothing if your use cases revolve around web browsing, messaging and calling, taking photos and videos, and playing games. 
In fact, I tested the same Snapdragon 8+ Gen 1 on the more recent Motorola Razr Plus, and the chipset proved to be reliable enough to handle quick app changes and multitasking.

The display now ramps up to 1,600 nits of peak brightness (from last year’s 1,200), which I’ve found very reliable for outdoor use and navigation when docked in my car. The 120Hz OLED panel gets impressively bright and spectacular dim when you need it to be, which is not something I can say about all modern-day phones.

I often find adaptive brightness settings to be too aggressive or delayed, but the ambient sensor on the Phone 2 is both reactive and tunes things just right. 
More importantly, I’ve been able to squeeze about a day and a half with the Phone 2, something I wasn’t expecting to do when I first saw the 4,700mAh value and compared it with most flagship Androids that field 5,000mAh ratings.

This rugged satellite-enabled Android phone looks nearly as sleek as an iPhone

I’ve handled a lot of rugged smartphones , and I’ve come to expect big, chunky, heavy, rubberized units that look like tanks and can take knocks and bumps and scrapes — and dunks in water. What I don’t expect is a smartphone that feels like an iPhone 14 Pro Max in the hand.

Also: What is a rugged phone and which are the best?

While companies such as Blackview and Ulefone have popularized rugged Android smartphones, the Cat S-series handsets — built by Bullitt — were some of the first that I remember. The brand positions themselves as a professional, industrial brand that is aimed at demanding industries such as construction, surveying, and security.
The Cat S75 is smaller and less chunky than other ruggedized smartphones I’m accustomed to testing.


A big difference between phones from the likes of Blackview and Ulefone, and the Cat S-series handsets is that the latter feels more like premium smartphones. In fact, the S75 looks and feels so much like my iPhone 14 Pro Max that I was reluctant at first to subject it to any harsh treatment.Also: iPhone went for a swim? Here’s how Siri can help eject water from its speakers
One of the first things I wanted to test was waterproofing, so I used it to take some underwater photos.
This worked great, although I did get warnings about water in the port, and these warnings were hard to bypass because the display was unresponsive when it was wet. There may be a way to disable these warnings, but I’ve not come across it yet.

While a lot of ruggedized smartphones use rubber bungs on the charging port, the Cat S75 doesn’t, with the only rubber cover being on the SIM slot.
SIM slot cover on the Cat S75SIM slot cover on the Cat S75Adrian Kingsley-Hughes/ZDNETAlso: This tiny smartphone accessory gives you a fantastic superpower
To get that SIM tray out, I had to use a tool. It’s not something that you need to do that often, but if you do need to do it, you’ll need something to coax the SIM tray out.

I also tested the cameras on land, and the outputs are more than acceptable for an industrial handset. I took some shots with both the Cat S75 and my iPhone, and while I felt that the iPhone shots had more “pop”, the underlying quality felt very similar.  

Sample output from the rear camera on the Cat S75Adrian Kingsley-Hughes/ZDNETOn the ruggedized front, the Cat S75 is tough. 
Very tough.

Also: The most breakable iPhones? How the iPhone 14 fared in drop tests


It feels a bit weird initially to be dropping and banging a handset that feels like my iPhone, and the shell itself feels very plasticky, but this handset took all the punishment I could dish at it, no problem. I keep my iPhone 14 Pro Max in a case, and this makes it bulkier in the hand and pocket than the Cat S75.
That’s weird!


Giving the Cat S75 a soaking after drop testingAdrian Kingsley-Hughes/ZDNETAs far as other aspects of the Cat S75 go — the display, call quality, performance, battery life — this handset oozes a premium feel. Yes, this is a rugged handset, but it’s a no-compromise rugged handset.  


The Mediatek Dimensity D930 octa-core processor, backed up by 6GB of RAM, keeps the handset running smoothly no matter what is loading. Not once did I feel the handset get bogged down or have any performance issues.
It offers a smooth Android experience.


Also: The best Android phones you can buy (foldables included)
One aspect of the Cat S75 I’ve not yet tested is the satellite connectivity, but I hope to put this through its paces real soon, and use it to pull off tricks that your iPhone can’t do.


Overall, the Cat S75 is a very nice smartphone. It shows that a rugged handset doesn’t have to be a huge brick, and that it can look equally at home in an air-conditioned office or a muddy field. Even putting aside the satellite communication feature, it’s a very well-made handset, and one that has been engineered, rather than overbuilt, to be tough.

iPhone Battery Health: What You Need to Know

An iPhone is only as useful as its battery life. From the very first iPhone, users have been swapping tips on how to optimize iPhone battery life and battery lifespan over time to get more performance from every charge. batteries from working together to make iPhones last longer, but eventually, it’s important to know when to have your iPhone battery replaced. If you need troubleshooting because your iPhone is slow or not charging at all read our article for those solutions first.


That’s why Apple introduced the iPhone Battery Health feature that has become a fixture in iOS device settings. Today, we’re walking through the Battery Health feature, how to get the best iPhone battery performance, and when to replace your iPhone battery. ‘re rather not improve your battery health, considering upgrading your device, you can also sell your iPhone to us.


What is iPhone Battery Health?

iPhone Battery Health is a feature added in iOS version 11.3, released in 2018. If your phone is not yet version 11.3 or higher, then it’s time to update your software. The Battery Health feature can be found in the Settings menu and will give you basic, useful information about the overall health and performance of your iPhone’s battery.
From the iPhone Battery Health dashboard, you can keep track of your phone’s battery to help optimize performance and identify the right time to get your iPhone battery replaced.


The three dashboard items in your Battery Health tool are Maximum Capacity, Peak Performance Capability, and a toggle to Optimize Battery Charging
Maximum CapacityMaximum capacity is the efficiency of your battery since your phone came out of the factory.
Optimal phone performance is between 100% and 80% maximum capacity.
Peak Performance CapabilityMost of the time, this will include a message saying your iPhone is capable of peak performance. Sometimes, if you experienced a recent crash, you may see a message saying your battery was “unable to deliver the necessary peak power.” means your phone has automatically turned on performance management, and the battery should be replaced soon.


Optimized battery chargingToggling this option will prevent your phone from charging over 80% in order to protect the battery and increase your overall battery lifespan. This option is ideal if your phone is charging most of the time, and if you want to charge up overnight, but may be turned off if you plan to travel and need 100% charge when you depart.


How to Check Your iPhone Battery Health

Settings > Battery Health.You can find your iPhone Battery Health dashboard by navigating to iPhone Settings. Then scroll down until you see Battery Health and select this option. This will show you some basic information and you can tap to investigate further or change your battery performance settings.


Is 75% Overall a Good Battery Health?

yes and noWhen looking at your Battery Health page, the most obvious factor is the Maximum Capacity percentage. 100% is factory-fresh, and iPhones can run extremely well with batteries as low as 80% performance in Maximum Capacity.
If your iPhone’s battery health has slipped to 75% or below, it will still perform well. However, you can expect further degradation and may see lower numbers and worse performance in the near future.
Battery Health Percentage to Replace iPhone Battery, According to AppleAt what Battery Health percentage should you replace your iPhone battery? You will start noticing a significant drop in performance between 75% and 60%.
If your iPhone battery health percentage drops below 80% within the duration of your warranty – usually about one year – then Apple will replace the battery.
How Long an iPhone Battery Can LastA new, 100%-80% capacity iPhone battery can hold a charge for 8-20 hours, depending on how it’s used. Sitting off in your pocket, it can last all day. Playing games and movies, it will last about a third of the day without a power source.


It usually takes about two years before you start to see any significant drop in iPhone battery performance. require an early iPhone battery replacement. If you feel that no battery will prove the health of your device, you can also sell your device to us.
Tips to Extend iPhone Battery Life & Lifespan

How do you maximize the performance if an iPhone battery?
Avoid full charge or full drainDon’t charge overnightUse a dimmer screenSwitch off location servicesTurn on Optimized Battery ChargingUse an original or approved Apple chargerClose apps and unused featuresAvoid extreme temperaturesUse the right phone case

Keep your software updatedReplace the battery on timeFor more information checkout our other article: Maximizing Your iPhone’s Battery Settings

Does AppleCare+ Cover Battery Replacement?

If you still have AppleCare+ at the time your iPhone battery drops below 80% maximum capacity, then yes. Your battery replacement can and probably should be included in AppleCare+ warranty coverage.
If your iPhone is out of warranty, you will need to ship it to the nearest repair location and or visit an Apple store, the repair will cost $89. You may also be charged for any additional repairs made, or required to have the phone repaired other than the battery before sending it in.

How Can I Change my iPhone Battery?

If you are confident with phone repairs and have an iPhone repair kit (tiny screwdrivers, frame separate, etc) then you can DIY aniPhone battery replacement. However, this is not recommended for inexperienced technicians. iPhones are delicate and just opening the case can put your components at risk. Especially if your iPhone battery is swollen!
You will need to delicately remove tiny screws, pry open the case, gently lift the securing tabs, use tweezers to extract the pull tabs, and finally lift out the battery. Replacing it requires an equally delicate reinstallation.

The history of the iPhone: A look at Apple’s smartphone evolution

The firstBlackBerrycame to be in 1999. Similarly, T-Mobile’s first Sidekick phone was launched in 2002. Microsoft entered the picture in 2003 with Windows Mobile 2003 for Pocket PC Phone Edition (long name, right?). Palm, Nokia, Samsung , and Motorola also tried to put together theirsmartphones.


These phones could make calls and texts, too, but they started to venture into the world of the almighty internet.These were more so made to work with styluses. Steve Jobs saw this early on and believed that phones would eventually replace things like cameras, MP3 players, PDAs, etc. He started believing that phones with a touchscreen and internet access were the future, so the idea behind the iPhone sparked.


It seems the beginnings of the iPhone were a bit rocky, though. Tony Fadell once told Venture Beat the first iPhone concept was actually an iPod with a phone module. the palm of your hand. Jobs assembled a small team of experts to begin working on what would later become the iPhone. They called it “Project Purple,” and the team practically lived at the company’s headquarters. touch-enabled Mac, and they were messing with a multi-touch ping pong table, which Steve wanted to put “in an iPod.” At the same time, they were trying to make video watching more enjoyable on iPods, which is why they wanted to add a larger screen and remove the touch scroll wheel.


After long hours, weekends, and hard work, the first iPhone came to be in 2007.

iPhone — iPhone 3GS: The start of a new era 

There was virtually nothing like the iPhone before it. The first iPhone was announced on January 9, 2007, and was extraordinary.
As Steve Jobs put it then, the iPhone was “an iPod, a phone, and an internet communicator.”

It was the first to have such a high screen-to-body ratio, offering a 3.5-inch screen with a capacitive touchscreen. This made it possible to control every aspect of the device using your fingers, and it even provided multi-touch support.
The accelerometer and motion sensor made it easy to have the screen orientation change when the phone was turned sideways. This made the first iPhone a fantastic content consumption device. You could enjoy videos and other content on a wide screen.


The UI was simple, showing a list of icons for each app, and third-party developers could make apps for all iPhone users. The interface was so good that even today’s iPhones largely use the same UI, just with obvious aesthetic and feature improvements over the years.


Steve Jobs was obsessed with keeping the experience clean and simple.He didn’t entirely trust developers yet, so the first iPhone came with no app store.You could only use the apps Apple offered.The Apple App Store was introduced later, in 2008 , with the iPhone 3G. The newer device was otherwise very similar. The other main improvement was the addition of 3G data speeds.
The iPhone 3GS later refined the experience in 2009 by adding more power to the device. The internals were beefed up with a better processor, more RAM, a better 3.15MP camera, and the addition of a white color variant.


Phone 4 — iPhone 4S: Refining the design, the introduction of Siri, and Retina Displays

The 2010 iPhone 4 got the first significant design change. The sides, back, and front were flattened, and the back was made of glass, offering a more modern and streamlined look. Specs were also significantly better. A 1.0GHz Cortex-A8 processor powered the device, and RAM was again doubled to 512MB. The camera sensor got a boost to 5MP, and users could record at 720p! Not only that, but this was the first iPhone to come with a front-facing camera (VGA).
Additionally, this was the first phone with a Retina Display. This quadrupled the pixels in the iPhone 3GS screen, bringing the definition to 640 x 960. Apple claimed your eyes could no longer notice pixels at this 330ppi pixel density. Apple stuck with around the Same pixel density until the iPhone X, long after Android phones had moved on to bigger and higher resolution displays.Siri could work with your calendar, texts, calls, weather, reminders, and a few other apps.The most human thing it could do was probably tell jokes.These days, you can almost have a conversation with digital assistants, still it was a good start.


iPhone 5 — iPhone 5S: Larger screen, Lightning port, and Touch IDThe iPhone 5 series came with some more significant changes in 2012.

The device’s looks were pretty different, as it now came with an aluminum back.he new iPhone series had more than fresh looks going for it, though.
The phone’s shape was taller because the phone now came with a larger 4-inch display that only grew vertically (640 x 1136). This was because Apple loved its devices’ width, which was great for one-handed use. keep the phone as wide as previous versions, but the market for larger-screen phones was all the rage. Everyone wanted a larger screen on an iPhone, and it finally came.
This was also the first phone to get rid of the old 30-pin connector. The more clunky port was easier to damage and was a bit on the large side, at least compared to the standard back then, which was MicroUSB. Of course Apple still stuck to its own proprietary cable, using lightning cables. 
The iPhone 5S was released a year later in 2013 and offered a game-changing feature. It was the first iPhone to come with Touch ID, a fingerprint reader located in the home button.


iPhone 6 series — iPhone 7 series: Plus models, large screens, Apple Pay, IP rating, multiple cameras, goodbye headphone jack


The 2015 iPhone 6S series was more of an incremental upgrade with slight hardware improvements. Similarly, the iPhone 7 series didn’t bring any noticeable changes in 2016, but it was the first iPhone to get an official IP rating. 7 series featured an IP67 rating.


Camera enthusiasts were thrilled to learn the iPhone 7 Plus was the first iPhone to get more than one rear camera. It had two 12MP sensors, one with a wide lens and another with a telephoto lens.
On the other hand, audiophiles remember the iPhone 7 series devices as the first to dump the headphone jack. Dongles have been your only solution for wired listening since then.


iPhone SE — Apple’s first true budget phone


Apple never really made affordable phones. The iPhone 5C was a bit cheaper, but nothing game-changing. Things changed with the first iPhone SE (2016), which came with an impressive $249 MSRP. the older iPhone 5 than more modern iPhones. The screen also shrunk down to just 4 inches. The good news was that specs were still nearly as good as higher-end iPhones. It had the same Apple A9 processor found in the iPhone 6S series, 2GB of RAM, and a 12MP camera. This was the beginning of a new trend, and iPhones were no longer only for the premium market.


iPhone 8 series — Wireless charging enters the gameThe 2017 iPhone 8 and 8 Plus were the first iPhones with wireless charging.

Again, Apple was a bit late to the party, as we started seeing Qi wireless charging in smartphones as soon as 2012. The Nokia Lumia 920 was the first widely available smartphone to feature it. The Samsung Galaxy S3 could also take advantage of wireless charging with an added accessory.
Design-wise, the phones returned to the glass backs we saw in previous iPhones. Another significant upgrade was the addition of True Tone technology, a method that utilized sensors to measure ambient light and adjust the screen to its surroundings.
While a bit underwhelming, the iPhone 8 series was the proliferation of the old iPhone. A new era was about to begin, and the changes started the same year.iPhone X, XR, and XS—All-screen front, Face ID, IP68Apple later (in 2018) released the iPhone XR, a more affordable version of the iPhone X. It switched the frame material to aluminum (as opposed to stainless steel), removed the OLED panel and replaced it with an LCD one, and left only a single camera in the back. The device was still plenty powerful, though. The processor was upgraded to an Apple A12 Bionic, it keeps the same 3GB of RAM, and the display is larger at 6.1 inches.


The betteriPhoneXS series came out in 2018. Aside from a larger 6.5-inch display in the Max version, and more RAM, it was the first phone to feature an IP68 rating, which is still the standard for the best ingress protection available on smartphones.


iPhone 11 series — iPhone 13 series: Today’s iPhonesThe iPhone 11 line-up was also the first to offer three devices: 

iPhone 11, iPhone 11 Pro, and iPhone 11 Pro Max. The Pro versions were also the first to have a triple-camera system.
The iPhone 12 series was the first to introduce a Mini version, which was a relief for small phone fans. All other high-end phones were enormous. These were also the first iPhones to get 5G data speeds, which was a welcomed improvement.
As for the iPhone 13 series, all phones look almost identical to the iPhone 12 variants. Improvements were only incremental, showing better specs across the board. We expect things to get much more exciting with the upcoming iPhone 14 series.

How to free up storage space on your phone

The first thing you’ll want to do is check to see which apps on your smartphone are the biggest users of space and delete the ones you can live without.

On your phone’s usage screens, you will see your available storage, along with a list of your apps ranked from top to bottom based on how much space they’re occupying. With a little luck, you’ll find an app that’s taking up a lot of space that you never use, so you’ll have no problems saying goodbye to it. 

On Android™: In Settings, select Battery and device care (may also beBattery Care). Then, tap Storage. From there, you can see what’s taking up space on your phone. On iPhone: Tap Settings. Then, choose General. From there, select iPhone Storage. At the top of the screen, you can check out how much storage is used on your iPhone, what content takes up the most space, and how much memory is left. 

What apps should I delete to get more storage on my phone? 

Consider whether the apps that you rarely use really need to be on your smartphone. Ask yourself, “Does this app provide a function that I cannot get by going to the company’s website?” be. If not, delete the app and bookmark the company’s website instead. 

HOW TO OFFLOAD UNUSED APPS ON IPHONE:

 Using the Offload Unused Apps option on your iPhone is an easy way to free up space on your phone while still keeping the app’s data intact. Simply go to Settings > App Store and turn on Offload Unused Apps to have it run in the background automatically, or you can manually choose which apps to offload by going to Settings > General > iPhone Storage, tapping the app you’d like to remove, then tapping Offload App and confirming your decision. 

TO REMOVE UNWANTED APPS FROM SAMSUNG PHONE: To pears, choose Uninstall. But what about those apps that either the manufacturer or carrier installed that don’t give an uninstall option? 

For Samsung users wishing they could delete the preinstalled apps on their phone, you’re in luck. When uninstall is not an option, you can disable them instead to reclaim the storage space they’ve taken up. Simply long-press the app icon and choose Disable from the pop-up window. 

TO REMOVE UNWANTED APPS FROM GOOGLE PIXEL:

 Long-press the icon for the app you want to remove, then from the pop-up menu tap App info > Uninstall > OK. For pre-installed apps that cannot be uninstalled, you have the option to tap Disable instead.  Clear your phone cache Phone cache is information—like files, scripts or images—that is saved on your device after visiting a website or opening an app for the first time that speeds up your experience when returning to them in the future. 

HOW TO CLEAR CACHE ON YOUR PHONE

  If you have an app that’s running slowly or crashing, clearing the app’s cache can solve a lot of basic issues. Clearing app cache will erase unnecessary files, but you won’t lose any of your app’s saved passwords or data. steps for your Samsung, and iPhone: How to clear cache on Android: Open Settings. Choose Apps (or Apps & notifications). 

Tap an often used app, like Chrome. Tap Storage (or Storage & cache). Tap Clear cache. Repeat these steps for other heavily used apps on your device. How to clear cache on iPhone: Instructions to clear app cache on an iPhone varies depending on the app and how it was developed. If you suspect a particular third-party app is causing performance issues, go to Settings > General > iPhone Storage.

listed in order of size. You can tap an individual app to see if there are options available to clear cache. Clean files and delete unwanted documents File manager apps can help you to easily clean up your phone and create more storage space. These apps can scan your device to remove duplicate files, clean up your contact list, and identify apps you don’t use that are hogging needed space. are a few worth checking out.  

What Are Some Essential iPhone Maintenance Tips?

Maser these 5 tricky iPhone maintenance tips for better performance

Proper care and maintenance ensure that your iPhone will stay in pristine condition and will perform efficiently and give you better and improved battery life. Let us take a look at some of the important iPhone maintenance tips.

Getting a Protective Case for your iPhone

Getting a good quality protective case and a screen protector for your iPhone is one of the first things you should do when you buy an iPhone. These protective cases make sure that your device is well-maintained because of which they are highly recommended. -quality case will play a major role in protecting your phone while a screen protector will keep it scratch-free.

There is a wide variety of phone cases available in the market which means that you can choose one that fits your style so there is no reason for you to not buy a protective case to protect your iPhone.

Cleaning your charging port

A clean charging port is absolutely essential when it comes to maintaining your iPhone as it ensures that your phone gets properly charged.

There are different ways in which you can clean your charging port but the most common way is to use a toothpick to take out any dust or debris that is stuck there. While you are cleaning your charging port it is absolutely essential that you do it carefully so that you don’t damage any contact points.

Deleting Unused Apps

Everyone has a few apps on their phone that they no longer use and they are just consuming your phone’s valuable resources. Regularly uninstalling or deleting these unnecessary apps from your iPhone should be a part of your regular maintenance routine.

When your iPhone’s storage is on low, the Offload Unused Apps feature on your iPhone can be used to delete these unnecessary apps from your iPhone without messing with your documents and other important data.

Updating your iPhone’s iOS

Installing the most recent version of iOS on your iPhone is always a great way to properly maintain it. Whenever you decide to update your iPhone to the latest version of iOS, this new version comes equipped with battery life improvements and bug fixes that are released by Apple.

iPhone maintenance tipsUpdating your iPhone’s iOS is an easy process and it normally takes a few minutes to properly install these updates. If you decide not to update your iPhone regularly, it can cause serious problems down the line.

Restarting your iPhone

If you have all of the above-mentioned things and your phone is still not working as it should, then you should try restarting your iPhone. This is a simple trick that can help solve a lot of issues in your iPhone that you were not able to fix during the troubleshooting process.

These are some of the most common and effective tricks that you can follow in order to properly maintain your iPhone and make sure that it is working as it should. have to get it repaired or replaced in the near future.

If you have any more queries about the iPhone maintenance process or if you are facing some issues with your iPhone and you are looking to get it fixed from the comfort of your own home without any worries and hassles, you can reach out to us today at Tricked Out Accessories to avail our Mobile Phone Repair service.

Why your laptop is slow—and how to speed it up

Whether you need to turn in a quick assignment or hop on a last-minute video call, a slow laptop can be frustrating. But don’t worry. There are several ways to speed up your device, and they don’t involve running to the store and buying a new one. At Asurion, our experts help 300 million customers (and counting) diagnose and resolve their device problems and get the most out of their favorite tech. Wondering how to make your laptop faster? Check out their tips below to get your device back up to speed .

Why is my laptop so slow?

As you accumulate more files, apps, and programs on your hard drive, your laptop can start to lag or stop responding altogether. These issues don’t pop up immediately; however, regular use, demanding software updates, and aging computer parts can stall your laptop over time and hurt its performance, making it harder to complete daily tasks.
Watch this short video where an Asurion Expert shows how to fix your slow laptop:

How to speed up your laptop

A few simple steps to tune-up your laptop can help it run faster.
RESTART YOUR LAPTOPIf you haven’t rebooted your system in a while, it may just need a quick reset. Restarting your laptop not only clears temporary files and shuts down programs, it can solve more problems than you may think. Try to restart your laptop at least once a week to keep it working at its best.


CHECK THE MEMORYYour laptop uses hardware called random-access memory, or RAM, to load programs and open files quickly. It’s essentially your laptop’s short-term memory, and when it’s running low, your system will take longer to open and run multiple apps at the same time.You can find out how much memory you’re using in your laptop settings.

How to check your computer memory (Windows 10):

On your keyboard, press Ctrl+Alt+Del at the same time, then select Task Manager.Select Performance > Memory to see how much your laptop can support.If you’ve had your high quality laptop  for longer than two years, it may be time to increase the RAM so it can run several applications and programs without slowing down. to a tech expert for help with computer memory upgrades.


MAKE SPACE ON YOUR HARD DRIVEYour laptop’s hard drive holds a lot of data—from photos and videos to music and other large files—and if it’s nearly full, it can degrade your computer’s performance. Find out how much storage you have left on your device, then see where you can cut things down.


How to check hard drive storage on your PC (Windows 10):

Select the Start button, then select Settings.Select System > Storage, and you’ll see what space is available under Local storage.Once you find out what apps and programs are taking the most space, consider deleting the ones you no longer need. If you have a lot of photos and videos, back up your files to the cloud or move them to an external hard drive. still need more space, you may want to consider a hard drive upgrade.CLOSE UNNECESSARY BROWSER WINDOWSDo you tend to keep multiple browser windows and apps running at the same time? Doing so can slow down your laptop. If you’ve noticed your device becoming sluggish—or can’t stop asking yourself, Why is my HP laptop so slow ? —take stock of the programs you have open and close the ones you can do without.

How to see what programs are running on a PC (Windows 10):

On the keyboard, press Ctrl+Alt+Del at the same time, then select Task Manager.Select CPU to sort the list based on processor usage or select Memory to sort by memory usage. Look for the app that’s using the most processing power or memory.Close the apps you don’t need, but don’t close system processes, as this can make the computer unstable or shut down.LIMIT BACKGROUND PROGRAMSThere are sometimes hidden programs that load in the background or automatically start when you log on to your laptop, and they can also slow down your machine. Fortunately, turning off those apps is easy:
How to remove apps from startup on a PC (Windows 10):

Select the Start button, then select Settings > Apps.Select Startup, then turn off the apps you don’t want to open when you sign in.SCAN FOR MALWARE AND VIRUSESA  laptop that’s been infected by a virus will experience serious issues with its speed and performance.
How to check for a virus on a PC (Windows 10):Go to Start > Settings > Update & Security > Windows Security.Click on Virus & threat protection.Click on Quick scan.

why your phone is overheating – the most common causes

Several factors can cause your phone to overheat, including high external temperature and battery problems. When a phone overheats, it slows down, and in some instances, it may shut down until it’s back to normal temperature. your phone to overheat.

What Causes Your Phone To OverHeat?

A phone’s internal temperature is based on the temperature of its environment. Battery drains, slow performance and even a total shutdown can occur if the phone gets excessively hot. If it is forced to shut down due to overheating, it will not restart. other hand, it is normal for a phone to feel warmer after playing a game for 10-15 minutes.

Therefore, warm should not be interpreted as hot. But if it is hot to touch, there is an underlying cause that should not be ignored. Here are some reasons that may be causing your device to overheat.

Faulty Apps

Faulty apps are commonly responsible for overheating your phone. For example, sometimes, a new app that is not compatible with your phone causes it to overheat. In other cases, the updated version of an app may be responsible for overheating your device. app updates are handy, sometimes they can be problematic.

Solution

When an app is a culprit behind overheating, there are two things you that can do to resolve the issue:

Uninstall the app that is causing the problem

Check for an update

Once you have uninstalled the app, restart your phone and see if it overheats again.

Prolonged Camera Usage

Prolonged periods of using a phone’s video camera can cause it to overheat.

Resolution and frame rate

The brightness of the screen

Extended periods of camera usage

Make sure your phone camera is only used when required and keep an eye on the resolution and screen brightness to prevent this issue.

Exposure To Direct Heat

Sometimes the environmental factors are the culprits behind the overheating. When a phone is left in the direct sunlight for too long it will overheat. A phone that is mounted on a car’s dashboard on a sunny day will also overheat.

It is therefore advisable to keep your phone away from direct sunlight or other sources of heat. Try to use the phone in the shade when you are required to use it outside.

Material Of The Phone Case

why your phone is overheatingIf you always keep your phone in a case then this may be one of the reasons behind overheating. .

During high-performance tasks, if you notice the temperature of your phone rising, remove the phone case. Your device needs to radiate the heat away and a case made of insulating material prevents that.

Frequency Of Usage

The frequency with which you use your phone may also be responsible for overheating it.When you are constantly using your phone, the battery is working overtime.This raises the temperature of the device.

Additionally, if you leave your phone on charging even when it’s fully charged, it could also be problematic.

Faulty Components

Sometimes defective components such as the battery, processor, and charging port can cause a phone to overheat. If the heat is coming from the back of the phone, you most likely have issues with the battery.

On the other hand, a faulty charging port or cable causes the bottom of the phone to become excessively warm. Try replacing the cable. If the issue is still not fixed, you will have to get your charging port repaired.

Overcharging Your Phone

Overcharging can lead to overheating, especially when the battery is old. If you have an older device, avoid charging the battery above 90%. This will keep the battery healthy.

If this happens, you have the following options:

Replace the charger and the cable

Replace the battery if possible

If you have tried replacing the cable and adapter and the problem is still there, take your phone to an expert and get it repaired.

Using Animated Wallpapers

If you use animated wallpapers and widgets or your screen brightness is always full, you are putting excessive load on your phone’s processor.

It is, therefore, wise to let your phone adjust its brightness automatically to match the environment in which it is being used. Using a static background will lighten the load on the processor and help in keeping the temperature normal.

Overuse Of Wi-Fi And Bluetooth

Overuse of services such as Wi-Fi, mobile internet, and other online services can overheat your phone. Constantly keeping the Bluetooth on can also overheat your phone. Apps that run in the background are continuou

Slowly using resources such as processors, Wi-Fi, or mobile data.

This can cause your phone to overheat. It is advisable to check the apps that are draining the battery. Toggle unrestricted data usage to disable internet access.

Streaming Videos

Another practice that can overwork your phone’s processor is watching YouTube or Netflix for several hours.When you stream content your phone has to load video data.This means the display will be kept active for prolonged periods.Thus causing your phone to heat up.

Tips to Cool Your Phone Down

If your smartphone slows down due to overheating, here is what you need to do:

Start by removing the phone’s case.

Disable all the connectivity by switching the airplane mode on.

Move your phone out of the direct sunlight.

Decrease the screen brightness.

Direct a fan at your phone.

Tips To Prevent Phone Overheating

Once your phone is back in working order, you need to know how to prevent the problem from occurring in the future.To stop your phone from overheating again, follow the tips mentioned below:

Switch to battery saver mode.

Remove junk files and malware by cleaning up your phone.

Limit the use of the camera.

Use Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, and GPS only when needed.

These tips will not only prevent your phone from overheating but also make the battery last longer.

If you have tried all the solutions and you still can’t tackle the issue, contact us at 435-752-5301. Let our trusted technicians at Tricked Out Accessories take care of your worries. We offer all sorts of smartphone repairs, cleaning, and replacement services. Our stores are located in Utah and Hawaii.



How to maximize the lifespan of iPhone battery

Introduction There have been many breakthroughs in smartphone technologies over the years. But one thing that is bothering the manufacturer – how to have longer battery life for the devices? As smartphone users are increasingly dependent on their devices, so do the usage time. And having to re-charge several times throughout the day, sometimes scrambling to find a charging station, has become a nuisance task for users. 
Manufacturers over the years have introduced a faster charging method, ease of charging through wireless and bigger battery capacity. But there is a limitation to how much we can extend the battery life. Unfortunately, there is no perfect solution to this issue yet. we can educate ourselves to have an understanding of the limitation of battery and how to make the best out of it. 
About lithium-ion batteriesLithium-ion batteries were commercialized in the 1990s. Comparing with the previous generation of battery technology, lithium-ion charge faster, last longer, and can hold more charge in a smaller form. Till date, vendors do not have a commercially viable product to replace the lithium technology yet. 
Understand how your phone battery degradesYour Apple lithium-ion battery uses fast charging to reach 80 percent of its capacity quickly, then switches to slower trickle charging. Apple iOS also limit charging above 80 percent if battery temperatures get too hot. to prevent over-charging. 
An iPhone lithium-ion battery typically holds up to 500 charge cycles, or about two years; before you will see a degrading of the battery to 80% of its full capacity. You complete one charge cycle when you have used an amount equals 100% of your battery’s capacity. 
Example, you use up 60% today and re-charge it fully the next day. If you use 40% the next day, then you will have discharged a total of 100%. That is one charge cycle. It could also take several days to complete a cycle. 
Question: Can I leave the iPhone to charge overnight even at 100 Percent?
Theoretically, you can. iPhone will continue to charge even when the battery is at full capacity. it will affect the battery cycle, as previously discussed, in the long run. 
How to maximize battery performance “Battery life” is the amount of time a device runs before it needs to be re-charged. “Battery lifespan” is the amount of time a battery lasts until it needs to be replaced. 
Let’s find out how we can stretch or maximum the lifespan and performance of your device’s battery. 
1. Update to the latest softwareSimple yet effective. Apple software updates often include advanced energy-saving technologies, so always make sure your device is using the latest version of iOS.
2.Avoid extreme ambient temperaturesThe ideal temperature comfort zone is between 16 – 22 degree). Avoid exposing your device to an ambient temperature higher than 35 degrees. Example, under direct sun, near high heat area, left in the car under hot weather. and decreases the battery lifespan in the long term. 3. Remove certain cases during chargingiPhone case is important. But charging your iPhone inside certain styles of cases may generate excess heat, which can affect battery capacity. If you notice that your device gets hot when you charge it, take it out of its case first. 4. Store it half-charged when you store it long termIf you are not using your device for long-term, do the following:
Do not fully charge or fully discharge your device’s battery – charge it to around 50%. Switch off the device to avoid additional battery use. Place your device in a cool, moisture-free environment that’s less than 32 degrees. If you plan to store your device for longer than six months, charge it to 50% every six months. 

ConclusionHopefully, all these tips will add up enough savings to help you get through the day without having to charge up regularly. And needing to charge less has its benefit: it prolongs the health of your battery so you won’t have to replace it quite soon. 
If you have tried the above methods yet finds that yourphone battery is not holding the charge, it could be time to change your battery.
SellUp provides on-site battery replacement within 30 mins. Check out our low fee and make an appointment now! 

5 Myths About Your Smart Phone Battery (and Real Tips for Preserving It)

Smartphones have the mighty power of super computers in a tiny package that can fit in the palm of our hands. They allow us to communicate, find entertainment, get work done, manage our finances, navigate to our destinations, shop the Web, and so much more.

That is… until the battery runs out. Avoid battery drain—and the anxiety that comes with it—by learning how to make yourphone’s battery last longer and keep you connected when you need it most. Here we’ll bust five common myths about charging your iPhone or Android, plus provide helpful tips on getting the most out of every charge.


Myth 1: You shouldn’t charge your phone overnight


It’s absolutely fine to charge your battery overnight. In fact, it’s the best way to make sure you have a full, juicy battery to get you through the day.
This myth came from the days when we had nickel-ion batteries in our phones that suffered from something called “memory charge,” where if you didn’t let them deplete entirely, the batteries would “forget about” the part that didn’t get used.
Today’s phones use lithium-ion batteries, which don’t suffer from memory loss and are smart enough to regulate their power management. When you plug a smartphone into a charger, it will stop charging once it reaches 100 percent, so you don’t need to worry about “overcharging.”
Charging tip: Plug your phone in at night before you go to bed. In the morning, you’ll be ready with a phone that will last you all day.


Myth 2: You should let your battery drain completely before charging


Not only do you not need to do this, but you also shouldn’t. Every lithium-ion battery comes with a fixed amount of charge cycles (the number of times you can charge up to 100 percent and run down to 0 percent). An iPhone has a lifespan of about 400 to 500 charge cycles. But that doesn’t mean you can only plug it in 500 times—it means you have 500 chances to let it go from a full charge to no charge at all. if you let your battery drain completely every day, it will last 500 days.
There is one reason to let your battery drain completely. If it “dies” when the battery icon is showing a positive charge, it means the battery needs to be recalibrated. Draining it all the way down then charging it up again should fix the issue .
Charging tip: Remember your ABC’s: Always Be Charging. If you have a charger nearby, whether you’re at home, in the car or at the office, plug in your phone.


Myth 3: My battery will last forever if I charge it properly


Batteries are our smartphone’s weak spot, and until someone invents a battery that can last for years and go for days without a charge, we have to accept that they’ll need to be replaced. Lithium-ion batteries lose their capacity to hold a charge as they age, so even if you still have plenty of lifecycles left, you may only be able to charge your phone to 60 percent of its capacity. You can download an app to check on battery wear, and if it’s excessive, consider replacing the battery to give the phone a longer life.
Charging tip: Lithium-ion batteries don’t like being really low or really high. Experts agree that keeping your phone’s battery between 30 and 80 percent most of the time is the sweet spot for promoting its longevity.


Myth 4: I shouldn’t use my phone while it’s charging


There is no danger in using your phone while it’s charging. This myth comes from fears about batteries overheating. Lithium-ion batteries can be dangerous if they have any type of manufacturing defect, but this is rare. warm (while charging or not), get it checked out immediately.
Another issue to consider is counterfeit chargers. Charging cables contain chips in them, and if you are not using a manufacturer-approved cable, you could damage your phone. Buy name-brand chargers for safety and to help charge your phone more effectively.
Charging tip: While you can use it during a charge, having the screen on or apps refreshing in the background uses power, so it will charge at half the speed. If you want your phone to charge more quickly, put it in airplane mode or turn it off. Also, charging from a wall plug is always faster than using a computer or car charger.


Myth 5: Killing apps saves power


This is simply untrue, and it’s also bad advice. By killing and restarting apps again and again, you are actually using more resources (and more power) than if you just let the app stay in the background. Instead of closing your apps, use some of these tips if you’re low on juice and can’t get to a charger:


Power saving tips:


On an iPhone, manually switch to Low Power Mode. Swipe up on the Home Screen to access the Control Panel and toggle on the battery symbol. If it’s not in your Control Center, add it there through Settings. On Android phones, activate your device’s Battery Saver Feature.fferent devices—LG calls it Power Saver Mode, Samsung calls it Ultra Power Saving Mode—but they all do essentially the same thing.)For Android phones, be sure to keep your operating system up to date. Android 6.0 introduced Doze Mode, which shuts down services you’re not using to conserve battery life.Maintain a healthy and powerful battery by keeping these myth-busting facts in mind. For more information on the features of specificsmartphones, please visit our devices page.

How to maximize battery life: Charging habits and other tips

Most of us — casual users and enthusiasts alike — are forever searching for smartphoneswith the longest battery life. While fast charging keeps us topped up every day, the absence of replaceable batteries means eventually, the lithium-ion cells enclosed in our phones are going to age and deteriorate, making it harder to maximize battery life. If you’ve held onto a phone for a couple of years, you’ve probably noticed the battery doesn’t seem to last as long as it did when your handset was brand new. Three years down the line, many phones struggle to make it through the day on a single charge. Holding onto a phone even longer can even spell trouble for system stability.
Unfortunately, battery capacity inevitably declines with age.But luckily, there are things you can do to prolong the life of your battery and smartphone.If you’ve ever wondered what the best way to charge your battery is, here are some scientifically proven tips to maximize battery life.


If you’re in a hurry, here’s a quick summary of the best battery life-maximizing tips you should keep in mind:


Avoid full charge cycles (0-100%) and overnight charging. Instead, top up your phone more regularly with partial charges.Ending a charge at 80-90% is better for the battery than topping up to completely full.Use fast charging technologies sparingly and when your device is cool.Heat is the battery killer. Don’t cover your phone when charging, and keep it out of hot places.Don’t play intensive games, stream videos, or run other intensive workloads while charging to avoid heat and mini-cycles.Keep reading for a more detailed explanation of what factors will prolong your battery life


Partial charging is a healthy habit


One particularly persistent battery myth is that you need to occasionally fully discharge and recharge to erase “battery memory.” This couldn’t be more wrong for lithium-ion batteries. It’s a leftover myth from lead-acid cells, and it’s pretty undesirable to charge your modern smartphone in this way.Partial charging is just fine for lithium-ion batteries and can have some positive benefits for cell longevity. To understand why it’s important to appreciate how a battery charges. Li-ion batteries draw constant current and operate at a lower voltage when closer to empty. This voltage gradually increases as the cell charges up, leveling off at around a 70% charge before the current begins to fall until the capacity is full.


Avoid idle charging


Charging overnight or in a cradle during the day is a very common habit, but it’s not recommended for several reasons (the old “overcharging” myth isn’t one of them). First, continuous trickle charging of a full battery can cause plating of the metallic lithium, which reduces stability in the long term and can, in rare cases, lead to system-wide malfunctions and reboots. Secondly, as we just mentioned above, it leaves the battery at a higher stress voltage when at 100%. , and most important, it creates excess heat caused by wasted power dissipation.
Some phones disable or slow down charging when nearing full capacity.
Ideally, a device should stop charging when it reaches 100% battery capacity, only turning the charging circuit back on to top up the battery now and again — or at the very least reducing the charging current to very small amounts.
While some phones disable charging once full, many continue to pull up to half an amp and sometimes more from the wall outlet.

Turning smartphones off doesn’t make a difference in many cases either. While this isn’t a massive amount of power, it’s going to stop your phone from cooling down as quickly and will continue to cycle through a small part of the battery, resulting in a mini-cycle.
A final point worth mentioning is parasitic load. This occurs when the battery is being drained significantly at the same time as being charged, such as watching a video or gaming while charging.


Parasitic loads are bad for batteries because they distort the charging cycle and induce mini-cycles — where part of the battery continues cycles and deteriorates faster than the rest of the cell. Worse still, parasitic loads occurring when a device is fully charged also induce higher Voltage stress and heat on the battery.
Gaming or videos while watching charging is bad because it distorts charging cycles.


The best way to avoid parasitic loads is to turn your device off while charging. But that’s not really realistic. Instead, it’s best to keep the workload light while the device is plugged in, leaving it idle most of the time. Browsing the web is probably fine. Also, remember to unplug it once the battery is topped up enough.Heat is the enemy of long battery life
Along with all of the above, temperature is an equally key contributor to longevity and maximizing battery life. In fact, it’s arguably the biggest killer of long-term battery health. Like high voltages, high tem A cell kept between 25 – 40 degrees Celsius (77 – 86 degrees Fahrenheit) should retain around 85% to 96% of its capacity after the first year with sensible charging cycles. A battery dwelling in a full state-of-charge exposed to a high temperature is the worst of all worlds and the number one thing to avoid when charging your phone. So no leaving your phone under your pillow to charge at night or plugged in on the dashboard of your car on a hot day. And if you use it, wireless charging can impact battery health if you don’t keep the phone cool.


How to maximize battery life long-term


Lithium-ion battery technology is well understood these days, and smartphones are built around our use cases, but bad habits and myths still permeate the public consciousness. While most of these habits won’t severely negatively impact your phone’s battery life in the medium term, the decline in removable phone batteries means we should take extra precautions to maximize battery life and thus our smartphone’s longevity.
Broadly speaking, smaller regular charge cycles and keeping your phone cool are the key things to remember. Although I should point out that differentphone batterieswill always age slightly differently depending on how we treat them.

What Are Some Essential iPhone Maintenance Tips?

Maser these 5 tricky iPhone maintenance tips for better performance

Proper care and maintenance ensure that your iPhone will stay in pristine condition and will perform efficiently and give you better and improved battery life. Let us take a look at some of the important iPhone maintenance tips.

Getting a Protective Case for your iPhone

Getting a good quality protective case and a screen protector for your iPhone is one of the first things you should do when you buy an iPhone. These protective cases make sure that your device is well-maintained because of which they are highly recommended. -quality case will play a major role in protecting your phone while a screen protector will keep it scratch-free.

There is a wide variety of phone cases available in the market which means that you can choose one that fits your style so there is no reason for you to not buy a protective case to protect your iPhone.

Cleaning your charging port

A clean charging port is absolutely essential when it comes to maintaining your iPhone as it ensures that your phone gets properly charged.

There are different ways in which you can clean your charging port but the most common way is to use a toothpick to take out any dust or debris that is stuck there. While you are cleaning your charging port it is absolutely essential that you do it carefully so that you don’t damage any contact points.

Deleting Unused Apps

Everyone has a few apps on their phone that they no longer use and they are just consuming your phone’s valuable resources. Regularly uninstalling or deleting these unnecessary apps from your iPhone should be a part of your regular maintenance routine.

When your iPhone’s storage is on low, the Offload Unused Apps feature on your iPhone can be used to delete these unnecessary apps from your iPhone without messing with your documents and other important data.

Updating your iPhone’s iOS

Installing the most recent version of iOS on your iPhone is always a great way to properly maintain it. Whenever you decide to update your iPhone to the latest version of iOS, this new version comes equipped with battery life improvements and bug fixes that are released by Apple.

iPhone maintenance tipsUpdating your iPhone’s iOS is an easy process and it normally takes a few minutes to properly install these updates. If you decide not to update your iPhone regularly, it can cause serious problems down the line.

Restarting your iPhone

If you have all of the above-mentioned things and your phone is still not working as it should, then you should try restarting your iPhone. This is a simple trick that can help solve a lot of issues in your iPhone that you were not able to fix during the troubleshooting process.

These are some of the most common and effective tricks that you can follow in order to properly maintain your iPhone and make sure that it is working as it should. have to get it repaired or replaced in the near future.

If you have any more queries about the iPhone maintenance process or if you are facing some issues with your iPhone and you are looking to get it fixed from the comfort of your own home without any worries and hassles, you can reach out to us today at Tricked Out Accessories to avail our Mobile Phone Repair service.

Why is my phone’s battery draining so fast?

If your phone’s battery is draining faster than usual, it either means you’re using a lot of energy or your phone is not using energy efficiently.This could mean you’re overworking your phone by running too many applications, or something is physically wrong with the phone battery itself.


How do phone batteries work?


When you plug in your phone, electrons enter your phone battery from the power source, according to the National Center for Biotechnology Information (NCBI). These electrons attract lithium ions. Think of them as really tiny balls of lightweight metal. to the anode.When the phone is disconnected from the power source, the lithium ions switch directions and travel from anode to cathode. Once all of the lithium ions end up in the cathode, the battery will “die” because it’s no longer producing a circuit.


Reasons why your phone is draining so fast


If your phone is using a lot of energy, or if it’s not using energy efficiently, the battery will drain faster. Here are some of the main factors that can cause it to drain fast.
Your screen is too brightThe brighter your screen, the more energy you’re using, according to a study from Purdue University.
Most phones have a feature that automatically adjusts your screen’s brightness to complement the lighting of your surroundings.
You don’t necessarily have to worry about reducing brightness while using your phone but think about reducing brightness when you’re not using it. One way to do this is to make the screen idle time as short as possible, which automatically shuts the screen off when you’re not actively using it.


Does dark mode use less battery?

Yes, using dark mode is generally more energy efficient. Dark mode is a feature some phones have where you can make the background of your interface darker colors. The study from Purdue University found that switching to dark mode when your screen is at 100% brightness Can save up to almost 50% battery power.
You’re using data instead of Wi-FiTypically, Wi-Fi connections use less battery power than data connections, states The New York Times. Because constantly searching and switching connections between multiple towers typically uses more battery power. A weak Wi-Fi connection, however, could drain faster than it would if you had a strong connection, as it strains to remain connected to a weak signal.A weak Wi-Fi connection, however, could drain faster than it would if you had a strong connection, as it strains to remain connected to a weak signal .
Some phone settings allow apps to operate in the background, says The New York Times, so long as you’re connected to Wi-Fi or data, which would also contribute to a quicker draining battery.
You have poor receptionIt takes energy for your phone to search for a signal, according to The New York Times, and it’s not necessarily going to stop searching on its own. Many underground, remote, and/or mountainous areas are prone to having poor reception, and it’s best to turn off your cellphone’s data while traveling through these areas to preserve battery life.
The phone is old or outdatedModern smartphones that came out after 2017 have OLED (organic light-emitting diode) screens, which don’t have backlights like LCD (liquid crystal display) screens do.
Upgrading your phone to a modern model may be the simplest way to get the most battery-friendly features available.


Your phone is exposed to extreme temperaturesExtreme heat and cold can negatively affect how your battery operates, according to The New York Times. Specifically, it often makes it harder for the battery to hold a charge. Be mindful of keeping your phone warm when it’s below freezing and cool when it’s hot out.
You charged your phone too longReducing the amount of times you charge your phone to 100% can help prolong the life of your battery to a certain extent, says The New York Times.
And just as you might avoid overcharging, so do you want to stay away from letting your phone run completely low. Consumer Reports pegs 80% as the ideal charging limit for your battery. But it’s important to note that charging your battery, period, will cause it to degrade over time.
Also important is where you charge your phone. As mentioned above, overheating can cause affect battery health and charging your phone under your pillow runs the risk of doing just that, says PCMag.


Always check for OS system updatesSystem updates can help your phone use battery energy more efficiently in many ways according to PCMag. For example, some modern operating systems have features that allow your phone to better limit background usage of programs, other updates let your phone control how much battery it uses while charging.


How long do phone batteries last?

Modern lithium-ion phone batteries usually operate at full capacity for at least a year and up to five years (or between 500–1000 charge cycles), according to TechAdvisor. After that, their capacity will be reduced, meaning the older batteries won’t hold a charge as well or as long.
Daily charging and keeping the phone away from extreme temperatures (both hot and cold) will help prolong the life of the battery.

3 tips to make your phone’s battery last longer

When you start to see your battery draining as soon as you power it on, there may be some simple things you can do to extend the battery’s life. Here are a few ways to squeeze out a bit more time from your phone battery.
1. Keep away from extreme temperaturesExtreme temperatures are among the fastest ways to ruin your phone’s battery life. Keeping your phone at room temperature is ideal and be mindful of how hot your phone gets when it’s being charged.
2. Keep the battery at roughly 80%The longer you can keep your phone adequately charged between at 80%, the better.
Keeping it charged – instead of turning it off and on when you have a low battery –will help it better retain its power over the long run.
3. Use only the apps you needDelete apps you don’t use to declutter your phone, turn the brightness down when you can and restrict background usage of nonessential apps.
Many modern phones now include a “battery-saving” feature, which will automatically adjust elements of brightness and app usage to maximize your battery’s efficiency.

How to check your iPhone’s battery health

The most important component of anysmartphoneis the battery. A phone with a kaput battery is like a car with an empty gas tank. It may look good on the outside, but on the inside, all the cool features in the world are useless without its source of power. If you have an iPhone, you must constantly check what’s called Battery Health to ensure it doesn’t dip below a certain level. If it does, you’ll end up with charging issues and the eventual need to have the battery replaced. Here’s how to check your iPhone’s battery health and what it all means.Read more: Is your iPhone battery draining too fast?QUICK ANSWER
The iPhone’s Battery Health section displays important key information about your battery’s capacity, peak performance, and whether or not your battery needs to be serviced. You can locate it at Settings > Battery.What is Battery Health on an iPhone?Battery Health is a section in your iPhone settings that tells you how healthy the battery is, compared to when the phone was brand new. New iPhones obviously start off with a brand-new 100% healthy battery. Over time, as the iPhone is used and various features are enabled and disabled, the battery’s overall health and performance will start to decline. However, as long as the battery remains at 80% or higher, Apple still considers that to be an optimal peak level.How to check your iPhone’s battery healthGo to Settings > Battery > Battery Health & Charging.Here, you will see the Maximum Capacity, which is the maximum charge the phone can hold. Mine is 100% as it’s a new phone. It shouldn’t go below 80%; otherwise, you will begin to experience charging issues.You should always enable Optimized Battery Charging. This ensures that the phone is not charged right up to 100%, which will impact the battery faster.If you go back a screen (Settings > Battery), scroll down to see the performance of the battery since you last charged it. It will tell you the last time the battery was fully charged and what has been eating away at that charge since then You can view how much battery charge each app has been using, with the worst offenders at the top.
So if you’re experiencing battery issues, maybe try uninstalling or offloading the really big battery suckers. That Sudoku game at 38% of the battery charge really needs to come off.Once the battery dips below 80%, you will gradually start to experience charging problems with the iPhone, and that battery percentage will begin dropping faster than usual. At this point, you should seriously consider getting thebattery changed or even getting a new phone if your current one can’t hold a charge for very long.

5 Myths About Your Smart Phone Battery (and Real Tips for Preserving It)

Smartphones have the mighty power of super computers in a tiny package that can fit in the palm of our hands. Avoid battery drain—and the anxiety that comes with it—by learning how to make your phone’s battery last longer and keep you connected when you need it most.


Here we’ll bust five common myths about charging your iPhone or Android, plus provide helpful tips on getting the most out of every charge.


Myth 1: You shouldn’t charge your phone overnight


It’s absolutely fine to charge your battery overnight. In fact, it’s the best way to make sure you have a full, juicy battery to get you through the day.
This myth came from the days when we had nickel-ion batteries in our phones that suffered from something called “memory charge,” where if you didn’t let them deplete entirely, the batteries would “forget about” the part that didn’t get used.
Today’s phones use lithium-ion batteries, which don’t suffer from memory loss and are smart enough to regulate their power management. When you plug a smartphone into a charger, it will stop charging once it reaches 100 percent, so you don’t need to worry about “overcharging.”
Charging tip: Plug your phone in at night before you go to bed. In the morning, you’ll be ready with a phone that will last you all day.

Myth 2: You should let your battery drain completely before charging


Not only do you not need to do this, but you also shouldn’t. Every lithium-ion battery comes with a fixed amount of charge cycles (the number of times you can charge up to 100 percent and run down to 0 percent). An iPhone has a lifespan of about 400 to 500 charge cycles. But that doesn’t mean you can only plug it in 500 times—it means you have 500 chances to let it go from a full charge to no charge at all. if you let your battery drain completely every day, it will last 500 days.
There is one reason to let your battery drain completely. If it “dies” when the battery icon is showing a positive charge, it means the battery needs to be recalibrated. Draining it all the way down then charging it up again should fix the issue .
Charging tip: Remember your ABC’s: Always Be Charging. If you have a charger nearby, whether you’re at home, in the car or at the office, plug in your phone.


Myth 3: My battery will last forever if I charge it properly


Batteries are our smartphone’s weak spot, and until someone invents a battery that can last for years and go for days without a charge, we have to accept that they’ll need to be replaced. Lithium-ion batteries lose their capacity to hold a charge as they age, so even if you still have plenty of lifecycles left, you may only be able to charge your phone to 60 percent of its capacity. You can download an app to check on battery wear, and if it’s excessive, consider replacing the battery to give the phone a longer life.
Charging tip: Lithium-ion batteries don’t like being really low or really high. Experts agree that keeping your phone’s battery between 30 and 80 percent most of the time is the sweet spot for promoting its longevity.


Myth 4: I shouldn’t use my phone while it’s charging


There is no danger in using your phone while it’s charging. This myth comes from fears about batteries overheating. Lithium-ion batteries can be dangerous if they have any type of manufacturing defect, but this is rare. warm (while charging or not), get it checked out immediately.
Another issue to consider is counterfeit chargers. Charging cables contain chips in them, and if you are not using a manufacturer-approved cable, you could damage your phone. Buy name-brand chargers for safety and to help charge your phone more effectively.
Charging tip: While you can use it during a charge, having the screen on or apps refreshing in the background uses power, so it will charge at half the speed. If you want your phone to charge more quickly, put it in airplane mode or turn it off. Also, charging from a wall plug is always faster than using a computer or car charger.


Myth 5: Killing apps saves power


This is simply untrue, and it’s also bad advice. Instead of closing your apps, use some of these tips if you’re low on juice and can’t get to a charger:Power saving tips:On an iPhone, manually switch to Low Power Mode. Swipe up on the Home Screen to access the Control Panel and toggle on the battery symbol. If it’s not in your Control Center, add it there through Settings. On Android phones, activate your device’s Battery Saver Feature. (This has different names on different devices—LG calls it Power Saver Mode, Samsung calls it Ultra Power Saving Mode—but they all do essentially the same thing.)For Android phones, be sure to keep your operating system up to date. Android 6.0 introduced Doze Mode, which shuts down services you’re not using to conserve battery life. 

How to Keep Your Phone Battery Healthy

Does your Android or iPhone’s battery seem to hold less of a charge over time? Like all rechargeable batteries, Li-ion batteries (which are in most phones) become less effective as they age. Even though these batteries aren’t made to last forever , having a healthy battery and charging habits can extend the life of your battery

We’ll show you easy ways to maximize your smartphone battery’s lifespan by changing your charging habits.


1.Don’t wait until the battery is empty to recharge.
Charge your phone throughout the day. Your phone’s battery has a fixed amount of charging cycles (the number of times you charge the battery from 0% to 100%). For example, if your battery has a lifespan of 400 charging cycles, letting the battery drain every day means your battery will only last 400 days.[1] If you top off the battery before it drains completely, it reduces the number of overall charging cycles, which makes your battery last longer.Keeping a battery at full charge or always draining it to 0 can damage it and reduce its capacity. Try to keep your battery midway charged when you can and only charge to 100% when you need the extra time.


2.Avoid extreme temperatures.
Exposure to very high or low temperatures drains the battery quickly. Batteries are made to work best at room temperature, which is about 68 °F (20 °C).[2] Your battery, especially when fully charged, will drain much faster in extreme temperatures.This can cause damage to the battery over time.[3]Avoid using your phone at all if the temperature is below freezing 32 °F (0 °C).If you live in a very cold region and spend a lot of time outdoors, invest in an insulated phone case.Only charge your battery at temperatures between 41 °F (5 °C) and 95 °F (35 °C).If the phone or charger feels hot to the touch during a charging session, unplug the phone from the charger as soon as possible to avoid damaging the battery.


3.Don’t always charge your battery to 100%.When you’re always charging to 100%, the frequent high voltage can cause stress to the battery. Fully charging your battery won’t destroy it, you can add some time to the battery’s lifespan by only charging to 80% when possible.


4.Only use ultra-fast charging when necessary.

Fast charging is convenient, but don’t use it every time you charge your phone. Fast charging puts more stress on the battery than necessary, so battery performance can suffer over time.[4] Opt for a standard “slow” charge more often than not to preserve battery longevity.


5. Use your phone sparingly while it’s charging.


To avoid parasitic load, don’t play games or stream videos while charging your phone. Parasitic load is what happens while a battery is being drained during charging.[5] Parasitic load adds higher voltage stress to the battery, increases heat, and can cause parts of the battery to continually cycle and deteriorate faster than the rest of the cell. While you can take calls or browse the web during a charging session, avoid heavy tasks.


6.Use power-saving modes to increase time between charges.


When your battery is slow, turn on your phone’s low-power or battery-saving mode. Both Androids and iPhones have special battery-conservation modes that turn off background apps, decrease processing power, dim the screen, and disable other services that can drain your battery quickly.To turn on your iPhone’s Low Power Mode, open the Control Center and tap the battery icon.If you have a Samsung Galaxy, open Settings and go to Battery and device care > Battery > Power saving. Tap the switch to turn on Power Saving Mode.[6]For other Androids, go to Settings > Battery > Battery Saver and tap Turn on now.[7]


7.Stick to the power adapter that came with your phone.


Third-party phone chargers may have different voltage ratings than what’s recommended by your phone manufacturer. Using a charger that supplies your phone with an inconsistent or too-high voltage level can severely impact your battery, and possibly even the rest of your phone.


8.Partially charge the battery before long-term storage.

If you won’t be using your phone for a while, charge it to 50% first. Don’t charge it to 100%, as that can cause the Mobile Batteries   to lose some of its capacity over time.[8] Charging the battery halfway first will help prevent the battery from draining so much that it can’t be recovered after a long period of no usage.